Skip to main content

Full text of "Bills, 1968-69, No.1-109"

See other formats


.-.> 


;^^'t  uisrarTo^ 


\  ^ 


V^^-^r-x/r  O 


'.  .<  hj'O 


LEGISLATIVE  ASSEMBLY 

OF  ONTARIO 

SECOND  SESSION  OF  THE  TWENTY-EIGHTH 

PARLIAMENT 


BILLS 


AS  INTRODUCED  IN  THE  HOUSE 

TOGETHER  WITH 

REPRINTS  AND  THIRD  READINGS 


SESSION 

NOVEMBER  19th  to  DECEMBER  20th.  1968 

FEBRUARY  4th  to  APRIL  3rd.  1969 

APRIL  15th  to  JUNE  27th.  1969 

and 

SEPTEMBER  30th  to  DECEMBER  17th.  1969 


INDEX 

PUBLIC  BILLS 

A  Bill  \o. 

Arc  Discrimination  Act,  1966 — Act  to  amend 157 

Air  Pollucion  Control  Act,  1968-69  (Lapsed) 21 

1967— Act  to  amend 139 

Air  I'oilution  by  Motor  Vehicles  Act,  1968-69  (La|)sed) 26 

Ambulance  Act,  1968-69 143 

Animals  for  Research— Act  respectinj;  the  care  and  Provision  of 194 

Apprenticeship  and  Tradesmen's  Qualification  Act,  1964 — Act  to  amend  .  .  56 

Archaeological  and  Historical  Sites  Protection  Act— Act  to  amend  (Liipsed)  149 

Assessment  Act,  1968-69 205 

Automobile  Racing — Act  to  Control  (Lapsed) 27 

B 

Birth  Defects  Institute  Act,  1968-69  (Withdrawn) 37 

C 

Cancer  Act — Act  to  amend 141 

Cemeteries  Act— Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 72 

Chanpc  of  Name  Act— Act  to  amend 65 

(  hild  Welfare  Act,  1965— Act  to  amend  (Ljipsed) 52 

— Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 145 

— Act  to  amend 243 

(  hildren's  Mental  Health  Centres  Act,  1968-69 138 

Collection  Agencies  Act,  1968-69 171 

Commissioner  of  the  Legislature  Act,  1968-69  (Talked  out) 7 

Commissioners  for  taking  Affidavits  Act — Act  to  amend 61 

Conservation  Authorities  Act,  1968— Act  to  amend 89 

Consumer  Protection  Act,  1966— Act  to  amend  (L;ipsefl) 34 

— Act  to  amend  (L;ipscd) 183 

— Act  to  amend 185 

Coroners  Act — Act  to  amend  (Uipsed) 10 

—Act  to  amend  (Uipsed) 100 

Corporation  Securities  Registration  Act— Act  to  amend 153 

Cor|X)rations  Act — Act  to  amend 151 

— Act  to  amend 1 84 

Corporations  Information  Act — Act  to  amend 152 

Corporations  Tax  Act — Act  to  amend 83 

— Act  to  amend 244 

(  ounty  Judges  Act— Act  to  amend 50 

Credit  Unions  Act — Act  to  amend 85 

—Act  to  amend 199 

[31 


D                                                       Bill  No. 

Damage  by  Fumes  Arbitration  Act — Act  to  amend 23 

Data  Surveillance  Act,  1968-69  (Lapsed) 182 

Day  Nurseries  Act,  1966— Act  to  amend 134 

Department  of  Correctional  Services  Act,  1968 — Act  to  amend  (Lapsed)  55 

Department  of  Education  Act — Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 209 

—Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 213 

— Act  to  amend 228 

Department  of  Energy  and  Resources  Management  Act — Act  to  amend 

(Liipsed) 211 

Department  of  l-inancia!  and  Commercial  Affairs  Act,  1966 — Act  to  amend  170 

Department  of  Health  Act,  1968-69 97 

Department  of  Justice — Act  respecting 70 

Deserted  Wives'  and  Children's  Maintenance  Act — Act  to  amend 67 

— Act  to  amend  (Lapsed)  104 

District  Welfare  Administration  Boards  Act,  1962-63 — Act  to  amend 132 

Division  Courts  Act — Act  to  amend 123 

Dog  Tax  and  Live  Stock  and  Poultry  Protection  Act — Act  to  amend 98 

Drainage  Act,  1962-63— Act  to  amend 219 

E 

Elected  Representatives'  Ethics  Act,  1968-69  (Lapsed) 4 

Election  Act — Act  to  amend  (Talked  out) 14 

— Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 120 

— Act  to  amend 217 

Em[)loyment  Standards  Act,  1968 — Act  to  amend  (Talked  out) 32 

Energy  Act,  1968-69  (Lapsed) 107 

Evidence  Act — Act  to  amend 1 

Executive  Council  Act — Act  to  amend 237 

Exi)loitation  of  \'iolence  (Deterrent)  Act,  1968-69  (Lapsed) 216 

Exjiropriations  Act,  1968-69 5 

F 

I'arin  Products  .Marketing  Act — Act  to  amend 158 

Fines  and  Forfeitures  .^ct — Act  to  amend 71 

Fish  InsiK-ction  .Xct — .Act  to  amend 117 

Freshwater  Fish  Marketing  .Act  (Ontario),  1968-69 116 

Fumes  from  Smelters  —.Act  to  provide  for  the  Control  of  (Lapsed) 40 

G 

Came  and  Fish  .Art,  1961-62 — Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 18 

— .Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 113 

— ;.Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 119 

Gasoline  Handling  .Act,  1968-69 108 

C.enera!  Farm  Organization  .Act  (Ontario),  1968-69 140 

C.overnnient  Programs  Evaluation  Commission  .Act,  1968-69  (Lapsed)    .    .  136 


H                                                     Bill  No. 

Health  Services  Insurance — Act  respecting 195 

Hearing  Aid  Sales  Act,  1968-69  (Lapsed) 38 

Highway  Improvement  Act— Act  to  amend 229 

Highway  Traffic  Act — Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 12 

— Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 30 

— Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 33 

— Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 35 

— Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 43 

— Act  to  amend 105 

—Act  to  amend  (La|)sed) 137 

— Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 156 

— Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 206 

—Act  to  amend 233 

Homemakcrs  and  Nurses  Services  Act — Act  to  amend 133 

Homes  for  the  Aged  and  Rest  Homes  Act — Act  to  amend 144 

Homes  for  Special  Care  Act,  1964 — Act  to  amend 93 

Hospital  Labour  Disputes  Arbitration  Act,  1965 — Act  to  amend 90 

Hospitals  Tax  Act — Act  to  repeal 80 

Human  Tissue  Act,  1962-63  (Talked  out) 57 


I 

Impaired  Drivers — Act  respecting  (Lapsed) 29 

Income  Tax  Act,  1961-62 — Act  to  amend 223 

industrial  Safety  Act,  1964     Act  to  amend 148 

insurance  Act — Act  to  amend  (I^ipsctl) 39 

— Act  to  amend  (Lajised) 82 

— Act  to  amend 92 


Judicature  Act- -Act  to  amend 69 

Jurors  Act — Act  to  auiend 68 


I^ikehcad,  City  of — Act  to  incorporate 118 

I^md  Titles  Act— Act  to  amend 103 

I^indlord  and  Tenant  Act — Act  to  amend 234 

I^iw  Enforcement  Compensation  Act,  1967 — Act  to  amend 131 

Legal  Aid  Act,  1966 — Act  to  amend 124 

Legislative  Assembly  Act — Act  to  amend 175 

—Act  to  amend 236 

Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act — Act  to  amend 86 

Local  Improvement  Act — Act  to  amend 186 

— Act  to  amend 220 


M  Bill  No. 

Matriiiionia!  Caiisi's  Act     Act  to  amend 66 

Mechanics'  Lit-n  Act,  1968-6'; 36 

Mi'diral  Act—  Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 54 

Medical  Services  Insurance  Act,  1965 — Act  to  amend 121 

Meiit.il  I  lealth  Act,  1967     Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 59 

Milk  Act,  1965   -Act  to  amend 17 

Mining  Act     Act  to  amend 24 

Act  to  anieiui 112 

-Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 191 

Miiiini;  Tax  Act-  Act  to  amend Ill 

.M(K)sonee  Development  Area  Board  Act,  1966 — Act  to  amend 189 

Mortsa^e  Brokers  Act,  1968-69 181 

MortiiKiin  and  Charitable  I'scs  Act — Act  to  amend 154 

Motor  X'ehicle  Accident  Claims  Act,  1961-62     Act  to  amend 101 

Motorized  Snow  \ehicles  Act,  196S  -  Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 160 

Municipal  Act — Act  to  amend 2 

— Act  to  amend  (Talked  out) 6 

— Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 88 

Act  to  amend 222 

Municip.il  C()r|)orations  Quieting  Orders  Act-  Act  to  amend 188 

Muni(  ip.d  I'Vaiichist's  Act-  Act  to  amend 232 

Munitiii.il  ,ind  School  Ta.\  Credit  Assistance  Act,   1967 — Act  to  amend 

(  T.ilked  out) 44 

Muni(  in.iHlN'  of  .Metrojiolit.in  Toronto  Act  —Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 165 

—Act  to  amend 201 

-—Act  to  amend 221 

Muiii(  ipalit\-  of  Xeehinij — Act  resixctinp 172 

Mniiicipalit\-  of  .Shtiniah     Act  respectintr 173 

N 

N  ursint;  I  lomes  Act,  1966 — Act  to  amend 95 

O 

( )nl.iri()  College  of  Art  .Act,  1968-69 41 

( )nt.irio  Lnersiv  Board  Act,  1964 — Act  to  amend 109 

( )ntario  llerit,ii;e  I'oundation  Act,  1967 — Act  to  amend 91 

( )niari(.  I  hinuui  Ri;^hts  Code,  1961-62— Act  to  amend  (Talked  out) 13 

— Act  to  amend 147 

— Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 203 

Ont.irio  Hurricane  Relief  l-imd  .Act,  1955— .Act  to  amend 16 

I  )ni  irio  Munici]),il  Bo.ird  Act-  Act  to  amend 231 

Ont.irio  rnxlucers,  Processors,  Distributors  and  Consumers  Food  Council 

Act.  1962-6,^-  .Act  to  amend g7 

( )nt.irio  School   Trustees'  Council  Act  -Act  to  amend 225 

Oiu.irio  .Society  for  the  Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955 

— Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 31 

-Act  to  amend -ja 


Bill  No. 

Ontario  Water  Resources  Commission  Act — Act  to  amend  (rallied  out) .  .  15 

Ophthalmic  Dispensers  Act,  1960-61 — Act  to  amend  (L;ipsed) 20 

Osgoode  Hall  Law  School  of  York  University — Act  respectinp  Scholarships 

for 242 


P 

Partnerships  Registration  Act — Act  to  amend 60 

Pension  Benefits  Act,  1965 — Act  to  amend 76 

Personal  Privacy — Act  to  provide  for  the  Protection  of  (Lapsed) 207 

Pesticides  Act,  1967— Act  to  amend 96 

— Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 150 

Pharmacy  Act — ^Act  to  amend 94 

Planning  Act — Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 114 

—Act  to  amend 190 

Police  Act — Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 77 

— Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 135 

—Act  to  amend 178 

Pounds  Act — Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 28 

Pregnant  Mare  Urine  Farms  Act,  1968-69 196 

Prepaid  Hospital  and  Medical  Services  Act — Act  to  amend 22 

Professional  Engineers  Act,  1968-69 48 

Provincial  Courts  Act,  1968 — Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 115 

Public  Finance  Companies'  Investments  Act,  1966 — Act  to  repeal 84 

Public  Health  Act — Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 42 

— Act  to  amend  (Liipsed) 163 

Public  Parks  Act — Act  to  amend 187 

Public  Schools  Act — Act  to  amend  (Liipsed) 208 

—Act  to  amend 239 

Public  Service  Superannuation  Act — Act  to  amend 192 

Public  Utilities  Act — Act  to  amend  (Uipsed) 9 

Public  Vehicles  Act— Act  to  amend 106 


Rainmaking  Eciui()iiicnt  Act,  1968-69  (Laj)sed) 167 

Raising  of  Money  on  the  Credit  of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund—  Act  to 

authorize 168 

Real  Estate  and  Business  Brokers  Act — Act  to  amend 176 

Regional  Municii)alit>-  of  Niagara — Act  to  establish 174 

1968-69— Act  to  amend 235 

Regional  Municipality  of  Otlawa-Carleton.  1968     Act  to  amend 200 

Registry  Act — Act  to  amend 102 

Regulations  Act — Act  to  amend 125 

Regulations — Act  to  provide  for  the  Consolidation  and  Revision  of 63 

Research  Animals  Act,  1968-69  (Lapsed) 73 

Residential  Property  Tax  Reduction  Act,  1968 — Act  to  amend 81 

Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61— Act  to  amend 79 


8 

S                                                      Bill  No. 

St.  I^iwrcnre  Parks  Coinniission  Act— Act  to  amend 99 

Sch<K)ls  Adininislration  Act     Act  to  amend 45 

—  Act  to  amend  (La|)sed) 161 

—Act  to  amend  (Talked  out) 162 

— Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 164 

— Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 166 

— Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 202 

^  Act  to  amend  (Lai)sed) 204 

— Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 212 

—Act  to  amend  (La])sed) 214 

— Act  to  amend  (Talked  out) 215 

— Act  to  amend 241 

Secondary  Scluwls  and  Boards  of  Education  Act-  Act  to  amend 46 

— Act  to  amend 240 

Securities  .\ct,  1%6-   Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 49 

— Act  to  amend  (Lapsed) 53 

— Act  to  amend  (Lai)sed) 58 

— Act  to  amend 159 

Senior  ("iti/ens  Week-  .Act  respectiiiii  (Talked  out) 146 

Separate  .Scii(K)ls  .Act— .Act  to  amend 47 

— Act  to  amend  ('Talked  out) 75 

— Act  to  amend 23H 

Sheriffs  Act     Act  to  amend 126 

Sonic  Bo<im  Investisjation  and  Control  .Act,  196.S-69  (Lapsed) 169 

Statutes     Act  to  |>rovide  for  the  Consolidation  and  Revision  of 62 

Statutory  Towers  Judicial  Keview  Act,  1968-69  (Lapsed) 129 

Statutory  Powers  Procedure  Act,  1968-69  (Lapsed) 130 

.Sununar\'  Convictions  .Act     .Act  to  amend 64 

Supply  .Act,  196S-69 245 

.Surroij.ite  Courts  .Act     .Act  to  amend 127 

Surveyors  Act,  1968-69 122 

T 

I  (Ml  luMs'  .Superannuation  ,\it      .Act  to  amend 227 

reachini.;  Profession  .Act-   .Act  to  amend 224 

leiritorial  Division  .Act      .Act  to  amend 198 

Tile  1  )r.iina!i;e  .Act      .Act  to  amend 177 

Time  Alt      .Art  to  amend  (Lapsed) 142 

Tobacco   Ta.\  .Act,  1465     .Act  to  amend 78 

Toronto  Hospitals  Steam  Cor|)oralion     .Act  U)  incorporate 230 

Toronto  Stock  l"xciiant;i'     .Act  respectinij 110 

Trade  .S(Ihh)1s  Rei^ulatiou  .Act      .Act  to  amend 226 

Trustee  .Act      .Act  to  .uuend 128 

U 

Iniversities     .Ac  I  to  |)rovide  for  the  C.overning  Bodies  of  ('Talked  out)  ...  19 

Cniversilies  Commission-   .Act  to  establish  (Lapsed) 11 

Cpholstered  and  Stufled  .Articles  .Act,  1968 — Act  to  amend 193 

Csecl  Car  Dealers  Act.  1968-69 ISO 


V                                                     Bill  No. 

Veterinarians  Act — Act  to  amend 197 

Voluntary  Emergency  F"irst  Aid  and  Medical  Services  Act,  1968-69  (Lapsed)  8 

Voluntary  Emergency  Medical  Services  Act,  1968-69  (Ljipsed) 3 

Voters'  Lists  Act— Act  to  amend 218 

W 

Wolf  and  Bear  Bounty  Act — Act  to  amend 179 

Workmen's  Compensation  Act— Act  to  amend  (Talked  out) 51 

— Act  to  amend 155 


PRIVATE  BILLS 

B 

Banks  Alignment  Limited — Act  respecting Pr30 

Belleville,  City  of — Act  respecting I'rl9 

Bohier  Convalescent  Home — Act  respecting I*r7 

Burlington,  Town  of — Act  respecting I'r5 

C 

Carleton  University— Act  res|jecting i'r25 

Co-ordinated  Arts  Services— Act  res|iecting Pr27 

Cornwall,  City  of — Act  respecting Prl  1 

E 

P2ast  York,  Borough  of— Act  respecting I'rl6 

H 

Hamilton,  City  of — Act  rcsijecting Pr21 

K 

Kitchener,  City  of — Act  respecting Prl 3 

L 

Linds;iy,  Town  of — Act  respecting Pr8 

London,  City  of — Act  res|)ecting Pr3 

M 

Mainionides  Schools  for  Jewish  Studies — Act  respecting Pr23 

March  Diamond  Drilling — Act  respecting IV9 

Mississauga,  Town  of — Act  respecting Pr34 

Mitchell,  Town  of — Act  resjiecting Prl 5 


10 

Mc  Bill  No. 

McMaster  University — Act  res{)ectinj; I^r32 

N 

Niagara  I'alls,  City  of — Act  resi)ectint; Pr6 

O 

Ontario  Co-operative  Credit  Society — Act  respecting Pr2 

Ontario,  County  of — Act  resjjectint; Prl4 

Ottawa,  City  of — Act  respecting  (\ot  reported) Prl 

Ottawa,  City  of— Act  respectinj;  (Not  reported) Pr36 

P 

i'arr\-  Sound,   Town  of — Act  res|)ectini; PrlO 

Peel,  County  of — Act  respecting Prl7 

I'eterhorough,  Cit>-  of — Act  resijecting Pr29 

S 

Sarnia,  Cit\'  of — Act  respecting Pr28 

Scari)orougli,  Borough  of — Act  respecting  (Withdrawn) Pr4 

T 

Teck,  Townsliip  ol — Act  respecting Pr22 

'l"illl)ur\-  l'ul)lic  School  Board — Act  resj^ecting Pr26 

I'oronlo,  Cil\-  of — Act  respecting Prl2 

Toronto,  C"it>  of — Act  respecting Pr20 

W 

Wcllaiid.  Count)-  of — Act  res|)ecting Pr31 

Whithy.  Town  of — Act  respecting  (Not  reported) Pr24 

Wiiuisor,  The  Board  of  Education  for  the  City  of — Act  respecting Prl8 

Windsor,  Cit\-  of — Act  respecting Pr33 

Windsor,  Cniversity  of — Act  respecting Pr3S 


BILL  1 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Evidence  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


KXPUANATORY   NoTE 

The  subsection  is  brought  into  accord  with  the  National  Transporta- 
tion Alt  (Statutes  of  Canada  1966-67,  chapter  69)  which  established  the 
Canadian  Transport  Commission  as  the  successor  to  the  Board  of  Trans- 
port Commissioners  of  Canada. 


BILL  1  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Evidence  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  2  of  section  36  of  The  Evidence  Act  is  amended  ^-^^R-  L^% 

C.    1Z5,   8,     Jo. 

by    striking    out    "Board    of    Transport    Commissioners    of*"*™! 
Canada"  in  the  first  and  second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "Canadian  Transport  Commission". 

2.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Evidence  Amendment  Act,  ^^"""^  "''' 
1968-69. 


2; 


o 

00 


C/) 

H 


a 


TO 

3 

Pi. 

^ 

>a 

-I 

S 

t— » 

& 

pt- 

a 

=r 

(Aj 

■* 

t-» 

\o 

o 

00 

>i 


3 


> 

> 
o 

s 

3 
ft 

a 

H 

sr 

n 

P 
o 

> 


BILL  1 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Evidence  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  1  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Evidence  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  2  of  section  36  of  The  Evidence  Act  is  amended  ^•f25'  s^^ae 
by    striking   out    "Board    of   Transport   Commissioners   of*"'>*-^- 
Canada"  in  the  first  and  second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu 

thereof  "Canadian  Transport  Commission". 

2.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Evidence  Amendment  Act,^^°^  ""• 
1968-69. 


a 
> 


"^ 

Z 

s 

n 
a" 

? 

p 

>3 

c 

•5 

1 

>0 

3 
•-1 

S3. 

vO 

1 

1 

>-* 

a 

crei 

00 

> 

D 


O 

3 

A 

9 

a. 

H 

a- 

n 
a 
o 
n 


BILL  2 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Act 


Mr.  McKeough 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


EXPLANATOKY   NOTES 

Section  1.  The  amendment  deletes  a  reference  to  the  oath  of 
allegiance  in  the  Declaration  of  Qualification.  The  oath  is  now  required 
to  be  taken  before  assuming  office. 


Section  2.     Self-explanatory. 


BILL  2  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Form  1  of  The  Municipal  Act,  as  amended  by  section  21  ^fi?."  ^^^' 
of  The  Municipal  Amendment  Act,  1962-63,  is  further  amended  I'^y^^^ 
by  striking  out  item  6. 

2.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  any  general  or  special  "om"B°' 
Act  or  any  by-law,  where  in  the  year  1968  the  day  for  po"'ng^'Jj»™,j  ^^^ 
for  the  election  of  members  of  council  and  for  members  of  a  divisional 
divisional  board  of  education  in  any  municipality  is  the  same,  members 
the  polls  in  such  municipality  shall  remain  open  from  10  same  day 
o'clock  in  the  forenoon  to  8  o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  provided 

that  the  council  of  the  municipality  may  by  by-law  passed 
at  any  time  after  the  coming  into  force  of  this  section  change 
the  time  for  ojiening  and  closing  the  polls  so  that  they  will 
remain  open  for  not  less  than  eight  consecutive  hours  between 
8  o'clock  in  the  forenoon  and  9  o'clock  in  the  afternoon. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ^°™t'"*'"'*" 
Assent. 

4.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Municipal  Amendment^^"^^^"" 
Act,  1968-69. 


> 

3 
> 

o 


00 

s 


2 

n 

Pi 
o 

c 
c 
a 


Z 

o 

< 

re 
3 

to 

ft. 

cr 

"?*. 

S 

ft. 
«^. 
a 

to 

Oi 

1 

<n 

O 

Oi 

00 

v> 

3 
n 

3 

a 
H 

3* 

n 

c 

3_ 
n' 

t 

> 
n 


BILL  2 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Act 


Mr.  McKeough 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  2  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Form  1  of  The  Municipal  Act,  as  amended  by  section  21  ^fia.  *^^°' 

of  The  Municipal  Amendment  Act,  1962-63,  is  further  amended  Form 'i 
,  .,  ,  .  amended 

by  strikmg  out  item  6. 


2.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  any  general  or  special  "om™g°'^ 

Act  or  any  by-law,  where  in  the  year  1968  the  day  for  polling"''®™,, 

r         1         1        •  <•  1  /•  •■  ,   r  •  ^  ocounclland 

tor  the  election  ot  members  of  council  and  for  members  of  a  divisional 

divisional  board  of  education  in  any  municipality  is  the  same,  members 

the  polls  in  such  municipality  shall  remain  open  from   10same*da*y" 

o'clock  in  the  forenoon  to  8  o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  provided 

that  the  council  of  the  municipality  may  by  by-law  passed 

at  any  time  after  the  coming  into  force  of  this  section  change 

the  time  for  opening  and  closing  the  polls  so  that  they  will 

remain  open  for  not  less  than  eight  consecutive  hours  between 

8  o'clock  in  the  forenoon  and  9  o'clock  in  the  afternoon. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ment™*"*'* 
Assent. 

4.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Municipal  Amendment^^°^^  ^^^^' 
Act,  1968-69. 


> 

9 


o 
00 


2 
n 

?^ 

M 
O 
G 
O 

B 


o 
< 

n 

3 

■n 


00 


>3 

a 


2: 

o 
< 

n 

3 


CO 


1 

g 

S 

0X1 


"Z 

o 

< 

n 

3 

"1 

1. 

o 

00 


p 

3 
ft 

3 
O. 

H 

=r 

§: 

c 

3 

s 

> 

o 


BILL  3 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  relieve  Medical  Practitioners  from  Liability 
in  respect  of  Voluntary  Emergency  Medical  Services 


Mr.  Sargent 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


EXI'I.ANATORY    NOTE 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  relieve  medical  practitioners  from  liability 
ill  respect  of  voluntary  medical  services  rendered  at  the  scene  of  an  accident 
or  other  emergency. 


BILL  3  1968-69 


An  Act  to  relieve  Medical  Practitioners 
from  Liability  in  respect  of  Voluntary 
Emergency  Medical  Services 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In    this  Act,   "medical   practitioner"    means  a   person  tat^"!?"" 
registered  as  a  medical  practitioner  under  The  Medical  Act.      R.s.o.  i960, 

2.  Where  a  medical  practitioner  voluntarily  and  without  j^'^'jJj'jjTfSJ 
expectation    of    compensation    or    reward    renders    medical  <'»">a«e" 
services  at  the  scene  of  an  accident  or  other  emergency  to 

a  person  who  is  ill,  injured  or  unconscious  and  the  services 
are  not  rendered, 

(a)  in  a  hospital; 

{b)  in  his  office  or  the  office  of  another  medical  practi- 
tioner; or 

(c)  in  any  other  place  having  adequate  medical  equip- 
ment, 

he  shall  not  be  liable  for  damages  for  injuries  to  or  the  death 
of  such  person  alleged  to  have  been  caused  by  an  act  or 
omission  on  his  part  in  rendering  the  medical  services,  unless 
it  is  established  that  the  injuries  or  death  were  caused  by 
gross  negligence  on  his  part. 

3.  Nothing  in  section  2  shall  be  deemed  to  relieve  a  medical  not  appfy 
practitioner  from  liability  for  damages  for  injuries  to  or  the^^JJ"^"' 
death  of  any  person  caused  by  an  act  or  omission  on  the  partservioee 
of  the  medical   practitioner   in  respect  of  medical  services 
rendered  by  him  in  the  normal  and  ordinary  course  of  his 
practice  and  not  under  the  circumstances  set  forth  in  sec- 
tion 2. 


commeno.-       4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 


ment 

Assent. 


Short  title         5,  This  Act  may  be  cited  as   The   Voluntary  Emergency 
Medical  Services  Act,  1968-69. 


s 


en 

> 

O 

w 
z 


u> 


I 


2 

o 

< 

1 

>C3 

n 

to 

tNj 

3 
p. 

»-* 
VO 
OS 
00 

1 

It 


mra 


cro 


"<  ?: 


3 
n 
"I 

(X3 

3 

o 

9: -5 

o    ft 

p  o 


n 


(I 
a. 
n' 


9 


11 


BILL  4 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  respecting  Ethics  of  Elected  Representatives 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


EXI'LASATOKY   NOTE 

The  Bill  provides  a  code  of  ethics  covering  the  use  of  influence  and 
performance  of  services  for  gain  and  applies  to  members  of  the  Legislative 
Assembly  and  members  of  municipal  councils  and  school  boards. 


BILL  4  1968-69 


An  Act  respecting 
Ethics  of  Elected  Representatives 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act  "elected  representative"  means  a  member  of  J^j',*''P'"®- 
the  Legislative  Assembly,  a  member  of  a  municipal  council  or 

a  member  of  a  school  board. 

2.  No  elected  representative  shall.  Ethics 

(a)  ask,  receive  or  agree  to  receive  any  form  of  com- 
pensation, from  a  source  other  than  public  funds,  for 
performing  his  duties  as  a  public  official  or  for  services 
in  connection  with  any  judicial  or  administrative 
proceeding  or  activity  wherein  his  official  position 
might  reasonably  be  expected  to  give  him  unusual 
influence; 

(6)  ask,  receive  or  agree  to  receive  anything  of  value 
upon  any  understanding  that  his  vote,  opinion, 
judgment  or  action  will  be  influenced  thereby; 

(c)  receive  any  gift  having  a  value  of  $25  or  more  under 
circumstances  in  which  it  could  reasonably  be  in- 
ferred that  the  gift  was  made  to  influence  him  in  the 
performance  of  his  official  duties;  or 

(d)  use  his  official  position  to  secure  privileges  or  exemp- 
tions for  himself  or  others,  or  have  any  interest, 
financial  or  otherwise,  direct  or  indirect,  or  engage  in 
any  business  transaction  or  professional  activity  or 
incur  any  obligation  of  any  nature  that  is  in  sub- 
stantial  conflict  with   the   projjer  discharge  of  his 

duties  in  the  public  interest. 

Report  of 

3.  Each  elected  representative  shall,  on  or  before  the  31st  interest  in 
day  of  January  in  each  year,  file  with,  acfivft'ies 


(a)  in  the  case  of  a  member  of  the  Legislative  Assembly, 
the  Clerk  of  the  Assembly; 

(b)  in  the  case  of  a  member  of  a  municipal  council,  the 
clerk  of  the  municipality;  or 

(f)  in  the  case  of  a  member  of  a  school  board,  the  secre- 
tary of  the  board, 

a  written  report  in  respect  of  the  preceding  calendar  year,  or 
part  thereof  in  which  he  was  an  elected  representative,  of 
each  financial  interest,  direct  or  indirect,  of  a  value  in  excess 
of  $500  of  himself,  his  spouse  and  his  dependants  in  any 
activity  that  is  regulated  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  body  on 
which  he  serves  as  an  elected  representative  or  any  agency 
thereof. 

^ommence-       ^^  'pj^j^  j^^^  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 

Short  title         5^  q^j^jg  j^^^  ,^^y  ^  ^,5^.^^  ^^  j^^  Elected  Representatives' 
Ethics  Act,  1968-69. 


00 


5" 


S 
G 

r 
> 


1 


>: 

>0 

1 

^. 

*>. 

s 

»« 

^ 

o 
< 

3 

a* 

m 


D 

a. 


00 


I 


n 


n 

01 

O 

«^ 

►!» 

s 

o 

fT 

> 

n 

n 

r+ 

rt- 

n 

o- 

po 

m 

rt 

■o 

n 

-n 

rt 

3' 

m 

w 

3 

f^ 

P 

n- 

<' 

rt 

o> 

BILL  5 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


The  Expropriations  Act,  1968-69 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  revises  The  Expropriation  Procedures  Act,  1962-63  and  in- 
corporates the  principiil  recommendations  of  the  Law  Reform  Commission 
in  Its  report  on  the  Basis  for  Compensiition  on  Expropriation  and  of  the 
Royal  Commission  Inquiry  into  Civil  Rights  in  section  1  of  Part  III  of  its 
first  report. 

The  principal  changes  include: 

1.  Provision  for  approval  by  a  politically  responsible  authority  before  an 
expropriation  may  proceed  and  an  inquiry  to  determine  the  necessity, 
fairness  and  soundness  of  any  particular  expropriation. 

2.  The  time  limits  are  amended  to  reduce  the  time  available  for  delays  to 
an  expropriating  authority  and  to  increase  the  time  available  to  the 
owner  before  giving  possession. 

3.  The  l^nd  Compensation  Board  is  established  to  replace  all  tribunals 
determining  compensation. 

4.  More  p;irticular  provisions  for  procedures  on  arbitrations,  including 
provisions  for  appeals,  stated  cases  and  quashing. 

5.  Provision  for  expropriated  land  intended  to  be  abandoned  to  revest 
in  the  owner  or  to  be  taken  and  compensated  for,  at  the  option  of  the 
owner. 

6.  The  owner  to  have  an  opportunity  to  repurchase  his  expropriated  land 
if  the  expropriating  authority  disposes  of  it. 

7.  More  detailed  codification  of  the  rules  governing  compens;ition. 

8.  Provision  for  compensation  for  market  value  plus  expanded  com- 
pensation for  disturbance  costs  and  damages  for  mjurious  affection. 

9.  Provision  for  awarding  additional  amounts  sufficient  to  provide  other 
accommodation  at  least  equivalent. 


BILL  5  1968-69 


The  Expropriations  Act,  1968-69 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

l.-(l)    In  this  Act,  I^-terpre- 

(fl)  "approving  authority"  means  the  approving  au- 
thority as  determined  under  section  5; 

(b)  "Board"  means  the  Land  Compensation  Board 
established  under  section  28; 

(c)  "expropriate"  means  the  taking  of  land  without  the 
consent  of  the  owner  by  an  expropriating  authority 
in  the  exercise  of  its  statutory  powers,  but  does  not 
include  the  taking  of  land  for  the  widening  of  a  high- 
way where  entry  is  deferred  under  section  338  of 

-T-i        1  r        ■    -^    I    A    ,  R.S.O.  1960, 

The  Mumctpal  Act;  o.  249 

(d)  "expropriating  authority"  means  the  Crown  or  any 
person  empowered  by  statute  to  expropriate  land; 

(e)  "injurious  affection"  means, 

(i)   where  a  statutory  authority  acquires  part  of 
the  land  of  an  owner, 

a.  the  reduction  in  market  value  thereby- 
caused  to  the  remaining  land  of  the 
owner  by  the  acquisition  or  by  the  con- 
struction or  use,  or  b)Oth,  of  the  works 
thereon,  and 

b.  such  personal  and  business  damages, 
resulting  from  the  construction  or  use, 
or  both,  of  the  works  as  the  statutory 
authority  would  be  liable  for  if  the 
construction  or  use  were  not  under  the 
authority  of  a  statute, 


(ii)  where  the  statutory  authority  does  not  ac- 
quire part  of  the  land  of  an  owner, 

a.  sucli  reduction  in  the  market  value  of 
the  land  of  the  owner,  and 

b.  such  personal  and  business  damages, 

resulting  from  the  construction  and  not  the 
use  of  the  works  by  the  statutory  authority, 
as  the  statutory  authority  would  be  liable  for 
if  the  construction  were  not  under  the  au- 
thority of  a  statute, 

and  for  the  purposes  of  this  clause,  part  of  the  lands 
of  an  owner  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  acquired 
where  the  owner  from  whom  lands  are  acquired 
retains  lands  contiguous  to  those  acquired  or  re- 
tains lands  of  which  the  use  is  enhanced  by  unified 
ownership  with  those  acquired ; 

(/)  "judge",  except  where  otherwise  described,  means  a 
judge  of  the  county  or  district  court  of  the  county  or 
district  in  which  the  land  or  the  greater  part  of  it  is 
situate; 

(g)  "land"  includes  any  estate,  term,  easement,  right  or 
interest  in,  to,  over  or  affecting  land; 

(h)  "owner"  includes  a  mortgagee,  lessee,  tenant,  occu- 
pant, execution  creditor,  a  person  entitled  to  a 
limited  estate  or  interest  in  land,  a  committee  of  the 
estate  of  a  mentally  incompetent  person  or  of  a 
person  incapable  of  managing  his  affairs,  and  a 
guardian,  executor,  administrator  or  trustee  in  whom 
land  is  vested ; 

(/')  "prescribed"   means  prescribed   by   the  regulations- 
made  under  this  Act; 

(j)  "purchase-money  mortgage"  means  a  mortgage  given 
by  a  purchaser  of  land  to  the  vendor  of  the  land  or 
his  nominee  as  security  for  the  payment  of  all  or  part 
of  the  consideration  for  the  sale; 

(k)  "registered  owner"  means  an  owner  of  land  whose 
interest  in  the  land  is  defined  and  whose  name  is 
specified  in  an  instrument  in  the  proper  registry, 
land  titles  or  sheriff's  office,  and  includes  a  person 
shown  as  a  tenant  of  land  on  the  last  revised  assess- 
ment roll; 


(/)  "security  holder"  means  a  person  who  has  an  interest 
in  land  as  security  for  the  payment  of  money ; 

(m)  "statutory  authority"  means  the  Crown  or  any  per- 
son empowered  by  statute  to  expropriate  land  or 
cause    injurious    affection.       1962-63,    c.    43,    s.    1, 

amended. 

(2)  Any  document  required  by  this  Act  to  be  served  may  be  Service 
served  personally  or  by  registered  mail  addressed  to  the  person 
to  be  served  at  his  last-known  address,  or  if  that  person  or  his 
address  is  unknown,  by  publication  once  a  week  for  three 
weeks  in  a  newspaper  having  general  circulation  in  the  locality 
in  which  the  land  concerned  is  situate  and  service  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  made, 

(a)  in  the  case  of  service  by  registered  mail,  on  the  second 
day  after  the  day  of  mailing;  and 

(b)  in  the  case  of  service  by  publication,  on  the  date  of 
the  third  publication.     New. 

2 — (1)  Notwithstanding  any  general  or  special  Act,  where  oiPacT""" 
land  is  expropriated  or  injurious  affection  is  caused   by  a 
statutory  authority,  this  Act  applies.    1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  2  (1), 
amended. 

(2)  The  provisions  of  any  general  or  special  Act  providing  f^^ottfe"*^ 
procedures  with  respect  to  the  expropriation  of  land  or  the  acw^o^^^^ 
compensation  payable  for  land  expropriated  or  for  injurious  cc.  249.  338," 
affection  that  refer  to  The  Municipal  Act,  The  Public  Wor^i references 
Act  or  any  other  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to  this  Act  and 

not  to  The  Municipal  Act,  The  Public  Works  Act  or  other  Act, 
as  the  case  may  be.    1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  2  (5). 

(3)  This  Act  does  not  apply  to  the  use  of  or  injury  to  land  AppiicaMon 
authorized  under  The  Drainage  Act,  1962-63  for  the  purposes c-  39 

of  a  drainage  works  constructed  under  that  Act  or  to  any 
proceedings  in  connection  therewith.    1965,  c.  38,  s.  1. 

(4)  Where  there  is  conflict  between  a  provision  of  this  Act  conflict 
and  a  provision  of  any  other  general  or  special  Act,  the  pro- 
vision of  this  Act  prevails.    1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  2  (4). 

3.  This  Act  binds  the  Crown.    1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  3.  boSndby 

Act 

4. — (1)  An  expropriating  authority  shall  not  expropriate  i'^^p^^i™' t°/ 
land  without  the  approval  of  the  approving  authority  as«=^P''°P'"'»*« 


determined  under  section  5. 


area/"*"'*        (2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  an  authorization  of  the 

excepted        Ontario  Energy  Board  under  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act, 

1864,  c.  74     j^^^  jj^  resixjct  of  storage  of  gas  in  a  gas  storage  area  or  to  an 

expropriation  authorized  under  section  40  of  that  Act.    New. 


Approving 
authority 


5. — (1)  Subject  to  subsections  3,  4  and  5,  the  approving 
authority  in  respect  of  an  expropriation  shall  be  the  Minister 
responsible  for  the  administration  of  the  Act  in  which  the 
power  to  expropriate  is  granted,  except  that, 


Idem, 

private 

Acts 


(a)  where  a  municipality  or  a  local  board  thereof,  other 
than  an  elected  school  board,  expropriates  lands  for 
municipal  purposes,  the  approving  authority  shall  be 
the  council  of  the  municipality;  and 

{b)  where  an  elected  school  board  expropriates  lands,  the 
approving  autliorit>'  shall  be  tlie  school  board. 

(2)     Where  the  power  to  expropriate  is  granted  in  a  private 
Act,  the  approving  authority  shall  be, 

(a)  in  the  case  of  universities  or  other  educational  in- 
stitutions, the  -Minister  of  liniversity  Affairs; 

(6)  in  the  case  of  hospitals  or  other  medical  or  health 
institutions,  the  Minister  of  Health;  and 


(f)   in  the  case  of  all  other  corporations,  the  Provincial 
Secretary  and  Minister  of  Citizenship. 


(3)  Where   an   expropriation    is   made    under    The  Public 
Works  Act  for  the  benefit  of  a  department  or  agency  of  the 


Idem, 
public 
works 
R.S.O.  1960.   -^  •       ..  ,  .  ,        •  ,     11    1  1 

c.  338  Untario  (government,  the  approving  authority  shall  be  the 

Minister  for  the  department  or  responsible  for  the  agency  for 
the  benefit  of  which  the  land  is  expropriated. 


pcf\^r  ^'^^  Where  an  expropriation  is  made  under  The  Power  Com- 

commission  mission  Act,  the  approving  authority  shall  be  the  Minister  of 

R.S.O.  1960,    ,-,  1    ¥->  >  I 

c.  300  hnergy  and  Resources  .Management. 


Idem, 
other  cases 


(5)  The  approving  authority  in  any  case  not  provided  for 
in  this  section  shall  be  the  Minister  of  Justice  and  Attorney 
General.    New. 


Notice  of 
Intention 
to  expro- 
priate 


6. — (1)  Upon  apphing  for  an  approval  under  section  4,  an 
expropriating  authority  shall  serve  a  notice  of  its  application 
for  approval  to  expropriate  upon  each  registered  owner  of  the 
lands  to  be  expropriated  and  shall  publish  the  notice  once  a 
week  for  three  consecutive  weeks  in  a  newspaper  having 
general  circulation  in  the  locality  in  which  the  lands  are 
situate. 


(2)  Any  owner  of  lands  in  respect  of  which  notice  is  given  fJr  hearing" 
under  subsection  1  who  desires  a  hearing,  shall  so  notify  the 
approving  authority  in  writing, 

(a)  in  the  case  of  a  registered  owner,  served  personally 
or  by  registered  mail  within  thirty  days  after  he  is 
served  with  the  notice,  or,  when  he  is  served  by 
publication,  within  thirty  days  after  the  first  publi- 
cation of  the  notice; 

(b)  in  the  case  of  an  owner  who  is  not  a  registered  owner, 
within  thirty  days  after  the  first  publication  of  the 
notice. 

(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may,  in  special  °iBp|ngin„ 
circumstances  where  he  deems  it  necessary  or  expedient  in  the  *'*''  '"Quiry 
public  interest  to  do  so,  direct  that  an  intended  expropriation 

shall  proceed  without  the  inquiry  procedure  and  thereupon 
subsections  1  and  2  of  this  section,  section  7  and  subsections  1 
and  2  of  section  8  do  not  apply  thereto. 

(4)  Where  an  order  is  made  under  subsection  3,  the  expro-^^'^^r 
priating  authority  shall  forthwith  serve  a  copy  of  the  order  on 

each  registered  owner  affected  by  the  intended  expropriation. 

New. 

7.— (1)  The    Minister   of   Justice   and   Attorney   General  ^pp?'"^*- 
shall  appoint  a  chief  inquiry  officer  and  such  inquiry  officers  jj"^^^{:y 
as  he  considers  necessary. 

(2)  The  chief  inquiry  officer  shall  have  general  supervision  ^"^[^^  °^ 
and   direction  over  inquiry  officers  and   the  assignment  of'nqu'ry 
their  duties. 

(3)  Where  a  notification  is  made  under  subsection  2  of"®^'"'"'^ 
section  6,  the  approving  authority  shall  refer  the  matter  to 

the  chief  inquiry  officer  who  shall  forthwith  assign  an  inquiry 
officer  who  shall  fix  a  time  and  place  for  a  hearing  and  who 
shall  cause  notice  of  the  hearing  to  be  served  on  each  party 
to  the  inquiry. 

(4)  At  least  five  days  before  the  date  fixed  for  the  hearing,  ^ounds*'^ 
the  expropriating  authority  shall  serve  upon  each  party  to  the 
inquiry  a  notice  indicating  the  grounds  upon  which  it  intends 

to  rely  at  the  hearing  and  shall  make  available  for  inspection 
by  the  parties  any  documents,  including  maps  and  plans, 
that  the  expropriating  authority  intends  to  use  at  the  hearing. 

(5)  The  hearing  shall  be  by  means  of  an  inquiry  conducted  i^iu'ry 
by  the  inquiry  officer  who  shall  inquire  into  whether  the 
taking  of  the  lands  or  any  part  of  the  lands  of  an  owner  or  of 


more  than  one  owner  of  the  same  lands  is  fair,  sound  and 
reasonably  necessary  in  theachievementof  the  objectives  of  the 
expropriating  authority. 

Report  (6)  The    inquiry    officer    shall    report    to    the    approving 

authority  a  summary  of  the  evidence  and  arguments  advanced 
by  the  parties,  the  inquiry  officer's  findings  of  fact,  and  his 
opinion  on  the  merits  of  the  application  for  approval  with  his 
reasons  therefor. 


Combined  (7)  xhe  inquiry  officer  may  combine  two  or  more  related 
inquiries  and  conduct  them  in  all  respects  and  for  all  purposes 
as  one  inquiry. 


Parties 


(8)  The  expropriating  authority,  each  owner  who  notifies 
the  approving  authority  that  he  desires  a  hearing  in  respect 
of  the  lands  intended  to  be  expropriated  and  any  owner 
added  as  a  party  by  the  inquiry  officer  are  parties  to  the 
inquiry. 


Powers  and 
duties  of 
inquiry 
officer 


(9)  The  inquiry  officer, 

(a)  may  add  any  owner  whose  land  would  be  affected 
by  the  expropriation  of  the  lands  concerned  in  the 
inquiry  or  any  modification  thereof  as  a  party  to  the 
inquiry; 

(b)  shall  give  every  party  to  the  inquiry  an  opportunity 
to  present  evidence  and  argument  and  to  examine 
and  cross-examine  witnesses,  either  personally  or  by 
his  counsel  or  agent; 

(c)  is  not  bound  by  the  technical  or  legal  rules  of  evi- 
dence; and 

(d)  may  insjject  the  lands  concerned  either  alone  or  in 
the  presence  of  the  parties.    New. 


Powers  and 
duties  of 
approving 
authority 


8. — (1)  The  approving  authority  shall  consider  the  report 
of  the  inquiry  officer  and  shall  approve  or  not  approve  the 
proposed  expropriation  or  approve  the  proposed  expropri- 
ation with  such  modifications  as  the  approving  authority 
considers  proper,  but  an  approval  with  modifications  shall  not 
affect  the  lands  of  a  registered  owner  who  is  not  or  has  not 
been  made  a  party  to  the  hearing. 


Reasons 


(2)  The  approving  authority  shall  give  written  reasons  for 
its  decision  and  shall  cause  its  decision  and  the  reasons  therefor 
to  be  served  upon  all  the  parties. 


(3)  The  approving  authority  shall  certify  its  approval  in  certificate 
the  prescribed  form.    New. 

9.^(1)  Where  a  proposed  expropriation  has  been  approved  ^f®f  J|n^"°° 
under  this  Act,  the  expropriating  authority  shall  register, 
within  three  months  after  the  granting  of  the  approval  in 
the  proper  registry  or  land  titles  office  a  plan  of  the  land 
signed  by  the  expropriating  authority  and  by  an  Ontario 
land  surveyor,  and  thereupon,  but  not  otherwise,  the  land 
vests  in  the  expropriating  authority. 

(2)  Where  the  land  is  required  for  a  limited  time  only  or  |^^''^|"®g|,*°"* 
only  a  limited  estate,  right  or  interest  therein  is  required,  tempor- 
the  plan  registered  under  this  section  shall  indicate  by  appro- etc. 
priate  words  thereon  that  the  land  is  taken  for  such  limited 

time  only  or  that  only  such  limited  estate,  right  or  interest 
therein  is  taken,  and,  by  the  registration  in  such  case,  the 
land  for  such  limited  time  or  such  limited  estate,  right  or 
interest  therein  vests  in  the  expropriating  authority. 

(3)  In  the  case  of  an  omission,  misstatement  or  erroneous '^/"■[f^H,"" 
,          •      •         •  1  •  11  1  ■  •  1  of  errors 

description  m  a  plan  registered  under  this  section,  the  ex- 
propriating authority  may  register  in  the  proper  registry  or 
land  titles  office  a  plan  replacing  or  amending  the  original 
plan  and  signed  by  the  expropriating  authority  and  by  an 
Ontario  land  surveyor,  and  a  plan  registered  under  this 
subsection  shall  be  marked  to  show  the  nature  of  the  replace- 
ment or  amendment  and  is  of  the  same  force  and  effect  as, 
and  is  in  substitution  for,  the  original  plan  to  the  extent  that 
such  plan  is  replaced  or  amended  thereby. 

(4)  Where  a  plan  purports  to  have  been  signed  by  an  ex- '^!"®f ""*?: 
propnating  authority  under  this  section,  it  shall  be  presumed  s'«"'"« 
to  have  been  signed  by  the  expropriating  authority  without 

proof  of  the  signature  or  official  character  of  the  person 
appearing  to  have  signed  it,  unless  otherwise  directed  by  a 
court  or  the  Board. 

(5)  Where  a  limited  estate,  right  or  interest  in   land   isHy'<fro° 
being  taken  under  The  Power  Commission  Act  for  an  electrical  J^f^^-  ^^^' 
transmission    or   distribution    line   carried    on    single    poles. 

The  Hydro-Electric  Power  Commission  of  Ontario  may, 
before  registering  a  plan  under  subsection  1,  register  in  the 
proper  registry  or  land  titles  office  a  preliminary  plan,  to  be 
known  as  and  marked  "Preliminary  Plan"  and  being  a  plan 
with  or  without  local  description,  signed  by  the  secretary  of 
the  Commission  and  illustrating  the  location  of  the  proposed 
line  and  indicating  by  appropriate  words  thereon  the  nature 
of  the  estate,  right  or  interest  being  taken,  and  such  prelimin- 
ary plan  when  registered  has  the  same  force  and  effect  as  a 


Notice  of 
expro- 
priation 


Election  oT 
date  for 
compen- 
sation 


Reparation 


Qas  storage 
areas 
1964,  o.  74 


Compen- 
sation 


Idem 


plan  registered  under  subsection  1,  but  a  plan  in  accordance 
with  subsection  1  shall  lie  registered  within  two  years  after 
the  registration  of  the  preliminary  plan  in  substitution  for  the 
preliminary  plan.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  4,  amended. 

10. — (1)  Where  a  plan  has  been  registered  under  section  9 
and  no  agreement  as  to  compensation  has  been  made  with  the 
owner,  the  expropriating  authority  may  serve  the  owner, 
and  shall  serve  the  registered  owner,  within  thirty  days  after 
the  date  of  registration  of  the  plan,  with  a  notice  of  expro- 
priation of  his  land,  in  the  prescribed  form,  but  failure  to 
serve  the  notice  does  not  invalidate  the  expropriation. 

(2)  Where  a  plan  has  been  registered  under  section  9,  the 
registered  owner  may  elect,  by  notice  in  writing  served  upon 
the  expropriating  authority,  within  thirty  days  after  the 
owner  was  served  with  the  notice  under  subsection  1,  to  have 
the  compensation  to  which  he  is  entitled  assessed, 

(a)  where  there  has  been  an  inquiry,  as  of  the  date  the 
notice  of  hearing  before  the  inquiry  ofificer  was 
served; 

(b)  as  of  the  date  of  the  registration  of  the  plan ;  or 

(c)  as  of  the  date  on  which  he  was  served  with  the  notice 
of  expropriation.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  5,  amended. 

11.  Where  land  is  expropriated  or  is  injuriously  affected 
by  a  statutory  authority,  the  statutory  authority  may,  before 
the  compensation  is  agreed  upon  or  determined,  undertake  to 
make  alterations  or  additions  or  to  construct  additional  work 
or  to  grant  other  lands,  in  which  case  the  compensation  shall 
be  determined  having  regard  to  such  undertaking,  and,  if 
the  undertaking  has  not  already  been  carried  out,  the  Board 
may  declare  that,  in  addition  to  the  compensation  determined, 
if  any,  the  owner  is  entitled  to  have  such  alteration  or  addition 
made  or  such  additional  work  constructed  or  such  grant  made 
to  him.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  6  (2),  amended. 

12.  Section  21  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964 
applies  in  respect  of  the  use  of  designated  gas  storage  areas. 
1965,  c.  38,  s.  2,  part,  amended. 

13.— (1)  Where  land  is  expropriated,  the  expropriating 
authority  shall  pay  the  owner  such  compensation  as  is  deter- 
mined in  accordance  with  this  Act.  1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  6  (1), 
amended. 

(2)  Where  the  land  of  an  owner  is  expropriated,  the  com- 
pensation payable  to  the  owner  shall  be  based  upon, 

(c)  the  market  value  of  the  land; 


(b)  the  damages  attributable  to  disturbance; 

(c)  damages  for  injurious  affection;  and 

(d)  any  special  difficulties  in  relocation, 

but,  where  the  market  value  is  based  upon  a  use  of  the  land 
other  than  the  existing  use,  no  compensation  shall  be  paid 
under  clause  b  for  damages  attributable  to  disturbance  that 
would  have  been  incurred  by  the  owner  in  using  the  land  for 
such  other  use.     New. 

14. — (1)  The  market  value  of  land  expropriated  is  the^f,^^®' 
amount  that  the  land  might  be  expected  to  realize  if  sold  in 
the  open  market  by  a  willing  seller  to  a  willing  buyer. 

(2)  Where  land  is  devoted  to  a  purpose  of  such  a  nature''*®'" 
that  there  is  no  general  demand  or  market  for  land  for  that 
purpose,  and  the  owner  intends  in  good  faith  to  relocate  in 
similar  premises,  the  market  value  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the 
reasonable  cost  of  equivalent  re-instatement. 

(3)  Where  only  part  of  the  land  of  an  owner  is  taken  and  '<*«'" 
such  part  is  of  a  size  or  shape  for  which  there  is  no  general 
demand  or  market,  the  market  value  and  the  injurious  affec- 
tion caused  by  the  severance  may  be  determined  by  deter- 
mining the  market  value  of  the  whole  of  the  owner's  land  and 
deducting  therefrom  the  market  value  of  the  owner's  land 
after  the  severance  is  made. 

(4)  In  determining  the  market  value  of  land,  no  account'''*'" 
shall  be  taken  of, 

(a)  the  special  use  to  which  the  expropriating  authority 
will  put  the  land; 

(b)  any  increase  or  decrease  in  the  value  of  the  land 
resulting  from  the  imminence  of  the  development  in 
respect  of  which  the  expropriation  is  made  or  from 
any  imminent  prospect  of  expropriation; 

(c)  any  increase  in  the  value  of  the  land  resulting 
from  the  land  being  put  to  a  use  that  could  be 
restrained  by  any  court  or  is  contrary  to  law  or  is 
detrimental  to  the  health  of  the  occupants  of  the 
land  or  to  the  public  health.     New. 

15.  Upon  application  therefor,  the  Board  shall,  by  order,  {,^<=^^j 
after  fixing  the  market  value  of  lands  used  for  residential 
purposes  of   the  owner   under  subsection    1    of  section    14, 


10 


Separate 
Interests 


B«ourlty 
holders 


Payment 
out  of 
market 
Talue 


Idem 


Allowanie 
for 

disturbance : 
owner  other 
than  tenant 


award  such  additional  amount  of  compensation  as,  in  the 
opinion  of  the  Board,  is  necessary  to  enable  the  owner  to 
relocate  his  residence  in  accommodation  that  is  at  least 
equivalent  to  the  accommodation  expropriated.     New. 

16.  Where  there  are  more  separate  interests  than  one  in 
land,  other  than  the  interest  of  a  security  holder  or  a  vendor 
under  an  agreement  for  sale,  the  market  value  of  each  such 
separate  interest  shall  be  valued  separately.     New. 

17. — (1)  Where  land  is  subject  to  a  security  interest, 

(a)  the  value  of  the  interest  of  the  security  holder  shall 
be  determined  in  accordance  with  this  section  and 
section  21  and  not  otherwise;  and 

{b)  the  market  value  of  the  land  shall  be  determined 
without  regard  to  the  interest  of  the  security  holder 
and  the  amount  of  such  market  value  plus  any 
damages  for  injurious  affection  shall  stand  in  place 
of  the  land  for  the  purposes  of  the  security. 

(2)  Security  holders  shall  be  paid  the  amount  of  principal 
and  interest  outstanding  against  the  security  out  of  the  market 
value  of  the  land  and  any  damages  for  injurious  affection 
payable  in  respect  of  the  land  subject  to  the  security,  in 
accordance  with  their  priorities,  whether  or  not  such  principal 
and  interest  is  due,  without  any  bonus  for  prepayment  except 
as  provided  in  section  21. 

(3)  Where  land  held  as  security  is  expropriated  in  part  or  is 
injuriously  affected  a  security  holder  is  entitled  to  be  paid 
to  the  extent  possible  in  accordance  with  his  priority,  out  of 
the  market  value  portion  of  the  compensation  and  any  dam- 
ages for  injurious  affection  therefor,  as  the  case  may  be,  a 
sum  that  is  in  the  same  ratio  to  such  portion  of  the  compen- 
sation and  damages  as  the  balance  outstanding  on  the  security 
at  the  date  of  the  expropriation  or  injurious  affection  is  to 
the  market  value  of  the  entire  land,  provided  however,  that 
the  sum  so  determined  shall  be  reduced  by  the  amount  of  any 
payments  made  to  the  security  holder  by  the  owner  after  the 
date  of  expropriation  or  injurious  affection. 

18. — (1)  The  expropriating  authority  shall  pay  to  an 
owner  other  than  a  tenant,  in  respect  of  disturbance,  such 
reasonable  costs  as  are  the  natural  and  reasonable  conse- 
quences of  the  expropriation,  including, 

(a)  where  the  premises  taken  include  the  owner's  resi- 
dence, an  allowance  to  compensate  for  inconvenience 
and  the  cost  of  finding  another  residence  of  5  per 


11 

cent  of  the  compensation  payable  in  respect  of  the 
market  value  of  that  part  of  the  land  expropriated 
that  is  used  by  the  owner  for  residential  purposes, 
provided  that  such  part  was  not  being  offered  for 
sale  on  the  date  of  the  expropriation; 

(b)  where  the  premises  taken  do  not  include  the  owner's 
residence,  the  owner's  costs  of  finding  premises  to 
replace  those  expropriated,  provided  that  the  lands 
were  not  being  offered  for  sale  on  the  date  of  ex- 
propriation; and 

(c)  relocation  costs,  including, 

(i)  the  moving  costs,  and 

(ii)  the  legal  and  survey  costs  and  other  non- 
recoverable  expenditures  incurred  in  acquiring 
other  premises. 

(2)  The   expropriating   authority   shall    pay   to   a   tenant  *•"*"* 
occupying  expropriated  land  such  compensation  for  distur- 
bance and  relocation  as  is  appropriate  having  regard  to, 

(a)  the  length  of  the  term; 

(b)  the  portion  of  the  term  remaining; 

(c)  any  rights  to  renew  the  tenancy  or  the  reasonable 
prospects  of  renewal ; 

(d)  in  the  case  of  a  business,  the  nature  of  the  business; 
and 

(e)  the  extent  of  the  tenant's  investment  in  the  land. 

New. 


19. — (1)  Where  a  business  is  located  on  the  land  expro- Jl^'"*" 
priated,  the  expropriating  authority  shall  pay  compensation 
for  business  loss  resulting  from  the  relocation  of  the  business 
made  necessary  by  the  expropriation  and,  unless  the  owner 
and  the  expropriating  authority  otherwise  agree,  the  business 
losses  shall  not  be  determined  until  the  business  has  moved 
and  been  in  operation  for  six  months  or  until  a  three-year 
period  has  elapsed,  whichever  occurs  first. 

(2)  The  Board  may,  in  determining  compensation  on  the°°*****"' 
application  of  the  expropriating  authority,  or  an  owner, 
include  an  amount  not  exceeding  the  value  of  the  good  will 
of  a  business  where  the  land  is  valued  on  the  basis  of  its 
existing  use  and,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Board,  it  is  not  feasible 
for  the  owner  to  relocate.    New.  -k 


12 

Improve-  20.  The  owner  of  residential  lands  shall  be  compensated 

""*"  for  improvements  the  value  of  which  are  not  reflected  in  the 

market  value  of  the  land.    New. 

Prepayment      21.  Where  a  Statutory  authority  prepays  a  mortgage  in 

of  mortgage        ...  .  ■       • , 

whole  or  m  part,  the  statutory  authority, 

(o)  shall  pay  to  the  mortgagee  a  bonus  in  respect  of  the 
prepayment  amounting  to, 

(i)  three  months  interest  on  the  principal  out- 
standing under  the  mortgage  at  the  rate  of 
5  per  cent  a  year  or  at  such  other  rate  as  is 
prescribed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  by  regulation,  or 

(ii)  the  value  of  any  notice  or  bonus  for  prepay- 
ment provided  for  in  the  mortgage, 

whichever  is  the  lesser; 

(6)  shall  pay  to  the  mortgagee  where, 

(i)  the  prevailing  interest  rate  for  an  equivalent 
investment  is  lower  than  the  rate  under  the 
mortgage,  and 

(ii)  there  is  no  provision  in  the  mortgage  per- 
mitting prepayment  at  the  date  of  the  expro- 
priation, 

an  amount  to  compensate  for  the  difference  in  the 
interest  rates  for  the  period  for  which  the  payment  of 
principal  provided  for  in  the  mortgage  has  been 
advanced,  not  to  exceed  five  years;  and 

(c)  shall  pay  to  the  mortgagor  whose  interest  is  ex- 
propriated an  amount  to  compensate  for  any  loss 
incurred  by  reason  of  a  difference  in  the  interest 
rates  during  the  period  for  which  the  payment  of 
principal  provided  for  in  the  mortgage  has  been 
advanced,  but  such  difference  shall  not  be  calculated 
on  a  new  interest  rate  any  greater  than  the  prevailing 
interest  rate  for  an  equivalent  mortgage.    New. 

Compen-  22.  A  Statutory  authority  shall  compensate  the  owner  of 

Injurious        land  for  loss  or  damage  caused  by  injurious  affection.    1962-63, 
affection  ai  ^   /t\  j  j 

c.  43,  s.  6  (1),  amended. 


Claim  for 
compen- 


23. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  a  claim  for  compensation 
f^jurlous'^  for  injurious  affection  shall  be  made  by  the  person  suffering 
affection        the  damage  or  loss  in  writing  with  particulars  of  the  claim 


13 

within  one  year  after  the  damage  was  sustained  or  after  it 
became  known  to  him,  and,  if  not  so  made,  the  right  to 
compensation  is  forever  barred. 

(2)  Where  the   person  who  is  injuriously  affected   is  an  idem, 
infant,  a  mental  incompetent  or  a  person  incapable  of  manag-  owner 
ing  his  affairs,  his  claim  for  compensation  shall  be  made  within  disability 
one  year  after  he  ceased  to  be  under  the  disability  or,  in  the 
case  of  his  death  while  under  the  disability,  within  one  year 
after  his  death,  and,  if  not  so  made,  the  right  to  compensation 
is  forever  barred.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  7,  amended. 

24.  The  value  of  any  advantage  to  the  land  or  remaining  ^^■j°Jj 
land  of  an  owner  derived  from  any  work  for  which  land  was^'^'^ases 
expropriated  or  by  which  land  was  injuriously  affected  shall 
be  set-off  only  against  the  amount  of  the  damages  for  injurious 
affection  to  the  owner's  land  or  remaining  lands.     New. 

25. — (1)  Where  no  agreement  as  to  compensation  has  been  2^ymtnt 
made  with  the  owner,  the  expropriating  authority  shall,  within  po^ession 
three  months  after  the  registration  of  a  plan  under  section  9  °'  'he  t'.me 

,,,  I-  .  fill  1      ■o'"  election 

and   betore  takmg  possession  oi   the  land,  serve  upon   the  has  expired 
•   ,        J  whichever 

registered  owner,  is  the 

earlier 

(a)  an  offer  of  an  amount  in  full  compensation  for  his 
interest;  and 

{b)  where  the  registered  owner  is  not  a  tenant,  a  state- 
ment of  the  total  compensation  being  offered  for  all 
interests  in  the  land, 

and  shall  offer  the  registered  owner  immediate  payment  of 
100  per  cent  of  the  amount  of  the  market  value  of  the  owner's 
land  as  estimated  by  the  expropriating  authority,  and  the 
payment  and  receipt  of  that  sum  is  without  prejudice  to  the 
rights  conferred  by  this  Act  in  respect  of  the  determination 
of  compensation  and  is  subject  to  adjustment  in  accordance 
with  any  compensation  that  may  subsequently  be  determined 
in  accordance  with  this  Act  or  agreed  upon.  1962-63,  c.  43, 
s.  8  (1),  18,  amended. 

(2)  The  expropriating  authority  shall  base  its  offer  of  com-|"^^{?^»^,"8 
pensation  made  in  subsection  1  upon  a  report  appraising  thc^epo^t 
market  value  of  the   lands   being  taken  and   damages  for 
injurious  affection,  and  shall  serve  a  copy  of  the  appraisal 

report  upon  the  owner  at  the  time  the  offer  is  made.     New. 

(3)  The  expropriating  authority  may,  within  the  period  Jf'peJfod" 
mentioned  in  subsection  1  and  before  taking  possession  of  the 

land,  upon  giving  at  least  two  days  notice  to  the  registered 
owner,  apply  to  the  judge  for  an  order  extending  the  time 
for  serving  the  offer  under  subsection  1. 


Failure 
to  serve 


Choice  of 

proceedings, 

negotiation 

or 

arbitration 


14 

(4)  If  an>'  registered  owner  is  not  served  with  the  offer 
required  to  be  served  on  him  under  subsection  1  within  the 
time  limited  by  sujjsection  1  or  by  an  order  of  a  judge  under 
subsection  3,  or  by  agreement,  the  failure  does  not  invalidate 
the  expropriation  but  interest  upon  the  unpaid  portion  of 
any  compensation  payable  to  such  registered  owner  shall  be 
calculated  from  the  date  of  registration  of  the  plan.  1962-63, 
c.  43,  s.  8  (1-3),  amended. 

26.  Where  the  statutory  authority  and  the  owner  have  not 
agreed  upon  the  compensation  payable  under  this  Act  and  in 
the  case  of  injurious  affection,  section  23  has  been  complied 
with,  or,  in  the  case  of  expropriation,  section  25  has  been 
complied  with  or  the  time  for  complying  therewith  has 
expired, 

(a)  the  statutory  authority  or  the  owner  may  serve 
notice  of  negotiation  upon  the  other  of  them  and 
upon  the  board  of  negotiation  stating  that  it  or  he, 
as  the  case  may  be,  requires  the  compensation  to  be 
negotiated  under  section  27 ;  or 

{b)  where  the  statutory  authority  and  the  owner  have 
agreed  to  dispense  with  negotiation  proceedings,  the 
statutory  authority  or  the  owner  may  serve  notice 
of  arbitration  upon  the  other  of  them  and  upon  the 
Board  to  have  the  compensation  determined  by 
arbitration.     1965,  c.  38,  s.  2,  part,  amended. 

Mgotlauon  27.— (1)  A  board  of  negotiation  shall  be  established  con- 
sisting of  two  or  more  members  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council,  one  of  whom  may  be  designated  as 
chairman. 


Quorum 


(2)  Any  two  of  the  members  of  the  board  of  negotiation 
constitute  a  quorum  and  are  sufficient  to  perform  all  the 
functions  of  the  board  on  behalf  of  the  board. 


eittiiJg"'^  (^)  The   board   of   negotiation   may   sit  at  any   place   in 

Ontario. 


Negotiation 
of  amount 
of  compen- 
sation 


(4)  In  any  case  in  which  a  notice  of  negotiation  is  served, 
the  board  of  negotiation  shall,  upon  reasonable  notice  to  the 
statutory  authority  and  the  owner,  meet  with  them  and, 
without  prejudice  to  any  subsequent  proceedings,  proceed 
in  a  summary  and  informal  manner  to  negotiate  a  settlement 
of  the  compensation. 


Inspection 
of  land 


(5)  Before  or  during  the  negotiation  proceedings,  the  board 
of  negotiation  shall  inspect  the  land  that  has  been  expro- 
priated or  injuriously  aflfected. 


IS 

(6)  If  the  negotiation  proceedings  do  not  result  in  a  settle- ^j'jf^^°°j 
ment  of  the  compensation,  the  statutory  authority  or  the  reached 
owner  may  serve  notice  of  arbitration  upon  the  other  of  them, 
and  upon  the  Board,  stating  that  it  or  he,  as  the  case  may  be, 
requires  the  compensation  to  be  determined  by  arbitration 
as  though  the  negotiation  proceedings  had  not  taken  place. 
1965,  c.  38,  s.  2,  part,  amended. 

28. — (1)  The  Land  Compensation  Board  is  established  and  coSfpensa- 
shall  be  composed  of  a  chairman  and  such  number  of  vice-t'o"  Board 
chairmen  and  other  members  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  considers  advisable,  all  of  whom  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

Qualiflca- 

(2)  The  chairman  and  vice-chairmen  shall  be  members  of  *'^J[',^^[^^ 
the  bar  of  one  of  the  provinces  of  Canada.  *h'*i^''^*n 

(3)  The  chairman  or  a  vice-chairman  and  two  other  mem- *^"""'"'" 
bers  of  the  Board  constitute  a  quorum  and  are  sufficient  for  the 
exercise  of  all   the  jurisdiction   and   powers  of   the   Board, 
except  that  in  matters  respecting  a  claim  for  compensation 

not  exceeding  $1,000,  one  member  of  the  Board  constitutes  a 
quorum  and  is  sufficient  for  the  exercise  of  all  the  jurisdiction 
of  the  Board. 

(4)  The  Board  may,  I^I'S^a 

(c)  administer  oaths  to  witnesses  and  require  them  to 
give  evidence  under  oath ; 

(6)  may  issue  summonses  requiring  the  attendance  of 
witnesses   and .  the    production   of  documents   and 

things; 

(c)  hold  sittings  at  any  place  in  Ontario  and  in  more 
than  one  place  at  the  same  time. 


/c\    ir  Enforce- 

(5)  If  any  person,  ment  of 


Enforce- 
ment of 
summons 

(o)  on  being  duly  summoned  as  a  witness  before  the 
Board  makes  default  in  attending;  or 


(b)  being  in  attendance  as  a  witness  refuses  to  take  an 
oath  legally  required  by  the  Board  to  be  taken,  or  to 
produce  any  document  or  thing  in  his  power  or 
control  legally  required  by  the  Board  to  be  produced 
by  him,  or  to  answer  any  question  to  which  the  Board 
may  legally  require  an  answer;  or 

(c)  does  any  other  thing  that  would,  if  the  Board  had 
been  a  court  of  law  having  power  to  commit  for 
contempt,    have   been   contempt   of   that   court. 


16 


a  member  of  the  Board  may  certify  the  offence  of  that  person 
under  his  liand  to  the  High  Court,  and  the  court  may  there- 
upon inquire  into  the  alleged  ofifence  and  after  hearing  any 
witnesses  who  may  be  produced  against  or  on  behalf  of  the 
person  charged  with  the  ofifence,  and  after  hearing  any  state- 
ment that  may  be  offered  in  defence,  punish  or  take  steps  for 
the  punishment  of  that  person  in  like  manner  as  if  he  had 
been  guilty  of  contempt  of  the  court. 


Practice 

and 

procedure 


ReftlBtrar 

and 

employees 

1961-62, 
c.  121 

Service  of 

appraisal 

reports 


(6)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council,  the  Board  shall  make  rules  governing  its  practice 
and  procedure  and  the  exercise  of  its  powers. 

(7)  A  registrar  and  such  other  officers  and  employees  of  the 
Board  as  are  considered  necessary  shall  be  appointed  under 
The  Public  Service  Act,  1961-62.    New. 

29.  At  least  five  days  before  the  date  fixed  for  the  hearing 
of  an  application  before  the  Board,  any  party  to  the  appli- 
cation shall  serve  upon  each  other  party  a  copy  of  any 
appraisal  report  upon  which  it  intends  to  rely  at  the  hearing. 
New. 


Duties  of 
Board 


30. —  (1)  The  Board  shall  determine  any  compensation  in 
respect  of  which  a  notice  of  arbitration  has  been  served  upon 
it  under  section  26  or  27,  and,  in  the  absence  of  agreement 
determine  any  other  matter  required  by  this  or  any  other  Act, 
to  be  determined  bv  the  Board. 


Record  (2)  All  oral  evidence  submitted  before  the  Board  shall  be 

taken  down  in  writing  and,  together  with  such  documentary 
evidence  and  things  as  are  received  in  evidence  by  the  Board, 
form  the  record. 

Reasons  (3)  The  Board  shall  prepare  and  furnish  the  parties  to  an 

application  with  written  reasons  for  its  decision.    New. 


stated 
case 


31. — (1)  Where  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Board  or  the  valid- 
ity of  any  decision,  order,  direction  or  other  act  of  the  Board 
is  called  into  question  by  any  person  affected,  the  Board, 
upon  the  request  of  such  person,  shall  state  a  case  in  writing 
to  the  Court  of  Appeal  setting  forth  the  material  facts  and 
the  decision  of  the  court  thereon  is  final  and  binding. 


Order 
directing 
stated  case 


(2)  If  the  Board  refuses  to  state  a  case,  any  jjerson  affected 
may  apply  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  for  an  order  directing  the 
Board  to  state  a  case. 


rta°yed'^'"'^       (3)  Pending  the  decision  of  the  stated  case,  no  further 

until  case       proceedings  in  respect  of  the  application  shall  be  taken  by 
determined      1,      n         j        »t 

the  Board.    New. 


17 

32. — (1)  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  from  any^PP®*'* 
determination  or  order  of  the  Board. 

(2)  The   practice   and    procedure   as    to   the   appeal   and  ''*®'" 
proceedings  incidental  thereto  are  the  same  mutatis  mutandis 

as  upon  an  appeal  from  the  High  Court,  except  that  the  appeal 
may  be  taken  at  any  time  within  six  weeks  from  the  day  the 
determination  or  order  was  served  on  the  parties,  and  the 
period  of  any  vacation  of  the  Supreme  Court  shall  not  be 
reckoned  in  computing  such  six  weeks. 

(3)  An  appeal  under  subsection  1  may  be  made  on  questions  court™of  "^ 
of  law  or  fact  or  both  and  the  Court  of  Appeal,  Appeal 

(a)  may  refer  any  matter  back  to  the  Board;  or 

ib)  may  make  any  decision  or  order  that  the  Board  has 
power  to  make, 

and  may  exercise  the  same  powers  that  it  exercises  on  an 
appeal  from  a  judge  of  the  High  Court  sitting  without  a  jury. 

(4)  A  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  may  extend  the  time  Jf''Jf^|'°'» 
for  appeal  for  such  period  as  he  considers  proper.  1962-63,  f<""  appeal 
c.  43,  s.  11,  amended. 

33. — (1)  Where  the  amount  to  which  an  owner  is  entitled  ^egai 

.      .         .  &ppr&is&i 

upon  an  expropriation  is  determined  by  the  Board  and  the  ^"d  other 

amount  offered  by  the  statutory  authority  is  95  per  cent,  or'^°** 

less,  of  the  amount  awarded  by  the  Board,  the  statutory 

authority  shall  pay  the  reasonable  legal,  appraisal  and  other 

costs  actually  incurred   by  the  owner  for  the   purposes  of 

determining  the  compensation  payable. 

(2)  Where  the  amount  to  which  an  owner  is  entitled  upon '"'®'" 
an  expropriation  is  determined  by  the  Board  and  the  amount 
offered  by  the  statutory  authority  is  greater  than  95  per 
cent  of  the  amount  awarded  by  the  Board,  the  Board  may 
make  such  order  for  the  payment  of  costs  on  a  party  and  party 
basis  as  it  considers  appropriate.  1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  13, 
amended. 

34. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  1  of  section  9  and  sub- '"'*""**' 
section  3  of  section  25,  the  owner  of  lands  expropriated  is 
entitled  to  be  paid  interest  on  the  portion  of  the  market  value 
of  his  interest  in  the  land  and  on  the  portion  of  any  allowance 
for  injurious  affection  to  which  he  is  entitled,  outstanding 
from  time  to  time,  at  the  rate  of  5  per  cent  a  year  calculated 
from  the  date  the  owner  ceases  to  reside  on  or  make  productive 
use  of  the  lands. 


18 


Variation  of 
Interest 


(2)  Subject  to  subsection  3,  where  the  Board  is  of  the 
opinion  that  any  delay  in  determining  the  compensation  is 
attributable  in  whole  or  in  part  to  the  owner,  it  may  refuse 
to  allow  him  interest  for  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  time 
lor  which  he  might  otherwise  be  entitled  to  interest,  or  may 
allow  interest  at  such  rate  less  than  5  per  cent  a  year  as  appears 
reasonable. 


!<••»»>  (3)  The  interest  to  which  an  owner  is  entitled  under  sub- 

section 1  shall  not  be  reduced  for  the  reason  only  that  the 
owner  did  not  accept  the  offer  made  by  the  expropriating 
authority,  notwithstanding  that  the  compensation  as  finally 
determined  is  less  than  the  offer. 


Idem 


(4)  Where  the  Board  is  of  the  opinion  that  any  delay  in 
determining  compensation  is  attributable  in  whole  or  in  part 
to  the  expropriating  authority,  the  Board  may  order  the 
expropriating  authority  to  pay  to  the  owner  interest  under 
subsection  1  at  a  rate  exceeding  5  per  cent  a  year  but  not 
exceeding  10  per  cent  a  year.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  14,  amended. 


Abatement 
of  rent 


36. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  where  only  part  of  the 
interest  of  a  lessee  is  expropriated,  the  lessee's  obligation  to 
pay  rent  under  the  lease  shall  be  abated  pro  tanto,  as  deter- 
mined by  the  Board. 


Frustration 
or  lease 


(2)  Where  all  the  interest  of  a  lessee  in  land  is  expro- 
priated or  where  part  of  the  lessee's  interest  is  expropriated 
and  the  expropriation  renders  the  remaining  part  of  the 
lessee's  interest  unfit  for  the  purposes  of  the  lease,  as  deter- 
mined by  the  Board,  the  lease  shall  be  deemed  to  be  frustrated 
from  the  date  of  the  expropriation.     New. 


Character 
of  compen- 
sation 


36.  Where  land  has  been  expropriated,  the  compensation 
stands  in  the  stead  of  the  land,  and  any  claim  to  or  en- 
cumbrance on  the  land  is,  as  respects  the  expropriating 
authority,  converted  into  a  claim  to  or  upon  the  compensation 
and  no  longer  affects  the  land. 


Payment 
of  compen- 
sation not 
exceeding 
$1,000 


37.  Where  the  owner  who  is  entitled  to  convey  the  land 
that  has  been  expropriated  or  injuriously  affected  and  the 
statutory  authority  agree  as  to  the  compensation  or  the 
compensation  has  been  determined  and  in  either  case  it  does 
not  exceed  $1,000,  the  statutory  authority  may  pay  the  com- 
pensation to  the  owner  who  is  entitled  to  convey  the  land, 
saving  always  the  rights  of  any  other  person  to  the  compensa- 
tion as  against  the  person  receiving  it,  and  such  payment 
discharges  the  statutory  authority  from  all  liability  in  respect 
of  the  compensation.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  15. 


19 

38.  Where  an  owner  of  the  land  is  unknown,  is  under  a^®P^|^®"" 
disabiHty  or  for  any  other  reason  is  not  represented,  a  judge 
of  the  Supreme  Court  may,  after  due  notice  to  the  persons 
interested,  appoint  a  person  to  represent  such  owner  for  any 
of  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  and  any  action  of  a  person  so 
appointed  is  binding  on  the  person  whom  he  represents. 
1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  16. 

30. — (1)  In  any  case  where  the  statutory  authority  deems  JJ^^y^^jjJj 
it  advisable,  it  may,  without  an  order,  pay  the  compensation 
agreed  upon  or  determined  into  the  office  of  the  Accountant 
of  the  Supreme   Court  together  with  a  sum  equal   to  the 
interest  thereon  at  the  rate  of  5  per  cent  a  year  for  six  months. 

(2)  Upon  an  application  for  payment  out  of  court  of  com-  ^u^^f^"' 
pensation  paid  into  court,  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  c<»""t 
may  direct  that  such  notice  of  the  application  be  given  by 
publication  or  otherwise  as  he  deems  proper  and  may  direct 

the  trial  of  an  issue  or  make  such  order  with  respect  to  the 
payment  out  of  court  of  compensation  and  as  to  costs  as  he 
deems  reasonable. 

(3)  Where  an  order  is  obtained  under  subsection  2  in  less  ^^'^j'^^^jiment 
than  six  months  after  the  payment  of  the  compensation  into 

court,  the  judge  making  the  order  may  direct  that  a  pro- 
portionate part  of  the  interest  be  returned  to  the  statutory 
authority. 

(4)  Where  unborn  issue  or  an  unascertained  person  or  class  where 

•      •  1   •  •  •!•  -If.      unborn 

IS  mterested  m  compensation  paid  into  court,  a  judge  of  the  issue 

o  /-        ^  ■    ^         <  ij  Interested 

Supreme  Court  may  appoint  such  person  as  he  deems  proper 

to  represent  them,  and  any  order  made  under  this  section  is 

binding  on  them.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  17. 

40. — (1)  Where  land  that  has  been  expropriated  is  vested  Posaossion 

..  ,.  ..  ,.       of  expro- 

in  an  expropriating  authority  and  the  expropriating  authority  prtated 

has  served  the  registered  owner  with  a  notice  that  it  requires 

possession   of  the  land   on   the  date   specified   therein,   the 

expropriating  authority,   subject  to  any  agreement  to  the 

contrary  and  if  no  application  is  made  under  subsection  3, 

shall  take  possession  of  the  land  on  the  date  specified  in  the 

notice. 

(2)  The  date  for  possession  shall  be  at  least  ten  days  after  ^oMesaion 
the  date  of  the  serving  of  the  notice  of  possession. 

(3)  A  registered  owner  or  an  expropriating  authority  may,  (^?''po°g*!'°" 
upon  such  notice  as  the  judge  directs,  apply  to  a  judge  forponement 
an  adjustment  of  the  date  for  possession  specified  in  the  possession 


20 


Warrant  to 
put  down 
resistance 
to  entry, 
etc. 


Hearing 


Issue  of 
warrant 


notice  of  possession,  and  the  judge,  if  he  considers  that  under 
all  the  circumstances  the  application  should  be  granted,  may 
fix  the  date  for  possession.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  19,  amended. 

41. — (1)  Where  resistance  or  opposition  is  made  to  the 
expropriating  authority  or  any  person  authorized  by  it  in 
entering  upon,  using  or  taking  possession  of  land  when  it  is 
entitled  so  to  do,  it  may  apply  to  a  judge  for  a  warrant 
directing  the  sheriff  to  put  down  the  resistance  or  opposition. 

(2)  The  judge  shall,  in  writing,  appoint  a  time  and  place 
for  the  hearing  of  the  application  and  in  his  appointment  may 
direct  that  it  shall  be  served  upon  such  person  as  he  prescribes. 

(3)  On  proof  of  the  resistance  or  opposition,  the  judge  may 
issue  a  warrant. 


Return 


Abandon- 
ment of 
expropri- 
ated land 


Revesting 


(4)  The  sheriff  shall  forthwith  execute  the  warrant  and 
make  a  return  to  the  judge  of  the  execution  thereof.  1962-63, 
c.  43,  s.  20,  amended. 

42. — (1)  Where,  at  any  time  before  the  compensation 
upon  an  expropriation  is  paid  in  full,  the  land  or  any  part 
thereof  is  found  to  be  unnecessary  for  the  purposes  of  the 
expropriated  authority  or  if  it  is  found  that  a  more  limited 
estate  or  interest  therein  only  is  required,  the  expropriating 
authority  shall  so  notify  each  owner  of  the  abandoned  land, 
or  estate  or  interest,  who  is  served  or  entitled  to  be  served 
with  the  notice  of  expropriation,  who  may,  by  election  in 
writing, 

(a)  take  the  land,  estate  or  interest  back,  in  which  case 
he  has  the  right  to  compensation  for  consequential 
damages;  or 

(6)  require  the  expropriating  authority  to  retain  the 
land,  estate  or  interest,  in  which  case  he  has  the 
right  to  full  compensation  therefor.    New. 

(2)  Where  all  the  owners  elect  to  take  the  land,  estate  or 
interest  back  under  clause  a  of  subsection  1,  the  expropri- 
ating authority  may,  by  an  instrument  signed  by  it  and 
registered  in  the  proper  registry  or  land  titles  office  and 
served  on  each  owner,  declare  that  the  land  or  part  thereof  is 
not  required  and  is  abandoned  by  the  expropriating  authority 
or  that  it  is  intended  to  retain  only  such  limited  estate  or 
interest  as  is  mentioned  in  the  instrument,  and  thereupon, 

(a)  the  land  declared  to  be  abandoned  revests  in  the 
owner  from  whom  it  was  expropriated  and  those 
entitled  to  claim  under  him;  or 


21 

(b)  in  the  event  of  a  limited  estate  or  interest  only  being 
retained  by  the  expropriating  authority,  the  land  so 
revests  subject  to  such  limited  estate  or  interest. 
1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  21  (1),  amended. 

43.  Where  lands  that  have  been  expropriated  and  are  in  disposal  of 

.  ■  r     ,  ■      ■  I       ■  r  1    1      expropri- 

the  possession  of  the  expropnatmg  authority,  are  lound  by  ated  lands 
the  expropriating  authority  to  be  no  longer  required  for  its 
purposes,  the  expropriating  authority  shall  not,  without  the 
approval  of  the  approving  authority,  dispose  of  the  lands 
without  giving  the  owners  from  whom  the  land  was  taken  the 
first  chance  to  repurchase  the  lands  on  the  terms  of  the  best 
oflfer  received  by  the  expropriating  authority.    New. 

44.  Any  application  to  set  aside  or  quash  any  proceeding  J^™,?^.^°r^jj 
or  step  taken  under  this  Act  shall  be  made  within  thirty  days 

after  the  proceeding  or  step  in  respect  of  which  the  application 
is  made,  but  this  section  does  not  apply  where  the  applicant 
was  entitled  to  and  not  given  notice  of  the  proceeding  or 
step  or  where  the  proceeding  or  step  was  a  nullity.    .New. 

45.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  Regulations 
regulations, 

(a)  prescribing  rates  of  interest  for  the  purposes  of 
section  21 ; 

(b)  prescribing  forms  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and 
providing  for  their  use; 

(c)  prescribing  procedures  respecting  applications  to  and 
hearings  by  inquiry-  officers  and  boards  of  nego- 
tiation.   New. 

46.— (1)  Sections  13  to  21  apply  in  respect  of  expropri- j^^PP^j^fj'^"" 
ations  for  which  the  compensation  has  not  been  settled  or  proceedings 
determined  before  this  Act  comes  into  force. 

(2)  Until  section   28  is  proclaimed   in   force,   the  Ontario  Pj^j.j^- '° '^® 
Municipal    Board   shall   be  deemed    to   be   the   Land   Com- Land 

^-         r>         J         Ar  Compen- 

pensation  Board.    New.  sation 

Board 

47.  The    Expropriation    Procedures    Act,     1962-63,     yAci962-63, 
Expropriation   Procedures   Amendment   Act,    1965    and    7'Aei965,'c.  38; 
Expropriation  Procedures  Amendment  Act,  1966  are  repealed,  repealed 

48. — (1)  This  Act,  except  section  28,  conies  into  force  onCommen<e- 
the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 


22 


Idem  (2)  Section  28  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by 

the  Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

Short  title         49.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as   The  Expropriations  Act, 
1968-69. 


s 


t/1 

a 
> 

H 


uj 


>3 
I 


§ 

3 
»9 


o 
< 

3 
cr 

•n 
to 

C/l 


NO 

00 


>i 


8 

»« 


O 

3 

> 

o 


■o 

ON 

00 
I 

o> 


BILL  5 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


The  Expropriations  Act,  1968-69 


Mr.  Wishart 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Feinted  and  Published  by  Fbank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printb* 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  revises  The  Expropriation  Procedures  Act,  1962-63  and  in- 
corporates the  principal  recommendations  of  the  Law  Reform  Commission 
in  Its  report  on  the  Basis  for  Compensation  on  Expropriation  and  of  the 
Royal  Commission  Inquiry  into  Civil  Rights  in  section  1  of  Part  III  of  its 
first  report. 

The  principal  changes  include: 

1.  Provision  for  approval  by  a  politically  responsible  authority  before  an 
expropriation  may  proceed  and  an  inquiry  to  determine  the  necessity, 
fairness  and  soundness  of  any  particular  expropriation. 

2.  The  time  limits  are  amended  to  reduce  the  time  available  for  delays  to 
an  expropriating  authority  and  to  increase  the  time  available  to  the 
owner  before  giving  possession. 

3.  The  Land  Compensation  Board  is  established  to  replace  all  tribunals 
determining  compensation. 

4.  More  particular  provisions  for  procedures  on  arbitrations,  including 
provisions  for  appeals,  stated  cases  and  quashing. 

5.  Provision  for  expropriated  land  intended  to  be  abandoned  to  revest 
in  the  owner  or  to  be  taken  and  compensated  for,  at  the  option  of  the 
owner. 

6.  The  owner  to  have  an  opportunity  to  repurchase  his  expropriated  land 
if  the  expropriating  authority  disposes  of  it. 

7.  More  detailed  codification  of  the  rules  governing  compensation. 

8.  Provision  for  compensation  for  market  value  plus  expanded  com- 
pensation for  disturbance  costs  and  damages  for  injurious  affection. 

9.  Provision  for  awarding  additional  amounts  sufficient  to  provide  other 
accommodation  at  least  equivalent. 


BILL  5  1968-69 


The  Expropriations  Act,  1968-69 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

l.-(l)  In  this  Act,  l^i^^'o- 

(a)  "approving  authority"  means  the  approving  au- 
thority as  determined  under  section  5; 

(b)  "Board"  means  the  Land  Compensation  Board 
established  under  section  28; 

(c)  "expropriate"  means  the  taking  of  land  without  the 
consent  of  the  owner  by  an  expropriating  authority 
in  the  exercise  of  its  statutory  powers,  but  does  not 
include  the  taking  of  land  for  the  widening  of  a  high- 
way where  entry  is  deferred  under  section  338  of 

The  Municipal  Act;  J^li?-"^ 

(d)  "expropriating  authority"  means  the  Crown  or  any 
person  empowered  by  statute  to  expropriate  land; 

(e)  "injurious  affection"  means, 

(i)   where  a  statutory  authority  acquires  part  of 
the  land  of  an  owner, 

a.  the  reduction  in  market  value  thereby 
caused  to  the  remaining  land  of  the 
owner  by  the  acquisition  or  by  the  con- 
struction of  the  works  thereon  or  by 
the  use  of  the  works  thereon  or  any 
combination  of  them,  and 

b.  such  personal  and  business  damages, 
resulting  from  the  construction  or  use, 
or  both,  of  the  works  as  the  statutory 
authority  would  be  liable  for  if  the 
construction  or  use  were  not  under  the 
authority  of  a  statute, 


(ii)  where  the  statutory  authority  does  not  ac- 
quire part  of  the  land  of  an  owner, 

a.  such  reduction  in  the  market  value  of 
the  land  of  the  owner,  and 

b.  such  personal  and  business  damages, 

resulting  from  the  construction  and  not  the 
use  of  the  works  by  the  statutory  authority, 
as  the  statutory  authority  would  be  liable  for 
if  the  construction  were  not  under  the  au- 
thority of  a  statute, 

and  for  the  purposes  of  this  clause,  part  of  the  lands 
of  an  owner  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  acquired 
where  the  owner  from  whom  lands  are  acquired 
retains  lands  contiguous  to  those  acquired  or  re- 
tains lands  of  which  the  use  is  enhanced  by  unified 
ownership  with  those  acquired; 

(/)  "judge",  except  where  otherwise  described,  means  a 
judge  of  the  county  or  district  court  of  the  county  or 
district  in  which  the  land  or  the  greater  part  of  it  is 
situate; 

(g)  "land"  includes  any  estate,  term,  easement,  right  or 
interest  in,  to,  over  or  affecting  land; 

(k)  "owner"  includes  a  mortgagee,  tenant,  execution 
creditor,  a  person  entitled  to  a  limited  estate  or 
interest  in  land,  a  committee  of  the  estate  of  a 
mentally  incompetent  person  or  of  a  person  incapable 
of  managing  his  affairs,  and  a  guardian,  executor, 
administrator  or  trustee  in  whom  land  is  vested; 

(t)  "prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  regulations 
made  under  this  Act; 

(J)  "purchase-money  mortgage"  means  a  mortgage  given 
by  a  purchaser  of  land  to  the  vendor  of  the  land  or 
his  nominee  as  security  for  the  payment  of  all  or  part 
of  the  consideration  for  the  sale; 

(k)  "registered  owner"  means  an  owner  of  land  whose 
interest  in  the  land  is  defined  and  whose  name  is 
specified  in  an  instrument  in  the  proper  registry, 
land  titles  or  sheriff's  office,  and  includes  a  person 
shown  as  a  tenant  of  land  on  the  last  revised  assess- 
ment roll;. 


(/)  "security  holder"  means  a  person  who  has  an  interest 
in  land  as  security  for  the  payment  of  money; 

(m)  "statutory  authority"  means  the  Crown  or  any  per- 
son empowered  by  statute  to  expropriate  land  or 
cause  injurious  affection.  1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  1, 
amended. 

(n)  "tenant"  includes  a  lessee  or  occupant  occupying 
premises  under  any  tenancy  whether  written,  oral 
or  implied. 

(2)  Any  document  required  by  this  Act  to  be  served  may  be  service 
served  personally  or  by  registered  mail  addressed  to  the  person 
to  be  served  at  his  last-known  address,  or  if  that  person  or  his 
address  is  unknown,  by  publication  once  a  week  for  three 
weeks  in  a  newspaper  having  general  circulation  in  the  locality 
in  which  the  land  concerned  is  situate  and  service  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  made, 

(a)  in  the  case  of  service  by  registered  mail,  on  the  second 
day  after  the  day  of  mailing;  and 

{b)  in  the  case  of  service  by  publication,  on  the  date  of 
the  third  publication.     New. 

2 — (1)  Notwithstanding  any  general  or  special  Act,  where  ^,P^J*^*'°" 
land  is  expropriated  or  injurious  affection   is  caused   by  a 
statutory  authority,  this  Act  applies.    1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  2  (1), 
amended. 

(2)  The  provisions  of  an>-  general  or  special  Act  providing /J'^^^'g"}."*" 
procedures  with  respect  to  the  expropriation  of  land  or  the  ^cujo^^^^ 
compensation  payable  for  land  expropriated  or  for  injurious  oo.  249,  338,' 
affection  that  refer  to  The  Municipal  Act,  The  Public  IForti references 
Act  or  any  other  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to  this  Act  and*°  *""  ^°' 
not  to  The  Municipal  Act,  The  Public  Works  Act  or  other  Act, 

as  the  case  may  be.    1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  2  (S). 

(3)  This  Act  does  not  apply  to  the  use  of  or  injury  to  'and  Apj>ik!aUon 
authorized  under  The  Drainage  Act,  1962-63  for  the  purposes c° 39     "    ' 
of  a  drainage  works  constructed  under  that  Act  or  to  any 
proceedings  in  connection  therewith.    1965,  c.  38,  s.  1. 

(4)  Where  there  is  conflict  between  a  provision  of  this  Act  c^onA'ct 
and  a  provision  of  any  other  general  or  special  Act,  the  pro- 
vision of  this  Act  prevails.    1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  2  (4). 

3.  This  Act  binds  the  Crown.    1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  3.  boSnd  by 

Act 

4.— (1)  An  expropriating  authority  shall  not  expropriate  A^p'"?/*'?'' 

1       J         -iL       i      L  t       e      ,         '  .  1        .  Intention  to 

land   without   the  approval  of  the  approvmg  authority  as  expropriate 
determined  under  section  5. 


om  storage       (2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  an  authorization  of  the 
•xoepted        Ontario  Energy  Board  under  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act, 
1964  in  respect  of  storage  of  gas  in  a  gas  storage  area  or  to  an 
expropriation  authorized  under  section  40  of  that  Act.    New. 


I»e4.  0.  74 


Approving 
mutDortty 


5.— (1)  Subject  to  subsections  3,  4  and  5,  the  approving 
authority  in  respect  of  an  expropriation  shall  be  the  Minister 
responsible  for  the  administration  of  the  Act  in  which  the 
power  to  expropriate  is  granted,  except  that, 

(o)  where  a  municipality  or  a  local  board  thereof,  other 
than  an  elected  school  board,  expropriates  lands  for 
municipal  purposes,  the  approving  authority  shall  be 
the  council  of  the  municipality;  and 

(6)  where  an  elected  school  board  expropriates  lands,  the 
approving  authority  shall  be  the  school  board. 


Idem, 

private 

Acts 


(2)     Where  the  power  to  expropriate  is  granted  in  a  private 
Act,  the  approving  authority  shall  be. 


(a)  in  the  case  of  universities  or  other  educational  in- 
stitutions, the  Minister  of  University  Affairs; 

(6)  in  the  case  of  hospitals  or  other  medical  or  health 
institutions,  the  Minister  of  Health;  and 


Idem, 
public 
works 


(c)  in  the  case  of  all  other  corporations,  the  Provincial 
Secretary  and  Minister  of  Citizenship. 


(3)  Where   an   expropriation    is   made    under    The  Public 

Works  Act  for  the  benefit  of  a  department  or  agency  of  the 

c.'sss"        ■  Ontario  Government,  the  approving  authority  shall  be  the 

Minister  for  the  department  or  responsible  for  the  agency  for 

the  benefit  of  which  the  land  is  expropriated. 


Po'n^r  ^^^  Where  an  expropriation  is  made  under  The  Power  Com- 

commission  mission  Act,  the  approving  authority  shall  be  the  Minister  of 
c.'aoo'        ■  Energy  and  Resources  Management. 


Idem, 
other  cases 


(5)  The  approving  authority  in  any  case  not  provided  for 
in  this  section  shall  be  the  Minister  of  Justice  and  Attorney 
General.    New. 


Notice  of 
Intention 
to  expro- 
priate 


6. — (1)  Upon  applying  for  an  approval  under  section  4,  an 
expropriating  authority  shall  serve  a  notice  of  its  application 
for  approval  to  expropriate  upon  each  registered  owner  of  the 
lands  to  be  expropriated  and  shall  publish  the  notice  once  a 
week  for  three  consecutive  weeks  in  a  newspaper  having 
general  circulation  in  the  locality  in  which  the  lands  are 
situate. 


(2)  Any  owner  of  lands  in  respect  of  which  notice  is  given  J'"  h^S"**" 
under  subsection  1  who  desires  a  hearing,  shall  so  notify  the 
approving  authority  in  writing, 

(a)  in  the  case  of  a  registered  owner,  served  personally 
or  by  registered  mail  within  thirty  days  after  he  is 
served  with  the  notice,  or,  when  he  is  served  by 
publication,  within  thirty  days  after  the  first  publi- 
cation of  the  notice; 

(b)  in  the  case  of  an  owner  who  is  not  a  registered  owner, 
within  thirty  days  after  the  first  publication  of  the 
notice. 

(3)  The  I^ieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may,  in  special  dispensing 
circumstances  where  he  deems  it  necessary  or  expedient  in  the  *"*'  'n<>"""y 
public  interest  to  do  so,  direct  that  an  intended  expropriation 

shall  proceed  without  the  inquiry  procedure  and  thereupon 
subsections  1  and  2  of  this  section,  section  7  and  subsections  1 
and  2  of  section  8  do  not  apply  thereto. 

(4)  Where  an  order  is  made  under  subsection  3,  the  expro- ^^^^ij^' 
priating  authority  shall  forthwith  serve  a  copy  of  the  order  on 

each  registered  owner  affected  by  the  intended  expropriation. 

(5)  The  Minister  of  Justice  and  Attorney  General  shall, ^^^^to 
within  thirty  days  after  the  commencement  of  each  session 

of  the  Legislative  Assembly,  lay  before  the  Assembly  a  copy 
of  each  order  made  theretofore  under  subsection  3  and  not 
previously  laid  before  the  Assembly.     New. 

7.— (1)  The    Minister   of   Justice   and    Attorney   General  ^ent 'of " 
shall  appoint  a  chief  inquiry  officer  and  such  inquiry  officers  {^"^^^[iy 
as  he  considers  necessary. 

(2)  The  chief  inquiry  officer  shall  have  general  supervision  ^"^f""  °' 
and  direction  over  inquiry  officers  and   the  assignment  of'nqu'ry 
their  duties.  ""''''" 

(3)  Where  a  notification  is  made  under  subsection  2  of"®*""'"* 
section  6,  the  approving  authority  shall  refer  the  matter  to 

the  chief  inquiry  officer  who  shall  forthwith  assign  an  inquiry 
officer  who  shall  fix  a  time  and  place  for  a  hearing  and  who 
shall  cause  notice  of  the  hearing  to  be  served  on  each  party 
to  the  inquiry. 

(4)  At  least  five  days  before  the  date  fixed  for  the  hearing,  ^SuSds"^ 
the  expropriating  authority  shall  serve  upon  each  party  to  the 
inquiry  a  notice  indicating  the  grounds  upon  which  it  intends 

to  rely  at  the  hearing  and  shall  make  available  for  inspection 
by  the  parties  any  documents,  including  maps  and  plans, 
that  the  expropriating  authority  intends  to  use  at  the  hearing. 


Inquiry  (5)  jhe  hearing  shall  be  by  means  of  an  inquiry  conducted 

by  the  inquiry  officer  who  shall  inquire  into  whether  the 
taking  of  the  lands  or  any  part  of  the  lands  of  an  owner  or  of 
more  than  one  owner  of  the  same  lands  is  fair,  sound  and 
reasonably  necessary  in  theachievementof  the  objectives  of  the 
expropriating  authority. 

Report  ^^j  jj^g    inquiry    officer    shall    report    to    the    approving 

authority  a  summary  of  the  evidence  and  arguments  advanced 
by  the  parties,  the  inquiry  officer's  findings  of  fact,  and  his 
opinion  on  the  merits  of  the  application  for  approval  with  his 
reasons  therefor. 

i^q^iriee*'  0)  The  inquiry  officer  may  combine  two  or  more  related 

inquiries  and  conduct  them  in  all  respects  and  for  all  purposes 
as  one  inquiry. 


Parties 


(8)  The  expropriating  authority,  each  owner  who  notifies 
the  approving  authority  that  he  desires  a  hearing  in  respect 
of  the  lands  intended  to  be  expropriated  and  any  owner 
added  as  a  party  by  the  inquiry  officer  are  parties  to  the 
inquiry. 


Powers  and 
duties  of 
inquiry 
offlcer 


(9)  The  inquiry  officer, 

(a)  may  add  any  owner  whose  land  would  be  affected 
by  the  expropriation  of  the  lands  concerned  in  the 
inquiry  or  any  modification  thereof  as  a  party  to  the 
inquiry; 


(b)  shall  give  every  party  to  the  inquiry  an  opportunity 
to  present  evidence  and  argument  and  to  examine 
and  cross-examine  witnesses,  either  personally  or  by 
his  counsel  or  agent; 

(c)  is  not  bound  by  the  technical  or  legal  rules  of  evi- 
dence; and 

(d)  may  inspect  the  lands  concerned  either  alone  or  in 
the  presence  of  the  parties. 


^°*'*  (10)  The  inquiry  officer  may  recommend  to  the  approving 

authority  that  a  party  to  the  inquiry  be  paid  a  fixed  amount 
for  his  costs  of  the  inquiry  not  to  exceed  $200  and  the  ap- 
proving authority  may  in  its  discretion  order  the  expropri- 
ating authority  to  pay  such  costs  forthwith.     New. 

duties  of  8. — (1)  The  approving  authority  shall  consider  the  report 

aufhority*      of  the  inquiry  officer  and  shall  approve  or  not  approve  the 

proposed  expropriation  or  approve  the  proposed  expropri- 


ation  with  such  modifications  as  the  approving  authority 
considers  proper,  but  an  approval  with  modifications  shall  not 
afTect  the  lands  of  a  registered  owner  who  is  not  or  has  not 
been  made  a  party  to  the  hearing. 

(2)  The  approving  authority  shall  give  written  reasons  for^®**°"' 
its  decision  and  shall  cause  its  decision  and  the  reasons  therefor 

to  be  served  ujxjn  all  the  parties  within  90  days  after  the  date 
upon  which  the  report  of  the  inquiry  ofificer  is  received  by  the 
approving  authority. 

(3)  The  approving  authority  shall  certify  its  approval  in  certificate 
the  prescribed  form.    New. 

9. — (1)  Where  a  proposed  expropriation  has  been  approved  J^f*«}|'^»""" 
under  this  Act  or  under  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964,  i964,  c.  74 
the  expropriating  authority  shall  register,  within  three  months 
after  the  granting  of  the  approval  in  the  proper  registry  or 
land  titles  office  a  plan  of  the  land  signed  by  the  expropriating 
authority  and  by  an  Ontario  land  surveyor,  and  thereupon, 
but  not  otherwise,  the  land  vests  in  the  expropriating  autho- 
rity. 

(2)  Where  the  land  is  required  for  a  limited  time  only  or  required*"** 
only  a  limited  estate,  right  or  interest  therein  is  required, ^^Jjy">''- 
the  plan  registered  under  this  section  shall  indicate  by  appro- «'"• 
priate  words  thereon  that  the  land  is  taken  for  such  limited 

time  only  or  that  only  such  limited  estate,  right  or  interest 
therein  is  taken,  and,  by  the  registration  in  such  case,  the 
land  for  such  limited  time  or  such  limited  estate,  right  or 
interest  therein  vests  in  the  expropriating  authority. 

(3)  In  the  case  of  an  omission,  misstatement  or  erroneous  of'e^Sfi""' 
description  in  a  plan  registered  under  this  section,  the  ex- 
propriating authority  may  register  in  the  proper  registry  or 

land  titles  office  a  plan  replacing  or  amending  the  original 
plan  and  signed  by  the  expropriating  authority  and  by  an 
Ontario  land  surveyor,  and  a  plan  registered  under  this 
subsection  shall  be  marked  to  show  the  nature  of  the  replace- 
ment or  amendment  and  is  of  the  same  force  and  efifect  as, 
and  is  in  substitution  for,  the  original  plan  to  the  extent  that 
such  plan  is  replaced  or  amended  thereby. 

(4)  Where  a  plan  purports  to  have  been  signed  by  an  ex- ti^^li^'fo 
propriating  authority  under  this  section,  it  shall  be  presumed^'*"'"* 
to  have  been  signed  by  the  expropriating  authority  without 

proof  of  the  signature  or  official  character  of  the  person 
appearing  to  have  signed  it,  unless  otherwise  directed  by  a 
court  or  the  Board. 


Ontario 
Hydro 
R.8.O.  1D60, 
c.  800 


(5)  Where  a  limited  estate,  right  or  interest  in  land  is 
being  taken  under  The  Power  Commission  Act  for  an  electrical 
transmission  or  distribution  line  carried  on  single  poles, 
The  Hydro-Electric  Power  Commission  of  Ontario  may, 
l)efore  registering  a  plan  under  subsection  1,  register  in  the 
proper  registry  or  land  titles  office  a  preliminary  plan,  to  be 
known  as  and  marked  "Preliminary  Plan"  and  being  a  plan 
with  or  without  local  description,  signed  by  the  secretary  of 
the  Commission  and  illustrating  the  location  of  the  proposed 
line  and  indicating  by  appropriate  words  thereon  the  nature 
of  the  estate,  right  or  interest  being  taken,  and  such  prelimin- 
ary plan  when  registered  has  the  same  force  and  effect  as  a 
plan  registered  under  subsection  1,  but  a  plan  in  accordance 
with  subsection  1  shall  be  registered  within  two  years  after 
the  registration  of  the  preliminary  plan  in  substitution  for  the 
preliminary  plan.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  4,  amended. 


Notice  of 
expro- 
priation 


lO. —  (1)  Where  a  plan  has  been  registered  under  section  9 
and  no  agreement  as  to  compensation  has  been  made  with  the 
owner,  the  expropriating  authority  may  serve  the  owner, 
and  shall  serve  the  registered  owner,  within  thirty  days  after 
the  date  of  registration  of  the  plan,  with  a  notice  of  expro- 
priation of  his  land,  in  the  prescribed  form,  but  failure  to 
serve  the  notice  does  not  invalidate  the  expropriation. 


Election  of 
date  for 
compen- 
sation 


(2)  Where  a  plan  has  been  registered  under  section  9,  the 
registered  owner  may  elect,  by  notice  in  writing  served  upon 
the  expropriating  authority,  within  thirty  days  after  the 
owner  was  served  with  the  notice  under  subsection  1,  to  have 
the  compensation  to  which  he  is  entitled  assessed, 


(a)  where  there  has  been  an  inquiry,  as  of  the  date  the 
notice  of  hearing  before  the  inquiry  officer  was 
served ; 

{b)  as  of  the  date  of  the  registration  of  the  plan;  or 

(c)  as  of  the  date  on  which  he  was  served  with  the  notice 
of  expropriation. 

and,  where  the  election  is  not  made  within  the  prescribed  time, 
the  owner  shall  be  deemed  to  have  elected  to  have  the  com- 
pensation assessed  as  of  the  date  of  the  registration  of  the  plan. 
1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  5,  amended. 


Enlry  on 
land  for 
appraisal 


(3)  An  expropriating  authority  may,  after  it  has  served 
notice  of  expropriation  on  the  owner  in  possession  of  the  lands 
expropriated,  and  with  the  consent  of  the  said  owner,  enter 
on  the  expropriated  lands  for  the  purposes  of  viewing  for 
appraisal,  but,  where  the  consent  of  the  owner  is  not  given, 


the  expropriating  authority  may  apply  to  the  Board  which 
may,  by  order,  authorize  the  entry  upon  such  terms  and 
conditions  as  are  specified  in  the  order.     New. 

11.  Where  land  is  expropriated  or  is  injuriously  affected    ®p"*''°" 
by  a  statutory  authority,  the  statutory  authority  may,  before 

the  compensation  is  agreed  upon  or  determined,  undertake  to 
make  alterations  or  additions  or  to  construct  additional  work 
or  to  grant  other  lands,  in  which  case  the  compensation  shall 
be  determined  having  regard  to  such  undertaking,  and,  if 
the  undertaking  has  not  already  been  carried  out,  the  Board 
may  declare  that,  in  addition  to  the  compensation  determined, 
if  any,  the  owner  is  entitled  to  have  such  alteration  or  addition 
made  or  such  additional  work  constructed  or  such  grant  made 
to  him.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  6  (2),  amended. 

12.  Section   21   of   The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,   I9642rfJ*'°^^^ 
applies  in  respect  of  the  use  of  designated  gas  storage  areas.  i964,  o.  74 
1965,  c.  38,  s.  2,  part,  amended. 

13. — (1)  Where  land   is  expropriated,   the  expropriating ^*J5Sn*" 
authority  shall  pay  the  owner  such  compensation  as  is  deter- 
mined in  accordance  with  this  Act.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  6  (1), 
amended. 

(2)  Where  the  land  of  an  owner  is  expropriated,  the  com-'"*®"* 
pensation  payable  to  the  owner  shall  be  based  upon, 

(a)  the  market  value  of  the  land; 

(b)  the  damages  attributable  to  disturbance; 

(c)  damages  for  injurious  affection;  and 

(d)  any  special  difficulties  in  relocation, 

but,  where  the  market  value  is  based  upon  a  use  of  the  land 
other  than  the  existing  use,  no  compensation  shall  be  paid 
under  clause  b  for  damages  attributable  to  disturbance  that 
would  have  been  incurred  by  the  owner  in  using  the  land  for 
such  other  use.     New. 

14. — (1)  The  market  value  of  land  expropriated   is  the^fue®* 
amount  that  the  land  might  be  expected  to  realize  if  sold  in 
the  open  market  by  a  willing  seller  to  a  willing  buyer. 

(2)  Where  the  land  expropriated  is  devoted  to  a  purpose  '***'" 
of  such  a  nature  that  there  is  no  general  demand  or  market 
for  land  for  that  purpose,  and  the  owner  intends  in  good 
faith  to  relocate  in  similar  premises,  the  market  value  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  the  reasonable  cost  of  equivalent  re-instatement. 


10 


Idem 


Idem 


Increa£e 
by  Board 


Separate 
interests 


(3)  Where  only  part  of  the  land  of  an  owner  is  taken  and 
such  part  is  of  a  size,  shape  or  nature  for  which  there  is  no 
general  demand  or  market,  the  market  value  and  the  injurious 
affection  caused  by  the  taking  may  be  determined  by  deter- 
mining the  market  value  of  the  whole  of  the  owner's  land  and 
deducting  therefrom  the  market  value  of  the  owner's  land 
after  the  taking. 

(4)  In  determining  the  market  value  of  land,  no  account 
shall  be  taken  of, 

(o)  the  special  use  to  which  the  expropriating  authority 
will  put  the  land; 

(b)  any  increase  or  decrease  in  the  value  of  the  land 
resulting  from  the  imminence  of  the  development  in 
respect  of  which  the  expropriation  is  made  or  from 
any  imminent  prospect  of  expropriation; 

(c)  any  increase  in  the  value  of  the  land  resulting 
from  the  land  being  put  to  a  use  that  could  be 
restrained  by  any  court  or  is  contrary  to  law  or  is 
detrimental  to  the  health  of  the  occupants  of  the 
land  or  to  the  public  health.     New. 

15.  Upon  application  therefor,  the  Board  shall,  by  order, 
after  fixing  the  market  value  of  lands  used  for  residential 
purposes  of  the  owner  under  subsection  1  of  section  14, 
award  such  additional  amount  of  compensation  as,  in  the 
opinion  of  the  Board,  is  necessary  to  enable  the  owner  to 
relocate  his  residence  in  accommodation  that  is  at  least 
equivalent  to  the  accommodation  expropriated.     New. 

16.  Where  there  are  more  separate  interests  than  one  in 
land,  other  than  the  interest  of  a  security  holder  or  a  vendor 
under  an  agreement  for  sale,  the  market  value  of  each  such 
separate  interest  shall  be  valued  separately.     New. 


Interpre- 
tation 


Security 
holders 


17. — (1)  In  this  section,  "bonus"  means  the  amount  by 
which  the  amount  secured  under  a  mortgage  exceeds  the 
amount  actually  advanced. 

(2)  Where  land  is  subject  to  a  security  interest, 

(a)  the  value  of  the  interest  of  the  security  holder  shall 
be  determined  in  accordance  with  this  section  and 
section  20  and  not  otherwise;  and 

(b)  the  market  value  of  the  land  shall  be  determined 
without  regard  to  the  interest  of  the  security  holder 
and  the  amount  of  such  market  value  plus  any 
damages  for  injurious  affection  shall  stand  in  place 
of  the  land  for  the  purposes  of  the  security. 


11 

(3)  Security  holders  shall  be  paid  the  amount  of  principal  out'of'"' 
and  interest  outstanding  against  the  security  out  of  the  market  ™^^^^** 
value  of  the  land  and  any  damages  for  injurious  affection 
payable  in  respect  of  the  land  subject  to  the  security,  in 
accordance  with  their  priorities,  whether  or  not  such  principal 

and  interest  is  due  and  subject  to  subsections  4  and  5. 

(4)  Where  the  land  is  subject  to  a  mortgage  and  the  amount  Bonus 
payable  to  the  mortgagee  under  subsection  3  is  insufficient 

to  satisfy  the  mortgage  in  full, 

(a)  where  tiie  mortgage  is  a  purchase-money  mortgage, 
the  mortgage  shall  be  deemed  to  be  fully  paid, 
satisfied  and  discharged  for  all  purposes;  and 

(b)  where  the  mortgage  is  not  a  purchase-money  mort- 
gage and  includes  a  bonus, 

(i)  the  amount  by  which  the  amount  payable  to 
the  mortgagee  under  subsection  3  is  in- 
sufficient to  pay  the  amount  remaining  unpaid 
under  the  mortgage;  or 


(ii)  the  amount  of  the  bonus, 


whichever  is  the  lesser,  shall  be  deemed  to  be  fully 
paid  and  satisfied  for  all  purposes. 

(5)  No  amount  shall  be  paid  in  respect  of  a  bonus  until  all  '''•'° 
security  holders  have  been  paid  all  amounts  payable  other  than 
any  bonus. 

(6)  Where  land  held  as  security  is  expropriated  in  part  or  is  '''*'" 
injuriously  affected  a  security  holder  is  entitled  to  be  paid 

to  the  extent  possible  in  accordance  with  his  priority,  out  of 
the  market  value  portion  of  the  compensation  and  any  dam- 
ages for  injurious  affection  therefor,  as  the  case  may  be,  a 
sum  that  is  in  the  same  ratio  to  such  portion  of  the  compen- 
sation and  damages  as  the  balance  outstanding  on  the  security 
at  the  date  of  the  expropriation  or  injurious  affection  is  to 
the  market  value  of  the  entire  land,  provided  however,  that 
the  sum  so  determined  shall  be  reduced  by  the  amount  of  any 
payments  made  to  the  security  holder  by  the  owner  after  the 
date  of  expropriation  or  injurious  affection.     New. 

18. — (1)  The    expropriating   authority  shall    pay    to    an /^'r'"**"'^* 

owner  other  than  a  tenant,  in  respect  of  disturbance,  such  ^{J^^j;''*^'}^'-^*  • 

reasonable  costs  as  are  the  natural  and  reasonable  conse-  '•»«"  tenant 
quences  of  the  expropriation,  including, 

(a)  where    the    premises    taken    include    the    owner's 
residence. 


12 

(i)  an  allowance  to  compensate  for  inconvenience 
and  the  cost  of  finding  another  residence  of 
5  per  cent  of  the  compensation  payable  in 
respect  of  the  market  value  of  that  part  of 
the  land  expropriated  that  is  used  by  the 
owner  for  residential  purposes,  provided  that 
such  part  was  not  being  offered  for  sale  on  the 
date  of  the  expropriation,  and 

(ii)  an  allowance  for  improvements  the  value  of 
which  is  not  reflected  in  the  market  value  of 
the  land ; 

(b)  where  the  premises  taken  do  not  include  the  owner's 
residence,  the  owner's  costs  of  finding  premises  to 
replace  those  expropriated,  provided  that  the  lands 
were  not  being  oflfered  for  sale  on  the  date  of  ex- 
propriation; and 

(c)  relocation  costs,  including, 

(i)  the  moving  costs,  and 

(ii)  the  legal  and  survey  costs  and  other  non- 
recoverable  expenditures  incurred  in  acquiring 
other  premises. 

Tenant              ^2)  The   expropriating   authority   shall  pay   to   a   tenant 

occupying  expropriated   land    in   respect  of  disturbance  so 

much  of  the  cost  referred  to  in  subsection  1  as  is  appropriate 
having  regard  to, 

(a)  the  length  of  the  term ; 

(b)  the  portion  of  the  term  remaining; 

(c)  any  rights  to  renew  the  tenancy  or  the  reasonable 
prospects  of  renewal ; 

(d)  in  the  case  of  a  business,  the  nature  of  the  business; 
and 

(e)  the  extent  of  the  tenant's  investment  in  the  land. 

New. 

Business  19.— (1)  Where  a  business  is  located  on  the  land  expro- 

priated, the  expropriating  authority  shall  pay  compensation 
for  business  loss  resulting  from  the  relocation  of  the  business 
made  necessary  by  the  expropriation  and,  unless  the  owner 
and  the  expropriating  authority  otherwise  agree,  the  business 


13 

losses  shall  not  be  determined  until  the  business  has  moved 
and  been  in  operation  for  six  months  or  until  a  three-year 
period  has  elapsed,  whichever  occurs  first. 

(2)  The  Board  may,  in  determining  compensation  on  the  *^°°'*  *"' 
application  of  the  expropriating  authority,  or  an  owner, 
include  an  amount  not  exceeding  the  value  of  the  good  will 
of  a  business  where  the  land  is  valued  on  the  basis  of  its 
existing  use  and,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Board,  it  is  not  feasible 
for  the  owner  to  relocate.    New. 

20.  Where  a  statutory  authority  prepays  a  mortgage  ^^ot^j^orXMM 
whole  or  in  part,  the  statutory  authority, 

(a)  shall  pay  to  the  mortgagee  a  bonus  in  respect  of  the 
prepayment  amounting  to, 

(i)  three  months  interest  on  the  amount  of  prin- 
cipal prepaid  at  the  rate  of  6  per  cent  a  year 
or  at  such  other  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  by  regula- 
tion, or 

(ii)  the  value  of  any  notice  or  bonus  for  prepay- 
ment provided  for  in  the  mortgage, 

whichever  is  the  lesser; 

(6)  shall  pay  to  the  mortgagee  where, 

(i)  the  prevailing  interest  rate  for  an  equivalent 
investment  is  lower  than  the  rate  under  the 
mortgage,  and 

(ii)  there  is  no  provision  in  the  mortgage  per- 
mitting prepayment  at  the  date  of  the  expro- 
priation, 

an  amount  to  compensate  for  the  diflference  in  the 
interest  rates  for  the  period  for  which  the  amount  of 
principal  prepaid  has  been  advanced,  not  to  exceed 
five  years;  and 

(c)  shall  pay  to  the  mortgagor  whose  interest  is  ex- 
propriated an  amount  to  compensate  for  any  loss 
incurred  by  reason  of  a  difference  in  the  interest 
rates  during  the  period  for  which  the  payment  of 
principal  provided  for  in  the  mortgage  has  been 
advanced,  but  such  difference  shall  not  be  calculated 
on  a  new  interest  rate  any  greater  than  the  prevailing 
interest  rate  for  an  equivalent  mortgage.    New. 


14 


Comp«  Il- 
lation Tor 
injurious 
•frectlon 


Claim  for 
compen- 
•ation  for 
Injurious 
affection 


Idem, 
where 
owner 
under 
disability 


21.  A  Statutory  authority  shall  compensate  the  owner  of 
land  for  loss  or  damage  caused  by  injurious  affection.  1962-63, 
c.  43,  s.  6  (1),  amended. 

22. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  a  claim  for  compensation 
for  injurious  affection  shall  be  made  by  the  person  suffering 
the  damage  or  loss  in  writing  with  particulars  of  the  claim 
within  one  year  after  the  damage  was  sustained  or  after  it 
became  known  to  him,  and,  if  not  so  made,  the  right  to 
compensation  is  forever  barred. 

(2)  Where  the  person  who  is  injuriously  affected  is  an 
infant,  a  mental  incompetent  or  a  person  incapable  of  manag- 
ing his  affairs,  his  claim  for  compensation  shall  be  made  within 
one  year  after  he  ceased  to  be  under  the  disability  or,  in  the 
case  of  his  death  while  under  the  disability,  within  one  year 
after  his  death,  and,  if  not  so  made,  the  right  to  compensation 
is  forever  barred.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  7,  amended. 


Set-off 
axainst 
damages 


23.  The  value  of  any  advantage  to  the  land  or  remaining 
land  of  an  owner  derived  from  any  woric  for  which  land  was 
expropriated  or  by  which  land  was  injuriously  affected  shall 
be  set-off  only  against  the  amount  of  the  damages  for  injurious 
affection  to  the  owner's  land  or  remaining  lands.     New. 


Aereements 


24.  A  statutory  authority  has  the  authority  to  make  and 
perform  an  agreement  with  an  owner  in  respect  of  any  claim 
of  the  owner  under  this  Act,  including  any  costs  of  the  owner 
and  notwithstanding  that  this  Act  requires  the  claim  to  be 
determined  bv  the  Board.    New. 


Offer 


25. — (1)  Where  no  agreement  as  to  compensation  has  been 
made  with  the  owner,  the  expropriating  authority  shall, 
within  three  months  after  the  registration  of  a  plan  under 
section  9  and  before  taking  possession  of  the  land, 

(a)  serve  upon  the  registered  owner, 

(i)  an  offer  of  an  amount  in  full  compensation 
for  his  interest,  and 

(ii)  where  the  registered  owner  is  not  a  tenant,  a 
statement  of  the  total  compensation  being 
offered  for  all  interests  in  the  land, 


excepting  compensation  for  business  loss  for  which 
the  determination  is  postponed  under  subsection  1 
of  section  19;  and 

(b)  offer  the  registered  owner  immediate   payment  of 
100  per  cent  of  the  amount  of  the  market  value  of 


15 

the  owner's  land  as  estimated  by  the  expropriating 
authority,  and  the  payment  and  receipt  of  that  sum 
is  without  prejudice  to  the  rights  conferred  by  this 
Act  in  respect  of  the  determination  of  compensation 
and  is  subject  to  adjustment  in  accordance  with  any 
compensation  that  may  subsequently  be  determined 
in  accordance  with  this  Act  or  agreed  upon.  1962-63. 
c.  43,  ss.  8  (1),  18,  amended. 

(2)  The  expropriating  authority  shall  base  its  offer  of  com-fppratSl"' 
jjensation  made  under  subsection  1  up)on  a  report  appraising '"*'*'""' 
the  market  value  of  the  lands  being  taken  and  damages  for 
injurious  affection,  and  shall  serve  a  copy  of  the  appraisal 

rep)ort  upon  the  owner  at  the  time  the  offer  is  made. 

(3)  The  expropriating  authority  may,  within   the  period  |f'tf^'*"* 
mentioned  in  subsection  1  and  before  taking  possession  of  the 

land,  upon  giving  at  least  two  days  notice  to  the  registered 
owner,  apply  to  the  judge  for  an  order  extending  any  time 
referred  to  in  subsection  1,  and  the  judge  may  in  his  order 
authorize  the  statutory  authority  to  take  possession  of  the  land 
before  the  expiration  of  the  extended  time  for  serving  the 
offer  or  statement  under  clause  a  of  subsection  1  upon  such 
conditions  as  are  specified  in  the  order.     New. 


(4)  If  any  registered  owner  is  not  served  with  the  offer  f^^^rve 


.  Failure 

required  to  be  served  on  him  under  subsection  1  within  the 
time  limited  by  subsection  1  or  by  an  order  of  a  judge  under 
subsection  3,  or  by  agreement,  the  failure  does  not  invalidate 
the  expropriation  but  interest  upon  the  unpaid  portion  of 
any  compensation  payable  to  such  registered  owner  shall  be 
calculated  from  the  date  of  registration  of  the  plan.  1962-63, 
c.  43,  s.  8  (1-3),  amended. 

26.  Where  the  statutory  authority  and  the  owner  have  not  pr^^ed?ng8 
agreed  upon  the  compensation  payable  under  this  Act  and  in  negotiation 
the  case  of  injurious  affection,  section  22  has  been  complied  arbitration 
with,  or,  in  the  case  of  expropriation,  section  25  has  been 
complied    with    or    the    time    for   complying    therewith    has 
expired, 

(a)  the  statutory  authority  or  the  owner  may  serve 
notice  of  negotiation  upon  the  other  of  them  and 
upon  the  board  of  negotiation  stating  that  it  or  he, 
as  the  case  may  be,  requires  the  compensation  to  be 
negotiated  under  section  27;  or 

(b)  where  the  statutory  authority  and  the  owner  have 
agreed  to  dispense  with  negotiation  proceedings,  the 
statutory  authority  or  the  owner  may  serve  notice 
of  arbitration  upon  the  other  of  them  and  upon  the 


16 

Board    to   have    the   compensation   determined    by 
arbitration.     1965,  c.  38,  s.  2,  part,  amended. 

negotia°fon  27. — (1)  A  board  of  negotiation  shall  be  established  con- 
sisting of  two  or  more  members  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council,  one  of  whom  may  be  designated  as 
chairman. 


Quorum 


(2)  Any  two  of  the  members  of  the  board  of  negotiation 
constitute  a  quorum  and  are  sufficient  to  perform  all  the 
functions  of  the  board  on  behalf  of  the  board. 


Place  of 

■tttins 


(3)  The   board   of   negotiation   may   sit  at   any   place   in 
Ontario. 


Negotiation 
of  amount 
of  compen- 
sation 


(4)  In  any  case  in  which  a  notice  of  negotiation  is  served, 
the  board  of  negotiation  shall,  upon  reasonable  notice  to  the 
statutory  authority  and  the  owner,  meet  with  them  and, 
without  prejudice  to  any  subsequent  proceedings,  proceed 
in  a  summary  and  informal  manner  to  negotiate  a  settlement 
of  the  compensation. 


Inspection 
of  land 


(5)  Before  or  during  the  negotiation  proceedings,  the  board 
of  negotiation  shall  inspect  the  land  that  has  been  expro- 
priated or  injuriously  aflfected. 


Where  no 

settlement 

reached 


(6)  If  the  negotiation  proceedings  do  not  result  in  a  settle- 
ment of  the  compensation,  the  statutory  authority  or  the 
owner  may  serve  notice  of  arbitration  upon  the  other  of  them, 
and  upon  the  Board,  stating  that  it  or  he,  as  the  case  may  be, 
requires  the  compensation  to  be  determined  by  arbitration 
as  though  the  negotiation  proceedings  had  not  taken  place. 
1965,  c.  38,  s.  2,  part,  amended. 


Land 

Compensa- 
tion Board 


28. — (1)  The  Land  Compensation  Board  is  established  and 
shall  be  composed  of  a  chairman  and  such  number  of  vice- 
chairmen  and  other  members  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  considers  advisable,  all  of  whom  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 


Qualiflca- 
tions  of 
chairman 
and  vice- 
chairmen 

Quorum 


(2)  The  chairman  and  vice-chairmen  shall  be  members  of 
the  bar  of  one  of  the  provinces  of  Canada. 

(3)  The  chairman  or  a  vice-chairman  and  two  other  mem- 
bers of  the  Board  constitute  a  quorum  and  are  sufficient  for  the 
exercise  of  all  the  jurisdiction  and  powers  of  the  Board, 
except  that  in  matters  respecting  a  claim  for  compensation 
not  exceeding  $1,000,  one  member  of  the  Board  constitutes  a 
quorum  and  is  sufficient  for  the  exercise  of  all  the  jurisdiction 
of  the  Board. 


17 

(4)  The  Board  may,  Jr^S^rd 

(a)  administer  oaths  to  witnesses  and  require  them  to 
give  evidence  under  oath; 

(b)  may  issue  summonses  requiring  the  attendance  of 
witnesses  and  the  production  of  documents  and 
things; 

(c)  hold  sittings  at  any  place  in  Ontario  and  in  more 
than  one  place  at  the  same  time. 

(5)  If  any  person, 

(a)  on  being  duly  summoned  as  a  witness  before  thcmenTo* 
Board  makes  default  in  attending;  or  summons 

(b)  being  in  attendance  as  a  witness  refuses  to  take  an 
oath  legally  required  by  the  Board  to  be  taken,  or  to 
produce  any  document  or  thing  in  his  power  or 
control  legally  required  by  the  Board  to  be  produced 
by  him,  or  to  answer  any  question  to  which  the  Board 
may  legally  require  an  answer;  or 

(c)  does  any  other  thing  that  would,  if  the  Board  had 
been  a  court  of  law  having  power  to  commit  for 
contempt,    have   been   contempt   of   that   court, 

a  member  of  the  Board  may  certify  the  offence  of  that  person 
under  his  hand  to  the  High  Court,  and  the  court  may  there- 
upon inquire  into  the  alleged  offence  and  after  hearing  any 
witnesses  who  may  be  produced  against  or  on  behalf  of  the 
person  charged  with  the  oflfence,  and  after  hearing  any  state- 
ment that  may  be  offered  in  defence,  punish  or  take  steps  for 
the  punishment  of  that  person  in  like  manner  as  if  he  had 
been  guilty  of  contempt  of  the  court. 

(6)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  f J3''*'°* 
Council,  the  Board  shall  make  rules  governing  its  practice  procedure 
and  procedure  and  the  exercise  of  its  powers. 


(7)  A  registrar  and  such  other  officers  and  employees  of  the^nf'*""* 
Board  as  are  considered  necessary  shall  be  appointed  under  8'"P'°y®' 
The  Public  Service  Act,  1961-62.    New.  l^li'i^' 


29. — (1)  At  least  fifteen  days  before  the  date  fixed  for  the  ^^p'^'^^^jjjf 
hearing  of  an  application  before  the  Board,  any  party  to  the  reports 
application  shall  serve  ujwn  each  other  party  a  copy  of  any 
appraisal  report  upon  which  it  intends  to  rely  at  the  hearing. 

New. 

Expert 

(2)  Where  it  is  intended  by  a  party  to  adduce  evidence  as  as  to 

,  -,111  ,  •       compel! - 

to  compensation  by  persons  entitled  by  law  or  custom  to  givesation 


18 


Dutiee  of 
Board 


Record 


Reasons 


Reports 


opinion  evidence,  not  more  than  three  such  persons  may  be 
called  b\  either  part)-  without  the  leave  of  the  Board.    New. 

30.— (1)  The  Board  shall  determine  any  compensation  in 
respect  of  which  a  notice  of  arbitration  has  been  served  upon 
it  under  section  26  or  27,  and,  in  the  absence  of  agreement 
determine  any  other  matter  required  by  this  or  any  other  Act, 
to  be  determined  by  the  Board. 

(2)  All  oral  evidence  submitted  before  the  Board  shall  be 
taken  down  in  writing  and,  together  with  such  documentary 
evidence  and  things  as  are  received  in  evidence  by  the  Board, 
form  the  record. 

(3)  The  Board  shall  prepare  and  furnish  the  parties  to  an 
application  with  written  reasons  for  its  decision. 

(4)  The  Board  ma>'  prepare  and  periodically  publish  a 
summary  of  such  of  its  decisions  and  the  reasons  therefor,  as 
the  Board  considers  to  be  of  general  public  significance.    New. 


stated 
case 


Order 
directing 
stated  case 


Pro(  eedlngs 
stayed 
until  case 
determined 


Appeals 


Idem 


Powers  of 
Court  of 
Appeal 


31. —  (1)  Where  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Board  or  the  valid- 
ity of  any  decision,  order,  direction  or  other  act  of  the  Board 
is  called  into  question  by  any  person  affected,  the  Board, 
upon  the  request  of  such  person,  shall  state  a  case  in  writing 
to  the  Court  of  Appeal  setting  forth  the  material  facts  and 
the  decision  of  the  court  thereon  is  final  and  binding. 

(2)  If  the  Board  refuses  to  state  a  case,  any  person  affected 
may  apply  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  for  an  order  directing  the 
Board  to  state  a  case. 

(3)  Pending  the  decision  of  the  stated  case,  no  further 
proceedings  in  respect  of  the  application  shall  be  taken  by 
the  Board. 

32. — (1)  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  from  any 
determination  or  order  of  the  Board. 

(2)  The  practice  and  procedure  as  to  the  appeal  and 
proceedings  incidental  thereto  are  the  same  mutatis  mutandis 
as  upon  an  appeal  from  the  High  Court,  except  that  the  appeal 
may  be  taken  at  any  time  within  six  weeks  from  the  day  the 
determination  or  order  was  served  on  the  parties,  and  the 
period  of  any  vacation  of  the  Supreme  Court  shall  not  be 
reckoned  in  computing  such  six  weeks. 

(3)  An  appeal  under  subsection  1  may  be  made  on  questions 
of  law  or  fact  or  both  and  the  Court  of  Appeal, 

(a)  may  refer  any  matter  back  to  the  Board ;  or 

{b)  may  make  any  decision  or  order  that  the  Board  has 
power  to  make. 


19 

and  may  exercise  the  same  powers  that  it  exercises  on  an 
appeal  from  a  judge  of  the  High  Court  sitting  without  a  jury. 

(4)  A  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  may  extend  the  time  ^^==^^^1'°" 
for  appeal  for  such  period  as  he  considers  proper.  1962-63,  for  appeal 
c.  43,  s.  11,  amended. 

33. — (1)  Where  the  amount  to  which  an  owner  is  entitled  Costs 
upon  an  expropriation  is  determined  by  the  Board  and  the 
amount  awarded  by  the  Board  is  85  per  cent,  or  more,  of  the 
amount  offered  by  the  statutory  authority,  the  Board  shall 
make  an  order  directing  the  statutory  authority  to  pay  the 
reasonable  legal,  appraisal  and  other  costs  actually  incurred 
by  the  owner  for  the  purposes  of  determining  the  compen- 
sation payable. 

(2)  Where  the  amount  to  which  an  owner  is  entitled  upon  an  ^^^m 
expropriation  is  determined  by  the  Board  and  the  amount 
awarded  by  the  Board  is  less  than  85  per  cent  of  the  amount 
offered  by  the  statutory  authority,  the  Board  may  make  such 
order  for  the  payment  of  costs  on  a  party  and  party  basis  as 
it  considers  appropriate.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  13,  amended. 

34. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  4  of  section  25,  the  owner  of  interest 
lands  expropriated  is  entitled  to  be  paid  interest  on  the  portion 
of  the  market  value  of  his  interest  in  the  land  and  on  the 
portion  of  any  allowance  for  injurious  affection  to  which  he  is 
entitled,  outstanding  from  time  to  time,  at  the  rate  of  6  per 
cent  a  year  calculated  from  the  date  the  owner  ceases  to  reside 
on  or  make  productive  use  of  the  lands. 

(2)  Subject  to  subsection   3,  where  the   Board  is  of  theJ^^J'^^'^""  ""^ 
opinion  that  any  delay  in  determining  the  compensation  is 
attributable  in  whole  or  in  part  to  the  owner,  it  may  refuse 

to  allow  him  interest  for  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  time 
for  which  he  might  otherwise  be  entitled  to  interest,  or  may 
allow  interest  at  such  rate  less  than  6  per  cent  a  year  as  appears 
reasonable. 

(3)  The  interest  to  which  an  owner  is  entitled  under  sub-  '***'" 
section  1  shall  not  be  reduced  for  the  reason  only  that  the 
owner  did  not  accept  the  offer  made  by  the  expropriating 
authority,  notwithstanding  that  the  compensation  as  finally 
determined  is  less  than  the  offer. 

(4)  Where  the  Board  is  of  the  opinion  that  any  delay  in  ^***'" 
determining  compensation  is  attributable  in  whole  or  in  part 

to  the  expropriating  authority,  the  Board  may  order  the 
expropriating  authority  to  pay  to  the  owner  interest  under 
subsection  1  at  a  rate  exceeding  6  per  cent  a  year  but  not 
exceeding  12  per  cent  a  year.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  14,  amended. 


20 


Abatement 
of  rent 


35. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  where  only  part  of  the 
interest  of  a  lessee  is  expropriated,  the  lessee's  obligation  to 
pay  rent  under  the  lease  shall  be  abated  pro  tanto,  as  deter- 
mined by  the  Board. 


Frustration 
of  lease 


(2)  Where  all  the  interest  of  a  lessee  in  land  is  expro- 
priated or  where  part  of  the  lessee's  interest  is  expropriated 
and  the  expropriation  renders  the  remaining  part  of  the 
lessee's  interest  unfit  for  the  purposes  of  the  lease,  as  deter- 
mined by  the  Board,  the  lease  shall  be  deemed  to  be  frustrated 
from  the  date  of  the  expropriation.     New. 


Character 
of  compen- 
sation 


36.  Where  land  has  been  expropriated,  the  compensation 
stands  in  the  stead  of  the  land,  and  any  claim  to  or  en- 
cumbrance on  the  land  is,  as  respects  the  expropriating 
authority,  converted  into  a  claim  to  or  upon  the  compensation 
and  no  longer  affects  the  land.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  15  (1). 


Payment 
of  compen- 
sation not 
exceeding 
$1,000 


37.  Where  the  owner  who  is  entitled  to  convey  the  land 
that  has  been  expropriated  or  injuriously  affected  and  the 
statutory  authority  agree  as  to  the  compensation  or  the 
compensation  has  been  determined  and  in  either  case  it  does 
not  exceed  $1,000,  the  statutory  authority  may  pay  the  com- 
pensation to  the  owner  who  is  entitled  to  convey  the  land, 
saving  always  the  rights  of  any  other  person  to  the  comjjensa- 
tion  as  against  the  person  receiving  it,  and  such  payment 
discharges  the  statutory  authority  from  all  liability  in  respect 
of  the  compensation.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  15  (2). 


Represen- 
tative 


38.  Where  an  owner  of  the  land  is  unknown,  is  under  a 
disability  or  for  any  other  reason  is  not  represented,  a  judge 
of  the  Supreme  Court  may,  after  due  notice  to  the  persons 
interested,  appoint  a  person  to  represent  such  owner  for  any 
of  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  and  any  action  of  a  person  so 
appointed  is  binding  on  the  person  whom  he  represents. 
1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  16. 


Payment 
into  court 


30. —  (1)  In  any  case  where  the  statutory  authority  deems 
it  advisable,  it  may,  without  an  order,  pay  the  compensation 
agreed  upon  or  determined  into  the  office  of  the  Accountant 
of  the  Supreme  Court  together  with  a  sum  equal  to  the 
interest  thereon  at  the  rate  of  6  per  cent  a  year  for  six  months. 


Payment 
out  of 
court 


(2)  Upon  an  application  for  payment  out  of  court  of  com- 
pensation paid  into  court,  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court 
may  direct  that  such  notice  of  the  application  be  given  by 
publication  or  otherwise  as  he  deems  proper  and  may  direct 
the  trial  of  an  issue  or  make  such  order  with  respect  to  the 
payment  out  of  court  of  compensation  and  as  to  costs  as  he 
deems  reasonable. 


21 

(3)  Where  an  order  is  obtained  under  subsection  2  in  less  Af'/'"»^'™«"* 
1  •  1         <■  1  r     <  .        .         or  Interest 

than  SIX  months  after  the  payment  of  the  compensation  mto 

court,  the  judge  making  the  order  may  direct  that  a  pro- 
portionate part  of  the  interest  be  returned  to  the  statutory 
authority. 

(4)  Where  unborn  issue  or  an  unascertained  person  or  class  where 
.  J.  .  '  t  '  •     t  f     t      unborn 

IS  mterested  m  compensation  paid  into  court,  a  judge  of  the  issue 

c  /^        J.  -ii  ,,  Interested 

bupreme  Court  may  appoint  such  person  as  he  deems  proper 

to  represent  them,  and  any  order  made  under  this  section  is 

binding  on  them.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  17. 

40. — (1)  Where  land  that  has  been  expropriated  is  vested  p°"«"'°" 
,       .  ,     ,  .      .  ,       .       o>  expro- 

in  an  expropriating  authority  and  the  expropriating  authority  priated 

has  served  the  registered  owner  with  a  notice  that  it  requires  * 

possession   of  the   land   on   the  date   specified   therein,   the 

expropriating  authority,   subject  to  any  agreement   to  the 

contrary  and  if  no  application  is  made  under  subsection  3, 

shall  take  possession  of  the  land  on  the  date  specified  in  the 

notice. 

(2)  Subject  to  subsection  3,  the  date  for  possession  shall  be  ^^^'e  for 
at  least  three  months  after  the  date  of  the  serving  of  the 
notice  of  possession. 

(3)  A  registered  owner  or  an  expropriating  authority  may.  Application 
upon  such  notice  as  the  judge  directs,  apply  to  a  judge  forponement 
an  adjustment  of  the  date  for  possession  specified   in   the  poaeeesion 
notice  of  possession,  and  the  judge,  if  he  considers  that  under 

all  the  circumstances  the  application  should  be  granted,  may 
order  that  the  date  for  possession  shall  be  on  such  earlier  or 
later  date  as  is  specified  in  the  order.  1962-63,  r.  43,  s.  19, 
amevded. 

4:1. — (1)  Where  resistance  or  opposition  is  made  to  the  Warrant  to 

•    .  •  ^L       •.  ,.,,..     put  down 

expropriating  authority  or  any  person  authorized  by  it  inreeietance 
entering  upon,  using  or  taking  possession  of  land  when  it  iseto*""^''" 
entitled  so  to  do,  it  may  apply  to  a  judge  for  a  warrant 
directing  the  sheriff  to  put  down  the  resistance  or  opposition. 

(2)  The  judge  shall,  in  writing,  appoint  a  time  and  place  Hearing 
for  the  hearing  of  the  application  and  in  his  appointment  may 
direct  that  it  shall  be  served  upon  such  person  as  he  prescribes. 

(3)  On  proof  of  the  resistance  or  opposition,  the  judge  may  issue  of 
issue  a  warrant.  "* 

(4)  The  sheriff  shall  forthwith  execute  the  warrant  and  Return 
make  a  return  to  the  judge  of  the  execution  thereof.    1962-63, 

c.  43,  s.  20,  amended. 


22 


Abandon- 
ment of 
expropri- 
ated land 


42. — (1)  Where,  at  any  time  before  the  compensation 
upon  an  expropriation  is  paid  in  full,  the  land  or  any  part 
thereof  is  found  to  be  unnecessary  for  the  purposes  of  the 
expropriated  authority  or  if  it  is  found  that  a  more  limited 
estate  or  interest  therein  only  is  required,  the  expropriating 
authority  shall  so  notify  each  owner  of  the  abandoned  land, 
or  estate  or  interest,  who  is  served  or  entitled  to  be  served 
with  the  notice  of  expropriation,  who  may,  by  election  in 
writing, 

(a)  take  the  land,  estate  or  interest  back,  in  which  case 
he  has  the  right  to  compensation  for  consequential 
damages;  or 

(ft)  require  the  expropriating  authority  to  retain  the 
land,  estate  or  interest,  in  which  case  he  has  the 
right  to  full  compensation  therefor.    New. 


Revesting  (2)  Where  all  the  owners  elect  to  take  the  land,  estate  or 

interest  back  under  clause  a  of  subsection  1,  the  expropri- 
ating authority  may,  by  an  instrument  signed  by  it  and 
registered  in  the  proper  registry  or  land  titles  office  and 
served  on  each  owner,  declare  that  the  land  or  part  thereof  is 
not  required  and  is  abandoned  by  the  expropriating  authority 
or  that  it  is  intended  to  retain  only  such  limited  estate  or 
interest  as  is  mentioned  in  the  instrument,  and  thereupon, 

(a)  the  land  declared  to  be  abandoned  revests  in  the 
owner  from  whom  it  was  expropriated  and  those 
entitled  to  claim  under  him;  or 

(b)  in  the  event  of  a  limited  estate  or  interest  only  being 
retained  by  the  expropriating  authority,  the  land  so 
revests  subject  to  such  limited  estate  or  interest. 
1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  21  (1),  amended. 


Disposal  of 
expropri- 
ated lands 


43.  Where  lands  that  have  been  expropriated  and  are  in 
the  possession  of  the  expropriating  authority,  are  found  by 
the  expropriating  authority  to  be  no  longer  required  for  its 
purposes,  the  expropriating  authority  shall  not,  without  the 
approval  of  the  approving  authority,  dispose  of  the  lands 
without  giving  the  owners  from  whom  the  land  was  taken  the 
first  chance  to  repurchase  the  lands  on  the  terms  of  the  best 
offer  received  by  the  expropriating  authority.    New. 


Time  for 
application 


44.  Any  application  to  set  aside  or  quash  any  proceeding 
or  step  taken  under  this  Act  shall  be  made  within  thirty  days 
after  the  proceeding  or  step  in  respect  of  which  the  application 
is  made,  but  this  section  does  not  apply  where  the  applicant 
was  entitled  to  and  not  given  notice  of  the  proceeding  or 
step  or  where  the  proceeding  or  step  was  a  nullity.    New. 


23 

45.  The    Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council    may    make  ^"«"'**'o°« 
regulations, 

(a)  prescribing  rates  of  interest  for  the  purposes  of 
section  20; 

(b)  prescribing  forms  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and 
providing  for  their  use; 

(c)  prescribing  procedures  respecting  applications  to  and 
hearings  by  inquiry  officers  and  boards  of  nego- 
tiation.   New. 

46.— (1)  This  Act  applies  in  respect  of  expropriations  for  ^pp]|^J>J|" 
which  a  plan  has  not  been  registered  under  section  4  of  The"^""^^'^^''^ 
Expropriation  Procedures  Act,  1962-63  before  this  Act  comes  ^fa^' ^*®°' 
into  force,  and  an  expropriation  for  which  a  plan  has  been 
registered  under  section  4  of  the  said  Act  before  this  Act  comes 
into  force  shall  be  continued  in  accordance  with  The  Expro- 
priation Procedures  Act,  1962-63,  except  that  where  the  com- 
pensation has  not  been  agreed  upon  between  the  parties  and 
no  evidence  has  been  heard  by  a  tribunal  under  The  Expro- 
priation Procedures  Act,   1962-63,  other  than   the   board  of 
negotiation,  sections  13  to  21,  23,  24,  29,  33,  34,  35  and  42 
apply  thereto. 

(2)  Until  section   28  is  proclaimed   in  force,   the  Ontario  j^j^j^- *"  **• 
Municipal    Board   shall   be  deemed   to   be   the   Land   Com- Land "^ 
pensation  Board.    New.  sation'" 

Board 

47.  The    Expropriation    Procedures    Act,     1962-63,     Thel^W'^^- 
Expropriation   Procedures   Amendment   Act,    1965    and    rAeiass.'o.  38; 
Expropriation  Procedures  Amendment  Act,  1966  are  repealed,  repealed     ' 

48. — (1)  This  Act,  except  section  28,  comes  into  force  on  £2"\'n«"o«- 
the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 


ment 


(2)  Section  28  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  """^ 
tlie  Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

40.  This  Act   may   be  cited  as   The  Expropriations  ^  c<,  S'>°'"' ""• 
1968-69. 


^ 


s 


>3 


s. 


I 


2 

pa 


S.       3 

I    i 


79 


>3 

8 

» 


OS 


Z 

o 

< 

3 
§■ 


00 


8 


n 

m 

X 

3 

•o 


o 

3 
en 

> 


00 


BILL  5 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


The  Expropriations  Act,  1968-69 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  bv  Frank  1-"o(:(;,  Queen's  I'rinter 


BILL  5  1968-69 


The  Expropriations  Act,  1968-69 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

i.-(i)  In  this  Act.  \itr:r 

(a)  "approving  authority"  means  the  approving  au- 
thority as  determined  under  section  5; 

(b)  "Board"  means  the  Land  Compensation  Board 
established  under  section  28; 

(c)  "expropriate"  means  the  taking  of  land  without  the 
consent  of  the  owner  by  an  expropriating  authority 
in  the  exercise  of  its  statutory  powers,  but  does  not 
include  the  taking  of  land  for  the  widening  of  a  high- 
way where  entry  is  deferred  under  section  338  of 

The  Municipal  A ct;  ^f;?- "«° • 

{d)  "expropriating  authority"  means  the  Crown  or  any 
person  empowered  by  statute  to  expropriate  land; 

(e)  "injurious  affection"  means, 

(i)   where  a  statutory  authority  acquires  part  of 
the  land  of  an  owner, 

a.  the  reduction  in  market  value  thereby 
caused  to  the  remaining  land  of  the 
owner  by  the  acquisition  or  by  the  con- 
struction of  the  works  thereon  or  by 
the  use  of  the  works  thereon  or  any 
combination  of  them,  and 

b.  such  personal  and  business  damages, 
resulting  from  the  construction  or  use, 
or  both,  of  the  works  as  the  statutory 
authority  would  be  liable  for  if  the 
construction  or  use  were  not  under  the 
authority  of  a  statute, 


(ii)  where  the  statutory  authority  does  not  ac- 
quire part  of  the  land  of  an  owner, 

a.  such  reduction  in  the  market  value  of 
the  land  of  the  owner,  and 

b.  such  personal  and  business  damages;   ' 

resulting  from  the  construction  and  not  the 
use  of  the  works  by  the  statutory  authority, 
as  the  statutory  authority  would  be  liable  for 
if  the  construction  were  not  under  the  au- 
thority of  a  statute,  ,.    _,  _,^ 

and  for  the  purposes  of  this  clause,  part  of  the  lands 
of  an  owner  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  acquired 
where  the  owner  from  whom  lands  are  acquired 
retains  lands  contiguous  to  those  acquired  or  re- 
tains lands  of  which  the  use  is  enhanced  by  unified 
ownership  with  those  acquired; 

(/)  "judge",  except  where  otherwise  described,  means  a 
judge  of  the  county  or  district  court  of  the  county  or 
district  in  which  the  land  or  the  greater  part  of  it  is 
situate; 

(g)  "land"  includes  any  estate,  term,  easement,  right  or 
interest  in,  to,  over  or  affecting  land; 

(h)  "owner"  includes  a  mortgagee,  tenant,  execution 
creditor,  a  person  entitled  to  a  limited  estate  or 
interest  in  land,  a  conmiittee  of  the  estate  of  a 
mentally  incompetent  person  or  of  a  person  incapable 
of  managing  his  affairs,  and  a  guardian,  executor, 
administrator  or  trustee  in  whom  land  is  vested; 

(i)  "prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  regulations 
made  under  this  Act; 

(j)  "purchase-money  mortgage"  means  a  mortgage  given 
by  a  purchaser  of  land  to  the  vendor  of  the  land  or 
his  nominee  as  security  for  the  payment  of  all  or  part 
of  the  consideration  for  the  sale; 

(k)  "registered  owner"  means  an  owner  of  land  whose 
interest  in  the  land  is  defined  and  whose  name  is 
specified  in  an  instrument  in  the  proper  registry, 
land  titles  or  sheriff's  office,  and  includes  a  person 
shown  as  a  tenant  of  land  on  the  last  revised  assess- 
ment roll;    . 


(/)  "security  holder"  means  a  person  who  has  an  interest  •. 

in  land  as  security  for  the  payment  of  money; 

(m)  "statutory  authority"  means  the  Crown  or  any  per- 
son empowered  by  statute  to  expropriate  land  or 
cause    injurious   affection.  ■  .  , 

(«)  "tenant"  includes  a  lessee  or  occupant  occupying 
premises  under  any  tenancy  whether  written,  oral 
or  implied.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  1,  amended. 

(2)  Any  document  required  by  this  Act  to  be  served  may  be  Service 
served  personally  or  by  registered  mail  addressed  to  the  person 
to  be  served  at  his  last-known  address,  or  if  that  person  or  his 
address  is  unknown,  by  publication  once  a  week  for  three 
weeks  in  a  newspaper  having  general  circulation  in  the  locality 
in  which  the  land  concerned  is  situate  and  service  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  made, 

(a)  in  the  case  of  service  by  registered  mail,  on  the  second  -■    /  , 

day  after  the  day  of  mailing;  and 

(6)  in  the  case  of  service  by  publication,  on  the  date  of 
the  third  publication.     New. 

2 — (1)  Notwithstanding  any  general  or  special  Act,  where  ^jP^'^'^**'"" 
land   is  expropriated  or  injurious  affection   is  caused   by  a 
statutory  authority,  this  Act  applies.    1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  2  (1), 
amended. 

(2)  The  provisions  of  any  general  or  special  Act  providing  ,^«f^^®'^°«» 
procedures  with  respect  to  the  expropriation  of  land  or  the  n'^o^fj",  ago 
compensation  payable  for  land  expropriated  or  for  injurious  cc.  249,  338," 
affection  that  refer  to  The  Municipal  Act,  The  Public  Works rererences 
Act  or  any  other  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to  this  Act  and'°  ""*  ^''^ 
not  to  The  Municipal  Act,  The  Public  Works  Act  or  other  Act, 

as  the  case  may  be.    1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  2  (S). 

(3)  This  Act  does  not  apply  to  the  use  of  or  injury  to  land  ^o^iael-eS? 
authorized  under  The  Drainage  Act,  1962-63  for  the  purposes °-  ^^ 

of  a  drainage  works  constructed  under  that  Act  or  to  any 
proceedings  in  connection  therewith.    1965,  c.  38,  s.  1. 

(4)  Where  there  is  conflict  between  a  provision  of  this  Act  <^°"'""=' 
and  a  provision  of  any  other  general  or  special  Act,  the  pro- 
vision of  this  Act  prevails.    1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  2  (4). 

3.  This  Act  binds  the  Crown.    1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  3.  boSnd  by 

Act 

4. — (1)  An  expropriating  authority  shall  not  expropriate  Approval  of 
1      J        •it.       i    ii  T      r      1  •  1       •  intention  to 

land   without   the  approval   of  the  approving  authority  as  expropriate 

determined  under  section  5. 


Oaa  storac*        (2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  an  authorization  of  the 

•xoepted        Ontario  Energy  Board  under  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act, 

1964.  o.  74     yp^^  jj^  respect  of  storage  of  gas  in  a  gas  storage  area  or  to  an 

expropriation  authorized  under  section  40  of  that  Act.    New. 


Appro  Vint 
autnority 


5.— (1)  Subject  to  subsections  3,  4  and  5,  the  approving 
authority  in  respect  of  an  expropriation  shall  be  the  Minister 
responsible  for  the  administration  of  the  Act  in  which  the 
power  to  expropriate  is  granted,  except  that, 

(a)  where  a  municipality  or  a  local  board  thereof,  other 
than  an  elected  school  board,  expropriates  lands  for 
municipal  purposes,  the  approving  authority  shall  be 
the  council  of  the  municipality;  and 

(6)  where  an  elected  school  board  expropriates  lands,  the 
approving  authority  shall  be  the  school  board. 


Idem, 

private 

Acts 


(2)     Where  the  power  to  expropriate  is  granted  in  a  private 
Act,  the  approving  authority  shall  be, 


(a)  in  the  case  of  universities  or  other  educational  in- 
stitutions, the  Minister  of  University  Affairs; 

(6)  in  the  case  of  hospitals  or  other  medical  or  health 
institutions,  the  Minister  of  Health;  and 

(c)  in  the  csise  of  all  other  corporations,  the  Provincial 
Secretary  and  Minister  of  Citizenship. 


Idem, 
public 
works 

R.8.O.  1960, 
o.  338 


(3)  Where  an  expropriation  is  made  under  The  Public 
Works  Act  for  the  benefit  of  a  department  or  agency  of  the 
Ontario  Government,  the  approving  authority  shall  be  the 
Minister  for  the  department  or  responsible  for  the  agency  for 
the  benefit  of  which  the  land  is  expropriated. 


(4)  Where  an  expropriation  is  made  under  The  Power  Com- 


Idem. 
Power 

Commission  mission  Act,  the  approving  authority  shall  be  the  Minister  of 
c.'aoo'        '  Energy  and  Resources  Management. 


Idem, 
other  cases 


(5)  The  approving  authority  in  any  case  not  provided  for 
in  this  section  shall  be  the  Minister  of  Justice  and  Attorney 
General.    New. 


Notice  of 
intention 
to  expro- 
priate 


6. — (1)  Upon  applying  for  an  approval  under  section  4,  an 
expropriating  authority  shall  serve  a  notice  of  its  application 
for  approval  to  expropriate  upon  each  registered  owner  of  the 
lands  to  be  expropriated  and  shall  publish  the  notice  once  a 
week  for  three  consecutive  weeks  in  a  newspaper  having 
general  circulation  in  the  locality  in  which  the  lands  are 
situate. 


(2)  Any  owner  of  lands  in  respect  of  which  notice  is  given  fJr  heaHng" 
under  subsection  1  who  desires  a  hearing,  shall  so  notify  the 
approving  authority  in  writing, 

(a)  in  the  case  of  a  registered  owner,  served  personally 
or  by  registered  mail  within  thirty  days  after  he  is 
served  with  the  notice,  or,  when  he  is  served  by 
publication,  within  thirty  days  after  the  first  publi- 
cation of  the  notice; 

(b)  in  the  case  of  an  owner  who  is  not  a  registered  owner, 
within  thirty  days  after  the  first  publication  of  the 
notice. 

(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may,  in  special  disptnsin? 
circumstances  where  he  deems  it  necessary  or  expedient  in  the  "'"*  '"0"""^ 
public  interest  to  do  so,  direct  that  an  intended  expropriation 

shall  proceed  without  the  inquiry  procedure  and  thereupon 
subsections  1  and  2  of  this  section,  section  7  and  subsections  1 
and  2  of  section  8  do  not  apply  thereto. 

(4)  Where  an  order  is  made  under  subsection  3,  the  expro- ^"j^^'^l^ 
priating  authority  shall  forthwith  serve  a  copy  of  the  order  on 

each  registered  owner  affected  by  the  intended  expropriation. 

(5)  The  Minister  of  Justice  and  Attorney  General  shall, ^^p^i^u 
within  thirty  days  after  the  commencement  of  each  session 

of  the  Legislative  Assembly,  lay  before  the  Assembly  a  copy 
of  each  order  made  theretofore  under  subsection  3  and  not 
previously  laid  before  the  Assembly.     New. 

7.— (1)  The   Minister  of   Justice   and   Attorney   General  ^^^"'0*" 
shall  appoint  a  chief  inquiry  officer  and  such  inquiry  officers  Jj'JgoeJ^ 
as  he  considers  necessary. 

(2)  The  chief  inquiry  officer  shall  have  general  supervision  ^f*}.**  °'^ 
and  direction  over  inquiry  officers  and   the  assignment  of''j^"i{!'^ 
their  duties. 

(3)  Where  a  notification  is  made  under  subsection  2  of"®"*"' 
section  6,  the  approving  authority  shall  refer  the  matter  to 

the  chief  inquiry  officer  who  shall  forthwith  assign  an  inquiry 
officer  who  shall  fix  a  time  and  place  for  a  hearing  and  who 
shall  cause  notice  of  the  hearing  to  be  served  on  each  party 
to  the  inquiry. 

(4)  At  least  five  days  before  the  date  fixed  for  the  hearing,  ^ounci**^ 
the  expropriating  authority  shall  serve  upon  each  party  to  the 
inquiry  a  notice  indicating  the  grounds  upon  which  it  intends 

to  rely  at  the  hearing  and  shall  make  available  for  inspection 
by  the  parties  any  documents,  including  maps  and  plans, 
that  the  expropriating  authority  intends  to  use  at  the  hearing. 


Parties 


Inquiry  (5J  jjjg  hearing  shall  be  by  means  of  an  inquiry  conducted 

by  the  inquiry  officer  who  shall  inquire  into  whether  the 
taking  of  the  lands  or  any  part  of  the  lands  of  an  owner  or  of 
more  than  one  owner  of  the  same  lands  is  fair,  sound  and 
reasonably  necessary  in  theachievementof  the  objectives  of  the 
expropriating  authority. 

Report  ^^j  -pj^g    inquiry    officer    shall    report    to    the    approving 

authority  a  summary  of  the  evidence  and  arguments  advanced 
by  the  parties,  the  inquiry  officer's  findings  of  fact,  and  his 
opinion  on  the  merits  of  the  application  for  approval  with  his 
reasons  therefor. 

inqu'irloB'*  (7)  The  inquiry  officer  may  combine  two  or  more  related 

inquiries  and  conduct  them  in  all  respects  and  for  all  purposes 
as  one  inquiry. 

(8)  The  expropriating  authority,  each  owner  who  notifies 
the  approving  authority  that  he  desires  a  hearing  in  respect 
of  the  lands  intended  to  be  expropriated  and  any  owner 
added  as  a  party  by  the  inquiry  officer  are  parties  to  the 
inquiry. 

(9)  The  inquiry  officer, 

(o)  may  add  any  owner  whose  land  would  be  affected 
by  the  expropriation  of  the  lands  concerned  in  the 
inquiry  or  any  modification  thereof  as  a  party  to  the 
inquiry; 

(6)  shall  give  every  party  to  the  inquiry  an  opportunity 
to  present  evidence  and  argument  and  to  examine 
and  cross-examine  witnesses,  either  personally  or  by 
his  counsel  or  agent; 

(c)  is  not  bound  by  the  technical  or  legal  rules  of  evi- 
dence; and 

(d)  may  inspect  the  lands  concerned  either  alone  or  in 
the  presence  of  the  parties. 


Powers  and 
duties  of 
inquiry 
o nicer 


Costs 


(10)  The  inquiry  officer  may  recommend  to  the  approving 
authority  that  a  party  to  the  inquiry  be  paid  a  fixed  amount 
for  his  costs  of  the  inquiry  not  to  exceed  $200  and  the  ap- 
proving authority  may  in  its  discretion  order  the  expropri- 
ating authority  to  pay  such  costs  forthwith.     New. 


8. — (1)  The  approving  authority  shall  consider  the  report 


Powers  and 
duties  of 

authority*      of  the  inquiry  officer  and  shall  approve  or  not  approve  the 

proposed  expropriation  or  approve  the  proposed  expropri- 


ation  with  such  modifications  as  the  approving  authority 
considers  proper,  but  an  approval  with  modifications  shall  not 
affect  the  lands  of  a  registered  owner  who  is  not  or  has  not 
been  made  a  party  to  the  hearing. 

(2)  The  approving  authority  shall  give  written  reasons  for  ^^asons 
its  decision  and  shall  cause  its  decision  and  the  reasons  therefor 

to  be  served  upon  ail  the  parties  within  90  days  after  the  date 
upon  which  the  report  of  the  inquiry  officer  is  received  by  the 
approving  authority. 

(3)  The  approving  authority  shall  certify  its  approval  in  certiflcate 
the  prescribed  form.    New. 

9. — (1)  Where  a  proposed  expropriation  has  been  approved  ^j?gi|*jj"*''°" 
under  this  Act  or  under  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964,  i964,  o.  74 
the  expropriating  authority  shall  register,  within  three  months 
after  the  granting  of  the  approval  in  the  proper  registry  or 
land  titles  office  a  plan  of  the  land  signed  by  the  expropriating 
authority  and  by  an  Ontario  land  surveyor,  and  thereupon, 
but  not  otherwise,  the  land  vests  in  the  expropriating  autho- 
rity. 

(2)  Where  the  land  is  required  for  a  limited  time  only  or  ^^ 'f'^*"'* 
only  a  limited  estate,  right  or  interest  therein  is  required,  ^^{"po''- 
the  plan  registered  under  this  section  shall  indicate  by  appro-  etc. 
priate  words  thereon  that  the  land  is  taken  for  such  limited 

time  only  or  that  only  such  limited  estate,  right  or  interest 
therein  is  taken,  and,  by  the  registration  in  such  case,  the 
land  for  such  limited  time  or  such  limited  estate,  right  or 
interest  therein  vests  in  the  expropriating  authority. 

(3)  In  the  case  of  an  omission,  misstatement  or  erroneous  ^°J|!®o^°" 
description  in  a  plan  registered  under  this  section,  the  ex- 
propriating authority  may  register  in  the  proper  registry  or 

land  titles  office  a  plan  replacing  or  amending  the  original 
plan  and  signed  by  the  expropriating  authority  and  by  an 
Ontario  land  surveyor,  and  a  plan  registered  under  this 
subsection  shall  be  marked  to  show  the  nature  of  the  replace- 
ment or  amendment  and  is  of  the  same  force  and  eflfect  as, 
and  is  in  substitution  for,  the  original  plan  to  the  extent  that 
such  plan  is  replaced  or  amended  thereby. 

(4)  Where  a  plan  purports  to  have  been  signed  by  an  ex- ^]^®*'^{*q 
propriating  authority  under  this  section,  it  shall  be  presumed "'K"'"*: 
to  have  been  signed  by  the  expropriating  authority  without 

proof  of  the  signature  or  official  character  of  the  person 
appearing  to  have  signed  it,  unless  otherwise  directed  by  a 
court  or  the  Board. 


Hydro"  (^^  Where  a  limited  estate,  right  or  interest  in  land  is 

'*'aoo'  '^^''^  ^'"K  taken  under  The  Power  Commission  Act  for  an  electrical 
transmission  or  distribution  line  carried  on  single  poles, 
The  Hydro-Electric  Power  Commission  of  Ontario  may, 
before  registering  a  plan  under  subsection  1,  register  in  the 
proper  registry  or  land  titles  office  a  preliminary  plan,  to  be 
known  as  and  marked  "Preliminary  Plan"  and  being  a  plan 
with  or  without  local  description,  signed  by  the  secretary  of 
the  Commission  and  illustrating  the  location  of  the  proposed 
line  and  indicating  by  appropriate  words  thereon  the  nature 
of  the  estate,  right  or  interest  being  taken,  and  such  prelimin- 
ary plan  when  registered  has  the  same  force  and  effect  as  a 
plan  registered  under  subsection  1,  but  a  plan  in  accordance 
with  subsection  1  shall  be  registered  within  two  years  after 
the  registration  of  the  preliminary  plan  in  substitution  for  the 
preliminary  plan.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  4,  amended. 


Notice  of 

expro- 

priBtlon 


10. — (1)  Where  a  plan  has  been  registered  under  section  9 
and  no  agreement  as  to  compensation  has  been  made  with  the 
owner,  the  expropriating  authority  may  serve  the  owner, 
and  shall  serve  the  registered  owner,  within  thirty  days  after 
the  date  of  registration  of  the  plan,  with  a  notice  of  expro- 
priation of  his  land,  in  the  prescribed  form,  but  failure  to 
serve  the  notice  does  not  invalidate  the  expropriation. 


Election  oT 
date  for 
compen- 
sation 


(2)  Where  a  plan  has  been  registered  under  section  9,  the 
registered  owner  may  elect,  by  notice  in  writing  served  upon 
the  expropriating  authority,  within  thirty  days  after  the 
owner  was  served  with  the  notice  under  subsection  1,  to  have 
the  compensation  to  which  he  is  entitled  assessed, 


(a)  where  there  has  been  an  inquiry,  as  of  the  date  the 
notice  of  hearing  before  the  inquiry  officer  was 
served; 

(6)  as  of  the  date  of  the  registration  of  the  plan ;  or 

(c)  as  of  the  date  on  which  he  was  served  with  the  notice 
of  expropriation. 

and,  where  the  election  is  not  made  within  the  prescribed  time, 
the  owner  shall  be  deemed  to  have  elected  to  have  the  com- 
pensation assessed  as  of  the  date  of  the  registration  of  the  plan. 
1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  5,  amended. 


Entry  on 
land  for 
appraisal 


(3)  An  expropriating  authority  may,  after  it  has  served 
notice  of  expropriation  on  the  owner  in  possession  of  the  lands 
expropriated,  and  with  the  consent  of  the  said  owner,  enter 
on  the  expropriated  lands  for  the  purposes  of  viewing  for 
appraisal,  but,  where  the  consent  of  the  owner  is  not  given, 


the  expropriating  authority  may  apply  to  the  Board  which 
may,  by  order,  authorize  the  entry  upon  such  terms  and 
conditions  as  are  specified  in  the  order.     New. 

11.  Where  land  is  expropriated  or  is  injuriously  affected    ®'''""''  '"" 
by  a  statutory  authority,  the  statutory  authority  may,  before 

the  compensation  is  agreed  upon  or  determined,  undertake  to 
make  alterations  or  additions  or  to  construct  additional  work 
or  to  grant  other  lands,  in  which  case  the  compensation  shall 
be  determined  having  regard  to  such  undertaking,  and,  if 
the  undertaking  has  not  already  been  carried  out,  the  Board 
may  declare  that,  in  addition  to  the  compensation  determined, 
if  any,  the  owner  is  entitled  to  have  such  alteration  or  addition 
made  or  such  additional  work  constructed  or  such  grant  made 
to  him.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  6  (2),  amended. 

12.  Section   21   of   The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,   1964 ^TfJ"-"'^"^ 
applies  in  respect  of  the  use  of  designated  gas  storage  areas.  X964.  o.  74 
1965,  c.  38,  s.  2,  part,  amended. 

13. — (1)  Where  land   is  expropriated,   the  expropriating^°J'^p*"- 
authority  shall  pay  the  owner  such  compensation  as  is  deter- 
mined in  accordance  with  this  Act.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  6  (1), 
amended. 

(2)  Where  the  land  of  an  owner  is  expropriated,  the  com-  '•**•" 
pensation  payable  to  the  owner  shall  be  based  upon, 

(a)  the  market  value  of  the  land; 

(6)  the  damages  attributable  to  disturbance; 

(c)  damages  for  injurious  affection;  and 

(d)  any  special  difficulties  in  relocation, 

but,  where  the  market  value  is  based  upon  a  use  of  the  land 
other  than  the  existing  use,  no  compensation  shall  be  paid 
under  clause  b  for  damages  attributable  to  disturbance  that 
would  have  been  incurred  by  the  owner  in  using  the  land  for 
such  other  use.     New. 

14. — (1)  The  market  value  of  land  expropriated   is  the^"e®' 
amount  that  the  land  might  be  expected  to  realize  if  sold  in 
the  open  market  by  a  willing  seller  to  a  willing  buyer. 

(2)  Where  the  land  expropriated  is  devoted  to  a  purfX)se  '''*'" 
of  such  a  nature  that  there  is  no  general  demand  or  market 
for  land  for  that  purpose,  and  the  owner  intends  in  good 
faith  to  relocate  in  similar  premises,  the  market  value  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  the  reasonable  cost  of  equivalent  re-instatement. 


10 


Idem 


Idem 


Increase 
by  Board 


Separate 
Interests 


(3)  Where  only  part  of  the  land  of  an  owner  is  taken  and 
such  part  is  of  a  size,  shape  or  nature  for  which  there  is  no 
general  demand  or  market,  the  market  value  and  the  injurious 
affection  caused  by  the  taking  may  be  determined  by  deter- 
mining the  market  value  of  the  whole  of  the  owner's  land  and 
deducting  therefrom  the  market  value  of  the  owner's  land 
after  the  taking. 

(4)  In  determining  the  market  value  of  land,  no  account 
shall  be  taken  of, 

(c)  the  special  use  to  which  the  expropriating  authority 
will  put  the  land; 

(b)  any  increase  or  decrease  in  the  value  of  the  land 
resulting  from  the  imminence  of  the  development  in 
respect  of  which  the  expropriation  is  made  or  from 
any  imminent  prospect  of  expropriation; 

(c)  any  increase  in  the  value  of  the  land  resulting 
from  the  land  being  put  to  a  use  that  could  be 
restrained  by  any  court  or  is  contrary  to  law  or  is 
detrimental  to  the  health  of  the  occupants  of  the 
land  or  to  the  public  health.     New. 

16.  Upon  application  therefor,  the  Board  shall,  by  order, 
after  fixing  the  market  value  of  lands  used  for  residential 
purposes  of  the  owner  under  subsection  1  of  section  14, 
award  such  additional  amount  of  compensation  as,  in  the 
opinion  of  the  Board,  is  necessary  to  enable  the  owner  to 
relocate  his  residence  in  accommodation  that  is  at  least 
equivalent  to  the  accommodation  expropriated.     New. 

16.  Where  there  are  more  separate  interests  than  one  in 
land,  other  than  the  interest  of  a  security  holder  or  a  vendor 
under  an  agreement  for  sale,  the  market  value  of  each  such 
separate  interest  shall  be  valued  separately.     New. 


Interpre- 
tation 


Security 
holders 


17. — (1)  In  this  section,  "h)onus"  means  the  amount  by 
which  the  amount  secured  under  a  mortgage  exceeds  the 
amount  actually  advanced. 

(2)  Where  land  is  subject  to  a  security  interest, 

(a)  the  value  of  the  interest  of  the  security  holder  shall 
be  determined  in  accordance  with  this  section  and 
section  20  and  not  otherwise;  and 

(b)  the  market  value  of  the  land  shall  be  determined 
without  regard  to  the  interest  of  the  security  holder 
and  the  amount  of  such  market  value  plus  any 
damages  for  injurious  affection  shall  stand  in  place 
of  the  land,  for  the  purposes  of  the  security. 


11 

(3)  Security  holders  shall  be  paid  the  amount  of  principal  J^^^j*""* 
and  interest  outstanding  against  the  security  out  of  the  market  market 
value  of  the  land  and  any  damages  for  injurious  aflfection 
payable  in  respect  of  the  land  subject  to  the  security,  in 
accordance  with  their  priorities,  whether  or  not  such  principal 

and  interest  is  due  and  subject  to  subsections  4  and  5. 

(4)  Where  the  land  is  subject  to  a  mortgage  and  the  amount  Bonus 
payable  to  the  mortgagee  under  subsection  3  is  insufficient 

to  satisfy  the  mortgage  in  full, 

(a)  where  the  mortgage  is  a  purchase-money  mortgage, 
the  mortgage  shall  be  deemed  to  be  fully  paid, 
satisfied  and  discharged  for  all  purposes;  and 

(b)  where  the  mortgage  is  not  a  purchase-money  mort- 
gage and  includes  a  bonus, 

(i)  the  amount  by  which  the  amount  payable  to 
the  mortgagee  under  subsection  3  is  in- 
sufficient to  pay  the  amount  remaining  unpaid 
under  the  mortgage;  or 

(ii)  the  amount  of  the  bonus, 

whichever  is  the  lesser,  shall  be  deemed  to  be  fully 
paid  and  satisfied  for  all  purposes. 

(5)  No  amount  shall  be  paid  in  respect  of  a  bonus  until  all  i''«'° 
security  holders  have  been  paid  all  amounts  payable  other  than 
any  bonus. 

(6)  Where  land  held  as  security  is  expropriated  in  part  or  is  ^"*"" 
injuriously  affected  a  security  holder  is  entitled  to  be  paid 

to  the  extent  possible  in  accordance  with  his  priority,  out  of 
the  market  value  portion  of  the  compensation  and  any  dam- 
ages for  injurious  affection  therefor,  as  the  case  may  be,  a 
sum  that  is  in  the  same  ratio  to  such  portion  of  the  compen- 
sation and  damages  as  the  balance  outstanding  on  the  security 
at  the  date  of  the  expropriation  or  injurious  affection  is  to 
the  market  value  of  the  entire  land,  provided  however,  that 
the  sum  so  determined  shall  be  reduced  by  the  amount  of  any 
payments  made  to  the  security  holder  by  the  owner  after  the 
date  of  expropriation  or  injurious  affection.     New. 

18. — (1)  The   expropriating   authority    shall    pay    to    an  j^"""'"*^* 

owner  other  than  a  tenant,  in  respect  of  disturbance,  such  "^'^''i^banoe : 

'  '^  '  owner  other 

reasonable  costs  as  are  the  natural  and   reasonable  conse-  'ban  tenant 

quences  of  the  expropriation,  including, 

(a)  where  the  premises  taken  include  the  owner's 
residence, 


12 


Tenant 


(i)  an  allowance  to  compensate  for  inconvenience 
and  the  cost  of  finding  another  residence  of 
5  per  cent  of  the  compensation  payable  in 
respect  of  the  market  value  of  that  part  of 
the  land  expropriated  that  is  used  by  the 
owner  for  residential  purposes,  provided  that 
such  part  was  not  being  offered  for  sale  on  the 
date  of  the  expropriation,  and 

(ii)  an  allowance  for  improvements  the  value  of 
which  is  not  reflected  in  the  market  value  of 
the  land; 

(b)  where  the  premises  taken  do  not  include  the  owner's 
residence,  the  owner's  costs  of  finding  premises  to 
replace  those  expropriated,  provided  that  the  lands 
were  not  being  offered  for  sale  on  the  date  of  ex- 
propriation; and 

(c)  relocation  costs,  including, 

(i)  the  moving  costs,  and 

(ii)  the  legal  and  survey  costs  and  other  non- 
recoverable  expenditures  incurred  in  acquiring 
other  premises. 

(2)  The  expropriating  authority  shall  pay  to  a  tenant 
occupying  expropriated  land  in  respect  of  disturbance  so 
much  of  the  cost  referred  to  in  subsection  1  as  is  appropriate 
having  regard  to, 

(a)  the  length  of  the  term ; 

(6)  the  pwrtion  of  the  term  remaining; 

(c)  any  rights  to  renew  the  tenancy  or  the  reasonable 
prospects  of  renewal ; 

(d)  in  the  case  of  a  business,  the  nature  of  the  business; 
and 

(e)  the  extent  of  the  tenant's  investment  in  the  land. 

New. 


Businees 

|0B8 


19. —  (1)  Where  a  business  is  located  on  the  land  expro- 
priated, the  expropriating  authority  shall  pay  compensation 
for  business  loss  resulting  from  the  relocation  of  the  business 
made  necessary  by  the  expropriation  and,  unless  the  owner 
and  the  expropriating  authority  otherwise  agree,  the  business 


13 

losses  shall  not  be  determined  until  the  business  has  moved 
and  been  in  operation  for  six  months  or  until  a  three-year 
period  has  elapsed,  whichever  occurs  first. 

(2)  The  Board  may,  in  determining  compensation  on  the  °°°*'  "'" 
application  of  the  expropriating  authority,  or  an  owner, 
include  an  amount  not  exceeding  the  value  of  the  good  will 
of  a  business  where  the  land  is  valued  on  the  basis  of  its 
existing  use  and,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Board,  it  is  not  feasible 
for  the  owner  to  relocate.    New. 

20.  Where  a  statutory  authority  prepays  a  mortgage  in  of^^ortTage 
whole  or  in  part,  the  statutory  authority, 

(c)  shall  pay  to  the  mortgagee  a  bonus  in  respect  of  the 
prepayment  amounting  to, 

(i)  three  months  interest  on  the  amount  of  prin- 
cipal prepaid  at  the  rate  of  6  per  cent  a  year 
or  at  such  other  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  by  regula- 
tion, or 

(ii)  the  value  of  any  notice  or  bonus  for  prepay- 
ment provided  for  in  the  mortgage, 

whichever  is  the  lesser; 

{b)  shall  pay  to  the  mortgagee  where, 

(i)  the  prevailing  interest  rate  for  an  equivalent 
investment  is  lower  than  the  rate  under  the 
mortgage,  and 

(ii)  there  is  no  provision  in  the  mortgage  per- 
mitting prepayment  at  the  date  of  the  expro- 
priation, 

an  amount  to  compensate  for  the  difference  in  the 
interest  rates  for  the  period  for  which  the  amount  of 
principal  prepaid  has  been  advanced,  not  to  exceed 
five  years;  and 

(c)  shall  pay  to  the  mortgagor  whose  interest  is  ex- 
propriated an  amount  to  compensate  for  any  loss 
incurred  by  reason  of  a  difference  in  the  interest 
rates  during  the  period  for  which  the  payment  of 
principal  provided  for  in  the  mortgage  has  been 
advanced,  but  such  difference  shall  not  be  calculated 
on  a  new  interest  rate  any  greater  than  the  prevailing 
interest  rate  for  an  equivalent  mortgage.    New. 


14 


Compen- 
sation for 
Injurious 
affection 


Claim  for 
compen- 
sation for 
injurious 
affection 


Idem, 
where 
owner 
under 
disability 


21.  A  Statutory  authority  shall  compensate  the  owner  of 
land  for  loss  or  damage  caused  by  injurious  affection.  1962-63, 
c.  43,  s.  6  (1),  amended. 

22. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  a  claim  for  compensation 
for  injurious  affection  shall  be  made  by  the  person  suffering 
the  damage  or  loss  in  writing  with  particulars  of  the  claim 
within  one  year  after  the  damage  was  sustained  or  after  it 
became  known  to  him,  and,  if  not  so  made,  the  right  to 
compensation  is  forever  barred. 

(2)  Where  the  person  who  is  injuriously  affected  is  an 
infant,  a  mental  incompetent  or  a  person  incapable  of  manag- 
ing his  affairs,  his  claim  for  compensation  shall  be  made  within 
one  year  after  he  ceased  to  be  under  the  disability  or,  in  the 
case  of  his  death  while  under  the  disability,  within  one  year 
after  his  death,  and,  if  not  so  made,  the  right  to  compensation 
is  forever  barred.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  7,  amended. 


2j5i^t  23.  The  value  of  any  advantage  to  the  land  or  remaining 

damages        j^nd  of  an  owner  derived  from  any  work  for  which  land  was 

expropriated  or  by  which  land  was  injuriously  affected  shall 

be  set-off  only  against  the  amount  of  the  damages  for  injurious 

affection  to  the  owner's  land  or  remaining  lands.     New. 

Agreements  24.  A  Statutory  authority  has  the  authority  to  make  and 
perform  an  agreement  with  an  owner  in  respect  of  any  claim 
of  the  owner  under  this  Act,  including  any  costs  of  the  owner 
and  notwithstanding  that  this  Act  requires  the  claim  to  be 
determined  bv  the  Board.    New. 


Offer 


25. — (1)  Where  no  agreement  as  to  compensation  has  been 
made  with  the  owner,  the  expropriating  authority  shall, 
within  three  months  after  the  registration  of  a  plan  under 
section  9  and  before  taking  possession  of  the  land, 

(a)  serve  ujxjn  the  registered  owner, 

(i)  an  offer  of  an  amount  in  full  compensation 
for  his  interest,  and 

(ii)  where  the  registered  owner  is  not  a  tenant,  a 
statement  of  the  total  compensation  being 
offered  for  £ill  interests  in  the  land. 


excepting  compensation  for  business  loss  for  which 
the  determination  is  postponed  under  subsection  1 
of  section  19;  and 

(b)  offer  the  registered  owner  immediate   payment  of 
100  per  ceflt  of  the  amount  of  the  market  value  of 


15 

the  owner's  land  as  estimated  by  the  expropriating 
authority,  and  the  payment  and  receipt  of  that  sum 
is  without  prejudice  to  the  rights  conferred  by  this 
Act  in  respect  of  the  determination  of  compensation 
and  is  subject  to  adjustment  in  accordance  with  any 
compensation  that  may  subsequently  be  determined 
in  accordance  with  this  Act  or  agreed  upon.  1962-63. 
c.  43,  ss.  8  (1),  18,  amended. 

(2)  The  expropriating  authority  shall  base  its  offer  of  com- fppP^gaf 
pensation  made  under  subsection  1  upon  a  report  appraising  ""^po""' 
the  market  value  of  the  lands  being  taken  and  damages  for 
injurious  affection,  and  shall  serve  a  copy  of  the  appraisal 

report  upon  the  owner  at  the  time  the  offer  is  made. 

(3)  The  expropriating  authority  may,  within  the  period  ^f'^fime"" 
mentioned  in  subsection  1  and  before  taking  possession  of  the 

land,  upon  giving  at  least  two  days  notice  to  the  registered 
owner,  apply  to  the  judge  for  an  order  extending  any  time 
referred  to  in  subsection  1,  and  the  judge  may  in  his  order 
authorize  the  statutory  authority  to  take  possession  of  the  land 
before  the  expiration  of  the  extended  time  for  serving  the 
offer  or  statement  under  clause  a  of  subsection  1  upon  such 
conditions  as  are  specified  in  the  order.    New. 

(4)  If  any  registered  owner  is  not  served  with  the  offer  fjfgg/ye 
required  to  be  served  on  him  under  subsection  1  within  the 

time  limited  by  subsection  1  or  by  an  order  of  a  judge  under 
subsection  3,  or  by  agreement,  the  failure  does  not  invalidate 
the  expropriation  but  interest  upon  the  unpaid  portion  of 
any  compensation  payable  to  such  registered  owner  shall  be 
calculated  from  the  date  of  registration  of  the  plan.  1962-63, 
c.  43,  s.  8  (1-3),  amended. 

26.  Where  the  statutory  authority  and  the  owner  have  not  pr'j,°eed?ng8, 
agreed  upon  the  compensation  payable  under  this  Act  and  in  negotiation 
the  case  of  injurious  affection,  section  22  has  been  complied  arbitration 
with,  or,  in  the  case  of  expropriation,  section  25  has  been 
complied    with   or   the    time    for   complying   therewith    has 
expired, 

(a)  the  statutory  authority  or  the  owner  may  serve 
notice  of  negotiation  upon  the  other  of  them  and 
upon  the  board  of  negotiation  stating  that  it  or  he, 
as  the  case  may  be,  requires  the  compensation  to  be 
negotiated  under  section  27;  or 

(6)  where  the  statutory  authority  and  the  owner  have 
agreed  to  dispense  with  negotiation  proceedings,  the 
statutory  authority  or  the  owner  may  serve  notice 
of  arbitration  upon  the  other  of  them  and  upon  the 


16 

Board    to   have   the   compensation   determined    by 
arbitration.     1965,  c.  38,  s.  2,  pari,  amended. 

negotiation  27. — (1)  A  board  of  negotiation  shall  be  established  con- 
sisting of  two  or  more  members  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council,  one  of  whom  may  be  designated  as 
chairman. 


Quorum 


(2)  Any  two  of  the  members  of  the  board  of  negotiation 
constitute  a  quorum  and  are  sufficient  to  perform  all  the 
functions  of  the  board  on  behalf  of  the  board. 


Place  of 
sitting 


(3)  The   board   of   negotiation   may   sit  at  any   place   in 
Ontario. 


Negotiation 
of  amount 
of  compen- 
sation 


(4)  In  any  case  in  which  a  notice  of  negotiation  is  served, 
the  board  of  negotiation  shall,  upon  reasonable  notice  to  the 
statutory  authority  and  the  owner,  meet  with  them  and, 
without  prejudice  to  any  subsequent  proceedings,  proceed 
in  a  summary  and  informal  manner  to  negotiate  a  settlement 
of  the  compensation. 


Inspection 
of  iand 


(5)  Before  or  during  the  negotiation  proceedings,  the  board 
of  negotiation  shall  inspect  the  land  that  has  been  expro- 
priated or  injuriously  affected. 


Where  no 

settlement 

reached 


(6)  If  the  negotiation  proceedings  do  not  result  in  a  settle- 
ment of  the  compensation,  the  statutory  authority  or  the 
owner  may  serve  notice  of  arbitration  upon  the  other  of  them, 
and  upon  the  Board,  stating  that  it  or  he,  as  the  case  may  be, 
requires  the  compensation  to  be  determined  by  arbitration 
as  though  the  negotiation  proceedings  had  not  taken  place. 
1965,  c.  38,  s.  2,  part,  amended. 


Land 

Compensa- 
tion Board 


Qualifica- 
tions of 
chairman 
and  vice- 
chairmen 

Quorum 


28. — (1)  The  Land  Compensation  Board  is  established  and 
shall  be  composed  of  a  chairman  and  such  number  of  vice- 
chairmen  and  other  members  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  considers  advisable,  all  of  whom  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

(2)  The  chairman  and  vice-chairmen  shall  be  members  of 
the  bar  of  one  of  the  provinces  of  Canada. 

(3)  The  chairman  or  a  vice-chairman  and  two  other  mem- 
bers of  the  Board  constitute  a  quorum  and  are  sufficient  for  the 
exercise  of  all  the  jurisdiction  and  powers  of  the  Board, 
except  that  in  matters  respecting  a  claim  for  compensation 
not  exceeding  $1,000,  one  member  of  the  Board  constitutes  a 
quorum  and  is  sufficient  for  the  exercise  of  all  the  jurisdiction 
of  the  Board. 


17 

(4)  The  Board  may,  Pf°-«^,d 

(a)  administer  oaths  to  witnesses  and  require  them  to 
give  evidence  under  oath; 

(b)  may  issue  summonses  requiring  the  attendance  of 
witnesses  and  the  production  of  documents  and 
things; 

(c)  hold  sittings  at  any  place  in  Ontario  and  in  more 
than  one  place  at  the  same  time. 

(5)  If  any  person, 

(a)  on  being  duly  summoned  as  a  witness  before  thcmentoT 
Board  makes  default  in  attending;  or  summons 

(b)  being  in  attendance  as  a  witness  refuses  to  take  an 
oath  legally  required  by  the  Board  to  be  taken,  or  to 
produce  any  document  or  thing  in  his  power  or 
control  legally  required  by  the  Board  to  be  produced 
by  him,  or  to  answer  any  question  to  which  the  Board 
may  legally  require  an  answer;  or 

(c)  does  any  other  thing  that  would,  if  the  Board  had 
been  a  court  of  law  having  power  to  commit  for 
contempt,    have   been   contempt   of   that   court, 

a  member  of  the  Board  may  certify  the  offence  of  that  person 
under  his  hand  to  the  High  Court,  and  the  court  may  there- 
upon inquire  into  the  alleged  offence  and  after  hearing  any 
witnesses  who  may  be  produced  against  or  on  behalf  of  the 
person  charged  with  the  offence,  and  after  hearing  any  state- 
ment that  may  be  offered  in  defence,  punish  or  take  steps  for 
the  punishment  of  that  person  in  like  manner  as  if  he  had 
been  guilty  of  contempt  of  the  court. 

(6)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  ^^''*'°* 
Council,  the  Board  shall  make  rules  governing  its  practice  procedure 
and  procedure  and  the  exercise  of  its  powers. 

(7)  A  registrar  and  such  other  officers  and  employees  of  the  ^n^'"*'"*'' 
Board  as  are  considered  necessary  shall  be  appointed  under  *™P'°5^*e8 
The  Public  Service  Act,  1961-62.    New.  l^Vz'i'^' 

29. — (1)  At  least  fifteen  days  before  the  date  fixed  for  the  |^rp'{.'^«e^°'' 
hearing  of  an  application  before  the  Board,  any  party  to  the  reports 
application  shall  serve  upon  each  other  party  a  copy  of  any 
appraisal  report  upon  which  it  intends  to  rely  at  the  hearing. 

New. 

Expert 

(2)  Where  it  is  intended  by  a  party  to  adduce  evidence  as  as  to 
to  compensation  by  persons  entitled  by  law  or  custom  to  give  sation 


18 


Duties  of 
Board 


Record 


Reasons 


Reports 


Stated 
case 


Order 
directing 
stated  case 


opinion  evidence,  not  more  than  three  such  persons  may  be 
called  by  either  party  without  the  leave  of  the  Board.    New. 

30. — (1)  The  Board  shall  determine  any  compensation  in 
respect  of  which  a  notice  of  arbitration  has  been  served  upon 
it  under  section  26  or  27,  and,  in  the  absence  of  agreement 
determine  any  other  matter  required  by  this  or  any  other  Act, 
to  be  determined  by  the  Board. 

(2)  All  oral  evidence  submitted  before  the  Board  shall  be 
taken  down  in  writing  and,  together  with  such  documentary 
evidence  and  things  as  are  received  in  evidence  by  the  Board, 
form  the  record. 

(3)  The  Board  shall  prepare  and  furnish  the  parties  to  an 
application  with  written  reasons  for  its  decision. 

(4)  The  Board  may  prepare  and  periodically  publish  a 
summary  of  such  of  its  decisions  and  the  reasons  therefor,  as 
the  Board  considers  to  be  of  general  public  significance.    New. 

31.— (1)  Where  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Board  or  the  valid- 
ity of  any  decision,  order,  direction  or  other  act  of  the  Board 
is  called  into  question  by  any  person  affected,  the  Board, 
upon  the  request  of  such  jserson,  shall  state  a  case  in  writing 
to  the  Court  of  Appeal  setting  forth  the  material  facts  and 
the  decision  of  the  court  thereon  is  final  and  binding. 

(2)  If  the  Board  refuses  to  state  a  case,  any  person  affected 
may  apply  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  for  an  order  directing  the 
Board  to  state  a  case. 


fta°yed'""'^'       (3)  Pending  the  decision  of  the  stated  case,   no  further 
determined    proceedings  in  respect  of  the  application  shall  be  taken  by 
the  Board.    New. 


Appeals 


Idem 


Powers  of 
Court  of 
Appeal 


32. — (1)  An  appeal  lies  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  from  any 
determination  or  order  of  the  Board. 

(2)  The  practice  and  procedure  as  to  the  appeal  and 
proceedings  incidental  thereto  are  the  same  mutatis  mutandis 
as  upon  an  appeal  from  the  High  Court,  except  that  the  appeal 
may  be  taken  at  any  time  within  six  weeks  from  the  day  the 
determination  or  order  was  served  on  the  parties,  and  the 
period  of  any  vacation  of  the  Supreme  Court  shall  not  be 
reckoned  in  computing  such  six  weeks. 

(3)  An  appeal  under  subsection  1  may  be  made  on  questions 
of  law  or  fact  or  both  and  the  Court  of  Appeal, 

(a)  may  refer  any  matter  back  to  the  Board ;  or 

{b)  may  make  any  decision  or  order  that  the  Board  has 
power  to  make, 


19 

and  may  exercise  the  same  powers  that  it  exercises  on  an 
appeal  from  a  judge  of  the  High  Court  sitting  without  a  jury. 

(4)  A  judge  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  may  extend  the  time ^f''*?^|'°" 
for  appeal  for  such  period  as  he  considers  proper.  1962-63,  f*""  appeal 
c.  43,  s.  11,  amended. 

33. — (1)  Where  the  amount  to  which  an  owner  is  entitled  costs 
upon  an  expropriation  is  determined  by  the  Board  and  the 
amount  awarded  by  the  Board  is  85  per  cent,  or  more,  of  the 
amount  offered  by  the  statutory  authority,  the  Board  shall 
make  an  order  directing  the  statutory  authority  to  pay  the 
reasonable  legal,  appraisal  and  other  costs  actually  incurred 
by  the  owner  for  the  purposes  of  determining  the  compen- 
sation payable. 

(2)  Where  the  amount  to  which  an  owner  is  entitled  upon  an  ^''e'" 
expropriation  is  determined  by  the  Board  and  the  amount 
awarded  by  the  Board  is  less  than  85  per  cent  of  the  amount 
offered  by  the  statutory  authority,  the  Board  may  make  such 
order  for  the  payment  of  costs  on  a  party  and  party  basis  as 
it  considers  appropriate.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  13,  amended. 

34. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  4  of  section  25,  the  owner  of  interest 
lands  expropriated  is  entitled  to  be  paid  interest  on  the  portion 
of  the  market  value  of  his  interest  in  the  land  and  on  the 
portion  of  any  allowance  for  injurious  affection  to  which  he  is 
entitled,  outstanding  from  time  to  time,  at  the  rate  of  6  per 
cent  a  year  calculated  from  the  date  the  owner  ceases  to  reside 
on  or  make  productive  use  of  the  lands. 

(2)  Subject  to  subsection  3,  where  the   Board  is  of  the  J^terUt°"  "^ 
opinion  that  any  delay  in  determining  the  compensation  is 
attributable  in  whole  or  in  part  to  the  owner,  it  may  refuse 

to  allow  him  interest  for  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  time 
for  which  he  might  otherwise  be  entitled  to  interest,  or  may 
allow  interest  at  such  rate  less  than  6  per  cent  a  year  as  appears 
reasonable. 

(3)  The  interest  to  which  an  owner  is  entitled  under  sub-  '***'" 
section  1  shall  not  be  reduced  for  the  reason  only  that  the 
owner  did  not  accept  the  offer  made  by  the  expropriating 
authority,  notwithstanding  that  the  compensation  as  finally 
determined  is  less  than  the  offer. 

(4)  Where  the  Board  is  of  the  opinion  that  any  delay  in  '''®™ 
determining  compensation  is  attributable  in  whole  or  in  part 

to  the  expropriating  authority,  the  Board  may  order  the 
expropriating  authority  to  pay  to  the  owner  interest  under 
subsection  1  at  a  rate  exceeding  6  per  cent  a  year  but  not 
exceeding  12  per  cent  a  year.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  14,  amended. 


20 


Abatement 
of  rent 


35. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  where  only  part  of  the 
interest  of  a  lessee  is  expropriated,  the  lessee's  obligation  to 
pay  rent  under  the  lease  shall  be  abated  pro  tanto,  as  deter- 
mined by  the  Board. 


Frustration 
of  lease 


(2)  Where  all  the  interest  of  a  lessee  in  land  is  expro- 
priated or  where  part  of  the  lessee's  interest  is  expropriated 
and  the  expropriation  renders  the  remaining  part  of  the 
lessee's  interest  unfit  for  the  purposes  of  the  lease,  as  deter- 
mined by  the  Board,  the  lease  shall  be  deemed  to  be  frustrated 
from  the  date  of  the  expropriation.     New. 


Character 
of  compen- 
sation 


36.  Where  land  has  been  expropriated,  the  compensation 
stands  in  the  stead  of  the  land,  and  any  claim  to  or  en- 
cumbrance on  the  land  is,  as  respects  the  expropriating 
authority,  converted  into  a  claim  to  or  upon  the  compensation 
and  no  longer  aflfects  the  land.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  15  (1). 


Payment 
of  compen- 
sation not 
exceeding 
$1,000 


37.  Where  the  owner  who  is  entitled  to  convey  the  land 
that  has  been  expropriated  or  injuriously  affected  and  the 
statutory  authority  agree  as  to  the  compensation  or  the 
compensation  has  been  determined  and  in  either  case  it  does 
not  exceed  $1,000,  the  statutory  authority  may  pay  the  com- 
pensation to  the  owner  who  is  entitled  to  convey  the  land, 
saving  always  the  rights  of  any  other  person  to  the  compensa- 
tion as  against  the  person  receiving  it,  and  such  payment 
discharges  the  statutory  authority  from  all  liability  in  respect 
of  the  compensation.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  15  (2). 


Represen- 
tative 


38.  Where  an  owner  of  the  land  is  unknown,  is  under  a 
disability  or  for  any  other  reason  is  not  represented,  a  judge 
of  the  Supreme  Court  may,  after  due  notice  to  the  persons 
interested,  appoint  a  person  to  represent  such  owner  for  any 
of  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  and  any  action  of  a  person  so 
appointed  is  binding  on  the  person  whom  he  represents. 
1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  16. 


Payment 
into  court 


39. — (1)  In  any  case  where  the  statutory  authority  deems 
it  advisable,  it  may,  without  an  order,  pay  the  compensation 
agreed  upon  or  determined  into  the  office  of  the  Accountant 
of  the  Supreme  Court  together  with  a  sum  equal  to  the 
interest  thereon  at  the  rate  of  6  per  cent  a  year  for  six  months. 


Payment 
out  of 
court 


(2)  Upon  an  application  for  payment  out  of  court  of  com- 
pensation paid  into  court,  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court 
may  direct  that  such  notice  of  the  application  be  given  by 
publication  or  otherwise  as  he  deems  proper  and  may  direct 
the  trial  of  an  issue  or  make  such  order  with  respect  to  the 
payment  out  of  court  of  comjiensation  and  as  to  costs  as  he 
deems  reasonable.   . 


21 

(3)  Where  an  order  is  obtained  under  subsection  2  in  ^^ss  ^f^^^^^^^^ 
than  six  months  after  the  payment  of  the  compensation  into 

court,  the  judge  making  the  order  may  direct  that  a  pro- 
portionate part  of  the  interest  be  returned  to  the  statutory 
authority. 

(4)  Where  unborn  issue  or  an  unascertained  person  or  class  ^t>orn 

is  interested  in  compensation  paid  into  court,  a  judge  of  the  j^i^e^^^^^ 
Supreme  Court  may  appoint  such  person  as  he  deems  proper 
to  represent  them,  and  any  order  made  under  this  section  is 
binding  on  them.     1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  17. 

40. — (1)  Where  land  that  has  been  expropriated  is  vested  ^'°|^^°" 
in  an  expropriating  authority  and  the  expropriating  authority  f^j^"^ 
has  served  the  registered  owner  with  a  notice  that  it  requires 
possession  of  the  land  on  the  date  specified  therein,  the 
expropriating  authority,  subject  to  any  agreement  to  the 
contrary  and  if  no  application  is  made  under  subsection  3, 
shall  take  possession  of  the  land  on  the  date  specified  in  the 
notice. 

(2)  Subject  to  subsection  3,  the  date  for  possession  shall  be  p^^^^^'ion 
at  least  three  months  after  the  date  of  the  serving  of  the 

notice  of  possession. 

(3)  A  registered  owner  or  an  expropriating  authority  may,  j^?"™*""" 
upon  such  notice  as  the  judge  directs,  apply  to  a  judge  forppnement 
an  adjustment  of  the  date  for  possession  specified  in   the  posseesion 
notice  of  possession,  and  the  judge,  if  he  considers  that  under 

all  the  circumstances  the  application  should  be  granted,  may 
order  that  the  date  for  possession  shall  be  on  such  earlier  or 
later  date  as  is  specified  in  the  order.  1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  19, 
amended. 

41. — (1)  Where  resistance  or  opposition  is  made  to  the  y^*'"™^'^^'" 
expropriating  authority  or  any  fjerson  authorized  by  it  inreeistance 
entering  upon,  using  or  taking  possession  of  land  when  it  is  etc. 
entitled  so  to  do,  it  may  apply  to  a  judge  for  a  warrant 
directing  the  sheriff  to  put  down  the  resistance  or  opposition. 

(2)  The  judge  shall,  in  writing,  appoint  a  time  and  place  "•^'^n* 
for  the  hearing  of  the  application  and  in  his  appointment  may 
direct  that  it  shall  be  served  upon  such  person  as  he  prescribes. 

(3)  On  proof  of  the  resistance  or  opposition,  the  judge  r"^y^"r®aSt 
issue  a  warrant. 

(4)  The  sheriff  shall  forthwith  execute  the  warrant  and  Return 
make  a  return  to  the  judge  of  the  execution  thereof.    1962-63, 

c.  43,  s.  20,  amended. 


22 

meSto*"'  42.-  (1)  Where,  at  any   time   before  the  compensation 

2ted°iSnd  "P*'"  '"^^  expropriation  is  paid  in  full,  the  land  or  any  part 
thereof  is  found  to  be  unnecessary  for  the  purposes  of  the 
expropriated  authority  or  if  it  is  found  that  a  more  limited 
estate  or  interest  therein  only  is  required,  the  expropriating 
authority'  shall  so  notify  each  owner  of  the  abandoned  land, 
or  estate  or  interest,  who  is  served  or  entitled  to  be  served 
with  the  notice  of  expropriation,  who  may,  by  election  in 
writing, 

(a)  take  the  land,  estate  or  interest  back,  in  which  case 
he  has  the  right  to  compensation  for  consequential 
damages;  or 

(b)  require  the  expropriating  authority  to  retain  the 
land,  estate  or  interest,  in  which  case  he  has  the 
right  to  full  compensation  therefor.    New. 

Revesting  (2)  Where  all  the  owners  elect  to  take  the  land,  estate  or 

interest  back  under  clause  a  of  subsection  1,  the  expropri- 
ating authority  may,  by  an  instrument  signed  by  it  and 
registered  in  the  proper  registry  or  land  titles  office  and 
served  on  each  owner,  declare  that  the  land  or  part  thereof  is 
not  required  and  is  abandoned  by  the  expropriating  authority 
or  that  it  is  intended  to  retain  only  such  limited  estate  or 
interest  as  is  mentioned  in  the  instrument,  and  thereupon, 

(a)  the  land  declared  to  be  abandoned  revests  in  the 
owner  from  whom  it  was  expropriated  and  those 
entitled  to  claim  under  him;  or 

(b)  in  the  event  of  a  limited  estate  or  interest  only  being 
retained  by  the  expropriating  authority,  the  land  so 
revests  subject  to  such  limited  estate  or  interest. 
1962-63,  c.  43,  s.  21  (1),  amended. 


Disposal  of 
expropri- 
ated lands 


Time  for 
appliration 


43.  Where  lands  that  have  been  expropriated  and  are  in 
the  possession  of  the  expropriating  authority,  are  found  by 
the  expropriating  authority  to  be  no  longer  required  for  its 
purposes,  the  expropriating  authority  shall  not,  without  the 
approval  of  the  approving  authority,  dispose  of  the  lands 
without  giving  the  owners  from  whom  the  land  was  taken  the 
first  chance  to  repurchase  the  lands  on  the  terms  of  the  best 
offer  received  by  the  expropriating  authority.    .Vew. 

44.  Any  application  to  set  aside  or  quash  any  proceeding 
or  step  taken  under  this  Act  shall  be  made  within  thirty  days 
after  the  proceeding  or  step  in  respect  of  which  the  application 
IS  made,  but  this  section  does  not  apply  where  the  applicant 
was  entitled  to  and  not  given  notice  of  the  proceeding  or 
step  or  where  the  proceeding  or  step  was  a  nullity.    Ne^v. 


23 

45.  The    Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council    may    make  ^®«"''"°"* 
regulations, 

(a)  prescribing  rates  of  interest  for  the  purposes  of 
section  20; 

(b)  prescribing  forms  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and 
providing  for  their  use; 

(c)  prescribing  procedures  respecting  applications  to  and 
hearings  by  inquiry  officers  and  boards  of  nego- 
tiation.   New. 

46. —  (1)  This  Act  applies  in  respect  of  expropriations  for  ^•^^jjgfjnl" 
which  a  plan  has  not  been  registered  under  section  4  of  /"/[g  proceedings 
Expropriation  Procedures  Act,  1962-63  before  this  Act  conies  c. '43  ' 
into  force,  and  an  expropriation  for  which  a  plan  has  been 
registered  under  section  4  of  the  said  Act  before  this  Act  comes 
into  force  shall  be  continued  in  accordance  with  The  Expro- 
priation Procedures  Act,  1962-63,  except  that  where  the  com- 
pensation has  not  been  agreed  upon  between  the  parties  and 
no  evidence  has  been  heard  by  a  tribunal  under  The  Expro- 
priation Procedures  Act,   1962-63,  other  than   the   lx)arci  of 
negotiation,  sections  13  to  21,  22>,  24,  29,  33,  34,  35  and  42 
apply  thereto. 

(2)  Until  section  28  is  proclaimed   in  force,  the  Ontario i^-^^J.;^- '°  *>• 
Municipal   Board   shall   be  deemed   to   be   the   Land    Com- Land 

,,  ,        .-.  Compen- 

pensation  Board.    New.  sation 

Board 

47.  The    Expropriation    Procedures    Act,     1962-63,     Thel^W-^^- 
Expropriation    Procedures   Amendment    Act,    1965    and    7'/(ei965,'c.  38; 
Expropriation  Procedures  Amendment  Act,  1966  are  repealed,  repealed 

48. — (1)  This  Act,  except  section  28,  comes  into  force  on  ^°J^'.'"®"'^^"- 
the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Section  28  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by '''"'" 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

49.  This  Act  may   be  cited   as    The  Expropriations  .4f/,  «hort  iitie 
1968-60. 


00 


2; 

5B 


X 
> 

H 


a 

n 

r> 
n 

3 

n 


00 


a 

o 
ft 

3 


00 


H 

sr 

X 

TJ 
•1 
O 

■o 

■-I 

p' 

0' 
3 
en 

> 
n 


o 
00 
I 


BILL  6 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Act 


Mr.  Deans 


TORONTO 
Priniki)  anh  Published  by  Frank  F<)(;<;,  Qukkn's  Printer 


EXPLANATOKY  NOTE 

The  Bill  empowers  nninicipalities  to  control  rents. 


BILL  6  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  Municipal  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the^|^^-  ^^^o, 

following  section :  a'menoled 

378a.— (1)  In  this  section,  tauon""'" 

(a)  "lease"  means  an  enforceable  contract  for  the 
tenancy  of  living  accommodation  for  a  term 
of  one  month,  or  longer,  whether  expressed  or 
implied; 

(6)  "rent",  when  used  as  a  noun,  means  any  pay- 
ment or  benefit  in  consideration  for  the  occu- 
pation of  living  accommodation. 

(2)  By-laws  may   be   passed   by   the  councils  of  local  ^^.^L^b"""""' 
municipalities,  including  metropolitan  and  regional 
municipalities  but  not  the  area  municipalities  thereof: 

1.  Providing  for  the  controlling  of  leases  and 
rents  for  living  accommodation,  or  any  class 
thereof. 

2.  For  establishing  a  rent  control  board  and  em- 
powering the  board  to  determine  by  order  the 
maximum  rents  that  may  be  charged,  subject 
to  the  by-laws,  and  providing  for  procedures 
respecting  the  functions  of  the  board,  in- 
cluding hearings  and  appeals  to  the  county  or 
district  court. 

(3)  Any  person  who  contravenes  a  by-law  passed  under  p®"*"^ 
subsection  2  or  any  order  of  the  rental  control  board 
established  under  such  by-law  is  guilty  of  an  offence 

and,  on  summary  conviction,  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $2,000. 


commeiKo-        2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  da\   it  receives  Royal 
ment 

Assent. 

Short  title         3.    ihis  Act  may  Ix;  cited  as  The  Municipal  Amendment 
Act,  l'>6S-6i). 


i 


> 


a 

> 
z 


y 

0 

o 

< 

» 

t\j 

2 

k*.. 

5 

■X 

s 

^ 

^ 

2 

S 

a. 
a 

a. 
-J 

2. 
f 
> 

BILL  7 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Appointment  of  a 
Commissioner  to  investigate  Administrative 
Decisions  and  Acts  of  Officials  of  the  Govern- 
ment of  Ontario  and  its  Agencies,  and  to 
define  the  Commissioner's  Powers  and  Duties 


5  Mr.  Singer 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  7 


1968-69 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Appointment  of  a 
Commissioner  to  investigate  Administrative 
Decisions  and  Acts  of  Officials  of  the  Govern- 
ment of  Ontario  and  its  Agencies,  and  to 
define  the  Commissioner's  Powers  and  Duties 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


1.  In  this  Act, 


Interpre- 
tation 


(a)  "agency"  means  an  agency  of  the  Government  of 
Ontario ; 

(b)  "Commissioner"    means   the    Commissioner   of   the 
Legislature  appointed  under  this  Act; 

(c)  "department"  means  a  department  of  the  Govern- 
ment of  Ontario; 

(d)  "minister"    means    a    member    of    the    Executive 
Council. 

2.  There  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  ^SSt'"*" 
Council  on  the  recommendation  of  the  Assembly  as  an  officer 

of  the  Legislature  a  commissioner,  to  be  called  the  Commis- 
sioner of  the  Legislature,  who  shall  exercise  the  powers  and 
perform  the  duties  specified  in  this  Act. 

3.  The    Commissioner    shall    not    be    a    member    of    the 2° '"^'''|. 
Assembly  and  shall  not  hold  any  office  of  trust  or  profit,  o'^'ce 
other  than  his  office  as  Commissioner,  or  engage  in  any  occupa- 
tion for  reward  outside  the  duties  of  his  office. 


4. — (1)  The  recommendation  for  the  appointment  of  theo^mce"  ""^ 
Commissioner  shall   be  made  in   the  first  session  of  every 
Legislature. 


Re-appoint- 
ment 


Resignation 


(2)  Unless  his  office  sooner  becomes  vacant,  every  jjerson 
apix)inted  as  Commissioner  shall  hold  office  until  his  successor 
is  appointed,  and  every  such  person  may  from  time  to  time  be 
re-appointcd. 

(3)  The  Conmiissioner  may  at  any  time  resign  his  office 
by  a  writing  addressed  to  the  Sjieaker  of  the  Assembly  or, 
if  there  is  no  Speaker  or  if  the  Sjjeaker  is  absent  from  Ontario, 
to  the  Clerk  of  the  AssembK-. 


Removal 
from  office 


5. —  (1)  The  Commissioner  may  at  any  time  be  removed 
or  suspended  from  his  office  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  on  the  recommendation  of  the  Assembly  for  disability, 
neglect  of  duty,  misconduct  or  upon  a  bankruptcy. 


Suspension 
when 

Legislature 
not  in 
session 


Filling  of 
vacancy 


(2)  At  any  time  when  the  Legislature  is  not  in  session,  the 
Commissioner  may  be  suspended  from  his  office  by  the  Lieu- 
tenant Governor  in  Council  for  disability,  neglect  of  duty,  mis- 
conduct or  upon  a  bankruptcy  proved  to  the  satisfaction  of 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  but  any  such  suspension 
shall  not  continue  in  force  beyond  the  end  of  the  next  ensuing 
session  of  the  Legislature. 

6. —  (1)  If  the  Commissioner  dies,  retires,  resigns  or  is 
removed  from  office,  the  vacancy  thereb>'  created  shall  be 
filled  in  accordance  with  this  section. 


When 
Legislature 
in  session 


(2)  If  a  vacancy  in  the  office  of  Commissioner  occurs  at 
any  time  while  the  Legislature  is  in  session,  it  shall  be  filled 
by  the  appointment  of  a  Commissioner  by  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  on  the  recommendation  of  the  Assembly, 
but,  if  the  vacancy  occurs  less  than  one  month  before  the  end 
of  that  session  and  no  such  recommendation  is  made  in  that 
session,  subsection  3  applies  as  if  the  vacancy  had  occurred 
while  the  Legislature  was  not  in  session. 


When 

Legislature 
not  in 
session 


(3)  If  such  a  vacancy  occurs  at  any  time  while  the  Legis- 
lature is  not  in  session,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council 
may  appoint  a  Commissioner  to  fill  the  vacancy,  and  the 
person  so  appointed  shall,  unless  his  office  sooner  becomes 
vacant,  hold  office  until  his  appointment  is  confirmed  by  the 
Assembly,  and,  if  the  appointment  is  not  so  confirmed  within 
two  months  after  the  commencement  of  the  next  ensuing 
session,  the  appointment  lapses,  and  there  shall  be  deemed  to 
be  another  vacancy  in  the  office  of  Commissioner. 


Oath  of 
oBlce 


7. — (1)  Before  entering  upon  his  duties,  the  Commissioner 
shall  take  an  oath  that  he  will  faithfully  and  impartially  per- 
form the  duties  of  his  office  and  that  he  will  not,  except  in 
accordance  with  subsection  3  of  section  16,  divulge  any  infor- 
mation received  by  him  under  this  Act. 


(2)  The  oath  shall  be  administered  by  the  Speaker  of  the  ^^^"^ 
Assembly  or  by  the  Clerk  of  the  Assembly. 

8. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  the  Commissioner  may^'^"^ 
appoint  such  officers  and  employees  as  may  be  necessary  for 
the  efficient  carrying  out  of  his  functions  under  this  Act. 

(2)  The  number  of  persons  that  may  be  appointed  under'''®'" 
this  section,  whether  generally  or  in  respect  of  any  specified 
duties  or  class  of  duties,  shall  from  time  to  time  be  determined 
by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

0. — (1)  The  principal  function  of  the  Commissioner  is  to  '^""'''  °"* 
investigate  any  decision  or  recommendation  made,  including 
any  recommendation  made  to  a  minister,  or  any  act  done  or 
omitted,  relating  to  a  matter  of  administration  and  affecting 
any  person  or  body  of  persons  in  his  or  its  personal  capacity, 
in  or  by  any  department  or  agency,  or  by  any  officer,  employee 
or  member  thereof  in  the  exercise  of  any  power  or  function 
conferred  on  him  by  any  Act. 

(2)  The  Commissioner  may  make  any  such  investigation  ?|5'^^j'j'°"j°J, 
either  on  a  complaint  made  to  him  by  any  person  or  of  his  own 
motion,  and  he  may  commence  any  such  investigation  not- 
withstanding that  the  complaint   may   not  on   its  face   be 

against  any  such  decision,  recommendation,  act  or  omission 
as  aforesaid. 

(3)  Without  limiting  subsection  1,  any  committee  of  the  ^®^';5!,''j*[g'^*' 
Assembly  may  at  any  time  refer  to  the  Commissioner,  for 
investigation  and  report  by  him,  any  petition  that  is  before 

that  committee  for  consideration  or  any  matter  to  which  the 
petition  relates,  and,  in  any  such  case,  the  Commissioner  shall, 
subject  to  any  special  directions  of  the  committee,  investigate 
the  matters  so  referred  to  him  so  far  as  they  are  within  his 
jurisdiction  and  make  such  report  to  the  committee  as  he 
thinks  fit,  but  nothing  in  section  12,  17  or  18  applies  in  respect 
of  any  investigation  or  report  made  under  this  subsection. 

(4)  The  powers  and  duties  conferred  on  the  Commissioner  po^'s^jj^^ 
by  this  Act  may  be  exercised  and  performed  notwithstanding  paramount 
any  provision  in  any  Act  to  the  effect  that  any  decision, 
recommendation,  act  or  omission  mentioned  in  subsection  1 

is  final,  or  that  no  appeal  lies  in  respect  thereof,  or  that  no 
proceeding  or  decision  of  the  person  or  organization  whose 
decision,  recommendation,  act  or  omission  it  is  shall  be 
challenged,  reviewed,  quashed  or  called  in  question. 

(5)  Nothing  in  this  Act  authorizes  the  Commissioner  to^™|ijg 

investigate,  Jurisdiotion 


(a)  any  decision,  recommendation,  act  or  omission  in  re- 
spect of  which  there  is  under  any  Act  a  right  of  appeal 
or  objection  or  a  right  to  apply  for  a  review  on  the 
merits  of  the  case  to  any  court  or  to  any  tribunal 
constituted  by  or  under  any  Act,  whether  or  not 
that  right  of  appeal  or  objection  or  application  has 
been  exercised  in  the  particular  case  and  whether 
or  not  any  time  prescribed  for  the  exercise  of  that 
right  has  expired;  or 

(b)  any  decision,  recommendation,  act  or  omission  of 
any  person  acting  as  a  solicitor  for  the  Crown  or 
acting  as  counsel  for  the  Crown  in  relation  to  any 
proceedings. 


Determina- 
tion of 
Jurisdiction 


(6)  If  any  question  arises  as  to  whether  the  Commissioner 
has  jurisdiction  to  investigate  any  case  or  class  of  cases  under 
this  Act,  he  may,  if  he  thinks  fit,  apply  to  the  Supreme  Court 
for  a  declaratory  order  determining  the  question. 


Guide 
rules 


10. — (1)  The  Assembly  may  from  time  to  time,  if  it 
thinks  fit,  make  general  rules  for  the  guidance  of  the  Com- 
missioner in  the  exercise  of  his  functions,  and  may  at  any 
time  in  like  manner  revoke  or  vary  any  such  rules. 


Publication 
of  reports 


(2)  Any  such  rules  may  authorize  the  Commissioner  from 
time  to  time,  in  the  public  interest  or  in  the  interests  of  any 
person  or  department  or  agency,  to  publish  reports  relating 
generally  to  the  exercise  of  his  functions  under  this  Act  or  to 
any  particular  case  or  cases  investigated  by  him,  whether  or 
not  the  matters  to  be  dealt  with  in  any  such  report  have  been 
the  subject  of  a  report  to  the  Assembly  under  this  Act. 


Publication 
of  rules 


(3)  All  such  rules  shall  be  printed  and  published. 


Mode  of 
complaint 


11. — (1)  Every  complaint  to  the  Commissioner  shall  be 
made  in  writing. 


IjOtters 
to  be 
forwarded 


R.S.O. 
cc.  30" 


1960, 
.  236 


Commis- 
sioner may 
refuse  to 
investigate 
complaint 


(2)  Notwithstanding  any  Act,  where  a  letter  written  by 
any  person  in  custody  on  a  charge  or  after  conviction  of  any 
offence,  or  by  any  inmate  of  any  private  sanitarium  within 
the  meaning  of  The  Private  Sanitaria  Act  or  an  institution 
within  the  meaning  of  The  Mental  Hospitals  Act,  is  addressed 
to  the  Commissioner,  it  shall  be  immediately  forwarded, 
unopened,  to  the  Commissioner  by  the  person  for  the  time 
being  in  charge  of  the  place  or  institution  where  the  writer 
of  the  letter  is  detained  or  of  which  he  is  an  inmate. 

12. — (1)  If  in  the  course  of  the  investigation  of  any  com- 
plaint it  appears  tothe  Commissioner, 


(a)  that  under  the  law  or  existing  administrative  practice 
there  is  an  adequate  remedy,  other  than  the  right  to 
petition  the  Legislature,  for  the  complainant,  whether 
or  not  he  has  availed  himself  of  it;  or 

(b)  that,  having  regard  to  all  the  circumstances  of  the 
case,  any  further  investigation  is  unnecessary, 

he  may  in  his  discretion  refuse  to  investigate  the  matter 
further. 

(2)  Without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  powers  con-  '*'®'" 
ferred  on  the  Commissioner  by  this  Act,  the  Commissioner 
may  in  his  discretion  decide  not  to  investigate,  or,  as  the  case 
may  require,  not  to  further  investigate,  any  complaint  if  it 
relates  to  any  decision,  recommendation,  act  or  omission  of 
which  the  complainant  has  had  knowledge  for  more  than 
twelve  months  before  the  complaint  is  received  by  the  Com- 
missioner, or  if  in  his  opinion, 

(o)  the  subject-matter  of  the  complaint  is  trivial; 

(b)  the  complaint  is  frivolous  or  vexatious  or  is  not  made 
in  good  faith;  or 

(c)  the  complainant  has  not  a  sufficient  personal  inter- 
est in  the  subject-matter  of  the  complaint. 

(3)  In  any  case  where  the  Commissioner  decides  not  toi<*»™ 
investigate  or  further  investigate  a  complaint,  he  shall  inform 

the  complainant  of  his  decision,  and  he  may,  if  he  thinks  fit, 
state  his  reasons  therefor. 

13. — (1)  Before  investigating  any  matter  under  this  Act,  j'J°J^'2mtion 
the  Commissioner  shall  inform  the  deputy  minister  of  the 
department  affected,  or,  as  the  case  may  require,  the  ad- 
ministrative head  of  the  agency  affected,  of  his  intention  to 
make  the  investigation. 

(2)  Every  investigation  by  the  Commissioner  under  this  i°  private 
Act  shall  be  conducted  in  private. 

(3)  The  Commissioner  may  hear  or  obtain  information  from  info"nat'on 
such  persons  as  he  thinks  fit,  and  he  may  make  such  inquiries 

as  he  thinks  fit. 

(4)  It  is  not  necessary  for  the  Commissioner  to  hold  any  Hearings 
hearing  and  no  person  is  entitled  as  of  right  to  be  heard  by 

the  Commissioner,  but,  if  at  any  time  during  the  course  of 
an  investigation  it  app»ears  to  the  Commissioner  that  there 


Consulta- 
tions 


Idem 


may  be  sufficient  grounds  for  his  making  a  report  or  recom- 
mendation that  may  adversely  affect  any  department,  agency 
or  person,  he  shall  give  to  that  department,  agency  or  person 
an  opportunity  to  be  heard,  and  at  any  such  hearing  the 
department,  agency  or  person  is  entitled  to  counsel. 

(5)  The  Commissioner  may  in  his  discretion,  at  any  time 
during  or  after  any  investigation,  consult  any  minister  who  is 
concerned  in  the  matter  of  the  investigation. 

(6)  On  the  request  of  any  minister  in  relation  to  an  investi- 
gation or  in  any  case  where  an  investigation  relates  to  any 
recommendation  made  to  a  minister,  the  Commissioner  shall 
consult  that  minister  after  making  the  investigation  and  be- 
fore forming  a  final  opinion  on  any  of  the  matters  referred  to 
in  subsection  1  or  2  of  section  17. 

(7)  If,  during  or  after  any  investigation,  the  Commissioner 
is  of  opinion  that  there  is  evidence  of  any  breach  of  duty  or 
misconduct  on  the  part  of  any  officer  or  employee  of  any 
department  or  agency,  he  shall  refer  the  matter  to  the  appro- 
priate authority. 

?f*procedure  (^)  Subject  to  this  Act  and  any  rules  made  under  section  10, 
the  Commissioner  may  regulate  his  procedure  in  such  manner 
as  he  thinks  fit. 


Misconduct 


Evidence 


Power 
to  take 
evidence 
on  oath 


14. —  (1)  Subject  to  this  section  and  section  15,  the  Com- 
missioner may  from  time  to  time  require  any  person  who  in 
his  opinion  is  able  to  give  any  information  relating  to  any 
matter  that  is  being  investigated  by  him  to  furnish  to  him 
any  such  information  and  to  produce  any  such  document, 
paper  or  thing  that  in  his  opinion  relates  to  any  such  matter 
and  that  may  be  in  the  possession  or  under  the  control  of  such 
person,  whether  or  not  such  person  is  an  officer,  employee  or 
member  of  a  department  or  agency,  and  whether  or  not  such 
document,  paper  or  thing  is  in  the  custody  or  under  the  control 
of  any  such  department  or  agency. 

(2)  The  Commissioner  may  summon  before  him  and 
examine  on  oath, 

(a)  any  person  who  is  an  officer  or  employee  or  member 
of  any  department  or  agency  and  who  in  the  Com- 
missioner's opinion  is  able  to  give  any  information 
mentioned  in  subsection  1 ; 

(b)  any  complainant;  or 

(c)  with  the  prior  approval  of  the  Minister  of  Justice 
and  Attorney  General  in  each  case,  any  other  person 
who  in  the  Commissioner's  opinion  is  able  to  give 
such  information, 

and  for  that  purpose  may  administer  an  oath. 


k 


(3)  Subject  to  subsection  4,  no  person  who  is  bound  by  ^amtafn 
any  Act  to  maintain  secrecy  in  relation  to,  or  not  to  disclose,  secrecy 

,11,  •,  ,  -r  •  paramount 

any  matter  shall  be  required  to  supply  any  information  to  or 
answer  any  question  put  by  the  Commissioner  in  relation  to 
that  matter,  or  to  produce  to  the  Commissioner  any  docu- 
ment, paper  or  thing  relating  to  it,  if  compliance  with  that 
requirement  would  be  in  breach  of  the  obligation  of  secrecy  or 
non-disclosure. 

(4)  With  the  prior  consent  in  writing  of  a  complainant,  any  '''^'" 
person  to  whom  subsection  3  applies  may  be  required  by  the 
Commissioner  to  supply  information  or  answer  any  question 

or  produce  any  document,  paper  or  thing  relating  only  to  the 
complainant,  and  it  is  the  duty  of  the  person  to  comply  with 
such  requirement. 

(5)  Every  person  has  the  same  privileges  in  relation  to  the  Privilege 
giving  of  information,  the  answering  of  questions  and  the 
production  of  documents,  papers  and  things  under  this  Act 

as  witnesses  have  in  any  court. 

(6)  Except  on  the  trial  of  a  person  for  perjury,  no  statement  ad^misaible""* 
made  or  answer  given  by  that  or  any  other  person  in  thee'^ewhere 
course  of  any  inquiry  by  or  any  proceedings  before  the  Com- 
missioner is  admissible  in  evidence  against  any  person  in  any 

court  or  at  any  inquiry  or  in  any  other  proceedings,  and  no 
evidence  in  respect  of  proceedings  before  the  Commissioner 
shall  be  given  against  any  person. 

(7)  No  person  is  liable  to  prosecution  for  an  offence  against  pr^cution 
any  Act  by  reason  of  his  compliance  with  any  requirement  of 

the  Commissioner  under  this  section. 

15.— (1)  Where    the    Minister   of   Justice   and    Attorney  J}'8^'°|^^™ 
General  certifies  that  the  giving  of  any  information  or  the  matters  not 
answering  of  any  question  or  the  production  of  any  document,  required 
paper  or  thing  might  involve  the  disclosure  of, 

(a)  the  deliberations  of  the  Executive  Council;  or 

(b)  proceedings  of  the  Executive  Council,  or  any  com- 
mittee thereof,  relating  to  matters  of  a  secret  or 
confidential  nature,  and  would  be  injurious  to  the 
public  interest, 

the  Commissioner  shall  not  require  the  information  or  answer 
to  be  given  or,  as  the  case  may  be,  the  document,  paper  or 
thing  to  be  produced,  but  shall  report  the  giving  of  such  a 
certificate  to  the  Legislature. 


8 


Rule  aa  to 
privileged 
documents, 
etc.,  does 
not,«pply 


(2)  Subject  to  subsection  1 ,  the  rule  of  law  that  authorizes 
or  requires  the  withholding  of  any  document,  paper  or  thing, 
or  the  refusal  to  answer  any  question,  on  the  ground  that  the 
disclosure  of  the  document,  paper  or  thing  or  the  answering 
of  the  question  would  be  injurious  to  the  public  interest,  does 
not  apply  in  respect  of  any  investigation  by  or  proceedings 
before  the  Commissioner. 


Secrecy  iQ, — (1)  The  Commissioner  and  every  person  holding  any 

office  or  appointment  under  him  shall  maintain  secrecy  in 
respect  of  all  matters  that  come  to  their  knowledge  in  the 
exercise  of  their  functions. 


*-***•*  (2)  Every  person  holding  any  office  or  appointment  under 

the  Commissioner  shall,  before  he  begins  to  perform  his  duties 
under  this  Act,  take  an  oath,  to  be  administered  by  the 
Commissioner,  that  he  will  not  divulge  any  information  re- 
ceived by  him  under  this  Act  except  for  the  purpose  of  giving 
effect  to  this  Act. 

Exception  ^3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  1,  the  Commissioner  may 

disclose  in  any  report  made  by  him  under  this  Act  such 
matters  as  in  his  opinion  ought  to  be  disclosed  in  order  to 
establish  grounds  for  his  conclusions  and  recommendations. 

after*'*"™  17. — (1)  This  section  applies  in  every  case  where,  after 

inveBtigation  piaking  any  investigation  under  this  Act,  the  Commissioner  is 
of  opinion  that  the  decision,  recommendation,  act  or  omission 
that  was  the  subject-matter  of  the  investigation, 

(o)  appears  to  have  been  contrary  to  law; 

(b)  was  unreasonable,  unjust,  oppressive,  improperly 
discriminatory  or  was,  in  accordance  with  a  rule  of 
law  or  a  provision  of  any  Act  or  a  practice  that  is  or 
may  be  unreasonable,  unjust,  oppressive  or  im- 
properly discriminatory; 

(c)  was  based  wholly  or  partly  on  a  mistake  of  law  or 
fact;  or 

(d)  was  wrong. 

(2)  This  section  also  applies  in  any  case  where  the  Com- 
missioner is  of  opinion  that  in  the  making  of  the  decision  or 
recommendation,  or  in  the  doing  or  omission  of  the  act,  a 
discretionary  power  has  been  exercised  for  an  improper  pur- 
pose or  on  irrelevant  grounds  or  on  the  taking  into  account  of 
irrelevant  considerations,  or  that,  in  the  case  of  a  decision 
made  in  the  exercise  of  any  discretionary  power,  reasons 
should  have  been  given  for  the  decision. 


Idem 


(3)  If  in  any  case  to  which  this  section  applies  the  Coni-OP'°'j°°{^ 

missioner  is  of  opinion,  reported  to 

'^  department 

(a)  that  the  matter  should  be  referred  to  the  appropriate 
authority  for  further  consideration; 

(b)  that  the  omission  should  be  rectified; 

(c)  that  the  decision  should  be  cancelled  or  varied ; 

(d)  that  any  practice  on  which  the  decision,  recommenda- 
tion, act  or  omission  was  based  should  be  altered; 

(e)  that  any  law  on  which  the  decision,  recommenda- 
tion, act  or  omission  was  based  should  be  recon- 
sidered ; 

(/)  that  reasons  should  have  been  given  for  the  decision ; 
or 

(g)  that  any  other  steps  should  be  taken, 

the  Commissioner  shall  report  his  opinion  and  his  reasons 
therefor  to  the  appropriate  minister  and  to  the  department  or 
agency  concerned,  and  may  make  such  recommendations  as 
he  thinks  fit,  and  in  any  such  case  he  may  request  the  depart- 
ment or  agency  to  notify  him,  within  a  specified  time,  of  the 
steps,  if  any,  that  it  proposes  to  take  to  give  effect  to  his  recom- 
mendations. 

(4)  If  within  a  reasonable  time  after  the  report  is  made  no  Report  to 

....  ,         ^  .     .  Cabinet  and 

action  IS  taken  that  seems  to  the  Commissioner  to  be  Assembly 
adequate  and  appropriate,  the  Commissioner,  in  his  discretion, 
after  considering  the  comments,  if  any,  made  by  or  on  behalf 
of  the  department  or  agency  affected,  may  send  a  copy  of 
the  report  and  recommendations  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council  and  may  thereafter  make  such  report  to  the 
Legislature  on  the  matter  as  he  thinks  fit. 

(5)  The  Commissioner  shall  attach  to  every  report  sent  or  J'"®™ 
made  under  subsection  4  a  copy  of  any  comments  made  by  or 

on  behalf  of  the  department  or  agency  concerned. 

(6)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  section,  the  Com-Con»ment 
missioner  shall  not,  in  any  report  made  under  this  Act,  make  to  person 
any  comment  that  is  adverse  to  any  person  unless  the  person 

has  been  given  an  opportunity  to  be  heard. 

18.— (1)  Wliere  on  any  investigation  under  this  Act  the  fo°^P'*'"*°' 
Commissioner  makes  a  recommendation  under  subsection  3  informed  of 

^  .  .  ,       ^  .      .  result  of 

ot  section  17  and  no  action  that  seems  to  the  Commissioner  to  inveetigation 


10 


be  adequate  and  appropriate  is  taken  thereon  within  a  reason- 
able time,  the  Commissioner  shall  inform  the  complainant  of 
his  recommendation  and  make  such  comments  on  the  matter 
as  he  thinks  fit. 


Idem 


(2)  The  Commissioner  shall  in  any  case  inform  the  com- 
plainant, in  such  manner  and  at  such  time  as  he  thinks  proper, 
of  the  result  of  the  investigation. 


Private 
clause 


19.  No  proceedings  of  the  Commissioner  shall  be  held 
bad  for  want  of  form  and,  except  on  the  ground  of  lack  of 
jurisdiction,  no  proceedings  or  decision  of  the  Commissioner 
shall  be  challenged,  reviewed,  quashed  or  called  in  question 
in  any  court. 


Proceedings 
privileged 


20. — (1)  No  proceedings  lie  against  the  Commissioner  or 
against  any  person  holding  any  office  or  appointment  under 
the  Commissioner  for  anything  he  may  do  or  report  or  say  in 
the  course  of  the  exercise  or  intended  exercise  of  his  functions 
under  this  Act,  unless  it  is  shown  that  he  acted  in  bad  faith. 


compellable       ^^^  Neither  the  Commissioner  nor  any  person  holding  any 

as  witnesses  office  or  appointment  under  the  Commissioner  shall  be  called 

upon  to  give  evidence  in  any  court  or  in  any  proceedings  of  a 

judicial  nature  in  respect  of  anything  coming  to  his  knowledge 

in  the  exercise  of  his  functions  under  this  Act. 

Privilege  (3)  Anything  said  or  any  information  supplied  or  any  docu- 

ment, paper  or  thing  produced  by  any  person  in  the  course  of 
any  inquiry  by  or  proceedings  before  the  Commissioner  under 
this  Act  is  privileged  in  the  same  manner  as  if  the  inquiry  or 
proceedings  were  proceedings  in  a  court. 


Idem 

R.S.O.  1960. 
c.  211 


(4)  For  the  purposes  of  The  Libel  and  Slander  Act,  any 
report  made  by  the  Commissioner  under  this  Act  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  privileged,  and  a  fair  and  accurate  report  in  a 
newspaper  or  a  broadcast  shall  be  deemed  to  be  privileged. 


Power 
to  enter 
premises 


21. — (1)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Act  but  subject  to  this 
section,  the  Commissioner  may  at  any  time  enter  upon  any 
premises  occupied  by  any  department  or  agency  and  inspect 
the  premises  and,  subject  to  sections  14  and  15,  carry  out 
therein  any  investigation  that  is  within  his  jurisdiction. 


Notice 


(2)  Before  entering  upon  any  such  premises,  the  Commis- 
sioner shall  notify  the  deputy  minister  of  the  department  or, 
as  the  case  may  require,  the  administrative  head  of  the 
agency  that  occupies  the  premises  of  his  intention  so  to  do. 


11 

22. — (1)  With  the  prior  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Cover- ^j.e^«g^|j:^" 
nor  in  Council,  the  Commissioner  may  from  time  to  time,  by 
writing  under  his  hand,  delegate  to  any  person  holding  any 
office  under  him  any  of  his  powers  under  this  Act,  except  this 
power  of  delegation  and  the  power  to  make  any  report  under 
this  Act. 

(2)  Any  such  delegation  may  be  made  to  a  specified  person  po^^re"™ 
or  to  the  holder  for  the  time  being  of  a  specified  office  or  to  the  ^e^eeated 
holders  of  offices  of  a  specified  class. 

(3)  Every  such  delegation  is  revocable  at  will,  and  no  such  revocable"" 
delegation  prevents  the  exercise  of  any  power  by  the  Com- 
missioner. 

(4)  Any  such  delegation  may  be  made  subject  to  such  re- f gfg"^®  °(o„a 
strictions  and  conditions  as  the  Commissioner  thinks  fit,  and 

may  be  made  either  generally  or  in  relation  to  any  particular 
case  or  class  of  cases. 

(5)  Until  any  such  delegation  is  revoked,  it  continues  inj^'f^of 

,  ...  ,•,  ri,^  •      delegations 

force  according  to  its  tenor  and,  in  the  event  of  the  Commis- 
sioner by  whom  it  was  made  ceasing  to  hold  office,  continues 
to  have  effect  as  if  made  by  his  successor. 

(6)  Any  person  purporting  to  exercise  any  power  of  the  fe^egated  °^ 
Commissioner  by  virtue  of  such   a  delegation  shall,  when  powers 
required  to  do  so,  produce  evidence  of  his  authority  to  exercise 

the  power. 

23.  Without   limiting   his   right   to  report  at  any  other  repSrf' 
time,  but  subject  to  subsection  6  of  section  17  and  to  any  rules 
made  under  section  10,  the  Commissioner  shall  in  each  year 
make  a  report  to  the  Legislature  on  the  exercise  of  his  functions 
under  this  Act. 

24.  Every  person  commits  an  offence  against  this  Act^'^®"'^^ 
and  is  liable  on  summary  conviction  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than 

$500  who, 

(a)  without  lawful  justification  or  excuse,  wilfully 
obstructs,  hinders  or  resists  the  Commissioner  or  any 
other  person  in  the  exercise  of  his  powers  under  this 
Act; 

(b)  without  lawful  justification  or  excuse,  refuses  or 
wilfully  fails  to  comply  with  any  lawful  requirement 
of  the  Commissioner  or  any  other  person  under  this 
Act;  or 


12 


(c)  wilfully  makes  any  false  statement  to  or  misleads  or 
attempts  to  mislead  the  Commissioner  or  any  other 
person  in  the  exercise  of  his  powers  under  this  Act. 


Provisions 
are  In 
addition 
to  other 
laws 


25.  The  provisions  of  this  Act  are  in  addition  to  the  pro- 
visions of  any  other  Act  or  any  rule  of  law  under  which  any 
remedy  or  right  of  appeal  or  objection  is  provided  for  any 
person  or  any  procedure  is  provided  for  the  inquiry  into  or 
investigation  of  any  matter,  and  nothing  in  this  Act  limits  or 
affects  any  such  remedy  or  right  of  appeal  or  objection  or 
procedure. 


Short  title 


26.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Commissioner  of  the 
Legislature  Act,  1968-69. 


Z 
Q 
PI 


>i 


8 


^s» 


>3 


o 
< 

n 

3 
zr 
n 


00 


J^ 


3 

0« 


§-§ 

o  3 

a3 
n  rt> 
:t>  3 

3    f^ 

'^  o 
3    ffi    O 

S  3  5- 
cr.  3 

»   5   ii. 


o 

3 


1)  ft 
o  3 
^  Q, 

2   « 


O    "to 

03  o 

(T>  3  "^ 
Q.  2.  rl- 

u>    cn   O 

2  o"o 

3  =  2 
<"    X   o 

p   ^   S. 

3     r-f    CL 

D.  O  <» 
>  3    O 

a  <  ^ 

o  £•" 
^  ("  > 

o  >  9. 

"3.3 
O  3  ni 
"<  w    3 

rt  cr  "^ 

3-  p    o 


I 


BILL  8 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An    Act    to   relieve    Medical    Practitioners,    Registered 

Nurses  and  Others  from  Liability  in  respect  of  Voluntary 

Emergency  First  Aid  and  Medical  Services 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Pkinteo  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


liXI'LANATORY   NOTE 

I'he  purpose  of  this  Bill  is  to  relieve  medical  practitioners,  registered 
nurses  and  others  from  liability  in  respect  of  voluntary  emergency  first  aid 
assistiince  or  medical  services  rendered  at  or  near  the  scene  of  an  accident 
or  other  sudden  emergency. 


BILL  8  1968-69 


An     Act     to     relieve     Medical     Practitioners, 

Registered  Nurses  and  Others  from  Liability 

in  respect  of  Voluntary  Emergency  First  Aid 

and  Medical  Services 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  {"ter?"- 

(a)  "medical  practitioner"  means  a  person  who  is  regis- 
tered as  a  medical  practitioner  under  The  Medicalf-^^-  ^^eo, 
Act; 

(b)  "registered  nurse"  means  a  person  who  is  registered 

as  a  nurse  under  The  Nurses  Act,  1961-62.  o^lo"^^' 

2.  Where,  in  respect  of  a  person  who  is  ill,  injured  or  un- Relief  from 

conscious  as  the  result  of  an  accident  or  other  sudden  emer-for 

damages 

gency, 

(ffl)  a  medical  practitioner  or  registered  nurse  voluntarily 
and  without  expectation  of  compensation  or  reward 
renders  emergency  medical  services  or  first  aid 
assistance  and  such  services  or  assistance  are  not 
rendered  at  a  hospital  or  other  place  having  adequate 
medical  facilities  and  equipment;  or 

(6)  a  person  other  than  a  person  mentioned  in  clause  a 
voluntarily  renders  emergency  first  aid  assistance 
and  such  assistance  is  rendered  at  the  immediate 
scene  of  the  accident  or  emergency, 

the  medical  practitioner,  registered  nurse  or  other  person  shall 
not  be  liable  for  damages  for  injuries  to  or  the  death  of  such 
person  alleged  to  have  been  caused  by  an  act  or  omission  on 
his  part  in  rendering  the  medical  services  or  first  aid  assistance, 
unless  it  is  established  that  the  injuries  or  death  were  caused 
by  gross  negligence  on  his  part. 

8 


Act  does 
not  apply 
to  normal 
medical 
services 


3.  Nothing  in  section  2  shall  be  deemed  to  relieve  a  medical 
practitioner  from  liability  for  damages  for  injuries  to  or  the 
death  of  any  person  caused  by  an  act  or  omission  on  the  part 
of  the  medical  practitioner  in  respect  of  medical  services 
rendered  b>-  him  in  the  normal  and  ordinary  course  of  his 
practice. 


Commence- 
ment 


4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title 


5.    This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Voluntary  Emergency  First 
Aid  and  Medical  Services  Act,  1968-69. 


i 


On 
00 


en 
a 
c 
r 
S 
> 


>3 


a 


% 

n 

3 

■-I 

to 
Cn 


00 


>3 


8 


-•  3    -1    "^ 

?^s  - 


s:^  =  St 

p     rt  ^     (T» 

a.  c^  o. 

o'  3  O  o 

{(^'<  ^  t; 

S     f*  3    S- 

orq  2 

fs  _  3 


< 


BILL  9 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Utilities  Act 


Mr.  Deans 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Xote 

The  Bill  prohibits  security  deposits  for  the  supplying  of  a  public 
utility. 


I 


a 


BILL  9  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Utilities  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  4  of  section  50  of  The  Public  Utilities  Act^f;^'^^^^' 

,  c.  335,  8.  50, 

IS  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  Bubs.  4, 

re-enacted 

(4)  No   corporation   shall   require   any   person   to  givefl^^'^^g 
security  or  make  any  other  payment  in  advance  as 
a  condition  to  the  supplying  of  any  public  utility  to 
any  building  or  premises  or  to  the  carrying  of  the 
public  utility  into  the  building  or  premises. 


2.  Section  1  applies  to  security  given  or  payments  made  in  Application 
advance  being  held  by  the  corporation  immediately  before 

this  Act  comes  into  force. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 

-'  ^       ment 

Assent. 

4.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Public  Utilities  Amendment  short  title 
Act,  1968-69. 


a 

2! 


1 

>i 

>i 

1 

1 

««. 

t*. 

.^ 

> 

3 

> 

0 

rt 

<-*• 

0 

2; 

£ 

0 

3 

< 

f» 

rt 

3 

3 

to 

a 

>3 

K3 

3" 

c 

W 

2 

NO 

n' 

g 

> 

n 


BILL  10 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Coroners  Act 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 
Self-expIanator>-. 


10 


BILL  10  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Coroners  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  Coroners  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the R|-0- i^^o, 

following   section:  amended 

34a.  Any  person  whose  conduct  is  relevant  to  an  inquest  ^^iJ^^^g^"^ 
or  who  might  be  aflfected  by  the  verdict  of  an  in- person 

...  .  .  .    .        to  adduce 

quest  IS  entitled  to  cross-examme  any  witness  giving  evidenre 
evidence  at  the  inquest  and  to  call  and  examine 
witnesses  in  his  own  behalf,  personally  or  through 
counsel,  subject  to  the  evidence  so  adduced  being 
relevant,  as  determined  by  the  coroner. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ^°™™^"''^" 

Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Coroners  Amendment  ^c/,  short  title 
1968-69. 


10 


> 

3 

> 

o 

r^ 

z 

c 

O 

o 

2 

» 

3 

3 

S 

3 
Q. 

Crt 

R- 

I 

i 

i 

8 

1 

K9 

1 

a 

> 

(XS 

o^s 

" 

»« 

n 

•z. 

o 
3 

3 

> 
o 

BILL  11 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  establish  the  Universities  Commission 


Mr.  Reid  (Scarborough  East) 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  establish  an  independent  Universities 
Commission  containing  representation  from  the  government,  universities 
and  the  community  to  allocate  the  grants  of  public  money  and  act  in  an 
inter-university  advisory  capacity. 


11 


BILL  11  1968-69 


An  Act  to  establish  the 
Universities  Commission 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

Interpre- 
tation 

1.  In  this  Act, 

(a)  "Commission"  means  the  Universities  Commission 
established  under  section  2; 

(b)  "university"  means  a  university  established  by  an 
Act  of  the  Legislature  and  includes  Queen's  Uni- 
versity. 

2. — (1)  A  commission  is  established  to  be  known  as  the  commTMi'on 
Universities   Commission,  composed   of  fifteen   members  of ««''»*'"«'>«<* 
whom, 

(a)  three  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council  for  a  term  of  two  years; 

(b)  seven  shall  be  appointed  jointly  by  the  governing 
bodies  of  each  university  in  Ontario  for  a  term  of 
three  years ;  and 

(c)  five  shall  be  appointed  for  a  term  of  two  years  by 
the  members  appointed  under  clauses  a  and  b  and 
who  shall  not  be  employed  in  the  public  service  of 
Ontario  or  on  the  staff  of  a  university  in  Ontario  or  a 
member  of  the  governing  body  of  a  university  in 
Ontario. 

(2)  Any  member  whose  term  of  office  has  expired  is  eligible  Re-  ,  ^ 

,    ^   '  ■'  .  ^  "         appointment 

tor  re-appomtment. 

(3)  Where  the  office  of  a  member  of  the  Commission  be-  vacancies 
comes  vacant  before  the  expiration  of  his  term,  the  body  that 
appointed  him  may  appoint  another  person  to  hold  office  as 

a  member  for  the  unexpired  portion  of  the  term. 

11 


Chairman 


Quorum 


Procedures 


(4)  The  members  of  the  Commission  shall  elect  a  chairman 
from  among  themselves. 

(5)  Ten  members  constitute  a  quorum  of  the  Commission. 

(6)  The  Commission  may  make  by-laws  governing  its  own 
procedures. 


Functions         3, — (J)  fi^n  moneys  appropriated  by  the  Legislature  for 

Commission  university  purposes  shall  be  paid  to  the  Commission,  which 

shall  distribute   the  moneys  to  such   universities,   for  such 

purposes  and  in  such  amounts  as  the  Commission  determines. 


Idem 


(2)  The  Commission  shall  study  methods  of  co-ordination 
and  co-operation  among  universities  and  make  recommenda- 
tions therefor. 


Employees  4. — (1)  The  Commission  may  employ  such  persons  as  it 
deems  necessary  for  its  purposes  and  may  determine  their 
terms  of  employment,  remuneration  and  other  benefits. 


Idem 


(2)  The  persons  employed  in  the  Department  of  University 
Affairs  immediately  before  this  Act  comes  into  force  shall  be 
offered  employment  by  the  Commission  upon  the  coming  into 
force  of  this  Act  upon  the  same  terms  of  employment  and  for 
the  same  remuneration  and  other  benefits  as  they  were  entitled 
to  immediately  before  this  Act  comes  into  force. 


Application        (3)   ffig  Public  Service  Superannuation  Act  applies  to  the 
I960,  c.  332   employees  of  the  Commission  in  the  same  manner  as  to  a 
civil  servant. 


Report 


5.  The  Commission  shall  make  a  repxjrt  annually  to  the 
Provincial  Secretary  upon  the  affairs  of  the  Commission  and 
the  Provincial  Secretary  shall  submit  the  report  to  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  and  shall  then  lay  the  report 
before  the  Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next 
ensuing  session. 


Audit  Q,  The  accounts  and  financial  transactions  of  the  Com- 

mission shall  be  audited  annually  by  the  Provincial  Auditor. 


Department 
of 

University 
Affairs 
dissolved 
Moneys 
appropri- 
ated for 
1968-69 


7. — (1)  The  Department  of  University  Affairs  is  dissolved. 

(2)  The  moneys  appropriated  by  the  Legislature  for  the 
year  from  the  1st  day  of  April,  1968  to  the  31st  day  of  March, 
1969  for  the  purposes  of  the  Department  of  University 
Affairs  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  appropriated  for  the 
purposes  of  the  Commission. 


11 


8.  The    Department    of    University    Affairs   Act,    1964    isi364  c  24, 
repealed. 

9.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1969.  Sent""*""^' 

10.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Universities  Commission  ^'"""^  ""* 
Act,  1968-69. 


11 


.ViV" 


t 


vO 
00 


^ 

p 

g* 

2 

SB 

o 

' 

c 
crq 

73 

3- 

5 

S^ 

5 

>3 


t\j 


I       i.    3  I 


S 

UK, 


=r 

« 

C 

> 

3_ 

3 

« 

> 

*^ 

o 

r* 

f-f 

r* 

S' 

o 

at 

n 

n 

01 

o 

!» 

3 

2 

3 

m' 

ET 

S 

5' 

9 

BILL  12 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


Mr.  Ben 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Qveen's  Printer 


BILL  12  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1.  2'he  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  b>'  adding  thereto  ^f,.^-  ^^®°' 

the  following  sections:  amended 

48a. — (1)  Where  a  motor  vehicle  permit  is  issued  after  l°k ''°°'^ 
the  1st  day  of  September,  1969,  for  a  motor  vehicle 
for  which  no  permit  has  been  previously  issued,  the 
Department  shall  issue,  with  the  permit,  a  log  book 
in  the  form  prescribed  by  the  regulations  and  the 
fact  of  its  issuance  shall  be  noted  on  the  permit. 

(2)  No  person  shall  operate  on  the  highway  a  motor  }'n'  ^'^°^ 
vehicle  for  which  a  log  book  has  been  issued  unless  ^®'''^'* 
the  log  book  accompanies  the  vehicle. 

(3)  Where  a  registered  owner  of  a  motor  vehicle  for  which  ^^i^^^^^ 
a  log  book  has  been  issued  transfers  his  ownership, 

he  shall,  at  the  time  of  a  transfer  of  ownership, 
note  in  the  log  book  the  total  number  of  miles 
travelled  by  the  vehicle. 

(4)  Every  person  who  makes  repairs  to  a  motor  vehicle  J^pa?i^°/nd 
for  which  a  log  book  has  been  issued,  or  who  examines  of'^oad*'^ 
such  motor  vehicle  for  mechanical  defect,  shall  note  worthiness 
in  the  log  book  any  repairs  made  and  shall  certify 

in  the  log  book  whether  or  not  the  motor  vehicle  is 
roadworthy. 

(5)  No   person   shall  operate  a   motor  vehicle  on    the  "fPyemde 
highway  where  the  last  certificate  given  under  sub- ^"^^j""^^^"^" 
section  4  does  not  certify  that  the  motor  vehicle  is 
roadworthy. 

486.— (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  ^**"'""°"' 
regulations  prescribing  the  form  of  log  books  and  the 
entries  that  shall  be  made  therein. 

12 


OfTenoes  (2)  Every    person    who   contravenes   any    provision   of 

section  48a  or  of  the  regulations  made  under  sub- 
section 1  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000. 

Commence-       2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  September, 
1969. 

Short  title         3^  -pj^jg  j^^^  ^^y  ^  ^ijgj  ^  ■pf^g  Highway  Traffic  Amend- 
ment Act,  1968-69. 


12 


O 
OO 


JO 

a 

M 
2! 


S 


% 

n 
3 

•n 
to 


O 
On 
00 


>3 


!«1 


H 

sr 

« 

? 

> 

3 

a- 

> 

« 

o 

rr 

(a 

o 

H 

p 

"1 

3 

n 

s 

o 

a. 

> 

o 

r* 

BILL  13 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Human  Rights  Code,  1961-62 


Mr.  Ben 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


KXPLA.N'ATORY    NOTE 

The  amendment  makes  the  provision  prohibiting  discrimination  in 
employment  apply  to  domestic  employment  and  to  religious,  philanthropic 
and  educational  non-profit  organizations,  which  are  at  present  excluded. 


i 


13 


BILL  13 


1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Human  Rights  Code,  1961-62 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


1.  Subsection  4  of  section  4  of  The  Ontario  Human  J^ightsl^^^-*^^'^ 
Code,  1961-62,  as  amended  by  section  2  of  The  Ontario  Iluman^^bs' -*■ 
Rights  Code  Amendment  Act,  1967,  is  repealed  and  the  follow- 
ing substituted  therefor: 

(4)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  an  exclusively  frater-  of'sertTon*"' 
nal  or  social  organization  that  is  not  operated  for 
private  profit  or  to  an  organization  that  is  operated 
primarily  to  foster  the  welfare  of  an  ethnic  group  and 
that  is  not  operated  for  private  profit. 


2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ,„gm 
Assent. 


Commenie- 


3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as   The  Ontario  Human   /eig/i/j  short  title 
Code  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


13 


H 

3- 

rt 

c 

(-f 

9) 

"1 

;^ 

5' 

o 
< 

:c> 

u> 

t\> 

2 

t^ 

2    3 

■^ 

;? 

a: 

^ 

5  > 

R. 

a. 

cr 

"^ 

y   n 

5" 

DO 

5, 

2 

a. 

3     r- 

7q'  t: 

V. 

a' 

OC 

iy« 

mend 

Ins  Code,  1961-62 

BILL  14 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Election  Act 


Mr.  Young 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogc,  Qukkx's  1'rinter 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  this  Bill  is  to  reduce  the  age  of  persons  who  may  vote 
at  provincial  elections  from  twenty-one  years  to  eighteen  years. 


14 


I 


BILL  14 


1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Election  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Clause  a  of  paragraph  1  of  subsection  1  of  section  RS-O.  i960. 
17  of  The  Election  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "twenty- siibs.  i,  ' 
one"  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "eighteen".  amended'  "' 

(2)   Paragraph    2   of   subsection    1    of   the  said   section    17  ,^  fi^;^^J?; 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "twenty -one"  in  the  eighth  line^^^'^a^' 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "eighteen".  amended 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ment'"'"'''' 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Election  Amendment  Act,»^»it  utie 
IU6S-69. 


14 


o 
a 

25 

C 


5 


ens 


2^- 
o 

< 

<\< 

n 

k«« 

^ 

^ 

to 

•-i- 

^ 

*>< 

1^ 

■^ 

a. 

a' 

O 

ON 

OC 

3' 

{ 


BILL  15 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Water  Resources  Commission  Act 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 
The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  prevent  eutrophication  of  watercourses. 


i 


15 


BILL  15  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Water  Resources  Commission  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  Ontario  Water  Resources  Commission  Act  is  amended  ^'^g?;  ^^*'°' 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  section :  amended 

27a.  Every  person  who  sells  or  offers  for  sale  any  detergent  dttergents 
that  contains  a  polyphosphate  is  guilty  of  an  offence 
and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $1,000. 

2.  The  Ontario  Water  Resources  Commission  Act  is  amended ^fg?'  ^*®°' 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  section:  amended 

31a.  Every  municipal  sewage  works  that  empties  effluent  ^g*^^®^!^ 

into  a  lake,  river,  stream  or  other  water  or  water- to  remove 

1     II  .  I  1  /n  phosphates 

course  shall  so  treat  the  sewage  that  the  eftluent 

does  not  contain  any  phosphate  that  is  chemically 

capable  of  being  removed. 

3. — (1)  This  Act,  except  section  2,  comes  into  force  on  the ^°^j'"®"°*" 
1st  day  of  September,  1969. 

(2)  Section  2  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  '*'*'" 
1970. 

4.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Ontario  Water  Resources  ^''°'"'  ""* 
Commission  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


15 


C/5 

a 
c 
r 
s. 
> 


a 
a. 

a 


o 
<; 

n 


O" 
n 


vO 

00 


H 

=p 
rt 

O    p    3 

3  °  S 

c 
"t 
o 
rt 

0) 


BILL  16 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Hurricane  Relief  Fund  Act,  1955 


Mr.  Bales 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendment  increases,  effective  the  1st  day  of  August,  1968,  the 
pensions  of  dependent  widows  and  children  in  accordance  with  the  in- 
creased rates  for  widows  and  children  provided  by  The  Workmen's  Com- 
pensation Act,  as  amended  by  The  Workmen's  Compensation  Amendment 
Act,  1968. 


16 


BILL  16  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Hurricane  Relief  Fund  Act,  1955 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  la  of  section   1  of  The  Ontario  Hurricane  ^^^^' °:^^!, 

S.    1,  BUbS.    2d 

Relief  Fund  Act,  1955,  as  enacted  by  section  1  of  The  Ontario  (1964,  o.  77, 
Hurricane  Relief  Fund  Amendment  Act,  1964,  is  repealed  and  re-enacted 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2a)  Notwithstanding  subsection   2   and   the  agreement  ^^"Jf^g®"' 
entered  into  thereunder,  the  amount  of  assistance  ^^j^^j^^^ 
and    relief    for    dependent    widows    and    children, 
efTective  from  the  1st  day  of  August,  1968,  shall  be 
in  such  amounts  and  subject  to  such  terms,  condi- 
tions and  limitations  as  are  provided  by  section  37 
of   The   Workmen's  Compensation  Act,  as  amended  ^43°- ^^^°' 
by  section  7  of  The  Workmen's  Compensation  Amend- 1968,  c.  143 
ment  Act,  1968. 

2.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  ment™*"^* 
1st  day  of  August,  1968. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Ontario  Hurricane  Relief  short  title 
Fund  Amendment  Act,  196S-69. 


16 


00 


> 
r 


z 

o 

Cm 

ts» 

ko.. 

>t 

8 

3 

Co 

;^ 

R. 

cr 

Jo 

>} 

£? 

?0 

1 

8 

00 
rr 

p- 

1 

c 

> 

3. 

3 

o 

> 

P 

o 

3 

<-f 

rtl 

cf 

2. 

0 

P 

3 

n' 

n 

•^» 

3 

Tl 

a 

c 

3 

H 

a. 

3- 

^ 

o 

r^ 

3 

r* 

O 

» 

2 

tn 

5' 

Cn 

BILL  16 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Hurricane  Relief  Fund  Act,  1955 


Mr.  Bales 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


I 


1 


BILL  16  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Hurricane  Relief  Fund  Act,  1955 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection   2a  of  section   1   of   The  Ontario  Hurricane l^^^-^-.^^k 

s.  1,  subs.  2a 

Relief  Fund  Act,  1955,  as  enacted  by  section  1  of  The  Ontario  (i964,  o.  77, 
Hurricane  Relief  Fund  Amendment  Act,  1964,  is  repealed  and  re-eiiaoted 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2a)  Notwithstanding  subsection   2   and   the  agreement '^^jX®^^!g^"* 
entered   into  thereunder,   the  amount  of  <issistance^^?|^^gj^ 
and    relief    for    dependent    widows    and    children, 
effective  from  the  1st  day  of  August,  1968,  shall  be 
in  such  amounts  and  subject  to  such  terms,  condi- 
tions and  limitations  as  are  provided  by  section  37 
of   The   Workmen's   Compensation  Act,  as  amended  J.^f^y' ^^"^ 
by  section  7  of  The  Workmen's  Compensation  Amend- loes.  c.  143 
ment  Act,  1968. 

2.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  ^ent"^^"^*' 
1st  day  of  August,  1968. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Ontario  Hurricane  Relief  short  title 
Fund  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


16 


133 

> 


a 

n 
n 
n 

3 

-I 
o 


o 


a. 
a 

0^5 


a 

2: 

^ 

§ 

n 
3 

3 

Jo 

s. 

-t 

■n 

(fc 

t-^ 

S 

to 

s 

o 

^. 

00 
ft- 

«* 

O" 

a 

3" 

a 

t— k 

t_^ 

o 

o 

1> 

o 

00 

00 

c 

> 

-1 

3 

T 

n' 

> 

M 

O 

r^ 

s 

r* 

0 

?3 
2. 

p 

3 

C     fl 


a. 

S 

> 

n 

0 

3 

r^ 

o 

(yi 

5' 

BILL  17 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Milk  Act,  1965 


Mr.  Stewart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.  The  purpose  of  the  section  is  to  clarify  the  methods  by 
which  The  Ontario  Milk  Marketing  Board  may  carry  out  its  functions  in 
accordance  with  the  intent  and  purpose  of  the  Act  and  The  Ontario  Milk 
Marketing  Plan. 


Section  2.    Self-explanatory. 


17 


BILL  17  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Milk  Act,  1965 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


1.  Section  8  of  The  Milk  Act,  1965  is  amended  by  adding  i8®|'  ^  g 
thereto  the  following  subsection:  amended 

(6a)  Where    the    Commission    authorizes    a    marketing  ^"^"r'kg^ing 
board  to  exercise  any  of  the  powers  mentioned  in  J""  mike 
subsection  1,  the  marketing  board,  in  the  exercise  of '■egu'ationB 
such   powers,   may  make  regulations  or  orders  or 
issue  directions. 


a.— (1)  Each  of  the  following  regulations:  ?e*c1ar2d°"* 

valid  and 
binding 

1.  Ontario  Regulation  294/65,  as  amended  by 

Ontario  Regulations  160/66,  201/66,  261/66, 
390/66,  194/67,  58/68  and  216/68. 

2.  Ontario   Regulation   52/68,   as  amended    by 
Ontario  Regulation  131/68. 


3.  Ontario  Regulation  68/68  as  amended  by 
Ontario  Regulation  336/68. 

4.  Ontario  Regulation  69/68,  as  amended  by 
Ontario  Regulation  220/68. 

5.  Ontario  Regulation  70/68,  as  amended  by 
Ontario  Regulations  130/68,  221/68  and 
292/68. 

6.  Ontario  Regulation  71/68,  as  amended  by 
Ontario  Regulation  132/68, 


17 


1965,  c.  72 


R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  349 


Powers 

not 

limited 


(a)  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  made  under  The 
Milk  Act,  1965,  as  amended  by  this  Act; 

{b)  is  hereby  declared  valid  and  binding  for  all  intents 
and  purposes;  and 

(c)  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  valid  and  binding  for 
all  intents  and  purposes  from  the  date  on  which  the 
regulation  was  filed  under  The  Regulations  Act. 

(2)  Nothing  in  subsection  1  limits  the  power  of  The  Milk 
Commission  of  Ontario  or  The  Ontario  Milk  Marketing 
Board,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  amend  or  revoke  any  regulation 
mentioned  in  subsection  1. 


Commence- 
ment 


3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 

Assent. 


Short  title 


4.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Milk  Amendment  Act, 
1968-69. 


17 


k 


> 

9 
> 


CO 
M 


s: 

1 

^ 

>1 

1 

rk. 

«*. 

8 

8 
era 

I  ^ 

3     S* 

rr     ^ 


to 

3-  I' 

o 

00 


p 

3 
n 

3 

a 
H 


^ 


NO 


BILL  17 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


I 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Milk  Act,  1965 


Mr.  Stewart 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Agriculture  and  Food  Committee) 


TORONTO 

Printkd  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogc,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.  The  purpose  of  the  section  is  to  clarify  the  methods  by 
which  The  Ontario  Milk  Marketing  Board  may  carry  out  its  functions  in 
accordance  with  the  intent  and  purpose  of  the  Act  and  The  Ontario  Milk 
Marketing  Plan. 


Section  2.    Self-explanatory. 


17 


BILL  17  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Milk  Act,  1965 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section  8  of  The  Milk  Act,  1965  is  amended  by  adding  Jf?!;  g  g 
thereto  the  following  subsection :  amended 

(6a)  Where    the    Commission    authorizes    a    marketing  ^f"^^^'"^^5^,„ 
board  to  exercise  any  of  the  powers  mentioned  in^o^aj^e 
subsection  1,  the  marketing  board,  in  the  exercise  of  regulations 
such   powers,   may  make  regulations  or  orders  or 
issue  directions. 

2.— (1)  Each  of  the  following  regulations:  S^c'JaiSd"""' 

valid  and 

1.  Ontario  Regulation  294/65,  as  amended  by 
Ontario  Regulations  160/66,  201/66,  261/66, 
390/66,  194/67,  58/68  and  216/68. 

2.  Ontario  Regulation  52/68,  as  amended  by 
Ontario  Regulation  131/68. 

3.  Ontario  Regulation  68/68  as  amended  by 
Ontario  Regulation  336/68. 

4.  Ontario  Regulation  69/68,  as  amended  by 
Ontario  Regulation  220/68. 

5.  Ontario  Regulation  70/68,  as  amended  by 
Ontario  Regulations  130/68,  221/68  and 
292/68. 

6.  Ontario   Regulation   71/68,  as  amended   by 
^^  Ontario  Regulation  132/68, 

shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  made  under  The  Milk  Act,  1965, 

as  amended  by  section  1  of  this  Act,  and  shall  be  deemed  to 

have  been  filed  under  The  Regulations  Act  on  the  day  of  actual  ^•f4^'  ^^^°- 

filling.  ^^^% 

17 


Powers  (2)  Nothing  in  subsection  1  limits  the  power  of  The  Milk 

limited  Commission   of   Ontario   or  The   Ontario    Milk    Marketing 

Board,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  amend  or  revoke  any  regulation 

mentioned  in  subsection  1. 

Commence-       3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 

ment  • 

Assent. 

Short  title         4.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Milk  Amendment  Act, 
1968-69. 


17 


1 

a. 


§. 


a. 


D 

5 


H 
> 


a. 
**. 

a 

»5) 


tsj 

n 

3 

1 

3 

1 

i. 

00 

3" 

^. 

r-f 

s 

sr 

^     ■ 

(^ 

" 

o 

3 

OO 

s 

Jc 


> 

3 

> 

n 


3 

3 

a 
H 


> 


BILL  17 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Milk  Act,  1965 


Mr.  Stewart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  F"rank  Kogc;,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  17  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Milk  Act,  1965 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section  8  of  The  Milk  Act,  1965  is  amended  by  adding  JP72',  ■.  8. 
thereto  the  following  subsection :  amended 

(6a)  Where    the    Commission    authorizes    a    marketing  ^f"^°^''^^^j„j 
board  to  exercise  any  of  the  powers  mentioned  int°"ake 
subsection  1,  the  marketing  board,  in  the  exercise  ofreeuiatiom 
such   powers,   may  make  regulations  or  orders  or 
issue  directions. 

2.— (1)  Each  of  the  following  regulations:  JeXrSd""' 

valid  and 

1.  Ontario  Regulation  294/65,  as  amended  by 
Ontario  Regulations  160/66,  201/66,  261/66. 
390/66,  194/67,  58/68  and  216/68. 

2.  Ontario  Regulation  52/68,  as  amended  by 
Ontario  Regulation  131/68. 

3.  Ontario  Regulation  68/68  as  amended  by 
Ontario  Regulation  336/68. 

4.  Ontario  Regulation  69/68,  as  amended  by 
Ontario  Regulation  220/68. 

5.  Ontario  Regulation  70/68,  as  amended  by 
Ontario  Regulations  130/68,  221/68  and 
292/68. 

6.  Ontario  Regulation  71/68,  as  amended  by 
Ontario  Regulation  132/68, 

shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  made  under  The  Milk  Act,  1965, 

as  amended  by  section  1  of  this  Act,  and  shall  be  deemed  to 

have  been  filed  under  The  Regulations  Act  on  the  day  of  actual  ^•34^-  ^^*°' 

filling. 

17 


Powers  (2)  Nothing  in  subsection  1  limits  the  power  of  The  Milk 

limited  Commission   of   Ontario   or  The  Ontario   Milk   Marketing 

Board,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  amend  or  revoke  any  regulation 

mentioned  in  subsection  1. 

Commence-       3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
ment  , 

Assent. 

Short  title         4,  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Milk  Amendment  Act, 
1968-69. 


17 


h 


> 

3 
> 


» 

H 
P) 

> 
7) 
H 


2 

3 

■1 

o 

>3 

n 
3 

S3. 

1 

35 

5J 

to 

00 

1 

vO 

o-o 

1-^ 

»« 

»<a 

vO 

00 

00 

o 

p 

5 
re 

3 

a 


re 


> 
o 


o 

On 


BILL  18 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Game  and  Fish  Act,  1961-62 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fo«g,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 
Section   1.     Adds  definition  of  leg-hold  or  steel-jaw  trap. 


Section  2.  Prohibits  the  trapping  of  game  by  a  leg-hold  or  steel-jaw 
trap,  or  b\-  any  other  trap,  snare  or  device  of  a  design  not  approved  by  the 
Minister. 


Section  3.     Provides  for  regulations  governing  the  approval  of  traps, 
snares  or  other  devices. 


18 


I 


BILL  18  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Game  and  Fish  Act,  1961-62 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section    1    of    The   Game   and    Fish   Act,    1961-62,   asj.^t|;^g2'^_ 
amended  by  section  1  oi  The  Game  arul  Fish  Amendment  Act,  ^'^^^^^'^ 
1964,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
paragraph : 

14a.  "leg-hold  or  steel-jaw  trap"  means  any  trap  or 
device  that  depends  for  its  use  or  any  part  of  its  use 
on  holding  game  by  limb,  tail  or  other  extremity  in 
such  a  way  as  to  inflict  pain  or  suffering  upon  the 
game  or  to  cause  it  to  inflict  pain  upon  itself,  other 
than  that  incidental  to  immediate  death. 

2.  The  Game  and  Fish  Act,  1961-62  is  amended  by  adding  J^^l'^^, 
thereto  the  following  section:  ainended 

276.  No  person  shall  trap  or  attempt  to  trap  game  by  the^^g*'"''' 
use  of  a  leg-hold  or  steel-jaw  trap  or  by  the  use  of  any  steei-jaw 
other  trap,  snare  or  device  except  of  a  design  that 
has  been  approved  for  the  purpose  by  the  Minister. 

3.  Section   84  of    The   Game  and   Fish  Act,   1961-62,   2isl^\\-X's4., 
amended  by  section  7  of  The  Game  and  Fish  Amendment  /lei,  amended 
1962-63  and  section  11  of  The  Game  and  Fish  Amendment  Act, 

1966,  is  further  amended   by  adding  thereto  the  following 
paragraph : 

7.  for  the  purposes  of  section  276,  providing  for  the 
granting  of  approvals  to  designs  of  traps,  snares  and 
other  devices. 

4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the  ment'"*"''*" 
Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

5.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Game  and  Fish  Amend-  s^ort  title 
ment  Act,  1968-69. 


I  18 


H! 


■■S"  TT 


JO 
C/3 

a 
c 
r 
S 
> 
z 


2; 

0 

< 

ft 

3 

to 

a. 

>3 

1 

to 

s 

00 

& 

a' 

=r 

S 

0^5 

0 

00 

(As 

H 

3* 
n 

O 

3  > 
n  3 

§  > 

o 


0^ 
to 


BILL  19 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Governing  Bodies  of  Universities 


Mr.  Reid  (Scarborough  East) 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Foog,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  reconstructs  the  governing  bodies  of  universities,  replacing 
boards  of  governors  and  senates  with  one  governing  council  having  demo- 
cratic representation  of  undergraduate  and  post-graduate  students, 
faculty  members,  alumni  (who  would  include  the  public  community)  and 
the  administrative  staff,  and  including  other  appointed  and  ex  officio 
members  representing  governmental  links. 


19 


BILL  19  1968-69 


An  Act  to  provide  for 
the  Governing  Bodies  of  Universities 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  l-lt;r- 

(a)  "part-time  student"  means  a  student  enrolled  in  a 
university  for  part-time  attendance  in  a  course 
leading  to  a  degree; 

(b)  "university"  means  a  university  established  by  an 
Act  of  the  Legislature. 

2.  Notwithstanding  any  general  or  special  Act,  the  govern-  councUs"* 
ing  body  of  every  university  shall  be  known  as  the  Governing  established 
Council. 

3. — (1)  The  Governing  Council  shall  consist  of  not  fewer  tiorTo"*' 
than  forty  and  not  more  than  forty -eight  members  as  follows:  °°"""' 

1.  One  member  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Lieu- 
tenant Governor  in  Council  during  pleasure. 

2.  The  member  of  the  Legislature  and  the  member  of 
the  House  of  Commons  of  Canada  in  whose  riding 
the  main  administrative  structures  of  the  university 
are  situate,  who  shall  be  ex  officio  members. 

3.  The  head  of  the  council  of  the  local  municipality  in 
which  the  main  administrative  structures  of  the 
university  are  situate,  or  a  person  designated  by  him. 

4.  Eleven  or  twelve  members  who  are  professors  or 
associate  professors  of  the  university  who  shall  be 
elected  every  four  years  by  the  professors  and  asso- 
ciate professors. 

5.  Eleven  or  twelve  members  who  are  full-time  members 
of  the  faculty  of  the  university,  other  than  professors 

19 


and  associate  professors,  who  shall  be  elected  every 
four  years  by  the  members  of  the  faculty  who  are 
full-time  employees  other  than  professors  and 
associate  professors. 

6.  Six  to  eight  members  who  are  undergraduate,  post- 
graduate and  part-time  students  of  the  university 
each  elected  by  the  undergraduate,  post-graduate 
and  part-time  students,  respectively,  for  a  term  of 
one  year  and  the  number  of  members  in  each  cate- 
gory shall  be  determined  by  the  Governing  Council 
as  nearly  as  is  practicable  in  the  proportion  of  their 
enrolment  in  the  university,  except  that  the  (Govern- 
ing Council  may  fix  an  equivalent  of  more  than  one 
part-time  student  to  one  undergraduate  or  post- 
graduate student  for  the  purpose. 

7.  Five  to  seven  members  who  shall  be  elected  every 
four  years  by  the  graduates  of  the  university. 

8.  One  or  two  members  who  are  full-time  employees 
on  the  administrative  staff  of  the  university  who 
shall  be  elected  every  four  years  by  the  full-time 
employees  of  the  administrative  staff. 

9.  The  President  of  the  university,  who  shall  be  an 
ex  officio  member,  and  one  or  two  persons  who  shall 
be  nominated  by  the  President. 

Determina-        (2)  The  Governing  Council  shall  determine  the  numbers  of 
number         members  for  the  purposes  of  paragraphs  4,  5,  6,  7,  8  and  9  of 
subsection  1. 

student  (3)  The  elections  for  each  of  the  categories  of  the  members 

referred  to  in  paragraph  6  of  subsection  1  shall  be  conducted 
at  the  expense  of  the  university  by  the  student  organization 
containing  the  largest  membership  of  that  category  of 
students  enrolled  in  the  university,  and  the  records  and  facili- 
ties of  the  university  shall  be  made  available  to  the  student 
organization  conducting  the  election  to  the  extent  necessary 
to  prepare  voters'  lists  and  conduct  the  elections. 

eierUons  (4)  The   Governing   Council   shall    conduct    the   elections 

referred  to  in  paragraphs  4,  5,  7  and  8  of  subsection  1  and  the 
ballot  for  the  election  referred  to  in  paragraph  7  shall  be 
taken  b\'  mail. 


\'aoancies 


(5)  An  elected  member  who  loses  his  eligibility  for  election 
while  he  is  in  ofifice  shall  vacate  his  ol'tice,  and  where  the 
ofifice  of  an  elected  member  becomes  vacant  for  this  or  any 

19 


other  reason  before  the  expiration  of  his  term,  the  remaining 
members  elected  by  the  same  electors  shall  appoint  a  person 
who  is  eligible  to  be  a  candidate  for  election  to  the  office  to 
be  a  member  for  the  remainder  of  the  unexpired  term. 

4. — (1)  All  meetings  of  the  Governing  Council  shall  be  meetings 
open  to  the  public,  except  that  the  Governing  Council  may, 
by  resolution,  exclude  any  persons  other  than  members  of 
the  faculty,   the  administrative  staff  or  the  student   body 
from  a  meeting. 

(2)  All  expenditures  of  or  liabilities  incurred  by  a  university  ^"0''°"^*" 
shall  be  authorized  by  the  Governing  Council  at  a  meeting ®JP®g"<*'- 
of  the  Council  sitting  as  a  whole. 

5. — (1)  The  board  of  governors  and  senate,  or  any  corre- J}'|x'iitfng" 
spending  body,  of  every  university  are  dissolved.  bodfeB"'"^ 

(2)  All    the   powers   and   duties   vested    in    the   board   ofduulTof"'* 
governors  and  senate,  or  any  corresponding  bodies,  of  each  Council 
university  are  vested  in  the  Governing  Council  established 
under  this  Act. 

6. — (1)  The  first  elections  referred  to  in  subsection  1  of  Hy^t'ong 
section  3  shall  be  conducted  before  the  1st  day  of  November, 
1969  by  the  board  of  governors  of  the  university,  or  any 
corresponding  body,  and  subject  to  subsection  2,  the  provisions 
of  this  Act  applying  to  governing  councils  respecting  the 
conduct  of  elections  apply  to  the  said  board  of  governors  for 
the  purpose. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  the  first  elections,   the  numbers'*'®'" 
of  members  referred  to  in  paragraphs  4,  5,  6,  7  and  8  of 
subsection  1  of  section  3  shall  be  either  the  minimum  or  the 
maximum  number  prescribed,  as  determined  by  the  board 
of  governors. 

7.  Every    university    shall    have    a    President    appointed  ^"^'''°"* 
during  pleasure  by  the  Governing  Council  of  the  university. 

8.— (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  1,  2,  3,  4,  5  and  7,  comes  Sent'"^"''^" 
into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Sections  1,  2,  3,  4,  5  and  7  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  ''*®'" 
of  November,  1969. 


9.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Universities  Act,  1968-69. 


Short  title 


19 


% 


I. 


JO 

?0 

M 

3 

? 
O 

c 

=r 

M 
p 

en 


o 

n 

o 

S 

3 

to 

g- 
n 

>3 

g 

N) 

§ 

a. 

3 

a. 

s 

a. 

1-* 

a' 

0X1 

3* 

n 

O 
o 
< 

n 


> 

3 

> 


0-13 

?^ 
3    O 

n 


ft 

01 


BILL  20 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ophthalmic  Dispensers  Act,  1960-61 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 
Self-explanatory. 


20 


BILL  20  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ophthalmic  Dispensers  Act,  1960-61 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  Ophthalmic  Dispensers  Act,  1960-61  is  amended  byi^so-Gi. 
adding  thereto  the  following  section :  ainerided 

216.  Notwithstanding  the  other  provisions  of  this  Act  or^|i',®,°^ 
any  other  general  or  special  Act,  no  person  shall  "J^j^J^ls 
offer  for  sale  or  sell  spectacles  or  eyeglasses  having  prohibited 
frames  made  of  cellulose  nitrate. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  c^omnie'iL*- 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Ophthalmic  Dispensers  ^^""^^  ""* 
Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


20 


o 


» 
G 

r 


o 

=r 

rf 

O* 

3  §• 

Uj 

3 

re 

3 

Co 

"■> 

a. 
a 

to 

3 

1 

ct  to  amend 
Dispensers  A< 

BILL  21 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


The  Air  Pollution  Control  Act,  1968-69 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Kogc;,  Queen's  Pkintkr 


Explanatory  Note 

This  Bill  is  based  upon  the  principles  of  a  local  law  of  the  City  of 
New  York  passed  in  1966. 


21 


BILL  21  1968-69 


The  Air  Pollution  Control  Act,  1968-69 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

^      T        1  •      «  Interpre- 

1.    In  this  Act,  tation 

(a)  "Act"  includes  the  regulations; 

(b)  "air  contaminant"  means  any  particulate  matter  or 
any  gas  or  any  combination  thereof,  other  than 
water  vapour  or  natural  air; 

(c)  "bituminous  coal"  has  the  meaning  given  by  the 
regulations ; 

(d)  "combustion  controller"  means  a  control  apparatus 
that  automatically  maintains  the  proper  fuel-to-air 
ratio  for  optimum  combustion  of  fuel; 

(e)  "control  apparatus"  means  any  device  that  prevents 
or  controls  the  emission  of  any  air  contaminant; 

(/)  "Department"  means  the  Department  of  Health; 

(g)  "emission"  means  dispersion  into  the  open  air; 

(h)  "equipment"  means  any  device  that  is  capable  of 
causing  the  emission  of  an  air  contaminant  into  the 
open  air,  and  includes  a  stack,  conduit,  flue,  duct, 
vent  or  similar  device  connected  or  attached  to,  or 
serving  equipment; 

(i)  "equipment  used  in  a  manufacturing  process"  means 
any  equipment  in  which  the  preponderance  of  the 
air  contaminant  emitted  is  caused  by  the  manufac- 
turing process; 

21 


{j)  "fuel-burning  equipment"  means  any  furnace,  boiler, 
water  heater,  device,  mechanism,  stack,  structure, 
oven,  stove,  kiln,  still  or  other  apparatus  that  is 
used  in  the  process  of  burning  fuel  or  a  similar 
combustible  material,  other  than  a  motor  vehicle; 

(k)  "gas"  means  a  formless  fluid  that  occupies  space  and 
that  can  be  changed  to  a  liquid  or  solid  only  by 
increased  pressure  with  decreased  or  controlled  tem- 
perature or  by  decreased  temperature  with  increased 
or  controlled  pressure; 

^•|^0- ^960,  (/)  "local  board"  has  the  meaning  given  it  in  The  De- 

partment of  Municipal  Affairs  Ad; 

(m)  "motor  vehicle"  means  any  equipment  that  is 
prop)elled  by  an  internal  combustion  engine  in  or 
upon  which  a  person  or  material  may  be  transported 
on  the  ground; 

(w)  "municipality"  includes  a  metropolitan  munici- 
pality; 

(o)  "particulate  matter"  means  any  liquid,  other  than 
water,  or  any  solid  that  is  so  finely  divided  as  to  be 
capable  of  becoming  wind-blown  or  being  suspended 
in  air; 

(p)  "portable  equipment"  means  any  equipment  that  is 
designed  to  be  transported  from  place  to  place  for 
temporary  operation; 

f'soi'^^'^^^'  ^5^  "professional  engineer"  means  a  person  who  is  reg- 

istered or  licensed  under  The  Professional  Engineers 
Act; 

(r)  "regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under 
this  Act; 

(s)  "residual  fuel  oil"  has  the  meaning  given  by  the 
regulations; 

(/)  "vapour"  means  any  material  in  a  gaseous  state 
that  is  formed  from  a  substance,  usually  a  liquid, 
by  an  increase  in  temperature. 

and  d'uties  ^'  "'^"^  °^  ^^^  powers  conferred  upon  the  Department  and 
any  of  the  duties  imposed  upon  the  Department  by  this  Act 
may  be  exercised  or  jaerformed,  as  the  case  may  be,  by  the 
-Minister  of  the  Department  or  by  any  one  or  more  officials 
of  the  Department. whom  he  may  designate  for  the  purpose. 

21 


3.  No  person  shall  construct,  install  or  alter  any  equip- ^^^'1^''^''°" 
ment  or  control   apparatus  of  any   kind   in   any   structure,  tio".  permits, 
other  than  in  a  one  or  two  family  dwelling,  until  an  applica-and  control 
tion,  including  plans  and  specifications,  has  been  filed  ^j^h  ^pp^'"^*^"» 
the  Department  and  an  installation  or  alteration  permit  has 
been  issued  thereupon  by  the  Department. 

4. — (1)  No  person  shall  use  or  cause  to  he  used  an\-  new 'ertmeates, 
or  altered  equipment  for  which  an  installation  or  alteration  ^'f^'J^.^^'i 
permit  was  required  or  issued  until  an  operating  certificate  sQuipment 
has  been  issued  therefor  by  the  Department. 

(2)  No  operating  certificate  or  renewal  thereof  required  by  J^^^j'jj^^g 
this  Act  shall  be  issued  by  the  Department  unless  the  applicant  precedent 
shows  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Department  that  the  equip- 
ment is  designed  to  operate  without  causing  a  contravention 

of  this  Act  and  that  the  equipment  incorporates  advances  in 
the  art  of  air  pollution  control  developed  for  the  kind  and 
amount  of  air  contaminant  emitted  by  the  applicant's  equip- 
ment. 

(3)  Before  an  operating  certificate  or  any  renewal  thereof  J^s^T' 
is  issued,  the  Department  may  require  the  applicant  to  con- 
duct such  tests  as  are  in  the  opinion  of    the    Department 
necessary  to  determine  the  kind  or  amount  of  the  air  contam- 
inant emitted  from  the  equipment  or  whether  the  equipment 

or  fuel  or  the  operation  of  the  equipment  contravenes  this 
Act,  and  such  tests  shall  be  made  at  the  expense  of  the  ap- 
plicant and  shall  be  conducted  in  a  manner  approved  by  the 
Department  and  the  results  of  the  tests  shall  be  reviewed 
and  certified  by  a  professional  engineer. 

(4)  An  operating  certificate  and  any  renewal   thereof  isJer1?['' 
valid  for  a  period  of  three  years  from  the  date  of  issuance, 
unless  it  is  sooner  suspended  or  revoked. 

(5)  Upon  receipt  of  an  application  for  an  operating  permit  Jemporary 
or  a  renewal  thereof,  the  Department  may  issue  a  temporary  certiflcates 
operating  certificate  valid   for  a   period  of  not   more   than 

sixty  days. 

5. — (1)  Commencing  one  year  after  this  Act  comes  into  j^^}^'^»f 
force,  no  person  shall  cause  or  permit  the  use  or  operation  fuel  oil 

f    r      1    1  •  .  .  •  .       1    ,.      ,       .,  .,  equipment, 

ol  luei   burning  equipment  using  residual  fuel  oil   until  an  operating 
operating  certificate  has  been  issued  therefor  by  the  Depart- ™'^"''''*'®^ 
ment. 

(2)  A  certificate  shall  not  be  issued  under  subsection  1  ^recedent^ 
unless  the  applicant's  fuel  burning  equipment  includes  the  ^"^'^j^,"^,!  °/ 
installation  and  use  of  a  combustion  controller,  an  automatic 

21 


oil  temperature  maintenance  device  and  an  automatic  water 
temperature  maintenance  device,  or  the  equivalent  of  such 
devices,  and,  in  addition  thereto,  such  other  requirements  as 
the  Department  may  specify. 

coaT'burning      C-^)  Commencing  two  years  after  this  Act  comes  into  force, 
oparaUng''    "°  person  shall  cause  or  permit  the  use  or  operation  of  fuel 
certificates     burning  equipment   using   coal   as   fuel    until   an   operating 
certificate  has  been  issued  therefor  by  the  Department. 


Conditions 
precedent 
to  issue  of 
certificate 


(4)  A  certificate  shall  not  be  issued  under  subsection  3 
unless  the  applicant's  fuel  burning  equipment  includes  the 
installation  and  use  of  a  combustion  controller  and  an  auto- 
matic water  temperature  maintenance  device,  or  the  equiv- 
alent of  such  devices,  in  addition  to  such  other  requirements 
as  the  Department  may  specify. 


Existing 

refuse 

burning 

equipment, 

operating 

certificates 


6. — (1)  Commencing  one  year  after  this  Act  comes  into 
force,  no  person  shall  cause  or  permit  the  use  or  operation  of 
refuse  burning  equipment  in  any  structure,  other  than  in  a 
multiple  dwelling  of  six  storeys  or  less,  until  an  operating 
certificate  therefor  has  been  issued  by  the  Department. 


Idem, 
multiple 
dwellings 
of  six 
storeys 
or  less 


(2)  Commencing  two  years  after  this  Act  comes  into  force, 
no  person  shall  cause  or  permit  the  use  or  operation  of  refuse 
burning  equipment  in  any  multiple  dwelling  of  six  storeys 
or  less  until  an  operating  certificate  has  been  issued  therefor 
by  the  Department. 


Conditions 
precedent 
to  issue  of 
certificate 


(3)  A  certificate  shall  not  be  issued  under  this  section 
unless  the  applicant's  refuse  burning  equipment  includes  the 
installation  and  use  of  an  auxiliary  gas  burner  regulated  by 
automatic  firing  clocks,  an  overfire  air  fan  and  nozzle  system 
and  control  apparatus,  such  as  a  scrubber,  or  the  equivalent 
of  such  devices,  and,  in  addition  thereto,  such  other  require- 
ments as  the  Department  may  specify. 


Manufac- 
turing 
processes, 
operating 
certificates 


7.  Commencing  one  year  after  this  Act  comes  into  force, 
no  person  shall  cause  or  permit  the  emission  of  any  sulphur 
compound  in  the  form  of  a  gas,  vapour  or  otherwise,  from 
equipment  used  in  a  manufacturing  process  until  an  operating 
certificate  has  been  issued  therefor  by  the  Department. 


Portable 
equipment, 
operating 
certificates 


8.  Commencing  one  year  after  this  Act  comes  into  force, 
no  person  shall  cause  or  permit  the  op>eration  of  portable 
equipment  powered  by  an  internal  combustion  engine,  other 
than  a  motor  vehicle,  at  any  one  location  for  a  continuous 
period  of  ten  days  or  more  until  an  operating  certificate 
has  been  issued  therefor  b>'  the  Department. 


21 


9.  No  person  shall  cause  or  permit  to  be  operated  any  |^J^^j?*'^|^j 
equipment   or   process   that    is    in   existence   when    this   Act 
comes  into  force  except  in  accordance  with  this  Act. 

10. — (1)  No  person  shall  cause  or  permit  the  use  of  fuel  content^ 
that  contains  more  than  the  following  percentages  of  sulphur  restrfcted 
bv  weight: 

1.  F"or  a  period  of  two  years  and  four  months  com- 
mencing eight  months  after  this  Act  comes  into 
force, 

i.  coal,  2.2  per  cent, 

ii.  residual  fuel  oil,  2.2  per  cent. 

2.  For  a  period  of  two  years  commencing  three  years 
after  this  Act  comes  into  force, 

i.  coal,  2.0  per  cent, 

ii.  residual  fuel  oil,  2.0  f>er  cent. 

3.  After  the  period  mentioned  in  item  2  expires, 

i.  coal,  1.0  per  cent, 
ii.  residual  fuel  oil,  1.0  per  cent. 

(2)  Upon  the  application  of  any  person  engaged  in   the  certiflcates 
operation  of  fuel  burning  equipment  using  coal  or  residual  exemption 
fuel  oil  as  a  fuel,  the  Department  may  issue  a  certificate  of 
exemption    from    the    sulphur    content    restrictions   of    this 
section   if   the  applicant   proves   to   the  satisfaction   of  the 
Department  that  the  fuel  burning  equipment  is  operated  in 

such  a  manner  or  is  equipped  with  such  control  apparatus  as 
to  continuously  prevent  the  emission  of  any  sulphur  com- 
pound or  compounds  in  amounts  greater  than  those  that 
would  be  emitted  from  the  burning  in  the  same  fuel  burning 
equipment  without  such  control  apparatus  of  coal  or  residual 
fuel  oil  containing  an  amount  of  sulphur  by  weight  not  in 
excess  of  the  maximum  permitted  at  the  applicable  time  by 
this  section. 

(3)  As  a  condition  for  the  issuance  or  renewal  of  a  certi- ^f°P^^'^°2| 
ficate  of  exemption,  the  applicant  must,  at  his  own  expense, 

install  scientific  monitoring  devices  capable  of  continuously 
recording  emissions  of  sulphur  compounds  and  must  submit 
the  records  thereof  to  the  Department  each  day. 

21 


Prohibition 

and 

penalty 


(4)  No  person  shall  cause  or  permit  the  emission  of  any 
sulphur  compounds  or  compounds  in  an  amount  in  excess  of 
that  permitted  by  the  terms  of  a  certificate  of  exemption 
issued  under  this  section  and,  in  the  event  of  a  contravention 
of  this  subsection,  the  Department  may,  as  an  alternative 
or  in  addition  to  any  other  penalty  that  may  be  imposed, 
suspend  or  revoke  the  certificate  of  exemption  or  take  such 
other  action  as  may  be  deemed  to  be  appropriate. 


"cerukcate  of      (5)  A  certificate  of  exemption  or  any  renewal  thereof  is 
exemption     valid   for  a  period  of  one  \ear  from   the  date  of  issuance 
unless  it  is  sooner  suspended  or  revoked. 


Temporary 
certificates 
of 

exemption 


(6)  Upon  the  application  of  any  person  engaged  in  the 
operation  of  fuel  burning  equipment  using  coal  or  residual 
fuel  oil  as  fuel,  the  Department  may  issue  a  temporary 
certificate  of  exemption  from  the  sulphur  content  restrictions 
of  this  section  if  the  applicant  proves  to  the  satisfaction  of 
the  Department  that  the  application  is  for  the  purpose  of 
conducting  an  experimental  operation  prior  to  the  submission 
of  an  application  for  a  certificate  of  exemption. 


(7)  A   temporary  certificate  of  exemption   is  valid   for  a 


Term  of 
temporary 

exemption  ^"^  pjcriod  of  three  months  from  the  date  of  issuance  unless  it  is 
sooner  suspended  or  revoked  and  may  be  renewed  once  only 
for  an  additional  period  of  three  months. 


Conditions 
of  issuance 


(8)  As  a  condition  to  the  issuance  or  renewal  of  a  temporary 
certificate  of  exemption,  the  applicant  must  at  his  own 
expense  install  scientific  monitoring  devices  capable  of  con- 
tinuously recording  emissions  of  sulphur  compounds  and  must 
submit  the  records  thereof  to  the  Department  each  day. 


Bituminous 
coal,  use 
restricted 


11. — (1)  Commencing  three  years  after  this  Act  comes 
into  force,  no  person  shall  use  bituminous  coal  in  fuel  burning 
equipment  until  he  installs,  uses  and  continuously  maintains 
control  apparatus  certified  by  a  professional  engineer  as 
capable  of  continuously  preventing  the  emission  of  at  least 
99  per  cent  of  all  solid  particulate  matter  that  would  other- 
wise be  emitted  from  the  use  of  bituminous  coal  in  the  fuel 
burning  equipment. 


Conditions 
for  con- 
tinued use 


(2)  As  a  condition  for  continued  use  of  bituminous  coal 
under  this  Act,  the  Department  may  require, 


(a)  the  semi-annual  submission  of  a  statement  by  a 
professional  engineer  certifying  to  the  continued 
99  per  cent  efticienc>'  of  the  control  apparatus;  and 


21 


{b)  the  installation  at  the  expense  of  the  operator  of 
scientific  monitoring  devices  capable  of  continuously 
recording  emissions  of  particulate  matter  or  gases 
and  the  submission  of  a  statement  of  the  information 
so  recorded. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  subsections  1  and  2,  commencing  two  ^^^j.^^^J'^ 
years  after  this  Act  comes  into  force,  no  person  shall  use 
bituminous  coal  in  fuel  burning  equipment  for  the  purpose 
of  providing  heat  or  hot  water  for  any  structure  or  building 
or  any  part  thereof,  but  this  prohibition  does  not  apply  to 
fuel  burning  equipment  operated  for  the  purpose  of  generating 
steam  for  ofT-premises  sale,  to  which  operation  subsections 
1  and  2  apply. 

12. — (1)  Commencing  two  years  after  this  Act  comes  into  Jj|p"g®i_ 
force,   no  person  shall  cause  or  permit  the  installation  or  p^^jf^J^^'**'- 
construction  of  refuse   burning  equipment    for    the    burning 
of  garbage  or  other  waste  matter. 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  refuse  burning  equip-  ^'^''®p*  °°* 
ment  of  a  municipality  or  a  local  board. 

(3)  A  system  of  hygienic  control  or  hygienic  disposal  of^"g,Vi^gg 
putrescible  garbage  and  equipment  capable  of  reducing  the 
volume  of  refuse  by  two-thirds  by  means  other  than  burning 

that  is  constructed,  maintained  and  operated  in  conformity 
with  all  legal  requirements  applicable  thereto  shall  be  pro- 
vided in  all  multiple  dwellings  which  are  four  or  more  storeys 
in  height  and  occupied  by  more  than  twelve  families,  and 
which  are  erected  two  years  or  more  after  this  Act  comes 
into  force. 

(4)  Mechanically  operated  garbage  grinders  for  the  dis-^'r^age 
charge  of  solid  kitchen  waste  materials  from  dwelling  units  s'''""*®™ 
may  be  installed  in  all  dwellings,  including  multiple  dwellings 

that  are  erected  two  years  or  more  after  this  Act  comes  into 
force,  provided, 

(a)  that  the  installation  of  any  such  grinder  is  not 
prohibited  by  any  municipal  by-law; 

(b)  that  any  such  grinder  is  designed  and  installed  in 
conformity  with  all  legal  requirements  applicable 
thereto;  and 

(c)  that  any  such  grinder  will  discharge  wastes  at  a 
reasonably  uniform  rate  and  in  fluid  form  that 
will  flow  readily  and  in  a  manner  that  will  not  clog 
or  stop  up  the  drain  line  or  sanitary  sewer. 

21 


8 

dispoBli  ^^* — (^)  ^^  incinerator  operated  or  to  be  operated  by 

municipal      a  municipality  or  a  local  board  shall  be  constructed  or  sub- 

oonstruttiori  stantially  reconstructed  unless  there  is  installed  and  operated 

therein  control  apparatus  that  incorporates  the  most  effective 

advances  in  the  art  of  air  pollution  control  as  determined  by 

the  Department. 


Idem, 
operation 


(2)  Commencing  three  years  after  this  Act  comes  into 
force,  no  incinerator  shall  be  operated  by  a  municipality  or 
a  local  board  unless  there  is  installed  and  operated  therein 
control  apparatus  that  incorporates  the  most  effective 
advances  in  the  art  of  air  pollution  control  as  determined 
by  the  Department. 


Operators, 
etc., 
to  take 
courses  of 

instruction 


14. —  (1)  Every  operator  of  fuel  burning  equipment  using 
residual  fuel  oil,  every  operator  of  refuse  burning  equipment 
and  every  person  who  is  charged  with  supervision  of  the 
operation  of  fuel  burning  equipment  using  residual  fuel  oil 
or  of  the  operation  of  refuse  burning  equipment  shall  success- 
fully complete,  within  two  years  after  this  Act  comes  into 
force,  or  within  six  months  after  the  commencement  of  his 
employment,  whichever  is  later,  a  course  of  instruction  in 
air  pollution  control  approved  by  the  Department. 


Employ- 
ment of  un- 
qualified 
operators, 

etc., 
prohibited 


(2)  No  person  shall  employ  an  operator  of  fuel  burning 
equipment  using  residual  fuel  oil,  an  operator  of  refuse 
burning  equipment  or  a  supervisor  in  charge  of  either  of  such 
operations  unless  the  operator  or  supervisor,  as  the  case 
may  be,  has  complied  with  subsection  1. 


Certificate 

of 

competence 


(3)  Upon  the  successful  completion  of  a  course  of  instruc- 
tion mentioned  in  subsection  1,  the  operator  or  supervisor, 
as  the  case  may  be,  shall  be  given  a  certificate  stating  his 
name  and  the  date  issued  and  certifying  that  he  has  success- 
fully completed  the  course  mentioned,  which  certificate  shall 
be  posted  in  a  prominent  place  at  or  near  the  equipment  that 
he  operates  or  supervises. 


equi'pment         13«  The  Department  may  seal  any  equipment  installed 
or  operated  in  contravention  of  this  Act. 


Separate 

offences 


16. — (1)  The  operation  of  any  equipment  in  contravention 
of  any  provision  of  this  Act  shall  be  deemed  a  separate  and 
distinct  contravention  as  to  each  day  of  such  operation. 


Offences 

and 

penalties 


(2)  Any  jDerson  who  contravenes  any  provision  of  this  Act 
is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable 
to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $25  and  not  more  than  SI, 000  or 
to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months, 
or  to  both. 


21 


17.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  such  ^^^"'''"o"^ 
regulations  with  respect  to  air  pollution  control  as  he  deems 
necessary  for  carrying  out  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  and  in 
particular, 

(a)  defining  bituminous  coal  and  residual  fuel  oil  for 
the  purposes  of  this  Act  by  reference  to  a  recognized 
code  of  standards  or  a  part  thereof  or  otherwise; 

(b)  respecting  the  emission  of  air  contaminants; 

(c)  requiring  and  prescribing  alterations  to  equipment 
and  processes  in  existence  when  this  Act  comes  into 
force  in  order  that  they  may  be  operated  in  com- 
pliance with  this  Act; 

(d)  prescribing  methods,  by  reference  to  a  recognized 
code  of  standards  or  part  thereof  or  otherwise,  for 
determining  the  sulphur  content  of  fuels  by  weight; 

(e)  respecting  applications  for  and  the  issuance,  renewal, 
suspension  and  revocation  of  permits  and  certificates, 
and  imposing  conditions  and  limitations  thereon; 

(/)  respecting  the  sealing  of  equipment  and  prescribing 
procedures  with  respect  thereto; 

(g)  approving  courses  of  instruction  for  operators  and 
supervisors  of, 

(i)  fuel   burning  equipment   using  residual   fuel 
oil,  or 

(ii)  refuse  burning  equipment; 

(h)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

(i)  prescribing  fees. 

18.  The  following  are  repealed:  Repealed: 

1.  Every  air  pollution  control  by-law  of  every  muni- By-laws 
cipality. 

2.  The  Air  Pollution  Control  Act,  1967. 

3.  The  Air  Pollution  Control  Amendment  Act,  1968.         i^^s.  c.  3 

10.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Air  Pollution  Control ^^°^^^^^^^ 
Act,  1968-69. 

21 


H 
n 


B3 
C 

> 


^ 


a 


a 

O 

?-    a- 
o 

oc 


-3 
o 


o 

3 

n 

o 

3 


It 


00 


o 


BILL  22 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Prepaid  Hospital  and  Medical  Services  Act 


Mr.  Rowntree 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  makes  prescription  drug  plans  subject  to  the  Act  in  the  same 
manner  as  hospital  and  medical  services  plans. 


22 


BILL  22  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Prepaid  Hospital  and  Medical  Services  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


1.  Clause  a   of  section    1    of    The   Prepaid   Hospital  cnd^^jO.i960. 
Medical  Services  Act  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "service"  ^i  a,  '       ' 

,,.,,.,,  ...  .      .  ,  .,  ,    ,      amended 

m  the  third  Ime  or  providmg  prescription  drugs  ,  and  by 
inserting  after  "services"  in  the  sixth  line  "or  prescription 
drugs",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(a)  "association"  means  any  company  or  corporation 
incorporated  for  the  purpose  of  establishing,  main- 
taining and  operating  a  hospital  or  medical  service 
or  providing  prescription  drugs  on  a  non-profit 
prepayment  basis,  whereby  any  one  or  more  of 
hospital,  medical,  surgical,  nursing  or  dental  services 
or  prescription  drugs  or  payment  therefor  may  be 
provided  to  persons  who  become  subscribers  with, 
or  members  of,  such  company  or  corporation,  or  for 
these  and  similar  purposes,  but  does  not  include  an 
insurer  licensed  under  The  Insurance  Act  or  a  pension  '.V'^;9q'L'^'^' 
fund  or  employees'  mutual  benefit  society  incorpo- 
rated under  Part  VI  of  The  Corporations  Act. 

2.  Section  1  of  'The  Prepaid  Hospital  and  Medical  5ert'/c« '*•^^•0•  i^^^*- 
Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clauses:  amended 

(aa)  "pharmacist"  means  a  person  registered  as  a  phar- 
maceutical chemist  under  The  Pharmacy  Act;  "  .",9  "^''"• 


95 


(ab)  "prescription  drug"  means  a  drug  as  defined  in  'J'he 
Pharmacy  Act  dispensed  upon  the  prescription  of  a 
legally  qualified  medical  practitioner  or  dentist  to  a 
named  person,  and  includes  such  drug  mixed  with 
any  other  drug  or  substance. 


22 


t^fo?' B^4°'      ^'  Section  4  of  The  Prepaid  Hospital  and  Medical  Services 
amended        Act  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "service"  in  the  second 

line  "or  prescription  drugs",  so  that  the  section  shall  read 

as  follows: 

datkfn"to  ^-  ^^  association  shall,  in  Ontario,  contract  to  furnish 

business  hospital,  medical,  surgical,  nursing  or  dental  service 

""less  or  prescription  drugs,  or  any  combination  of  them, 

registered  '^  "^  ,        •  , 

on  a  prepayment  basis  or  make  payment  therefor 
unless  registered  under  this  Act. 

?f6?,  i."!"'      *• — (0  Clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  5  of  The  Prepaid 
ame^iid^ed''' '^'■^^"^^^'^^  a«rf  Medical  Services  Act  is  amended  by  inserting 

after  "physician"  in  the  second  line  "pharmacist",  so  that 

the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(c)  by  a  copy  of  every  contract  or  proposed  contract 
with  a  hospital,  physician,  pharmacist  and  other 
person  for  the  rendering  of  services  to  subscribers 
or  members. 

"'30?.'  s'*!"'       0-)  Clause  b  of  subsection  2  of  the  said  section  5  is  amended 
anlei'ided  '■  *'  ^^   inserting  after  "physicians"   in   the  second   line   "phar- 
macists", so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

ib)  that  the  contracts  and  proposed  contracts  with 
hospitals,  physicians,  pharmacists  or  other  persons 
for  the  rendering  of  service  to  subscribers  or  members 
and  the  contracts  or  proposed  contracts  with  sub- 
scribers or  members  are  fair  and  reasonable. 

,^  304g''g*^'       5.  Clause  a  of  subsection  2  of  section  6  of  The  Prepaid 
t\mended^' "' ^^^f'^^^^  aw«?  Medical  Services  Act  is  amended  by  inserting 

after  "physicians"  in  the  second  line  "pharmacists",  so  that 

the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(a)  that  the  contracts  and  proposed  contracts  with 
hospitals,  physicians,  pharmacists  or  other  persons 
for  the  rendering  of  service  to  subscribers  oi  members 
and  the  contracts  or  proposed  contracts  with  sub- 
scribers and  members  are  fair  and  reasonable. 


Cuniiiiem 
nient 


6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the 
Lieutenant  (lovcrnor  by  his  proclamation. 


Short  title  7.    This  ..\(-t   „ia>    be  cited  as    The  Prepaid  Hospital  and 

Medical  Services  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


22 


00 


?0 
O 

z 

W 
W 
PI 


a 

n 
n 
rt 

3 


S3 


^ 


a 


o 

00 


n  ^> 
ft  T3   5 

>2La 


BILL  22 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Prepaid  Hospital  and  Medical  Services  Act 


Mr.  Rowntree 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  22  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Prepaid  Hospital  and  Medical  Services  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 


1.  Clause  a  of  section    1    of    The  Prepaid  Hospital  and^-^^^.iaeo. 
Medical  Services  Act  is  amended  by  insertmg  after  "service    ci.  a, 

,  1  ■     ,    1-         li  •  !•  •      •  I  I.  J    L     amended 

m  the  third  line  or  providing  prescription  drugs  ,  and  by 
inserting  after  "services"  in  the  sixth  line  "or  prescription 
drugs",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(a)  "association"  means  any  company  or  corporation 
incorporated  for  the  purpose  of  establishing,  main- 
taining and  operating  a  hospital  or  medical  service 
or  providing  prescription  drugs  on  a  non-profit 
prepayment  basis,  whereby  any  one  or  more  of 
hospital,  medical,  surgical,  nursing  or  dental  services 
or  prescription  drugs  or  payment  therefor  may  be 
provided  to  persons  who  become  subscribers  with, 
or  members  of,  such  company  or  corporation,  or  for 
these  and  similar  purposes,  but  does  not  include  an 
insurer  licensed  under  The  Insurance  Act  or  a  pension  ^■^jgo^Ti"' 
fund  or  employees'  mutual  benefit  society  incorpo- 
rated under  Part  VI  of  The  Corporations  Act. 

2.  Section  1  of  The  Prepaid  Hospital  and  Medical  Services  ^■^^■^^^^' 
Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clauses:  amended 

(aa)  "pharmacist"  means  a  person  registered  as  a  phar- 
maceutical chemist  under  The  Pharmacy  Act;  ^fs?'  ^^*'^' 

{ah)  "prescription  drug"  means  a  drug  as  defined  in  The 
Pharmacy  Act  dispensed  upon  the  prescription  of  a 
legally  qualified  medical  practitioner  or  dentist  to  a 
named  person,  and  includes  such  drug  mixed  with 
any  other  drug  or  substance. 

22 


0*164 '8^4°'      ^'  Section  4  of  The  Prepaid  Hospital  and  Medical  Services 
amended        Act  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "service"  in  the  second 

line  "or  prescription  drugs",  so  that  the  section  shall  read 

as  follows: 

ciation''to  ^-  ^o  association  shall,  in  Ontario,  contract  to  furnish 

business  hospital,  medical,  surgical,  nursing  or  dental  service 

unless  or  prescription  drugs,  or  any  combination  of  them, 

registered  ^  ^  °  ' .  ■'     ,  ,         .    ' 

on  a  prepayment  basis  or  make  payment  therefor 

unless  registered  under  this  Act. 

^lo";  B.®|°'      4. — (1)  Clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  5  of  The  Prepaid 
amended^' ^' ■^^'^^f'^''^^  ^^^  ^^^^'^'^^  Services  Act  is  amended  by  inserting 

after  "physician"  in  the  second  line  "pharmacist",  so  that 

the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(c)  by  a  copy  of  every  contract  or  proposed  contract 
with  a  hospital,  physician,  pharmacist  and  other 
person  for  the  rendering  of  services  to  subscribers 
or  members. 

c^'fo?.'  8.^5°'       (^)  Clause  b  of  subsection  2  of  the  said  section  5  is  amended 
amended'^''  *'  ^^    inserting  after   "physicians"   in   the  second  line  "phar- 
macists", so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(b)  that  the  contracts  and  proposed  contracts  with 
hospitals,  physicians,  pharmacists  or  other  persons 
for  the  rendering  of  service  to  subscribers  or  members 
and  the  contracts  or  proposed  contracts  with  sub- 
scribers or  members  are  fair  and  reasonable. 

^lo",'  s.^e"'       ^'  Clause  a  of  subsection  2  of  section  6  of  The  Prepaid 
^^^^^^^^- "■  Hospital  and  Medical  Services  Act  is  amended  by  inserting 

after  "physicians"  in  the  second  line  "pharmacists",  so  that 

the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(a)  that  the  contracts  and  proposed  contracts  with 
hospitals,  physicians,  pharmacists  or  other  persons 
for  the  rendering  of  service  to  subscribers  or  members 
and  the  contracts  or  proposed  contracts  with  sub- 
scribers and  members  are  fair  and  reasonable. 


Co  mm  en  ce- 
ment 


Short  title 


6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the 
I.ieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

7.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as   The  Prepaid  Hospital  and 
Medical  Services  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


22 


70 
o 

H 
W 
W 
K 


a 

s: 

2 

3- 

9J 
O 

1 

i 

cr 

Si 

to 

>c 

1— » 

>3 

ft 

>3 

«*. 

o 

Vk. 

1 

^ 

^ 

<! 

0^ 

O 

-o 

o 

vO 

On 
00 

\ 


BILL  23 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Damage  by  Fumes  Arbitration  Act 


Mr.  Lawrence  (St.  George) 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.    The  language  is  brought   into  line   with   present-day 
conditions  and  to  clarify  the  intent. 


Skction  2.  The  maximum  sum  to  be  raised  annually  to  cover 
expenses  was  fixed  at  $5,000  in  1924,  $10,000  in  1946,  $20,000  in  1955,  and 
$30,000  ill  1958.     It  is  now  increased  to  $50,000. 

In  addition,  a  number  of  changes  in  language  are  made  to  bring  the 
section  into  line  with  present-day  conditions  and  to  clarify  the  intent. 


23 


BILL  23  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Damage  by  Fumes  Arbitration  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection    1   of  section   2   of   The  Damage  by   ^mot«  ^1^0^1960, 
Arbitration  Act  is  amended  by  strikins:  out  "the  smelting  or  subs.' i,' 

.,.,,  .  ,  ,  amended 

roastmg  ot  nickel-copper  ore  or  iron  ore  or  from  the  treatment 
of  sulphides  for  the  production  of  sulphur  or  sulphuric  acid 
for  commercial  purposes"  in  the  third,  fourth  and  fifth  lines 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "smelting,  roasting,  refining  or 
otherwise  treating  ores  or  minerals",  so  that  the  subsection 
shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  Where  damage  is  occasioned  directly  or  indirectly  toJ^*""**?  '° 

,  •         1  1    .  (•  crops,  etc. 

crops,  trees  or  other  vegetation  by  sulphur  fumes 

arising  from  smelting,  roasting,  refining  or  otherwise 

treating  ores  or  minerals,  such  damage  may,  subject 

to  section  3,  be  determined  by  the  arbitrator  who 

has  exclusive  jurisdiction  to  determine  the  amount 

of  such  damage  and  to  make  an  award. 

2.  Section   6  of    The  Damage  by   Fumes  Arbitration  Act^-^^-^^^^'^- 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

6.— (1)  A  sum  not  exceeding  $50,000  in  any  year  to^''^^"^®^ 
cover  the  expenses  of  administering  this  Act,  in- 
cluding the  salary  or  other  remuneration  of  the 
arbitrator  and  his  assistants,  is  payable  annually 
to  the  Province  by  the  companies  smelting,  roasting, 
refining  or  otherwise  treating  ores  or  minerals  in  a 
manner  that  may  result  in  the  escape  or  release  into 
the  open  air  of  sulphur  fumes. 

(2)  The  arbitrator  at  the  close  of  each  calendar  year  Assessment 
shall  assess  the  amount  for  which  each  company 
smelting,  roasting,  refining  or  otherwise  treating  ores 

or  minerals  in  a  manner  that  may  result  in   the 

23 


escape  or  release  into  the  open  air  of  sulphur  fumes 
is  liable  under  subsection  1,  and  the  amount  so 
assessed  against  each  company  is  payable  to  the 
Treasurer  of  Ontario  within  fifteen  days  after  the 
mailing  of  a  registered  letter  demanding  payment 
thereof  addressed  to  the  last-known  address  of  the 
company,  but  every  assessment  so  made  is  subject 
to  the  approval  of  the  Minister  of  Mines. 


Commence- 
ment 


3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1969. 


Short  title         4.  fhis  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Damage  by  Fumes  Arbi- 
tration Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


i 


23 


i 


r 
> 

M 

Z 
n 

M 

to 

o 

O 

erp 


ex. 

I 


f? 

ts> 

m 

k^ 

1. 

3 

t— » 
00 

1 
4 

0-=" 


i  o 

g:a. 


o 

> 

o 


% 


BILL  23 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Damage  by  Fumes  Arbitration  Act 


Mr.  Lawrence  (St.  George) 


(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.    The  language  is  brought   into  line  with   present-day 
conditions  and  to  clarify  the  intent. 


Section  2.  The  maximum  sum  to  be  raised  annually  to  cover 
expenses  was  fixed  at  $5,000  in  1924,  $10,000  in  1946,  $20,000  in  1955,  and 
$30,000  in  1958.    It  is  now  increased  to  $50,000. 

In  addition,  a  number  of  changes  in  language  are  made  to  bring  the 
section  into  line  with  present-day  conditions  and  to  clarify  the  intent. 


23 


1 


BILL  23  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Damage  by  Fumes  Arbitration  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection    1   of  section   2   of   The  Damage  by   Fwmes  R-^-O- i^^o, 
Arbitration  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "the  smelting  orsiibs.'i,    ' 
roasting  of  nickel -copper  ore  or  iron  ore  or  from  the  treatment 

of  sulphides  for  the  production  of  sulphur  or  sulphuric  acid 
for  commercial  purposes"  in  the  third,  fourth  and  fifth  lines 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "smelting,  roasting,  refining  or 
otherwise  treating  ores  or  minerals",  so  that  the  subsection 
shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  Where  damage  is  occasioned  directlv  or  indirectly  to  Damage  to 
^   '  °  ,  •         1  '  .    ,  r  crops,  etc. 

crops,  trees  or  other  vegetation  by  sulphur  lumes 

arising  from  smelting,  roasting,  refining  or  otherwise 
treating  ores  or  minerals,  such  damage  may,  subject 
to  section  3,  be  determined  by  the  arbitrator  who 
has  exclusive  jurisdiction  to  determine  the  amount 
of  such  damage  and  to  make  an  award. 

2.  Section   6  of   The  Damage  by   Fumes  Arbitration  -^^'^fg^g^l®"' 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

6. — (1)  A  sum  not  exceeding  $50,000  in  any  year  to^^'P^''^^^ 
cover  the  expenses  of  administering  this  Act,  in- 
cluding the  salary  or  other  remuneration  of  the 
arbitrator  and  his  assistants,  is  payable  annually 
to  the  Province  by  the  companies  smelting,  roasting, 
refining  or  otherwise  treating  ores  or  minerals  in  a 
manner  that  may  result  in  the  escape  or  release  into 
the  open  air  of  sulphur  fumes. 

(2)  The  arbitrator  at  the  close  of  each  calendar  year  Assessment 
shall  assess  the  amount  for  which  each  company 
smelting,  roasting,  refining  or  otherwise  treating  ores 

or  minerals  in  a  manner  that  may  result  in  the 

23 


escape  or  release  into  the  open  air  of  sulphur  fumes 
is  liable  under  subsection  1,  and  the  amount  so 
assessed  against  each  company  is  payable  to  the 
Treasurer  of  Ontario  within  fifteen  days  after  the 
mailing  of  a  registered  letter  demanding  payment 
thereof  addressed  to  the  last-known  address  of  the 
company,  but  every  assessment  so  made  is  subject 
to  the  approval  of  the  Minister  of  Health. 

Commence         3^  -pj^jg  ^^j.  ^.^j^^g  j„jq  {^^.^q  q„  jl^g  jgj.  ^j^y  ^f  January, 
1969. 

Short  title         4.^  -pj^jg  ^j,(.  ^^y  be  cited  as  The  Damage  by  Fumes  Arbi- 
tration Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


23 


I 


T: 


4    \'l' 


00 


a- 

t» 

D 

« 

2 

>0 
en 

1 

» 

<« 

A 

«k. 

^ 

e 

** 

b> 

a- 

n 

O 

1 

3 

<i 

(:x. 

^-^ 

c« 

» 

fi. 

§^ 

<?• 

8 

^ 

r 
> 

w 

2! 

n 
n 
f — \ 


D 
« 

o 
ft 

3 


>3         n 


§5 


S 

tvj 

fC 

fr.^ 

§. 

a 
a* 

b1 

>3 
1 

=r 

1—* 

o 

00 

1 

o 

> 
n 


J 


BILL  23 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Damage  by  Fumes  Arbitration  Act 


Mr.  Lawrence  (St.  George) 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


I 


BILL  23  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Damage  by  Fumes  Arbitration  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection   1   of  section   2   of   The  Damage  by   F«we5R|gOi|80' 
Arbitration  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "the  smelting  or  subs.' i,'    ' 
roasting  of  nickel-copper  ore  or  iron  ore  or  from  the  treatment 

of  sulphides  for  the  production  of  sulphur  or  sulphuric  acid 
for  commercial  purposes"  in  the  third,  fourth  and  fifth  lines 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "smelting,  roasting,  refining  or 
otherwise  treating  ores  or  minerals",  so  that  the  subsection 
shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  Where  damage  is  occasioned  directly  or  indirectly  toOan^age^to 
crops,  trees  or  other  vegetation  by  sulphur  fumes 
arising  from  smelting,  roasting,  refining  or  otherwise 
treating  ores  or  minerals,  such  damage  may,  subject 

to  section  3,  be  determined  by  the  arbitrator  who 
has  exclusive  jurisdiction  to  determine  the  amount 
of  such  damage  and  to  make  an  award. 

2.  Section   6  of    The  Damage  by   Fumes  Arbitration  -^<^'^|6°g^|®°' 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

6.— (1)  A  sum  not  exceeding  $50,000  in  any  year  toE»P«"«~ 
cover  the  expenses  of  administering  this  Act,  in- 
cluding the  salary  or  other  remuneration  of  the 
arbitrator  and  his  assistants,  is  payable  annually 
to  the  Province  by  the  companies  smelting,  roasting, 
refining  or  otherwise  treating  ores  or  minerals  in  a 
manner  that  may  result  in  the  escape  or  release  into 
the  open  air  of  sulphur  fumes. 

(2)  The  arbitrator  at  the  close  of  each  calendar  year  Assessment 
shall  assess  the  amount  for  which  each  company 
smelting,  roasting,  refining  or  otherwise  treating  ores 

or  minerals  in  a   manner  that  may  result  in   the 

23 


escape  or  release  into  the  open  air  of  sulphur  fumes 
is  liable  under  subsection  1,  and  the  amount  so 
assessed  against  each  company  is  payable  to  the 
Treasurer  of  Ontario  within  fifteen  days  after  the 
mailing  of  a  registered  letter  demanding  payment 
thereof  addressed  to  the  last  known  address  of  the 
company,  but  every  assessment  so  made  is  subject 
to  the  approval  of  the  Minister  of  Health. 

Commence-       3^  jj^jg  ^^^  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1969. 

Short  title         4.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Damage  by  Fumes  Arbi- 
tration Amendment  Act,  1968-69.  .    ,-   •'■ 


23 


I 


r 

so 

m 

2! 

n 

M 


•-I 

•8 


o 

3- 
111 


a 

n 

n 


3 

cr 

1 

>a 

>3 

S 

^^ 

a. 

o 

Ok. 

s 
»« 


a 

3     & 


00 


3 


vO 

ON 

00 


H 

3" 

D 
3 

ft  > 
cr  ^ 
"<  > 


o 

3 
> 


1 


BILL  24 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Mining  Act 


Mr.  Lawrence  (St.  George) 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 
Section  1.     The  present  maximum  of  90  claims  a  year  is  removed. 


Sections  2  and  3.  These  provisions  are  necessary  in  order  to  intro- 
duce the  universal  tag  system  under  which  claim  tags  may  be  used  any- 
where in  the  Province  without  regard  to  mining  division  boundaries. 


24 


BILL  24  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Mining  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section  54  of  The  Mining  Act,  as  amended  by  section  I^I^'s^m' 
of  The  Mining  Amendment  Act,  1965  and  section  3  of  TAe '■*-«"a<"t8d 
Mining  Amendment  Act,  1967,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

54.  A  licensee  is  not  limited  as  to  the  number  of  mining ^i'lms*'^  °^ 
claims  that  may  be  staked  out  and  applied  for  in  a"""'"'**"* 
licence  year. 

2.— (1)  Subsection  5  of  section  62  of  The  Mining  Act,  as ^fi?;  1*|5; 
amended  by  section  4  of  The  Mining  Amendment  Act,  ^^67,^^^^^^ 
is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "and  letter  or  letters"  in 
the  fifth  and  sixth  lines,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as 
follows : 

(5)  As  soon  as  is  reasonably  possible  after  the  recording  Jafmposts 
of  the  mining  claim  and  not  later  than  six  months  *^^®^jj„ 
thereafter,  the  holder  of  the  claim  shall  affix  or  cause 
to  be  affixed  securely  to  each  of  the  corresponding 
corner  posts  of  the  claim  a  metal  tag  plainly  marked 
or  impressed  with  the  recorded  number  of  the  claim, 
and  the  recorder  shall  supply  such  numbered  tags 
free  of  charge. 

(2)  The  said  section  62  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the^f4^-^^|^' 

following  subsection:  amended 

(9)  At  the  time  of  recording,  the  recorder  shall  add  toS-l^fl'^'^J 
each  claim  number  the  prefix  allotted  to  his  division  of'"^ar"* 
and  such  prefix  shall  form  part  of  the  claim  number,  number 

3.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  63  of  The  Mining  Act  isfh^.l^s. 
amended  by  striking  out  "the  proper"  in  the  first  line  «ind  l^^^^^j^^^ 

24 


inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "any"  and  by  striking  out  "under 
section  54"  in  the  third  line,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read 
as  follows: 


claim  ta  s  (1)  A  licensee  may  purchase  from  any  mining  recorder 

before  sets  of  metal  tags  for  the  number  of  mining  claims 

that  he  is  entitled  to  stake,  and  the  purchase  of  such 

tags  and  the  date  thereof  shall  be  endorsed  by  the 

mining  recorder  on  the  licence  of  the  purchaser. 

R|-0- 19|0'       (2)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  63  is  repealed  and  the 
subs.  5,       '  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted 


Tags  may 
be  used  in 
any  division 


(5)  Metal  tags  purchased  under  this  section  may  be 
used  for  staking  out  mining  claims  in  any  mining 
division. 


?'24?'  8^68'a  *•  Section  68fl  of  The  Mining  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  17 
(i|62-63^^  of  The  Mining  Amendment  Act,  1962-63,  is  amended  by 
amended        adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Where 
surface 
rights 

required  for 
public  use 


(6)  Where  surface  rights  on  an  unpatented  mining 
claim  are  required  for  the  use  of  the  Crown  or  other 
public  use,  this  section  applies  mutatis  mutandis. 


?^'24?  s^ioi  ^'  Section  101  of  The  Mining  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  12 
ci9|7.'c.  54,  of  The  Mining  Amendment  Act,  1967,  is  amended  by  adding 
amended        thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Omission 
of  reserva- 
tions, etc. 


(4)  The  Minister  may  omit  reservations  or  provisions 
contained  in  subsection  1  from  a  lease  issued  under 
section  100c  where  such  reservations  or  provisions 
are  contrary  to  the  purpose  of  the  lease. 


Commence- 
ment 


6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 


Short  title 


7.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Mining  Amendment  Act, 
1968-69. 


24 


Section  4.  This  provision  provides  a  means  of  acquiring  surface 
rights  on  unpatented  mining  claims  where  the  rights  are  required  for 
further  use. 


Section  5.     The  purpose  of  this  amendment  is  to  remove  a  conflict 
between  sections  100c  and  101. 


24 


2 

r 
> 

K 
Z 

o 

n 


o 

n 
o 
"t 


> 


o 

p 

3 


3 


BILL  24 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Mining  Act 


Mr.  Lawrence  (St.  George) 


(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 
Section  1.    The  present  maximum  of  90  claims  a  year  is  removed. 


Sections  2  and  3.  These  provisions  are  necessary  in  order  to  intro- 
duce the  universal  tag  system  under  which  claim  tags  may  be  used  any- 
where in  the  Province  without  regard  to  mining  division  boundaries. 


24 


BILL  24  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Mining  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section  54  of  The  Mining  Act,  as  amended  by  section  1  ^fii'  Y*^^- 
of  The  Mining  Amendment  Act,  1965  and  section  3  of  TAe ""e-ena'cted 
Mining  Amendment  Act,  1967,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

54.  A  licensee  is  not  limited  as  to  the  number  of  mining  ^aime*'^  °^ 
claims  that  may  be  staked  out  and  applied  for  in  a"""™"^*** 
licence  year. 

2. — (1)  Subsection  5  of  section  62  of  The  Mining  Act,  as^f^^g^lj' 
amended  by  section  4  of  The  Mining  Amendment  Act,  i^<^7,^^^^^^ 
is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "and  letter  or  letters"  in 
the  fifth  and  sixth  lines,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as 
follows: 

(5)  As  soon  as  is  reasonably  possible  after  the  recording  ^afm  posts 
of  the  mining  claim  and  not  later  than  six  months  ^^^^^^^i^^ 
thereafter,  the  holder  of  the  claim  shall  affix  or  cause 
to  be  affixed  securely  to  each  of  the  corresponding 
corner  posts  of  the  claim  a  metal  tag  plainly  marked 
or  impressed  with  the  recorded  number  of  the  claim, 
and  the  recorder  shall  supply  such  numbered  tags 
free  of  charge. 

(2)  The  said  section  62  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the^f^^-^^l^' 

following  subsection :  amended 

Division 


(9)  At  the  time  of  recording,  the  recorder  shall  add  to^ren 


X  to 


each  claim  number  the  prefix  allotted  to  his  division  o°f'"™afm'^' 
and  such  prefix  shall  form  part  of  the  claim  number,  number 

3.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  63  of  The  Mining  Act  is ^14?; i.^|^; 
amended  by  striking  out  "the  proper"  in  the  first  line  and|'^|j,j^j 

24 


inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "any"  and  by  striking  out  "under 
section  54"  in  the  third  line,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read 
as  follows: 


Issue  of 
claim  tags 
before 
staking 


(1)  A  licensee  may  purchase  from  any  mining  recorder 
sets  of  metal  tags  for  the  number  of  mining  claims 
that  he  is  entitled  to  stake,  and  the  purchase  of  such 
tags  and  the  date  thereof  shall  be  endorsed  by  the 
mining  recorder  on  the  licence  of  the  purchaser. 


f"24i'  8^63'      (^)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  63  is  repealed  and  the 

subs.  5  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted 


Tags  may 
be  used  in 
any  division 


(5)  Metal  tags  purchased  under  this  section  may  be 
used  for  staking  out  mining  claims  in  any  mining 
division. 


?f4?,'  8.^680  *•  Section  68a  of  The  Alining  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  17 
0^4^  8 ^i?)  °^  ^^^  Mining  Amendment  Act,  1962-63,  is  amended  by 
amended     '  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Where 
surface 
rights 
reauired  for 

public  use 


(6)  Where  surface  rights  on  an  unpatented  mining 
claim  are  required  for  the  use  of  the  Crown  or  other 
public  use,  this  section  applies  mutatis  mutandis. 


R.S.O.  I960, 
c.  241,  8.  101 


5.  Section  101  of  The  Mining  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  12 
(i9||'  c.  54,  of  The  Mining  Amendment  Act,  1967,  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  subsection : 


amended 


Omission 
of  reserva- 
tions, etc. 


(4)  The  Minister  may  omit  reservations  or  provisions 
contained  in  subsection  1  from  a  lease  issued  under 
section  100c  where  such  reservations  or  provisions 
are  contrary  to  the  purpose  of  the  lease. 


Commence- 
ment 


6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  April,  1969. 


Short  title         '^ '  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Mining  Amendment  Act, 
1968-69. 


24 


Section  4.  This  provision  provides  a  means  of  acquiring  surface 
rights  on  unpatented  mining  claims  where  the  rights  are  required  for 
further  use. 


Section  S.    The  purpose  of  this  amendment  is  to  remove  a  conflict 
between  sections  100c  and  101. 


24 


»> 

f» 

D 

^^.^ 

>3 

s 

-«• 

t^. 

^ 

«*. 

1 

s 

s 

"^ 

n 

c-> 

n> 

» 

^ 

3 

»■ 

S 

s. 

n- 

«" 

S. 

§5 

>?• 

8 

to 

r 

> 

w 
z 

o 
PI 

"55 


O 
n 
o 

■-t 

OP 

n 


> 

> 
n 

O 
P 

3 
n 

3 

a 


3" 

a 


a 

> 
n 


BILL  24 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Mining  Act 


Mr.  Lawrence  (St.  George) 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  24  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Mining  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section  54  of  The  Mining  Act,  as  amended  by  section  1  ^•24?,' b.^m'. 
of  The  Mining  Amendment  Act,  1965  and  section  3  of  TAe ^-^nacted 
Mining  Amendment  Act,  1967,  is  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

54.  A  licencee  is  not  limited  as  to  the  number  of  mining  ^aims"  °^ 
claims  that  may  be  staked  out  and  applied  for  in  a""""^''®'^ 
licence  year. 

2.— (1)  Subsection  5  of  section  62  of  The  Mining  Act,  as ^•f4^;  J^|5; 
amended  by  section  4  of  The  Mining  Amendment  Act,  ^^6^, tended 
is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "and  letter  or  letters"  in 
the  fifth  and  sixth  lines,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as 
follows : 

(5)  As  soon  as  is  reasonably  possible  after  the  recording  Jlf^'p'^gts 
of  the  mining  claim  and  not  later  than  six  'Tionths*^^^^^,^^ 
thereafter,  the  holder  of  the  claim  shall  affix  or  cause 
to  be  affixed  securely  to  each  of  the  corresponding 
corner  posts  of  the  claim  a  metal  tag  plainly  marked 
or  impressed  with  the  recorded  number  of  the  claim, 
and  the  recorder  shall  supply  such  numbered  tags 
free  of  charge. 

(2)  The  said  section  62  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  ^■f4°;  g^lg'. 

following  subsection:  amended 

(9)  At  the  time  of  recording,  the  recorder  shall  add  to^r'e'nx°S 
each  claim  number  the  prefix  allotted  to  his  division  ^"f.'"^';^^!'^'"' 
and  such  prefix  shall  form  part  of  the  claim  number,  number 

3.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  63  of  The  Mining  Act  is ^fi?; ^.^I"; 
amended  by  striking  out  "the  proper"  in  the  first  line  and|^|^J^j 

24 


inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "any"  and  by  striking  out  "under 
section  54"  in  the  third  line,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read 
as  follows: 


Issue  of 
claim  tags 
before 
staking 


(1)  A  licencee  may  purchase  from  any  mining  recorder 
sets  of  metal  tags  for  the  number  of  mining  claims 
that  he  is  entitled  to  stake,  and  the  purchase  of  such 
tags  and  the  date  thereof  shall  be  endorsed  by  the 
mining  recorder  on  the  licence  of  the  purchaser. 


(2)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  63  is  repealed  and  the 


R.S.O.  1960, 

c.  241,  8.  63.  . 

subs.  5.  following  substituted  tnereior 

re-enacted 


Tags  may 
be  used  in 
any  division 


(5)  Metal  tags  purchased  under  this  section  may  be 
used  for  staking  out  mining  claims  in  any  mining 
division. 


^■|4°-  8^68'a     ^'  Section  68a  of  The  Mining  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  17 

(i962-63.       of    The   Mining,   Amendment  Act,    1962-63,   is   amended    by 

c.  84.  S.   17).  ,  ,.  ,  ,         r    ,,  •  1  • 

amended        adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Where 
surface 

rights 

required  for 
public  use 


(6)  Where  surface  rights  on  an  unpatented  mining 
claim  are  required  for  the  use  of  the  Crown  or  other 
public  use,  this  section  applies  mutatis  mutandis. 


rii^'s^ioi  ^'  Section  101  of  The  Mining  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  12 
(1967,' c.  54,  of  The  Mining  Amendment  Act,  1967,  is  amended  by  adding 
amended        thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Omission 
of  reserva- 
tions, etc. 


(4)  The  Minister  may  omit  reservations  or  provisions 
contained  in  subsection  1  from  a  lease  issued  under 
section  100c  where  such  reservations  or  provisions 
are  contrary  to  the  purpose  of  the  lease. 


Commence- 
ment 


6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  April,  1969. 


Short  title         7.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Mining  Amendment  Act, 
1968-69. 


24 


w 

r 

JO 
M 
2: 

n 

p] 

v> 

o 

n 
o 

orq 


11 

a 

2 

a- 

s 

p 
?5 

CM 

c 
p 

•5 

I. 

ft 
3 

1 

CO 

I 

>f>- 

0 

1— » 

a' 
»9 

=r 

a' 

Ov 

0 

0 

0 

-0 

0 
00 

> 

> 

o 

» 
3 

n 

3 

a 


2 


3 


BILL  26 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  provide  for 
the  Control  of  Air  Pollution  from  Motor  Vehicles 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  adopts  the  standards  for  motor  vehicle  air  pollution  recently 
enacted  in  California. 


26 


BILL  26  1968-69 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the 
Control  of  Air  Pollution  from  Motor  Vehicles 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  J^*f;p^« 

(a)  "exhaust  emission"  means  the  substances  emitted  to 
the  atmosphere  from  any  opening  downstream  from 
the  exhaust  part  of  a  motor  vehicle  engine; 

(6)  "fuel  evaporation  emission"  means  vaporized  fuel 
emitted  to  the  atmosphere  from  the  unfired  fuel  in  a 
motor  vehicle; 

(c)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Health; 

{d)  "model  year"  followed  by  a  designated  year  means 
the  annual  production  period  of  the  manufacturer 
in  which  a  motor  vehicle  is  manufactured  and  the 
designated  year  is  the  year  in  which  such  annual 
production  period  ends  and,  where  the  manufacturer 
does  not  have  an  annual  production  period,  the 
twelve  month  period  ending  on  the  1st  day  of  Novem- 
ber shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  annual  production 
period ; 

(e)  "motor  vehicle"  means  a  vehicle  propelled  by  an 
internal  combustion  engine  and  designed  primarily 
for  use  on  a  highway. 

2.  No  person  shall  sell  or  offer  or  expose  for  sale  a  new  motor  ^^  °^ 

vehicle  that  does  not  have  installed  on  or  incorporated  in  it^otof 

,      .  ,  .     .        .  ,      vehicles 

a  system  or  device  to  prevent  or  lessen  the  emission  into  the 

outdoor  atmosphere  of  air  contaminants  in  accordance  with 

the  following: 

26 


Exhaust; 
1970  light 
vehicles 


1.  The  exhaust  emissions  from  a  model  year  1970  new 
gasoline-powered  motor  vehicle  having  gross  weight 
of  6,000  pounds  or  less,  as  rated  by  the  manu- 
facturer, and  having  an  engine  displacement  of 
fifty  cubic  inches  or  greater  shall  not  contain  more 
than, 


Exhaust; 
1971  light 
vehicles 


Exhaust; 

1972  and 

1973  light 
vehicles 


i.  2.2  grams  of  hydrocarbons  per  mile  of  driving, 
and, 

ii.  23   grams  of  carbon   monoxide   per   mile  of 
driving. 

2.  The  exhaust  emissions  from  a  model  year  1971  neyv 
gasoline-powered  motor  vehicle  having  gross  weight 
of  6,000  pounds  or  less,  as  rated  by  the  manu- 
facturer, and  having  an  engine  displacement  of 
fifty  cubic  inches  or  greater  shall  not  contain  more 
than, 

i.  2.2  grams  of  hydrocarbons  per  mile  of  driving, 

ii.  23   grams  of  carbon   monoxide   f>er   mile  of 
driving,  and 

iii.  4.0  grams  of  oxides  of  nitrogen  per  mile  of 
driving. 

3.  The  exhaust  emissions  from  a  model  year  1972  or 
1973  new  gasoline-powered  motor  vehicle  having 
gross  weight  of  6,000  pounds  or  less,  as  rated  by  the 
manufacturer,  and  having  an  engine  displacement  of 
fifty  cubic  inches  or  greater  shall  not  contain  more 
than, 

i.   1.5  grams  of  hydrocarbons  per  mile  of  driving, 

ii.  23   grams  of  carbon   monoxide   per  mile  of 
driving,  and 

iii.  3.0  grams  of  oxides  of  nitrogen  per  mile  of 
driving. 


Exhaust; 
1974  or 
later  light 
vehicles 


4.  The  exhaust  emissions  from  a  model  year  1974  or 
later  new  gasoline-powered  motor  vehicle  having 
gross  weight  of  6,000  pounds  or  less,  as  rated  by  the 
manufacturer,  and  having  an  engine  displacement 
of  fifty  cubic  inches  or  greater  shall  not  contain 
more  than, 


i.   1-.5  grams  of  hydrocarbons  per  mile  of  driving. 


26 


ii.  23   grams   of   carbon    monoxide   per   mile   of 
driving,  and 

iii.   1.3  grams  of  oxides  of  nitrogen  per  mile  of 
driving. 

5.  The  exhaust  emissions  from  a  model  year  1970  or  fy'^y'jf  and 
1971  new  gasoline-powered  motor  vehicle  having  a  I'J^i  |>eavy 
gross  weight  of  over  6,000  pounds,  as  rated  by  the 
manufacturer,  shall  not  contain  more  than, 

i.  275  parts  per  million  of  hydrocarbons,  and 

ii.   1.5  per  cent  of  carbon  monoxide. 

6.  The  exhaust  emissions  from  a  model  year  1972  or  ptf72'*and 
later  new  gasoline-powered  motor  vehicle  having  a '^f^'j^r^J^g*^'^ 
gross  weight  of  over  6,000  pounds,  as  rated  by  the 
manufacturer,  shall  not  contain  more  than, 

i.   180  parts  per  million  of  hydrocarbons,  and 

ii.   1.0  per  cent  carbon  monoxide. 

7.  Fuel  evaporation  emissions  from  the  fuel  system  of  '-^IvipoTaUon- 
model  year  1970  or  later  new  gasoline-powered  motor  i^'^'o  ["" 
vehicle  having  a  gross  weight  of  6,000  pounds  or  less,  vehicles 

as  rated  by  the  manufacturer,  and  having  an  engine 
displacement  of  fifty  cubic  inches  or  greater  sliall 
not  contain  more  than  six  grams  of  hydrocarbons 
per  mile  of  driving. 

8.  The    exhaust    emissions    from    new    diesel-powered^^'^l^g^ 
motor  vehicles  shall  not  contain  such  quantity'  of 
hydrocarbons,  carbon  monoxide  or  oxides  of  nitrogen 

as  is  prescribed  by  the  I.ieutenant  (lOvernor  m 
Council  by  regulation. 

3.— (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make '^^^""'"°"' 
regulations, 

(a)  prescribing  the  content  of  exhaust  emissions  in  new 
diesel -powered  motor  vehicles; 

(6)  prescribing  tests  for  determining  whether  systems 
or  devices  are  sufficient  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(2)  The    Minister   may   approve   any    testing   method   or  •^pp''o^'ai 
procedure  proposed  to  be  used  to  determine  the  effectiveness 
of  a  system  or  device  to  be  incorp)orated  in  motor  vehicles 

26 


on  their  manufacture  and  the  use  of  the  approved  testing 
methods  and  procedures  shall  be  deemed  to  be  sufficient 
testing  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

Offence  4^  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  provision  of  this 

Act  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is 
liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  S500. 

menV"*"'^*         5.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title 


6.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Air  Pollution  by  Motor 
Vehicles  Act,  1968-69. 


26 


? 


K 
C 

r 
S. 

> 


^ 

l\> 

<T> 

h,^ 

s 

s 

3 
a- 

<o 

?x, 

Pi- 

<ri. 

>3 

^ 

i-t 

>: 

c^ 

«*. 

s 

s 

IK, 

»« 

1— k 
o 

00 

»0 

>r 

0 

i=s 

5*5 

i-*^  2* 

1" 

ss 

o  g. 

0    't 

<^ 

K-^ 

BILL  27 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  Control  Automobile  Racing 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 


Self-explanatory. 


27 


BILL  27  1968-69 


An  Act  to  Control  Automobile  Racing 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  closing  of  any  public  road,  permanently  or  tern- piylc^roads 
porarily,  for  the  purpose  of  automobile  racing  is  forbidden ''°'"'''''<*®" 
except    where    specifically    authorized    by    the    Legislative 
Assembly  of  Ontario. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Roval  commence- 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Automobile  Racing  Control  short  title 
Act,  1968-69. 


27 


> 

s 

> 

o 


C/) 

a 
c 
r 

> 
2: 


So 


I. 


o 

n 
n 
n 

3 


I.      ^ 


»9 


s 


S 

ft. 

00 


n 

o 

3 

I 

> 

C 

B 
3 

o 


73 
n 
5' 


I 


BILL  28 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Pounds  Act 


Mr.  Deacon 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogc;,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendments  provide  for  the  licensing  and  regulation  of  municipal 
pounds. 


28 


BILL  28  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Pounds  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  Pounds  Act   is  amended   by  adding   thereto   the  ^fa? '  ^^*'°' 

following  sections:  amended 

20a. — (1)  No  person  shall  operate  a  municipal  pound  for  ^eg'y^r^g 
domestic  animals  without  a  poundkeeper's  licence""^""® 
issued  by  the  Live  Stock  Commissioner. 

(2)  Upon  application  therefor  and,  issue  of 

licence 

(o)  with  the  consent  of  the  council  of  the  muni- 
cipality in  which  the  pound  is  to  be  operated; 

{b)  upon  being  satisfied  that  this  Act  is  being 
complied  with;  and 

(c)  upon  payment  of  any  fees  and  deposit  of  any 
security  prescribed  by  the  regulations, 

the  Live  Stock  Commissioner  shall  issue  the  licence. 

(3)  Every  licence  is  subject  to  the  conditions  that  the  Co'iditions 
,.  ■'  of  licence 
licensee, 

(a)  maintains  the  security  required  by  the  regu- 
lations; 

(6)  is  in  possession  of  premises  that  have  at  least 
one  building  for  the  impounding  of  animals 
for  the  purpxjse  of  this  Act; 

(c)  provides  in  every  building  in  which  animals 
are  kept  facilities  for  the  housing  of  each 
animal  in  a  separate  unit  of  sufficient  size 
to  allow  the  animal  to  stand  and  lie  down  in 
comfort; 

28 


Over- 
crowding 


Veterinar- 
ians and 
Inspectors 


Inspection 


Cleaning 


Records 


Inspection 


(d)  provides  an  adequate  water  supply  in  each 
separate  unit;  and 

(e)  complies  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations 
and  any  other  condition  that  is  imposed  by 
the  regulations. 

206.  No  poundkeeper  shall  keep  animals  in  greater 
numbers  than  may  be  kept,  fed,  watered  and  other- 
wise cared  for  on  the  premises  without  danger  to 
their  health  or  risk  of  injury. 

20c. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  ap- 
point such  veterinarians  and  inspectors  as  are 
required  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

(2)  No  licence  shall  be  issued  or  renewed  until  a  veterin- 
arian appointed  under  subsection  1  has  inspected  the 
premises  at  which  the  animals  are  to  be  impounded, 
and  has  issued  a  certificate  of  approval. 

20d.  Every  poundkeeper  shall,  at  intervals  of  not  more 
than  twenty-four  hours,  clean  and  disinfect  the 
premises  in  such  manner  as  the  regulations  prescribe. 

20e.  Every  poundkeeper  shall  keep  for  at  least  twelve 
months  after  impounding  each  animal,  a  record 
showing, 

(a)  the  name  and  address  of  the  owner  of  the 
animal  where  known; 

(6)  the  date  of  arrival  of  the  animal  at  his 
premises  and  the  date  of  its  departure  or 
destruction ; 

(c)  an  identification  or  description  of  the  animal; 

(d)  the  sale  price  of  the  animal,  where  applicable; 
and 

(e)  the  name  and  address  of  the  purchaser  of  the 
animal,  where  applicable. 

20/. — (1)  The  Live  Stock  Commissioner  or  an  inspector 
or  a  veterinarian  appointed  under  section  20c  may 
enter  any  pound  for  the  purpose  of  enforcing  this 
Act. 


Idem 


(2)  No  person  shall  obstruct  the  Live  Stock  Commis- 
sioner or  an  inspector  or  a  veterinarian  in  the  per- 


28 


formance  of  his  duties  or  furnish  him  with  false 
information  or  refuse  to  permit  the  inspection  of  any 
animal. 

(3)  Every  person  shall,  when  required  by  the  Live  Stock     ®™ 
Commissioner  or  an  inspector,  produce  any  books, 
records  or  other  documents  relating  to  any  animal 
impounded,  destroyed  or  sold  on  the  premises  of  the 
poundkeeper. 

20g.  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  *""  ^ 
of  section  20a,  206,  20d,  20e,  20/  or  any  regulation 
made  under  section  20h  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and 
on  summary  conviction  is  liable  for  a  first  offence 
to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $100  and  for  a  second  or 
subsequent  offence,  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $500. 

20h.  The   Lieutenant   Governor   in   Council    may   make  Regulations 
regulations, 

(a)  providing  for  the  issue,  renewal,  refusal  to 
grant  or  renew,  suspension  and  revocation  of 
licences  and  prescribing  additional  conditions 
of  licences ; 

(b)  prescribing  the  fee  payable  for  a  licence  and 
for  the  renewal  thereof; 

(c)  prescribing  the  duties  of  veterinarians  and 
inspectors  for  the  purposes  of  the  regulations 
under  this  Act; 

(d)  respecting  the  conditions  under  which  animals 
shall  be  kept  or  impounded; 

(«)  prescribing  the  manner  in  which  premises 
shall  be  cleaned  and  disinfected; 

(/)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

(g)  respecting  any  matter  necessary  or  advisable 
to  carry  out  effectively  the  intent  and  purpose 
of  this  Act. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Sent'"^"°* 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Pounds  Amendment  Act,  ^'*°'"'  "*'* 
1968-69. 

28 


n 
o 

z 


? 


Uj 

t\> 

n 

»«.« 

a. 

1 

3 

S3. 

>c 

>3 

^^ 

a. 
1' 

1 

S 

sr 

1. 

BILL  29 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  respecting  Impaired  Drivers 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

This  Bill  contains  the  principles  of  a  Bill  passed  by  the  Assembly  and 
Senate  of  the  State  of  California  in  1966. 


29 


BILL  29  1968-69 


An  Act  respecting  Impaired  Drivers 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  J^",'«fP"- 

(a)  "Board"    means    the    Licence    Suspension    Appeal  Rs.o.  i960, 
Board  under  The  Highway  Traffic  Act; 

(b)  "Registrar"  means  the  Registrar  of  Motor  Vehicles 
under  The  Highway  Traffic  Act. 

2. — (1)  Any  person  under  arrest  for  any  offence  against  tisf^eeraed 
any  law  in  force  in  Ontario  that  was  allegedly  committed  j,°Jjfg?.g„ 
while  he  was  driving  a  motor  vehicle  upon  a  highway  while 
under  the  influence  of  intoxicating  liquor  shall  be  deemed 
to  have  given  his  consent  to  a  chemical  test  of  his  blood, 
breath  or  urine  for  the  purpose  of  determining  the  alcoholic 
content  of  his  blood. 

(2)  The  test  shall  be  administered  at  the  direction  of  the, ^{ration 
arresting  officer  if  he  has  reasonable  cause  to  believe  that  "^  '®^* 
the  person  was  driving  a  motor  vehicle  upon  a  highway  while 
under  the  influence  of  intoxicating  liquor. 

(3)  The   arresting  officer   shall    tell    the   person    that    his  ^^'""'""« 
failure  to  submit  to  the  test  will  result  in  the  suspension 

of  his  operator's  licence  or  his  chauflfeur's  licence,  as  the 
case  may  be,  for  a  period  of  six  months. 

(4)  The  arresting  officer  shall  tell  the  person  that  he  haSo/^tes^ 
a  choice  as  to  whether  the  test  will  be  of  his  blood,  breath  or 
urine. 

(5)  Where  the  person  has  died  or  is  unconscious  or  other- gubss.^s,  4 
wise  is  in  a  condition  that  renders  him  incapable  of  refusing  J)®^p{|°^''* 
to  submit  to  the  test,  he  shall  be  deemed  not  to  have  with- with 
drawn  his  consent  and  the  test  may  be  administered  whether 

or  not  subsections  3  and  4  have  been  complied  with. 

29 


refifsin^g'^'"^        ^' — (^^  ^^  ^  pcrson  referred  to  in  section   2   refuses  the 
test  arresting  officer's   request   to   submit   to  a   test   under   this 

Act,  the  Registrar,  upon  receipt  of  the  officer's  sworn  state- 
ment that  he  had  reasonable  cause  to  believe, 

(o)  that  the  person  had  been  driving  a  motor  vehicle 
upon  a  highway  while  under  the  influence  of  intox- 
icating liquor;  and 

(b)  that  the  person  had  refused  to  submit  to  a  test 
under  this  Act  after  being  requested  so  to  do  by  the 
officer, 

shall  suspend  the  person's  operator's  licence  or  chauffeur's 
licence,  as  the  case  may  be,  for  a  period  of  six  months. 

suspension  (^^  ^°  such  suspension  becomes  effective  until  ten  days 

to  take  after  the  giving  of  the  notice  of  suspension  provided  for  in 

©n©ct  ^  , 

subsection  3. 

suspensfo^n  i^)    ^  he  Registrar  shall  immediately  notify  in  writing  the 

person  whose  licence  has  been  suspended  of  the  action  taken. 


Appeal 


Scope  of 
appeal 


(4)  Every  person  who  feels  himself  aggrieved  by  the  sus- 
pension of  his  licence  under  this  Act  may  appeal  to  the  Board. 

(5)  On  an  appeal  under  this  Act  the  Board  shall  receive 
all  evidence  submitted  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  person  aggrieved 
and  the  arresting  officer  that  it  considers  relevant  to  the 
issue  of  whether  the  suspension  of  the  licence  was  projier 
having  regard  to  this  Act  and  all  the  circumstances  of  the 
case. 


Procedure  ^  (^)  *-^"  '^"  appeal  under  this  Act  the  provisions  of  The  High- 
c.  172'  '  way  Traffic  Act  and  the  regulations  thereunder  respecting 
appeals  to  the  Board,  except  as  varied  by  this  Act,  apply, 
including  the  further  right  of  appeal  to  a  judge  of  the  county 
or  district  court  of  the  county  or  district  in  which  the  person 
whose  licence  was  suspended  resides. 


Request 
for  test 


4.  Any  person  under  arrest  for  any  offence  against  any 
law  in  force  in  Ontario  that  was  allegedly  committed  while 
he  was  driving  a  motor  vehicle  on  a  highway  while  under  the 
influence  of  intoxicating  liquor  may  request  the  arresting 
officer  to  have  a  chemical  test  made  of  the  arrested  person's 
blood,  breath  or  urine  for  the  purp»ose  of  determining  the 
alcoholic  content  of  the  arrested  person's  blood,  and,  if  so 
requested,  the  arresting  officer  shall  direct  the  test  to  be  made. 

Additional  5^ — ^j)  Where  a  test  under  this  Act  is  administered  at 
the  direction  of  the  arresting  officer,  the  person  tested  may, 
in   addition   to  such   test  and  at  his  own  exjDense,   have  a 


29 


chemical  test  of  his  blood,  breath  or  urine  administered  by 
a  person  of  his  own  choosing  for  the  purpose  of  determining, 
independently  of  the  first  test,  the  alcoholic  content  of  his 
blood . 

(2)  The  failure  or   inability   to  obtain  an   additional   test  j^'^^'^^'i^ 
under  this  section  does  not  affect  the  admissibility  in  evidence  affected 
of   the   test  administered   at   the  direction   of   the   arresting 
officer. 

6. — (1)  Only  a  duly  qualified  medical   practitioner  or  a  ^^jj'^^j^^ 
registered  nurse  may  withdraw  blood  from  a  person  for  a  '^'ood 
test  under  this  Act. 

(2)  No   duly   qualified    medical    practitioner   or   registered  nabtuty"" 
nurse  shall  incur  any  civil  or  criminal  liability  as  a  result  of 
the  proper  withdrawal  of  blood  from  a  person  for  a  test  under 
this  Act  if  the  withdrawal  was  requested  in  writing  by  the 
arresting  officer. 

7.  Where  a  test  under  this  Act  is  of  urine,  the  person  ^'"'^^'^y 
tested  shall  be  afforded  such  privacy  in  the  taking  of  the 
specimen  of  urine  as  will  ensure  the  accuracy  of  the  test  and 

the  dignity  of  the  person  tested. 

8.  Utxjn   the  request  of  a   person   tested   under  this  Act,  Test 

f    ,,     .    r  .  .  ,  ...  ,  ,    'information 

lull    mtormation   concernmg    the    test   admmistered    at   the  to  be  made 
direction  of  the  arresting  officer  shall  be  made  available  to 
the  person  or  his  representative. 

9.  Any  person,  Kxemptions 

(a)  who  is  afflicted  with  hemophilia;  or 

(b)  who  is  afflicted  with  a  heart  condition  and  is  using 
an  anticoagulant  under  the  direction  of  a  duly 
qualified  medical  practitioner, 

is  exempt  from  a  test  of  his  blood  under  this  Act. 

10.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Blood-Alcohol  Test  Act,^^"''^  ''"^ 
1968-69. 


29 


1 


> 

n 


« 

a 
r 


>3 


3 


s 

»9 


3 


00 


8 
»« 


> 


1 

9 


0 

I 


BILL  30 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


Mr.  Young 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  provide  a  system  for  inspecting  motor 
vehicles  for  mechanical  safety  and  for  enforcing  safety  standards. 


30 


BILL  30  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  ^•^^^- ^^^''^ 
the  following  section :  amended 

49a. — (1)  No  person  shall  operate  a  motor  vehicle,  other  safety 

than  a  public  vehicle  or  public  commercial  vehicle, '"*'*®°"°"^ 
on  the  highway  unless,  within  the  preceding  six- 
month  period,  it  has  been  inspected  by  an  inspector 
and  certified  by  him  in  accordance  with  this  section 
as  free  from  mechanical,  structural  or  other  defect 
that  would  render  the  vehicle  unsafe  for  use  on  the 
highway. 

(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  ^"^p®''*°" 
mechanics  holding  subsisting  certificates  of  quali- 
fication under  The  Apprenticeship  and  Tradesmen's  i964.  c.  a 
Qualification  Act,  1964,  as  inspectors  for  the  purposes 
of  this  section. 


(3)  The  certificate  of  an  inspector  under  subsection  1  certificates 
shall  be  endorsed  on  the  motor  vehicle  permit  for  the 
vehicle. 


(4)  A  motor  vehicle  permit  shall  not  be  issued  in  respect  Renewal 

r  1  •   1       r  1  •    I  •       1  1  of  permits 

of  a  motor  vehicle  for  which  a  permit  has  been 
previously  issued  unless  a  certificate  has  been  given 
under  this  section  within  six  months  before  the  new 
p)ermit  is  issued. 


(5)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu-  J^/gP®''""" 
lations  requiring  the  payment  of  inspection  fees  and 
prescribing  the  amounts  thereof. 


30 


Offence 


(6)  Every  person  who  ojDerates  a  motor  vehicle  on  the 
highway  in  contravention  of  subsection  1  and  every 
owner  of  a  motor  vehicle  who  permits  the  vehicle  to 
be  so  operated  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  is  liable  to 
a  fine  of  not  more  than  $500. 


Commence-       2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  March,  1970. 


ment 
Short  title 


3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Highway  Traffic  Amend- 
ment Act,  1968-69. 


30 


> 

s 

> 

o 

r* 

r» 

o 

^ 

3 

J8 

I: 

>3 

i 

3 

a 

H 

3" 

I 

I 

1 

X 

SS 

9 

9 

,S 

w' 

o 

»« 

ona 

1-^ 

OS 
00 

tq 

3- 

BILL  31 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention 
of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendment  delegates  to  the  S.P.C.A.  the  licensing  and  regulating 
of  dog  kennels. 


31 


BILL  31  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ontario  Society  for  the 
Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section   7  of  The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention  ''/''*5|- 
Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  amended  ' 
the  following  subsections: 

(la)  Without  restricting  the  generality  of  subsection   1  > '.^/'^"^^^fg" 
the  Society  may  pass  by-laws, 

(a)  requiring  and  providing  for  the  licensing  of 
kennels  and  prescribing  the  terms  and  con- 
ditions of  licences; 

{b)  prescribing  the  standards  for  the  accommo- 
dation, facilities  and  operation  of  kennels 
including  the  care  of  dogs  therein: 

(c)  requiring  the  payment  of  fees  for  licences  and 
prescribing  the  amount  thereof. 


(4)   In  this  section,  "kennel"  means  any  premises  where tieflned 
dogs  are  kept  for  the  purposes  of  Ixiarding,  breeding 
or  sale  for  gain. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Sent"^*°°^ 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Ontario  Society  for  the  ^''ort  title 
Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Amendment  Act,  196H-69. 


31 


3-> 

o   = 

-o> 

1   o 

rt    rr 

Is 

s* 

0  a 

3    rt 

<->j 

t\j 

a> 

t«,^ 

0  5 

cn 

1. 

3 

s. 

^ 

-  OH 

^O   -!    3- 

X 

c 

r 

a 

8 

1 

8 

e  On 
uelty 
55 

> 

0T> 

tra 

a. 

00 

OQ 

>o 

u 

BILL  32 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Employment  Standards  Act,  1968 


Mr.  Davison 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  increases  the  basic  rate  for  minimum  wages  from  $1.30  an 
hour  to  $2.25  an  hour. 


32 


m. 


BILL  32  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Employment  Standards  Act,  1968 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1.  Part   IV  of   The  Employment  Standards  Act,   1968   is  1968.^0.35 
amended  by  re-numbering  section  15  as  15o  and  by  adding  amended 
thereto  the  following  section : 

15. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  5,  every  employer  shall  ^Lg'i""'" 
pay  to  each  of  his  employees  wages  at  a  rate  of  not 
less  than  $2.25  an  hour. 

(2)  Where  an  employee  receives  meals  or  living  accom-  Meals  and 
modation,  or  both,  as  part  of  his  wages,  the  amount  aooommo- 
of  the  wages  referable  to  the  meals  or  living  accom- 
modation shall  not  exceed, 

(a)  in  the  case  of  living  accommodation,  $5  a 
week; 

{b)  in  the  case  of  meals,  60  cents  each  but  not 
more  than  a  total  of  $12  a  week;  and 

(c)  in  the  case  of  both  living  accommodation  and 
meals,  $17  a  week. 

(3)  No  amount  shall  be  computed  in  respect  of  a  meal  or  '**"'" 
living  accommodation  for  the  purpose  of  determining 

the  wage  paid  unless  the  meal  was  actually  received 
or  the  living  accommodation  was  actually  occupied 
by  the  employee. 

(4)  In  determining  the  wage  paid,  no  amount  shall  be°'^^^^ 
computed  in  respect  of  the  supplying,  use  or  launder- 
ing by  the  employer  of  uniforms,  aprons,  caps  or 
other  apparel. 

32 


Application 
of  section 


(5)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  any  class  or  classes 
of  employees  designated  for  the  purpose  by  the 
regulations. 


0^11',  8.  29,        2.  Clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  29  of  The  Employ- 
re-enac'ted  °'  '"^"'  Standards  Act,  1968  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub- 
stituted therefor: 

(a)  designating  classes  of  employees  to  which  section  IS 
does  not  apply  and  establishing  minimum  rates  of 
wages  of  such  classes. 


Short  title 


3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Employment  Standards 
Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


32 


C^ 
00 


D 
> 
< 

o 

2 


>3 


^ 


I. 
>3 


a 


r  :: 


=r    a 

00 


« 

m 
3 

•o 

°> 

3  - 

f»  > 

rt-  O 

3  t 

a.  z 

»  f. 

■^  r 


00 


BILL  33 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  establish  three  classes  of  chauflfeur's 
licences  related  to  the  size  and  complexity  of  operation  of  the  motor  vehicle 
being  driven.  Provision  is  made  for  chauffeurs'  learners'  permits,  and 
tests  designed  to  reveal  an  applicant's  driving  ability  are  to  be  devised 
and  administered.  Existing  chauffeurs'  licences  will  expire  when  the  Act 
comes  into  force,  and  exchanges  of  such  licences  for  the  ones  of  the  new 
classes  will  be  in  accordance  with  terms  and  conditions  to  be  prescribed. 


33 


BILL  33  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  16  of  The  Highway  Traffic  ff^o.iseo. 
Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  subs,  i, 

re-enacted 

(1)  No  person  shall  operate  or  drive  a  motor  vehicle  on  Jf^'^^'J.J®"'"'* 
a  highway  as  a  chauffeur  unless  he  is  the  holder  of 
a  class  of  chauffeur's  licence  entitling  him  to  drive 
such  vehicle,  and  no  person  shall  employ  anyone  to 
drive  a  motor  vehicle  who  is  not  the  holder  of  a  class 
of  chauffeur's  licence  entitling  him  to  drive  such 
vehicle. 

(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  16  is  repealed  and  the ^li?,' i.*i6.' 

subs.  3. 
re-enacted 


following  substituted  therefor:  '"'*•  ^• 


(3)  Chauffeurs'    licences   shall    be   of   three   classes   as  ^ct?^*  °^ 
follows: 

1.  Class  1 — Entitling  the  holder  thereof  to  drive  as 

a  chauffeur  a  private  motor  vehicle, 
taxicab,  bus,  truck-trailer  combination, 
tractor -trailer  combination  or  any  truck. 

2.  Class  2 — Entitling  the  holder  thereof  to  drive  as 

a  chauffeur  a  private  motor  vehicle, 
taxicab,  bus  or  any  truck. 

3.  Class  3 — Entitling  the  holder  thereof  to  drive  as 

a  chauffeur  a  private  motor  vehicle, 
taxicab  or  any  truck. 

(3)  The  said  section  16,  as  amended  by  section  1  of  JTAcRS-O.  i96, 
Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1960-61  and  section  6  of  T/tcamendedie 
High  way  Traffic  Act  Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  further  amended 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsections : 

33 


When 
deemed 
driving 
without  a 
licence 


(4)  Where  the  holder  of  any  class  of  chauflfeur's  licence 
drives  or  operates  a  motor  vehicle  on  the  highway 
other  than  of  the  type  permitted  by  his  class  of 
licence,  he  shall  be  deemed  to  be  driving  or  operating 
the  motor  vehicle  without  a  licence. 


ChaufTeurs' 

learners' 

permits 


(S)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  subsection  1,  any 
person  who  desires  to  qualify  for  a  chauffeur's 
licence  of  any  of  the  classes  prescribed  by  subsection 
3,  may  drive  or  operate  a  motor  vehicle  as  a  chauffeur 
for  a  period  of  six  months  from  the  date  of  issuance 
to  him  of  a  chauffeur's  learner's  permit,  in  accor- 
dance with  the  terms  of  such  permit. 


Learners 
to  drive 
under 
supervision 


(6)  The  holder  of  a  chauffeur's  learner's  permit  shall  not 
drive  a  motor  vehicle  as  a  chauffeur  except  under  the 
immediate  supervision  and  control  of  a  chauffeur 
who  holds  a  licence  of  the  class  permitting  him  to 
drive  such  vehicle,  and  where  the  holder  of  a  chauf- 
feur's learner's  permit  drives  a  motor  vehicle  in 
contravention  of  this  subsection  he  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  driving  or  operating  the  motor  vehicle  without 
a  licence. 


Exchange  of 
subsisting 
chauffeurs' 
licences 


(7)  The  holder  of  a  chauffeur's  licence  or  an  operator's 
licence  issued  prior  to  the  day  this  Act  comes  into 
force  may  exchange  such  licence  for  a  chauffeur's 
licence  of  any  one  of  the  classes  prescribed  by  sub- 
section 3  on  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  prescribe. 


Tests  for 
licence 


(7a)  The  Minister  shall  devise,  revise  from  time  to  time 
as  appropriate,  and  administer  tests  for  persons 
applying  for  chauffeurs'  learners'  permits  and  each 
of  the  several  classes  of  chauffeurs'  licences  prescribed 
by  subsection  3. 


Evidence 
of  driving 
ability 


(7b)  The  tests  mentioned  in  subsection  7a  shall  be  de- 
signed to  furnish  the  Minister  with  evidence  as  to 
the  ability  of  an  applicant  to  drive  safely  the  class  or 
classes  of  motor  vehicle  involved. 


Terms  of 
licence 


(7c)  Subject  to  satisfactory  performance  on  the  tests 
mentioned  in  subsection  7a,  chauffeurs'  learners'  per- 
mits and  chauffeurs'  licences  of  any  of  the  classes 
prescribed  by  subsection  3  may  be  issued  by  the 
Minister  to  such  persons  for  such  time  and  upon 
such  terms  and  subject  to  such  regulations  and 
restrictions  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council 
may  prescribe. 


33 


(7d)  Notwithstanding  the  date  of  expiry  appearing  on  any  f^^jP^^jO^ 
chauffeur's  licence  issued  prior  to  the  day  this  Actj^hauffeurs' 
comes  into  force,  all  such  chauffeurs'  licences  expire 
on  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the  Sont'"^"''®' 
Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Highway  Traffic  Amend- fihort  title 
ment  Act,  1968-69. 


33 


> 

o 


00 


G 


u> 


I 

8 


S 

re 
3 

1«« 

a. 

S" 

^ 

>: 

n 

O 

«* 

oc 

^ 

0 

£: 

2 
a 

« 
X 

? 


> 

r. 


BILL  34 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Consumer  Protection  Act,  1966 


Mr.  Paterson 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendment  requires  the  publication  of  the  names  and  addresses 
of  contest  winners. 


34 


BILL  34  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Consumer  Protection  Act,  1966 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  Consumer  Protection  Act,  1966  is  amended  by  adding amended^^' 
thereto  the  following  section: 

31a. — (1)  Any  person  who  invites  the  public  to  enter  a  Contests 
contest  or  competition  for  which  any  prize,  reward 
or  advantage  is  offered  shall,  as  soon  as  is  practicable 
after  the  completion  of  the  contest,  publish  or 
broadcast  the  name  and  address  of  each  person  who 
received  any  such  prize,  reward  or  advantage. 

(2)  The  publication  or  broadcast  required  by  subsection  of'^inners" 
1  shall  be  made, 

(a)  in  the  same  medium  and  to  the  same  terri- 
torial extent  as  that  in  which  the  invitation 
was  extended;  or 

{b)  by  publication  in  one  or  more  newspapers 
having  general  circulation  in  all  parts  of  the 
area  in  which  the  invitation  was  extended. 

(3)  Any  person  who  contravenes  this  section  is  guilty  Penalty 
of  an  offence  and  upon  summary  conviction  is  liable 

to  a  fine  not  exceeding  $1,000  or,  where  the  person 
is  a  corporation,  to  a  fine  not  exceeding  $10,000. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ^enl'"*"'^^ 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act   may   be  cited  as    The   Consumer  Protection  short  title 
Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


34 


? 


13 
> 
H 
W 
JO 
c/i 
O 
Z 


Vj 


>3 


>1 


n 


I       I    Si 


a 

0"a 


a 

OX) 


«4. 

:r    a 

OO 


> 

n 
So 

> 
n 


i 


BILL  35 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  makes  it  an  offence  for  the  driver  of  a  motor  vehicle  to  fail 
to  stop  when  given  a  clear  signal  to  do  so  by  a  uniformed  constable  or 
police  officer  driving  a  plainly  marked  police  vehicle. 


35 


BILL  35  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  ^-^^^^  ^^6°' 

the  following  section  :  amended 

156a. — (1)  Every  driver  of  a  motor  vehicle  when  given  by  d^rWer^when 
means  of  hand,  voice,  siren  or  emergency  light  an^^^naiied 
audible  or  visual  signal  to  stop  by  a  constable  or  by  omcer 
officer  in  a  police  vehicle,  shall  bring  his  vehicle  to  a 
stop  and  shall  not  otherwise  flee  or  attempt  to  elude 
the  police  vehicle  provided, 

(a)  the  police  vehicle  is  plainly  marked  as  such; 
and 

(b)  the  constable  or  officer  is  in  uniform  with  his 
badge  of  office  prominently  displayed  thereon. 

(2)  Every   person   who   contravenes   the   provisions  of  Penalty 
subsection  1  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100 
and  not  more  than  $500,  or  to  imprisonment  for  a 
term  of  not  less  than  thirty  days  and  not  more  than 
six  months,  or  to  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ment"'^"''^ 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Highway  Traffic  Amend- s\ioTt  title 
meni  Act,  1968-69. 


35 


X 

c 
r 
S 
> 

•2. 


t\J 


g 
a. 

s 


O 

ft. 

-    g 
ST    a 

»-* 

o> 

00 


0 

E 

re 

I 


> 
n 


« 


1 


BILL  36 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


The  Mechanics'  Lien  Act,  1968-69 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Genekal.  In  1965  the  Ontario  Law  Reform  Commission  undertook 
an  extensive  study  of  the  law  in  Ontario  on  mechanics'  liens. 

A  report  dated  February  22,   1966,  was  made  by  the  Commission 

to  the  Attorney  General  containing  its  recommendations  for  up-dating 
The  Mechanics'  Lien  Act. 

Bill  190,  based  upon  the  report,  was  introduced  and  given  first  reading 
at  the  1966  Session.  This  gave  the  proposed  legislation  wide  distribution 
in  convenient  form  for  study  by  interested  persons  and  organizations. 

The  Commission  then  held  public  hearings  and  considered  many 
submissions  which  resulted  in  a  supplementary  report  dated  May  26,  1967. 

The  recommendations  of  the  Commission  contained  in  the  supple- 
mentary report  have  been  incorporated  in  this  Bill.  There  is,  however, 
one  major  exception.  This  Bill  does  not  transfer  jurisdiction  in  mechanics' 
lien  actions  from  the  Supreme  Court  to  the  county  and  district  courts  as 
recommended  by  the  Commission  in  both  of  its  reports.  It  is  thought 
advisable  to  leave  this  matter  in  abeyance  pending  the  conclusion  of  the 
general  review  of  the  jurisdictions  of  the  several  court  systems  in  Ontario 
now  going  on  as  a  result  of  the  recommendations  of  the  McRuer  Report. 

This  Bill  also  contains  a  number  of  editorial  and  other  changes, 
designed  to  clarify  the  intent,  that  have  resulted  from  the  study  of  Bill  190. 

In  the  following  notes  the  supplementary  report  of  the  Commission 
is  referred  to  as  O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep. 


36 


BILL  36  1968-69 


The  Mechanics'  Lien  Act,  1968-69 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

l.-(l)  In  this  Act,  l^itoT 

(a)  "completion  of  the  contract"  means  substantial  per- 
formance, not  necessarily  total  performance,  of  the 
contract ; 

(b)  "contractor"  means  a  person  contracting  with  or 
employed  directly  by  the  owner  or  his  agent  for  the 
doing  of  work  or  the  placing  or  furnishing  of  materials 
for  any  of  the  purposes  mentioned  in  this  Act; 

(c)  "materials"  includes  every  kind  of  movable  property ; 

(d)  "owner"  includes  any  person  and  corporation,  includ- 
ing a  municipal  corporation  and  a  railway  company, 
having  any  estate  or  interest  in  the  land  upon  which 
or  in  respect  of  which  work  is  done  or  materials  are 
placed  or  furnished,  at  whose  request,  and 

(i)  upon  whose  credit,  or 

(ii)  on  whose  behalf,  or 

(iii)  with  whose  privity  or  consent,  or 

(iv)  for  whose  direct  benefit, 

work  is  done  or  materials  are  placed  or  furnished  and 
all  persons  claiming  under  him  or  it  whose  rights 
are  acquired  after  the  work  in  respect  of  which  the 
lien  is  claimed  is  commenced  or  the  materials  placed 
or  furnished  have  been  commenced  to  be  placed  or 
furnished ; 

(e)  "registrar"  includes  a  master  of  titles; 

(/)  "registry  office"  includes  a  land  titles  office; 
36 


(g)  "subcontractor"  means  a  person  not  contracting  with 
or  employed  directly  by  the  owner  or  his  agent  for 
any  of  the  purposes  mentioned  in  this  Act,  but  con- 
tracting with  or  employed  by  a  contractor  or,  under 
him,  by  another  subcontractor; 

(h)  "wages"  means  the  money  earned  by  a  workman  for 
work  done  by  time  or  as  piece  work,  and  includes  all 
monetary  supplementary  benefits,  whether  statutory 
or  contractual; 

(i)  "workman"  means  a  person  employed  for  wages  in 
any  kind  of  labour,  whether  employed  under  a 
contract  of  service  or  not.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  1, 
amended. 

Includes  (^)  ^"   ^^^^  ^^^'  ^^^  expression   "the  doing  of  work"   in- 

service  eludes  the  performance  of  a  service,  and  corresponding  expres- 

sions have  corresponding  meanings. 

performance      (^)  ^^^  ^^^  purposes  of  this  Act,  a  contract  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  substantially  performed, 

(o)  when  the  work  or  a  substantial  part  thereof  is 
ready  for  use  or  is  being  used  for  the  purpose  in- 
tended ;  and 

(b)  when  the  work  to  be  done  under  the  contract  is 
capable  of  completion  or  correction  at  a  cost  of  not 
more  than, 

(i)  3  per  cent  of  the  first  $250,000  of  the  contract 
price, 

(ii)  2  per  cent  of  the  next  $250,000  of  the  contract 
price,  and 

(iii)   1  per  cent  of  the  balance  of  the  contract  price, 

and  in  the  event  that  the  work  cannot  be  completed  expedi- 
tiously for  reasons  beyond  the  control  of  the  contractor,  the 
value  of  the  work  shall  be  deducted  from  the  contract  price 
for  the  purpose  of  determining  substantial  performance.   New. 


GENERAL 

Exception  2.  Xotliing  in  this  Act  extends  to  any  public  street  or 

Ol   Str©6t8  -11 

or  highways  highway,  or  to  any  work  or  improvement  done  or  caused  to 
be  done  by  a  mrunicipal  corporation  thereon,  except  that  the 

36 


Section  1 — Subsection  3.  This  provision  is  new.  It  is  designed  to 
complement  the  definition  of  "completion  of  the  contract"  and  thus  speed 
up  the  release  of  "holdback"  moneys. 


Section  2.  The  intent  of  the  original  recommendation  of  the 
Ontario  Law  Reform  Commission  is  clarified.  The  "holdback"  provisions 
are  not  intended  to  apply  where  the  work  is  being  done  by  a  municipality 
or  its  contractor.    See  O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  pp.  4,  5. 

36 


SiiCTlON  3 — Subsection  3.  The  purpose  of  this  new  subsection  is  to 
extend  the  trust  concept  so  that  not  only  the  sums  received  under  sub- 
section 1  by  the  builder,  contractor  or  subcontractor  would  constitute 
trust  funds  but  also  the  sums  certified  as  owing  because  the  latter  sums 
represent  the  value  of  work  already  done  by  the  contractor  and  sub- 
contractors. 


36 


provisions  of  section  11  as  to  the  retention  and  payment  of 
percentages  by  the  owner  apply  mutatis  mutandis  to  any 
such  work  or  improvement  that  is  done  or  made  by  a  person 
other  than  a  municipal  corporation  or  its  contractor.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  233,  s.  2,  amended. 

3. — (1)  All  sums  received  by  a  builder,  contractor  or  sub-^"""^'  ''""'J'' 
contractor  on  account  of  the  contract  price  constitute  a  trust 
fund  in  his  hands  for  the  benefit  of  the  owner,  builder,  con- 
tractor, subcontractor,  Workmen's  Compensation  Board, 
workmen,  and  persons  who  have  supplied  materials  on  account 
of  the  contract  or  who  have  rented  equipment  to  be  used  on 
the  contract  site,  and  the  builder,  contractor  or  subcontractor, 
as  the  case  may  be,  is  the  trustee  of  all  such  sums  so  received 
by  him  and  he  shall  not  appropriate  or  convert  any  part 
thereof  to  his  own  use  or  to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the 
trust  until  all  workmen  and  all  persons  who  have  supplied 
materials  on  the  contract  or  who  have  rented  equipment 
to  be  used  on  the  contract  site  and  all  subcontractors  are  paid 
for  work  done  or  materials  supplied  on  the  contract  and  the 
Workmen's  Compensation  Board  is  paid  any  assessment  with 
respect  thereto.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  3  (1),  amended. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection   1,  where  a   builder,  con- Exception 
tractor  or  subcontractor  has  paid  in  whole  or  in  part  for  any 
materials  supplied  on  account  of  the  contract  or  for  any  rented 
equipment  or  has  paid  any  workman  who  has  performed  any 

work  or  any  subcontractor  who  has  placed  or  furnished  any 
materials  in  respect  of  the  contract,  the  retention  by  such 
builder,  contractor  or  subcontractor  of  a  sum  equal  to  the  sum 
so  paid  by  him  shall  be  deemed  not  to  be  an  appropriation  or 
conversion  thereof  to  his  own  use  or  to  any  use  not  authorized 
by  the  trust.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  3  (3),  amended. 

(3)  Where  sums  become  payable  under  a  contract  to  afu'"n^g 
contractor  by  an  owner  on  the  certificate  of  a  person  autho- 
rized under  the  contract  to  make  such  a  certificate,  all  sums 

so  certified  shall,  until  paid  to  the  contractor,  constitute  a 
trust  fund  in  the  hands  of  the  owner  for  the  benefit  of  the 
contractor,  subcontractor.  Workmen's  Compensation  Board, 
workmen,  and  persons  who  have  supplied  materials  on  account 
of  the  contract  or  who  have  rented  equipment  to  be  used  on 
the  contract  site,  and  the  owner  is  the  trustee  of  all  such  sums 
so  certified  and  he  shall  not  appropriate  or  convert  any  part 
thereof  to  his  own  use  or  to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the 
trust  until  all  workmen  and  all  persons  who  have  supplied 
materials  on  the  contract  or  who  have  rented  equipment  to  be 
used  on  the  contract  site  and  all  contractors  and  subcon- 
tractors are  paid  for  work  done  or  materials  supplied  on  the 
contract  and  the  Workmen's  Compensation  Board  is  paid  any 
assessment  with  respect  thereto. 

36 


morrgage°"  ^^^  ^"  sums  received  by  an  owner,  other  than  a  munici- 
etc  a  trust  pality  as  defined  in  The  Department  of  Municipal  Affairs  Act, 
R.s.o.  I960,  which  are  to  be  used  in  the  financing,  including  the  purchase 
"•  ^*  price  of  the  land  and  the  payment  of  prior  encumbrances,  of  a 

building,  structure  or  work,  constitute,  subject  to  the  payment 
of  the  purchase  price  of  the  land  and  prior  encumbrances,  a 
trust  fund  in  the  hands  of  the  owner  for  the  benefit  of  the  per- 
sons mentioned  in  subsection  1,  and,  until  the  claims  of  all 
such  persons  have  been  paid,  the  owner  shall  not  appropriate 
or  convert  any  part  thereof  to  his  own  use  or  to  any  use  not 
authorized  by  the  trust. 

Exception  (5)  Notwithstanding   subsection   4,   where   an   owner  has 

himself  paid  in  whole  or  in  part  for  any  work  done,  for  any 
materials  placed  or  furnished  or  for  any  rented  equipment, 
the  retention  by  him  from  any  moneys  received  from  the 
lender  under  subsection  4  of  a  sum  equal  to  the  sum  so  paid 
by  him  shall  be  deemed  not  to  be  an  appropriation  or  conver- 
sion thereof  to  his  own  use  or  to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the 
trust. 


Protection 
for  money 
lenders 


(6)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  section,  where  money 
is  lent  to  a  person  upon  whom  a  trust  is  imposed  by  this  section 
and  is  used  by  him  to  pay  in  whole  or  in  part  a  lien  claimant, 
the  trustee  may  use  trust  moneys  to  discharge  the  loan  to  the 
extent  that  the  lender's  money  was  used  to  pay  the  lien 
claimant,  and  any  sum  so  paid  to  the  lender  shall  be  deemed 
not  to  be  an  appropriation  or  conversion  to  the  trustee's  own 
use  or  to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the  trust.     New. 


OfTence  and 
penalty 


(7)  Every  person  upon  whom  a  trust  is  imposed  by  this 
section  who  knowingly  appropriates  or  converts  any  part  of 
any  trust  moneys  referred  to  in  subsection  1, 3  or  4  to  his  own 
use  or  to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the  trust  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  §5,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more 
than  two  years,  or  to  both,  and  every  director  or  officer  of  a  cor- 
poration who  knowingly  assents  to  or  acquiesces  in  any  such 
offence  by  the  corporation  is  guilty  of  such  offence,  in  addition 
to  the  corporation,  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a 
fine  of  not  more  than  $5,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of 
not  more  than  two  years,  or  to  both.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  3  (2),  amended. 


w'^ivfn"*"**       "*' — ^'•'  Every    agreement,    oral    or    written,    express    or 
application    implied,  on  the  part  of  any  workman  that  this  Act  does  not 
are  void         apply  to  him  or  that  the  remedies  provided  by  it  are  not 
available  for  his  benefit  is  void. 


36 


Subsection  4.  Municipiil  financing  is  expressly  excluded  from  the 
scope  of  the  provision  and  its  intent  is  clarified  as  recommended  in  O.L.R.C. 
Supp.  Rep.,  pp.  6,  7. 


Subsection  5.     This  extension  of  the  "trustee  provisions"  is  new. 
is  recommended  in  O.L.R.C.  .Supp.  liep.,  pp.  5-7. 


Subsection  6.  Thi.>  subsection  is  changed  in  order  to  bring  it  into 
line  with  the  original  recommendation  of  the  Ontario  Law  Reform  Com- 
mission.    This  is  discussed  in  O.L.R.C.  .Supp.  Rep.,  p.  7. 


36 


Section  4 — Subsection  2,  clause  b.  In  its  original  report  the  Ontario 
I^w  Reform  Commission  recommended  "$2S  a  day"  which  is  the  sum 
that  appeared  in  Bill  190. 

As  a  result  of  further  submissions  and  consideration,  the  Commission 
recommends  $35  a  day.    See  O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  p.  7. 


Section  5 — Subsection  4.  The  intent  of  the  original  recommen- 
dation of  the  Ontario  Law  Reform  Commission  is  clarified.  It  is  intended 
that  the  lien  for  rented  equipment  is  for  an  amount  that  is  reasonable  and 
justly  due  in  the  particular  circumstances.    .See  O.I-.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  p.  8. 


36 


(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply,  Exception 

(a)  to  a  manager,  officer  or  foreman ;  or 

(b)  to  any  person  whose  wages  are  more  than  $35  a  day. 

(3)  No  agreement  deprives  any  person  otherwise  entitled  uura'party 
to  a  lien  under  this  Act,  who  is  not  a  party  to  the  agreement,  "^fvinlTien' 
of  the  benefit  of  the  lien,  but  it  attaches,  notwithstanding 

such  agreement.     R.S.O.   1960,  c.  233,  s.  4,  amended. 

CREATION  OF  LIENS 

6. — (1)  Unless  he  signs  an  express  agreement  to  the  con-JilhtToa 
trary  and  in  that  case  subject  to  section  4,  any  person  who''®" 
does  any  work  upon  or  in  respect  of,  or  places  or  furnishes  any 
materials  to  be  used  in,  the  making,  constructing,  erecting, 
fitting,  altering,  improving  or  repairing  of  any  land,  building, 
structure  or  works  or  the  appurtenances  to  any  of  them  for  any 
owner,  contractor  or  subcontractor  by  virtue  thereof  has  a 
lien  for  the  price  of  the  work  or  materials  upon  the  estate  or 
interest  of  the  owner  in  the  land,  building,  structure  or  works 
and  appurtenances  and  the  land  occupied  thereby  or  enjoyed 
therewith,  or  upon  or  in  respect  of  which  the  work  is  done,  or 
upon  which  the  materials  are  placed  or  furnished  to  be  used, 
limited,  however,  in  amount  to  the  sum  justly  due  to  the 
person  entitled  to  the  lien  and  to  the  sum  justly  owing,  except 
as  herein  provided,  by  the  owner,  and  the  placing  or  furnishing 
of  the  materials  to  be  used  upon  the  land  or  such  other  place 
in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  land  designated  by  the  owner 
or  his  agent  is  good  and  sufficient  delivery  for  the  purpose  of 
this  Act,  but  delivery  on  the  designated  land  does  not  make 
such  land  subject  to  a  lien. 

(2)  The  lien  given  by  subsection  1  attaches  as  therein  set  attaches 
out  where  the  materials  delivered  to  be  used  are  incorporated  materials 
into  the  land,  building,  structure  or  works,  notwithstanding  Incorporated 
that  the  materials  may  not  have  been  delivered  in  strict  building 
accordance  with  subsection  1. 

(3)  In  subsection  1,  "agent"  includes  the  contractor  or  sub- Jatio"!?"' 
contractor  for  whom  the  materials  are  placed  or  furnished, 
unless  the  person  placing  or  furnishing  the  materials  has  had 
actual  notice  from  the  owner  to  the  contrary.     R.S.O.  1960, 

c.  233,  s.  5,  amended. 

(4)  A  person  who  rents  equipment  to  an  owner,  contractor  J^'n^gJ"^ 
or  subcontractor  for  use  on  a  contract  site  shall  be  deemed  equipment 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  to  have  performed  a  service  for 

which  he  has  a  lien  for  the  price  of  the  rental  of  the  equipment 

36 


used  on  the  contract  site,  limited,  however  in  amount  to  the 
sum  justly  owed  and  due  to  the  person  entitled  to  the  lien 
from  the  owner,  contractor  or  subcontractor  in  respect  of  the 
rental  of  the  equipment.     New. 


When 
husband's 
interest 
liable  for 
work  done 
or  materials 
furnished 
on  land  of 
spouse 


6.  Where  work  is  done  or  materials  are  placed  or  furnished 
to  be  used  upon  or  in  respect  of  the  land  of  a  married  woman,  or 
in  which  she  has  an  interest  or  an  inchoate  right  of  dower,  with 
the  privity  or  consent  of  her  husband,  he  shall  be  presumed 
conclusively  to  be  acting  as  her  agent  as  well  as  for  himself  for 
the  purposes  of  this  Act  unless  before  doing  the  work  or 
placing  or  furnishing  the  materials  the  person  doing  the  work 
or  placing  or  furnishing  the  materials  has  had  actual  notice  to 
the  contrary.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  6,  amended. 


Where  estate 
charged  is 
leasehold 


7. — (1)  Where  the  estate  or  mterest  upon  which  the  lien 
attaches  is  leasehold,  the  fee  simple  is  also  subject  to  the  lien 
if  the  person  doing  the  work  or  placing  or  furnishing  the 
materials  gives  notice  in  wiiting,  by  personal  service,  to  the 
owner  in  fee  simple  or  his  agent  of  the  work  to  be  done  or 
materials  to  be  placed  or  furnished  unless  the  owner  in  fee 
simple  or  his  agent  within  fifteen  days  thereafter  gives  notice  in 
writing,  by  personal  service,  to  such  person  that  he  will  not 
be  responsible  therefor. 


Forfeiture 
or  cancella- 
tion of 
lease,  effect 
of  on  lien- 
holder 


(2)  No  forfeiture  or  attempted  forfeiture  of  the  lease  on 
the  part  of  the  landlord,  or  cancellation  or  attempted  cancel- 
lation of  the  lease  except  for  non-payment  of  rent,  deprives 
any  person  otherwise  entitled  to  a  lien  of  the  benefit  of  the 
lien,  but  the  person  entitled  to  the  lien  may  pay  any  rent 
accruing  after  he  becomes  so  entitled,  and  the  amount  so  paid 
may  be  added  to  his  claim. 


Prior 
tnortgages 


(3)  Where  the  land  and  premises  upon  or  in  respect  of  which 
any  work  is  done  or  materials  are  placed  or  furnished  are 
encumbered  by  a  mortgage  or  other  charge  that  was  registered 
in  the  proper  registry  office  before  any  lien  under  this  Act 
arose,  the  mortgage  or  other  charge  has  priority  over  all  liens 
under  this  Act  to  the  extent  of  the  actual  value  of  the  land 
and  premises  at  the  time  the  first  lien  arose,  such  value  to  be 
ascertained  by  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try 
an  action  under  this  Act. 


When  first         (4)  Jhc  time  at  which  the  first  lien  arose  shall  be  deemed  to 

lien  arose  '■'.  ,.,,^  j       n     1. 

be  the  time  at  which  the  first  work  was  done  or  the  first 

materials  placed  or  furnished,  irrespective  of  whether  a  claim 

for  lien  in  respect  thereof  is  registered  or  enforced  and  whether 

or  not  such  lien  is  before  the  court.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  7 

(1-4),  amended: 


36 


Section  7 — Subsection  1.  The  intent  is  clarified.  See  O.L.R.C. 
Supp.  Rep.,  p.  8.  Also,  the  notice  period  is  increased  from  ten  to  fifteen 
days. 


36 


(5)  Any  mortgage  existing  as  a  valid  security,  notwith-|'^^^™g^ 
standing  that  it  is  a  prior  mortgage  within  the  meaning  of 
subsection  3,  may  also  secure  future  advances,  subject  to 
subsection  1  of  section  14.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  7  (5). 

(6)  A  registered  agreement  for  the  sale  and  purchase  oi^^^^^^^^ 
land  and  any  moneys  bona  fide  secured  or  payable  there-  fo""  sale  and 
under  has  the  same  priority  over  a  lien  as  is  provided  for  a  land  has 
mortgage  and  mortgage  moneys  in  subsections  3  and  S,  and  S'nfortgaite*^ 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  the  seller  shall  be  deemed  to  be 

a  mortgagee,  and  any  moneys  bona  fide  secured  and  payable 
under  such  agreement  shall  be  deemed  to  be  mortgage  moneys 
bona  fide  secured  or  advanced.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  7  (6), 
amended. 

8.  Where  any  of  the  property  upon  which  a  lien  attaches  ApjP'^oation 
is  wholly  or  partly  destroyed  by  fire,  any  money  received 

by  reason  of  any  insurance  thereon  by  an  owner  or  prior 
mortgagee  or  chargee  shall  take  the  place  of  the  property  so 
destroyed  and  is,  after  satisfying  any  prior  mortgage  or  charge 
in  the  manner  and  to  the  extent  set  out  in  subsection  3  of 
section  7,  subject  to  the  claims  of  all  persons  for  liens  to  the 
same  extent  as  if  the  money  had  been  realized  by  a  sale  of 
the  property  in  an  action  to  enforce  the  lien.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  8. 

9.  Save  as  herein  otherwise  provided,  the  lien  does  not  Limit  of 

1  I         ,  1  •    .  1      /■  1         amount  of 

attach  so  as  to  make  the  owner  liable  for  a  greater  sum  than  """b''"" 
the  sum  payable  by  the  owner  to  the  contractor.  R.S.O.  *  ^ 
1960,  c.  233,  s.  9. 

10.  Save  as  herein  otherwise  provided,  where  the  lien  is  .V'""  °'' 

1    •         1  1  111  1  "®°  when 

claimed  by  any  person  other  than  the  contractor,  the  amount  claimed  by 

that  may  be  claimed  in  respect  thereof  is  limited  to  the  amount  than  con- 
owing  to  the  contractor  or  subcontractor  or  other  person  for 
whom  the  work  has  been  done  or  the  materials  were  placed  or 
furnished.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  10,  amended. 

11. — (1)  In  all  cases,  the  person  primarily  liable  upon  a  Holdback 
contract  under  or  by  virtue  of  which  a  lien  may  arise  shall, 
as  the  work  is  done  or  the  materials  are  furnished  under  the 
contract,  retain  for  a  period  of  thirty-seven  days  after  the 
completion  or  abandonment  of  the  work  done  or  to  be  done 
under  the  contract  20  per  cent  of  the  value  of  the  work  and 
materials  actually  done,  placed  or  furnished,  as  mentioned  in 
section  5,  irrespective  of  whether  the  contract  or  subcontract 
provides  for  partial  payments  or  payment  on  completion  of 
the  work,  and  the  value  shall  be  calculated  upon  evidence 
given  in  that  regard  on  the  basis  of  the  contract  price  or,  if 
there  is  no  specific  contract  price,  on  the  basis  of  the  actual 
value  of  the  work  or  materials.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  11  (1), 
amended. 

36 


8 


Idem, 
where  con- 
tract price 
exceeds 
$35,000 

Reduction 
in  amount 
retained 


Idem 


Court  order 
in  lieu  of 

rertificate 


Effect  or 
lien  on 
amounts 
retained 


(2)  Where  the  contract  price  or  actual  value  exceeds 
$35,000,  15  per  cent  instead  of  20  per  cent  shall  be  retained. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  11  (2),  amended. 

(3)  Where  a  contract  is  under  the  supervision  of  an  archi- 
tect, engineer  or  other  person  upon  whose  certificate  payments 
are  to  be  made  and  thirty-seven  days  have  elapsed  after  a 
certificate  issued  by  that  architect,  engineer  or  other  person 
to  the  effect  that  the  subcontract  has  been  completed  to  his 
satisfaction  has  been  given  to  the  person  primarily  liable  upon 
that  contract  and  to  the  person  who  became  a  subcontractor 
by  a  subcontract  made  directly  under  that  contract,  the 
amount  to  be  retained  by  the  person  primarily  liable  upon 
that  contract  shall  be  reduced  by  15  per  cent  or  20  per  cent, 
as  the  case  may  be,  of  the  subcontract  price  or,  if  there  is  no 
specific  subcontract  price,  by  15  per  cent  or  20  per  cent,  as 
the  case  may  be,  of  the  actual  value  of  the  work  done  or 
materials  placed  or  furnished  under  that  subcontract,  but  this 
subsection  does  not  operate  if  and  so  long  as  any  lien  derived 
under  that  subcontract  is  preserved  by  anything  done  under 
this  Act. 

(4)  Where  a  certificate  issued  by  an  architect,  engineer 
or  other  person  to  the  effect  that  a  subcontract  by  which  a 
subcontractor  became  a  subcontractor  has  been  completed  to 
the  satisfaction  of  that  architect,  engineer  or  other  person  has 
been  given  to  that  subcontractor,  then  for  the  purposes  of 
subsections  1,  2  and  3  of  section  21  and  section  23  that  sub- 
contract and  any  materials  placed  or  furnished  or  to  be 
placed  or  furnished  thereunder  and  any  work  done  or  to  be 
done  thereunder  shall,  so  far  as  concerns  any  lien  thereunder 
of  that  subcontractor,  be  deemed  to  have  been  completed  or 
placed  or  furnished  not  later  than  the  time  at  which  the  certi- 
ficate was  so  given.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  11  (3,  4),  amended. 

(5)  Where  an  architect,  engineer  or  other  person  neglects 
or  refuses  to  issue  or  deliver  a  certificate  upon  which  payments 
are  to  be  made  under  a  contract  to  which  subsection  3  applies, 
the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  an  action  under 
this  Act,  upon  application  and  upon  being  satisfied  that  the 
certificate  should  have  been  issued  and  delivered,  may  make 
an  order,  upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as  to  costs  and  other- 
wise as  he  deems  just,  that  the  contract  has  been  completed, 
and  any  such  order  has  the  same  force  and  effect  as  if  the 
certificate  had  been  issued  and  delivered  by  the  architect, 
engineer  or  other  person.    New. 

(6)  The  lien  is  a  charge  upon  the  amount  directed  to  be 
retained  by  this  section  in  favour  of  lien  claimants  whose  liens 
are  derived  under  persons  to  whom  the  moneys  so  required 
to  be  retained  are  respectively  payable. 


36 


Section   U — Subsection  2.      The  lien  between  20  per  cent  and  15  per 
cent  is  increased  from  $25,000  to  $35,000. 


Subsections  5  and  10.    The  intent  is  clarified.    See  O.L.R.C.  Supp. 
Rep.,  p.  8. 


36 


(7)  All  payments  up  to  80  per  cent  as  fixed  by  subsection  I  ,nad?tn'* 
or  up  to  85  per  cent  as  fixed  by  subsection  2  and  payments  good  faith 

•1  11-1  •  ri  ■  -i  t    ^  without 

permitted  as  a  result  of  the  operation  ot  subsections  3  and  4  notice  of 
made  in  good  faith  by  an  owner  to  a  contractor,  or  by  a  con- 
tractor to  a  subcontractor,  or  by  one  subcontractor  to  another 
subcontractor,  before  notice  in  writing  of  the  lien  given  by 
the  person  claiming  the  lien  to  the  owner,  contractor  or  sub- 
contractor, as  the  case  may  be,  operate  as  a  discharge  pro  lanto 
of  the  lien. 

(8)  Payment  of  the   percentage  required   to   be  retained  Payment  of 
under  this  section  may  be  validly  made  so  as  to  discharge  and 

all  liens  or  charges  in  respect  thereof  after  the  expiration  ofonlens*^ 
the  period  of  thirty-seven  days  mentioned  in  subsection  1 
unless  in  the  meantime  proceedings  have  been  commenced  to 
enforce  any  lien  or  charge  against  the  percentage  as  provided 
by  sections  22  and  23,  in  which  case  the  owner  may  pay  the 
percentage  into  court  in  the  proceedings,  and  such  payment 
constitutes  valid  payment  in  discharge  of  the  owner  to  the 
amount  thereof. 

(9)  Every  contract  shall  be  deemed  to  be  amended  in  so  far  or "ontScts 
as  is  necessary  to  be  in  conformitv  with  this  section.     R.S.O. 

1960,  c.  233,  s.  11  (5-9). 

(10)  Where  the  contractor  or  subcontractor  makes  default  ^1^^*^^ 
in  completing  his  contract,   the  percentage  required   to  be  not '"be 
retained  shall  not,  as  against  any  lien  claimant  who  by  virtue 

of  subsection  6  has  a  charge  thereupon,  be  applied  by  the 
owner,  contractor  or  subcontractor  to  the  completion  of  the 
contract  or  for  any  other  purpose  nor  to  the  payment  of 
damages  for  the  non-completion  of  the  contract  by  the  con- 
tractor or  subcontractor  nor  in  payment  or  satisfaction  of 
any  claim  against  the  contractor  or  subcontractor.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  233,  s.  11  (9),  amended. 

12.  If  an   owner,   contractor  or   subcontractor   makes  a  J^^^'g  ®"'* 
payment  to  any  person  entitled  to  a  lien  under  section  5  bv^o'^wiior 
for  or  on  account  of  any  debt,  justly  due  to  him  for  work  to  persons 
done  or  for  materials  placed  or  furnished  to  be  used  as  therein  uen 
mentioned,  for  which  he  is  not  primarily  liable,  and  within 

three  days  afterwards  gives  written  notice  of  the  p;iyment 
to  the  person  primarily  liable,  or  his  agent,  the  payment  shall 
be  deemed  to  be  a  payment  on  his  contract  generally  to  the 
contractor  or  subcontractor  orimarily  liable  but  not  so  as  to 
affect  the  percentage  to  be  retained  by  the  owner  as  provided 
by  section  11.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  12  (1),  amended. 

13.  Every  subcontractor  is  entitled  to  enforce  his  lien  not- ^'gj^»  o*^ 
withstanding    the   non-completion   or   abandonment   of   the  tractor 
contract  by  any  contractor  or  subcontractor  under  whom  he 
claims.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  12  (2). 

36 


10 


Priority  of 
Hen 


Priority 

amrng 

lienholdere 


Mortgage 
given  to 
person 
entitled  to 
lien  void  ae 
against  lien- 
holders 


14. — (1)  The  lien  has  priority  over  all  judgments,  execu- 
tions, assignments,  attachments,  garnishments  and  receiving 
orders  recovered,  issued  or  made  after  the  lien  arises,  and  over 
all  payments  or  advances  made  on  account  of  any  conveyance 
or  mortgage  after  notice  in  writing  of  the  lien  has  been  given 
to  the  person  making  such  payments  or  after  registration  of  a 
claim  for  the  lien  as  hereinafter  provided,  and,  in  the  absence 
of  such  notice  in  writing  or  the  registration  of  a  claim  for  lien, 
all  such  payments  or  advances  have  priority  over  any  such 
lien.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  13  (1),  amended. 

(2)  Except  where  it  is  otherwise  provided  by  this  Act, 
no  person  entitled  to  a  lien  on  any  property  or  money  is 
entitled  to  any  priority  or  preference  over  another  person  of 
the  same  class  entitled  to  a  lien  on  such  property  or  money, 
and  each  class  of  lienholders  ranks  pari  passu  for  their  several 
amounts,  and  the  proceeds  of  any  sale  shall  be  distributed 
among  them  pro  rata  according  to  their  several  classes  and 
rights. 

(3)  Any  conveyance,  mortgage  or  charge  of  or  on  land 
given  to  any  jjerson  entitled  to  a  lien  thereon  under  this  Act 
in  payment  of  or  as  security  for  any  such  claim,  whether 
given  before  or  after  such  lien  claim  has  arisen,  shall,  as 
against  other  parties  entitled  to  liens  under  this  Act,  on  any 
such  land  be  deemed  to  be  fraudulent  and  void.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  13  (2,  3). 


Priority  ol 
Hens  for 
wages 


Enforcing 
lien  in 
such  oases 


Calculating 
percentage 
when  con- 
tract not 
fulfilled 


PRIORITY  OF  WAGES 

15.^ — (1)  Every  workman  whose  lien  is  for  wages  has 
priority  to  the  extent  of  thirty  days  wages  over  all  other  liens 
derived  through  the  same  contractor  or  subcontractor  to  the 
extent  of  and  on  the  20  per  cent  or  15  per  cent,  as  the  case  may 
be,  directed  to  be  retained  by  section  1 1  to  which  the  contractor 
or  subcontractor  through  whom  the  lien  is  derived  is  entitled, 
and  all  such  workmen  rank  thereon  pari  passu. 

(2)  Every  workman  is  entitled  to  enforce  a  lien  in  respject 
of  any  contract  or  subcontract  that  has  not  been  completed 
and,  notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  this  Act, 
may  serve  a  notice  of  motion  on  the  proper  persons,  returnable 
in  four  days  after  service  thereof  before  the  judge  or  officer 
having  jurisdiction  to  try  an  action  under  this  Act,  that  the 
applicant  will  on  the  return  of  the  motion  ask  for  judgment  on 
his  claim  for  lien,  registered  particulars  of  which  shall  accom- 
pany the  notice  of  motion  duly  verified  by  affidavit. 

(3)  If  the  contract  has  not  been  completed  when  the  lien 
is  claimed  by  a  workman,  the  percentage  shall  be  calculated 
on  the  value  of  the  work  done  or  materials  placed  or  furnished 
by  the  contractor  or  subcontractor  by  whom  the  workman 
is  employed,  having  regard  to  the  contract  price,  if  any. 


36 


11 

(4)  Every  device  by  an  owner,  contractor  or  subcontractor  J'^^f^l^'^j^*  ^^ 
to  defeat  the  priority  given  to  a  workman   for  his  wages  priority  of 

,  1      r         I  r    1    r        -  •        workmen 

and  every  payment  made  tor  the  purpose  oi  defeatmg  or  im- 
j)airing  a  lien  are  void.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  14,  amended. 

REGISTRATION 

16. — (1)  A  claim  for  a  lien  may  be  registered  in  the  i)ro|)er  Res'stration 
registry  office  and  shall  set  out,  for  iien 

(a)  the  name  and  an  address  for  service  of  the  person 
claiming  the  lien  and  of  the  owner  or  of  the  person 
whom  the  person  claiming  the  lien,  or  his  agent, 
believes  to  be  the  owner  of  the  land,  and  of  the  person 
for  whom  the  work  was  or  is  to  be  done,  or  the 
materials  were  or  are  to  be  placed  or  furnished,  and 
the  time  within  which  the  same  was  or  was  to  be 
done  or  placed  or  furnished; 

(b)  a  short  description  of  the  work  done  or  to  be  done, 
or  the  materials  placed  or  furnished  or  to  be  placed 
or  furnished; 

(c)  the  sum  claimed  as  due  or  to  become  due; 

id)  a  description  of  the  land  as  required  by  The  LandR.H.o.  meo. 
Titles  Act  or  l^he  Registry  Act  and  the  regulations 
thereunder,  as  the  case  may  be;  and 

(e)  the  date  of  expiry  of  the  period  of  credit  if  credit 
has  been  given.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  16  (I), 
amended. 


eriflcation 
claim 


(2)  The  claim  shall  be  verified  in  duplicate  by  the  affidavit  ^^^ 
of  the  person  claiming  the  lien,  or  of  his  agent  or  assignee 
who  has  a  personal  knowledge  of  the  matters  required  to  be 
verified,  and  the  affidavit  of  the  agent  or  assignee  shall  state 
that  he  has  such  knowledge. 

(3)  When  it  is  desired  to  register  a  claim  for  lien  against  a  against 
railway,  it  is  sufficient  description  of  the  land  of  the  railway™''"*^ 
company  to  describe  it  as  the  land  of  the  railway  company, 

and  every  such  claim  shall  be  registered  in  the  general  register 
in  the  office  for  the  registry  division  within  which  the  lien  is 
claimed  to  have  arisen.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  16  (2,  3). 

17. —  (1)  A  claim  for  lien  may  include  claims  against  any  ^e'^inciu'ded 
number  of  proijerties,  and  any  number  of  persons  claiming'"'^'*''" 
liens  upon  the  same  property  may  unite  therein,  but,  where 
more  than  one  lien  is  included  in  one  claim,  each  claim  for 
lien  shall  be  verified  by  affidavit  as  provided  in  section  16. 

36 


12 

ment'of""'         ^^^  ^^^  judge  or  officer  trying  the  action  has  jurisdiction 
ciaime  equitably  to  apportion  against  the  respective  properties  the 

amounts  included  in  any  claim  or  claims  under  subsection  1. 

R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  17,  amended. 

mrormaiity  18.— (1)  Substantial  compliance  with  sections  16,  17  and 
29  is  sufficient  and  no  claim  for  lien  is  invalidated  by  reason  of 
failure  to  comply  with  any  of  the  requirements  of  such  sections 
unless,  in  the  opinion  of  the  judge  or  officer  trying  the  action, 
the  owner,  contractor  or  subcontractor,  mortgagee  or  other 
person  is  prejudiced  thereby,  and  then  only  to  the  extent  to 
which  he  is  thereby  prejudiced. 

nece'^'ary'°"  (2)  Nothing  in  this  section  dispenses  with  the  requirement 
of  registration  of  the  claim  for  lien.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s,  18, 
amended. 


be  flled 


19.  A  duplicate  of  the  claim  for  lien,  bearing  the  registrar's 
certificate  of  registration,  shall  be  filed  on  or  before  the  trial 
of  the  action,  where  the  action  is  to  be  tried  in  the  County  of 
York,  in  the  office  of  the  master  of  the  Supreme  Court,  or, 
where  the  action  is  to  be  tried  elsewhere,  in  the  office  of  the 
clerk  of  the  county  or  district  court  of  the  county  or  district 
in  which  the  action  is  to  be  tried.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  19  (1),  amended. 

oflfen  2^"  \^  here  a  claim  is  so  registered,  the  person  entitled  to 

claimant        ^  ijen  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  purchaser  pro  lanto  and  a 

R.S.O.  I960,  purchaser  within  the  provisions  of  The  Registry  Act  and  The 

Land   Titles  Act,  but,  except  as  herein  otherwise  provided, 

those  Acts  do  not  apply  to  any  lien  arising  under  this  Act. 

R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  20,  amended. 


Limit  uf 
time  for 


21. —  (1)  A  claim  for  lien  bj'  a  contractor  or  subcontractor 
registration  j^  cascs  not  Otherwise  provided  for  may  be  registered  before 
or  during  the  performance  of  the  contract  or  of  the  subcontract 
or  within  thirty-seven  days  after  the  completion  or  abandon- 
ment of  the  contract  or  of  the  subcontract,  as  the  case  may 
be.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  21  (1). 

Materials  (^j)  A  claim  for  lien  for  materials  may  be  registered  before 

or  during  the  placing  or  furnishing  thereof,  or  within  thirty- 
seven  days  after  the  placing  or  furnishing  of  the  last  material 
so  [)laced  or  furnished.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  21  (2),  amended. 


Services 


(3)  A  claim  for  lien  for  services  ma\-  be  registered  at  any 
time  during  the  performance  of  the  service  or  within  thirty- 
seven  da\s  after  the  completion  of  the  service.     R.S.O.  1960, 

c.  m.  s.'ii  (3-). 

36 


Section  21.  As  a  result  of  further  submissions  and  research,  the 
O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  p.  8,  recommends  that  the  "umbrella  principle" 
of  the  Act,  which  appeared  as  subsection  5  of  section  21  of  Bill  190,  be 
dropped.  The  result  will  be  that  all  lien  claimants  must  register  their 
claims,  thus  greatly  facilitating  the  trial  of  some  mechanics'  lien  actions. 

The  requirement  for  registration  of  certificates  of  action  is  to  be 
found  in  section  22  (2)  of  this  Bill. 


36 


Section  25.  A  number  of  changes  in  language  have  been  made  in 
order  to  clarify  the  intent,  especially  subsection  6  as  to  notice.  See 
O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  p.  9. 


36 


13 

(4)  A  claim  for  lien  for  wages  may  be  registered  at  any  time  wages 
during  the  doing  of  the  work  for  which  the  wages  are  claimed 
or  within  thirty-seven  days  after  the  last  work  was  done  for 
which  the  lien  is  claimed.     R.S.O.   1960,  c.   233,  s.   21   (4), 
amended. 

EXPIRY  AND  DISCHARGE 

22. — (1)  Every  lien  for  which  a  claim  is  not   registered  Expiry  of 
ceases  to  exist  on  the  expiration  of  the  time  limited  in  section  21 
for  the  registration  thereof. 

(2)  Upon  an  action  under  this  Act  being  commenced,  a of*?ertiflcate 
certificate  thereof  shall  be  registered  in  the  registry  office  in°'^^'^''°" 
which  the  claim  for  lien  is  registered.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 

s.  22  (1),  part,  amended. 

(3)  Where  a  certificate  of  action  has  been  registered  forgrdere'"* 
two  years  or  more  in  the  registry  office  and  no  appointment 

has  been  taken  out  for  the  trial  of  the  action,  the  judge  or  an 
officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action  may,  upon  the 
application  ex  parte  of  any  interested  person,  make  an  order 
vacating  the  certificate  of  action  and  discharging  all  liens 
depending  thereon.     R.S.O.   1960,  c.  233,  s.  22,  amended. 

23.  Every  lien  for  which  a  claim  is  registered  ceases  to^hen^iien 
exist  on  the  expiration  of  ninety  days  after  the  work  has  been  if  registered 
completed  or  the  materials  have  been  placed  or  furnished,  or  proceeded 
after  the  expiry  of  the  period  of  credit,  where  such  period  is"""" 
mentioned   in   the   registered   claim    for   lien,   unless   in    the 
meantime  an  action  is  commenced  to  realize  the  claim  or  in 

which  a  subsisting  claim  may  be  realized,  and  a  certificate  is 
registered  as  provided  by  section  22.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  23, 
amended. 

24.  The  rights  of  a  lien  claimant  may  be  assigned  by  an  Assignment 
.  .  ^  •  ■^-  J  c  ^  J  u-  J  ^,  or  death  of 
mstrument  in  wntmg  and,  if  not  assigned,  upon  his  death  iien 

pass  to  his  personal  representative.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  24,  «^'»'"'»"' 

amended. 

25. — (1)  A  claim  for  lien  may  be  discharged  by  the  regis- J'f'^[g*|f'f® 
tration  of  a  receipt  acknowledging  payment, 

(o)  where  made  by  a  lien  claimant  that  is  not  a  corpora- 
tion, signed  by  the  lien  claimant  or  his  agent  duly 
authorized  in  writing  and  verified  by  affidavit;  or 

(6)  where  made  by  a  lien  claimant  that  is  a  corporation, 
sealed  with  its  corporate  seal.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 

,    ,  '  Security  or 

s.  25  (1),  amended.  payment 

into  court 
.       .  and  vacating 

(2)  Upon  application,  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdic-nen  and 
tion  to  try  the  action  may,  at  any  time,  of  action 

36 


14 


(o)  allow   security   for  or   payment   into  court  of  the 

amount  of  the  claim  of  the  lien  claimant  and  the 

amount  of  the  claims  of  any  other  subsisting  lien 
claimants  together  with  such  costs  as  he  may  fix, 

and   thereupon  order   that   the  registration  of  the 

claim  for  lien  or  liens  and  the  registration  of  the 
certificate  of  action,  if  any,  be  vacated; 

(b)  upon  any  other  proper  ground,  order  that  the  regis- 
tration of  the  claim  for  lien  or  liens  and  the  regis- 
tration of  the  certificate  of  action,  if  any,  be  vacated; 
or 


(c)  upon  proper  grounds,  dismiss  the  action. 
1960,  c.  233,  s.  25  (4),  amended. 


R.S.O. 


Effect  of 
order  under 

KUbB.  2, 

rl8,  a  or  6 


Money  paid 
into  court 


(3)  Notwithstanding  sections  22  and  23,  where  an  order 
to  vacate  the  registration  of  a  lien  is  made  under  clause  a  or  6 
of  subsection  2,  the  lien  does  not  cease  to  exist  for  the  reason 
that  no  certificate  of  action  is  registered. 

(4)  Any  money  so  paid  into  court,  or  any  bond  or  other 
security  for  securing  the  like  amount  and  satisfactory  to  the 
judge  or  officer,  takes  the  place  of  the  property  discharged 
and  is  subject  to  the  claims  of  every  person  who  has  at  the 
time  of  the  application  a  subsisting  claim  for  lien  or  given 
notice  of  the  claim  under  subsection  7  of  section  11  or  section 
14  to  the  same  extent  as  if  the  money,  bond  or  other  security 
was  realized  by  a  sale  of  the  property  in  an  action  to  enforce 
the  lien,  but  such  amount  as  the  judge  or  officer  finds  to  be 
owing  to  the  person  whose  lien  has  been  so  vacated  is  a  first 
charge  upon  the  money,  bond  or  other  security. 

(5)  Where  the  certificate  required  by  section  22  or  23 
has  not  been  registered  within  the  prescribed  time  and  an 
application  is  made  to  vacate  the  registration  of  a  claim 
for  lien  after  the  time  for  registration  of  the  certificate,  the 
order  vacating  the  lien  may  be  made  ex  parte  upon  production 
of  a  certificate  of  search  under  The  Land  Titles  Act  or  of  a  regis- 
trar's abstract  under  The  Registry  Act,  as  the  case  may  be, 
together  with  a  certified  copv  of  the  registered  claim  for  lien. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  25  (5-7),  amended. 

(6)  Where  money  has  been  paid  into  court  or  a  bond 
deposited  in  court  pursuant  to  an  order  under  subsection  2, 
the  judge  or  officer  may,  upon  such  notice  to  the  parties  as  he 
ma\-  require,  order  the  money  to  be  paid  out  to  the  persons 
entitled  thereto  or  the  delivery  up  of  the  bond  for  cancellation, 
as  the  case  may  be.     1961-62,  c.  78,  s.  1,  amended. 

number*''""  *^''  -"^'^  order  discharging  a  claim  for  lien  or  vacating  a 
certificate  of  action  shall  be  registered  by  registering  the 
order  or  a  certificate  thereof,  under  the  seal  of  the  court,  that 


Wlieie  notice 
of  applica- 
tion to 
va<  ate  not 
re()ui.site 


R.S.O.  1960, 
CO.  204,  348 


Payment  of 
money  out 
of  court 


36 


IS 

includes  a  description  of  the  land  as  required  by  The  -^a«<^  ^'^204  ^lls ' 
Titles  Act  or  The  Registry  Act  and  the  regulations  thereunder, 
as  the  case  may  be,  and  a  reference  to  the  registration  number 
of  every  registered  claim  for  lien  and  certificate  of  action 
affected  thereby.     1966,  c.  84,  s.  1,  amended. 


EFFECT  OF   TAKING  SECURITY   OR   EXTENDING  TIME 

26. — (1)  The  taking  of  any  security  for,  or  the  acceptance  ge'j^eraiiy 
of  any  promissory  note  or  bill  of  exchange  for,  or  the  taking 
of  any  acknowledgment  of  the  claim,  or  the  giving  of  time 
for  the  payment  thereof,  or  the  taking  of  any  proceedings  for 
the  recovery,  or  the  recovery  of  a  personal  judgment  for  the 
claim,  does  not  merge,  waive,  pay,  satisfy,  prejudice  or  destroy 
the  lien  unless  the  lien  claimant  agrees  in  writing  that  it  has 
that  effect.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  26  (1). 

(2)  Where  any  such  promissory  note  or  bill  of  exchange  ^rk)d 
has  been  negotiated,  the  lien  claimant  does  not  thereby  lose  °^^'g®j["fj.gj 
his  right  to  claim  for  lien  if,  at  the  time  of  bringing  his  action 

to  enforce  it  or  where  an  action  is  brought  by  another  lien 
claimant,  he  is,  at  the  time  of  proving  his  claim  in  the  action, 
the  holder  of  such  promissory  note  or  bill  of  exchange. 

(3)  Nothing  in  subsection  2  extends  the  time  limited  byJrinling^ 
this  Act  for  bringing  an  action  to  enforce  a  claim  for  lien.  action  not 

(4)  A  person  who  has  extended  the  time  for  payment  of  a  ^rilJIing'^ 

claim  for  which  he  has  a  claim  for  lien  in  order  to  obtain  the  pgrio"  who 

benefit  of  this  section  shall  commence  an  action  to  enforce  p^e  time 
1         1    •  •   t  •        1         •  -111  1  •       »  1      1     11  'o""  payment 

the  clann  withm  the  time  prescribed  by  this  Act  and  shall 

register  a  certificate  as  required  by  sections  22  and  23,  but  no 

further  proceedings  shall  be  taken  in  the  action  until  the 

expiration  of  such  extension  of  time.     R.S.O.   1960,  c.  233, 

s.  26  (2-4),  amended. 

27.  Where  the  period  of  credit  in  respect  of  a  claim  has  notciaJmln 
expired  or  there  has  been  an  extension  of  time  for  payment  of  another*^ 
the  claim,  the  lien  claimant  may  nevertheless,  if  an  action  isP«™°" 
commenced  by  any  other  person  to  enforce  a  claim  for  lien 
against  the  same  property,  prove  and  obtain  payment  of  his 
claim  in  the  action  as  if  the  period  of  credit  or  the  extended 
time  had  expired.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  27,  amended. 

MEN  CI..\IM.4NT's   rights   TO    INFORMATION 

28.— (1)  Any  lien  claimant  may  in  writing  at  any  time  Pf'"°^^^^^°? 
demand  of  the  owner  or  his  agent  the  production,  for  inspec- ^^agree- 
tion,  of  the  contract  or  agreement  with  the  contractor  for 
or  in  respect  of  which  the  work  was  or  is  to  be  done  or  the 

36 


16 


statement 
of  mort- 
gagee or 
unpaid 
vendor 


Production 
of  contract 
or  agree- 
ment 


materials  were  or  are  to  be  placed  or  furnished,  if  the  contract 
or  agreement  is  in  writing  or,  if  not  in  writing,  the  terms  of  the 
contract  or  agreement  and  the  state  of  the  accounts  between 
the  owner  and  the  contractor,  and,  if  the  owner  or  his  agent 
does  not,  at  the  time  of  the  demand  or  within  a  reasonable 
time  thereafter,  produce  the  contract  or  agreement  if  in  writing 
or,  if  not  in  writing,  does  not  inform  the  person  making  the 
demand  of  the  terms  of  the  contract  or  agreement  and  the 
amount  due  and  unpaid  upon  the  contract  or  agreement  or  if 
he  knowingly  falsely  states  the  terms  of  the  contract  or  agree- 
ment or  the  amount  due  or  unpaid  thereon  and  if  the  person 
claiming  the  lien  sustains  loss  by  reason  of  the  refusal  or 
neglect  or  false  statement,  the  owner  is  liable  to  him  for  the 
amount  of  the  loss  in  an  action  therefor  or  in  any  action  for 
the  enforcement  of  a  lien  under  this  Act,  and  subsection  4  of 
section  38  applies. 

(2)  Any  lien  claimant  may  in  writing  at  any  time  demand  of 
a  mortgagee  or  unpaid  vendor  or  his  agent  the  terms  of  any 
mortgage  on  the  land  or  of  any  agreement  for  the  purchase  of 
the  land  in  respect  of  which  the  work  was  or  is  to  be  done  or  the 
materials  were  or  are  to  be  placed  or  furnished  and  a  statement 
showing  the  amount  advanced  on  the  mortgage  or  the  amount 
owing  on  the  agreement,  as  the  case  may  be,  and,  if  the  mort- 
gagee or  vendor  or  his  agent  fails  to  inform  the  lien  claimant  at 
the  time  of  the  demand  or  within  a  reasonable  time  thereafter 
of  the  terms  of  the  mortgage  or  agreement  and  the  amount 
advanced  or  owing  thereon  or  if  he  knowingly  falsely  states 
the  terms  of  the  mortgage  or  agreement  and  the  amount 
owing  thereon  and  the  lien  claimant  sustains  loss  by  the  refusal 
or  neglect  or  misstatement,  the  mortgagee  or  vendor  is  liable 
to  him  for  the  amount  of  the  loss  in  an  action  therefor  or  in 
any  action  for  the  enforcement  of  a  lien  under  this  Act,  and 
subsection  4  of  section  38  applies. 


(3)  The  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  an  action 
under  this  Act  may,  on  a  summary  application  at  any  time 
before  or  after  an  action  is  commenced  for  the  enforcement  of 
the  claim  for  lien,  make  an  order  requiring  the  owner  or  his 
agent  or  the  mortgagee  or  his  agent  or  the  unpaid  vendor  or 
his  agent  or  the  contractor  or  his  agent  or  the  subcontractor  or 
his  agent,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  produce  and  permit  any 
lien  claimant  to  inspect  any  such  contract  or  agreement  or 
mortgage  or  agreement  for  sale  or  the  accounts  or  any  other 
relevant  document  upon  such  terms  as  to  costs  as  the  judge 
or  officer  deems  just.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  28,  amended. 


ACTIONS 


How  claim 
enforceable 


29. — (1)  A  claim  for  lien  is  enforceable  in  an  action  in  the 
Supreme  Court'. 


36 


Section  29.     No  change  in  principle  from  the  present  Act. 


36 


Section  31.  The  O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  p.  10,  recommends  that  as 
there  is  no  relationship  between  subsections  1  and  2  of  section  31  of  Bill 
190,  subsection  1  should  be  renumbered  as  section  31,  subsections  2  to  7 
renumbered  as  .subsections  1  to  6  of  a  new  section  32  and  the  following 
sections  renumbered  accordingly.    This  recommendation  is  implemented. 


.^6 


17 

(2)  An  action  under  this  Act  shall  be  commenced  by  filing  statement 
a  statement  of  claim  in  the  office  of  the  local  registrar  of  theii'nB  of' 
Supreme  Court  in  the  county  or  district  in  which  the  land 

or  part  thereof  is  situate. 

(3)  The  statement  of  claim  shall  be  served  within  thirty  ge^yfc'e 
days  after  it  is  filed,  but  the  judge  having  jurisdiction  to  try 

the  action  or,  in  the  County  of  York,  the  master  may  extend 
the  time  for  service. 

(4)  The  time  for  delivering  the  statement  of  defence  in  the  ff  d'lfence* 
action  shall  be  the  same  as  for  entering  an  appearance  in  an 

action  in  the  Supreme  Court. 

(5)  It  is  not  necessary  to  make  any  lien  claimants  parties  Parties 
defendant  to  the  action,  but  all  lien  claimants  served  with  the 
notice  of  trial  shall  for  all  purposes  be  deemed  to  be  parties 

to  the  action. 

(6)  After  the  commencement  of  the  action,  any  lien  claim- J^°''°^j 
ant  or  other  person  interested  may  apply  to  the  judge  having""'^' 
jurisdiction   to  try  the  action  or,   in   the  County  of  York, 

a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  to  speed  the  trial  of  the  action. 
R.S.O.   1960,  c.  233,  s.  29,  amended. 

30.  Any  number  of  lien  claimants  claiming  liens  on  the  L-'en 

,        ,'  ...  .  .         ,  ,       ,      claimants 

same  land  may  join  in  an  action,  and  an  action  brought  by  joining  in 
a  lien  claimant  shall  be  deemed  to  be  brought  on  behalf  of 
himself  and  all  other  lien  claimants.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  30, 
amended. 

31.— (1)  Except  in  the  County  of  York,  the  action  shall  and'^pia^ 
be  tried  by  the  local  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  in  the ""^  *'""'' 
county  or  district  in  which  the  action  was  commenced,  but, 
upon  the  application  of  any  party  or  other  interested  person 
made  according  to  the  practice  of  the  Supreme  Court  and  upon 
notice,  the  court  may  direct  that  the  action  be  tried  by  a 
judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  at  the  regular  sittings  of  the 
court  for  the  trial  of  actions  in  the  county  or  district  in  which 
the  action  was  commenced.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  31  (1,  2). 

(2)  In  the  County  of  York,  the  action  shall  be  tried  by  ayo^rlJ' 
judge  of  the  Supreme  Court,  but,  county 

(a)  on  motion  after  defence  or  defence  to  counterclaim, 
if  any,  has  been  delivered  or  the  time  for  such 
delivery  has  expired,  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court 
may  refer  the  whole  action  to  the  master  for  trial 

.._,„,,,,.      ^  •    ,  R.S.O.  ISfiO, 

pursuant  to  section  69  of  The  Judicature  Act;  or     c.  197 


36 


18 


R.S.O.  19(i<l. 
c.  197 


(b)  at  the  trial,  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  may  direct 
a  reference  to  the  master  pursuant  to  section  68  or  69 
of  The  Judicature  Act.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  31  (3), 
amended. 


Application 
to  set  aside 
judgment 
directing  n 
reference 


(3)  Where  on  motion  the  whole  action  is  referred  to  the 
master  for  trial,  any  person  brought  into  the  proceedings 
subsequent  thereto  and  served  with  a  notice  of  trial  may 
apply  to  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  to  set  aside  the  judg- 
ment directing  the  reference  within  seven  days  after  service 
of  notice  of  trial  and,  if  such  person  fails  to  make  such  appli- 
cation, he  is  bound  by  such  judgment  as  if  he  were  originally 
a  party  thereto. 


Amend- 
ment of 
pleading.s 
on  reference 


(4)  Where  the  action  is  referred  to  the  master  for  trial,  he 
may  grant  leave  to  amend  any  pleading.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 

s.  31  (4,  5). 


Powers  of 
local 
judges 
S.C.O.,  etc. 


32.  The  local  judges  of  the  Supreme  Court  and  the 
master  to  whom  a  reference  for  trial  has  been  directed,  in 
addition  to  their  ordinary  powers,  have  all  the  jurisdiction, 
powers  and  authority  of  the  Supreme  Court  to  try  and  com- 
pletely dispose  of  the  action  and  questions  arising  therein  and 
all  questions  of  set-ofT  and  counterclaim  arising  under  the 
building  contract  or  out  of  the  work  done  or  materials  fur- 
nished to  the  property  in  question.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  32  (1),  amended. 


Where  con- 
tract covers 
several 
buildings 


33.  Where  an  owner  enters  into  an  entire  contract  for 
the  supply  of  materials  to  be  used  in  several  buildings,  the 
person  supplying  the  materials  may  ask  to  have  his  lien  follow 
the  form  of  the  contract  and  that  it  be  for  an  entire  sum  upon 
all  the  buildings,  but,  in  case  the  owner  has  sold  one  or  more  of 
the  buildings,  the  judge  or  officer  trying  the  action  has  juris- 
diction equitably  to  apportion  against  the  respective  buildings 
the  amount  included  in  the  claim  for  lien  under  the  entire 
contract.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  32  (2),  amended. 


Power  to 
appoint  a 
receiver  of 
rents  and 
profits 


34. — (1)  At  any  time  after  the  delivery  of  the  statement 
of  claim,  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the 
action  may,  on  the  application  of  any  lien  claimant,  mort- 
gagee or  other  person  interested,  appoint  a  receiver  of  the 
rents  and  profits  of  the  property  against  which  the  claim  for 
lien  is  registered,  upon  such  terms  and  upon  the  giving  of 
such  security  or  without  security  as  the  judge  or  officer  deems 
just. 


Power  to 
direct 
sale  and 
appoint 
trustee 


(2)  Any  lien  claimant,  mortgagee  or  other  person  interested 
may  make  an  application  to  the  judge  or  officer  at  any  time 
before  or  after  judgment,  which  may  hear  viva  voce  or  affidavit 


36 


Section  34 — Subsection  2.  As  recommended  by  the  O.L.R.C.  Supp. 
Rep.,  p.  10,  the  powers  that  trustees  may  exercise  under  the  section  are 
broadened  to  include,  if  authorized  by  court  order,  the  power  to  lease  the 
property  against  which  the  claim  for  lien  is  registered. 


36 


Subsection  3.  The  words  "but  only  in  cases  where  there  is  no  dispute 
as  to  the  priority  of  any  such  mortgage"  at  the  end  of  the  provision  as  it 
appeared  in  Bill  190  have  been  deleted  as  recommended  by  the  O.L.R.C. 
Supp.  Rep.,  p.  11.  This  will  expedite  the  trial  of  mechanics'  lien  actions 
by  giving  the  court  power  to  direct  a  sale  under  the  court's  supervision  in 
cases  where  the  priority  of  a  mortgage  is  in  dispute  or  where  the  lien 
claimants  refuse  to  take  a  position  one  way  or  the  other. 


36 


19 

evidence  or  both  and  appoint,  upon  such  terms  and  upon  the 
giving  of  such  security  or  without  security  as  the  judge  or 
officer  deems  just,  a  trustee  or  trustees  with  power  to  manage, 
mortgage,  lease  and  sell,  or  manage,  mortgage,  lease  or  sell, 
the  property  against  which  the  claim  for  lien  is  registered, 
and  the  exercise  of  such  powers  shall  be  under  the  supervision 
and  direction  of  the  judge  or  officer,  and  with  power,  when 
so  directed  by  the  judge  or  officer,  to  complete  or  partially 
complete  the  property,  and,  in  the  event  that  mortgage 
moneys  are  advanced  to  the  trustee  or  trustees  as  the  result 
of  any  of  the  powers  conferred  upon  him  or  them  under  this 
subsection,  such  moneys  take  priority  over  every  claim  of 
lien  existing  as  of  the  date  of  the  appointment. 

(3)  Any  property  directed  to  be  sold  under  subsection  2  offere*"for 
may  be  offered  for  sale  subject  to  any  mortgage  or  other  s^ie 
charge  or  encumbrance  if  the  judge  or  officer  so  directs. 

(4)  The  proceeds  of  any  sale  made  by  a  trustee  or  trustees  ^''°j,''g*®^*,j 
under  subsection  2  shall  be  paid  into  court  and  are  subject '"'°  '''>"'■' 
to  the  claims  of  all  lien  claimants,  mortgagees  or  other  persons 
interested  in  the  property  so  sold  as  their  respective  rights  are 
determined,  and,  in  so  far  as  applicable,  section  39  applies. 

(5)  The  judge  or  officer  shall  make  all  necessary  orders  for^mpuuon 
the  completion  of  any  mortgage,  lease  or  sale  authorized  to°^'*'* 

be  made  under  subsection  2. 

(6)  Any  vesting  order  made  of  property  sold  by  a  trustee  ^r'tui'e* 
or  trustees  appointed  under  subsection  2  vests  the  title  of  the 
property  free  from  all  claims  for  liens,  encumbrances  and 
interests  of  any  kind  including  dower,  except  in  cases  where 

sale  is  made  subject  to  any  mortgage,  charge,  encumbrance 
or  interest  as  hereinbefore  provided,  but  nothing  in  this 
section  or  elsewhere  in  this  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  extinguish 
the  right  to  dower,  if  any,  of  any  married  woman  or  the  right 
to  have  the  value  of  her  dower  ascertained  and  deducted 
from  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  so  paid  into  court.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  32  (3-8),  amended. 

35.  At  any  time  after  delivery  of  the  statement  of  claim  preserva- 
and  before  judgment,  or  after  judgment  and  pending  thep°o"perty 
hearing  and  determination  of  any  appeal,  any  lien  claimant, 
mortgagee  or  other  interested  person  may  make  an  application 
to  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action, 
who  may  hear  viva  voce  or  affidavit  evidence  or  both  and  make 
an  order  for  the  preservation  of  any  property  pending  the 
determination  of  tlie  action  and  an\-  appeal.     New. 

36 


20 


Consolida- 
tion of 
actions 


Transferring 
carriage  of 
proceedings 


36.  Where  more  actions  than  one  are  brought  to  realize 
liens  in  respect  of  the  same  land,  the  judge  or  officer  having 
jurisdiction  to  try  the  action  may,  on  the  application  of  any 
party  to  any  one  of  the  actions  or  on  the  application  of  any 
other  person  interested,  consolidate  all  such  actions  into  one 
action  and  award  the  conduct  of  the  consolidated  action  to 
any  plaintiff  as  the  judge  or  officer  deems  just.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  33,  amended. 

37.  Any  lien  claimant  entitled  to  the  benefit  of  an  action 
may  at  any  time  apply  to  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdic- 
tion to  try  the  action  for  the  carriage  of  the  proceedings,  and 
the  judge  or  officer  may  make  an  order  awarding  such  lien 
claimant  the  carriage  of  the  proceedings.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  34,  amended. 


diyfoV^"^        38.— (1)  After  the  delivery  of  the  statement  of  defence 
trial  where  the  plaintiflf's  claim  is  disputed,  or  after  the  time  for 

delivery  of  defence  in  all  other  cases,  either  party  may  apply 
ex  parte  to  a  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the 
action  to  fix  a  day  for  the  trial  thereof,  and  the  judge  or 
officer  shall  appoint  the  time  and  place  of  trial,  and  the  order, 
signed  by  the  judge  or  officer,  shall  form  part  of  the  record  of 
the  proceedings. 


Notice  of 
trial  and 
service 


(2)  The  party  obtaining  an  appointment  for  the  trial  shall, 
at  least  ten  clear  days  before  the  day  appointed,  serve  notice 
of  trial  upon  the  solicitors  for  the  defendants  who  appear 
by  solicitors  and  upon  the  defendants  who  appear  in  person, 
and  upon  all  the  lienholders  who  have  registered  their  claims 
as  required  by  this  Act  or  of  whose  claims  he  has  notice,  and 
upon  all  other  persons  having  any  charge,  encumbrance 
or  claim  on  the  land  subsequent  in  priority  to  the  lien,  who 
are  not  parties,  and  such  service  shall  be  personal  unless 
otherwise  directed  by  the  judge  or  officer  who  may  direct  in 
what  manner  the  notice  of  trial  is  to  be  served. 


Idem 


Trial 


(3)  Where  any  person  interested  in  the  land  has  been 
served  with  a  statement  of  claim  and  makes  default  in  de- 
livering a  statement  of  defence,  he  shall  nevertheless  be  served 
v'ith  notice  of  trial  and  is  entitled  to  defend  on  such  terms  as 
to  costs  and  otherwise  as  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdic- 
tion to  try  the  action  deems  just. 

(4)  The  judge,  or  where  a  reference  for  trial  is  directed,  the 
master. 


(a)  shall  try  the  action,  including  any  set-off  and  counter- 
claim, and  all  questions  that  arise  therein  or  that  are 
necessary  to  be  tried  in  order  to  completely  dispose 


36 


21 

of  the  action  and  to  adjust  the  rights  and  liabilities 
of  the  persons  appearing  before  him  or  upon  whom 
notice  of  trial  has  been  served; 

(b)  shall  take  all  accounts,  make  all  inquiries,  give  all 
directions  and  do  all  other  things  necessary  to  finally 
dispose  of  the  action  and  of  all  matters,  questions  and 
accounts  arising  therein  or  at  the  trial,  and  to  adjust 
the  rights  and  liabilities  of  and  give  all  necessary 
relief  to  all  parties  to  the  action  and  all  persons  who 
have  been  served  with  the  notice  of  trial;  and 

(c)  shall  embody  the  results  of  the  trial, 

(i)  in  the  case  of  a  judge,  in  a  judgment,  and 

(ii)  in  the  case  of  a  master,  in  a  report, 

which  judgment  or  repxjrt  may  direct  payment  forth- 
with by  the  person  or  persons  primarily  liable  to 
pay  the  amount  of  the  claims  and  costs  as  ascertained 
by  the  judgment  or  report,  and  execution  may  be 
issued  therefor  forthwith  in  the  case  of  a  judgment 
and  after  confirmation  thereof,  in  the  case  of  a  report. 

(5)  The  form  of  the  judgment  or  report  may  be  varied  by  p°^*®Jq*^^  ^f 
the  judge  or  officer  in  order  to  meet  the  circumstances  of  the  judgment 
case  so  as  to  afford  to  any  party  to  the  proceedings  any  right 

or  remedy  in  the  judgment  or  report  to  which  he  may  be 
entitled. 

(6)  The  judge  or  officer  may  order  that  the  estate  or  interest  ^*'® 
charged  with  the  lien  be  sold,  and  may  direct  the  sale  to  take 
place  at  any  time  after  judgment  or  confirmation  of  the  report, 
allowing,  however,  a  reasonable  time  for  advertising  the  sale. 

(7)  A  lien  claimant  who  did  not  prove  his  claim  at  the  trial,  h|"'°*  '" 
on  application  to  the  judge  or  officer  before  whom  the  action  ^g'J^^^yl 
or  reference  was  tried,  may  be  let  in  to  prove  his  claim,  on  "heiJ?c°aim8 
such  terms  as  to  costs  and  otherwise  as  are  deemed  just,  at  at  trial 
any  time  before  the  amount  realized  in  the  action  for  the 
satisfaction   of  liens   has   been   distributed,   and,   where   his 

claim  is  allowed,  the  judgment  or  report  shall  be  amended 
so  as  to  include  his  claim. 

(8)  Any  lien  claimant  for  an  amount  not  exceeding  $200  ^^^^^  °^ 
may  be  represented  by  an  agent  who  is  not  a  barrister  and  to*}.™pre'* 
solicitor.  sentation 

(9)  An  action  or  reference  under  this  Act  may  be  tried  by  bo  V°iSd™bT 
any  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action  oranyiu^ee 

36 


22 


Applications 

for 

directions 


Report 
where  sale 
is  had 


reference  notwithstanding  that  the  time  and  place  for  the 
trial  or  reference  thereof  were  appointed  and  fixed  by  another 
judge  or  officer.     R.S.O.   1960,  c.   233,  s.  35,  amended. 

(10)  Any  party  to  an  action  under  this  Act  or  any  other 
interested  person  may  at  any  time  and  from  time  to  time 
apply  to  a  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action 
or  reference  for  directions  as  to  pleadings,  discovery,  produc- 
tion or  any  other  matter  relating  to  the  action  or  reference, 
including  the  cross-examination  of  a  lien  claimant  or  his 
agent  or  assignee  on  his  affidavit  verifying  the  claim.     New. 

39. — (1)  Where  a  sale  is  had,  the  moneys  arising  there- 
from shall  be  paid  into  court  to  the  credit  of  the  action,  and 
the  judge  or  officer  before  whom  the  action  was  tried  shall 
direct  to  whom  the  moneys  in  court  shall  be  paid  and  may 
add  to  the  claim  of  the  person  conducting  the  action  his  fees 
and  actual  disbursements  incurred  in  connection  with  the  sale, 
and,  where  sufficient  to  satisfy  the  judgment  and  costs  is 
not  realized  from  the  sale,  he  shall  certify  the  amount  of  the 
deficiency  and  the  names  of  the  persons  who  are  entitled  to 
recover  the  same,  showing  the  amount  that  each  is  entitled 
to  recover  and  the  persons  adjudged  to  pay  the  same,  giving 
credit  for  payments  made,  if  any,  under  subsection  4  of 
section  38,  and  the  persons  so  entitled  may  enforce  payment 
of  the  amounts  so  found  to  be  due  by  execution  or  otherwise. 

(2)  The  judge  or  officer  before  whom  the  action  was  tried 
may  make  all  necessary  orders  for  the  completion  of  the  sale 
and  for  vesting  the  property  in  the  purchaser.     R.S.O.  1960, 

c.  233,  s.  36  (1,  2). 

40.  Where  a  lien  claimant  fails  to  establish  a  lien,  he  may 
nevertheless  recover  a  personal  judgment  against  any  party 
to  the  action  for  such  sum  as  may  appear  to  be  due  to  him 
and  which  he  might  recover  in  an  action  against  such  party. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  36  (3). 

Henhoiders  '^^'  Where  property  subject  to  a  lien  is  sold  in  an  action 
whose  claims  to  enforce  a  lien,  every  lienholder  is  entitled  to  share  in  the 
payable  to  proceeds  of  the  sale  in  respect  of  the  amount  then  owing  to 
proceeds  him,  although  the  same  or  part  thereof  was  not  payable  at 
the  time  of  the  commencement  of  the  action  or  is  not  then 
presently  payable.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  37. 


Completion 
of  safe 


Where 
lien  not 
established 


stated  case 


STATED   CASE 

■42. — (1)  If  in  the  course  of  proceedings  to  enforce  a  lien  a 
question  of  law  arises,  the  judge  or  officer  trying  the  case  may, 
at  the  request  of  any  party,  state  the  question  in  the  form  of 
a  stated  case  for  the  opinion  of  the  Court  of  Appeal,  and  the 
stated  case  shall  thereupon  be  set  down  to  be  heard  before 
the  Court  of  Appeal  and  notice  of  hearing  shall  be  served 
by  the  party  setting  down  upon  all  parties  concerned. 


36 


Section  43 — Subsection  1.  The  limitation  on  appeals  that  is  in  the 
present  Act  but  was  not  in  Bill  190  appears  at  the  commencement  of  this 
provision  as  recommended  by  the  O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  p.  11. 


36 


23 

(2)  The  stated  case  shall  set  forth  the  facts  material  for  ^i^lon  of 
the  determination  of  the  question  raised,  and  all  papers  neces-  papers 
sary  for  the  hearing  of  the  stated  case  by  the  Court  of  Appeal 
shall  be  transmitted  to  the  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  39,  amended. 

APPEAL 

43. — (1)  Except   where   the   amount   of   a   judgment    in  Appeal 
respect  of  a  claim  or  counterclaim  is  $200  or  less,  an  appeal 
lies  trom  any  judgment  under  this  Act  to  the  Court  of  Appeal. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  40  (1),  amended. 

(2)  Where  a  question  is  referred  to  the  master  for  inquiry  ^^P.^^'^^g"™ 
and  report  under  subsection  2  of  section  31,  an  appeal  lies  in 

the  manner  prescribed  by  the  rules  of  court. 

(3)  Where  an  action  is  referred  to  the  master  for  trial  ^"{J'jj'/"^" 
under  subsection  2  of  section  31,  the  report  shall  be  filed  and^^ster's 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  confirmed  at  the  expiration  of  fifteen 

days  from  the  date  of  service  of  notice  of  filing  the  same, 
unless  notice  of  appeal  is  served  within  that  time. 

(4)  An  appeal  from  a  judgment  or  report  made  on  a  refer- (^PP^*' 
ence  for  trial  lies  in  like  manner  and  to  the  same  extent  as  Judgment 
from  the  decision  of  a  judge  trying  an  action  in  the  Supreme 

Court  without  a  jury.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  40  (2,  3,  4). 

(5)  The  costs  of  an  appeal  shall  not  be  governed  by  sub-appeli°^ 
sections  2  and  3  of  section  45  but,  subject  to  any  order  of  the 
Court  of  Appeal,  shall  be  upon  the  scale  of  costs  allowed  in 
county  court  appeals  where  the  amount  involved  is  within  the 
proper  competence  of  the  county  court,  and,  where  it  exceeds 

that  amount,  upon  the  Supreme  Court  scale.     R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  40  (5),  amended. 

FEES  AND  COSTS 

44.  The  fee  payable  by  every  plaintiff,  every  plaintiff  by  ^®® 
counterclaim  and  every  lien  claimant,  including  every  person 
recovering  a  personal  judgment,  in  any  action  to  realize  a  lien 
under  this  Act  is, 

(a)  $5  on  a  claim  or  counterclaim  not  exceeding  $500; 

(b)  $10  on  a  claim  or  counterclaim  exceeding  $500  but 
not  exceeding  $1,000; 

(c)  $10  on  a  claim  or  counterclaim  exceeding  $1,000, 
plus  $1  for  every  $1,000  or  fraction  thereof  in  excess 
of  $1,000, 

36 


24 

but  no  fee  is  payable  on  a  claim  for  wages  only,  and  in  no  case 
shall  the  fee  on  a  claim  exceed  $75  or  on  a  counterclaim  exceed 
$25.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  41,  amended. 

ot'herwise  *3' — (1)  Subject  to  subsections  2,  3,  4  and  5,  any  order 

provided        ^s  to  costs  in  an  action  under  this  Act  is  in  the  discretion  of 

the  judge  or  officer  who  tries  the  action.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 

s.  46,  amended. 


Limit  of 
costs  to 
plaintiffs 


(2)  The  costs  of  the  action,  exclusive  of  actual  disburse- 
ments, awarded  to  the  plaintiffs  and  successful  lienholders, 
shall  not  exceed  in  the  aggregate  25  per  cent  of  the  total 
amount  found  to  have  been  actually  due  on  the  liens  at  the 
time  of  the  registration  thereof,  and  shall  be  apportioned  and 
borne  in  such  proportion  as  the  judge  or  officer  who  tries  the 
action  may  direct,  but  in  making  the  apportionment  he  shall 
have  regard  to  the  actual  services  rendered  by  or  on  behalf 
of  the  parties  resp>ectively,  provided  that,  where  a  counter- 
claim is  set  up  by  a  defendant,  the  amount  and  apportion- 
ment of  the  costs  in  respect  thereof  are  in  the  discretion  of 
the  judge  or  officer  who  tries  the  action.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  42,  amended. 


Limit  of 
costs  against 
plaintiffs 


(3)  Where  costs  are  awarded  against  the  plaintiff  or  other 
persons  claiming  liens,  they  shall  not  exceed,  except  in  the 
case  of  a  counterclaim,  25  per  cent  of  the  claim  of  the  plaintiff 
and  the  other  claimants,  besides  actual  disbursements,  and 
shall  be  apportioned  and  borne  as  the  judge  or  officer  who 
tries  the  action  may  direct.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  43, 
amended. 


least^x'pe^n^       (4)  Where  the  least  expensive  course  is  not  taken  by  a 
^'Jt®f';']"J".f®     plaintiff,  the  costs  allowed  to  him  shall  in  no  case  exceed 

not  taken         k  ' 

what  would  have  been  incurred  if  the  least  expensive  course 
had  been  taken.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  44. 


Cost  of 
drawing  and 


(5)  Where  a  lien  is  discharged  or  vacated  under  section  25 
and'^'vacaung *^''  where  judgment  is  given  in  favour  of  or  against  a  claim 
registration  for  a  lien,  in  addition  to  the  costs  of  the  action,  the  judge  or 
officer  who  tries  the  action  may  allow  a  reasonable  amount  for 
the  costs  of  drawing  and  registering  the  claim  for  lien  or  of 
vacating  the  registration  thereof,  but  this  does  not  apply  where 
the  claimant  fails  to  establish  a  valid  lien.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  45. 


RULES  OF   PRACTICE 


Rules  of 
practice 


46. — (1)  The  object  of  this  Act  being  to  enforce  liens  at 
the  least  expense,  the  procedure  shall  be  as  far  as  possible  of 
a  summary  character,  having  regard  to  the  amount  and  nature 
of  the  liens  in  question.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  47  (1). 


36 


Section  45.    The  intent  is  clarified  as  recommended  by  the  O.L.R.C. 
Supp.  Rep.,  p.  11. 


36 


Section  46 — Subsection  4.    This  new  provision  implements  a  recom- 
mendation  of  the  O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  p.  11. 


36 


25 

(2)  Except  where  otherwise  provided  by  this  Act,  no  inter-  toJ^'i?ooeed- 
locutory  proceedings  shall  be  permitted  without  the  consent 'nss 

of  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action, 
and  then  only  upon  proper  proof  that  such  proceedings  are 
necessary. 

(3)  The  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action  Assistance 
may  obtam   the   assistance  of   any   merchant,   accountant, 
actuary,  building  contractor,  architect,  engineer  or  person  in 

such  way  as  he  deems  fit,  the  better  to  enable  him  to  determine 
any  matter  of  fact  in  question,  and  may  fix  the  remuneration 
of  any  such  person  and  direct  payment  thereof  by  any  of  the 
parties.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  47  (2,  3),  amended. 

(4)  Unless  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  the  Rules  o{^^^^^^°^ 
Practice  and  Procedure  of  the  Supreme  Court  apply  to  pro- 
ceedings under  this  Act.     New. 

SERVICE  OF  DOCUMENTS 

47.  Except  where  otherwise  directed  by  the  judge  or  ^^^'^*  "j*^, 
officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action,  all  documents 
relating  to  an  action  under  this  Act,  other  than  statements 
of  claim  and  notices  of  trial,  are  sufficiently  served  upon  the 
intended  recipient  if  sent  by  registered  mail  addressed  to  the 
intended  recipient  at  his  address  for  service.     Nerw. 

LIENS  ON  CHATTELS 

48. — (1)  Every  person  who  has  bestowed  money,  skill  or  ^'l^'^t^pf 

materials  upon  any  chattel  or  thing  in  the  alteration  or  im- nenhoider 

,       ,   .  .  ,         ,  -   .  .to  sell 

provement  of  its  properties  or  for  the  purpose  of  imparting  chattel 

an  additional  value  to  it,  so  as  thereby  to  be  entitled  to  a  lien 

upon  the  chattel  or  thing  for  the  amount  or  value  of  the  money 

or  skill  and  material  bestowed,  has,  while  the  lien  exists  but  not 

afterwards,  in  case  the  amount  to  which  he  is  entitled  remains 

unpaid  for  three  months  after  it  ought  to  have  been  paid,  the 

right,  in  addition  to  any  other  remedy  to  which  he  may  be 

entitled,  to  sell  by  auction  the  chattel  or  thing  on  giving  one 

week's  notice  by  advertisement  in  a  newspaper  having  general 

circulation  in  the  municipality  in  which  the  work  was  done, 

setting  forth  the  name  of  the  person  indebted,  the  amount  of 

the  debt,  a  description  of  the  chattel  or  thing  to  be  sold,  the 

time  and  place  of  sale,  and  the  name  of  the  auctioneer,  and 

leaving  a  like,  not  ce  in  writing  at  the  last  known  place  of 

residence,  if  any,  of  the  owner,  if  he  is  a  resident  of  the 

municipality. 

(2)  Such  person  shall  apply  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  in  ^f'^/'ro'ceeds' 
payment  of  the  amount  due  to  him  and  the  costs  of  advertising  of  sale 
and  sale  and  shall  upon  application  pay  over  any  surplus  to  the 
preson  entitled  thereto.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  48,  amended. 

36 


26 

FORMS 

Forms  ^q^  -pj^^  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 

lations prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use.    New. 

MISCELLANEOUS 

^•233:  ^^®°'  50.  The  Mechanics'  Lien  Act,  The  Mechanics'  Lien  Amend- 
19^1-62,  ment  Act,  1961-62,  The  Mechanics'  Lien  Amendment  Act, 
1962-63,        1962-63  and  The  Mechanics'  Lien  Amendment  Act,  1966  are 

c.  79  * 

i966,'c.84,     repealed, 
repealed 

ment'"*"'^^        51'  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

Short  title         62.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Mechanics'  Lien  Act, 
1968-69. 


36 


> 


Ui 

t\j 

;j 

» 

^ 

a. 

>3 

>i 

1 

s 

&, 

^ 

a- 

». 

a 
19 

a 

D 

n 
3 

■-I 


^ 


a 


OS 

00 


n 
n 

s 
p 


s 

> 


OC 


1 


BILL  36 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


The  Mechanics'  Lien  Act,  1968-69 


Mr.  Wish  art 


(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Legal  and  Municipal  Committee) 


TORONTO 

PhINTFD  ANTl  PlIBIMSHKn  RY   FrANK   FOGG.  OUEEN'S   PRINTER 


EXPLASATOKY    N'OTES 

Genkkal.  Ill  1965  the  Ontario  Law  Reform  Commission  undertook 
an  extensive  study  of  the  law  in  Ontario  on  mechanics'  liens. 

A  report  dated  February  22,  1966,  was  made  by  the  Commission 
to  the  Attorney  General  containing  its  recommendations  for  up-dating 
The  Mechanics'  Lien  Act. 

Bill  190,  based  upon  the  report,  was  introduced  and  given  first  reading 
at  the  1966  Session.  This  gave  the  proposed  legislation  wide  distribution 
in  convenient  form  for  study  by  interested  persons  and  organizations. 

The  Commission  then  held  public  hearings  and  considered  many 
submissions  which  resulted  in  a  supplementary  report  dated  May  26,  1967. 

The  recommendations  of  the  Commission  contained  in  the  supple- 
mentary report  have  been  incorporated  in  this  Bill.  There  is,  however, 
one  major  exception.  This  Bill  does  not  transfer  jurisdiction  in  mechanics' 
lien  actions  from  the  Supreme  Court  to  the  county  and  district  courts  as 
recommended  by  the  Commission  in  both  of  its  reports.  It  is  thought 
advisable  to  leave  this  matter  in  abeyance  pending  the  conclusion  of  the 
general  review  of  the  jurisdictions  of  the  several  court  systems  in  Ontario 
now  going  on  as  a  result  of  the  recommendations  of  the  McRuer  Report. 

This  Bill  also  contains  a  number  of  editorial  and  other  changes, 
designed  to  clarify  the  intent,  that  have  resulted  from  the  study  of  Bill  190. 

In  the  following  notes  the  supplementary  report  of  the  Commission 
is  referred  to  as  O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep. 


36 


BILL  36  1968-69 


The  Mechanics'  Lien  Act,  1968-69 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

l.-(l)  In  this  Act.  l^iSS"*" 

(a)  "completion  of  the  contract"  means  substantial  per- 
formance, not  necessarily  total  performance,  of  the 
contract; 

{b)  "contractor"  means  a  person  contracting  with  or 
employed  directly  by  the  owner  or  his  agent  for  the 
doing  of  work  or  the  placing  or  furnishing  of  materials 
for  any  ot  the  purposes  mentioned  in  this  Act; 

(c)  "materials"  includes  every  kind  of  movable  property; 

(d)  "owner"  includes  any  person  and  corporation,  includ- 
ing a  municipal  corporation  and  a  railway  company, 
having  any  estate  or  interest  in  the  land  upon  which 
or  in  respect  of  which  work  is  done  or  materials  are 
placed  or  furnished,  at  whose  request,  and 

(i)  upon  whose  credit,  or 
(ii)  on  whose  behalf,  or 
(iii)  with  whose  privity  or  consent,  or 
(iv)  for  whose  direct  benefit, 

work  is  done  or  materials  are  placed  or  furnished  and 
all  persons  claiming  under  him  or  it  whose  rights 
are  acquired  after  the  work  in  respect  of  which  the 
lien  is  claimed  is  commenced  or  the  materials  placed 
or  furnished  have  been  commenced  to  be  placed  or 
furnished; 

(e)  "registrar"  includes  a  master  of  titles; 

(/)  "registry  office"  includes  a  land  titles  office; 
36 


(g)  "subcontractor"  means  a  person  not  contracting  with 
or  employed  directly  by  the  owner  or  his  agent  for 
any  of  the  purposes  mentioned  in  this  Act,  but  con- 
tracting with  or  employed  by  a  contractor  or,  under 
him,  by  another  subcontractor; 

(h)  "wages"  means  the  money  earned  by  a  workman  for 
work  done  by  time  or  as  piece  work,  and  includes  all 
monetary  supplementary  benefits,  whether  by  stat- 
ute, contract  or  collective  bargaining  agreement; 

(i)  "workman"  means  a  person  employed  for  wages  in 
any  kind  of  labour,  whether  employed  under  a 
contract  of  service  or  not.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  1, 
amended. 

hfo^deB  (2)  In  this  Act,   the  expression   "the  doing  of  work"   in- 

eervfce  eludes  the  performance  of  a  service,  and  corresponding  expres- 

sions have  corresponding  meanmgs. 

per^fonna'nce       (^)  ^^^  ^^^  purposes  of  this  Act,  a  contract  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  substantially  performed, 

(a)  when  the  work  or  a  substantial  part  thereof  is 
ready  for  use  or  is  being  used  for  the  purpose  in- 
tended; and 

(b)  when  the  work  to  be  done  under  the  contract  is 
capable  of  completion  or  correction  at  a  cost  of  not 
more  than, 

(i)  3  per  cent  of  the  first  $250,000  of  the  contract 
price, 

(ii)  2  per  cent  of  the  next  $250,000  of  the  contract 
price,  and 

B^F"  (iii)   1  per  cent  of  the  balance  of  the  contract  price. 

'•^e™  (4)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  where  the  work  or  a  sub- 

stantial part  thereof  is  ready  for  use  or  is  being  used  for  the 
purpose  intended  and  where  the  work  cannot  be  completed 
expeditiously  for  reasons  beyond  the  control  of  the  contractor, 
the  value  of  the  work  to  be  completed  shall  be  deducted 
from  the  contract  price  in  determining  substantial  perform- 
ance.    New.  "Wt 

GENERAL 

in'^hande'of"       ^' — ^^^  -^'^  sums  received  by  a  builder,  contractor  or  sub- 
contractore    contractor  on  account  of  the  contract  price  constitute  a  trust 
fund  in  his  hands  for  the  benefit  of  the  owner,  builder,  con- 
tractor,   subcontractor,    Workmen's    Compensation    Board, 

36 


Section  1 — Subsections  3  and  4  are  new.  They  are  designed  to  com- 
plement the  definition  of  "completion  of  the  contract"  and  thus  speed  up 
the  release  of  "holdback"  moneys. 


36 


Subsection  4.  Municipal  financing  is  expressly  excluded  from  the 
scope  of  the  provision  and  its  intent  is  clarified  as  recommended  in  O.L.R.C. 
Supp.  Rep.,  pp.  6,  7. 


36 


workmen,  and  persons  who  have  suppHed  materials  on  account 
of  the  contract  or  who  have  rented  equipment  to  be  used  on 
the  contract  site,  and  the  builder,  contractor  or  subcontractor, 
as  the  case  may  be,  is  the  trustee  of  all  such  sums  so  received 
by  him  and  he  shall  not  appropriate  or  convert  any  part 
thereof  to  his  own  use  or  to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the 
trust  until  all  workmen  and  all  persons  who  have  supplied 
materials  on  the  contract  or  who  have  rented  equipment 
to  be  used  on  the  contract  site  and  all  subcontractors  are  paid 
for  work  done  or  materials  supplied  on  the  contract  and  the 
Workmen's  Compensation  Board  is  paid  any  assessment  with 
respect  thereto.    R.S.O,  1960,  c.  233,  s.  3  (1),  amended. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection    1,   where  a    builder,   con- ^''°®p*'°" 
tractor  or  subcontractor  has  paid  in  whole  or  in  pan  foi  any 
materials  supplied  on  account  of  the  contract  or  for  any  tented 
equipment  or  has  paid  any  workman  who  has  performed  any 

work  or  any  subcontractor  who  has  placed  or  furnished  any 
materials  in  respect  of  the  contract,  the  retention  by  such 
builder,  contractor  or  subcontractor  of  a  sum  equal  to  the  sum 
so  paid  by  him  shall  he  deemed  not  to  be  an  appropriation  or 
conversion  thereof  to  his  own  use  or  to  any  use  not  authorized 
bythe  trust.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  3  (3),  amended. 

(3)  Where  a  sum  becomes  payable  under  a  contract  to  a  J^'"J|*jj^'J°^f' 
contractor  by  an  owner  on  the  certificate  of  a  person  authorized  owners 
under  the  contract  to  make  such  a  certificate,  an  amount 

equal  to  the  sum  so  certified  that  is  in  the  owner's  hands  or 
received  by  him  at  any  time  thereafter  shall,  until  paid  to  the 
contractor,  constitute  a  trust  fund  in  the  owner's  hands  for 
the  benefit  of  the  contractor,  subcontractor.  Workmen's 
Compensation  Board,  workmen,  and  persons  who  have 
supplied  materials  on  account  of  the  contract  or  who  have 
rented  equipment  to  be  used  on  the  contract  site,  and  the 
owner  shall  not  appropriate  or  convert  any  part  thereof  to 
his  own  use  or  to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the  trust  until 
all  workmen  and  all  persons  who  have  supplied  materials  on 
the  contract  or  who  have  rented  equipment  to  be  used  on 
the  contract  site  and  all  contractors  and  subcontractors  are 
paid  for  work  done  or  materials  supplied  on  the  contract  and 
the  Workmen's  Compensation  Board  is  paid  any  assessment 
with  respect  thereto.  "^PB 

(4)  All  sums  received  by  an  owner,  other  than  a  niunici-^orfgage,"" 
pality  as  defined  in  The  Department  of  Municipal  Affairs  ^f'funj"        ' 
or  a  metropolitan  or  regional  municipality  or  a  local  tx)ard  r.s.o.  i960, 
thereof,  which  are  to  be  used  in  the  financing,  including  the 
purchase  price  of  the  land  and  the  payment  of  prior  encum- 
brances, of  a  building,  structure  or  work,  constitute,  subject 

to  the  payment  of  the  purchase  price  of  the  land  and  prior 

36 


encumbrances,  a  trust  fund  in  the  hands  of  the  owner  for  the 
benefit  of  the  persons  mentioned  in  subsection  1,  and,  until 
the  claims  of  all  such  persons  have  been  paid,  the  owner  shall 
not  appropriate  or  convert  any  part  thereof  to  his  own  use  or 
to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the  trust. 

Exception  (5)  Notwithstanding   subsection   4,   where   an   owner    has 

himself  paid  in  whole  or  in  part  for  any  work  done,  for  any 
materials  placed  or  furnished  or  for  any  rented  equipment, 
the  retention  by  him  from  any  moneys  received  from  the 
lender  under  subsection  4  of  a  sum  equal  to  the  sum  so  paid 
by  him  shall  be  deemed  not  to  be  an  appropriation  or  conver- 
sion thereof  to  his  own  use  or  to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the 
trust. 


Protection 
for  money 
lenders 


Offence  and 
penalty 


Limit  of 
time  for 
asserting 
<'laims  to 
tru.st 
moneys 


(6)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  section,  where  money 
is  lent  to  a  person  upon  whom  a  trust  is  imposed  by  this 
section  and  is  used  by  him  to  pay  in  whole  or  in  part  for  any 
work  done,  for  any  materials  placed  or  furnished  or  for  any 
rented  equipment,  trust  moneys  may  be  applied  to  discharge 
the  loan  to  the  extent  that  the  lender's  money  was  so  used 
by  the  trustee,  and  any  sum  so  applied  shall  be  deemed  not 
to  be  an  appropriation  or  conversion  to  the  trustee's  own  use 
or  to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the  trust.     New.  '^PS 

(7)  Every  person  ujxjn  whom  a  trust  is  imposed  by  this 
section  who  knowingly  appropriates  or  converts  any  part  of 
any  trust  moneys  referred  to  in  subsection  1 , 3  or  4  to  his  own 
use  or  to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the  trust  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $5,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more 
than  two  years,  or  to  both,  and  every  director  or  officer  of  a  cor- 
poration who  knowingly  assents  to  or  acquiesces  in  any  such 
offence  by  the  corporation  is  guilty  of  such  offence,  in  addition 
to  the  corporation,  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a 
fin :  cl  not  more  than  $5,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of 
not  more  than  two  years,  or  to  both.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  3  (2),  amended. 

3.  No  action  to  assert  any  claim  to  trust  moneys  referred 
to  in  section  2  shall  be  commenced  against  a  lender  of  money 
to  a  person  upon  whom  a  trust  is  imposed  by  that  section 
except, 

(a)  in  the  case  of  a  claim  by  a  contractor  or  subcontractor 
in  cases  not  provided  for  in  clauses  b,  c  and  d,  within 
nine  months  after  the  completion  or  abandonment 
of  the  contract  or  subcontract; 

(b)  in  the  case  of  a  claim  for  materials,  within  nine 
months  after  the  placing  or  furnishing  of  the  last 
material; 


36 


f 


Subsection  5.     This  extension  of  the  "trustee  provisions"  is  new.    It 
is  recommended  in  O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  pp.  5-7. 


36 


Section  4 — Subsection  2,  clause  6.  In  its  original  report  the  Ontario 
Law  Reform  Commission  recommended  "$25  a  day"  which  is  the  sum 
that  appeared  in  Bill  190. 

As  a  result  of  further  submissions  and  consideration,  the  Commission 
recommends  $35  a  day.  See  O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  p.  7.  The  Committee 
on  Legal  and  Municipal  Bills  raised  it  to  $50  a  day. 


36 


(c)  in  the  case  of  a  claim  for  services,  within  nine  months 
after  the  completion  of  the  service;  or 

(d)  in  the  case  of  a  claim  for  wages,  within  nine  months 
after  the  last  work  was  done  for  which  the  claim  is 
made.     New.  "^P8 

4. — (1)  Every    agreement,    oral    or    written,    express    or  Agreements 

1-     1  1  r  1  1  1  •       A  1  waiving 

implied,  on  the  part  oi  any  workman  that  this  Act  does  not  application 
apply  to  him  or  that  the  remedies  provided  by  it  are  not  are  void 
available  for  his  benefit  is  void. 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply.  Exception 

(a)  to  a  manager,  officer  or  foreman;  or 

(b)  to  any  person  whose  wages  are  more  than  $50  a  day. 

(3)  No  agreement  deprives  any  person  otherwise  entitled  Effect  upon 

^  ,.  ,  ,  .      A  1       •  ,  third  party- 

to  a  hen  under  this  Act,  who  is  not  a  party  to  the  agreement,  of  agreement 
of  the  benefit  of  the  lien,  but  it  attaches,  notwithstanding"*'^'  * 
such  agreement.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  4,  amended. 

CREATION  OF  LIENS 

5. — (1)  Unless  he  signs  an  express  agreement  to  the  con- ^^g*""*]  ^ 
trary  and  in  that  case  subject  to  section  4,  any  person  who'ie" 
does  any  work  upon  or  in  respect  of,  or  places  or  furnishes  any 
materials  to  be  used  in,  the  making,  constructing,  erecting, 
fitting,  altering,  improving  or  repairing  of  any  land,  building, 
structure  or  works  or  the  appurtenances  to  any  of  them  for  any 
owner,  contractor  or  subcontractor  b\  virtue  thereof  has  a 
lien  for  the  price  of  the  work  or  materials  upon  the  estate  or 
interest  of  the  owner  in  the  land,  building,  structure  or  works 
and  appurtenances  and  the  land  occupied  thereby  or  enjoyed 
therewith,  or  upon  or  in  respect  of  which  the  work  is  done,  or 
upon  which  the  materials  are  placed  or  furnished  to  be  used, 
limited,  however,  in  amount  to  the  sum  justly  due  to  the 
person  entitled  to  the  lien  and  to  the  sum  justly  owing,  except 
as  herein  provided,  by  the  owner,  and  the  placing  or  furnishing 
of  the  materials  to  be  used  upon  the  land  or  such  other  place 
in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  land  designated  by  the  owner 
or  his  agent  is  good  and  sufficient  delivery  for  the  purpose  of 
this  Act,  but  delivery  on  the  designated  land  does  not  make 
such  land  subject  to  a  lien. 

(2)  Except  for  the  purpose  of  section  11,  the  lien  given  by  ^^'^®p*'°'' 
subsection  1  does  not  attach  to  any  public  street  or  highway 
or  to  any  work  or  improvement  done  thereon.  "^Pl 

36 


attaf  hea  (^^  ^^^  ^'^"  given  by  subsection  1  attaches  as  therein  set 

where  out  where  the  materials  delivered  to  be  used  are  incoriwrated 

materials         .  i       i        i     i      m  i-  i  •   i  j- 

incorporated  into  the  land,  building,  structure  or  works,  notwithstanding 
that  the  materials  may  not  have  been  delivered  in  strict 
accordance  with  subsection  1. 


into 
building 


Interpre- 
tation 


(4)  In  subsection  1,  "agent"  includes  the  contractor  or  sub- 
contractor for  whom  the  materials  are  placed  or  furnished, 
unless  the  person  placing  or  furnishing  the  materials  has  had 
actual  notice  from  the  owner  to  the  contrary.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  5,  amended. 


Lien  for 

rented 

equipment 


(5)  A  person  who  rents  equipment  to  an  owner,  contractor 
or  subcontractor  for  use  on  a  contract  site  shall  be  deemed 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  to  have  performed  a  service  for 
which  he  has  a  lien  for  the  price  of  the  rental  of  the  equipment 
used  on  the  contract  site,  limited,  however  in  amount  to  the 
sum  justly  owed  and  due  to  the  person  entitled  to  the  lien 
from  the  owner,  builder,  contractor  or  subcontractor  in  respect 
of  the  rental  of  the  equipment.     New. 


When 
husl^and's 
interest 
liable  for 
work  done 
or  materials 
furnished 
on  land  of 
spouse 


6.  Where  work  is  done  or  materials  are  placed  or  furnished 
to  be  used  upon  or  in  respect  of  the  land  of  a  married  woman,  or 
in  which  she  has  an  interest  or  an  inchoate  right  of  dower,  with 
the  privity  or  consent  of  her  husband,  he  shall  be  presumed 
conclusively  to  be  acting  as  her  agent  as  well  as  for  himself  for 
the  purposes  of  this  Act  unless  before  doing  the  work  or 
placing  or  furnishing  the  materials  the  person  doing  the  work 
or  placing  or  furnishing  the  materials  has  had  actual  notice  to 
the  contrary.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  6,  amended. 


?harged*1s'^'^  '^ • — (V^  Where  the  estate  or  interest  upon  which  the  lien 
leaselioid  attaches  is  leasehold,  the  fee  simple  is  also  subject  to  the  lien 
if  the  person  doing  the  work  or  placing  or  furnishing  the 
materials  gives  notice  in  writing,  by  personal  service,  to  the 
owner  in  fee  simple  or  his  agent  of  the  work  to  be  done  or 
materials  to  be  placed  or  furnished  unless  the  owner  in  fee 
simple  or  his  agent  within  fifteen  days  thereafter  gives  notice  in 
writing,  by  personal  service,  to  such  person  that  he  will  not 
be  responsible  therefor. 


Forfeiture 
or  cancella- 
tion of 
lease,  elTect 
of  on  lien- 
holder 


(2)  No  forfeiture  or  attempted  forfeiture  of  the  lease  on 
the  part  of  the  landlord,  or  cancellation  or  attempted  cancel- 
lation of  the  lease  except  for  non-payment  of  rent,  deprives 
any  person  otherwise  entitled  to  a  lien  of  the  benefit  of  the 
lien,  but  the  person  entitled  to  the  lien  may  pay  any  rent 
accruing  after  he  becomes  so  entitled,  and  the  amount  so  paid 
may  be  added  to  his  claim. 


36 


Section  5 — Subsection  5.  The  intent  of  the  original  recommen- 
dation of  the  Ontario  Law  Reform  Commission  is  clarified.  It  is  intended 
that  the  lien  for  rented  equipment  is  for  an  amount  that  is  reasonable  and 
justly  due  in  the  particular  circumstances.    See  O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  p.  8. 


Section  7 — Subsection  1.  The  intent  is  clarified.  See  O.L.R.C. 
Supp.  Rep.,  p.  8.  Also,  the  notice  period  is  increased  from  ten  to  fifteen 
days. 


36 


(3)  Where  the  land  and  premises  upon  or  in  respect  of  which  P'"Jj?[  ^  ^^ 
any  work  is  done  or  materials  are  placed  or  furnished  are 
encumbered  by  a  mortgage  or  other  charge  that  was  registered 
in  the  proper  registry  office  before  any  lien  under  this  Act 
arose,  the  mortgage  or  other  charge  has  priority  over  all  liens 
under  this  Act  to  the  extent  of  the  actual  value  of  the  land 
and  premises  at  the  time  the  first  lien  arose,  such  value  to  be 
ascertained  by  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try 
an  action  under  this  Act. 


(4)  The  time  at  which  the  first  lien  arose  shall  be  deemed  to  nen'arose 


^  When  first 

be  the  time  at  which  the  first  work  was  done  or  the  first 
materials  placed  or  furnished,  irrespective  of  whether  a  claim 
for  lien  in  respect  thereof  is  registered  or  enforced  and  whether 
or  not  such  lien  is  before  the  court.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  7 
(1-4),  amended. 

(5)  Any  mortgage  existing  as  a  valid  security,  notwith- f^'anees 
standing  that  it  is  a  prior  mortgage  within  the  meaning  of 
subsection  3,  may  also  secure  future  advances,  subject  to 
subsection  1  of  section  14.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  7  (5). 

(6)  A  registered  agreement  for  the  sale  and  purchase  of^^g^oomont 
land  and  any  moneys  bona  fide  secured  or  payable  there-  p'JfrchM^or 
under  has  the  same  priority  over  a  lien  as  is  provided  for  a  'a""!  has 

.,.',_,  same  priority 

mortgage  and  mortgage  moneys  m  subsections  3  and  5,  and  as  mortgage 

for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  the  seller  shall  be  deemed  to  be 

a  mortgagee,  and  any  moneys  bona  fide  secured  and  payable 

under  such  agreement  shall  be  deemed  to  be  mortgage  moneys 

bona  fide  secured  or  advanced.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  7  (6), 

amended. 


8.  Where  any  of  the  property  upon  which  a  lien  attaches  *^,P'J^^^'°^g 
is  wholly  or  partly  destroyed  by  fire,  any  money  received 
by  reason  of  any  insurance  thereon  by  an  owner  or  ])rior 
mortgagee  or  chargee  shall  take  the  place  of  the  |)roperty  so 
destroyed  and  is,  after  satisfying  any  prior  mortgage  or  charge 
in  the  manner  and  to  the  extent  set  out  in  subsection  3  of 
section  7,  subject  to  the  claims  of  all  jjersons  for  liens  to  the 
same  extent  as  if  the  money  had  been  realized  by  a  sale  of 
the  property  in  an  action  to  enforce  the  lien.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  8. 


O.  Save  as  herein  otherwise  iirovided,  the  lien  docs  "01^1^'^'^,^°''^^ 
attach  so  as  to  make  the  owner  liable  for  a  greater  sum  thano^ner^s 
the  sum  payable  by  the  owner  to  the  contractor.     R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  233,  s.  9. 

36 


Limit  of 
Hen  when 
claimed  by 
other 
than  con- 
tractor 


Holdbaclt 


Reduction 
in  amount 
retained 


Idem 


10.  Save  as  herein  otherwise  provided,  where  the  lien  is 
claimed  by  any  person  other  than  the  contractor,  the  amount 
that  may  be  claimed  in  respect  thereof  is  limited  to  the  amount 
owing  to  the  contractor  or  subcontractor  or  other  person  for 
whom  the  work  has  been  done  or  the  materials  were  placed  or 
furnished.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  10,  amended. 

11. — (1)  In  all  cases,  the  person  primarily  liable  upon  a 
contract  under  or  by  virtue  of  which  a  lien  may  arise  shall, 
as  the  work  is  done  or  the  materials  are  furnished  under  the 
contract,  retain  for  a  period  of  thirty-seven  days  after  the 
completion  or  abandonment  of  the  work  done  or  to  be  done 
under  the  contract  15  per  cent  of  the  value  of  the  work  and 
materials  actually  done,  placed  or  furnished,  as  mentioned  in 
section  5,  irrespective  of  whether  the  contract  or  subcontract 
provides  for  partial  payments  or  payment  on  completion  of 
the  work,  and  the  value  shall  be  calculated  upon  evidence 
given  in  that  regard  on  the  basis  of  the  contract  price  or,  if 
there  is  no  specific  contract  price,  on  the  basis  of  the  actual 
value  of  the  work  or  materials.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  11  (1), 
amended. 

(2)  Where  a  contract  is  under  the  supervision  of  an  archi- 
tect, engineer  or  other  person  upon  whose  certificate  payments 
are  to  be  made  and  thirty-seven  days  have  elapsed  after  a 
certificate  issued  by  that  architect,  engineer  or  other  person 
to  the  efifect  that  the  subcontract  has  been  completed  to  his 
satisfaction  has  been  given  to  the  person  primarily  liable  upon 
that  contract  and  to  the  person  who  became  a  subcontractor 
by  a  subcontract  made  directly  under  that  contract,  the 
amount  to  be  retained  by  the  person  primarily  liable  upon 
that  contract  shall  be  reduced  by  15  per  cent  of  the  sub- 
contract price  or,  if  there  is  no  specific  subcontract  price, 
by  15  per  cent  of  the  actual  value  of  the  work  done  or  materials 
placed  or  furnished  under  that  subcontract,  but  this  subsec- 
tion does  not  operate  if  and  so  long  as  any  lien  derived  under 
that  subcontract  is  preserved  by  anything  done  under  this 

Act.  "^i 

(3)  Where  a  certificate  issued  by  an  architect,  engineer 
or  other  person  to  the  effect  that  a  subcontract  by  which  a 
subcontractor  became  a  subcontractor  has  been  completed  to 
the  satisfaction  of  that  architect,  engineer  or  other  person  has 
been  given  to  that  subcontractor,  then,  for  the  purposes  of 
subsections  1,  2  and  3  of  section  21  and  section  23,  that  sub- 
contract and  any  materials  placed  or  furnished  or  to  be 
placed  or  furnished  thereunder  and  any  work  done  or  to  be 
done  thereunder  shall,  so  far  as  concerns  any  lien  thereunder 
of  that  subcontractor,  be  deemed  to  have  been  completed  or 
placed  or  furnished  not  later  than  the  time  at  which  the  certi- 
ficate was  so  given.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  11  (3,  4),  amended. 


36 


(4)  Where  an  architect,  engineer  or  other  person  neglects  P°"rt  order 
or  refuses  to  issue  and  deliver  a  certihcate  upon  which  pay-  certificate 
ments  are  to  be  made  under  a  contract  or  subcontract,  the 

judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  an  action  under 
this  Act,  upon  application  and  upon  being  satisfied  that  the 
certificate  should  have  been  issued  and  delivered  may,  upon 
such  terms  and  conditions  as  to  costs  and  otherwise  as  he 
deems  just,  make  an  order  that  the  work  or  materials  to  which 
the  certificate  would  have  related  has  been  done  or  placed 
or  furnished,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  any  such  order  has  the 
same  force  and  effect  as  if  the  certificate  had  been  issued  and 
delivered  by  the  architect,  engineer  or  other  person.     New. 

(5)  Where  there  is  a  lien  under  section  5,  the  lien  is  a  charge  Effeut  of 
upon  the  amount  directed  to  be  retained  by  this  section  in  claims  on 
favour  of  lien  claimants  whose  liens  are  derived  under  persons  retained 
to  whom  the  moneys  so  required  to  be  retained  are  respectively 
payable  and  where  there  is  no  lien  on  the  land  by  virtue  of 
subsection  2  of  section  5,  a  claim  for  work  done  or  materials 
placed  or  furnished  is  a  charge  upon  the  amount  directed  to 

be  retained  by  this  section.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  11  (5), 
amended.  "^H 


good  faith 
without 
notice  of 
lien 


(6)  All  payments  up  to  85  per  cent  as  fixed  by  subsection  1  ^^de'tn'' 
and  payments  permitted  as  a  result  of  the  operation  of  sub- 
sections 2  and  3  made  in  good  faith  by  an  owner  to  a  contractor, 
or  by  a  contractor  to  a  subcontractor,  or  by  one  subcontractor 
to  another  subcontractor,  before  notice  in  writing  of  the  lien 

given  by  the  person  claiming  the  lien  to  the  owner,  contractor 
or  subcontractor,  as  the  case  may  be,  operate  as  a  discharge 
pro  tanlo  of  the  lien. 

(7)  Payment  of  the   percentage   required   to   be  retained  per'^^iftage'^ 
under  this  section  may  be  validly  made  so  as  to  discharge  all  d"B%arge 
claims  in  respect  of  such  percentage  after  the  expiration  of  of  "ens 
the  period  of  thirty-seven  days  mentioned  in  subsection   1 

unless  in  the  meantime  proceedings  have  been  commenced  to 
enforce  any  lien  or  charge  against  the  percentage  as  provided 
by  sections  22  and  23,  in  which  case  the  owner  may  pay  the 
percentage  into  court  in  the  proceedings,  and  such  payment 
constitutes  valid  payment  in  discharge  of  the  owner  to  the 
amount  thereof. 

(8)  Every  contract  shall  be  deemed  to  be  amended  in  so  far  of"Jontr'Sct'8 
as  is  necessary  to  be  in  conformity  with  this  section.     R.S.O. 

I960,  c.  233,  s.  11  (5-9). 

(9)  Where  the  contractor  or  subcontractor  makes  default  p'^rce^ntage 
in  completing  his  contract,  the  percentage  required   to  be  |Jo^,^°|j'^e 
retained  shall  not,  as  against  any  lien  claimant  who  by  virtue 

36 


10 


Payments 
made 
directly 
by  owner 
to  persons 
entitled  to 
lien 


of  subsection  5  has  a  charge  thereupon,  be  appHed  by  the 
owner,  contractor  or  subcontractor  to  the  completion  of  the 
contract  or  for  any  other  purpose  nor  to  the  payment  of 
damages  for  the  non-completion  of  the  contract  by  the  con- 
tractor or  subcontractor  nor  in  payment  or  satisfaction  of 
any  claim  against  the  contractor  or  subcontractor.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  233,  s.  11  (9),  amended. 

12.  If  an  owner,  contractor  or  subcontractor  makes  a 
payment  to  any  person  entitled  to  a  Hen  under  section  5 
or  to  any  person  who  but  for  subsection  2  of  that  section 
would  be  entitled  to  a  lien  under  that  section,  for  or  on 
account  of  any  debt,  justly  due  to  him  for  work  done  or 
for  materials  placed  or  furnished  to  be  used  as  therein  men- 
tioned, for  which  he  is  not  primarily  liable,  and  within  three 
days  afterwards  gives  written  notice  of  the  payment  to  the 
person  primarily  liable,  or  his  agent,  the  payment  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  a  payment  on  his  contract  generally  to  the  con- 
tractor or  subcontractor  primarily  liable  but  not  so  as  to 
affect  the  percentage  to  be  retained  by  the  owner  as  provided 
by  section  11.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  12  (1),  amended. 


Rights  of 
subcon- 
tractor 


13.  Every  subcontractor  is  entitled  to  enforce  his  lien  not- 
withstanding the  non-completion  or  abandonment  of  the 
contract  by  any  contractor  or  subcontractor  under  whom  he 
claims.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  12  (2). 


Priority  of 
lien 


14. — (1)  The  lien  has  priority  over  all  judgments,  execu- 
tions, assignments,  attachments,  garnishments  and  receiving 
orders  recovered,  issued  or  made  after  the  lien  arises,  and  over 
all  payments  or  advances  made  on  account  of  any  conveyance 
or  mortgage  after  notice  in  writing  of  the  lien  has  been  given 
to  the  person  making  such  payments  or  after  registration  of  a 
claim  for  the  lien  as  hereinafter  provided,  and,  in  the  absence 
of  such  notice  in  writing  or  the  registration  of  a  claim  for  lien, 
all  such  payments  or  advances  have  priority  over  any  such 
lien.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  13  (1),  amended. 


among 
lienholder? 


Mortgage 
given  to 
person 
entitled  to 
lien  void  aa 
against  lien- 
holders 


(2)  Except  where  it  is  otherwise  provided  by  this  Act, 
no  person  entitled  to  a  lien  on  any  property  or  money  is 
entitled  to  any  priority  or  preference  over  another  person  of 
the  same  class  entitled  to  a  lien  on  such  property  or  money, 
and  each  class  of  lienholders  ranks  pari  passu  for  their  several 
amounts,  and  the  proceeds  of  any  sale  shall  be  distributed 
among  them  pro  rata  according  to  their  several  classes  and 
rights. 

(3)  Any  conveyance,  mortgage  or  charge  of  or  on  land 
given  to  any  person  entitled  to  a  lien  thereon  under  this  Act 
in  payment  of  or  as  security  for  any  such  claim,  whether 


36 


11 

given  before  or  after  such  lien  claim  has  arisen,  shall,  as 
against  other  parties  entitled  to  liens  under  this  Act,  on  any 
such  land  be  deemed  to  be  fraudulent  and  void.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  13  (2,  3). 


PRIORITY  OF  WAGES 

15. — (1)  Every  workman  whose  lien  is  for  wages  has^gjf/fo^"'^ 
priority  to  the  extent  of  thirty  days  wages  over  all  other  liens  '^asea 
derived  through  the  same  contractor  or  subcontractor  to  the 
extent  of  and  on  the  15  per  cent  directed  to  be  retained  by 
section  11  to  which  the  contractor  or  subcontractor  through 
whom  the  lien  is  derived  is  entitled,  and  all  such  workmen 
rank  thereon  pari  passu. 

(2)  Every  workman  is  entitled  to  enforce  a  lien  in  respect  |'j-g"j[9^<''"3 
of  any  contract  or  subcontract  that  has  not  been  completed  such  oases 
and,  notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  this  Act, 

may  serve  a  notice  of  motion  on  the  proper  i^ersons,  returnable 
in  four  days  after  service  thereof  before  the  judge  or  officer 
having  jurisdiction  to  try  an  action  under  this  Act,  that  the 
applicant  will  on  the  return  of  the  motion  ask  for  judgment  on 
his  claim  for  lien,  registered  particulars  of  which  shall  accom- 
pany the  notice  of  motion  duly  verified  by  affidavit. 

(3)  If  the  contract  has  not  been  completed  when  the  lien  ^g*'^^n*ag"/ 
is  claimed  by  a  workman,  the  percentage  shall  be  calculated  ^^^J"  i^°^' 
on  the  value  of  the  work  done  or  materials  placed  or  furnished  fulfilled 
by  the  contractor  or  subcontractor  by  whom  the  workman 

is  employed,  having  regard  to  the  contract  price,  if  any. 

(4)  Every  device  by  an  owner,  contractor  or  subcontractor  °/fga't*^ '" 
to  defeat  the  priority  given   to  a  workman   for  his  wages  priority  of 

,      r         ,  fir-  •        vvorkmen 

and  every  payment  made  for  the  purpose  of  defeatmg  or  im- 
pairing a  lien  are  void.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  14,  amended. 


REGISTR-^TION 

16.— (1)  A  claim  for  a  lien  may  be  registered  in  the  proper  ^f^^f/^fjjf*'"" 
registry  office  and  shall  set  out,  '^'"'  ''^" 

(a)  the  name  and  an  address  for  service  of  the  person 
claiming  the  lien  and  of  the  owner  or  of  the  ]>erson 
whom  the  person  claiming  the  lien,  or  his  agent, 
believes  to  be  the  owner  of  the  land,  and  of  the  person 
for  whom  the  work  was  or  is  to  be  done,  or  the 
materials  were  or  are  to  be  placed  or  furnished,  and 
the  time  within  which  the  same  was  or  was  to  be 
done  or  placed  or  furnished; 

36 


12 


(b)  a  short  description  of  the  work  done  or  to  be  done, 
or  the  materials  placed  or  furnished  or  to  be  placed 
or  furnished; 

(c)  the  sum  claimed  as  due  or  to  become  due; 


R.S.O.  1960, 
cc.  204,  348 


(d)  a  description  of  the  land  as  required  by  The  Land 
Titles  Act  or  The  Registry  Act  and  the  regulations 
thereunder,  as  the  case  may  be;  and 


(e)  the  date  of  expiry  of  the  period  of  credit  if  credit 
has  been  given.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  16  (1), 
amended. 


Verification 
of  claim 


(2)  The  claim  shall  be  verified  in  duplicate  by  the  affidavit 
of  the  person  claiming  the  lien,  or  of  his  agent  or  assignee 
who  has  a  personal  knowledge  of  the  matters  required  to  be 
verified,  and  the  affidavit  of  the  agent  or  assignee  shall  state 
that  he  has  such  knowledge. 


Lien 

against 

railway 


(3)  When  it  is  desired  to  register  a  claim  for  lien  against  a 
railway,  it  is  sufficient  description  of  the  land  of  the  railway 
company  to  describe  it  as  the  land  of  the  railway  company, 
and  every  such  claim  shall  be  registered  in  the  general  register 
in  the  office  for  the  registry  division  within  which  the  lien  is 
claimed  to  have  arisen.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  16  (2,  3). 


What  may 
be  included 
in  claim 


17. —  (1)  A  claim  for  lien  may  include  claims  against  any 
number  of  properties,  and  any  number  of  persons  claiming 
liens  upon  the  same  property  may  unite  therein,  but,  where 
more  than  one  lien  is  included  in  one  claim,  each  claim  for 
lien  shall  be  verified  by  affidavit  as  provided  in  section  16. 


ment'of°"  (2)  The  judge  or  officer  trying  the  action  has  jurisdiction 

claims  equitably  to  apportion  against  the  respective  properties  the 

amounts  included  in  any  claim  or  claims  under  subsection  1. 

R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  17,  amended. 

Informality  jg. — (1)  Substantial  compliance  with  sections  16,  17  and 
29  is  sufficient  and  no  claim  for  lien  is  invalidated  by  reason  of 
failure  to  comply  with  any  of  the  requirements  of  such  sections 
unless,  in  the  opinion  of  the  judge  or  officer  trying  the  action, 
the  owner,  contractor  or  subcontractor,  mortgagee  or  other 
person  is  prejudiced  thereby,  and  then  only  to  the  extent  to 
which  he  is  thereby  prejudiced. 

ne^ce'ssary  °"  (2)  Xothing  in  this  Section  dispenses  with  the  requirement 
of  registration  of  the  claim  for  lien.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s,  18, 
amended. 


36 


Section  21.  As  a  result  of  further  submissions  and  research,  the 
O.L.[<.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  p.  8,  recommends  that  the  "umbrella  principle" 
of  the  Act,  which  appeared  as  subsection  5  of  section  21  of  Bill  190,  be 
dropped.  The  result  will  be  that  all  lien  claimants  must  register  their 
claims,  thus  greatly  facilitating  the  trial  of  some  mechanics'  lien  actions. 

The  requirement  for  registration  of  certificates  of  action  is  to  be 

found  in  section  22  (2)  of  this  Bill. 


36 


13 

19.  A  duplicate  of  the  claim  for  lien,  bearing  the  registrar's  fe^nied*'* '° 
certificate  of  registration,  shall  be  filed  on  or  before  the  trial 

of  the  action,  where  the  action  is  to  be  tried  in  the  County  of 
York,  in  the  office  of  the  master  of  the  Supreme  Court,  or, 
where  the  action  is  to  be  tried  elsewhere,  in  the  office  of  the 
clerk  of  the  county  or  district  court  of  the  county  or  district 
in  which  the  action  is  to  be  tried.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  19  (1),  amended. 

20.  Where  a  claim  is  so  registered,  the  person  entitled  to  ^f*}?^!^ 

a  lien  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  purchaser  pro  tanlo  and  a  claimant 
purchaser  within  the  provisions  of  The  Registry  Act  and  TAe  R.s.o.  i960, 
Land   Titles  Act,  but,  except  as  herein  otherwise  j^rovided, 
those  Acts  do  not  apply  to  any  lien  arising  under  this  Act. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  20,  amended. 


21. — (1)  A  claim  for  lien  by  a  contractor  or  subcontractor  Jjj^J'f°j.f 
in  cases  not  otherwise  jjrovided  for  may  be  registered  before  ""eKistration 
or  during  the  performance  of  the  contract  or  of  the  subcontract 
or  within  thirty-seven  days  after  the  completion  or  abandon- 
ment of  the  contract  or  of  the  subcontract,  as  the  case  may 
be.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  21  (1). 

(2)  A  claim  for  lien  for  materials  may  be  registered  before  Mater'au 
or  during  the  placing  or  furnishing  thereof,  or  within  thirty- 
seven  days  after  the  placing  or  furnishing  of  the  last  material 

so  placed  or  furnished.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  21  (2),  amended. 

(3)  A  claim  for  lien  for  services  may  be  registered  at  any  services 
time  during  the  performance  of  the  service  or  within  thirty- 
seven  days  after  the  comjiletion  of  the  service.     R.S.O.  1960, 

c.  233,  s.  21  (3). 

(4)  A  claim  for  lien  for  wages  may  be  registered  at  any  time  wages 
during  the  doing  of  the  work  for  which  the  wages  are  claimed 

or  within  thirty-seven  days  after  the  last  work  was  done  for 
which  the  lien  is  claimed.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  21  (4), 
anievded. 

(5)  Where  there  is  no  lien  on  the  land  by  virtue  of  subsec- Notice^  of 
tion  2  of  section  5,  any  person  who  is  asserting  a  claim  under  holdback 
subsection  5  of  section  11  for  work  done  or  materials  placed 

or  furnished  shall  give  notice  in  writing  of  his  claim  to  the 
owner,  to  every  person  in  whose  hands  are  sums  retained 
under  section  11  to  whicii  his  claim  may  relate  and  to  the 
municipality  in  which  the  land  is  situate  within  thirty-seven 
days  after  the  completion  or  abandonment  of  the  work  or 
the  placing  or  furnishing  of  the  materials.     New.  "^Pl 

36 


14 


Expiry  of 
liens 


EXPIRY  AND  DISCHARGE 


22. — (1)  Every  lien  for  which  a  claim  is  not  registered 
ceases  to  exist  on  the  expiration  of  the  time  limited  in  section  2 1 
for  the  registration  thereof. 


Registration 
of  certificate 
of  action 


(2)  Upon  an  action  under  this  Act  being  commenced,  a 
certificate  thereof  shall  be  registered  in  the  registry  office  in 
which  the  claim  for  lien  is  registered.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 

s.  22  (1),  part,  amended. 


Vacating 
orders 


(3)  Where  a  certificate  of  action  has  been  registered  for 
two  years  or  more  in  the  registry  office  and  no  appointment 
has  been  taken  out  for  the  trial  of  the  action,  the  judge  or  an 
officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action  may,  upon  the 
application  ex  parte  of  any  interested  person,  make  an  order 
vacating  the  certificate  of  action  and  discharging  all  liens 
depending  thereon.     R.S.O.   1960,  c.  233,  s.  22,  amended. 


23.  Every  lien  for  which  a  claim  is  registered  ceases   to 


When  lien 

to  cease  .  .        .  r      . 

If  registered  exist  On  the  expiration  of  ninety  days  after  the  work  has  been 

and  not  ,         ,  ,  -ii,  ,  ,  r         •   ,      , 

proceeded      completed  or  the  materials  have  been  placed  or  furnished,  or 
^^°^  after  the  expiry  of  the  period  of  credit,  where  such  period  is 

mentioned  in  the  registered  claim  for  lien,  unless  in  the 
meantime  an  action  is  commenced  to  realize  the  claim  or  in 
which  a  subsisting  claim  may  be  realized,  and  a  certificate  is 
registered  as  provided  by  section  22.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  23, 
amended. 


Assignment 
or  death  of 
lien 
claimant 


24.  The  rights  of  a  lien  claimant  may  be  assigned  by  an 
instrument  in  writing  and,  if  not  assigned,  upon  his  death 
pass  to  his  personal  representative.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  24, 
amended. 


Discharge 
of  lien 


25. — (1)  A  claim  for  lien  may  be  discharged  by  the  regis- 
tration of  a  receipt  acknowledging  payment, 


(a)  where  made  by  a  lien  claimant  that  is  not  a  corpora- 
tion, signed  by  the  lien  claimant  or  his  agent  duly 
authorized  in  writing  and  verified  by  affidavit;  or 

(6)  where  made  by  a  lien  claimant  that  is  a  corporation, 
sealed  with  its  corporate  seal.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  25  (1),  amended. 


Security  or 
payment 


(2)  Upon  application,  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdic- 

and  vacating  ^'°"  ^'^  ^'^y  '^^  action  may,  at  any  time, 

(a)  allow  security  for  or  payment  into  court  of  the 
amount  of  the  claim  of  the  lien  claimant  and  the 
amount  of  the  claims  of  any  other  subsisting  lien 


lien  and 
certificate 
of  action 


36 


Section  25.  A  number  of  changes  in  language  have  been  made  in 
order  to  clarify  the  intent,  especially  subsection  6  as  to  notice.  See 
O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  p.  9. 


36 


15 

claimants  together  with  such  costs  as  he  may  fix, 
and  thereupon  order  that  the  registration  of  the 
claim  for  lien  or  liens  and  the  registration  of  the 
certificate  of  action,  if  any,  be  vacated; 

(b)  upon  any  other  proper  ground,  order  that  the  regis- 
tration of  the  claim  for  lien  or  liens  and  the  regis- 
tration of  the  certificate  of  action,  if  any,  be  vacated; 
or 

(c)  upon  proper  grounds,  dismiss  the  action.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  233,  s.  25  (4),  amended. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  sections  22  and  23,  where  an  order  Effect  of 

,  ..,,..  11,  ,  order  under 

to  vacate  the  registration  of  a  hen  is  made  under  clause  a  or  osubs.  2, 
of  subsection  2,  the  lien  does  not  cease  to  exist  for  the  reason '  ^-  "  °'^ 
that  no  certificate  of  action  is  registered. 

(4)  Any  money  so  paid  into  court,  or  any  bond  or  other  Money  paid 

.        /  .  r     ...  ,        ■'.    .  ,      Into  court 

security  for  securing  the  like  amount  and  satisfactory  to  the 
judge  or  officer,  takes  the  place  of  the  property  discharged 
and  is  subject  to  the  claims  of  every  person  who  has  at  the 
time  of  the  application  a  subsisting  claim  for  lien  or  given 
notice  of  the  claim  under  subsection  6  of  section  11  or  section 
14  to  the  same  extent  as  if  the  money,  bond  or  other  security 
was  realized  by  a  sale  of  the  property  in  an  action  to  enforce 
the  lien,  but  such  amount  as  the  judge  or  officer  finds  to  be 
owing  to  the  person  whose  lien  has  been  so  vacated  is  a  first 
charge  upon  the  money,  bond  or  other  security. 

(5)  Where   the  certificate   required    by   section   22   or   23  whej-e  notice 
has  not  been  registered  within  the  prescribed  time  and  an  tion  to 

,.        .  .         °    ,  ,'.  .  ,  ,.       vacate  not 

application  is  made  to  vacate  the  registration  of  a  claim  requisite 

for  lien  after  the  time  for  registration  of  the  certificate,  the 

order  vacating  the  lien  may  be  made  ex  parte  upon  production 

of  a  certificate  of  search  under  The  Land  Titles  A  ct  or  of  a  regis-  r.s.o.  i960. 

trar's  abstract  under  The  Registry  Act,  as  the  case  may  be,"^"^' ^"^^  ^** 

together  with  a  certified  copy  of  the  registered  claim  for  lien. 

R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  25  (5-7),  amended. 

(6)  Where  money  has  been  paid  into  court  or  a  bond  ^lonTy  out  ^ 
deposited  in  court  pursuant  to  an  order  under  subsection  2,°'^<'°"'"' 
the  judge  or  officer  may,  ujxjn  such  notice  to  the  parties  as  he 
may  require,  order  the  money  to  be  paid  out  to  the  persons 
entitled  thereto  or  the  delivery  up  of  the  bond  for  cancellation, 
as  the  case  may  be.     1961-62,  c.  78,  s.  1,  amended. 

(7)  An  order  discharging  a  claim  for  lien  or  vacating  a  "^eKistj-^ation 
certificate  of  action  shall   be  registered   by  registering  the 
order  or  a  certificate  thereof,  under  the  seal  of  the  court,  that 

36 


16 

oo'^204^848'  includes  a  description  of  the  land  as  required  by  The  Land 
Titles  Act  or  The  Registry  Act  and  the  regulations  thereunder, 
as  the  case  may  be,  and  a  reference  to  the  registration  number 
of  every  registered  claim  for  lien  and  certificate  of  action 
affected  thereby.     1966,  c.  84,  s.  1,  amended. 

EFFECT  OF   TAKING  SECURITY  OR   EXTENDING  TIME 

generally  26. — (1)  The  taking  of  any  security  for,  or  the  acceptance 

of  any  promissory  note  or  bill  of  exchange  for,  or  the  taking 
of  any  acknowledgment  of  the  claim,  or  the  giving  of  time 
for  the  payment  thereof,  or  the  taking  of  any  proceedings  for 
the  recovery,  or  the  recovery  of  a  personal  judgment  for  the 
claim,  does  not  merge,  waive,  pay,  satisfy,  prejudice  or  destroy 
the  lien  unless  the  lien  claimant  agrees  in  writing  that  it  has 
that  effect.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  26  (1). 

perkfd  (2)  Where  any  such  promissory  note  or  bill  of  exchange 

of  credit        has  been  negotiated,  the  lien  claimant  does  not  thereby  lose 
not  expired  .  °    .       ,       ,.        ..  ,        .  ....        ,  .     -'     . 

his  right  to  claim  lor  hen  if,  at  the  time  of  bringing  his  action 

to  enforce  it  or  where  an  action  is  brought  by  another  lien 

claimant,  he  is,  at  the  time  of  proving  his  claim  in  the  action, 

the  holder  of  such  promissory  note  or  bill  of  exchange. 

Time  for  (3)  Nothing  in  subsection  2  extends  the  time  limited  bv 

bringing  ,  >    '.         ,       ,'^.       .  .  ,  .    .        ,       .. 

action  not      this  Act  lor  bringing  an  action  to  enforce  a  claim  tor  lien. 

extended  "     *" 

bri'nging'^  (^)  ^  person  who  has  extended  the  time  for  payment  of  a 

action  by       claim  for  which  he  has  a  claim  for  lien  in  order  to  obtain  the 

person  who     ,  ^     ,  .  r 

gave  time  benefit  of  this  section  shall  commence  an  action  to  enforce 
the  claim  within  the  time  prescribed  by  this  Act  and  shall 
register  a  certificate  as  required  by  sections  22  and  23,  but  no 
further  proceedings  shall  be  taken  in  the  action  until  the 
expiration  of  such  extension  of  time.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  26  (2-4),  amended. 

ciairn"in  27.  Where  the  period  of  credit  in  respect  of  a  claim  has  not 

anotiier'^       expired  or  there  has  been  an  extension  of  time  for  payment  of 
person  j-^g  claim,  the  lien  claimant  may  nevertheless,  if  an  action  is 

commenced  b}-  any  other  person  to  enforce  a  claim  for  lien 
against  the  same  property,  prove  and  obtain  payment  of  his 
claim  in  the  action  as  if  the  period  of  credit  or  the  extended 
time  had  expired.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  27,  amended. 

LIEN  CLAIM.^NT'S   RIGHTS   TO   INFORMATION 

Production        28. —  (1)  Anv  lien  claimant  may  in  writing  at  any  time 

of  contract  \    /  ^  j  a  j 

or^^agree-  demand  of  the  owner  or  his  agent  the  production,  for  inspec- 
tion, of  the  contract  or  agreement  with  the  contractor  for 
or  in  respect  of  which  the  work  was  or  is  to  be  done  or  the 

36 


ment 


Section  29.     Xo  change  in  principle  from  the  present  Act. 


36 


I 


17 

materials  were  or  are  to  be  placed  or  furnished,  if  the  contract 
or  agreement  is  in  writing  or,  if  not  in  writing,  the  terms  of  the 
contract  or  agreement  and  the  state  of  the  accounts  between 
the  owner  and  the  contractor,  and,  if  the  owner  or  his  agent 
does  not,  at  the  time  of  the  demand  or  within  a  reasonable 
time  thereafter,  produce  the  contract  or  agreement  if  in  writing 
or,  if  not  in  writing,  does  not  inform  the  person  making  the 
demand  of  the  terms  of  the  contract  or  agreement  and  the 
amount  due  and  unpaid  upon  the  contract  or  agreement  or  if 
he  knowingly  falsely  states  the  terms  of  the  contract  or  agree- 
ment or  the  amount  due  or  unpaid  thereon  and  if  the  person 
claiming  the  lien  sustains  loss  by  reason  of  the  refusal  or 
neglect  or  false  statement,  the  owner  is  liable  to  him  for  the 
amount  of  the  loss  in  an  action  therefor  or  in  any  action  for 
the  enforcement  of  a  lien  under  this  Act,  and  subsection  4  of 
section  38  applies. 

(2)  Any  lien  claimant  may  in  writing  at  any  time  demand  of  of^mon^-"' 
a  mortgagee  or  unpaid  vendor  or  his  agent  the  terms  of  anye^Bee  or 
mortgage  on  the  land  or  of  any  agreement  for  the  purchase  of  vendor 
the  land  in  respect  of  which  the  work  was  or  is  to  be  done  or  the 
materials  were  or  are  to  be  placed  or  furnished  and  a  statement 
showing  the  amount  advanced  on  the  mortgage  or  the  amount 

owing  on  the  agreement,  as  the  case  may  be,  and,  if  the  mort- 
gagee or  vendor  or  his  agent  fails  to  inform  the  lien  claimant  at 
the  time  of  the  demand  or  within  a  reasonable  time  thereafter 
of  the  terms  of  the  mortgage  or  agreement  and  the  amount 
advanced  or  owing  thereon  or  if  he  knowingly  falsely  states 
the  terms  of  the  mortgage  or  agreement  and  the  amount 
owing  thereon  and  the  lien  claimant  sustains  loss  by  the  refusal 
or  neglect  or  misstatement,  the  mortgagee  or  vendor  is  liable 
to  him  for  the  amount  of  the  loss  in  an  action  therefor  or  in 
any  action  for  the  enforcement  of  a  lien  under  this  Act,  and 
subsection  4  of  section  38  applies. 

(3)  The  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  an  action  of  Contract 
under  this  Act  may,  on  a  summary  application  at  any  time  ^enf''®®" 
before  or  after  an  action  is  commenced  for  the  enforcement  of 

the  claim  for  lien,  make  an  order  requiring  the  owner  or  his 
agent  or  the  mortgagee  or  his  agent  or  the  unpaid  vendor  or 
his  agent  or  the  contractor  or  his  agent  or  the  subcontractor  or 
his  agent,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  produce  and  permit  any 
lien  claimant  to  inspject  any  such  contract  or  agreement  or 
mortgage  or  agreement  for  sale  or  the  accounts  or  any  other 
relevant  document  upon  such  terms  as  to  costs  as  the  judge 
or  officer  deems  just.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  28,  amended. 

ACTIONS 

29.— (1)  A  claim  for  lien  is  enforceable  in  an  action  in  the  Ho^j.°J||Jfg 
Supreme  Court. 

36 


18 


statement 
of  claim, 
filing  of 


(2)  An  action  under  this  section  shall  be  commenced  by 
filing  a  statement  of  claim  in  the  office  of  the  local  registrar 
of  the  Supreme  Court  in  the  county  or  district  in  which  the 
land  or  part  thereof  is  situate. 


Idem, 
service 


(3)  The  statement  of  claim  shall  be  served  within  thirty 
days  after  it  is  filed,  but  the  judge  having  jurisdiction  to  try 
the  action  or,  in  the  County  of  York,  the  master  may  extend 
the  time  for  service. 


of^defen^e  (^)  ^^^  '•'"^^  ^°''  delivering  the  statement  of  defence  in  the 

action  shall  be  the  same  as  for  entering  an  appearance  in  an 
action  in  the  Supreme  Court. 

Parties  (5)  It  is  not  necessary  to  make  any  lien  claimants  parties 

defendant  to  the  action,  but  all  lien  claimants  served  with  the 
notice  of  trial  shall  for  all  purposes  be  deemed  to  be  parties 
to  the  action. 


Motion 
to  speed 
trial 


(6)  After  the  commencement  of  the  action,  any  lien  claim- 
ant or  other  person  interested  may  apply  to  the  judge  having 
jurisdiction  to  try  the  action  or,  in  the  County  of  York, 
a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  to  speed  the  trial  of  the  action. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  29,  amended. 


Lien 

claimants 
joining  in 
action 


30.  Any  number  of  lien  claimants  claiming  liens  on  the 
same  land  may  join  in  an  action,  and  an  action  brought  by 
a  lien  claimant  shall  be  deemed  to  be  brought  on  behalf  of 
himself  and  all  other  lien  claimants.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  30, 
amended. 


Tribunal 
and  place 
of  trial 


31. — (1)  Except  in  the  County  of  York,  the  action  shall 
be  tried  by  the  local  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  in  the 
county  or  district  in  which  the  action  was  commenced,  but, 
upon  the  application  of  any  party  or  other  interested  person 
made  according  to  the  practice  of  the  Supreme  Court  and  upon 
notice,  the  court  may  direct  that  the  action  be  tried  by  a 
judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  at  the  regular  sittings  of  the 
court  for  the  trial  of  actions  in  the  county  or  district  in  which 
the  action  was  commenced.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  31  (1,  2). 


Idem, 

York 

County 


(2)   In  the  County  of  York,  the  action  shall  be  tried  by  a 
judge  of  the  Supreme  Court,  but, 


R.S.O.  I960, 
c.  197 


(a)  on  motion  after  defence  or  defence  to  counterclaim, 
if  any,  has  been  delivered  or  the  time  for  such 
delivery  has  expired,  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court 
may  refer  the  whole  action  to  the  master  for  trial 
pursuant  to  section  69  of  The  Judicature  Act;  or 


36 


1 


Section  31.  The  O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  p.  10,  recommends  that  as 
there  is  no  relationship  between  subsections  1  and  2  of  section  31  of  Bill 
190,  subsection  1  should  be  renumbered  as  section  31,  subsections  2  to  7 
renumbered  as  subsections  1  to  6  of  a  new  section  32  and  the  following 
sections  renumbered  accordingly.    This  recommendation  is  implemented. 


36 


Section  34 — Subsection  2.  As  recommended  by  the  O.L.R.C.  Supp. 
Rep.,  p.  10,  the  powers  that  trustees  may  exercise  under  the  section  are 
broadened  to  include,  if  authorized  by  court  order,  the  power  to  lease  the 
property  against  which  the  claim  for  lien  is  registered. 


36 


19 

(b)  at  the  trial,  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  may  direct 
a  reference  to  the  master  pursuant  to  section  68  or  69 
of  The  Judicature  Act.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  31  (3),  Rf39-  iseo. 
amended. 

(3)  Where  on  motion  the  whole  action  is  referred  to  the  to^leraside 
master  for  trial,  any  person  brought  into  the  proceedings  i"re^ung'a 
subsequent  thereto  and   served   with   a  notice  of  trial   may ''*'^®'"^"'^"^ 
apply  to  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  to  set  aside  the  judg- 
ment directing  the  reference  within  seven  days  after  service 

of  notice  of  trial  and,  if  such  person  fails  to  make  such  appli- 
cation, he  is  bound  by  such  judgment  as  if  he  were  originally 
a  party  thereto. 

(4)  Where  the  action  is  referred  to  the  master  for  trial,  he^^j^^j^^j 
may  grant  leave  to  amend  any  pleading.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  pleadings 

,    °, ,     _.  ■'   '^  °  on  reference 

S.  31   (4,  5). 

32.  The    local    judges    of    the    Supreme    Court  and   the^ica"^"'^ 
master  to  whom  a  reference  for  trial  has  been  directed,  in4\cfo*,  etc. 
addition  to  their  ordinary  powers,  have  all  the  jurisdiction, 

powers  and  authority  of  the  Supreme  Court  to  try  and  com- 
pletely dispose  of  the  action  and  questions  arising  therein  and 
all  questions  of  set-ofT  and  counterclaim  arising  under  the 
building  contract  or  out  of  the  work  done  or  materials  fur- 
nished to  the  property  in  question.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233. 
s.  32  (1),  amended. 

33.  Where  an  owner  enters  into  an  entire  contract  for  traa'^covera 
the  supply  of  materials  to  be  used  in  several  buildings,  the  |fy jf^f^^g 
person  supplying  the  materials  may  ask  to  have  his  lien  follow 

the  form  of  the  contract  and  that  it  be  for  an  entire  sum  upon 
all  the  buildings,  but,  in  case  the  owner  has  sold  one  or  more  of 
the  buildings,  the  judge  or  officer  trying  the  action  has  juris- 
diction equitably  to  apportion  against  the  respective  buildings 
the  amount  included  in  the  claim  for  lien  under  the  entire 
contract.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  32  (2),  amended. 

34. — (1)  At  any  time  after  the  delivery  of  the  statement  fppnlnt  a 
of  claim,  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  therln^'/lfid'^ 
action  may,  on  the  application  of  any  lien  claimant,  mort-  profits 
gagee  or  other  person  interested,  appoint  a  receiver  of  the 
rents  and  profits  of  the  property  against  which  the  claim  for 
lien  is  registered,  upon  such  terms  and  upon  the  giving  of 
such  security  or  without  security  as  the  judge  or  officer  deems 
just. 

(2)  Any  lien  claimant,  mortgagee  or  other  person  interested  d'j^ecT  '° 
may  make  an  application  to  the  judge  or  officer  at  any  time^^'^^^^^ 
before  or  after  judgment,  which  may  hear  viva  voce  or  affidavit  trustee 

36 


20 


evidence  or  both  and  appoint,  upon  such  terms  and  upon  the 
giving  of  such  security  or  without  security  as  the  judge  or 
officer  deems  just,  a  trustee  or  trustees  with  power  to  manage, 
mortgage,  lease  and  sell,  or  manage,  mortgage,  lease  or  sell, 
the  property  against  which  the  claim  for  lien  is  registered, 
and  the  exercise  of  such  powers  shall  be  under  the  supervision 
and  direction  of  the  judge  or  officer,  and  with  power,  when 
so  directed  by  the  judge  or  officer,  to  complete  or  partially 
complete  the  property,  and,  in  the  event  that  mortgage 
moneys  are  advanced  to  the  trustee  or  trustees  as  the  result 
of  any  of  the  powers  conferred  upon  him  or  them  under  this 
subsection,  such  moneys  take  priority  over  every  claim  of 
lien  existing  as  of  the  date  of  the  appointment. 


Property 
offered  for 
sale 


(3)  Any  property  directed  to  be  sold  under  subsection  2 
may  be  offered  for  sale  subject  to  any  mortgage  or  other 
charge  or  encumbrance  if  the  judge  or  officer  so  directs. 


Proceeds 
to  be  paid 
into  court 


(4)  The  proceeds  of  any  sale  made  by  a  trustee  or  trustees 
under  subsection  2  shall  be  paid  into  court  and  are  subject 
to  the  claims  of  all  lien  claimants,  mortgagees  or  other  persons 
interested  in  the  property  so  sold  as  their  respective  rights  are 
determined,  and,  in  so  far  as  applicable,  section  39  applies. 


Orders  for 
completion 
of  sale 


(5)  The  judge  or  officer  shall  make  all  necessary  orders  for 
the  completion  of  any  mortgage,  lease  or  sale  authorized  to 
be  made  under  subsection  2. 


Vesting 
of  title 


(6)  Any  vesting  order  made  of  property  sold  by  a  trustee 
or  trustees  appointed  under  subsection  2  vests  the  title  of  the 
property  free  from  all  claims  for  liens,  encumbrances  and 
interests  of  any  kind  including  dower,  except  in  cases  where 
sale  is  made  subject  to  any  mortgage,  charge,  encumbrance 
or  interest  as  hereinbefore  provided,  but  nothing  in  this 
section  or  elsewhere  in  this  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  extinguish 
the  right  to  dower,  if  any,  of  any  married  woman  or  the  right 
to  have  the  value  of  her  dower  ascertained  and  deducted 
from  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  so  paid  into  court.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  32  (3-8),  amended. 


Order  for 
preserva- 
tion of 
property 


35.  At  any  time  after  delivery  of  the  statement  of  claim 
and  before  judgment,  or  after  judgment  and  pending  the 
hearing  and  determination  of  any  appeal,  any  lien  claimant, 
mortgagee  or  other  interested  person  may  make  an  application 
to  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action, 
who  may  hear  viva  voce  or  affidavit  evidence  or  both  and  make 
an  order  for  the  preservation  of  any  property  pending  the 
determination  of  the  action  and  any  appeal.     New. 


36 


Subsection  3.  The  words  "but  only  in  cases  where  there  is  no  dispute 
as  to  the  priority  of  any  such  mortgage"  at  the  end  of  the  provision  as  it 
appeared  in  Bill  190  have  been  deleted  as  recommended  by  the  O.L.R.C. 
Supp.  Rep.,  p.  11.  This  will  expedite  the  trial  of  mechanics'  lien  actions 
by  giving  the  court  power  to  direct  a  sale  under  the  court's  supervision  in 
cases  where  the  priority  of  a  mortgage  is  in  dispute  or  where  the  lien 
claimants  refuse  to  take  a  position  one  way  or  the  other. 


36 


21 

36.  Where  more  actions  than  one  are  brought  to  realize  ^°"^°|:''J*' 
liens  in  respect  of  the  same  land,  the  judge  or  officer  having  a' tions 
jurisdiction  to  try  the  action  may,  on  the  application  of  any 

party  to  any  one  of  the  actions  or  on  the  application  of  any 
other  person  interested,  consolidate  all  such  actions  into  one 
action  and  award  the  conduct  of  the  consolidated  action  to 
any  plaintiff  as  the  judge  or  officer  deems  just.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  33,  amended. 

37.  Any  lien  claimant  entitled  to  the  benefit  of  an  action  eVrriage'^o"^ 
may  at  any  time  apply  to  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdic-  proreedingg 
tion  to  try  the  action  for  the  carriage  of  the  proceedings,  and 

the  judge  or  officer  may  make  an  order  awarding  such  lien 
claimant  the  carriage  of  the  proceedings.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  34,  amended. 

38.— (1)  After  the  delivery  of  the  statement  of  deience  ^^^%"/"'« 
where  the  plaintiff's  claim  is  disputed,  or  after  the  time  for""'*' 
delivery  of  defence  in  all  other  cases,  either  party  may  apply 
ex  parte  to  a  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the 
action  to  fix  a  day  for  the  trial  thereof,  and  the  judge  or 
officer  shall  appoint  the  time  and  place  of  trial,  and  the  order, 
signed  by  the  judge  or  officer,  shall  form  part  of  the  record  of 
the  proceedings. 

(2)  The  party  obtaining  an  appointment  for  the  trial  shall,  triaVa^nd 
at  least  ten  clear  days  before  the  day  ai)ix)inted,  serve  notice ^*''''"® 
of  trial  upon  the  solicitors  for  the  defendants  who  appear 

by  solicitors  and  upon  the  defendants  who  appear  in  person, 
and  upon  all  the  lienholders  who  have  registered  their  claims 
as  required  by  this  Act  or  of  whose  claims  he  has  notice,  and 
upon  all  other  persons  having  any  charge,  encumbrance 
or  claim  on  the  land  subsequent  in  priority  to  the  lien,  who 
are  not  parties,  and  such  service  shall  be  personal  unless 
otherwise  directed  by  the  judge  or  officer  who  may  direct  in 
what  manner  the  notice  of  trial  is  to  be  served. 

(3)  Where  any   person   interested   in    the   land    has   been     ""^ 
served  with  a  statement  of  claim  and  makes  default  in  de- 
livering a  statement  of  defence,  he  shall  nevertheless  be  served 
w'<th  notice  of  trial  and  is  entitled  to  defend  on  such  terms  as 

to  costs  and  otherwise  as  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdic- 
tion to  try  the  action  deems  just. 

(4)  The  judge,  or  where  a  reference  for  trial  is  directed,  the 
master, 

(a)  shall  try  the  action,  including  any  set-off  and  counter- 
claim, and  all  questions  that  arise  therein  or  that  are 
necessary  to  be  tried  in  order  to  completely  dispose 

36 


22 

of  the  action  and  to  adjust  the  rights  and  liabilities 
of  the  persons  appearing  before  him  or  upon  whom 
notice  of  trial  has  been  served; 

(b)  shall  take  all  accounts,  make  all  inquiries,  give  all 
directions  and  do  all  other  things  necessary  to  finally 
dispose  of  the  action  and  of  all  matters,  questions  and 
accounts  arising  therein  or  at  the  trial,  and  to  adjust 
the  rights  and  liabilities  of  and  give  all  necessary 
relief  to  all  parties  to  the  action  and  all  persons  who 
have  been  served  with  the  notice  of  trial ;  and 

(c)  shall  embody  the  results  of  the  trial, 

(i)  in  the  case  of  a  judge,  in  a  judgment,  and 

(ii)  in  the  case  of  a  master,  in  a  report, 

which  judgment  or  report  may  direct  payment  forth- 
with by  the  person  or  persons  primarily  liable  to 
pay  the  amount  of  the  claims  and  costs  as  ascertained 
by  the  judgment  or  report,  and  execution  may  be 
issued  therefor  forthwith  in  the  case  of  a  judgment 
and  after  confirmation  thereof,  in  the  case  of  a  report. 

varv^fomi  of      ^^)  ^^^  form  of  the  judgment  or  report  may  be  varied  by 

judgment       the  judge  or  officer  in  order  to  meet  the  circumstances  of  the 

case  so  as  to  afford  to  any  party  to  the  proceedings  any  right 

or  remedy  in  the  judgment  or  report  to  which  he  may  be 

entitled. 

^"'®  (6)  The  judge  or  officer  may  order  that  the  estate  or  interest 

charged  with  the  lien  be  sold,  and  may  direct  the  sale  to  take 
place  at  any  time  after  judgment  or  confirmation  of  the  report, 
allowing,  however,  a  reasonable  time  for  advertising  the  sale. 

uln""^  '"  0)  A  lien  claimant  who  did  not  prove  his  claim  at  the  trial, 

who"iiave      '~"^  application  to  the  judge  or  officer  before  whom  the  action 
not  proved     or  reference  was  tried,  mav  be  let  in  to  prove  his  claim,  on 

their  claimB  ,  .  ,    . 

at  trial  such  terms  as  to  costs  and  otherwise  as  are  deemed  just,  at 

any  time  before  the  amount  realized  in  the  action  for  the 
satisfaction  of  liens  has  been  distributed,  and,  where  his 
claim  is  allowed,  the  judgment  or  report  shall  be  amended 
so  as  to  include  his  claim. 

Rjgiit  of  ^g^  ^j^y  jjgj^  claimant  for  an  amount  not  exceeding  $200 

to^repre-^       may  be  represented  by  an  agent  who  is  not  a  barrister  and 

mentation         solicitor. 

be  Vried"bV        (^)  ^^  action  or  reference  under  this  Act  may  be  tried  by 
any  judge"     any  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action  or 

36 


23 

reference  notwithstanding  that  the  time  and  place  for  the 
trial  or  reference  thereof  were  appointed  and  fixed  by  another 
judge  or  officer.     R.S.O.   1960,  c.   233,  s.  35,  amended. 

(10)  Any  party  to  an  action  under  this  Act  or  any  other  Applications 
interested  person  may  at  any  time  and  from  time  to  time'^''"®°''°"^ 
apply  to  a  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action 
or  reference  for  directions  as  to  pleadings,  discovery,  produc- 
tion or  any  other  matter  relating  to  the  action  or  reference, 
including  the  cross-examination  of  a  lien  claimant  or  his 
agent  or  assignee  on  his  affidavit  verifying  the  claim.     New. 

39. — (1)  Where  a  sale  is  had,  the  moneys  arising  there- where  sale 
from  shall  be  paid  into  court  to  the  credit  of  the  action,  and  '*  ''*'' 
the  judge  or  officer  before  whom  the  action  was  tried  shall 
direct  to  whom  the  moneys  in  court  shall  be  paid  and  may 
add  to  the  claim  of  the  person  conducting  the  action  his  fees 
and  actual  disbursements  incurred  in  connection  with  the  sale, 
and,  where  sufficient  to  satisfy  the  judgment  and  costs  is 
not  realized  from  the  sale,  he  shall  certify  the  amount  of  the 
deficiency  and  the  names  of  the  jjersons  who  are  entitled  to 
recover  the  same,  showing  the  amount  that  each  is  entitled 
to  recover  and  the  persons  adjudged  to  pay  the  same,  giving 
credit  for  payments  made,  if  any,  under  subsection  4  of 
section  38,  and  the  persons  so  entitled  may  enforce  payment 
of  the  amounts  so  found  to  be  due  by  execution  or  otherwise. 

(2)  The  judge  or  officer  before  whom  the  action  was  tried  o  "sale*  '°" 
may  make  all  necessary  orders  for  the  completion  of  the  sale 
and  for  vesting  the  property  in  the  purchaser.     R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  36  (1,  2). 

40.  Where  a  lien  claimant  fails  to  establish  a  lien,  he  may  |'^gjj«^» ^ 
nevertheless  recover  a  personal  judgment  against  any  party  established 
to  the  action  for  such  sum  as  may  appear  to  be  due  to  him 

and  which  he  might  recover  in  an  action  against  such  party. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  36  (3). 

41.  Where  property  subject  to  a  lien  is  sold  in  an  action  ,^g'^}5*,2ere 
to  enforce  a  lien,  every  lienholder  is  entitled  to  share  in  the  *|.'^°8ej<''^^"s 
proceeds  of  the  sale  in  respect  of  the  amount  then  owing  to  payable  to 
him,  although  the  same  or  part  thereof  was  not  payable  at  proceeds 
the  time  of  the  commencement  of  the  action  or  is  not  then 
presently  payable.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  37. 

STATED   CASE 

42. —  (1)  If  in  the  course  of  proceedings  to  enforce  a  lien  a^'^*®'*  '^^^ 
question  of  law  arises,  the  judge  or  officer  trying  the  case  may, 
at  the  request  of  any  party,  state  the  question  in  the  form  of 
a  stated  case  for  the  opinion  of  the  Court  of  Appeal,  and  the 
stated  case  shall  thereupon  be  set  down  to  be  heard  before 
the  Court  of  Appeal  and  notice  of  hearing  shall  be  served 
by  the  party  setting  down  upon  all  parties  concerned. 

36 


24 


Trans- 
mission of 
papers 


(2)  The  Stated  case  shall  set  forth  the  facts  material  for 
the  determination  of  the  question  raised,  and  all  papers  neces- 
sary for  the  hearing  of  the  stated  case  by  the  Court  of  Appeal 
shall  be  transmitted  to  the  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  39,  amended. 


APPEAL 

Appeal  43, — (1)  Except   where   the   amount   of   a   judgment   in 

respect  of  a  claim  or  counterclaim  is  §200  or  less,  an  appeal 
lies  from  any  judgment  under  this  Act  to  the  Court  of  Appeal. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  40  (1),  amended. 

re?eren'/e°'"  (2)  Where  a  question  is  referred  to  the  master  for  inquiry 
and  report  under  subsection  2  of  section  31,  an  appeal  lies  in 
the  manner  prescribed  by  the  rules  of  court. 


Confirma- 
tion of 
master's 
report 


(3)  Where  an  action  is  referred  to  the  master  for  trial 
under  subsection  2  of  section  31,  the  report  shall  be  filed  and 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  confirmed  at  the  expiration  of  fifteen 
days  from  the  date  of  service  of  notice  of  filing  the  same, 
unless  notice  of  appeal  is  served  within  that  time. 


Appeal 
from 

judgment 
or  report 


(4)  An  appeal  from  a  judgment  or  report  made  on  a  refer- 
ence for  trial  lies  in  like  manner  and  to  the  same  extent  as 
from  the  decision  of  a  judge  trying  an  action  in  the  Supreme 
Court  without  a  jury.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  40  (2,  3,  4). 


Costs  of 
appeal 


(5)  The  costs  of  an  appeal  shall  not  be  governed  by  sub- 
sections 2  and  3  of  section  45  but,  subject  to  any  order  of  the 
Court  of  Appeal,  shall  be  upon  the  scale  of  costs  allowed  in 
county  court  appeals  where  the  amount  involved  is  within  the 
proper  competence  of  the  county  court,  and,  where  it  exceeds 
that  amount,  upon  the  Supreme  Court  scale.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  40  (5),  amended. 


FEES  AND  COSTS 


Fee 


44.  The  fee  payable  by  every  plaintiff,  every  plaintiff  by 
counterclaim  and  every  lien  claimant,  including  every  person 
recovering  a  personal  judgment,  in  any  action  to  realize  a  lien 
under  this  Act  is, 

(a)  §5  on  a  claim  or  counterclaim  not  exceeding  $500; 

{b)  $10  on  a  claim  or  counterclaim  exceeding  $500  but 
not  exceeding  $1,000; 

(c)  $10  on  a  claim  or  counterclaim  exceeding  $1,000, 
plus  §1  for  every  $1,000  or  fraction  thereof  in  excess 
of  $1,000, 


36 


Section  43 — Subsection  1.  The  limitation  on  appeals  that  is  in  the 
present  Act  but  was  not  in  Bill  190  appears  at  the  commencement  of  this 
provision  as  recommended  by  the  O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  p.  U. 


36 


Section  45.    The  intent  is  clarified  as  recommended  by  the  O.L.R.C 
Supp.  Rep.,  p.  11. 


36 


25 

but  no  fee  is  payable  on  a  claim  for  wages  only,  and  in  no  case 
shall  the  fee  on  a  claim  exceed  $75  or  on  a  counterclaim  exceed 
$25.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  41,  amended. 

45. — (1)  Subject  to  subsections  2,  3,  4  and  5,  any  order  Jj'5fg*^J|°^ 
as  to  costs  in  an  action  under  this  Act  is  in  the  discretion  of  provided 
the  judge  or  officer  who  tries  the  action.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  46,  amended. 

(2)  The  costs  of  the  action,  exclusive  of  actual  disburse-  ^ostfto^ 
ments,  awarded  to  the  plaintiffs  and  successful  lienholders,  plaintiffs 
shall  not  exceed  in  the  aggregate  25  per  cent  of  the  total 
amount  found  to  have  been  actually  due  on  the  liens  at  the 

time  of  the  registration  thereof,  and  shall  be  apportioned  and 
borne  in  such  proportion  as  the  judge  or  officer  who  tries  the 
action  may  direct,  but  in  making  the  apportionment  he  shall 
have  regard  to  the  actual  services  rendered  by  or  on  behalf 
of  the  parties  respectively,  provided  that,  where  a  counter- 
claim is  set  up  by  a  defendant,  the  amount  and  apportion- 
ment of  the  costs  in  respect  thereof  are  in  the  discretion  of 
the  judge  or  officer  who  tries  the  action.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  42,  amended. 

(3)  Where  costs  are  awarded  against  the  plaintiff  or  other  ^osts'against 
persons  claiming  liens,  they  shall  not  exceed,  except  in  the  p'^'"""* 
case  of  a  counterclaim,  25  per  cent  of  the  claim  of  the  plaintiff 

and  the  other  claimants,  besides  actual  disbursements,  and 
shall  be  apportioned  and  borne  as  the  judge  or  officer  who 
tries  the  action  may  direct.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  43, 
amended. 

(4)  Where  the  least  expensive  course  is  not  taken  by  a  i^ast\xpen^ 
plaintiff,  the  costs  allowed  to  him  shall  in  no  case  exceed  8'jej'^^°i^"g''^e 
what  would  have  been  incurred  if  the  least  expensive  course 

had  been  taken.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  Ui,  s.  44. 

(5)  Where  a  lien  is  discharged  or  vacated  under  section  25  J^a^^ingand 
or  where  judgment  is  given  in  favour  of  or  against  a  claim  ™8isterms^^ 
for  a  lien,  in  addition  to  the  costs  of  the  action,  the  judge  or  registration 

of  lien 

officer  who  tries  the  action  may  allow  a  reasonable  amount  for 
the  costs  of  drawing  and  registering  the  claim  for  lien  or  of 
vacating  the  registration  thereof,  but  this  does  not  apply  where 
the  claimant  fails  to  establish  a  valid  lien.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  45. 

RULES  OF  PRACTICE 

46.— (1)  The  object  of  this  Act  being  to  enforce  liens  at ^r&^xi°e 
the  least  expense,  the  procedure  shall  be  as  far  as  possible  of 
a  summary  character,  having  regard  to  the  amount  and  nature 
of  the  liens  in  question.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  47  (1). 

36 


26 


Interlocu- 
tory proceed- 
ings 


Assistance 
of  experts 


Rules  of 
practice 


(2)  Except  where  otherwise  provided  by  this  Act,  no  inter- 
locutory proceedings  shall  be  permitted  without  the  consent 
of  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action, 
and  then  only  upon  proper  proof  that  such  proceedings  are 
necessary. 

(3)  The  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action 
may  obtain  the  assistance  of  any  merchant,  accountant, 
actuary,  building  contractor,  architect,  engineer  or  person  in 
such  way  as  he  deems  fit,  the  better  to  enable  him  to  determine 
any  matter  of  fact  in  question,  and  may  fix  the  remuneration 
of  any  such  person  and  direct  payment  thereof  by  any  of  the 
parties.     R.S.O.   1960,  c.  233,  s.  47  (2,  3),  amended. 

(4)  Unless  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  the  Rules  of 
Practice  and  Procedure  of  the  Supreme  Court  apply  to  pro- 
ceedings under  this  Act.     New. 


SERVICE  OF  DOCUMENTS 


Service  of 
documents 


47.  Except  where  otherwise  directed  by  the  judge  or 
officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action,  all  documents 
relating  to  an  action  under  this  Act,  other  than  statements 
of  claim  and  notices  of  trial,  are  sufficiently  served  upon  the 
intended  recipient  if  sent  by  registered  mail  addressed  to  the 
intended  recipient  at  his  address  for  service.     New. 


Right  of 

chattel 
lienholder 
to  sell 
chattel 


LIENS  ON  CHATTELS 

48. — (1)  Every  person  who  has  bestowed  money,  skill  or 
materials  upon  any  chattel  or  thing  in  the  alteration  or  im- 
provement of  its  properties  or  for  the  purpose  of  imparting 
an  additional  value  to  it,  so  as  thereby  to  be  entitled  to  a  lien 
upon  the  chattel  or  thing  for  the  amount  or  value  of  the  money 
or  skill  and  material  bestowed,  has,  while  the  lien  exists  but  not 
afterwards,  in  case  the  amount  to  which  he  is  entitled  remains 
unpaid  for  three  months  after  it  ought  to  have  been  paid,  the 
right,  in  addition  to  any  other  remedy  to  which  he  may  be 
entitled,  to  sell  by  auction  the  chattel  or  thing  on  giving  one 
week's  notice  by  advertisement  in  a  newspaper  having  general 
circulation  in  the  municipality  in  which  the  work  was  done, 
setting  forth  the  name  of  the  person  indebted,  the  amount  of 
the  debt,  a  description  of  the  chattel  or  thing  to  be  sold,  the 
time  and  place  of  sale,  and  the  name  of  the  auctioneer,  and 
leaving  a  like  notice  in  writing  at  the  last  known  place  of 
residence,  if  any,  of  the  owner,  if  he  is  a  resident  of  the 
municipality. 

of^proceeds"        ^^^  ^""-'^  person  shall  apply  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  in 

of  sale  payment  of  the  amount  due  to  him  and  the  costs  of  advertising 

and  sale  and  shall  upon  application  pay  over  any  surplus  to  the 

person  entitled  thereto.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  48,  amended. 


36 


Section  46 — Subsection  4.    This  new  provision  implements  a  recom- 
mendation  of  the  O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  p.  11. 


27 


FORMS 


49.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu-  ^°''™^ 
lations  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use.    New. 

MISCELLANEOUS 

50.  The  Mechanics'  Lien  Act,  The  Mechanics'  Lien  Amend- ^2^\^^^^' 

ment  Act,   1961-62,    The   Mechanics'    Lien   Amendment  Act,\^^^^^- 

1962-63  and  The  Mechanics'  Lien  Amendment  Act,  1966  arei962-'63. 

repealed.  i966,"o.84, 

repealed 

51.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the  ment°'°°*" 
Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

52.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Mechanics'  Lien  ^c<,  S'""'****'* 
1968-69. 


II 


36 


tz 


f 


00 


a- 

c» 

t-l 

1 

f — ^ 

^— . 

» 

a 

a 

R. 

3* 

•-fc 

^ 

a. 

8 

» 

8 

to 

s- 

o 

S 

n 

c^ 

S 

(^ 

Ci 

»- 

s 

o- 

s 

ve 

!0 


I/) 

X 
> 

H 


rti 

O" 

(m 

1 

tsi 

^ 

a, 

>0 

v: 

>3 

a 

to 

o 

a 

a. 

ri- 

R. 

v^. 

3" 

». 

3 

a 

tns 

O 

»^> 

a 

fB 

O 

fD 

3 

to 

O" 

•1 

!:« 

t« 

h- ^ 

c 

to 

a. 

r^ 

«*. 

j3- 

a 

fKt 

»-* 

vO 

o 

00 

1 


BILL  36 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


The  Mechanics'  Lien  Act,  1968-69 


Mr.  Wishart 


(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  oj  the  Wliole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

General.  In  1965  the  Ontario  Law  Reform  Commission  undertook 
an  extensive  study  of  the  law  in  Ontario  on  mechanics'  liens. 

A  report  dated  February  22,  1966,  was  made  by  the  Commission 
to  the  Attorney  General  containing  its  recommendations  for  up-dating 
The  Mechanics'  Lien  Act. 

Bill  190,  based  upon  the  report,  was  introduced  and  given  first  reading 
at  the  1966  Session.  This  gave  the  proposed  legislation  wide  distribution 
in  convenient  form  for  study  by  interested  persons  and  organizations. 

The  Commission  then  held  public  hearings  and  considered  many 
submissions  which  resulted  in  a  supplementary  report  dated  May  26,  1967. 

The  recommendations  of  the  Commission  contained  in  the  supple- 
mentary report  have  been  incorporated  in  this  Bill.  There  is,  however, 
one  major  exception.  This  Bill  does  not  transfer  jurisdiction  in  mechanics' 
lien  actions  from  the  Supreme  Court  to  the  county  and  district  courts  as 
recommended  by  the  Commission  in  both  of  its  reports.  It  is  thought 
advisable  to  leave  this  matter  in  abeyance  pending  the  conclusion  of  the 
general  review  of  the  jurisdictions  of  the  several  court  systems  in  Ontario 
now  going  on  as  a  result  of  the  recommendations  of  the  McRuer  Report. 

This  Bill  also  contains  a  number  of  editorial  and  other  changes, 
designed  to  clarify  the  intent,  that  have  resulted  from  the  study  of  Bill  190. 

In  the  following  notes  the  supplementary  report  of  the  Commission 
is  referred  to  as  O.L.R.C.  .Supp.  Rep. 


I 


36 


1 


BILL  36  1968-69 


The  Mechanics'  Lien  Act,  1968-69 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

i.-(i)  In  this  Act,  i^itor 

(a)  "completion  of  the  contract"  means  substantial  per- 
formance, not  necessarily  total  performance,  of  the 
contract ; 

(b)  "contractor"  means  a  person  contracting  with  or 
employed  directly  by  the  owner  or  his  agent  for  the 
doing  of  work  or  the  placing  or  furnishing  of  materials 
for  any  ot  the  purposes  mentioned  in  this  Act; 

(c)  "materials"  includes  every  kind  of  movable  property ; 

(d)  "owner"  includes  any  person  and  corporation,  includ- 
ing a  municipal  corporation  and  a  railway  company, 
having  any  estate  or  interest  in  the  land  upon  which 
or  in  respect  of  which  work  is  done  or  materials  are 
placed  or  furnished,  at  whose  request,  and 

(i)  upon  whose  credit,  or 

(ii)  on  whose  behalf,  or 

(iii)  with  whose  privity  or  consent,  or 

(iv)  for  whose  direct  benefit, 

work  is  done  or  materials  are  placed  or  furnished  and 
all  persons  claiming  under  him  or  it  whose  rights 
are  acquired  after  the  work  in  respect  of  which  the 
lien  is  claimed  is  commenced  or  the  materials  placed 
or  furnished  have  been  commenced  to  be  placed  or 
furnished ; 

(e)  "registrar"  includes  a  master  of  titles; 

if)  "registry  office"  includes  a  land  titles  office; 
36 


(g)  "subcontractor"  means  a  person  not  contracting  with 
or  employed  directly  by  the  owner  or  his  agent  for 
any  of  the  purposes  mentioned  in  this  Act,  but  con- 
tracting with  or  employed  by  a  contractor  or,  under 
him,  by  another  subcontractor; 

(h)  "wages"  means  the  money  earned  by  a  workman  for 
work  done  by  time  or  as  piece  work,  and  includes  all 
monetary  supplementary  benefits,  whether  by  stat- 
ute, contract  or  collective  bargaining  agreement; 

(i)  "workman"  means  a  person  employed  for  wages  in 
any  kind  of  labour,  whether  employed  under  a 
contract  of  service  or  not.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  1, 
amended. 

inoludes  ^^^   ^"   "^^'^  ^''^'   ^^^  expression   "the  doing  of  work"   in- 

service  eludes  the  performance  of  a  service,  and  corresponding  expres- 

sions have  corresponding  meanmgs. 

performance       ("^)  ^°'-  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  a  contract  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  substantially  performed, 

(a)  when  the  work  or  a  substantial  part  thereof  is 
ready  for  use  or  is  being  used  for  the  purpose  in- 
tended ;  and 

(b)  when  the  work  to  be  done  under  the  contract  is 
capable  of  completion  or  correction  at  a  cost  of  not 
more  than, 

(i)  3  per  cent  of  the  first  $250,000  of  the  contract 
price, 

(ii)  2  per  cent  of  the  next  $250,000  of  the  contract 
price,  and 

(iii)   1  per  cent  of  the  balance  of  the  contract  price. 

^'i^"^  (4)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  where  the  work  or  a  sub- 

stantial part  thereof  is  ready  for  use  or  is  being  used  for  the 
purpose  intended  and  where  the  work  cannot  be  completed 
expeditiously  for  reasons  beyond  the  control  of  the  contractor, 
the  value  of  the  work  to  be  completed  shall  be  deducted 
from  the  contract  price  in  determining  substantial  perform- 
ance.    New. 

GENERAL 

in'^hands'of*       ^* — ^^^  "■^"  ^ums  received  by  a  builder,  contractor  or  sub- 
contractors   contractor  on  account  of  the  contract  price  constitute  a  trust 
fund  in  his  hands  for  the  benefit  of  the  owner,  builder,  con- 
tractor,   subcontractor.    Workmen's    Compensation    Board, 

36 


1 


Section  1 — Subsections  3  and  4  are  new.  They  are  designed  to  com- 
plement the  definition  of  "completion  of  the  contract"  and  thus  speed  up 
the  release  of  "holdback"  moneys. 


36 


Subsection  4.  Municipal  financing  is  expressly  excluded  from  the 
scope  of  the  provision  and  its  intent  is  clarified  as  recommended  in  O.L.R.C. 
Supp.  Rep.,  pp.  6,  7. 


36  *' 


workmen,  .11  id  pcrsdiis  \k  In  ■  li,i\  ■■  ~i:|  .pli'-ii  iii,ii  itim-  ■,::  .hi  o;;  :.! 
ot  tlic  roiilrart  or  who  li,i\r  rriiii-.l  i-r  jiii|  .hhmi  '  |r,  li.-  :;-,i'(i  (.:i 
the  coiilr.K  t  site,  and  the  liiiiMiT.  (  ';i:lr.i(  ii.r  or  ^alh  rjii  i  r.icl  ■  ir, 
as  the  rase  iiia\'  hi-,  1-  l!ii-  ii!:-;cc  n!  ,1;!  -  ii  ii  -iin:-  -m  r.-i  <-i\rd 
b\'  liini  and  In-  .^liall  \\<<\  ijiproi in  tli-  or  iiin\i-n  ,::'.  ;i,;ri 
tlien-ot  lo  In-  own  n^'-  or  Im  1:.  i;-i-  i.oi  .1 11;  in  irvrd  :i-  ''in- 
trust nntil  all  worknaMi  and  all  in-r-oa-  \\!im  !ia\'-  -'appL'-d 
materials  on  the  lonir.iit  oj-  wlm  !:a\e  ri-nii  d  'ii'ni  1:  a-nl 
to  he  nse(|  i)ii  1  he  1  cint  r  11  I  -He  mil  ,dl  -';h(  nni  ra-  o.r--  are  p  ijd 
for  work  done  or  ni.iterrd--  -iijiplied  'in  th"  ■  ii;;ira.  '  and  I  he 
Workmen's  (  nnipeii^.i  1 1<  m  la, aid  i--  pud  an\  i--e~-iiMni  with 
respect  tlierelo.      R.S.n.   l')r,(i,  ,.  .M?.  -.   .<  '  1    ,  ,;  a;, ■,-,/, ,/. 

1 1  ■  \oUv  II  ii-l  andui,;  -  nh--i'i  i  n  m  I,  whei.-  ,1  haiM  r  '  mh-  •  •■••<'■'"■• 
lraeli)r  (ir  -^nhi  I  iMl  r  ,11  l(  ■!  h  i-  |  .aid  n;  w  hi  i],-  1 1;  m  ^  ,a  1  1-  ii  a;- 
m.ilerial'-  >Mj  ph''d  I  111  ai  I  <  aia  I  <  ■!  I  h.  ,  1 .1 1 1 1 ,  m  1  .  n  |.  ,r  ni'  it  ''d 
('(inijinienl  nr  ha-  pud  aa\  WMii.m.ai  who  ii,;^  |  ri;.ii;,  '■  I  ai\ 
work  or  ,in\'  snhi  1  m  1 1  at  li  n  win'  ha-  phe  -d  I  'I  I  i  a  a-lad  all\ 
m.lleri.lls     ill      re--pe(    I      i,\      ih.-     i.iaM.al.      t!:e     nlc      llil'M      !'.       -''('I 

builder,  I  ( )iil  raeii  ir  1 1|  ^.Ji.  ■  a  1 1  r,n  in-  1  ■',  ,1  ^a-  ■  -,  ■  ■  pia!  '.< '  '  i  :e  -a  a  1 
so  ]  Mid  h\  hiiii  ^ha  II  he  d.-.-a  i.-d  ma  o .  hi-  .i\\  .ip|  ri  >■  ri  . ' '-  a  ■  ir 
eoii\-er>i(in  1  Ini  ei  ,|  1 .  p  In-  mw  a  a  -■•  >  -r  ti  1  aii\  ii--  ma  a  a  'a  ■:  : /ei  1 
h\-  the  inisi  .      U.SM.   lOf.o    ,.   .S\-.    -i     a   .    ;i).-ai,-, .•'<■.■'. 

i.^i    W  h.-ie   a   -nni    he.  ..•  ;.■-    p.e,  .,hl.     la  i!ri     ,    i.i-.li.,.  ;    :,.   a  ,,;,',;';,, ;,'^'',',V'' 
colli  raeli  ii   h\  an  Mw  m  r  ei;  1  !i,'  ,  I  I  ;  ;lh    ite  <  a  .1  p'l  --  -     -     I  a.  iM   ed   '"  '  "'"" 
llildei     I  he    I  ■  Mil  I  a.  I     In    aiak'-     ai,  !i    .!    .  '-i  I  an    a  ■  '■..:' 

e(|ilal    ill   1  he   Mini    -1 1   .  ci  I  ilii-ij    di  il    i      in    1  h'     ■  a\  m  :  ■ '-  ■  1 

recei\c-d  h\  liini  al  aii-,  linu-  liiiii.i'oi  -hall,  aa'il  pa!  ai  lla 
con  1 1  ai  li  ir .  iiai-ailnle  a  liii-l  land  n;  tin-  I'V,  aei'-  ,aimi-  |.i 
llle  heiii-lil  -i|  ihe  .iiniiiio.i,  ■- a  In  i  a  a  c  a  I .  a  ,  \\'< 'I  !^ ;  m  ii'- 
(  01 1 1  pell --,11  II  HI  I  Ii  1,11  ( I ,  w  I  'I  iareii ,  and  |  -'1  -.  a  -  ',,'11  h  .  \  e 
supplied  nialei  lal-  1  ill  ,a  ,  1  ainl  ■  -;  I  he  .  I  ai  1 1  ii  :  i  .r  w  hi  i  h  i\ . 
renled  e(|iiipnii-iil  In  h.-  ii-cd  nil  the  .nallai!  -iii.  a'lO  :  hi 
OWlU-l  --h.dl  Ili'I  .ippli  I]  iria  le  111  inlAell  a  n  \  |Mll  lllileiil  l.i 
his  (iwii  Use  111  III  an\  II-'-  mi!  ,1  al  la  a  i/i  d  1  \  I  hi  ir.l-l  aalii 
.ill  Wiirkineii  .iml  ,ill  pel-  n-  wlm  li,i\i-  -iipiihed  ".lieii.il-  i-:. 
llle  innli.iil  iir  \\liii  h,i\c  11  nil  d  iipapiaia;  'e  he  i:-id  ■■:'■. 
the  iiiiili.iil  -ill-  .mil  ,dl  I  ,  111' 1  .u  Ii  a  -  ,aal  -iih,  i 'iil  i  .icii  ii  -  ..le 
p.lid  Inr  wnrk  dune  Ml  ai.lli  Il.il-  -applied  na  ihe  1  iinll.a  1  ..^l 
the  \\  I  Mknii-n-  (  i  napeii-.il  n  ai  I'liMid  i-  pad  .a  a  .i--i---'  •  a 
uilh    le-pe.  1    ihi-li-I,,. 

(-t)    All    siiiiis   i-(-iei\i-i|    li\    .in   nwini.   nliier    lii.ai   ,i    n  ■  a-ai  i- . '    ^'.''^..'.'jl.r ''" 
Iialitx-  .is  ,1,-liiird   in    /  /;,-  /  >,-aa  ■  O';--'.-,'  a'     !/ai-.,  .  a".;  '  A    '  ::■  ■     h  /  :'.  -.  ■'  "■""'' 
or  .1    mel  ropi  ilil.in    or    n-L^inn  il    iiaiiiii  ip,ihl\    i  a    ,i    !<ii    d    InMid  i.  -  i).  i-.iiin. 
tlu-ri-iil.    whieli    .ire    In    he    Il-ed    m    lile    Iin.iIUIlu.    illiiadin^    ihe 
puri  li.ise   ]  11  11  1-  1 1|    I  he   land   .iiid    I  he   p.i\  nieiit    i  a    pi  ml    em  nni- 
Iir.inces.  nl   .1   I  mill  li  11;^.  -ii  n,  tnie  ni    wm  k.  i  .  m-l  il  ni.-.   -aha-i  t 
to   the   p.ixmeiil    nl    tin-    piiiih.i-e    pi  ii  e   nl    llie    l.iild    .iml    pi mr 


Mi 


encumbrances,  a  trust  fund  in  the  hands  of  the  owner  for  the 
benefit  of  the  persons  mentioned  in  subsection  1,  and,  until 
the  claims  of  all  such  persons  have  been  paid,  the  owner  shall 
not  appropriate  or  convert  any  part  thereof  to  his  own  use  or 
to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the  trust. 

Exception  (5)  Notwithstanding   subsection   4,   where   an   owner   has 

himself  paid  in  whole  or  in  part  for  any  work  done,  for  any 
materials  placed  or  furnished  or  for  any  rented  equipment, 
the  retention  by  him  from  any  moneys  received  from  the 
lender  under  subsection  4  of  a  sum  equal  to  the  sum  so  paid 
by  him  shall  be  deemed  not  to  be  an  appropriation  or  conver- 
sion thereof  to  his  own  use  or  to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the 
trust. 


Protection 
for  money 
lenders 


Offence  and 
penalty 


Limit  of 
time  for 
asserting 
claims  to 
trust 
moneys 


(6)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  section,  where  money 
is  lent  to  a  person  upon  whom  a  trust  is  imposed  by  this 
section  and  is  used  by  him  to  pay  in  whole  or  in  part  for  any 
work  done,  for  any  materials  placed  or  furnished  or  for  any 
rented  equipment,  trust  moneys  may  be  applied  to  discharge 
the  loan  to  the  extent  that  the  lender's  money  was  so  used 
by  the  trustee,  and  any  sum  so  applied  shall  be  deemed  not 
to  be  an  appropriation  or  conversion  to  the  trustee's  own  use 
or  to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the  trust.     New. 

(7)  Every  person  upon  whom  a  trust  is  imposed  by  this 
section  who  knowingly  appropriates  or  converts  any  part  of 
any  trust  moneys  referred  to  in  subsection  1,3  or  4  to  his  own 
use  or  to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the  trust  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $5,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more 
than  two  years,  or  to  both,  and  every  director  or  officer  of  a  cor- 
poration who  knowingly  assents  to  or  acquiesces  in  any  such 
offence  by  the  corporation  is  guilty  of  such  offence,  in  addition 
to  the  corporation,  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a 
fine  of  not  more  than  $5,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of 
not  more  than  two  years,  or  to  both.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  3  (2),  amended. 

3.  No  action  to  assert  any  claim  to  trust  moneys  referred 
to  in  section  2  shall  be  commenced  against  a  lender  of  money 
to  a  person  upon  whom  a  trust  is  imposed  by  that  section 
except, 

(o)  in  the  case  of  a  claim  by  a  contractor  or  subcontractor 
in  cases  not  provided  for  in  clauses  b,  c  and  d,  within 
nine  months  after  the  completion  or  abandonment 
of  the  contract  or  subcontract; 

{b)  in  the  case  of  a  claim  for  materials,  within  nine 
months  after  the  placing  or  furnishing  of  the  last 
material; 


36 


Subsection  5.     This  extension  of  the  "trustee  provisions"  is  new.    It 
is  recommended  in  O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  pp.  5-7. 


36 


Section  4 — Subsection  2,  clause  6.  In  its  original  report  the  Ontario 
Law  Reform  Commission  recommended  "$2S  a  day"  which  is  the  sum 
that  appeared  in  Bill  190. 

As  a  result  of  further  submissions  and  consideration,  the  Commission 
recommends  $35  a  day.  See  O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  p.  7.  The  Committee 
on  Legal  and  Municipal  Bills  raised  it  to  $50  a  day. 


36 


(c)  in  the  case  of  a  claim  for  services,  within  nine  months 
after  the  completion  of  the  service;  or 

(d)  in  the  case  of  a  claim  for  wages,  within  nine  months 
after  the  last  work  was  done  for  which  the  claim  is 
made.     New. 

4. — (1)  Every    agreement,    oral    or    written,    express    or  Agreements 
implied,  on  the  part  of  any  workman  that  this  Act  does  not  application 
apply  to  him  or  that  the  remedies  provided  by  it  are  not  are  void 
available  for  his  benefit  is  void. 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply.  Exception 

(a)  to  a  manager,  ofiticer  or  foreman;  or 

(b)  to  any  person  whose  wages  are  more  than  $50  a  day. 

(3)  No  agreement  deprives  any  person  otherwise  entitled  S^?®5*  "p?" 
to  a  lien  under  this  Act,  who  is  not  a  party  to  the  agreement,  of  agreement 
of  the  benefit  of  the  lien,  but  it  attaches,  notwithstanding''*^'"* 
such  agreement.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  4,  amended. 

CREATION  OF  LIENS 

5. — (1)  Unless  he  signs  an  express  agreement  to  the  con- ^|^*''^^' ^ 
trary  and  in  that  case  subject  to  section  4,  any  person  who"e" 
does  any  work  upon  or  in  respect  of,  or  places  or  furnishes  any 
materials  to  be  used  in,  the  making,  constructing,  erecting, 
fitting,  altering,  improving  or  repairing  of  any  land,  building, 
structure  or  works  or  the  appurtenances  to  any  of  them  for  any 
owner,  contractor  or  subcontractor  by  virtue  thereof  has  a 
lien  for  the  price  of  the  work  or  materials  upon  the  estate  or 
interest  of  the  owner  in  the  land,  building,  structure  or  works 
and  appurtenances  and  the  land  occupied  thereby  or  enjoyed 
therewith,  or  upon  or  in  respect  of  which  the  work  is  done,  or 
upon  which  the  materials  are  placed  or  furnished  to  be  used, 
limited,  however,  in  amount  to  the  sum  justly  due  to  the 
person  entitled  to  the  lien  and  to  the  sum  justly  owing,  except 
as  herein  provided,  by  the  owner,  and  the  placing  or  furnishing 
of  the  materials  to  be  used  upon  the  land  or  such  other  place 
in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  land  designated  by  the  owner 
or  his  agent  is  good  and  sufficient  delivery  for  the  purpose  of 
this  Act,  but  delivery  on  the  designated  land  does  not  make 
such  land  subject  to  a  lien. 

(2)  Except  for  the  purpose  of  section  11,  the  lien  given  by^^'^^P*'"" 
subsection  1  does  not  attach  to  any  public  street  or  highway 
or  to  any  work  or  improvement  done  thereon. 

36 


(3)  The  lien  given  by  subsection  1  attaches  as  therein  set 
out  where  the  materials  delivered  to  be  used  are  incorporated 


Lien 

attaches 

where 

Incorporated  into  the  land,  building,  structure  or  works,  notwithstanding 
building         that  the  materials  may  not  have  been  delivered   in  strict 
accordance  with  subsection  1. 


Interpre- 
tation 


(4)  In  subsection  1,  "agent"  includes  the  contractor  or  sub- 
contractor for  whom  the  materials  are  placed  or  furnished, 
unless  the  person  placing  or  furnishing  the  materials  has  had 
actual  notice  from  the  owner  to  the  contrary.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  5,  amended. 


Lien  for 

rented 

equipment 


(5)  A  person  who  rents  equipment  to  an  owner,  contractor 
or  subcontractor  for  use  on  a  contract  site  shall  be  deemed 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  to  have  performed  a  service  for 
which  he  has  a  lien  for  the  price  of  the  rental  of  the  equipment 
used  on  the  contract  site,  limited,  however  in  amount  to  the 
sum  justly  owed  and  due  to  the  person  entitled  to  the  lien 
from  the  owner,  builder,  contractor  or  subcontractor  in  respect 
of  the  rental  of  the  equipment.     New. 


When 
huBband'8 
interest 
liat)le  for 
worlf  done 
or  materia!) 
furnished 
on  land  of 
spouse 


6.  Where  work  is  done  or  materials  are  placed  or  furnished 
to  be  used  upon  or  in  respect  of  the  land  of  a  married  woman,  or 
in  which  she  has  an  interest  or  an  inchoate  right  of  dower,  with 
the  privity  or  consent  of  her  husband,  he  shall  be  presumed 
conclusively  to  be  acting  as  her  agent  as  well  as  for  himself  for 
the  purposes  of  this  .Act  unless  before  doing  the  work  or 
placing  or  furnishing  the  materials  the  person  doing  the  work 
or  placing  or  furnisiiing  the  materials  has  had  actual  notice  to 
the  contrary.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  6,  amended. 


Where  estate 
charged  is 
leasehold 


7. — (1)  Where  the  estate  or  mterest  upon  which  the  lien 
attaches  is  leaseliold,  the  fee  simple  is  also  subject  to  the  lien 
if  the  person  doing  the  work  or  placing  or  furnishing  the 
materials  gives  notice  in  writing,  by  personal  service,  to  the 
owner  in  fee  simple  or  his  agent  of  the  work  to  be  done  or 
materials  to  be  placed  or  furnished  unless  the  owner  in  fee 
simple  or  his  agent  within  fifteen  days  thereafter  gives  notice  in 
writing,  by  personal  service,  to  such  person  that  he  will  not 
be  responsible  therefor. 


Forfeiture 
or  cant.ella- 
tion  of 
lease,  effeit 
of  on  lien- 
holder 


(2)  No  forfeiture  or  attempted  forfeiture  of  the  lease  on 
the  part  of  the  landlord,  or  cancellation  or  attempted  cancel- 
lation of  the  lease  except  for  non-pa>iTient  of  rent,  deprives 
any  jserson  otherwise  entitled  to  a  lien  of  the  benefit  of  the 
lien,  but  the  person  entitled  to  the  lien  may  pay  any  rent 
accruing  after  he  becomes  so  entitled,  and  the  amount  so  paid 
mav  be  added  to  his  claim. 


36 


Section  5 — Subsection  5.  The  intent  of  the  original  recommen- 
dation of  the  Ontario  Law  Reform  Commission  is  claril'ied.  It  is  intended 
that  the  lien  for  rented  equipment  is  for  an  amount  that  is  reasonable  and 
justly  due  in  the  particular  circumstances.    See  O.L.R.C.  Snpp.  Rep.,  p.  8. 


Section  7 — Subsection  I.  The  intent  is  clarified.  See  O.L.R.C. 
Supp.  Rep.,  p.  8.  Also,  the  notice  period  is  increased  from  ten  to  fifteen 
days. 


36 


(3)  Where  the  land  and  premises  upon  or  in  respect  of  which  mortgages 
any  work  is  done  or  materials  are  placed  or  furnished  are 
encumbered  by  a  mortgage  or  other  charge  that  was  registered 

in  the  proper  registry  office  before  any  lien  under  this  Act 
arose,  the  mortgage  or  other  charge  has  priority  over  all  liens 
under  this  Act  to  the  extent  of  the  actual  value  of  the  land 
and  premises  at  the  time  the  first  lien  arose,  such  value  to  be 
ascertained  by  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try 
an  action  under  this  Act. 

(4)  The  time  at  which  the  first  lien  arose  shall  be  deemed  to  i^n^arose' 
be  the  time  at  which  the  first  work  was  done  or  the  first 
materials  placed  or  furnished,  irrespective  of  whether  a  claim 

for  lien  in  respect  thereof  is  registered  or  enforced  and  whether 
or  not  such  lien  is  before  the  court.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  7 
(1-4),  amended. 

(5)  Any  mortgage  existing  as  a  valid  security,  notwith- advan'eB 
standing  that  it  is  a  prior  mortgage  within  the  meaning  of 
subsection  3,  may  also  secure  future  advances,  subject  to 
subsection  1  of  section  14.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  7  (5). 

(6)  A  registered  agreement  for  the  sale  and  purchase  of^^eement 
land  and  any  moneys  bona  fide  secured  or  payable  there- !°[r*g^*^^ 
under  has  the  same  priority  over  a  lien  as  is  provided  for  ^gl^eprforitT 
mortgage  and  mortgage  moneys  in  subsections  3  and  5,  and  as  mortgage 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  the  seller  shall  be  deemed  to  be 

a  mortgagee,  and  any  moneys  bona  fide  secured  and  payable 
under  such  agreement  shall  be  deemed  to  be  mortgage  moneys 
bona  fide  secured  or  advanced.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  7  (6), 
amended. 


8.  Where  any  of  the  property  upon  which  a  lien  attaches  ^fP,P'^°*^'°°g 
is  wholly  or  partly  destroyed  by  fire,  any  money  received 
by  reason  of  any  insurance  thereon  by  an  owner  or  prior 
mortgagee  or  chargee  shall  take  the  place  of  the  property  so 
destroyed  and  is,  after  satisfying  any  prior  mortgage  or  charge 
in  the  manner  and  to  the  extent  set  out  in  subsection  3  of 
section  7,  subject  to  the  claims  of  all  persons  for  liens  to  the 
same  extent  as  if  the  money  had  been  realized  by  a  sale  of 
the  property  in  an  action  to  enforce  the  lien.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  8. 

0.  Save  as  herein  otherwise  provided,  the  lien  does  not  ^^'^„'^'^o, 
attach  so  as  to  make  the  owner  liable  for  a  greater  sum  than  Pi^^ifft* 
the  sum  payable  by  the  owner  to  the  contractor.     R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  233,  s.  9. 

36 


Limit  of 
lien  when 
claimed  by 
other 
than  oon- 
tractor 


Holdback 


Reduction 
in  amount 
retained 


Idem 


10.  Save  as  herein  otherwise  provided,  where  the  lien  is 
claimed  by  any  person  other  than  the  contractor,  the  amount 
that  may  be  claimed  in  respect  thereof  is  limited  to  the  amount 
owing  to  the  contractor  or  subcontractor  or  other  person  for 
whom  the  work  has  been  done  or  the  materials  were  placed  or 
furnished.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  10,  amended. 

11. — (1)  In  all  cases,  the  person  primarily  liable  upon  a 
contract  under  or  by  virtue  of  which  a  lien  may  arise  shall, 
as  the  work  is  done  or  the  materials  are  furnished  under  the 
contract,  retain  for  a  period  of  thirty-seven  days  after  the 
completion  or  abandonment  of  the  work  done  or  to  be  done 
under  the  contract  15  per  cent  of  the  value  of  the  work  and 
materials  actually  done,  placed  or  furnished,  as  mentioned  in 
section  5,  irrespective  of  whether  the  contract  or  subcontract 
provides  for  partial  payments  or  payment  on  completion  of 
the  work,  and  the  value  shall  be  calculated  upon  evidence 
given  in  that  regard  on  the  basis  of  the  contract  price  or,  if 
there  is  no  specific  contract  price,  on  the  basis  of  the  actual 
value  of  the  work  or  materials.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  11  (1), 
amended. 

(2)  Where  a  contract  is  under  the  supervision  of  an  archi- 
tect, engineer  or  other  person  upon  whose  certificate  payments 
are  to  be  made  and  thirty-seven  days  have  elapsed  after  a 
certificate  issued  by  that  architect,  engineer  or  other  person 
to  the  efifect  that  the  subcontract  has  been  completed  to  his 
satisfaction  has  been  given  to  the  person  primarily  liable  up)on 
that  contract  and  to  the  person  who  became  a  subcontractor 
by  a  subcontract  made  directly  under  that  contract,  the 
amount  to  be  retained  by  the  person  primarily  liable  upon 
that  contract  shall  be  reduced  by  15  per  cent  of  the  sub- 
contract price  or,  if  there  is  no  specific  subcontract  price, 
by  15  per  cent  of  the  actual  value  of  the  work  done  or  materials 
placed  or  furnished  under  that  subcontract,  but  this  subsec- 
tion does  not  operate  if  and  so  long  as  any  lien  derived  under 
that  subcontract  is  preserved  by  anything  done  under  this 
Act. 

(3)  Where  a  certificate  issued  by  an  architect,  engineer 
or  other  person  to  the  efifect  that  a  subcontract  by  which  a 
subcontractor  became  a  subcontractor  has  been  completed  to 
the  satisfaction  of  that  architect,  engineer  or  other  person  has 
been  given  to  that  subcontractor,  then,  for  the  purposes  of 
subsections  1,  2  and  3  of  section  21  and  section  23,  that  sub- 
contract and  any  materials  placed  or  furnished  or  to  be 
placed  or  furnished  thereunder  and  any  work  done  or  to  be 
done  thereunder  shall,  so  far  as  concerns  any  lien  thereunder 
of  that  subcontractor,  be  deemed  to  have  been  completed  or 
placed  or  furnished  not  later  than  the  time  at  which  the  certi- 
ficate was  so  given.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  11  (3,  4),  amended. 


36 


(4)  Where  an  architect,  engineer  or  other  person  neglects  P°4^^  °'J.<*e'" 
or  refuses  to  issue  and  deliver  a  certificate  upon  which  pay- certificato 
ments  are  to  be  made  under  a  contract  or  subcontract,  the 

judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  an  action  under 
this  Act,  upon  application  and  upon  being  satisfied  that  the 
certificate  should  have  been  issued  and  delivered  may,  upon 
such  terms  and  conditions  as  to  costs  and  otherwise  as  he 
deems  just,  make  an  order  that  the  work  or  materials  to  which 
the  certificate  would  have  related  has  been  done  or  placed 
or  furnished,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  any  such  order  has  the 
same  force  and  efTect  as  if  the  certificate  had  been  issued  and 
delivered  by  the  architect,  engineer  or  other  person.     New. 

(5)  Where  there  is  a  lien  under  section  5,  the  lien  is  a  charge  ifJJiig'^and 
upon  the  amount  directed  to  be  retained  by  this  section  inamJunte" 
favour  of  lien  claimants  whose  liens  are  derived  under  persons ''Stained 
to  whom  the  moneys  so  required  to  be  retained  are  respectively 
payable  and  where  there  is  no  lien  on  the  land  by  virtue  of 
subsection  2  of  section  5,  a  claim  for  work  done  or  materials 
placed  or  furnished  is  a  charge  upon  the  amount  directed  to 

be  retained  by  this  section.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  11  (5), 
amended. 

(6)  All  payments  up  to  85  per  cent  as  fixed  by  subsection  1  mtdTtn" 
and  payments  permitted  as  a  result  of  the  operation  of  sub- ^"j^^jj^^j"*" 
sections  2  and  3  made  in  good  faith  by  an  owner  to  a  contractor,  ,1°^''=«  °^ 
or  by  a  contractor  to  a  subcontractor,  or  by  one  subcontractor 

to  another  subcontractor,  before  notice  in  writing  of  the  lien 
given  by  the  person  claiming  the  lien  to  the  owner,  contractor 
or  subcontractor,  as  the  case  may  be,  operate  as  a  discharge 
pro  tanto  of  the  lien. 

(7)  Payment  of  the   percentage  required   to   be  retained  pere^jftage*^ 
under  this  section  may  be  validly  made  so  as  to  discharge  all^Ji^^j^ 
claims  in  respect  of  such  percentage  after  the  expiration  ofofUens 
the  period  of  thirty-seven  days  mentioned  in  subsection   1 

unless  in  the  meantime  proceedings  have  been  commenced  to 
enforce  any  lien  or  charge  against  the  percentage  as  provided 
by  sections  22  and  23,  in  which  case  the  owner  may  pay  the 
percentage  into  court  in  the  proceedings,  and  such  payment 
constitutes  valid  payment  in  discharge  of  the  owner  to  the 
amount  thereof. 

(8)  Every  contract  shall  be  deemed  to  be  amended  in  so  far  of"contraot8 
as  is  necessary  to  be  in  conformity  with  this  section.     R.S.O. 

1960,  c.  233,  s.  11  (5-9). 

(9)  Where  the  contractor  or  subcontractor  makes  default  perc^e^tage 
in  completing  his  contract,  the  percentage  required  to  be  ^^'pi^o^*^® 
retained  shall  not,  as  against  any  lien  claimant  who  by  virtue 

36 


10 


of  subsection  5  has  a  charge  thereupon,  be  applied  by  the 
owner,  contractor  or  subcontractor  to  the  completion  of  the 
contract  or  for  any  other  purpose  nor  to  the  payment  of 
damages  for  the  non-completion  of  the  contract  by  the  con- 
tractor or  subcontractor  nor  in  payment  or  satisfaction  of 
any  claim  against  the  contractor  or  subcontractor.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  233,  s.  11  (9),  amended. 


Payments 
made 
directly 
by  owner 
to  pereonB 
entitled  to 
lien 


12.  If  an  owner,  contractor  or  subcontractor  makes  a 
payment  to  any  person  entitled  to  a  lien  under  section  5 
or  to  any  person  who  but  for  subsection  2  of  that  section 
would  be  entitled  to  a  lien  under  that  section,  for  or  on 
account  of  any  debt,  justly  due  to  him  for  work  done  or 
for  materials  placed  or  furnished  to  be  used  as  therein  men- 
tioned, for  which  he  is  not  primarily  liable,  and  within  three 
days  afterwards  gives  written  notice  of  the  payment  to  the 
person  primarily  liable,  or  his  agent,  the  payment  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  a  payment  on  his  contract  generally  to  the  con- 
tractor or  subcontractor  primarily  liable  but  not  so  as  to 
affect  the  percentage  to  be  retained  by  the  owner  as  provided 
by  section  11.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  12  (1),  amended. 


Rights  of 
subcon- 
tractor 


13.  Every  subcontractor  is  entitled  to  enforce  his  lien  not- 
withstanding the  non-completion  or  abandonment  of  the 
contract  by  any  contractor  or  subcontractor  under  whom  he 
claims.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  12  (2). 


Priority  of 
lien 


14. — (1)  The  lien  has  priority  over  all  judgments,  execu- 
tions, assignments,  attachments,  garnishments  and  receiving 
orders  recovered,  issued  or  made  after  the  lien  arises,  and  over 
all  payments  or  advances  made  on  account  of  any  conveyance 
or  mortgage  after  notice  in  writing  of  the  lien  has  been  given 
to  the  person  making  such  payments  or  after  registration  of  a 
claim  for  the  lien  as  hereinafter  provided,  and,  in  the  absence 
of  such  notice  in  writing  or  the  registration  of  a  claim  for  lien, 
all  such  payments  or  advances  have  priority  over  any  such 
lien.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  13  (1),  amended. 


Priority 

among 

lientioldere 


Mortgage 
given  to 
person 
entitled  to 


(2)  Except  where  it  is  otherwise  provided  by  this  Act, 
no  person  entitled  to  a  lien  on  any  property  or  money  is 
entitled  to  any  priority  or  preference  over  another  person  of 
the  same  class  entitled  to  a  lien  on  such  property  or  money, 
and  each  class  of  lienholders  ranks  pari  passu  for  their  several 
amounts,  and  the  proceeds  of  any  sale  shall  be  distributed 
among  them  pro  rata  according  to  their  several  classes  and 
rights. 


(3)  Any   conveyance,   mortgage   or  charge   of  or  on   land 
lien  void'ai!    given  to  unv  oerson  entitled  to  a  lien  thereon  under  this  Act 

against  lien-    .  '       -  .  .  ,         ,    •  ,       l 

holders  in  payment  ol  or  as  security  for  any  such  claim,  whether 


36 


11 

given  before  or  after  such  lien  claim  has  arisen,  shall,  as 
against  other  parties  entitled  to  liens  under  this  Act,  on  any 
such  land  be  deemed  to  be  fraudulent  and  void.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  13  (2,  3). 


PRIORITY  OF  WAGES 

15. —  (1)  Every  workman  whose  lien  is  for  wages  has  i^gng"  q'^  ""^ 
priority  to  the  extent  of  thirty  days  wages  over  all  other  liens  ^ages 
derived  through  the  same  contractor  or  subcontractor  to  the 
extent  of  and  on  the  15  per  cent  directed  to  be  retained  by 
section  11  to  which  the  contractor  or  subcontractor  through 
whom  the  lien  is  derived  is  entitled,  and  all  such  workmen 
rank  thereon  pari  passu. 

(2)  Every  workman  is  entitled  to  enforce  a  lien  in  respect  |fe"n°n  '"^ 
of  any  contract  or  subcontract  that  has  not  been  completed  8""=^  '  ases 
and,  notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  this  Act, 

may  serve  a  notice  of  motion  on  the  proper  persons,  returnable 
in  four  days  after  service  thereof  before  the  judge  or  officer 
having  jurisdiction  to  try  an  action  under  this  Act,  that  the 
applicant  will  on  the  return  of  the  motion  ask  for  judgment  on 
his  claim  for  lien,  registered  particulars  of  which  shall  accom- 
pany the  notice  of  motion  duly  verified  by  atfidavit. 

(3)  If  the  contract  has  not  been  completed  when  the  lien  pe^rcentag'e' 
is  claimed  by  a  workman,  the  i)ercentage  shall  be  calculated  J^^p"^°"" 
on  the  value  of  the  work  done  or  materials  jjlaced  or  furnished  fu'ined 

by  the  contractor  or  subcontractor  by  whom  the  workman 
is  employed,  having  regard  to  the  contract  price,  if  any. 

(4)  Every  device  by  an  owner,  contractor  or  subcontractor  ^g^^^^'^j®^ '° 
to  defeat   the   priority   given    to   a   workman    for   his  wages  P^Jo^Hy  of 
and  every  payment  made  for  the  purpose  of  defeating  or  im- 
pairing a  lien  are  void.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  14,  amended. 


REGISTR.'VTION 

16.— (1)  A  claim  for  a  lien  may  be  registered  in  the  i)ropero*f*f|'afm  "°" 
registry  office  and  shall  set  out,  ^"^  ''*" 

(a)  the  name  and  an  address  for  service  of  the  person 
claiming  the  lien  and  of  the  owner  or  of  the  person 
whom  the  person  claiming  the  lien,  or  his  agent, 
believes  to  be  the  owner  of  the  land,  and  of  the  person 
for  whom  the  work  was  or  is  to  be  done,  or  the 
materials  were  or  are  to  be  placed  or  furnished,  and 
the  time  within  which  the  same  was  or  was  to  be 
done  or  jilaced  or  furnished; 

36 


12 


R.S.O.  1960, 
cc.  204,  348 


(b)  a  short  description  of  the  work  done  or  to  be  done, 
or  the  materials  placed  or  furnished  or  to  be  placed 
or  furnished ; 

(c)  the  sum  claimed  as  due  or  to  become  due; 

(d)  a  description  of  the  land  as  required  by  The  Land 
Titles  Act  or  The  Registry  Act  and  the  regulations 
thereunder,  as  the  case  may  be;  and 

(e)  the  date  of  expiry  of  the  period  of  credit  if  credit 
has  been  given.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  16  (1), 
amended. 


Verification 
of  claim 


(2)  The  claim  shall  be  verified  in  duplicate  by  the  affidavit 
of  the  person  claiming  the  lien,  or  of  his  agent  or  assignee 
who  has  a  personal  knowledge  of  the  matters  required  to  be 
verified,  and  the  affidavit  of  the  agent  or  assignee  shall  state 
that  he  has  such  knowledge. 


Lien 

against 

railway 


(3)  When  it  is  desired  to  register  a  claim  for  lien  against  a 
railway,  it  is  sufficient  description  of  the  land  of  the  railway 
company  to  describe  it  as  the  land  of  the  railway  company, 
and  every  such  claim  shall  be  registered  in  the  general  register 
in  the  office  for  the  registry  division  within  which  the  lien  is 
claimed  to  have  arisen.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  16  (2,  3). 


What  may 
be  included 
in  claim 


17. — (1)  A  claim  for  lien  may  include  claims  against  any 
number  of  properties,  and  any  number  of  ]>ersons  claiming 
liens  upon  the  same  property  may  unite  therein,  but,  where 
more  than  one  lien  is  included  in  one  claim,  each  claim  for 
lien  shall  be  verified  by  affidavit  as  provided  in  section  16. 


menrof"""         (2)  The  judge  or  officer  trying  the  action  has  jurisdiction 
claims  equitably  to  apportion  against  the  respective  properties  the 

amounts  included  in  any  claim  or  claims  under  subsection  1. 

R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  17,  amended. 

Informality  jg. — (1)  Substantial  compliance  with  sections  16,  17  and 
29  is  sufficient  and  no  claim  for  lien  is  invalidated  by  reason  of 
failure  to  comply  with  any  of  the  requirements  of  such  sections 
unless,  in  the  opinion  of  the  judge  or  officer  trying  the  action, 
the  owner,  contractor  or  subcontractor,  mortgagee  or  other 
person  is  prejudiced  thereby,  and  then  only  to  the  extent  to 
which  he  is  thereby  prejudiced. 

ne^c^Mary  °"  (2)  Nothing  in  this  section  dispenses  with  the  requirement 
of  registration  of  the  claim  for  lien.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s,  18, 
amended. 


36 


Section  21.  As  a  result  of  further  submissions  and  research,  the 
O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  p.  8,  recommends  that  the  "umbrella  principle" 
of  the  Act,  which  appeared  as  subsection  5  of  section  21  of  Bill  190,  be 
dropped.  The  result  will  be  that  all  lien  claimants  must  register  their 
claims,  thus  greatly  facilitating  the  trial  of  some  mechanics'  lien  actions. 

The  requirement  for  registration  of  certificates  of  action  is  to  be 
found  in  section  22  (2)  of  this  Bill. 


36 


1 


13 

19.  A  duplicate  of  the  claim  for  lien,  bearing  the  registrar's  ^"1,','^'^^'®  "> 
certificate  of  registration,  shall  be  filed  on  or  before  the  trial 

of  the  action,  where  the  action  is  to  be  tried  in  the  County  of 
York,  in  the  office  of  the  master  of  the  Supreme  Court,  or, 
where  the  action  is  to  be  tried  elsewhere,  in  the  office  of  the 
clerk  of  the  county  or  district  court  of  the  county  or  district 
in  which  the  action  is  to  be  tried.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  19  (1),  amended. 

20.  \A'here  a  claim  is  so  registered,  the  person  entitled  to  ^f 'Jf^j^ 

a  lien  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  purchaser  pro  tanto  and  a''ainiant 
purchaser  within  the  provisions  of  The  Reeistry  Act  and  77ie  R.s.o.  i960, 

-, .  .  .  .  <!o    348    204 

Land  Titles  Act,  but,  except  as  herein  otherwise  provided, 
those  Acts  do  not  api)lv  to  any  lien  arising  under  this  Act. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  20,  amended. 


21. — (1)  A  claim  for  lien  by  a  contractor  or  subcontractor  f|[JJ^"f°/ 
in  cases  not  otherwise  provided  for  may  be  registered  before ''eK'stration 
or  during  the  performance  of  the  contract  or  of  the  subcontract 
or  within  thirty-seven  days  after  the  completion  or  abandon- 
ment of  the  contract  or  of  the  subcontract,  as  the  case  mav 
be.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  21  (I). 

(2)  A  claim  for  lien  for  materials  may  be  registered  l>efore  Mater'*'" 
or  during  the  placing  or  furnishing  thereof,  or  within  thirt>- 

seven  days  after  the  placing  or  furnishing  of  the  last  material 
so  placed  or  furnished.     R.S.O.  I960,  c.  233,  s.  21  (2),  amended. 

(3)  A  claim  for  lien  for  services  may  be  registered  at  any  services 
time  during  the  performance  of  the  service  or  witliin  thirty- 
seven  days  after  the  completion  of  the  service.     R.S.O.  1960, 

c.  233,  s.  21  (3). 

(4)  A  claim  for  lien  for  wages  may  be  registered  at  any  time  Wages 
during  the  doing  of  the  work  for  which  the  wages  are  claimed 

or  within  thirty-seven  days  after  the  last  work  was  done  for 
which  the  lien  is  claimed.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  21  (4), 
amended. 

(5)  Where  there  is  no  lien  on  the  land  by  virtue  of  subsec-  ^°in°® „ '^ 
tion  2  of  section  5,  any  person  who  is  asserting  a  claim  under  holdback 
subsection  5  of  section  11  for  work  done  or  materials  placed 

or  furnished  shall  give  notice  in  writing  of  his  claim  to  the 
owner,  to  every  person  in  whose  hands  are  sums  retained 
under  section  11  to  which  his  claim  may  relate  and  to  the 
municipality  in  which  the  land  is  situate  within  thirty-seven 
days  after  the  completion  or  abandonment  of  the  work  or 
the  placing  or  furnishing  of  the  materials.     Neu<. 

36 


14 


Expiry  of 
liens 


ReglBtratlon 
of  certificate 
of  action 


EXPIRY  AND  DISCHARGE 

22. — (1)  Every  lien  for  which  a  claim  is  not  registered 
ceases  to  exist  on  the  expiration  of  the  time  limited  in  section  21 
for  the  registration  thereof. 

(2)  Upon  an  action  under  this  Act  being  commenced,  a 
certificate  thereof  shall  be  registered  in  the  registry  office  in 
which  the  claim  for  lien  is  registered.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 

s.  22  (1),  part,  amended. 

ordere'"*  (•^)  Where  a  certificate  of  action  has  been  registered  for 

two  years  or  more  in  the  registry  office  and  no  appointment 
has  been  taken  out  for  the  trial  of  the  action,  the  judge  or  an 
officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action  may,  upon  the 
application  ex  parte  of  any  interested  person,  make  an  order 
vacating  the  certificate  of  action  and  discharging  all  liens 
depending  thereon.     R.S.O.   1960,  c.  233,  s.  22,  amended. 

to^ease*"  ^^* — ^^^  Every  lien  for  which  a  claim  is  registered  ceases  to 

if  registered  exist  on  the  expiration  of  ninety  days  after  the  work  has  been 

proceeded      completed  or  the  materials  have  been  placed  or  furnished,  or 

""""  after  the  expiry  of  the  period  of  credit,  where  such  period  is 

mentioned   in   the   registered   claim   for   lien,   unless  in    the 

meantime  an  action  is  commenced  to  realize  the  claim  or  in 

which  a  subsisting  claim  may  be  realized,  and  a  certificate  is 

registered  as  provided  by  section  22.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  23, 

amended. 


of'ciahn""  (^)  Every  claim  asserted  under  subsection  5  of  section  11 
for  work  done  or  materials  placed  or  furnished  ceases  to  exist 
on  the  expiration  of  ninety  days  after, 

(a)  the  work  has  been  completed  or  abandoned ; 

{b)  the  materials  have  been  placed  or  furnished;  or 

(c)  the  expiry  of  the  period  of  credit,  where  such  period 
is  mentioned  in  the  notice  referred  to  in  subsection  5 
of  section  21, 

unless  in  the  meantime  an  action  under  this  Act  is  commenced 
to  realize  the  claim  or  in  which  a  subsisting  claim  may  be 
realized. 

^'*®'"  (3)  Subsection  2  of  section  22  does  not  apply  to  an  action 

referred  to  in  subsection  2,  but  sections  29,  30,  31,  32  and  34 
to  38  do  apply  mutatis  mutandis  to  such  an  action.         '^Pl 

or^A%a.Vhot        ^'^'  ^^^  rights  of  a  lien  claimant  may  be  assigned  by  an 
Hen  instrument  in  writing  and,  if  not  assigned,  upon  his  death 

pass  to  his  personal  representative.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  24, 

amended. 


36 


Section  25.  A  number  of  changes  in  language  have  been  made  in 
order  to  clarify  the  intent,  especially  subsection  6  as  to  notice.  See 
O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  p.  9. 


1 


36 


1 


15 

25. — (1)  A  claim  for  lien  may  be  discharged  by  tiie  regis- ^f'JPjJ^*'"*® 
tration  of  a  receipt  acknowledging  payment, 

(a)  where  made  by  a  lien  claimant  that  is  not  a  corpora- 
tion, signed  by  the  lien  claimant  or  his  agent  duly 
authorized  in  writing  and  verified  by  affidavit;  or 

(b)  where  made  by  a  lien  claimant  that  is  a  corporation, 
sealed  with  its  corporate  seal.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  25  (1),  amended. 

(2)  Upon  application,  the  judge  or  officer  having  jm'isdic-^|°'^'g'^j°'' 
tion  to  try  the  action  may,  at  any  time,  '"tp  court 

lien  and 

(a)  allow   security   for  or   payment   into  court  of   the  °^'"^j,^p*^« 
amount  of  the  claim  of  the  lien  claimant  and  the 
amount  of  the  claims  of  any  other  subsisting  lien 
claimants  together  with  such  costs  as  he  may  fix, 

and  thereupon  order  that  the  registration  of  the 
claim  for  lien  or  liens  and  the  registration  of  the 
certificate  of  action,  if  any,  be  vacated; 

(b)  upon  any  other  proper  ground,  order  that  the  regis- 
tration of  the  claim  for  lien  or  liens  and  the  regis- 
tration of  the  certificate  of  action,  if  any,  be  vacated; 
or 

(c)  upon  proper  grounds,  dismiss  the  action.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  233,  s.  25  (4),  amended. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  sections  22  and  23,  where  an  order  ^j.^^'j^'J^J^^^^ 
to  vacate  the  registration  of  a  lien  is  made  under  clause  a  or  6  subs.  2, 

,,.,,.,  ...  <  Is.  a  or  i 

of  subsection  2,  the  hen  does  not  cease  to  exist  for  the  reason 
that  no  certificate  of  action  is  registered. 

(4)  Any  money  so  paid  into  court,  or  any  bond  or  other  f^°o"court''' 
security  for  securing  the  like  amount  and  satisfactory  to  the 

judge  or  officer,  takes  the  place  of  the  property  discharged 
and  is  subject  to  the  claims  of  every  person  who  has  at  the 
time  of  the  application  a  subsisting  claim  for  lien  or  given 
notice  of  the  claim  under  subsection  6  of  section  11  or  section  . 

14  to  the  same  extent  as  if  the  money,  bond  or  other  security 
was  realized  by  a  sale  of  the  property  in  an  action  to  enforce 
the  lien,  but  such  amount  as  the  judge  or  officer  finds  to  be 
owing  to  the  person  whose  lien  has  been  so  vacated  is  a  first 
charge  upon  the  money,  bond  or  other  security. 

(5)  Where   the  certificate  required    by   section    22   or   23  where  notice 
has  not  been  registered  within  the  prescribed  time  and  ^^^  vacate  not 
application   is   made   to   vacate   the   registration   of  a   claim  requisite 
for  lien  after  the  time  for  registration  of  the  certificate,  the 

36 


16 


order  vacating  the  Hen  may  be  made  ex  parte  upon  production 
^•^a9;  ^if 2'  o^  a  certificate  of  search  under  The  Land  Titles  A  ct  or  of  a  regis- 

CC.  Z04,  348  ,  .  T^        •  J  1 

trar  s  abstract  under  The  Registry  Act,  as  the  case  may  be, 
together  with  a  certified  copy  of  the  registered  claim  for  lien. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  25  (5-1),  amended. 


Payment  of 
money  out 
of  court 


Registration 
number 


(6)  Where  money  has  been  paid  into  court  or  a  bond 
deposited  in  court  pursuant  to  an  order  under  subsection  2, 
the  judge  or  officer  may,  upon  such  notice  to  the  parties  as  he 
may  require,  order  the  money  to  be  paid  out  to  the  persons 
entitled  thereto  or  the  delivery  up  of  the  bond  for  cancellation, 
as  the  case  may  be.     1961-62,  c.  78,  s.  1,  amended. 

(7)  An  order  discharging  a  claim  for  lien  or  vacating  a 
certificate  of  action  shall  be  registered  by  registering  the 
order  or  a  certificate  thereof,  under  the  seal  of  the  court,  that 
includes  a  description  of  the  land  as  required  by  The  Land 
Titles  Act  or  The  Registry  Act  and  the  regulations  thereunder, 
as  the  case  may  be,  and  a  reference  to  the  registration  number 
of  every  registered  claim  for  lien  and  certificate  of  action 
affected  thereby.     1966,  c.  84,  s.  1,  amended. 


Effect 
generally 


EFFECT  OF   TAKING  SECURITY   OR   EXTENDING  TIME 

26. —  (1)  The  taking  of  any  security  for,  or  the  acceptance 
of  any  promissory  note  or  bill  of  exchange  for,  or  the  taking 
of  any  acknowledgment  of  the  claim,  or  the  giving  of  time 
for  the  payment  thereof,  or  the  taking  of  any  proceedings  for 
the  recovery,  or  the  recovery  of  a  personal  judgment  for  the 
claim,  does  not  merge,  waive,  pay,  satisfy,  prejudice  or  destroy 
the  lien  unless  the  lien  claimant  agrees  in  writing  that  it  has 
that  effect.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  26  (1). 

(2)  Where  any  such  promissory  note  or  bill  of  exchange 
has  been  negotiated,  the  lien  claimant  does  not  thereby  lose 
his  right  to  claim  for  lien  if,  at  the  time  of  bringing  his  action 
to  enforce  it  or  where  an  action  is  brought  by  another  lien 
claimant,  he  is,  at  the  time  of  proving  his  claim  in  the  action, 
the  holder  of  such  promissory  note  or  bill  of  exchange. 

bri^ling"^  (^)  Nothing  in  subsection  2  extends  the  time  limited  by 

extended '      ^'^'^  ^^^  ^°^  bringing  an  action  to  enforce  a  claim  for  lien. 


Where 
period 
of  credit 
not  expired 


Time  for 
bringing 
action  by 
person  who 

?;ave  time 
or  payment 


(4)  A  person  who  has  extended  the  time  for  payment  of  a 
claim  for  which  he  has  a  claim  for  lien  in  order  to  obtain  the 
benefit  of  this  section  shall  commence  an  action  to  enforce 
the  claim  within  the  time  prescribed  by  this  Act  and  shall 
register  a  certificate  as  required  by  sections  22  and  23,  but  no 
further  proceedings  shall  be  taken  in  the  action  until  the 
expiration  of  such  extension  of  time.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  26  (2-4),  amended. 


36 


17 

27.  Where  the  period  of  credit  in  respect  of  a  claim  has  not^j^^^'"}* 
expired  or  there  has  been  an  extension  of  time  for  payment  of  action  by 

,,.  If  .•  II  .,.         .    another 

the  claim,  the  lien  claimant  may  nevertheless,  if  an  action  is  person 
commenced  by  any  other  person  to  enforce  a  claim  for  lien 
against  the  same  property,  prove  and  obtain  payment  of  his 
claim  in  the  action  as  if  the  period  of  credit  or  the  extended 
time  had  expired.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  27,  amended. 


LIEN  CLAIMANTS   RIGHTS   TO    INFORMATION 

28. — (1)  Any  lien  claimant  may  in  writing  at  any  time  ^f'"°^J}^^^°5 
demand  of  the  owner  or  his  agent  the  production,  for  inspec-o""  agree- 
tion,  of  the  contract  or  agreement  with  the  contractor  for 
or  in  respect  of  which  the  work  was  or  is  to  be  done  or  the 
materials  were  or  are  to  be  placed  or  furnished,  if  the  contract 
or  agreement  is  in  writing  or,  if  not  in  writing,  the  terms  of  the 
contract  or  agreement  and  the  state  of  the  accounts  between 
the  owner  and  the  contractor,  and,  if  the  owner  or  his  agent 
does  not,  at  the  time  of  the  demand  or  within  a  reasonable 
time  thereafter,  produce  the  contract  or  agreement  if  in  writing 
or,  if  not  in  writing,  does  not  inform  the  person  making  the 
demand  of  the  terms  of  the  contract  or  agreement  and  the 
amount  due  and  unpaid  upon  the  contract  or  agreement  or  if 
he  knowingly  falsely  states  the  terms  of  the  contract  or  agree- 
ment or  the  amount  due  or  unpaid  thereon  and  if  the  person 
claiming  the  lien  sustains  loss  by  reason  of  the  refusal  or 
neglect  or  false  statement,  the  owner  is  liable  to  him  for  the 
amount  of  the  loss  in  an  action  therefor  or  in  any  action  for 
the  enforcement  of  a  lien  under  this  Act,  and  subsection  4  of 
section  38  applies. 

(2)  Any  lien  claimant  may  in  writing  at  any  time  demand  of  f f^mon*-"* 
a  mortgagee  or  unpaid  vendor  or  his  agent  the  terms  of  any  gagee  or 
mortgage  on  the  land  or  of  any  agreement  for  the  purchase  of  vendor 
the  land  in  respect  of  which  the  work  was  or  is  to  be  done  or  the 
materials  were  or  are  to  be  placed  or  furnished  and  a  statement 
showing  the  amount  advanced  on  the  mortgage  or  the  amount 
owing  on  the  agreement,  as  the  case  may  be,  and,  if  the  mort- 
gagee or  vendor  or  his  agent  fails  to  inform  the  lien  claimant  at 
the  time  of  the  demand  or  within  a  reasonable  time  thereafter 
of  the  terms  of  the  mortgage  or  agreement  and  the  amount 
advanced  or  owing  thereon  or  if  he  knowingly  falsely  states 
the  terms  of  the  mortgage  or  agreement  and  the  amount 
owing  thereon  and  the  lien  claimant  sustains  loss  by  the  refusal 
or  neglect  or  misstatement,  the  mortgagee  or  vendor  is  liable 
to  him  for  the  amount  of  the  loss  in  an  action  therefor  or  in 
any  action  for  the  enforcement  of  a  lien  under  this  Act,  and 
subsection  4  of  section  38  applies. 

36 


IS 


Production 
of  contract 
or  agree- 
ment 


(3)  The  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  an  action 
under  this  Act  may,  on  a  summary  application  at  any  time 
before  or  after  an  action  is  commenced  for  the  enforcement  of 
the  claim  for  lien,  make  an  order  requiring  the  owner  or  his 
agent  or  the  mortgagee  or  his  agent  or  the  unpaid  vendor  or 
his  agent  or  the  contractor  or  his  agent  or  the  subcontractor  or 
his  agent,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  produce  and  permit  any 
lien  claimant  to  inspect  any  such  contract  or  agreement  or 
mortgage  or  agreement  for  sale  or  the  accounts  or  any  other 
relevant  document  upon  such  terms  as  to  costs  as  the  judge 
or  officer  deems  just.     R.S.O.   1960,  c.  233,  s.  28,  amended. 


ACTIONS 

en°forceabTe        ^^' — ^^^  ^  claim  for  lien  is  enforceable  in  an  action  in  the 
Supreme  Court. 

of^c'ili^"'  (2)  An  action  under  this  section  shall  be  commenced  by 

filing  of         filing  a  statement  of  claim  in  the  office  of  the  local  registrar 

of  the  Supreme  Court  in  the  county  or  district  in  which  the 

land  or  part  thereof  is  situate. 


Idem, 
eervice 


(3)  The  statement  of  claim  shall  be  served  within  thirty 
days  after  it  is  filed,  but  the  judge  having  jurisdiction  to  try 
the  action  or,  in  the  County  of  York,  the  master  may  extend 
the  time  for  service. 


statement 
of  defence 


(4)  The  time  for  delivering  the  statement  of  defence  in  the 
action  shall  be  the  same  as  for  entering  an  appearance  in  an 
action  in  the  Supreme  Court. 


Parties 


(5)  It  is  not  necessary  to  make  any  lien  claimants  parties 
defendant  to  the  action,  but  all  lien  claimants  served  with  the 
notice  of  trial  shall  for  all  purposes  be  deemed  to  be  parties 
to  the  action. 


Motion 
to  speed 
trial 


(6)  After  the  commencement  of  the  action,  any  lien  claim- 
ant or  other  person  interested  may  apply  to  the  judge  having 
jurisdiction  to  try  the  action  or,  in  the  County  of  York, 
a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  to  speed  the  trial  of  the  action. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  29,  amended. 


Lien 

claimants 
joining  in 
action 


30.  Any  number  of  lien  claimants  claiming  liens  on  the 
same  land  may  join  in  an  action,  and  an  action  brought  by 
a  lien  claimant  shall  be  deemed  to  be  brought  on  behalf  of 
himself  and  all  other  lien  claimants.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  30, 
amended. 


Jnd'pjifce  31. — (1)  Except  in  the  County  of  York,  the  action  shall 

of  trial  {jg  tried   by  the  local  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  in  the 

county  or  district  in  which  the  action  was  commenced,  but, 


36 


1 


Section  29.     No  change  in  principle  from  the  present  Act. 


Section  31.  The  O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  p.  10,  recommends  that  as 
there  is  no  relationship  between  subsections  1  and  2  of  section  31  of  Bill 
190,  subsection  1  should  be  renumbered  as  section  31,  subsections  2  to  7 
renumbered  as  subsections  I  to  6  of  a  new  section  32  and  the  following 
sections  renumbered  accordingly.    This  recommendation  is  implemented. 

36 


19 

upon  the  application  of  any  party  or  other  interested  person 
made  according  to  the  practice  of  the  Supreme  Court  and  upon 
notice,  the  court  may  direct  that  the  action  be  tried  by  a 
judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  at  the  regular  sittings  of  the 
court  for  the  trial  of  actions  in  the  county  or  district  in  which 
the  action  was  commenced.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  31  (1,  2). 

(2)  In  the  County  of  York,  the  action  shall  be  tried  by  a  \^^^' 
judge  of  the  Supreme  Court,  but,  county 

(a)  on  motion  after  defence  or  defence  to  counterclaim, 
if  any,  has  been  delivered  or  the  time  for  such 
delivery  has  expired,  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court 
may  refer  the  whole  action  to  the  master  for  trial 
pursuant  to  section  69  of  The  Judicature  Act;  or     h.so.  iseo, 

(b)  at  the  trial,  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  may  direct 
a  reference  to  the  master  pursuant  to  section  68  or  69 

of  l^he  Judicature  Act.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  31  (3),  ff^O-  iseo. 
amended. 

(3)  Where  on  motion  the  whole  action  is  referred  to  the  ^^PJJ'^^Bide 
master  for  trial,  any  person   brought  into  the  proceedings jj'j^Km^n'^ 
subsequent  thereto  and  served  with  a  notice  of  trial  may  reference 
apply  to  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  to  set  aside  the  judg- 
ment directing  the  reference  within  seven  days  after  service 

of  notice  of  trial  and,  if  such  person  fails  to  make  such  appli- 
cation, he  is  bound  by  such  judgment  as  if  he  were  originally 
a  party  thereto. 

(4)  Where  the  action  is  referred  to  the  master  for  trial,  he^mend- 

^   '  '         ment  of 

may  grant  leave  to  amend  any  pleading.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  pleadings 

■■%  ^    /  a     f  \  on  r6i6r©nc6 

s.  31  (4,  5). 

32.  The    local    judges    of    the    Supreme    Court  and   thefo^rr*"' 
master  to  whom  a  reference  for  trial  has  been  directed,  in^s"c*o*,  etc 
addition  to  their  ordinary  powers,  have  all  the  jurisdiction, 

powers  and  authority  of  the  Supreme  Court  to  try  and  com- 
pletely dispose  of  the  action  and  questions  arising  therein  and 
all  questions  of  set-ofT  and  counterclaim  arising  under  the 
building  contract  or  out  of  the  work  done  or  materials  fur- 
nished to  the  property  in  question.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233. 
s.  32  (1),  amended. 

33.  Where  an  owner  enters  into  an  entire  contract  for  j^j}*jf4''®o'^°g% 
the  supply  of  materials  to  be  used  in  several  buildings,  the  se^^erai^^ 
person  supplying  the  materials  may  ask  to  have  his  lien  follow 

the  form  of  the  contract  and  that  it  be  for  an  entire  sum  upon 
all  the  buildings,  but,  in  case  the  owner  has  sold  one  or  more  of 
the  buildings,  the  judge  or  officer  trying  the  action  has  juris- 

36 


20 


diction  equitably  to  apportion  against  the  respective  buildings 
the  amount  included  in  the  claim  for  lien  under  the  entire 
contract.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  32  (2),  amended. 


Power  to 
appoint  a 
receiver  of 
rents  and 
proflts 


34. — (1)  At  any  time  after  the  delivery  of  the  statement 
of  claim,  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the 
action  may,  on  the  application  of  any  lien  claimant,  mort- 
gagee or  other  person  interested,  appoint  a  receiver  of  the 
rents  and  profits  of  the  property  against  which  the  claim  for 
lien  is  registered,  upon  such  terms  and  upon  the  giving  of 
such  security  or  without  security  as  the  judge  or  officer  deems 
just. 


Power  to 
direct 
sale  and 
appoint 
trustee 


(2)  Any  lien  claimant,  mortgagee  or  other  person  interested 
may  make  an  application  to  the  judge  or  officer  at  any  time 
before  or  after  judgment,  which  may  hear  viva  voce  or  affidavit 
evidence  or  both  and  appoint,  upon  such  terms  and  upon  the 
giving  of  such  security  or  without  security  as  the  judge  or 
officer  deems  just,  a  trustee  or  trustees  with  power  to  manage, 
mortgage,  lease  and  sell,  or  manage,  mortgage,  lease  or  sell, 
the  property  against  which  the  claim  for  lien  is  registered, 
and  the  exercise  of  such  powers  shall  be  under  the  supervision 
and  direction  of  the  judge  or  officer,  and  with  power,  when 
so  directed  by  the  judge  or  officer,  to  complete  or  partially 
complete  the  property,  and,  in  the  event  that  mortgage 
moneys  are  advanced  to  the  trustee  or  trustees  as  the  result 
of  any  of  the  powers  conferred  upon  him  or  them  under  this 
subsection,  such  moneys  take  priority  over  every  claim  of 
lien  existing  as  of  the  date  of  the  appointment. 


Property 
offered  for 
sale 


(3)  Any  property  directed  to  be  sold  under  subsection  2 
may  be  offered  for  sale  subject  to  any  mortgage  or  other 
charge  or  encumbrance  if  the  judge  or  officer  so  directs. 


Proceeds 
to  be  paid 
Into  court 


(4)  The  proceeds  of  any  sale  made  by  a  trustee  or  trustees 
under  subsection  2  shall  be  paid  into  court  and  are  subject 
to  the  claims  of  all  lien  claimants,  mortgagees  or  other  persons 
interested  in  the  property  so  sold  as  their  respective  rights  are 
determined,  and,  in  so  far  as  applicable,  section  39  applies. 


Orders  for 
completion 
of  sale 


(5)  The  judge  or  officer  shall  make  all  necessary  orders  for 
the  completion  of  any  mortgage,  lease  or  sale  authorized  to 
be  made  under  subsection  2. 


Vesting 
of  title 


(6)  Any  vesting  order  made  of  property  sold  by  a  trustee 
or  trustees  appointed  under  subsection  2  vests  the  title  of  the 
property  free  from  all  claims  for  liens,  encumbrances  and 
interests  of  any  kind  including  dower,  except  in  cases  where 
sale  is  made  Subject  to  any  mortgage,  charge,  encumbrance 
or   interest  as   hereinbefore   provided,   but   nothing   in   this 


36 


Section  34 — Subsection  2.  As  recommended  by  the  O.L.R.C.  Supp. 
Rep.,  p.  10,  the  powers  that  trustees  may  exercise  under  the  section  are 
broadened  to  include,  if  authorized  by  court  order,  the  power  to  lease  the 
property  against  which  the  claim  for  lien  is  registered. 


Subsection  3.  The  words  "but  only  in  cases  where  there  is  no  dispute 
as  to  the  priority  of  any  such  mortgage"  at  the  end  of  the  provision  as  it 
appeared  in  Bill  190  have  been  deleted  as  recommended  by  the  O.L.R.C. 
Supp.  Rep.,  p.  11.  This  will  expedite  the  trial  of  mechanics'  lien  actions 
by  giving  the  court  power  to  direct  a  sale  under  the  court's  supervision  in 
cases  where  the  priority  of  a  mortgage  is  in  dispute  or  where  the  lien 
claimants  refuse  to  take  a  position  one  way  or  the  other. 


36 


21 

section  or  elsewhere  in  this  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  extinguish 
the  right  to  dower,  if  any,  of  any  married  woman  or  the  right 
to  have  the  value  of  her  dower  ascertained  and  deducted 
from  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  so  paid  into  court.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  32  (3-8),  amended. 

35.  At  any  time  after  delivery  of  the  statement  of  claim  p^BerJa- 
and  before  judgment,  or  after  judgment  and   pending  the^'o"*^*! 

,  .  11  ••  f         J^  i'  .»  property 

hearing  and  determmation  ot  any  appeal,  any  hen  claimant, 
mortgagee  or  other  interested  person  may  make  an  application 
to  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action, 
who  may  hear  viva  voce  or  affidavit  evidence  or  both  and  make 
an  order  for  the  preservation  of  any  property  pending  the 
determination  of  the  action  and  any  appeal.     New. 

36.  Where  more  actions  than  one  are  brought  to  realize  consoUda- 
liens  in  respect  of  the  same  land,  the  judge  or  officer  having  actions 
jurisdiction  to  try  the  action  may,  on  the  application  of  any 

party  to  any  one  of  the  actions  or  on  the  application  of  any 
other  person  interested,  consolidate  all  such  actions  into  one 
action  and  award  the  conduct  of  the  consolidated  action  to 
any  plaintiff  as  the  judge  or  officer  deems  just.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  33,  amended. 

37.  Any  lien  claimant  entitled  to  the  benefit  of  an  action '"ransfefing 

■  1  1       •      1  rr  ,         ■         ■       ■     ,■      carriage  of 

may  at  any  time  apply  to  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdic-  proceedings 
tion  to  try  the  action  for  the  carriage  of  the  proceedings,  and 
the  judge  or  officer  may  make  an  o^der  awarding  such  lien 
claimant  the  carriage  of  the  proceedings.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  34,  amended. 

38.— (1)  After  the  delivery  of  the  statement  of  defence  ^^ppo^n''"^ 
where  the  plaintiff's  claim  is  disputed,  or  after  the  time  for  trial 
delivery  of  defence  in  all  other  cases,  either  party  may  apply 
ex  parte  to  a  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the 
action  to  fix  a  day  for  the  trial  thereof,  and  the  judge  oi 
officer  shall  appoint  the  time  and  place  of  trial,  and  the  order, 
signed  by  the  judge  or  officer,  shall  form  part  of  the  record  of 
the  proceedings. 

(2)  The  ijarty  obtaining  an  apix)intment  for  the  trial  shall,  SiaVand*^ 
at  least  ten  clear  days  before  the  day  appointed,  serve  notice '""'^■'^'® 
of  trial  upon  the  solicitors  for  tiie  defendants  who  appear 
by  solicitors  and  upon  the  defendants  who  ajipear  in  i^ersoii. 
and  upon  all  the  lienholders  wiio  have  registered  their  claims 
as  required  by  this  Act  or  of  whose  claims  he  has  notice,  and 
upon  all  other  persons  having  any  charge,  encumbrance 
or  claim  on  the  land  subsequent  in  priority  to  the  lien,  who 
are  not  jiarties,  and  such  service  shall  be  personal  unless 
otherwise  directed  by  the  judge  or  officer  who  may  direct  in 
what  manner  the  notice  of  trial  is  to  be  served. 

36 


22 

^^•"^  (3)  Where   any   person   interested   in    the   land   has   been 

served  with  a  statement  of  claim  and  makes  default  in  de- 
livering a  statement  of  defence,  he  shall  nevertheless  be  served 
with  notice  of  trial  and  is  entitled  to  defend  on  such  terms  as 
to  costs  and  otherwise  as  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdic- 
tion to  try  the  action  deems  just. 

'^'■'"^  (4)  The  judge,  or  where  a  reference  for  trial  is  directed,  the 

master, 

(o)  shall  try  the  action,  including  any  set-off  and  counter- 
claim, and  all  questions  that  arise  therein  or  that  are 
necessary  to  be  tried  in  order  to  completely  dispose 
of  the  action  and  to  adjust  the  rights  and  liabilities 
of  the  persons  appearing  before  him  or  upon  whom 
notice  of  trial  has  been  served; 

(b)  shall  take  all  accounts,  make  all  inquiries,  give  all 
directions  and  do  all  other  things  necessary  to  finally 
dispose  of  the  action  and  of  all  matters,  questions  and 
accounts  arising  therein  or  at  the  trial,  and  to  adjust 
the  rights  and  liabilities  of  and  give  all  necessary 
relief  to  all  parties  to  the  action  and  all  persons  who 
have  been  served  with  the  notice  of  trial ;  and 

(c)  shall  embody  the  results  of  the  trial, 

(i)  in  the  case  of  a  judge,  in  a  judgment,  and 
(ii)  in  the  case  of  a  master,  in  a  report, 

which  judgment  or  report  may  direct  payment  forth- 
with by  the  person  or  persons  primarily  liable  to 
pay  the  amount  of  the  claims  and  costs  as  ascertained 
by  the  judgment  or  report,  and  execution  may  be 
issued  therefor  forthwith  in  the  case  of  a  judgment 
and  after  confirmation  thereof,  in  the  case  of  a  report. 

Power  to  (5)  The  form  of  the  judgment  or  report  may  be  varied  by 

vary  form  ol        V      ,  „  .■',''  ,         .  ^  ,  ^, 

judgment  the  judge  or  orticer  m  order  to  meet  the  circumstances  oi  the 
case  so  as  to  afford  to  any  party  to  the  proceedings  any  right 
or  remedy  in  the  judgment  or  report  to  which  he  may  be 
entitled. 

s*'®  (6)  The  judge  or  officer  may  order  that  the  estate  or  interest 

charged  with  the  lien  be  sold,  and  may  direct  the  sale  to  take 
place  at  any  time  after  judgment  or  confirmation  of  the  report, 
allowing,  however,  a  reasonable  time  for  advertising  the  sale. 

Letting  in  ...  .  ■  •  l         •    i 

",«'}       .  (7)  A  lien  claimant  who  did  not  prove  his  claim  at  the  trial, 

claimants  ,.        .   '  ,       •      ,  rr  i     r  i  i 

who  have      on  application  to  the  judge  or  ofhcer  before  whom  the  action 
their  <'iainiH    Of  reference  was  tried,  may  be  let  in  to  prove  his  claim,  on 


at  trial 


36 


23 

such  terms  as  to  costs  and  otherwise  as  are  deemed  just,  at 
any  time  before  the  amount  realized  in  the  action  for  the 
satisfaction  of  liens  has  been  distributed,  and,  where  his 
claim  is  allowed,  the  judgment  or  report  shall  be  amended 
so  as  to  include  his  claim. 

(8)  Any  lien  claimant  for  an  amount  not  exceeding  $200i^e'n*"  °'^ 
may  be  represented  by  an  agent  who  is  not  a  barrister  and  ^J|^}.™^i.^^* 

solicitor.  eentation 

(9)  An  action  or  reference  under  this  Act  may  be  tried  by  be  tried"bV 
any  judge  or  oiificer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action  ora">'J"dge 
reference  notwithstanding  that  the  time  and  place  for  the 

trial  or  reference  thereof  were  appointed  and  fixed  by  another 
judge  or  officer.     R.S.O.   1960,  c.  233,  s.  35,  amended. 

(10)  Any  party  to  an  action  under  this  Act  or  any  other  Applications 
interested  person  may  at  any  time  and  from  time  to  time  directions 
apply  to  a  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action 

or  reference  for  directions  as  to  pleadings,  discovery,  produc- 
tion or  any  other  matter  relating  to  the  action  or  reference, 
including  the  cross-examination  of  a  lien  claimant  or  his 
agent  or  assignee  on  his  affidavit  verifying  the  claim.     A^ew. 

30. — (1)  Where  a  sale  is  had,  the  moneys  arising  there- ^^ere  sale 
from  shall  be  paid  into  court  to  the  credit  of  the  action,  and'»  ^^^ 
the  judge  or  officer  before  whom  the  action  was  tried  shall 
direct  to  whom  the  moneys  in  court  shall  be  paid  and  may 
add  to  the  claim  of  the  person  conducting  the  action  his  fees 
and  actual  disbursements  incurred  in  connection  with  the  sale, 
and,  where  sufficient  to  satisfy  the  judgment  and  costs  is 
not  realized  from  the  sale,  he  shall  certify  the  amount  of  the 
deficiency  and  the  names  of  the  persons  who  are  entitled  to 
recover  the  same,  showing  the  amount  that  each  is  entitled 
to  recover  and  the  persons  adjudged  to  pay  the  same,  giving 
credit  for  payments  made,  if  any,  under  subsection  4  of 
section  38,  and  the  persons  so  entitled  may  enforce  payment 
of  the  amounts  so  found  to  be  due  by  execution  or  otherwise. 

(2)  The  judge  or  officer  before  whom  the  action  was  tried  ^"^le'*""" 
may  make  all  necessary  orders  for  the  completion  of  the  sale 
and  for  vesting  the  property  in  the  purchaser.     R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  36  (1,  2). 

40.  Where  a  lien  claimant  fails  to  establish  a  lien,  he  may  ,^n'^not 
nevertheless  recover  a  personal  judgment  against  any  party  ^®'^'^'''^*'®^ 
to  the  action  for  such  sum  as  may  appear  to  be  due  to  him 
and  which  he  might  recover  in  an  action  against  such  party. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  36  (3). 

36 


24 

henhoiders         *^'  Where  property  subject  to  a  lien  is  sold  in  an  action 
whose  claims  to  enforce  a  lien,  every  lienholder  is  entitled  to  share  in  the 

are  not  i         r     i  .      •  r     i  , 

payable  to      proceeds  of  the  sale  in  respect  of  the  amount  then  owing  to 
proceeds        him,  although  the  same  or  part  thereof  was  not  payable  at 
the  time  of  the  commencement  of  the  action  or  is  not  then 
presently  payable.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  37. 

STATED   CASE 

Stated  case  42. — (1)  If  in  the  course  of  proceedings  to  enforce  a  lien  a 
question  of  law  arises,  the  judge  or  officer  trying  the  case  may, 
at  the  request  of  any  party,  state  the  question  in  the  form  of 
a  stated  case  for  the  opinion  of  the  Court  of  Appeal,  and  the 
stated  case  shall  thereupon  be  set  down  to  be  heard  before 
the  Court  of  Appeal  and  notice  of  hearing  shall  be  served 
by  the  party  setting  down  upon  all  parties  concerned. 

mission  of  ^^^  ^^^  Stated  case  shall  set  forth  the  facts  material  for 

papers  the  determination  of  the  question  raised,  and  all  papers  neces- 

sary for  the  hearing  of  the  stated  case  by  the  Court  of  Appeal 
shall  be  transmitted  to  the  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  39,  amended. 


APPEAL 


Appeal 


43. — (1)  Except  where  the  amount  of  a  judgment  in 
respect  of  a  claim  or  counterclaim  is  $200  or  less,  an  appeal 
lies  from  any  judgment  under  this  Act  to  the  Court  of  Appeal. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  40  (1),  amended. 

refe^rett'ce^""^  (2)  Where  a  question  is  referred  to  the  master  for  inquiry 
and  report  under  subsection  2  of  section  31,  an  appeal  lies  in 
the  manner  prescribed  by  the  rules  of  court. 


Confirma- 
tion of 
master's 
report 


(3)  Where  an  action  is  referred  to  the  master  for  trial 
under  subsection  2  of  section  31,  the  report  shall  be  filed  and 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  confirmed  at  the  expiration  of  fifteen 
days  from  the  date  of  service  of  notice  of  filing  the  same, 
unless  notice  of  appeal  is  served  within  that  time. 


Appeal 
from 

judgment 
or  report 


Costs  of 
appeal 


(4)  An  appeal  from  a  judgment  or  report  made  on  a  refer- 
ence for  trial  lies  in  like  manner  and  to  the  same  extent  as 
from  the  decision  of  a  judge  trying  an  action  in  the  Supreme 
Court  without  a  jury.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  40  (2,  3,  4). 

(5)  The  costs  of  an  appeal  shall  not  be  governed  by  sub- 
sections 2  and  3  of  section  45  but,  subject  to  any  order  of  the 
Court  of  Appeal,  shall  be  upon  the  scale  of  costs  allowed  in 
county  court  appeals  where  the  amount  involved  is  within  the 
proper  competence  of  the  county  court,  and,  where  it  exceeds 
that  amount,  upon  the  Supreme  Court  scale.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  40  (5),  amended. 


36 


Section  43 — Subsection  1.  The  limitation  on  appeals  that  is  in  the 
present  Act  but  was  not  in  Bill  190  appears  at  the  commencement  of  this 
provision  as  recommended  by  the  O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  p.  11. 


36 


Section  45.    The  intent  is  clarified  as  recommended  by  the  O.L.R.C. 
Supp.  Rep.,  p.  11. 


36 


25 

FEES  AND  COSTS 

44.  The  fee  payable  by  every  plaintiff,  every  plaintiff  by  ^*» 
counterclaim  and  every  lien  claimant,  including  every  person 
recovering  a  personal  judgment,  in  any  action  to  realize  a  lien 
under  this  Act  is, 

(a)  $5  on  a  claim  or  counterclaim  not  exceeding  $500; 

(b)  $10  on  a  claim  or  counterclaim  exceeding  $500  but 
not  exceeding  $1,000; 

(c)  $10  on  a  claim  or  counterclaim  exceeding  $1,000, 
plus  $1  for  every  $1,000  or  fraction  thereof  in  excess 
of  $1,000, 

but  no  fee  is  payable  on  a  claim  for  wages  only,  and  in  no  case 
shall  the  fee  on  a  claim  exceed  $75  or  on  a  counterclaim  exceed 
$25.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  41,  amended. 

45. — (1)  Subject  to  subsections  2,  3,  4  and  5,  any  order  c^o^8gt8^"jO^ 
as  to  costs  in  an  action  under  this  Act  is  in  the  discretion  of  provided 
the  judge  or  officer  who  tries  the  action.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  46,  amended. 

(2)  The  costs  of  the  action,  exclusive  of  actual  disburse- J"J^^'j°' 
ments,  awarded  to  the  plaintiffs  and  successful  lienholders,  plaintiffs 
shall  not  exceed  in  the  aggregate  25  per  cent  of  the  total 
amount  found  to  have  been  actually  due  on  the  liens  at  the 

time  of  the  registration  thereof,  and  shall  be  apportioned  and 
borne  in  such  proportion  as  the  judge  or  officer  who  tries  the 
action  may  direct,  but  in  making  the  apportionment  he  shall 
have  regard  to  the  actual  services  rendered  by  or  on  behalf 
of  the  parties  respectively,  provided  that,  where  a  counter- 
claim is  set  up  by  a  defendant,  the  amount  and  apportion- 
ment of  the  costs  in  respect  thereof  are  in  the  discretion  of 
the  judge  or  officer  who  tries  the  action.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  42,  amended. 

(3)  Where  costs  are  awarded  against  the  plaintiff  or  other  ^^^^t  of  i^^^. 
persons  claiming  liens,  they  shall  not  exceed,  except  in  the  plaintiffs 
case  of  a  counterclaim,  25  jier  cent  of  the  claim  of  the  plaintiff 

and  the  other  claimants,  besides  actual  disbursements,  and 
shall  be  apportioned  and  borne  as  the  judge  or  officer  who 
tries  the  action  may  direct.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  43, 
amended. 

(4)  Where  the  least  expensive  course  is  not  taken  by  aj^°sj\^^®^f 
plaintiff,  the  costs  allowed  to  him  shall  in  no  case  exceed  si  ve^^mree 
what  would  have  been  incurred  if  the  least  expensive  course 

had  been  taken.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  44. 

36 


26 

drawing  and  ^^^  Where  a  lien  is  discharged  or  vacated  under  section  25 
registering  or  where  judgment  is  given  in  favour  of  or  against  a  claim 
regiBtration  for  a  lien,  in  addition  to  the  costs  of  the  action,  the  judge  or 
officer  who  tries  the  action  may  allow  a  reasonable  amount  for 
the  costs  of  drawing  and  registering  the  claim  for  lien  or  of 
vacating  the  registration  thereof,  but  this  does  not  apply  where 
the  claimant  fails  to  establish  a  valid  lien.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  45. 


Rules  of 
practice 


RULES  OF  PRACTICE 

46. — (1)  The  object  of  this  Act  being  to  enforce  liens  at 
the  least  expense,  the  procedure  shall  be  as  far  as  possible  of 
a  summary  character,  having  regard  to  the  amount  and  nature 
of  the  liens  in  question.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  47  (1). 

tory  proceed-      (2)  Except  where  otherwise  provided  by  this  Act,  no  inter- 

ingB  locutory  proceedings  shall  be  permitted  without  the  consent 

of  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action, 

and  then  only  upon  proper  proof  that  such  proceedings  are 

necessary. 


Assistance 
of  experts 


Rules  of 
practice 


(3)  The  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action 
may  obtain  the  assistance  of  any  merchant,  accountant, 
actuary,  building  contractor,  architect,  engineer  or  person  in 
such  way  as  he  deems  fit,  the  better  to  enable  him  to  determine 
any  matter  of  fact  in  question,  and  may  fix  the  remuneration 
of  any  such  person  and  direct  payment  thereof  by  any  of  the 
parties.     R.S.O.   1960,  c.  233,  s.  47   (2,  3),  amended. 

(4)  Unless  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  the  Rules  of 
Practice  and  Procedure  of  the  Supreme  Court  apply  to  pro- 
ceedings under  this  Act.     New. 


SERVICE  OF  DOCUMENTS 


Service  of 
documents 


47.  Except  where  otherwise  directed  by  the  judge  or 
officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action,  all  documents 
relating  to  an  action  under  this  Act,  other  than  statements 
of  claim  and  notices  of  trial,  are  sufficiently  served  upon  the 
intended  recipient  if  sent  by  registered  mail  addressed  to  the 
intended  recipient  at  his  address  for  service.     A^ew. 


Right  of 
chattel 
lienholder 
to  sell 
chattel 


LIENS  ON  CHATTELS 

48. — (1)  Every  person  who  has  bestowed  money,  skill  or 
materials  upon  any  chattel  or  thing  in  the  alteration  or  im- 
provement of  its  properties  or  for  the  purpose  of  imparting 
an  additional  value  to  it,  so  as  thereby  to  be  entitled  to  a  lien 
upon  the  chattel  or  thing  for  the  amount  or  value  of  the  money 
or  skill  and  rriaterial  bestowed,  has,  while  the  lien  exists  but  not 
afterwards,  in  case  the  amount  to  which  he  is  entitled  remains 


36 


Section  46 — Subsection  4.    This  new  provision  implements  a  recom- 
mendation of  the  O.L.R.C.  Supp.  Rep.,  p.  11. 


36 


27 

unpaid  for  three  months  after  it  ought  to  have  been  paid,  the 
right,  in  addition  to  any  other  remedy  to  which  he  may  be 
entitled,  to  sell  by  auction  the  chattel  or  thing  on  giving  one 
week's  notice  by  advertisement  in  a  newspaper  having  general 
circulation  in  the  municipality  in  which  the  work  was  done, 
setting  forth  the  name  of  the  person  indebted,  the  amount  of 
the  debt,  a  description  of  the  chattel  or  thing  to  be  sold,  the 
time  and  place  of  sale,  and  the  name  of  the  auctioneer,  and 
leaving  a  like  notice  in  writing  at  the  last  known  place  of 
residence,  if  any,  of  the  owner,  if  he  is  a  resident  of  the 
municipality. 

(2)  Such  person  shall  apply  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  in  of^^ro^eda 
payment  of  the  amount  due  to  him  and  the  costs  of  advertising  °^  8a'« 
and  sale  and  shall  upon  application  pay  over  any  surplus  to  the 
person  entitled  thereto.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  48,  amended. 

FORMS 

49.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu-  ^°^"'^ 
jtions  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use.    New. 

MISCELLANEOUS 

50.  The  Mechanics'  Lien  Act,  The  Mechanics'  Lien  Amend-^^si-,  ^^^°' 

ment  Act,   1961-62,    The   Mechanics'    Lien  Amendment  .4c/,  ^^^i-e'z. 

1962-63  and  The  Mechanics'  Lien  Amendment  Act,  1966  are  1962-63, 

repealed.  i966,'c.84. 

repealed 

61.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the  Sent""^"*^* 
Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

52.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Mechanics'  Lien  ^c/,  short  title 
1968-69. 


s 


*«». 

S 

8 

5- 

^ 

a. 

^-s 

o 

to 

S" 

a> 

» 

g 

S 
§ 

<s 

fi. 

*>-M 

c% 

« 

R. 

^ 

•r 

s 

o. 

<k 

> 

H 


*n 

D 

8- 

S 

(m 

s. 

c 

*1 

a. 

3 

>i 

'< 

ky 

£? 

^ 

1 

o 

ri- 
p- 

1 

3- 

1 

»t> 

to 
O 

»« 

00 

»9 

BILL  36 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


The  Mechanics'  Lien  Act,  1968-69 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  36  1968-69 


The  Mechanics'  Lien  Act,  1968-69 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

l.-(l)  In  this  Act,  J"'«[P">' 


(o)  "completion  of  the  contract"  means  substantial  per- 
formance, not  necessarily  total  performance,  of  the 

contract; 

{b)  "contractor"  means  a  person  contracting  with  or 
employed  directly  by  the  owner  or  his  agent  for  the 
doing  of  work  or  the  placing  or  furnishing  of  materials 
for  any  of  the  purposes  mentioned  in  this  Act; 

(c)  "materials"  includes  every  kind  of  movable  property; 

(d)  "owner"  includes  any  person  and  corporation,  includ- 
ing a  municipal  corporation  and  a  railway  company, 
having  any  estate  or  interest  in  the  land  upon  which 
or  in  respect  of  which  work  is  done  or  materials  are 
placed  or  furnished,  at  whose  request,  and 

(i)  upon  whose  credit,  or 

(ii)  on  whose  behalf,  or 

(iii)  with  whose  privity  or  consent,  or 

(iv)  for  whose  direct  benefit, 

work  is  done  or  materials  are  placed  or  furnished  and 
all  persons  claiming  under  him  or  it  whose  rights 
are  acquired  after  the  work  in  respect  of  which  the 
lien  is  claimed  is  commenced  or  the  materials  placed 
or  furnished  have  been  commenced  to  be  placed  or 
furnished ; 

(e)  "registrar"  includes  a  master  of  titles; 

(/)  "registry  office"  includes  a  land  titles  office; 


36 


(g)  "subcontractor"  means  a  person  not  contracting  with 
or  employed  directly  by  the  owner  or  his  agent  for 
any  of  the  purposes  mentioned  in  this  Act,  but  con- 
tracting with  or  employed  by  a  contractor  or,  under 
him,  by  another  subcontractor; 

(h)  "wages"  means  the  money  earned  by  a  workman  for 
work  done  by  time  or  as  piece  work,  and  includes  all 
monetary  supplementary  benefits,  whether  by  stat- 
ute, contract  or  collective  bargaining  agreement; 

(j)  "workman"  means  a  person  employed  for  wages  in 
any  kind  of  labour,  whether  employed  under  a 
contract  of  service  or  not.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  1, 
amended. 

hioiudes  ^■^^   '"   '^^'^  ^^^'   *-^^  expression   "the  doing  of  work"  in- 

service  eludes  the  performance  of  a  service,  and  corresponding  expres- 

sions have  corresponding  meanmgs. 

perfor^anco       (^)  ^°^  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  a  contract  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  substantially  performed, 

(a)  when  the  work  or  a  substantial  part  thereof  is 
ready  for  use  or  is  being  used  for  the  purpose  in- 
tended ;  and 

(b)  when  the  work  to  be  done  under  the  contract  is 
capable  of  completion  or  correction  at  a  cost  of  not 
more  than, 

(i)  3  per  cent  of  the  first  $250,000  of  the  contract 
price, 

(ii)  2  per  cent  of  the  next  $250,000  of  the  contract 
price,  and 

(iii)   1  per  cent  of  the  balance  of  the  contract  price. 

I'**""  (4)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Act,  where  the  work  or  a  sub- 

stantial part  thereof  is  ready  for  use  or  is  being  used  for  the 
purpose  intended  and  where  the  work  cannot  be  completed 
expeditiously  for  reasons  beyond  the  control  of  the  contractor, 
the  value  of  the  work  to  be  completed  shall  be  deducted 
from  the  contract  price  in  determining  substantial  perform- 
ance.    New. 

GENERAL 

Trust  funds       2. — (1)  All  sums  received  by  a  builder,  contractor  or  sub- 
in  hands  of  ^   '  ■'  .  ' 
contractors    contractor  on  account  of  the  contract  price  constitute  a  trust 

fund  in  his  hands  for  the  benefit  of  the  owner,  builder,  con- 
tractor,   subcontractor.    Workmen's    Compensation    Board, 

36 


workmen,  and  persons  who  have  supplied  materials  on  account 
of  the  contract  or  who  have  rented  equipment  to  be  used  on 
the  contract  site,  and  the  builder,  contractor  or  subcontractor, 
as  the  case  may  be,  is  the  trustee  of  all  such  sums  so  received 
by  him  and  he  shall  not  appropriate  or  convert  any  part 
I  thereof  to  his  own  use  or  to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the 
trust  until  all  workmen  and  all  persons  who  have  supplied 
materials  on  the  contract  or  who  have  rented  equipment 
to  be  used  on  the  contract  site  and  all  subcontractors  are  paid 
for  work  done  or  materials  supplied  on  the  contract  and  the 
Workmen's  Compensation  Board  is  paid  any  assessment  with 
respect  thereto.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  3  (1),  amended. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsection   1,  wliere  a    builder,  con- ^'^''^p""" 
tractor  or  subcontractor  has  paid  in  whole  or  in  jjart  for  any 
materials  supplied  on  account  of  the  contract  or  for  any  tented 
equipment  or  has  jiaid  any  workman  who  has  performed  any 

work  or  any  subcontractor  who  has  placed  or  furnished  any 
materials  in  respect  of  the  contract,  the  retention  by  such 
builder,  contractor  or  subcontractor  of  a  sum  equal  to  the  sum 
so  paid  by  him  shall  be  deemed  not  to  be  an  ajjpropriation  or 
conversion  thereof  to  his  own  use  or  to  any  use  not  authorized 
by  the  trust.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  3  (3),  amended. 

(3)  Where  a  sum  becomes  payable  under  a  contract  to  ^Tn'heLndB^oT 
contractor  by  an  owner  on  the  certificate  of  a  person  authorized  owners 
under  the  contract  to  make  such  a  certificate,  an  amount 

equal  to  the  sum  so  certified  that  is  in  the  owner's  hands  or 
received  by  him  at  any  time  thereafter  shall,  until  paid  to  the 
contractor,  constitute  a  trust  fund  in  the  owner's  hands  for 
the  benefit  of  the  contractor,  subcontractor.  Workmen's 
Compensation  Board,  workmen,  and  persons  who  have 
supplied  materials  on  account  of  the  contract  or  who  have 
rented  equipment  to  be  used  on  the  contract  site,  and  the 
owner  shall  not  appropriate  or  convert  any  part  thereof  to 
his  own  use  or  to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the  trust  until 
all  workmen  and  all  persons  who  have  supplied  materials  on 
the  contract  or  who  have  rented  equipment  to  be  used  on 
the  contract  site  and  all  contractors  and  subcontractors  are 
paid  for  work  done  or  materials  supplied  on  the  contract  and 
the  Workmen's  Compensation  Board  is  paid  any  assessment 
with  respect  thereto. 

(4)  All  sums  received  by  an  owner,  other  than  a  niunici-^ortg"ag|°" 
pality  as  defined  in  The  Department  of  Municipal  Affairs  ^c/«»«-^«  '"""s' 
or  a  metropolitan  or  regional  municipality  or  a  local  board  r.s.o.  loeo, 
thereof,  which  are  to  be  used  in  the  financing,  including  the"' ' 
purchase  price  of  the  land  and  the  payment  of  prior  encum- 
brances, of  a  building,  structure  or  work,  constitute,  subject 

to  the  payment  of  the  purchase  price  of  the  land  and  prior 

36 


encumbrances,  a  trust  fund  in  the  hands  of  the  owner  for  the 
benefit  of  the  persons  mentioned  in  subsection  1,  and,  until 
the  claims  of  all  such  jjersons  have  been  paid,  the  owner  shall 
not  appropriate  or  convert  any  part  thereof  to  his  own  use  or 
to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the  trust. 

Exception  ^5,  iSot withstanding   subsection   4,   where   an   owner   has 

himself  paid  in  whole  or  in  part  for  any  work  done,  for  any 
materials  placed  or  furnished  or  for  any  rented  equipment, 
the  retention  by  him  from  any  moneys  received  from  the 
lender  under  subsection  4  of  a  sum  equal  to  the  sum  so  paid 
by  him  shall  be  deemed  not  to  be  an  appropriation  or  conver- 
sion thereof  to  his  own  use  or  to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the 
trust. 

Protection  (6)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  section,  where  money 

for  money        .      ,  &         ,  &  _     i  ,    ,  ,  . 

lenders  is  lent  to  a  person  upon  whoin  a  trust  is  imposed  by  this 

section  and  is  used  by  him  to  pay  in  whole  or  in  part  for  any 
work  done,  for  any  materials  placed  or  furnished  or  for  any 
rented  equipment,  trust  moneys  may  be  applied  to  discharge 
the  loan  to  the  extent  that  the  lender's  money  was  so  used 
by  the  trustee,  and  any  sum  so  applied  shall  be  deemed  not 
to  be  an  appropriation  or  conversion  to  the  trustee's  own  use 
or  to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the  trust.     New. 

pe'Iraity  ^'^'^  (7)  Every  j^erson  upon  whom  a  trust  is  imijosed  by  this 
section  who  knowingly  appropriates  or  converts  any  part  of 
any  trust  moneys  referred  to  in  subsection  1,3  or  4  to  his  own 
use  or  to  any  use  not  authorized  by  the  trust  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  $5,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more 
than  two  years,  or  to  both,  and  every  director  or  officer  of  a  cor- 
poration who  knowingly  assents  to  or  acquiesces  in  any  such 
offence  by  the  corporation  is  guilty  of  such  offence,  in  addition 
to  the  corijoration,  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a 
fine  of  not  more  than  $5,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  aterm  of 
not  more  than  two  years,  or  to  both.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  3  (2),  amended. 

titueVo/  •^'  ^o  action  to  assert  any  claim  to  trust  moneys  referred 

clafms'to        ^°  '"  section  2  shall  be  commenced  against  a  lender  of  money 
trust  to  a  person  upon  whom  a  trust  is  imposed  by  that  section 

moneys  r-  r  r-  y 


excejjt, 


(a)  in  the  case  of  a  claim  by  a  contractor  or  subcontractor 
in  cases  not  provided  for  in  clauses  b,  c  and  d,  within 
nine  months  after  the  completion  or  abandonment 
of  the  contract  or  subcontract; 

{b)  in  the  case  of  a  claim  for  materials,  within  nine 
months  after  the  placing  or  furnishing  of  the  last 
material; 


36 


(c)  in  the  case  of  a  claim  for  services,  within  nine  months 
after  the  completion  of  the  service;  or 

(d)  in  the  case  of  a  claim  for  wages,  within  nine  months 
after  the  last  work  was  done  for  which  the  claim  is 
made.     New. 

4. — (1)  Every    agreement,    oral    or    written,    express    or  Agreements 
implied,  on  the  part  of  any  workman  that  this  Act  does  not  application 
apply  to  him  or  that  the  remedies  provided  by  it  are  not  are  void 
available  for  his  benefit  is  void. 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply.  Exception 

(a)  to  a  manager,  officer  or  foreman;  or 

(b)  to  any  person  whose  wages  are  more  than  $50  a  day. 

(3)  No  agreement  deprives  any  person  otherwise  entitled  Effect  upon 
,.  ,,-,,.  I  third  party 

to  a  hen  under  this  Act,  who  is  not  a  party  to  the  agreement,  of  agreement 

of  the  benefit  of  the  lien,  but  it  attaches,  notwithstanding*^'^"* 
such  agreement.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  4,  amended. 


CKE-^TION  OF   LIENS 

5. — (1)  Unless  he  signs  an  express  agreement  to  the  con-^lge""*!  ^ 
trary  and  in  that  case  subject  to  section  4,  any  person  who  "en 
does  any  work  upon  or  in  respect  of,  or  places  or  furnishes  any 
materials  to  be  used  in,  the  making,  constructing,  erecting, 
fitting,  altering,  improving  or  repairing  of  any  land,  building, 
structure  or  works  or  the  appurtenances  to  any  of  them  for  any 
owner,  contractor  or  subcontractor  by  virtue  thereof  has  a 
lien  for  the  price  of  the  work  or  materials  upon  the  estate  or 
interest  of  the  owner  in  the  land,  building,  structure  or  works 
and  ap|)urtenances  and  the  land  occupied  thereby  or  enjoyed 
therewith,  or  upon  or  in  respect  of  which  the  work  is  done,  or 
upon  which  the  materials  are  placed  or  furnished  to  be  used, 
limited,  however,  in  amount  to  the  sum  justly  due  to  the 
person  entitled  to  the  lien  and  to  the  sum  justly  owing,  except 
as  herein  provided,  by  the  owner,  and  the  placing  or  furnishing 
of  the  materials  to  be  used  upon  the  land  or  such  other  place 
in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  land  designated  by  the  owner 
or  his  agent  is  good  and  sufficient  delivery  for  the  jjurpose  of 
this  Act,  but  delivery  on  the  designated  land  does  not  make 
such  land  subject  to  a  lien. 

(2)  Except  for  the  purpose  of  section  11,  the  lien  given  by^^'^^P""" 
subsection  1  does  not  attach  to  any  public  street  or  highway 
or  to  any  work  or  improvement  done  thereon. 

36 


6 


(3)  The  lien  given  by  subsection  1  attaches  as  therein  set 
out  where  the  materials  delivered  to  be  used  are  incorporated 


Lien 

attaches 

where 

incorporated  into  the  land,  building,  structure  or  works,  notwithstanding 

building         that  the  materials  may   not  have  been  delivered  in  strict 


accordance  with  subsection  1. 


Interpre- 
tation 


(4)  In  subsection  1,  "agent"  includes  the  contractor  or  sub- 
contractor for  whom  the  materials  are  placed  or  furnished, 
unless  the  person  placing  or  furnishing  the  materials  has  had 
actual  notice  from  the  owner  to  the  contrary.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  5,  amended. 


Lien  for 

rented 

equipment 


(5)  A  person  who  rents  equipment  to  an  owner,  contractor 
or  subcontractor  for  use  on  a  contract  site  shall  be  deemed 
for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  to  have  performed  a  service  for 
which  he  has  a  lien  for  the  price  of  the  rental  of  the  equipment 
used  on  the  contract  site,  limited,  however  in  amount  to  the 
sum  justly  owed  and  due  to  the  person  entitled  to  the  lien 
from  the  owner,  builder,  contractor  or  subcontractor  in  respect 
of  the  rental  of  the  equipment.     New. 


When 
bust>and'8 
interest 
liable  for 
work  done 
or  materials 
furnished 
on  land  of 
spouse 


6.  Where  work  is  done  or  materials  are  placed  or  furnished 
to  be  used  upon  or  in  respect  of  the  land  of  a  married  woman,  or 
in  which  she  has  an  interest  or  an  inchoate  right  of  dower,  with 
the  privity  or  consent  of  her  husband,  he  shall  be  presumed 
conclusively  to  be  acting  as  her  agent  as  well  as  for  himself  for 
the  purposes  of  this  Act  unless  before  doing  the  work  or 
placing  or  furnishing  the  materials  the  person  doing  the  work 
or  placing  or  furnishing  the  materials  has  had  actual  notice  to 
the  contrary.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  6,  amended. 


Where  estate 
charged  is 
leasenold 


7. — (1)  Where  the  estate  or  interest  upon  which  the  lien 
attaches  is  leasehold,  the  fee  simple  is  also  subject  to  the  lien 
if  the  person  doing  the  work  or  placing  or  furnishing  the 
materials  gives  notice  in  writing,  by  personal  service,  to  the 
owner  in  fee  simple  or  his  agent  of  the  work  to  be  done  or 
materials  to  be  placed  or  furnished  unless  the  owner  in  fee 
simple  or  his  agent  within  fifteen  days  thereafter  gives  notice  in 
writing,  by  personal  service,  to  such  person  that  he  will  not 
be  responsible  therefor. 


Forfeiture 
or  cancella- 
tion of 
lease,  effect 
of  on  lien- 
holder 


(2)  No  forfeiture  or  attempted  forfeiture  of  the  lease  on 
the  part  of  the  landlord,  or  cancellation  or  attempted  cancel- 
lation of  the  lease  except  for  non-payment  of  rent,  deprives 
any  person  otherwise  entitled  to  a  lien  of  the  benefit  of  the 
lien,  but  the  person  entitled  to  the  lien  may  pay  any  rent 
accruing  aftei-  he  becomes  so  entitled,  and  the  amount  so  paid 
may  be  added  to  his  claim. 


36 


(3)  Where  the  land  and  premises  upon  or  in  respect  of  whicii  mortgages 
any  work  is  done  or  materials  are  placed  or  furnished  are 
encumbered  by  a  mortgage  or  other  charge  that  was  registered 

in  the  proper  registry  ofiice  before  any  lien  under  this  Act 
arose,  the  mortgage  or  other  charge  has  priority  over  all  liens 
under  this  Act  to  the  extent  of  the  actual  value  of  the  land 
and  premises  at  the  time  the  first  lien  arose,  such  value  to  be 
ascertained  by  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try 
an  action  under  this  Act. 

(4)  The  time  at  which  the  first  lien  arose  shall  be  deemed  to  aen*arose' 
be  the  time  at  which  the  first  work  was  done  or  the  first 
materials  placed  or  furnished,  irrespective  of  whether  a  claim 

for  lien  in  respect  thereof  is  registered  or  enforced  and  whether 
or  not  such  lien  is  before  the  court.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  7 
(1-4),  amended. 

(5)  Any  mortgage  existing  as  a  valid  security,   notwith-^^'a™^ 
standing  that  it  is  a  prior  mortgage  within  the  meaning  of 
subsection  3,   may  also  secure  future  advances,  subject  to 
subsection  1  of  section  14.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  7  (5). 

(6)  A  registered  agreement  for  the  sale  and  purchase  of^g®|enfeSt 

land  and  any  moneys  bona  fide  secured  or  payable  there-  p°frchM'of 

under  has  the  same  prioritv  over  a  lien  as  is  provided  for  a  '»"<*  has 

'  •  1  •  .,  1    r  1  same  priority 

mortgage  and  mortgage  moneys  in  subsections  3  and  5,  and  as  mortgage 

for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  the  seller  shall  be  deemed  to  be 

a  mortgagee,  and  any  moneys  bona  fide  secured  and  payable 

under  such  agreement  shall  be  deemed  to  be  mortgage  moneys 

bona  fide  secured  or  advanced.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  7  (6), 

amended. 


8.  Where  any  of  the  property  upon  which  a  lien  attaches  ^|P|P»cat,k>n^ 
is  wholly  or  partly  destroyed  by  fire,  any  money  received 
by  reason  of  any  insurance  thereon  by  an  owner  or  prior 
mortgagee  or  chargee  shall  take  the  place  of  the  property  so 
destroyed  and  is,  after  satisfying  any  prior  mortgage  or  charge 
in  the  manner  and  to  the  extent  set  out  in  subsection  3  of 
section  7,  subject  to  the  claims  of  all  persons  for  liens  to  the 
same  extent  as  if  the  money  had  been  realized  by  a  sale  of 
the  property  in  an  action  to  enforce  the  lien.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  8. 

0.  Save  as  herein  otherwise  provided,  the  lien  does  "ot  ^^'jf^°''gj 

attach  so  as  to  make  the  owner  liable  for  a  greater  sum  than  owner's 
4.1.  L 1      1  I  1  r,  c  i-\  "ability 

the  sum  payable  by  the  owner  to  the  contractor.     K..S.O. 

1960,  c.  233,  s.  9. 
36 


8 


Limit  of 
lien  when 
claimed  by 
other 
than  con- 
tractor 


Holdback 


Reduction 
in  amount 
retained 


Idem 


10.  Save  as  herein  otherwise  provided,  where  the  lien  is 
claimed  by  any  person  other  than  the  contractor,  the  amount 
that  inay  be  claimed  in  respect  thereof  is  limited  to  the  amount 
owing  to  the  contractor  or  subcontractor  or  other  person  for 
whom  the  work  has  been  done  or  the  materials  were  placed  or 
furnished.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  10,  amended. 

11. — (1)  In  all  cases,  the  person  primarily  liable  upon  a 
contract  under  or  by  virtue  of  which  a  lien  may  arise  shall, 
as  the  work  is  done  or  the  materials  are  furnished  under  the 
contract,  retain  for  a  period  of  thirty-seven  days  after  the 
completion  or  abandonment  of  the  work  done  or  to  be  done 
under  the  contract  15  per  cent  of  the  value  of  the  work  and 
materials  actually  done,  placed  or  furnished,  as  mentioned  in 
section  5,  irrespective  of  whether  the  contract  or  subcontract 
provides  for  partial  payments  or  payment  on  completion  of 
the  work,  and  the  value  shall  be  calculated  upon  evidence 
given  in  that  regard  on  the  basis  of  the  contract  price  or,  if 
there  is  no  specific  contract  price,  on  the  basis  of  the  actual 
value  of  the  work  or  materials.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  11  (1), 
amended. 

(2)  Where  a  contract  is  under  the  supervision  of  an  archi- 
tect, engineer  or  other  person  upon  whose  certificate  payments 
are  to  be  made  and  thirty-seven  days  have  elapsed  after  a 
certificate  issued  by  that  architect,  engineer  or  other  person 
to  the  effect  that  the  subcontract  has  been  completed  to  his 
satisfaction  has  been  given  to  the  person  primarily  liable  upon 
that  contract  and  to  the  person  who  became  a  subcontractor 
by  a  subcontract  made  directly  under  that  contract,  the 
amount  to  be  retained  by  the  person  primarily  liable  upon 
that  contract  shall  be  reduced  by  15  per  cent  of  the  sub- 
contract price  or,  if  there  is  no  specific  subcontract  price, 
by  15  per  cent  of  the  actual  value  of  the  work  done  or  materials 
placed  or  furnished  under  that  subcontract,  but  this  subsec- 
tion does  not  operate  if  and  so  long  as  any  lien  derived  under 
that  subcontract  is  preserved  by  anything  done  under  this 
Act. 

(3)  Where  a  certificate  issued  by  an  architect,  engineer 
or  other  person  to  the  effect  that  a  subcontract  by  which  a 
subcontractor  became  a  subcontractor  has  been  completed  to 
the  satisfaction  of  that  architect,  engineer  or  other  person  has 
been  given  to  that  subcontractor,  then,  for  the  purposes  of 
subsections  1,  2  and  3  of  section  21  and  section  23,  that  sub- 
contract and  any  materials  placed  or  furnished  or  to  be 
placed  or  furnished  thereunder  and  any  work  done  or  to  be 
done  thereunder  shall,  so  far  as  concerns  any  lien  thereunder 
of  that  subcontractor,  be  deemed  to  have  been  completed  or 
placed  or  furnished  not  later  than  the  time  at  which  the  certi- 
ficate was  so  given.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  11  (3,  4),  amended. 


36 


(4)  Where  an  architect,  engineer  or  other  person  neglects  P°||^^  °'j5'®'' 
or  refuses  to  issue  and  deliver  a  certificate  upon  which  pay-  certificate 
ments  are  to  be  made  under  a  contract  or  subcontract,  the 

judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  an  action  under 
this  Act,  upon  application  and  upon  being  satisfied  that  the 
certificate  should  have  been  issued  and  delivered  may,  upon 
such  terms  and  conditions  as  to  costs  and  otherwise  as  he 
deems  just,  make  an  order  that  the  work  or  materials  to  which 
the  certificate  would  have  related  has  been  done  or  placed 
or  furnished,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  any  such  order  has  the 
same  force  and  eflfect  as  if  the  certificate  had  been  issued  and 
delivered  by  the  architect,  engineer  or  other  person.     New. 

(5)  Where  there  is  a  lien  under  section  5,  the  lien  is  a  charge  uens'and 
upon  the  amount  directed  to  be  retained  by  this  section  in^'^'™^t°g" 
favour  of  lien  claimants  whose  liens  are  derived  under  persons  retained 
to  whom  the  moneys  so  required  to  be  retained  are  respectively 
payable  and  where  there  is  no  lien  on  the  land  by  virtue  of 
subsection  2  of  section  5,  a  claim  for  work  done  or  materials 
placed  or  furnished  is  a  charge  upon  the  amount  directed  to 

be  retained  by  this  section.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  11  (5), 
amended. 

(6)  All  payments  up  to  85  per  cent  as  fixed  by  subsection  1  madTtn** 
and  payments  permitted  as  a  result  of  the  operation  of  sub- ^9°^gfaith 
sections  2  and  3  made  in  good  faith  by  an  owner  to  a  contractor,  [J°J;''^®  °^ 
or  by  a  contractor  to  a  subcontractor,  or  by  one  subcontractor 

to  another  subcontractor,  before  notice  in  writing  of  the  lien 
given  by  the  person  claiming  the  lien  to  the  owner,  contractor 
or  subcontractor,  as  the  case  may  be,  operate  as  a  discharge 
pro  tanto  of  the  lien. 

(7)  Payment  of  the   percentage   required   to   be   retained  per'^.^ntage'^ 
under  this  section  may  be  validly  made  so  as  to  discharge  all^j^J^^ 
claims  in  respect  of  such  percentage  after  the  expiration  of  of  Hens 
the  period  of  thirty-seven  days  mentioned  in  subsection   1 

unless  in  the  meantime  proceedings  have  been  commenced  to 
enforce  any  lien  or  charge  against  the  percentage  as  provided 
by  sections  22  and  23,  in  which  case  the  owner  may  pay  the 
percentage  into  court  in  the  proceedings,  and  such  payment 
constitutes  valid  payment  in  discharge  of  the  owner  to  the 
amount  thereof. 

(8)  Every  contract  shall  be  deemed  to  be  amended  in  so  far  ^"'ontmcts 
as  is  necessary  to  be  in  conformitv  with  this  section.     R.S.O. 

1960,  c.  233,  s.  11  (5-9). 

(9)  Where  the  contractor  or  subcontractor  makes  default  per,®entage 
in  completing  his  contract,   the  percentage  required   to  be  JJ°^,^°j''® 
retained  shall  not,  as  against  any  lien  claimant  who  by  virtue 

36 


10 


of  subsection  5  has  a  charge  thereupon,  be  applied  by  the 
owner,  contractor  or  subcontractor  to  the  completion  of  the 
contract  or  for  any  other  purpose  nor  to  the  payment  of 
damages  for  the  non-completion  of  the  contract  by  the  con- 
tractor or  subcontractor  nor  in  payment  or  satisfaction  of 
any  claim  against  the  contractor  or  subcontractor.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  233,  s.  11  (9),  amended. 


Payments 
made 
directly 
by  owner 
to  persons 
entitled  to 
lien 


12.  If  an  owner,  contractor  or  subcontractor  makes  a 
payment  to  any  person  entitled  to  a  lien  under  section  5 
or  to  any  person  who  but  for  subsection  2  of  that  section 
would  be  entitled  to  a  lien  under  that  section,  for  or  on 
account  of  any  debt,  justly  due  to  him  for  work  done  or 
for  materials  placed  or  furnished  to  be  used  as  therein  men- 
tioned, for  which  he  is  not  primarily  liable,  and  within  three 
days  afterwards  gives  written  notice  of  the  payment  to  the 
person  primarily  liable,  or  his  agent,  the  payment  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  a  payment  on  his  contract  generally  to  the  con- 
tractor or  subcontractor  primarily  liable  but  not  so  as  to 
affect  the  percentage  to  be  retained  by  the  owner  as  provided 
by  section  11.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  12  (1),  amended. 


Rights  of 
subcon- 
tractor 


13.  Every  subcontractor  is  entitled  to  enforce  his  lien  not- 
withstanding the  non-completion  or  abandonment  of  the 
contract  by  any  contractor  or  subcontractor  under  whom  he 
claims.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  12  (2). 


Priority  of 
lien 


14. — (1)  The  lien  has  priority  over  all  judgments,  execu- 
tions, assignments,  attachments,  garnishments  and  receiving 
orders  recovered,  issued  or  made  after  the  lien  arises,  and  over 
all  payments  or  advances  made  on  account  of  any  conveyance 
or  mortgage  after  notice  in  writing  of  the  lien  has  been  given 
to  the  person  making  such  payments  or  after  registration  of  a 
claim  for  the  lien  as  hereinafter  provided,  and,  in  the  absence 
of  such  notice  in  writing  or  the  registration  of  a  claim  for  lien, 
all  such  payments  or  advances  have  priority  over  any  such 
lien.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  13  (1),  amended. 


Priority 

among 

Uenholders 


Mortgage 
given  to 
person 
entitled  to 
lien  void  as 
against  lien- 
holders 


(2)  Except  where  it  is  otherwise  provided  by  this  Act, 
no  person  entitled  to  a  lien  on  any  property  or  money  is 
entitled  to  any  priority  or  preference  over  another  person  of 
the  same  class  entitled  to  a  lien  on  such  property  or  money, 
and  each  class  of  lienholders  ranks  pari  passu  for  their  several 
amounts,  and  the  proceeds  of  any  sale  shall  be  distributed 
among  them  pro  rata  according  to  their  several  classes  and 
rights. 

(3)  Any  conveyance,  mortgage  or  charge  of  or  on  land 
given  to  any  person  entitled  to  a  lien  thereon  under  this  Act 
in  payment  of  or  as  security  for  any  such  claim,  whether 


36 


11 

given  before  or  after  such  lien  claim  has  arisen,  shall,  as 
against  other  parties  entitled  to  liens  under  this  Act,  on  any 
such  land  be  deemed  to  be  fraudulent  and  void.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  13  (2,  3). 

PRIORITY  OF  WAGES 

15. — (1)  Every  workman  whose  lien  is  for  wages  has  ^gj,g''fQ^  "'^ 
priority  to  the  extent  of  thirty  days  wages  over  all  other  liens  "aees 
derived  through  the  same  contractor  or  subcontractor  to  the 
extent  of  and  on  the  15  per  cent  directed  to  be  retained  by 
section  11  to  which  the  contractor  or  subcontractor  through 
whom  the  lien  is  derived  is  entitled,  and  all  such  workmen 
rank  thereon  pari  passu. 

(2)  Every  workman  is  entitled  to  enforce  a  lien  in  respect  ifjjf'ijf'"* 
of  any  contract  or  subcontract  that  has  not  lx.-en  completed  euch  cases 
and,  notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  this  Act, 

may  serve  a  notice  of  motion  on  the  proper  persons,  returnable 
in  four  days  after  service  thereof  before  the  judge  or  officer 
having  jurisdiction  to  try  an  action  under  this  Act,  that  the 
applicant  will  on  the  return  of  the  motion  ask  for  judgment  on 
his  claim  for  lien,  registered  particulars  of  which  shall  accom- 
pany the  notice  of  motion  duly  verified  by  affidavit. 

(3)  If  the  contract  has  not  been  completed  when  the  lien  pg^'centage* 
is  claimed  by  a  workman,  the  percentage  shall  be  calculated  *^»^  ^°J>- 
on  the  value  of  the  work  done  or  materials  placed  or  furnished  fuiiiiod 

by  the  contractor  or  subcontractor  by  whom  the  workman 
is  employed,  having  regard  to  the  contract  price,  if  any. 

(4)  Every  device  by  an  owner,  contractor  or  subcontractor  Jg®f^^^<»  *° 

to  defeat  the  priority  given   to  a  workman   for  his  wages  priority  of 

,  If,  r    ,   r       ■  •        workmen 

and  every  payment  made  for  the  purpose  of  defeatmg  or  im- 
pairing a  lien  are  void.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  14,  amended. 


REGISTR.'VTION 

16. — (1)  A  claim  for  a  lien  may  be  registered  in  the  proper  ^f®*,'ff™"°° 
registry  office  and  shall  set  out,  f*"" "«" 

(a)  the  name  and  an  address  for  service  of  the  person 
claiming  the  lien  and  of  the  owner  or  of  the  person 
whom  the  person  claiming  the  lien,  or  his  agent, 
believes  to  be  the  owner  of  the  land,  and  of  the  person 
for  whom  the  work  was  or  is  to  be  done,  or  the 
materials  were  or  are  to  be  placed  or  furnished,  and 
the  time  within  which  the  same  was  or  was  to  be 
done  or  placed  or  furnished; 

36 


12 


(b)  a  short  description  of  tiie  work  done  or  to  be  done, 
or  the  materials  placed  or  furnished  or  to  be  placed 
or  furnished; 

(c)  the  sum  claimed  as  due  or  to  become  due; 


R.S.O.  I960, 
cc.  204,  348 


(d)  a  description  of  tiie  land  as  required  by  The  Ijind 
Titles  Act  or  The  Registry  Act  and  the  regulations 
thereunder,  as  the  case  may  be;  and 


Verification 
of  claim 


(e)  the  date  of  expiry  of  the  period  of  credit  if  credit 
has  been  given.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  16  (1;, 
amended. 

(2)  The  claim  shall  be  verified  in  duplicate  by  the  affidavit 
of  the  person  claiming  the  lien,  or  of  his  agent  or  assignee 
who  has  a  personal  knowledge  of  the  matters  required  to  be 
verified,  and  the  affidavit  of  the  agent  or  assignee  shall  state 
that  he  has  such  knowledge. 


Lien 

against 

railway 


(3)  When  it  is  desired  to  register  a  claim  for  lien  against  a 
railway  %  it  is  sufficient  description  of  the  land  of  the  railway 
company  to  describe  it  as  the  land  of  the  railway  company, 
and  every  such  claim  shall  be  registered  in  the  general  register 
in  the  office  for  the  registry  division  within  which  the  lien  is 
claimed  to  have  arisen.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  16  (2,  3). 


beHnciu'ded        ^'^ • — (^^  ""^  claim  for  lien  may  include  claims  against  any 

in  claim         number  of  proi)erties,  and  any  number  of  persons  claiming 

liens  upon  the  same  property  may  unite  therein,  but,  where 

more  than  one  lien  is  included  in  one  claim,  each  claim  for 

lien  shall  be  verified  by  affidavit  as  provided  in  section  16. 

ment'^^f""  (")  ^^^  judge  or  officer  trying  the  action  has  jurisdiction 

claims  equitably'  to  apportion  against  the  respective  properties  the 

amounts  included  in  any  claim  or  claims  under  subsection  I. 

R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  17,  amended. 

Informality  18. — (1)  Substantial  compliance  with  sections  16,  17  and 
29  is  sufificient  and  no  claim  for  lien  is  invalidated  by  reason  of 
failure  to  comply  with  any  of  the  requirements  of  such  sections 
unless,  in  the  opinion  of  the  judge  or  officer  trying  the  action, 
the  owner,  contractor  or  subcontractor,  mortgagee  or  other 
person  is  prejudiced  thereby,  and  then  only  to  the  extent  to 
which  he  is  thereby  prejudiced. 

?e^c^ssary  °"  (2)  Nothing  in  this  section  dispenses  with  the  requirement 
of  registration  of  the  claim  for  lien.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s,  18, 
amended. 


36 


13 

19.  A  duplicate  of  the  claim  for  lien,  bearing  the  registrar's  ^^"^1^^*'® '° 
certificate  of  registration,  shall  be  filed  on  or  before  the  trial 

of  the  action,  where  the  action  is  to  be  tried  in  the  County  of 
York,  in  the  office  of  the  master  of  the  Supreme  Court,  or, 
where  the  action  is  to  be  tried  elsewhere,  in  the  office  of  the 
clerk  of  the  county  or  district  court  of  the  county  or  district 
in  which  the  action  is  to  be  tried.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  19  (1),  amended. 

20.  Where  a  claim  is  so  registered,  the  person  entitled  to^f^f^j^ 

a  lien  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  purchaser  pro  tanto  and  a  claimant 
purchaser  within  the  provisions  of  The  Registry  Act  and  T/ie  R.s.o.  i960, 
Land  Titles  Act,  but,  except  as  herein  otherwise  provided, 
those  Acts  do  not  apply  to  any  lien  arising  under  this  Act. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  20,  amended. 


21. — (1)  A  claim  for  lien  by  a  contractor  or  subcontractor  ^j^g'^f^^"^ 
in  cases  not  otherwise  provided  for  may  be  registered  before  registration 
or  during  the  performance  of  the  contract  or  of  the  subcontract 
or  within  thirty-seven  days  after  the  completion  or  abandon- 
ment of  the  contract  or  of  the  subcontract,  as  the  case  mav 
be.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  21  (1). 

(2)  A  claim  for  lien  for  materials  may  be  registered  before  Materials 
or  during  the  placing  or  furnishing  thereof,  or  within  thirty- 
seven  days  after  the  placing  or  furnishing  of  the  last  material 

so  placed  or  furnished.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  21  (2),  amended. 

(3)  A  claim  for  lien  for  services  may  be  registered  at  any  services 
time  during  the  performance  of  the  service  or  within  thirty- 
seven  days  after  the  completion  of  the  service.     R.S.O.  1960, 

c.  233,  s.  21  (3). 

(4)  A  claim  for  lien  for  wages  may  be  registered  at  any  time  wages 
during  the  doing  of  the  work  for  which  the  wages  are  claimed 

or  within  thirty-seven  days  after  the  last  work  was  done  for 
which  the  lien  is  claimed.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  21  (4), 
amended. 

(5)  Where  there  is  no  lien  on  the  land  by  virtue  of  subsec- ^^°l^\o^ 
tion  2  of  section  5,  any  person  who  is  asserting  a  claim  under  holdback 
subsection  5  of  section  11  for  work  done  or  materials  placed 

or  furnished  shall  give  notice  in  writing  of  his  claim  to  the 
owner,  to  every  person  in  whose  hands  are  sums  retained 
under  section  11  to  which  his  claim  may  relate  and  to  the 
municipality  in  which  the  land  is  situate  within  thirty-seven 
days  after  the  completion  or  abandonment  of  the  work  or 
the  placing  or  furnishing  of  the  materials.     New. 

36 


14 


Expiry  of 
Hens 


EXPIRY  AND  DISCHARGE 

22. — (1)  Every  lien  for  which  a  claim  is  not  registered 
ceases  to  exist  on  the  expiration  of  the  time  limited  in  section  21 
for  the  registration  thereof. 


of*certiflcate       ^^^  Upon  an  action  under  this  Act  being  commenced,  a 
of  action        certificate  thereof  shall  be  registered  in  the  registry  office  in 

which  the  claim  for  lien  is  registered.     R.S.O.   1960,  c.  233, 

s.  22  (1),  part,  amended. 

ordere'"*  (^)  Where  a  certificate  of  action  has  been  registered  for 

two  years  or  more  in  the  registry  office  and  no  appointment 
has  been  taken  out  for  the  trial  of  the  action,  the  judge  or  an 
officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action  may,  upon  the 
application  ex  parte  of  any  interested  person,  make  an  order 
vacating  the  certificate  of  action  and  discharging  all  liens 
depending  thereon.     R.S.O.   1960,  c.  233,  s.  22,  amended. 

When  lien  23. —  (1)  Every  lien  for  which  a  claim  is  registered  ceases  to 

if  registered  exist  On  the  expiration  of  ninety  days  after  the  work  has  been 

proceeded      completed  or  the  materials  have  been  placed  or  furnished,  or 

"''°"  after  the  expiry  of  the  period  of  credit,  where  such  period  is 

mentioned   in   the   registered   claim    for   lien,    unless   in    the 

meantime  an  action  is  commenced  to  realize  the  claim  or  in 

which  a  subsisting  claim  may  be  realized,  and  a  certificate  is 

registered  as  provided  by  section  22.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  23, 

amended. 


of^ciai^'°"  (2)  Every  claim  asserted  under  subsection  5  of  section  11 

for  work  done  or  materials  placed  or  furnished  ceases  to  exist 
on  the  expiration  of  ninety  days  after, 

{a)  the  work  has  been  completed  or  abandoned; 

{b)  the  materials  have  been  placed  or  furnished;  or 

(c)  the  expiry  of  the  period  of  credit,  where  such  period 
is  mentioned  in  the  notice  referred  to  in  subsection  5 
of  section  21, 

unless  in  the  meantime  an  action  under  this  Act  is  commenced 
to  realize  the  claim  or  in  which  a  subsisting  claim  may  be 
realized. 

(3)  Subsection  2  of  section  22  does  not  apply  to  an  action 
referred  to  in  subsection  2,  but  sections  29,  30,  31,  32  and  34 
to  i&  do  apply  mutatis  mutandis  to  such  an  action. 

o/deat'h^of        ^*'  ^^^  rights  of  a  lien  claimant  may  be  assigned  by  an 
Hen  instrument  in  writing  and,  if  not  assigned,  upon  his  death 

claimant  .  °  .  r,  ?  r\    tn^r\         t>->  1/I 

jjass  to  his  personal  representative.  R.b.U.  1960,  c.  16S,  s.  i% 
amended. 


Idem 


36 


15 

26. — (1)  A  claim  for  lien  may  be  discharged  by  the  regis- ^j.'*<=g'j|*''«® 
tration  of  a  receipt  acknowledging  payment, 

(o)  where  made  by  a  lien  claimant  that  is  not  a  corpora- 
tion, signed  by  the  lien  claimant  or  his  agent  duly 
authorized  in  writing  and  verified  by  affidavit;  or 

(b)  where  made  by  a  lien  claimant  that  is  a  corporation, 
sealed  with  its  corporate  seal.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  25  (1),  amended. 

(2)  Upon  application,  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdic-p®y'j^g'^j" 
tion  to  try  the  action  may,  at  any  time,  '"'p  court 

•'  J  •  J  •  j^„j  vacating 

lien  and 

(o)  allow  security  for  or  payment  into  court  of  the  °^''*J.^{=*^* 
amount  of  the  claim  of  the  lien  claimant  and  the 
amount  of  the  claims  of  any  other  subsisting  lien 
claimants  together  with  such  costs  as  he  may  fix, 
and  thereupon  order  that  the  registration  of  the 
claim  for  lien  or  liens  and  the  registration  of  the 
certificate  of  action,  if  any,  be  vacated; 

(b)  upon  any  other  proper  ground,  order  that  the  regis- 
tration of  the  claim  for  lien  or  liens  and  the  regis- 
tration of  the  certificate  of  action,  if  any,  be  vacated ; 
or 

(c)  upon  proper  grounds,  dismiss  the  action.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  233,  s.  25  (4),  amended. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  sections  22  and  23,  where  an  order  ^j.^«^*y°J'jj^i. 
to  vacate  the  registration  of  a  lien  is  made  under  clause  a  or  6 subs.  2, 

ot  subsection  2,  the  hen  does  not  cease  to  exist  for  the  reason 
that  no  certificate  of  action  is  registered. 

(4)  Any  money  so  paid  into  court,  or  any  bond  or  other  ,'^to'court''* 
security  for  securing  the  like  amount  and  satisfactory  to  the 

judge  or  officer,  takes  the  place  of  the  property  discharged 
and  is  subject  to  the  claims  of  every  person  who  has  at  the 
time  of  the  application  a  subsisting  claim  for  lien  or  given 
notice  of  the  claim  under  subsection  6  of  section  11  or  section 
14  to  the  same  extent  as  if  the  money,  bond  or  other  security 
was  realized  by  a  sale  of  the  property  in  an  action  to  enforce 
the  lien,  but  such  amount  as  the  judge  or  officer  finds  to  be 
owing  to  the  person  whose  lien  has  been  so  vacated  is  a  first 
charge  upon  the  money,  bond  or  other  security. 

(5)  Where   the  certificate   required    by   section   22   or   23  wbere^notice 
has  not  been  registered  within  the  prescribed  time  and  an  *!<>"  Jo     , 

v&(^s.t6  not 

application  is  made  to  vacate   the  registration  of  a  claim  requisite 
|for  lien  after  the  time  for  registration  of  the  certificate,  the 

36 


16 

order  vacating  the  Hen  may  be  made  ex  parte  upon  production 
^•^.iSj  ^??2'  of  a  certificate  of  search  under  The  Land  Titles  Act  or  of  a  reeis- 

CC.  ^04,  d48  ,  .  ° 

trar  s  abstract  under  The  Registry  Act,  as  the  case  may  be, 
together  with  a  certified  copy  of  the  registered  claim  for  lien. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  25  (5-7),  amended. 


Payment  of 
money  out 
of  court 


Registration 
number 


(6)  Where  money  has  been  paid  into  court  or  a  bond 
deposited  in  court  pursuant  to  an  order  under  subsection  2, 
the  judge  or  officer  may,  upon  such  notice  to  the  parties  as  he 
may  require,  order  the  money  to  be  paid  out  to  the  persons 
entitled  thereto  or  the  delivery  up  of  the  bond  for  cancellation, 
as  the  case  may  be.     1961-62,  c.  78,  s.  1,  amended. 

(7)  An  order  discharging  a  claim  for  lien  or  vacating  a 
certificate  of  action  shall  be  registered  by  registering  the 
order  or  a  certificate  thereof,  under  the  seal  of  the  court,  that 
includes  a  description  of  the  land  as  required  by  The  Land 
Titles  Act  or  The  Registry  Act  and  the  regulations  thereunder, 
as  the  case  may  be,  and  a  reference  to  the  registration  number 
of  every  registered  claim  for  lien  and  certificate  of  action 
affected  thereby.     1966,  c.  84,  s.  1,  amended. 


Effect 
generally 


Where 
period 
of  credit 
not  expired 


Time  for 
bringing 
action  not 
extended 


Time  for 
bringing 
action  by 
person  who 

f;ave  time 
or  payment 


EFFECT  OF   TAKING  SECURITY  OR  EXTENDING  TIME 

26. — (1)  The  taking  of  any  security  for,  or  the  acceptance 
of  any  promissory  note  or  bill  of  exchange  for,  or  the  taking 
of  any  acknowledgment  of  the  claim,  or  the  giving  of  time 
for  the  payment  thereof,  or  the  taking  of  any  proceedings  for 
the  recovery,  or  the  recovery  of  a  personal  judgment  for  the 
claim,  does  not  merge,  waive,  pay,  satisfy,  prejudice  or  destroy 
the  lien  unless  the  lien  claimant  agrees  in  writing  that  it  has 
that  effect.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  26  (1). 

(2)  Where  any  such  promissory  note  or  bill  of  exchange 
has  been  negotiated,  the  lien  claimant  does  not  thereby  lose 
his  right  to  claim  for  lien  if,  at  the  time  of  bringing  his  action 
to  enforce  it  or  where  an  action  is  brought  by  another  lien 
claimant,  he  is,  at  the  time  of  proving  his  claim  in  the  action, 
the  holder  of  such  promissory  note  or  bill  of  exchange. 

(3)  Nothing  in  subsection  2  extends  the  time  limited  by 
this  Act  for  bringing  an  action  to  enforce  a  claim  for  lien. 

(4)  A  person  who  has  extended  the  time  for  payment  of  a 
claim  for  which  he  has  a  claim  for  lien  in  order  to  obtain  the 
benefit  of  this  section  shall  commence  an  action  to  enforce 
the  claim  within  the  time  prescribed  by  this  Act  and  shall 
register  a  certificate  as  required  by  sections  22  and  23,  but  no 
further  proceedings  shall  be  taken  in  the  action  until  the 
expiration  of  such  extension  of  time.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  26  (2-4),  amended. 


36 


17 

27.  Where  the  period  of  credit  in  respect  of  a  claim  has  not  ^j^'J^'^jk 
expired  or  there  has  been  an  extension  of  time  for  payment  of  action  by 
the  claim,  the  lien  claimant  may  nevertheless,  if  an  action  is  person 
commenced  by  any  other  person  to  enforce  a  claim  for  lien 
against  the  same  property,  prove  and  obtain  payment  of  his 
claim  in  the  action  as  if  the  period  of  credit  or  the  extended 
time  had  expired.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  27,  amended. 


MEN  CLAIMANTS   RIGHTS   TO    INFORMATION 

28. — (1)  Any  lien  claimant  may  in  writing  at  any  time  Pf'"°^^°J^°J 
demand  of  the  owner  or  his  agent  the  production,  for  inspec- o""  agree- 
tion,  of  the  contract  or  agreement  with  the  contractor  for 
or  in  respect  of  which  the  work  was  or  is  to  be  done  or  the 
materials  were  or  are  to  be  placed  or  furnished,  if  the  contract 
or  agreement  is  in  writing  or,  if  not  in  writing,  the  terms  of  the 
contract  or  agreement  and  the  state  of  the  accounts  between 
the  owner  and  the  contractor,  and,  if  the  owner  or  his  agent 
does  not,  at  the  time  of  the  demand  or  within  a  reasonable 
time  thereafter,  produce  the  contract  or  agreement  if  in  writing 
or,  if  not  in  writing,  does  not  inform  the  person  making  the 
demand  of  the  terms  of  the  contract  or  agreement  and  the 
amount  due  and  unpaid  upon  the  contract  or  agreement  or  if 
he  knowingly  falsely  states  the  terms  of  the  contract  or  agree- 
ment or  the  amount  due  or  unpaid  thereon  and  if  the  person 
claiming  the  lien  sustains  loss  by  reason  of  the  refusal  or 
neglect  or  false  statement,  the  owner  is  liable  to  him  for  the 
amount  of  the  loss  in  an  action  therefor  or  in  any  action  for 
the  enforcement  of  a  lien  under  this  Act,  and  subsection  4  of 
section  38  applies. 


(2)  Any  lien  claimant  may  in  writing  at  any  time  demand  of  ^f^^ort*"' 
a  mortgagee  or  unpaid  vendor  or  his  agent  the  terms  of  any  gagee  or 
mortgage  on  the  land  or  of  any  agreement  for  the  purchase  of  vendor 
the  land  in  respect  of  which  the  work  was  or  is  to  be  done  or  the 
materials  were  or  are  to  be  placed  or  furnished  and  a  statement 
showing  the  amount  advanced  on  the  mortgage  or  the  amount 
owing  on  the  agreement,  as  the  case  may  be,  and,  if  the  mort- 
gagee or  vendor  or  his  agent  fails  to  inform  the  lien  claimant  at 
the  time  of  the  demand  or  within  a  reasonable  time  thereafter 
of  the  terms  of  the  mortgage  or  agreement  and  the  amount 
advanced  or  owing  thereon  or  if  he  knowingly  falsely  states 
the  terms  of  the  mortgage  or  agreement  and  the  amount 
owing  thereon  and  the  lien  claimant  sustains  loss  by  the  refusal 
or  neglect  or  misstatement,  the  mortgagee  or  vendor  is  liable 
to  him  for  the  amount  of  the  loss  in  an  action  therefor  or  in 
any  action  for  the  enforcement  of  a  lien  under  this  Act,  and 
subsection  4  of  section  38  applies. 

36 


18 


Production 
of  contract 
or  agree- 
ment 


(3)  The  judge  or  ofificer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  an  action 
under  this  Act  may,  on  a  summary  application  at  any  time 
before  or  after  an  action  is  commenced  for  the  enforcement  of 
the  claim  for  lien,  make  an  order  requiring  the  owner  or  his 
agent  or  the  mortgagee  or  his  agent  or  the  unpaid  vendor  or 
his  agent  or  the  contractor  or  his  agent  or  the  subcontractor  or 
his  agent,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  produce  and  permit  any 
lien  claimant  to  inspect  any  such  contract  or  agreement  or 
mortgage  or  agreement  for  sale  or  the  accounts  or  any  other 
relevant  document  upon  such  terms  as  to  costs  as  the  judge 
or  ofificer  deems  just.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  28,  amended. 


ACTIONS 

enforceabTe        ^®* — ^^^  ^  claim  for  lien  is  enforceable  in  an  action  in  the 
Supreme  Court. 


statement 
of  claim, 
filing  of 


(2)  An  action  under  this  section  shall  be  commenced  by 
filing  a  statement  of  claim  in  the  office  of  the  local  registrar 
of  the  Supreme  Court  in  the  county  or  district  in  which  the 
land  or  part  thereof  is  situate. 


Idem, 
service 


(3)  The  statement  of  claim  shall  be  served  within  thirty 
days  after  it  is  filed,  but  the  judge  having  jurisdiction  to  try 
the  action  or,  in  the  County  of  York,  the  master  may  extend 
the  time  for  service. 


statement 
of  defence 


(4)  The  time  for  delivering  the  statement  of  defence  in  the 
action  shall  be  the  same  as  for  entering  an  appearance  in  an 
action  in  the  Supreme  Court. 


Parties 


Motion 
to  speed 
trial 


(5)  It  is  not  necessary  to  make  any  lien  claimants  parties 
defendant  to  the  action,  but  all  lien  claimants  served  with  the 
notice  of  trial  shall  for  all  purposes  be  deemed  to  be  parties 
to  the  action. 

(6)  After  the  commencement  of  the  action,  any  lien  claim- 
ant or  other  person  interested  may  apply  to  the  judge  having 
jurisdiction  to  try  the  action  or,  in  the  County  of  York, 
a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  to  speed  the  trial  of  the  action. 
R.S.O.   1960,  c.  233,  s.  29,  amended. 


Lien 

claimants 
Joining  in 
action 


Tribunal 
and  place 
of  trial 


30.  Any  number  of  lien  claimants  claiming  liens  on  the 
same  land  may  join  in  an  action,  and  an  action  brought  by 
a  lien  claimant  shall  be  deemed  to  be  brought  on  behalf  of 
himself  and  all  other  lien  claimants.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  30. 
amended. 

31. — (1)  Except  in  the  County  of  York,  the  action  shall 
be  tried  by-  the  local  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  in  the 
county  or  district  in  which  the  action  was  commenced,  but, 


36 


19 

upon  the  application  of  any  party  or  other  interested  person 
made  according  to  the  practice  of  the  Supreme  Court  and  upon 
,, J  notice,  the  court  may  direct  that  the  action  be  tried  by  a 
apudge  of  the  Supreme  Court  at  the  regular  sittings  of  the 
court  for  the  trial  of  actions  in  the  county  or  district  in  which 
the  action  was  commenced.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  31  (1,  2). 

(2)  In  the  County  of  York,  the  action  shall  be  tried  by  a  l^^^- 
judge  of  the  Supreme  Court,  but,  county 

(a)  on  motion  after  defence  or  defence  to  counterclaim, 
if  any,  has  been  delivered  or  the  time  for  such 
delivery  has  expired,  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court 
may  refer  the  whole  action  to  the  master  for  trial 
pursuant  to  section  69  of  The  Judicature  Act;  or     R.s.o.  i960, 

(b)  at  the  trial,  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  may  direct 
a  reference  to  the  master  pursuant  to  section  68  or  69 

of  The  Judicature  Act.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  31  (3).  "fgO-  "S"- 
amended. 

(3)  Where  on  motion  the  whole  action  is  referred  to  the  ^"Pjt'^I^Jjg 
master  for  trial,  any  person  brought  into  the  proceedings Jj'J^^Kment^ 
subsequent  thereto  and  served  with  a  notice  of  trial  may  reference 
apply  to  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  to  set  aside  the  judg- 
ment directing  the  reference  within  seven  days  after  service 

of  notice  of  trial  and,  if  such  person  fails  to  make  such  appli- 
cation, he  is  bound  by  such  judgment  as  if  he  were  originally 
a  party  thereto. 

(4)  Where  the  action  is  referred  to  the  master  for  trial,  he^"'end- 

ment  of 

may  grant  leave  to  amend  any  pleading.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  pleadings 
S.  31   (4,  5).  °"  reference 

32.  The    local    judges   of    the    Supreme   Court  and   thei^°*i°"°^ 
master  to  whom  a  reference  for  trial  has  been  directed,  inJg"^*^'  ^^^ 
addition  to  their  ordinary  powers,  have  all  the  jurisdiction, 
powers  and  authority  of  the  Supreme  Court  to  try  and  com- 
pletely dispose  of  the  action  and  questions  arising  therein  and 

all  questions  of  set-off  and  counterclaim  arising  under  the 
building  contract  or  out  of  the  work  done  or  materials  fur- 
nislied  to  the  property  in  question.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  32  (1),  amended. 

33.  Where  an  owner  enters  into  an  entire  contract  for  jJ:^®'^®o°ya'^ 
the  supply  of  materials  to  be  used  in  several  buildings,  these^^je^ta  ^ 
person  supplying  the  materials  may  ask  to  have  his  lien  follow 

the  form  of  the  contract  and  that  it  be  for  an  entire  sum  upon 
all  the  buildings,  but,  in  case  the  owner  has  sold  one  or  more  of 
the  buildings,  the  judge  or  officer  trying  the  action  has  juris- 

36 


20 


diction  equitably  to  apportion  against  the  respective  buildings 
the  amount  included  in  the  claim  for  lien  under  the  entire 
contract.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  32  (2),  amended. 


Power  to 
appoint  a 
receiver  of 
rents  and 
profits 


34. — (1)  At  any  time  after  the  delivery  of  the  statement 
of  claim,  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the 
action  may,  on  the  application  of  any  lien  claimant,  mort- 
gagee or  other  person  interested,  appoint  a  receiver  of  the 
rents  and  profits  of  the  property  against  which  the  claim  for 
lien  is  registered,  upon  such  terms  and  upon  the  giving  of 
such  security  or  without  security  as  the  judge  or  officer  deems 
just. 


Power  to 
direct 
sale  and 
appoint 
trustee 


(2)  Any  lien  claimant,  mortgagee  or  other  person  interested 
may  make  an  application  to  the  judge  or  officer  at  any  time 
before  or  after  judgment,  which  may  hear  viva  voce  or  affidavit 
evidence  or  both  and  appoint,  upon  such  terms  and  upon  the 
giving  of  such  security  or  without  security  as  the  judge  or 
officer  deems  just,  a  trustee  or  trustees  with  power  to  manage, 
mortgage,  lease  and  sell,  or  manage,  mortgage,  lease  or  sell, 
the  property  against  which  the  claim  for  lien  is  registered, 
and  the  exercise  of  such  powers  shall  be  under  the  supervision 
and  direction  of  the  judge  or  officer,  and  with  power,  when 
so  directed  by  the  judge  or  officer,  to  complete  or  partially 
complete  the  property,  and,  in  the  event  that  mortgage 
moneys  are  advanced  to  the  trustee  or  trustees  as  the  result 
of  any  of  the  powers  conferred  upon  him  or  them  under  this 
subsection,  such  moneys  take  priority  over  every  claim  of 
lien  existing  as  of  the  date  of  the  appointment. 


Property 
offered  for 
sale 


(3)  Any  property  directed  to  be  sold  under  subsection  2 
may  be  offered  for  sale  subject  to  any  mortgage  or  other 
charge  or  encumbrance  if  the  judge  or  officer  so  directs. 


Proceeds 
to  be  paid 
into  court 


(4)  The  proceeds  of  any  sale  made  by  a  trustee  of  trustees 
under  subsection  2  shall  be  paid  into  court  and  are  subject 
to  the  claims  of  all  lien  claimants,  mortgagees  or  other  persons 
interested  in  the  property  so  sold  as  their  respective  rights  are 
determined,  and,  in  so  far  as  applicable,  section  39  applies. 


Orders  for 
completion 
of  sale 


(5)  The  judge  or  officer  shall  make  all  necessary  orders  for 
the  completion  of  any  mortgage,  lease  or  sale  authorized  to 
be  made  under  subsection  2. 


Vesting 
of  title 


(6)  Any  vesting  order  made  of  property  sold  by  a  trustee 
or  trustees  appointed  under  subsection  2  vests  the  title  of  the 
property  free  from  all  claims  for  liens,  encumbrances  and 
interests  of  any  kind  including  dower,  except  in  cases  where 
sale  is  made  subject  to  any  mortgage,  charge,  encumbrance 
or   interest   as   hereinbefore   provided,    but   nothing   in   this 


36 


21 

section  or  elsewhere  in  this  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  extinguish 
the  right  to  dower,  if  any,  of  any  married  woman  or  the  right 
to  have  the  value  of  her  dower  ascertained  and  deducted 
from  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  so  paid  into  court.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  32  (3-8),  amended. 

35.  At  any  time  after  delivery  of  the  statement  of  claim  pr^erva- 
and  before  judgment,  or  after  judgment  and   pending  the^'°"°Jj 
hearing  and  determination  of  any  appeal,  any  lien  claimant, 
mortgagee  or  other  interested  person  may  make  an  application 

to  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action, 
who  may  hear  viva  voce  or  affidavit  evidence  or  both  and  make 
an  order  for  the  preservation  of  any  property  pending  the 
determination  of  the  action  and  any  appeal.     New. 

36.  Where  more  actions  than  one  are  brought  to  realize  ConsoUda- 
liens  in  respect  of  the  same  land,  the  judge  or  officer  having  actions 
jurisdiction  to  try  the  action  may,  on  the  application  of  any 

party  to  any  one  of  the  actions  or  on  the  application  of  any 
other  person  interested,  consolidate  all  such  actions  into  one 
action  and  award  the  conduct  of  the  consolidated  action  to 
any  plaintiff  as  the  judge  or  officer  deems  just.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  33,  amended. 

37.  Any  lien  claimant  entitled  to  the  benefit  of  an  action iraimfemng 

.  ■  ,       •      ■  ^^  ,         •         ■       •     1-      carriage  of 

may  at  any  time  apply  to  the  judge  or  officer  havmg  junsdic-  pro.  eedings 
tion  to  try  the  action  for  the  carriage  of  the  proceedings,  and 
the  judge  or  officer  may  make  an  order  awarding  such  lien 
claimant  the  carriage  of  the  proceedings.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  34,  amended. 

38.— (1)  After  the  delivery  of  the  statement  of  defence  A^ioi^nting 
where  the  plaintifif's  claim  is  disputed,  or  after  the  time  for  trial 
delivery  of  defence  in  all  other  cases,  either  party  may  apply 
ex  parte  to  a  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the 
action  to  fix  a  day  for  the  trial  thereof,  and  the  judge  or 
officer  shall  appoint  the  time  and  place  of  trial,  and  the  order, 
signed  by  the  judge  or  officer,  shall  form  part  of  the  record  of 
the  proceedings. 

(2)  The  party  obtaining  an  appointment  for  the  trial  shall,  t^raVa^nd*^ 
at  least  ten  clear  days  before  the  day  appointed,  serve  notice ^®''^"'*' 
of  trial  upon  the  solicitors  for  the  defendants  who  apjiear 
by  solicitors  and  upon  the  defendants  who  api^ear  in  person, 
and  upon  all  the  lienholders  who  have  registered  their  claims 
as  required  by  this  Act  or  of  whose  claims  he  has  notice,  and 
upon  all  other  persons  having  any  charge,  encumbrance 
or  claim  on  the  land  subsequent  in  priority  to  the  lien,  who 
are  not  parties,  and  such  service  shall  be  personal  unless 
otherwise  directed  by  the  judge  or  officer  who  may  direct  in 
what  manner  the  notice  of  trial  is  to  be  served. 

36 


22 

^^^"^  (3)  Where   any   person    interested    in    the   land    has   Ijcen 

served  with  a  statement  of  claim  and  makes  default  in  de- 
livering a  statement  of  defence,  he  shall  nevertheless  be  served 
with  notice  of  trial  and  is  entitled  to  defend  on  such  terms  as 
to  costs  and  otherwise  as  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdic- 
tion to  try  the  action  deems  just. 

'^'"'^'  (4)  The  judge,  or  where  a  reference  for  trial  is  directed,  the 

master, 

(o)  shall  try  the  action,  including  any  set-off  and  counter- 
claim, and  all  questions  that  arise  therein  or  that  are 
necessary  to  be  tried  in  order  to  completely  dispose 
of  the  action  and  to  adjust  the  rights  and  liabilities 
of  the  persons  appearing  before  him  or  upon  whom 
notice  of  trial  has  been  served; 

(6)  shall  take  all  accounts,  make  all  inquiries,  give  all 
directions  and  do  all  other  things  necessary  to  finally 
dispose  of  the  action  and  of  all  matters,  questions  and 
accounts  arising  therein  or  at  the  trial,  and  to  adjust 
the  rights  and  liabilities  of  and  give  all  necessary 
relief  to  all  parties  to  the  action  and  all  persons  who 
have  been  served  with  the  notice  of  trial;  and 

(c)  shall  embody  the  results  of  the  trial, 

(i)  in  the  case  of  a  judge,  in  a  judgment,  and 
(ii)  in  the  case  of  a  master,  in  a  report, 

which  judgment  or  report  may  direct  payment  forth- 
with by  the  person  or  persons  primarily  liable  to 
pay  the  amount  of  the  claims  and  costs  as  ascertained 
by  the  judgment  or  report,  and  execution  may  be 
issued  therefor  forthwith  in  the  case  of  a  judgment 
and  after  confirmation  thereof,  in  the  case  of  a  report. 

I'ower  to  (5)  Xhe  form  of  the  judgment  or  report  may  be  varied  by 

vary  form  '>',.,  „  .  ,  ,  .  ,  .■ 

judgment  the  judge  or  othcer  in  order  to  meet  the  circumstances  oi  tne 
case  so  as  to  afford  to  any  party  to  the  proceedings  any  right 
or  remedy  in  the  judgment  or  report  to  which  he  may  be 
entitled. 

s*'«  (6)  The  judge  or  officer  may  order  that  the  estate  or  interest 

charged  with  the  lien  be  sold,  and  may  direct  the  sale  to  take 
place  at  any  time  after  judgment  or  confirmation  of  the  report, 
allowing,  however,  a  reasonable  time  for  advertising  the  sale. 

Lelliiit;  in  i  •    1 

lien  (7)  A  lien  .claimant  who  did  not  prove  his  claim  at  the  trial, 

olaimants  ...  ,.i  rrir  i  u 

who  have      on  application  to  the  judge  or  ofhcer  before  whom  the  action 
their'c°a'im8   or  reference  was  tried,  may  be  let  in  to  prove  his  claim,  on 

at  trial 

36 


23 

such  terms  as  to  costs  and  otherwise  as  are  deemed  just,  at 
any  time  before  the  amount  realized  in  the  action  for  the 
satisfaction  of  liens  has  been  distributed,  and,  where  his 
claim  is  allowed,  the  judgment  or  report  shall  be  amended 
so  as  to  include  his  claim. 

(8)  Any  lien  claimant  for  an  amount  not  exceeding  $200  ,^en^'  °' 
may  be  represented  by  an  agent  who  is  not  a  barrister  and  ^J^^J.™^^^^ 

solicitor.  Bontation 

(9)  An  action  or  reference  under  this  Act  may  be  tried  by  be  Vried"bV^ 
any  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action  oranyJ"dB« 
reference  notwithstanding  that  the  time  and  place  for  the 

trial  or  reference  thereof  were  appointed  and  fixed  by  another 
judge  or  officer.     R.S.O.   1960,  c.  233,  s.  35,  amended. 

(10)  Any  party  to  an  action  under  this  Act  or  any  other  Applications 
interested  person  may  at  any  time  and  from  time  to  time  directioM 
apply  to  a  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action 

or  reference  for  directions  as  to  pleadings,  discovery,  produc- 
tion or  any  other  matter  relating  to  the  action  or  reference, 
including  the  cross-examination  of  a  lien  claimant  or  his 
agent  or  assignee  on  his  affidavit  verifying  the  claim.     New. 

39. — (1)  Where  a  sale  is  had,  the  moneys  arising  there- ^gP°^'g^ig 
from  shall  be  paid  into  court  to  the  credit  of  the  action,  and'*  ^^^ 
the  judge  or  officer  before  whom  the  action  was  tried  shall 
direct  to  whom  the  moneys  in  court  shall  be  paid  and  may 
add  to  the  claim  of  the  person  conducting  the  action  his  fees 
and  actual  disbursements  incurred  in  connection  with  the  sale, 
and,  where  sufficient  to  satisfy  the  judgment  and  costs  is 
not  realized  from  the  sale,  he  shall  certify  the  amount  of  the 
deficiency  and  the  names  of  the  persons  who  are  entitled  to 
recover  the  same,  showing  the  amount  that  each  is  entitled 
to  recover  and  the  persons  adjudged  to  pay  the  same,  giving 
credit  for  payments  made,  if  any,  under  subsection  4  of 
section  38,  and  the  persons  so  entitled  may  enforce  payment 
of  the  amounts  so  found  to  be  due  by  execution  or  otherwise. 

(2)  The  judge  or  officer  before  whom  the  action  was  tried  of°^fe'^''°" 
may  make  all  necessary  orders  for  the  completion  of  the  sale 
and  for  vesting  the  property  in  the  purchaser.     R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  36  (1,  2). 

40.  Where  a  lien  claimant  fails  to  establish  a  lien,  he  mayj^^^^^t 
nevertheless  recover  a  personal  judgment  against  any  party  ®«'»''''*''®<' 
to  the  action  for  such  sum  as  may  appear  to  be  due  to  him 
and  which  he  might  recover  in  an  action  against  such  party. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  36  (3). 

36 


24 


41.  Where  property  subject  to  a  lien  is  sold  in  an  action 


Right  of 
lienholders 

whose  claims  to  enforce  a  lien,  every  lienholder  is  entitled  to  share  in  the 

are  not  i        r     i  i      ■  r     i  i 

payable  to  proceeds  ot  the  sale  in  respect  oi  the  amount  then  owing  to 
him,  although  the  same  or  part  thereof  was  not  payable  at 
the  time  of  the  commencement  of  the  action  or  is  not  then 
presently  payable.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  37. 


share  in 
proceeds 


STATED   CASE 

Stated  case  42. — (1)  If  in  the  course  of  proceedings  to  enforce  a  lien  a 
question  of  law  arises,  the  judge  or  officer  trying  the  case  may, 
at  the  request  of  any  party,  state  the  question  in  the  form  of 
a  stated  case  for  the  opinion  of  the  Court  of  Appeal,  and  the 
stated  case  shall  thereupon  be  set  down  to  be  heard  before 
the  Court  of  Appeal  and  notice  of  hearing  shall  be  served 
by  the  party  setting  down  upon  all  parties  concerned. 


Trans- 
mission of 
papers 


(2)  The  Stated  case  shall  set  forth  the  facts  material  for 
the  determination  of  the  question  raised,  and  all  papers  neces- 
sary for  the  hearing  of  the  stated  case  by  the  Court  of  Appeal 
shall  be  transmitted  to  the  registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  39,  amended. 


Appeal 


Appeal  from 
reference 


Confirma- 
tion of 
master's 
report 


Appeal 
from 

judgment 
or  report 


Costs  of 
appeal 


APPEAL 

43. — (1)  Except  where  the  amount  of  a  judgment  in 
respect  of  a  claim  or  counterclaim  is  $200  or  less,  an  appeal 
lies  trom  any  judgment  under  this  Act  to  the  Court  of  Appeal. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  40  (1),  amended. 

(2)  Where  a  question  is  referred  to  the  master  for  inquiry 
and  report  under  subsection  2  of  section  31,  an  appeal  lies  in 
the  manner  prescribed  by  the  rules  of  court. 

(3)  Where  an  action  is  referred  to  the  master  for  trial 
under  subsection  2  of  section  31,  the  report  shall  be  filed  and 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  confirmed  at  the  expiration  6f  fifteen 
days  from  the  date  of  service  of  notice  of  filing  the  same, 
unless  notice  of  appeal  is  served  within  that  time. 

(4)  An  appeal  from  a  judgment  or  report  made  on  a  refer- 
ence for  trial  lies  in  like  manner  and  to  the  same  extent  as 
from  the  decision  of  a  judge  trying  an  action  in  the  Supreme 
Court  without  a  jury.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  40  (2,  3,  4). 

(5)  The  costs  of  an  appeal  shall  not  be  governed  by  sub- 
sections 2  and  3  of  section  45  but,  subject  to  any  order  of  the 
Court  of  Appeal,  shall  be  upon  the  scale  of  costs  allowed  in 
county  court  appeals  where  the  amount  involved  is  within  the 
proper  competence  of  the  county  court,  and,  where  it  exceeds 
that  amount,  upon  the  Supreme  Court  scale.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  233,  s.  40  (5),  amended. 


36 


25 

FEES  AND  COSTS 

44.  The  fee  payable  by  every  plaintiff,  every  plaintiff  by  ^®* 
counterclaim  and  every  lien  claimant,  including  every  person 
recovering  a  personal  judgment,  in  any  action  to  realize  a  lien 
under  this  Act  is, 

(o)  $5  on  a  claim  or  counterclaim  not  exceeding  $500; 

(b)  $10  on  a  claim  or  counterclaim  exceeding  $500  but 
not  exceeding  $1,000; 

(c)  $10  on  a  claim  or  counterclaim  exceeding  $1,000, 
plus  $1  for  every  $1,000  or  fraction  thereof  in  excess 
of  $1,000, 

but  no  fee  is  payable  on  a  claim  for  wages  only,  and  in  no  case 
shall  the  fee  on  a  claim  exceed  $75  or  on  a  counterclaim  exceed 
$25.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  41,  amended. 

45. —  (1)  Subject  to  subsections  2,  3,  4  and  5,  any  order  cosu^no^ 
as  to  costs  in  an  action  under  this  Act  is  in  the  discretion  of  provided 
the  judge  or  officer  who  tries  the  action.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233, 
s.  46,  amended. 

(2)  The  costs  of  the  action,  exclusive  of  actual  disburse-  J'J^a't"'^ 
ments,  awarded  to  the  plaintiffs  and  successful  lienholders,  piaintirra 
shall  not  exceed  in  the  aggregate  25  per  cent  of  the  total 
amount  found  to  have  been  actually  due  on  the  liens  at  the 

time  of  the  registration  thereof,  and  shall  be  apportioned  and 
borne  in  such  proportion  as  the  judge  or  officer  who  tries  the 
action  may  direct,  but  in  making  the  apportionment  he  shall 
have  regard  to  the  actual  services  rendered  by  or  on  behalf 
of  the  parties  respectively,  provided  that,  where  a  counter- 
claim is  set  up  by  a  defendant,  the  amount  and  apportion- 
ment of  the  costs  in  respect  thereof  are  in  the  discretion  of 
the  judge  or  officer  who  tries  the  action.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233. 
s.  42,  amended. 

(3)  Where  costs  are  awarded  against  the  plaintiff  or  other  J'ostg'against 
persons  claiming  liens,  they  shall  not  exceed,  excejit  in  the  plaintiffs 
case  of  a  counterclaim,  25  per  cent  of  the  claim  of  the  plaintiff 

and  the  other  claimants,  besides  actual  disbursements,  and 
shall  be  apportioned  and  borne  as  the  judge  or  officer  who 
tries  the  action  may  direct.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  43, 
amended. 

(4)  Where  the  least  expensive  course  is  not  taken  by  a  c^^^JJ'p^g^^f 
plaintiff,  the  costs  allowed  to  him  shall  in  no  case  exceed  siveoourse 

not  laKoii 

what  would  have  been  incurred  if  the  least  expensive  course 
had  been  taken.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  44. 

36 


26 


(5)  Where  a  lien  is  discharged  or  vacated  under  section  25 


Cost  of 
drawinep  and 

registering     or  where  judgment  is  given  in  favour  of  or  against  a  claim 
and  vacating  •^.     °  ,  ,.  .  °     ,  ,     ,  .... 

registration    tor  a  lien,  in  addition  to  the  costs  of  the  action,  the  judge  or 

officer  who  tries  the  action  may  allow  a  reasonable  amount  for 

the  costs  of  drawing  and  registering  the  claim  for  lien  or  of 

vacating  the  registration  thereof,  but  this  does  not  apply  where 

the  claimant   fails  to  establish  a  valid  lien.     R.S.O.   1960, 

c.  233,  s.  45. 


RULES  OF   PRACTICE 


^raoUo°e^  46. — (1)  The  object  of  this  Act  being  to  enforce  Hens  at 

the  least  expense,  the  procedure  shall  be  as  far  as  possible  of 
a  summary  character,  having  regard  to  the  amount  and  nature 
of  the  liens  in  question.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  47  (1). 

tory  proceed-      (2)  Except  where  otherwise  provided  by  this  Act,  no  inter- 

ingB  locutory  proceedings  shall  be  permitted  without  the  consent 

of  the  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action, 

and  then  only  upon  proper  proof  that  such  proceedings  are 

necessary. 

of  experts'  (•^)  ^^^  judge  or  officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action 

may  obtain  the  assistance  of  any  merchant,  accountant, 
actuary,  building  contractor,  architect,  engineer  or  person  in 
such  way  as  he  deems  fit,  the  better  to  enable  him  to  determine 
any  matter  of  fact  in  question,  and  may  fix  the  remuneration 
of  any  such  person  and  direct  payment  thereof  by  any  of  the 
parties.     R.S.O.   1960,  c.  233,  s.  47   (2,  3),  amended. 


Rules  of 
practice 


(4)  Unless  otherwise  provided  in  this  Act,  the  Rules  of 
Practice  and  Procedure  of  the  Supreme  Court  apply  to  pro- 
ceedings under  this  Act.     New. 


SERVICE  OF  DOCUMENTS 


Service  of 
documents 


47.  Except  where  otherwise  directed  by  the  judge  or 
officer  having  jurisdiction  to  try  the  action,  all  documents 
relating  to  an  action  under  this  Act,  other  than  statements 
of  claim  and  notices  of  trial,  are  sufficiently  served  upon  the 
intended  recipient  if  sent  by  registered  mail  addressed  to  the 
intended  recipient  at  his  address  for  service.     New. 


LIENS  ON  CHATTELS 


Right  of 
chattel 
lienholder 
to  sell 
chattel 


48. — (1)  Every  person  who  has  bestowed  money,  skill  or 
materials  upon  any  chattel  or  thing  in  the  alteration  or  im- 
provement of  its  properties  or  for  the  purpose  of  imparting 
an  additional  value  to  it,  so  as  thereby  to  be  entitled  to  a  lien 
upon  the  chattel  or  thing  for  the  amount  or  value  of  the  money 
or  skill  and  material  bestowed,  has,  while  the  lien  exists  but  not 
afterwards,  in  case  the  amount  to  which  he  is  entitled  remains 


36 


27 

unpaid  for  three  months  after  it  ought  to  have  been  paid,  the 
right,  in  addition  to  any  other  remedy  to  which  he  may  be 
entitled,  to  sell  by  auction  the  chattel  or  thing  on  giving  one 
week's  notice  by  advertisement  in  a  newspaper  having  general 
circulation  in  the  municipality  in  which  the  work  was  done, 
setting  forth  the  name  of  the  person  indebted,  the  amount  of 
the  debt,  a  description  of  the  chattel  or  thing  to  be  sold,  the 
time  and  place  of  sale,  and  the  name  of  the  auctioneer,  and 
leaving  a  like  notice  in  writing  at  the  last  known  place  of 
residence,  if  any,  of  the  owner,  if  he  is  a  resident  of  the 
municipality. 

(2)  Such  person  shall  apply  the  proceeds  of  the  sale  in  ^f''^roceod°s" 
payment  of  the  amount  due  to  him  and  the  costs  of  advertising  of  sa'e 
and  sale  and  shall  upon  application  pay  over  any  surplus  to  the 
person  entitled  thereto.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  233,  s.  48,  amended. 

FORMS 

40.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu-  P"""""* 
lations  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use.    New. 

MISCELLANEOUS 

50.  The  Mechanics'  Lien  Act,  The  Mechanics'  Lien  Amend- f^^:  ^®®°' 
ment  Act,   1961-62,    The   Mechanics'    Lien   Amendment  Act,\^^^^^- 
1962-63  and  The  Mechanics'  Lien  Amendment  Act,  1966  are  1962-63, 

c.  79  * 

repealed.  i966,"o.  84. 

repealed 

61.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the  ment""*""^* 
Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

52.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Mechanics'  Lien  Act,  si»ort  title 
1968-69. 


36 


? 

3 


S 
> 

H 


1) 

a 

[^^ 

s- 

S 

c 

•-1 

c 

S" 

3 

fB 

(^ 

(^ 

•1. 

Ov 

>3 

«<: 

>a 

a. 

D* 

Pi. 

o 

r-t- 

8 

vO 

0<9 

3" 

a 

00 

3' 

BILL  37 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  establish  an  Institute  for  the  Prevention  and 
Cure  of  Birth  Defects 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  provides  for  the  establishment  of  an  Institute  for  research 
into  the  causes  and  prevention  or  treatment  of  birth  defects  and  for 
education  in  this  field. 


37 


BILL  37  1968-69 


An  Act  to  establish  an  Institute  for  the 
Prevention  and  Cure  of  Birth  Defects 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1.  In  this  Act,  i^ir^r- 

(a)  "birth  defect"  means  any  malfunction,  malformation 
or  disease  with  which  a  child  is  born ; 

(6)  "Institute"  means  the  Birth  Defects  Institute; 

(c)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Health; 

(d)  "physician"  means  a  duly  qualified  medical  prac- 
titioner. 

2.— (1)  A  corporation  to  be  known  as  the  Birth  Defects  J^f^lfiV^'^g^, 
Institute  is  established. 

(2)  The  Corporations  Act  does  not  apply  to  the  Institute,     ^f  i'-do^*"' 

not  apply 

3. — (1)  The  Institute  shall  be  composed  of  not  fewer  than  Membership 
seven  and  not  more  than  twenty  members  appointed  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  designate  chairman 
one  of  the  members  to  be  chairman  of  the  Institute. 

•      T^.  ,  fir.  •  Quorum 

«.  rive  members  of  the  Institute  constitute  a  quorum. 

5.  The  head  office  of  the  Institute  shall  be  at  or  near  the  ^^^<^  <"""« 
City  of  Toronto. 

6.  The  objects  of  the  Institute  are  and  it  has  power,  powers^  "*" 

(a)  to  conduct  and  promote  a  programme  of  research 
in  the  incidence  and  causes  of  birth  defects  and  in 

37 


methods  of  treatment,  prevention  and  cure  of  birth 
defects  and  allied  diseases  and  to  publish  from  time 
to  time  the  results  of  its  programme; 

(b)  to  conduct  and  promote  programmes  of  professional 
education  and  training  of  medical  students,  physi- 
cians, nurses,  scientists  and  technicians  in  the  causes 
and  the  methods  of  treatment,  prevention  and  cure 
of  birth  defects;  and 

(c)  to  conduct  and  promote  clinical  counselling  services 
in  appropriate  places. 

power^  T'—W  For  the  furtherance  of  its  objects,  the  Institute 

may, 

(a)  establish,  conduct,  manage  and  operate  facilities  for 
research  in  the  incidence  and  causes  of  birth  defects 
and  in  methods  of  treatment,  prevention  and  cure  of 
birth  defects  and  allied  diseases; 

(b)  enter  into  agreements  with  universities,  hospitals  and 
other  institutions, 

(i)  for  the  conduct  of  research  for  the  purposes 
set  out  in  clause  o,  and 

(ii)  for  the  provision  of  clinical  counselling  ser- 
vices. 

grants  (2)  The  Institute  may  make  such  grants  as  are  deemed  by 

the  Institute  necessary  or  desirable  for  the  furtherance  of  its 
objects. 

of^birtif  8. — (1)  Every  physician  who  attends  the  birth  of  a  child 

defects  having  a  birth  defect  or,  where  no  physician  attends,  the 

physician  who  attends  the  mother  or  child  for  post-natal  care 
shall  report  to  the  Institute  the  particulars  of  the  birth  defect 
and  such  other  information  and  records  in  his  possession  as 
the  Institute  requests. 

JSnAdentia"  (2)  All  information  acquired  by  the  Institute  under  sub- 
pr^iieged  section  1  is  confidential  and  privileged  in  the  hands  of  the 
Institute  to  the  same  extent  as  it  is  in  the  hands  of  the  phy- 
sician who  supplied  it,  except  that  this  subsection  shall  not 
preclude  the  Institute  from  publishing  analyses  of  the  reports 
and  information  for  scientific  and  public  health  purposes  in 
such  a  manner  that  the  persons  concerned  remain  anonymous. 

37 


9.  The  Institute  may  make  such  by-laws  as  are  deemed  sy-iaws 
expedient  for  its  constitution  and  the  administration  of  its 
affairs,  and  may  do  such  other  things  as  are  deemed  necessary 

or  advisable  to  carry  out  its  objects. 

10.  The  Institute  may  acquire  by  purchase  or  lease  any  of'jyjl^"'"" 
land  and  buildings,  and  may  erect  buildings,  and  may  acquire 

such  equipment,  instruments,  appliances,  materials  and  other 
things  as  are  deemed  necessary  or  advisable  to  carry  out  its 
objects. 

11. — (1)  The  Institute  may  employ  a  director  and  such  °n'd''|t|,y 
officers,  clerks  and  servants  as  are  deemed  expedient. 

(2)  The  Institute  may  engage  the  services  of  such  experts  Experts 
and  other  persons  as  are  deemed  expedient. 

12.  Each  member  of  the  Institute  shall  be  paid  his  proper  ^^p^^ses 
travelling  and  other  expenses  incurred  in  the  work  of  the 
Institute. 

13.  The  funds  of  the  Institute  consist  of  moneys  received  ''"'"** 
by  it  from  any  source,  including  moneys  appropriated  for  its 

use  by  the  Legislature,  and  the  Institute  may  disburse,  expend 
or  otherwise  deal  with  any  of  its  funds  in  such  manner  as  it 
deems  proper. 

14.  The  accounts  and  financial   transactions  of  the   In-  '^"'*'' 
stitute  shall  be  audited  annually  by  the  Provincial  Auditor, 
who  shall  make  a  report  thereon  to  the  Institute  and  to  the 
Minister,  and  the  cost  of  the  audit  and  report  shall  be  paid 

out  of  the  funds  of  the  Institute. 

15.  The  Institute  shall  make  a  report  annually   to  the^porf' 
Minister,   who  shall   submit   the  repx)rt   to   the   Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  and  shall  then  lay  the  report  before  the 
Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next  ensuing 
session. 

16.— (1)  This  Act,  except  section  8,  comes  into  force  on  Sent'"'""*' 
the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Section  8  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the  idem 
Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 


17.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Birth  Defects  Institute^^'"'^^''*'^^ 
Act,  1968-69. 


37 


o 

00 


n 
c 
r 
S 
> 


8 


D 

rti 

n 

3 

3 

^ 

^ 

1 

>3 

a. 

y-^ 

^ 

to 

rt- 

^. 

3 

00 

3 

0^ 

BILL  38 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislatuke,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


n  Act  to  provide  for  the  Certification  of  Dealers  and  Persons 
engaged  in  the  fitting  and  selling  of  Hearing  Aids 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  rec)uires  a  person  engaged  in  the  sale  of  or  practice  of  fitting 
hearing  aids  to  be  the  holder  of  a  certificate  of  registration  issued  by  the 
Minister  of  Health.     ^<"  i 

Requirements  for  registration  are  specified  and  provision  is  made  for 
the  examination  of  applicants  for  registration.  Certificates  of  registration 
may  be  suspended  or  revoked  by  the  Minister  of  Health  on  grounds 
specified  in  the  Bill,  and  appeals  from  suspension  or  revocation  may  be 
made  to  a  judge  of  a  county  or  district  court.  The  Advisory  Council  on 
Hearing  .Aids  is  established  and  is  empowered  to  advise  the  Minister  of 
Health  on  all  matters  relating  to  the  Bill. 


38 


BILL  38  1968-69 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Certification  of 

Dealers  and  Persons  engaged  in  the  fitting  and 

selling  of  Hearing  Aids 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  i°t',1fP" 

(a)  "certificate  of  registration"  means  a  certificate  of 
registration  issued  by  the  Minister  under  this  Act; 

(b)  "Council"  means  the  Advisory  Council  on  Hearing 
Aids; 

(c)  "Department"  means  the  Department  of  Health; 

(d)  "hearing  aid"  means  any  instrument  or  device 
designed  for  or  represented  as  aiding,  improving  or 
correcting  defective  human  hearing  and  any  parts, 
attachments  or  accessories  of  such  an  instrument 
or  device ; 

(e)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Health: 

(/)  "practice  of  fitting  hearing  aids"  means  the  evalu- 
ation or  measurement  of  the  powers  or  range  of 
human  hearing  by  means  of  an  audiometer  or  by  any 
other  means  devised,  and  the  consequent  selection  or 
adaption  or  sale  of  hearing  aids  intended  to  com- 
pensate for  hearing  loss; 

(g)  "prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  the  regulations; 

(A)  "regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under  this 
Act; 

(t)  "unethical  conduct"  means, 
38 


(i)  the  obtaining  of  any  fee  or  the  making  of  any 
sale  by  fraud  or  misrepresentation, 

(ii)  employing  directly  or  indirectly  any  sus- 
pended or  unregistered  person  to  perform  any 
work  covered  by  this  Act, 

(iii)  using  or  causing  or  promoting  the  use  of  any 
advertising  matter,  promotional  literature, 
testimonial,  guarantee,  warranty,  label,  brand, 
insignia  or  any  other  representation,  however 
disseminated  or  published,  which  is  mis- 
leading, deceiving,  improbable  or  untruthful, 

(iv)  advertising  a  particular  model,  type  or  kind 
of  hearing  aid  for  sale  when  purchasers  or 
prospective  purchasers  responding  to  the  ad- 
vertisement cannot  purchase  or  are  dissuaded 
from  purchasing  the  advertised  model,  type 
or  kind,  where  it  is  established  that  the 
purpose  of  the  advertisement  is  to  obtain 
prospects  for  the  sale  of  a  different  model, 
type  or  kind  than  that  advertised, 

(v)  representing  that  the  services  or  advice  of  a 
duly  qualified  medical  practitioner  will  be 
used  or  made  available  in  the  selection,  fitting, 
adjustment,  maintenance  or  repair  of  hearing 
aids  when  that  is  not  true,  or  using  the  word 
"doctor",  "clinic"  or  other  like  words,  abbre- 
viations or  symbols  which  tend  to  connote  the 
medical  profession  when  such  use  is  not 
accurate, 

(vi)  habitual  intemperance, 

(vii)  gross  immorality, 

(viii)  permitting  another  to  use  his  certificate. 

Delegation         g^  yj^^  Minister  may  delegate  any  of  the  powers  conferred 
powere*'^^      upon  him  by  or  under  this  Act  to  the  Deputy  Minister  of  the 
Department  or  any  other  official  of  the  Department  desig- 
nated by  the  Minister. 

unautho-  3.— (1)  No  pcrson  shall  engage  in  the  sale  of  or  practice 

prohibited  ^^  fitting  hearing  aids  or  display  a  sign  or  in  any  other  way 
advertise  or  hold  himself  out  as  a  person  who  practises  the 
fitting  of  hearing  aids  unless  he  holds  a  current,  unsuspended, 
unrevoked  certificate  of  registration  issued  by  the  Minister 
as  provided  in  this  Act. 

38 


(2)  The  certificate  required  by  subsection  1  shall  be  kept  ^ert'iflcates 
conspicuously  posted  in  the  holder's  office  or  place  of  business 
at  all  times. 

4.  Any  person  who  practises  the  fitting  of  or  dealing  in  Receipts 
hearing  aids  shall  deliver  to  each  person  supplied  with  a 
hearing  aid  by  him  or  at  his  order  or  direction,  a  receipt  which 
shall  contain  his  signature  and  show  the  address  of  his  regular 
place  of  practice  and  the  number  of  his  certificate,  together 
with  a  specification  of  the  hearing  aid  furnished  and  the 
amount  charged  therefor. 

5. — (1)  This  Act  does  not  apply  to  a  person  while  he  is  t^gufutirnis" 
engaged  in  the  practice  of  fitting  hearing  aids  if  his  practice  "^^plf^®^,, 
is  part  of  the  academic  curriculum  of  an  accredited  institution  ^tc 
of  higher  education  or  part  of  a  program  conducted  by  a 
public,  charitable  institution  or  non-profit  organization,  that 
is  primarily  supported  by  voluntary  contributions. 

(2)  This  Act   shall    not    be   construed    to   prevent   a   duly  fo  duly "'' 
qualified  medical  practitioner  from  treating  or  fitting  hearing  ^'Ji^'j^^j'* 
aids  to  the  human  ear.  practitioners 

6.  An  applicant  for  registration  shall  pa\    the  prescribed  ^qu'i^re'^-^""" 
fee  and  shall  show  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Minister  that  he, '"«"'" 

(a)  is  a  resident  of  Ontario; 

(b)  is  a  person  of  good  moral  character; 

(c)  is  twenty -one  years  of  age  or  older; 

(d)  has  Grade  12  standing  or  such  other  academic 
standing  as  is,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Minister,  equi- 
valent thereto  or  has  continuously  engaged  in  the 
practice  of  fitting  hearing  aids  in  Ontario  during  the 
three  years  preceding  the  date  this  Act  comes  into 
force;  and 

(e)  is  free  of  contagious  or  infectious  disease. 

7. — (1)  An  applicant  for  registration  who  is  notified  by  practical 
the  Minister  that  he  has  fulfilled  the  requirements  of  section  6*®^** 
shall  appear  at  a  time  and  place  and  before  such  persons  as  the 
Minister   may   designate,    to   be  examined    by   written   and 
practical  tests  in  order  to  demonstrate  that  he  is  qualified 
to  practise  the  fitting  of  hearing  aids. 

(2)  The  Minister  or  persons  designated  by  him  shall  hold  Examina- 

^  I        .  .         .      '^    ,     ,  .11-  1  •         1  tions  to  be 

at  least  one  examination  of  the  type  prescrit)ed  in  subsection  1  held  yearly 
in  each  year,  and  such  additional  examinations  as  the  volume 
of  applications  may  make  appropriate. 

38 


examina-**^        8.    The  examination  provided  in  subsection  1  of  section  7 
tione  shall  consist  of, 

(a)  tests  of  knowledge  in  the  following  areas  as  they 
pertain  to  the  fitting  of  hearing  aids, 

(i)  basic  physics  of  sound, 

(ii)  the  human  hearing  mechanism,  including  the 
science  of  hearing  and  the  causes  and  re- 
habilitation of  abnormal  hearing  and  hearing 
disorders, 

(iii)  structure  and  function  of  hearing  aids;  and 

(b)  tests  of  proficiency  in  the  following  techniques  as 
they  jDertain  to  the  fitting  of  hearing  aids, 

(i)  pure    tone    audiometry,    including    air   con- 
duction testing  and  bone  conduction  testing, 

,      .    -  (ii)  live  voice  or   recorded   voice   speech  audio- 

metry, including  speech  reception,  threshold 
testing  and  speech  discrimination  testing, 

(iii)  effective  masking, 

(iv)  recording  and  evaluation  of  audiograms  and 
speech  audiometry  to  determine  hearing  aid 
candidacy, 

(v)  selection  and  adaption  of  hearing  aids  and 
testing  of  hearing  aids, 

(vi)  taking  earmold  impressions. 

Certificate         9.— (1)  Upon  payment  of  the  prescribed  fee,  the  Minister 
registration    g\^^\\   register  each  applicant  who  satisfactorily  passes  the 

examination  and  thereupon  the  Minister  shall  issue  to  the 

applicant  a  certificate  of  registration. 

J^rt^cat'e"'^       (2)  A  certificate  of  registration  is  effective  for  one  year 
from  the  date  of  its  issue. 


Suspension         iQ. — (1)  Any  person  registered  under  this  Act  may,  after 
cation  of        a  hearing  of  which  he  has  received  not  less  than  ten  days 
notice,  have  his  certificate  revoked  or  suspended  for  a  fixed 
period  by  the  Minister  for  any  of  the  following  causes: 

1.  His  conviction  of  an  offence  involving  moral  turpi- 
tude. 

38 


2.  Where  his  certificate  has  been  secured  by  fraud  or 
deceit  practised  upon  the  Minister. 

3.  For  unethical  conduct,   or   for   gross  ignorance  or 
inefficiency  in  his  profession. 

4.  Practising  while   knowingly   suflfering   from   a  con- 
tagious or  infectious  disease. 

5.  Advertising    professional    methods    or    professional 
superiority. 

6.  Practising  the  fitting  of  hearing  aids  under  a  false  or 
alias  name. 

(2)  For  the  purposes  of  this  section,  the  record  of  convic- ^f''"*®"'-'® 
tion,  or  a  certified  copy  thereof  certified  by  the  clerk  of  the  «°"'''«"o" 
court  or  by  the  judge  in  whose  court  the  conviction  is  had, 

shall  be  conclusive  evidence  of  such  conviction. 

(3)  At  the  hearing  referred  to  in  subsection  1,  the  person '^'*'"^'"' 
registered  is  entitled  to  hear  the  evidence,  cross-examine,  call 
witnesses,  present  argument  and  be  represented  by  counsel 

or  agent. 

(4)  Notice   of   the   decision   of   the    Minister   following  adecisTon" 
hearing  under  subsection  1,  together  with  reasons  in  writing 
therefor,  shall  be  served  upon  the  person  affected  thereby, 
either  personally  or   by   registered   mail   addressed   to  such 
person  at  his  last  known  place  of  address. 

(5)  Where  the  person  affected  by  a  decision  after  a  hearing  ^pp*^ 
under  subsection  1  deems  himself  aggrieved  thereby,  he  may, 
within  five  days  of  receipt  of  the  decision,  appeal  the  decision 

to  a  judge  of  the  county  or  district  court  of  the  county  or 
district  within  which  he  carries  on  business,  and  the  judge 
may  confirm,  revoke  or  modify  the  decision. 

11. — (1)  The  Advisory  Council  on  Hearing  Aids  is  hereby  coiln^oli^'on 
established  and  shall  consist  of  five  members  to  be  appointed  "idY'"*^ 
by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council.  eBtabitshed 

(2)  Members  of  the  Council  shall  be  residents  of  Ontario,    tion  of*^* 

members 

(3)  One  member  shall  be  a  duly  qualified  medical  practi-'^®"" 
tioner  who  holds  certification  of  otolaryngology  from  The 
Royal  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  Canada. 

(4)  Three   members  shall   be   persons  experienced   in   the  ''*®'" 
fitting  of  hearing  aids,  who  possess  the  qualifications  pre- 

38 


Idem 


scribed  in  section  6,  but  all  successors  to  the  position  of  such 
members,  who  are  appointed  to  the  Council  after  the  date  on 
which  the  Minister  first  issues  a  certificate  of  registration  as 
provided  in  section  9,  shall  be  persons  who  hold  valid  certi- 
ficates of  registration  under  this  Act. 

(5)  No  member  of  the  Council  shall  be  an  employee  of  the 
Department. 


counoii"^  12.— (1)  The   Council   shall   have   the  responsibility  and 

duty  of  advising  the  Minister  in  all  matters  relating  to  this 
Act,  shall  prepare  the  examinations  required  by  this  Act, 
subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Minister,  and  shall  assist  the 
Minister  in  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  Act. 

Mintoter  ^2)  The    Minister  shall   consider  and   be   guided   by   the 

ituided  recommendations  of  the  Council  in  all  matters  relating  to  this 

Act. 


Meetings  /^  -i      i     ..  ■  ■ 

of  Council  13. —  (1)    I  he  Council  shall  meet  at  least  once  each  year 

at  a  place  and  time  determined  by  the  Council. 


Idem 


(2)  The  Council  shall  also  meet  at  such  other  times  and 
places  as  are  specified  by  the  Minister. 


Regulations        ^^    j^^    Lieutenant    rK)vernor    in    Council    may    make 
regulations, 

(a)  prescribing  the  fees  payable  on  an  application  for 
registration  and  on  the  issuance  of  a  certificate  of 
registration ; 

(b)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

(r)  governing  the  conduct  of  meetings  of  the  Council; 

(rf)  regulating  the  practice  and  procedure  on  hearings 
under  section  10; 

(e)  respecting  any  matter  necessary  or  advisable  to 
carr>'  out  eflFectively  the  intent  and  purpose  of  this 
Act. 


Offence  15, — (1)  Any  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 

of  this  Act  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  liable  on  summary 
conviction  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $500  or  to  imprisonment 
for  not  more  than  ninety  days,  or  to  both. 

38 


(2)  Where   any   provision   of   this  Act   is  contravened,    in  ^S^g^a^in" 
addition   to  any   proceeding  had   under  subsection    1,  such  ^y  action 
contravention  may  be  restrained  by  action  at  the  instance  of 
the  Minister. 

16.  This  Act  conies  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  ^ent'"®"''*" 
the  Lieutenant  Ciovernor  by  his  proclamation. 

17.  This  Act  maN'  be  cited  as  The  Hearing  Aid  Sales  ^f/,  short  title 
1968-60. 


38 


o 


C/5 

pa 
c 

r 
S 
> 
z 


S. 


^ 


D 

S 

l\> 

2 

*-» 

2t 

C«l 

a. 

-1 

>j 

1 

1 

1' 

3- 

?0: 


rt   I 


O    3    ■ 

»*)  OB     r 

IK  S. : 

>5-i 

9-"  : 

rt   : 


BILL  39 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Insurance  Act 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendment  prevents  binding  settlements  or  releases  from  being 
entered  into  by  accioent  victims  in  haste  or  while  under  the  stress  of 
recent  injury. 


39 


BILL  39  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Insurance  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1.  The  Insurance  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  ^fgo' ^^^*'' 

following  section :  amended 

104a.  Any  agreement,  release,  waiver  or  settlement  entered  ^nd^^** 
into  by  an  injured  person  within  fifteen  days  after  ^^'j^'|^,|"'^ 
the  injury  was  incurred  and  given  or  entered  into  in 
respect  of  any  claim  under  a  policy  of  automobile 
insurance  or  accident  insurance  is  voidable  by  the 
injured  person  by  notice  in  writing  delivered  to  the 
insurer  or  any  office  of  the  insurer  or  its  agent  or 
adjuster  within  thirty  days  after  the  agreement, 
release,  waiver  or  settlement  is  entered  into. 

2.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as   The  Insurance  Amendment ^^°^^^^^^^ 
Act,  1968-69. 


39 


o 

00 


(A 

S 


> 
2 


? 


3 

a 

a 
3 

&. 

A. 

I 

^ 

>: 

3= 

a. 

I 

3 

1 

a 

»a 

»« 

OC 

»« 

BILL  40 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Control  of  Fumes  from  Smelters 


Mr.  Martel 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


KXI'LA.VATOKV    NoTK 

The  purpose  of  ihe  Bill  is  to  require  every  smelter  which  smelts  or 
roasts  nickel-copper  or  iron  ore  to  adopt  and  carry  out  a  plan  that  com- 
prises the  best  practicable  means  for  controlling  or  preventing  the  discharge 
of  noxious  or  ofTensive  gas  or  fumes,  or,  where  discharged,  to  render  them 
harmless  or  inoffensive. 

Application  for  approval  of  a  plan  is  made  to  the  Ontario  Municipal 
Board,  notice  thereof  being  given  to  all  interested  government  departments 
and  municipalities. 


40 


BILL  40  1968-69 


An  Act  to  provide 
for  the  Control  of  Fumes  from  Smelters 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  Jatioif'"" 

(a)  "Board"  means  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board;  and 

(6)  "smelter"  means  any  person  or  corporation  carrying 
on  any  undertaking  that  includes  the  smelting  or 
roasting  of  nickel-copper  or  iron  ore. 

2.  Every  smelter,  within  three  months  after  coming  into  t^'^ontroi 
force  of  this  Act,  or  within  one  month  after  commencing  its^"'"*" 
undertaking,    shall    prepare   and    submit   to   the    Board   an 
application  for  approval  of  a  plan  to  control  or  prevent  the 
discharge    from    the    furnaces,    chimneys    or    smokestacks, 
operated  by  the  smelter  of  any  noxious  or  oflfensive  gas  or 

fumes  or   to   render  such   gas  or   fumes   where   discharged 
harmless  or  inoffensive. 

3.  Every  such  application  shall  include  evidence  that  thcof'boB?"' 
plan  submitted   represents   the   best   practicable   means   for"'^" 
the  purpose  in  the  circumstances. 

4.  The  Board  shall  forward  copies  of  every  such  applica- ' 
tion  at  the  earliest  possible  date,  by  registered  mail  to  the 
Minister  of  Mines,  the  Minister  of  Health,  the  Minister  of 
Agriculture  and  Food,  the  Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs 
and  to  the  clerk  of  every  municipality  within  a  radius  of 
thirty  miles  of  the  undertaking  carried  on  by  the  smelter. 

6.  The  Board  shall  fix  a  date  for  hearing  the  application,  "«»■"'"« 
not  less  than  two  months  and  not  more  than  four  months 
after   the    receipt   thereof,    and    reasonable    notice   of   such 
hearing  and  of  any  adjournment  thereof  shall  be  given  by 
the  Board  to  every  Minister  and  the  clerk  of  every  muni- 

40 


cipality  mentioned  in  seftion  4,  any  of  whom  may  appear 
by  counsel  or  otherwise  and  adduce  evidence  and  make 
representations  for  or  against  the  plan  submitted  or  any 
alternative  plan. 


Duty  of 
Board 


6.  The  Board  shall  determine  whether  the  plan  submitted 
or  any  modification  or  variation  thereof  represents  the  best 
practicable  means  for  the  purpose  in  the  circumstances,  and 
whether  any  other  plan  ought  to  be  considered  or  adopted. 


Order  of 
Board 


7. — (1)  Not  more  than  three  months  after  hearing  the 
application,  the  Board  shall  make  an  order  either  approving 
the  application  or  a  modification  or  variation  thereof  or  an 
alternative  plan  and  requiring  the  smelter  to  institute  and 
maintain  such  plan  as  may  be  approved  by  the  Board. 


compUame  (2)  The  smelter  shall,  within  three  months  from  the  date 
of  the  order,  institute  and  maintain  a  plan  in  conformit> 
therewith. 


Penalty 


8.  Every  smelter  who  erects,  operates,  maintains  or 
carries  on  any  undertaking  in  violation  of  this  Act  or  fails 
to  comply  with  any  order  of  the  Board,  is  guilty  of  an  oflfence 
and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  penalty  of  $1,000, 
and  each  day's  continuance  of  such  violation  or  failure 
to  comply  shall  constitute  a  new  and  distinct  offence. 


Acts  of 
offloers, 
agents 


9.  For  the  purpose  of  enforcing  any  penalty  under  any  of 
the  provisions  of  this  Act,  or  enforcing  any  order  of  the 
Board  made  under  this  Act,  the  act,  omission,  or  failure  of 
any  officer,  agent,  or  other  jserson  acting  for  or  employed  by 
the  smelter  shall,  in  every  case,  be  also  deemed  to  be  the  act, 
omission  or  failure  of  the  smelter  as  well  as  that  of  the  officer, 
agent  or  other  person. 


lion  oi  ^^'  Nothing  in   this  Act  excludes  the  operation  of  any 

^•%P-  '®^''  of  the  provisions  of  The  Damage  by  Fumes  Arbitration  Act. 


Applica 
tion  of 


Short  title 


11.  This  .\ct 
1968-69. 


may 


be  cited  iis   The   Fumes  Control  Act, 


40 


I 


00 


> 

-i 
Pi 

r 


8 

3 


? 


(i 

3 

^ 

1 

i-f 

5T 

3* 

a 

»« 

^^ 

*o 

S 

BILL  41 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislatukk,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


The  Ontario  College  of  Art  Act,  1968-69 


Mr.  Davis 


TORONTO 

PkINTICU  ami   PlBI.lSHED  BY  FhANK  FOCG,  QuEEN'S  PRINTER 


Explanatory  Note 

This  Bill  reflects  the  recommendations  of  the  report  on  the  organiza- 
tional structure  and  administration  of  the  Ontario  College  of  Art. 


41 


BILL  41  1968-69 


The  Ontario  College  of  Art  Act,  1968-69 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1.  In  this  Act,  t'atioT"" 

(a)  "academic  staff"  means  the  teachers,  chairmen  of 
teaching  departments,  and  directors  of  academic 
divisions  of  the  Ontario  College  of  Art; 

(b)  "College"  means  the  Ontario  College  of  Art; 

(c)  "Council"  means  the  Council  of  the  Ontario  College 
of  Art.     1961-62,  c.  15,  s.  1,  amended. 

2. — (1)  The  Ontario  College  of  Art  is  continued.  College 

(2)  The  object  of  the  College  is  to  provide  the  opportunity  object 
and  environment  for  the  education  and  training  of  students 
and  teachers  in  the  fine  and  applied  arts.     1961-62,  c.  15,  s.  2, 
amended. 

3.— (1)  The  Council  of  the  Ontario  College  of  Art  is  con-C<5u?°»ad_ 
tinued  as  a  body  corporate  and,  within  two  months  after  this  composition 
Act  comes  into  force,  the  Council  shall  be  reconstituted  to 
consist  of, 

(a)  the  President; 

(b)  nine  members  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council; 

(c)  six  members  elected  from  and  by  the  full-time 
academic  staff;  and 

(d)  three  members  elected  from  and  by  the  students 
registered  as  full-time  students  at  the  College. 

41 


First 
election 


(2)  The  Council,  within  two  months  after  this  Act  comes 
into  force,  shall  provide  for  and  conduct  the  first  election  of 
members  under  clauses  c  and  d  of  suljsection  1. 


First 

•ppoint- 

ments 


(3)  Of  the  first  members  appointed  under  clause  h  of  sub- 
section 1,  one-third  shall  be  appointed  to  hold  office  for  one 
year,  one-third  for  two  years  and  one-third  for  three  years, 
and  in  each  year  thereafter  three  members  shall  be  appointed 
to  hold  office  for  three  years. 


First 

•lection  by 
academic 
staff 


(4)  Of  the  first  members  elected  under  clause  c  of  sub- 
section 1,  one-third  shall  be  elected  to  hold  office  for  one  year, 
one-third  for  two  years  and  one-third  for  three  years,  and  in 
each  year  thereafter  two  members  shall  be  elected  to  hold 
office  for  three  >ears. 


First 
election 
by  students 


(5)  Of  the  first  members  elected  under  clause  d  of  subsection 
1 ,  two  shall  be  elected  to  hold  office  for  one  year  and  one  for 
two  years,  and  in  each  year  thereafter  one  member  shall  be 
elected  to  hold  office  for  one  year  and  one  for  two  years,  and 
the  question  as  to  which  of  such  members  shall  hold  office 
for  one  year  or  two  years  shall  be  determined  as  may  be 
provided  for  in  the  by-laws  of  the  Council. 


Eligibility 
of  students 


(6)  Everj-  person  registered  as  a  full-time  student  at  the 
College  is  eligible  to  be  elected  as  a  member  of  the  Council 
under  clause  d  of  subsection  1. 


Maximum 
term  for 
students 


Eligibility 
for  re- 
appoint- 
ment or 
re-election 

Attendance 
at  meetings 


(7)  A  member  elected  under  clause  d  of  subsection  1  ceases 
to  hold  office  when  he  ceases  to  be  registered  as  a  full-time 
student  at  the  College,  and  no  such  member  shall  in  any  event 
hold  office  for  longer  than  three  years. 

(8)  Subject  to  subsection  7,  members  of  Council  if  otherwise 
qualified  are  eligible  for  re-appointment  or  re-election. 

(9)  If  within  any  fiscal  year  of  the  College  a  member  of 
the  Council  not  having  been  granted  leave  of  absence  by  the 
Council  attends  less  than  50  per  cent  of  the  regular  meetings 
of  the  Council,  he  shall  ipso  facto  vacate  his  office  and  the 
Council  by  resolution  shall  declare  his  membership  vacant. 


Vacancy  (iQ)  Where  a  vacancy  on  the  Council  occurs  before  the 

term  of  office  for  which  a  member  has  been  appointed  or 
elected  has  expired,  the  vacancy  shall  be  filled  in  the  same 
manner  and  by  the  same  authority  as  the  member  whose 
membership  is  vacant  was  appointed  or  elected,  as  the  case 
may  be,  and  the  member  so  appointed  or  elected  shall  hold 
office  for  the  remainder  of  the  term  of  office  of  the  member 
whose  membership  is  vacant. 


41 


(9)  The  Council  until  reconstituted  in  accordance  with  this  co^n"'i 
section  shall  consist  of  the  present  members  of  the  Council. 
1961-62,  c.  15,  s.  3,  amended. 

4.  The  Council  shall   elect  a  chairman   from   among   the '^''*'"""" 
members  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council 

and,  in  the  case  of  the  absence  or  illness  of  the  chairman,  the 
Council  may  appoint  one  of  its  members  to  act  as  chairman 
pro  tempore,  and  the  member  so  appointed  shall  act  as  and 
have  all  the  powers  of  the  chairman.  1961-62,  c.  15,  s.  11, 
cl.  a,  amended. 

5.  Eight  members,  including  not  fewer  than  four  appointed         """ 
members  and  not  fewer  than  four  elected  members,  constitute 

a  quorum  of  the  Council.     1961-62,  c.  15,  s.  11,  cl.  d,  amended. 

6. — (1)  The  government,  conduct,  management  and  control  councfi"'^ 
of  the  College  and  of  its  property,  revenues,  expenditures, 
business  and  affairs  are  vested  in  the  Council,  and  the  Council 
has  all  powers  necessary  or  convenient  to  perform  its  duties 
and  achieve  the  object  of  the  College  and,  without  limiting 
the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  may, 

(a)  appoint  and  remove  the  President: 

(b)  appoint  and  remove  the  heads  of  all  divisions  and 
departments,  administrative  officers,  teaching  staflF 
and  such  other  officers  and  employees  as  the  Council 
deems  necessary  or  expedient  for  the  purposes  of  the 
College; 

(c)  fix  the  numbers,  duties,  salaries  and  other  emolu- 
ments of  members  of  the  staff  of  the  College: 

(d)  ai>poiat  such  committees  and  Iwards,  including  divi- 
sional academic  committees  and  boards,  as  it  deems 
advisable  and  confer  upon  any  of  such  committees 
or  boards  authority  to  act  for  the  Council  with 
respect  to  anj-  matter  or  classes  of  matters; 

(e)  establish  such  advisory  bodies  as  it  deems  advisable; 

(/)  create  such  divisions  and  departments  as  it  deems 
advisable; 

(g)  control,  regulate  and  determine  the  educational 
IX)licy  of  the  College; 

41 


(A)  determine  the  courses  of  study  and  standards  for 
admission  to  the  College  and  for  continued  member- 
ship therein,  and  the  qualifications  for  diplomas; 

(«)  conduct  examinations  and  appoint  examiners; 

(j)  deal  with  all  matters  arising  in  connection  with  the 
awarding  of  scholarships,  bursaries,  medals,  prizes 
and  other  awards; 

(k)  confer  upon  students  of  the  College  the  diploma  of 
"Associate  of  the  Ontario  College  of  Art"  and  the 
right  to  affix  the  letters  "A.O.C.A."  after  their 
names,  and  issue  such  certificates  of  proficiency  as 
may  be  provided  for  in  the  by-laws  of  the  Council; 

(/)  make  by-laws  and  regulations  for  the  conduct  of 
its  affairs,  including  the  election  of  members. 


Appoint- 
ment and 
removal  of 
offlcers 


(2)  No  person  shall  be  ap|X)inted  or  removed  as  head  of  a 
division  or  department,  as  a  senior  administrative  officer  or 
as  a  member  of  the  teaching  staff  of  the  College,  except  on  the 
recommendation  of  the  President.  1961-62,  c.  15,  ss.  4,  6,  11, 
part,  amended. 


President 


7.  The    President   of   the   College   is   the  chief  executive 
officer  of  the  College.    1961-62,  c.  15,  s.  5,  amended. 


with^*'°"  ^*  ^^^  College  may  be  affiliated  with  any  university  in 

university      Ontario  where  arrangements  may   be  considered  expedient 

for  the  use  of  common  instruction  and  the  granting  of  degrees. 

1961-62.  c.  15,  s.  7. 


Arrange 
ments  with 


9.    The    Council    ma\    arrange    with    the    Department   of 
Department  Education  for  courses  and  examinations  for  teachers  of  art 
Ediaation     and    Supervisors   of   art    instructors   in   schools   in   Ontario. 
1961-62,  c.  15,  s.  8. 


I'roperty  lo.  The  Council  ma\'  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire,  take 

by  gift,  devise  or  bequest  and  hold  such  real  and  personal 
property  as  it  may  deem  necessary  for  the  purjwses  of  the 
College,  and  may  mortgage,  sell  or  otherwise  dispose  of  the 
same  as  occasion  requires.    1961-62,  c.  15,  s.  9,  amended. 


Annual 
report 


11. — (1)  The  Council  shall,  after  the  close  of  each  fiscal 
year,  file  with  the  Minister  of  University  .Affairs  an  annual 
report  upon  the  affairs  of  the  College. 


41 


(2)  The  Minister  shall  submit  the  report  to  the  Lieutenant  Tabling 
Governor  in  Council  and  shall  then  lay  the  report  before  the 
Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next  ensuing  session. 
1961-62,  c.  15,  s.  12,  amended. 

12.  The  College  of  Art  Act,  1961-62  is  repealed.  l^W^' 

repealed 

13.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the  ment"^"™" 
Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

14.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Ontario  College  of  .4 r/ short  title 
Act,  1968-69. 


41 


o 

30 


2 

X 

O 
> 
< 


o 

^ 

a. 
5= 

So 

3 

1 

1 

00 

s 

4 

ST 

3 


BILL  41 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


The  Ontario  College  of  Art  Act,  1968-69 


Mr.  Davis 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  41  1968-69 


The  Ontario  College  of  Art  Act,  1968-69 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  l^lt^r- 

(a)  "academic  staff"  means  the  teachers,  chairmen  of 
teaching  departments,  and  directors  of  academic 
divisions  of  the  Ontario  College  of  Art; 

(6)  "College"  means  the  Ontario  College  of  Art; 

(c)  "Council"  means  the  Council  of  the  Ontario  College 
of  Art.     1961-62,  c.  15,  s.  1,  amended. 

2.— (1)  The  Ontario  College  of  Art  is  continued.  College 

(2)  The  object  of  the  College  is  to  provide  the  opportunity  owect 
and  environment  for  the  education  and  training  of  students 
and  teachers  in  the  fine  and  applied  arts.     1961-62,  c.  15,  s.  2, 
amended. 

3.— (1)  The  Council  of  the  Ontario  College  of  Art  is  con-^o°n"t?nued, 
tinued  as  a  body  corporate  and,  within  two  months  after  this '^°™p°^'''°° 
Act  comes  into  force,  the  Council  shall  be  reconstituted  to 
consist  of, 

(a)  the  President; 

(b)  nine  members  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council; 

(c)  six  members  elected  from  and  by  the  full-time 
academic  staff;  and 

(d)  three  members  elected  from  and  by  the  students 
registered  as  full-time  students  at  the  College. 

41 


First 
•lection 


(2)  The  Council,  within  two  months  after  this  Act  comes 
into  force,  shall  provide  for  and  conduct  the  first  election  of 
members  under  clauses  c  and  d  of  subsection  1. 


Pint 

•ppolnt- 

manta 


(3)  Of  the  first  members  appointed  under  clause  b  of  sub- 
section 1 ,  one-third  shall  be  appointed  to  hold  office  for  one 
year,  one-third  for  two  years  and  one-third  for  three  years, 
and  in  each  year  thereafter  three  members  shall  be  appointed 
to  hold  office  for  three  years. 


Flret 

election  by 
academic 

Starr 


First 
election 
by  students 


(4)  Of  the  first  members  elected  under  clause  c  of  sub- 
section 1,  one-third  shall  be  elected  to  hold  office  for  one  year, 
one-third  for  two  years  and  one-third  for  three  years,  and  in 
each  year  thereafter  two  members  shall  be  elected  to  hold 
office  for  three  years. 

(5)  Of  the  first  members  elected  under  clause  d  of  subsection 
1,  two  shall  be  elected  to  hold  office  for  one  year  and  one  for 
two  years,  and  in  each  year  thereafter  one  member  shall  be 
elected  to  hold  office  for  one  year  and  one  for  two  years,  and 
the  question  as  to  which  of  such  members  shall  hold  office 
for  one  year  or  two  years  shall  be  determined  as  may  be 
provided  for  in  the  by-laws  of  the  Council. 


of'Bt'udents  ^^^  Every  person  registered  as  a  full-time  student  at  the 
College  is  eligible  to  be  elected  as  a  member  of  the  Council 
under  clause  d  of  subsection  1. 


Eligibility 
for  re- 
appoint- 
ment or 
re-election 

Attendance 
at  meetings 


ter'mTo"'"  (^^  ^  member  elected  under  clause  d  of  subsection  1  ceases 

studenu        to  hold  office  when  he  ceases  to  be  registered  as  a  full-time 

student  at  the  College,  and  no  such  member  shall  in  any  event 

hold  office  for  longer  than  three  years. 

(8)  Subject  to  subsection  7,  members  of  Council  if  otherwise 
qualified  are  eligible  for  re-appointment  or  re-election. 

(9)  If  within  any  fiscal  year  of  the  College  a  member  of 
the  Council  not  having  been  granted  leave  of  absence  by  the 
Council  attends  less  than  50  per  cent  of  the  regular  meetings 
of  the  Council,  he  shall  ipso  facto  vacate  his  office  and  the 
Council  by  resolution  shall  declare  his  membership  vacant. 

Vacancy  (iQ)  Where  a  vacancy  on  the  Council  occurs  before  the 

term  of  office  for  which  a  member  has  been  appointed  or 
elected  has  expired,  the  vacancy  shall  be  filled  in  the  same 
manner  and  by  the  same  authority  as  the  member  whose 
membership  is  vacant  was  appointed  or  elected,  as  the  case 
may  be,  and  the  member  so  appointed  or  elected  shall  hold 
office  for  the  remainder  of  the  term  of  office  of  the  member 
whose  membership  is  vacant. 


41 


(9)  The  Council  until  reconstituted  in  accordance  with  this  Qo^n°i' 
section  shall  consist  of  the  present  members  of  the  Council. 
1961-62,  c.  15,  s.  3,  amended. 

4.  The  Council  shall  elect  a  chairman  from  among  the  *^''*''"'"*° 
members  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council 
and,  in  the  case  of  the  absence  or  illness  of  the  chairman,  the 
Council  may  appoint  one  of  its  members  to  act  as  chairman 
pro  tempore,  and  the  member  so  appointed  shall  act  as  and 
have  all  the  powers  of  the  chairman.  1961-62,  c.  15,  s.  11, 
cl.  a,  amended. 

6.  Eight  members,  including  not  fewer  than  four  appointed  '^"°''"'" 
members  and  not  fewer  than  four  elected  members,  constitute 
a  quorum  of  the  Council.    1961-62,  c.  15,  s.  11,  cl.  d,  amended. 

6. — (1)  The  government,  conduct,  management  and  control  coun"i°' 
of  the  College  and  of  its  property,  revenues,  expenditures, 
business  and  affairs  are  vested  in  the  Council,  and  the  Council 
has  all  powers  necessary  or  convenient  to  perform  its  duties 
and  achieve  the  object  of  the  College  and,  without  limiting 
the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  may, 

(a)  appoint  and  remove  the  President; 

{b)  appoint  and  remove  the  heads  of  all  divisions  and 
departments,  administrative  officers,  teaching  staff 
and  such  other  officers  and  employees  as  the  Council 
deems  necessary  or  expedient  for  the  purposes  of  the 
College ; 

(c)  fix  the  numbers,  duties,  salaries  and  other  emolu- 
ments of  members  of  the  staff  of  the  College; 

{d)  appoint  such  committees  and  boards,  including  divi- 
sional academic  committees  and  boards,  as  it  deems 
advisable  and  confer  upon  any  of  such  committees 
or  boards  authority  to  act  for  the  Council  with 
respect  to  any  matter  or  classes  of  matters; 

(e)  establish  such  advisory  bodies  as  it  deems  advisable; 

(/)  create  such  divisions  and  departments  as  it  deems 
advisable ; 

(g)  control,  regulate  and  determine  the  educational 
policy  of  the  College; 

41 


(k)  determine  the  courses  of  study  and  standards  for 
admission  to  the  College  and  for  continued  member- 
ship therein,  and  the  qualifications  for  diplomas; 

(()  conduct  examinations  and  appoint  examiners; 

(j)  deal  with  all  matters  arising  in  connection  with  the 
awarding  of  scholarships,  bursaries,  medals,  prizes 
and  other  awards; 

(k)  confer  upon  students  of  the  College  the  diploma  of 
"Associate  of  the  Ontario  College  of  Art"  and  the 
right  to  affix  the  letters  "A.O.C.A."  after  their 
names,  and  issue  such  certificates  of  proficiency  as 
may  be  provided  for  in  the  by-laws  of  the  Council; 

(/)  make  by-laws  and  regulations  for  the  conduct  of 
its  affairs,  including  the  election  of  members. 


Appoint- 
ment and 
removal  of 
ofllcera 


(2)  No  person  shall  be  appointed  or  removed  as  head  of  a 
division  or  department,  as  a  senior  administrative  officer  or 
as  a  member  of  the  teaching  staff  of  the  College,  except  on  the 
recommendation  of  the  President.  1961-62,  c.  15,  ss.  4,  6,  11, 
part,  amended. 


President 


7.  The   President  of  the   College  is  the  chief  executive 
officer  of  the  College.     1961-62,  c.  IS,  s.  5,  amended. 


with'*'°"  ^*  ^^^  College  may  be  affiliated  with  any  university  in 

university      Ontario  where  arrangements  may  be  considered  expedient 

for  the  use  of  common  instruction  and  the  granting  of  degrees. 

1961-62,  c.  15,  s.  7. 


9.  The    Council    may   arrange   with    the    Department  of 


Arrange- 
ments with 

Department  Education  for  courses  and  examinations  for  teachers  of  art 
Education     and   Supervisors  of   art   instructors   in   schools   in   Ontario. 
1961-62.  c.  15,  s.  8. 


Property  10.  The  Council  may  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire,  take 

by  gift,  devise  or  bequest  and  hold  such  real  and  personal 
property  as  it  may  deem  necessary  for  the  purposes  of  the 
College,  and  may  mortgage,  sell  or  otherwise  dispose  of  the 
same  as  occasion  requires.    1961-62,  c.  15,  s.  9,  amended. 


Annual 
report 


11. — (1)  The  Council  shall,  after  the  close  of  each  fiscal 
year,  file  with  the  Minister  of  University  Affairs  an  annual 
report  upon  the  affairs  of  the  College. 


41 


(2)  The  Minister  shall  submit  the  report  to  the  Lieutenant  tabling 
Governor  in  Council  and  shall  then  lay  the  report  before  the 
Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next  ensuing  session. 
1961-62,  c.  15,  s.  12,  amended. 

12.  The  College  of  Art  Act,  1961-62  is  repealed.  c.  15'    ' 

repealed 

13.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the  Sent"*""*" 
Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

14.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Ontario  College  of  >lr/S'^°''*  *"■'* 
Act,  1968-69. 


41 


2 

D 

> 
< 


Q 

z 

Q 

f? 

% 

r^ 

a 

(m 

n 

t\i 

3 

In. 

3 

-1 

3 
g- 

§. 

1 

a. 

o 

1 

o 

5- 

1^ 
00 

|- 

s 

00 

BILL  42 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislaturk,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Health  Act 


Mr.  Deans 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Hill  requires  that  drugs  and  medicines  be  sold  only  in  child-proof 
containers. 


42 


BILL  42  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Health  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  Public  Health  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  ^•|2°'  ^^®°' 

following  section :  amended 

CHILD-PROOF   CONTAINERS 

79. — (1)  No  person  shall  sell  or  offer  for  sale  a  drug  tofrigs°and 
which    The   Pharmacy   Act   applies   or   a    medicine ^p^i^^^^"^^* '" 
registered  under  the  Proprietary  or  Patent  Medicine  ^'^^"f^^ 
Act  (Canada)  that  is  not  contained  in  a  container c. '295' 
that  bears  the  mark  of  approval  of  a  testing  organiza-  0.220' 
tion  under  subsection  2. 

(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  ^^s"'**'""^® 
regulations  designating  an  organization  to  test  and 
approve  the  types,  designs  and  specifications  of 
containers  suitable  to  make  the  contents  inaccessible 
to  small  children  and  providing  for  the  affixing  of  a 
mark  of  approval  on  containers  manufactured  in 
accordance  with  the  approved  type,  design  and 
specifications. 


2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1969. 


Commence- 


3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Public  Health  Amendment  ^^°''^  '"'^ 
Act,  1968-69. 


42 


2 

D 

M 


s. 


ST 


OC        S 
rf        Z" 

a-     s 


00 


BILL  43 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendment  requires  persons  under  eighteen  years  of  age  to  take 
an  approved  driver  education  course  before  being  issued  a  driver  s  licence. 


43 


BILL  43  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section  18  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by^-^^^-^^J^' 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection :  amen<ied 

(Ic)  A  licence  shall  not  be  issued  to  a  person  under  the  |^"g|[i(jn 
age  of  eighteen  years  to  drive  or  operate  a  motor '^°"™®* 
vehicle  on  a  highway  unless  he  has  satisfactorily 
completed  a  driver  education  course  designated  by 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  by  regulation. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  July,  1969.  Sent"*"''*' 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Highway  Traffic  Amend- ^^"^^  "*'« 
merit  Act,  1968-69. 


43 


K 

c 
r 

s 
> 
z 


S3 


D 


I     I  il 


a 

0<a 


00 


BILL  44 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Municipal  and  School  Tax  Credit  Assistance  Act,  1967 


Mr.  Stokes 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Act 


Explanatory  Note 
The  Bill  removes  the  obligation  to  repay  tax  credits  allowed  under  the 


44 


BILL  44  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  and  School 
Tax  Credit  Assistance  Act,  1967 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1. — (1)  Subsections  3,  4  and  5  of  section  2  of  The  Municipal  ^^'^'     ^ 
and  School  Tax  Credit  Assistance  Act,  1967  are  repealed.  subss.  3-5'. 

repealed 

(2)  Subsection  7  of  the  said  section  2  is  amended  by  striking  ^^1^'  g  ^ 
out  "and  the  manner  in  which  applications  for  reimbursement  |^8^J' 
may  be  made"  in  the  second  and  third  lines,  so  that  the  sub- 
section shall  read  as  follows: 

(7)  The   Lieutenant   Governor   in    Council   may   make  Regulations 
regulations  prescribing  forms  for  use  under  this  Act 
and  generally  for  the  administration  of  this  Act. 

2.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  Sen t™*"*^^" 
1st  day  of  January,  1967. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Municipal  and  School  ^''*""' ''"® 
Tax  Credit  Assistance  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


44 


2 

X 


s 


I 


^ 


»0 


D 

n 

3 


00 

3- 


<3 
OS 


3 


Hi: 

n'  - 


si 


BILL  45 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Schools  Administration  Act 


Mr.  Davis 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  bv  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1 — Subsection  1.  The  amendment  is  to  make  it  clear  that 
trustees  of  a  separate  school  board  are  not  excepted  from  the  application 
of  this  subsection. 


SixrioN  1 — Subsection  2.  The  amendment  provides  for  the  pay- 
ment of  an  honorarium  to  co-opted  members  of  vocational  committees  on 
the  same  basis  as  other  members  of  the  committee. 


45 


BILL  45  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Schools  Administration  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  36  of  The  Schools  Adminis-^f^g^^Q' 
tration  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  subsection  1  of  section   10  of^^^s^i^  ^^21 
The  Schools  Administration  Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  amended s-  10. 
by  striking  out  "trustees"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  amended 
lieu  thereof  "members  of  a  board  of  education",  so  that  the 
subsection,  exclusive  of  the  table,  shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  A  board  may  pay  to  each  trustee,  except  members  of  f^^'J°Jj|[^'^^ 
a  board  of  education  who  are  not  entitled  to  vote 
on  a  motion  that  affects  public  schools  exclusively, 
for  each  month  an  honorarium  not  exceeding  an 
amount  based  on  the  enrolment  on  the  30th  day  of 
September  in  the  preceding  year  in  all  the  schools 
which,  on  the  1st  day  of  January  of  the  current  year, 
are  operated  by  the  board,  as  follows: 


(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  36,  as  re-enacted  by^fg'^g^^le' 
subsection   4   of   section    10   of    The   Schools  Administration ^"^^^^^  ^gj 
Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "appointed »■  10,' 
by  the  board"  in  the  second  and  third  lines,  so  that  the  sub- amended 
section  shall  read  as  follows: 

(3)  A  board  of  education  may  pay  to  each  member  of  ^^®^^^y®  °'' 
an    advisory   vocational    committee,    who    is    not   a  vocational 

,  ,  .  ,  committees 

trustee,  an  honorarmm  for  each  month  not  exceedmg 
one-half  of  the  amount  provided  in  subsection  1 
based  on  the  enrolment  on  the  30th  day  of  September 
in  the  preceding  year  in  all  secondary  schools  which, 
on  the  1st  day  of  January  of  the  current  year,  are 
operated  by  the  board. 

45 


R.s^o.  1960.  2.  Subsection  1  of  section  100a  of  The  Schools  Adminis- 
Sub?.°?'  tratton  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  22  of  The  Schools  Ad- 
(1967.  c.  90.  ministration  Amendment  Act,  1967,  is  repealed  and  the  follow- 
re-enactod      ing  substituted  therefor: 

non^reeldent  (0  Where  a  board  provides  education  for  pupils  whose 

caicufation  ^^^^  ^^^  receivable  from  another  board,  from  Canada, 

or  from  Ontario,  the  fees  shall  be  calculated  by  the 
use  of  financial  data  and  average  daily  enrolment  in 
respect  of  elementary  schools,  secondary  schools,  or 
classes  or  schools  for  trainable  retarded  children,  as 
the  case  may  be,  for  the  year  in  which  such  edu- 
cation is  provided, 

(o)  by  ascertaining  the  gross  current  expenditure 
for  the  maintenance  of  the  schools  under  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  board,  excluding  exjjendi- 
ture  for  transportation,  tuition  fees  and 
evening  courses  of  study; 

{b)  by  ascertaining  the  total  gross  revenue  from 
all  sources,  excluding  legislative  grants,  taxa- 
tion, tuition  fees  and  costs  recoverable  from 
Ontario; 

(c)  by  deducting  the  amount  determined  under 
clause  b  from  the  amount  determined  under 
clause  o; 

{d)  by  ascertaining  the  average  daily  enrolment 
as  adjusted  by  the  application  of  the  appro- 
priate course  weighting  factors  as  prescribed 
in  the  regulations  for  the  year  in  which  such 
education  is  provided,  of  pupils  at  schools 
under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  board; 

(e)  by  dividing  the  amount  determined  under 
clause  c  by  the  average  daily  enrolment  as 
adjusted  under  clause  d; 

(/)  by  multiplying  the  average  daily  enrolment 
as  adjusted  by  the  application  of  the  appro- 
priate course  weighting  factors,  of  pupils 
whose  fees  are  receivable  from  another  board, 
from  Canada,  or  from  Ontario,  by  the  sum  of, 

(i)  the  amount  determined  under  clause  e, 
and 

45 


Section  2.  The  amendment  provides  for  the  calculation  of  non- 
resident fees  involving  the  use  of  a  uniform  pupil  accommodation  charge 
in  respect  of  capital  costs,  and  for  the  calculation  of  non-resident  fees 
for  trainable  retarded  children. 


45 


(ii)  the  pupil  accommodation  charge  as 
prescribed  in  the  regulations  for  the 
year  in  which  such  education  is 
provided. 

3.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  ^°5u'"^"''^ 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1969. 

4.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Schools  Administration  ^^°^^  ^^^^^ 
Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


45 


00 


D 
> 
< 


s 

A. 


n 

3    tr 

"1 


I    5  I 


a 


3-    a 

vO 
00 


BILL  45 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Schools  Administration  Act 


Mr.  Davis 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Education  and  University  Affairs  Committee) 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1 — Subsection  1.  The  amendment  is  to  make  it  clear  that 
trustees  of  a  separate  school  board  are  not  excepted  from  the  application 
of  this  subsection. 


Section  1 — Subsection  2.  The  amendment  provides  for  the  pay- 
ment of  an  honorarium  to  co-opted  members  of  vocational  committees  on 
the  same  basis  as  other  members  of  the  committee. 


45 


BILL  45  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Schools  Administration  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  36  of  The  Schools  Adminis-^-fol-l^st'. 
tration  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  subsection  1  of  section  10  of^^^lg^^^  ^21 
The  Schools  Administration  Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  amendeds.  10,' 

1  •!  •  It  >i    •         1        /-  !•  1    •  •         ■     subs.  1), 

by  striking  out     trustees     in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  amended 
lieu  thereof  "members  of  a  board  of  education",  so  that  the 
subsection,  exclusive  of  the  table,  shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  A  board  may  pay  to  each  trustee,  except  members  of  f^? "trustees' 
a  board  of  education  who  are  not  entitled  to  vote 
on  a  motion  that  afTects  public  schools  exclusively, 
for  each  month  an  honorarium  not  exceeding  an 
amount  based  on  the  enrolment  on  the  30th  day  of 
September  in  the  preceding  year  in  all  the  schools 
which,  on  the  1st  day  of  January  of  the  current  year, 
are  operated  by  the  board,  as  follows: 


(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  36,  as  re-enacted  by ^fg^'g^ls; 
subsection   4  of  section    10  of   The   Schools  Administration ^,^^^i,^„  ,„, 
Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "appointed  s.  10 
by  the  board"  in  the  second  and  third  lines,  so  that  the  sub- amended 
section  shall  read  as  follows: 

(3)  A  board  of  education  may  pay  to  each  member  oi^^^^^y^°^ 
an  advisory  vocational  committee,  who  is  not  ^  confmutees 
trustee,  an  honorarium  for  each  month  not  exceeding 
one-half  of  the  amount  provided  in  subsection  1 
based  on  the  enrolment  on  the  30th  day  of  September 
in  the  preceding  year  in  all  secondary  schools  which, 
on  the  1st  day  of  January  of  the  current  year,  are 
operated  by  the  board. 

45 


Commence-       2.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1969. 

Short  title         3^  jhis  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Schools  Administration 
Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


45 


"S 

<» 

^i- 

^ 

•*. 

II 

S8 

5i 

2 

II 

W 

8> 

a 

-»   o- 

^ 

t-.  se 

< 

is 

5 

s.-  S 

^2 

O'  '^ 

S' 

«i 

» 

a 

R. 

H 

I? 

3  S 


3   I 

ft  ' 

?  i 

SI 
5 

9 
> 


BILL  45 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Schools  Administration  Act 


Mr.  Davis 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  45  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Schools  Administration  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  36  of  The  Schools  Adminis-f'-^Q^- ^^^2', 
tration  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  subsection  1  of  section  10  of  ("gig  ^c  ^21 
The  Schools  Administration  Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  amended s.  10,' 

I  •!  •  It  M    *         t        /^  f  1    •  *         •     subs.  1), 

by  strikmg  out     trustees     m  the  first  Ime  and  msertmg  m  amended 
lieu  thereof  "members  of  a  board  of  education",  so  that  the 
subsection,  exclusive  of  the  table,  shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  A  board  may  pay  to  each  trustee,  except  members  o^  f^"  t°ust'"s' 
a  board  of  education  who  are  not  entitled  to  vote 
on  a  motion  that  affects  public  schools  exclusively, 
for  each  month  an  honorarium  not  exceeding  an 
amount  based  on  the  enrolment  on  the  30th  day  of 
September  in  the  preceding  year  in  all  the  schools 
which,  on  the  1st  day  of  January  of  the  current  year, 
are  operated  by  the  board,  as  follows: 


(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  36,  as  re-enacted  by^fg^-^^f^' 
subsection   4  of  section    10  of    The   Schools  Administration ^^^^-^^^  ^21 
i4meMrfmeM/ .(4d, /P(5^,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "appointed  8.  10,' 
by  the  board"  in  the  second  and  third  lines,  so  that  the  sub- amended 
section  shall  read  as  follows: 

(3)  A  board  of  education  may  pay  to  each  member  of^®^J®™°'^ 
an   advisory  vocational   committee,   who   is   not  a  vocational 

,  .  committees 

trustee,  an  honorarmm  for  each  month  not  exceedmg 
one-half  of  the  amount  provided  in  subsection  1 
based  on  the  enrolment  on  the  30th  day  of  September 
in  the  preceding  year  in  all  secondary  schools  which, 
on  the  1st  day  of  January  of  the  current  year,  are 
operated  by  the  board. 

45 


2 

commenc«-       2.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on 

mont 

the  1st  day  of  January,  1969. 

Short  title         3^  jhis  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Schools  Administration 
Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


45 


o 

00 


2 

7) 

a 
> 
< 


n 
f 


s 
c 


3 


Z 

o 

< 
n 

3 

5?" 


>3 


o- 


3 


I.       S     I.       S    I. 


ST      3 
»a 

►-* 
O 
Ok 
00 


3- 


5.: 
S"  ■ 

>: 

a 


o 

3 

> 

r, 


BILL  46 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Secondary  Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Act 


Mr.  Davis 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


E.XPLANATOKV    N'OTES 

Section  1 — Subsection  1.  The  aineiidment  excepts  from  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Part  schools  estabhshed  on  lands  held  by  the  Crown  in 
right  of  Canada  or  Ontario. 


Subscition  2.  There  are  a  few  portions  of  territory  without  municipal 
organization  which  are  not  in  a  school  section  or  a  high  school  district 
that  ha\e  been  included  in  a  school  division.  This  amendment  deems  such 
portions  to  be  a  district  municipality  within  the  school  division. 


SiXTloN   2 — .Subsection  1.     The  amendment  is  to  correct  a  reference. 


46 


BILL  46  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Secondary  Schools  and 
Boards  of  Education  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Section  81  of  The  Secondary  Schools  and  Boards^.'ie^'.s^ii' 
of  Education  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  8  of  The  Secondary ^^^f^^^-'^-^^^' 
Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Amendment  Act,   1968,   is  amended 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(la)  This  Part  does  not  apply  to  a  board,  school  section  ^PPJifo^',^"" 
or  high  school  district  heretofore  or  hereafter  estab- ?"  S'^^'^p' 

,  land 

lished   under  section    12  of   The  Ptiblic  Schools  ^c^r.s.o.  i960, 
or  under  subsection  5  of  section  12  or  subsection  4a '^^'  ^^° 
of  section  51  of  this  Act. 

(2)  Subsection   3  of  the  said   section   81    is  amended   by  o. '362,' s.  si' 
striking  out  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  a,  by  adding  "and"  s.^lf^sui^s.^!; 
at  the  end  of  clause  b  and  by  adding  thereto  the  following"'"®"'*^'* 
clause : 

(c)  any  part  of  territory  without  municipal  organization 
that  is  designated  by  the  regulation  made  under 
subsection  2  of  section  82  as  part  of  a  school  division 
and  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1968,  was  not  in  a 
school  section  or  in  a  high  school  district. 


2.— (1)   Clause    b   of   subsection    2    of   section    84   of    The  ^-^^O- ^^12' 
Secondary  Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Act,  as  enacted  by  (i968,'c.'i22, 
section  8  of  The  Secondary  Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  ci.  6,' 
Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "3"  in  the"'"®"''®'' 
first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "4",  so  that  the  clause 
shall  read  as  follows: 

46 


(b)  subject  to  subsection  4,  all  real  and  personal  properly 
vested  in  such  boards  and  situate  in  the  school 
division  becomes  vested  in  the  divisional  board. 

f  .'362,'  s.^84  ■  (2)  Clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  the  said  section  84  is  amended 
8^8?!*' "'  ^^^'  by  adding  at  the  commencement  thereof  "the  reserve  i<x 
subB,  2,  working  funds,  the  balance  in  a  reserve  or  a  reserve  fund 
amended  accumulated  from  transfers  from  revenue  funds  and",  so 
that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(d)  the  reserve  for  working  funds,  the  balance  in  a  reserve 
or  a  reserve  fund  accumulated  from  transfers  from 
revenue  funds  and  the  audited  surplus  or  deficit  as  at 
the  31st  day  of  December,  1968,  of  each  such  board 
shall  accrue  to  the  credit  of,  or  become  the  responsi- 
bility of,  the  assessment  supporting  such  board  on  the 
31st  day  of  December,  1968,  and  shall  be  apportioned 
by  the  arbitrators  under  this  section  among  the 
municipalities  or  parts  thereof  comprising  the  area 
of  jurisdiction  of  such  board  in  the  same  projxjrtion 
as  the  requisition  for  the  year  1968  was  apportioned 
among  such  municipalities  or  parts. 

.^  36*2.  s.'*!"       (^)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  84  is  amended  by 
^i|^**^j^jj|2|' inserting  after  "1968"  in  the  seventh  line  "except  lands  and 
amended        premises  used  as  schools  on  such  31st  day  of  December",  so 
that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

Arbitration  ^3^  p-^^^j^  divisional  board  shall,  on  or  before  the  15th  day 

of  March,  1969,  appoint  three  or  five  arbitrators, 
who  are  not  members  of  the  divisional  board  or  of  a 
municipal  council  that  has  jurisdiction  in  the  school 
division,  who  shall  value  and  adjust  in  an  equitable 
manner  the  assets  and  liabilities,  as  of  the  31st  day 
of  December,  1968,  except  lands  and  premises  used 
as  schools  on  such  31st  day  of  December,  of  the 
boards  that,  before  they  were  dissolved  under  sub- 
section 2,  had  jurisdiction  wholly  in  the  school 
division  in  which  the  divisional  board  has  jurisdiction. 

"362,8.^84        (4)  Subsection   4  of  the  said   section   84   is  amended  by 
i^H)'**si'iiJ"t' '"serting  after  "1968"  in  the  ninth  line  "except  lands  and 
amended        premises  uscd  as  schools  on  such  31st  day  of  December", 
so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

'''^"^  (4)  Whore  a  board  that  is  dissolved  under  subsection  2 

had  jurisdiction  in  an  area  that  after  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1969,  forms  part  of  two  or  more  school 
divisions,  each  divisional  board  shall,  on  or  before 
the  15th  day  of  March,  1969,  designate  two  of  the 

46 


Subsection  2.  The  amendment  provides  that  the  reserve  for  working 
funds  and  the  balance  in  a  reserve  accumulated  from  transfers  from 
revenue  funds  shall  be  dealt  with  in  the  same  manner  as  the  audited  surplus 
or  deficit. 


Subsection  3.     The   amendment   is   to   exclude   lands  and   premises 
used  as  schools  from  the  assets  to  be  valued  and  adjusted  by  the  arbitrators. 


Subsection  4.     The  amendment    is   to  exclude   lands  and    premises 
used  as  schools  from  the  assets  to  be  valued  and  adjusted  b\  the  arbitrators. 


46 


Subsection  5.     The  amendment  will  permit  a  divisional  board  to  my 
to  an  arbitrator  a  fee  other  than  the  fee  prescribed  in  section  99  of  The 

Schools  Administration  Act. 


46 


arbitrators  appointed  by  it  under  subsection  3  who 
shall  collectively  value  and  adjust  in  an  equitable 
manner  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  such  board  as 
of  the  31st  day  of  December,  1968,  except  lands  and 
premises  used  as  schools  on  such  31st  day  of  Decem- 
ber, and  shall  apportion  in  an  equitable  manner  the 
obligations  under  clauses  c  and  /  of  subsection  2. 

(5)  The  said  section  84  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the c. ■362,8.^84' 
following  subsection :  i^lf!*'  "'  ^^^' 

amended 

(10)  Notwithstanding  subsection  3  of  section  99  of  The^^^f^^°l^^g 
Schools  Administration  Act,  each  arbitrator  appointed  r.s.o.  i960, 
under  this  section   shall   be   paid  such   fee  for  his*^' 
services  as  is  determined   by  the  divisional   board 
that  appointed  him. 

3.  Part  VI  of  The  Secondary  Schools  and  Boards  of  -E<^M-^f62Pt.^vi 
cation  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  8  of  The  Secondary  Schools ^^^^^- '^- ^^^' 
and  Boards  of  Education  Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  amended  amended 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  section : 

86fl.^(l)  Where  any  part  of  territory  without  municipal  a^e^mlnt 
organization  that  in  the  year  1968  is  not  in  a  school  Jg^J^^IJ? 
section  or  a   high   school   district   is  included   in   a"ot.'"  school 

,        .....         "     ,     ,  ,  ,.        .  •    •       1-        section  or 

school  division  and  deemed  a  district  municipality,  high  school 
for  the  purposes  of  section  86  the  equalized  assess- 
ment of  the  property  rateable, 

(a)  for  public  school  purposes  in  the  district 
municipality  shall  be  the  assessment  upon 
which  rates  are  levied  in  the  year  1968  under 
The  Provincial  Land  Tax  Act,  1961-62  on  all^^^^-j®^, 
property  rateable  for  public  school  purposes 
in  the  district  municipality;  and 

(6)  for  secondary  school  purposes  in  the  district 
municipality  shall  be  the  assessment  upon 
which  rates  are  levied  in  the  year  1968  under 
The  Provincial  Land  Tax  Act,  1961-62  on  all 
rateable  property  in  the  district  municipality, 

as  adjusted  by  the  application  of  the  equalization 
factor  based  on  such  assessment  and  provided  by  the 
Department  of  Municipal  Affairs. 


(2)  Where    any    part    of    territory    without    municipal  ggg^j^on"' 
organization  that  in  the  year  1968  is  in  a  school 
section  is  included  in  a  school  division  and  deemed  a 
district  municipality  for  the  purposes  of  section  86 
the  equalized  assessment  of  the  property  rateable, 


46 


(a)  for  public  school  purposes  in  the  district 
municipality  shall  be  the  assessment  upon 
which  rates  are  levied  in  the  year  1 968  by  the 
board  of  the  school  section,  as  adjusted  by  the 
application  of  the  equalization  factor  based 
on  such  assessment  and  provided  by  the 
Department  of  Municipal  Affairs;  and 

(b)  for  secondary  school  purposes  in  the  district 
municipality  shall  be  the  sum  of  the  equalized 
assessment  under  clause  a  and  the  assessment 
of  the  property  in  the  district  municipality 
upon  which  rates  are  levied  in  the  year  1968 
by  the  separate  school  board  of  a  separate 
school  zone  all  or  part  of  which  is  within  the 
district  municipality,  as  adjusted  by  the  ap- 
plication of  the  equalization  factor  based  on 
such  assessment  and  provided  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Municipal  Affairs. 

school  (3)  Where  any  part  of  territory  without  municipal  or- 

noun'  ^"^  ganization  that  in  the  year  1968  is  in  a  high  school 

lection  district  but  not  in  a  school  section  is  included  in  a 

school  division  and  deemed  a  district  municipality 
for  the  purposes  of  section  86  the  equalized  assess- 
ment of  the  property  rateable, 

(a)  for  public  school  purposes  in  the  district 
municipality  shall  be  the  assessment  upon 
which  rates  are  levied  in  the  year  1968  by  the 
board  of  the  high  school  district  on  property 
rateable  for  public  school  purposes  in  the 
district  municipality,  as  adjusted  by  the 
application  of  the  equalization  factor  based 
on  such  assessment  and  provided  by  the 
Department  of  Municipal  Affairs;  and 

(b)  for  secondary  school  purposes  in  the  district 
municipality  shall  be  the  assessment  upon 
which  rates  are  levied  in  the  year  1968  by  the 
board  of  the  high  school  district  on  all  the 
rateable  property  in  the  district  municipality, 
as  adjusted  by  the  application  of  the  equaliza- 
tion factor  based  on  such  assessment  and 
provided  by  the  Department  of  Municipal 
Affairs. 

R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  362,  s.  87. 

(1968,  c.  121.'.      4.  Section    87   of    The  Secondary   Schools  and   Boards  of 
amended        Education  Act,   as  enacted   by  section   8  of   The  Secondary 

46 


Section  3.  Provision  is  made  for  the  apportionment  of  costs  for 
1969  in  respect  of  territory  without  municipal  organization  that  is  included 
in  a  school  division. 


Section  4.  The  portions  of  territory  without  municipal  organization 
which  are  not  now  in  a  school  section  but  will  be  included  in  a  school 
division  were  not  subject  to  taxation  for  public  school  purposes  in  1968. 
For  this  reason,  it  is  necessary  to  exclude  them  from  the  provisions  for  an 
adjusted  rate  provided  in  subsections  1,  2  and  3. 

46 


Section  5.  Provision  i!>  made  for  levying  rates  in  1969  on  properties 
in  territory  without  municipal  organization  that  were  included  in  a  school 
division. 


46 


5' 

Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Amendment  Act,   1968,   is 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 

(6)  Subsections  1,  2  and  3  do  not  apply  to  a  part  oi  i^flf^^^^°^ 
territory    without    municipal    organization    that    is^'thout 

J  11  I-       •  •    •       1-  1  >  ,  municipal 

deemed  to  be  a  district  municipality  under  clause  o  organization 
or  c  of  subsection  3  of  section  81. 


6.  Section   88   of    The   Secondary   Schools  and   Boards   of  ^,'302,  a^is' 
Education  Act,  as  enacted   by  section   8  of   The  Secondary ^^%^^^'''-^'^^- 
Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Amendment  Act,   1968,  isa'ne"<ie'' 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsections: 

(la)  The  assessment  of  all  property  rateable  for  public  upgn®^^®"^* 
school  purposes  in   territory  without  municipal  ot-\^^^^^9^^ 
ganization    that   is  deemed   a   district   municipality  196?  in 
upon  which  rates  shall  be  levied  in  the  year  1969  for  public 
to  raise  the  sum  determined   under  section   86  for  purposes 
public  school  purposes  shall  be, 

(a)  where  the  property  in  the  year  1968  is  not 
situate  in  a  school  section  or  a  high  school 
district,  the  assessment  upon  which  rates  are 
levied  in  the  year  1969  under  The  Provincial  l^Wf^' 
Land  Tax  Act,  1961-62;  or 

(6)  where  the  property  in  the  year  1968  is  situate 
in  a  school  section,  the  assessment  on  which 
taxes  for  public  school  purposes  in  the  year 
1969  would  have  been  levied  by  the  board  of 
such  school  section  if  such  board  had  not  been 
dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1969;  or 

(c)  where  the  property  in  the  year  1968  is  situate 
in  a  high  school  district  but  not  in  a  school 
section,  the  assessment  on  which  taxes  for 
secondary  school  purposes  in  the  year  1969 
would  have  been  levied  by  the  board  of  such 
high  school  district  if  such  board  had  not  been 
dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1969. 

(16)  The  assessment  of  property  rateable  for  secondary  d°a'rrschooi 
school  purposes  in  territory  without  municipal  or-  Purposes 
ganization    that   is  deemed   a  district   municipality 
upon  which  rates  shall  be  levied  in  the  year  1969  to 
raise  the  sum  determined  under  section  86  for  secon- 
dary school  purposes, 

46 


(a)  in  resjject  of  property  rateable  (or  public 
school  purposes  under  subsection  la,  shall 
be  the  assessments  determined  under  sub- 
section la; and 

(ft)  in  respect  of  property  rateable  for  separate 
school  purjKJses  shall  be, 

(i)  where  the  property  in  the  year  1968 

is  not  situate  in  a  school  section  or  a 

high    school    district,    the   assessment 

upon  which  rates  are  levied  in  the  year 

c®"if^'  1969  under  The  Provincial  iMttd  Tax 

Act,  1961-62,  or 

(ii)  where  the  property  in  the  year  1968 
is  situate  in  a  school  section,  the  assess- 
ment on  which  the  taxes  for  separate 
school  purposes  in  the  year  1969  are 
levied  by  the  board  of  the  separate 
school  zone  or  would  have  been  levied 
by  such  board  if  the  board  had  not  been 
dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1969,  or 

(iii)  where  the  property  in  the  year  1968 
is  situate  in  a  high  school  district  but 
not  in  a  school  section,  the  assessment 
on  which  taxes  for  secondary  school 
])ur]X)ses  in  the  year  1969  would  have 
been  levied  by  the  board  of  the  high 
school  district  if  such  board  had  not 
been  dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  Janu- 
ary, 1969. 

0.362.6.^9?'      6.  Section   97   of    The   Secondary   Schools  and   Boards  of 
i^%^^'^' ^^'' Education  Act,  as  enacted   by  section   8  of   The  Secondary 
amended        Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Amendment  Act,   1968,  is 
amended  b\  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

of'8u'h£"i."2  (^)  Subsections  1  and  2  do  not  extend  the  right  acquired 

by  a  pupil  to  attend  a  school  under  an  order  of  the 
Ontario  .Municipal  Board  or  under  an  agreement 
between  two  or  more  boards  or  between  a  board  and 
the  Crown  in  right  of  Canada. 

f:tr?z:l^\%  7.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  110  of  The  Secondary 
s.^9?!*8ubs.'f  Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  9 
amended        of  The  Secondary  Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Amendment 

Act,  1968,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "2"  in  the  eighth  line 

and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "1". 

46 


Section  6.  The  amendment  is  to  make  it  clear  that  the  pro\  isions 
giving  the  right  to  certain  pupils  to  attend  school  in  another  school  division 
do  not  have  the  effect  of  extending  the  right  acquired  by  a  pupil  to  attend 
a  school  under  an  order  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  or  an  agreement 
between  boards  or  a  board  and  the  Federal  Government. 


Section  7.  Subsections  1,  2  and  3  are  amended  so  that  the  fee  is 
based  on  the  gross  cost  per  pupil  in  respect  of  classes  or  schools  for  trainable 
retarded  children  rather  than  on  twice  the  fee  for  other  non-resident  pupils. 
Subsection  3  is  also  amended  so  that  it  refers  to  the  residence  of  the  parent 
or  guardian  rather  than  the  residence  of  the  child  and  is  thus  made  consis- 
tent with  subsections  1  and  2. 


46 


# 


(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  110  is  amended  t)y^|g°-^^^°jj 
striking  out  "2"  in  the  ninth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  (i-*?^'^:  122, 

, .     J,  S.  9),  8UD8.  2, 

1    .  amended 

(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  110  is  amended  by ^fea,' s.^iib 
inserting  after  "but"  in  the  second  line  "his  parent  or  guar-^;^|^^^„j,g^|; 
dian"  and  by  striking  out  "2"  in  the  eleventh  line  and  inserting  ^f"®"^®<i 

in  lieu  thereof  "1",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(3)  Where  a  child  is  admitted  to  a  school  for  trainable  ^f',!{5ifd°" 
retarded    children    but    his    parent    or    guardian    isJ'ft'l®lL°1 

.  1  111  r  •         r      lax-exenipL 

resident  on  lands  that  are  exempt  from  taxation  for  lands 

school  purposes  and  that  have  been  designated  by 

the  Minister  as  a  rural  school  section  for  which  a 

board   has   been   appointed   under  subsection    1    of 

section  12  of  The  Public  Schools  Act  or  that  have  been  Si'.^asb.'^lli' 

designated  a  high  school  district  for  which  a  board 

has  been  appointed  under  subsection  5  of  section  1 2, 

the  board  shall  pay  to  the  divisional  board  a  tuition 

fee  in  accordance  with  subsection  1  of  section  100a 

of  The  Schools  Administration  Act. 

8. — (1)  This  Act,  except  subsection    1   of  section   1   and  ^^o™'"^"^^- 
section  7,  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the 
23rd  day  of  July,  1968. 

(2)  Subsection  1  of  section  1  and  section  7  shall  be  deemed  idem 
to  have  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1969. 

9.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Secondary  Schools  and  ^•'<""'  ""® 
Boards  of  Education  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


46 


5* 
JO 

D 
> 
< 


? 


1 

n 
3 

>: 

>3 

55 

9 

O 

r* 

1 

99 

IMS 

i 

»« 

> 

s 


a? 


8-S. 

S  C 

il 


BILL  46 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Secondary  Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Act 


Mr.  Davis 


(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Education  and  University  Affairs  Committee) 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


EXPLANATORV    NOTES 

Section  1 — Subsection  1.  The  amendment  excepts  from  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Part  schools  established  on  lands  held  by  the  Crown  in 
right  of  Canada  or  Ontario. 


Subsection  2.  There  are  a  few  portions  of  territory  without  municipal 
organization  which  are  not  in  a  school  section  or  a  high  school  district 
that  have  been  included  in  a  school  division.  This  amendment  deems  such 
portions  to  be  a  district  municipality  within  the  school  division. 


Section  2 — Subsection  1.      The  amendment  is  to  correct  a  reference. 


46 


BILL  46  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Secondary  Schools  and 
Boards  of  Education  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Section  81  of  The  Secondary  Schools  and  Boards^,  f^,  a^ii' 
of  Education  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  8  of  The  Secondary  ^^%^^'^'^'^^- 
Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Amendment  Act,   1968,  is  amended 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 

(lo)  This  Part  does  not  apply  to  a  board,  school  section  t^PP,'b^(fo\3°" 
or  high  school  district  heretofore  or  hereafter  estab-P"  exempt 

°  land 

lished  under  section   12  of  The  Public  Schools  Act  n.s.o.  i960. 
or  under  subsection  5  of  section  12  or  subsection  40"^^° 
of  section  51  of  this  Act. 

(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  81    is  amended   bye.  ■362,8.  si' 
striking  out  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  a,  by  adding  "and" l^|f ^subs.^l; 
at  the  end  of  clause  b  and  by  adding  thereto  the  following  *'"*"'**'* 
clause : 

(c)  any  part  of  territory  without  municipal  organization 
that  is  designated  by  the  regulation  made  under 
subsection  2  of  section  82  as  part  of  a  school  division 
and  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1968,  was  not  in  a 
school  section  or  in  a  high  school  district, 


2.— (1)  Clause   b  of  subsection   2   of  section   84  of    The^-^xO-^^i2' 

_,  c.  362,  s.  84 

Secondary  Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Act,  as  enacted  by  (i|68,  0. 122, 
section  8  of  The  Secondary  Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  ci.  6,' 
Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "3"  in  (.^g *'"®"<i^'' 
first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "4",  so  that  the  clause 
shall  read  as  follows: 

46 


(6)  subject  to  subsection  4,  all  real  and  personiil  property 
vested  in  such  boards  and  situate  in  the  school 
division  becomes  vested  in  the  divisional  board. 

i-.'^hz'.a^i*'  (2)  Clause  rf  of  subsection  2  of  the  said  section  84  is  amended 
(laBH.  c.  122,  jjy  adding  a(  j^e  commencement  thereof  "the  reserve  for 
»ubB,  2.  working  funds,  the  balance  in  a  reserve  or  a  reserve  fund 
iimeiided  accumulated  from  transfers  from  revenue  funds  and",  so 
that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(d)  the  reserve  for  working  funds,  the  balance  in  a  reserve 
or  a  reserve  fund  accumulated  from  transfers  from 
revenue  funds  and  the  audited  surplus  or  deficit  as  at 
the  31st  day  of  December,  1968,  of  each  such  board 
shall  accrue  to  the  credit  of,  or  become  the  responsi- 
bility of,  the  assessment  supporting  such  board  on  the 
31st  day  of  December,  1968,  and  shall  be  apportioned 
by  the  arbitrators  under  this  section  among  the 
municipalities  or  parts  thereof  comprising  the  area 
of  jurisdiction  of  such  board  in  the  same  proportion 
as  the  requisition  for  the  year  1968  was  apportioned 
among  such  municipalities  or  parts. 

^^.'362.  efii'      (^)  Subsection   3  of  tiie  said  section  84  is  amended   by 
^i|^^^°iJ2|- inserting  after  "1968"  in  the  seventh  line  "except  lands  and 
amended       premises  used  as  schools  on  such  31st  day  of  December",  so 
that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

Arbitration  ^3^  ^^^^  divisional  board  shall,  on  or  before  the  15th  day 

of  March,  1969,  appoint  three  or  five  arbitrators, 
who  are  not  members  of  the  divisional  board  or  of  a 
municipal  council  that  has  jurisdiction  in  the  school 
division,  who  shall  value  and  adjust  in  an  equitable 
manner  the  assets  and  liabilities,  as  of  the  31st  day 
of  December,  1968,  except  lands  and  premises  used 
as  schools  on  such  31st  day  of  December,  of  the 
boards  that,  before  they  were  dissolved  under  sub- 
section 2,  had  jurisdiction  wholly  in  the  school 
division  in  which  the  divisional  board  has  jurisdiction. 

i\ '36^,  8,^84'       (4)  Subsection   4  of  the  said  section   84  is  amended   by 
B.^8)!*8ubl.^4:  inserting  after  "1968"  in  the  ninth  line  "except  lands  and 
amended        premises  used  as  schools  on  such  31st  day  of  December", 
so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

^'*®"'  (4)  Where  a  board  that  is  dissolved  under  subsection  2 

had  jurisdiction  in  an  area  that  after  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1969,  forms  part  of  two  or  more  school 
divisions,  each  divisional  board  shall,  on  or  before 
the  15th  day  of  March,  1969,  designate  two  of  the 

46 


Subsection  2.  The  amendment  provides  that  the  reserve  for  working 
funds  and  the  balance  in  a  reserve  accumulated  from  transfers  from 
revenue  funds  shall  be  dealt  with  in  the  same  manner  as  the  audited  surplus 
or  deficit. 


JO 


Subsection  3.     The  amendment   is  to  exclude   lands  and   premises 
used  as  schools  from  the  assets  to  be  valued  and  adjusted  by  the  arbitrators. 


J 
-ii 


Subsection  4.     The  amendment   is  to  exclude   lands  and   premises 
used  as  schools  from  the  assets  to  be  valued  and  adjusted  by  the  arbitrators. 


46 


Subsection  5.  The  ainendiiient  will  permit  u  divisional  board  to  pay 
to  an  arbitrator  a  fee  other  than  the  fee  prescribed  in  section  99  of  The 
Schools  Adminislralion  Act. 


Section  3.  Provision  is  made  for  the  apportionment  of  costs  for 
1969  in  respect  of  territory  without  municipal  organization  that  is  included 
in  a  school  division. 


46 


arbitrators  appointed  by  it  under  subsection  3  who 
shall  collectively  value  and  adjust  in  an  equitable 
manner  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  such  board  as 
of  the  31st  day  of  December,  1968,  except  lands  and 
premises  used  as  schools  on  such  31st  day  of  Decem- 
ber, and  shall  apportion  in  an  equitable  manner  the 
obligations  under  clauses  c  and  /  of  subsection  2. 

(5)  The  said  section  84  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the^|g^-^^|2' 
following  subsection:  (iaes.'o.izz, 

amended 

(10)  Notwithstanding  subsection  3  of  section  99  of  TAe  fr^bTt/atora 
Schools  Administration  Act,  each  arbitrator  appointed  R.s.o.  i960, 
under  this  section  shall  be  paid  such  fee  for  his*'' 
services  as  is  determined   by  the  divisional  board 
that  appointed  him. 

3.  Part  VI  of  The  Secondary  Schools  and  Boards  of  Edu- ^,fe2'pt^vi 
ration  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  8  of  The  Secondary  Schools ^^^^^- "■  ^^^- 
and  Boards  of  Education  Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  amended  amended 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  section :  ,:■:■ 

86a. — (1)  Where  any  part  of  territory  without  rnunicipal  ^^essmont    '■■ 

organization  that  in  the  year  1968  is  not  in  a  school  jgr^i^^ly" 

section  or  a  high  school  district  is  included  in  a"°'.'"  school 
,,,...         *'     ,     ,  ,         ...  ....        section  or 

school  division  and  deemed  a  district  municipality,  high  school 

for  the  purposes  of  apportionment  for  the  year  1969 

under  section   86   the  equalized   assessment  of   the 

property  rateable, 

(a)  for    public    school    purposes    in    the    district  i96i-62. 
municipality  shall   be   the  assessment   upon 
which  rates  are  levied  in  the  year  1968  under 

The  Provincial  Land  Tax  Act,  1961-62  on  all 
property  rateable  for  public  school  purposes 
in  the  district  municipality;  and 

(b)  for  secondary  school  purposes  in  the  district 
municipality  shall  be  the  assessment  upon 
which  rates  are  levied  in  the  year  1968  under 
The  Provincial  Land  Tax  Act,  1961-62  on  all 
rateable  property  in  the  district  municipality. 

(2)  Where  any  part  of  territory  without  municipal  ^''"ohooi 
organization  that  in  the  year  1968  is  in  a  school 
section  is  included  in  a  school  division  and  deemed  a 
district  municipality  for  the  purposes  of  apportion- 
ment  for  the  year  1969  under  section  86  the  equalized 
assessment  of  the  property  rateable, 

46 


(a)  for  public  school  purposes  in  the  district 
municipality  shall  be  the  assessment  upon 
which  rates  are  levied  in  the  year  1968  by  the 
board  of  the  school  section,  as  adjusted  by  the 
application  of  the  equalization  factor  baaed 
on  such  assessment  and  provided  by  the 
Department  of  Municipal  Affairs;  and 

.  (b)  for  secondary  school  purposes  in  the  district 
municipality  shall  be  the  sum  of  the  equalized 
assessment  under  clause  a  and  the  assessment 
of  the  property  in  the  district  municipality 
upon  which  rates  are  levied  in  the  year  1968 
by  the  separate  school  board  of  a  separate 
school  zone  all  or  part  of  which  is  within  the 
district  municipality,  as  adjusted  by  the  ap- 
plication of  the  equalization  factor  based  on 
such  assessment  and  provided  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Municipal  Affairs. 

Boh^'of  (^)  Where  any  part  of  territory  without  municipal  or- 

diBtrict  but  ganization  that  in  the  year  1968  is  in  a  high  school 

not  in  J.        •        1  •  ,        •  .         .      .      ,° ,     ,   . 

•ohooi  district  but  not  in  a  school  section  is  included  in  a 

school  division  and  deemed  a  district  municipality 
for  the  purposes  of  apportionment  for  the  year  1969 
under  section  86  the  equalized  assessment  of  the 
property  rateable, 

(a)  for  public  school  purposes  in  the  district 
municipality  shall  be  the  assessment  upon 
which  rates  ju^e  levied  in  the  year  1968  by  the 
board  of  the  high  school  district  on  property 
rateable  for  public  school  purposes  in  the 
district  municipality,  as  adjusted  by  the 
application  of  the  equalization  factor  based 
on  such  assessment  and  provided  by  the 
Department  of  Municipal  Affairs;  and 

(b)  for  secondary  school  purposes  in  the  district 
municipality  shall  be  the  assessment  upon 
which  rates  are  levied  in  the  year  1968  by  the 
board  of  the  high  school  district  on  all  the 
rateable  property  in  the  district  municipality, 
as  adjusted  by  the  application  of  the  equaliza- 
tion factor  based  on  such  assessment  and 
provided  by  the  Department  of  Municipal 
Affairs. 

c.  362, 8.  87'      4.  Section   87   of    The   Secondary   Schools  and  Boards  of 
b.'sk'"'   '  'Education  Act.   as  enacted  by  section   8  of  The  Secondary 

amended 

46 


Section  4.  The  portions  of  territory  without  municipal  organization 
which  are  not  now  in  a  school  section  but  will  be  included  in  a  school 
division  were  not  subject  to  taxation  for  public  school  purposes  in  1968. 
For  this  reason,  it  is  necessary  to  exclude  them  from  the  provisions  for  an 
adjusted  rate  provided  in  subsections  1,  2  and  3. 

46 


Section  5.  Provision  is  made  for  levying  rates  in  1969  on  properties 
in  territory  without  municipal  organization  that  were  included  in  a  school 
division. 


46 


Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Amendment  Act,   1968,   is 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsections: 

(la)  Where  in  a  municipality  the  basis  upon  which  the^^essment 
values  of  lands  were  ascertained  in  taking  the  assess- '"  ^^^^ 
ment  upon  which  taxes  are  levied  in  the  year  1969 
was  different  from  that  used  in  taking  the  assessment 
upon  which  taxes  were  levied  in  the  year  1968,  the 
adjusted  rate,  for  the  purpose  of  subsection  2  in  such      .  •  ■    [  lA. 
municipality,   shall  be  adjusted   by  multiplying  it       ■''  =  ■;•  '" 
by  the  ratio  of  the  equalization  factor  provided  by 
the  Department  of  Municipal  Affairs,  based  on  the 
assessment  on  which  taxes  were  levied  in  the  year 

1968,  to  the  equalization  factor  provided  by  the 
Department  of  Municipal  Affairs,  based  on  the 
assessment  on  which  taxes  are  levied  in  the  year 

1969.  "mg 


(6)  Subsections  1,  2  and  3  do  not  apply  to  a  part  of  ^PPg'J.^fj'^°^ 
territory    without    municipal    organization    that    is  without 

1  .1  1-       ■  •    •       I-  <  1  I  municipal 

deemed  to  be  a  district  municipality  under  clause  o  organization 
or  c  of  subsection  3  of  section  81. 

5.  Section   88   of   The   Secondary   Schools  and  Boards  o/^|g^-^^|^- 
Education  Act,  as  enacted   by  section   8  of   The  Secondary  O-Qes! c  122. 
Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Amendment  Act,   1968,   is  amended' 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsections: 

(la)  The  assessment  of  all  property  rateable  for  public upon^^^®"h* 
school  purposes  in  territory  without  municipal  ot-\'^1^^^1^^^ 
ganization   that  is  deemed  a  district  municipality  i^eg  in 
upon  which  rates  shall  be  levied  in  the  year  1969  for  public 
to  raise  the  sum  determined  under  section  86  for  purposes 
public  school  purposes  shall  be, 

(a)  where  the  property  in  the  year  1968  is  not 
situate  in  a  school  section  or  a  high  school 
district,  the  assessment  upon  which  rates  are 
levied  in  the  year  1969  under  The  Provincial ^^^^i'^' 
Land  Tax  Act,  1961-62;  or 

(6)  where  the  property  in  the  year  1968  is  situate 
in  a  school  section,  the  assessment  on  which 
taxes  for  public  school  purpxjses  in  the  year 
1969  would  have  been  levied  by  the  board  of 
such  school  section  if  such  board  had  not  been 
dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1969;  or 

46 


(c)  where  the  property  in  the  year  1968  is  situate 
in  a  high  school  district  but  not  in  a  school 
section,  the  assessment  on  which  taxes  for 
secondary  school  purposes  in  the  year  1969 
would  have  been  levied  by  the  board  of  such 
high  school  district  if  such  board  had  not  been 
dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1969. 

da'ry^chooi  ('^^  ^^^  assessment  of  property  rateable  for  secondary 

purpo»e«  school  purposes  in  territory  without  municipal  or- 

ganization that  is  deemed  a  district  municipality 
upon  which  rates  shall  be  levied  in  the  year  1969  to 
raise  the  sum  determined  under  section  86  for  secon- 
dary school  purposes, 

(o)  in  respect  of  property  rateable  for  public 
school  purposes  under  subsection  la,  shall 
be  the  assessments  determined  under  sub- 
section la;  and 

(b)  in  respect  of  property  rateable  for  separate 
school  purposes  shall  be, 

(i)  where  the  property  in  the  year  1968 

is  not  situate  in  a  school  section  or  a 

high    school    district,    the   assessment 

upon  which  rates  are  levied  in  the  year 

c.^iii®*'  1969  under  The  Provincial  Land  Tax 

Act,  1961-62,  or 

(ii)  where  the  property  in  the  year  1968 
is  situate  in  a  school  section,  the  assess- 
ment on  which  the  taxes  for  separate 
school  purposes  in  the  year  1969  are 
levied  by  the  board  of  the  separate 
school  zone  or  would  have  been  levied 
by  such  board  if  the  board  had  not  been 
dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1969,  or 

(iii)  where  the  property  in  the  year  1968 
is  situate  in  a  high  school  district  but 
not  in  a  school  section,  the  assessment 
on  which  taxes  for  secondary  school 
purposes  in  the  year  1969  would  have 
been  levied  by  the  board  of  the  high 
school  district  if  such  board  had  not 
been  dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  Janu- 
ary, 1969. 

46 


Section  6.  The  amendment  is  to  make  it  clear  that  the  provision* 
Kiving  the  right  to  certain  pupils  to  attend  school  in  another  sichool  division 
do  not  have  the  effect  of  extcndinR  the  right  acquired  by  a  pupil  to  attend 
a  school  under  an  order  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board  or  an  agreement 
between  boards  or  a  board  and  the  Federal  Government. 


Section  7.     The  section  is  amended  to  correct  the  reference  to  refer 
to  section  100a  rather  than  subsection  2  of  section  100a. 


46 


6.  Section   97   of    The   Secondary   Schools  and  Boards   of^-f^l^^^- 
Education  Act,  as  enacted   by  section  8  of   The  Secondary  d^es! c.  122, 
Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Amendment  Act,   1968,  is  amended 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 


(3)  Subsections  1  and  2  do  not  extend  the  right  acquired  o/'subM!'i°2 
by  a  pupil  to  attend  a  school  under  an  order  of  the 
Ontario   Municipal   Board  or  under  an  agreement 
between  two  or  more  boards  or  between  a  board  and 
the  Crown  in  right  of  Canada. 

7.— (1)  Subsection    1    of   section    110   of    The   Secondary  ^/f^- 1^1% 
Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  9  (^l^^^^j^J^^- 
of  The  Secondary  Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Amendment  ^'^^^'^^'^ 
Act,  1968,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "subsection  2  of"  in  the 
eighth  and  ninth  lines. 

R  cj  o    1  Qfifl 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section   110  is  amended  byc.'362,B.  11b 
striking  out  "subsection  2  of"  in  the  ninth  line.  e^lffsubs.  2! 

amended 

(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section   110  is  amended  by ^I^O- ^^^Oj^ 
inserting  after  "but"  in  the  second  line  "his  parent  or  guar- (i968,'c.  122. 
dian"  and  by  striking  out  "subsection  2  of"  in  the  eleventh  amended 
line,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(3)  Where  a  child  is  admitted  to  a  school  for  trainable  ^f*^i^'°" 
retarded   children    but   his   parent   or   guardian   iSt®x-exempt 
resident  on  lands  that  are  exempt  from  taxation  for  lands 
school  purposes  and  that  have  been  designated  by 
the  Minister  as  a  rural  school  section  for  which  a 
board   has  been  appointed   under  subsection    1   of 
section  12  of  The  Public  Schools  Act  or  that  have  been  ^".^336,^361' 
designated  a  high  school  district  for  which  a  board 
has  been  appointed  under  subsection  5  of  section  12, 
the  board  shall  pay  to  the  divisional  board  a  tuition 
fee  in  accordance  with  section  lOOa  of  The  Schools 
Administration  Act.  "^PJ 

8.— (1)  This  Act,  except  subsection   1   of  section   1   and  SeSt™^"°^' 
section  7,  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the 
23rd  day  of  July,  1968. 

(2)  Subsection  1  of  section  1  and  section  7  shall  be  deemed  ^'*®'" 
to  have  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1969. 

9.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Secondary  Schools  and  ^^°^^  *'*'® 
Boards  of  Education  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


46 


o 

00 


>3 


3  (« 


^ 


3 


2: 

O 

> 
< 


5o      ^ 


o 

< 

3 


>3 


1     o   I     3   I 


3 


3-    a 
o 


BILL  46 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Secondary  Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Act 


Mr.  Davis 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  46  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Secondary  Schools  and 
Boards  of  Education  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Section  81  of  The  Secondary  Schools  and  Boards^,  ^^2,1^1' 
of  Education  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  8  of  The  Secondary ^^^^■'^'^^^' 
Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Amendment  Act,   1968,  is  amended 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(la)  This  Part  does  not  apply  to  a  board,  school  section ^PPj^'J^oig"'^ 
or  high  school  district  heretofore  or  hereafter  estab-  ?"  exempt 
lished  under  section   12  of  The  Public  Schools  ^Ic/r.s.o.  i960. 
or  under  subsection  5  of  section  12  or  subsection  4o°'  ^^° 
of  section  51  of  this  Act. 

(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  81   is  amended   by  c. 'sea,' s.  si' 
striking  out  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  a,  by  adding  "and"  s^l^^subs.^l; 
at  the  end  of  clause  b  and  by  adding  thereto  the  following^'"®"''®'' 
clause: 

(c)  any  part  of  territory  without  municipal  organization 
that  is  designated  by  the  regulation  made  under 
subsection  2  of  section  82  as  part  of  a  school  division 
and  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1968,  was  not  in  a 
school  section  or  in  a  high  school  district. 


2.— (1)  Clause   b  of  subsection   2   of  section   84  of    Thef-f^mi- 
Secondary  Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Act,  as  enacted  by  (i968,'c.'i22, 
section  8  of  The  Secondary  Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  ci.  6,' 
Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "3"  in  the^"*""*"^ 
first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "4",  so  that  the  clause 
shall  read  as  follows: 

46 


(b)  subject  to  subsection  4,  all  real  and  personal  property 
vested  in  such  boards  and  situate  in  the  school 
division  becomes  vested  in  the  divisional  board. 

c.'362.'  B.^l* ■  (2)  Clause  d  of  subsection  2  of  the  said  section  84  is  amended 
(1968,  c.  122.  |jy  adding  at  the  commencement  thereof  "the  reserve  for 
subB.  2.  working  funds,  the  balance  in  a  reserve  or  a  reserve  fund 
amended  accumulated  from  transfers  from  revenue  funds  and",  so 
that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(d)  the  reserve  for  working  funds,  the  balance  in  a  reserve 
or  a  reserve  fund  accumulated  from  transfers  from 
revenue  funds  and  the  audited  surplus  or  deficit  as  at 
the  31st  day  of  December,  1968,  of  each  such  board 
shall  accrue  to  the  credit  of,  or  become  the  responsi- 
bility of,  the  assessment  supporting  such  board  on  the 
31st  day  of  December,  1968,  and  shall  be  apportioned 
by  the  arbitrators  under  this  section  among  the 
municipalities  or  parts  thereof  comprising  the  area 
of  jurisdiction  of  such  board  in  the  same  proportion 
as  the  requisition  for  the  year  1968  was  apportioned 
among  such  municipalities  or  parts. 

f:3G2'.s^i4'      (3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  84  is  amended  by 
'^l^^gubs^l  inserting  after  "1968"  in  the  seventh  line  "except  lands  and 
amended        premises  used  as  schools  on  such  31st  day  of  December",  so 
that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(3)  Each  divisional  board  shall,  on  or  before  the  15th  day 
of  March,  1969,  appoint  three  or  five  arbitrators, 
who  are  not  members  of  the  divisional  board  or  of  a 
municipal  council  that  has  jurisdiction  in  the  school 
division,  wlio  shall  value  and  adjust  in  an  equitable 
manner  the  assets  and  liabilities,  as  of  the  31st  day 
of  December,  1968,  except  lands  and  premises  used 
as  scliools  on  such  31st  day  of  December,  of  the 
boards  that,  before  they  were  dissolved  under  sub- 
section 2,  had  jurisdiction  wholly  in  the  school 
division  in  which  the  divisional  board  has  jurisdiction. 

c.  362.' 8.  84'       (4)  .Subsection   4  of   the  said   section   84   is  amended   by 
B's?^8ubs.^4;  i'lserting  after  "1968"   in   the  ninth  line  "e.xcept  lands  and 
amended        premises  iised  as  schools  on  such  31st  day  of  December", 
so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


Idem 


(4)  Where  a  board  that  is  dissolved  under  subsection  2 
had  jurisdiction  in  an  area  that  after  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1969,  forms  part  of  two  or  more  school 
divisions,  each  divisional  board  shall,  on  or  before 
the  15th  day  of  March,  1969,  designate  two  of  the 


46 


arbitrators  appointed  by  it  under  subsection  3  who 
shall  collectively  value  and  adjust  in  an  equitable 
manner  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  such  board  as 
of  the  31st  day  of  December,  1968,  except  lands  and 
premises  used  as  schools  on  such  31st  day  of  Decem- 
ber, and  shall  apportion  in  an  equitable  manner  the 
obligations  under  clauses  c  and/  of  subsection  2. 

(5)  The  said  section  84  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the^'^fA?- ^^1?' 

/■    '  J  z>  Q_  362,  s.  84 

followmg  subsection;  (1968,  c  122, 

amended 

(10)  Notwithstanding  subsection  3  of  section  99  of  ^^«  art ftrators 
Schools  Administration  Act,  each  arbitrator  appointed  r.s.o.  i960, 
under  this  section  shall   be  paid  such   fee  for  his''' 
services  as   is  determined   by   the  divisional   board 
that  appointed  him. 

3.  Part  VI  of  J^he  Secondary  Schools  and  Boards  of  Edu- ^f ^2  pt^v'i 
cation  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  8  of  The  Secondary  Schools  (^^^^■°- 122, 
and  Boards  of  Education  Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  amended  amended 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  section: 

86a. — (1)  Where  any  part  of  territory  without  municipal '^^o'^aiized 

•         •  1  •        1  Arx^^  ■  •  1        .assessment 

organization  that  in  the  year  1968  is  not  in  a  school  in  i96S  in 
section   or  a   high   school   district   is   included   in   a  not  in  sciiooi 
school  division  and  deemed  a  district  municipality,  hlgh'scho^oi 
for  the  purposes  of  apportionment  for  the  year  1959  district 
under  section   86   the  equalized   assessment  of   the 
property  rateable, 

(a)  for  public  school  purposes  in  the  district  ^^^j"j^^' 
municipality  shall  be  the  assessment  upon 
which  rates  are  levied  in  the  year  1968  under 
The  Provincial  Land  Tax  Act,  1961-62  on  all 
property  rateable  for  public  school  purposes 
in  the  district  municipality;  and 

{b)  for  secondary  school  purposes  in  the  district 
municipality  shall  be  the  assessment  upon 
which  rates  are  levied  in  the  year  1968  under 
The  Provincial  Land  Tax  Act,  1961-62  on  all 
rateable  property  in  the  district  municipality. 

(2)  Where  any  part  of  territory  without  municipal  ^2j,«j9j°°' 
organization  that  in  the  year  1968  is  in  a  school 
section  is  included  in  a  school  division  and  deemed  a 
district  municipality  for  the  purposes  of  apportion- 
ment for  the  year  1969  under  section  86  the  equalized 
assessment  of  the  property  rateable, 

46 


(a)  for  public  school  purposes  in  the  district 
municipality  shall  be  the  assessment  upon 
which  rates  are  levied  in  the  year  1968  by  the 
board  of  the  school  section,  as  adjusted  by  the 
application  of  the  equalization  factor  based 
on  such  assessment  and  provided  by  the 
Department  of  Municipal  Affairs;  and 

(b)  for  secondary  school  purposes  in  the  district 
municipality  shall  be  the  sum  of  the  equalized 
assessment  under  clause  o  and  the  assessment 
of  the  property  in  the  district  municipality 
upon  which  rates  are  levied  in  the  year  1968 
by  the  separate  school  board  of  a  separate 
school  zone  all  or  part  of  which  is  within  the 
district  municipality,  as  adjusted  by  the  ap- 
plication of  the  equalization  factor  based  on 
such  iissessmcnt  and  provided  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Municipal  Affairs. 

8eh!>'oi'*  (^)  Where  any  part  of  territory  without  municipal  or- 

not  In*  **"*  ganization  that  in  the  year  1968  is  in  a  high  school 

•cbooi  district  but  not  in  a  school  section  is  included  in  a 

school  division  and  deemed  a  district  municipality 
for  the  purposes  of  apportionment  for  the  year  1969 
under  section  86  the  equalized  assessment  of  the 
property  rateable, 

(a)  for  public  school  purposes  in  the  district 
municipality  shall  be  the  assessment  upon 
which  rates  are  levied  in  the  year  1968  by  the 
board  of  the  high  school  district  on  property 
rateable  for  public  school  purposes  in  the 
district  municipality,  as  adjusted  by  the 
application  of  the  equalization  factor  based 
on  such  assessment  and  provided  by  the 
Department  of  Municipal  Affairs;  and 

(b)  for  secondary  school  purposes  in  the  district 
municipality  shall  be  the  assessment  upon 
which  rates  are  levied  in  the  year  1968  by  the 
board  of  the  high  school  district  on  all  the 
rateable  property  in  the  district  municipality, 
as  adjusted  by  the  application  of  the  equaliza- 
tion factor  based  on  such  assessment  and 
provided  by  the  Department  of  Municipal 
Affairs. 

0.362,  s.' 87'      4.  Section    87   of    The   Secondary  Schools  and   Boards  of 

B.  SI      '   "  '  Education  Act.   as  enacted   bv  section   8  of   The  Secondary^ 

amended 

46 


Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Amendment  Act,   196S,   is 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsections: 

(la)  Where  in  a  municipality  the  basis  upon  which  the reJ^gl^lsment 
values  of  lands  were  ascertained  in  taking  the  assess-'"  ^^^s 
ment  upon  which  taxes  are  levied  in  the  year  1969 
was  different  from  that  used  in  taking  the  assessment 
upon  which  taxes  were  levied  in  the  year  1968,  the 
adjusted  rate,  for  the  purpose  of  subsection  2  in  such 
municipality,  shall  be  adjusted  by  multiplying  it 
by  the  ratio  of  the  equalization  factor  provided  by 
the  Department  of  Municipal  Affairs,  based  on  the 
assessment  on  which  taxes  were  levied  in  the  year 
1968,  to  the  equalization  factor  provided  by  the 
Department  of  Municipal  Affairs,  based  on  the 
assessment  on  which  taxes  are  levied  in  the  vear 
1969. 


(6)  Subsections  1,  2  and  3  do  not  apply  to  a  part  of  ^ppji^jauon 
territory    without    municipal    organization    that    is  without 

J  J  ,  !•        •  •    •       ,•  municipal 

deemed  to  be  a  district  municipality  under  clause  o  organization 
or  c  of  subsection  3  of  section  81. 

5.  Section   88   of    The   Secondary   Schools  and   Boards  o/^lg^-^^l^' 
Education  Act,  as  enacted   by  section  8  of   The  Secondary  d^^s! d  122. 
Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Amendment  Act,   1968,  is  amended 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsections: 

(la)  The  assessment  of  all  property  rateable  for  public  upon^^^Jhlch^ 
school  purposes  in  territory  without  municipal  ot-\^^^^^9^° 
ganization   that   is   deemed   a  district   municipality  i969  in 
upon  which  rates  shall  be  levied  in  the  year  1969  for  public 
to  raise  the  sum  determined  under  section  86  for  purposes 
public  school  purposes  shall  be, 

(a)  where  the  property  in  the  year  1968  is  not 
situate  in  a  school  section  or  a  high  school 
district,  the  assessment  upon  which  rates  are 
levied  in  the  year  1969  under  The  Provincial  ^^^Y^^- 
Land  Tax  Act,  1961-62;  or 

{b)  where  the  property  in  the  year  1968  is  situate 
in  a  school  section,  the  assessment  on  which 
taxes  for  public  school  purposes  in  the  year 
1969  would  have  been  levied  by  the  board  of 
such  school  section  if  such  board  had  not  been 
dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1969;  or 

46 


(c)  where  the  property  in  the  year  1968  is  situate 
in  a  high  school  district  but  not  in  a  school 
section,  the  assessment  on  which  taxes  for 
8econdar>'  school  purposes  in  the  year  1969 
would  have  been  levied  by  the  board  of  such 
high  school  district  if  such  board  had  not  been 
dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1969. 

dary*8°hooi  ^^^^  ^^^  assessment  of  ])roperty  rateable  for  secondary 

purposes  school  purposes  in  territory  without  municipal  or- 

ganization that  is  deemed  a  district  municipality 
upon  which  rates  shall  be  levied  in  the  year  1969  to 
raise  the  sum  determined  under  section  86  for  secon- 
dary school  purposes, 

(a)  in  respect  of  property  rateable  for  public 
school  ])urposes  under  subsection  la,  shall 
be  the  assessments  determined  under  sub- 
section la;  and 

(6)  in  respect  of  property  rateable  for  separate 
school  purposes  shall  be, 

(i)  where  the  property  in  the  year  1968 

is  not  situate  in  a  school  section  or  a 

high    school    district,    the    assessment 

upon  which  rates  are  levied  in  the  year 

^:"j':"i'^^'  1969  under  The  Provincial  Land  Tax 

Act,  1961-62,  or 

(ii)  where  the  property  in  the  year  1968 
is  situate  in  a  school  section,  the  assess- 
ment on  which  the  taxes  for  separate 
school  purposes  in  the  >'ear  1969  are 
levied  by  tiie  board  of  the  separate 
school  zone  or  would  have  been  levied 
by  such  board  if  the  board  had  not  been 
dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1969,  or 

(iii)  where  the  property  in  the  year  1968 
is  situate  in  a  high  school  district  but 
not  in  a  school  section,  the  assessment 
on  which  taxes  for  secondary  school 
purposes  in  the  year  1969  would  have 
been  levied  by  the  board  of  the  high 
school  district  if  such  board  had  not 
been  dissolved  on  the  1st  day  of  Janu- 
ar\-,  1969. 

46 


6.  Section   97   of    The   Secondary   Schools  and   Boards   of^-f^-^^^^- 
Education  Act,  as  enacted   by  section  8  of   The  Secondary  &9^»'.  0.122. 
Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Amendment  Act,   1968,  is  amended 
^amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(3)  Subsections  1  and  2  do  not  extend  the  right  acquired  ^f'su'bss"i,"2 
by  a  pupil  to  attend  a  school  under  an  order  of  the 
Ontario   Municipal   Board  or  under  an  agreement 
between  two  or  more  boards  or  between  a  board  and 
the  Crown  in  right  of  Canada. 

7.— (1)  Subsection    1    of   section    110   of    The   Secondary flgl'^1% 
ISchools  and  Boards  of  Education  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  9p9?8,c.i22, 
|of  The  Secondary  Schools  and  Boards  of  Education  Amendment  a-mended 
lAct,  1968,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "subsection  2  of"  in  the 
ieighth  and  ninth  lines. 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section   110  is  amended  by  c. '362,' s.  11b 
Striking  out  "subsection  2  of"  in  the  ninth  line.  e.^l^^subs.^i; 

amended 

(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section   110  is  amended  t)y^|^°-^^^Oj^ 
[inserting  after  "but"  in  the  second  line  "his  parent  or  guar- (iaes.'c.  122, 

iian"  and  by  striking  out  "subsection  2  of"  in  the  eleventh  amended 
|ine,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(3)  Where  a  child  is  admitted  to  a  school  for  trainable  ^/'^'^if^"'" 
retarded   children    but   his   parent   or   guardian    is  J'?t'l®"L°'i 

.  Ill  c  •         r      tax-exempt 

resident  on  lands  that  are  exempt  from  taxation  for  lands 

school  purposes  and  that  have  been  designated  by 

the  Minister  as  a  rural  school  section  for  which  a 

board   has  been   appointed   under  subsection    1   of 

section  12  of  The  Public  Schools  Act  or  that  have  been  ^'.^336 ^ffi' 

designated  a  high  school  district  for  which  a  board 

has  been  appointed  under  subsection  5  of  section  12, 

the  board  shall  pay  to  the  divisional  board  a  tuition 

fee  in  accordance  with  section  100a  of  The  Schools 

Administration  Act. 

8.— (1)  This  Act,  except  subsection    1   of  section    1   and  Sent™^""'^' 
section  7,  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the 
23rd  day  of  July,  1968. 

(2)  Subsection  1  of  section  1  and  section  7  shall  be  deemed  ^''^'" 
to  have  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January,  1969. 

9.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Secondary  Schools  and  short  title 
Boards  of  Edtication  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


46 


(X 


2: 

o 

> 
< 


0 

z 

< 

? 

3 

I: 

3 

1 

3 

3 

1 

to 

0 

1 

0 

1 

a. 

99 

3" 

1 

►■■* 

. 

^A 

0 

0 

0 

s 

S 

c. 
c 

s 

c 
r. 


BILL  47 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Separate  Schools  Act 


Mr.  Davis 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 


Sf.ction  I.  The  amendment  is  necessary  to  form  a  district  muni- 
cipality of  those  portions  of  territory  without  municipal  orKanization  that 
now  form  part  of  a  combined  separate  school  zone  that  will  become  part 
of  a  district  combined  separate  school  zone. 


Section  2.     The  amendment  corrects  a  reference. 


Section  3 — Subsection  1.     The  amendment  corrects  a  reference. 


47 


BILL  47  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Separate  Schools  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  3  of  section  74  of  The  Separate  Schools  Act,^-^^-  isso, 
as  enacted  by  section  6  of  The  Separate  Schools  Amendment  (iqgs! c.  125. 
Act,  1968,  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "Part"  in  the  fourth  amended 
line  "and  any  part  of  territory  without  municipal  organization 

that  is  part  of  a  combined  separate  school  zone  whose  centres 
are  in  an  area  designated  by  the  regulations  made  under  this 
Part",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Part,  every  separate  school  Jfthout ^ 
zone  that  comprises  only  territory  without  municipal  JJ}.ganTzaUon 
organization  and  whose  centre  is  in  an  area  designated '"  zones 
by  the  regulations  made  under  this  Part  and  any  district 
part    of    territory    without    municipal    organization  paiities 
that  is  part  of  a  combined  separate  school  zone  whose 
centres  are  in  an  area  designated  by  the  regulations 
made  under  this  Part  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  district 
municipality. 

2.  Subsection  4  of  section  76  of  The  Separate  Schools  Act, ^%-^l^^%- 
as  enacted  by  section  6  of  The  Separate  Schools  Amendment '^^^^^■^^■^^'^^' 
Act,  1968,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "1"  in  the  fourth  line  amended 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "3". 

3.— (1)  Clause   b  of  subsection    1   of   section   80  of   Thef/U^.l^io 
Separate  Schools  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  6  of  The  Separate ^^\^^-^^\^l^\' 
Schools  Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "2"  ^i-  >>'•_, 
in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "3",  so  that  the 
clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

{b)  subject  to  subsection  3,  all  property  vested  in  such 
boards  and  situate  in  the  county  or  district  combined 
separate  school  zone  becomes  vested  in  the  county 
or  district  combined  separate  school  board. 

47 


1 


?  368,  i.®80*  (2)  Clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  80  is  amended 
B?6)?iubi.^i;  ^y  adding  at  the  commencement  thereof  "the  reserve  for 
"'■'''j  J        woricing  funds,  the  balance  in  a  reserve  or  a  reserve  fund 

accumulated    from    transfers   from   revenue   funds  and",   so 

that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(rf)  the  reserve  for  working  funds,  the  balance  in  a 
reserve  or  a  reserve  fund  accumulated  from  transfers 
from  revenue  funds  and  the  audited  surplus  or 
deficit  as  at  the  31st  day  of  December,  1968,  of  each 
such  board  shall  accrue  to  the  credit  of,  or  become 
the  responsibility  of,  the  assessment  supporting  such 
board  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  1968,  and  shall 
be  apportioned  by  the  arbitrators  under  this  section 
among  the  municipalities  or  parts  thereof  comprising 
the  area  of  jurisdiction  of  such  board  in  the  same 
proportion  as  the  requisition  for  the  year  1968  was 
apportioned  among  such  municipalities  or  parts. 

?M(m.i.'*8o'      (3)  Subsection   2  of  the  said  section   80  is  amended  by 
8.'?j?!*sui,8.^2:  inserting  after  "1968"  in  the  eighth  line  "except  lands  and 
amended        premises  used  as  schools  on  such  31st  day  of  December", 
so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(2)  Each  county  or  district  combined  separate  school 
board  shall,  on  or  before  the  15th  day  of  March, 
1969,  appoint  three  arbitrators  who  are  not  trustees 
of  the  board  or  members  of  a  municipal  council  that 
has  jurisdiction  within  the  county  or  district  com- 
bined separate  school  zone,  who  shall  value  and 
adjust  in  an  equitable  manner  the  assets  and  lia- 
bilities, as  of  the  31st  day  of  December,  1968,  except 
lands  and  premises  used  as  schools  on  such  31st  day 
of  December,  of  the  boards  that,  before  they  were 
dissolved  under  subsection  1,  had  jurisdiction  wholly 
in  the  area  in  which  the  county  or  district  combined 
separate  school  board  has  jurisdiction. 

r  -ios.  s.  xo'       (4)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section   80  is  amended  by 

i'e)'**s,'^iJ;'ij';  inserting  after  "manner"  in  the  ninth  line  "the  assets  and 

amended        liabilities  of  such  boards  as  of  the  31st  day  of  December,  1968, 

except  lands  and  premises  used  as  schools  on  such  31st  day  of 

December,  and  shall  appxjrtion  in  an  equitable  manner",  so 

that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


Idem 


(3)  Where  a  board  that  is  dissolved  under  subsection  1 
had  jurisdiction  in  an  area  that,  after  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1969,  forms  part  of  two  or  more  county  or 
district  combined  separate  school  zones,  each  such 
county  or  district  combined  separate  school  board 


47 


Subsection  2.  The  amendment  provides  that  the  reserve  for  working 
funds  and  the  balance  in  a  reserve  accumulated  from  transfers  from  revenue 
funds  shall  be  dealt  with  in  the  same  manner  as  the  audited  surplus  or 
deficit. 


Subsection  3.     The  amendment   is   to   exclude   lands  and   premises 
used  as  schools  from  the  assets  to  be  valued  and  adjusted  by  the  arbitrators. 


Subsection  4.     Provision  is  made  for  arbitrators  to  value  and  adjust 
assets  and  liabilities  other  than  lands  and  premises  used  as  schools. 


47 


Subsection  5.  The  amendment  will  permit  a  county  or  district 
combined  separate  school  board  to  my  to  an  arbitrator  a  fee  other  than 
the  fee  prescribed  in  section  99  of  The  Schools  Administratum  Act. 


Section  4.  The  amendment  is  to  make  it  clear  that  the  provisions 
siviiig  the  right  to  certain  pupils  to  attend  school  in  another  combined 
separate  school  zone  do  not  have  the  effect  of  extending  the  right  acquired 
by  a  pupil  to  attend  a  school  under  an  order  of  the  Ontario  Municipal 
Board  or  an  agreement  between  boards  or  a  board  and  the  Federal 
Goveran\ent. 


47 


shall,  on  or  before  the  15th  day  of  March,  1969, 
designate  two  of  the  arbitrators  appointed  under 
subsection  2  who  shall  collectively  value  and  adjust 
in  an  equitable  manner  the  assets  and  liabilities  of 
such  boards  as  of  the  31st  day  of  December,  1968, 
except  lands  and  premises  used  as  schools  on  such 
31st  day  of  December,  and  shall  apportion  in  an 
equitable  manner  the  obligations  under  clauses  c 
and /of  subsection  1. 

(5)  The  said  section  80  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  thec.'aes.'s.  so' 
following  subsection:  s^ef,^'  "'  ^^^' 

amended 

(9)  Notwithstanding  subsection  3  of  section  99  of  The  Feesjor^^^ 
Schools  Administration  Act,  each  arbitrator  appointed  r.s.o.  i960, 
under  this  section  shall  be  paid  such   fee  for  his°-^^^ 
services  as  is  determined  by  the  board  that  appointed 
him. 

4r.  Section  86  of  The  Separate  Schools  Act,  as  enacted  by  c.'ses.'s.  so' 
section  6  of  The  Separate  Schools  Amendment  Act,  1968,  is^^l^^' '^^  ^^^' 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection:  amended 

(3)  Subsections  1  and  2  do  not  extend  the  right  acquired  ofsubss.'i,"2 
by  a  pupil  to  attend  a  school  under  an  order  of  the 
Ontario    Municipal    Board   or   under   an   agreement 
between  two  or  more  boards  or  between  a  board  and 
the  Crown  in  right  of  Canada. 

5.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  ment'"^"''^ 
23rd  day  of  July,  1968. 

6.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Separate  Schools  Amend-^^"''^  ''"^ 
ment  Act,  1968-69. 


47 


vO 
00 


2 

o 

> 
< 


>3 


n 
n 


I  I     3   I. 


^ 


3"     ^ 


00 


BILL  47 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Separate  Schools  Act 


Mr.  Davis 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  47  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Separate  Schools  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  3  of  section  74  of  The  Separate  Schools  -4<^'.  ^feg' ^^l?' 
as  enacted  by  section  6  of  The  Separate  Schools  Amendment  dses! c'.  12s, 
Act,  1968,  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "Part"  in  the  fourth  amended^'  ' 
line  "and  any  part  of  territory  without  municipal  organization 

that  is  part  of  a  combined  separate  school  zone  whose  centres 
are  in  an  area  designated  by  the  regulations  made  under  this 
Part",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  this  Part,  every  separate  school  wfthout^ 
zone  that  comprises  only  territory  without  municipal  "ganlzaUon 
organization  and  whose  centre  is  in  an  area  designated  j"  zones 
by  the  regulations  made  under  this  Part  and  any  district 
part   of    territory    without    municipal    organization  paiities 
that  is  part  of  a  combined  separate  school  zone  whose 
centres  are  in  an  area  designated  by  the  regulations 
made  under  this  Part  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  district 
municipality. 

2.  Subsection  4  of  section  76  of  The  Separate  Schools  Act,  f.t^^l^j e' 
as  enacted  by  section  6  of  The  Separate  Schools  Amendment ^^%^f^°[^l^l- 
Act,  1968,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "1"  in  the  fourth  line«'»ended  ' 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "3". 

3. — (1)  Clause   b  of  subsection    1   of  section   80  of   The q.'sgs! b^so' 
Separate  Schools  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  6  of  The  Separate s^%^^'Buhlfi'. 
Schools  Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "2"  amended 
in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "3",  so  that  the 
clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(b)  subject  to  subsection  3,  all  property  vested  in  such 
boards  and  situate  in  the  county  or  district  combined 
separate  school  zone  becomes  vested  in  the  county 
or  district  combined  separate  school  board. 

47 


o^fe?;  a?io'  (2)  Clause  d  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  80  is  amended 
•^at^iubi^i'  ^^  adding  at  the  commencement  thereof  "the  reserve  for 
ci.  d',  '  working  funds,  the  balance  in  a  reserve  or  a  reserve  fund 

accumulated    from    transfers   from   revenue   funds  and",  so 

that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(d)  the  reserve  for  working  funds,  the  balance  in  a 
reserve  or  a  reserve  fund  accumulated  from  transfers 
from  revenue  funds  and  the  audited  surplus  or 
deficit  as  at  the  31st  day  of  December,  1968,  of  each 
such  board  shall  accrue  to  the  credit  of,  or  become 
the  responsibility  of,  the  assessment  supporting  such 
board  on  the  31st  day  of  Decemljer,  1968,  and  shall 
be  apportioned  by  the  arbitrators  under  this  section 
among  the  municipalities  or  parts  thereof  comprising 
the  area  of  jurisdiction  of  such  board  in  the  same 
proportion  as  the  requisition  for  the  year  1968  was 
apportioned  among  such  municipalities  or  parts. 

^■fes,' 8.^80 ■      (3)  Subsection   2  of  the  said  section  80  is  amended  by 
(i^68;cj^i25,  inserting  after  "1968"  in  the  eighth  line  "except  lands  and 
amended       premises  used  as  schools  on  such  31st  day  of  December", 
so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(2)  Each  county  or  district  combined  separate  school 
board  shall,  on  or  before  the  15th  day  of  March, 
1969,  appoint  three  arbitrators  who  are  not  trustees 
of  the  board  or  members  of  a  municipal  council  that 
has  jurisdiction  within  the  county  or  district  com- 
bined separate  school  zone,  who  shall  value  and 
adjust  in  an  equitable  manner  the  assets  and  lia- 
bilities, as  of  the  31st  day  of  December,  1968,  except 
lands  and  premises  used  as  schools  on  such  31st  day 
of  December,  of  the  boards  that,  before  they  were 
dissolved  under  subsection  1,  had  jurisdiction  wholly 
in  the  area  in  which  the  county  or  district  combined 
separate  school  board  has  jurisdiction. 

c'ses.'s.^lo'       (4)  Subsection   3  of  the  said  section   80  is  amended  by 

8?6?^8ub8.^3:  inserting  after  "manner"  in  the  ninth  line  "the  assets  and 

amended        liabilities  of  such  boards  as  of  the  31st  day  of  December,  1968, 

except  lands  and  premises  used  as  schools  on  such  31st  day  of 

December,  and  shall  apportion  in  an  equitable  manner",  so 

that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


Idem 


(3)  Where  a  board  that  is  dissolved  under  subsection  1 
had  jurisdiction  in  an  area  that,  after  the  1st  day  of 
January,  1969,  forms  part  of  two  or  more  county  or 
district  combined  separate  school  zones,  each  such 
county  or  district  combined  separate  school  board 


47 


shall,  on  or  before  the  ISth  day  of  March,  1969, 
designate  two  of  the  arbitrators  appointed  under 
subsection  2  who  shall  collectively  value  and  adjust 
in  an  equitable  manner  the  assets  and  liabilities  of 
such  boards  as  of  the  31st  day  of  December,  1968, 
except  lands  and  premises  used  as  schools  on  such 
31st  day  of  December,  and  shall  apportion  in  an 
equitable  manner  the  obligations  under  clauses  c 
and  /  of  subsection  1. 

(5)  The  said  section  80  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the^fes.'s.^lo' 
following  subsection :  ^^§ff  ■'  °-  ^^^- 

amended 

(9)  Notwithstanding  subsection  3  of  section  99  of  ^^^fr^bftratore 
Schools  Administration  Act,  each  arbitrator  appointed  r.s.o.  i960, 
under  this  section  shall   be  paid  such  fee  for  his  "•  ^®^ 
services  as  is  determined  by  the  board  that  appointed 
him. 

4.  Section  86  of  The  Separate  Schools  Act,  as  enacted  by ^f e?,' s.^le' 
section  6  of  The  Separate  Schools  Amendment  Act,  1968,  '^sl^^^^'^-^"^^- 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection :  amended 

(3)  Subsections  1  and  2  do  not  extend  the  right  acquired  ^/'8u'bS!'i,°2 
by  a  pupil  to  attend  a  school  under  an  order  of  the 
Ontario  Municipal   Board  or  under  an  agreement 
between  two  or  more  boards  or  between  a  board  and 
the  Crown  in  right  of  Canada. 

5.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  Sent"*°°* 
23rd  day  of  July,  1968. 

6.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Separate  Schools  Amend-^^°'^ ""« 
ment  Act,  1968-69. 


47 


f 

s 


a 

> 

< 


a 

a 

W 

3 

n 
3 

00 

1 

3 

i 

M*     8 
>o    5, 

=r 

a 

Q. 

St. 

S-  1 

5 

»<s 

>o 

(^ 

s 

s 

^ 

BILL  48 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


The  Professional  Engineers  Act,  1968-69 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Section  Pack 

INTERPKETATION I,  2  1 

THE  ASSOCIATION i  i 

THE  COUNCIL 4-10  4 

MEMBERSHIP 11-16  9 

LICENSING 17-19  11 

PARTNERSHIPS,  CORPORATIONS 20  13 

EXAMINATIONS 21  14 

REGISTRAR 22.  23  15 

HEARINGS,  UPON  APPLICATIONS 24  IS 

DISCIPLINARY 25  15 

APPEALS 26  20 

OFFENCES 27  21 

LIMITATION  OF  ACTIONS 28  22 

TRANSITIONAL  PROVISIONS 29  23 

MISCELLANEOUS 30-32  23 


EXPLANATOKV    NoTES 

GivNKKAL — At  the  1968  Session  of  the  Legislature,  Bill  42  was  intro- 
duced which  represented  the  first  comprehensive  revision  of  The  Profes- 
sional Engineers  Act  which  was  first  passed  in  1922.  Bill  42  was  not 
prfx-eeded  with  in  view  of  the  publication  at  that  time  of  the  Report  of  the 
Ro\al  Commission  Inquiry  into  Civil  Rights. 

Ihe  changes  made  in  this  revision  are  designed  to  facilitate  the 
.Ass<x-iali()n  of  Professional  P^ngineers  of  the  Province  of  Ontario  in  the 
administraliiin  of  its  affairs  and  to  bring  the  .\ct  up  to  date  in  substaiKC 
and  form. 

Most  of  the  differences  betweeii  this  Bill  and  Bill  42  are  changes  to 
conform  to  the  recommendations  of  the  .McRuer  Report. 


48 


BILL  48  1968-69 


The  Professional  Engineers  Act,  1968-69 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

INTERPRETATION 

1.   In  this  Act,  interpre- 

tation 

(a)  "Association"  means  the  Association  of  Professional 
Engineers  of  the  Province  of  Ontario; 

(b)  "by-law"  means  a  by-law  of  the  Association; 

(c)  "chapter"  means  a  group  of  members  constituted 
and  governed  by  by-law; 

(d)  "council"  means  the  council  of  the  Association; 

(e)  "graduate"  means  a  graduate  of  a  university  in  a 
course  in  any  branch  of  engineering  or  science,  the 
practice  of  which  constitutes  professional  engineering 
and  which  is  recognized  by  the  council; 

(/)  "licence"  means  a  licence  to  practise  professionjil 
engineering  issued  under  this  Act; 

(g)  "licensee"  means  a  person  who  holds  a  subsisting 
licence; 

(h)  "member"  means  a  member  of  the  Association; 

(i)  "practice  of  professional  engineering"  means  the 
doing  of  one  or  more  acts  of  advising  on,  reporting 
on,  designing  of  or  supervising  of  the  construction 
of,  all  public  utilities,  industrial  works,  railways, 
tramways,  bridges,  tunnels,  highways,  roads,  canals, 
harbour  works,  lighthouses,  river  improvements, 
wet    docks,    dry    docks,    floating    docks,    dredges, 

48 


cranes,  drainag;e  works,  irrigation  works,  watt, 
works,  water  purification  plants,  sewerage  works, 
sewage  disposal  works,  incinerators,  hydraulic  works, 
power  transmission  systems,  steel,  concrete  or  re- 
inforced concrete  structures,  electric  lighting  sys- 
tems, electric  power  plants,  electric  machinery, 
electric  or  electronic  apparatus,  electrical  or  elec- 
tronic communication  systems  or  equipment,  mineral 
property,  mining  machinery,  mining  development, 
mining  operations,  gas  or  oil  developments,  smelters, 
refineries,  metallurgical  machinery,  or  equipment  or 
apparatus  for  carrying  out  such  operations,  mach- 
inery, boilers  or  their  auxiliaries,  steam  engines, 
hydraulic  turbines,  pumps,  internal  combustion 
engines  or  other  mechanical  structures,  chemical  or 
metallurgical  machinery,  apparatus  or  processes, 
or  aircraft,  and  generally  all  other  engineering  works 
including  the  engineering  works  and  installations 
relating  to  airports,  airfields  or  landing  strips  or 
relating  to  town  and  community  planning; 

(j)  "professional  engineer"  means  a  person  who  is  a 
member  or  licensee; 

(k)  "region"  means  a  geographical  area  of  Ontario  at 
defined  by  by-law; 

(/)  "register"  means  the  record  of  registrants  main- 
tained by  the  registrar; 

(m)  "registrant"  means  a  person  recorded  in  the  register 
as  a  member,  licensee,  an  assistant  to  a  professional 
engineer,  a  graduate  or  an  undergraduate; 

(n)  "registrar"  means  the  registrar  of  the  Association; 

(o)  "regulation"  means  a  regulation  of  the  Association; 

(/>)  "undergraduate"  means  a  student  enrolled  at  but 
not  graduated  from  a  university  in  a  course  in  any 
branch  of  engineering  or  science,  the  practice  of  which 
constitutes  professional  engineering  and  that  is 
recognized  by  the  council.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  1. 
amended. 

Ai  tivities  2.  Nothing  in  this  Act  prevents, 

not  affettecl  °  '^  ' 

(a)  any  person  from  performing  his  duties  in  the  Cana- 
dian Armed  Forces; 

48 


Section  2 — Clause  e.  The  exemption  relating  to  mining  work  is 
revised.  Provision  is  made  in  section  11  (6)  for  admission  to  membership 
in  the  Association  of  persons  who  are  engaged  in  this  field. 


48 


(b)  any  member  or  licensee  of  the  Ontario  Association  of 
Architects  under  The  Architects  Act  or  any  employee  Rso.  loeo. 
of  such  member  or  licensee  acting  under  the  direction 

and  responsibility  of  such  member  or  licensee  from 
performing  professional  engineering  services  in  the 
course  of  any  work  undertaken  or  proposed  to  be 
undertaken  by  such  member  or  licensee  as  an 
architect  ; 

(c)  any  person  who  holds  a  certificate  of  qualification 

under  The  Operating  Engineers  Act  from  practising ^fg"' ^^®°' 
or  designating  himself  as  an  operating  engineer; 

{d)  any  person  from  practising  as  a  bacteriologist, 
chemist,  geologist,  mineralogist  or  physicist; 

(c)  any  person  from  advising  on  or  reporting  on  any 
mineral  property  or  prospect; 

(/)  any  person  from  operating,  executing  or  supjervising 
any  works  as  owner,  contractor,  superintendent, 
foreman,  inspector  or  master, 

or  requires  any  such  person  to  become  registered  or  licensed 
under  this  Act  in  order  to  do  any  such  thing.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  309,  s.  2,  amended. 


THE   ASSOCIATION 

3. — (1)  The   body   politic  and   corporate   known   as    the  ^q^^/J}^*^" 

"Association  of  Professional  Engineers  of  the   Province  of 

Ontario"  incorporated  under  The  Professional  Engineers  Act,  i922,  o.  59 
1922  is  hereby  continued. 

(2)  All  persons  who  are  members  of  the  Association  when  "Members 
this  Act  comes  into  force  or  who  hereafter  are  admitted  as 
members  constitute  the  Association.     R.S.O.    1960,  c.   309, 

s.  3  (1),  amended. 

(3)  The  objects  of  the  Association  are.  Objects 

(a)  to  regulate  the  practice  of  professional  engineering 
and  to  govern  the  profession  in  accordance  with  this 
Act,  the  regulations  and  the  by-laws; 

{b)  to  establish  and  maintain  standards  of  knowledge 
and  skill  among  its  members;  and 

48 


(c)  to  establish  and  maintain  standards  of  professional 
ethics  among  its  members, 

in  order  that  the  public  interest  may  be  served  and  protected. 

New. 

Head  omce        (4)  The  head  office  of  the  Association  shall  be  at  the  city 
of  Toronto. 

Property  (5)  The  Association   may   purchase,   acquire  or  take   by 

gift,  devise  or  bequest  for  the  purposes  of  the  Association  and 
the  furtherance  of  its  objects,  but  for  no  other  purposes  or 
objects,  any  real  or  personal  property,  and  may  sell,  mortgage, 
lease  or  otherwise  dispose  of  any  such  property.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  309,  s.  3  (4,  5). 


THE  COUNCIL 

Council  4. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  council  which  shall  consist  of  a 

president,  a  first  vice-president,  a  second  vice-president,  an 
immediate  past  president,  two  elected  councillors-at-large, 
ten  elected  regional  councillors  and  five  appointed  councillors, 
all  of  whom   shall   be  members  and  residents  of  Ontario. 

President  (2)  The  president  and  the  vice-presidents  shall  have  such 

presidents      qualifications  as  are  prescribed  by  by-law  and  shall  be  elected 

annually   by   vote  of   the   members.      R.S.O.   1960,   c.    309, 

s.  8  (1-3),  amended. 


Councillors- 
at-large 


(3)  One  councillor-at-large  shall  be  elected  each  year  for  a 
two-year  term  by  vote  of  the  members.     New. 


Regional 
councillors 


(4)  There  shall  be  elected  from  each  of  the  five  regions 
established  and  defined  by  by-law  two  regional  councillors, 
one  to  be  elected  from  each  region  each  year  for  a  two-year 
term  by  vote  of  the  members  who  are  recorded  as  residents  in 
that  region  at  the  time  the  election  is  held. 


Appointed  (5)  The  five  appointed  councillors  shall  be  appointed  by 

the  Lieutenant  (iovernor  in  Council  for  a  term  of  three  years 
and  shall  be  qualified  respectively  in  the  following  fields  of 

engineering: 

1.  Civil. 

2.  Mechanical,  Aeronautical  and  Industrial. 

3.  Electrical. 


48 


Section  4 — Subsection  4.  The  method  of  electing  ten  of  the  coun- 
cillors is  changed  from  a  branch  basis  which  is  the  basis  in  the  present 
Act  to  a  geographical  basis. 


48 


Subsections  6,  7.     These  new  provisions  implement  Recommendations 
2  and  7  of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1209  of  Volume  3). 


48 


5 

4.  Chemical  and  Metallurgical. 

5.  Mining  and   Geology.      R.S.O.    1960,   c.   309,   s.    8 
(5,  6),  amended. 

(6)  In  addition  to  the  councillors  mentioned  in  subsection  1,  '^(f/nciuor; 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  as  coun- J,®8ai^.j^^^ 
cillors, 

(a)  a  person  who  is  not  a  member;  and 

{b)  a  person  who  is  a  barrister  and  solicitor  of  at  least 
ten  years  standing  at  the  bar  of  Ontario, 

both  of  whom  are  residents  of  Ontario. 

(7)  Persons  appointed  under  subsection  6  shall  serve  for'''®'"'" 
a  term  of  three  years  but  are  eligible  for  re-appointment. 

(8)  Where  the  president,  a  vice-president  or  a  councillor  ^'"'^"'^'®* 
resigns,   is  absent   from   three  consecutive  meetings  of   the 
council,   becomes  incapacitated  or  dies,   the  office  may   be 
declared  vacant  by  the  council,  and,  if  such  office  should  be 
declared  vacant,  except  in  a  case  of  a  councillor  appointed  by 

the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  the  council  shall  fill  the 
vacancy  in  such  manner  as  is  provided  by  by-law,  and  in  the 
case  of  a  vacancy  in  the  office  of  a  councillor  appwinted  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  the  Lieutenant  (Governor  in 
Council  may  fill  the  vacancy  by  appointment  of  a  person  of 
the  same  class  as  the  councillor  causing  the  vacancy.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  309,  s.  8  (6,  7),  amended. 

(9)  No  person  shall  be  appointed  or  elected  to  the  council  ti°be'""°" 
unless  he  is  a  Canadian  citizen  or  other  British  subject,  and '^^"*'^'*"* 
no  person  shall  continue  to  hold  any  such  office  if  he  ceases  to 

be  so  qualified.    New. 

5.  The  council,  S?fi?,'™/' 

'  treasurer, 

secretary. 

(a)  shall  appoint  a  registrar  and  a  treasurer;  and  director 

{b)  may  appoint  a  secretary,  an  executive  director  and 
such  other  officials  as  the  council  deems  fit, 

and  any  two  or  more  of  such  offices  may  be  held  by  one 
person.    New. 

6.  No  action  shall  be  brought  against  the  council,  any^^^^UHy^^ 
member  or  officer  thereof  or  any  person  appointed  by  the  officers  and 

.,    f  ,  .  ,  I  1  •       «  1      .        members 

council  tor  anythmg  done  under  this  Act,  any  regulation 
or  any  by-law.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  29,  amended. 

48 


ReguiationB  7.  (1)  The  council  may  make  regulations  respecting  any 
matter  that  is  outside  the  scope  of  the  power  to  enact  by-laws 
specified  in  section  8  and,  without  limiting  the  generality  of  the 

foregoing, 

(a)  prescribing  the  scope  and  conduct  of  examinations 
of  candidates  for  registration ; 

{b)  prescribing  the  form  of  the  summons  referred  to  in 
subsection  10  of  section  25; 

(c)  respecting  the  practice  and  procedure  for  hearings 
held  under  this  Act; 

(d)  defining  "professional  misconduct"  for  the  purpose 
of  this  Act  and  the  regulations; 

(e)  defining  classes  of  specialists  in  the  various  fields  of 

engineering; 

(/)  prescribing  the  qualifications  required  of  specialists 
or  any  class  thereof; 

(g)  providing  for  the  designation  of  specialists  upon 
application  and  examination  or  otherwise,  for  the 
suspension  or  revocation  of  sucli  designations,  and 
for  the  regulation  and  prohibition  of  the  use  of 
terms,  titles  or  designations  by  professional  engineers 
indicating  specialization  in  any  field  of  engineering; 

(/;)  regulating  and  prohibiting  the  use  of  terms,  titles 
or  designations  by  professional  engineers  in  indepen- 
dent practice. 

Ai.prcjviii.-.  (2)   \o  regulation  is  effective, 

(a)  until  it  has  been  submitted  to  the  members  for 
approval  by  means  of  a  letter  ballot  returnable 
within  thirty  days  after  the  mailing  thereof  and  it 
has  been  approved  by  a  majority  of  those  voting 
within  the  prescribed  time;  and 

(h)  until  it  has  been  approved  by  the  Lieutenant 
(".ovcrnor  in  Council.     New. 

By-laws  8. —  (1)  The    council    nia\'    pass    by-laws    relating    to    the 

administrative  and  domestic  affairs  of  the  Association,  and, 
without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing, 

(«)  respecting  the  determination  and  modification  of  the 
boundaries    of    regions    and    tlie    determination    of 

48 


Sections  7  and  8.     These  sections  implement  Recommendations  25 
and  26  of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1211  of  Volume  3). 


48 


regions  in  wiiicii  members  shall  be  deemed  to  reside 
for  the  purposes  of  the  election  of  councillors; 

(b)  prescribing  procedures  for  the  nomination  and  elec- 
tion of  the  councillors  and  the  nomination  and 
election  of  the  president  and  the  vice-presidents  and 
the  qualifications  necessary  to  hold  any  such  office; 

(c)  prescribing  the  duties  of  the  councillors  and  rules 
governing  their  conduct; 

(d)  respecting  the  remuneration  and  reimbursement  of 
members  of  the  council; 

(e)  respecting  the  calling,  holding  and  conduct  of  meet- 
ings of  the  council  and  the  Association; 

(/)  providing  for  the  establishment  and  regulation  of 
chapters ; 

(g)  respecting  the  management  of  the  property  of  the 
Association ; 

(h)  providing  for  the  borrowing  of  money  on  the  credit 
of  the  Association  and  the  charging,  mortgaging, 
hypothecating  or  pledging  of  any  of  the  real  or 
personal  property  of  the  Association  to  secure  any 
money  borrowed  or  other  debt  or  any  other  obliga- 
tion or  liability  of  the  Association; 

(i)  respecting  the  application  of  the  funds  of  the  Asso- 
ciation, and  the  investment  and  re-investment  of 
any  of  its  funds  not  immediately  required  in  any 
investments  that  may  from  time  to  time  be  autho- 
rized investments  for  joint  stock  insurance  companies 
and  cash  mutual  insurance  corporations  under  The^-^f-^^^^' 
Corporations  Act; 

(j)  defining  the  composition  and  functions  of  the  board 
of  examiners; 

(k)  providing  for  the  establishment  of  scholarships, 
bursaries  and  prizes; 

(/)  providing  for  the  appointment  of  committees  of  the 
council  and  defining  their  composition  and  functions; 

(m)  providing  for  the  closing  of  the  register  and  the 
restriction  of  recording  changes  of  addresses  of  the 
registrants  for  a  period  of  time  not  exceeding  forty- 


48 


8 

eight    hours,    exclusive   of   Sundays   and    holidavH. 
immediately  preceding  any  meeting  of  the  memlx; 
or  any  election ; 

(n)  respecting  the  registration  of  members  and  the 
recording  of  licensees,  graduates,  undergraduates 
and  assistants  to  professional  engineers; 

(o)  for  maintaining  a  system  for  the  recording  of  regis- 
trants, their  residence  addresses  and  the  regions  in 
which  they  are  resident  and  for  the  recording  of  the 
names  of  official  representatives  of  partnerships, 
associations  of  persons  or  corporations; 

(p)  providing  for  services  to  encourage  and  assist  mem- 
bers in  the  development  of  their  professional  com- 
petence and  conduct  and  in  carrying  on  the  practice 
of  professional  engineering; 

(q)  fixing  and  providing  for  levying  and  collecting  or 
remitting  annual  and  other  fees,  levies  and  assess- 
ments; 

(r)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

(s)  respecting  all  other  things  that  are  deemed  necessary 
or  convenient  for  the  attainment  of  the  objects  of 
the    Association    and    the   efficient   conduct  of   its 

business. 

Approval  (2)  No  by-law  is  eflfective  until  it  has  been  submitted  to  the 

members  for  approval  by  means  of  a  letter  ballot  returnable 
within  thirty  days  after  the  mailing  thereof  and  unless  it  has 
been  approved  by  a  majority  of  those  voting  within  the 
prescribed  time.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  5,  cl.  a,  amended. 

Construction  (3^  ^g  between  a  registrant  and  the  Association,  the  ruling 
of  the  council  on  the  construction  and  interpretation  of  any 
by-law  is  final.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  4  (2),  amended. 

ethtre"'  ^' — (0  The  council  shall  prepare  and  publish  from  time  to 

time  a  code  of  ethics  containing  standards  of  conduct  designed 
for  the  protection  of  the  public,  which  standards  members 
and  licensees  must  subscribe  to  and  follow  in  the  practice 
of  professional  engineering. 

Copies  ^2)  Copie.'*  of  the  code  of  ethics  shall  be  sent  to  the  members 

and  licensees  and  shall  be  available  free  of  charge  to  members 
of  the  liublic  who  appl\'  therefor.     New. 

4S 


Section  9.     This  new  section  implements  Recommendation  9  of  the 
McRuer  Report  (page  1209  of  Volume  3). 


48 


Section  II.  In  clause  <{  of  subsection  1  the  experience  requirement 
is  increased  from  live  to  six  years  to  conform  with  the  ref|uirement  in  all 
other  provinces  of  Canada. 

Provision  is  also  made  for  the  admission  in  certain  circumstances  of 
persons  who  do  not  reside  in  Ontario. 


48 


10.  The  council  may  authorize  participation  by  the  Asso-  councif  of 
ciation  in  the  activities  of  the  Canadian  Council  of  Profes-  Professional 
sional  Engineers,  as  a  constituent  association  thereof.     New. 


MEMBERSHIP 

11. — (1)  Any  applicant  for  membership  who,  Uon'for*" 

membership 

(a)  resides, 

(i)  in  Ontario, 

(ii)  out  of  Ontario  and  is  employed  for  an  in- 
definite period  as  a  full-time  employee  of  an 
employer  having  works  or  facilities  in  Ontario 
and  is  required  by  the  terms  of  his  employ- 
ment to  practise  professional  engineering  in 
resjject  of  such  works  or  facilities  or  has  a 
place  of  employment  in  Ontario  and  practises 
or  proposes  to  practise  professional  engineer- 
ing in  Ontario  on  a  full-time  basis; 

(6)  is  twenty-one  or  more  years  of  age; 

(c)  has  passed  the  examinations  prescribed  by  the  coun- 
cil or  is  exempted  therefrom  pursuant  to  subsection 
3  or  6; 

(rf)  has  had  six  or  more  years  of  experience  in  engineering 
work  satisfactory  to  the  council;  and 

(e)  provides   satisfactory   evidence   of   good   character, 

shall  be  admitted  as  a  member  by  the  council. 

(2)  Each  applicant  for  membership  shall  submit  upon  the  qualification 
prescribed  form  evidence  of  his  educational  qualifications  and 
engineering  experience,  information  as  to  his  residence  and  at 

least  three  references  as  to  his  character  and  engineering 
expierience,  and  he  may  be  required  by  the  council  to  verify 
the  statements  set  out  in  his  application  by  affidavit.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  309,  s.  10  (1,  2),  amended. 

(3)  The  council  may  exempt  an  applicant  from  any  of  the  ao'ademic'" 
examinations  mentioned   in  clause  c  of  subsection   1   if  the  puaiiflca-'^ 
council   is  of  the  opinion    that   the  applicant   has  adequate''""^ 
academic  and  other  qualifications.     New. 

48 


10 

timespSnt  (*^  Where  the  applicant  is  a  graduate,  upon  presenting 
university  evidence  of  the  actual  time  during  which  he  was  under  instruc- 
tion as  an  undergraduate  in  a  university,  the  council  shall 
grant  him  the  time  spent  under  such  instruction  in  reduction 
of  the  six-year  period  of  engineering  experience  required  by 
clause  d  of  subsection  1,  but  only  in  so  far  as  the  total  exemp- 
tion granted  does  not  exceed  four  years.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309, 
s.  10  (4),  amended. 


Board  of 
examinerH 


(5)  The  council  may  for  the  purpose  of  subsection  3  or  4 
i'^iifi^f'.I^L  require  the  board  of  examiners  to  consider  and  make  recom- 
mcndations  to  the  council  with  respect  to  any  applications 
for  exemption,  including  an  application  for  exemption  of 
a   graduate    in  honours  science.    New. 

Saving  (^)  jl^g  council  shall  exempt  from  the  examinations  men- 

tioned in  clause  c  of  subsection  1  any  person  who  resides  in 
Ontario  on  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force  and  who  has 
been  engaged  in  the  performance  of  any  engineering  work 
specified  in  clause  e  of  section  2  of  The  Professional  Engineers 
Act,  being  chapter  309  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1960,  for  a  period  or  periods  of  not  less  than  six  years  in  the 
aggregate,  if  such  person  submits  to  the  council,  within  one 
year  from  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force,  satisfactory 
evidence  of  having  been  so  engaged.    New. 

of^members        l^.  The  council  may,  upon  application  and  satisfactory 
assoi^aUons    P'''^of  ^^  residence,  admit  as  a  member  any  person  who  resides 
in  Ontario,  or  who  resides  out  of  Ontario  under  the  circum- 
stances set  out  in  subclause  ii  of  clause  a  of  subsection  1  of 
section  11,  and  who  furnishes  satisfactory  proof, 

(a)  tliat  he  is  a  member  of  an  association  of  professional 
engineers  in  another  province  or  a  territory  of 
Canada  that  lias  objects  similar  to  those  of  the 
.Associ.ition  and  requirements  for  membership  no 
less  exacting  than  those  in  effect  in  Ontario;  or 

{b)  that  he  is  a  member  of  an  association  of  professional 
engineers  in  another  part  of  the  Commonwealth  or 
in  the  United  States  of  America  that  has  objects 
similar  to  those  of  the  Association  and  requirements 
for  membership  no  less  exacting  than  those  in  effect 
in  Ontario. 

suuients  jg^  i'crsons  who  are  engaged  as  assistants  to  professional 

assistants  engineers  in  categories  recognized  by  the  council  and  gradu- 
ates and  undergraduates  who  have  not  completed  the  period 
of  engineering  exp)erience  required  by  this  Act  and  who  con- 

48 


11 

template  applying  for  membership  on  the  completion  of  the 
period  of  engineering  experience  may,  upon  application  in  the 
prescribed  form,  be  recorded  in  the  Association's  register  but 
not  as  members  of  the  Association  until  fully  qualified,  and 
upon  being  so  recorded  are  subject  to  the  control  of  the 
council  in  accordance  with  this  Act,  the  regulations  and  the 
by-laws.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  13,  amended. 

14. — (1)  The  annual  fee  from  a  registrant  shall  be  deemed  Annual  fee 
to  be  a  debt  due  to  the  Association  and  is  recoverable  from 
him  in  the  name  of  the  Association  in  any  court  of  competent 
jurisdiction.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  24,  amended. 

(2)  Where  the  annual  fee  is  not  paid  within  six  months  ^a'y'ment  o 
from  the  date  upon  which  it  became  due,  the  treasurer  shall  ^"""*' "^^^ 
send  a  written  notice  of  such  default  by  prepaid  mail  addressed 
to  the  registrant's  last  address  as  shown  on  the  register,  and, 
if  payment  is  not  made  within  one  month  thereafter,  the 
registrar,  upon  the  direction  of  the  council,  shall  delete  or 
cause  the  name  of  the  registrant  to  be  deleted  from  the 
register,  and  thereupon  the  registrant  ceases  to  be  a  member, 
a  licensee,  an  assistant  to  a  professional  engineer,  or  a  graduate 
or  undergraduate  recorded  pursuant  to  section  13,  as  the  case 
may  be.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  25  (1),  amended. 

15.  Any  member  who  intends  to  withdraw  from  the  prac-  uonsf  "* 
tice  of  professional  engineering  and  whose  fees  are  paid  up 

shall  send  written  notice  thereof  to  the  registrar,  whereupon 
the  registrar  shall  delete  his  name  from  the  register.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  309,  s.  25  (2),  amended. 

16.  Any  person  who  ceased  to  be  a  member  under  sub- ^ong'"'*' 
section  2  of  section  14,  upon  payment  of  the  fees  owing  at  the 

time  he  ceased  to  be  a  member  and  the  fee  for  the  current 
year,  or  any  person  whose  name  has  been  deleted  from  the 
register  under  section  15,  upon  payment  of  the  fee  for  the 
current  year,  and,  in  either  case,  upon  production  of  evidence 
of  good  character  satisfactory  to  the  council,  shall,  upon  the 
direction  of  the  council,  have  his  name  restored  on  the  register. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  25  (3),  amended. 


LICENSING 

17. — (1)  The  registrar  may  upon  application  issue  a  licence  J^JJ^^^^J^^ 
to  any  person  who  resides  in  Canada  but  not  in  Ontario  and  members  of 

,,.,  .,  fi,.  ,  r         associations 

who  furnishes  satisfactory  proof  that  he  is  a  member  of  an  of  other 

„„        •    ■•  r  r        ■  1  •  •  .1  •  provinces 

association  oi  proiessional  engineers  in  another  province  or  a 
territory  of  Canada  that  has  objects  similar  to  those  of  the 
Association. 

48 


12 


iHHUe  o( 

Ihences  to 
I'onxultlnK 
Hpei  lallDtH 


(2)  An\  jxTson  who  docs  not  reside  in  Canada  but  wlio  in 
the  opinion  of  the  council  is  a  consulting  specialist  in  a  field 
of  professional  engineering  who  has  had  not  less  than  ten  years 
experience  in  the  practice  of  his  profession,  or  who  furnishes 
sjitisfactory  evidence  that  he  has  qualifications  at  least  equal 
to  those  required  for  registration  as  a  professional  engineer 
in  Ontario,  nia\',  with  the  approval  of  the  council,  be  issued  a 
licence. 


Issue  of 

licences  tn 

persons 

from 

provinces 

without 

associatioiiH 


(3)  Any  person  practising  or  proposing  to  practise  pro- 
fessional engineering  who  resides  in  a  territory  of  Canada  in 
which  there  is  no  association  of  professional  engineers  that 
has  objects  similar  to  those  of  the  Association,  may,  with  the 
approval  of  the  council,  be  issued  a  licence. 


Practise  \t; 
applicant 
for  a 

licence 


(4)  Where  an  applicant  for  a  licence  fails  to  obtain  ii 
promptly  for  an\-  reason  unrelated  to  his  professional  capacit\ 
or  his  own  neglect,  he  may  practise  professional  engineering 
in  Ontario  for  a  period  of  not  more  than  three  months  without 

a  licence. 


Licence  to 
\>e  issued 
\>y  the 
registrar 


Additional 
conditions 


(5)  The  registrar  shall  issue  a  licence  in  the  prescribed  form 
to  an\'  person  entitled  thereto  and  shall  specify  therein  the 
work  ii[X)ii  which  and  the  name  of  the  employer  in  Ontario  by 
whom  the  holder  of  the  licence  is  to  be  employed  and  the 
period  for  which  it  is  issued,  but  in  no  case  shall  the  period 
extend  beyond  the  end  of  the  calendar  year  in  which  the 
licence  is  issued.    R..S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  ss.  14,  22  (4),  amended. 

(6)  The  council  ma\  direct  that  any  licence  issued  under 
subsection  2  shall,  in  addition  to  the  conditions  mentioned 
in  subsection  5,  contain  a  condition  that  the  licensee  ma\ 
practise  professional  engineering  in  Ontario  only  in  collabora- 
tion with  a  member  who  shall  sign  and  seal  any  plans  and 
s|x.'citications  together  with  the  licensee.     New. 


Wheie 
liienc  e  nut 
rofiiiired 


18.  .An\  person  who  is  employed  as  a  professional  engineer 
b>  a  public  service  corporation  carrying  on  an  interprovincial 
undertaking  or  by  the  (iovernment  of  Canada  and  who  is  by 
reason  of  his  employment  required  to  practise  professional 
engineering  in  a  province  or  territor\  of  Canada  other  than 
that  of  his  residence  may  practise  professional  engineering  in 
Ontario  without  a  licence,  but  he  shall  on  demand  of  the 
foiiiu  ii  furnish  satisfactory  evidence  that  he  is  a  member  of  an 
association  of  professional  engineers  in  another  province  or  a 
territory  of  Canada  that  has  objects  similar  to  those  of  the 
.Association.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  15,  amended. 


.Seals, 
inenit-ers 


19.  — (1)   Every    member   shall    have   a    seal    of   a   design 
appro\  ccl  b\  the  council,  the  impression  of  which  shall  contain 


4S 


Section  20.  The  provisions  respecting  the  practice  of  professional 
engineering  by  partnershi|)s,  associations  and  corporations  are  revised 
in  order  to  ensure  a  greater  degree  of  control. 


48 


13 

the  name  of  the  engineer  and  the  words  "Registered  Profes- 
sional Engineer"  and  "Province  of  Ontario".  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  309,  s.  16,  amended. 

(2)  Every  licensee  shall  have  a  seal  of  a  design  approved  /i^gjj^ggg 
by  the  council,   the  impression   of  which   shall   contain   the 

name  of  the  licensee  and  the  words  "Licensed  Professional 
Engineer"  and  "Province  of  Ontario". 

(3)  All   final  drawings,  specifications,   plans,  reports  and  f n^"ygg'"of 
other  documents  involving  the  practice  of  professional  en-^®*' 
gineering  when  issued  shall  bear  the  signature  and  seal  of  the 
professional  engineer  who  prepared  or  approved  them.    New. 

PARTNERSHIPS,    CORPORATIONS 

20. — (1)  No   partnership,   association   of   persons  or  cor- ^^^g^j^^j^g^ 
porations  as  such  shall  be  a  member  or  a  licensee,  or  shall,  by  partner- 

'^  1       •       1    1  1  •  •  •  f       •         ,  ships  and 

except  as  authorized   by   this  section,   practise  professional  corporations 
engineering. 

(2)  A   partnership,   association   of   persons  or  corjx)ration  certificates 
that  holds  a  certificate  of  authorization  may,  in  its  own  name,  ^^^J'^^"''^' 
practise  professional  engineering, 

(a)  if  one  of  its  principal  or  customary  functions  is  to 
engage  in  the  practice  of  professional  engineering; 
and 

(b)  if  the  practice  of  professional  engineering  is  done 
under  the  responsibility  and  supervision  of  a  member 
of  the  partnership  or  the  association  of  persons,  a 
director  of  the  corporation,  or  a  full-time  employee 
of  the  corporation,  who  in  any  case  is  a  member;  or 

(c)  if  the  practice  of  professional  engineering  is  done 
under  the  responsibility  and  sufjervision  of  a  member 
of  the  partnership  or  the  association  of  persons,  a 
director  of  the  corporation,  or  a  full-time  employee 
of  the  corporation,  who  in  any  case  is  a  licensee, 
provided  that  the  practice  of  professional  engineer- 
ing is  restricted  to  the  work  specified  in  the  licence 
of  the  licensee.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  18,  amended. 

j  (3)  A   partnership,   association   of   persons  or  corporation  Applications 

[        that  desires  a  certificate  of  authorization  shall  submit  to  the  certificates 
registrar  an  application  in  the  prescribed  form  containing, 

(a)  the  names  and  addresses  of  all  its  partners,  members, 
officers  or  directors,  as  the  case  may  be; 

48 


14 

(b)  the  names  of  all  its  partners,  members  of  asaocia- 
tions  of  persons,  directors  of  corporations,  or  full- 
time  employees  of  corporations,  as  the  case  may  be, 
who  are  the  members  or  licensees  who  will  be  in 
charge  of  professional  engineering  on  its  behalf; 

(c)  from  among  the  names  specified  under  clause  b  the 
name  or  names  of  its  official  representative  or  repre- 
sentatives whose  dut\'  it  is  to  ensure  that  this  Act, 
and  the  regulations  and  the  by-laws  are  complied 
with  b\'  the  partnership,  the  association  of  persons 
or  the  corporation,  as  the  case  may  be, 

and  sliall,  whenever  there  is  a  change  in  the  particulars  given 
in  its  application,  give  notice  of  the  change  to  the  registrar 
within  thirt>-  days  after  the  effective  date  of  the  change. 

rerun?ates         ^^^  '^  subsection   3  is  complied  with,  the  registrar  shall 
issue  to  the  applicant  a  certificate  of  authorization. 

revo/aUon         (^)  Where  the  holder  of  a  certificate  of  autiiorization  ceases 

of    „  to  have  anv  official  representative,  the  certificate  is  ipso  facto 

revoked,  and  the  partnership,  association  ot  persons  or  cor- 

l)oration  shall  not  practise  professional  engineering  until  a 

new  certificate  of  authorization  is  issued. 

onkenl'ee'^        (6)  Where  the  council  finds  that  the  holder  of  a  certificate 
'^•'  of  authorization  has  failed  to  observe  any  of  the  provisions 

of  this  section  or  has  been  guilty  of  conduct  that  would,  in 
the  case  of  a  member  or  licensee,  have  been  professional  mis- 
conduct, the  council  ma\  reprimand  the  holder  or  suspend  or 
revoke  the  certificate  of  authorization. 

of"ii"'i.M''2'r..       (7)  Sections  24,  25  and  26  apply  mutatis  mutandis  to  the 
~'^  refusal    to    issue    a  certificate  of  authorization  and   to  the 

revocation    or   suspension   of   a   certificate   of   authorization. 

.\ew. 

KXAMINATIONS 

'^"""'  21. —  (1)  The  council  shall  appoint  annually  a  board  of 

examiners.      R.S.O.   1960.  c.  309,  s.   19.  amended. 


Central 

cxanunint: 

l.oard 


(2)  The  council  ma\  establish  conjointly  with  the  council 
of  ;ui>  association  in  one  or  more  of  the  provinces  or  terri- 
torie?  of  Canada  that  has  objects  similar  to  tliose  of  the  Asso- 
ciation a  central  examining  board  and  may  delegate  to  the 
centnil  examining  board  all  or  any  of  the  powers  of  the  council 
rcsix'cting  tlie  examination  of  candidates  for  admission  as 
nienitx^rs.  but  an\-  examinations  conducted  by  the  central 
examining  board  sliail  be  held  in  at  least  one  place  in  Ontario. 
R.S.O.   1060.  r.  309.  s.  21,  amended. 


4S 


Section  24 — Subsection  1.     This  new  provision  implements  Recom- 
mendation 22  of  the  McRiier  Report  (page  1211  of  Volume  3). 


Subsection  2.     This  subsection   implements   Recommendation    14  of 
the  McKuer  Report  (p;ige  1210  of  Volume  3). 


Si-CTioN  25 — Subseition  1.  The  provisions  of  the  Act  dealing  with 
(lis<ipline  are  rc\  ised  in  order  to  bring  them  into  line  with  Recommendations 
8.  16,  17,  19  and  20  of  the  McRuer  Report  (pages  1209-121 1  of  Volume  3) 
iiid  aUo  to  set  out  more  explicitly  the  powers  of  the  council  when  dealing 
with  disciplinarx-  matters. 

48 


15 

REGISTRAR 

22. — (1)  The  registrar  shall  register  in  a  system  of  record- Registrar 
ing  approved  by  the  council  the  names  of  the  members,  the  members, 
licensees,   the  assistants   to   professional   engineers,   and   the®''^' 
graduates   and    the    undergraduates.     R.S.O.    1960,    c.    309, 
s.  22  (5),  amended. 

(2)  The   registrar  shall   keep   the  register  correct  and   in  ^®|'®*®'" 
accordance  with  this  Act,  the  regulations  and  the  by-laws,  correct 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  23,  amended. 

(3)  The  certificate  of  the  registrar  respecting  the  registra- Evidence 
tion  of  a  jjerson  is  prima  facie  evidence  of  the  facts  certified  membership 
to  therein.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  27,  amended. 

23. — (1)  The  registrar  shall  issue  to  each  member  admitted  certificate 
to  the  Association  a  certificate  of  membership  signed  by  the  membership 
president  or  a  vice-president  and  by  the  registrar,  and  bearing 
the  seal  of  the  Association.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  23  (1), 
amended. 

(2)  Every  member  shall  keep  his  certificate  of  membership  f^f^'e'"'^^'^ 
prominently  displayed  in  his  place  of  business.     R.S.O.  1960,  displayed 
c.  309,  s.  22  (1). 


HEARINGS   UPON   APPLICATIONS 

24. — (1)  Where  an  applicant  for  membership  or  a  licence  ^^f^l^g"^ 
has  met  the  academic  and  experience  requirements,  or  an  ^p,p"''^"°" 
applicant  for  restoration  of  his  name  on  the  register  has  paid  bership,  etc. 
the  required  fees  and  has  produced  the  required  evidence  of 
good  character,  and   his  application   is  refused,   the  council 
shall,  upon  the  written  request  of  the  applicant  received  by 
the  registrar  within  fifteen  days  of  the  receipt  by  the  applicant 
of  written  notice  of  the  refusal,  conduct  a  hearing  of  the  matter. 

(2)  Section  25  applies  mutatis  mutandis  to  any  hearing  he'yrfng*  ""^ 
conducted  under  this  section  except  that  upon  any  such  hear- 
ing the  council  may  make  findings  of  fact  by  such  standards 
of  proof  as  are  commonly  relied  upon  by  reasonable  and 
prudent  men  in  the  conduct  of  their  own  affairs.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  309,  s.  26,  amended. 


HEARINGS,    DISCIPLINARY 

25.— (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  where  the  council  finds  P';;'^^,';?  °'' 
tnat  a  person  who  is  a  member  or  licensee  is  guilty  of  pro- discipline 
lessional  misconduct  or  has  obtained  registration  as  a  member 

48 


16 

or  has  been  issued  a  licence  by  reason  of  misrepresentation 
by  such  person,  the  council  may  by  order  do  one  or  more  of 
the  following: 

1.  Reprimand  such  person  and,  if  considered  proper, 
direct  that  the  fact  of  the  reprimand  l>e  recorded  on 
the  register. 

2.  Suspend  the  membership  or  licence  of  such  person  for 
such  time  as  the  council  considers  proper  and  direi 
that  the  re-instatement  of  such  membership  or  licence 
on  the  termination  of  such  suspension  be  subject 
to  such  conditions,  if  any,  as  the  council  consider- 
proper. 

3.  Direct  that  the  imposition  of  any  penalty  be  sus- 
pended or  postponed  for  such  period  and  upon  such 
terms  as  the  council  considers  proper  and  that  at 
the  end  of  such  period  and  upon  the  compliance  with 
such  terms  any  penalty  be  remitted. 

4.  Direct  that  the  membership  or  licence  of  such  person 
be  cancelled  and  that  the  name  of  such  person  be 
removed  from  the  register. 

5.  Direct  that  the  decision  of  the  council  be  published 
in  detail  or  in  summary  in  the  official  journal  of  the 
Association  or  in  such  other  manner  or  medium  as 
the  council  considers  appropriate  in  any  particular 
case. 

6.  Direct  that,  where  it  appears  that  the  proceedings 
were  unwarranted,  such  costs  as  to  the  council  seem 
just  be  paid  by  the  Association  to  the  member  or 
licensee  whose  conduct  was  the  subject  of  such 
proceedings. 

I  omoiaint  n)    Thc  counci!  shall  not  take  an\-  action  under  subsection  1 

and  tieariiig  ^ 

unless, 

(fl)  a  complaint  under  oath  has  l)een  filed  with  the 
registrar  and  a  copy  thereof  has  been  served  on  the 
person  whose  conduct  is  Ijeing  investigated; 

(/))  the  jxTsoii  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated 
has  been  served  with  a  notice  of  thc  time  and  place 
ol   the  hearing;  and 

(r)  thg  council  has  heard  evidence  of  or  on  behalf  of 
the  complainant  and,  if  the  person  whose  conduct  is 
hcini;  investigated   appears  at   the   hearing  and  so 

48 


Subsection  4.     This  new  provision  implements  Recommendation  11 
of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1210  of  Volume  3). 


Subsection  5.     This  new  provision  implements  Recommendation  12 
of  the  McRucr  Report  (page  1210  of  Volume  3). 


Subsection  6.     This  new  provision  implements  Recommendation  35 
of  the  Mckiier  Report  (page  1262  of  Volume  3). 


Subsection  7.     This  new  provision  implements  Recommendation  15 
of  the  Mcfiuer  Report  (p<ige  1210  of  Volume  3). 


Sub-Section  9.     This  new  provision  implements  Recommendations  13 
and  44  of  the  McRuer  Report  (pages  1210  and   1263,  respectively,  of 

\'()lunic  3). 


Subjection  10.  This  new  provision  takes  into  account  Recommen- 
tl,iiic.n>  151,  152,  169,  170,  172,  173  and  174  of  the  McRuer  Report  (pages 
1-178.  128(1  ,ind  1281,  respectively,  of  Volume  3). 


48 


17 

requests,  has  heard  his  evidence  or  evidence  on  his 
behalf  and  has  reached  the  decision  that  he  is  guilty. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  28  (1,2),  amended. 

(3)  Any   person    presiding   at   a    hearing   may   administer  ta'ke^sworn 
oaths  to  witnesses  and  require  them  to  give  evidence  under  ®^"'®"'^® 
oath.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  28  (1,  2,  3),  amended. 

(4)  If  the  person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated  fails  app^a7 
to  appear  in  answer  to  the  notice  at  the  time  and  place  ap- 
pointed, the  hearing  may  be  conducted  in  his  absence. 

(5)  Hearings  shall  be  held  in  camera,  but  if  the  person  whose  hearings'^'^^ 
conduct  is  being  investigated  requests  otherwise  by  a  notice  ;°  Camera 
in  writing  delivered  to  the  registrar  before  the  day  fixed  for 

the  hearing,  the  council  may  conduct  the  hearing  in  public 
or  otherwise  as  it  thinks  proper. 


rn- 


(6)  The  council  may  adjourn  any  hearing  at  any  time  and  ments 
from  time  to  time. 

(7)  A    person    whose    conduct    is    being    investigated,    if  ^"p^Jrson"'^ 
present  in  person  at  the  hearing,  has  the  right  to  be  repre-  v|g",^ated 
sented  by  counsel  or  agent,  to  adduce  evidence  and  to  make 
submissions  and  any  such  person  may  be  compelled  to  attend 

and  give  evidence  in  the  manner  provided  in  subsection  10. 

(8)  The  oral  evidence  submitted  at  a  hearing  shall  be  taken  IJ.^^g'"^"'^ 
down  in  writing  or  by  any  other  method  authorized  by  The  n.s.o.  i960. 
Evidence  Act. 

(9)  The  rules  of  evidence  applicable  in  civil  proceedings  ^"Jfen°e 
are  applicable  at  hearings,  but  at  a  hearing  members  of  the 
council  may  take  notice  of  generally  recognized  technical  or 
scientific  facts  or  opinions  within  the  specialized  knowledge 

of  members  of  the  council  if  the  person  whose  conduct  is 
being  investigated  has  been  informed  before  or  during  the 
hearing  of  any  such  matters  noticed  and  he  has  been  given 
an  opportunity  to  contest  the  material  so  noticed. 

(10)  The  president,  a  vice-president,  the  immediate  past^^'JJ!^"^'^^ 
president  or  the  registrar  may,  and  the  registrar  upon  applica- 
tion of  a  person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated  shall, 

issue  a  summons  in  the  form  prescribed  by  regulation,  com- 
manding the  attendance  and  examination  of  any  person  as  a 
witness,  and  the  production  of  any  document  the  production 
of  which  could  be  compelled  at  the  trial  of  an  action,  to 
appear  before  the  council  at  the  time  and  place  mentioned  in 
the  summons  and  stating  that  failure  to  obey  the  summons 
will  render  the  person  liable  to  committal  to  prison  on  an 

48 


18 

application  lo  the  Supreme  Court,  but  the  person  whosi- 
attendance  is  required  is  entitled  to  the  like  conduct  money 
and  payment  for  expenses  and  loss  of  time  as  upon  attendance 
as  a  witness  at  a  trial  in  the  Supreme  Court. 

wCc^Sti  (11)   If  any  person, 

appear,  etc 

(a)  on  being  duly  summoned  to  appear  as  a  witnesp 
makes  default  in  attending;  or 

(b)  being  in  attendance  as  a  witness  refuses  to  take  an 
oath  legally  required  to  be  taken,  or  to  produce  an\ 
document  in  his  power  or  control  legally  required 
to  be  produced  by  him,  or  to  answer  any  question 
which  he  is  legally  required  to  answer;  or 

(c)  does  any  other  thing  which  would,  if  the  council  had 
been  a  court  of  law  having  power  to  commit  for 
contempt,  have  been  contempt  of  that  court, 

the  person  presiding  at  the  hearing  may  certify  the  offence 
of  that  person  under  his  hand  to  the  Supreme  Court  and  the 
court  may  thereupon  inquire  into  the  alleged  offence  and 
after  hearing  any  witnesses  who  may  be  produced  against 
or  on  behalf  of  the  person  charged  with  the  oflFence,  and  after 
hearing  any  statements  that  may  be  offered  in  defence,  punish 
or  take  steps  for  the  punishment  of  that  person  in  the  like 
manner  as  if  he  had  been  guilty  of  contempt  of  court. 

uon'^mf  (1^)  ^^  ^  hearing  the  complainant  and  the  person  whose 

iross-  conduct  is  being  investigated  have  the  right  to  examine  the 

examination        .  »  o  o 

witnesses  called  by  them  respectively,  and  to  cross-examme 
the  witnesses  opposed  in  interest. 

Detisions  ^jj^  -pj^^  decision  taken  after  a  hearing  shall  be  in  writing 

and  shall  contain  or  be  accompanied  by  the  reasons  for  the 
derision  in  which  are  set  out  the  findings  of  fact  and  the 
conclusions  of  law,  if  any,  based  thereon,  and  a  copy  of  the 
decision  and  the  reasons  therefor,  together  with  a  notice  to 
the  person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated  of  his  right  of 
appeal,  shall  \x  served  ujx)n  him  within  thirty  days  after  the 
date  of  the  decision. 

'*'^""''  (14)  .-\  record  shall  be  compiled  for  every  hearing  consist- 

ing of  the  complaint  and  the  notice  referred  to  in  subsection  2, 
an\  intermediate  rulings  or  orders  made  in  the  course  of  the 
proceedings,  a  transcript  of  the  oral  evidence,  if  a  transcript 
has  been  prepared,  such  documentary  evidence  and  things 
as  were  received  in  evidence  and  the  decision  and  the  reasons 
tlierefor,    pro\idcd    that   documents  and    things  received  in 

4S 


Subsection  11.  This  new  provision  is  designed  to  implement  Recom- 
mendations 174  and  179  of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1281  of  Volume  3). 
It  is  based  upon  the  corresponding  provisions  of  the  Tribunals  of  Inquiry 
(Evidence)  Act,  1921  of  the  United  Kingdom  (see  page  444  of  Volume  1  j. 


Subsection  12.     This  provision  implements  Recommendation  42  of 
the  McRuer  Report  (page  1263  of  Volume  3). 


Subsection  13.     This  provision  implements  Recommendations  45  and 
47  of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1263  of  Volume  3). 


Subsection  14.     This  provision   implements  Recommendation  48  of 
the  McRuer  Report  (page  1263  of  Volume  3).    The  proviso  has  been  added. 


48 


Subsection  15.     This  provision  implements  Reconimendation   10  of 
the  McRuer  Report  (pages  1209-10  of  Volume  3). 


48 


19 

evidence  may  be  released  to  the  persons  tendering  them  when 
ail  appeals  have  been  finally  disposed  of  or  the  right  to  appeal 
has  terminated. 

(15)  Any  document  required  to  be  served  under  this  Act  docu'irfents 
upon  a  person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated  shall  be 

served  personally  upon  him,  but  where  it  appears  that  service 
cannot  be  effected  personally,  the  document  may  be  served 
by  mailing  a  copy  thereof  in  a  registered  letter  addressed  to 
him  at  his  last  known  residence  or  office  address  as  shown  by 
the  records  of  the  Association,  and  service  shall  be  effected 
not  less  than  ten  days  before  the  date  of  the  hearing  or  the 
event  or  thing  required  to  be  done,  as  the  case  may  be,  and 
proof  by  affidavit  of  the  service  is  sufficient. 

(16)  Where  a  member  or  licensee  has  been  suspended  from  Se'iu  al'ter 
practising  under  this  section,  he  may,  upon  payment  of  all  s"^P^"8ion 
fees  and  other  costs  owing  by  him  to  the  Association,  apply  to 

the  council  to  be  re-instated  as  a  member  or  licensee,  as  the 
case  may  be,  and  the  council  may  terminate  the  suspension 
of  such  member  or  licensee  upon  such  terms  as  it  considers 
proper. 

(17)  A    person    whose    membership   or    licence    has    been  ^^fj^^ggig^ 
cancelled   under  this  section   may  apply  to  the  council   for^f'^"",  . 

^.  ,  ,      ,      expulsion 

membership  or  tor  a  licence,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  the 
council  shall,  subject  to  subsection  18,  hear  the  application 
and  make  such  order  as  it  considers  proper  and  may  include 
as  a  term  of  any  such  order  such  conditions  as  the  council 
considers  proper  to  be  fulfilled  before  the  applicant  is  ad- 
mitted to  membership  or  granted  a  licence  or  to  be  observed 
by  such  member  or  licensee  thereafter. 

(18)  Except  with  the  consent  of  the  council,  no  application  i''^™ 
under  subsection  17  shall  be  heard  before  the  expiry  of  two 
years  from   the  date  of  the  cancellation  of  membership  or 
licence  or  the  date  of  the  final  disposition  of  any  appeal. 


% 


(19)  Upon  a  hearing  for  admission  to  membership  or  for  idem 
le  granting  of  a  licence  under  subsection  17,  the  council 
shall  follow,  in  so  far  as  practicable,  the  procedure  provided 
for  in  the  case  of  a  complaint  under  this  section,  and  a  former 
member  or  licensee  has  the  same  right  of  appeal  from  an 
order  made  by  the  council  under  subsection  17  as  is  provided 
in  section  26. 


(20)  The  council  may  appoint  a  committee  to  act  for  and  JjP^J}''^"® ® 
on  its  behalf  composed  of  not  fewer  than  five  members  of  the 
council,  one  of  whom  shall  be  the  president,  a  vice-president 
or  the  immediate  past  president,  and  may  delegate  to  the 


20 


Practice 
pending 
appeal 


committee  all  or  any  of  its  powers  and  duties  under  this 
section  upon  such  terms  and  conditions,  if  any,  as  the  council 
considers  proper,  and  a  decision  or  order  of  the  committee 
is  the  decision  or  order  of  the  council.    New. 

(21)  Except  in  the  case  of  professional  misconduct  con- 
stituting incompetence  on  the  part  of  the  person  whos<- 
conduct  was  investigated,  the  suspension  or  cancellation 
the  membership  or  licence  of  a  person  whose  conduct  was 
investigated  under  this  section  does  not  become  eflFective  until 
any  appeal  has  been  finally  disposed  of  or  the  right  of  appeal 
has  terminated.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  28  (5),  amended. 


-Appeal 


Certified 
lopies  of 
papers 


Failure  to 
pay  costs 


Procedure 
and  record 


APPEALS 

26. — (1)  Any  person  whom  the  council  has  refused  to 
register  for  membership  or  whose  name  the  council  haa 
refused  to  restore  on  the  register  or  to  whom  the  council  has 
refused  to  issue  a  licence  or  who  has  been  reprimanded  or 
whose  membership  or  licence  is  suspended  or  cancelled  may 
appeal  from  the  order  of  refusal,  reprimand,  suspension  or 
cancellation  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  within  fifteen  days  from 
the  day  upon  which  he  is  served  with  the  order  of  refusal, 
reprimand,  suspension  or  cancellation. 

(2)  Upon  the  request  of  any  person  desiring  to  appeal  and 
upon  payment  of  the  cost  thereof,  the  registrar  shall  furnish 
such  person  with  a  certified  copy  of  all  proceedings,  evidence, 
reports,  orders  and  papers  received  as  evidence  by  the  council 
and  any  committee  thereof  appointed  pursuant  to  subsection 
20  of  section  25  in  dealing  with  and  disposing  of  the  matter 
complained  of. 

(3)  If  the  appellant  fails  to  pay  the  cost  of  the  certified 
copy  and  the  cost  of  such  additional  copies  of  the  evidence  as 
may  be  reasonably  required  for  the  purposes  of  the  appeal 
within  fifteen  days  after  written  demand  from  the  registrar, 
the  appeal  shall  be  deemed  to  be  abandoned. 

(4)  An  appeal  under  this  section  shall  be  by  motion,  notice 
of  which  shall  be  served  upon  the  registrar,  and  the  record 
shall  consist  of  a  copy,  certified  by  the  registrar,  of  the  pro- 
ceedings before  the  council  or  committee  thereof,  the  evidence 
taken,  the  report  of  the  council  or  committee  thereof  and  all 
decisions,  findings  and  orders  of  the  council  or  committee 
thereof  in  the  matter. 


Practi"  c 


(5)  Except  as  otherwise  provided,  appeals  under  this  section 
shall  be  in  accordance  with  the  practice  in  appeals  from  the 
decision  or  order  of  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court. 


4S 


Subsection  21.     This  provision  implements  Recommendation   21  of 
the  McRiier  Report  (page  1210  of  Volume  3). 


Section  26.     This  appeal  section  implements  Recommendation  23 
of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1210  of  Volume  3). 


48 


21 

(6)  Upon  the  hearing  of  an  appeal  under  this  section  the^''^^''^ 
Court  of  Appeal  may  make  such  order  as  the  court  deems 
proper  or  may  refer  the  matter  or  any  part  thereof  back  to 

the  council  with  such  directions  as  the  court  deems  proper. 

(7)  The  Court  of  Appeal  may  make  such  order  as  to  the  ^^^'^ 
costs  of  the  appeal  as  the  court  deems  proper.     R.S.O.  1960, 

c.  309,  s.  28  (4),  amended. 


OFFENCES 

27. — (1)  Every  person,  other  than  a  member  or  a  licensee,  ^J]!!^^!*' 
who, 

(a)  takes  and  uses  orally  or  otherwise  the  title  "Pro- 
fessional Engineer"  or  "Registered  Professional 
Engineer"  or  uses  any  addition  to  or  abbreviation  of 
either  such  titles,  or  any  words,  name  or  designation 
that  will  lead  to  the  belief  that  he  is  a  professional 
engineer,  a  member  or  a  licensee  or,  except  as  per- 
mitted by  section  2,  uses  the  title  or  designation 
"engineer"  in  such  a  manner  as  will  lead  to  the  belief 
that  he  is  a  professional  engineer,  a  member  or  a 
licensee ; 

(b)  advertises,  holds  himself  out,  or  conducts  himself  in 
any  way  or  by  any  means  as  a  member  or  a  licensee; 
or 

(c)  engages  in  the  practice  of  professional  engineering, 
is  guilty  of  an  offence.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  30,  amended. 

(2)  Every  person  who,  idem 

(a)  wilfully  procures  or  attempts  to  procure  registration 
under  this  Act  for  himself  or  for  another  person  by 
making,  producing  or  causing  to  be  made  or  produced 
any  fraudulent  representation  or  declaration  either 
verbal  or  written ; 

(b)  knowingly  makes  any  false  statement  in  any  applica- 
tion or  declaration  signed  or  filed  by  him  under  this 
Act, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence.       R.S.O.   1960,  c.  309,  s.   33,  part, 
amended. 

48 


22 

pirtS^'  (^)  Where  a  partnership,  association  of  persons  or  corpora 

iSiSSlations   *'°"  *'^^*  ^^^  "°  subsisting  certificate  of  authorization, 

and 

corporations  ,    ,  .  r       .         •  .  . 

(a)  practises  professional  engineering; 

(6)  uses  orally  or  otherwise  any  name,  title,  description 
or  designation  that  will  lead  to  the  belief  that  it  is 
entitled  to  practise  professional  engineering;  or 

(c)  advertises,  holds  itself  out  or  conducts  itself  in  any 
way  or  in  such  manner  as  to  lead  to  the  belief  that 
it  is  entitled  to  practise  professional  engineering, 

every  member  of  the  partnership,  every  member  of  the  asso- 
ciation of  persons,  or  the  corporation  and  every  director  there- 
of, is  guilty  of  an  offence. 


Idem 


(4)  Where  a  partnership,  association  of  persons  or  corpora- 
tion that  has  a  subsisting  certificate  of  authorization  practises 
professional  engineering  in  contravention  of  this  Act,  every 
member  of  the  partnership,  every  member  of  the  association 
of  persons,  or  the  corporation  and  every  director  thereof, 
is  guilty  of  an  offence. 


Penalties 


(5)  Every  person,  member  of  a  partnership,  member  of  an 
association  of  persons,  and  every  corporation  and  director 
thereof,  who  is  guilty  of  an  offence  under  this  section  is,  on 
summary  conviction,  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000 
or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months, 
or  to  both.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  ss.  31,  33,  part,  amended. 


Limitation 
of 


(6)  No  proceedings  shall  be  commenced  for  a  contravention 
proceedings   of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  section  after  two  years  from 
the  date  of  the  commission  of  such  contravention.     R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  309,  s.  35,  amended. 


LIMITATION   OF  ACTIONS 


Limitation 
of  actions 


28. — (1)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  2,  an  action 
against  a  member  or  a  licensee  for  negligence  or  malpractice 
in  connection  with  professional  services  requested  of  him  or 
rendered  by  him  or  under  his  direction  or  control  shall  be 
commenced  within  and  not  later  than  twelve  months  after 
the  cause  of  action  arose. 


Extension 


(2)  The  court  in  which  an  action  mentioned  in  subsection  1 
has  been  or  may  be  brought  may  extend  the  period  of  limita- 
tion specified  therein  either  before  or  after  it  has  expired  if 
the  court  is  satisfied  that  to  do  so  is  just. 


48 


Section  28.     This  new  section  implements  Recommendations  29, 
30  and  31  of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1211  of  Volume  3). 


48 


23 
(3)  This   section    does    not   apply    to    proceedings    under  P°^,^"j°* 

section  25.      New.  disciplinary 

proceedings 

TRANSITIONAL  PROVISIONS 

29.— (1)  Notwithstanding   section   4,    the    president,    the  ^S™'?^^  °'' 
vice-presidents  and  the  elected  councillors  holding  office  when 
this  Act  comes  into  force  shall  continue  to  hold  office  until 
after  the  first  annual  election  after  this  Act  comes  into  force. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsections  4  and  5  of  section  4,  at^^^^^^^j 
the  first  election  of  councillors  after  this  Act  comes  into  force,  election 
one  councillor-at-large  shall  be  elected  for  a  two-year  term 

and  one  councillor-at-large  shall  be  elected  for  a  one-year 
term  and  there  shall  be  elected  from  each  of  the  five  regions 
mentioned  in  subsection  5  of  section  4  one  regional  councillor 
for  a  two-year  term  and  one  regional  councillor  for  a  one-year 
term.     New. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  6  of  section  4,  all  councillors  members^ 
who  have   been   appointed   by   the   Lieutenant  Governor   in 
Council  and  are  holding  office  when  this  Act  comes  into  force 

shall  continue  to  hold  office  for  the  term  designated  in  the 
order  in  council  by  which  they  were  appointed.  New. 

MISCELLANEOUS 

30.  The  Professional  Engineers  Act  is  repealed.  ?'309,'  ^^^°' 

repealed 

31.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  byment"^"*^^ 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

32.  This  Act  mav  be  cited  as  The  Professional  Engineers  short  title 
Act,  1968-69. 


48 


o 

00 


71 

B 
> 

SB 
H 


D 

a      3  !:r 

6.       o"  ** 

So      £?  ^ 


a 


00 


BILL  48 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


The  Professional  Engineers  Act,  1968-69 


Mr.  Wishart 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Legal  and  Municipal  Committee) 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Section  Page 

INTERPRETATION I.  2  1 

THE  ASSOCIATION 3  3 

THE  COUNCIL 4-10  4 

MEMBERSHIP 11-16  9 

LICENSING 17-19  11 

PARTNERSHIPS,  CORPORATIONS 20  13 

EXAMINATIONS 21  14 

REGISTRAR 22,  23  15 

HEARINGS,  UPON  APPLICATIONS 24  15 

DISCIPLINARY 25  15 

APPEAlJi 26  20 

OFFENCES 27  21 

LIMITATION  OK  ACTIONS 28 

TRANSITIONAL  PROVISIONS 29  23 

MISCELLANEOUS ,50-32  23 


EXPLANATOKV    NOTKS 

Gknkral— At  the  1968  Session  of  the  Legislature,  Bill  42  was  intro- 
diiied  which  represented  the  first  comprehensive  revision  of  The  Profes- 
sional Engineers  Act  which  was  first  p.issed  in  1922.  Bill  42  was  not 
proceeded  with  in  view  of  the  publication  at  that  time  of  the  Report  of  the 
Koy.il  Commission  Inquiry  into  Civil  Rights. 

I'hc  changes  made  in  this  revision  are  designed  to  facilitate  the 
.Association  of  Professional  Engineers  of  the  Province  of  Ontario  in  the 

administration  of  its  affairs  and  to  bring  the  .\ct  up  to  date  in  substance 

and  form. 

Most  of  the  dirlerences  between  this  Bill  and  Bill  42  are  changes  to 

conform  to  the  re<'ommendations  of  the  .McRuer  Report. 


4S 


BILL  48  1968-69 


The  Professional  Engineers  Act,  1968-69 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

INTERPRETATION 

1.  In  this  Act,  tatum™" 

(a)  "Association"  means  the  Association  of  Professional 
Engineers  of  the  Province  of  Ontario; 

(b)  "by-law"  means  a  by-law  of  the  Association; 

(c)  "chapter"  means  a  group  of  members  constituted 
and  governed  by  by-law; 

(d)  "council"  means  the  council  of  the  Association; 

(e)  "graduate"  means  a  graduate  of  a  university  or  other 
educational  institution  in  a  course  in  any  branch  of 
engineering  or  science,  the  practice  of  which  con- 
stitutes professional  engineering  and  which  is  rec- 
ognized by  the  council; 

(/)  "licence"  means  a  licence  to  practise  professional 
engineering  issued  under  this  Act; 

(g)  "licensee"  means  a  person  who  holds  a  subsisting 
licence; 

(h)  "member"  means  a  member  of  the  Association; 

(i)  "practice  of  professional  engineering"  means  the 
doing  of  one  or  more  acts  of  advising  on,  reporting 
on,  designing  of  or  sujjervising  of  the  construction 
of,  all  public  utilities,  industrial  works,  railways, 
tramways,  bridges,  tunnels,  highways,  roads,  canals, 
harbour  works,  lighthouses,  river  improvements, 
wet    docks,    dry    docks,    floating    docks,    dredges, 

48 


cranes,  drainage  works,  irrigation  works,  water- 
works, water  purification  plants,  sewerage  works, 
sewage  disposal  works,  incinerators,  hydraulic  works, 
ixjwer  transmission  systems,  steel,  concrete  or  re- 
inforced concrete  structures,  electric  lighting  sys- 
tems, electric  power  plants,  electric  machinery, 
electric  or  electronic  apparatus,  electrical  or  elec- 
tronic communication  systems  or  equipment,  mineral 
property,  mining  machinery,  mining  development, 
mining  operations,  gas  or  oil  developments,  smelters, 
refineries,  metallurgical  machinery,  or  equipment  or 
apparatus  for  carrying  out  such  operations,  mach- 
inery, boilers  or  their  auxiliaries,  steam  engines, 
hydraulic  turbines,  pumps,  internal  combustion 
engines  or  other  mechanical  structures,  chemical  or 
metallurgical  machinery,  apparatus  or  processes, 
or  aircraft,  and  generally  all  other  engineering  works 
including  the  engineering  works  and  installations 
relating  to  airports,  airfields  or  landing  strips  or 
relating  to  town  and  community  planning; 

(j)  "professional  engineer"  means  a  person  who  is  a 
member  or  licensee; 

(k)  "region"  means  a  geographical  area  of  Ontario  as 
defined  by  by-law; 

(/)  "register"  means  the  record  of  registrants  main- 
tained b\-  the  registrar; 

(w)  "registrant"  means  a  person  recorded  in  the  register 
as  a  member,  licensee,  an  assistant  to  a  professional 
engineer,  a  graduate  or  an  undergraduate; 

(m)  "registrar"  means  the  registrar  of  the  Association; 

(o)  "regulation"  means  a  regulation  of  the  Association; 

(p)  "undergraduate"  means  a  student  enrolled  at  but 
not  graduated  from  a  university  or  other  educational 
institution  in  a  course  in  any  branch  of  engineering 
or  science,  the  practice  of  which  constitutes  profes- 
sional engineering  and  that  is  recognized  by  the 
council.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  1,  amended. 


ot'rafrected        ^'  Nothing  in  this  Act  prevents, 

(a)  an\  person  from  performing  his  duties  in  the  Cana- 
dian Armed  Forces; 

48 


Section  2 — Clause  e.  The  exemption  relating  to  mining  work  is 
revised.  Provision  is  made  in  section  11  (6)  for  admission  to  membership 
in  the  Association  of  persons  who  are  engaged  in  this  field. 


48 


(6)  any  member  or  licensee  of  the  Ontario  Association  of 

Architects  under  The  Architects  Act  or  any  employee  R-S.o.  i980. 
of  such  member  or  licensee  acting  under  the  direction 
and  responsibility  of  such  member  or  licensee  from 
performing  professional  engineering  services  in  the 
course  of  any  work  undertaken  or  proposed  to  be 
undertaken  by  such  member  or  licensee  as  an 
architect; 

(c)  any  jjerson  who  holds  a  certificate  of  qualification 

under  The  Operating  Engineers  Act  from  practising ^-fga' ^^*°' 
or  designating  himself  as  an  operating  engineer; 

{d)  any  person  from  practising  as  a  bacteriologist, 
chemist,  geologist,  mineralogist  or  physicist; 

(e)  any  person  from  advising  on  or  reporting  on  any 
mineral  property  or  prospect; 

(/)  any  person  from  operating,  executing  or  supervising 
any  works  as  owner,  contractor,  superintendent, 
foreman,  inspector  or  master, 

or  requires  any  such  person  to  become  registered  or  licensed 
under  this  Act  in  order  to  do  any  such  thing.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  309,  s.  2,  amended. 

THE   ASSOCIATION 

3. — (1)  The    body    politic   and   corporate   known   as   the  ^^^^(5*2""" 
"Association  of  Professional   Engineers  of  the   Province  of 
Ontario"  incorporated  under  The  Professional  Engineers  Act,  i922,  o.  59 
1922  is  hereby  continued. 

(2)  All  persons  who  are  members  of  the  Association  when  Members 
this  Act  comes  into  force  or  who  hereafter  are  admitted  as 
members  constitute  the  Association.     R.S.O.    1960,  c.  309, 

s.  3  (1),  amended. 

(3)  The  objects  of  the  Association  are,  Object* 

(a)  to  regulate  the  practice  of  professional  engineering 
and  to  govern  the  profession  in  accordance  with  this 
Act,  the  regulations  and  the  by-laws; 

{h)  to  establish  and  maintain  standards  of  knowledge 
and  skill  among  its  members;  and 

(c)  to  establish  and  maintain  standards  of  professional 
ethics  among  its  members, 

m  order  that  the  public  interest  may  be  served  and  protected. 

New. 

48 


Head  office 


(4)  The  head  office  of  the  Association  shall  be  at  the  city 
of  Toronto. 


Property 


(5)  The  Association  may  purchase,  acquire  or  take  by 
gift,  devise  or  bequest  for  the  purposes  of  the  Association  and 
the  furtherance  of  its  objects,  but  for  no  other  purposes  or 
objects,  any  real  or  personal  property,  and  may  sell,  mortgage, 
lease  or  otherwise  dispose  of  any  such  property.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  309,  s.  3  (4,  5). 


THE  COUNCIL 


Council 


4. —  (1)  There  shall  be  a  council  which  shall  consist  of  a 
president,  a  first  vice-president,  a  second  vice-president,  an 
immediate  past  president,  two  elected  councillors-at-large, 
ten  elected  regional  councillors  and  five  appointed  councillors, 
all  of  whom   shall   be   members  and   residents  of  Ontario. 


and^vice-  (2)  ^^^  president  and  the  vice-presidents  shall  have  such 

presidents      qualifications  as  are  prescribed  by  by-law  and  shall  be  elected 

annually   by  vote  of   the   members.      R.S.O.   1960,   c.    309, 

s.  8  (1-3),  amended. 


CounclUors- 
at-large 


(3)  One  councillor-at-large  shall  be  elected  each  year  for  a 
two-\'ear  term  by  vote  of  the  members.     New. 


Regional 
councillors 


(4)  There  shall  be  elected  from  each  of  the  five  regions 
established  and  defined  by  by-law  two  regional  councillors, 
one  to  be  elected  from  each  region  each  year  for  a  two-year 
term  by  vote  of  the  members  who  are  recorded  as  residents  in 
that  region  at  the  time  the  election  is  held. 


^oun°c'ino1^  (^)  ^^^  ^^^  appointed  councillors  shall  be  appointed  by 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  for  a  term  of  three  years 
and  shall  be  qualified  respectively  in  the  following  fields  of 
engineering: 

1.  Civil. 

2.  Mechanical,  Aeronautical  and  Industrial. 

3.  Electrical. 

4.  Chemical  and  Metallurgical. 

5.  Mining  and   Geology.      R.S.O.    1960,   c.   309,  s.  8 
(5,  6),  amended. 


48 


(6)  In  addition  to  the  councillors  mentioned  in  subsection  1,  J'(f,fnciiior; 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  as  coun- legal 
cillors, 

(a)  a  person  who  is  not  a  member;  and 

(b)  a  person  who  is  a  barrister  and  solicitor  of  at  least 
ten  years  standing  at  the  bar  of  Ontario, 

both  of  whom  are  residents  of  Ontario. 

(7)  Persons  appointed  under  subsection  6  shall  serve  for'^*"""" 
a  term  of  three  years  but  are  eligible  for  re-appointment. 

(8)  Where  the  president,  a  vice-president  or  a  councillor  ^*''*"°'®' 
resigns,   is  absent  from   three  consecutive   meetings  of  the 
council,   becomes  incapacitated  or  dies,   the  office  may   be 
declared  vacant  by  the  council,  and,  if  such  office  should  be 
declared  vacant,  except  in  a  case  of  a  councillor  appointed  by 

the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  the  council  shall  fill  the 
vacancy  in  such  manner  as  is  provided  by  by-law,  and  in  the 
case  of  a  vacancy  in  the  office  of  a  councillor  appKjinted  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  may  fill  the  vacancy  by  appointment  of  a  person  of 
the  same  class  as  the  councillor  causing  the  vacancy.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  309,  s.  8  (6,  7),  amended. 

(9)  No  person  shall  be  appointed  or  elected  to  the  council  ^°g^^'"°" 
unless  he  is  a  Canadian  citizen  or  other  British  subject,  and  Canadians 
no  person  shall  continue  to  hold  any  such  office  if  he  ceases  to 

be  so  qualified.    New. 

5.  The  council,  ffe^^'rer! 

secretary. 

(a)  shall  appoint  a  registrar  and  a  treasurer;  and  director 

(6)  may  appoint  a  secretary,  an  executive  director  and 
such  other  officials  as  the  council  deems  fit, 

and  any  two  or  more  of  such  offices  may  be  held  by  one 
person.    New. 

6.  No  action  or  other  proceedings  for  damages  shall   begf^^y'^Jj, 
instituted  against  the  council,  or  any  member  or  official  of  °'''<=ers  and 
the  council  or  any  person  appointed  by  the  council  for  any 

act  done  in  good  faith  in  the  performance  or  intended  p)erform- 
ance  of  any  duty  or  in  the  exercise  or  in  the  intended  exercise 
of  any  power  under  this  Act,  a  regulation  or  a  by-law,  or 
for  any  neglect  or  default  in  the  jierformance  or  exercise  in 
good  faith  of  any  such  duty  or  power.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309, 
s.  29,  amended.  "^Pl 

48 


ReguiBtion*       7, — (j)  'ihe  council  may  make  regulations  rcs}>ecting  an' 
matter  that  is  outside  the  scope  of  the  power  to  pass  by-law 

specified  in  section  8  and,  without  limiting  the  generality  of  th' 
foregoing, 

(a)  prescribing  the  scope  and  conduct  of  examination 
of  candidates  for  registration ; 

(b)  prescribing  the  form  of  the  summons  referred  to  in 
subsection  10  of  section  25; 

(f)  respecting  the  practice  and  procedure  for  hearinj; 
lield  under  this  Act; 

(d)  defining  "professional  misconduct"  for  the  purpose 
of  this  Act  and  the  regulations; 

(e)  defining  classes  of  specialists  in  the  various  fields  of 
engineering; 

(/)  prescribing  the  qualifications  required  of  specialist 
or  any  class  thereof; 

(i)  providing  for  the  designation  of  specialists  upon 
application  and  examination  or  otherwise,  for  the 
suspension  or  revocation  of  such  designations,  and 
for  the  regulation  and  prohibition  of  the  use  of 
terms,  titles  or  designations  by  professional  engineer- 
indicating  specialization  in  any  field  of  engineering; 

(/;)  regulating  and  prohibiting  the  use  of  terms,  titles 
or  designations  by  professional  engineers  in  indepen- 
dent jiractice. 

Approvals  (2)   No  regulation  is  effective, 

(a)  until  it  has  been  submitted  to  the  members  for 
approval  by  means  of  a  letter  ballot  returnable 
within  thirty  days  after  the  mailing  thereof  and  it 
has  been  approved  by  a  majority  of  those  voting 
within  the  prescribed  time;  and 

{b)  until  it  has  been  approved  b\'  the  Lieutenant 
(lovernor  in  Council.     New. 

By-iuws  8. —  (1)  The   council    may    pass   by-laws   relating   to   the 

administrative  and  domestic  affairs  of  the  Association,  and, 
without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing, 

(.;)  respecting  the  determination  and  modification  of  the 
boundaries    of    regions    and    the    determination    ot 

48 


Section  4 — Subsection  4.  The  method  of  electing  ten  of  the  coun- 
cillors is  changed  from  a  branch  basis  which  is  the  basis  in  the  present 
Act  to  a  geographical  basis. 


48 


Subsections  6,  7.     These  new  provisions  implement  Recommendations 
2  and  7  of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1209  of  Volume  3). 


48 


regions  in  which  members  shall  be  deemed  to  reside 
for  the  purposes  of  the  election  of  councillors; 

(b)  prescribing  procedures  for  the  nomination  and  elec- 
tion of  the  councillors  and  the  nomination  and 
election  of  the  president  and  the  vice-presidents  and 
the  qualifications  necessary  to  hold  any  such  office; 

(c)  prescribing  the  duties  of  the  councillors  and  rules 
governing  their  conduct; 

(d)  respecting  the  remuneration  and  reimbursement  of 
members  of  the  council; 

(e)  respecting  the  calling,  holding  and  conduct  of  meet- 
ings of  the  council  and  the  Association ; 

(/)  providing  for  the  establishment  and  regulation  of 
chapters ; 

(g)  respecting  the  management  of  the  property  of  the 
Association ; 

(h)  providing  for  the  borrowing  of  money  on  the  credit 
of  the  Association  and  the  charging,  mortgaging, 
hypothecating  or  pledging  of  any  of  the  real  or 
personal  property  of  the  Association  to  secure  any 
money  borrowed  or  other  debt  or  any  other  obliga- 
tion or  liability  of  the  Association ; 

(i)  respecting  the  application  of  the  funds  of  the  Asso- 
ciation, and  the  investment  and  re-investment  of 
any  of  its  funds  not  immediately  required  in  any 
investments  that  may  from  time  to  time  be  autho- 
rized investments  for  joint  stock  insurance  companies 
and  cash  mutual  insurance  corporations  under  jT^eB-SjO.  X960, 
Corporations  Act; 

ij)  defining  the  composition  and  functions  of  the  board 
of  examiners; 

(k)  providing  for  the  establishment  of  scholarships, 
bursaries  and  prizes; 

(/)  providing  for  the  appointment  of  committees  of  the 
council  and  defining  their  composition  and  functions; 

(m)  providing  for  the  closing  of  the  register  and  the 
restriction  of  recording  changes  of  addresses  of  the 
registrants  for  a  period  of  time  not  exceeding  forty- 


8 

eight  hours,  exclusive  of  Sundays  and  holidays, 
immediately  preceding  any  meeting  of  the  members 
or  any  election; 

(m)  respecting    the    registration    of    members    and    thr 
recording   of    licensees,    graduates,    undergraduato 
and  assistants  to  professional  engineers; 

(o)  for  maintaining  a  system  for  the  recording  of  regis- 
trants, their  residence  addresses  and  the  regions  in 
which  they  are  resident  and  for  the  recording  of  thi 
names  of  official  representatives  of  partnership.^ 
associations  of  persons  or  corporations; 

(p)  providing  for  services  to  encourage  and  assist  mem- 
bers in  the  development  of  their  professional  com- 
petence and  conduct  and  in  carrying  on  the  practice 
of  professional  engineering; 

(g)  fixing  and  providing  for  levying  and  collecting  or 
remitting  annual  and  other  fees,  levies  and  assess- 
ments; 

(r)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

(5)  respecting  all  other  things  that  are  deemed  necessary 
or  convenient  for  the  attainment  of  the  objects  of 
the  Association  and  the  efficient  conduct  of  its 
business. 

Approval  (2)  \o  by-law  is  effective  until  it  has  been  Submitted  to  the 

members  for  approval  by  means  of  a  letter  ballot  returnable 
within  thirty  days  after  the  mailing  thereof  and  unless  it  has 
been  approved  by  a  majority  of  those  voting  within  the 
prescrilxjd  time.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  5,  d.  o,  amended. 

Construction  (-3)  _\g  {jctweeM  a  registrant  and  the  Association,  the  ruling 
of  the  council  on  the  construction  and  interpretation  of  any 
b\-l,nv  is  final.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  4  (2),  amended. 

etwcs"*^  J>.— (1)  The  council  shall  prepare  and  publish  from  time  to 

time  a  code  of  etliics  containing  standards  of  conduct  designed 
for  the  protection  of  the  public,  which  standards  members 
and  licensees  must  subscribe  to  and  follow  in  the  practice 
of  professional  engineering. 

Copies  (2)  Copies  of  the  code  of  ethics  shall  be  sent  to  the  members 

and  licensees  and  shall  be  available  free  of  charge  to  members 
of  the  public  who  apply  therefor.     Mew. 

4S 


Sections  7  and  8.     These  sections  implement  Recommendations  25 
and  26  of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1211  of  Volume  3). 


48 


Section  9.     This  new  section  implements  Recommendation  9  of  the 
McRuer  Report  (page  1209  of  Volume  3). 


48 


Section  II.  In  clause  d  of  subsection  1  the  experience  requirement 
is  increased  from  five  to  six  years  to  conform  with  the  requirement  in  all 
other  provinces  of  Canada. 

Provision  is  also  made  for  the  admission  in  certain  circumstances  of 
persons  who  do  not  reside  in  Ontario. 


48 


10.  The  council  may  authorize  participation  by  the  Asso-  QoSnclfof 
ciation  in  the  activities  of  the  Canadian  Council  of  Profes-  Professional 

.  T,       •  ■  ■      •  1  f        nT  Engineers 

sional  Engineers,  as  a  constituent  association  thereof.    New. 


MEMBERSHIP 

11. — (1)  Any  applicant  for  membership  who,  tion'for^" 

membership 

(a)  resides, 

(i)  in  Ontario, 

(ii)  out  of  Ontario  and  is  employed  for  an  in- 
definite period  as  a  full-time  employee  of  an 
employer  having  works  or  facilities  in  Ontario 
and  is  required  by  the  terms  of  his  employ- 
ment to  practise  professional  engineering  in 
respect  of  such  works  or  facilities  or  has  a 
place  of  employment  in  Ontario  and  practises 
or  proposes  to  practise  professional  engineer- 
ing in  Ontario  on  a  full-time  basis; 

{b)  is  twenty-one  or  more  years  of  age; 

,  (c)  has  passed  the  examinations  prescribed  by  the  coun- 
cil or  is  exempted  therefrom  pursuant  to  subsection 
3  or  6; 

(<f)  has  had  six  or  more  years  of  experience  in  engineering 
work  satisfactory  to  the  council ;  and 

1  (e)  provides   satisfactory   evidence   of   good   character, 

ball  be  admitted  as  a  member  by  the  council. 

(2)  Each  applicant  for  membership  shall  submit  upon  the  quaUflcation 
prescribed  form  evidence  of  his  educational  qualifications  and 
engineering  experience,  information  as  to  his  residence  and  at 

least  three  references  as  to  his  character  and  engineering 
experience,  and  he  may  be  required  by  the  council  to  verify 
the  statements  set  out  in  his  application  by  affidavit.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  309,  s.  10  (1,  2),  amended. 

(3)  The  council  may  exempt  an  applicant  from  any  of  the  £5®^^^^°"" 
examinations  mentioned   in  clause  c  of  subsection    1   if  the  and  other 
council  is  of  the  opinion   that  the  applicant   has  adequate  tions 
academic  and  other  qualifications.     New. 

48 


to 


Cradit  for 
time  spent 
at  • 
univermitjr 


(4)  Where  the  applicant  is  a  graduate,  upon  presenting 
evidence  of  the  actual  time  during  which  he  was  under  instruc- 
tion as  an  undergraduate  in  a  university,  the  council  shall 
grant  him  the  time  spent  under  such  instruction  in  reduction 
of  the  six-year  period  of  engineering  experience  required  by 
clause  d  of  subsection  1,  but  only  in  so  far  as  the  total  exemp- 
tion granted  does  not  exceed  four  years.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309, 
s.  10  (4),  amended. 


Board  of 
examiners 
to  consider 
applications 


(5)  The  council  may  for  the  purpose  of  subsection  3  or  4 
require  the  board  of  examiners  to  consider  and  make  recom- 
mendations to  the  council  with  respect  to  any  applications 
for  exemption,  including  an  application  for  exemption  of 
a   graduate   in  honours  science.    New. 


Saving 


(6)  The  council  shall  exempt  from  the  examinations  men- 
tioned in  clause  c  of  subsection  1  any  person  who  resides  in 
Ontario  on  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force  and  who  has 
been  engaged  in  the  performance  of  any  engineering  work 
specified  in  clause  e  of  section  2  of  The  Professional  Engineers 
Act,  being  chapter  309  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1960,  for  a  period  or  periods  of  not  less  than  six  years  in  the 
aggregate,  if  such  person  submits  to  the  council,  within  one 
year  from  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force,  satisfactory 
evidence  of  having  been  so  engaged.    New. 


Admission 
of  members 
of  other 
associations 


12.  The  council  may,  upon  application  and  satisfactoi: 
proof  of  residence,  admit  as  a  member  any  person  who  resides 
in  Ontario,  or  who  resides  out  of  Ontario  under  the  circum- 
stances set  out  in  subclause  ii  of  clause  a  of  subsection  1  of 
section  1 1 ,  and  who  furnishes  satisfactory  proof. 


(a)  that  he  is  a  member  of  an  association  of  professional 
engineers  in  another  province  or  a  territory'  of 
Canada  that  has  objects  similar  to  those  of  the 
Association  and  requirements  for  membership  no 
less  exacting  than  those  in  effect  in  Ontario;  or 

{b)  that  he  is  a  member  of  an  association  of  professional 
engineers  in  another  part  of  the  Commonwealth  or 
in  the  United  States  of  America  that  has  objects 
similar  to  those  of  the  Association  and  requirements 
for  membership  no  less  exacting  than  those  in  effect 
in  Ontario. 


students 

and 

assistants 


13.  Persons  who  are  engaged  as  assistants  to  professional 
engineers  in  categories  recognized  by  the  council  and  gradu- 
ates and  undergraduates  who  have  not  completed  the  period 
of  engineering  experience  required  by  this  Act  and  who  con- 


48 


11 

template  applying  for  membership  on  the  completion  of  the 
period  of  engineering  experience  may,  upon  application  in  the 
prescribed  form,  be  recorded  in  the  Association's  register  but 
not  as  members  of  the  Association  until  fully  qualified,  and 
upon  being  so  recorded  are  subject  to  the  control  of  the 
council  in  accordance  with  this  Act,  the  regulations  and  the 
by-laws.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  13,  amended. 

14. — (1)  The  annual  fee  from  a  registrant  shall  be  deemed  Annual  fee 
to  be  a  debt  due  to  the  Association  and  is  recoverable  from 
him  in  the  name  of  the  Association  in  any  court  of  competent 
jurisdiction.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  24,  amended. 

(2)  Where  the  annual  fee  is  not  paid  within  six  months  p^y'J^ent  of 
from  the  date  upon  which  it  became  due,  the  treasurer  shall*"""*'  ^^^ 
send  a  written  notice  of  such  default  by  prepaid  mail  addressed 
to  the  registrant's  last  address  as  shown  on  the  register,  and, 
if  payment  is  not  made  within  one  month  thereafter,  the 
registrar,  upon  the  direction  of  the  council,  shall  delete  or 
cause  the  name  of  the  registrant  to  be  deleted  from  the 
register,  and  thereupon  the  registrant  ceases  to  be  a  member, 
a  licensee,  an  assistant  to  a  professional  engineer,  or  a  graduate 
or  undergraduate  recorded  pursuant  to  section  13,  as  the  case 
may  be.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  25  (1),  amended. 

15.  Any  member  who  intends  to  withdraw  from  the  prac- J^ons*"*" 
tice  of  professional  engineering  and  whose  fees  are  paid  up 

shall  send  written  notice  thereof  to  the  registrar,  whereupon 
the  registrar  shall  delete  his  name  from  the  register.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  309,  s.  25  (2),  amended. 

16.  Any  person  who  ceased  to  be  a  member  under  sub- ^ong""^^" 
section  2  of  section  14,  upon  payment  of  the  fees  owing  at  the 

time  he  ceased  to  be  a  member  and  the  fee  for  the  current 
year,  or  any  person  whose  name  has  been  deleted  from  the 
register  under  section  15,  upon  payment  of  the  fee  for  the 
current  year,  and,  in  either  case,  upon  production  of  evidence 
of  good  character  satisfactory  to  the  council,  shall,  upon  the 
direction  of  the  council,  have  his  name  restored  on  the  register. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  25  (3),  amended. 


LICENSING 

17. — (1)  The  registrar  may  upon  application  issue  a  licence  J^5e^®p°/jQ 
to  any  person  who  resides  in  Canada  but  not  in  Ontario  and  members  of 

,r.|  ■   r  r,,.  ,  r         associations 

who  turmshes  satisfactory  proof  that  he  is  a  member  of  an  of  other 

„^^      •    ,.  /•  J.       .         i  .  .  .  .  provinces 

association  oi  professional  engineers  in  another  province  or  a 
territory  of  Canada  that  has  objects  similar  to  those  of  the 
Association. 

48 


12 


Issue  or 
lieencee  to 
consulting 
speoialists 


(2)  Any  person  who  does  not  reside  in  Canada  but  who  in 
the  opinion  of  the  council  is  a  consulting  specialist  in  a  field 
of  professional  engineering  who  has  had  not  less  than  ten  years 
experience  in  the  practice  of  his  profession,  or  who  furnishes 
satisfactory  evidence  that  he  has  qualifications  at  least  equal 
to  those  required  for  registration  as  a  professional  engineer 
in  Ontario,  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  council,  be  issued  a 
licence. 


H^ZOTto  W  Any  person   practising  or   proposing  to  practise  pn. 

^0"°"^  fessional  engineering  who  resides  in  a  territory  of  Canada  in 

wlthou't**       which  there  is  no  association  of  professional  engineers  that 
associations   has  objects  similar  to  those  of  the  Association,  may,  with  the 
approval  of  the  council,  be  issued  a  licence. 


Practise  by 
applicant 
for  a 
licence 


(4)  Where  an  applicant  for  a  licence  fails  to  obtain  it 
promptly  for  any  reason  unrelated  to  his  professional  capacity 
or  his  own  neglect,  he  may  practise  professional  engineering 
in  Ontario  for  a  period  of  not  more  than  three  months  without 
a  licence. 


Licence  to 
be  issued 
by  the 
registrar 


(5)  The  registrar  shall  issue  a  licence  in  the  prescribed  form 
to  any  person  entitled  thereto  and  shall  specify  therein  the 
work  upon  which  and  the  name  of  the  employer  in  Ontario  l> 
whom  the  holder  of  the  licence  is  to  be  employed  and  tlic 
period  for  which  it  is  issued,  but  in  no  case  shall  the  period 
extend  beyond  the  end  of  the  calendar  year  in  which  the 
licence  is  issued.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  ss.  14,  22  (4),  amended. 


Additional 
conditions 


(6)  The  council  ma\'  direct  that  any  licence  issued  under 
subsection  2  shall,  in  addition  to  the  conditions  mentioned 
in  subsection  5,  contain  a  condition  that  the  licensee  may 
practise  professional  engineering  in  Ontario  only  in  collabora- 
tion with  a  member  who  shall  sign  and  seal  any  plans  and 
specifications  together  with  the  licensee.    New. 


Where 

licence  not 
reiiuired 


18.  An\  person  who  is  employed  as  a  professional  engineer 
b\  a  public  service  corporation  carrying  on  an  interprovincial 
undertaking  or  by  the  Government  of  Canada  and  who  is  by 
reason  of  his  employment  required  to  practise  professional 
engineering  in  a  province  or  territory  of  Canada  other  than 
that  of  his  residence  may  practise  professional  engineering  in 
Ontario  without  a  licence,  but  he  shall  on  demand  of  the 
council  furnish  satisfactory  evidence  that  he  is  a  member  of  an 
association  of  professional  engineers  in  another  province  or  a 
territory  of  Canada  that  has  objects  similar  to  those  of  the 
Association.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  15,  amended. 


Seals, 
members 


19. — (1)   Every    member   shall    have   a    seal    of   a   design 
approved  by  the  council,  the  impression  of  which  shall  contain 


48 


Section  20.  The  provisions  respecting  the  practice  of  professional 
engineering  by  partnerships,  associations  and  corporations  are  revised 
in  order  to  ensure  a  greater  degree  of  control. 


48 


13 

the  name  of  the  engineer  and  the  words  "Registered  Profes- 
sional Engineer"  and  "Province  of  Ontario".  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  309,  s.  16,  amended. 

(2)  Every  licensee  shall  have  a  seal  of  a  design  approved  j^^UJ^'^^g 
by  the  council,  the  impression  of  which  shall  contain  the 

name  of  the  licensee  and  the  words  "Licensed  Professional 
Engineer"  and  "Province  of  Ontario". 

(3)  All   final  drawings,   specifications,   plans,  reports  and  f n^"uge'"of 
other  documents  involving  the  practice  of  professional  en-^^*' 
gineering  when  issued  shall  bear  the  signature  and  seal  of  the 
professional  engineer  who  prepared  or  approved  them.    New. 

PARTNERSHIPS,    CORPORATIONS 

20. — (1)  No  partnership,  association  of  persons  or  cor- P^^^fj^^^®^^ 
poration  as  such  shall  be  a  member  or  a  licensee,  or  shall,  by  partner- 

•^  ,        .       ,    ,  1  •  •  •  r       •         ,  ships  and 

except  as  authorized   by   this  section,   practise  professional  corporations 
engineering. 

(2)  A   partnership,   association   of   persons  or  corporation  certiflcates 
that  holds  a  certificate  of  authorization  may,  in  its  own  name,  t^'^°"^^' 
practise  professional  engineering, 


• 


(a)  if  one  of  its  principal  or  customary  functions  is  to 
engage  in  the  practice  of  professional  engineering; 
and 

{h)  if  the  practice  of  professional  engineering  is  done 
under  the  respnansibility  and  supervision  of  a  member 
of  the  partnership  or  the  association  of  persons,  a 
director  of  the  corporation,  or  a  full-time  employee 
of  the  corporation,  who  in  any  case  is  a  member;  or 

(c)  if  the  practice  of  professional  engineering  is  done 
under  the  responsibility  and  supervision  of  a  member 
of  the  partnership  or  the  association  of  persons,  a 
director  of  the  corporation,  or  a  full-time  employee 
of  the  corporation,  who  in  any  case  is  a  licensee, 
provided  that  the  practice  of  professional  engineer- 
ing is  restricted  to  the  work  specified  in  the  licence 
of  the  licensee.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  18,  amended. 

(3)  A  partnership,  association  of  persons  or  corporation  Applications 
that  desires  a  certificate  of  authorization  shall  submit  to  the  certificates 
registrar  an  application  in  the  prescribed  form  containing, 

(o)  the  names  and  addresses  of  all  its  partners,  members, 
officers  or  directors,  as  the  case  may  be; 


1 


14 


(b)  the  names  of  all  its  partners,  members  of  associa- 
tions of  persons,  directors  of  corporations,  or  full- 
time  employees  of  corporations,  as  the  case  may  be, 
who  are  the  members  or  licensees  who  will  be  in 
charge  of  professional  engineering  on  its  behalf; 

(c)  from  among  the  names  specified  under  clause  b  the 
name  or  names  of  its  official  representative  or  repi 
sentatives  whose  duty  it  is  to  ensure  that  this  Aci, 
and  the  regulations  and  the  by-laws  are  complied 
with  by  the  partnership,  the  association  of  persons 
or  the  corporation,  as  the  case  may  be, 

and  shall,  whenever  there  is  a  change  in  the  particulars  given 
in  its  application,  give  notice  of  the  change  to  the  registrar 
within  thirty  days  after  the  effective  date  of  the  change. 

certiflcates         (^^  '^  subsection  3  is  complied  with,  the  registrar  shall 
issue  to  the  applicant  a  certificate  of  authorization. 


1  pso  facto 
revocation 
of 
certlflcate 


(5)  Where  the  holder  of  a  certificate  of  authorization  ceases 
to  have  any  official  representative,  the  certificate  is  ipso  facto 
revoked,  and  the  partnership,  association  of  persons  or  cor- 
poration shall  not  practise  professional  engineering  until  a 
new  certificate  of  authorization  is  issued. 


Reprimand 
of  licensee, 
etc. 


(6)  Where  the  council  finds  that  the  holder  of  a  certificate 
of  authorization  has  failed  to  observe  any  of  the  provisions 
of  this  section  or  has  been  guilty  of  conduct  that  would,  in 
the  case  of  a  member  or  licensee,  have  been  professional  mis- 
conduct, the  council  may  reprimand  the  holder  or  suspend  or 
revoke  the  certificate  of  authorization. 


^/'m.'"?4.'°25,      (7)  Sections  24,  25  and  26  apply  mutatis  mutandis  to  the 

^^  refusal    to    issue   a  certificate  of  authorization  and   to  the 

revocation   or  suspension   of  a  certificate  of  authorization. 


Board 


Central 

examining 

board 


EXAMINATIONS 

21. — (1)  The  council  shall  appoint  annually  a  board  of 
examiners.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  19,  amended. 

(2)  The  council  may  establish  conjointly  with  the  council 
of  any  association  in  one  or  more  of  the  provinces  or  terri- 
tories of  Canada  that  has  objects  similar  to  those  of  the  Asso- 
ciation a  central  examining  board  and  may  delegate  to  the 
central  examining  board  all  or  any  of  the  powers  of  the  council 
respecting  the  examination  of  candidates  for  admission  as 
members,  but  any  examinations  conducted  by  the  central 
examining  board  shall  be  held  in  at  least  one  place  in  Ontario. 
R.S.O.  1960.  c.  309,  s.  21,  amended. 


48 


Section  24 — Subsection  1.     This  new  provision  implements  Recom- 
mendation 22  of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1211  of  Volume  3). 


Subsection  2.     This  subsection  implements  Recommendation   14  of 
the  McRuer  Report  (page  1210  of  Volume  3). 


Si£ciTON  25 — Sub.scction  1.  The  provisions  of  the  Act  dealing  with 
discipline  are  revised  in  order  to  bring  them  into  line  with  Recommendations 
8.  16,  17,  19  and  20  of  the  McRuer  Report  (pages  1209-1211  of  Volume  3) 
and  also  to  set  out  more  explicitly  the  powers  of  the  council  when  dealing 
with  disciplinary  matters. 

48 


IS 

REGISTRAR 

22. — (1)  The  registrar  shall  register  in  a  system  of  record- Registrar 
ing  approved  by  the  council  the  names  of  the  members,  the  members, 
licensees,  the  assistants  to  professional  engineers,  and   the®''^' 
graduates   and    the   undergraduates.     R.S.O.    1960,   c.    309, 
s.  22  (5),  amended. 

(2)  The  registrar  shall  keep  the  register  correct  and  inj^^g^'^"^ 
accordance  with  this  Act,  the  regulations  and  the  by-laws,  correct 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  23,  amended. 

(3)  The  certificate  of  the  registrar  respecting  the  registra- ^^yi'^s'^o® 
tion  of  a  person  is  prima  facie  evidence  of  the  facts  certified  membership 
to  therein.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  27,  amended. 

23. — (1)  The  registrar  shall  issue  to  each  member  admitted  Je'''"'oato 
to  the  Association  a  certificate  of  membership  signed  by  the  "membership 
president  or  a  vice-president  and  by  the  registrar,  and  bearing 
the  seal  of  the  Association.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  23  (1), 
amended. 

(2)  Every  member  shall  keep  his  certificate  of  membership  t^%g''°^'® 
prominently  displayed  in  his  place  of  business.     R.S.O.  1960,  displayed 
c.  309,  s.  22   (1). 


HEARINGS   UPON   APPLICATIONS 

24. — (1)  Where  an  applicant  for  membership  or  a  licence  ^^ere"^ 
has  met  the  academic  and  experience  requirements,  or  an  application 
applicant  for  restoration  of  his  name  on  the  register  has  paid  bership,  etc., 
the  required  fees  and  has  produced  the  required  evidence  of 
good  character,  and  his  application  is  refused,  the  council 
shall,  upon  the  written  request  of  the  applicant  received  by 
the  registrar  within  fifteen  days  of  the  receipt  by  the  applicant 
of  written  notice  of  the  refusal,  conduct  a  hearing  of  the  matter. 

(2)  Section  25  applies  mutatis  mutandis  to  any  hearing  heTrfng'  °^ 
conducted  under  this  section  except  that  upon  any  such  hear- 
ing the  council  may  make  findings  of  fact  by  such  standards 
of  proof  as  are  commonly  relied  upon  by  reasonable  and 
prudent  men  in  the  conduct  of  their  own  affairs.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  309,  s.  26,  amended. 


HEARINGS,   DISCIPLINARY 

25.— (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  where  the  council  finds  Pq°J;|j»^  °f 
that  a  person  who  is  a  member  or  licensee  is  guilty  of  pro- diso'P""^ 

f       .         ,       .  ,  ,  ,       .        ,  .  .  ■'  ,        members 

tessionai  misconduct  or  has  obtained  registration  as  a  member 
48 


16 

or  has  been  issued  a  licence  by  reason  of  misrepreaentation 
by  such  person,  the  council  may  by  order  do  one  or  more  of 
the  following: 

1.  Reprimand  such  person  and,  if  considered  proper, 
direct  that  the  fact  of  the  reprimand  be  recorded  on 
the  register. 

2.  Suspend  the  membership  or  licence  of  such  person  for 
such  time  as  the  council  considers  proper  and  direct 
that  the  re-instatement  of  such  membership  or  licence 
on  the  termination  of  such  suspension  be  subject 
to  such  conditions,  if  any,  as  the  council  considers 
proper. 

3.  Direct  that  the  imposition  of  any  penalty  be  sus- 
pended or  postponed  for  such  period  and  upon  such 
terms  as  the  council  considers  proper  and  that  at 
the  end  of  such  period  and  upon  the  compliance  with 
such  terms  any  penalty  be  remitted. 

4.  Direct  that  the  membership  or  licence  of  such  person 
be  cancelled  and  that  the  name  of  such  person  be 
removed  from  the  register. 

5.  Direct  that  the  decision  of  the  council  be  published 
in  detail  or  in  summary  in  the  official  journal  of  the 
Association  or  in  such  other  manner  or  medium  as 
the  council  considers  appropriate  in  any  particular 
case. 

6.  Direct  that,  where  it  appears  that  the  proceedings 
were  unwarranted,  such  costs  as  to  the  council  seem 
just  be  paid  by  the  Association  to  the  member  or 
licensee  whose  conduct  was  the  subject  of  such 
proceedings. 

Complaint         (2)  The  council  shall  not  take  any  action  under  subsection  1 

and  hearing  ,    '  -^ 

unless, 

(a)  a  complaint  under  oath  has  been  filed  with  the 
registrar  and  a  copy  thereof  has  been  served  on  the 
person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated; 

(b)  the  person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated 
has  been  served  with  a  notice  of  the  time  and  place 
of  the  hearing;  and 

(r)  the  council  has  heard  evidence  of  or  on  behalf  of 
the  complainant  and,  if  the  person  whose  conduct  is 
being  investigated  apjjears  at  the  hearing  and  so 

48 


Subsection  4.     This  new  provision  implements  Recommendation 
of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1210  of  Volume  3). 


Subsection  5.     This  new  provision  implements  Recommendation  12 
of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1210  of  Volume  i). 


Subsection  6.     This  new  provision  implements  Recommendation  35 
of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1262  of  Volume  3). 


Subsection  7.     This  new  provision  implements  Recommendation  IS 
of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1210  of  Volume  3). 


Subsection  9.  This  new  provision  implements  Recommendations  13 
and  44  of  the  McRuer  Report  (pages  1210  and  1263,  respectively,  of 
Volume  3). 


Subsection  10.  This  new  provision  takes  into  account  Recommen- 
dations 151,  152,  169,  170,  172,  173  and  174  of  the  McRuer  Report  (pages 
1278,  1280  and  1281,  respectively,  of  Volume  3). 


48 


Subsection  11.  This  new  provision  is  designed  to  implement  Recom- 
mendations 174  and  179  of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1281  of  Volume  3). 
It  is  based  upon  the  corresponding  provisions  of  the  Tribunals  of  Inquiry 
(Evidence)  Act,  1921  of  the  United  Kingdom  (see  page  444  of  Volume  1). 


i  ' 

Subsection  12.     This  provision  implements  Recommendation  42  of 
the  McRuer  Report  (page  1263  of  Volume  3). 


Subsection  13.     This  provision  implements  Recommendations  45  and 
47  of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1263  of  Volume  3). 


Subsection  14.     This  provision  implements  Recommendation  48  of 
the  McRuer  Report  (page  1263  of  Volume  3).    The  proviso  has  been  added. 


48 


Subsection  15.     This  provision  iniplen)ent»  Recommendation    lo 
the  McRiier  Report  (pages  1209-10  of  Volume  3). 


48 


17 

requests,  has  heard  his  evidence  or  evidence  on  his 
beiialf  and  has  reached  the  decision  that  he  is  guilty. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  28  (1,  2),  amended. 

(3)  Any   person   presiding  at  a  hearing  may  administer  take^sworn 
oaths  to  witnesses  and  require  them  to  give  evidence  under  ®^"'°"'^® 
oath.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  28  (1,  2,  3),  amended. 

(4)  If  the  person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated  fails  appear  *° 
to  appear  in  answer  to  the  notice  at  the  time  and  place  ap- 
pointed, the  hearing  may  be  conducted  in  his  absence. 

(5)  Hearings  shall  be  held  in  camera,  but  if  the  person  whose  hearings""'' 
conduct  is  being  investigated  requests  otherwise  by  a  not\ct^°„^lJ^f)^ 
in  writing  delivered  to  the  registrar  before  the  day  fixed  for 

the  hearing,  the  council  may  conduct  the  hearing  in  public 
ir  otherwise  as  it  thinks  proper. 

(6)  The  council  may  adjourn  any  hearing  at  any  time  and  merits'^" 
from  time  to  time. 

(7)  A    person    whose    conduct    is    being    investigated,    if  ^/p^ereon'^* 
present  in  person  at  the  hearing,  has  the  right  to  be  repre-  vesti^ated 
sented  by  counsel  or  agent,  to  adduce  evidence  and  to  make 
submissions,  and  any  such  person  may  be  compelled  to  attend 

and  give  evidence  in  the  manner  provided  in  subsection  10. 

(8)  The  oral  evidence  submitted  at  a  hearing  shall  be  taken  ^^^enc^e"*^ 
down  in  writing  or  by  any  other  method  authorized  by  T/feR.s.o.  i960, 

■  Evidence  Act. 


(9)  The  rules  of  evidence  applicable  in  civil   proceedings  ^"Jfe^n^e 
are  applicable  at  hearings,  but  at  a  hearing  members  of  the 
council  may  take  notice  of  generally  recognized  technical  or 
scientific  facts  or  opinions  within  the  specialized  knowledge 

of  members  of  the  council  if  the  person  whose  conduct  is 
being  investigated  has  been  informed  before  or  during  the 
hearing  of  any  such  matters  noticed  and  he  has  been  given 
an  opportunity  to  contest  the  material  so  noticed. 

(10)  The  president,  a  vice-president,  the  immediate  past  f^™[J'°^g® 
president  or  the  registrar  may,  and  the  registrar  upon  applica- 
tion of  a  jDerson  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated  shall, 

issue  a  summons  in  the  form  prescribed  by  regulation,  com- 
manding the  attendance  and  examination  of  any  person  as  a 
itness,  and  the  production  of  any  document  the  production 
which  could  be  compelled  at  the  trial  of  an  action,  to 
appear  before  the  council  at  the  time  and  place  mentioned  in 
the  summons  and  stating  that  failure  to  obey  the  summons 
will  render  the  person  liable  to  cornmittal  to  prison  on  an 

48 


18 


Fallura  of 
witnau  to 
appear,  etc. 


application  to  the  Supreme  Court,  but  the  person  whose 
attendance  is  required  is  entitled  to  the  like  conduct  money 
and  payment  for  expenses  and  loss  of  time  as  upon  attendance 
as  a  witness  at  a  trial  in  the  Supreme  Court. 

(11)  If  any  person, 

(a)  on  being  duly  summoned  to  appear  as  a  witnew 
makes  default  in  attending;  or 

(b)  being  in  attendance  as  a  witness  refuses  to  take  an 
oath  legally  required  to  be  taken,  or  to  produce  any 
document  in  his  power  or  control  legally  required 
to  be  produced  by  him,  or  to  answer  any  question 
which  he  is  legally  required  to  answer;  or 

(c)  does  any  other  thing  which  would,  if  the  council  had 
been  a  court  of  law  having  power  to  commit  for 
contempt,  have  been  contempt  of  that  court, 

the  person  presiding  at  the  hearing  may  certify  the  offence 
of  that  person  under  his  hand  to  the  Supreme  Court  and  the 
court  may  thereupon  inquire  into  the  alleged  offence  and 
after  hearing  any  witnesses  who  may  be  produced  against 
or  on  behalf  of  the  person  charged  with  the  offence,  and  after 
hearing  any  statements  that  may  be  offered  in  defence,  punish 
or  take  steps  for  the  punishment  of  that  person  in  the  like 
manner  as  if  he  had  been  guilty  of  contempt  of  court. 


uon'amf  (^2)  At  a  hearing  the  complainant  and  the  person  whose 

cross-  conduct  is  being  investigated  have  the  right  to  examine  the 

examination  ,,     ,    ,  ,  •      i  j 

Witnesses  called  by  them  respectively,  and  to  cross-examine 
the  witnesses  opposed  in  interest. 


Decisions 


(13)  The  decision  taken  after  a  hearing  shall  be  in  writing 
and  shall  contain  or  be  accompanied  by  the  reasons  for  the 
decision  in  which  are  set  out  the  findings  of  fact  and  the 
conclusions  of  law,  if  any,  based  thereon,  and  a  copy  of  the 
decision  and  the  reasons  therefor,  together  with  a  notice  to 
the  person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated  of  his  right  of 
appeal,  shall  be  served  upon  him  within  thirty  days  after  the 
date  of  the  decision. 


Record 


(14)  A  record  shall  be  compiled  for  every  hearing  consist- 
ing of  the  complaint  and  the  notice  referred  to  in  subsection  2, 
any  intermediate  rulings  or  orders  made  in  the  course  of  the 
proceedings,  a  transcript  of  the  oral  evidence,  if  a  transcript 
has  been  prepared,  such  documentary  evidence  and  things 
as  were  received  in  evidence  and  the  decision  and  the  reasons 
therefor,   provided   that  documents  and   things  received  in 


48 


Subsection  21.     This  provision  implements  Recommendation   21  of 
the  McRuer  Report  (page  1210  of  Volume  3). 


Section  26.     This  appeal  section  implements  Recommendation  23 
of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1210  of  Volume  3). 


48 


19 

evidence  may  be  released  to  the  persons  tendering  tliem  when 
all  appeals  have  been  finally  disposed  of  or  the  right  to  appeal 
has  terminated. 

(15)  Any  document  required  to  be  served  under  this  Act  documents 
upon  a  person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated  shall  be 

served  personally  upon  him,  but  where  it  appears  that  service 
cannot  be  effected  personally,  the  document  may  be  served 
by  mailing  a  copy  thereof  in  a  registered  letter  addressed  to 
him  at  his  last  known  residence  or  office  address  as  shown  by 
the  records  of  the  Association,  and  service  shall  be  effected 
not  less  than  ten  days  before  the  date  of  the  hearing  or  the 
event  or  thing  required  to  be  done,  as  the  case  may  be,  and 
proof  by  affidavit  of  the  service  is  sufficient. 

(16)  Where  a  member  or  licensee  has  been  suspended  from  Sllft^al'ter 
practising  under  this  section,  he  may,  upon  payment  of  all  ^"^p®"^'°" 
fees  and  other  costs  owing  by  him  to  the  Association,  apply  to 

the  council  to  be  re-instated  as  a  member  or  licensee,  as  the 
case  may  be,  and  the  council  may  terminate  the  suspension 
of  such  member  or  licensee  upon  such  terms  as  it  considers 
proper. 


(17)  A    person    whose    membership   or   licence    has    been^^^ 


Re- 

■  admission 

cancelled  under  this  section  may  apply  to  the  council  ^or  1^'®^!^^^^^ 
membership  or  for  a  licence,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  the 
council  shall,  subject  to  subsection  18,  hear  the  application 
and  make  such  order  as  it  considers  proper  and  may  include 
as  a  term  of  any  such  order  such  conditions  as  the  council 
considers  proper  to  be  fulfilled  before  the  applicant  is  ad- 
mitted to  membership  or  granted  a  licence  or  to  be  observed 
by  such  member  or  licensee  thereafter. 

(18)  Except  with  the  consent  of  the  council,  no  application  i^em 
under  subsection  17  shall  be  heard  before  the  expiry  of  two 
years  from   the  date  of  the  cancellation  of  membership  or 
licence  or  the  date  of  the  final  disposition  of  any  appeal. 

(19)  Upon  a  hearing  for  admission  to  membership  or  for  ^''®'" 
the  granting  of  a  licence  under  subsection   17,  the  council 
shall  follow,  in  so  far  as  practicable,  the  procedure  provided 

for  in  the  case  of  a  complaint  under  this  section,  and  a  former 
member  or  licensee  has  the  same  right  of  appeal  from  an 
order  made  by  the  council  under  subsection  17  as  is  provided 
in  section  26. 

(20)  The  council  may  appoint  a  committee  to  act  for  and  of'™™nc^f^ 
on  its  behalf  composed  of  not  fewer  than  five  members  of  the 
council,  one  of  whom  shall  be  the  president,  a  vice-president 

or  the  immediate  past  president,  and  may  delegate  to  the 

48 


20 


committee  all  or  any  of  its  powers  and  duties  under  this 
section  upon  such  terms  and  conditions,  if  any,  as  the  council 
considers  proper,  and  a  decision  or  order  of  the  committee 
is  the  decision  or  order  of  the  council.    New. 


Practice 
pending 
appeal 


(21)  Except  in  the  case  of  professional  misconduct  con- 
stituting incompetence  on  the  part  of  the  person  whose 
conduct  was  investigated,  the  suspension  or  cancellation  of 
the  membership  or  licence  of  a  person  whose  conduct  was 
investigated  under  this  section  does  not  become  effective  until 
any  appeal  has  been  finally  disposed  of  or  the  right  of  appeal 
has  terminated.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  28  (5),  amended. 


APPEALS 

Appeal  26. — (1)  Any   person   whom   the  council  has  refused  to 

register  for  membership  or  whose  name  the  council  has 
refused  to  restore  on  the  register  or  to  whom  the  council  has 
refused  to  issue  a  licence  or  who  has  been  reprimanded  or 
whose  membership  or  licence  is  suspended  or  cancelled  may 
appeal  from  the  order  of  refusal,  reprimand,  suspension  or 
cancellation  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  within  fifteen  days  from 
the  day  upon  which  he  is  served  with  the  order  of  refusal, 
reprimand,  suspension  or  cancellation. 


Certified 
copies  of 
papers 


Failure  to 
pay  costs 


(2)  Upon  the  request  of  any  person  desiring  to  appeal  and 
upon  payment  of  the  cost  thereof,  the  registrar  shall  furnish 
such  person  with  a  certified  copy  of  all  proceedings,  evidence, 
reports,  orders  and  papers  received  as  evidence  by  the  council 
and  any  committee  thereof  appointed  pursuant  to  subsection 
20  of  section  25  in  dealing  with  and  disposing  of  the  matter 
complained  of. 

(3)  If  the  appellant  fails  to  pay  the  cost  of  the  certified 
copy  and  the  cost  of  such  additional  copies  of  the  evidence  as 
may  be  reasonably  required  for  the  purposes  of  the  appeal 
within  fifteen  days  after  written  demand  from  the  registrar, 
the  appeal  shall  be  deemed  to  be  abandoned. 


Procedure 
and  record 


(4)  An  appeal  under  this  section  shall  be  by  motion,  notice 
of  which  shall  be  served  upon  the  registrar,  and  the  record 
shall  consist  of  a  copy,  certified  by  the  registrar,  of  the  pro- 
ceedings before  the  council  or  committee  thereof,  the  evidence 
taken,  the  report  of  the  council  or  committee  thereof  and  all 
decisions,  findings  and  orders  of  the  council  or  committee 
thereof  in  the  matter. 


I'm,  tue 


(5)  Except  as  otherwise  provided,  appeals  under  this  section 
shall  be  in  accordance  with  the  practice  in  appeals  from  the 
decision  or  order  of  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court. 


48 


21 

(6)  Upon  the  hearing  of  an  appeal  under  this  section  the^'"''®" 
Court  of  Appeal  may  make  such  order  as  the  court  deems 
proper  or  may  refer  the  matter  or  any  part  thereof  back  to 

the  council  with  such  directions  as  the  court  deems  proper. 

(7)  The  Court  of  Appeal  may  make  such  order  as  to  the  '^°^^^ 
costs  of  the  appeal  as  the  court  deems  proper.     R.S.O.  1960, 

c.  309,  s.  28  (4),  amended. 


OFFENCES 

27. — (1)  Every  person,  other  than  a  member  or  a  licensee,  °g*J|o^|*' 
who, 

(a)  takes  and  uses  orally  or  otherwise  the  title  "Pro- 
fessional Engineer"  or  "Registered  Professional 
Engineer"  or  uses  any  addition  to  or  abbreviation  of 
either  such  titles,  or  any  words,  name  or  designation 
that  will  lead  to  the  belief  that  he  is  a  professional 
engineer,  a  member  or  a  licensee  or,  except  as  per- 
mitted by  section  2,  uses  the  title  or  designation 
"engineer"  in  such  a  manner  as  will  lead  to  the  belief 
that  he  is  a  professional  engineer,  a  member  or  a 
licensee; 

(6)  advertises,  holds  himself  out,  or  conducts  himself  in 
any  way  or  by  anj'  means  as  a  member  or  a  licensee; 
or 

(c)  engages  in  the  practice  of  professional  engineering, 

is  guilty  of  an  oflfence.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  30,  amended. 

(2)  Every  person  who,  ^^^'^ 

(a)  wilfully  procures  or  attempts  to  procure  registration 
under  this  Act  for  himself  or  for  another  person  by 
making,  producing  or  causing  to  be  made  or  produced 
any  fraudulent  representation  or  declaration  either 
verbal  or  written ; 

{b)  knowingly  makes  any  false  statement  in  any  applica- 
tion or  declaration  signed  or  filed  by  him  under  this 
Act, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence.       R.S.O.   1960,  c.  309,  s.   33,  part, 
amended. 

48 


22 

ptStner?'  (^^  Where  a  partnership,  association  of  persons  or  corpor 

a«Boolatione   **°"  '''^^  ^^^  "°  Subsisting  certificate  of  authorization, 

and 

corporations  ,   >  .  ..... 

(a)  practises  professional  engineering; 

(b)  uses  orally  or  otherwise  any  name,  title,  description 
or  designation  that  will  lead  to  the  belief  that  it  is 
entitled  to  practise  professional  engineering;  or 

(c)  advertises,  holds  itself  out  or  conducts  itself  in  any 
way  or  in  such  manner  as  to  lead  to  the  belief  that 
it  is  entitled  to  practise  professional  engineering, 

every  member  of  the  partnership,  every  member  of  the  asso- 
ciation of  persons,  or  the  corporation  and  every  director  there- 
of, is  guilty  of  an  offence. 


Idem 


(4)  Where  a  partnership,  association  of  persons  or  corpora- 
tion that  has  a  subsisting  certificate  of  authorization  practises 
professional  engineering  in  contravention  of  this  Act,  ever>' 
member  of  the  partnership,  every  member  of  the  association 
of  persons,  or  the  corporation  and  every  director  thereof, 
is  guilty  of  an  offence. 


Penalties 


(5)  Every  person,  member  of  a  partnership,  member  of  an 
association  of  persons,  and  every  corporation  and  director 
thereof,  who  is  guilty  of  an  offence  under  this  section  is,  on 
summary  conviction,  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000 
or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months, 
or  to  both.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  ss.  31,  33,  part,  amended. 


Umitation         (^j   \;q  proceedings  shall  be  commenced  for  a  contravention 
proceedings   of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  section  after  two  years  from 

the  date  of  the  commission  of  such  contravention.     R.S.O. 

1960,  c.  309,  s.  35,  amended. 


LIMITATION   OF  .\CTIONS 


Limitation 
of  actions 


28. — (1)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  2,  an  action 
against  a  member  or  a  licensee  for  negligence  or  malpractice 
in  connection  with  professional  services  requested  of  him  or 
rendered  by  him  or  under  his  direction  or  control  shall  be 
commenced  within  and  not  later  than  twelve  months  after 
the  cause  of  action  arose. 


Extension 


(2)  The  court  in  which  an  action  mentioned  in  subsection  1 
has  been  or  may  be  brought  may  extend  the  period  of  limita- 
tion specified  therein  either  before  or  after  it  has  expired  if 
the  court  is  satisfied  that  to  do  so  is  just. 


48 


Section  28.     This  new  section  implements  Recommendations  29, 
30  and  31  of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1211  of  Volume  3). 


48 


23 
(3)  This   section    does    not   apply    to    proceedings    under  Pj°®,^"j°' 

section  25.      New.  disciplinary 

proceedings 

TRANSITIONAL   PROVISIONS 

29.— (1)  Notwithstanding   section   4,    the   president,    the ^S^n*™  ""^ 
vice-presidents  and  the  elected  councillors  holding  office  when 
this  Act  comes  into  force  shall  continue  to  hold  office  until 
after  the  first  annual  election  after  this  Act  comes  into  force. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsections  4  and  5  of  section  4,  at^^^^J^j 
the  first  election  of  councillors  after  this  Act  comes  into  force,  election 
one  councillor-at-large  shall  be  elected  for  a  two-year  term 

and  one  councillor-at-large  shall  be  elected  for  a  one-year 
term  and  there  shall  be  elected  from  each  of  the  five  regions 
mentioned  in  subsection  5  of  section  4  one  regional  councillor 
for  a  two-year  term  and  one  regional  councillor  for  a  one-year 
term.     New. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  6  of  section  4,  all  councillors  members'^ 
who  have  been  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  and  are  holding  office  when  this  Act  comes  into  force 

shall  continue  to  hold  office  for  the  term  designated  in  the 
order  in  council  by  which  they  were  appointed.  New. 

MISCELLANEOUS 

30.  The  Professional  Engineers  Act  is  repealed.  c^'fo?,'  ^^^°' 

repealed 

31.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  ^jg^u"^"'^* 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

32.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Professional  Engineers  short  title 
Act,  1968-69. 


48 


I 


00 


<~.  <» 

o"^ 

§.3- 

2 

^i: 

w 

5  a 

^ 

tA. 

fi    o 

C/l 

X 
> 

PI; 

H 

3     5> 

3*^ 

'^. 

'      ' 

u 


>3 


I        -^ 


»<9 


5   <«> 


a 

3        at 

-  s 

3"    a 

vO 

ON 

00 


BILL  48 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


The  Professional  Engineers  Act,  1968-69 


Mr.  Wishart 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Sectiok  Pace 

INTERPRETATION I.  2  1 

THE  ASSOCIATION 3  3 

THE  COUNCIL 4-10  4 

MEMBERSHIP 11-16  9 

LICENSING 17-19  11 

PARTNERSHIPS,  CORPORATIONS 20  13 

EXAMINATIONS 21  14 

REGISTRAR 22.  23  15 

HEARINGS,  UPON  APPLICATIONS 24  16 

DISCIPLINARY 25  16 

APPEALS 26  20 

OFFENCES 27  21 

LIMITATION  OF  ACTIONS 28  23 

TRANSITIONAL  PROVISIONS 29  23 

MISCELLANEOUS 30-32  23 


Explanatory  Notes 

General — At  the  1968  Session  of  the  Legislature,  Bill  42  was  intro- 
duced which  represented  the  first  comprehensive  revision  of  The  Profes- 
sional Engineers  Act  which  was  first  passed  in  1922.  Bill  42  was  not 
proceeded  with  in  view  of  the  publication  at  that  time  of  the  Report  of  the 
Royal  Commission  Inquiry  into  Civil  Rights. 

The  changes  made  in  this  revision  are  designed  to  facilitate  the 
.Association  of  Professional  Engineers  of  the  Province  of  Ontario  in  the 
administration  of  its  affairs  and  to  bring  the  -Act  up  to  date  in  substance 

and  form. 

Most  of  the  differences  between  this  Bill  and  Bill  42  are  changes  to 
confcjrm  to  the  recommendations  of  the  McRuer  Report. 


48 


BILL  48  1968-69 


The  Professional  Engineers  Act,  1968-69 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

INTERPRETATION 

1.  In  this  Act,  uti??"' 

(a)  "Association"  means  the  Association  of  Professional 
Engineers  of  the  Province  of  Ontario ; 

(b)  "by-law"  means  a  by-law  of  the  Association; 

(c)  "chapter"  means  a  group  of  members  constituted 
and  governed  by  by-law; 

(d)  "council"  means  the  council  of  the  Association; 

(c)  "graduate"  means  a  graduate  of  a  university  or  other 
educational  institution  in  a  course  in  any  branch  of 
engineering  or  science,  the  practice  of  which  con- 
stitutes professional  engineering  and  which  is  rec- 
ognized by  the  council; 

(/)  "licence"  means  a  licence  to  practise  professional 
engineering  issued  under  this  Act; 

(g)  "licensee"  means  a  person  who  holds  a  subsisting 
licence ; 

(h)  "member"  means  a  member  of  the  Association; 

(i)  "practice  of  professional  engineering"  means  the 
doing  of  one  or  more  acts  of  advising  on,  reporting 
on,  designing  of  or  supervising  of  the  construction 
of,  all  public  utilities,  industrial  works,  railways, 
tramways,  bridges,  tunnels,  highways,  roads,  canals, 
harbour  works,  lighthouses,  river  improvements, 
wet    docks,    dry    docks,    floating    docks,    dredges, 


J 

rklB 


cranes,  drainage  works,  irrigation  works,  wa 
works,  water  purification  plants,  sewerage  worl 
sewage  disposal  works,  incinerators,  hydraulic  works, 
power  transmission  systems,  steel,  concrete  or  re- 
inforced concrete  structures,  electric  lighting  sys- 
tems, electric  power  plants,  electric  machinery, 
electric  or  electronic  apparatus,  electrical  or  elec- 
tronic communication  systems  or  equipment,  mineral 
property,  mining  machinery,  mining  development, 
mining  operations,  gas  or  oil  developments,  smelters, 
refineries,  metallurgical  machinery,  or  equipment  or 
apparatus  for  carrying  out  such  operations,  mach- 
inery, boilers  or  their  auxiliaries,  steam  engines, 
hydraulic  turbines,  pumps,  internal  combustion 
engines  or  other  mechanical  structures,  chemical  or 
metallurgical  machinery,  apparatus  or  processes, 
or  aircraft,  and  generally  all  other  engineering  works 
including  the  engineering  works  and  installations 
relating  to  airports,  airfields  or  landing  strips  or 
relating  to  town  and  community  planning; 

(j)  "professional  engineer"  means  a  person  who  is  a 
member  or  licensee; 

(k)  "region"  means  a  geographical  area  of  Ontario  as 
defined  by  by-law; 

(/)  "register"  means  the  record  of  registrants  main- 
tained by  the  registrar; 

(m)  "registrant"  means  a  person  recorded  in  the  register 
as  a  member,  licensee,  an  assistant  to  a  professional 
engineer,  a  graduate  or  an  undergraduate; 

(n)  "registrar"  means  the  registrar  of  the  Association; 

(o)  "regulation"  means  a  regulation  of  the  Association; 

(p)  "undergraduate"  means  a  student  enrolled  at  but 
not  graduated  from  a  university  or  other  educational 
institution  in  a  course  in  any  branch  of  engineering 
or  science,  the  practice  of  which  constitutes  profes- 
sional engineering  and  that  is  recognized  by  the 
council.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  1,  amended. 

nSii^nl^ed       2*  Nothing  in  this  Act  prevents, 

(a)  any  person  from  performing  his  duties  in  the  Cana- 
dian Armed  Forces; 

48 


Section  2— Clause  «.  The  exemption  relating  to  mining  work  ii 
revised.  Provision  is  made  in  section  11  (6)  for  admission  to  membership 
in  the  Association  of  persons  who  are  engaged  in  this  field. 


48 


(b)  any  member  or  licensee  of  the  Ontario  Association  of 
Architects  under  The  Architects  Act  or  any  employee  R-|-0.  i960 
of  such  member  or  licensee  acting  under  the  direction 

and  responsibility  of  such  member  or  licensee  from 
performing  professional  engineering  services  in  the 
course  of  any  work  undertaken  or  proposed  to  be 
undertaken  by  such  member  or  licensee  as  an 
architect; 

(c)  any  person  who  holds  a  certificate  of  qualification 

under  The  Operating  Engineers  Act  from  practising  ^-fs^- ^^^° 
or  designating  himself  as  an  operating  engineer; 

{d)  any  person  from  practising  as  a  bacteriologist, 
chemist,  geologist,  mineralogist  or  physicist; 

(e)  any  person  from  advising  on  or  reporting  on  any 
mineral  property  or  prospect; 

(/)  any  person  from  operating,  executing  or  supervising 
any  works  as  owner,  contractor,  superintendent, 
foreman,  inspector  or  master, 

or  requires  any  such  person  to  become  registered  or  licensed 
under  this  Act  in  order  to  do  any  such  thing.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  309,  s.  2,  amended. 

THE   ASSOCIATION 

3. — (1)  The   body    politic   and   corporate   known   as   the  ^„^^?,"='*"9" 
Association  ol   Professional   Engineers  of  the   Province  of 
Ontario"  incorporated  under  The  Professional  Engineers  Act,  ^^^^-  "■  ^^ 
1922  is  hereby  continued. 

(2)  All  persons  who  are  members  of  the  Association  when  Members 
this  Act  comes  into  force  or  who  hereafter  are  admitted  as 
members  constitute  the  Association.     R.S.O.    1960,  c.   309, 

s.  3  (1),  amended. 

(3)  The  objects  of  the  Association  are,  objects 

(a)  to  regulate  the  practice  of  professional  engineering 
and  to  govern  the  profession  in  accordance  with  this 
Act,  the  regulations  and  the  by-laws; 

(b)  to  establish  and  maintain  standards  of  knowledge 
and  skill  among  its  members;  and 

(c)  to  establish  and  maintain  standards  of  professional 
ethics  among  its  members, 

m  order  that  the  public  interest  may  be  served  and  protected. 
New. 

48 


Head  offlce 


(4)  The  head  office  of  the  Association  shall  be  at  the  city 
of  Toronto. 


Property 


(5)  The  Association  may  purchase,  acquire  or  take  by 
gift,  devise  or  bequest  for  the  purposes  of  the  Association  and 
the  furtherance  of  its  objects,  but  for  no  other  purposes  or 
objects,  any  real  or  personal  property,  and  may  sell,  mortgage, 
lease  or  otherwise  dispose  of  anv  such  property.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  309,  s.  3  (4,  5). 


THE  COUNCIL 


Council 


4. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  council  which  shall  consist  of  a 
president,  a  first  vice-president,  a  second  vice-president,  an 
immediate  past  president,  two  elected  councillors-at-Iarge, 
ten  elected  regional  councillors  and  five  appointed  councillors, 
all  of  whom   shall   be   members   and   residents  of  Ontario. 


an?'vice-  (2)  The  president  and  the  vice-presidents  shall  have  such 

presidents      qualifications  as  are  prescribed  by  by-law  and  shall  be  elected 

annually   by   vote  of  the   members.      R.S.O.   1960,   c.   309, 

s.  8  (1-3),  amended. 


CounclUors- 
at-large 


(3)  One  councillor -at-large  shall  be  elected  each  year  for  a 
two-year  term  by  vote  of  the  members.     New. 


Regional 
councillors 


(4)  There  shall  be  elected  from  each  of  the  five  regions 
established  and  defined  by  by-law  two  regional  councillors, 
one  to  be  elected  from  each  region  each  year  for  a  two-year 
term  by  vote  of  the  members  who  are  recorded  as  residents  in 
that  region  at  the  time  the  election  is  held. 


^oun^c'niore  (^)  The  five  appointed  councillors  shall  be  appointed  by 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  for  a  term  of  three  years 
and  shall  be  qualified  respectively  in  the  following  fields  of 
engineering: 

1.  Civil. 


2.  Mechanical,  Aeronautical  and  Industrial. 

3.  Electrical. 

4.  Chemical  and  Metallurgical. 

5.  Mining  and   Geology.      R.S.O.    1960,  c.   309,  s.   8 
(5,  6),  amended. 


48 


1 


Section  4 — Subsection  4.  The  method  of  electing  ten  of  the  coun- 
cillors is  changed  from  a  branch  basis  which  is  the  basis  in  the  present 
Act  to  a  geographical  basis. 


48 


Subsections  6,  7.     These  new  provisions  implement  Recommendations 
2  and  7  of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1209  of  Volume  3). 


48 


(6)  In  addition  to  the  councillors  mentioned  in  subsection  1 .  ^o^Jnciiior 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  as  coun- '^egai^^^^^^ 
cillors, 

(a)  a  person  who  is  not  a  member;  and 

(b)  a  person  who  is  a  barrister  and  solicitor  of  at  least 
ten  years  standing  at  the  bar  of  Ontario, 

both  of  whom  are  residents  of  Ontario. 

(7)  Persons  apfjointed  under  subsection  6  shall  serve  for'^®'''" 
a  term  of  three  years  but  are  eligible  for  re-appointment. 

(8)  Where  the  president,  a  vice-president  or  a  councillor  ^^'=*°°'®* 
resigns,  is  absent  from   three  consecutive  meetings  of   the 
council,   becomes  incapacitated  or  dies,   the  office   may   be 
declared  vacant  by  the  council,  and,  if  such  office  should  be 
declared  vacant,  except  in  a  case  of  a  councillor  appointed  by 

the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  the  council  shall  fill  the 
vacancy  in  such  manner  as  is  provided  by  by-law,  and  in  the 
case  of  a  vacancy  in  the  office  of  a  councillor  appointed  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  may  fill  the  vacancy  by  appointment  of  a  person  of 
the  same  class  as  the  councillor  causing  the  vacancy.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  309,  s.  8  (6,  7),  amended. 

(9)  No  person  shall  be  appointed  or  elected  to  the  council  ^o^^^'^'o" 
unless  he  is  a  Canadian  citizen  or  other  British  subject,  and  canadianB 
no  person  shall  continue  to  hold  any  such  office  if  he  ceases  to 

be  so  qualified.    New. 

5.  The  council,  frltsnrer: 

secretary, 
,,,,,.  .  ,  ,  executive 

(a)  shall  appomt  a  registrar  and  a  treasurer;  and  director 

(b)  may  appoint  a  secretary,  an  executive  director  and 
such  other  officials  as  the  council  deems  fit, 

and  any  two  or  more  of  such  offices  may  be  held  by  one 
person.    New. 

6.  No  action  or  other  proceedings  for  damages  shall  be^f^Qu'^Ji] 
instituted  against  the  council,  or  any  member  or  official  of^^^lj.^"** 
the  council  or  any  person  appointed  by  the  council  for  any 

act  done  in  good  faith  in  the  performance  or  intended  perform- 
ance of  any  duty  or  in  the  exercise  or  in  the  intended  exercise 
of  any  power  under  this  Act,  a  regulation  or  a  by-law,  or 
for  any  neglect  or  default  in  the  performance  or  exercise  in 
good  faith  of  any  such  duty  or  power.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309, 
s.  29,  amended. 

48 


Reguiatiom  7, — (j)  j^i^  council  may  make  regulations  respecting  any 
matter  that  is  outside  the  scope  of  the  power  to  pass  by-laws 
specified  in  section  8  and,  without  limiting  the  generality  of  the 
foregoing, 

(a)  prescribing  the  scope  and  conduct  of  examinations 
of  candidates  for  registration; 

(b)  prescribing  the  form  of  the  summons  referred  to  in 
subsection  10  of  section  25; 

(c)  respecting  the  practice  and  procedure  for  hearings 
held  under  this  Act; 

(d)  defining  "professional  misconduct"  for  the  purpose 
of  this  Act  and  the  regulations; 

(e)  defining  classes  of  specialists  in  the  various  fields  of 
engineering; 

(/)  prescribing  the  qualifications  required  of  specialists 
or  any  class  thereof; 

(g)  providing  for  the  designation  of  specialists  upon 
application  and  examination  or  otherwise,  for  the 
suspension  or  revocation  of  such  designations,  and 
for  the  regulation  and  prohibition  of  the  use  of 
terms,  titles  or  designations  by  professional  engineers 
indicating  specialization  in  any  field  of  engineering; 

(h)  regulating  and  prohibiting  the  use  of  terms,  titles 
or  designations  by  professional  engineers  in  indepen- 
dent practice. 

Approvals  (2)  No  regulation  is  effective, 

(a)  until  it  has  been  submitted  to  the  memljers  for 
approval  by  means  of  a  letter  ballot  returnable 
within  thirty  days  after  the  mailing  thereof  and  it 
has  been  approved  by  a  majority  of  those  voting 
within  the  prescribed  time;  and 

(6)  until  it  has  been  approved  by  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council.    New. 

By-laws  8. — (1)  The   council    may    pass    by-laws   relating   to   the 

administrative  and  domestic  affairs  of  the  Association,  and, 
without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing, 

(a)  respecting  the  determination  and  modification  of  the 
boundaries    of    regions   and    the    determination   of 

48 


Sections  7  and  8.     These  sections  implement  Recommendations  25 
and  26  of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1211  of  Volume  3). 


48 


f 


regions  in  which  members  shall  be  deemed  to  reside 
for  the  purposes  of  the  election  of  councillors; 

(b)  prescribing  procedures  for  the  nomination  and  elec- 
tion of  the  councillors  and  the  nomination  and 
election  of  the  president  and  the  vice-presidents  and 
the  qualifications  necessary  to  hold  any  such  office; 

(c)  prescribing  the  duties  of  the  councillors  and  rules 
governing  their  conduct; 

(d)  respecting  the  remuneration  and  reimbursement  of 
members  of  the  council; 

(e)  respecting  the  calling,  holding  and  conduct  of  meet- 
ings of  the  council  and  the  Association ; 

(/)  providing  for  the  establishment  and  regulation  of 
chapters ; 

(g)  respecting  the  management  of  the  property  of  the 
Association ; 

(h)  providing  for  the  borrowing  of  money  on  the  credit 
of  the  Association  and  the  charging,  mortgaging, 
hypothecating  or  pledging  of  any  of  the  real  or 
personal  property  of  the  Association  to  secure  any 
money  borrowed  or  other  debt  or  any  other  obliga- 
tion or  liability  of  the  Association ; 

(i)  respecting  the  application  of  the  funds  of  the  Asso- 
ciation, and  the  investment  and  re-investment  of 
any  of  its  funds  not  immediately  required  in  any 
investments  that  may  from  time  to  time  be  autho- 
rized investments  for  joint  stock  insurance  companies 
and  cash  mutual  insurance  corporations  under  TAe  ^-SjO.  i960, 
Corporations  Act; 

ij)  defining  the  composition  and  functions  of  the  board 
of  examiners; 

(k)  providing  for  the  establishment  of  scholarships, 
bursaries  and  prizes; 

(/)  providing  for  the  appointment  of  committees  of  the 
council  and  defining  their  composition  and  functions; 

(w)  providing  for  the  closing  of  the  register  and  the 
restriction  of  recording  changes  of  addresses  of  the 
registrants  for  a  period  of  time  not  exceeding  forty- 


48 


8 

eight  hours,  exclusive  of  Sundays  and  holidays, 
immediately  preceding  any  meeting  of  the  members 
or  any  election ; 

(«)  respecting  the  registration  of  members  and  the 
recording  of  licensees,  graduates,  undergraduates 
and  assistants  to  professional  engineers; 

(o)  for  maintaining  a  system  for  the  recording  of  regis- 
trants, their  residence  addresses  and  the  regions  in 
which  they  are  resident  and  for  the  recording  of  the 
names  of  official  representatives  of  partnerships, 
associations  of  persons  or  corporations; 

(p)  providing  for  services  to  encourage  and  assist  mem- 
bers in  the  development  of  their  professional  com- 
petence and  conduct  and  in  carrying  on  the  practice 
of  professional  engineering; 

(g)  fixing  and  providing  for  levying  and  collecting  or 
remitting  annual  and  other  fees,  levies  and  assess- 
ments; 

(r)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

(5)  respecting  all  other  things  that  are  deemed  necessary 
or  convenient  for  the  attainment  of  the  objects  of 
the  Association  and  the  efficient  conduct  of  its 
business. 

Approval  (2)  No  by-law  is  effective  until  it  has  been  submitted  to  the 

members  for  approval  by  means  of  a  letter  ballot  returnable 
within  thirty  days  after  the  mailing  thereof  and  unless  it  has 
been  approved  by  a  majority  of  those  voting  within  the 
prescribed  time.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  5,  cl.  a,  amended. 

conBtruction  ^3)  ^g  between  a  registrant  and  the  Association,  the  ruling 
of  the  council  on  the  construction  and  interpretation  of  any 
by-law  is  final.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  4  (2),  amended. 

ethtc8°'^  ®- — (1)  The  council  shall  prepare  and  publish  from  time  to 

time  a  code  of  ethics  containing  standards  of  conduct  designed 
for  the  protection  of  the  public,  which  standards  members 
and  licensees  must  subscribe  to  and  follow  in  the  practice 
of  professional  engineering. 

Copies  (2)  Copies  of  the  code  of  ethics  shall  be  sent  to  the  members 

and  licensees  and  shall  be  available  free  of  charge  to  members 
of  the  public  who  apply  therefor.    Xew. 

48 


..     Section  9.     This  new  section  implements  Recommendation  9  of  the 
McRuer  Report  (page  1209  of  Volume  3). 


48 


Section  11.  In  clause  </ of  subsection  1  the  experience  requirement 
is  increased  from  five  to  six  years  to  conform  with  the  requirement  in  all 
other  provinces  of  Canada. 

Provision  is  also  made  for  the  admission  in  certain  circumstances  of 
persons  who  do  not  reside  in  Ontario. 


48 


10.  The  council  may  authorize  participation  by  the  Asso-  councif  of 
ciation  in  the  activities  of  the  Canadian  Council  of  Profes- ProfesBionai 

.  c         TiT  Hiugineers 

sional  Engineers,  as  a  constituent  association  thereot.    New. 


MEMBERSHIP 

11. — (1)  Any  applicant  for  membership  who,  tion'fSr*" 

membership 

(a)  resides, 

(i)  in  Ontario, 

(ii)  out  of  Ontario  and  is  employed  for  an  in- 
definite period  as  a  full-time  employee  of  an 
employer  having  works  or  facilities  in  Ontario 
and  is  required  by  the  terms  of  his  employ- 
ment to  practise  professional  engineering  in 
respect  of  such  works  or  facilities  or  has  a 
place  of  employment  in  Ontario  and  practises 
or  proposes  to  practise  professional  engineer- 
ing in  Ontario  on  a  full-time  basis; 

(b)  is  twenty-one  or  more  years  of  age; 

(c)  has  passed  the  examinations  prescribed  by  the  coun- 
cil or  is  exempted  therefrom  pursuant  to  subsection 
3  or  6; 

(d)  has  had  six  or  more  years  of  experience  in  engineering 
work  satisfactory  to  the  council ;  and 

(e)  provides   satisfactory   evidence   of   good   character, 
shall  be  admitted  as  a  member  by  the  council. 

(2)  Each  applicant  for  membership  shall  submit  upon  the  ^J^J'j^'J^^i^J 
prescribed  form  evidence  of  his  educational  qualifications  and 
engineering  experience,  information  as  to  his  residence  and  at 

least  three  references  as  to  his  character  and  engineering 
experience,  and  he  may  be  required  by  the  council  to  verify 
the  statements  set  out  in  his  application  by  affidavit.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  309,  s.  10  (1,  2),  amended. 

(3)  The  council  may  exempt  an  applicant  from  any  of  the  ac'^dem^o'^ 
examinations  mentioned  in  clause  c  of  subsection   1   if  the  »"«•  other 

■1    ■         r      1  •    •  1-  qualinca- 

council  IS  of  the  opinion  that  the  applicant  has  adequate  tions 
academic  and  other  qualifications.    New. 

48 


10 


Credit  for 
time  spent 
at  a 
university 


(4)  Where  the  applicant  is  a  graduate,  upon  presenting 
evidence  of  the  actual  time  during  which  he  was  under  instruc- 
tion as  an  undergraduate  in  a  university,  the  council  shall 
grant  him  the  time  spent  under  such  instruction  in  reduction 
of  the  six-year  period  of  engineering  experience  required  by 
clause  d  of  subsection  1,  but  only  in  so  far  as  the  total  exemp- 
tion granted  does  not  exceed  four  years.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309, 
s.  10  (4),  amended. 


Board  of 
examiners 
to  consider 
applications 


(5)  The  council  may  for  the  purpose  of  subsection  3  or  4 
require  the  board  of  examiners  to  consider  and  make  recom- 
mendations to  the  council  with  respect  to  any  applications 
for  exemption,  including  an  application  for  exemption  of 
a   graduate   in  honours  science.    New. 


Saving  (6)  The  council  shall  exempt  from  the  examinations  men- 

tioned in  clause  c  of  subsection  1  any  person  who  resides  in 
Ontario  on  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force  and  who  has 
been  engaged  in  the  performance  of  any  engineering  work 
specified  in  clause  e  of  section  2  of  The  Professional  Engineers 
Act,  being  chapter  309  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1960,  for  a  period  or  periods  of  not  less  than  six  years  in  the 
aggregate,  if  such  person  submits  to  the  council,  within  one 
year  from  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force,  satisfactory 
evidence  of  having  been  so  engaged.    New. 


Admission 
of  members 
of  other 
associations 


Students 

and 

assistants 


12.  The  council  may,  upon  application  and  satisfactory 
proof  of  residence,  admit  as  a  member  any  person  who  resides 
in  Ontario,  or  who  resides  out  of  Ontario  under  the  circum- 
stances set  out  in  subclause  ii  of  clause  a  of  subsection  1  of 
section  1 1 ,  and  who  furnishes  satisfactory  proof, 

(a)  that  he  is  a  member  of  an  association  of  professional 
engineers  in  another  province  or  a  territory  of 
Canada  that  has  objects  similar  to  those  of  the 
Association  and  requirements  for  membership  no 
less  exacting  than  those  in  effect  in  Ontario;  or 

{b)  that  he  is  a  member  of  an  association  of  professional 
engineers  in  another  part  of  the  Commonwealth  or 
in  the  United  States  of  America  that  has  objects 
similar  to  those  of  the  Association  and  requirements 
for  membership  no  less  exacting  than  those  in  effect 
in  Ontario. 

13. —  (1)  I*ersons  who  are  engaged  as  assistants  to  profes- 
sional engineers  in  categories  recognized  by  the  council  and 
graduates  and  undergraduates  who  have  not  completed  the 
period  of  engineering  experience  required  by  this  .'Xct  and  who 
contemplate  applying  for  membership  on  the  completion  of 
the  period  of  engineering  experience  may,  upon  application  in 


48 


11 

the  prescribed  form,  be  recorded  in  the  register  but  not  as 
members  of  the  Association  until  fully  qualified,  and  upon 
being  so  recorded  are  subject  to  the  control  of  the  council 
in  accordance  with  this  Act,  the  regulations  and  the  by-laws. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  13,  amended. 

(2)  Any  registrant  whose  name  is  recorded  in  the  register  °f®^^'^^g 
pursuant  to  subsection   1   may,  upon  application,  have  his 
name  deleted  from  the  register.  "^PB 

14. — (1)  The  annual  fee  from  a  registrant  shall  be  deemed  ■^"""^'  ^^^ 
to  be  a  debt  due  to  the  Association  and  is  recoverable  from 
him  in  the  name  of  the  Association  in  any  court  of  competent 
jurisdiction.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  24,  amended. 

(2)  Where  the  annual  fee  is  not  paid  within  six  months  ^^  "^gm  ^f 
from  the  date  upon  which  it  became  due,  the  treasurer  shall  annual  fee 
send  a  written  notice  of  such  default  by  prepaid  mail  addressed 
to  the  registrant's  last  address  as  shown  on  the  register,  and, 
if  payment  is  not  made  within  one  month  thereafter,  the 
registrar,  upon  the  direction  of  the  council,  shall  delete  or 
cause  the  name  of  the  registrant  to  be  deleted  from  the 
register,  and  thereupon  the  registrant  ceases  to  be  a  member, 
a  licensee,  an  assistant  to  a  professional  engineer,  or  a  graduate 
or  undergraduate  recorded  pursuant  to  section  13,  as  the  case 
may  be.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  25  (1),  amended. 

15.  Any  member  who  intends  to  withdraw  from  the  prac- ^®^'*"*" 
tice  of  professional  engineering  and  whose  fees  are  paid  up 

shall  send  written  notice  thereof  to  the  registrar,  whereupon 
the  registrar  shall  delete  his  name  from  the  register.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  309,  s.  25  (2),  amended. 

16.  Any  person  who  ceased  to  be  a  member  under  sub-R«^tora- 
section  2  of  section  14,  upon  payment  of  the  fees  owing  at  the 

time  he  ceased  to  be  a  member  and  the  fee  for  the  current 
year,  or  any  person  whose  name  has  been  deleted  from  the 
register  under  section  15,  upon  payment  of  the  fee  for  the 
current  year,  and,  in  either  case,  upon  production  of  evidence 
of  good  character  satisfactory  to  the  council,  shall,  upon  the 
direction  of  the  council,  have  his  name  restored  on  the  register. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  25  (3),  amended. 

LICENSING 

IT. — (1)  The  registrar  may  upon  application  issue  a  licence  f^e'rfoe/ to 
to  any  person  who  resides  in  Canada  but  not  in  Ontario  and  ^aSciatfons 
who  furnishes  satisfactory  proof  that  he  is  a  member  of  anofoti^er 

c  r       ■         ,  ■  ■  .  provinces 

association  ot  professional  engineers  in  another  province  or  a 
territory  of  Canada  that  has  objects  similar  to  those  of  the 
Association. 

48 


12 


Issue  of 
lioencea  to 
consulting 
specialists 


(2)  Any  person  who  does  not  reside  in  Canada  but  who  in 
the  opinion  of  the  council  is  a  consulting  specialist  in  a  held 
of  professional  engineering  who  has  had  not  less  than  ten  yean 
experience  in  the  practice  of  his  profession,  or  who  furnishes 
satisfactory  evidence  that  he  has  qualifications  at  least  equal 
to  those  required  for  registration  as  a  professional  engineer 
in  Ontario,  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  council,  be  issued  a 
licence. 


Issue  of 

licences  to 

perBons 

from 

provinces 

without 

associations 


(3)  Any  person  practising  or  proposing  to  practise  pro- 
fessional engineering  who  resides  in  a  territory  of  Canada  in 
which  there  is  no  association  of  professional  engineers  that 
has  objects  similar  to  those  of  the  Association,  may,  with  the 
approval  of  the  council,  be  issued  a  licence. 


Practise  by 
applicant 
for  a 
licence 


(4)  Where  an  applicant  for  a  licence  fails  to  obtain  it 
promptly  for  any  reason  unrelated  to  his  professional  capacity 
or  his  own  neglect,  he  may  practise  professional  engineering 
in  Ontario  for  a  period  of  not  more  than  three  months  without 
a  licence. 


Licence  to 
be  issued 
by  the 
registrar 


(5)  The  registrar  shall  issue  a  licence  in  the  prescribed  form 
to  any  person  entitled  thereto  and  shall  specify  therein  the 
work  upon  which  and  the  name  of  the  employer  in  Ontario  by 
whom  the  holder  of  the  licence  is  to  be  employed  and  the 
period  for  which  it  is  issued,  but  in  no  case  shall  the  period 
extend  beyond  the  end  of  the  calendar  year  in  which  the 
licence  is  issued.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  ss.  14,  22  (4),  amended. 


Additional 
conditions 


(6)  The  council  may  direct  that  any  licence  issued  under 
subsection  2  shall,  in  addition  to  the  conditions  mentioned 
in  subsection  5,  contain  a  condition  that  the  licensee  may 
practise  professional  engineering  in  Ontario  only  in  collabora- 
tion with  a  member  who  shall  sign  and  seal  any  plans  and 
gpecifications  together  with  the  licensee.    New. 


Where 
licence  not 
required 


18.  Any  person  who  is  employed  as  a  professional  engineer 
by  a  public  service  corporation  carrying  on  an  interprovincial 
undertaking  or  by  the  Government  of  Canada  and  who  is  by 
reason  of  his  employment  required  to  practise  professional 
engineering  in  a  province  or  territory  of  Canada  other  than 
that  of  his  residence  may  practise  professional  engineering  in 
Ontario  without  a  licence,  but  he  shall  on  demand  of  the 
council  furnish  satisfactory  evidence  that  he  is  a  member  of  an 
association  of  professional  engineers  in  another  province  or  a 
territory  of  Canada  that  has  objects  similar  to  those  of  the 
Association.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  15,  amended. 


Seals, 
mennbers 


19. — (1)  Every   member   shall   have   a   seal   of  a  design 
approved  by  the  council,  the  impression  of  which  shall  contain 


48 


1 


Section  20.  The  provisions  respecting  the  practice  of  professional 
engineering  by  partnerships,  associations  and  corporations  are  revised 
in  order  to  ensure  a  greater  degree  of  control. 


48 


13 

the  name  of  the  engineer  and  the  words  "Registered  Profes- 
sional Engineer"  and  "Province  of  Ontario".  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  309,  s.  16,  amended. 

(2)  Every  licensee  shall  have  a  seal  of  a  design  approved  Jj^l^'^^g 
by  the  council,  the  impression  of  which  shall  contain  the 

name  of  the  licensee  and  the  words  "Licensed  Professional 
Engineer"  and  "Province  of  Ontario". 

(3)  All  final  drawings,  specifications,   plans,  reports  and  f n^"u|g'"of 
other  documents  involving  the  practice  of  professional  en-^*^' 
gineering  when  issued  shall  bear  the  signature  and  seal  of  the 
professional  engineer  who  prepared  or  approved  them.    New. 

PARTNERSHIPS,  CORPORATIONS 

20. — (1)  No  partnership,  association  of  persons  or  cor-  prohibited 
poration  as  such  shall  be  a  member  or  a  licensee,  or  shall,  by  partner- 

^  ,.,,,.  .  .  r       •         1  ships  and 

except  as  authorized   by  this  section,   practise  professional  corporations 
engineering. 

(2)  A  partnership,  association  of  persons  or  corporation  certifloatea 
that  holds  a  certificate  of  authorization  may,  in  its  own  name,  ^M'^°"za- 
practise  professional  engineering, 

(a)  if  one  of  its  principal  or  customary  functions  is  to 
engage  in  the  practice  of  professional  engineering; 
and 

{b)  if  the  practice  of  professional  engineering  is  done 
under  the  responsibility  and  supervision  of  a  member 
of  the  partnership  or  the  association  of  persons,  a 
director  of  the  corporation,  or  a  full-time  employee 
of  the  corporation,  who  in  any  case  is  a  member;  or 

(c)  if  the  practice  of  professional  engineering  is  done 
under  the  responsibility  and  supervision  of  a  member 
of  the  partnership  or  the  association  of  persons,  a 
director  of  the  corporation,  or  a  full-time  employee 
of  the  corporation,  who  in  any  case  is  a  licensee, 
provided  that  the  practice  of  professional  engineer- 
ing is  restricted  to  the  work  specified  in  the  licence 
of  the  licensee.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  18,  amended. 

(3)  A  partnership,  association  of  persons  or  corporation  Applications 
that  desires  a  certificate  of  authorization  shall  submit  to  the  certificates 
registrar  an  application  in  the  prescribed  form  containing, 

(a)  the  names  and  addresses  of  all  its  partners,  members, 
officers  or  directors,  as  the  case  may  be; 


14 

(b)  the  names  of  all  its  partners,  members  of  associa- 
tions of  persons,  directors  of  corporations,  or  full- 
time  employees  of  corporations,  as  the  case  may  be, 
who  are  the  members  or  licensees  who  will  be  in 
charge  of  professional  engineering  on  its  behalf; 

(c)  from  among  the  names  specified  under  clause  b  the 
name  or  names  of  its  official  representative  or  repre- 
sentatives whose  duty  it  is  to  ensure  that  this  Act. 
and  the  regulations  and  the  by-laws  are  complied 
with  by  the  partnership,  the  association  of  persons 
or  the  corporation,  as  the  case  may  be, 

and  shall,  whenever  there  is  a  change  in  the  particulars  given 
in  its  application,  give  notice  of  the  change  to  the  registrar 
within  thirty  days  after  the  effective  date  of  the  change. 

Jertiflcates         ^^^   '^  subsection  3  is  complied  with,  the  registrar  shall 
issue  to  the  applicant  a  certificate  of  authorization. 


1  pso  facto 
revocation 
of 
certificate 


(5)  Where  the  holder  of  a  certificate  of  authorization  ceases 
to  have  any  official  representative,  the  certificate  is  ipso  facto 
revoked,  and  the  pcirtnership,  association  of  persons  or  cor- 
poration shall  not  practise  professional  engineering  until  a 
new  certificate  of  authorization  is  issued. 


Reprimand 
of  licensee, 
etc. 


(6)  Where  the  council  finds  that  the  holder  of  a  certificate 
of  authorization  has  failed  to  observe  any  of  the  provisions 
of  this  section  or  has  been  guilty  of  conduct  that  would,  in 
the  case  of  a  member  or  licensee,  have  been  professional  mis- 
conduct, the  council  may  reprimand  the  holder  or  suspend  or 
revoke  the  certificate  of  authorization. 


o/'8''8.''?4,'°25.      (7)  Sections  24.  25  and  26  apply  mutatis  mutandis  to  the 
^^  refusal    to    issue   a  certificate  of  authorization  and   to  the 

revocation   or  suspension   of  a  certificate  of  authorization. 

New. 


Board 


Central 

examining 

board 


EXAMINATIONS 

21. — (1)  The  council  shall  appoint  annually  a  board  of 
examiners.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  19,  amended. 

(2)  The  council  may  establish  conjointly  with  the  council 
of  any  association  in  one  or  more  of  the  provinces  or  terri- 
tories of  Canada  that  has  objects  similar  to  those  of  the  Asso- 
ciation a  central  examining  board  and  may  delegate  to  the 
central  examining  board  all  or  any  of  the  powers  of  the  council 
respecting  the  examination  of  candidates  for  admission  as 
members,  but  any  examinations  conducted  by  the  central 
examining  board  shall  be  held  in  at  least  one  place  in  Ontario. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  21,  amended. 


48 


15 


REGISTRAR 


22. — (1)  The  registrar  shall  register  in  a  system  of  record- J^^f^^^^r" 
ing  approved  by  the  council  the  names  of  the  members,  the  "jembers, 
licensees,  the  assistants  to  professional  engineers,  and   the 
graduates   and    the    undergraduates.     R.S.O.    1960,    c.    309, 

s.  22  (5),  amended. 

(2)  The  registrar  shall  keep  the  register  correct  and   in  Register 
accordance  with  this  Act,  the  regulations  and  the  by-laws,  correct 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  23,  amended. 

(3)  The  certificate  of  the  registrar  respecting-  the  registra-  ^y'dence 
tion  of  a  person  is  prima  facie  evidence  of  the  facts  certified  membership 
to  therein.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  27,  amended. 

(4)  The  registrar  shall  send  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in^^*^*®'"'*' 
Council  quarterly  as  of  the  last  days  of  March,  June,  Septem- 
ber and   December  in  each   year  a  report  containing,   with 
respect  to  the  immediately   preceding  three-month   period, 

the  names  of  the  persons, 

(a)  who    have    been    granted    partial    exemption    from 
examinations; 

{b)  who  have  been  granted  no  exemption  from  examina- 
tions; 

(c)  who  have  been  refused  permission  to  write  examina- 
tions; or 

{d)  who  have  not  been  admitted  to  membership  in  the 
Association,  because, 

(i)  their  experience  in  engineering  work  was  not 
satisfactory  to  the  Council,  or 

(ii)  they  did  not  provide  satisfactory  evidence  of 
good  character, 

giving,  in  each  case,  the  reason  for  the  decision,  together  with 
such  further  information  and  particulars  with  respect  to  such 
matters  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  require. 

23. — (1)  The  registrar  shall  issue  to  each  member  admitted  certifloate 
to  the  Association  a  certificate  of  membership  signed  by  the  membership 
president  or  a  vice-president  and  by  the  registrar,  and  bearing 
the  seal  of  the  Association.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  23  (1), 
amended. 

(2)  Every  member  shall  keep  his  certificate  of  membership  fo%'e'"°*'® 
prominently  displayed  in  his  place  of  business.     R.S.O.  l960,'*'3P'ayed 
c.  309,  s.  22  (1). 

48 


16 


HEARINGS,   UPON  APPLICATIONS 

where"'  ^'^' — ^^^  Where  an  applicant  for  membership  or  a  licence 

application    has  met  the  academic  and  experience  requirements,  or  an 

for  mem-  ,.  ,  .  r  i  ■  <  ■  ■ 

bership,  etc.,  appucant  lor  restoration  of  his  name  on  the  register  has  paid 

re  use  ^^^  required  fees  and  has  produced  the  required  evidence  of 

good  character,  and  his  application  is  refused,  the  council 

shall,  upon  the  written  request  of  the  applicant  received  by 

the  registrar  within  fifteen  days  of  the  receipt  by  the  applicant 

of  written  notice  of  the  refusal,  conduct  a  hearing  of  the  matter. 

hearfng'  °^  (2)  Section  25  applies  mutatis  mutandis  to  any  hearing 
conducted  under  this  section  except  that  upon  any  such  hav- 
ing the  council  may  make  findings  of  fact  by  such  standards 
of  proof  as  are  commonly  relied  upon  by  reasonable  and 
prudent  men  in  the  conduct  of  their  own  affairs.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  309,  s.  26,  amended. 


Powers  of 
oounoll  to 
dUcipUne 
members 


HEARINGS,   DISCIPLINARY 

25.— (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  where  the  council  finds 
that  a  person  who  is  a  member  or  licensee  is  guilty  of  pro- 
fessional misconduct  or  has  obtained  registration  as  a  member 
or  has  been  issued  a  licence  by  reason  of  misrepresentation 
by  such  person,  the  council  may  by  order  do  one  or  more  of 
the  following: 

1.  Reprimand  such  person  and,  if  considered  proper, 
direct  that  the  fact  of  the  reprimand  be  recorded  on 
the  register. 

2.  Suspend  the  membership  or  licence  of  such  person  for 
such  time  as  the  council  considers  proper  and  direct 
that  the  re-instatement  of  such  membership  or  licence 
on  the  termination  of  such  suspension  be  subject 
to  such  conditions,  if  any,  as  the  council  considers 
proper. 

3.  Direct  that  the  imposition  of  any  penalty  be  sus- 
pended or  postponed  for  such  period  and  upon  such 
terms  as  the  council  considers  proper  and  that  at 
the  end  of  such  period  and  upon  the  compliance  with 
such  terms  any  penalty  be  remitted. 

4.  Direct  that  the  membership  or  licence  of  such  person 
be  cancelled  and  that  the  name  of  such  person  be 
removed  from  the  register. 

5.  Direct  that  the  decision  of  the  council  be  published 
in  detail  or  in  summary  in  the  official  journal  of  the 
Association  or  in  such  other  manner  or  medium  as 
the  council  considers  appropriate  in  any  particular 
case. 


48 


Section  24 — Subsection  1.     This  new  provision  implements  Recom- 
mendation 22  of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1211  of  Volume  3). 


Subsection  2.     This  subsection  implements  Recommendation   14  of 
the  McRuer  Report  (page  1210  of  Volume  3). 


Section  25 — Subsection  1.  The  provisions  of  the  Act  dealing  with 
disciplme  are  revised  in  order  to  bring  them  into  line  with  Recommendations 
8,  16,  17,  19  and  20  of  the  McRuer  Report  (pages  1209-1211  of  Volume  3) 
and  also  to  set  out  more  explicitly  the  powers  of  the  council  when  dealing 
with  disciphnary  matters. 


48 


Subsection  4.     This  new  provision  implements  Recommendation  11 
of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1210  of  Volume  3). 


Subsection  5.     This  new  provision  implements  Recommendation  12 
of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1210  of  Volume  3). 


Subsection  6.     This  new  provision  implements  Recommendation  35 
of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1262  of  Volume  3). 


Subsection  7.     This  new  provision  implements  Recommendation'  IS 
of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1210  of  Volume  3). 


48 


• 


17 

6.  Direct  that,  where  it  appears  that  the  proceedings 
were  unwarranted,  such  costs  as  to  the  council  seem 
just  be  paid  by  the  Association  to  the  member  or 
licensee  whose  conduct  was  the  subject  of  such 
proceedings. 

(2)  The  council  shall  not  take  any  action  under  subsection  1  an<i"hilring 
unless, 

(a)  a  complaint  under  oath  has  been  filed  with  the 
registrar  and  a  copy  thereof  has  been  served  on  the 
person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated; 

(b)  the  person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated 
has  been  served  with  a  notice  of  the  time  and  place 
of  the  hearing;  and 

(c)  the  council  has  heard  evidence  of  or  on  behalf  of 
the  complainant  and,  if  the  person  whose  conduct  is 
being  investigated  appears  at  the  hearing  and  so 
requests,  has  heard  his  evidence  or  evidence  on  his 
behalf  and  has  reached  the  decision  that  he  is  guilty. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  28  (1,  2),  amended. 

(3)  Any   person   presiding  at   a   hearing  may  administer  t^°,j^®gj°rn 
oaths  to  witnesses  and  require  them  to  give  evidence  under «"''«°«® 
oath.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  28  (1,  2,  3),  amended. 

I 

"    (4)  If  the  person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated  fails  Appear  '° 
to  appear  in  answer  to  the  notice  at  the  time  and  place  ap- 
pointed, the  hearing  may  be  conducted  in  his  absence. 

(5)  Hearings  shall  be  held  in  camera,  but  if  the  person  whose  hlaHng""^ 
conduct  is  being  investigated  requests  otherwise  by  a  notice  ^.°  ^f  ^^^^ 
in  writing  delivered  to  the  registrar  before  the  day  fixed  for 
the  hearing,  the  council  shall  conduct  the  hearing  in  public 
or  otherwise  as  it  thinks  proper. 


(6)  The  council  may  adjourn  any  hearing  at  any  time  and  merits'^"' 
from  time  to  time. 

(7)  A    person    whose    conduct    is    being    investigated,    if  ^f*p®e°son°^ 
present  in  person  at  the  hearing,  has  the  right  to  be  repre-  beinp  in- 
sented  by  counsel  or  agent,  to  adduce  evidence  and  to  make 
submissions,  and  any  such  person  may  be  compelled  to  attend 

and  give  evidence  in  the  manner  provided  in  subsection  10, 

but  such  person  shall  be  advised  of  his  right  to  object  to  answer 

any  question  under  section  9  of  The  Evidence  Ad  and  section  5  f.fi^'  ^^^°' 

of  the  Canada  Evidence  Act.  ^fo?-  "^^' 


18 

evidence"'  ^^^  ^^^  °''^'  evidence  submitted  at  a  hearing  shall  be  taken 
R.8.O.  I960,  down  in  writing  or  by  any  other  method  authorized  by  The 
°-  "'  Evidence  Act. 


Rules  of 
evidence 


(9)  The  rules  of  evidence  applicable  in  civil  proceedings 
are  applicable  at  hearings,  but  at  a  hearing  members  of  the 
council  may  take  notice  of  generally  recognized  technical  or 
scientific  facts  or  opinions  within  the  specialized  knowledge 
of  members  of  the  council  if  the  person  whose  conduct  is 
being  investigated  has  been  informed  before  or  during  the 
hearing  of  any  such  matters  noticed  and  he  has  been  given 
an  opportunity  to  contest  the  material  so  noticed. 


Summons 
to  witness 


(10)  The  president,  a  vice-president,  the  immediate  past 
president  or  the  registrar  may,  and  the  registrar  upon  applica- 
tion of  a  person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated  shall, 
issue  a  summons  in  the  form  prescribed  by  regulation,  com- 
manding the  attendance  and  examination  of  any  person  as  a 
witness,  and  the  production  of  any  document  the  production 
of  which  could  be  compelled  at  the  trial  of  an  action,  to 
appear  before  the  council  at  the  time  and  place  mentioned  in 
the  summons  and  stating  that  failure  to  obey  the  summons 
will  render  the  person  liable  to  imprisonment  on  an  applica- 
tion to  the  Supreme  Court,  but  the  person  whose  attendance 
is  required  is  entitled  to  the  like  conduct  money  and  payment 
for  expenses  and  loss  of  time  as  upon  attendance  as  a  witness 
at  a  trial  in  the  Supreme  Court. 


FallureTof 
witness  to 
appear,  etc. 


(11)  If  any  person, 

(a)  on  being  duly  summoned  to  appear  as  a  witness 
makes  default  in  attending;  or 

(b)  being  in  attendance  as  a  witness  refuses  to  take  an 
oath  legally  required  to  be  taken,  or  to  produce  any 
document  in  his  power  or  control  legally  required 
to  be  produced  by  him,  or  to  answer  any  question 
which  he  is  legally  required  to  answer;  or 

(c)  does  any  other  thing  which  would,  if  the  council  had 
been  a  court  of  law  having  power  to  commit  for 
contempt,  have  been  contempt  of  that  court, 

the  person  presiding  at  the  hearing  may  certify  the  offence 
of  that  person  under  his  hand  to  the  Supreme  Court  and  the 
court  may  thereupon  inquire  into  the  alleged  offence  and 
after  hearing  any  witnesses  who  may  be  produced  against 
or  on  behalf  of  the  person  charged  with  the  offence,  and  after 
hearing  any  statements  that  may  be  offered  in  defence,  punish 
or  take  steps  for  the  punishment  of  that  person  in  the  like 
manner  as  if  he  had  been  guilty  of  contempt  of  court. 


48 


Subsection  9.  This  new  provision  implements  Recommendations  13 
and  44  of  tlie  McRuer  Report  (pages  1210  and  1263,  respectively,  of 
Volume  3). 


Subsection  10.  This  new  provision  takes  into  account  Recommen- 
dations 151,  152,  169,  170,  172,  173  and  174  of  the  McRuer  Report  (pages 
1278,  1280  and  1281,  respectively,  of  Volume  3). 


Subsection  11.  This  new  provision  is  designed  to  implement  Recom- 
mendations 174  and  179  of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1281  of  Volume  3). 
It  is  based  upon  the  corresponding  provisions  of  the  Tribunals  of  Inquiry 
(Evidence)  Act,  1921  of  the  United  Kingdom  (see  page  444  of  Volume  1). 


48 


Subsection  12.    This  provision  implements  Recommendation  42  of 
the  McRuer  Report  (page  1263  of  Volume  3). 


Subsection  13.     This  provision  implements  Recommendations  45  and 
47  of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1263  of  Volume  3). 


Subsection  14.     This  provision  implements  Recommendation  48  of 
the  McRuer  Report  (page  1263  of  Volume  3).    The  proviso  has  been  added. 


Subsection  15.     This  provision  implements  Recommendation   10  of 
the  McRuer  Report  (pages  1209-10  of  Volume  3). 


48 


19 

(12)  At  a  hearing  the  complainant  and  the  person  whose  ^^^'"'"f- 

..  ti  i*t  •!      tion  SLiici 

conduct  is  being  investigated  have  the  right  to  examine  thecross- 

„     ,    ,         ,  -11  •       examination 

Witnesses  called  by  them  respectively,  and  to  cross-examine 

the  witnesses  opposed  in  interest. 

(13)  The  decision  taken  after  a  hearing  shall  be  in  writing  decisions 
and  shall  contain  or  be  accompanied  by  the  reasons  for  the 
decision  in  which  are  set  out  the  findings  of  fact  and  the 
conclusions  of  law,  if  any,  based  thereon,  and  a  copy  of  the 
decision  and  the  reasons  therefor,  together  with  a  notice  to 

the  person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated  of  his  right  of 
appeal,  shall  be  served  upon  him  within  thirty  days  after  the 
date  of  the  decision. 

(14)  A  record  shall  be  compiled  for  every  hearing  consist-  Record 
ing  of  the  complaint  and  the  notice  referred  to  in  subsection  2, 

any  intermediate  rulings  or  orders  made  in  the  course  of  the 
proceedings,  a  transcript  of  the  oral  evidence,  if  a  transcript 
has  been  prepared,  such  documentary  evidence  and  things 
as  were  received  in  evidence  and  the  decision  and  the  reasons 
therefor,  provided  that  documents  and  things  received  in 
evidence  may  be  released  to  the  persons  tendering  them  when 
all  appeals  have  been  finally  disposed  of  or  the  right  to  appeal 
has  terminated. 

(15)  Any  document  required  to  be  served  under  this  Act  f g^u'^^gntg 
upon  a  person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated  shall  be 

served  personally  upon  him,  but  where  it  appears  that  service 
cannot  be  effected  personally,  the  document  may  be  served 
by  mailing  a  copy  thereof  in  a  registered  letter  addressed  to 
him  at  his  last  known  residence  or  office  address  as  shown  by 
the  records  of  the  Association,  and  service  shall  be  effected 
not  less  than  ten  days  before  the  date  of  the  hearing  or  the 
event  or  thing  required  to  be  done,  as  the  case  may  be,  and 
proof  by  affidavit  of  the  service  is  sufficient. 

(16)  Where  a  member  or  licensee  has  been  suspended  from  Reinstate- 
•  •  It-  •  1  r     II  ™6nt  after 

practising  under  this  section,  he  may,  upon  payment  of  all  suspension 

fees  and  other  costs  owing  by  him  to  the  Association,  apply  to 
the  council  to  be  re-instated  as  a  member  or  licensee,  as  the 
case  may  be,  and  the  council  may  terminate  the  suspension 
of  such  member  or  licensee  upon  such  terms  as  it  considers 
proper. 

(17)  A    person    whose    membership   or    licence    has    been  Re-  .    . 
cancelled  under  this  section  may  apply  to  the  council   for  after 
membership  or  for  a  licence,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  the 
council  shall,  subject  to  subsection  18,  hear  the  application 

and  make  such  order  as  it  considers  proper  and  may  include 
as  a  term  of  any  such  order  such  conditions  as  the  council 

li48 


20 


Idem 


Idem 


considers  proper  to  be  fulfilled  before  the  applicant  is  ad- 
mitted to  membership  or  granted  a  licence  or  to  be  observed 
by  such  member  or  licensee  thereafter, 

(18)  Except  with  the  consent  of  the  council,  no  application 
under  subsection  17  shall  be  heard  before  the  expiry  of  two 
years  from  the  date  of  the  cancellation  of  membership  or 
licence  or  the  date  of  the  final  dispxjsition  of  any  appeal. 

(19)  Upon  a  hearing  for  admission  to  membership  or  for 
the  granting  of  a  licence  under  subsection  17,  the  council 
shall  follow,  in  so  far  as  practicable,  the  procedure  provided 
for  in  the  case  of  a  complaint  under  this  section,  and  a  fornn 
member  or  licensee  has  the  same  right  of  appeal  from  an 
order  made  by  the  council  under  subsection  17  as  is  provided 
in  section  26. 


Committee        (20)  The  council  may  appoint  a  committee  to  act  for  and 

of  council  •         ,      1       ,/•  ,       r  r  ,  /-  ,  e     t 

on  Its  behalf  composed  of  not  fewer  than  five  members  of  the 
council,  one  of  whom  shall  be  the  president,  a  vice-president 
or  the  immediate  past  president,  and  may  delegate  to  the 
committee  all  or  any  of  its  powers  and  duties  under  this 
section  upon  such  terms  and  conditions,  if  any,  as  the  council 
considers  proper,  and  a  decision  or  order  of  the  committee 
is  the  decision  or  order  of  the  council.    New. 


Practice 
pending 
appeal 


(21)  Except  in  the  case  of  professional  misconduct  con- 
stituting incompetence  on  the  part  of  the  person  whose 
conduct  was  investigated,  the  suspension  or  cancellation  of 
the  membership  or  licence  of  a  person  whose  conduct  was 
investigated  under  this  section  does  not  become  effective  until 
any  appeal  has  been  finally  disposed  of  or  the  right  of  appeal 
has  terminated.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  28  (5),  amended. 


APPEALS 

Appeal  26. — (1)  Any   person   whom    the  council   has  refused  to 

register  for  membership  or  whose  name  the  council  has 
refused  to  restore  on  the  register  or  to  whom  the  council  has 
refused  to  issue  a  licence  or  who  has  been  reprimanded  or 
whose  membership  or  licence  is  suspended  or  cancelled  may 
appeal  from  the  order  of  refusal,  reprimand,  suspension  or 
cancellation  to  the  Court  of  Apf)eal  within  fifteen  days  from 
the  day  upon  which  he  is  served  with  the  order  of  refusal, 
reprimand,  suspension  or  cancellation. 


Certified 
copies  of 
papers 


(2)  Upon  the  request  of  any  person  desiring  to  appeal  and 
upon  payment  of  the  cost  thereof,  the  registrar  shall  furnish 
such  person  with  a  certified  copy  of  all  proceedings,  evidence, 
reports,  orders  and  papers  received  as  evidence  by  the  council 


48 


Subsection  21.     This  provision  implements  Recommendation  21  of 
the  McRuer  Report  (page  1210  of  Volume  3). 


Section  26.     This  appeal  section  implements  Recommendation  23 
of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1210  of  Volume  3). 


48 


21 

and  any  committee  thereof  appointed  pursuant  to  subsection 
20  of  section  25  in  dealing  with  and  disposing  of  the  matter 
complained  of. 

(3)  If  the  appellant  fails  to  pay  the  cost  of  the  certified  ^*"'^'^«gj'° 
copy  and  the  cost  of  such  additional  copies  of  the  evidence  as 

may  be  reasonably  required  for  the  purposes  of  the  appeal 
within  fifteen  days  after  written  demand  from  the  registrar, 
the  appeal  shall  be  deemed  to  be  abandoned. 

(4)  An  appeal  under  this  section  shall  be  by  motion,  notice  p^Joo^^JJ^'j.^ 
of  which  shall  be  served  upon  the  registrar,  and  the  record 

shall  consist  of  a  copy,  certified  by  the  registrar,  of  the  pro- 
ceedings before  the  council  or  committee  thereof,  the  evidence 
taken,  the  report  of  the  council  or  committee  thereof  and  all 
decisions,  findings  and  order  of  the  council  or  committee 
thereof  in  the  matter. 

(5)  Except  as  otherwise  provided,  appeals  under  this  section  Practice 
shall  be  in  accordance  with  the  practice  in  appeals  from  the 
decision  or  order  of  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court. 

(6)  Upon  the  hearing  of  an  appeal  under  this  section  the°'"'^«" 
Court  of  Appeal  may  make  such  order  as  the  court  deems 
proper  or  may  refer  the  matter  or  any  part  thereof  back  to 

the  council  with  such  directions  as  the  court  deems  proper. 

(7)  The  Court  of  Appeal  may  make  such  order  as  to  the  ^°^'* 
costs  of  the  appeal  as  the  court  deems  proper.     R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  309,  s.  28  (4),  amended. 


OFFENCES 

27. — (1)  Every  person,  other  than  a  member  or  a  licensee,  ?£?"S!^' 
who, 

(fl)  takes  and  uses  orally  or  otherwise  the  title  "Pro- 
fessional Engineer"  or  "Registered  Professional 
Engineer"  or  uses  any  addition  to  or  abbreviation  of 
either  such  titles,  or  any  words,  name  or  designation 
that  will  lead  to  the  belief  that  he  is  a  professional 
engineer,  a  member  or  a  licensee  or,  except  as  per- 
mitted by  section  2,  uses  the  title  or  designation 
"engineer"  in  such  a  manner  as  will  lead  to  the  belief 
that  he  is  a  professional  engineer,  a  member  or  a 
licensee; 

{b)  advertises,  holds  himself  out,  or  conducts  himself  in 
any  way  or  by  any  means  as  a  member  or  a  licensee; 
or 

48 


Idem 


22 

(c)  engages  in  the  practice  of  professional  engineering, 
is  guilty  of  an  offence.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  30,  amended. 
(2)  Every  person  who, 

(a)  wilfully  procures  or  attempts  to  procure  registration 
under  this  Act  for  himself  or  for  another  person  by 
making,  producing  or  causing  to  be  made  or  produced 
any  fraudulent  representation  or  declaration  either 
verbal  or  written; 

(b)  knowingly  makes  any  false  statement  in  any  applica- 
tion or  declaration  signed  or  filed  by  him  under  this 
Act, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence.       R.S.O.   1960,  c.  309,  s.  33,  pari, 
amended. 


partner-'  (^^  Where  a  partnership,  association  of  persons  or  corpora- 

ships,  tion  that  has  no  subsisting  certificate  of  authorization, 

associations  " 

and 

corporations  (^^  practises  professional  engineering; 

(b)  uses  orally  or  otherwise  any  name,  title,  description 
or  designation  that  will  lead  to  the  belief  that  it  is 
entitled  to  practise  professional  engineering;  or 

(c)  advertises,  holds  itself  out  or  conducts  itself  in  any 
way  or  in  such  manner  as  to  lead  to  the  belief  that 
it  is  entitled  to  practise  professional  engineering, 

every  member  of  the  partnership,  every  member  of  the  asso- 
ciation of  persons,  or  the  corporation  and  every  director  there- 
of, is  guilty  of  an  offence. 

^'**™  (4)  Where  a  partnership,  association  of  persons  or  corpora- 

tion that  has  a  subsisting  certificate  of  authorization  practises 
professional  engineering  in  contravention  of  this  Act,  every 
member  of  the  partnership,  every  member  of  the  association 
of  persons,  or  the  corporation  and  every  director  thereof, 
is  guilty  of  an  offence. 

Penalties  (5)  Every  person,  member  of  a  partnership,  member  of  an 

association  of  persons,  and  every  corporation  and  director 
thereof,  who  is  guilty  of  an  offence  under  this  section  is,  on 
summary  conviction,  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000 
or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months, 
or  to  both.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  ss.  31,  33,  part,  amended. 

Umitation         ^5)  \q  proceedings  shall  be  commenced  for  a  contravention 
proceedings   of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  section  after  two  years  from 

the  date  of  the  commission  of  such  contravention.     R.S.O. 

1960,  c.  309,  s.  35,  amended. 


48 


I 


Section  28.     This  new   section   implements   Recommendation*  29, 
30  and  31  of  the  McRuer  Report  (page  1211  of  Volume  3). 


48 


23 

LIMITATION   OF  ACTIONS 

28. — (1)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  2,  an  action  J'f''^^^?'^Jj°" 
against  a  member  or  a  licensee  for  negligence  or  malpractice 
in  connection  with  professional  services  requested  of  him  or 
rendered  by  him  or  under  his  direction  or  control  shall  be 
commenced  within  and  not  later  than  twelve  months  after 
the  cause  of  action  arose. 

(2)  The  court  in  which  an  action  mentioned  in  subsection  1  Extension 
has  been  or  may  be  brought  may  extend  the  period  of  limita- 
tion specified  therein  either  before  or  after  it  has  expired  if 

the  court  is  satisfied  that  to  do  so  is  just. 

(3)  This   section    does    not    apply    to    proceedings    under  Rj°®,l."j°' 

section  25.      New.  disciplinary 

proceedings 

TRANSITIONAL   PROVISIONS 

29. — (1)  Notwithstanding   section   4,    the    president,    the  ^embers  of 
vice-presidents  and  the  elected  councillors  holding  office  when 
this  Act  comes  into  force  shall  continue  to  hold  office  until 
after  the  first  annual  election  after  this  Act  comes  into  force. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsections  4  and  5  of  section  4,  atf'™*  , 
the  first  election  of  councillors  after  this  Act  comes  into  force,  election 
one  councillor-at-large  shall  be  elected  for  a  two-year  term 

and  one  councillor-at-large  shall  be  elected  for  a  one-year 
term  and  there  shall  be  elected  from  each  of  the  five  regions 
mentioned  in  subsection  4  of  section  4  one  regional  councillor 
for  a  two-year  term  and  one  regional  councillor  for  a  one-year 
term.     New. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  6  of  section  4,  all  councillors  members^ 
who  have  been  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  and  are  holding  office  when  this  Act  comes  into  force 

shall  continue  to  hold  office  for  the  term  designated  in  the 
order  in  council  by  which  they  were  appointed.  New. 

MISCELLANEOUS 

30.  The  Professional  Engineers  Act  is  repealed.  ^lo?."  ^^^*'' 

repealed 

31.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  Sent"^""^" 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

32.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Professional  Engineers  ^''°'"*  '"'^ 
Act,  1968-69. 


48 


>3 


> 


3 
0« 


a 
3    tr 


I     --   I     i  I 


O  o 

00 


s 


BILL  48 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


The  Professional  Engineers  Act,  1968-69 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Qxjeen's  Printer 


BILL  48  1968-69 


The  Professional  Engineers  Act,  1968-69 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

INTERPRETATION 

1      T     ^u-     A    ^  Interpre- 

1.    In  this  Act,  tation 

(a)  "Association"  means  the  Association  of  Professional 
Engineers  of  the  Province  of  Ontario; 

(b)  "by-law"  means  a  by-law  of  the  Association; 

(c)  "chapter"  means  a  group  of  members  constituted 
and  governed  by  by-law; 

(d)  "council"  means  the  council  of  the  Association; 

(e)  "graduate"  means  a  graduate  of  a  university  or  other 
educational  institution  in  a  course  in  any  branch  of 
engineering  or  science,  the  practice  of  which  con- 
stitutes professional  engineering  and  which  is  rec- 
ognized by  the  council; 

(/)  "licence"  means  a  licence  to  practise  professional 
engineering  issued  under  this  Act; 

(g)  "licensee"  means  a  person  who  holds  a  subsisting 
licence ; 

(h)  "member"  means  a  member  of  the  Association; 

(i)  "practice  of  professional  engineering"  means  the 
doing  of  one  or  more  acts  of  advising  on,  reporting 
on,  designing  of  or  supervising  of  the  construction 
of,  all  public  utilities,  industrial  works,  railways, 
tramways,  bridges,  tunnels,  highways,  roads,  canals, 
harbour  works,  lighthouses,  river  improvements, 
wet    docks,    dry    docks,    floating    docks,    dredges, 

48 


cranes,  drainage  works,  irrigation  works,  water- 
works, water  purification  plants,  sewerage  works, 
sewage  disposal  works,  incinerators,  hydraulic  works, 
power  transmission  systems,  steel,  concrete  or  re- 
inforced concrete  structures,  electric  lighting  sys- 
tems, electric  power  plants,  electric  machinery, 
electric  or  electronic  apparatus,  electrical  or  elec- 
tronic communication  systems  or  equipment,  mineral 
property,  mining  machinery,  mining  development, 
mining  operations,  gas  or  oil  developments,  smelters, 
refineries,  metallurgical  machinery,  or  equipment  or 
apparatus  for  carrying  out  such  operations,  mach- 
inery, boilers  or  their  auxiliaries,  steam  engines, 
hydraulic  turbines,  pumps,  internal  combustion 
engines  or  other  mechanical  structures,  chemical  or 
metallurgical  machinery,  apparatus  or  processes, 
or  aircraft,  and  generally  all  other  engineering  works 
including  the  engineering  works  and  installations 
relating  to  airports,  airfields  or  landing  strips  or 
relating  to  town  and  community  planning; 

(j)  "professional  engineer"  means  a  person  who  is  a 
member  or  licensee; 

(k)  "region"  means  a  geographical  area  of  Ontario  as 
defined  by  by-law; 

(/)  "register"  means  the  record  of  registrants  main- 
tained by  the  registrar; 

(m)  "registrant"  means  a  person  recorded  in  the  register 
as  a  member,  licensee,  an  assistant  to  a  professional 
engineer,  a  graduate  or  an  undergraduate; 

(«)  "registrar"  means  the  registrar  of  the  Association; 

(o)  "regulation"  means  a  regulation  of  the  Association; 

(p)  "undergraduate"  means  a  student  enrolled  at  but 
not  graduated  from  a  university  or  other  educational 
institution  in  a  course  in  any  branch  of  engineering 
or  science,  the  practice  of  which  constitutes  profes- 
sional engineering  and  that  is  recognized  by  the 
council.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  1,  amzuded. 


noTlnlrted       2.  Nothing  in  this  Act  prevents. 


(a)  any  person  from  performing  his  duties  in  the  Cana- 
dian Armed  Forces; 


48 


(b)  any  member  or  licensee  of  the  Ontario  Association  of 
Architects  under  The  Architects  Act  or  any  employee  R-S.o.  i960, 
of  such  member  or  licensee  acting  under  the  direction  "' 

and  responsibility  of  such  member  or  licensee  from 
performing  professional  engineering  services  in  the 
course  of  any  work  undertaken  or  proposed  to  be 
undertaken  by  such  member  or  licensee  as  an 
architect; 

(c)  any  person  who  holds  a  certificate  of  qualification 

under  The  Operating  Engineers  Act  from  practising ^-fs"' ^^®°' 
or  designating  himself  as  an  operating  engineer; 

(d)  any  person  from  practising  as  a  bacteriologist, 
chemist,  geologist,  mineralogist  or  physicist; 

(e)  any  person  from  advising  on  or  reporting  on  any 
mineral  property  or  prospect; 

(/)  any  person  from  operating,  executing  or  supervising 
any  works  as  owner,  contractor,  superintendent, 
foreman,  inspector  or  master, 

or  requires  any  such  person  to  become  registered  or  licensed 
under  this  Act  in  order  to  do  any  such  thing.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  309,  s.  2,  amended. 

THE   ASSOCIATION 

3. — (1)  The   body   politic   and   corporate   known   as   the  ^Q^^°('j|2^'°" 
"Association  of  Professional   Engineers  of  the   Province  of""" 
Ontario"  incorporated  under  The  Professional  Engineers  Act,  ^^^a,  c.  59 
1922  is  hereby  continued. 

(2)  All  persons  who  are  members  of  the  Association  when  Members 
this  Act  comes  into  force  or  who  hereafter  are  admitted  as 
members  constitute  the  Association.     R.S.O.   1960,  c.   309, 

s.  3  (1),  amended. 

(3)  The  objects  of  the  Association  are,  objects 

(a)  to  regulate  the  practice  of  professional  engineering 
and  to  govern  the  profession  in  accordance  with  this 
Act,  the  regulations  and  the  by-laws; 

(b)  to  establish  and  maintain  standards  of  knowledge 
and  skill  among  its  members;  and 

(c)  to  establish  and  maintain  standards  of  professional 
ethics  among  its  members, 

in  order  that  the  public  interest  may  be  served  and  protected. 

New. 

48 


Head  offloe 


(4)  The  head  office  of  the  Association  shall  be  at  the  city 
of  Toronto. 


Property 


(5)  The  Association  may  purchase,  acquire  or  take  by 
gift,  devise  or  bequest  for  the  purposes  of  the  Association  and 
the  furtherance  of  its  objects,  but  for  no  other  purposes  or 
objects,  any  real  or  personal  property,  and  may  sell,  mortgage, 
lease  or  otherwise  dispose  of  any  such  property.  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  309,  s.  3  (4,  5). 


THE   COUNCIL 

CounoU  4^ — (J)  There  shall  be  a  council  which  shall  consist  of  a 

president,  a  first  vice-president,  a  second  vice-president,  an 
immediate  past  president,  two  elected  councillors-at-large, 
ten  elected  regional  councillors  and  five  appointed  councillors, 
all  of  whom  shall   be  members  and  residents  of  Ontario. 


President 
and  vice- 
presidents 


CouncUlors- 
at-Iarge 


Regional 
councillors 


Appointed 
councillors 


(2)  The  president  and  the  vice-presidents  shall  have  such 
qualifications  as  are  prescribed  by  by-law  and  shall  be  elected 
annually  by  vote  of  the  members.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309, 
s.  8  (1-3),  amended. 

(3)  One  councillor-at-large  shall  be  elected  each  year  for  a 
two-year  term  by  vote  of  the  members.     New. 

(4)  There  shall  be  elected  from  each  of  the  five  regions 
established  and  defined  by  by-law  two  regional  councillors, 
one  to  be  elected  from  each  region  each  year  for  a  two-year 
term  by  vote  of  the  members  who  are  recorded  as  residents  in 
that  region  at  the  time  the  election  is  held. 

(5)  The  five  appointed  councillors  shall  be  appointed  by 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  for  a  term  of  three  years 
and  shall  be  qualified  respectively  in  the  following  fields  of 
engineering: 

1.  Civil. 

2.  Mechanical,  Aeronautical  and  Industrial. 

3.  Electrical. 

4.  Chemical  and  Metallurgical. 

5.  Mining  and   Geology.      R.S.O.    1960,  c.   309,  s.  8 
(5,  6),  amended. 

48 


(6)  In  addition  to  the  councillors  mentioned  in  subsection  1,  ^o^ifncjnor; 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  as  coun-'egai 

-'       ^^  councillor 

cillors, 

(a)  a  person  who  is  not  a  member ;  and 

(6)  a  person  who  is  a  barrister  and  solicitor  of  at  least 
ten  years  standing  at  the  bar  of  Ontario, 

both  of  whom  are  residents  of  Ontario. 

(7)  Persons  appointed  under  subsection  6  shall  serve  for'^®"'™ 
a  term  of  three  years  but  are  eligible  for  re-appointment. 

(8)  Where  the  president,  a  vice-president  or  a  councillor  Vacancies 
resigns,  is  absent  from  three  consecutive  meetings  of  the 
council,  becomes  incapacitated  or  dies,  the  office  may  be 
declared  vacant  by  the  council,  and,  if  such  office  should  be 
declared  vacant,  except  in  a  case  of  a  councillor  appointed  by 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  the  council  shall  fill  the 
vacancy  in  such  manner  as  is  provided  by  by-law,  and  in  the 
case  of  a  vacancy  in  the  office  of  a  councillor  appointed  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 

I  Council  may  fill  the  vacancy  by  appointment  of  a  person  of 
I  the  same  class  as  the  councillor  causing  the  vacancy.  R.S.O. 
**  1960,  c.  309,  s.  8  (6,  7),  amended. 

(9)  No  person  shall  be  appointed  or  elected  to  the  council  councillors 
\       unless  he  is  a  Canadian  citizen  or  other  British  subject,  and  Canadians 

I    I  no  person  shall  continue  to  hold  any  such  office  if  he  ceases  to 
'  be  so  qualified.    Ne:w. 

5.  The  council  Registrar, 
"•    ^  "^  LUUHi,u,                                                                                                      treasurer, 

secretary, 

/■,,,,.  .  ,  ,  executive 

\a)  shall  appoint  a  registrar  and  a  treasurer;  and  director 

(6)  may  appoint  a  secretary,  an  executive  director  and 
i  such  other  officials  as  the  council  deems  fit, 

and  any  two  or  more  of  such  offices  may  be  held  by  one 
person.    New. 

6.  No  action  or  other  proceedings  for  damages  shall  be  ^^^g^^'*^;! 

instituted  against  the  council,  or  any  member  or  official  of  oncers  and 
.,  .,  .         ,   ,         ,  .,    r  members 

tne  council  or  any  person  appointed  by  the  council  for  any 

act  done  in  good  faith  in  the  performance  or  intended  perform- 
ance of  any  duty  or  in  the  exercise  or  in  the  intended  exercise 
of  any  power  under  this  Act,  a  regulation  or  a  by-law,  or 
for  any  neglect  or  default  in  the  performance  or  exercise  in 
good  faith  of  any  such  duty  or  power.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309, 
s.  29,  amended. 

48 


Resuiations  7, — (j)  jhe  council  may  make  regulations  respecting  any 
matter  that  is  outside  the  scope  of  the  power  to  pass  by-laws 
specified  in  section  8  and,  without  limiting  the  generality  of  the 
foregoing, 

(a)  prescribing  the  scope  and  conduct  of  examinations 
of  candidates  for  registration ; 

(b)  prescribing  the  form  of  the  summons  referred  to  in 
subsection  10  of  section  25; 

(c)  respecting  the  practice  and  procedure  for  hearings 
held  under  this  Act ; 

(d)  defining  "professional  misconduct"  for  the  purpose 
of  this  Act  and  the  regulations; 

(e)  defining  classes  of  specialists  in  the  various  fields  of 
engineering; 

(/)  prescribing  the  qualifications  required  of  specialists 
or  any  class  thereof; 

(i)  providing  for  the  designation  of  specialists  upon 
application  and  examination  or  otherwise,  for  the 
suspension  or  revocation  of  such  designations,  and 
for  the  regulation  and  prohibition  of  the  use  of 
terms,  titles  or  designations  by  professional  engineers 
indicating  specialization  in  any  field  of  engineering; 

(h)  regulating  and  prohibiting  the  use  of  terms,  titles 
or  designations  by  professional  engineers  in  indepen- 
dent practice. 

Approvals  (2)  No  regulation  is  effective, 

(a)  until  it  has  been  submitted  to  the  members  for 
approval  by  means  of  a  letter  ballot  returnable 
within  thirty  days  after  the  mailing  thereof  and  it 
has  been  approved  by  a  majority  of  those  voting 
within  the  prescribed  time;  and 

(b)  until  it  has  been  approved  by  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council.    New. 

By-iawe  8. — (1)  The   council    may    pass    by-laws   relating   to   the 

administrative  and  domestic  affairs  of  the  Association,  and, 
without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing, 

(a)  respecting  the  determination  and  modification  of  the 
boundaries   of    regions    and    the    determination   ol 

48 


regions  in  which  members  shall  be  deemed  to  reside 
for  the  purposes  of  the  election  of  councillors ; 

(b)  prescribing  procedures  for  the  nomination  and  elec- 
tion of  the  councillors  and  the  nomination  and 
election  of  the  president  and  the  vice-presidents  and 
the  qualifications  necessary  to  hold  any  such  office; 

(c)  prescribing  the  duties  of  the  councillors  and  rules 
governing  their  conduct; 

(d)  respecting  the  remuneration  and  reimbursement  of 
members  of  the  council; 

(e)  respecting  the  calling,  holding  and  conduct  of  meet- 
ings of  the  council  and  the  Association ; 

(/)  providing  for  the  establishment  and  regulation  of 
chapters; 

(g)  respecting  the  management  of  the  property  of  the 
Association ; 

(A)  providing  for  the  borrowing  of  money  on  the  credit 
of  the  Association  and  the  charging,  mortgaging, 
hypothecating  or  pledging  of  any  of  the  real  or 
personal  property  of  the  Association  to  secure  any 
money  borrowed  or  other  debt  or  any  other  obliga- 
tion or  liability  of  the  Association ; 

(i)  respecting  the  application  of  the  funds  of  the  Asso- 
ciation, and  the  investment  and  re-investment  of 
any  of  its  funds  not  immediately  required  in  any 
investments  that  may  from  time  to  time  be  autho- 
rized investments  for  joint  stock  insurance  companies 
and  cash  mutual  insurance  corporations  under  Thef-^f'-''-^^^- 
Corporations  Act; 

(j)  defining  the  composition  and  functions  of  the  board 
of  examiners; 

(k)  providing  for  the  establishment  of  scholarships, 
bursaries  and  prizes; 

(/)  providing  for  the  appointment  of  committees  of  the 
council  and  defining  their  composition  and  functions; 

(m)  providing  for  the  closing  of  the  register  and  the 
restriction  of  recording  changes  of  addresses  of  the 
registrants  for  a  period  of  time  not  exceeding  forty- 


48 


8 

eight  hours,  exclusive  of  Sundays  and  holidays, 
immediately  preceding  any  meeting  of  the  members 
or  any  election ; 

(n)  respecting  the  registration  of  members  and  the 
recording  of  licensees,  graduates,  undergraduate* 
and  assistants  to  professional  engineers; 

(o)  for  maintaining  a  system  for  the  recording  of  regis- 
trants, their  residence  addresses  and  the  regions  in 
which  they  are  resident  and  for  the  recording  of  the 
names  of  official  representatives  of  partnerships, 
associations  of  persons  or  corporations; 

(p)  providing  for  services  to  encourage  and  assist  mem- 
bers in  the  development  of  their  professional  com- 
petence and  conduct  and  in  carrying  on  the  practice 
of  professional  engineering; 

(q)  fixing  and  providing  for  levying  and  collecting  o"- 
remitting  annual  and  other  fees,  levies  and  asse- 
ments; 

(r)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

(s)  respecting  all  other  things  that  are  deemed  necessary 
or  convenient  for  the  attainment  of  the  objects  of 
the  Association  and  the  efficient  conduct  of  its 
business. 

Approval  (2)  No  by-law  is  effective  until  it  has  been  submitted  to  the 

members  for  approval  by  means  of  a  letter  ballot  returnable 
within  thirty  days  after  the  mailing  thereof  and  unless  it  has 
been  approved  by  a  majority  of  those  voting  within  the 
prescribed  time.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  5,  ci.  a,  amended. 

Construction      (3)  ^g  between  a  registrant  and  the  Association,  the  ruling 
of  the  council  on  the  construction  and  interpretation  of  an 
by-law  is  final.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  4  (2),  amended. 

fth'ics°'^  9. — (1)  The  council  shall  prepare  and  publish  from  time  to 

time  a  code  of  ethics  containing  standards  of  conduct  designed 
for  the  protection  of  the  public,  which  standards  members 
and  licensees  must  subscribe  to  and  follow  in  the  practice 
of  professional  engineering. 

Copies  ^2)  Copies  of  the  code  of  ethics  shall  be  sent  to  the  members 

and  licensees  and  shall  be  available  free  of  charge  to  members 
of  the  public  who  apply  therefor.    New. 


48 


i 


10.  The  council  may  authorize  participation  by  the  Asso-  councif  of 
ciation  in  the  activities  of  the  Canadian  Council  of  Profes- Professional 

,  .  .  ■      ■  I  /•        ST  Engineers 

sional  Engineers,  as  a  constituent  association  thereot.    New. 


MEMBERSHIP 

11.— (1)  Any  applicant  for  membership  who,  Uon'fo?*" 

membership 

(o)  resides, 

(i)  in  Ontario, 

(ii)  out  of  Ontario  and  is  employed  for  an  in- 
definite period  as  a  full-time  employee  of  an 
employer  having  works  or  facilities  in  Ontario 
and  is  required  by  the  terms  of  his  employ- 
ment to  practise  professional  engineering  in 
respect  of  such  works  or  facilities  or  has  a 
place  of  employment  in  Ontario  and  practises 
or  proposes  to  practise  professional  engineer- 
ing in  Ontario  on  a  full-time  basis: 

ib)  is  twenty-one  or  more  years  of  age; 

(c)  has  passed  the  examinations  prescribed  by  the  coun- 
cil or  is  exempted  therefrom  pursuant  to  subsection 
3  or  6; 

{d)  has  had  six  or  more  years  of  experience  in  engineering 
work  satisfactory  to  the  council ;  and 

(e)  provides   satisfactory   evidence   of   good   character, 

shall  be  admitted  as  a  member  by  the  council. 

(2)  Each  applicant  for  membership  shall  submit  upon  the  ^ J'jij'i^"^®;"^ 
prescribed  form  evidence  of  his  educational  qualifications  and 
engineering  experience,  information  as  to  his  residence  and  at 

least  three  references  as  to  his  character  and  engineering 
experience,  and  he  may  be  required  by  the  council  to  verify 
the  statements  set  out  in  his  application  bv  affidavit.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  309,  s.  10  (1,  2),  awewc/erf. 

(3)  The  council  may  exempt  an  applicant  from  any  of  the ^Jj^^^^^""" 
examinations  mentioned   in   clause  c  of  subsection    1    if   the  »"<*  other 

•1    •         r      I  •     •  1'  qualiflca- 

council  IS  oi   the  opinion   that   the  applicant   has  adequate  tions 
academic  and  other  qualifications.    New. 

48 


10 


Credit  for 
time  spent 
at  a 
university 


(4)  Where  the  applicant  is  a  graduate,  upon  presentin/ 
evidence  of  the  actual  time  during  which  he  was  under  instru 
tion  as  an  undergraduate  in  a  university,  the  council  shall 
grant  hiin  the  time  spent  under  such  instruction  in  reduction 
of  the  six-year  period  of  engineering  experience  required  by 
clause  d  of  subsection  1,  but  only  in  so  far  as  the  total  exemp- 
tion granted  does  not  exceed  four  years.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309, 
s.  10  (4),  amended. 


Board  of 
examiners 
to  consider 
applications 


(5)  Tlie  council  may  for  the  purpose  of  subsection  3  or  4 
require  the  board  of  examiners  to  consider  and  make  recom- 
mendations to  the  council  with  respect  to  any  applications 
for  exemption,  including  an  application  for  exemption  of 
a   graduate   in  honours  science.    New. 


Saving 


Admission 
of  members 
of  other 
associations 


(6)  The  council  shall  exempt  from  the  examinations  men- 
tioned in  clause  c  of  subsection  1  any  person  who  resides  in 
Ontario  on  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force  and  who  has 
been  engaged  in  the  performance  of  any  engineering  work 
specified  in  clause  e  of  section  2  of  The  Professional  Engineers 
Act,  being  chapter  309  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1960,  for  a  period  or  periods  of  not  less  than  six  years  in  the 
aggregate,  if  such  person  submits  to  the  council,  within  one 
year  from  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force,  satisfactory 
evidence  of  having  been  so  engaged.    New. 

12.  The  council  may,  upon  application  and  satisfactory 
proof  of  residence,  admit  as  a  member  any  person  who  resides 
in  Ontario,  or  who  resides  out  of  Ontario  under  the  circum- 
stances set  out  in  subclause  ii  of  clause  a  of  subsection  1  of 
section  11,  and  who  furnishes  satisfactory  proof, 

(a)  that  he  is  a  member  of  an  association  of  professional 
engineers  in  another  province  or  a  territory  of 
Canada  that  has  objects  similar  to  those  of  the 
Association  and  requirements  for  membership  no 
less  exacting  than  those  in  effect  in  Ontario;  or 

{b)  that  he  is  a  member  of  an  association  of  professional 
engineers  in  another  part  of  the  Commonwealth  or 
in  the  United  States  of  America  that  has  objects 
similar  to  those  of  the  Association  and  requirements 
for  membership  no  less  exacting  than  those  in  effect 
in  Ontario. 


.Students 

and 

assistants 


13. — (1)  Persons  who  are  engaged  as  assistants  to  profes- 
sional engineers  in  categories  recognized  by  the  council  and 
graduates  and  undergraduates  who  have  not  completed  the 
period  of  engineering  exjjerience  required  by  this  .Act  and  who 
contemplate  applying  for  membership  on  the  completion  of 
the  period  of  engineering  experience  may,  upon  application  in 


48 


11 

the  prescribed  form,  be  recorded  in  the  register  but  not  as 
members  of  the  Association  until  fully  qualified,  and  upon 
being  so  recorded  are  subject  to  the  control  of  the  council 
in  accordance  with  this  Act,  the  regulations  and  the  by-laws. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  13,  amended. 

(2)  Any  registrant  whose  name  is  recorded  in  the  register  °f®^®J^^g"g 
pursuant  to  subsection    1    may,   upon  application,   have   his 
name  deleted  from  the  register. 

14. — (1)  The  annual  fee  from  a  registrant  shall  be  deemed  •*-"""^'  f»® 
to  be  a  debt  due  to  the  Association  and  is  recoverable  from 
him  in  the  name  of  the  Association  in  any  court  of  competent 
jurisdiction.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  24,  amended. 

(2)  Where  the  annual  fee  is  not  paid  within  six  months  pa°y"ment  of 
from  the  date  upon  which  it  became  due,  the  treasurer  shall »"""»'  fee 
send  a  written  notice  of  such  default  by  prepaid  mail  addressed 
to  the  registrant's  last  address  as  shown  on  the  register,  and, 
if  payment  is  not  made  within  one  month  thereafter,  the 
registrar,  upon  the  direction  of  the  council,  shall  delete  or 
cause  the  name  of  the  registrant  to  be  deleted  from  the 
register,  and  thereupon  the  registrant  ceases  to  be  a  member, 
a  licensee,  an  assistant  to  a  professional  engineer,  or  a  graduate 
or  undergraduate  recorded  pursuant  to  section  13,  as  the  case 
may  be.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  25  (1),  amended. 

15.  Any  member  who  intends  to  withdraw  from  the  prac- ^on'g*"*" 
tice  of  professional  engineering  and  whose  fees  are  paid  up 

shall  send  written  notice  thereof  to  the  registrar,  whereupxjn 
the  registrar  shall  delete  his  name  from  the  register.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  309,  s.  25  (2),  amended. 

16.  Any  person  who  ceased  to  be  a  member  under  sub- Jjestora- 
section  2  of  section  14,  upon  payment  of  the  fees  owing  at  the 

time  he  ceased  to  be  a  member  and  the  fee  for  the  current 
year,  or  any  person  whose  name  has  been  deleted  from  the 
register  under  section  15,  upon  payment  of  the  fee  for  the 
current  year,  and,  in  either  case,  upon  production  of  evidence 
of  good  character  satisfactory  to  the  council,  shall,  upon  the 
direction  of  the  council,  have  his  name  restored  on  the  register. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  25  (3),  amended. 

LICENSING 

17. — (1)  The  registrar  may  upon  application  issue  a  licence  ii^6"m;es  to 
to  any  person  who  resides  in  Canada  but  not  in  Ontario  and  ^ISciaUons 
who  furnishes  satisfactory  proof  that  he  is  a  member  of  an  of  o^p^^e^g^ 
association  of  professional  engineers  in  another  province  or  a 
territory  of  Canada  that  has  objects  similar  to  those  of  the 
Association. 

48 


12 


Isaue  of 
licences  to 
consulting 
•peclalUts 


(2)  Any  person  who  does  not  reside  in  Canada  but  who  in 
the  opinion  of  the  council  is  a  consulting  specialist  in  a  field 
of  professional  engineering  who  has  had  not  less  than  ten  years 
experience  in  the  practice  of  his  profession,  or  who  furnishes 
satisfactory  evidence  that  he  has  qualifications  at  least  equal 
to  those  required  for  registration  as  a  professional  engineer 
in  Ontario,  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  council,  be  issued  a 
licence. 


Issue  or 

licences  to 

persons 

from 

provinces 

without 

associations 


(3)  Any  person  practising  or  proposing  to  practise  pro- 
fessional engineering  who  resides  in  a  territory  of  Canada  in 
which  there  is  no  association  of  professional  engineers  that 
has  objects  similar  to  those  of  the  Association,  may,  with  the 
approval  of  the  council,  be  issued  a  licence. 


Practise  by 
applicant 
for  a 
licence 


(4)  Where  an  applicant  for  a  licence  fails  to  obtain  it 
promptly  for  any  reason  unrelated  to  his  professional  capacity 
or  his  own  neglect,  he  may  practise  professional  engineering 
in  Ontario  for  a  period  of  not  more  than  three  months  without 
a  licence. 


Licence  to 
be  issued 
by  the 
registrar 


(5)  The  registrar  shall  issue  a  licence  in  the  prescribed  form 
to  any  person  entitled  thereto  and  shall  specify  therein  the 
work  upon  which  and  the  name  of  the  employer  in  Ontario  by 
whom  the  holder  of  the  licence  is  to  be  employed  and  the 
period  for  which  it  is  issued,  but  in  no  case  shall  the  period 
extend  beyond  the  end  of  the  calendar  year  in  which  the 
licence  is  issued.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  ss.  14,  22  (4),  amended. 


Additional 
condition 


(6)  The  council  may  direct  that  any  licence  issued  under 
subsection  2  shall,  in  addition  to  the  conditions  mentioned 
in  subsection  5,  contain  a  condition  that  the  licensee  may 
practise  professional  engineering  in  Ontario  only  in  collabora- 
tion with  a  member  who  shall  sign  and  seal  any  plans  and 
specifications  together  with  the  licensee.    New. 


Where 

licence  not 
required 


18.  Any  person  who  is  employed  as  a  professional  engineer 
by  a  public  service  corporation  carrying  on  an  interprovincial 
undertaking  or  by  the  Government  of  Canada  and  who  is  by 
reason  of  his  employment  required  to  practise  professional 
engineering  in  a  province  or  territory  of  Canada  other  than 
that  of  his  residence  may  practise  professional  engineering  in 
Ontario  without  a  licence,  but  he  shall  on  demand  of  the 
council  furnish  satisfactory  evidence  that  he  is  a  member  of  an 
association  of  professional  engineers  in  another  province  or  a 
territory  of  Canada  that  has  objects  similar  to  those  of  the 
Association.    R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  15,  amended. 


Seals, 
members 


19. — (1)  Every   member   shall   have  a   seal   of  a  design 
approved  by  the  council,  the  impression  of  which  shall  contain 


48 


i 


13 

the  name  of  the  engineer  and  the  words  "Registered  Profes- 
sional Engineer"  and  "Province  of  Ontario".  R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  309,  s.  16,  amended. 

(2)  Every  licensee  shall  have  a  seal  of  a  design  approved  JiceJJ^eeg 
by  the  council,  the  impression  of  which  shall  contain  the 

name  of  the  licensee  and  the  words  "Licensed  Professional 
Engineer"  and  "Province  of  Ontario". 

(3)  All  final  drawings,  specifications,   plans,   reports  andfn^"ugg™f 
other  documents  involving  the  practice  of  professional  en-^^^' 
gineering  when  issued  shall  bear  the  signature  and  seal  of  the 
professional  engineer  who  prepared  or  approved  them.    New. 

PARTNERSHIPS,    CORPORATIONS 

20. — (1)  No  partnership,  association  of  persons  or  cor- P™^{j[j'j^jij 
poration  as  such  shall  be  a  member  or  a  licensee,  or  shall,  by  partner- 

,.,,,.  .  .  r        •  .  ships  and 

except  as  authorized   by  this  section,   practise   professional  corporations 
engineering. 

(2)  A  partnership,  association  of  persons  or  corporation  o®""*'""^'®" 
that  holds  a  certificate  of  authorization  may,  in  its  own  name,  tj^',}'"'''^*" 
practise  professional  engineering, 

(a)  if  one  of  its  principal  or  customary  functions  is  to 
engage  in  the  practice  of  professional  engineering; 
and 

(b)  if  the  practice  of  professional  engineering  is  done 
under  the  responsibility  and  supervision  of  a  member 
of  the  partnership  or  the  association  of  persons,  a 
director  of  the  corporation,  or  a  full-time  employee 
of  the  corporation,  who  in  any  case  is  a  member;  or 

(c)  if  the  practice  of  professional  engineering  is  done 
under  the  responsibility  and  supervision  of  a  member 
of  the  partnership  or  the  association  of  persons,  a 
director  of  the  corporation,  or  a  full-time  employee 
of  the  corporation,  who  in  any  case  is  a  licensee, 
provided  that  the  practice  of  professional  engineer- 
ing is  restricted  to  the  work  specified  in  the  licence 
of  the  licensee.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  18,  amended. 

(3)  A  partnership,  association  of  persons  or  corporation  ^pp"°^*'°"8 
that  desires  a  certificate  of  authorization  shall  submit  to  the  certificates 
registrar  an  application  in  the  prescribed  form  containing, 

(a)  the  names  and  addresses  of  all  its  partners,  members, 
officers  or  directors,  as  the  case  may  be; 

48 


u 

(b)  the  names  of  all  its  partners,  members  of  aaaoci . 
tions  of  persons,  directors  of  corporations,  or  full- 
time  employees  of  corporations,  as  the  case  may  be, 
who  are  the  members  or  licensees  who  will  be  in 
charge  of  professional  engineering  on  its  behalf; 

(c)  from  among  the  names  specified  under  clause  b  tlie 
name  or  names  of  its  official  representative  or  repre- 
sentatives whose  duty  it  is  to  ensure  that  this  Act, 
and  the  regulations  and  the  by-laws  are  complied 
with  by  the  partnership,  the  association  of  persons 
or  the  corporation,  as  the  case  may  be, 

and  shall,  whenever  there  is  a  change  in  the  particulars  given 
in  its  application,  give  notice  of  the  change  to  the  registrar 
within  thirty  days  after  the  effective  date  of  the  change. 

oertifloatos         (^^  ^^  subsection  3  is  complied  with,   the  registrar  shall 
issue  to  the  applicant  a  certificate  of  authorization. 


1  pso  facto 
revocation 
of 
certificate 


(5)  Where  the  holder  of  a  certificate  of  authorization  ceases 
to  have  any  official  representative,  the  certificate  is  ipso  facto 
revoked,  and  the  partnership,  association  of  persons  or  cor- 
poration shall  not  practise  professional  engineering  until  a 
new  certificate  of  authorization  is  issued. 


Reprimand 
of  licensee, 
etc. 


Application 
of  88.  24,  25, 
26 


(6)  Where  the  council  finds  that  the  holder  of  a  certificate 
of  authorization  has  failed  to  observe  any  of  the  provisions 
of  this  section  or  has  been  guilty  of  conduct  that  would,  in 
the  case  of  a  member  or  licensee,  have  been  professional  mis- 
conduct, the  council  may  reprimand  the  holder  or  suspend  or 
revoke  the  certificate  of  authorization. 

(7)  Sections  24,  25  and  26  apply  mutatis  mutandis  to  the 
refusal  to  issue  a  certificate  of  authorization  and  to  the 
revocation   or  suspension  of  a  certificate  of  authorization. 

New. 


EXAMINATIONS 


Board 


Central 

examining 

board 


21. — (1)  The  council  shall  appoint  annually  a  board  of 
examiners.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  19,  amended. 

(2)  The  council  may  establish  conjointly  with  the  council 
of  any  association  in  one  or  more  of  the  provinces  or  terri- 
tories of  Canada  that  has  objects  similar  to  those  of  the  Asso- 
ciation a  central  examining  board  and  may  delegate  to  the 
central  examining  board  all  or  any  of  the  powers  of  the  council 
resjjecting  the  examination  of  candidates  for  admission  as 
members,  but  any  examinations  conducted  by  the  central 
examining  board  shall  be  held  in  at  least  one  place  in  Ontario. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  21,  amended. 


48 


I 


15 


REGISTRAR 


22. — (1)  The  registrar  shall  register  in  a  system  of  record- J^^feco^r^ 
ing  approved  by  the  council  the  names  of  the  members,  the  JJ^'"''®™' 
licensees,   the  assistants   to   professional   engineers,   and    the 
graduates   and    the    undergraduates.     R.S.O.    1960,   c.    309, 
s.  22  (5),  amended. 

(2)  The  registrar   shall   keep   the   register  correct  and   in  ^^g'^'^"" 
accordance  with  this  Act,  the  regulations  and  the  by-laws,  correct 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  23,  amended. 

(3)  The  certificate  of  the  registrar  respecting  the  registra- ^c^''^®'^''® 
tion  of  a  person  is  prima  facie  evidence  of  the  facts  certified  membership 
to  therein.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  27,  amended. 

(4)  The  registrar  shall  send  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  ^'^^^'j®'''^ 
Council  quarterly  as  of  the  last  days  of  March,  June,  Septem- 
ber and   December  in  each   year  a  report  containing,   with 
respect   to   the   immediately   preceding   three-month    period, 

the  names  of  the  persons, 

(a)  who    have    been    granted    partial    exemption    from 
examinations; 

(6)  who  have  been  granted  no  exemption  from  examina- 
tions; 

(c)  who  have  been  refused  permission  to  write  examina- 
tions; or 

{d)  who  have  not  been  admitted  to  membership  in  the 
Association,  because, 

(i)   their  experience  in  engineering  work  was  not 
satisfactory  to  the  Council,  or 

(ii)  they  did  not  provide  satisfactory  evidence  of 
good  character, 

giving,  in  each  case,  the  reason  for  the  decision,  together  with 
such  further  information  and  particulars  with  respect  to  such 
matters  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  require. 

23. — (1)  The  registrar  shall  issue  to  each  member  admitted  Certmoate 
to  the  Association  a  certificate  of  membership  signed  by  the  membership 
president  or  a  vice-president  and  by  the  registrar,  and  bearing 
the  seal  of  the  Association.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  23  (1), 
amended. 

(2)  Every  member  shall  keep  his  certificate  of  membership  foha^"^^^ 
prominently  displayed  in  his  place  of  business.     R.S.O.  i960,  displayed 
c.  309,  s.  22  (1). 

48 


16 


HEARINGS,    UPON   APPLICATIONS 


24. — (1)  Where  an  applicant  for  membership  or  a  licence 
has  met  the  academic  and  experience  requirements,  or  aa 


Hearing 

where 

application 

bership.  etc.,  applicant  for  restoration  of  his  name  on  the  register  has  paid 

re  uee  ^^^  required  fees  and  has  produced  the  required  evidence  of 

good  character,  and  his  application  is  refused,  the  council 

shall,  upon  the  written  request  of  the  applicant  received  by 

the  registrar  within  fifteen  days  of  the  receipt  by  the  applicant 

of  written  notice  of  the  refusal,  conduct  a  hearing  of  the  matter. 


Conduct  of 
hearing 


(2)  Section  25  applies  mutatis  mutandis  to  any  hearing 
conducted  under  this  section  except  that  upon  any  such  hear- 
ing the  council  may  make  findings  of  fact  by  such  standards 
of  proof  as  are  commonly  relied  upon  by  reasonable  and 
prudent  men  in  the  conduct  of  their  own  affairs.  R.S.O. 
1960,  c.  309,  s.  26,  amended. 


Powers  of 
council  to 
discipline 
members 


HEARINGS,   DISCIPLINARY 

25. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  where  the  council  finds 
that  a  person  who  is  a  member  or  licensee  is  guilty  of  pro- 
fessional misconduct  or  has  obtained  registration  as  a  member 
or  has  been  issued  a  licence  by  reason  of  misrepresentation 
by  such  person,  the  council  may  by  order  do  one  or  more  of 
the  following: 

1.  Reprimand  such  person  and,  if  considered  proper, 
direct  that  the  fact  of  the  reprimand  be  recorded  on 
the  register. 

2.  Suspend  the  membership  or  licence  of  such  person  for 
such  time  as  the  council  considers  proper  and  direct 
that  the  re-instatement  of  such  membership  or  licence 
on  the  termination  of  such  suspension  be  subject 
to  such  conditions,  if  any,  as  the  council  considers 
proper. 

3.  Direct  that  the  imposition  of  any  penalty  be  sus- 
pended or  postponed  for  such  period  and  upon  such 
terms  as  the  council  considers  proper  and  that  at 
the  end  of  such  period  and  upon  the  compliance  with 
such  terms  any  penalty  be  remitted. 

4.  Direct  that  the  membership  or  licence  of  such  person 
be  cancelled  and  that  the  name  of  such  person  be 
removed  from  the  register. 

5.  Direct  that  the  decision  of  the  council  be  published 
in  detail  or  in  summary  in  the  official  journal  of  the 
Association  or  in  such  other  manner  or  medium  as 
the  council  considers  appropriate  in  any  particular 
case. 


48 


17 

6.  Direct  that,  where  it  appears  that  the  proceedings 
were  unwarranted,  such  costs  as  to  the  council  seem 
just  be  paid  by  the  Association  to  the  member  or 
licensee  whose  conduct  was  the  subject  of  such 
proceedings. 

(2)  The  council  shall  not  take  any  action  under  subsection  1  and'heaHng 
unless, 

(a)  a  complaint  under  oath  has  been  filed  with  the 
registrar  and  a  copy  thereof  has  been  served  on  the 
person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated; 

(b)  the  person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated 
has  been  served  with  a  notice  of  the  time  and  place 
of  the  hearing;  and 

./c)  the  council  has  heard  evidence  of  or  on  behalf  of 
the  complainant  and,  if  the  person  whose  conduct  is 
being  investigated  appears  at  the  hearing  and  so 
requests,  has  heard  his  evidence  or  evidence  on  his 
behalf  and  has  reached  the  decision  that  he  is  guilty. 
R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  28  (1,2),  amended. 


ih  (3)  Any   person   presiding  at   a   hearing  may  administer  ^"i^^^^J^'orn 
oaths  to  witnesses  and  require  them  to  give  evidence  under  ®^'''^"<^^ 
oath.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  28  (1,  2,  3),  amended. 

(4)  If  the  person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated  fails  |'^p'ga'"j? '° 
to  appear  in  answer  to  the  notice  at  the  time  and  place  ap- 
pointed, the  hearing  may  be  conducted  in  his  absence. 

(5)  Hearings  shall  be  held  in  camera,  but  if  the  f)erson  whose  hlariSgs"^'^^ 
conduct  is  being  investigated  requests  otherwise  by  a  notice  \°  ^®,^®,.'^ 
in  writing  delivered  to  the  registrar  before  the  day  fixed  for 

the  hearing,  the  council  shall  conduct  the  hearing  in  public 
or  otherwise  as  it  thinks  proper. 

(6)  The  council  may  adjourn  any  hearing  at  any  time  and  ^ents'^" 
from  time  to  time. 

(7)  A    person    whose    conduct    is    being    investigated,    if  ^/p^erson'^^ 
present  in  person  at  the  hearing,  has  the  right  to  be  repre-  being  in- 
sented  by  counsel  or  agent,  to  adduce  evidence  and  to  make 
submissions,  and  any  such  person  may  be  compelled  to  attend 

and  give  evidence  in  the  manner  provided  in  subsection  10, 

but  such  person  shall  be  advised  of  his  right  to  object  to  answer  r.s.o.  i960. 

any  question  under  section  9  of  The  Evidence  Act  and  section  5  °-  i^s' 

of  the  Canada  Evidence  Act.  ^fo?'  ^^^^• 

48 


18 

evidence"'  (8)  The  Oral  evidence  submitted  at  a  hearing  shall  be  taken 
R.s.o.  I960,  down  in  writing  or  by  any  other  method  authorized  by  Tke 
"■  ^^^  Evidence  Act. 


Rules  of 
evidence 


(9)  The  rules  of  evidence  applicable  in  civil  proceedings 
are  applicable  at  hearings,  but  at  a  hearing  members  of  the 
council  may  take  notice  of  generally  recognized  technical  or 
scientific  facts  or  opinions  within  the  specialized  knowledge 
of  members  of  the  council  if  the  person  whose  conduct  is 
being  investigated  has  been  informed  before  or  during  the 
hearing  of  any  such  matters  noticed  and  he  has  been  given 
an  opportunity  to  contest  the  material  so  noticed. 


Summons 
to  witness 


(10)  The  president,  a  vice-president,  the  immediate  past 
president  or  the  registrar  may,  and  the  registrar  upon  applica- 
tion of  a  person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated  shall, 
issue  a  summons  in  the  form  prescribed  by  regulation,  com- 
manding the  attendance  and  examination  of  any  person  as  a 
witness,  and  the  production  of  any  document  the  production 
of  which  could  be  compelled  at  the  trial  of  an  action,  to 
appear  before  the  council  at  the  time  and  place  mentioned  in 
the  summons  and  stating  that  failure  to  obey  the  summons 
will  render  the  person  liable  to  imprisonment  on  an  applica- 
tion to  the  Supreme  Court,  but  the  person  whose  attendance 
is  required  is  entitled  to  the  like  conduct  money  and  payment 
for  expenses  and  loss  of  time  as  upon  attendance  as  a  witness 
at  a  trial  in  the  Supreme  Court. 


Failure  of 
witness  to 
appear,  etc. 


(11)  If  any  person, 

(a)  on  being  duly  summoned  to  appear  as  a  witness 
makes  default  in  attending;  or 

(b)  being  in  attendance  as  a  witness  refuses  to  take  an 
oath  legally  required  to  be  taken,  or  to  produce  any 
document  in  his  power  or  control  legally  required 
to  be  produced  by  him,  or  to  answer  any  question 
wliich  he  is  legally  required  to  answer;  or 

(c)  does  any  other  thing  which  would,  if  the  council  had 
been  a  court  of  law  having  power  to  commit  for 
contempt,  have  been  contempt  of  that  court, 

the  person  presiding  at  the  hearing  may  certify  the  offence 
of  that  person  under  his  hand  to  the  Supreme  Court  and  the 
court  may  thereupon  inquire  into  the  alleged  offence  and 
after  hearing  any  witnesses  who  may  be  produced  against 
or  on  behalf  of  the  person  charged  with  the  offence,  and  after 
hearing  any  statements  that  may  be  offered  in  defence,  punish 
or  take  steps  for  the  punishment  of  that  person  in  the  like 
manner  as  if  he  had  been  guilty  of  contempt  of  court. 


48 


19 

(12)  At  a  hearing  the  complainant  and  the  person  whose  ^J^^jJJj^- 
conduct  is  being  investigated  have  the  right  to  examine  the  cross- 

„     ,    ,  ,  .      ,  ,  .       examination 

Witnesses  called  by  them  respectively,  and  to  cross-examine 
the  witnesses  opposed  in  interest. 

(13)  The  decision  taken  after  a  hearing  shall  be  in  writing  Decisions 
and  shall  contain  or  be  accompanied  by  the  reasons  for  the 
decision  in  which  are  set  out  the  findings  of  fact  and  the 
conclusions  of  law,  if  any,  based  thereon,  and  a  copy  of  the 
decision  and  the  reasons  therefor,  together  with  a  notice  to 

the  person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated  of  his  right  of 
appeal,  shall  be  served  upon  him  within  thirty  days  after  the 
date  of  the  decision. 

(14)  A  record  shall  be  compiled  for  every  hearing  consist- ^^°°'''' 
ing  of  the  complaint  and  the  notice  referred  to  in  subsection  2, 

any  intermediate  rulings  or  orders  made  in  the  course  of  the 
proceedings,  a  transcript  of  the  oral  evidence,  if  a  transcript 
has  been  prepared,  such  documentary  evidence  and  things 
as  were  received  in  evidence  and  the  decision  and  the  reasons 
therefor,  provided  that  documents  and  things  received  in 
evidence  may  be  released  to  the  persons  tendering  them  when 
all  appeals  have  been  finally  disposed  of  or  the  right  to  appeal 
has  terminated. 

(15)  Any  document  required  to  be  served  under  this  Act  f o^^'^®  °(g 
upon  a  person  whose  conduct  is  being  investigated  shall  be 

served  personally  upon  him,  but  where  it  apf)ears  that  service 
cannot  be  effected  personally,  the  document  may  be  served 
by  mailing  a  copy  thereof  in  a  registered  letter  addressed  to 
him  at  his  last  known  residence  or  office  address  as  shown  by 
the  records  of  the  Association,  and  service  shall  be  effected 
not  less  than  ten  days  before  the  date  of  the  hearing  or  the 
event  or  thing  required  to  be  done,  as  the  case  may  be,  and 
proof  by  affidavit  of  the  service  is  sufficient. 

(16)  Where  a  member  or  licensee  has  been  suspended  from  Reinstate- 

.   .  1  ,  •  •  ,  f      1,  ment  after 

practising  under  this  section,  he  may,  upon  payment  of  all  suspension 

fees  and  other  costs  owing  by  him  to  the  Association,  apply  to 

the  council  to  be  re-instated  as  a  member  or  licensee,  as  the 

case  may  be,  and  the  council  may  terminate  the  suspension 

of  such  member  or  licensee  upon  such  terms  as  it  considers 

proper. 

(17)  A    person    whose    membership    or    licence    has    been  Re^.  ^.^^ 
cancelled  under  this  section  may  apply  to  the  council   for  after 
membership  or  for  a  licence,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  the  ""^ 
council  shall,  subject  to  subsection  18,  hear  the  application 

and  make  such  order  as  it  considers  proper  and  may  include 
as  a  term  of  any  such  order  such  conditions  as  the  council 

m 

48 


20 


Idem 


Idem 


considers  proper  to  be  fulfilled  before  the  applicant  is  ad- 
mitted to  membership  or  granted  a  licence  or  to  be  observed 
by  such  member  or  licensee  thereafter. 

(18)  Except  with  the  consent  of  the  council,  no  application 
under  subsection  17  shall  be  heard  before  the  expiry  of  two 
years  from  the  date  of  the  cancellation  of  membership  or 
licence  or  the  date  of  the  final  disposition  of  any  appeal. 

(19)  Upon  a  hearing  for  admission  to  membership  or  for 
the  granting  of  a  licence  under  subsection  17,  the  council 
shall  follow,  in  so  far  as  practicable,  the  procedure  provided 
for  in  the  case  of  a  complaint  under  this  section,  and  a  former 
member  or  licensee  has  the  same  right  of  appeal  from  an 
order  made  by  the  council  under  subsection  17  as  is  provided 
in  section  26. 


Committee        (20)  The  council  may  appoint  a  committee  to  act  for  and 

of  council  •       I     I     If  If  f  I  /- 

on  Its  behalf  composed  of  not  fewer  than  five  members  of  the 

council,  one  of  whom  shall  be  the  president,  a  vice-president 

or  the  immediate  past  president,  and  may  delegate  to  the 

committee  all  or  any  of  its  powers  and  duties  under  this 

section  upon  such  terms  and  conditions,  if  any,  as  the  council 

considers  proper,  and  a  decision  or  order  of  the  committee 

is  the  decision  or  order  of  the  council.    New. 


Practice 
pending 
appeal 


(21)  Except  in  the  case  of  professional  misconduct  con- 
stituting incompetence  on  the  part  of  the  person  whose 
conduct  was  investigated,  the  suspension  or  cancellation  of 
the  membership  or  licence  of  a  person  whose  conduct  was 
investigated  under  this  section  does  not  become  effective  until 
any  appeal  has  been  finally  disposed  of  or  the  right  of  appeal 
has  terminated.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  28  (5),  amended. 


APPEALS 

Appeal  26.— (1)  Any   person   whom   the  council   has  refused  to 

register  for  membership  or  whose  name  the  council  has 
refused  to  restore  on  the  register  or  to  whom  the  council  has 
refused  to  issue  a  licence  or  who  has  been  reprimanded  or 
whose  membership  or  licence  is  suspended  or  cancelled  may 
appeal  from  the  order  of  refusal,  reprimand,  suspension  or 
cancellation  to  the  Court  of  Appeal  within  fifteen  days  from 
the  day  upon  which  he  is  served  with  the  order  of  refusal, 
reprimand,  suspension  or  cancellation. 


Certified 
copies  of 
papers 


(2)  Upon  the  request  of  any  person  desiring  to  appeal  and 
upon  payment  of  the  cost  thereof,  the  registrar  shall  furnish 
such  person  with  a  certified  copy  of  all  proceedings,  evidence, 
reports,  orders  and  papers  received  as  evidence  by  the  council 


48 


21 

and  any  committee  thereof  appointed  pursuant  to  subsection 
20  of  section  25  in  dealing  with  and  disposing  of  the  matter 
complained  of. 

(3)  If  the  appellant  fails  to  pay  the  cost  of  the  certified  ^a"  ocfBts" 
copy  and  the  cost  of  such  additional  copies  of  the  evidence  as 

may  be  reasonably  required  for  the  purposes  of  the  appeal 
within  fifteen  days  after  written  demand  from  the  registrar, 
the  appeal  shall  be  deemed  to  be  abandoned. 

(4)  An  appeal  under  this  section  shall  be  by  motion,  notice  ^^g"®"*"™ 
of  which  shall  be  served  upon  the  registrar,  and  the  record 

shall  consist  of  a  copy,  certified  by  the  registrar,  of  the  pro- 
ceedings before  the  council  or  committee  thereof,  the  evidence 
taken,  the  report  of  the  council  or  committee  thereof  and  all 
decisions,  findings  and  order  of  the  council  or  committee 
thereof  in  the  matter. 

(5)  Except  as  otherwise  provided,  appeals  under  this  section  Practice 
shall  be  in  accordance  with  the  practice  in  appjeals  from  the 
decision  or  order  of  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court. 

(6)  Upon  the  hearing  of  an  appeal  under  this  section  theO"""**" 
Court  of  Appeal  may  make  such  order  as  the  court  deems 
proper  or  may  refer  the  matter  or  any  part  thereof  back  to 

the  council  with  such  directions  as  the  court  deems  proper. 

(7)  The  Court  of  Appeal  may  make  such  order  as  to  the  °°**' 
costs  of  the  appeal  as  the  court  deems  proper.     R.S.O.  1960, 

c.  309,  s.  28  (4),  amended. 

OFFENCES 

27. — (1)  Every  person,  other  than  a  member  or  a  licensee,  °!I?!?°?'' 
who, 

(a)  takes  and  uses  orally  or  otherwise  the  title  "Pro- 
fessional Engineer"  or  "Registered  Professional 
Engineer"  or  uses  any  addition  to  or  abbreviation  of 
either  such  titles,  or  any  words,  name  or  designation 
that  will  lead  to  the  belief  that  he  is  a  professional 
engineer,  a  member  or  a  licensee  or,  except  as  per- 
mitted by  section  2,  uses  the  title  or  designation 
"engineer"  in  such  a  manner  as  will  lead  to  the  belief 
that  he  is  a  professional  engineer,  a  member  or  a 
licensee; 

(6)  advertises,  holds  himself  out,  or  conducts  himself  in 
any  way  or  by  any  means  as  a  member  or  a  licensee; 
or 

48 


22 

(c)  engages  in  the  practice  of  professional  engineerii;. 
is  guilty  of  an  offence.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  30,  amended. 
''^*'"  (2)  Every  person  who, 

(a)  wilfully  procures  or  attempts  to  procure  registration 
under  this  Act  for  himself  or  for  another  person  by 
making,  producing  or  causing  to  be  made  or  produced 
any  fraudulent  representation  or  declaration  either 
verbal  or  written; 

(6)  knowingly  makes  any  false  statement  in  any  applica- 
tion or  declaration  signed  or  filed  by  him  under  this 
Act, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence.  R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  s.  33,  part, 
amended. 

pannlT-'  (^)  Where  a  partnership,  association  of  persons  or  corpora- 

aMociationB   ''°"  ^^^^  ^^®  "°  Subsisting  certificate  of  authorization, 

and 

corporations  (^^  practises  professional  engineering; 

(b)  uses  orally  or  otherwise  any  name,  title,  description 
or  designation  that  will  lead  to  the  belief  that  it  is 
entitled  to  practise  professional  engineering;  or 

(c)  advertises,  holds  itself  out  or  conducts  itself  in  any 
way  or  in  such  manner  as  to  lead  to  the  belief  that 
it  is  entitled  to  practise  professional  engineering, 

every  member  of  the  partnership,  every  member  of  the  asso- 
ciation of  persons,  or  the  corporation  and  every  director  there- 
of, is  guilty  of  an  offence. 

^''*™  (4)  Where  a  partnership,  association  of  persons  or  corpora- 

tion that  has  a  subsisting  certificate  of  authorization  practises 
professional  engineering  in  contravention  of  this  Act,  every 
member  of  the  partnership,  every  member  of  the  association 
of  persons,  or  the  corporation  and  every  director  thereof, 
is  guilty  of  an  offence. 


Penaltle* 


(5)  Every  person,  member  of  a  partnership,  member  of  an 
association  of  persons,  and  every  corporation  and  director 
thereof,  who  is  guilty  of  an  offence  under  this  section  is,  on 
summary  conviction,  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000 
or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months, 
or  to  both.     R.S.O.  1960,  c.  309,  ss.  31,  33,  part,  amended. 

Umitation         (5^  n^q  proceedings  shall  be  commenced  for  a  contravention 
proceedings   of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  section  after  two  years  from 

the  date  of  the  commission  of  such  contravention.     R.S.O. 

1960,  c.  309,  s.  35,  amended. 

48 


23 

LIMITATION   OF   ACTIONS 

28. — (1)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  2,  an  action  Limitation 

,  ,.  I-  ,.  of  actions 

against  a  member  or  a  licensee  for  negligence  or  malpractice 
in  connection  with  professional  services  requested  of  him  or 
rendered  by  him  or  under  his  direction  or  control  shall  be 
commenced  within  and  not  later  than  twelve  months  after 
the  cause  of  action  arose. 

(2)  The  court  in  which  an  action  mentioned  in  subsection  1  Extension 
has  been  or  may  be  brought  may  extend  the  period  of  limita- 
tion specified  therein  either  before  or  after  it  has  expired  if 

the  court  is  satisfied  that  to  do  so  is  just. 

(3)  This   section    does    not    apply    to    proceedings    under  °°*»  "j°' 

section  25.      New.  disciplinary 

proceedings 

TRANSITIONAL  PROVISIONS 

29. — (1)  Notwithstanding   section   4,    the    president,    the  ^^e'nbers  of 
vice-presidents  and  the  elected  councillors  holding  office  when 
this  Act  comes  into  force  shall  continue  to  hold  office  until 
after  the  first  annual  election  after  this  Act  comes  into  force. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  subsections  4  and  5  of  section  4,  atl'^^^^j 
the  first  election  of  councillors  after  this  Act  comes  into  force,  election 
one  councillor-at-large  shall  be  elected  for  a  two-year  term 

and  one  councillor-at-large  shall  be  elected  for  a  one-year 
term  and  there  shall  be  elected  from  each  of  the  five  regions 
mentioned  in  subsection  4  of  section  4  one  regional  councillor 
for  a  two-year  term  and  one  regional  councillor  for  a  one-year 
term.     New. 

(3)  Notwithstanding  subsection  6  of  section  4,  all  councillors  members'* 
who  have  been  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  and  are  holding  office  when  this  Act  comes  into  force 

shall  continue  to  hold  office  for  the  term  designated  in  the 
order  in  council  by  which  they  were  appointed.   New. 

MISCELLANEOUS 

30.  The  Professional  Engineers  Act  is  repealed.  ^"369,"  ^^^°' 

repealed 

31.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  ment"*"'^*' 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

32.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Professional  Engineers  ^^°^^  t't'e 
Act,  1968-69. 


48 


2: 


a 
> 

so 

H 


C 
3 


_      3 

On 


2 


>3 


D 

a 


00 


3"    a 


BILL  49 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Securities  Act,  1966 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 
Self-explanatory. 


49 


BILL  49  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Securities  Act,  1966 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  Securities  Act,  1966  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  i966,  o.  142. 
the  following  section :  amended 

6a.  Every  registered  broker,  broker-dealer,  investment  Security 
dealer  or  sub-broker-dealer  shall  maintain  a  bond  or 
insurance  that  would  indemnify  all  persons  from  all 
loss  of  securities  or  of  moneys  for  investment  held 
by  the  broker,  broker-dealer,  investment  dealer  or 
sub-broker-dealer  due  to  his  defalcation,  fraud  or 
bankruptcy  and  shall  furnish  the  Director  with  proof 
and  particulars  of  the  bonding  or  insurance. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  September.  S^^f™®""^" 
1969.  ^' 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Securities  Amendment  Act,  ^^°^^  ""» 
1968-69. 


49 


2 

s 
c 
r 
S 
> 
z 


(m 


>3 

I 


1 

s 

a. 

a 


D 
« 

I?" 
"I 


a 


O 


BILL  50 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  County  Judges  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendments  increase  the  junior  judges  in  Carleton  County  from 
one  to  two  and  in  York  County  from  ten  to  fourteen. 


50 


BILL  50  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  County  Judges  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection   1   of  section  2  of  The  County  Judges^-^:^-^^^^' 
Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  1  of  The  County  Judges  ^we«rf-^i9^8^c^22,^ 
ment  Act,  1968,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Carleton"  in  the  amended 
second  line,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  A  junior  judge  may  be  appointed  for  the  county  ■'^y^'o^ 
court  of  each  of  the  counties  of  Lincoln  and  Welland 

and  for  the  district  court  of  each  of  the  districts  of 
Cochrane,  Sudbury  and  Thunder  Bay. 

R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  77.  B.  2 

(2)  Subsection    2   of   the   said   section    2    is   amended    by  (1968^^^22^ 
inserting  after  "of"  where  it  occurs  the  third  time  in  the  amended 
second  line  "Carleton",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as 

follows: 

(2)  Two  junior  judges  may  be  appointed  for  the  county  ''^*'^ 
court  of  each  of  the  counties  of  Carleton,  Essex  and 
Wentworth. 

(3)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  2  is  amended  by  ^^  f^'^g^l''*'' 
striking  out  "Ten"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ^1968^^^22^ 
"Fourteen",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows:  amended 

(4)  Fourteen  junior  judges  may   be  appointed   for  the"'®'" 
county  court  of  the  county  of  York. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Se^t""*"'^' 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  County  Judges  A  mendment  short  title 
Act,  1968-69. 


SO 


00 


2 
90 


S 
> 


S. 

I 
a' 


? 


n 

3 

•** 

c<» 

5c 

<« 

o 

4. 

r-f 

rr 

a 

M 

I-* 

■c 

BILL  50 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  County  Judges  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 

I'KINTED  AND  PUBLISHED  BY  FRANK  FOGG,  QiKF.n's  I'KIMEK 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendments  increase  the  junior  judges  in  Carleton  County  from 
one  to  two  and  in  York  County  from  ten  to  fourteen. 


50 


BILL  50  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  County  Judges  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows:  f 

1. — (1)  Subsection    1   of  section   2  of   The  County  Judges  f-^f-^^^^^' 
Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  1  of  The  County  Judges  ^wew(/- (isss.c.  22^ 
ment  Act,  1968,  is  amended  b\'  striking  out  "Carleton"  in  the  amended 
second  line,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows; 

(1)  A  junior  judge   may   be  appointed   for   the  county  J""'o'' 
court  of  each  of  the  counties  of  Lincoln  and  Welland 

and  for  the  district  court  of  each  of  the  districts  of 
Cochrane,  Sudbury  and  Thunder  Bay. 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  2  is  repealed  and  the^f7°6.^l''°' 
following  substituted  therefor:  s.^i^^subs^a. 

re-enacted 

(2)  Two  junior  judges  may  be  appointed  for  the  county  idem 
court    of    the    Regional    Municipality    of    Ottawa- 
Carleton    and    of   each   of   the   counties    Essex   and 
Wentworth.  "^Pl 

(3)  Subsection    4   of    the    said    section    2    is   amended    by J^-^^o^i^^o. 
striking  out  "Ten"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  (isss,  6.  22, 

ill-  '1  1  1  I  •  I        11  1  r     .,  S.   1),  subs.  4, 

fourteen   ,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows:  amended 

(4)  Fourteen   junior  judges  may   be  appointed   for  the ''''^'" 
county  court  of  the  county  of  York. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  meSt™*""^" 
A.ssent. 


!         3.  This  Act  ma\-  be  cited  as  The  County  Judges  Amendment  si^oTt  title 
!      Act,  1968-69. 


,50 


■o 
oo 


O" 

^ 

^*J 

1 

t\> 

n 

3 

>^ 

5. 

1 

I" 
to 

O 
rf 

jr 

51 

2 

a. 

S' 

O 
3- 

1 

1 

»« 

On 

(^ 

»-• 

»a 

BILL  50 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  County  Judges  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  50  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  County  Judges  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  2  of  The  County  Judges ^ff-^^l^^' 
Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  1  of  The  County  Judges  Amend-'(ia6S.%.22, 
ment  Act,  1968,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Carleton"  in  theamiAded*'  ^ 
second  line,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  A  junior  judge  may  be  appointed  for  the  county 'unior 
court  of  each  of  the  counties  of  Lincoln  and  Welland  ^""^^^^ 
and  for  the  district  court  of  each  of  the  districts  of 
Cochrane,  Sudbury  and  Thunder  Bay. 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  2  is  repealed  and  the^  ?i°s.^2^°' 
following  substituted  therefor:  (1968,  i.  22, 

8.  1).  subs.  2, 
re-enacted 

(2)  Two  junior  judges  may  be  appointed  for  the  county  idem 
court    of    the    Regional    Municipality    of    Ottawa- 
Carleton   and   of   each    of  the  counties  of  Essex  and 
Wentworth. 

(3)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  2  is  amended  b>-  H-s.o.  i960, 
striking  out  "Ten"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  Uses, ^c.  22. 
"Fourteen",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows:  aminded^'  ■*' 

(4)  Fourteen  junior  judges  may   be  appointed   for   the  ''^«™ 
county  court  of  the  county  of  York. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ment'"*"''^" 
Assent. 


3. 


This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  County  Judges  Amendment  ^i^on  title 


Act,  1968-69 


50 


s 

3 


(A 

a 

> 


-Ti 

Q 

2 

f? 

3- 

=1 

c 
w 

-1 

3 

to 

>3 

v; 

>: 

O 

S 

Is) 

a 

1-^ 

a 

IK) 

O 

pr 

QO 

a 


BILL  51 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Workmen's  Compensation  Act 


Mr.  Jackson 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendment  provides  that  a  total  disability  allowance  paid  to  a 
workman  will  not  be  reduced  where  his  disability  becomes  partial  until 
suitable  employment  is  reasonably  available. 


51 


BILL  51  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Workmen's  Compensation  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1.  Section   41    of    The    Workmen's    Compensation   Act,   as^fg^g^lj' 
i  amended  by  section  5  of  The  Workmen's  Compensation  ^OTf«<i- amended 

ment  Act,  1962-63,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
1  following  subsection : 

(2)  Where  a  workman  is  in  receipt  of  an  allowance  in  ''^®'" 
respect  of  a  temporary  total  disability  that  becomes  a 
temporary  partial  disability,  the  reduced  compensa- 
tion referred  to  in  subsection  1  shall  commence  from 
the  time  employment  in  a  suitable  employment  or 
business  becomes  reasonably  available. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ment"*"*^* 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Workmen' s  Compensation  short  tuie 
Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


5* 
X 


> 

n 
8 


I. 


? 


? 

n 


I.  I       S    I 


BILL  52 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Child  Welfare  Act,  1965 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Priniuk 


EXPLANATORV    NOTE 

The  Bill  prevents  children  leaving  the  Province  for  adoption  unless 
adoption  opportunities  have  been  exhausted  in  Ontario  and  tne  adoptinf 
home  meets  Ontario  standards. 


52 


BILL  52  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Child  Welfare  Act,  1965 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The   Child   Welfare  Act,   1965   is  amended    by  adding  i965oi4, 
.1         .      .1       f   It       •  •  °  amended 
thereto  the  followmg  section : 

84a.  A  children's  aid  society  shall  not  place  a  child  for^^^'tf^g 
adoption  and  no  interim  custody  order  or  adoption  ^^tsfde 
order  shall   be  made   where   the   adopting   parents  O"tario 
are   ordinarily   resident  outside  of  Ontario  unless, 

(a)  the  availability  of  the  child  for  adoption  has 
been  advertised  at  least  once  each  week  for 
sixteen  weeks  in  a  newspaper  having  general 
circulation  throughout  Ontario  and  at  least 
two  months  have  elapsed  since  the  sixteenth 
publication ; 

{b)  there  is  no  prospect  of  adopting  parents  being 
found  who  are  ordinarily  resident  in  Ontario 
and  otherwise  qualified;  and 

(c)  the  qualifications  of  the  adopting  parents 
have  been  investigated  by  the  children's  aid 
society  personally  by  its  own  staff  and  meet 
the  standards  required  for  adoptions  in 
Ontario. 

2.  Section  1  does  not  apply  to  adoption  orders  in  respect  Application 
of  children  placed  for  adoption  before  this  Act  comes  into° 

force. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Roval  Commence- 
Assent.  "'^"* 

4.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Child   Welfare  ^mew<i- short  title 
ment  Act,  1968-69. 

52 


2 

w 

» 
c 
r 

se 
> 
z 


? 


3" 


s. 


ft 

3    !:• 


5r 


I     lot. 


s 


3-      3 

o 

00 


> 

n 


BILL  53 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
17  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Securities  Act,  1966 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendment  requires  that  shareholders  of  public  corporations  be 
notified  of  material  changes  in  the  corporate  affairs  that  affect  the  value 
of  the  shares. 


53 


BILL  53  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Securities  Act,  1966 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 


1.  The  Securities  Act,  1966  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  am  ®,id4d*^' 
the  following  section : 

129o. — (1)  Where  a  material  change  or  development  occurs  matertai*^ 
in  the  affairs  of  a  corporation,  the  directors  shall ''•'""^es 
cause  a  notice  giving  the  particulars  of  the  change  to 
be  sent  to  each  registered  shareholder  as  soon  as  is 
practicable  but  not  later  than  the  tenth  day  of  the 
month  immediately  following  the  month  in  which 
the  change  occurs. 


(2)  For  the  purposes  of  subsection  1,  a  material  change  or  institutes 

development  includes,  material 

change 

(o)  an  actual  or  proposed  change  in  the  control  of 
the  corporation ; 

{b)  an  actual  or  proposed  acquisition  or  disposi- 
tion of  material  assets; 

(c)  any  proposed  take-over,  merger,  consolida- 
tion, amalgamation  or  reorganization; 

{d)  any  material  discoveries,  changes  or  develop- 
ments in  the  corporation's  resources,  tech- 
nology, products  or  contracts  that  would 
materially  increase  or  decrease  the  earnings 
of  the  corporation ; 

(e)  any  proposed  change  in  capital  structure,  in- 
cluding stock  splits  or  stock  dividends; 

53 


if)  any  indicated  increase  or  decrease  of  earnii 
of  more  than  recent  average  size  and  a 
changes  in  dividends; 

(g)  any  other  change  in  the  affairs  of  the  cor- 
poration that  could  reasonably  be  expected  to 
affect  materially  the  value  of  the  share. 

Short  title         2.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Securities  Amendment 
Act,  1968-69. 


53 


30 


C/3 

a 
c 
r 
S 
> 
z 


a. 

3' 


I. 


n 

O" 


I    *  I 


BILL  54 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Medical  Act 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1 — Subsection  1 .  A  lay  member  is  added  to  the  composition 
of  the  Council  of  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  of  Ontario 
to  be  appointed  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 


Subsection  2.   Complementary  to  subsection  1. 


Section  2.    The  lay  member  of  the  Council  is  to  be  one  of  the  five- 
member  discipline  committee. 


54 


BILL  54  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Medical  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  3  of  The  Medical  Act  iso.'234,'8.  3, ' 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  paragraph:  l^lAded 

lo.  One  member  who  is  not  a  legally  qualified  medical  Member 
practitioner,   to   be   appointed    by   the    Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council. 

(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  3  is  amended  by  in- ^fs?,' s.^f?' 
serting  after  "subsection   1"    in   the  first  and  second  lines  I^I^J*^^ 
"other    than    the    member    appointed    by    the    Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as 
follows : 

(3)  Every  member  of  the  Council  appointed  under  sub-  but^n^''*™ 
section  1  other  than  the  member  appointed  by  the^°g^^i. 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  shall  be  a  legally  t'o^ers 
qualified  medical  practitioner  resident  in  Ontario. 

2.  Subsection  1  of  section  34  of  The  Medical  Act,  as  rt-fl^l^H' 
enacted  by  section  1  of  The  Medical  Amendment  Act,  iP(52-(5J,  (i|62^63. 

is  amended  by  inserting  after  "Council"  in  the  second  line  subs.' i, 
"one  of  whom  shall  be  the  member  who  is  not  a  legally 
qualified  medical  practitioner",  so  that  the  subsection  shall 
read  as  follows: 

(1)  The  Council  shall  appoint  five  members  of  the  ^'^'^mitte^e 
Council,  one  of  whom  shall  be  the  member  who  is 
not  a  legally  qualified  medical  practitioner,  as  a 
committee  to  be  known  as  the  discipline  committee 
for  the  purpose  of  exercising  the  disciplinary  func- 
tions designated  by  this  Act. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the  Sent"*"''^" 
Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

54 


I 

Short  titte         4.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Medical  Amendment  Act, 
1968-69. 


54 


C/3 

X 

r. 

r 

> 


a 


>3 


11 

1 1 


BILL  55 


2nd  Sp;ssion,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Department  of  Correctional  Services  Act,  1968 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


EXPLANATOSY  NOTB 

Self-explanatory. 


53 


BILL  55  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 

The  Department  of  Correctional 

Services  Act,  1968 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  l^he  Department   of   Correctional   Services   Act,    196S   is amelided^"' 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  section : 

20a.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  establish  conjugal 
a  conjugal  visiting  programme  under  which  persons  programme 
detained  in  a  correctional  institution  or  any  class 
thereof  may,  under  such  terms  and  conditions  as 
are  specified,  receive  visits  from  the  husbands  or 
wives  of  such  persons  for  the  purpose  of  continuing 
or  resuming  their  marital  relations. 

2.  Subsection   1  of  section  34  of   The  Department  of  Co/-- ^ "34; '■  ""• 
rectional  Services  Act,  1968  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the^^t'fi' , 

.  '  J  ry  amendecl 

followmg  clause: 

{ca)  establishing    and    governing    the    conjugal    visiting 
programme  referred  to  in  section  20a. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Ro>al  ment"'*""^" 
Assent. 

4.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Departmevt  of  Correctional  short  title 
Services  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


55 


00 


X 

r. 
r 
S 
> 
z 


s 

9r> 


S 


n 

cr 

"1 

c 

>3 


3-      5. 

On 

■O 


BILL  56 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Apprenticeship  and  Tradesmen's 
Qualification  Act,  1964 


Mr.  Bales 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

These  provisions  are  designed  to  clarify  the  intent  of  the  Act  as  to  the 
persons  who  may  work  in,  or  be  employed  in,  a  certified  trade. 


56 


BILL  56  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Apprenticeship  and 
Tradesmen's  Qualification  Act,  1964 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  2  of  section   10  of  The  Apprenticeship  andl^\'^-  °-  ^• 
Tradesmen's  Qualification  Act,  1964  is  repealed  and  the  fol-8ubs.'2, 

,       .  1       •  1     1  f  re-enacted 

lowing  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  No  person,  other  than  an  apprentice  or  a  person  of  3l^^^^°^1^\° 
class  that  is  exempt  from  this  section  or  a  person » certified 
referred  to  in  subsection  3,  shall  work  or  be  employed 
in  a  certified  trade  unless  he  holds  a  subsisting  cer- 
tificate of  qualification  in  the  certified  trade. 

(2a)  No  person  shall  employ  any  person,  other  than  an  \^l^°^l  *'"* 
apprentice  or  a  person  of  a  class  that  is  exempt  from  employed  in 
this  section  or  a  person  referred  to  in  subsection  3,  trade 
in  a  certified  trade  unless  the  person  employed  holds 
a  subsisting  certificate  of  qualification   in   the  cer- 
tified trade. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  men\"'*"'^°" 
Assent. 

3.  This   Act    may    be   cited    as    The   Apprenticeship   (i«</ short  title 
Tradesmen's  Qualification  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


56 


00 


PS 

> 

r 


I 

a' 


s 
a. 

a. 


rr 
n 

e 


BILL  56 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Apprenticeship  and  Tradesmen's 
Qualification  Act,  1964 


Mr.  Bales 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  56  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Apprenticeship  and 
Tradesmen's  Qualification  Act,  1964 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  2  of  section  10  of  The  Apprenticeship  and^^^^'  °-  ^' 
Tradesmen's  Qualification  Act,  1964  is  repealed  and  the  fol-^ubs.'z 
lowing  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  No  person,  other  than  an  apprentice  or  a  person  of  a  ma'y°worr?n 
class  that  is  exempt  from  this  section  or  a  person » certified 
referred  to  in  subsection  3,  shall  work  or  be  employed 
in  a  certified  trade  unless  he  holds  a  subsisting  cer- 
tificate of  qualification  in  the  certified  trade. 

(2a)  No  person  shall  employ  any  person,  other  than  an  p^'"^°^| ''''° 
apprentice  or  a  person  of  a  class  that  is  exempt  from  employed  in 

,  .  .  .,.,._» certified 

this  section  or  a  person  referred  to  in  subsection  3,  trade 
in  a  certified  trade  unless  the  person  employed  holds 
a  subsisting  certificate  of  qualification  in  the  cer- 
tified trade. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ment"*"°*" 
Assent. 

3.  This   Act    may    be   cited    as    The  Apprenticeship   ow<Z  short  title 
Tradesmen's  Qualification  Amendment  Act,  1968-60. 


56 


00 

s 


7) 

00 

> 

r 


2 


2 

sr 


•15 
n 


.^     ^       -     ^      ^     ? 

Si     SI     =  I 


KJ      >3         —      ?C 


3 


»      3 


BILL  57 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Human  Tissue  Act,  1962-63 


Mr.  Burr 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.     The  amendment   permits  the  use  of  a  donor's  body 
without  the  authorization  of  next  of  kin  where  he  dies  outside  a  hospital. 


Sections  2  and  3.  The  amendments  permit  the  use  of  a  body  of  a 
person  who  is  not  a  donor  to  be  authorized  by  the  nearest  class  of  next  of 
kin  who  are  available,  notwithstanding  that  persons  in  a  closer  relationship 
exist  but  are  not  available. 


57 


BILL  57  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Human  Tissue  Act,  1962-63 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section  3  of  The  Human  Tissue  Act,  1962-63  is  repealed  J^||"®g^' 3 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

3.  Where  a  donor  dies  in  a  place  other  than  a  hospital,  ^u^tsfde 
the  first  person  who  has  knowledge  of  the  death  and  hospital 
also  that  the  deceased  is  a  donor  shall  immediately 
notify  the  coroner  who  may  authorize  and  require 
that  the  body  be  handed  over  to  such  hospital  or 
other  institution  as  the  coroner  designates  as  appro- 
priate for  the  purposes  of  the  donor's  request. 

2.  Section  4  of  The  Human  Tissue  Act,  1962-63  is  amended  ^^||"^^-. 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection :  amended  ' 

(2)  Where  the  person  required  to  give  the  authorization  where  not 
referred  to  in  subsection  1  is  not  available  within  the 

time  necessary  for  effective  use  of  the  body,  the  next 
succeeding  person  referred  to  in  subsection  1  who  is 
available  may  give  the  authorization. 

3.  Section  4a  of  The  Human  Tissue  Act,  1962-63,  as  enacted  ^^^i'*^^-. 

,  ,  '  c.  oy,  8.  4a 

by  section  1  of  The  Human  Tissue  Amendment  Act,  1967,  isdse?,  o.  as, 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection:  amended 

(3)  Where  the  person  required  to  give  the  authorization  where  not 

r  ,         .  ,  .         .   .  •,    .  .         .   ,  .        ,      available 

referred  to  in  subsection  1  is  not  available  within  the 
time  necessary  for  effective  use  of  the  body,  the  next 
succeeding  person  referred  to  in  subsection  1  who  is 
available  may  give  the  authorization. 

4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 

-  -^  ■'       ment 

Assent. 

5.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Human  Tissue  /I  wcwd- s'>°''*  "*'« 
ment  Act,  1968-69. 

57 


o 

00 


w 
CO 

c 


a. 


1 


I  I 


3 

99 


a* 

■-I 

w  «^ 
^  >: 
-    I 


3- 
It 

I 

c 

3 

» 


8 

c 

> 


i 


BILL  58 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Securities  Act,  1966 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

In  addition  to  the  liability  of  an  insider  to  compensate  a  perton  or 
company  for  direct  loss  suffered  as  a  result  of  use  of  confidential  informa- 
tion in  the  manner  specified,  the  Bill  makes  it  an  offence  to  so  use  such 
information. 


5S 


BILL  58  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Securities  Act,  1966 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  1  of  section  113  of  The  Securities  Act,  1966 lulls';- ^'^^• 
is  amended  by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  "and  in  addition  isl'^l^j^d 
guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to 

a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000",  so  that  the  subsection  shall 
read  as  follows: 

(1)  Every  insider  of  a  corporation  or  associate  or  affiliate  of  ^ns\der8 
of  such  insider,  who,  in  connection  with  a  trans- 
action relating  to  the  capital  securities  of  the  corpora- 
tion, makes  use  of  any  specific  confidential  informa- 
tion for  his  own  benefit  or  advantage  that,  if 
generally  known,  might  reasonably  be  expected  to 
affect  materially  the  value  of  such  securities,  is  liable 
to  compensate  any  person  or  company  for  any  direct 
loss  suffered  by  such  person  or  company  as  a  result 
of  such  transaction,  unless  such  information  was 
known  or  ought  reasonably  to  have  been  known  to 
such  person  or  company  at  the  time  of  such  trans- 
action, and  is  also  accountable  to  the  corporation 
for  any  direct  benefit  or  advantage  received  or 
receivable  by  such  insider,  associate  or  affiliate,  as 
the  case  may  be,  as  a  result  of  such  transaction  and 
in  addition  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  SI, 000. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ment"*""*' 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as   The  Securities  .^mewrfwewi  short  title 
Act,  1968-69. 


58 


OS 


2 
» 

op 

c 

r 
S 

z 


s. 


a 


a 

A. 


n 

O" 

e 
p 

«5 


5-      F^    a 


BILL  59 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Mental  Health  Act,  1967 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  requires  that  where  a  person  charged  with  or  convicted  of  an 
offence  is  ordered  to  attend  a  psychiatric  facility  for  examination,  he  be 
examined  by  at  least  one  psychiatrist. 


59 


BILL  59  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Mental  Health  Act,  1967 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  1  of  section  14  of  The  Mental  Health  Act,  1967^^11-  "•  5i, 
is  amended  by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  "and  the  person  subs.' i, 
shall  be  examined  by  at  least  one  psychiatrist",  so  that  the 
subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  Where  a  judge  or  magistrate  has  reason  to  believe  q"^^®^^^ 
that  a  person  who  appears  before  him  charged  with  «^!""'"at'°" 
or  convicted  of  an  offence  suffers  from  mental  dis- 
order, the  judge  or  magistrate  may  order  the  person 
to  attend  a  psychiatric  facility  for  examination,  and 
the  person  shall  be  examined  by  at  least  one 
psychiatrist. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Sent"^^"''*" 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Mental  Health  Amendment  short  tuie 
Act,  1968-69. 


59 


7) 

Vi 

X 

r. 
r 
s 
> 


n 

cr 

Vj 

t>s> 

c       ^» 

a. 

1 

s  & 

>3 

j« 

■'^  §' 

1 

1 

5 1 

3 

3-    3- 

o 


3- 

It 

3 


^ 


C 
» 


BILL  60 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Partnerships  Registration  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 
Self-explanatory. 


60 


BILL  60  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Partnerships  Registration  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  Partnerships  Registration  Act  is  amended  by  adding  R^|-0-  i^eo- 
thereto  the  following  sections:  amended 

CENTRAL  REGISTRY 

16.  Notwithstanding    anything  in  this  Act  or  in    The  central 
Limited  Partnerships  Act,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  r,  go.  i960, 
in  Council  may  make  regulations  providing  for  the'^-^^^ 
establishment  of  a  central  registry  of  all  declarations, 
certificates  and  records  under  this  Act  and  under 
The  Limited  Partnerships  Act  and  may  in  the  regu- 
lations make  provision, 

(a)  for  the  filing  in  the  central  registry  of  declara- 
tions under  this  Act  and  certificates  under 
The  Limited  Partnerships  Act  in  respect  of  any 
registry  division ; 

(b)  respecting  the  books  and  records  to  be  kept  in 
the  central  registry; 

(c)  requiring  the  payment  of  fees  to  the  Registrar 
of  Partnerships  upon  the  performance  of  any 
official  function  under  this  Act; 

(d)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

(e)  providing  for  the  microfilming  of  declarations 
and  certificates  filed  in  the  central  registry; 

(/)  governing  the  custody  and  destruction  of 
declarations  and  certificates  filed  in  the  central 
registry. 

60 


Regiatrar  of 
PartDM'- 

■hlps 


17. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  Registrar  of  PartnerBhi|)8  who, 
subject  to  subsection  2,  shall  be  appointed  b\  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 


Idem 


Deputies 


(2)  Until  such  time  as  a  Registrar  of  Partnerships  i> 
appointed  under  subsection  1,  the  registrar  for  the 
registry-  division  of  Toronto  is  ex  officio  the  Registrar 
of  I^artnerships  and  shall  act  under  the  direction  of 
the  Inspector  of  Legal  Offices. 

(3)  The  Registrar  of  Partnerships  may  designate  one  or 
more  persons  on  the  staff  of  his  office  to  act  on  his 
behalf. 


Functions 


(4)  It  shall  be  the  function  of  the  Registrar  of  Partner- 
ships to  su[)ervise  the  operation  of  the  central 
registry  and  the  centralization  of  records  under  this 
Act. 


Seal 


(5)  The  Registrar  of  Partnerships  shall  have  a  seal  of 
office  in  such  form  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  approves. 


Location 
of  central 
registry 


18.  The  central  registry  may  be  located  in  such  place 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  orders  and  until 
such  an  order  is  made  shall  be  operated  in  conjunction 
with  the  registry-  office  for  the  registry  division  of 
Toronto. 


Commence-       2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 


Short  title 


3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Partnerships  Registration 
Amendment  Act,  1Q68-69. 


60 


20 


X 
> 

-i 


3 


ft.      _ 

S 


5| 


BILL  60 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Partnerships  Registration  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  60  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Partnerships  Registration  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  Partnerships  Registration  Act  is  amended  by  adding R-|0- 1960, 
thereto  the  following  sections:  amended 

CENTRAL  REGISTRY 

16.  Notwithstanding    anything  in  this  Act  or  in    F/te  Central 
Limited  Partnerships  Act,  the  Lieutenant  Governorp^  go.  igeo, 
in  Council  may  make  regulations  providing  for  the  "•  ^^^ 
establishment  of  a  central  registry  of  all  declarations, 
certificates  and  records  under  this  Act  and  under 
The  Limited  Partnerships  Act  and  may  in  the  regu- 
lations make  provision, 

(a)  for  the  filing  in  the  central  registry  of  declara- 
tions under   this  Act  and  certificates  under  . 
The  Limited  Partnerships  Act  in  respect  of  any 
registry  division ; 

(b)  respecting  the  books  and  records  to  be  kept  in 
the  central  registry; 

(c)  requiring  the  payment  of  fees  to  the  Registrar 
of  Partnerships  upon  the  performance  of  any 
ofificial  function  under  this  Act ; 

(d)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

(c)  providing  for  the  microfilming  of  declarations 
and  certificates  filed  in  the  central  registry ; 

(/)  governing  the  custody  and  destruction  of 
declarations  and  certificates  filed  in  the  central 
registry. 

60 


Registrar  of 
Partner- 
ships 


17. — (1)  There  shall  be  a  Registrar  of  Partnerships  who, 
subject  to  subsection  2,  shall  be  appointed  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 


Idem 


(2)  Until  such  time  as  a  Registrar  of  Partnerships  is 
appointed  under  subsection  1,  the  registrar  for  the 
registry  division  of  Toronto  is  ex  officio  the  Registrar 
of  Partnerships  and  shall  act  under  the  direction  of 
the  Inspector  of  Legal  Offices. 


Deputies  (3)  fhe  Registrar  of  Partnerships  may  designate  one  or 

more  persons  on  the  staff  of  his  office  to  act  on  his 
behalf. 


Functions 


(4)  It  shall  be  the  function  of  the  Registrar  of  Partner- 
ships to  supervise  the  operation  of  the  central 
registry  and  the  centralization  of  records  under  this 
Act. 


Seal 


(5)  The  Registrar  of  Partnerships  shall  have  a  seal  of 
office  in  such  form  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  approves. 


Location 
of  central 
registry 


18.  The  central  registry  may  be  located  in  such  place  as 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  orders  and  until 
such  an  order  is  made  shall  be  operated  in  conjunction 
with  the  registry  office  for  the  registry  division  of 
Toronto. 


Commence- 
ment 


2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 


Short  title 


3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Partnerships  Registration 
Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


60 


00 


2 

X 


en 

n 
> 

H 


"V 

T) 

2 

n 

a- 

3- 

1 
c 

1 

■1 

c 

K> 

?0 

>< 

>3 

>< 

§= 

pr 

1 

O 

I 

1 

sr 

4 

o> 

vO 

o 

vO 

BILL  61 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Commissioners  for  taking 
Affidavits  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1 — Subsection  1.  The  amendment  would  add  controllers 
and  aldermen  of  municipalities  other  than  cities,  (e.g.,  the  boroughs  of 
Metropolitan  Toronto),  as  ex  officio  commissioners. 


Subsection  2.     The  chairman,  vice<hairman  and  secretary-trea»urer 
>f  improvement  districts  are  added  as  ex  officio  commissioners. 


Section  2.     The   provision   repealed   makes  commissionen  officer* 
of  the  Supreme  Court. 


Section  3.  The  amendment  removes  the  words  limiting  the  taking 
of  affidavits  to  court  actions,  thus  permitting  the  taking  of  affidavits  re- 
(|uired  by  a  statute  and  states  the  present  practice  of  making  limited 

.ippointments. 


61  _ 

I 


BILL  61  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Commissioners  for  taking  Affidavits  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection  4  of  section  2  of  The  Commissioners  for^f^g}^^^' 
taking  Affidavits  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "city"  in  the|^|^^^^ 
third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "municipality",  so 
that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(4)  The  head  of  every  municipal  council,  the  reeve  of^^^^^j°^j 
every  town,  every  deputy  reeve  and  every  controller  councils, 
and  alderman  of  a  municipality  is  ex  officio  a  com- 
missioner  for    taking   affidavits   in    the   county   or 
district  in  which  the  municipality  is  situate. 

(2)  The  said  section  2,  as  amended  by  section  1  of  The^-^^-^^^^^' 
Commissioners  for  taking  Affidavits  Amendment  Act,  1964,  is  amended 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(5)  The  chairman,  vice-chairman  and  secretary-treasurer '"^pJ"^®" 
of  every   improvement  district  are  ex  officio  com- districts 
missioners  for  taking  affidavits  in   the  county  or 
district  in  which  the  improvement  district  is  situate. 

2.  Section  4  of  The  Commissioners  for  taking  Affidavits  Act^-f^^^^^^' 

is   repealed.  repealed 

3.  Subsection  1  of  section  6  of  The  Commissioners  for  taking^ 'f^'^^^^' 
Affidavits  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor :  ^^.^^j^^'j^^j 

(1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  may  by  commission  em-ment  " 
power  any  person  of  the  age  of  twenty-one  years  or^j^i^nera 
over  to  administer  oaths  and  take  affidavits  author- 
ized by  law  within  or  outside  Ontario  or  subject  to 
such  limits  as  to  duration,  territory  or  purpose  as 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  specifies  in  the  appoint- 
ment. 

61 


vaUdafed"  **  ^^^  chairmen,  vice-chairmen  and  secretary-treasurers 
of  improvement  districts  and  the  controllers  and  aldermen 
of  municipalities  other  than  cities  shall  be  deemed  to  have 
always  been  ex  officio  commissioners  for  taking  affidavits. 


Commence- 
ment 


5.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title         5.  'fhig  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Commissioners  for  taking 
Affidavits  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


61 


Section  4.  The  amendment  in  section  1  of  the  Bill  removes  doubts 
that  exist  as  to  the  capacity  of  the  officials  named  to  take  affidavits. 
This  section  would  remove  doubts  as  to  the  validity  of  oaths  taken  in  the 
past  in  a  mistaken  interpretation  of  the  law. 


61 


o 
o 

00 


H 


I 

»0 


>3 


a 

»9 


a- 


c 


I    5 


>i 


o 


BILL  61 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Commissioners  for  taking 
Affidavits  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1 — Subsection  1.  The  amendment  would  add  controllera 
and  aldermen  of  municipalities  other  than  cities,  (e.g.,  the  boroughs  of 
.Metropolitan  Toronto),  as  ex  officio  commissioners. 


Subsection  2.     The  chairman,  vice-chairman  and  secretary-treasurer 

if  improvement  districts  are  added  as  ^.v  officio  commissioners. 


m:cik)N  2.      The   provision    repealed    makes  commissioners  officers 
il  I  he  Supreme  Court. 


Mxiio.N  ^.  The  .iniendnicnt  removes  the  words  limiting  the  taking 
it  .il'lidavils  to  court  actions,  thus  permitting  the  taking  of  affidavits  re- 
i|iiired  by  a  statute  and  states  the  present  practice  of  making  limited 

.ippointnients. 


f>l 


BILL  61  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Commissioners  for  taking  Affidavits  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection  4  of  section  2  of  The  Commissioners  foi' ^■^^■^^'■^^°- 
taking  Affidavits  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  siibs '4.' 
therefor : 

(4)  The  head  of  every  municipal  council,  the  reeve  of^®^^®j°g, 
every  town,  every  deputy  reeve  and  every  controller  councils, 
and  alderman  of  a  municipality  is  ex  officio  a  coin- 
missioner  for  taking  afifidavits  in   the  county,  dis- 
trict or  regional   municipality   in   which    the   muni- 
cipality is  situate.  "^P8 

(2)  The  said  section  2,  as  amended  by  section  1  of  yVfeJ^s-O- i|6o, 
Commissioners  for  taking  Affidavits  Amendment  Act,  1964,  is  amended  ' 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(5)  The  chairman,  vice-chairman  and  secretary-treasurer  improve- 

r  •  1-       •  n-    ■  ment 

01   every   improvement  district  are  ex  officio  com- districts 
missioners   for   taking   affidavits   in    the   county   or 
district  in  which  the  improvement  district  is  situate. 

2.  Section  4  of  The  Commissioners  for  taking  Affidavits  ^'''^■|g°g^4^°' 

is  repealed.  repealed 

3.  Subsection  1  of  section  6  of  The  Commissioners  for  taking  R.s.o.  i960. 
Affidavits  Act  is  reijealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  subs.'  x. 

re-enacted 

(1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  may  by  commission  em-^ent'"* 
power  any  person  of  the  age  of  twenty-one  years  or  ^''j^^j^^^^j.^ 
over  to  administer  oaths  and  take  affidavits  author- 
ized by  law  within  or  outside  Ontario  or  subject  to 
such  limits  as  to  duration,  territory  or  purpose  as 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  specifies  in  the  appoint- 
ment. 

61 


vafidated*  ■*'  '''*-'  ^hairiKe".  vice-cliairmeii  and  secretary-treasurers 
of  improvement  districts  and  the  controllers  and  aldermen 
of  municipalities  other  than  cities  shall  be  deemed  to  have 
always  been  ex  officio  commissioners  for  taking  affidavits. 

Commence-  g^  -j-|^jj.  ^^.j  ^q^^^  [j^^q  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 

Short  title  Q,  'f  ^jg  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Commissioners  for  taking 
Affidavits  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


61 


Section  4.  The  amendment  in  section  1  of  the  Bill  removes  doubts 
that  exist  as  to  the  capacity  of  the  officials  named  to  take  affidavits. 
This  section  would  remove  doubts  as  to  the  validity  of  oaths  taken  in  the 
past  in  a  mistaken  interpretation  of  the  law. 


61 


S  <5 

5- a. 


2 

X 


3! 

> 

H 


n 

T 

cr 

s. 

s 

a; 

a 
ft. 

e 
1 

a. 

5- 

O 

1 

•< 

Cm 

a' 

3" 

i 

BILL  61 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Commissioners  for  taking 
Affidavits  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  61  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Commissioners  for  taking  Affidavits  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection  4  of  section  2  of  The  Commissioners  for  ^■fP-^%^°- 
taking  Affidavits  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  subs  4 
therefor: 


(4)  The  head  of  every  municipal  council,  the  reeve  of^®*'J^j°^i 

-coun 
etc. 


every  town,  every  deputy  reeve  and  every  controller  c°""'=*'S' 


and  alderman  of  a  municipality  is  ex  officio  a  com- 
missioner for  taking  affidavits  in  the  county,  dis- 
trict or  regional  municipality  in  which  the  muni- 
cipality is  situate. 

(2)  The  said  section  2,  as  amended  by  section  1  of  T^he'^-^^-^^^^°- 
Commissioners  for  taking  Affidavits  Amendment  Act,  1964,  is  amended' 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(5)  The  chairman,  vice-chairman  and  secretary-treasurer  ^pJ"^*" 
of  every  improvement  district  are  ex  officio  com- districts 
missioners  for   taking  affidavits  in   the  county  or 
district  in  which  the  improvement  district  is  situate. 

2.  Section  4  of  The  Commissioners  for  taking  Affidavits  Act^-f^g^^^^' 
is  repealed.  repealed 

3.  Subsection  1  of  section  6  of  The  Commissioners  for  taking"^-^^-^^^^^- 
Affidavits  Act  isrtneaXed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor  :subs.'i, 

re-enacted 

(1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  may  by  commission  em-^P^t'"'' 
power  any  person  of  the  age  of  twenty -one  years  o""  missioners 
over  to  administer  oaths  and  take  affidavits  author- 
ized by  law  within  or  outside  Ontario  or  subject  to 
such  limits  as  to  duration,  territory  or  purpose  as 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  specifies  in  the  appoint- 
ment. 

61 


vafida'ed*  **  ^^^  chairmen,  vice-chairmen  and  secretary-treasurers 
of  improvement  districts  and  the  controllers  and  aldermen 
of  municipalities  other  than  cities  shall  be  deemed  to  have 
always  been  ex  officio  commissioners  for  taking  affidavits. 

Commence-  g^  jj^jg  ^j,j  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 

Short  title  5,  Xhis  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Commissioners  for  lakint 
Affidavits  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


61 


o 


01 

> 

JO 
H 


'n 

•^ 

2: 

a* 

cr 

n 

Ui 

"1 
c 

t>* 

c 

>^ 

n 

a. 

?0 

-5 

Jo 

•5 

ft. 

3' 

0 

i. 

a 

0X1 

1 

a 

CM 

1 

o\ 

0 

0 

0 

s 

BILL  62 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Consolidation  and  Revision 

of  the  Statutes 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

This  Act  will  authorize  the  preparation  and  publication  of  the  Revised 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970  in  a  manner  similar  to  the  current  revision,  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1960. 


62 


BILL  62  1968-69 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Consolidation 
and  Revision  of  the  Statutes 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Warner  Cox  Alcombrack,  one  of  Her  Majesty's sioners? 
Counsel,  and  Arthur  Norman  Stone,  one  of  Her  Alajesty's^'^'n't'"' 
Counsel,  Legislative  Counsel  and  Associate  Legislative 
Counsel  respectively,  or  such  other  person  or  persons  as  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint,  are  hereby 
appointed  commissioners  under  the  direction  of  the  Minister 
of  Justice  and  Attorney  General  to  consolidate  and  revise 
the  public  general  statutes  of  Ontario  in  accordance  with  this 
Act. 

/t\   TL  •     •  J  i_  •    .remunera- 

(2)    Ihe  commissioners    and    such  persons  as  may  assist  iton 
them  shall  be  paid  such  remuneration  for  their  services  under 
this  Act,  out  of  the  moneys  voted  by  the  Legislature  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act,  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council 
may  fix. 

2.  The  commissioners  shall  examine  the  Revised  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1960,  and  the  public  general  statutes  of  Ontario 
enacted  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1960,  and  before  the 
1st  day  of  August,  1970,  and  shall  arrange,  consolidate  and 
revise  such  statutes  in  accordance  with  this  Act. 

3.  In  the  performance  of  their  duties  under  this  Act,  the 
commissioners  may  omit  any  enactment  that  is  not  of  general 
application  or  that  is  obsolete,  may  alter  the  numbering  and 
arrangement  of  any  enactment,  may  make  such  alterations  in 
language  and  punctuation  as  are  requisite  to  obtain  a  uniform 
mode  of  expression,  and  may  make  such  amendments  as  are 
necessary  to  bring  out  more  clearly  what  is  deemed  to  be  the 
intention  of  the  Legislature  or  to  reconcile  seemingly  incon- 
sistent enactments  or  to  correct  clerical,  grammatical  or  typo- 
graphical errors. 

62 


Printed  roll 


Appendices 


Schedules 


4.  As  soon  as  the  commissioners  report  the  completion  of 
the  consolidation  and  revision  authorized  by  this  Act,  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  may  cause  a  printed  roll  thereof,  attested 
by  his  signature  and  countersigned  by  the  Minister  of  Justice 
and  Attorney  General,  to  be  deposited  in  the  office  of  the  Clerk 
of  the  Assembly. 

5.  There  shall  be  appended  to  the  roll, 

(a)  an  appendix  marked  "Apjxjndix  A",  similar  in  form 
to  Appendix  A  appended  to  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1960,  containing  certain  Imperial  Acts  and 
parts  of  Acts  relating  to  property  and  civil  rights 
that  were  consolidated  in  The  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1897,  Volume  III,  pursuant  to  chapter  13 
of  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1902,  that  are  not  re- 
pealed by  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970  and 
are  in  force  in  Ontario  subject  thereto;  and 

(b)  an  appendix  marked  "Apjjendix  B",  similar  in  foriH 
to  Appendix  B  apjjended  to  the  Revised  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1960,  containing  certain  Imperial  statutes 
and  statutes  of  Canada  relating  to  the  constitution 
and  boundaries  of  Ontario. 

6. — (1)  There  shall  be  appended  to  the  roll, 

(a)  a  schedule  marked  "Schedule  A",  similar  in  form  to 
Schedule  A  appended  to  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1960,  showing  the  Acts  contained  in  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1960  and  the  other 
Acts  that  are  repealed  in  whole  or  in  part  from  the 
day  Ufjon  which  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1970  take  effect  and  the  extent  of  such  repeal;  and 

(6)  a  schedule  marked  "Schedule  B",  similar  in  form  to 
Schedule  B  appended  to  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1960,  showing  the  Acts  and  parts  of  Acts 
that  are  repealed,  superseded  and  consolidated  in  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970  and  showing  also 
the  portions  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1960  and  Acts  passed  thereafter  that  are  not  con- 
solidated. 


men'ti'o?/or         (^^  ^^^  mention  of  an  Act  or  a  part  thereof  in  a  schedule 
an  Act  in       shall  not  be  construed  as  a  declaration  that  the  Act  or  part 

Bohedules  .  .  i-i,f  i  ••* 

was  or  was  not  in  force  immediately  betore  the  coming  into 


Proclama- 
tion 


force  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970. 

7.— (1)  After  the  deposit  of  the  roll  pursuant  to  section  4, 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  may  by  proclamation  declare  the 

62 


day  upon  which  the  roll  will  come  into  force  and  have  effect 
as  law  by  the  designation  "Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970". 

(2)  On  and  after  the  day  so  proclaimed,  the  roll  shall  be  pr'i^ciaraa- 
in  force  and  effect  by  the  said  designation  to  all  intents  as*'°" 
though  the  same  were  expressly  embodied  in  and  enacted  by 
this  Act  to  come  into  force  and  have  effect  on  and  after  that 
day,  and  on  and  after  that  day  all  the  enactments  in  the 
several  Acts  and  parts  of  Acts  in  Schedule  A  thereto  shall  be 
repealed  to  the  extent  mentioned  in  the  third  column  of  the 
schedule. 

8.  Any  reference  in  an  unrepealed  and  unconsolidated  Act  to%epeaied 
or  in  an  instrument  or  document  to  an  Act  or  enactment  re- ^r^e"  Acts 
pealed  and  consolidated  shall,  after  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1970  come  into  force,  be  held,  as  regards  any  sub- 
sequent transaction,  matter  or  thing,  to  be  a  reference  to  the 

Act  or  enactment  in  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970 
having  the  same  effect  as  such  repealed  and  consolidated  Act 
or  enactment. 

9.  Copies  of   the   Revised   Statutes  of  Ontario,    1970  as^r°nttd  by 
printed  by  the  Queen's  Printer  shall  be  received  as  evidence  ^^^^^1.*^^ 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970  in  all  courts  and  be  evidence 
places  whatsoever. 

10. — (1)  The    laws    relating    to    the   distribution    of    thet?dn*of" 
printed  copies  of  the  sessional  statutes  do  not  apply  to  the"""'®* 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970,  but  the  latter  shall  be 
distributed  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  directs. 

(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  a  list'''®™ 
of  the  persons  and  classes  of  persons  to  whom  the  Revised 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970  may  be  distributed  free  of  charge 
and  may  fix  the  price  at  which  copies  may  be  sold  by  the 
Queen's  Printer. 

11.  This  Act  shall  be  printed  with  the  Revised  Statutes  ^J'lfe^'" 
of  Ontario,  1970  and  is  subject  to  the  same  rules  of  construe- p^jJ.^'®^ 
tion  as  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970.  Rs.o.  1970 

12.  A  chapter  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970^57  4"'* 
may  be  cited  and  referred  to  in  any  Act,  proceeding,  instru-  °''®'' 
ment  or  document  whatever  either  by  its  title  as  an  Act  or 

by  using  the  expression  "Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970, 
chapter         ",   or   the  abbreviation   "R.S.O.    1970,   c. 
adding  in  each  case  the  number  of  the  particular  chapter. 

13.  This  Act  mav  be  cited  as  The  Statutes  Revision  ^rf,  ^''°'"*  ""* 
1968-69. 


62 


I 


? 


2 

» 


a 
> 

3 


ex. 


I 


7 

cr 

c 

<5 


15   1 


IP9 


F    » 


s- 

a. 

c 


BILL  62 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Consolidation  and  Revision 

of  the  Statutes 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  62  1968-69 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Consolidation 
and  Revision  of  the  Statutes 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Warner  Cox  Alcombrack,  one  of  Her  Majesty's sioneref 
Counsel,  and  Arthur  Norman  Stone,  one  of  Her  Majesty's life'nf"*' 
Counsel,  Legislative  Counsel  and  Associate  Legislative 
Counsel  respectively,  or  such  other  person  or  persons  as  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint,  are  hereby 
appointed  commissioners  under  the  direction  of  the  Minister 
of  Justice  and  Attorney  General  to  consolidate  and  revise 
the  public  general  statutes  of  Ontario  in  accordance  with  this 
Act. 

(2)  The  commissioners    and    such   persons  as  may  assist  uon 
them  shall  be  paid  such  remuneration  for  their  services  under 
this  Act,  out  of  the  moneys  voted  by  the  Legislature  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act,  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council 

may  fix. 

2.  The  commissioners  shall  examine  the  Revised  Statutes 
of  Ontario,  1960,  and  the  public  general  statutes  of  Ontario 
enacted  after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1960,  and  before  the 
1st  day  of  August,  1970,  and  shall  arrange,  consolidate  and 
revise  such  statutes  in  accordance  with  this  Act. 

3.  In  the  performance  of  their  duties  under  this  Act,  the 
commissioners  may  omit  any  enactment  that  is  not  of  general 
application  or  that  is  obsolete,  may  alter  the  numbering  and 
arrangement  of  any  enactment,  may  make  such  alterations  in 
language  and  punctuation  as  are  requisite  to  obtain  a  uniform 
mode  of  expression,  and  may  make  such  amendments  as  are 
necessary  to  bring  out  more  clearly  what  is  deemed  to  be  the 
intention  of  the  Legislature  or  to  reconcile  seemingly  incon- 
sistent enactments  or  to  correct  clerical,  grammatical  or  typo- 
graphical errors. 

62 


Printed  roll  4,  ^g  goon  as  the  commissioners  rejxirt  the  completion  of 
the  consolidation  and  revision  authorized  by  this  Act,  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  may  cause  a  jjrinted  roll  thereof,  attested 
by  his  signature  and  countersigned  by  the  Minister  of  Justii 
and  Attorney  General,  to  be  deix)sited  in  the  office  of  the  TIcrK 
of  the  Assembly. 

Appendices        5^  jj^^^g  g,^^,l  i^^  appended  to  the  roll, 

(a)  an  apjiendix  marked  "Apjiendix  A",  similar  in  form 
to  Apjjendix  A  appended  to  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1960,  containing  certain  Imperial  Acts  and 
parts  of  Acts  relating  to  proj^erty  and  civil  rights 
that  were  consolidated  in  The  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1897,  Volume  III,  pursuant  to  chapter  1^ 
of  the  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1902,  that  are  not  f 
pealed  by  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970  an 
are  in  force  in  Ontario  subject  thereto;  and 

(b)  an  appendix  marked  "Appendix  B",  similar  in  for; 
to  Appendix  B  appended  to  the  Revised  Statut" 
of  Ontario,  1960,  containing  certain  Imperial  statute 
and  statutes  of  Canada  relating  to  the  constitutiui. 
and  boundaries  of  Ontario. 

schedules  6.— (1)  There  shall  be  apjiended  to  the  roll, 

(a)  a  schedule  marked  "Schedule  A",  similar  in  form  to 
Schedule  A  apj>ended  to  the  Revised  Statutes  ot 
Ontario,  1960,  showing  the  Acts  contained  in  tli' 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1960  and  the  othi ; 
Acts  that  are  repealed  in  wiiole  or  in  part  from  the 
day  upon  which  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1970  take  efTect  and  the  extent  of  such  repeal;  and 

ib)  a  schedule  marked  "Schedule  B",  similar  in  form  to 
Schedule  B  appended  to  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1960,  showing  the  Acts  and  fjarts  of  Acts 
tliat  arc  repealed,  sui)erseded  and  consolidated  in  the 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970  and  showing  also 
the  ])ortions  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario, 
1960  and  Acts  passed  thereafter  that  are  not  con- 
solidated. 

KiTe.  t  ui  12)  The  mention  of  an  Act  or  a  part  thereof  in  a  schedu!' 

mention  ol  ^  1  •  1  1         \ 

an  Art  in       shall  not  l)c  construed  as  a  declaration  that  the  Act  or  par 
was  or  was  not  in  force  immediately  before  the  coming  into 
force  of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970. 


schedules 


Proclama- 
tion 


7. — (1 )   After  tiie  de[X)sit  of  the  roll  imrsuant  to  section  4, 
the  Lieutenant  (Governor  ma\'  by  proclamation  declare  the 


day  upon  which  the  roll  will  come  into  force  and  have  effect 
as  law  by  the  designation  "Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970". 

(2)  On  and  after  the  day  so  proclaimed,  the  roll  shall  bCpropfama- 
in  force  and  effect  by  the  said  designation  to  all  intents  as*^'"^" 
though  the  same  were  expressly  embodied  in  and  enacted  by 
this  Act  to  come  into  force  and  have  effect  on  and  after  that 
day,  and  on  and  after  that  day  all  the  enactments  in  the 
several  Acts  and  parts  of  Acts  in  Schedule  A  thereto  shall  be 
repealed  to  the  extent  mentioned  in  the  third  column  of  the 
schedule. 

8.  Any  reference  in  an  unrepealed  and  unconsolidated  .^ct  to^reffea'ied 
or  in  an  instrument  or  document  to  an  Act  or  enactment  re- J^  rme"  Acts 
pealed  and  consolidated  shall,  after  the  Revised  Statutes  of 
Ontario,  1970  come  into  force,  be  held,  as  regards  any  sub- 
sequent transaction,  matter  or  thing,  to  be  a  reference  to  the 

Act  or  enactment  in  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970 
having  the  same  effect  as  such  repealed  and  consolidated  Act 
or  enactment. 

9.  Copies   of   the    Revised    Statutes   of   Ontario,    1970   as^rlntldby 
printed  by  the  Queen's  Printer  shall  be  received  as  evidence  ^^^^^'^j.^^ 
of  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970  in  all  courts  and  ''e  evidence 
places  whatsoever. 

10.— (1)  The    laws    relating    to    the    distribution    of    the  uon'of "" 
printed  copies  of  the  sessional  statutes  do  not  apply  to  the''°'^'^* 
Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,    1970,   but   the  latter  shall   be 
distributed  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  directs. 

(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  ma>-  make  a  list  '''®"^ 
of  the  persons  and  classes  of  persons  to  whom  the  Revised 
Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970  may  be  distributed  free  of  charge 
and  may  fix  the  price  at  which  copies  may  be  sold  by  the 
Queen's  Printer. 

11.  This  Act  shall  be  printed  with  the  Revised  Statutes  ^o'^^'^e^"' 
of  Ontario,  1970  and  is  subject  to  the  same  rules  of  construe-  (^.'j'jjj''"* 
tion  as  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970.  R.s.o.  1970 

12.  A  chapter  of  the   Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,   1970  J^°;j'4''*« 
may  be  cited  and  referred  to  in  any  Act,  proceeding,  instru-^'*®^ 
ment  or  document  whatever  either  by  its  title  as  an  Act  or 

by  using  the  expression  "Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970, 
chapter         ",   or   the   abbreviation   "R.S.O.    1970,   c. 
adding  in  each  case  the  number  of  the  particular  chapter. 

13.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Statutes  Revision  ^c/,  ^''°''*  ""^ 
1968-69. 


e.i 


00 


58 


> 
H 


11 

t; 

2 

O" 

IT 

u. 

■-t 
c 

li* 

1 
C 

3* 

s. 

■1 

g. 

P 

•5 

to 

^ 

^ 

>: 

1 

to 

o 

I 

o 

S' 

p- 

a' 

*-* 

Ov 

o 

o 

o 

s 

s 

BILL  63 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


\n  Act  to  provide  for  the  Consolidation  and  Revision  of 

the  Regulations 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

This  Act  will  aiithori/e  the  preparation  and  publication  of  the  Re%  ised 
Regulations  of  Ontario,  1970  which  will  contain  all  the  living  regulations  in 
consolidated  and  revised  form  that  have  been  filed  under  The  Regulationi 
Act  up  to  the  end  of  1970. 


63 


BILL  63  1968-69 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Consolidation 
and  Revision  of  the  Regulations 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Warner  Cox  Alcombrack,  one  of  Her  Majesty's  sioners. 
Counsel,  and  William  Russell  Anderson,  one  of  Her  Majesty's  m'y'ru'"'' 
Counsel,  Legislative  Counsel  and  Registrar  of  Regulations 
respectively,  or  such  other  person  or  persons  as  the  Lieu- 
tenant Governor  in  Council  may  appoint,  are  hereby  appointed 
commissioners  under  the  direction  of  the  Minister  of  Justice 
and  Attorney  General  to  consolidate  and  revise  in  accordance 
with  this  Act  the  regulations  filed  under  The  Regulations  Act.^/t:^'  ^^'^°' 

(2)  The    commissioners    and   sucli    persons  as   may  assist  tio""'"^'^'' 
them  shall  be  paid  such  remuneration  for  their  services  under 
this  Act,  out  of  the  moneys  voted  by  the  Legislature  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act,  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council 
may  fix. 

2.  The  commissioners  shall   examine   the    Revised    Regu-  '^"*'®'* 
lations  of  Ontario,  1960,  and  the  regulations  filed  under  The 
Regulations  Act  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1961,  and  before 

the  31st  day  of  December,  1970,  and  shall  arrange,  consolidate 
and  revise  such  regulations  in  accordance  with  this  Act. 

3.  In  the  performance  of  their  duties  under  this  Act,  the  ^°**'"^ 
commissioners  may  omit  any  regulation  that  is  obsolete,  may 

alter  the  numbering  and  arrangement  of  any  regulation,  may 
make  such  alterations  in  language  and  punctuation  as  are 
requisite  to  obtain  a  uniform  mode  of  expression,  and  may 
make  such  amendments  as  are  necessary  to  bring  out  more 
clearly  what  is  deemed  to  be  the  intention  of  the  authority 
that  made  the  regulation  or  to  reconcile  seemingly  inconsistent 
provisions  or  to  correct  clerical,  grammatical  or  typographical 
errors. 

63 


fo'^'be"'  '^°"        *•  ^*  ^*'°"  "^  ^^^  commissioners  report  the  completion  of 
deposited       the  Consolidation  and  revision,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  may 

with  Clerk  •  ■         n      i  ,  •    i        ■  ■        •  . 

of  Anaembiy  causc  a  prmted  roll  thereof,  attested  by  his  signature  and 
countersigned  by  the  Minister  of  Justice  and  Attorney 
General,  to  be  deposited  in  the  office  of  the  Clerk  of  thr 
Assembly. 

Prociama-  5. — (1)  After  the  deposit  of  the  roll  pursuant  to  section  4, 

the  Lieutenant  Governor  may  by  proclamation  declare  the 
day  upon  which  the  roll  will  come  into  force  and  have  effect 
as  law  by  the  designation  "Revised  Regulations  of  Ontario. 
1970". 

^^""^  (2)  On  and  after  the  day  so  proclaimed,  all  regulations 

and  parts  of  regulations  not  contained  in  the  roll  are  revoked. 

printwi  by         ®*  ^opi<^s  of  the  Revised  Regulations  of  Onterio,  1970  as 

Queen's 
Printer  t 
be 

evidence 


Queen's         printed  by  the  Queen's  Printer  shall  be  received  as  evidence 
be_^  of   the  regulations  as  consolidated   and   revised   under  this 

Act  in  all  courts  and  places  whatsoever. 


^f'copi'M '°"      7.— (1)  The  Revised  Regulations  of  Ontario,  1970  shall  be 
distributed  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  directs. 

Idem  (2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  a  list 

of  the  persons  and  classes  of  persons  to  whom  the  Revised 
Regulations  of  Ontario,  1970  may  be  distributed  free  of  charge 
and  may  fix  the  price  at  which  copies  may  be  sold  by  the 
Queen's  Printer. 

Thu^Act  8.  This  Act  shall  be  printed  with  the  Revised  Regulations 

printed  with  of  Ontario,  1970  and  is  subject  to  the  same  rules  of  construc- 
tion as  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970. 

uo^smly*"      9.  Regulations   in    the    Revised    Regulations  of  Ontario. 
be  cited         J970  may  be  cited  and  referred  to  as  "Revised  Regulations  of 

Ontario,  1970,  Regulation         ",  or  the  abbreviation  "R.R.O. 

1970,   Reg.         ",   adding  in  each   case  the  number  of  the 

particular  regulation. 

Short  title         ^Q    j^jg  ^^^  j^^y  ^^  j,jjgj  j^g  ■pf^g  Rggulations  Revision  Ad, 

1968-69. 


63 


1 


B 

> 
X 


3 


>: 

S 

ft. 

3' 


cr 
I     Si 

=     I. 


9« 


I 


BILL  63 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Consolidation  and  Revision  of 

the  Regulations 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  63  1968-69 


An  Act  to  provide  for  the  Consolidation 
and  Revision  of  the  Regulations 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Warner  Cox  Alcombrack,  one  of  Her  Majesty's  sioners,^ 
Counsel,  and  William  Russell  Anderson,  one  of  Her  Majesty's  me"?!"' "*" 
Counsel,  Legislative  Counsel  and  Registrar  of  Regulations 
respectively,  or  such  other  person  or  persons  as  the  Lieu- 
tenant Governor  in  Council  may  appoint,  are  hereby  appointed 
commissioners  under  the  direction  of  the  Minister  of  Justice 
and  Attorney  General  to  consolidate  and  revise  in  accordance 
with  this  Act  the  regulations  filed  under  The  Regulations  Act.  ^•fig'  ^®®°' 

(2)  The    commissioners    and  such   persons  as  may  assisl  uo™""®"^^' 
them  shall  be  paid  such  remuneration  for  their  services  under 
this  Act,  out  of  the  moneys  voted  by  the  Legislature  for  the 
purposes  of  this  Act,  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council 
may  fix. 

2.  The  commissioners  shall  examine  the   Revised   Regu-  °"*'** 
lations  of  Ontario,  1960,  and  the  regulations  filed  under  The 
Regulations  Act  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1961,  and  before 

the  31st  day  of  December,  1970,  and  shall  arrange,  consolidate 
and  revise  such  regulations  in  accordance  with  this  Act. 

3.  In  the  performance  of  their  duties  under  this  Act,  the  p°*«''8 
commissioners  may  omit  any  regulation  that  is  obsolete,  may 

alter  the  numbering  and  arrangement  of  any  regulation,  may 
make  such  alterations  in  language  and  punctuation  as  are 
requisite  to  obtain  a  uniform  mode  of  expression,  and  may 
make  such  amendments  as  are  necessary  to  bring  out  more 
clearly  what  is  deemed  to  be  the  intention  of  the  authority 
that  made  the  regulation  or  to  reconcile  seemingly  inconsistent 
provisions  or  to  correct  clerical,  grammatical  or  typographical 
errors. 

63 


To^'Se*''  '■°"        4.  As  soon  as  the  commissioners  report  the  completion  of 

''IP^*^'.***,      the  consolidation  and  revision,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  i;    ■ 

with  Clerk  .         ,        ,,      ,  ,  i    i        ■  •        • 

of  Assembly  causc  a  printed  roll  thereof,  attested  by  his  signature 

countersigned    by    the    Minister    of    Justice    and    Attor 

General,  to  be  deposited  in  the  office  of  the  Clerk  of 

Assembly. 

I'rociama-  5. — (1)  After  the  defxjsit  of  the  roll  pursuant  to  section  4, 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  may  by  proclamation  declare  the 
day  upon  which  the  roll  will  come  into  force  and  have  effect 
as  law  by  the  designation  "Revised  Regulations  of  Ontario, 
1970". 


Idem 


(2)  On  and  after  the  day  so  proclaimed,  all  regulat; 
and  parts  of  regulations  not  contained  in  the  roll  are  revoLt^i 


Copj^^  by  ®*  Copies  of  the  Revised  Regulations  of  Ontario,  1970  at 
Queen's  printed  by  the  Queen's  Printer  shall  be  received  as  evidenc* 
be  of  the  regulations  as  consolidated  and   revised  under  this 

Act  in  all  courts  and  places  whatsoever. 

i'f'fo'"pi'e"s"°"      7.— (1)  The  Revised  Regulations  of  Ontario.  1970  shall  b« 
distributed  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  directs 

Idem  (2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  a  lis! 

of  the  jjersons  and  classes  of  persons  to  whom  the  Revisetl 
Regulations  of  Ontario,  1970  may  be  distributed  free  of  charge 
and  may  fix  the  price  at  which  copies  may  be  sold  by  the 
Queen's  Printer. 

t'o^be'^^'  8.  This  .^ct  shall  be  printed  with  the  Revised  R^ulatiom 

printed  with  of  Ontario,  1970  and  is  subject  to  the  same  rules  of  construe- 

R.R.O.   1970      .  ,         „        ■        1    <-  c    r^  ■  ,n^r, 

tion  as  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Ontario,  1970. 

t?onsmly'*"      »•  Regulations   in    the    Revised    Regulations  of   Ontario 

be  ,  ited  197Q  „,3y  tjg  j^ite^j  and  referred  to  as  "Revised  Regulations  ol 

Ontario,  1970,  Regulation         ",  or  the  abbreviation  "R.R.O 

1970,   Reg.         ",  adding  in  each   case  the  number  of  the 

particular  regulation. 

sb^rt  title  jQ^    YWis  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Regulations  Revision  .1' 

1Q6S-6Q. 


63 


i 


s 


<' 


s 
> 

SB 

H 


-r, 

•^ 

^ 

n 

A 

a- 

cr 

ft) 

s: 

C 

•n 

SI 

K^ 

?c 

v; 

tc 

v: 

3= 

rr 

1. 

o 

1 

CM 

1 

3- 

zr 

s' 

o 

o 

« 

^o 

9; 

0^ 

BILL  64 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Summary  Convictions  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendment  permits  a  warrant  of  committal  for  default  in  pay- 
ment of  a  fine  to  be  executed  by  peace  officers  anywhere  in  Ontario. 


64 


BILL  64  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Summary  Convictions  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


1.  The  Summary   Convictions  Act  is  amended   b\    adding  ^-^gO- 1^*""' 
thereto  the  following  section:  amended 

12a.  A  warrant  for  committal  upon  default  in  payment  of  ^"'defauft 
a  fine  or  of  money  ordered  to  be  paid  may  be  issued  j^"  gn^"*®"' 
and  executed  according  to  its  terms  in   the  same 
manner  as  a  warrant  for  the  arrest  of  an  accused 
under  Part  XIV  of  the  Criminal  Code  (Canada).      c^|i"(can.) 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 

.  .  -^  ■'       ment 

Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as   The  Summary   Convictions  short  title 
Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


64 


(/I 

S 
> 
X 

H 


8 
0« 


a 
a. 

ft. 


=  1 

^    a 
o 


BILL  64 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Summary  Convictions  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  64  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Summary  Convictions  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


1.  The  Summary  Convictions  Act  is  amended  by  adding ^IgOi^^o, 
thereto  the  following  section:  amended 

12a.  A  warrant  for  committal  upon  default  in  payment  of  ^°"5efauu 
a  fine  or  of  money  ordered  to  be  paid  may  be  issued  J^*}.  g*^™®"' 
and  executed  according  to  its  terms  in  the  same 
manner  as  a  warrant  for  the  arrest  of  an  accused 
under  Part  XIV  of  the  Criminal  Code  (Canada).      Jfli'^can.) 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 
,  ■'  ■'      ment 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as   The  Summary  Convictions  short  title 
Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


64 


00 


(A 


15 

Ti 

2 

fl> 

cr 

n 

a. 

c 

C 

4 

tn 

1^ 

o 

1 

1-^ 

CM 

^ 

^ 

1-^ 
5 

3 

3- 

=r 

?; 

•o 

3 

vO 

95 

BILL  65 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Change  of  Name  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendments  ensure  more  reliable  information  necessary  for 
amending  vital  statistics  records  in  Ontario  or  other  jurisdictions  as  a 
result  of  a  change  of  name  order. 


65 


BILL  65  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Change  of  Name  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  3  of  section  12  of  The  Change  of  Name  ^c^R.s.o.  i960. 

c    49    8    12 

is  amended  by  striking  out  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  a,  by  subs.' 3,' 
adding  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  b  and  by  adding  thereto  *™®"''®'' 
the  following  clause: 

(c)  where  practicable,  a  certificate  of  the  registration  of 
the  birth  of  the  applicant  and  of  each  other  person 
whose  name  may  be  changed  as  a  result  of  the  appli- 
cation and  a  certificate  of  the  registration  of  the 
marriage  where  the  spouse  is  named  in  the  applica- 
tion. 


2.— (1)  Section  17  of  The  Change  of  Name  Act  is  amended Rs.o^ i960, 
by  inserting  after   "affidavit"   in   the  third   line   "and   any  amended 
certificate  of  registration  of  birth  or  marriage  or  the  par- 
ticulars contained  therein",  so  that  the  section  shall  read  as 
follows: 


17.  The  clerk  of  the  court  shall  enter  the  order  and  certmed 

copy  to 

transmit  a  certified  copy  of  the  order,  together  with  a  Registrar 
duplicate   original    of    the   application    and    of   the 
verifying  affidavit  and  any  certificate  of  registration 
of  birth  or  marriage  or  the  particulars  contained 
therein,  to  the  Registrar  General. 

(2)  The  said   section    17   is   further   amended   by   adding  R|gO^i960, 
thereto  the  following  subsection:  amended 

(2)  Where  the  Registrar  General  receives  a  certificate  ^^^^^^^^es 
of  birth  or  marriage  under  subsection  1 ,  the  Registrar 
General  shall, 

65 


R.S.O.  1960. 
c.  419 


(a)  where  the  certificate  was  issued  in  respect  of 
a  birth  or  marriage  that  was  registered  in 
Ontario,  re-issue  the  certificate  in  accordance 
with  section  27  of  The  Vital  Statistics  Ad, 
without  payment  of  any  fee  therefor,  and  wvi 
the  re-issued  certificate  to  the  applicant 

(6)  where  the  certificate  was  issued  in  respect  ol 
a  birth  or  marriage  that  was  registered  out- 
side Ontario,  return  the  certificate  to  the 
applicant. 


Application 


3.  This  Act  applies  in  respect  of  applications  for  change  of 
name  made  after  three  months  after  this  Act  comes  into  force. 


Commence- 
ment 


4c,  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 

Assent. 


Short  title 


5.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Change  of  Name  Amend- 
ment Act,  1968-69. 


65 


* 


00 


S 

> 
X 
H 


a. 


W9 


a* 

"n 
C 


S  Cm 


8 


3 


BILL  65 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Change  of  Name  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  bv  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  65  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Change  of  Name  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  3  of  section  12  of  The  Change  of  Name  ^c^Rs.o.  i960. 

c    49    s,  12 

is  amended  by  striking  out  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  a,  bysiibs.'a,' 
adding  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  h  and  by  adding  thereto*™*"'^®** 
the  following  clause: 

(c)  where  practicable,  a  certificate  of  the  registration  of 
the  birth  of  the  applicant  and  of  each  other  person 
whose  name  may  be  changed  as  a  result  of  the  appli- 
cation and  a  certificate  of  the  registration  of  the 
marriage  where  the  spouse  is  named  in  the  applica- 
tion. 


2. — (1)  Section  17  of  The  Change  of  Name  Act  is  amended R|gO^i^60, 
by  inserting  after   "affidavit"   in   the   third   line   "and   any  amended 
certificate  of  registration  of  birth  or  marriage  or  the  par- 
ticulars contained  therein",  so  that  the  section  shall  read  as 
follows: 


17.  The  clerk  of  the  court  shall  enter  the  order  andcertifled 
transmit  a  certified  copy  of  the  order,  together  with  a  Registrar 
duplicate   original    of   the   application    and   of   the 
verifying  affidavit  and  any  certificate  of  registration 
of  birth  or  marriage  or  the  particulars  contained 
therein,  to  the  Registrar  General. 

(2)  The   said   section    17   is  further  amended   by   adding  R-lgO^^^^"- 
thereto  the  following  subsection :  amended 

(2)  Where  the  Registrar  General  receives  a  certificate  ^®'"fl"a°Qg  1 
of  birth  or  marriage  under  subsection  1,  the  Registrar 
General  shall, 

65 


R.S.O.  1960. 
0.  419 


(a)  where  the  certificate  was  issued  in  respect  nf 
a  birth  or  marriage  that  was  registered  ii 
Ontario,  re-issue  the  certificate  in  accopl 
with  section   27  of   The   Vital  Slatislic 
without  payment  of  any  fee  therefor,  and  send 
the  re-issued  certificate  to  the  applicant; 


(6)  where  the  certificate  was  issued  in  respect  of 
a  birth  or  marriage  that  was  registered  out- 
side Ontario,  return  the  certificate  to  the 
applicant. 

Application        3^  This  Act  applies  in  respect  of  applications  for  change  of 
name  made  after  three  months  after  this  Act  comes  into  force 


Commence- 
ment 


4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title 


5.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Change  of  Name  Amend- 
ment Act,  1968-69. 


65 


00 


a 

> 

H 


•11 

"r) 

2 

n 

n 

cr 

I: 

1 

c 

>3 

rsj 

>3 

v; 

tfO 

3- 

I 

O 

5. 

CM 

"^ 

3- 

a 

sr 

O 

79 

1^ 

»q 

^ 

a 

O 

>o 

o 

s 

s 

BILL  66 


i  2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 

18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Matrimonial  Causes  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendment  provides  that  the  disbursements  of  the  Official 
Guardian  in  investigating  and  reporting  on  matters  affecting  children 
when  there  is  a  divorce  action  will  be  paid  by  the  parties  and  not  by  the 
province. 


66 


BILL  66  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Matrimonial  Causes  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows; 

1.  Subsection  7  of  section  6  of  The  Matrimonial  Causes  Act^-2^'\^^' 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  ?e-enacted 

(7)  The  petitioner  in  an  action  for  divorce  shall  pay  the  ^elfts'^of 
disbursements  incurred  by  the  Official  Guardian  in  official 

,      ,  .  ,       ,      Guardian 

an  mvestigation  in  respect  of  the  action  and  the 
Official  Guardian  shall  not  file  his  report  of  the 
investigation  with  the  court  until  such  disburse- 
ments have  been  paid. 

(7a)  The  disbursements  of  the  Official  Guardian  payable  me^n'ts™!" 
under  subsection  7  shall  be  deemed  to  be  costs  in-  «=°??^ '" 

I   •        I  •         f  1  action 

curred  in  the  action  for  the  purposes  of  any  award 
as  to  costs  by  the  judge. 

2.  This  Act  applies  to  investigations  in  respect  of  actions  Application 
for  the  dissolution  of  marriage  commenced  after  this    Act 

comes  into  force. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Sent""*""*' 
Assent. 

4.  This  Act   may   be  cited   as    The   Matrimonial   Causes  Short  title 
Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


66 


o 
9° 


t/l 
> 
H 


Nj 


n 
V 


§.      £{     '=i 


I     I. 


at  t 


a 


a 
»« 


3 


■O 

o 


BILL  66 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Matrimonial  Causes  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  66  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Matrimonial  Causes  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  7  of  section  6  of  The  Matrimonial  Causes  -^c^^fsi'sfl?' 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  ?e-enacted 

(7)  The  petitioner  in  an  action  for  divorce  shall  pay  the  ^^^n'^ts'^of 
disbursements  incurred  by  the  Official  Guardian  in  official 

r      I  •  Guardian 

an  mvestigation  in  respect  ot  the  action  and  the 
Official  Guardian  shall  not  file  his  report  of  the 
investigation  with  the  court  until  such  disburse- 
ments have  been  paid. 

(7fl)  The  disbursements  of  the  Official  Guardian  payable  mefnts'as' 
under  subsection  7  shall  be  deemed  to  be  costs  in-  action" 
curred  in  the  action  for  the  purposes  of  any  award 
as  to  costs  by  the  judge. 

2.  This  Act  applies  to  investigations  in  respect  of  actions  Appiioation 
for  the  dissolution  of  marriage  commenced  after  this    Act 

comes  into  force. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  menV"*"*'*' 
Assent. 

4.  This  Act   may   be   cited   as    The   Matrimonial   Causes  sh°ri  titio 
Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


66 


•n        ^ 


SB 
> 

H 


O 


>3 

s 

a. 
S' 

V9 


cr 

c 


fill 

■c 


I 


BILL  67 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Deserted  Wives'  and  Children's  Maintenance  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  provision  repealed  provides  that  the  amount  a  father  may  be 
ordered  to  pay  for  the  maintenance  of  each  deserted  child  shall  not  exceed 
$20  a  week. 


67 


BILL  67  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Deserted  Wives'  and 
Children's  Maintenance  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  2  of  section   2  of   The  Deserted   Wives'  a«<^^fo5' 8^1°' 
Children's  Maintenance  Act  is  repealed.  subs.  2 

1*6  p6  £1160 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ment""*"*^*" 
.Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may   be   cited   as   The  Deserted    Wives'   aM<f  short  title 
Children's  Maintenance  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


67 


00 

s 


a. 

?0 


(/I 

s 

X 


a 

»0 


I       I    5  11 


a 


BILL  67 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Deserted  Wives'  and  Children's  Maintenance  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  67  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Deserted  Wives'  and 
Children's  Maintenance  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  2  of  section  2  of  The  Deserted   Wives'  and^-f^-l^^- 
Children's  Maintenance  Act  is  repealed.  subs.  2 

^  repealed 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Sent™*""*" 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may   be  cited   as   The  Deserted    Wives'   and  short  title 
Children's  Maintenance  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


67 


s 


2 


"Tl 

2 

2 

■1 

(m 

p 
n 

^a 

•>« 

n 

a- 

s. 

o 

1 

•5 

a 

InJ 

5^0 

_ 

>3 

>i 

3- 

S 
a. 

3- 

1. 

1 

3 

s 

O 

5: 

IT 

a' 

c^ 

o 

>o 

o 

vO 

s 

BILL  68 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Jurors  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendment  increases  the  maximum  number  of  petit  jurors  who 
may  be  summoned  at  a  Supreme  Court  sittings  in  the  Regional  Munici- 
pality of  Ottawa-Carleton  from  225  to  350.  This  compares  with  800  in 
York  County,  350  in  Wentworth  County  and  225  in  other  counties. 


68 


BILL  68  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Jurors  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

i 

1.  Subsection  1  of  section  52  of  The  Jurors  Act,  as  amended  ^^^q?- ^^A°' 

.  c.  i.ti\i,  s*  Oa, 

by  section  1  of  The  Jurors  Amendment  Act,  1961-62,  is  further^ubs.  i 

111  -1  •  II        1)1  .  ,       r      ,  ,      ,       amended 

amended  by  strikmg  out  and  at  the  end  of  clause  b,  by 
adding  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  c  and  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  clause: 

{d)  in  the  Regional   Municipality  of  Ottawa-Carleton, 
350, 


2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Sent"*""*' 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Jurors  Amendment  ^c/,  short  titio 
1968-69. 


68 


00 


>3 


X 

> 

SB 


^ 


1 

SB 

S 

ft. 

8 
0« 


^    5- 


BILL  68 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Jurors  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  68  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Jurors  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  1  of  section  52  of  The  Jurors  Act,  as  amended ^fgg ■a^^5^2'' 
by  section  1  of  The  Jurors  Amendment  Act,  1961-62,  is  further  subs,  i 

,  .    ,  amended 

amended  by  stnkmg  out  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  b,  by 
adding  "and"  at  the  end  of  clause  c  and  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  clause: 

{d)  in  the   Regional   Municipality  of  Ottawa-Carleton, 
350, 


2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  meSt"*°°*" 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Jurors  Amendment  ylc/,  short  title 
1968-69. 


68 


I/) 
B 
> 
SO 
H 


2 

n 


o 


I. 


7 

cr 

c 


§1  .n  i  I 


NO 


BILL  69 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Judicature  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


r  'U' 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendment  gives  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario,  instead  of  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  the  duty  of  fixing  the  date  for  the  annual 
meeting  of  the  council  of  judges  of  the  Supreme  Court. 


69 


BILL  69  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Judicature  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection   1   of  section    112  of   The  Judicature  Act  ^s^'f^'sfxiz 
amended  bv  striking  out  "Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council"  »"''«•  !•. 

°     .  .         .  amended 

in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Chief  Justice 
of  Ontario",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  A  council  of  the  judges  of  the  Supreme  Court,  oiCo^iuiHof 
which  due  notice  shall  be  given  to  all  of  them,  shall 
assemble  at  least  once  in  every  year  on  such  da\-  as 
is  fixed  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  for  the  pur- 
pose of  considering  the  operation  of  this  Act  and  of 
the  rules  and  the  working  of  the  offices  and  the 
arrangements  relative  to  the  duties  of  the  officers  of 
the  court,  and  of  enquiring  and  examining  into  any 
defects  that  appear  to  exist  in  the  system  of  proce- 
dure or  the  administration  of  justice  in  the  Supreme 
Court  or  in  any  other  court  or  by  any  other  authority. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Ro\al  Commence- 

.  -'  -        ment 

Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Judicature  Amendment  Act,  short  title 
1968-69. 


69 


2 

» 


(A 
X 
> 


^ 


I  £ 


1 


3 


F    a" 


BILi  69 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Judicature  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  69  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Judicature  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection   1  of  section   112  of  The  Judicature  Act  is^f9°/.^i^i°i 
amended  by  striking  out  "Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council"  |^s^^i^^ 

in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Chief  Justice 
of  Ontario",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  A  council  of  the  judges  of  the  Supreme  Court,  of  jj,dgeg"  °'^ 
which  due  notice  shall  be  given  to  all  of  them,  shall 
assemble  at  least  once  in  every  year  on  such  day  as 
is  fixed  by  the  Chief  Justice  of  Ontario  for  the  pur- 
pose of  considering  the  operation  of  this  Act  and  of 
the  rules  and  the  working  of  the  offices  and  the 
arrangements  relative  to  the  duties  of  the  officers  of 
the  court,  and  of  enquiring  and  examining  into  any 
defects  that  appear  to  exist  in  the  system  of  proce- 
dure or  the  administration  of  justice  in  the  Supreme 
Court  or  in  any  other  court  or  by  any  other  authority. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ^e'^t'"®"*'^" 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Judicature  Amendment  Act,  ^'^°'"*  *^'"® 
1968-69. 


69 


00 


2 

X 


I/i 

n 


>I1 

2: 

2 

n 

p 

I: 

=r 

1 

«5 

K) 

>3 

»-• 

^ 

1 

0 

1 

— 

». 

*■ 

•». 

cr 

^ 

-0 

^ 

l-» 

» 

<^ 

0 

0 

0 

s 

:* 


BILL  70 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  respecting  the  Department  of  Justice 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Feank  Fogg,  Qieen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  continues  the  Department  of  the  Attorney  General  aa  the 
Department  of  Justice  and  vests  in  the  Minister  of  Justice  and  Attorney 
General  the  functions  set  out  in  section  6  of  the  Bill.  The  functions, 
heretofore  unwritten,  are  made  statutory  as  recommended  by  the  Royal 
Commission  on  Civil  Rights. 


70 


BILL  70  1968-69 


An  Act  respecting  the  Department  of  Justice 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  l^ltoT'- 

(a)  "Department"  means  the  Department  of  Justice; 

(b)  "Minister"    means    the    Minister    of    Justice    and 
Attorney  General. 

2. — (1)  The  department  of  the  public  service  heretofore  ^^^p"'- 
known  as  the  Department  of  the  Attorney  General  is  con- continued 
tinued  under  the  name  "Department  of  Justice". 

(2)  The  Minister  shall  preside  over  and  have  charge  of  thell^havr 
Department.  charge 

3. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  shall  appoint  M^Sister 
a  Deputy  Minister  of  Justice  and  Deputy  Attorney  General 
who  shall  be  the  deputy  head  of  the  Department. 

(2)  Such  ofificers,  clerks  and  servants  may  be  appointed  ^^^^ 
under  The  Public  Service  Act,  1961-62  as  are  required  fromi96i-62. 
time  to  time  for  the  proper  conduct  of  the  business  of  the 
Department. 

4.  The  moneys  required  for  the  purposes  of  the  Depart-  required  by 
ment  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  moneys  appropriated  therefor  ^epart- 
by  the  Legislature. 

5.  The  Minister,  Functions 

(a)  is  the  Law  Officer  of  the  Executive  Council; 

(b)  shall  see  that  the  administration  of  public  affairs  is 
in  accordance  with  the  law; 

70 


(c)  shall  superintend  all  matters  connected  with  im- 
administration  of  justice  in  Ontario; 

(d)  shall  perform  the  duties  and  have  the  powers  that 
belong  to  the  Attorney  General  and  Solicitor  General 
of  England  by  law  or  usage,  so  far  as  thos<     ' 
and  powers  are  applicable  to  Ontario,  and  ;il 
perform  tlie  duties  and  have  the  [>owers  that,  u| 
the   time  of  the  British   North  America  Act,  l.-,;, 
came   into  effect,   belonged    to   the  offices  of  tht 
Attorney    General    and    Solicitor    General    in 
provinces  of  Canada  and  Upper  Canada  and  win 
under  the  provisions  of  that  Act,  are  within  the  scope 
of  the  [X)wers  of  the  Legislature; 

(e)  shall  advise  the  Government  upon  all  matters  of  law 
connected  with  legislative  enactments  and  upon  all 
matters  of  law  referred  to  him  by  the  Government; 

(/)  shall  advise  the  Government  upon  all  matters  of  a 
legislative  nature  and  superintend  all  Government 
measures  of  a  legislative  nature; 

(g)  shall  advise  the  heads  of  the  departments  and 
agencies  of  Government  upon  all  matters  of  law  con- 
nected with  such  departments  and  agencies; 

(h)  shall  conduct  and  regulate  all  litigation  for  and 
against  the  Crown  or  any  department  or  agency  of 
Government  in  respect  of  any  subject  within  the 
authority  or  jurisdiction  of  the  Legislature; 

(t)  shall  superintend  all  matters  connected  with  judicial, 
registry  and  land  titles  offices: 

(j)  shall  perform  such  other  functions  as  are  assigned  to 
him  by  the  Legislature  or  by  the  Lieutenant  Gover- 
nor in  Council. 

of*deparV-°"       ®'    I^he  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  designate  any 
legal'*'  employee  in  any  department  or  agency  of  Government  who  is 

°?J<=®™a8     ,a  member  of  the  bar  of  Ontario  to  be  an  employee  of  the 

employees  of  f     j 

Department  Department  and  thereuf>on  such  employee  becomes  an  em- 
ployee of  the  Department. 

i^pSrt*'  7.  The  Minister  after  the  close  of  each  year  shall  submit  to 

the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  an  annual  report  upon 
the  affairs  of  the  Department  and  shall  then  lay  the  report 
before  the  Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next 
ensuing  session. 

70 


8.  After  this  section  comes  into  force,  all  annual  reports  ^lf^%^  '"^ 
required  to  be  submitted  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor,  theother^^ 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  or  the  Assembly  by  the 
Minister  or  an  official  of  the  Department  under  any  other 
Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  report  submitted 
under  section  7  and  need  not  be  submitted  in  accordance  with 
such  other  Act. 

9.-~(l)  This  Act,  except  section  8,  comes  into  force  on  theCommenoe- 
day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Section  8  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the  ^'*®'" 
Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

10.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Department  of  Justice  s"'"'' ""« 
Act,  1968-69. 


70 


s 


H 


I. 


cr 
ft.       q     *» 


I       5    I 


3 
»« 


F    3 

NO 

o- 


I 


BILL  70 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  respecting  the  Department  of  Justice 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Qieen's  Printer 


BILL  70  1968-69 

An  Act  respecting  the  Department  of  Justice 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.   In  this  Act,  tatlon''"" 

(a)  "Department"  means  the  Department  of  Justice; 

(b)  "Minister"    means    the    Minister    of    Justice    and 
Attorney  General. 

2. — (1)  The  department  of  the  public  service  heretofore  ^|p^''*- 
known  as  the  Department  of  the  Attorney  General  is  con- continued 
:inued  under  the  name  "Department  of  Justice". 

(2)  The  Minister  shall  preside  over  and  have  charge  of  the  l^'harV 
Department.  charee 

3.— (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  shall  appoint  MlSuter 
I  Deputy  Minister  of  Justice  and  Deputy  Attorney  General 
vho  shall  be  the  deputy  head  of  the  Department. 

(2)  Such  officers,  clerks  and  servants  may  be  appointed  ^'^'^ 
inder  The  Public  Service  Act,  1961-62  as  are  required  from  i96i-^62, 
ime  to  time  for  the  proper  conduct  of  the  business  of  the°" 
Department. 

4.  The  moneys  required  for  the  purposes  of  the  Depart-  req°uired  by 
nent  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  moneys  appropriated  therefor  Slgt'^*' 

)y  the  Legislature.  ^"^ 

5.  The  Minister,  Functions, 
(a)  is  the  Law  Officer  of  the  Executive  Council; 

{b)  shall  see  that  the  administration  of  public  affairs  is 
in  accordance  with  the  law; 

70 


(c)  shall  superintend  all  matters  connected  with  the 
administration  of  justice  in  Ontario; 

(d)  shall  perform  the  duties  and  have  the  powtrs  th... 
belong  to  the  Attorney  General  and  Solicitor  General 
of  England  by  law  or  usage,  so  far  as  thost 

and  powers  are  applicable  to  Ontario,  and  a!- 
perform  the  duties  and  have  the  jx)wers  that,  up  to 
the  time  of  the  British  North  America  Act,  1867 
came  into  effect,  belonged  to  the  offices  of  the 
Attorney  General  and  Solicitor  General  in  t 
provinces  of  Canada  and  Upper  Canada  and  whic.  . 
under  the  provisions  of  that  Act,  are  within  the  scope 
of  the  powers  of  the  Legislature; 

(e)  shall  advise  the  Government  upon  all  matters  of  law 
connected  with  legislative  enactments  and  uixjn  all 
matters  of  law  referred  to  him  by  the  Government: 

(/)  shall  advise  the  Government  upon  all  matters  of  a 
legislative  nature  and  superintend  all  Government 
measures  of  a  legislative  nature; 

(g)  shall  advise  the  heads  of  the  departments  and 
agencies  of  Government  upon  all  matters  of  law  con- 
nected with  such  departments  and  agencies; 

(h)  shall  conduct  and  regulate  all  litigation  for  and 
against  the  Crown  or  any  department  or  agency  of 
Government  in  respect  of  any  subject  within  the 
authority  or  jurisdiction  of  the  Legislature; 

(t)  shall  superintend  all  matters  connected  with  judicial, 
registry  and  land  titles  offices: 

(j)  shall  ijerform  such  other  functions  as  are  assigned 
him  by  the  Legislature  or  by  the  Lieutenant  Gover- 
nor in  Council. 

?f*d'e*part-°"       ®'    I  'le  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  designate  a; 
mental  employee  in  any  department  or  agency  of  Government  who 

officers  as      a  member  of  the  bar  of  Ontario  to  be  an  employee  of  the 

employees  of  ■  .  , 

Department  Department  and  thereufx)n  such  employee  becomes  an  em- 
plo\'ee  of  the  Department. 

^pon'  '7-    1  li^'  -Minister  after  the  close  of  each  year  shall  submit  to 

the  L^ieutenant  Governor  in  Council  an  annual  repwrt  upon 
the  affairs  of  the  Department  and  shall  then  lay  the  repwrt 
before  the  Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next 
ensuing  session. 

70 


8.  After  this  section  comes  into  force,  all  annual  reports  P^f^®"* '"^ 
required  to  be  submitted  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor,  the  otter 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  or  the  Assembly  by  the 
Minister  or  an  official  of  the  Department  under  any  other 
Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  report  submitted 
under  section  7  and  need  not  be  submitted  in  accordance  with 
such  other  Act. 

9. — (1)  This  Act,  except  section  8,  comes  into  force  on  the  ^°^j'"®"°*" 
day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Section  8  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the  '**®"' 
Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

10.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Department  of  Justice  s^ort  title 
Act,  1968-69. 


70 


o 
9° 


2: 


t/) 

a 
> 


3-   S. 


II  f  I 


^    a       „ 

o  a. 


•4. 
a 


c 

3- 


>3 


8 


BILL  71 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Fines  and  Forfeitures  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


r  JJIH 


l>ni;  ^/nci'l    <(VT  hn-iina  <■ 


Explanatory  Note 


The  amendment  is  to  implement  a  recommendation  of  the  Royal 
Commission  Inquiry  into  Civil  Rights  and  prohibits  the  payment  of  any 
portion  of  a  fine  to  persons  acting  as  informers  or  prosecutors. 


71 


BILL  71  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Fines  and  Forfeitures  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assemblj'  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section  2  of  The  Fines  and  Forfeitures  Act  is  repealed  J^i4^- ^^|°' 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted' 

2. — (1)  Where  a  fine  has  been  imposed  for  a  contraven- ^e^^ery  of 
tion  of  an  Act  of  the  Legislature  or  a  regulation  by  action 
made  thereunder  and  no  other  provision  is  made  for 
its  recovery,  it  is  recoverable  with  costs  by  a  civil 
action  at  the  suit  of  the  Crown. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  anj-  general  or  special  Act,  no  fine^o  fines 

J     /•  •  r  .  ,       .      payable  to 

recovered    tor   a   contravention    of   an    Act   of    the  informer 
Legislature  or  a  by-law  or  regulation  made  there- ""^ '"^°*^°"'°'^ 
under  or  any  part  of  such  fine  shall  be  paid  to  a  person 
acting  as  an  informer  or  a  prosecutor. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commenoe- 
Assent.  '      "^^"* 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as   The  Fines  and   Forfeitures  ^^"'^  ""* 
Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


71 


s 


2 


a 


Is 
■3    * 

F    a' 


BILL  71 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Fines  and  Forfeitures  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Hit 


BILL  71  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Fines  and  Forfeitures  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section  2  of  The  Fines  and  Forfeitures  Ad  is  repealed  ^■f43-g^2°' 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted' 

2. — (1)  Where  a  fine  has  been  imposed  for  a  contraven- R«^°^®''y  °^ 
tion  of  an  Act  of  the  Legislature  or  a  regulation  t^y  action 
made  thereunder  and  no  other  provision  is  made  for 
its  recovery,  it  is  recoverable  with  costs  by  a  civil 
action  at  the  suit  of  the  Crown. 

(2)  Notwithstanding  any  general  or  special  Act,  no  line  ^^  aSilf  to 
recovered    for    a   contravention    of    an    Act    of    themformer 

J       .  ,  ,       ,  ,      .  ,  or  prosecutor 

Legislature  or  a  by-law  or  regulation  made  there- 
under or  any  part  of  such  fine  shall  be  paid  to  a  person 
acting  as  an  informer  or  a  prosecutor. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Ro\al  commence- 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may   be  cited   as    The   Fines  and   Forfeitures  ^^ort  title 
Amendment  Act,  196S-69. 


71 


2: 


K 

> 

H 


2 
V 


5. 


2 

3- 


"a 


n 
cr 

c 


F    5- 


BILL  72 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Cemeteries  Act 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Qieen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 
Self-explanatory. 


72 


BILL  72  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Cemeteries  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  78  of  The  Cemeteries  Act  isRs.o.  i960, 

.  .  c   47   s   78 

amended  by  inserting  at  the  commencement  thereof  "Subject siibs.'  i, 
to  subsection  3",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows:*""^" 

(1)  Subject  to  subsection  3,  no  body  shall  be  cremated  ^g°tffl®aj| 
unless  a  certificate  in  the  prescribed  form,  signed  by  a 
coroner  of  the  municipality  in  which  the  death  took 
place,  has  been  deposited  with  the  owner,  which 
certificate  shall  contain  the  statement  that  the  cause 
of  death  has  been  definitely  ascertained  and  that 
there  exists  no  reason  for  further  inquiry  or  examina- 
tion. 

(2)  The  said  section  78  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the^f-^\^^°' 

following  subsection :  amended' 

(3)  Where  a  coroner  has  investigated  the  circumstances''''^''"^ 
of  a  death  and  has  issued  his  warrant  to  bury  the 
body,  the  certificate  mentioned  in  subsection  1  need 
not  be  filed. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Roval  commence- 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Cemeteries  Amendment^^°'^^  ^'^^^ 
Act,  1968-69. 


72 


2: 

X 

r 


t\J 


cr 

c 

■3 


BILL  73 


2kd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  regulate  the  Procurement  and  to  provide  for  the 
Welfare  of  Animals  used  in  Teaching  and  Research 


Mr.  Stewart 


TORONTO 

Prinird  and  Plblishkd  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  purpose  of  the  Bill  is  to  regulate  the  procurement  of  animaU  used 
in  teaching  and  research  and  to  provide  for  their  welfare. 

The  principal  provisions  of  the  Bill  include  the  following: 

1.  Dealers  who  supply  animals  to  research  facilities  are  required  to 
be  licensed,  and  research  facilities  are  required  to  be  registered. 

2.  The  qualifications  to  be  met  by  an  applicant  for  a  licence  as  a 
dealer  are  specified,  and  grounds  for  suspending  or  revolting 
licences  are  set  out. 

3.  The  Research  .Animal  Dealer  Licence  Review  Board  is  established 
and  is  empowered  to  direct  the  granting,  refusal,  revocation  or 
suspension  of  a  licence  as  a  dealer.  An  appeal  is  provided  to  a 
justice  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  from  an  order  of  the  Review  Boiird 
refusing  to  grant  or  suspending  or  revoking  a  licence. 

4.  The  operator  of  a  pound  is  required,  except  in  certain  specified 
circumstances,  to  sell  any  unclaimed  dog  or  cat  that  is  in  the  pound 
to  a  dealer  or  operator  of  a  research  facility  within  specified  time 
limits. 

5.  The  purchase  of  animals  for  use  in  a  re.search  facility  other  than 
from  a  licensed  dealer  or  from  the  operator  of  a  pound  is  pro- 
hibited except  in  specified  circumstances. 

6.  Inspection  of  dealers'  premises  and  research  facilities  is  provided 
fur  alonj;  with  other  ancillary  matters. 


7.^ 


BILL  73  1968-69 


An  Act  to  regulate  the  Procurement  and 

to  provide  for  the  Welfare  of  Animals  used 

in  Teaching  and  Research 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.    In  this  Act,  Interpre- 

'  tation 

(a)  "animal"  means  a  live,  non-human  vertebrate; 

(b)  "dealer"  means  a  person  who,  for  consideration, 
supplies  animals  to  a  research  facility  or  to  another 
such  person; 

(c)  "Director"  means  the  Director  of  the  Veterinary 
Services  Branch  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture 
and    Food ; 

(d)  "foal"  means  a  young  horse; 

(e)  "inspector"  means  an  inspector  appointed  under 
this  Act; 

(/)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Agriculture  and 
Food; 

(g)  "pound"  includes  premises  that  are  used  for  the 
detention,  maintenance  or  disposal  of  dogs  or  cats 
that, 

(i)  have  been  abandoned, 

(ii)  have  strayed, 

(iii)  have  been  imjjounded  pursuant  to  a  by-law 
of  a  municipality,  or 

(iv)  have  been  left  by  the  owner  at  the  premises 
to  be  disposed  of  by  the  operator  thereof; 

73 


(h)  "redemption  period"  means  that  period  of  time 
within  which  the  owner  of  a  dog  or  cat  that  has  been 
impounded  in  a  pound  has  the  right  to  redeem  it; 

(i)  "regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under 
this  Act; 

(j)  "research"  means  the  use  of  animals  in  connection 
with  studies,  investigation  and  teaching  in  any  field 
of  knowledge,  and,  without  limiting  the  generality  of 
the  foregoing,  includes  the  use  of  animals  for  the 
Ijerformance  of  tests,  the  diagnosis  of  disease  and  the 
production  and  testing  of  preparations  intended  for 
use  in  the  diagnosis,  prevention  and  treatment  of  any 
disease  or  condition; 

(k)  "research  facility"  means  premises  on  which  animals 
are  used  in  research  and  includes  premises  used  in 
connection  therewith  for  the  collecting,  assembling, 
breeding  or  maintaining  of  animals  and  includes 
farms  on  which  pregnant  mares  are  kept  for  the 
production  of  urine; 

(0  "Review  Board"  means  the  Research  Animal  Dealer 
Licence  Review  Board; 


R.S.O.  I960, 
c.  416 


(m)  "veterinarian"  means  a  person  registered  under  The 
Veterinarians  Act. 


LICENCES 


Dealer 
required 
to  be 
licensed 


2. — (1)  No  person  shall  commence  or  continue  to  be  a 
dealer  without  a  licence  as  a  dealer  from  the  Director  unless 
he  is  exempt  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations. 


Saving  as  to 

certain 

sales 


1961-62, 
c.  48 


(2)  A  dealer  is  exempt  from  subsection  1  respecting  the 
sale  of  cattle,  fish,  goats,  horses,  poultry,  reptiles,  sheep, 
swine  or  game  animals  or  fur-bearing  animals  as  defined  in 
The  Game  and  Fish  Act,  1961-62,  but  in  all  other  respects  he  is 
subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations. 


SeSti^or  (^^  ^o  person  shall  be  granted  a  licence  as  a  dealer  unless 

licensing  j^p 

(a)  is  experienced  in  the  proper  care  and  handling  of 

animals; 


73 


(b)  possesses  all  pens,  cages,  compounds,  vehicles,  tools, 
implements,  buildings  and  dietary  materials  neces- 
sary to  properly  care  for  and  handle  animals  on  his 
premises; 

(c)  has  not  been  convicted  of  an  oflfence  relating  to 
cruelty,  maltreatment  or  neglect  of  animals  under 
any  Act;  and 

(d)  does  not  employ  or  have  associated  with  him  in 
connection  with  his  operations  as  a  dealer  any  person 
who  has  been  convicted  of  an  offence  relating  to 
cruelty,  maltreatment  or  neglect  of  animals  under 
any  Act. 

(4)  A  licence  as  a  dealer  may  be  suspended  or  revoked orrevoc'a" 

where  ''°"  °f 

**'"*='^*^'  licence 

(a)  the  dealer  has  not  properly  maintained  any  of  the 
facilities,  equipment  or  materials  referred  to  in 
clause  b  of  subsection  3;  or 

(6)  the  dealer  or  any  person  employed  by  him  or  asso- 
ciated with  him  in  connection  with  his  operations  as 
a  dealer  has  been  convicted  of  an  offence, 

(i)  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations,  or 

(ii)  relating  to  cruelty,  maltreatment  or  neglect  of 
animals  under  any  other  Act. 

3.— (1)  A  board  to  be  known  as  the  "Research  Animal  ^e?»f •■,«*» 
Dealer  Licence  Review  Board  '  is  hereby  established  and  shall  ueaier 
consist  of  not  fewer   than   three   persons  appointed    by   the  Review 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  none  of  whom  shall  be  mem- established 
hers  of  the  public  service  in  the  employ  of  the  Department  of 
Agriculture   and    Food,    and    who   shall    hold    office   during 
pleasure. 

(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  one  chairman 

f,  ,  fiT-»'T-»  .  -^t*  and  vice- 

ot  the  members  of  the  Review  Board  as  chairman  and  another  chairman 
of  the  members  as  vice-chairman. 

(3)  A  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Review  Board  con-Quo"""™ 
stitutes  a  quorum. 

(4)  The  members  of  the  Review  Board  shall  receive  such  uoS'""^™" 
remuneration  and  expenses  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  determines. 

73 


Issue  of 
licence 


4c. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  10,  the  Director  shall  issue  a 
licence  as  a  dealer  to  an  applicant  therefor  unless,  in  his 
opinion,  the  applicant  does  not  comply  with  subsection  3  of 
section  2. 


Reference 
to  Review 
Board  board  where, 


(2)    The  Director  shall  direct  a  reference  to  the  Review 


Notice  of 
reference 


(a)  he  is  of  the  opinion  that  an  applicant  for  a  licence  at 
a  dealer  does  not  comply  with  subsection  3  of  sec- 
tion 2 ;  or 

(b)  in  the  case  of  a  licensee,  he  is  of  the  opinion  that 
clause  a  or  clause  b  of  subsection  4  of  section  2 
applies. 

(3)  The  Director  shall  direct  a  reference  to  the  Review 
Board  by  giving  the  chairman  of  the  Review  Board  and  the 
applicant  or  licensee,  as  the  case  may  be,  notice  in  writing 
thereof  and  the  notice  shall  be  served  upon  the  applicant  or 
licensee  either  jjersonally  or  b\-  registered  mail  addressed  to 
the  applicant  or  licensee  at  his  last  known  address. 


notice"'*  °^       (^^    ■^  notice  under  subsection  3  shall  specify  the  grounds 
on  which  the  reference  has  been  directed. 


Withdrawal 
of  reference 


Notification 
of  hearing 


Time  of 
hearing 


(5)  Where  an  applicant  or  licensee  who  has  received  a 
notice  under  subsection  3  adduces  proof,  within  ten  days  of 
service  of  the  notice,  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Director  that 
he  complies  with  subsection  3  of  section  2  or  is  not  a  licensee 
to  whom  clause  a  or  clause  b  of  subsection  4  of  section  2  applies, 
the  Director  shall  withdraw  the  reference  and  shall  thereupon 
notify  the  applicant  or  licensee,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  the 
chairman  of  the   Review   Board  accordingly. 

(6)  I'pon  receipt  of  a  notice  under  subsection  3,  the  chair- 
man of  the  I^eview  Board  shall  fix  a  time,  date  and  place  at 
which  the  Review  Board  will  hear  the  matter  and  shall  there- 
upon notify  the  applicant  or  licensee  thereof  either  personally 
or  by  registered  mail  addressed  to  the  applicant  or  licensee 
at  his  last  known  address. 

(7)  I'nless  withdrawn  pursuant  to  subsection  5,  the  Review 
Board  shall  hold  a  hearing  on  a  reference  directed  to  it  under 
subsection  2  not  less  than  fifteen  days  and  not  more  than 
thirty  days  after  service  of  the  notice  referred  to  in  sub- 
section 3. 


Rights  of 

person 

affected 


(8)  l-'ver\  j>erson  whose  licence  or  right  to  be  licensed  may 
be  affected  by  a  hearing  under  this  Act  is  entitled  to  hear  the 
evidence,  cross-e.vamine,  call  witnesses,  present  argument  and 
Ix;  rei^roseiitcd  b\   counsel  or  an  agent  at  the  hearing. 


73 


(9)  The  Review  Board  may,  after  the  hearuig  referred  to  ^ev^w  °^ 
in  subsection  7,  order  tlie  Director  not  to  issue  a  licence  or  Board 
may  order  the  Director  to  suspend  or  revoke  a  licence  where, 

in  the  opinion  of  the  Review  Board,  the  applicant  does  not 
comply  with  subsection  3  of  section  2  or  is  a  licensee  to  whom 
clause  a  or  6  of  subsection  4  of  section  2  applies  and  shall 
otherwise  order  that  the  licence  be  issued  or  that  the  licence 
remain  in  full  force  and  effect  and  the  Director  shall  comply 
with  an  order  of  the   Review   Board. 

(10)  The  Director  shall  not  issue  a  licence  to  any  person  j^^gnoe 
who  formerly  held  a  licence  as  a  dealer  and  whose  licence  [^°*^° 
was  revoked  less  than  one  year  before  the  date  of  the  appli- 
cation. 

(11)  Notice  of  the  order  of  the  Review  Board  made  under  deci8^on° 
subsection  9,  together  with  reasons  in  writing  for  its  decision  Bo^rd^'^* 
shall  be  served  forthwith  upon  the  person  whose  licence  or 

right  to  be  licensed  is  affected  thereby  in  the  manner  pre- 
scribed for  service  of  a  notice  in  subsection  3. 

5. — (1)  A  person  who  has  been  refused  a  licence  or  whose  ^p"®*' 
licence  has  been  suspended  or  revoked  may  appeal  the  order 
of  the  Review  Board  to  a  justice  of  appeal  of  the  Court  of 
Appeal. 

(2)  Every  appeal  under  subsection  1  shall  be  by  notice  ofapp^i" 
motion  served  upon  the  Director  and  the  chairman  of  the 
Review  Board  within  thirty  days  of  the  service  of  the  notice 
referred  to  in  subsection  1 1  of  section  4,  and  the  practice  and 
procedure  in  relation  to  the  appeal  shall  be  the  same  as  on  an 
appeal  from  a  judgment  of  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  in 

an  action. 

(3)  The  chairman  of  the  Review   Board  shall   certify  to^^^appeai 
the  Registrar  of  the  Supreme  Court, 

(a)  the  notices  referred  to  in  subsections  3,  6  and  11  of 
section  4; 

(b)  the  order  of  the  Review  Board  together  with  written 
reasons  for  its  decision ;  and 

(c)  all  written  submissions  to  the  Review  Board  and 
other  material  including  documentary  evidence 
received  by  it  in  connection  with  the  hearing. 

(4)  Where  an  appeal  is  taken  under  this  section,  the  judge j?d*|""o°'' 
may  substitute  his  opinion  for  that  of  the  Review  Board  and  appeal 
may  by  his  order  confirm,  revoke  or  modify  the  order  of  the 

73 


Order  of 

JudK« 

flnal 


Review  Board  and  may  direct  the  Director  to  take  such 
action  as  the  Director  may  be  authorized  or  required  to  take 
under  this  Act  and  as  the  judge  deems  proper,  and  thereupon 
the  Director  shall  act  accordingly. 

(5)  The  order  of  the  judge  is  final. 

RESEARCH   FACILITIES 


Reeearob 
facility 
required 
to  be 
registered 


6.  No  person  shall  operate  a  research  facility  unless  the 
research  facility  is  registered  in  accordance  with  the  regu- 
lations. 


Purcbase 
of  animal 


7.  Subject  to  section  10,  no  person  shall  purchase  an  animal 
for  use  in  a  research  facility  from  an>'  person  other  than 
from  a  dealer  who  is, 


(o)  the  holder  of  a  licence  as  a  dealer;  or 

(b)  exempt  under  this  Act  or  the  regulations  from  the 
provisions  of  subsection  1  of  section  2  respecting 
the  animal. 


INSPECTORS 


Appoint- 
ment of 
obief 
inspector 
and 
inspectors 


8. — (1)  The  Minister  may  appoint  a  chief  inspector  and 
such  other  inspectors  as  he  deems  necessary,  and,  notwith- 
standing any  other  Act,  such  inspectors  have  exclusive 
authority  to  initiate  proceedings  to  enforce  the  provisions  of 
this  Act  and  the  regulations. 


Certiflcate 
of  appoint- 
ment 


(2)  The  production  by  an  inspector  of  a  certificate  of  his 
appointment  purporting  to  be  signed  by  the  Minister  is 
admissible  in  evidence  as  prima  facie  proof  of  his  appointment 
without  further  proof  of  the  signature  or  authority  of  the 
Minister. 


iMpectors  C-^)  Subject  to  subsections  4,  5,  6,  7  and  8,  an  inspector 

may,  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  his  duties  under  this  Act, 

(a)  enter  any  premises,  car,  truck  or  other  conveyance 
in  which  he  believes  on  reasonable  and  probable 
grounds  there  are  animals  that  are  used,  or  that  are 
intended  to  be  used,  in  research  and  inspect  the 
premises,  car,  truck  or  other  conveyance,  any 
facilities  or  equipment  therein  and  any  animal 
therein ; 

(b)  enter  any  pound  and  inspect  the  pound,  any  facilities 
or  equipment  therein  and  any  animal  therein;  and 


73 


I 


(c)  demand  the  production  or  furnishing  by  the  owner 
or  custodian  of  any  books,  records,  documents  or 
extracts  therefrom  relating  to  animals  that, 

(i)  are  in  a  pound,  or 

(ii)  he  believes  on  reasonable  and  probable 
grounds  are  used  or  intended  to  be  used  in 
research. 

(4)  Except  under  the  authority  of  a  warrant  under  section  f^eKn^ 
14  of  The  Summary  Convictions  Act,  an  inspector  shall  not  R.s.o.  i960, 
enter  any  part  of  a  dwelling  without  the  consent  of  the  owner'''  ^^' 

or  tenant  unless, 

(o)  the  occupant  is  a  licensed  dealer;  and 

{b)  he  has  reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that  the 
occupant  is  maintaining  in  such  part  animals  that 
are  used  or  intended  to  be  used  in  research. 

(5)  An    inspector   shall    exercise    his    powers    under    sub-^5f° 
section  3  only  between  sunrise  and  sunset  unless  authorized  ^"^^^^jg^^ 
by  a  justice  by  warrant  under  section  14  of  The  Summary^'""^^ ^ 
Convictions  Act  to  execute  the  warrant  at  night. 

(6)  Where  an  inspector  demands  the  production  or  furnish-  and'*"''"°" 
ing  of  books,  records,  documents  or  extracts  therefrom,  theP^o*"- 
person  having  custody  thereof  shall  produce  or  furnish  them  o?  records, 
to  the  inspector  and  the  inspector  may  detain  them  for  the^'"" 
purpose  of  photocopying  them  provided  such  photocopying 

is  carried  out  with  reasonable  dispatch,  and  the  inspector 
shall  forthwith  thereafter  return  them  to  the  person  who 
produced  or  furnished  them. 

(7)  Where  a  book,  record,  document  or  extract  has  been  ^^j;"^/'*- 
photocopied  under  subsection  6,  a  photocopy  purporting  to  Pi'otocopy 
be  certified  by  the  Minister,  or  a  person  thereunto  authorized 

by  the  Minister,  to  be  a  copy  made  pursuant  to  subsection  6 
is  admissible  in  evidence  and  has  the  same  probative  force 
as  the  original  document  would  have  had  if  it  had  been  proven 
in  the  ordinary  way. 

(8)  Where  an  inspector  makes  a  demand  under  clause  c  of  j^e*""""  *° 
subsection  3,  the  demand  shall  be  in  writing  and  shall  include  '"^'""b 

a  statement  of  the  nature  of  the  investigation  and  the  general 
nature  of  the  books,  records,  documents  or  extracts  required. 

(9)  The  Ontario   Society  for  the  Prevention   of  Cruelty  to  iot Vklpiy 
Animals  Act,  1955  does  not  apply  in  respect  of  animals  in  the 
possession  of  a  licensed  dealer  or  the  operator  of  a  registered 

research  facility. 

73 


Obutruotion       9,  \q  person  shall  hinder  or  obstruct  an  inspector  in  the 
Inspector       course  of  his  duties  or  furnish  him  with  false  information  or 
refuse  to  furnish  him  with  information. 

POUNDS 

p«riod"''"°"       ***• — (^)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  the  redemption  |)eriod 
shall  be  forty -eight  hours,  or  such  longer  period  as  the  regu 


lations  prescribe. 


Idem 


(2)  The  operator  of  a  pound  may  fix  a  redemption  (period 
that  is  longer  than  the  redemption  period  prescribed  by  or 
under  this  Act  upon  filing  notice  in  writing  thereof  with  the 
Director,  and  no  such  redemption  period  shall  be  changed 
except  with  the  approval  in  writing  of  the  Director. 


Sale  of  dog 
or  cat  in  a 
pound 
required 


Time 
within 
which  sale 
to  be  made 


(3)  Except  where, 

(a)  the  dog  or  cat  has  been  redeemed  by  the  person  who 
was  the  owner  of  the  dog  or  cat  before  it  came  into 
possession  of  the  operator  of  the  pound; 

(b)  the  person  who  owned  the  dog  or  cat  before  it  came 
into  the  possession  of  the  operator  of  the  pound  has 
requested  in  writing  that  the  dog  or  cat  be  destroyed ; 

(c)  the  dog  or  cat  has  been  sold  or  disposed  of  by  gift 
to  a  bona  fide  purchaser  or  donee, 

(i)  as  a  pet, 

(ii)  for  use  in  hunting,  or 

(iii)  for  working  purposes; 

(d)  the  opjerator  of  the  pound  has  satisfied  all  requests 
from  operators  of  research  facilities  or  from  dealers 
for  a  dog  or  cat,  as  the  case  may  be;  or 

(e)  an  inspector  has  ordered  that  the  dog  or  cat  be 
destroyed  pursuant  to  subsection  7, 

the  ojjerator  of  a  pound  shall  sell  to  the  operator  of  a  research 
facility  or  to  a  dealer  who  has  so  requested,  any  dog  or  cat 
that  is  in  the  pound,  and  the  operator  of  the  pound  is  not 
required  to  be  licensed  as  a  dealer  in  respect  of  such  sale. 

(4)  The  sale  of  a  dog  or  cat  to  the  operator  of  a  research 
facility  or  to  a  dealer  shall  be  made, 

(a)  where  the  dog  or  cat  has  been  impounded,  within 
five  days  after  the  redemption  period  has  expired ;  or 


73 


(b)  where  the  dog  or  cat  has  not  been  impounded,  within 
five  days  after  the  dog  or  cat  came  into  possession 
of  the  operator  of  the  pound. 

(5)  The  price  at  which  the  operator  of  a  pound  shall  sell  prfoe'Tt"" 
a  dog  or  cat  to  the  operator  of  a  research  facility  or  to  a  dealer  ^r^Jat  '*°* 
under  subsection  3  shall  not,  |^,^'  ^° 

(a)  where  no  maximum  price  has  been  prescribed  in  the 
regulations  respecting  the  dog  or  cat,  exceed  a  price 
that  is  reasonable  having  regard  to  all  the  circum- 
stances; or 

(b)  exceed  the  maximum  price  prescribed  in  the  regu- 
lations respecting  the  dog  or  cat. 

(6)  The  operator  of  a  pound  shall  satisfy  a  request  from  the  JjJi'e  "^"^  °^ 
operator  of  a  research  facility  for  a  dog  or  cat  in  priority  to  requests 

a  similar  request  from  a  dealer. 

(7)  An  inspector  or  veterinarian  may  order  a  dog  or  cat  destruction 
to  be  destroyed  where  the  dog  or  cat,  °l  ^°f 

(a)  is  in  a  pound,  on  a  dealer's  premises  or  in  a  research 
facility ; 

(b)  has  not,  where  it  is  in  a  pound,  been  redeemed  by  its 
owner  within  the  redemption  period ;  and 

(c)  may  not  be  suitable  for  use  in  research  by  reason  of 
ill  health,  injury,  malnutrition,  excessive  age  or 
other  infirmity. 

(8)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  an  animal  that  by  reason  Certain  **  *° 
of  being  suspected  of  being  infected  with  any  communicable  *"''"*'* 
disease  is  confined  in  a  pound  pursuant  to  The  Public  Healthff^i'^^^'^- 
Act  or  the  Animal  Contagious  Diseases  Act  (Canada).  r.s.c.  1952, 

FOALS 

11. — (1)  The  operator  of  a  research   facility  who  keeps  disposition 
pregnant  mares  for  the  production  of  urine  shall  not  sell  or"*^*^*®'* 
dispose  of  by  gift  or  otherwise  a  foal  that  is  less  than  ninety 
days  old  unless, 

(a)  the  dam  thereof  has  died;  or 

(b)  the  dam  thereof  is  sold  or  otherwise  disposed  of 
with  the  foal  to  the  same  person. 

(2)  The  owner  of  a  foal  referred  to  in  subsection   1   may  Jf^oa""*'"" 
destroy  the  foal. 

73 


10 

OFFENCES 

Offence  12. — (1)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  pro- 

visions of  this  Act,  other  than  subsection  6  of  section  10,  or  the 
regulations,  other  than  a  regulation  made  under  clause  i,  j,  k 
or  /  of  section  13,  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  con- 
viction is  liable  for  a  first  offence  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than 
$500  or  to  imi)risonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  three 
months,  or  to  both,  and  for  a  subsequent  oflence  to  a  fine  of 
not  less  than  $500  and  not  more  than  $1,000  or  to  imprison- 
ment for  a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both. 

Idem  (2)  Every  person  who  contravenes  the  provisions  of  8ul>- 

section  6  of  section  10  or  of  a  regulation  made  under  clauM 
i,j,  k  or  I  oi  section  13,  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  for  a  first  offence  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than 
$25  and  for  a  subsequent  offence  to  a  line  of  not  less  than  $25 
and  not  more  than  $100. 


REGULATIONS 

Regulations       ^3^  'p|^g  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations, 

(a)  providing  for  the  manner  of  issuing  licences,  |>re 
scribing  their  duration  and  the  fees  payable  therefdi 

(b)  prescribing  procedures  for  hearings  under  section  4 

(c)  prescribing  the  facilities  and  equipment  to  be  pro- 
vided by  a  dealer,  the  operator  of  a  research  farilit  \ 
or  a  |X)und  or  any  class  thereof: 

(d)  prescribing  standards  for  the  health,  welfare  and  caff 
of  animals,  or  any  class  thereof,  in  a  research  facilit 
on  a  dealer's  premises  or  in  a  pound ; 

(e)  prescribing  facilities  and  equipment  for  the  trans- 
portation of  animals  that  are  used  or  are  intended  to 
be  used  by  a  research  facility; 

(/)  providing  for  the  registration  of  research  facilities, 
prescribing  the  fees  payable  therefor  and  prescribing 
terms  and  conditions  for  such  registration  that  are 
related  to  the  care  of  animals; 

(g)  classifying  research  facilities,  requiring  the  operators 
of  any  class  of  research  facilit>-  to  provide  for  the 
services  of  a  veterinarian  in  connection  with  the 
care  of  animals  in  the  research  facility  and  prescrib- 
ing the  terms  and  conditions  on  which  such  services 
shall  be  provided  in  respect  of  any  such  class; 

73 


11 

(h)  requiring  the  establishment  of  animal  care  com- 
mittees in  connection  with  research  facilities,  provid- 
ing for  their  composition  and  requiring  any  such 
committee  to  be  responsible  for  co-ordinating  and 
reviewing, 

(i)  the  activities  and  procedures, 

(ii)  the  standards  of  care  and  facilities,  and 

(iii)  the  training  and  qualifications  of  personnel 
that  are  engaged  in  the  care  of  animals, 

in  the  research  facility  in  connection  with  which  it 
is  established; 

(f)  prescribing  the  records  to  be  made  and  kept  by  the 
operator  of  a  research  facility,  a  dealer  or  the 
operator  of  a  pound,  or  any  class  thereof,  and  pre- 
scribing the  places  at  which  such  records  shall  be 
kept; 

(J)  prescribing  methods  for  the  identification  of  animals; 

(k)  subject  to  subsection  1  of  section  10,  prescribing  the 
redemption  period  in  respect  of  dogs  or  cats  or  any 
class  thereof; 

(/)  determining  from  time  to  time  the  maximum  prices 
that  shall  be  paid  for  dogs  or  cats  or  any  class  thereof 
by  the  operators  of  research  facilities  or  by  dealers 
to  the  operators  of  pounds  and  determining  different 
prices  for  different  parts  of  Ontario; 

(m)  providing  for  the  exemption  from  this  Act  or  the 
regulations,  or  any  provision  thereof,  of  any  person 
or  class  oi  persons,  or  any  animal  or  class  of  animals 
and  prescribing  the  terms  and  conditions  therefor: 

(«)  prescribing  forms  and  jjroviding  for  their  use; 

(o)  respecting  any  matter  necessary  or  advisable  to 
carry  out  effectively  the  purpose  of  this  Act. 

14.  The  moneys  required  for  the  purposes  of  administering  ^°"®''* 
this  Act  shall,  until  the  31st  day  of  March,  1969,  be  paid  out 
of  the  Consolidated  Revenue  Fund,  and  thereafter  shall  be 
paid  out  of  the  moneys  appropriated  therefor  by  the  Legis- 
lature. 

16.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  ^"^['j™^"''*" 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

16.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Research  Animals  Act,^^""^  ^'"^ 
1968-69. 

73 


00 


> 
W 
H 


a 

»0 


I. 

>3 


7 
or 


I  il 


a 


P*    a' 

O 

o 


•rJo 


BILL  74 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


1  Act  to  amend  The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention  of 
Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printkd  and  I'l'blished  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 
Section  1.  Self-explanatory. 


Section  2.    Repeals  sections  12,  13  and  14  of  the  Act  and  enacts  in 
lieu  thereof  sections  12,  13,  14,  14a,  I4b,  Mcand  14<f  that  provide  as  follows: 


Section  12  provides  for  entry  into  a  building  or  place  under  the 
authority  of  a  warrant  issued  by  a  justice  of  the  peace  authorizing  the 
inspection  of  such  building  or  place  and  all  animals  found  therein  for 
the  purptjse  of  ascertaining  whether  any  animal  therein  is  in  distress. 

Under  the  Act  as  now  constituted,  entry  may  be  effected  without 

a  warrant. 


74 


BILL  74  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ontario  Society  for  the 
Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section  1  of  The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention  o/isss,  o.  68, 
Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955  is  repealed  and  the  following  re-enacted 
substituted  therefor: 

1.  In  this  Act,  J^tfoi?"- 

(a)  "animal"  includes  a  domestic  fowl  or  a  bird 
that  is  kept  as  a  pet; 

(b)  "Board"  means  the  Animal  Care  Review 
Board ; 

(c)  "distress"  means  the  state  of  being  in  need  of 
proper  care,  food  or  shelter  or  being  injured, 
sick  or  in  pain  or  suffering  or  being  abused 
or  subject  to  undue  or  unnecessary  hardship, 
l)rivation  or  neglect; 

(d)  "veterinarian"    means    a    person    registered 

under  The  Veterinarians  Act.  ^f ie' ^^^*'' 

2.  Sections  12,   13  and   14  of  The  Ontario  Society  for  the^^^^'^^^^^' 
Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955  are  repealed  and re'-enacte'd 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 

12. — (1)  Where  a  justice  of  the  peace  is  satisfied  by  in-^rant 
formation  on  oath  in  Form  1  that  there  are  reason- 
able grounds  for  believing  that  there  is  in  any 
building  or  place,  other  than  a  public  place,  an 
animal  that  is  in  distress,  he  ma^'  at  any  time  issue 
a  warrant  in  Form  2  under  his  hand  authorizing  an 
inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  named  therein 
to  enter  therein  either  by  himself  or  accompanied 

74 


by  a  veterinarian  and  inspect  the  building  or  plac ' 
and  all  animals  found  therein  for  the  purpose  ui 
ascertaining;  whether  there  is  therein  any  animal  in 
distress. 


Authority  of 
veterinarian 
to  inspect 
animals 


(2)  A  veterinarian  who  has  entered  a  building  or  plai 
with  an  insjjector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  pursuaiu 
to  a  warrant  issued  under  subsection  1  may  examine 
any  animal  in  the  building  or  place  for  the  purpoee 
of  ascertaining  whether  the  animal  is  in  distress. 


When 
warrant 
to  be 
executed 


(3)  Kvery  warr.int  issued  under  subsection  1  shall  be 
executed  between  sunrise  and  sunset  unless  the 
justice  by  the  warrant  authorizes  the  inspector  or  an 
agent  of  the  .Society  to  execute  it  at  night. 


Authority 
to  supply 
necessaries 
to  animals 


(4)  Where  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  has 
entered  any  building  or  place  pursuant  to  this  Act 
and  finds  therein  an  animal  in  distress  he  may,  in 
addition  to  any  other  action  he  is  authorized  to  tak< 
under  this  .Act,  supply  the  animal  with  food,  care  oi 
treatment. 


Order  to 
owner  of 
animals, 
etc. 


13. —  (1)  Where  an  insj)ector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  has 
reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that  an  animal  is  in 
distress  and  the  owner  or  custodian  of  the  animal  is 
present  or  ma\-  be  found  promptly,  the  inspector  or 
agent  may  order  the  owner  or  custodian  to. 


(a)  take  such  action  as  may,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
inspector  or  agent,  be  necessary  to  relieve  the 
animal  of  its  distress;  or 

(b)  have  the  animal  examined  and  treated  by  a 
veterinarian  at  the  expense  of  the  owner  or 
custodian. 


Order  to 
be  ill 
writing 


(2)  Evcr\-  order  under  subsection  1  shall  be  in  writing 
and  shall  have  printed  or  written  thereon  the  pro- 
visions of  subsections  1  and  2  of  section  14c. 


Service 
of  order 


(3)  F£very  order  under  subsection  1  shall  be  served  upon 
the  owner  or  custodian  personalh-  or  by  registered 
mail  addressed  to  the  owner  or  custodian  at  his  last 
known  place  of  address. 


Tune  for 
compliance 
with  order 


(4)  Where  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  makes 
an  order  under  subsection  1  he  shall  specify  in  the 
order  the  time  within  which  any  action  required  by 
the  order  shall  be  jjerformed. 


74 


Section  13  provides  for  the  making  of  orders  to  the  owners  or  custo- 
dians of  animals  that  are  in  distress  and  for  reinspection  of  such 
animals  to  ensure  compliance  with  orders  made  in  respect  thereof. 


74 


Section  14  provides  for, 

(a)  the  removal  of  an  animal  under  the  conditions  set  forth  therein 
from  the  building  or  place  where  it  is;  and 

(6)  the  destruction  of  an  animal  under  the  conditions  set  forth  therein. 


74 


(5)  Every  person  who  is  served  with  an  order  under  sub-  ^'**°* 
section  3  shall  comply  with  the  order  in  accordance 
with  its  terms  until  such  time  as  it  may  be  modified, 
confirmed  or  revoked  and  shall  thereafter  comply 
with  the  order  as  modified  or  confirmed. 

(6)  Where  an  order  made  under  subsection  1  remains  A"'*^?'""^ 

in   force,  building  or 

place,  etc. 

(o)  respecting  an  animal  that  was  in  a  public 
place  at  the  time  the  order  was  made;  or 

(b)  respecting  an  animal  that  was  inspected  pur- 
suant to  a  warrant  issued  under  section  12, 

an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  may,  for  the 
purpose  of  determining  whether  the  order  has  been 
complied  with,  enter  without  a  warrant  any  building 
or  place  in  which  the  animal  is  located  and  inspect 
the  animal  and  the  building  or  place  where  the 
animal  is  kept  and,  if,  in  his  opinion,  the  order  has 
been  complied  with,  he  shall  revoke  the  order  by 
notice  in  writing  served  forthwith  upon  the  owner  or 
custodian  in  the  manner  prescribed  for  service  of  an 
order  in  subsection  3. 

14.^ — (1)  An  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  may  re-po^^j^^ 
move  an  animal  from  the  building  or  place  where  it  i8°f  animal 
and  take  possession  thereof  on  behalf  of  the  Society 
for  the  purpose  of  providing  it  with  food,  care  or 
treatment  to  relieve  its  distress  where, 

(a)  a  veterinarian  has  examined  the  animal  and 
has  advised  the  inspector  or  agent  in  writing 
that  the  health  and  well-being  of  the  animal 
necessitates  its  removal ; 

(b)  the  inspector  or  agent  has  inspected  the 
animal  and  has  reasonable  grounds  for  be- 
lieving that  the  animal  is  in  distress  and  the 
owner  or  custodian  of  the  animal  is  not 
present  and  cannot  be  found  promptly;  or 

(c)  an  order  respecting  the  animal  has  been  made 
under  section  13  and  the  order  has  not  been 
complied  with. 

(2)  An  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  may  destroy  Jf~nimai°° 
an  animal, 

(o)  with  the  consent  of  the  owner;  or 
74 


(b)  where  a  veterinarian  has  examined  the 
animal  and  has  advised  the  inspector  or  agent 
in  writing  that  the  animal  is  ill  or  injured  and, 
in  his  opinion,  is  incapable  of  being  so  cured 
or  healed  as  to  live  thereafter  without  suf- 
fering. 

'*°*''^  (3)  Where  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  has 

removed  or  destroyed  an  animal  under  subsection  1 
he  shall  forthwith  notify  the  owner  or  custodian  of 
the  animal,  if  known,  of  his  action  by  notice  in 
writing  served  upon  the  owner  or  custodian  in  the 
manner  prescribed  for  service  of  an  order  in  sub- 
section 3  of  section  13. 

of^wner  for       *^- — (^)  Where  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  has 
expenses  provided  an  animal  with  food,  care  or  treatment,  the 

Society  may  serve  u])on  the  owner  or  custodian  of 
the  animal  a  statement  of  account  respecting  the 
food,  care  or  treatment  by  mailing  the  same  by 
registered  mail  to  the  owner  or  custodian  at  his  last 
known  place  of  address  and  the  owner  or  custodian  is, 
subject  to  subsection  6  of  section  14c,  thereupon 
liable  for  the  amount  specified  in  the  statement  of 
account. 

^°^®f  (2)  Where  the  owner  or  custodian  refuses  to  pay  an 

account  for  which  he  is  liable  under  subsection  1 
within  five  days  after  service  of  the  statement  of 
account  or  where  the  owner  or  custodian,  after 
reasonable  inquiry,  cannot  be  found,  the  Society  may 
sell  or  dispose  of  the  animal  and  reimburse  itself  out 
of  the  proceeds,  holding  the  balance  in  trust  for  the 
owner  or  other  person  entitled  thereto. 

^stabuehed  ^^^- — '^'^  '^  board  to  be  known  as  the  Animal  Care  Review 
Board  is  hereby  established  and  shall  consist  of  not 
fewer  than  three  [Dersons  who  shall  be  appointed  by 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  and  shall  hold 
office  during  pleasure. 

vice-"^"^^"  '■^'  ^^*^  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint 

chairman  one  of  the  iiiemlxjrs  of  the  Board  as  chairman  and 

another  of  the  members  as  vice-chairman. 

'^"°''""'  (3)   A  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Board  constitutes 

a  (juoruin. 


Remunera- 
tion of 
members 


(4)  The  members  of  the  Board  shall  receive  such  re- 
muneration and  exi)enses  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council  determines. 


74 


Section  14a  provides  for  the  collection  by  the  Society  of  the  expenses 
incurred  by  it  in  providing  an  animal  in  distress  with  food,  care  or 
treatment. 


Section  146  provides  for  the  establishment  of  the  Animal  Care  Review- 
Board . 


74 


Section  14c  provides  for  a  review  by  the  Board  of  orders  made  under 
the  Act  and  the  removal  of  animals. 


74 


14c. — (1)  Where  the  owner  or  custodian  of  any  animal  ^Pg^^'^.^ 
deems  himself  aggrieved  by  an  order  made  under 
subsection  1  of  section  13  or  by  the  removal  of  an 
animal  under  subsection  1  of  section  14,  he  may, 
within  five  days  of  receiving  notice  of  the  order  or 
removal,  appeal  against  the  order  or  request  the 
return  of  the  animal  by  notice  in  writing  to  the  chair- 
man of  the  Board. 

(2)  Where,  in  the  opinion  of  the  owner  or  custodian  of  j^pp"°**'°" 
an  animal  in  respect  of  which  an  order  has  been  made,  of^°r^*r°° 
the  animal  has  ceased  to  be  in  distress,  the  owner  or 
custodian  may  apply  to  the  Board  to  have  the  order 
revoked  by  notice  in  writing  to  the  chairman  of  the 

Board. 

(3)  Within  five  days  of  the  receipt  of  a  notice  under  sub-  h^° "ii?  °^ 
section  1  or  2,  the  chairman  of  the  Board  shall, 

(o)  fix  a  time,  date  and  place  at  which  the  Board 
will  hear  the  matter;  and 

(b)  notify  the  Society  and  the  person  who  issued 
the  notice  of  the  time,  date  and  place  fixed 
under  clause  a  either  personally  or  by  regis- 
tered mail  addressed  to  the  Society  at  its 
head  office  and  to  the  person  who  issued  the 
notice  at  his  last  known  place  of  address. 

(4)  The  date  fixed  for  a  hearing  shall  be  not  more  than  h'earlne 
ten   days  after   the  receipt   of  a   notice  under  sub- 
section 1  or  2. 

(5)  At  a  hearing,  the  Society  and  the  owner  or  custodian  ^^"^^^^^^ 
are  entitled  to  hear  the  evidence,  cross-examine,  call 
witnesses,  present  argument  and  be  represented  by 
counsel  or  an  agent. 

(6)  After  a  hearing  or,  with  the  consent  of  the  Society  Jf'g®^^^ 
and  the  person  who  issued  the  notice  under  sub- 
section 1  or  2,  without  a  hearing,  the  Board  may, 

(a)  respecting  an  order  made  under  subsection  1 
of  section  13,  confirm,  revoke  or  modify  the 
order  appealed  against; 

(b)  respiecting  the  removal  of  an  animal  under 
subsection  1  of  section  14,  order  that  the 
animal  be  returned  to  the  owner  or  custodian 
and  may  make  an  order  in  the  same  terms  as 
an  order  may  be  made  under  subsection  1  of 
section  13;  or 

74 


Notice  of 
decision 


Inspector, 
etc.,  not 

f>erBonally 
iable 


1955,  c.  58, 
amended 


(c)  order  that  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  oo> 
of  complying  with  an  order  or  providing  food, 
care  or  treatment  to  an  animal  be  paid  by  the 
Society. 

(7)  Notice  of  the  decision  of  the  Board  made  under  sub- 
section 6,  together  with  reasons  in  writing  for  it>; 
decision,  shall  be  served  forthwith  upon  the  Sociei 
and  the  owner  or  custodian  in  the  manner  prescrib* 
for  service  of  a  notice  in  subsection  3. 

lid.  No  inspector  or  agent  of  the  Society  and  no  veterin- 
arian or  member  of  the  Board  is  personally  liable  for 
anything  done  by  him  in  good  faith  under  or  pur- 
porting to  be  under  the  authority  of  this  Act. 

3.  'J'he  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention  of  Cruelty  to 
Animals  Act,  1955  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
forms: 

FORM   1 

The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention 
of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955 

{Section  12(1)) 
Information  to  Obtain  a  Warrant 

I'mviiice  of  Ontario 
County  of 

The   information  of ,  of 

ill  the  County  (or  District,  etc.)  of :'. taken  the 

day  of in   the  year , 

liefore  nic a  Justice  of  the  Peace  for 

the  County  (or  District,  etc.)  of «h(i 

«iys  that  he  has  reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that  there  is  an 

.iniinai  in  distress  o[i  the  premises  of .... 

of in  the  Couiity  (or  District,  etc.)  of 

( here  add  the  grounds  for  belief,  whaleier  they  may  be). 

Wherefore  (he)  prays  that  a  warrant   may  be  granted  to  him 

(and  to a  veterinarian  of  the 

itf in  the  County  (or  DislricI,  etc.)  of ) 

to  iiis|iect  the  premises  of  the  said 

and  all  animals  found  therein   for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining 

whether  there  is  therein  any  animal  in  distress. 

Sworn,  etc.  

J  .P.  for  ( A'awc  of  County  nr  District) 


Section  Hd  is  self-explanatory. 


Section  3.   Complementary  to  section  12  of  the  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
section  2  of  the  Bill. 


74 


FORM  2 

The  Ontario  Society  Jor  the  Prevention 
of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955 

(Section  12  U)) 

Warrant 

Province  of  Ontario 
County  of 

To ,   an   inspector   or 

an  agent  of  The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention  of  Cruelty  to 

Animals  (and  to , 

aveterinarian  of  the of 

in  the  County  (or  District,  etc.)  of ) 

Whereas  it  appears  on  the  oath  of 

of  the of in  the  County 

(or  District,  etc.)  of that  there  are 

reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that  there  is  an  animal  in  distress 

on  the  premises  of of  the 

in  the  County  (or  District,  etc.)  of This 

is  therefore  to  authorize  you  to  enter  between  the  hours  of  (as  the 
Justice  directs)  into  the  said  premises  and  to  inspect  the  premises 
and  all  animals  found  therein  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining 
whether  there  is  therein  any  animal  in  distress. 

Dated  at ,  in  the  said  County  (or  District, 

etc.)  of this day  of , 

in  the  year 


J .  P.  for  ( Name  of  County  or  District) 


4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ^"J^j""*""*" 
Assent. 

5.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Ontario  Society  for  //je  Short  title 
Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


74 


s 


s 
> 

73 


>3 


^ 


s    -- 

5     Si 


>3   '^  ^ 

I  il 


o 


o  I. 

>;^ 

3  0 


si 

o' 

s 


BILL  74 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


Act  to  amend  The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention  of 
Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955 


Mr.  Wishart 


{Reprinted  for  consideration  by  the  Agriculture  and  Food  Committee) 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  bv  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 
Section  1.   Self-explanatory. 


Sec  I  ION  1.    Repeals  sections  12,  13  and  14  of  the  Act  and  enacts  in 

(ieii  thcrcol  sfc  tioiis  12,  13,  14,  14a,  146,  14f  and  14(/th,it  provide  as  follows: 


Section   12  provides  for  ciitr\  into  a  building  or  place  for  the  inspection 

of  animals  in  distress. 


74 


BILL  74  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ontario  Society  for  the 
Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1.  Section  1  of  The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention  o/^^^s,  c  68. 
Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955  is  repealed  and  the  following  re-enacted 
substituted  therefor: 

I.  In  this  Act,  Ja"tfo,?™- 

(a)  "animal"  includes  a  domestic  fowl  or  a  bird 
that  is  kept  as  a  pet; 

{b)  "Board"  means  the  Animal  Care  Review 
Board ; 

(c)  "distress"  means  the  state  of  being  in  need  of 
proper  care,  water,  food  or  shelter  or  being 
injured,  sick  or  in  pain  or  suffering  or  being 
abused  or  subject  to  undue  or  unnecessary 
hardship,  privation  or  neglect; 


(d)  "veterinarian"    means    a    person    registered 

under  The  Veterinarians  Act.  "lie 


R.S.O.  I960, 


58. 


2.  Sections  12,  13  and  14  of  The  Ontario  Society  for  the'^^^^'[-^^ 
Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955  are  repealed  and  re-enacted 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 

12. — (1)  Where  a  justice  of  the  peace  is  satisfied  by  in-^a"ant 
formation  on  oath  in  Form  1  that  there  are  reason- 
able grounds  for  believing  that  there  is  in  any 
building  or  place,  other  than  a  public  place,  an 
animal  that  is  in  distress,  he  may  at  any  time  issue 
a  warrant  in  Form  2  under  his  hand  authorizing  an 
inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  named  therein 
to  enter  therein  either  by  himself  or  accompanied 

74 


by  a  veterinarian  and  inspect  the  building  or  place 
and  all  animals  found  therein  for  the  purpose  of 
ascertaining  whether  there  is  therein  any  animal  in 
distress. 


Entry 

without 

warrant 


Authority  of 
veterinarian 
to  inBpoct        I 
animals 


(2)  Where  an  inspector  or  agent  of  the  Society  observes 
an  animal  in  immediate  distress,  he  may  enter, 
without  warrant,  any  premises,  building  or  place 
other  than  a  dwelling  place  either  by  himself  or 
accompanied  by  a  veterinarian  for  the  purposes  of 
subsections  3  and  5  and  sections  13  and  14.       "^N 

(3)  A  veterinarian  who  has  entered  a  building  or  place 
with  an  insjiector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  may 
examine  any  animal  in  the  building  or  place  for  the 
jiurpose  of  ascertaining  whether  the  animal  is  in 
distress. 


When 

warrunt 
to  Iw 
exei  uted 


(4)  Every  warrant  issued  under  subsection  1  shall  be 
executed  between  sunrise  and  sunset  unless  the 
justice  by  the  warrant  authorizes  the  inspector  or  an 
agent  of  the  Society  to  execute  it  at  night. 


Authority 
to  supply 
necessaries 
to  animals 


(5)  Where  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  has 
entered  any  building  or  place  pursuant  to  this  Act 
and  finds  therein  an  animal  in  distress  he  may,  in 
addition  to  any  other  action  he  is  authorized  to  take 
under  this  Act,  supply  the  animal  with  food,  care  or 
treatment. 


Order  to 
owner  of 

aniinalB. 
et.-. 


13. — (1)  Where  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  has 
reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that  an  animal  is  in 
distress  and  the  owner  or  custodian  of  the  animal  is 
present  or  may  be  found  promptly,  the  inspector  or 
agent  may  order  the  owner  or  custodian  to, 

(a)  take  such  action  as  may,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
inspector  or  agent,  be  necessary  to  relieve  the 
animal  of  its  distress;  or 

(b)  have  the  animal  examined  and  treated  by  a 
veterinarian  at  the  expense  of  the  owner  or 
custodian. 


Order  ti 
be  in 
writing 


(2)  Every  order  under  subsection  1  shall  be  in  writing 
and  shall  have  printed  or  written  thereon  the  pro- 
visions of  subsections  1  and  2  of  section  14c. 


Service 
of  order 


(3)  Every  order  under  subsection  1  shall  be  served  upon 
the  owner  or  custodian  personally  or  by  registered 
mail  addressed  to  the  owner  or  custodian  at  his  last 
known  place  of  address. 


74 


Section  13  provides  for  the  making  of  orders  to  the  owners  or  custo- 
dians of  animals  that  are  in  distress  and  for  re-inspection  of  such 
animals  to  ensure  compliance  with  orders  made  in  respect  thereof. 


74 


Section  14  provides  for, 

(a)  the  removal  of  an  animal  under  the  conditions  set  forth  therein 
from  the  building  or  place  where  it  is;  and 

(6)  the  destruction  of  an  animal  under  the  conditions  set  forth  therein. 


74 


(4)  Where  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  makes  J^'™«,[°^^g 
an  order  under  subsection  1  he  shall  specify  in  the  with  order 
order  the  time  within  which  any  action  required  by 

the  order  shall  be  performed. 

(5)  Every  person  who  is  served  with  an  order  under  sub-  idem 
section  3  shall  comply  with  the  order  in  accordance 
with  its  terms  until  such  time  as  it  may  be  modified, 
confirmed  or  revoked  and   shall   thereafter  comply 
with  the  order  as  modified  or  confirmed. 


Authority 
to  enter 
building  or 
place,  etc. 


(6)  Where  an  order  made  under  subsection  1  remains  in 
force,  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  may,  for 
the  purpose  of  determining  whether  the  order  htis  been 
complied  with,  enter  without  a  warrant  any  building 
or  place  in  which  the  animal  is  located  and  inspect 
the  animal  and  the  building  or  place  where  the 
animal  is  kept  and,  if,  in  his  opinion,  the  order  has 
been  complied  with,  he  shall  revoke  the  order  by 
notice  in  writing  served  forthwith  upon  the  owner  or 
custodian  in  the  manner  prescribed  for  service  of  an 
order  in  subsection  3. 

14. — (1)  An  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  may  re- ^*^'g^,j,„ 
move  an  animal  from  the  building  or  place  where  it  is  o*"  an'mai 
and  take  possession  thereof  on  behalf  of  the  Society 
for  the  purpose  of  providing  it  with  food,  care  or 
treatment  to  relieve  its  distress  where, 

(a)  a  veterinarian  has  e.xamined  the  animal  and 
has  advised  the  inspector  or  agent  in  writing 
that  the  health  and  well-being  of  the  animal 
necessitates  its  removal; 

(b)  the  inspector  or  agent  has  inspected  the 
animal  and  has  reasonable  grounds  for  be- 
lieving that  the  animal  is  in  distress  and  the 
owner  or  custodian  of  the  animal  is  not 
present  and  cannot  be  found  promptly;  or 

(c)  an  order  respecting  the  animal  has  been  made 
under  section  13  and  the  order  has  not  been 
complied  with. 

(2)  An  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Societv  may  destroy  Destruction 

.        ,  •  ■'  ■'of  animal 

an  anmial. 


(a)  with  the  consent  of  the  owner;  or 


74 


(b)  where  a  veterinarian  has  examined  the 
animal  and  has  advised  the  insi)ector  or  agent 
in  writing  that  the  animal  is  ill  or  injured  and, 
in  his  opinion,  is  incai)able  of  being  so  cured 
or  healed  as  to  live  thereafter  without  suf- 
fering. 

No"">  (3)  Where  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  has 

removed  or  destroyed  an  animal  under  subsection  1 
he  shall  forthwith  notify  the  owner  or  custodian  of 
the  animal,  if  known,  of  his  action  by  notice  in 
writing  served  upon  the  owner  or  custodian  in  the 
manner  prescribed  for  service  of  an  order  in  sub- 
section 3  of  section  13. 

o'r'o'wne^  for       14a.— (1)  Where  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  has 
oxpeiiBes  provided  an  animal  with  food,  care  or  treatment,  the 

Society  may  serve  upon  the  owner  or  custodian  of 
the  animal  a  statement  of  account  respecting  the 
food,  care  or  treatment  by  mailing  the  same  by 
registered  mail  to  the  owner  or  custodian  at  his  last 
known  place  of  address  and  the  owner  or  custodian  is, 
subject  to  subsection  6  of  section  14c,  thereupon 
liable  for  the  amount  sf)ecified  in  the  statement  of 
account. 

toaeu  (2)  W'here  the  owner  or  custodian  refuses  to  pay  an 

account  for  which  he  is  liable  under  subsection  1 
within  five  days  after  service  of  the  statement  of 
account  or  where  the  owner  or  custodian,  after 
reasonable  inquiry,  cannot  be  found,  the  Society  may 
sell  or  dispose  of  the  animal  and  reimburse  itself  out 
of  the  proceeds,  holding  the  balance  in  trust  for  the 
owner  or  other  i^erson  entitled  thereto. 

^'."'r,'  i,  ,  146. —  (1)  .-\  board  to  be  known  as  the  .Animal  Care  Review 
Board  is  hereby  established  and  shall  consist  of  not 
fewer  than  three  persons  who  shall  be  appointed  by 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  and  shall  hold 
office  during  pleasure. 

Chairman,  (2)    ihe  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint 

chairman  one  of  the  members  of  the  Board  as  chairman  and 

another  of  the  members  as  vice-chairman. 

Quorum  ^3^    j^  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Board  constitutes 

a  (lucrum. 

Remunera  (4^  -j-,,^  members  of  the  Board  shall  receive  such  re- 

members muneration  and  expenses  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor 

in  Council  determines. 

74 


Section  14a  provides  for  the  collection  by  the  Society  of  the  expenses 
incurred  by  it  in  providing  an  animal  in  distress  with  food,  care  or 
treatment. 


Section  146  provides  for  the  establishment  of  the  Animal  Care  Review 
Board. 


74 


Section  14c  provides  for  a  review  by  the  Board  of  orders  made  under 
the  Act  and  the  removal  of  animals. 


74 


14c. — (1)  Where  the  owner  or  custodian  of  any  animal  t^Pgoaru 
deems  himself  aggrieved  by  an  order  made  under 
subsection  1  of  section  13  or  by  the  removal  of  an 
animal  under  subsection  1  of  section  14,  he  may, 
within  five  days  of  receiving  notice  of  the  order  or 
removal,  appeal  against  the  order  or  request  the 
return  of  the  animal  by  notice  in  writing  to  the  chair- 
man of  the  Board. 

(2)  Where,  in  the  opinion  of  the  owner  or  custodian  of  ^pp'^'^^^'o" 
an  animal  in  respect  of  which  an  order  has  been  made,  revocation 
the  animal  has  ceased  to  be  in  distress,  the  owner  or 
custodian  may  apply  to  the  Board  to  have  the  order 
revoked  by  notice  in  writing  to  the  chairman  of  the 

Board. 

(3)  Within  five  days  of  the  receipt  of  a  notice  under  sub-  ^a^jif  "^ 
section  1  or  2,  the  chairman  of  the  Board  shall, 

(a)  fix  a  time,  date  and  place  at  which  the  Board 
will  hear  the  matter;  and 

(b)  notify  the  Society  and  the  person  who  issued 
the  notice  of  the  time,  date  and  place  fixed 
under  clause  a  either  personally  or  by  regis- 
tered mail  addressed  to  the  Society  at  its 
head  office  and  to  the  person  who  issued  the 
notice  at  his  last  known  place  of  address. 

(4)  The  date  fixed  for  a  hearing  shall  be  not  more  than  hearing 
ten   days  after   the  receipt   of  a   notice  under  sub- 
section 1  or  2. 

(5)  At  a  hearing,  the  Society  and  the  owner  or  custodian  Procedure 

.  ,     ,  ,  1      '      •  ,  .  ,,  tit  hearing 

are  entitled  to  hear  the  evidence,  cross-examine,  call 
witnesses,  present  argument  and  be  represented  by 
counsel  or  an  agent. 

(6)  After  a  hearing  or,  with  the  consent  of  the  Society  Pf°g®^*^^ 
and  the  person  who  issued  the  notice  under  sub- 
section 1  or  2,  without  a  hearing,  the  Board  may, 

(a)  respecting  an  order  made  under  subsection  1 
of  section  13,  confirm,  revoke  or  modify  the 
order  appealed  against; 

(b)  respecting  the  removal  of  an  animal  under 
subsection  1  of  section  14,  order  that  the 
animal  be  returned  to  the  owner  or  custodian 
and  may  make  an  order  in  the  same  terms  as 
an  order  may  be  made  under  subsection  1  of 
section  13;  or 


74 


(c)  order  that  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  cost 
of  complying  with  an  order  or  providing  food, 
care  or  treatment  to  an  animal  be  paid  by  the 
55ociety. 


Notice  of 
decision 


(7)  Notice  of  the  decision  of  the  Board  made  under  sub- 
section 6,  together  with  reasons  in  writing  for  its 
decision,  shall  be  served  forthwith  uix)n  the  Society 
and  the  owner  or  custodian  in  the  manner  prescribed 
for  service  of  a  notice  in  subsection  3. 


Appeal 


lid — (1)  The  Society  or  the  owner  or  custodian  may  appeal 
the  decision  of  the  Board  to  a  judge  of  the  county 
or  district  court  of  the  county  or  district  in  which 
the  animal  was  at  the  time  the  order  or  seizure 
was  made. 


Notice  of 
appeal 


(2)  The  appeal  shall  be  made  by  filing  a  notice  of  appeal 
with  the  clerk  of  the  court  and  serving  a  copy  thereof 
on  the  other  parties  before  the  Board  within  fifteen 
da\s  after  the  notice  of  the  Board's  decision  is  served 
on  the  appellant  under  subsection  7  of  section  14c. 


Date  ol 
heariiiK 


(3)  The  appellant  or  any  person  served  with  notice  of 
appeal  may,  upon  at  least  two  days  notice  to  each 
of  the  other  parties,  apply  to  the  judge  to  fix  a  date 
for  the  hearing  of  the  appeal. 


liei  ision 


(4)  The  appeal  shall  be  a  hearing  de  novo  and  the  judge 
may  rescind,  alter  or  confirm  the  decision  of  the 
Board  and  make  such  order  as  to  costs  as  he  con- 
siders appropriate,  and  the  decision  of  the  judge 
is  final.  "^H 


I  nspet^tor. 
etc..  not 
personally 
liahle 


\4e.  No  inspector  or  agent  of  the  Society  and  no  veterin- 
arian or  member  of  the  Board  is  personally  liable  for 
anything  done  by  him  in  good  faith  under  or  pur- 
porting to  be  under  the  authority  of  this  Act. 


1955.  c.  08. 
amended 


3.  i'he  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention  of  Cruelly  to 
Animals  Act,  1955  is  amended  b\'  adding  thereto  the  following 
forms: 


74 


Section   lid  provides  for  an  appeal  from  the  Animal  Care  Review 
Board. 


Section  14«  is  self-explanatory. 


Section  3.  Complementary  to  section  12  of  the  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
section  2  of  the  Bill. 


74 


FORM   1 

The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention 
of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955 

{Section  12(1)) 

Information  to  Obtain  a  Warrant 

Province  of  Ontario 
County  of 

The  information  of of 

in  the  County  (or  District,  etc.)  of taken  the 

day  of in  the  year , 

before  me,   a  Justice  of  the  Peace  for 

the  County  (or  District,  etc.)  of who 

says  that  he  has  reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that  there  is  an 

animal  in  distress  on  the  premises  of 

'.'.... in  the  County  (or  District,  etc.)  of 


(here  add  the  grounds  for  belief,  whatever  they  may  be). 
Wherefore  (he)  prays  that  a  warrant  may  be  granted  to  him 

(and  to a  veterinarian  of  the 

of in  the  County  (or  District,  etc.)  of ) 

to  inspect  the  premises  of  the  said 

and  all  animals  found  therein   for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining 
whether  there  is  therein  any  animal  in  distress. 


Sworn,  etc.  

J. P.  for  ( Name  of  County  or  District) 


74 


FORM  2 

The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Preventicn 
oj  Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955 

(Section  12  (1) ) 

Warrant 

Province  of  Ontario 
County  of 

To an    inspector  or 

an  agent  of  The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention  of  Cruelty  to 

Animals  (and  to , 

aveterinarian  of  the of 

in  the  County  (or  District,  etc.)  of ) 

Whereas  it  appears  on  the  oath  of 

of  the of in  the  County 

(or  District,  etc.)  of that  there  are 

reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that  there  is  an  animal  in  distress 

on  the  premises  of of  the 

in  the  County  (or  District,  etc.)  of ;t-.    This 

is  therefore  to  authorize  you  to  enter  between  the  hours  of  (as  the 
Justice  directs)  into  the  said  premises  and  to  inspect  the  premises 
and  all  animals  found  therein  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining 
whether  there  is  therein  any  animal  in  distress. 

Dated  at in  the  said  County  (or  District, 

etc.)  of this day  of 

in  the  year 


J.  P.  for  ( A^ame  of  County  or  District) 


ment"^*""*"       **  ^^'®  ^^*  comcs  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 

Assent. 

Short  title         5.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Ontario  Society  for  the 
Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


74 


o 
o 

00 


2  'el- 
s'-• 

^  sr 
«  S. 


i  ^" 


I/) 

a 
> 

H 


z 

•*! 

o 

« 

^ 

o- 

I: 

n 
3 

ft- 

1 

c 

tt. 

^ 

>3 

*< 

5= 

I 
3' 

0 

3- 

1 

3 

CMS 

yo 

0 

»0 

9' 


> 

3 

3 

S. 
ST  : 


I 

8. 


BILL  74 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


Act  to  amend  The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention  of 
Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955 


Mr.  Wishart 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Agriculture  and  Food  Committee  \ 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 
Section  1.   Self-explanatory. 


Section  2.    Repeals  sections  12,  13  and  14  of  the  Act  and  enacts  in 
lieu  thereof  sections  12,  13,  14,  14o,  146,  14c  and  HJthat  provide  as  follows: 


Section  12  provides  for  entry  into  a  building  or  place  for  the  inspection 
of  animals  in  distress. 


74 


BILL  74  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ontario  Society  for  the 
Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section  1  of  The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention  oyiass,  o.sx. 
Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955  is  repealed  and  the  following re-e'nacted 
substituted  therefor: 

1.  In  this  Act,  tatllfn  ™ 

(a)  "animal"  includes  a  domestic  fowl  or  a  bird 
that  is  kept  as  a  pet; 

{b)  "Board"  means  the  Animal  Care  Review 
Board ; 

(c)  "distress"  means  the  state  of  being  in  need  of 
proper  care,  water,  food  or  shelter  or  being 
injured,  sick  or  in  pain  or  suffering  or  being 
abused  or  subject  to  undue  or  unnecessary 
hardship,  privation  or  neglect; 


((f)  "veterinarian"    means    a    person    registered 

under  The  Veterinarians  Act.  c.'t'ii 


R.S.O.  196U, 


2.  Sections  12,  13  and  14  of  The  Ontario  Society  for  <^ess^.^f2-i'4?^' 
Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955  are  repealed  and ''®-®"'^'^'«<* 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 

12. — (1)  Where  a  justice  of  the  peace  is  satisfied  by  in- warrant 
formation  on  oath  in  Form  1  that  there  are  reason- 
able grounds  for  believing  that  there  is  in  any 
building  or  place,  other  than  a  public  place,  an 
animal  that  is  in  distress,  he  may  at  any  time  issue 
a  warrant  in  Form  2  under  his  hand  authorizing  an 
inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  named  therein 
to  enter  therein  either  by  himself  or  accompanied 

74 


by  a  veterinarian  and  inspect  the  building  or  place 
and  all  animals  found  therein  for  the  purpose  of 
ascertaining  whether  there  is  therein  any  animal  in 
distress. 


Entry 

without 

warrant 


(2)  Where  an  inspector  or  agent  of  the  Society  observes 
an  animal  in  immediate  distress,  he  may  enter, 
without  warrant,  any  premises,  building  or  place 
other  than  a  dwelling  place  either  by  himself  or 
accompanied  by  a  veterinarian  for  the  purposes  of 
subsections  3  and  5  and  sections  13  and  14.       "^Pl 


Authority  of 
veterinarian 
to  Inspect        I 
animals 


(3)  A  veterinarian  who  has  entered  a  building  or  place 
with  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  may 
examine  any  animal  in  the  building  or  place  for  the 
purpose  of  ascertaining  whether  the  animal  is  in 
distress. 


When 
warrant 
to  be 
exeiiited 


(4)  Every  warrant  issued  under  subsection  1  shall  be 
executed  between  sunrise  and  sunset  unless  the 
justice  by  the  warrant  authorizes  the  inspector  or  an 
agent  of  the  Society  to  execute  it  at  night 


Authority 
to  supply 
necessaries 
to  animals 


(5)  Where  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  has 
entered  any  building  or  place  pursuant  to  this  Act 
and  finds  therein  an  animal  in  distress  he  may,  in 
addition  to  any  other  action  he  is  authorized  to  take 
under  this  Act,  supply  the  animal  with  food,  care  or 
treatment. 


Order  to 
owner  of 
animals, 
etc. 


13. —  (1)  Where  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  has 
reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that  an  animal  is  in 
distress  and  the  owner  or  custodian  of  the  animal  is 
present  or  may  be  found  promptly,  the  inspector  or 
agent  may  order  the  owner  or  custodian  to, 

(a)  take  such  action  as  may,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
inspector  or  agent,  be  necessary  to  relieve  the 
animal  of  its  distress;  or 

(b)  have  the  animal  examined  and  treated  by  a 
veterinarian  at  the  expense  of  the  owner  or 
custodian. 


Order  to 
be  iti 
writini; 


(2)  Every  order  under  subsection  1  shall  be  in  writing 
and  sliall  have  printed  or  written  thereon  the  pro- 
visions of  subsections  1  and  2  of  section  14c. 


Service 
of  order 


(3)  Ever\  order  under  subsection  1  shall  be  served  uix>n 
the  owner  or  custodian  personally  or  by  registered 
mail  addressed  to  the  owner  or  custodian  at  his  last 
known  place  of  address. 


74 


Section  13  provides  for  the  making  of  orders  to  the  owners  or  custo- 
dians of  animals  that  are  in  distress  and  for  re-inspection  of  such 
animals  to  ensure  compliance  with  orders  made  in  respect  thereof. 


74 


Section  14  provides  for, 

(o)  the  removal  of  an  animal  under  the  conditions  set  forth  therein 
from  the  building  or  place  where  it  is;  and 

(6)  the  destruction  of  an  animal  under  the  conditions  set  forth  therein. 


74 


(4)  Where  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  makes  JJ^pifance 
an  order  under  subsection  1  he  shall  specify  in  the  with  order 
order  the  time  within  which  any  action  required  by 

the  order  shall  be  performed. 

(5)  Every  person  who  is  served  with  an  order  under  sub-  idem 
section  3  shall  comply  with  the  order  in  accordance 
with  its  terms  until  such  time  as  it  may  be  modified, 
confirmed  or  revoked  and  shall  thereafter  comply 
with  the  order  as  modified  or  confirmed. 


Authority 
to  enter 
building  or 
place,  etc. 


(6)  Where  an  order  made  under  subsection  1  remains  in 
force,  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  may,  for 
the  purpose  of  determining  whether  the  order  has  been 
complied  with,  enter  without  a  warrant  any  building 
or  place  in  which  the  animal  is  located  and  inspect 
the  animal  and  the  building  or  place  where  the 
animal  is  kept  and,  if,  in  his  opinion,  the  order  has 
been  complied  with,  he  shall  revoke  the  order  by 
notice  in  writing  served  forthwith  upon  the  owner  or 
custodian  in  the  manner  prescribed  for  service  of  an 
order  in  subsection  3. 

14.— (1)  An  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  may  re- J^g'^ggf,on 
move  an  animal  from  the  building  or  place  where  it  \s°^  animal 
and  take  possession  thereof  on  behalf  of  the  Society 
for  the  purpose  of  providing  it  with  food,  care  or 
treatment  to  relieve  its  distress  where, 

(a)  a  veterinarian  has  examined  the  animal  and 
has  advised  the  inspector  or  agent  in  writing 
that  the  health  and  well-being  of  the  animal 
necessitates  its  removal ; 

(b)  the  inspector  or  agent  has  inspected  the 
animal  and  has  reasonable  grounds  for  be- 
lieving that  the  animal  is  in  distress  and  the 
owner  or  custodian  of  the  animal  is  not 
present  and  cannot  be  found  promptly;  or 

(c)  an  order  respecting  the  animal  has  been  made 
under  section  13  and  the  order  has  not  been 
complied  with. 

(2)  An  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  may  destroy  Destruction 
an  animal, 

(a)  with  the  consent  of  the  owner;  or 
74 


Notice 


(b)  where  a  veterinarian  has  examined  the 
animal  and  has  advised  the  inspector  or  agent 
in  writing  that  the  animal  is  ill  or  injured  and, 
in  his  opinion,  is  incapable  of  being  so  cured 
or  healed  as  to  live  thereafter  without  suf- 
fering. 

(3)  Where  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  has 
removed  or  destroyed  an  animal  under  subsection  1 
he  shall  forthwith  notify  the  owner  or  custodian  of 
the  animal,  if  known,  of  his  action  by  notice  in 
writing  served  upon  the  owner  or  custodian  in  the 
manner  prescribed  for  service  of  an  order  in  sub- 
section 3  of  section  13. 


Liubility 
of  owner  for 
expenses 


14c. — (1)  Where  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  has 
provided  an  animal  with  food,  care  or  treatment,  the 
Society  may  serve  upon  the  owner  or  custodian  of 
the  animal  a  statement  of  account  respecting  the 
food,  care  or  treatment  by  mailing  the  same  by 
registered  mail  to  the  owner  or  custodian  at  his  last 
known  place  of  address  and  the  owner  or  custodian  is, 
subject  to  subsection  6  of  section  14c,  thereupon 
liable  for  the  amount  specified  in  the  statement  of 
account. 


I'ower 
to  sell 


(2)  Where  the  owner  or  custodian  refuses  to  pay  an 
account  for  which  he  is  liable  under  subsection  1 
within  five  days  after  service  of  the  statement  of 
account  or  where  the  owner  or  custodian,  after 
reasonable  inquiry,  cannot  be  found,  the  Society  may 
sell  or  dispose  of  the  animal  and  reimburse  itself  out 
of  the  proceeds,  holding  the  balance  in  trust  for  the 
owner  or  other  (person  entitled  thereto. 


Board 
estubllshed 


14&. —  (1)  A  board  to  be  known  as  the  Animal  Care  Review 
Board  is  hereby  established  and  shall  consist  of  not 
fewer  than  three  persons  who  shall  be  appointed  by 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  and  shall  hold 
office  during  pleasure. 


Chairman, 
vice- 
chairman 


(2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint 
one  of  the  members  of  the  Board  as  chairman  and 
another  of  the  members  as  vice-chairman. 


Quorum 


Remunera- 
tion of 
members 


(3)  A  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Board  constitutes 
a  quorum. 

(4)  The  members  of  the  Board  shall  receive  such  re- 
muneration and  expenses  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council  determines. 


74 


Section  Ha  provides  for  the  collection  by  the  Society  of  the  expenses 
incurred  by  it  in  providing  an  animal  in  distress  with  food,  care  or 
treatment. 


Section  146  provides  for  the  establishment  of  the  Animal  Care  Review 
Board. 


74 


Section  14e  provides  for  a  review  by  the  Board  of  order*  made  under 
the  Act  and  the  removal  of  animals. 


74 


14c. — (1)  Where  the  owner  or  custodian  of  any  animal  ^Pg®^'^^ 
deems  himself  aggrieved  by  an  order  made  under 
subsection  1  of  section  13  or  by  the  removal  of  an 
animal  under  subsection  1  of  section  14,  he  may, 
within  five  days  of  receiving  notice  of  the  order  or 
removal,  appeal  against  the  order  or  request  the 
return  of  the  animal  by  notice  in  writing  to  the  chair- 
man of  the  Board. 

(2)  Where,  in  the  opinion  of  the  owner  or  custodian  of^PP"°^"°" 
an  animal  in  respect  of  which  an  order  has  been  made,  o®^(frd%'r°" 
the  animal  has  ceased  to  be  in  distress,  the  owner  or 
custodian  may  apply  to  the  Board  to  have  the  order 
revoked  by  notice  in  writing  to  the  chairman  of  the 

Board. 

(3)  Within  five  days  of  the  receipt  of  a  notice  under  sub-  h^earing"'^ 
section  1  or  2,  the  chairman  of  the  Board  shall, 

(a)  fix  a  time,  date  and  place  at  which  the  Board 
will  hear  the  matter;  and 

(6)  notify  the  Society  and  the  person  who  issued 
the  notice  of  the  time,  date  and  place  fixed 
under  clause  a  either  personally  or  by  regis- 
tered mail  addressed  to  the  Society  at  its 
head  office  and  to  the  person  who  issued  the 
notice  at  his  last  known  place  of  address. 

(4)  The  date  fixed  for  a  hearing  shall  be  not  more  than  fearlnV 
ten   days  after   the  receipt   of  a   notice  under  sub- 
section 1  or  2. 

(5)  At  a  hearing,  the  Society  and  the  owner  or  custodian  Procedure 
are  entitled  to  hear  the  evidence,  cross-examine,  call 
witnesses,  present  argument  and  be  represented  by 
counsel  or  an  agent. 

(6)  After  a  hearing  or,  with  the  consent  of  the  Society  Pf^g^^'^ 
and  the  person  who  issued  the  notice  under  sub- 
section 1  or  2,  without  a  hearing,  the  Board  may, 

(a)  respecting  an  order  made  under  subsection  1 
of  section  13,  confirm,  revoke  or  modify  the 
order  appealed  against; 

(ft)  respecting  the  removal  of  an  animal  under 
subsection  1  of  section  14,  order  that  the 
animal  be  returned  to  the  owner  or  custodian 
and  may  make  an  order  in  the  same  terms  as 
an  order  may  be  made  under  subsection  1  of 
section  13;  or 

74 


(c)  order  that  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  cost 
of  complying  with  an  order  or  providing  food, 
care  or  treatment  to  an  animal  be  paid  by  the 
Society. 


Notice  of 
deotston 


(7)  Notice  of  the  decision  of  the  Board  made  under  sub- 
section 6,  together  with  reasons  in  writing  for  its 
decision,  shall  be  served  forthwith  upon  the  Society 
and  the  owner  or  custodian  in  the  manner  prescribed 
for  service  of  a  notice  in  subsection  3. 


Appeal  j^ — ^jj  The  Society  or  the  owner  or  custodian  may  appeal 

the  decision  of  the  Board  to  a  judge  of  the  county 
or  district  court  of  the  county  or  district  in  which 
the  animal  was  at  the  time  the  order  or  seizure 
was  made. 


Notice  of 
apponl 


(2)  The  appeal  shall  be  made  by  filing  a  notice  of  appeal 
with  the  clerk  of  the  court  and  serving  a  copy  thereof 
on  the  other  parties  before  the  Board  within  fifteen 
days  after  the  notice  of  the  Board's  decision  is  served 
on  the  appellant  under  subsection  7  of  section  14c. 


Date  or 
hearing 


(3)  The  appellant  or  any  person  served  with  notice  of 
appeal  may,  upon  at  least  two  days  notice  to  each 
of  the  other  parties,  apply  to  the  judge  to  fix  a  date 
for  the  hearing  of  the  appeal. 


Decision 


(4)  The  appeal  shall  be  a  hearing  de  novo  and  the  judge 
may  rescind,  alter  or  confirm  the  decision  of  the 
Board  and  make  such  order  as  to  costs  as  he  con- 
siders appropriate,  and  the  decision  of  the  judge 
is  final.  "^Pl 


Inspector, 
etc.,  not 
personally 
liable 


lie.  No  inspector  or  agent  of  the  Society  and  no  veterin- 
arian or  member  of  the  Board  is  personally  liable  for 
anything  done  by  him  in  good  faith  under  or  pur- 
porting to  be  under  the  authority  of  this  Act. 


1955,  c.  58, 
amended 


3.  The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention  of  Cruelty  to 
Animals  Act,  1955  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
forms : 


74 


Section   lAd  provides  for  an  appeal  from  the  Animal  Care  Review 
Board. 


Section  14e  is  self-explanatory. 


Section  3.  Complementary  to  section  12  of  the  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
section  2  of  the  Bill. 


74 


FORM   1 

The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention 
of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955 

(Section  12(1)) 


Information  to  Obtain  a  Warrant 

Province  of  Ontario 
County  of 

The  information  of of 

in  tlie  County  (or  District,  etc.)  of taken  the 

day  of in  the  year , 

before  nie,   a  J  ustice  of  the  Peace  for 

the  County  (or  District,  etc.)  of who 

says  that  he  has  reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that  there  is  an 

animal  in  distress  on  the  premises  of 

of in  the  County  (or  District,  etc.)  of 

(here  add  the  grounds  for  belief,  whatever  they  may  be). 
Wherefore  (he)  prays  that  a  warrant  may  be  granted  to  him 

(and  to a  veterinarian  of  the 

of in  the  County  (or  District,  etc.)  of ) 

to  inspect  the  premises  of  the  said 

and  all  animals  found  therein  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining 
whether  there  is  therein  any  animal  in  distress. 


Sworn,  etc.  

J  .P.  for  ( Name  of  County  or  District) 


74 


FORM  2 

The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention 
of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Aa,  1955 

(Section  U  (/)  } 

Wabbant 

Province  of  Ontario 
County  of 

To an    inspector  or 

an  agent  of  The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention  of  Cruelty  to 

Animals  (and  to 

aveterinarian  of  the 4ff 

in  the  County  (or  District,  etc.)  ef ) 

Whereas  it  ap[>ears  on  the  oath  of 

of  the of in  the  County 

(or  District,  etc.)  of that  there  are 

reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that  there  is  an  animal  in  distrew 

on  the  premises  of of  the 

in  the  County  (or  District,  etc.)  of This 

is  therefore  to  authorize  you  to  enter  between  the  hours  of  (as  the 
Justice  directs)  into  the  said  premises  and  to  inspect  the  premises 
and  all  animals  found  therein  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining 
whether  there  is  therein  any  animal  in  distress. 

Dated  at ,  in  the  said  County  (or  District, 

etc.)  of this day  of , 

in  the  year 


J .  P.  for  ( Name  of  County  or  District) 

Commence-       ^    -pj^jg  ^j,j  coiTies  into  fofcc  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 

Assent. 

Short  title         5,    ihis   ,^ct  may  be  cited  as  The  Ontario  Society  for  the 
Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Amendment  Act,  1968-69, 


74 


I 


^ 


r 
S 


8  ti- 


S. 

c 

a 

a. 

a, 

V; 


2 


s 

> 

H 


2: 

"»] 

o 

« 

< 

a* 

s: 

2ndR 
ember 

l| 

1 

eadin 
12th 

^  1 

»a 

i 

3- 
(» 

0 
§2. 

\t 

3  ■<    ' 

3  o  ' 
"  §•; 

tn  2 
tn  3 

r» 

o' 

s 


BILL  74 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


L  Act  to  amend  The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention  of 
Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  74  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ontario  Society  for  the 
Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section  1  of  The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention  o/i^^^' ^- s"- 
Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955  is  repealed  and  the  following  re-enacted  . 
substituted  therefor: 

1      I      J.I.-      A    4.  Interpre- 

1.    In  this  Act,  tation 

(c)  "animal"  includes  a  domestic  fowl  or  a  bird 
that  is  kept  as  a  pet; 

(b)  "Board"  means  the  Animal  Care  Review 
Board ; 

(c)  "distress"  means  the  state  of  being  in  need  of 
proper  care,  water,  food  or  shelter  or  being 
injured,  sick  or  in  pain  or  suffering  or  being 
abused  or  subject  to  undue  or  unnecessary 
hardship,  privation  or  neglect; 

(d)  "veterinarian"  means  a  person  registered 
under  The  Veterinarians  Act.  c.'4i6" 


2.  Sections  12,  13  and   14  of  The  Ontario  Society  for  thel^^^^_\; 


58, 


4, 


Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955  are  repealed  and  re-enacted 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 

12. — (1)  Where  a  justice  of  the  peace  is  satisfied  by  in-^®^^^°^t 
formation  on  oath  in  Form  1  that  there  are  reason- 
able grounds  for  believing  that  there  is  in  any 
building  or  place,  other  than  a  public  place,  an 
animal  that  is  in  distress,  he  may  at  any  time  issue 
a  warrant  in  Form  2  under  his  hand  authorizing  an 
inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  named  therein 
to  enter  therein  either  by  himself  or  accompanied 

74  •  V 


by  a  veterinarian  and  inspect  the  building  or  place 
and  all  animals  found  therein  for  the  purpose  of 
ascertaining  whether  there  is  therein  any  animal  in 
distress. 


Entry 

without 

warrant 


(2)  Where  an  inspector  or  agent  of  the  Society  observes 
an  animal  in  immediate  distress,  he  may  enter, 
without  warrant,  any  premises,  building  or  place 
other  than  a  dwelling  place  either  by  himself  or 
accompanied  by  a  veterinarian  for  the  purposes  of 
subsections  3  and  5  and  sections  13  and  14. 


Authority  of 
veterinarian 
to  inspect 
animals 


(3)  A  veterinarian  who  hats  entered  a  building  or  place 
with  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  may 
examine  any  animal  in  the  building  or  place  for  the 
purpose  of  ascertaining  whether  the  animal  is  in 
distress. 


When 
warrant 
to  be 
exe<'Uted 


(4)  Every  warrant  issued  under  subsection  1  shall  be 
executed  between  sunrise  and  sunset  unless  the 
justice  by  the  warrant  authorizes  the  inspector  or  an 
agent  of  the  Society  to  execute  it  at  night. 


Authority 
to  supply 
necessaries 
to  animals 


(5)  Where  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  has 
entered  any  building  or  place  pursuant  to  this  .Act 
and  finds  therein  an  animal  in  distress  he  may,  in 
addition  to  any  other  action  he  is  authorized  to  take 
under  this  Act,  supply  the  animal  with  food,  care  or 
treatment. 


Order  to 
owner  of 
animals, 
etc. 


13. — (1)  Where  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  has 
reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that  an  animal  is  in 
distress  and  the  owner  or  custodian  of  the  animal  is 
present  or  may  be  found  promptly,  the  inspector  or 
agent  may  order  the  owner  or  custodian  to, 

(o)  take  such  action  as  may,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
inspector  or  agent,  be  necessary  to  relieve  the 
animal  of  its  distress;  or 

(b)  have  the  animal  examined  and  treated  by  a 
veterinarian  at  the  expense  of  the  owner  or 
custodian. 


Order  to 
be  in 
writing 


(2)  Every  order  under  subsection  1  shall  be  in  writing 
and  shall  have  printed  or  written  thereon  the  pro- 
visions of  subsections  1  and  2  of  section  14c. 


Service 
of  order 


(3)  Every  order  under  subsection  1  shall  be  served  upon 
the  owner  or  custodian  personally  or  by  registered 
mail  addressed  to  the  owner  or  custodian  at  his  last 
known  place  of  address. 


74 


(4)  Where  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  makes  oompifanie 
an  order  under  subsection  1  he  shall  specify  in  the  w'th  order 
order  the  time  within  which  any  action  required  by 

the  order  shall  be  performed. 

(5)  Every  person  who  is  served  with  an  order  under  sub-  idem 
section  3  shall  comply  with  the  order  in  accordance 
with  its  terms  until  such  time  as  it  may  be  modified, 
confirmed  or  revoked  and  shall  thereafter  comply 
with  the  order  as  modified  or  confirmed. 

(6)  Where  an  order  made  under  subsection  1  remains  in  ^"enter'^ 
force,  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  may,  ^or ''[^^'^,^'"^8^°'' 
the  purpose  of  determining  whether  the  order  has  been 
complied  with,  enter  without  a  warrant  any  building 

or  place  in  which  the  animal  is  located  and  inspect 
the  animal  and  the  building  or  place  where  the 
animal  is  kept  and,  if,  in  his  opinion,  the  order  has 
been  complied  with,  he  shall  revoke  the  order  by 
notice  in  writing  served  forthwith  upon  the  owner  or 
custodian  in  the  manner  prescribed  for  service  of  an 
order  in  subsection  3. 

14. — (1)  An  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  may  re-p^J^ion 
move  an  animal  from  the  building  or  place  where  it  is  °''  an'mai 
and  take  jiossession  thereof  on  behalf  of  the  Society 
for  the  purpose  of  providing  it  with   food,  care  or 
treatment  to  relieve  its  distress  where, 

(a)  a  veterinarian  has  examined  the  animal  and 
has  advised  the  inspector  or  agent  in  writing 
that  the  health  and  well-being  of  the  animal 
necessitates  its  removal ; 

(b)  the  inspector  or  agent  has  inspected  the 
animal  and  has  reasonable  grounds  for  be- 
lieving that  the  animal  is  in  distress  and  the 
owner  or  custodian  of  the  animal  is  not 
present  and  cannot  be  found  promptly;  or 

(c)  an  order  respecting  the  animal  has  been  made 
under  section  13  and  the  order  has  not  been 
complied  with. 

(2)  An  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  may  destroy  Destruntion 
an  animal, 

(a)  with  the  consent  of  the  owner;  or 

74 


(6)  where  a  veterinarian  has  examined  the 
animal  and  has  advised  the  inspector  or  agent 
in  writing  that  the  animal  is  ill  or  injured  and, 
in  his  opinion,  is  incapable  of  being  so  cured 
or  healed  as  to  live  thereafter  without  suf- 
fering. 

Not!e«  (3)  Where  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  has 

removed  or  destroyed  an  animal  under  subsection  1 
he  shall  forthwith  notify  the  owner  or  custodian  of 
the  animal,  if  known,  of  his  action  by  notice  in 
writing  served  uj)on  the  owner  or  custodian  in  the 
manner  prescribed  for  service  of  an  order  in  sub- 
section 3  of  section  13. 

of*  wner  for       ^^" — ^^^  Where  an  inspector  or  an  agent  of  the  Society  has 
experiBes  provided  an  animal  with  food,  care  or  treatment,  the 

Society  may  serve  upon  the  owner  or  custodian  of 
the  animal  a  statement  of  account  respecting  the 
food,  care  or  treatment  by  mailing  the  same  by 
registered  mail  to  the  owner  or  custodian  at  his  last 
known  place  of  address  and  the  owner  or  custodian  is, 
subject  to  subsection  6  of  section  14c,  thereupon 
liable  for  the  amount  specified  in  the  statement  of 
account. 


Power 
to  Rell 


(2)  Where  the  owner  or  custodian  refuses  to  pay  an 
account  for  which  he  is  liable  under  subsection  1 
within  five  days  after  service  of  the  statement  of 
account  or  where  the  owner  or  custodian,  after 
reasonable  inquiry,  cannot  be  found,  the  Society  may 
sell  or  dispose  of  the  animal  and  reimburse  itself  out 
of  the  proceeds,  holding  the  balance  in  trust  for  the 
owner  or  other  jierson  entitled  thereto. 

""T','  ,.  ^  146. — (1)  A  board  to  be  known  as  the  Animal  Care  Review 
Board  is  hereby  established  and  shall  consist  of  not 
fewer  than  three  jiersons  who  shall  be  appointed  by 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  and  shall  hold 
office  during  pleasure. 

chBirman,  (2)    The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint 

ihairman  one  of  the  members  of  the  Board  as  chairman  and 

another  of  the  members  as  vice-chairman. 


(.^Udrum 


(3)  A  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Board  constitutes 
a  quorum. 


nemui.ern-  ^4)  jj^^.  members  of  the   Board  shall  receive  such  re- 

n.pmt.prs  niunefation  and  expenses  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor 

in  Council  determines. 


14c. — (1)  Where  the  owner  or  custodian  of  any  animal  ^"goaVd 
'  deems  himself  aggrieved  by  an  order  made  under 
subsection  1  of  section  13  or  by  the  removal  of  an 
animal  under  subsection  1  of  section  14,  he  may, 
within  five  days  of  receiving  notice  of  the  order  or 
removal,  appeal  against  the  order  or  request  the 
return  of  the  animal  by  notice  in  writing  to  the  chair- 
man of  the  Board. 

(2)  Where,  in  the  opinion  of  the  owner  or  custodian  of^PP"'^*"°" 
an  animal  in  respect  of  which  an  order  has  been  made,  ™^o°  d*er°" 
the  animal  has  ceased  to  be  in  distress,  the  owner  or 
custodian  may  apply  to  the  Board  to  have  the  order 
revoked  by  notice  in  writing  to  the  chairman  of  the 

Board. 

(3)  Within  five  days  of  the  receipt  of  a  notice  under  sub-  h'earin'g"'^ 
section  1  or  2,  the  chairman  of  the  Board  shall, 

(a)  fix  a  time,  date  and  place  at  which  the  Board 
will  hear  the  matter;  and 

(b)  notify  the  Society  and  the  person  who  issued 
the  notice  of  the  time,  date  and  place  fixed 
under  clause  a  either  personally  or  by  regis- 
tered mail  addressed  to  the  Society  at  its 
head  office  and  to  the  person  who  issued  the 
notice  at  his  last  known  place  of  address. 

(4)  The  date  fixed  for  a  hearing  shall  be  not  more  than  bearing 
ten   days  after   the  receipt   of  a   notice  under  sub- 
section 1  or  2. 

(5)  At  a  hearing,  the  Society  and  the  owner  or  custodian  I'rocedure 
are  entitled  to  hear  the  evidence,  cross-examine,  call 
witnesses,  present  argument  and  be  represented  by 
counsel  or  an  agent. 

(6)  After  a  hearing  or,  with  the  consent  of  the  Society  ^'^g*™^ 
and   the  person  who  issued   the  notice  under  sub- 
section 1  or  2,  without  a  hearing,  the  Board  may, 

(a)  respecting  an  order  made  under  subsection  1 
of  section  13,  confirm,  revoke  or  modify  the 
order  appealed  against; 

(b)  respecting  the  removal  of  an  animal  under 
subsection  1  of  section  14,  order  that  the 
animal  be  returned  to  the  owner  or  custodian 
and  may  make  an  order  in  the  same  terms  as 
an  order  may  be  made  under  subsection  1  of 
section  13;  or 

74 


(c)  order  that  the  whole  or  any  part  of  the  cost 
of  complying  with  an  order  or  providing  food, 
care  or  treatment  to  an  animal  be  paid  by  the 
Society. 

d«ct»ion*'  ^^^  Notice  of  the  decision  of  the  Board  made  under  sub- 

section 6,  together  with  reasons  in  writing  for  its 
decision,  shall  be  served  forthwith  upon  the  Society 
and  the  owner  or  custodian  in  the  manner  prescribed 
for  service  of  a  notice  in  subsection  3. 

Appeal  j^ — (jj  Yhe  Society  or  the  owner  or  custodian  may  appeal 

the  decision  of  the  Board  to  a  judge  of  the  county 
or  district  court  of  the  county  or  district  in  which 
the  animal  was  at  the  time  the  order  or  seizure 
was  made. 

a'°'ea?  "'  ^^^  ^^^  appeal  shall  be  made  by  filing  a  notice  of  appeal 

with  the  clerk  of  the  court  and  serving  a  copy  thereof 
on  the  other  parties  before  the  Board  within  fifteen 
days  after  the  notice  of  the  Board's  decision  is  served 
on  the  appellant  under  subsection  7  of  section  14f. 

h'eaVln'^  (^^  ^^^  appellant  or  any  person  served  with  notice  of 

appeal  may,  upon  at  least  two  days  notice  to  each 
of  the  other  parties,  apply  to  the  judge  to  fix  a  date 
for  the  hearing  of  the  appeal. 

Lie.  iBion  ^4j  yj^g  appeal  shall  be  a  hearing  de  novo  and  the  judge 

may  rescind,  alter  or  confirm  the  decision  of  the 
Board  and  make  such  order  as  to  costs  as  he  con- 
siders appropriate,  and   the  decision  of  the  judge 

is  final. 

etc."nor'  ^4^-  ^o  inspector  or  agent  of  the  Society  and  no  veterin- 

n*w"' """^  arian  or  member  of  the  Board  is  personally  liable  for 

anything  done  by  him  in  good  faith  under  or  pur- 
porting to  be  under  the  authority  of  this  Act. 

iHc:,,  .  -..s,  3  jfig  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention  of  Cruelty  to 
Animals  Act,  1055  is  amended  by  addmg  thereto  the  following 
forms: 


74 


I 


FORM  1 

The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention 
of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Act,  1955 

{Section  12(1)) 

Information  to  Obtain  a  Warrant 

rovince  of  Ontario 
County  of 

The  information  of ,  of 

in  the  County  (or  District,  etc.)  of taken  the 

day  of in  the  year 

before  me,   a  Justice  of  the  Peace  for 

the  County  {or  District,  etc.)  of who 

says  that  he  has  reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that  there  is  an 

animal  in  distress  on  the  premises  of 

of in  the  County  (or  District,  etc.)  of 

{here  add  the  grounds  for  belief,  whatever  they  may  be). 
Wherefore  (he)  prays  that  a  warrant  may  be  granted  to  him 

{and  to a  veterinarian  of  the 

of in  the  County  {or  District,  etc.)  of ) 

to  inspect  the  premises  of  the  said 

and  all  animals  found  therein  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining 
whether  there  is  therein  any  animal  in  distress. 


Sworn,  etc.  

J .  P.  for  ( Name  of  County  or  District) 


74 


FORM  2 

The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Preventicn 
of  Cruelly  to  Animals  Act,  1955 

(Section  J2  (J) ) 

Warbant 

Province  of  Ontario 
County  of 

To an   inspector  or 

an  agent  of  The  Ontario  Society  for  the  Prevention  of  Cruelty  to 

Animals  (and  to , 

a  veterinarian  of  the 4^ 

in  the  County  {or  District,  etc.)  of ) 

Whereas  it  appears  on  the  oath  of 

of  the of in  the  County 

(or  District,  etc.)  of that  there  are 

reasonable  grounds  for  believing  that  there  is  an  animal  in  distress 

on  the  premises  of of  the 

in  the  County  (or  District,  etc.)  of This 

is  therefore  to  authorize  you  to  enter  bet«'een  the  hours  of  (as  the 
Justice  directs)  into  the  said  premises  and  to  inspect  the  premises 
and  all  animals  found  therein  for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining 
whether  there  is  therein  any  animal  in  distress. 

Dated  at ,  in  the  said  County  (or  District, 

etc.)  of this day  of , 

in  the  year 


J .  P.  for  ( Name  of  County  or  District) 


Commence- 
ment 


4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 

Assent. 


Short  title         5.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Ontario  Society  for  the 
Prevention  of  Cruelty  to  Animals  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


74 


i 


I 


o 

00 


(/I 
X 
> 
50 
-J 


D 
c 
r, 
fc 

s 


2 

i: 

o 

A 

5 

(T 

I: 

1 

c 

^ 

>3 

>< 

^ 

to 

I 

3 

»o 

Vt) 

»tj 

r,  i 
"I  • 

c  : 


b  ; 

3  ■- 

5  : 

n  _ 


BILL  75 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Separate  Schools  Act 


Mr.  Martel 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


EXPLANATOKY  NOTE 

The  Bill  would  permit  a  non-Catholic  ratepayer  whose  spouse  is 
Roman  Catholic  to  elect  to  be  a  separate  school  supporter. 


75 


BILL  75  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Separate  Schools  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section  47  of  The  Separate  Schools  Act,  as  amended  by ^feg ■g'; 4^7°' 
section  7  of  The  Separate  Schools  Amendment  Act,  1962-63,  is  amended 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(36)  Any  person  paying  rates  in  a  separate  school  zone  Election 
who  is  not  a  Roman  Catholic  but  whose  spouse  is  spouse  is 
Roman  Catholic  may  elect  by  notice  in  writing  given  catholic 
to  the  clerk  of  the  municipality  on  or  before  the  30th  ""atepayer 
day  of  September  in  any  year  to  be  a  separate  school 
supporter  and  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and  The 
Assessment  Act  such  person  shall  be  deemed  to  be  aRS.o.  i960, 
separate  school  supporter  for  the  following  year  and 
every  subsequent  year  until  the  election  is  revoked 
in  the  same  manner  as  that  in  which  it  was  made. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commenoe- 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Separate  Schools  Amend- ^^'"'^  ""« 
ment  Act,  1968-69. 


75 


2: 


> 
H 

r 


3- 

I 


ft.        »      !fi 
>J       "*=      ^ 


8 


BILL  76 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1965 


Mr.  MacNaughton 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendment  prohibits  withdrawal  of  contributions  from  a  plan, 
except  voluntary  additional  contributions  or  upon  termination  of  employ- 
ment or  of  the  plan. 


76 


BILL  76  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1965 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  2  of  section  21  of  J'he  Pension  Benefits  Act.lJl^"-^^' 
1965  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause:         |"''|,iled 

(c)  an  employee  shall  not  withdraw  any  part  of  his  con- 
tributions, not  including  voluntary  additional  con- 
tributions, paid  under  the  plan  in  respect  of  service 
in  Ontario  or  in  a  designated  province  on  or  after  the 
qualification  date,  other  than  after, 

(i)  the  termination  of  his  employment,  or 

(ii)  the  termination  or  winding  up  of  the  plan, 

prior  to  his  attaining  retirement  age  and  in  circum- 
stances where  he  is  not  entitled  to  a  deferred  life 
annuity  under  subsection  1. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Roval  commence- 

«  .  ■'  ■'       ment 

Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Pension  Benefits  Amend-^^°'^^  ""^ 
ment  Act,  1968-69. 


76 


2 


1^ 

> 

o 

2; 

> 
c 
o 

X 
H 

o 
z 


So 


1      1=1 


a 

OX) 


I 


3 


^ 


BILL  76 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1965 


Mr.  MacNaughton 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  76  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Pension  Benefits  Act,  1965 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  2  of  section  21  of  The  Pension  Benefits  Act,l^2i'.^'^^' 
1965  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause:         l^lnded 

(c)  an  employee  shall  not  withdraw  any  part  of  his  con- 
tributions, not  including  voluntary  additional  con- 
tributions, paid  under  the  plan  in  respect  of  service 
in  Ontario  or  in  a  designated  province  on  or  after  the 
qualification  date,  other  than  after, 

(i)  the  termination  of  his  employment,  or 

(ii)  the  termination  or  winding  up  of  the  plan, 

prior  to  his  attaining  retirement  age  and  in  circum- 
stances where  he  is  not  entitled  to  a  deferred  life 
annuity  under  subsection  1. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commeiue- 

.  •'  -^       ment 

Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Pension  Benefits  Amend-^^°'^^  ''*'® 
ment  Act,  1968-69. 


76 


s 


> 
o 
Z 

> 
c 
o 
s 

H 

o 
z 


5» 


i\i 


c 


-^  I   K  I.    §  I 


I 


3 
(» 

c 


e 
(/I 


BILL  77 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Police  Act 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Fkank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notb 

The  Bill  prohibits  police  officers  tapping  the  telephone  of  any  person 
for  the  purpose  of  overhearing  conversations  transmitted  to  or  from  it, 
except  upon  the  authorization  of  a  judge  of  the  Supreme  Court.  Penalties 
are  provided  for  a  breach  of  the  provision. 


77 


BILL  77  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Police  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1.  The  Police  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  follow- ^fa'^;  ^^^°' 

ing  section :  amended 

47a. — (1)  In  this  section,  "tap"  or  "tapping"  when  used  J^^'i^JP""*- 
in  relation  to  the  telephone  of  any  person,  means  to 
overhear  or  record  or  to  attempt  to  overhear  or 
record  by  any  attachment,  device  or  other  means 
whatever,  other  than  the  unaided  human  ear,  con- 
versation transmitted  to  or  from  such  telephone,  by 
any  person  who  is  not  a  party  to  the  conversation. 

(2)  No  member  of  a  police  force  shall  tap  the  telephone  0"^'*^^^^^^ 
of  any  person,  except  under  the  authority  of  an  to  tap 

J  J  J  u        *•         5  telephone 

order  made  under  subsection  3. 

(3)  A  member  of  a  police  force  may  apply  ex  parte  to  a^^j^Jfge'"" 
judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  for  an  order  authorizing 

him  to  tap  the  telephone  of  a  person  named  and 
identified  in  the  application. 

(4)  Where  the  judge  is  satisfied   by  such  affidavit  or  ^[jj^^^l^^^ 
other  evidence  as  is  adduced  before  him  that  the  *^pp\"8  °'' 

telephone 

tapping  of  the  telephone  of  the  named  and  identified  of  named 
person  will  afTord  evidence  of  a  contravention  of  the  1953-54, 
Criminal  Code  (Canada)  or  of  the  provisions  of  any"' 
other  statute  of  Canada  or  Ontario,  for  which  con- 
travention is  punishable  by  imprisonment,  he  may 
on  such  terms  and  conditions  and  with  such  limita- 
tions as  to  him  seem  fit,  authorize  the  member  of  the 
police  force  named  in  the  order  to  tap  the  telephone 
of  the  named  and  identified  person,  and  for  that 
purpose   to   utilize   such    attachment  or  device   or 
employ  such  other  methods  as  are  specified  in  the 
order. 

77 


Otren(« 


(5)  A  member  of  a  police  force  who  contravenes  sub- 
section 2  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $1,000 
or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  two 
years,  or  to  both. 


Commence- 
ment 


2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Short  title 


3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Police  Amendment  Act, 
1968-69. 


00 


in 

a 
c 

s 

> 


a. 


cr 

C 
P 
-I 
>< 

o 


3 


I      11 


in 
O 


BILL  78 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Tobacco  Tax  Act,  1965 


Mr.  White 


TORONTO] 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  tax  on  each  cigarette  purchased  by  a  consumer  is  increased  from 
three-tenths  of  1  cent  to  four-tenths  of  1  cent. 


78 


BILL  78  1968-69 


I 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Tobacco  Tax  Act,  1965 


HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  2  of  I'he  Tobacco^^^ 
Tax  Act,  1965,  as  re-enacted  by  section   1  of  The  TobaccosubB.  i 
Tax  Amendment  Act,   1968,   is  repealed   and   the   followings.  i)  ci.'a,     ' 
substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

(a)  four-tenths  of  1  cent  on  every  cigarette  purchased 
by  him. 

2.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  onment"*""*" 
the  5th  day  of  March,  1969. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Tobacco  Tax  Amendment  ^^°'^^ ""« 
Act,  1968-69. 


78 


o 

00 


2 

X 

X 


>3 


5c 

s 

ft. 


2 

3    Si 


o 


8 


r 


c 
©• 


BILL  78 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Tobacco  Tax  Act,  1965 


Mr.  White 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  78  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Tobacco  Tax  Act,  1965 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  2  of  The  Tobacco  ^^^^-       ^ 
Tax  Act,  1965,  as  re-enacted  by  section   1  of  The  Tobacco BubB.  i 

•  •         flQGS    C    137 

Tax  Amendment  Act,   1968,   is  repealed   and   the   following s.  i)  ci.  a, 

substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

(a)  four-tenths  of  1  cent  on  every  cigarette  purchased 
by  him. 

2.  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  onment"'"'*' 
the  5th  day  of  March,  1969. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Tobacco  Tax  Amendment  ^^°^^  *'"® 
Act,  1968-69. 


78 


Explanatory  Notes 

General.  The  administration  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61 
and  The  Hospitals  Tax  Act  was  transferred  to  the  Minister  of  Revenue  by 
The  Department  of  Revenue  Act,  196S.  In  addition,  during  the  last  year, 
for  greater  economy  and  efficiency,  the  Hospitals  Tax  Branch  was  inte- 
grated with  the  Retail  Sales  Tax  Branch.  The  majority  of  the  amend- 
ments contained  in  this  Bill  reflect  the  organizational  changes  mentioned 
in  that  the  pertinent  provisions  of  The  Hospitals  Tax  Act  have  been 
incorporated  into  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61  and  the  respon.sibility 
and  duties  under  the  latter  Act  are  transferred  to  the  Minister  of  Revenue. 
The  Hospitals  Tax  Act  will  be  repealed.  In  addition,  the  base  of  the  retail 
sales  tax  is  broadened  to  include  transient  accommodation. 

The  following  notes  are  explanations  of  the  amendments  except  those 
that  reflect  the  organizational  changes. 

Section  1 — Subsection  1.  The  provisions  of  The  Hospitals  Tax  Act 
referring  to  a  tax  on  a  purchaser  of  a  ticket  to  a  place  of  amusement  are 
transferred  to  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61.  The  amendment  provides 
for  this  transfer  and  it  is  self-explanatory. 


.Subsection  2.    Reference  to  the  Comptroller  of  Revenue  is  deleted. 
The  primary  responsibility  for  this  Act  is  placed  on  the  Minister  of  Revenue. 

Subsection  3.   The  definition  of  "fair  value"  is  amended  to  apply  to 
a  taxable  service. 


Subsection  5.  The  amendment  for  clarification  refers  to  metropolitan 
.Tnd  regional  municipal  corporations.  The  interpretation  section  is 
broadened  to  define  place  of  amusement  and  price  of  admission  both  of 
which  were  defined  in  similar  terms  in  The  Hospitals  Tax  Act. 

79 


BILL  79  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.— (1)  Paragraph  1  of  section  1  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  J.^|?;i^i, 
Act,  1960-61  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  there- P^^-^^'^jg^ 
for: 

1.  "admission"  includes  entry  to  a  place  of  amusement 
where  any  charge  is  made  or  fee  is  collected  before 
or  after  entry. 

1960-61, 

(2)  Paragraph  2  of  the  said  section  1  is  repealed.  v&t^'z,'  ^' 

repealed 

(3)  Clause  a  of  paragraph  5  of  the  said  section  1  is  repealed  c.^^g'i^^s.  i, 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  EfLv,^- ♦l-^"- 

(a)  the  price  for  which  the  tangible  personal  property 
or  the  taxable  service  was  purchased,  including  the 
value  in  terms  of  Canadian  money  of  services  ren- 
dered and  things  exchanged  and  other  considerations 
accepted  by  the  vendor  or  person  from  whom  the 
tangible  personal  property  passed  or  taxable  services 
were  rendered  as  the  price  or  on  account  of  the  price 
of  the  tangible  personal  property  purchased  or 
taxable  service  received. 

(4)  Paragraph  6  of  the  said  section   1,  as  re-enacted  byc.^U'lh. 
subsection  1  of  section  1  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment "^fl^^^^^' 

Act,  1961-62,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  there- c- i26b.'i, 

f„r.  ^"bs-  !)• 

'"'•  re-enacted 

6.  "Minister"  means  Minister  of  Revenue. 

(5)  Paragraph  7  of  the  said  section  1  is  repealed  and  thcc.^li^^.'i, 
following  substituted  therefor:  ?e"enacted 

79 


cc'.^i?i,*98*''  ^-  "ptTson",  ill  addition  to  its  meaning  in  The  Inter- 

pretation Act,  includes  Her  Majesty  in  right  of 
Ontario,  a  municipal  corporation,  including  a  metro- 
politan or  regional  municipal  corporation,  or  a  local 
board  thereof,  as  defined  in  The  Department  of 
Municipal  Affairs  Act,  and  any  board,  commission 
or  authority  established  under  any  Act  of  the 
Legislature. 

la.  "place  of  amusement"  means  a  premises  or  place, 
whether  enclosed  or  not,  where  a  cinematograph  or 
moving  picture  machine  or  similar  apparatus  is 
operated,  or  where  a  theatrical  performance,  car- 
nival, circus,  side  show,  menagerie,  concert,  rodeo, 
exhibition,  horse  race,  athletic  contest  or  other 
performance  is  staged  or  held,  and  to  which  ad- 
mission is  granted  upon  payment  of  a  price  of 
admission  through  the  sale  of  tickets  or  otherwise. 

lb.  "price  of  admission"  includes  every  charge  made  to 
or  fee  collected  from  a  purchaser  by  a  vendor  before 
or  after  admission  to  a  place  of  amusement. 


1960-61. 
c.  91.  8.  1, 


,.  „^  „  j^  (6)  Paragraph  8  of  the  said  section  1,  as  re-enacted  by  sub- 
P^gglgg  section  1  of  section  1  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment 
subB^n'^'  ^'^''  ^'^'^^'^•^'  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  there- 
re-enacted  for: 

8.  "purchaser"  means  a  consumer  or  person  who  ac- 
quires tangible  personal  property  anywhere,  or  who 
acquires  or  receives  a  taxable  service  at  a  sale  in 
Ontario,  for  his  own  consumption  or  use,  or  for  the 
consumption  or  use  in  Ontario  of  other  persons  at 
his  expense,  or  on  behalf  of  or  as  agent  for  a  prin- 
cipal who  desires  to  acquire  such  property  or  service 
for  consumption  or  use  in  Ontario  by  such  principal 
or  other  persons  at  his  ex[x;nse  and  includes  a  person 
who  purchases  admission  for  himself  to  a  place  of 
amusement,  or  a  person  for  whom  admission  to  a 
place  of  amusement  is  purchased  by  another  person. 


laoo-Gi 

c.  91,  s.   1, 


J.  ,ji  g  1  (7)  Clause  a  of  paragraph  1 1  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended 

par^  ii.  [jy  adding  at  the  end  thereof  "or  renders  to  another  person  a 

amended        taxable  service",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

((j)  any  transfer  of  title  or  possession,  exchange,  barter, 
lease  or  rental,  conditional  or  otherwise,  including  a 
sale  on  credit  or  where  the  price  is  payable  by  in- 
stalments, or  any  other  contract  whereby  at  a  price 

70 


Subsection  6.  The  definition  of  a  "purchaser"  is  broadened  to  include 
a  person  who  acquires  or  receives  a  taxable  service  and  a  person  who 
purchases  admission  to  a  place  of  amusement.  The  latter  incorporates 
the  provision  previously  contained  in  The  Hospitals  Tax  Ad. 


Subsection  7.  The  definition  of  "sale"  is  broadened  to  include  the 
rendering  of  a  service  to  another  person. 


79 


Subsection  8.  Reference  to  telephone  and  telegraph  fservice  is 
deleted  from  the  definition  of  "tangible  personal  property  .  TTiese  are 
included  in  the  definition  of  a  taxable  service. 


Subsection  9.  Taxable  service  is  defined. 


Subsection  10.   Transient  accommodation  is  defined. 


Subsection  11.  The  definition  of  vendor  is  broadened  to  include 
persons  who  provide  taxable  services  and  persons  who  operate  places  of 
amusement.  The  latter  incorporates  a  similar  provision  previously  con- 
tained in  The  Hospitals  Tax  Act. 


79 


or  other  consideration  a  person  delivers  to  another 
person  tangible  personal  property  or  renders  to 
another  person  a  taxable  service. 

(8)  Paragraph  13  of  the  said  section  1,  as  re-enacted  byj^l^-^g^'^ 

section  1  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  par.  is' 

repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  c  iss',  s.  i), 

re-enacted 

13.  "tangible  personal  property"  means  property  that 
can  be  seen,  weighed,  measured,  felt  or  touched,  or 
that  is  in  any  way  perceptible  to  the  senses,  and 
includes  natural  or  manufactured  gas. 

(9)  The  said  section  1  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  thej.^|i;"'i 
following  paragraph:  amended  ' 

15.  "taxable  service"  means, 

(a)  telephone    services,    including    long    distance 
calls; 

{b)  telegraph  services;  and 

(c)  transient  accommodation. 

(10)  Paragraph  16  of  the  said  section  1  is  repealed  and  the^.^g^^^s^.'!, 
following  substituted  therefor:  par.  w. 

re-enacted 

16.  "transient  accommodation"  means  the  provision  of 
lodging  in  hotels,  motels,  hostels,  apartment  houses, 
lodging  houses,  boarding  houses,  clubs  and  other 
similar  accommodation,  whether  or  not  a  member- 
ship is  required  for  the  lodging,  but  does  not  include 
lodging  let  for  a  continuous  period  of  one  month  or 
more  or  lodging  in  a  lodging  house,  rooming  house, 
or  boarding  house,  if  such  house  has  accommodation 
for  less  than  four  tenants. 

(11)  Paragraph  18  of  the  said  section  1  is  repealed  and  theJ9|o-6i.^ 
following  substituted  therefor :  par.  is",    ' 

re-enacted 

18.  "vendor"  means  a  person  who,  in  the  ordinary 
course  of  his  business, 

{a)  sells  tangible  personal  property; 

{b)  sells  or  renders  a  taxable  service ;  or 

(c)  operates  a  place  of  amusement. 


79 


1960-61.  2.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  2  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax 

B.  2.  subs  1,  Act,  1960-61,  as  amended  by  subsection  1  of  section  2  of  The 
re-enacted       n       ■,    c   ,       „~         .  ,  .         .«^^     ■  ■    •  •     • 

Ketatl  oales  lax  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  repealed  and  the 

following  substituted  therefor: 


Tax  on 
purchaser, 
of  tangible 
personal 
property 


(1)  Every-    purchaser    of    tangible    personal    propert 
except  the  classes  thereof  referred  to  in  subsection  lu, 
shall  pay  to  Her  Majesty  in  right  of  Ontario  a  tax 
in  respect  of  the  consumption  or  use  thereof,  coi: 
puted  at  the  rate  of  5  per  cent  of  the  fair  valu 
thereof. 


of  liquor, 
beer,  wine, 
meals 


(la)  Every  purchaser  of  the  following  classes  of  tangible- 
personal  property  shall  pay  to  Her  Majesty  in  right 
of  Ontario  a  tax  in  respect  of  the  consumption  or 
use  thereof  computed  at  the  rate  of  10  per  cent  of 
the  fair  value  thereof: 


1.  liquor,  beer  or  wine; 

2.  prepared  meals  sold  at  a  price  of  over  $2.50. 


of  taxable 
service 


(16)  Every  purchaser  of  a  taxable  service  shall  pay  to 
Her  Majesty  in  right  of  Ontario  a  tax  in  respei 
thereof  computed  at  the  rate  of  5  per  cent  of  the 
fair  value  thereof. 


of  admission 
to  place  of 
amusement 


(Ic)  Every  purchaser  of  admission  to  a  place  of  amuse- 
ment shall  pay  to  Her  Majesty  in  right  of  Ontario  a 
tax  on  the  price  of  admission  as  follows: 


Price  of  Admission 


Tax 


More  than  75  cents  and  not  more  than  84  cents    —    6  cents 

"       "     g4     "         "       "       "         "    90       "      7     " 

t»  tl  Qr\  t!  t,  (»  I,  If  Q-y  If  Q  »» 

and  where  the  price  of  admission  is  more  than  92 
cents,  a  tax  at  the  rate  of  10  per  cent,  calculated 
ufion  the  price  of  admission. 


lyfiO-iii. 
c.  ni,  s.  2. 

subs.  2. 
re-ena'ted 

When  tax 
payable 


(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  2  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  -A  purchaser  shall  pay  the  tax  imposed  by  this  Act 
at  the  time  of  the  sale. 


ici60-r,  1. 

■..  .  Ill  ,   s.   12 
SUtlS,    -1. 

ainenued 


(3)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  2  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  tliereof  "Minister". 


79 


Section  2 — Subsection  1.  Under  subsection  la,  the  rate  of  tax  im- 
posed on  a  purchaser  of  liquor,  beer,  wine  and  meals  over  $2.50  is  increased 
from  5  per  cent  to  10  per  cent  and  the  exemption  on  meals  consumed  off 
the  premises  is  removed.  In  part,  this  incorporates  a  provision  of  The 
Hospitals  Tax  Act.  Subsection  16  imposes  a  tax  at  the  rate  of  5  per  cent 
on  a  purchaser  of  a  taxable  service.  Subsection  \c  incorporates  a  similar 
provision  previously  contained  in  The  Hospitals  Tax  Act. 


Subsection  2.   The  amendment  is  intended  to  clarify  the  meaning  of 
the  subsection. 


79 


Subaection  4.  The  subsection  repealed  was  redundant. 


Subsection  5.  Although  the  administration  of  this  Act  was  trans- 
ferred to  the  Minister  of  Revenue,  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  will  continue 
to  receive  moneys  payable  to  Her  Majesty  the  Queen  under  this  Act. 


Subsection  6.   The  additional  subsection  is  for  clarification  purposes. 


Subsection  8.   Where  exempt  property  is  put  to  a  taxable  use,  it  will 
be  taxable  at  that  time. 


Section   3 — Subsection    1.     The  amendment   is  complementary  to 

sections  1  and  2  of  the  Bill. 


79 


(4)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  2,  as  amended  by  sub- J^|^"^g^'2 

section  2  of  section  2  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment^^^^'-^-^ 
A         ,n^^    ■  I     1  repealed 

Ad,  1966,  IS  repealed. 

(5)  Subsection  6  of  the  said  section  2,  as  amended  by  sub-i9|^"^g^'2 
section  1  of  section  1  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment b^^b!  e' 
Act,  1965,  is  further  amended  by  inserting  after  "Treasurer" 

in  the  fifth  line  "of  Ontario". 

(6)  The  said  section  2  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  thec^|°^^g^-2, 

following  subsection:  amended' 

(6a)  Where  a  person  has  paid  an  amount  under  this  Act '''®™ 
as  tax  that  is  not  payable  as  tax  under  this  Act, 
the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  may  refund  such  amount 
upon  receipt  of  satisfactory  evidence  that  the  amount 
was  wrongfully  paid. 

(7)  Subsection  7  of  the  said  section  2,  as  amended  by  sub- J^9i]®gV2, 
section  3  of  section  2  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  ■^ct,^^^^J^^ 
1964  and  subsection  3  of  section  2  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax 
Amendment  Act,   1966,  is  further  amended   by  striking  out 
"Comptroller"  in  the  ninth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Minister". 

(8)  The  said  section  2  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  thec^9i'^8^.'2, 

following  subsection:  amended 

(10)  Where   tangible    personal    property   has   been    pur-^empt 
chased  exempt  from  the  tax  imposed  by  this  Act,  "u^'t^J*'^ 
and  the  tangible  personal  property  is  subsequently  taxable  use 
put  to  a  taxable  use,  the  purchaser  shall  pay  the  tax 
imposed  by  this  Act  on  the  fair  value  of  the  tangible 
personal  property  at  the  time  of  change  of  use. 

3. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Taxl^^x^^.'s. 
Act,  1960-61  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor :  ^^.^^n^c'ted 

(1)  No  vendor  shall  sell  any  tangible  personal  projjerty  ^*/}^fj.^ 
or  taxable  services  or  operate  a  place  of  amusement 
unless  he  has  been  granted  upon  his  application  a 
permit  for  each  place  in  Ontario  where  he  transacts 
business  and  such  permit  is  in  force  at  the  time  of  the 
sale. 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  3  is  amended  by  striking  c^gi^^gVs. 
out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  !"^|^|'j 
"Minister". 

79 


1960-01. 
c.  81.  B.  3, 
subs.  3, 
amended 


(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  3,  as  amended  by  sec- 
tion 3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1964,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and 
in  the  amendment  of  1964  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in 
each  instance  "Minister". 


c** 9 1^8^ '3  (^)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  3  is  amended  by  striking 

*"'**.?,.        out  "Comptroller"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 

amended  •  r  ,,,  i-    •  ,. 

thereof     M  mister  . 


1960-61, 

V.  91.  8.  4. 
re-enacted 


4.  Section  4  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Sales  in 
Ijulk. 

K.S.O.  1960. 
f.  43 


Idenn 


4. — (1)  No  person  shall  dispose  of  his  stock  through  a 
sale  in  bulk  as  defined  in  The  Bulk  Sales  Act  without 
first  obtaining  a  certificate  in  duplicate  from  the 
Minister  that  all  taxes  collectable  or  payable  by 
such  person  have  been  paid. 

(2)  Every  person  purchasing  stock  through  a  sale  in 
bulk  as  defined  in  The  Bulk  Sales  Act  shall  obtain 
from  the  person  selling  such  stock  the  duplicate  copy 
of  the  certificate  furnished  under  subsection  1,  and, 
if  he  fails  to  do  so,  he  is  responsible  for  payment  to 
the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  of  all  taxes  collectable  or 
payable  by  the  person  thus  disposing  of  his  stock 
through  a  sale  in  bulk. 


moo-Gi, 
c.  '.n.  s.  :,. 

pars.  1.2. 
re-enarted 


5. — (1)  Paragraphs  1  and  2  of  section  5  of  The  Retail  Sales 
Tax  Act,  1960-61  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor: 


1.  food     products     for     human     consumption    except 
candies  and  other  confections  and  soft  drinks; 

2.  iirepared  meals  sold  at  a  price  of  S2.50  or  less. 


1!)G0-01, 
c.  id,  8.  .1, 
par.  9. 
all!  en  tied 


(2)  Paragraph  9  of  the  said  section  5,  as  amended  by  sub- 
section 3  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act, 
1066,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the 
amendment  of  1966  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


1060-151, 

c.  91,  s.  r> 

par.  10, 
amended 


(3)  Paragraph  10  of  the  said  section  5,  as  amended  by  sub- 
section 4  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act, 
1966,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the 
amendment  of  1966  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


(4)  Paragraph  12  of  the  said  section  5,  as  re-enacted  by 
subsection  1  of  section  2  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment 


1960-Gl, 

r.  91,  s. 
par.  12 

1^.2.  fi\ih&.  i).  Act,   1967,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"   in  the 
second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


79 


Section  4.   The  section  is  revised  for  clarification  purposes. 


Section  5 — Subsection  1.   Food  products  continue  to  be  exempt  and 
the  exemption  limit  for  prepared  meals  is  raised  from  $1.50  to  $2.50. 


79 


Subsection  10.    The  exemption  on  production  machinery  is  removed. 


79 


(5)  Paragraph  16  of  the  said  section  5  is  amended  by  strik- J^^o-^g'^^'g 
ing  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  p^'"^J'^6^^ 
thereof  "Minister". 

(6)  Paragraph  18  of  the  said  section  5  is  amended  by  J^l^'^g'-g 
striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  ^^''^nd^ed 
lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

(7)  Paragraph  24  of  the  said  section  5,  as  re-enacted  bycisi's.'s, 
subsection  6  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment ^^qqq^ 
Act,  1966,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"   in  the^^^l^g,®;  ^^ 
first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister".  amended 

(8)  Paragraph  25  of  the  said  section  5,  as  re-enacted  by  c^|°;®s^;5, 
subsection  6  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  ^^^g^^ 
Act,  1966,  is  amended   by  striking  out  "Treasurer"   in   theo.  iss.  s.  3, 
second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  '  Mmister  .  amended 

(9)  Paragraph  37  of  the  said  section  5,  as  re-enacted  bye.  si's. '5, 
subsection  8  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  ^il'^i' 
Act,  1966,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  first  ^'^^l^g)^-  ^• 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister".  amended 

(10)  Paragraph  38  of  the  said  section  5,  as  re-enacted  by  J^li'^s'l's, 
subsection  4  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  ^^^^^^^^2. 
Act,  1961-62  and  amended  bv  subsection  2  of  section  2  of '^^  i^e,  s.  3. 

-  _     .  ,     .  subs.  4). 

The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1967,  is  repealed.  repealed 

(11)  Paragraph  39  of  the  said  section  5,  as  re-enacted  by^^y^'^g^'g 
subsection  4  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  p?':-?^„^ 
Act,  1961-62  and  amended  by  subsection  3  of  section  2  ofc.  126  s.  3, 
The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1967 ,  is  further  amended  amended 
by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 

lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

(12)  Paragraph  44  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  by  J^li'^s^.'s, 
subsection  7  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Vll^^%2 
Act,  1961-62,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the''- i^e^s-  3- 
first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister".  amended 

(13)  Paragraph  45  of  the  said  section  5,  as  re-enacted  byj^l^^^g^/g 
subsection  7  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendmenfp^^^*^^^ 
Act,  1961-62,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  and  c.  126,  s.' a, 

'  •  ^  cj  subs    1 ) 

inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister".  ameAded 

(14)  Paragraph  48  of  the  said  section  5,  as  re-enacted  by  J^|^'^s^'5_ 
subsection  8  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  ^^^^^f^^  ' 
Act,  1961-62,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  thee.  126,  s.'a, 
second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister".  amended 

79 


cJ'oi^'bVb,  (^^)  Paragraph  50  of  the  said  section  5  is  amended  b 

amended       striicing  out  "by  the  glass",  so  that  the  paragraph  shall  read 
as  follows: 

50.  draft  beer  sold  on  licensed  premises. 

1960-61, 

par.^51;  ^'         (^^^  Paragraph  51  of  the  said  section  5  is  repealed. 

repealed 

c^'gi^sVs  (^^)  Paragraph  53  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  by 

V^.^^^'i-r.  subsection  9  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment 

c.  126,  8.  3,  Act,  1961-62,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the 

amended  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


1960-61, 
0.  91,  B.  5, 
par.  56 
(1961-62, 
c.  126.  6.  3, 
subs.  9), 
amended 


(18)  Paragraph  56  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  by 
subsection  9  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment 
Act,  1961-62  and  amended  by  subsection  10  of  section  3  of 
The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  further  amended 
by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


1960-61, 
c.  91,  8.  5, 
par.  57 
(1961-62. 
c.  126,  s.  3, 
subs.  9), 
amended 


(19)  Paragraph  57  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  by  sub- 
section 9  of  section  3  of  'The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment 
Act,  1961-62  and  amended  by  subsection  11  of  section  3  of 
The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  further  amended 
by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


1960-61. 
f.  91,  6.  5, 
par.  58, 
(1961-62, 
r.  126.  6.  3, 
subs.  9), 
amended 


(20)  Paragraph  58  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  by 
subsection  9  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment 
Act,  1961-62,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the 
second  line  and  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
in  each  instance  "Minister". 


(21)  Paragraph  59  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  by 
subsection  9  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment 


second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister" 


1960-61, 

f.  91.  8.  5, 

par.  59 

(1961-62,  ^  ,,    .        . 

(..  126.  B.  3.    Act,  1961-62,  is  amended  by  stnkmg  out  "Treasurer    m  the 

BUbs.  9),  JO 

amended 


1960-61, 

c.  91,  8.  5, 

par.  61 

(1964, 

c.   104.  s.  4), 

amended 


(22)  I'aragraph  61  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  by 
section  4  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1964  and 
amended  by  subsection  12  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales 
Tax  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out 
"Treasurer"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Minister". 


1960-61, 

c.  91.  s.  5, 

par.  65 

(1966, 

.  .  i:i,S.  s.  3, 

subs.  14). 

amended 


{2i)  Paragraph  65  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  by 
subsection  14  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment 
Act.  1066,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


79 


Subsection  15.   Draft  beer  whether  or  not  sold  by  the  glass  in  licensed 
premises  continues  to  be  exempt. 


Subsection  16.    The  amendment  is  complementary  to  the  repeal  of 
The  Hospitals  Tax  Act. 


79 


Subsection  24.   The  amendment  is  intended  to  clarify  the  Act  and  is 
complementary  to  section  2. 


Section  6— Subsection  2.   The  provisions  contained  in  this  amend- 
ment are  similar  to  those  contained  in  The  Hospitals  Tax  Act. 


I 


(24)  The  said  section  5  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the J^|°"^g^g 

following  subsections:  amended  ■ 

(2)  The  purchaser  of  tangible  personal   property  pur-  Exceptions 
chased  to  provide  a  taxable  service  is  not  exempt  from 

the  tax  imposed  by  this  Act. 

(3)  No  taxable  service  is  exempt  from  the  tax  imposed  idem 
by  this  Act  by  reason  of  the  fact  that  the  tangible 
personal    property    used    in    providing   the    taxable 
service  is  tangible  personal  property  in  respect  of 
which  tax  imposed  by  this  Act  has  been  paid. 

6.— (1)  Section  5b  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  ^ 960-6 l.l^^-^l-^^ 
as  enacted  by  section  4  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  d^^^-^^. 
Act,  1961-62,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  amended 
third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

1960-61, 

(2)  The  said   section   56   is   further  amended   by  adding  c^l^f^l^s* 
thereto  the  following  subsections:  c.  i26  8'4), 

°  amended 

(2)  Where  special  circumstances  exist,  whether  of  a  idem 
religious,  charitable  or  educational  nature  or  other- 
wise, the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may,  upon 
application  of  the  vendor  made  to  the  Minister  at 
least  ten  days  before  the  tax  would  otherwise  be 
payable,  exempt  the  purchaser  from  the  payment  and 

the  vendor  from  collection  of  the  tax  imposed  by 
subsection  Ic  of  section  2. 

(3)  Where  it  is  shown  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Minister  idem 
that  the  tax  calculated  on  the  price  of  admission  to 

a  place  of  amusement  at  or  in  which  an  entertain- 
ment has  been  held  for  the  purpose  of  raising  funds 
for  religious,  charitable  or  educational  purposes  was 
collected  and  paid  to  Her  Majesty  in  right  of  Ontario 
in  accordance  with  subsection  \c  of  section  2,  and 
where  the  vendor  files  with  the  Minister  a  statement, 
verified  by  his  afifidavit,  giving  in  detail  all  receipts 
and  expenses  in  connection  with  the  entertainment 
and  the  receipt  of  the  organization  to  which  the 
proceeds  were  donated  acknowledging  receipt  of  the 
proceeds  is  attached  thereto,  and  where  the  Minister 
is  satisfied  that  the  organization  is  one  the  operations 
of  which  are  carried  on  exclusively  for  religious, 
charitable  or  educational  purposes  or  for  any  com- 
bination of  such  purposes,  there  may  be  paid  to  the 
organization  an  amount  equal  to  that  proportion  of 
the  tax  so  collected  and  paid  which  the  proceeds 
acknowledged  as  received  by  the  organization  bear 
to  the  gross  amount  received  by  the  vendor  as  the 
price  of  admission  to  such  place  of  amusement. 

79 


10 

Canadian  (4)  Where  application  of  the  vendor  is  made  to  the 

rormanc«8  Minister  at  least  ten  days  before  the  tax  imposed  by 

subsection  Ic  of  section  2  would  otherwise  be  pay- 
able and  the  Minister  is  satisfied  that  the  performen 
in  a  theatrical  or  musical  performance  in  a  place  of 
amusement  are  residents  of  Canada  performing  under 
the  management  of  a  person  resident  in  Canada  and 
that  the  performance  will  not  be  presented  with  the 
showing  of  a  motion  picture  or  with  a  carnival, 
circus,  side  show,  menagerie,  rodeo,  exhibition,  horse 
race,  athletic  contest  or  other  performance,  the 
Minister  may,  in  his  absolute  discretion,  exempt  the 
purchaser  from  the  payment  and  the  vendor  from 
the  collection  of  the  tax  imposed  by  subsection  Ic  of 
section  2. 

1960-6^1,^  7.  Subsection  1  of  section  6  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Ad, 

^"'^^i  ..        1960-61  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  fint 

amended  .  .  .         .        .'  .    . 

line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

l^^'^ti.         »•  Section  7  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61  is  amended 
amended  '      ^y  inserting  after  "Treasurer"  in  the  fifth  line  "of  Ontario". 

V'fi'^l's.         9-  Section  8  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61  is  amendefl 
amended        \yy  inserting  after  "Treasurer"  in  the  second  line  "of  Ontari< 

1%VI'9.  lO-  Subsection  1  of  section  9  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Aa, 

anl'ended  1960-61,  as  amended  by  section  5  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax 
Amendment  Act,  1961-62,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out 
"Treasurer"  in  the  first  line  and  in  the  fourth  line  and  insert- 
ing in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "Minister". 


1060-61, 

c.  ni,  8.  10, 

subs.  1, 
amended 


11.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  10  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax 
Act,  1960-61  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Comptroller"  in 
the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


J"9i''8''io         (^)  Subsection    2  of  the  said   section    10,  as  enacted  by 
f^oli"  section  6  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1964,  is 

104',  8.  6).  amended  by  striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  second  line 


amended 


and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


^""iji.'y.ii,  12.  Subsection  2  of  section  12  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act, 
'^^ini'  .  -[  1960-61,  as  re-enacted  bv  section  7  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax 
subs,  2  Amendment  Act,  1964,  is  amended  bv  striking  out  "Treasurer 

in  the  first  line  and  in  the  eleventh  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 

thereof  in  each  instance  "Minister". 


amended 


o°9i;'y.i3,        13-— (1)  Subsection   1  of  section   13  of   The  Retail  Sales 
^"^^'^;„H      Tax  Act.  1060-61  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 

re-enacted  *^  *^ 

therefor: 


Section  13 — Subsection   1.    The  amendment  is  complementary  to 
sections  1,  2  and  3  of  the  Bill. 


79 


11 

(1)  Where  a  vendor  fails  to  make  a  return  or  a  remittance  ^f^tlx^'"®"' 
as  required  under  this  Act  or  if  his  returns  are  not  collected 
substantiated  by  his  records,  the  Minister  may  make 
an  assessment  of  the  tax  collected  by  such  vendor 
for  which  he  has  not  accounted  and  such  assessed 
amount  shall  thereupon  be  deemed  to  be  the  tax 
collected  by  the  vendor. 

(2)  Subsection   2   of   the   said   section    13    is   amended    by  J^|i]^g^'i3_ 
striking  out  "Comptroller"   in   the  seventh  line  and   in  the|'^|^^^j 
eighth   line   and    inserting   in   lieu   thereof   in   each    instance 
"Minister". 

(3)  Subsection   3   of   the   said   section    13   is   amended    byj^^|i^^g';'i3^ 
striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  '^^^^Q^ded 
lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  subs.' 4 

,.  ,  r    I,..,.    •  ,,  II        •  •  I-  ii^T'  ..amended 

lieu  thereof    Minister     and   by  inserting  after      Ireasurer 


(4)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section    13   is  amended   byi96o-6i 
■iking  out  "Comptroller     ii 
u  thereof  "Minister"   and 

in  the  fifth  line  "of  Ontario". 

(5)  Subsection  6  of  the  said   section   13   is  amended   by  J^|j'®g^'^g 
striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in^ubs.e, 
lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

(6)  Subsection   8   of   the   said   section    13   is  amended   by  c.  91^  s.'is, 
striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  inl'^ln^ed 
lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

14.  Subsection  2  of  section  14  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1^1°,'^}  ,- 

c.  yl,  8.  14, 

1960-61  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  subs.  2 
line,  in  the  third  line  and  in  the  eleventh  line  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "Minister". 

15.  Section  15  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61,  Sisl^f{^l-i^_ 
re-enacted  by  section  6  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment '■^^,^}-^^' „. 

.  -  c.  126,  8.  b) , 

Act,  1961-62  and  amended  by  section  8  of  The  Retail  Sales a-mended 
Tax  Amendment  Act,  1964,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out 
"Comptroller"  in  the  fifth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Minister". 

16. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  17  of  The  Retail  Sales  Taxl^^{^^'^^^ 
Act,  1960-61,  as  amended  by  section  4  of   The  Retail  Sales ^''^^' f^ 

T        A  ,  .  .     r        ,  .    .  amended 

lax  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out 
"Treasurer"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Minister". 

(2)  Subsection   2  of  the  said   section   17   is  amended   by  J^|^;®s^;i7^ 
striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  |';^t'|;^|^j 
in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

79 


12 


1960-61, 
o.  91.  8.  17. 
8Ube.  3, 
amended 


(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  17  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "Minister". 


c^at^s.is,        17.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  18  of  The  Retail  SaUs  Tax 

subs' 1  yif-i    1Q60-61  is  amended  bv  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the 

amended  ,  .     ,  ,.  ■  •        i  'i    i-  i  ■  •        ■      i-  i  c 

third  hne  and  m  the  seventh  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 

in  each  instance  "Minister". 

?"?u "s^'is         ^^)  Subsection   2  of  the  said  section   18  is  amended  by 
8ui)8.'2  striking  out  "Treasurer"   in  the  second  line  and  inserting 

amended  .       ,.      "   ,  ,    ,,,,.    .  ,,  " 

in  lieu  thereof     .Minister  . 


J^o^'^'^'is.        (^)  Subsection   3  of  the  said   section    18   is  amended   by 

amended        Striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  first  line  and  "Comptroller" 

in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance 

"Minister". 


(4)  Subsection   5  of  the  said  section   18  is  amended  by 
iking  out  "Treasurer"   in  the  fifth  line  and  inserting  in 


1960-61. 

0.  91.  8.  18. 

811  bs.  5.  <£tri 

amended  »i"        _  ^ 

lieu  thereof  ".Minister  . 


J^lji'l^'is         (^)  Subsection  6  of  the  said  section   18  is  amended  by 
subs' 6,  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in 

amended  "  ,,,,•    •  ti 

lieu  thereof     .Minister  . 


l^fi'^ti^,        18-  Subsection  1  of  section  19  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act, 
^"''^  i  ,,        1960-61  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  first 

amended  .         .      .•  f  i*-\c'    •  tt 

line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof     Minister  . 


19.  Subclause  iv  of  clause  c  of  subsection  3  of  section  20 


1960-61, 

subs.  3,  of  'ij,g  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61  is  amended  by  striking 

subii.  iv.       out  "Treasurer"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 

amended  .,■>  .•    •  n 

Minister  . 


1960-61. 
<■.  91.  s.  21. 
amended 


20.  Section  21  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61  is 
amended  b>-  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  third  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


l96o-(;i, 

.-.  91,  s.  24. 
subs.  1. 
amended 


21.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  24  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax 
Act,  1060-61  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the 
first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


,^,-'?i'i'^s^'.,4         (2)  Subsection   2   of  the  said   section   24  is  amended  by 
sui..-;.  2,  "       strikinc;  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 

amended  J'  .  ■;      „ 

hcu  thereof     Minister  . 


1960-61. 
c.  91.  s,  24, 
subs.  3. 
an^ended 


(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  24,  as  amended  by 
section  5  oi  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is 
further  amended  by  striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


79 


Section  23.  The  rates  of  interest  on  amounts  payable  to  or  to  be 
remitted  to  the  Treasurer  will  be  such  as  are  prescribed  by  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  from  time  to  time. 


13 

(4)  Subsection  4  of  the  said   section   24  is  amended   by  J^gi"*y^'24 
striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  ins"b8.'4 
lieu  thereof  "Minister"  and   by  striking  out  "Office  of  the 
Comptroller  of  Revenue"   in  the  fifth  and  sixth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Department  of  Revenue". 

(5)  Subsection   5   of   the   said   section   24   is  amended    by  J^|°"^g-';'24_ 
striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  '^'^^^nded 
lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


(6)  Subsection   6  of   the   said   section    24   is  amended   by  J^|i'^s';'24, 

subs.  6, 
amended 


Striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in^"''^-^ 


lieu  thereof  "Minister"  and  by  striking  out  "Office  of  the 
Comptroller  of  Revenue"  in  the  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Department  of  Revenue". 

(7)  Subsection   7  of  the  said  section   24  is  amended   ^Y  I^I'^b,' zi 
striking  out  "Office  of  the  Comptroller  of  Revenue"  in  the''"''^- !• . 

,.  ,     .  .  ....  ,     ,  amended 

fourth  fine  and  mserting  m  lieu  thereof  Department  of 
Revenue"  and  by  striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  sixth  line 
and  in  the  seventh  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each 
instance  "Minister". 

22.  Section  26  of   The  Retail  Sales   Tax  Act,   1960-61   '^^l^f^-^l' 26, 
amended  by  striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  amended 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

23.— (1)  Section  27  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-6 ll^f{^l- 21. 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

27. — (1)  Any  amount  payable  or  to  be  remitted  to  the^"'®™®* 
Treasurer  of  Ontario  under  this  Act  bears  interest, 
at  such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the  regulations,  from 
the  day  on  which  such  amount  should  have  been 
paid  or  remitted  to  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  to  the 
day  of  payment  or  until  thirty  days  following  the  day 
on  which  a  notice  of  assessment  is  mailed  under  sub- 
section 4  or  6  of  section  13,  whichever  is  the  earlier 
date. 

(2)  The  amount  due  as  shown  by  a  notice  of  assessment  ^''^'" 
made  under  subsection  4  or  6  of  section  13  shall,  if 
it  is  not  paid  within  thirty  days  from  the  day  of 
mailing  of  the  notice  of  assessment,  bear  interest, 
at  such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the  regulations, 
calculated  from  thirty  days  after  the  day  of  mailing 
of  the  notice  of  assessment  until  the  day  of  payment. 


24.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  28  of  The  Retail  Sales  Taxl%\-^1' 
Act,  1960-61  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Comptroller"   insubs.'!.' 

+U     c     i  1-  1    ■  .         ...  ■  ..,,....,,  ,   ,      amended 

the  hrst  fine  and  msertmg  m  lieu  thereof  "Minister     and  by 
inserting  after  "Treasurer"  in  the  seventh  line  "of  Ontario". 

79 


28, 


14 


l^Vi'.V.'2S.        (^)  Subsection   2   of  the  said   section   28  is  amended 
amerided        inserting  after  "Treasurer"  in  the  first  line  "of  Ontario". 


1960-Cl, 
c.  91,  8.  28. 
EubB.  :i, 
amended 


(3)  Subsection   3  of  the  said  section   28   is  amended  by 
inserting  after  "Treasurer"  in  the  sixth  line  "of  Ontario". 


c^9i;";29.        25.— (1)  Clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  29  of  The  Retail 
8J"JB.  1.  Sales  Tax  Ad,  1960-61  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer" 

amended        in  the  first  line  and  in  the  fifth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
in  each  instance  "Minister". 


(2)  Clause  b  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  29  is  amended 


1960-61, 

c.  91,  8.  29,  ^-'    .    -. ;_-. 7 . _ 

subs.  1,  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 

amended  Ijeu  thereof  "Minister". 


1960-61, 
C-.  91, 
6.  29, 
subs.  2, 
amended 


(3)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  29  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Treasurer  or  the  Comptroller"  in  the  third  line 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister"  and  by  striking  out 
"Treasurer  or  of  any  officer  of  the  Office  of  the  Comptroller 
of  Revenue"  in  the  eighth  and  ninth  lines  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "Minister  or  of  any  officer  of  the  Department  of 
Revenue". 


i9t;o-6i. 

V.  91. 
S.  31. 
subs.  1. 
amended 


26. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  31  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax 
Act,  1060-61,  as  amended  by  section  6  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax 
Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out 
"Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  in  the  fourth  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "Minister",  by 
inserting  after  "Treasurer"  in  the  second  line  "of  Ontario" 
and  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


19fi0-61. 
1 .  91,  s.  31, 
subs.  2, 
amended 


(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  31  is  amended  by 
inserting  after  "Treasurer"  in  the  second  line  "of  Ontario" 
and  b>'  striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  third  line  and  insert- 
ing in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


(3)  Subsection   3  of   the  said   section   31,  as  enacted  by 
section  11  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1964,  '» 


l9(:o-6i, 

I.  91,  s.  31, 

subs.  3 

(19«4,  .  .  J 

^"^  Jh  !''•  amended  b\-  inserting  after  "Treasurer"  in  the  fifth  Ime  and 
in  the  seventh  line  "of  Ontario"  and  by  striking  out  "Treas- 
urer" in  the  eiglith  line  and  in  the  fourteenth  line  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "Minister". 


Amended 


.^"rti'^s'si         ^^^  Subsection   4  of   the  said   section   31,   as  enacted  by 

subs.' 4  section  11  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1964,  is 

r.  km',  b.  11),  amended  b>'  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  third  line  and  in 

the  eighth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance 

"Minister"  and  by  inserting  after  "Treasurer"  in  the  sixth 

line  and  in  tiie  seventh  line  "of  Ontario". 


79 


Section  29 — Subsection  2.  Authority  is  provided  to  make  regula- 
tions to  prescribe  the  rates  of  interest  for  the  purposes  of  section  27. 
Complementary  to  section  23  of  the  Bill. 


79 


IS 

27.— (1)  Subsection  3  of  section  35  of   The  Retail  Sa/esisgo-ei 
Tax  Act,  1960-61  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Comptroller"  subs,  a 
in  the  first  line  and  in  the  fifth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
in  each  instance  "Minister". 

(2)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section   35   is  amended   by  J^|°"®g-^'3g 
striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in^"*^^- *• , 

,.  ,  .   ,,,,.    .  ,,  ^        amended 

lieu  thereof     Afmister   . 

(3)  Subsection   7  of  the  said  section   35   is  amended   by  J^|°'®g^'35 

subs.'  7, 
amended 


inserting  after  "Treasurer"  in  the  second  line  "of  Ontario". ''"''s.  7 


28.  Section  36  of   The  Retail  Sales   Tax  Act,  1960-61   isisso-ei 
amended  by  striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  third  line  and  amended 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

29.— (1)  Clause  c  of  subsection  2  of  section  39  of   TAe  J^|°;';^;39, 
Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61  is  repealed  and  the  following  ^J***^^- 2' 

substituted   therefor:  re-enacted 

(c)  authorizing  or  requiring  the  Deputy  Minister  or 
any  other  officer  of  the  Department  of  Revenue  to 
exercise  any  power  or  perform  any  duty  conferred 
or  imposed  upon  the  Minister  by  this  Act. 

(2)  Subsection  2   of  the  said  section  39,  as  amended   by  J^g°'®g-^'39 
section  12  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1964  and|'^^s^^^^ 
section  7  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

(h)  prescribing  the  rates  of  interest  payable  on  amounts 
payable  to  or  to  be  remitted  to  the  Treasurer  of 
Ontario  under  this  Act. 


30.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  April,  1969. 


Commence- 


31.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amend-  ^^""^  ""* 
ment  Act,  1968-69. 


79 


9» 


J8 

I: 

1 

s 

Sc 

>a 

1 

I 

V*. 

St 

H 

8 

3 

M 

»« 

(% 

sr 


3 


2 

r 


BILL  79 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61 


Mr.  White 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  79  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1. — (1)  Paragraph  1  of  section  1  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax\^li]^s.x, 
Act,  1960-61  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  there- P^^n^'^tgd 
for: 

1.  "admission"  includes  entry  to  a  place  of  amusement 
where  any  charge  is  made  or  fee  is  collected  before 
or  after  entry. 


1960-61, 
c.  91.8.  1, 


(2)  Paragraph  2  of  the  said  section  1  is  repealed.  par.  2 

repealed 

(3)  Clause  a  of  paragraph  5  of  the  said  section  1  is  repealed  c^^g'i^^a.  i_ 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  r^-enacted"' 

(a)  the  price  for  which  the  tangible  personal  property 
or  the  taxable  service  was  purchased,  including  the 
value  in  terms  of  Canadian  money  of  services  ren- 
dered and  things  exchanged  and  other  considerations 
accepted  by  the  vendor  or  person  from  whom  the 
tangible  personal  property  passed  or  taxable  services 
were  rendered  as  the  price  or  on  account  of  the  price 
of  the  tangible  personal  property  purchased  or 
taxable  service  received. 

(4)  Paragraph  6  of  the  said  section  1,  as  re-enacted  byc^|i"|^i. 
subsection  1  of  section  1  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  J'f96f.62. 
Act,  1961-62,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  there-^- 126,  s.  1, 

r  BU  OS  •      i-  /  t 

tor:  re-enacted 

6.  "Minister"  means  Minister  of  Revenue. 

(5)  Paragraph  7  of  the  said  section  1  is  repealed  and  the  c.  91"  s.'i. 
following  substituted  therefor:  ?e"na'cted 

79 


cc'.^iBi.^ss"'  ^-  "pt-'i'son",  in  addition  to  its  meaning  in  The  Inter- 

pretation Act,  includes  Her  Majesty  in  right  of 
Ontario,  a  municipal  corporation,  including  a  metro- 
politan or  regional  municipal  corporation,  or  a  local 
board  thereof,  as  defined  in  The  Department  of 
Municipal  Affairs  Act,  and  any  board,  commission 
or  authority  established  under  any  Act  of  the 
Legislature. 

7a.  "place  of  amusement"  means  a  premises  or  place, 
whether  enclosed  or  not,  where  a  cinematograph  or 
moving  picture  machine  or  similar  apparatus  is 
operated,  or  where  a  theatrical  performance,  car- 
nival, circus,  side  show,  menagerie,  concert,  rodeo, 
exhibition,  horse  race,  athletic  contest  or  other 
performance  is  staged  or  held,  and  to  which  ad- 
mission is  granted  upon  payment  of  a  price  of 
admission  through  the  sale  of  tickets  or  otherwise. 

7b.  "price  of  admission"  includes  every  charge  made  to 
or  fee  collected  from  a  purchaser  by  a  vendor  before 
or  after  admission  to  a  place  of  amusement. 

c.^9i"*^8^.'i,  (6)  Paragraph  8  of  the  said  section  1,  as  re-enacted  by  sub- 

fuie^-es        section   1  of  section   1  of  The  Retail  Sales   Tax  Amendment 
Bubs'n  ^'     ^^^'  ^^'52-(}J,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  there- 

re-enatted        for: 

8.  "purchaser"  means  a  consumer  or  person  who  ac- 
quires tangible  personal  property  anywhere,  or  who 
acquires  or  receives  a  taxable  service  at  a  sale  in 
Ontario,  for  his  own  consumption  or  use,  or  for  the 
consumption  or  use  in  Ontario  of  other  persons  at 
his  exp>ense,  or  on  behalf  of  or  as  agent  for  a  prin- 
cipal who  desires  to  acquire  such  property  or  service 
for  consumption  or  use  in  Ontario  by  such  principal 
or  other  persons  at  his  expense  and  includes  a  person 
who  purchases  admission  for  himself  to  a  place  of 
amusement,  or  a  pierson  for  whom  admission  to  a 
place  of  amusement  is  purchased  by  another  person. 

c^li  V.i,  (7)  Clause  a  of  paragraph  1 1  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended 

par^  11,  {jy  adding  at  the  end  thereof  "or  renders  to  another  person  a 

amended        taxable  service",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(a)  any  transfer  of  title  or  possession,  exchange,  barter, 
lease  or  rental,  conditional  or  otherwise,  including  a 
sale  on  credit  or  where  the  price  is  payable  by  in- 
stalments, or  any  other  contract  whereby  at  a  price 

79 


or  other  consideration  a  person  delivers  to  another         •  : 

person    tangible    personal    property    or    renders    to  :• 
another  person  a  taxable  service. 

(8)  Paragraph  13  of  the  said  section  1,  as  re-enacted  by  J^l^'^g";-^ 
section  1  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1966,  isP"-J^3 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  c.  i38,  s.  i), 

•^  re-enacted 

13.  "tangible  personal  property"  means  property  that 
can  be  seen,  weighed,  measured,  felt  or  touched,  or 
that  is  in  any  way  perceptible  to  the  senses,  and 
includes  natural  or  manufactured  gas. 

(9)  The  said  section  1  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  thec^|°^®B^'i_ 
following  paragraph :  amended 

15.  "taxable  service"  means, 

(fl)  telephone   services,    including   long   distance 
calls; 

(b)  telegraph  services;  and 

(c)  transient  accommodation. 

(10)  Paragraph  16  of  the  said  section  1  is  repealed  and  thecf|i^®s'^'i_ 

illowincr  siihstil-iitpd  thprefnr-  P**"-  1^;   _, 

re-enacted 


following  substituted  therefor: 

16.  "transient  accommodation"  means  the  provision  of 
lodging  in  hotels,  motels,  hostels,  apartment  houses, 
lodging  houses,  boarding  houses,  clubs  and  other 
similar  accommodation,  whether  or  not  a  member- 
ship is  required  for  the  lodging,  but  does  not  include 
lodging  let  for  a  continuous  period  of  one  month  or 
more  or  lodging  in  a  lodging  house,  rooming  house, 
or  boarding  house,  if  such  house  has  accommodation 
for  less  than  four  tenants. 

(11)  Paragraph  18  of  the  said  section  1  is  repealed  and  the  J^l^-^^i', 
following  substituted  therefor :  par-  is',    ' 

re-enacted 

18.  "vendor"  means  a  jjerson  who,  in  the  ordinary 
course  of  his  business, 

(a)  sells  tangible  personal  property; 
{b)  sells  or  renders  a  taxable  service;  or 
(c)  operates  a  place  of  amusement. 
79 


1960-61, 

0.  91, 

s.  2,  Bubs.  1, 

re-enacted 


2. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  2  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax 
Act,  1960-61,  as  amended  by  subsection  1  of  section  2  of  The 
Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 


Tax  on 
purchaser, 
of  tangible 
personal 
property 


(1)  Every  purchaser  of  tangible  personal  property, 
except  the  classes  thereof  referred  to  in  subsection  lo, 
shall  pay  to  Her  Majesty  in  right  of  Ontario  a  tax 
in  respect  of  the  consumption  or  use  thereof,  com- 
puted at  the  rate  of  5  per  cent  of  the  fair  value 
thereof. 


of  liquor, 
beer,  wine, 
meals 


(la)  Every  purchaser  of  the  following  classes  of  tangible 
personal  property  shall  pay  to  Her  Majesty  in  right 
of  Ontario  a  tax  in  respect  of  the  consumption  or 
use  thereof  computed  at  the  rate  of  10  per  cent  of 
the  fair  value  thereof: 


1.  liquor,  beer  or  wine; 

2.  prepared  meals  sold  at  a  price  of  over  $2.50. 


of  taxable 
lerviue 


(16)  Every  purchaser  of  a  taxable  service  shall  pay  to 
Her  Majesty  in  right  of  Ontario  a  tax  in  respect 
thereof  computed  at  the  rate  of  5  per  cent  of  the 
fair  value  thereof. 


of  admission 
to  place  of 
amusement 


(Ic)  Every  purchaser  of  admission  to  a  place  of  amuse- 
ment shall  pay  to  Her  Majesty  in  right  of  Ontario  a 
tax  on  the  price  of  admission  as  follows: 


Price  of  Admission 


Tax 


More  than  75  cents  and  not  more  than  84  cents     — 


84 
90 


90 
92 


6  cents 

7  " 

8  " 


and  where  the  price  of  admission  is  more  than  92 
cents,  a  tax  at  the  rate  of  10  per  cent,  calculated 
upon  the  price  of  admission. 


lycio-Gi, 

I'.    <il.    8.    2. 

fiubs.  2. 
re-enarted 

When  tax 

payable 


(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  2  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  A  purchaser  shall  pay  the  tax  imposed  by  this  Act 
at  the  time  of  the  sale. 


I'JGd-tU. 
c.  f)i.  s.  i; 
subs.   l. 
aineiuied 


(3)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  2  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  tliereof  "Minister". 


"y 


(4)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  2,  as  amended  by  sub- J^|^"^g^'2 
section  2  of  section  2  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Ame^idment^^^^' ^- 

,,-,--•  11  r6p6B.l©Q. 

Act,  1966,  IS  repealed. 

(5)  Subsection  6  of  the  said  section  2,  as  amended  by  sub- J^|^"^g^'2 
section  1  of  section  1  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment ^^^s.  e, 

•      r        1  111*  •  r  liT^  11  amended 

Ad,  1965,  IS  further  amended  by  msertmg  after     Ireasurer 
in  the  fifth  line  "of  Ontario". 

(6)  The  said  section  2  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  J^|i"®g^'2, 

following  subsection:  amended' 

(6a)  Where  a  person  has  paid  an  amount  under  this  Act^'^®'" 
as  tax  that  is  not  payable  as  tax  under  this  Act, 
the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  may  refund  such  amount 
upon  receipt  of  satisfactory  evidence  that  the  amount 
was  wrongfully  paid. 

(7)  Subsection  7  of  the  said  section  2,  as  amended  by  sub- J.^9i'^^b^.'2, 
section  3  of  section  2  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  ^c/,|'^|nJ^d 
1964  and  subsection  3  of  section  2  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax 
Amendment  Act,   1966,   is  further  amended   by  striking  out 
"Comptroller"  in  the  ninth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Minister". 

(8)  The  said  section  2  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  c.  9i^  s.'2, 

following  subsection:  amended 

(10)  Where   tangible   personal    property    has   been    pur-^empt 
chased  exempt  from  the  tax  imposed  by  this  Act,  ^u't^U)^'^ 
and  the  tangible  personal  property  is  subsequently  taxable  use 
put  to  a  taxable  use,  the  purchaser  shall  pay  the  tax 
imposed  by  this  Act  on  the  fair  value  of  the  tangible 
personal  property  at  the  time  of  change  of  use. 

3.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Taxl^fi".  3, 
Act,  1960-61  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  ^^.^^nac'ted 

(1)  No  vendor  shall  sell  any  tangible  personal  property  p|rm,°g 
or  taxable  services  or  operate  a  place  of  amusement 
unless  he  has  been  granted  upon  his  application  a 
permit  for  each  place  in  Ontario  where  he  transacts 
business  and  such  permit  is  in  force  at  the  time  of  the 
sale. 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  3  is  amended  by  striking  J^li'l^s^'a, 
out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  I'^lnl^^ 
"Minister". 

79 


1960-61. 
o.  91,  a.  3. 
■UbB.  3, 
amended 


(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  3,  as  amended  by  sec- 
tion 3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1964,  is  further 
amended  by  striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and 
in  the  amendment  of  1964  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in 
each  instance  "Minister". 


1960-61. 

c.  91.  B.  a. 

subs.  4, 
amended 


(4)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  3  is  amended  by  striking 
out  "Comptroller"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "Alinister". 


1960-61, 
•  •.  91.  8.  4 
re-enautea 


4.  Section  4  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61  is  repealed 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Sales  In 
bulk. 

R.S.O.  1960, 
o.  43 


—(I)  No  person  shall  dispose  of  his  stock  through  a 
sale  in  bulk  as  defined  in  The  Bulk  Sales  Act  without 
first  obtaining  a  certificate  in  duplicate  from  the 
Minister  that  all  taxes  collectable  or  payable  by 
such  person  have  been  paid. 


Idem 


(2)  Every  person  purchasing  stock  through  a  sale  in 
bulk  as  defined  in  The  Bulk  Sales  Act  shall  obtain 
from  the  person  selling  such  stock  the  duplicate  copy 
of  the  certificate  furnished  under  subsection  1,  and, 
if  he  fails  to  do  so,  he  is  responsible  for  payment  to 
the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  of  all  taxes  collectable  or 
payable  by  the  person  thus  disposing  of  his  stock 
through  a  sale  in  bulk. 


11)00-61. 
c.  !)1.  a.  5. 
pars.  1.  2. 
re-enacted 


3. — (1)  Paragraphs  1  and  2  of  section  5  of  I'he  Retail  Sales 
Tax  Act,  1960-61  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor : 


19G0-61, 
■  .  91.  8.  5. 
par.  U. 
amended 


1.  food     products     for     human     consumption    except 
candies  and  other  confections  and  soft  drinks; 


2.  prepared  meals  sold  at  a  price  of  $2.50  or  less. 


(2)  Paragraph  9  of  the  said  section  5,  as  amended  by  sub- 
section 3  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act, 
1966,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the 
amendment  of  1966  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


lUBU-UI, 
o.  91.  s.  5. 
par.  10. 
amended 


(3)  Paragraph  10  of  the  said  section  5,  as  amended  by  sub- 
section 4  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act, 
1966,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the 
amendment  of  1966  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


(4)  Paragraph   12  of  the  said  section  5,  as  re-enacted  by 
subsection  1  of  section  2  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment 


1960-61, 

L-.  91.  8.  5. 

par.  12 

(1967,  c.  88.  .  -T-  ..    •         u 

A.  2. suhB.i). Act,   1967,  is  amended  by  strikmg  out  "Treasurer     in  the 

amended  ...  ,    .  ....  .  e    ii\  f    •  i» 

second  Ime  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereoi     Minister  . 


79 


f 


(5)  Paragraph  16  of  the  said  section  5  is  amended  by  strik-i^^o'^gi'g 
ing  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  par.  ie, 

,-,,,,..,,  °  amended 

thereoi     Minister  . 

(6)  Paragraph    18  of  the  said  section   5   is  amended   hyl^fl'^^-^ 
striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  par.  is     ' 

,.  ,  r  nil*-    •  II  amended 

heu  thereof  "Minister  . 

^    (7)  Paragraph  24  of  the  said  section  5,  as  re-enacted  by  c.^oi'^s^.'b. 
subsection  6  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  ffgel* 
Act,  1966,  is  amended   by  striking  out  "Treasurer"   in   the  ^;, ^p^lf •  ^' 

/••••••  SUDS.    \i)  , 

first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister".  amended 

(8)  Paragraph  25  of  the  said  section  5,  as  re-enacted  by,';^|i;®/'5^ 
subsection  6  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment '^^^^^^ 
Act,  1966,  is  amended   by  striking  out  "Treasurer"   in   the  <>•  i^s',  s.  3, 
second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister".  amended 

(9)  Paragraph  37  of  the  said  section  5,  as  re-enacted  byc^|?;^B^.'5, 
subsection  8  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  A mendment  ffgeej 
Act,  1966,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  first  J-^^^s'.s.  3. 

|.  .     .  .  ,  .,  ,  SUDS,    o/i 

line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister".  amended 

(10)  Paragraph  38  of  the  said  section  5,  as  re-enacted  by  "|°;^b^;5_ 
subsection  4  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  "^^^^^^^  ' 
Act,  1961-62  and  amended  by  subsection  2  of  section  2  of  "•  i26  s.'3, 
The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1967,  is  repealed.  repealed 

(11)  Paragraph  39  of  the  said  section  5,  as  re-enacted  by^^l^-^^^'g 
subsection  4  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  A  mendment  par-  39'    ' 
Act,  1961-62  and  amended  by  subsection  3  of  section  2  of  c  i26,  8.'3. 
The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1967,  is  further  amended  Im^'eAdid 
by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 

lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

(12)  Paragraph  44  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  byc!'|°""'5_ 
subsection  7  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  p}^q^_%2  ' 
Act,  1961-62,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the<^-  i26,  s.'3. 
first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister".  Imeiided 

(13)  Paragraph  45  of  the  said  section  5,  as  re-enacted  byi^l^-^^^'g 
subsection  7  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  v^^ M 
Act,  1961-62,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  and  c.  126,  s.' 3. 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister".  ImenJid 

(14)  Paragraph  48  of  the  said  section  5,  as  re-enacted  byJ^^o-^/'g 
subsection  8  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendmenti'^^-  48' 
Act,  1961-62,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  c  126',  s.' 3, 
second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister".  ImeJld 

79 


o?9ilV.'6.         (^^^  Paragraph  50  of  the  said  section  5  is  amended  by 
amended       Striking  out  "by  the  glass",  so  that  the  paragraph  shall  read 
as  follows: 


1860-61, 
o.  91,  a.  fi, 
par.  SI, 
repealed 

1960-61, 
c.  91.  B.  5, 
par.  53, 
(1961-62, 
c.  126,  8.  3, 
subs.  9), 
amended 


50.  draft  beer  sold  on  licensed  premises. 

(16)  Paragraph  51  of  the  said  section  5  is  repealed. 

(17)  Paragraph  53  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  by 
subsection  9  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment 
Act,  1961-62,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the 
first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


1960-61, 
c.  91,  8.  6, 
par.  66 
(1961-62, 
c.  126.  8.  3, 
subs.  9), 
amended 


(18)  Paragraph  56  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  by 
subsection  9  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment 
Act,  1961-62  and  amended  by  subsection  10  of  section  3  of 
The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  further  amended 
by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


1960-61, 

c.  91,  8.  5, 
par.  57 
(1961-62, 
c.  12G.  8.  3, 
subs.  9). 
amended 


(19)  Paragraph  57  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  by  sub- 
section 9  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment 
Act,  1961-62  and  amended  by  subsection  11  of  section  3  of 
The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  further  amended 
by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


1960-61, 
c.  91.  8.  5, 
par.  58, 
(1961-62, 
c.  126,  8.  3, 
subs.  9), 
amended 


(20)  Paragraph  58  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  by 
subsection  9  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment 
Act,  1961-62,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the 
second  line  and  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
in  each  instance  "Minister".  ^ 


(21)  Paragraph  59  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  by 
subsection  9  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment 


second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


1960-61, 
f.  91.  s.  5. 
par.  59 
(1961-62, 

( .  126.  s.  3,    Act,  1961-62,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer    m  the 

subs.  9).  J  a 

amended 


1960-61, 

o.  91.  s,  5, 

par.  61 

(1964, 

c.  104,  s.  4), 

amended 


(22)  Paragraph  61  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  by 
section  4  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1964  and 
amended  by  subsection  12  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales 
Tax  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out 
"Treasurer"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Minister". 


(23)   Paragraph  65  of  the  said  section  5,  as  enacted  by 
subsection  14  of  section  3  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment 


1960-61. 
r.  91.  s.  5, 
par.  65 

c.'iss.  8. 3,    Act,    1966,    is   amended    by   striking   out    "Treasurer"   and 
imended'       inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


79 


i 


(24)  The  said  section  5  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  J^l^-^g^'^ 

following  subsections :  amended  ■ 

(2)  The  purchaser  of  tangible  personal  property  pur- E''''®p''°"^ 
chased  to  provide  a  taxable  service  is  not  exempt  from 

the  tax  imposed  by  this  Act. 

(3)  No  taxable  service  is  exempt  from  the  tax  imposed  idem 
by  this  Act  by  reason  of  the  fact  that  the  tangible 
personal    property    used    in    providing   the   taxable 
service  is  tangible  personal  property  in  respect  of 
which  tax  imposed  by  this  Act  has  been  paid. 

6.— (1)  Section  5b  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  I960-61,^^eo-6i 

^  ,  C.   91,  S.   DO 

as  enacted  by  section  4  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Ci-^Gi -62, 

.  .     .  c    126    8.  4) 

Ad,  1961-62,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  amended 
third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

1960-61, 

(2)  The  said   section   Sb   is   further  amended   by  adding  ^^l^i^  |-2^* 
thereto  the  following  subsections:  c.  126,  s.'4), 

amended 

(2)  Where  special  circumstances  exist,  whether  of  a  idem 
religious,  charitable  or  educational  nature  or  other- 
wise, the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may,  upon 
application  of  the  vendor  made  to  the  Minister  at 
least  ten  days  before  the  tax  would  otherwise  be 
payable,  exempt  the  purchaser  from  the  payment  and 

the  vendor  from  collection  of  the  tax  imposed  by 
subsection  \c  of  section  2. 

(3)  Where  it  is  shown  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Minister  idem 
that  the  tax  calculated  on  the  price  of  admission  to 

a  place  of  amusement  at  or  in  which  an  entertain- 
ment has  been  held  for  the  purpose  of  raising  funds 
for  religious,  charitable  or  educational  purposes  was 
collected  and  paid  to  Her  Majesty  in  right  of  Ontario 
in  accordance  with  subsection  \c  of  section  2,  and 
where  the  vendor  files  with  the  Minister  a  statement, 
verified  by  his  affidavit,  giving  in  detail  all  receipts 
and  expenses  in  connection  with  the  entertainment 
and  the  receipt  of  the  organization  to  which  the 
proceeds  were  donated  acknowledging  receipt  of  the 
proceeds  is  attached  thereto,  and  where  the  Minister 
is  satisfied  that  the  organization  is  one  the  operations 
of  which  are  carried  on  exclusively  for  religious, 
charitable  or  educational  purposes  or  for  any  com- 
bination of  such  purposes,  there  may  be  paid  to  the 
organization  an  amount  equal  to  that  proportion  of 
the  tax  so  collected  and  paid  which  the  proceeds 
acknowledged  as  received  by  the  organization  bear 
to  the  gross  amount  received  by  the  vendor  as  the 
price  of  admission  to  such  place  of  amusement. 

79 


10 


Canadian 
per- 
formances 


(4)  Where  application  of  the  vendor  is  made  to  the 
Minister  at  least  ten  days  before  the  tax  impoaed  by 
subsection  Ic  of  section  2  would  otherwise  be  pay- 
able and  the  Minister  is  satisfied  that  the  performers 
in  a  theatrical  or  musical  performance  in  a  place  of 
amusement  are  residents  of  Canada  performing  under 
the  management  of  a  person  resident  in  Canada  and 
that  the  performance  will  not  be  presented  with  the 
showing  of  a  motion  picture  or  with  a  carnival, 
circus,  side  show,  menagerie,  rodeo,  exhibition,  home 
race,  athletic  contest  or  other  performance,  the 
Minister  may,  in  his  absolute  discretion,  exempt  the 
purchaser  from  the  payment  and  the  vendor  from 
the  collection  of  the  tax  imposed  by  subsection  U  ol 
section  2. 


1960-61, 
c.  91,  8.  6, 
subs.  1, 
amended 


7.  Subsection  1  of  section  6  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act, 
1960-61  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  first 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


1960-61. 
0.  91,  s.  7, 
amended 


8.  Section  7  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61  is  amended 
by  inserting  after  "Treasurer"  in  the  fifth  line  "of  Ontario". 


1960-61, 
c.  91,  e.  8. 
amended 


0.  Section  8  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61  is  amended 
by  inserting  after  "Treasurer"  in  the  second  line  "of  Ontario". 


1960-61, 
c.  91,  8.  9, 
subs.  1, 
amended 


lO.  Subsection  1  of  section  9  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,- 
1960-61,  as  amended  by  section  5  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax 
Amendment  Act,  1961-62,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out 
"Treasurer"  in  the  first  line  and  in  the  fourth  line  and  insert- 
ing in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "Minister". 


l^TiX'io.        11-— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  10  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax 
a'mend^ed        ^^''  ^^^0-61  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Comptroller"  in 
the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


(2)  Subsection   2  of  the  said   section    10,  as  enacted  by 
section  6  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1964,  is 


1960-61, 
c.  91,  8.  10. 
subs.  2 

1 .104'.  8.  6),  amended  by  striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  second  line 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


1960-61. 

1-.  91.  8.  12, 

(19U4. 

c.   104.  8.  7), 

subs.  2, 

amended 


12.  Subsection  2  of  section  12  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act, 
1960-61,  as  re-enacted  by  section  7  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax 
Amendment  Act,  1964,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer" 
in  the  first  line  and  in  the  eleventh  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  in  each  instance  "Minister". 


13.— (1)  Subsection   1  of  section   13  of   The  Retail  Saks 


1960-61, 

c    91    8    13  — "-        V  - -'    ~     — —     —     ~  —    

?ienacted      ^'^^  ^^''  ^^60-61  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted 
therefor: 


79 


11 

(1)  Where  a  vendor  fails  to  make  a  return  or  a  remittance  ^f\^^"^^^*' 
as  required  under  this  Act  or  if  his  returns  are  notco'ieoted 
substantiated  by  his  records,  the  Minister  may  maice 
an  assessment  of  the  tax  collected  by  such  vendor 
for  which  he  has  not  accounted  and  such  assessed 
amount  shall  thereupon  be  deemed  to  be  the  tax 
collected  by  the  vendor. 

(2)  Subsection    2   of   the   said   section    13    is   amended    by  g^|°"®g-';'^3 
striking  out  "Comptroller"   in   the  seventh  line  and  in  the|"^|^2, 
eighth   line   and    inserting   in   lieu    thereof   in   each    instance 
"Minister". 

(3)  Subsection   3  of  the  said   section    13   is  amended   byl^fl'^g-j^^ 
striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in|'^|j^^'j 
lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

(4)  Subsection   4  of   the   said   section    13   is  amended    byi^eo-ei, 
striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  subs.' 4. 
lieu  thereof  "Minister"   and  by  inserting  after  "Treasurer" 

in  the  fifth  line  "of  Ontario". 

(5)  Subsection   6  of  the  said   section   13   is  amended   by  J^^0"^g^'^3 
striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  subs.  6 

,.,  r   ,,,-••  .1  amended 

lieu  thereoi     Minister  . 

(6)  Subsection   8  of   the  said  section    13   is  amended   by  J^li'^s'^'is, 
striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in|'i^|n|ed 
lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

14.  Subsection  2  of  section  14  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  ^c<.  J^li'^a''  i4 
1960-61  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  subs.  2, 

,.  .        ,         1  ■    1    ..  1-1  1  11-  I    •  •        amended 

line,  in  the  third  line  and  in  the  eleventh  line  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "Minister". 

15.  Section  15  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61,  as  J«|0;*;i;i5 
re-enacted  by  section  6  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment '^^^,%i-^^-„. 

.  ■'  c.  126,  8.  6), 

Act,  1961-62  and  amended  by  section  8  of  The  Retail  5a/e5  amended 
Tax  Amendment  Act,  1964,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out 
"Comptroller"  in  the  fifth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Minister". 

16.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  17  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  l^^-^^- j^j 
Act,  1960-61,  as  amended  by  section  4  of  The  Retail  Sales ^»^^'}''^ 

-r         A  1  A  ■     r        ,  amended 

lax  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out 
"Treasurer"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"Minister". 

(2)  Subsection   2   of   the  said   section    17    is   amended    by  cl'gi^^s^.'iT, 
striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting |'^^g^;[|^^ 
in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

79 


12 

o.*9?'*bVi7         ^^^  Subsection  3  of  the  said   section    17   is  amended   by 
ameAded        Striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "Minister". 

J^I^V.is.        17.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  18  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax 
amended        ^^^'  ^^<^0-61  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the 

third  line  and  in  the  seventh  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 

in  each  instance  "Minister". 

c^fui^.xs,        (2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section   18  is  amended  by 
amended        Striking  out  "Treasurer"   in   the  second  line  and   inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  ".Minister". 

c^ai^^si'is,        (3)  Subsection   3  of  the  said  section    18  is  amended  by 
amended        Striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  first  line  and  "Comptroller" 

in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instancr 

"Minister". 

J^o^.^bVis,        (4)  Subsection   5  of  the  said  section   18  is  amended  by 
amended        Striking  out  "Treasurer"   in  the  fifth  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

c^l^^s^'is         (^)  Subsection   6  of  the  said  section   18   is  amended  by 
Buiis.  6  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in 

amended  ,.,,,,,,..,, 

lieu  thereof     iMmister  . 

c!'9i;''8^.i9,        18.  Subsection  1  of  section  19  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Ad, 
amended        1960-61  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  first 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

e^li  ^'/^o,        1^'  Subclause  iv  of  clause  c  of  subsection  3  of  section  20 
subs.  3,  of  y/jg  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61  is  amended  by  striking 

Bubc'i  iv        out  "Treasurer"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 

amended  ,  ■>  .•    ■  >. 

.Minister  . 


1960-61, 
V.  91,  8,  21, 
amended 


20.  Section  21  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61  is 
amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  third  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


c^9i;V.'24,        21.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  24  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax 
Bubs.  1,         Ad    1960-61  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the 

amended  '  .  -'  ~.  .    .         ,, 

first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  ".Minister  . 

J^9i  *'b''24         (2)  Subsection   2  of  the  said   section   24  is  amended  by 
subs.'2,  striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 

amended  ,-,  r  ,,,,..  ,, 

lieu  thereot     .Minister  . 


1960-61. 
c.  91,  s.  24, 
BUbB.  3, 
amended 


(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  24,  as  amended  by 
section  5  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is 
further  amended  by  striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first 
line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


13 

(4)  Subsection  4  of   the  said  section   24  is  amended   ^Y  1^1°'^^.' 24 
striicing  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  subs.  4 
lieu  thereof  "Minister"   and   by  striking  out  "Office  of  the 
Comptroller  of  Revenue"   in  the  fifth  and  sixth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Department  of  Revenue". 

(5)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section   24  is  amended   by  p^|°^^g';'24_ 
striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in|^|^|^d 
lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

(6)  Subsection   6  of  the  said  section   24  is  amended   by  c^9i^^g';'24, 
striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in|^|nded 
lieu  thereof  "Minister"  and  by  striking  out  "Office  of  the 
Comptroller  of  Revenue"  in  the  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Department  of  Revenue". 

(7)  Subsection   7  of  the  said  section   24  is  amended  byl^fi'^s.'24 
striking  out  "Office  of  the  Comptroller  of  Revenue"  in  the«"ba.7 

II-  1     •  •  •       1-  1  r    iir^  amended 

fourth  hne  and  msertmg  m  lieu  thereof  Department  of 
Revenue"  and  by  striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  sixth  line 
and  in  the  seventh  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each 
instance  "Minister". 

22.  Section  26  of   The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61  isI^^-^I'^q 
amended  by  striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  ""^e"*!®** 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

23.— (1)  Section  27  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61  l^lf^^l' 27, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

27.— (1)  Any  amount  payable  or  to  be  remitted  to  the !"'«''«»' 
Treasurer  of  Ontario  under  this  Act  bears  interest, 
at  such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the  regulations,  from 
the  day  on  which  such  amount  should  have  been 
paid  or  remitted  to  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  to  the 
day  of  payment  or  until  thirty  days  following  the  day 
on  which  a  notice  of  assessment  is  mailed  under  sub- 
section 4  or  6  of  section  13,  whichever  is  the  earlier 
date. 

(2)  The  amount  due  as  shown  by  a  notice  of  assessment  i'^^'" 
made  under  subsection  4  or  6  of  section  13  shall,  if 
it  is  not  paid  within  thirty  days  from  the  day  of 
mailing  of  the  notice  of  assessment,  bear  interest, 
at  such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the  regulations, 
calculated  from  thirty  days  after  the  day  of  mailing 
of  the  notice  of  assessment  until  the  day  of  payment. 

24.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  28  of  The  Retail  Sales  Taxl^lf^l^^^^ 
Act,  1960-61  is  amended  bv  striking  out  "Comptroller"  insubs.'i' 

*u     c     j_  !•  •   •  -         .'    ,.  ,  ,,,,,....  .   .      amended 

the  first  hne  and  msertmg  m  lieu  thereof  Minister  and  by 
inserting  after  "Treasurer"  in  the  seventh  line  "of  Ontario". 

79 


14 

c^9°  V'28         (2)  Subsection   2  of   the  said  section   28   is  amended   I. 

Bub«."2.  inserting  after  "Treasurer"  in  the  first  line  "of  Ontario", 
amended  " 

i^si  "b'^s         ("^^  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section   28  is  amended  b; 

Bubs.'a  inserting  after  "Treasurer"  in  the  sixth  line  "of  Ontario", 

amended  " 

c®9°;V.'29.        25.— (1)  Clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  29  of  The  ReUi 

subs.'  1.  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer 

amended  in  the  first  line  and  in  the  fifth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  therci. 
in  each  instance  "Minister". 

c*9i'V'29         (2)  Clause  6  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section  29  is  amended 

eubs.'i,  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in 

amended  Heu  thereof  "Minister". 


1960-61, 

c.  ai, 

s.  29, 
subs.  2, 
amended 


(3)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  29  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "Treasurer  or  the  Comptroller"  in  the  third  line 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister"  and  by  striking  out 
"Treasurer  or  of  any  officer  of  the  Office  of  the  Comptroller 
of  Revenue"  in  the  eighth  and  ninth  lines  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "Minister  or  of  any  officer  of  the  Department  of 
Revenue". 


1960-61, 
c.  91, 

B.   31, 

Bubs.  1, 
amended 


26. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  31  of  The 
Act,  1960-61,  as  amended  by  section  6  of  The 
Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  further  amended 
"Comptroller"  in  the  first  line  and  in  the 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance 
inserting  after  "Treasurer"  in  the  second  1 
and  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  third  I 
in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 


Retail  Sales  Tax 
Retail  Sales  Tax 
by  striking  out 
fourth  line  and 
"Minister",  by 
ne  "of  Ontario" 
ine  and  inserting 


c^9i  V'3i         ^')  Subsection   2   of  the  said  section   31    is  amended  b> 
subs.'2,  inserting  after  "Treasurer"  in  the  second  line  "of  Ontario' 

amended  ,  ,  .,  .  ,,„  .1      >t  .        1         .  •     1  i-        ■      j  • 

and  by  strikmg  out  Comptroller  m  the  third  line  and  insert- 
ing in  lieu  thereof  ".Minister". 

J"y°]'y'3i         (3)  Subsection   3  of   the  said   section   31,  as  enacted  by 
{i96i^  section  11  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1964,  is 

c.  104',  8.  11).  amended  by  inserting  after  "Treasurer"  in  the  fifth  line  and 

amended  .         ,  ,     ,-         ..    r  ,x  •    ,,  ,   t  •,  •  n^r 

in  the  seventh  line  of  Ontario  and  by  striking  out  1  reas- 
urer"  in  the  eighth  line  and  in  the  fourteenth  line  and  inserting 
in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  ".Minister". 


o''9i"''b''3i         ('^^  Subsection   4  of   the  said   section   31,  as  enacted  by 
subs.' 4  section  11  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1964,  is 

.  104',  8. 11).  amended  by  striking  out  "Treasurer"  in  the  third  line  and  in 
~  "  °  the  eighth,  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance 

"Minister"  and  by  inserting  after  "Treasurer"   in  the  sixth 
line  and  in  the  seventh  line  "of  Ontario". 


amended 


79 


IS 

27.— (1)  Subsection   3  of  section   35   of   The  Retail  5aZes  isgo-ei, 
Tax  Act,  1960-61  is  amended  by  striking  out  "Comptroller"  s^hs.  3 
in  the  first  line  and  in  the  fifth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
in  each  instance  "Minister". 

(2)  Subsection   4  of   the   said   section   35    is   amended    by J^|i;^s^'35 
striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  |'^J'g,-^^gjj 
lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

(3)  Subsection    7   of   the   said   section   35   is   amended   by  J^lj'^'/'gg 
inserting  after  "Treasurer"  in  the  second  line  "of  Ontario".  |"^^j:^J^j 

28.  Section  36  of   The  Retail  Sales   Tax  Act,   1960-61   '^^l^f{^^'zQ 
amended  by  striking  out  "Comptroller"  in  the  third  line  and  amended 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister". 

29.— (1)  Clause  c  of  subsection  2  of  section  39  of   Thel^f{^l-a^, 
Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61  is  repealed  and  the  following ^J'''^®-  ^' 
substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

(c)  authorizing  or  requiring  the  Deputy  Minister  or 
any  other  officer  of  the  Department  of  Revenue  to 
exercise  any  power  or  perform  any  duty  conferred 
or  imposed  upon  the  Minister  by  this  Act. 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  39,  as  amended  by  J|'|°"g-^;39 
section  12  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1964  ands"t>8.'2 

'  amended 

section  7  of  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is 
further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

(h)  prescribing  the  rates  of  interest  payable  on  amounts 
payable  to  or  to  be  remitted  to  the  Treasurer  of 
Ontario  under  this  Act. 

30.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  April,  1969.  ^InT^""^' 

31.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Amend-  ^^°'^  ""^ 
ment  Act,  1968-69. 


79 


2 

s 

H 

n 


o 

ST 


2 

"1 

o 


a 


2 

H    a. 


o 


H 
y 
(♦ 

n 


^5 


H  = 
»)  - 
X  = 

s 

I 


BILL  80 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  repeal  The  Hospitals  Tax  Act 


Mr.  White 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  pertinent  provisions  of  the  Act  have  been  incorporated  into 
The  Retail  Sales  Tax  Act,  1960-61. 


80 


BILL  80  1968-69 


An  Act  to  repeal  The  Hospitals  Tax  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  Hospitals  Tax  Act,  The  Hospitals  Tax  Amendment^^-f:^:^ 
Act,  1961-62  and  The  Hospitals  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1964 l^H:^^- 
are  repealed.  i964.'c.  4o, 

repealed 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  April,  1969.  m?nt"*"°*' 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as   The  Hospitals   Tax  Repeal  short  title 
Act,  1968-69. 


960, 


80 


5> 


a. 


a' 

»0 


2 

3- 


BILL  80 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legisi^ture,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  repeal  The  Hospitals  Tax  Act 


Mr.  White 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  80  1968-69 


An  Act  to  repeal  The  Hospitals  Tax  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  l^he  Hospitals  Tax  Act,  The  Hospitals  Tax  Amendment^'f^:^^^^- 
Act,  1961-62  and   The  Hospitals  Tax  Amendment  Act,  lC64l^ll-.^'^' 
are  repealed.  i964.'c.  40, 

•^  repealed 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  April,  1969.  ^ent™*"''*' 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as   The  Hospitals   Tax  Repeal  short  title 
Act,  1968-69. 


80 


■o 


a 

H 


■^ 

2 

•1 

Uj 

tsj 

w 

»-, 

3- 

a. 

g. 

3* 

a. 

to 

5* 

>^ 

>: 

1^ 

S' 

1 

1 

5 

4. 

vO 

3 

o 

s 

1' 

o 

o 

^0 

o 

BILL  81 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Residential  Property  Tax  Reduction  Act,  1968 


Mr.  McKeough 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1 .  The  amendment  makes  provision  for  land  being  separately 
assessed  in  1969  for  the  purposes  of  the  Act. 


Section  2. — Subsection  1.    The  amendment  requires  every  taxpayer 

to  pay  not  less  tlian  50  per  cent  of  the  taxes  levied  on  his  property. 


81 


BILL  81  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Residential  Property  Tax  Reduction  Act, 

1968 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  2  of  section   1  of  The  Residential  Property l^f^^^^^^^^' 
Tax  Reduction  Act,  1968  is  amended  by  striking  out  "\^(>T'  a-mended 
in  the  third  line  and  in  the  eighth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  in  each  instance  "1968"  and  by  striking  out  "1968" 
in  the  fourth  line  and   inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "1969",  so 
that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(2)  Where  any  person  who  has  an  interest  as  owner  oroY^and""' 
tenant  in  any  land  believes  that  any  part  or  parts  of  fle^l^slfoiiw 
such  land  should  have  been  separately  assessed  in  ^ave  been 

1       •         ,  separately 

the  year  1968,  he  may  apply  m  the  year  1969  to  assessed 
the  treasurer  of  the  local  municipality,  and,  if  the 
treasurer  is  satisfied  that  this  is  the  case,  he  may  so 
certify,  and  thereupon  such  part  or  parts  of  such 
land  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  separately 
assessed  in  the  year  1968  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

2.— (1)  Section  2  of  The  Residential  Property  Tax  i?erfMc- ises.c.  iis, 
tion  Act,  1968  is  amended  by  striking  out  "the  amount"  in  amended 
the  fifth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "50  per  cent",  so 
that  the  section  shall  read  as  follows: 

2.  Notwithstanding  any  general  or  special  Act,  every  ^f^'^""'""" 
local  municipality  shall  reduce  the  municipal  taxes  J^xes'^'"^' 
required  to  be  paid  in  each  year  by  the  amount  that 
is  produced  by  the  application  of  the  equalized  mill 
rate  to  $2,000  of  the  assessment  of  any  residential 
property  or  50  per  cent  of  the  total  of  the  municipal 
taxes  on  such  residential  property,  whichever  is  the 
'  lesser,  provided  that  where  taxes  are  levied  under 

section  53  of  The  Assessment  Act,  the  reduction  tOc.'23 

81 


R.S.O.  1960. 
c.  23 


be  made  under  this  section  shall  be  the  proportion 
of  the  reduction  that  would  otherwise  be  made  under 
this  section  that  the  number  of  months  remaining 
in  the  year,  after  such  levy  bears  to  the  number  12, 
and  such  reduction  shall,  for  the  purposes  of  section  3, 
be  deemed  to  be  made  on  the  date  that  the  payment 
of  the  first  instalment  of  taxes  is  required  to  be  made 
by  by-law  passed  under  section  120  of  The  Assess- 
ment Act. 


1968 
R.  2. 
amended 


118. 


(2)  The  said  section  2  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 
the  following  subsection: 


Re  tenanU 
of  Crown 
property, 
etc. 


(2)  Where  a  payment  in  lieu  of  taxes  is  made  to  a  local 
municipality  by  the  Crown  in  right  of  Ontario  or 
any  agency  thereof  or  The  Hydro-Electric  Power 
Commission  of  Ontario  in  any  year  in  respect  of 
residential  property,  the  Crown,  agency  or  Com- 
mission shall  reduce  the  payment  in  lieu  of  taxes  by 
the  amount  that  a  tenant  thereof  would  otherwise 
be  entitled  to  under  this  Act  if  the  residential 
property  were  liable  to  taxation  at  the  mill  rate 
that  was  used  in  the  calculation  of  such  payment  in 
lieu  of  taxes  and  shall  pay  or  allow  as  a  reduction 
in  rent  such  amount  to  the  tenant. 


1968.0.118.       3.  Section   5  of   The  Residential  Property   Tax  Reduction 
amended       Ad^  jQ^g  jg  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  sub- 
section : 


Payment  of 
amount  of 
reduotion 
allowed 
tenants  of 
Crown 


(3)  Every  local  municipality  may  apply  to  the  Depart- 
ment requesting  that  it  be  reimbursed  for  the  amount 
by  which  payments  to  it  in  lieu  of  taxes  have  been 
reduced  by  the  Crown  in  right  of  Canada  or  Ontario 
and  any  agency  thereof  and  The  Hydro-Electri 
Power  Commission  of  Ontario  for  the  purpose  oi 
paying  or  allowing  as  a  reduction  in  rent  to  tenants 
of  the  Crown,  agency  or  Commission  amounts  that 
such  tenants  would  otherwise  be  entitled  to  under 
this  Act  if  the  residential  properties  occupied  by 
them  were  liable  to  taxation  at  the  mill  rate  that  was 
used  in  the  calculation  of  such  payment  in  lieu  of 
taxes,  and  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  shall  pay  to  the 
municipality  the  total  amount  of  such  reductions. 


1968, o. 118, 

B.  8,  subs.    1, 

repealed 

Reduction 
of  taxes  re 
tenants  of 
Crown,  etr,. 
in  1968 


4.  Subsection   1  of  section  8  of  The  Residential  Property 
Tax  Reduction  Act,  1968  is  repealed. 

5.  The  Treasurer  of  Ontario  is  authorized  to  reimburse  in 
the  year  1969  the  Crown  in  right  of  Canada  or  any  agenc) 


81 


Subsection  2.  The  amendment  confers  on  tenants  of  residential 
property  of  the  Crown  in  right  of  Ontario  or  Tne  Hydro-Electric  Power 
Commission  of  Ontario  the  same  benefits  as  received  by  otlier  tenants  in 
Ontario.    This  provision  is  made  retroactive  to  include  the  year  1968. 


Section  3.  The  amendment  provides  for  payment  to  municipalities 
by  the  Province  of  moneys  withheld  out  of  payments  in  lieu  of  taxes  for 
the  purpose  of  conferring  on  Crown  tenants  like  benefits  under  the  Act. 


Section  4.  The  repealed  provisions  are  no  longer  necessary  in  light 
of  the  addition  of  subsection  3  to  section  5  of  the  Act. 

Section  5.  The  provision  authorizes  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  to 
make  reimbursement  for  moneys  paid  or  allowed  to  tenants  of  the  Crown 
or  The  Hydro-Electric  Power  Commission  of  Ontario  in  respect  of  the 
taxation  year  1968  in  order  that  such  tenants  receive  the  same  benefits 
under  the  Act  as  other  tenants  generally. 

81 


thereof,  any  agency  of  the  Crown  in  right  of  Ontario,  The 
Hydro-Electric  Power  Commission  of  Ontario  or  a  local 
municipality  for  any  amounts  that  are  or  have  been  paid  or 
allowed  as  a  reduction  in  rent  to  tenants  of  the  Crown  in  right 
of  Canada  or  any  agency  thereof,  or  of  any  agency  of  the 
Crown  in  right  of  Ontario,  or  of  The  Hydro-Electric  Power 
Commission  of  Ontario  equal  to  the  amounts  that  such 
tenants  would  otherwise  have  been  entitled  to  under  this  Act 
in  respect  of  the  year  1968  had  the  residential  properties 
occupied  by  them  been  liable  to  taxation  at  the  mill  rate  that 
was  used  in  the  calculation  of  the  payment  in  lieu  of  taxes 
made  in  respect  of  such  properties. 

6. — (1)  This  Act,  except  subsection  2  of  section  2,  shall  beCommence- 
deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  January, 
1969, 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  section  2  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  ^'**'" 
into  force  on  the  13th  day  of  June,  1968. 

7.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Residential  Property  Tax^^°^^  ""« 
Reduction  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


81 


-0- 

3i 


OO 


X 


n 

w 
o 

r: 

s 


3 

»<9 


£     -^ 


I     --    I 

o 


H' 
X  : 
/Ci 

c  • 

o    . 

5'' 
3  ; 

>i 
Si 


BILL  81 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Residential  Property  Tax  Reduction  Act,  1968 


Mk.  McKeough 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  81  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Residential  Property  Tax  Reduction  Act, 

1968 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  2  of  section    1   of   The  Residential  Property l^f^^^^l^^' 
Tax  Reduction  Act,  1968  is  amended  by  striking  out  "\9()T'  amen<i<iA 
in  the  third  line  and  in  the  eighth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  in  each  instance  "1968"  and  by  striking  out  "1968" 
in  the  fourth  line  and   inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "1969",  so 
that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(2)  Where  any  person  who  has  an  interest  as  owner  or  of  ^|nd '^'^'^' 
tenant  in  any  land  believes  that  any  part  or  parts  of  f^e^l^liouici 
such  land  should  have  been  separatelv  assessed  in  ^^^'^  t)een 

,„,  1       •         I       '  separately 

the  3ear  1968,  he  may  apply  m  the  year  1969  to  assessed 
the  treasurer  of  the  local  municipality,  and,  if  the 
treasurer  is  satisfied  that  this  is  the  case,  he  may  so 
certify,  and  thereupon  such  part  or  parts  of  such 
land  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  separately 
assessed  in  the  year  1968  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

2.— (1)  Section  2  of  The  Residential  Property  Tax  Reduc-l^l^-<'-^^»- 
tion  Act,  1968  is  amended  by  striking  out  "the  amount"  in  amended 
the  fifth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "50  per  cent",  so 
that  the  section  shall  read  as  follows: 

2.  Notwithstanding  any  general  or  special  Act,  every  Jr®'^"'"''''" 
local  municipality  shall  reduce  the  municipal  taxes  {^"ei"'***' 
required  to  be  paid  in  each  year  by  the  amount  that 
is  produced  by  the  application  of  the  equalized  mill 
rate  to  $2,000  of  the  assessment  of  any  residential 
property  or  50  per  cent  of  the  total  of  the  municipal 
taxes  on  such  residential  property,  whichever  is  the 
lesser,  provided  that  where  taxes  are  levied  under 
section  53  of  The  Assessment  Act,  the  reduction  ton. '23      '     ' 

81 


R.S.O.  19ti0, 
o.  23 


be  made  under  this  section  shall  be  the  proportion 
of  the  reduction  that  would  otherwise  lie  made  under 
this  section  that  the  number  of  months  remaining 
in  the  year,  after  such  levy  lx;ars  to  the  number  12, 
and  such  reduction  shall,  for  the  purposes  of  section  3, 
be  deemed  to  be  made  on  the  date  that  the  payment 
of  the  first  instalment  of  taxes  is  required  to  be  made 
by  by-law  p>assed  under  section  120  of  The  Assess- 
ment Act. 


1968.  c.  118,       (2)  The  said  section  2  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto 
amended        the  following  subsection: 


Re  tenants 
of  Crown 
property, 
etc. 


(2)  Where  a  payment  in  lieu  of  taxes  is  made  to  a  local 
municipality  by  the  Crown  in  right  of  Ontario  or 
any  agency  thereof  or  The  Hydro-Electric  Power 
Commission  of  Ontario  in  any  year  in  respect  of 
residential  property,  the  Crown,  agency  or  Com- 
mission shall  reduce  the  payment  in  lieu  of  taxes  by 
the  amount  that  a  tenant  thereof  would  otherwise 
be  entitled  to  under  this  Act  if  the  residential 
property  were  liable  to  taxation  at  the  mill  rate 
that  was  used  in  the  calculation  of  such  payment  in 
lieu  of  taxes  and  shall  pay  or  allow  as  a  reduction 
in  rent  such  amount  to  the  tenant. 


1968.  ,-.118.       3.  Section   5  of   7"Ae  Residential  Property   Tax  Reduction 
amended        Aff,  196fi  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  sub- 
section : 


Payment  of 
amount  of 
reduction 
allowed 
tenants  of 
Crown 


(3)  Every  local  municipality  may  apply  to  the  Depart- 
ment requesting  that  it  be  reimbursed  for  the  amount 
by  which  payments  to  it  in  lieu  of  taxes  have  been 
reduced  by  the  Crown  in  right  of  Canada  or  Ontario 
and  any  agency  thereof  and  The  Hydro-Electric 
I'ower  Commission  of  Ontario  for  the  purpose  of 
paying  or  allowing  as  a  reduction  in  rent  to  tenants 
of  the  Crown,  agency  or  Commission  amounts  that 
such  tenants  would  otherwise  be  entitled  to  under 
this  Act  if  the  residential  properties  occupied  by 
them  were  liable  to  taxation  at  the  mill  rate  that  was 
used  in  tlie  calculation  of  such  payment  in  lieu  of 
taxes,  and  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario  shall  pay  to  the 
municipality  the  total  amount  of  such  reductions. 


IL'ti.S,  .  ,  US, 
s.  8.  suli.s.  1. 
repealed 


4.  Subsection   1  of  section  8  of   The  Residential  Property 
Tax  Reduction  Act,  1968  is  repealed. 


Redu<  tion 

tenants  of  5.  The  Treasurer  of  Ontario  is  authorized  to  reimburse  in 

in'^i'it's *  '^"  the  \ear  1969  the  Crown  in  right  of  Canada  or  any  agency 


81 


thereof,  any  agency  of  the  Crown  in  right  of  Ontario,  The 

■Hydro-Electric    Power    Commission    of   Ontario   or   a   local 

Imunicipality  for  any  amounts  that  are  or  have  been  paid  or 

[allowed  as  a  reduction  in  rent  to  tenants  of  the  Crown  in  right 

'of  Canada  or  any  agency  thereof,  or  of  any  agency  of  the 

Crown  in  right  of  Ontario,  or  of  The  Hydro-Electric  Power 

Commission    of   Ontario    equal    to    the    amounts    that    such 

tenants  would  otherwise  have  been  entitled  to  under  this  Act 

in  respect  of  the  year   1968   had   the  residential   properties 

occupied  by  them  been  liable  to  taxation  at  the  mill  rate  that 

was  used  in  the  calculation  of  the  payment  in  lieu  of  taxes 

made  in  respect  of  such  properties. 

6. — (1)  This  Act,  except  subsection  2  of  section  2,  shall  betJommence 
deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on  the  1st  dav  of  Januarv, 
1969. 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  section  2  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  ''^®'" 
into  force  on  the  13th  day  of  June,  1968. 

7.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Residential  Property  YaxS^"""'  title 
Reduction  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


81 


o 

1 


n 

o 
c 

o 

s 


>> 

2 

2; 

5" 

I: 

9i 

o 

5" 

sr 

0\ 

ia. 

1 

s- 

1. 

On 

s 

o 

a' 

o 

^ 

o 

s 

§ 

•< 
H 

2. 

c 
o 

5' 

3 
>1 

n  : 


00  ' 


BILL  82 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Insurance  Act 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Pubi.ishkd  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The   Bill  removes   the   prohibition   against   twisting   life   insurance 
policies. 


82 


BILL  82  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Insurance  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section  330  of  The  Insurance  Act  is  amended  by  striking  R-S.o.  i960, 
out   "induces,   directly   or   indirectly,   an   insured   to   lapse, s.' 330' 
forfeit  or  surrender  for  cash,  or  for  paid  up  or  extended^™*"  * 
insurance,  or  for  other  valuable  consideration,  his  contract 

of  life  insurance  with  one  insurer  in  order  to  effect  a  contract 
of  life  insurance  with  another  insurer  or"  in  the  second,  third, 
fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  lines,  so  that  the  section  shall  read 
as  follows: 

330.  A  person  licensed  as  an  agent  for  life  insurance  J^^l'se 
under  this  Act  who  makes  a  false  or  misleading  coercion, 
statement  or  representation  in  the  solicitation  or 
negotiation  of  insurance,  or  coerces  or  proposes, 
directly  or  indirectly,  to  coerce  a  prospective  buyer 
of  life  insurance  through  the  influence  of  a  business 
or  a  professional  relationship  or  otherwise,  to  give 
a  preference  in  respect  to  the  placing  of  life  in- 
surance that  would  not  be  otherwise  given  in  the 
efl"ecting  of  a  life  insurance  contract,  is  guilty  of 
an  offence. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 

A  m6nt 

Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Insurance  Amendment  ^^°'^^^^^^° 
Act,  1968-69. 


82 


o 
o 

00 


v: 


C/5 

B 

r; 
r 

> 
Z 


U4 

3 

n     to 

(^ 

a. 

3-      *» 

55 

Jfl 

-      3: 

1 

s 

a 

ndtng 
1th,  1969 

BILL  83 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislatukk,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Corporations  Tax  Act 


Mr.  White 


TORONTO 

Printf.d  and  Published  by  Frank  Fo(;g,  Qvekn's  Printer 


EXPLANATOKV  NOTKS 

Section  1 — Subsection  I.  This  amendment  increases  the  rate  of 
capital  tax  from  one-twentieth  of  1  per  cent  to  one-tenth  of  1  per  cent 
calculated  on  taxable  paid-up  capital. 


Subsection  2.  In  the  new  subsection  la,  except  as  otherwise  provided, 
every  corporation  having  a  permanent  establishment  in  Ontario  shall  pay 
a  niiiiiiiiuni  paid-up  capital  tax  of  $50. 


.Subsection   ,?.     This  amendment   is  consequent   upon   the  repeal  of 
section   12  and  provides  for  the  piiyment  of  the  special  taxes  in  addition 

to  income  tax. 


.Subsection  4.  This  amendment  increases  the  rate  upon  which  deduc- 
tions from  tax  on  paid-up  capital  may  be  made  from  one-twentieth  of 
1  per  cent  to  one-tenth  of  1  per  cent  of  taxable  paid-up  capital  used  out- 
ride Ont.irio  .ind  roniplcments  the  general  rate  mcrea.se  in  capital  tax. 


S,? 


BILL     83  1968-69 


I    An  Act  to  amend  The  Corporations  Tax  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


1 — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  5  of  The  Corporations  'fax^^-jg^ 


R.H.O.  I960, 


5, 


Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "one-twentieth"  in  the  third l"^^*^^^^ 
and  fourth   lines  and   inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "one-tenth", 
so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  Except  as  in  this  section  otherwise  provided,  every  i^'J^'^^.^i'' 
corporation  that  has  a  permanent  establishment  in  capital  tax 
Ontario  shall  for  every  fiscal  year  of  the  corporation 
pay  a  tax  of  one-tenth  of  1  per  cent  calculated  on 
its  taxable  paid-up  capital. 

(2)  The  said  section  5  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  J^-^gO^i^so. 

following  subsection:  amended  ' 

(la)   Notwithstanding  subsection  3,  the  tax  payable  under  ^|."''"""' 
this  section  shall  in  no  case  be  less  than  $50  except 
as  provided  in  subsection  17. 

(3)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  5  is  repealed  and  the'^fg^^^l**"- 
following  substituted  therefor:  .subs.' 2     ' 

^  re-enacted 

(2)  The  tax  imposed  by  this  section  is  not  payable  by  Exceptions 
any  corporation  that  is  liable  to  a  tax  under  section  7, 

8,  9,  10,  11  or  13. 

(4)  Subsection    3    of    the    said    section    5    is   amended    by  ^■73*^8^5^"' 
striking  out  "one-twentieth"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting I'^^^ii^^^^ 

in  lieu  thereof  "one-tenth",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read 
as  follows: 

l)edu(  tions 
from  tax  on 

(3)  There    may    be   deducted    from    the    tax   otherwise  paid-up 

,,.  .  11-  ■  r  capital, 

payable  by  a  corporation  under  this  section  for  a  allocation 

II         1  ^  I    ..  ..       ii         r    <  of  taxable 

fiscal  year  an  amount  equal  to  one-tenth  of  1   jier  paid-up 

capital 

83 


(cnt  of  that  |>ortion  of  the  taxable  |>aid-up  capital 
which  is  deemed  to  be  used  by  the  corporation  in 
the  fiscal  year  in  each  jurisdiction  outside  Ontario. 

^la^H^t^"'       (^^  Subsection  17  of  the  said  section  5  is  re|)ealed  and  the 
Bubg.'  17,  ■      following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enaiteU  " 

^''"'"  (17)  Except  as  provided  in  section  58,  every  cor[X)ration 

referred  to  in  clauses  b,  c,  d,  e,  ea,  /,  g,  h,  j,  k,  o  and  p 
of  subsection  37  of  section  4  shall,  in  lieu  of  the 
taxes  payable  under  subsections  1  and  la,  pay  a 
tax  of  S5. 


Idem 


(IS)  Kver\  cori)oration  referred  to  in  clauses  a,  «,  /  and 
m  of  subsection  37  of  section  4,  subsection  1  of 
section  45,  and  includinfi^  a  co-operative  corporation 
shall,  in  lieu  of  the  tax  payable  under  subsection  1, 
pay  a  tax  of  S50. 


H.so  liHKi,       2.  Section  6  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  as  amended  by 
rppenipti '       section  4  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1961-62 

and  section  5  of  The  Corporations  J'ax  Amendment  Act,  196f(, 

is  repealed. 


u..s.().  ii»t;o. 
I'.  7a.  8.  12. 

repealed 

R.S.O.  1!»6(>. 
c.  73.  8.  42, 
subs.  1. 
amended 


3.  Section  12  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act  is  rejiealed. 

4.  Subsection  1  of  section  42  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "or  5"  in  the  first  line,  so  that  the 
subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


I'ersonai 

corporatiuns 

exempt 


(1)  No  tax  is  payable  under  section  4  by  a  corporation 
for  a  fiscal  \ear  during  which  it  was  a  jjersonal 
corporation. 


'•'  -.s's""'-!"        '*'  ^I'l^section  1  of  section  45  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act 
siibs.'  i.  is  amended  by  striking  out  "or  5"  in  the  first  line,  so  that  the 

subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


Non- 
resident- 
owned 
inveslMiciu 
<  orpora- 
tions.  tii.\ 
exempt 

K.s.o.  iiiiui.       o.  Subsection  1  of  section  46  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act 
subB.  1,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-ena'ted 


( 1 )  .No  tax  is  [payable  under  section  4  by  a  corporation 
for  a  fiscal  year  during  which  it  was  a  non-resident- 
ownefl  investment  corporation. 


F'ttreiRn 
lousiness 
corpora- 
tions, tax 
exempt 


(1)  No  tax  is  payable  under  section  4  by  a  corporation 
for  a  fiscal  \ear  during  which  it  was  a  foreign  busi- 
ness cor]X)ration. 


H.SO.1960,       7,  Subsection  4  of  section  48  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act 

subs  4.  is  reix'aled. 

repealed 


83 


Subsection  5.  The  new  subsection  17  incorporates  a  provision 
previously  contained  in  section  6,  which  is  now  being  repealed.  In  the 
new  subsection  18,  the  corporations  referred  to  previously  paid  a  place 
of  business  tax  of  between  $20  to  $50.  They  will  now  be  re<|uired  to  pay  a 
Hat  rate  of  $50. 


SiiCTlON  2.   .Section  6  of  the  Act  is  repealed  so  that  the  tax  on  places 
of  business  formerly  levied  under  that  section  no  longer  applies. 


Section  ,3,  Section  12  is  repealed  thereb\  removing  the  deductibility 
of  income  tax  from  capital  tax  and  the  special  taxes  payable  by  certain 
corporations. 

.Section  4.  This  amendment  is  consequent  upoji  the  repeal  of  section  6 
and  the  amendment  to  section  5  whereby  a  personal  corporation  becomes 
liable  to  a  tax  of  $50  under  that  section  and  is  removed  from  liability 
under  section  6  by  virtue  of  its  repeal. 


Sections  5,  6  .\nd  7.    Complementary  to  section  4. 


83 


Skc  1 1(>\  8.  rhi!)  aineiidineiit  is  consequent  upon  the  repeal  of  MCtion  6 
and  the  ainendnient  to  section  5  whereby  certain  corporations  became 
liiible  to  a  tax  of  $5  or  S5(),  as  the  case  may  be,  under  that  section  and  are 
removed  from  luibilily  under  section  6  by  virtue  of  its  repeiil. 


Skction  9.  These  amendments  add  subsection  2a  to  section  74  to 
provide  that  a  corporation  whose  fiscal  year  commenced  after  the  15th 
day  of  March,  1969,  must,  with  respect  to  that  fiscal  year,  commence 
IJiiymeiit  of  its  tax  in  six  equal  instalments,  the  first  of  whi<h  is  due  in 
the  third  month  of  the  fiscal  year  in  respect  of  which  the  tax  is  payable 
and  the  remaininK  instalments  are  payable  at  regular  two-month  intervals 
thereafter.  The  amendment  also  adds  subsections  4  and  5  to  section  74 
the  purpose  of  which  is  to  require  a  corporation  to  pay  the  capital  tax  or 
other  speciiil  taxes  that  became  payable  by  virtue  of  the  repeal  of  section  12 
in  full  on  or  l)efore  the  day  on  which  its  fourth  quarterly  instalment  be- 
comes piiyable  for  the  fiscal  year  preceding  the  fiscal  year  for  which  it  is 
required  to  commence  bi-monthly  instalment  payments.  Subsection  3  of 
section  74  is  re-enacted  to  include  <i  reference  to  the  provision  of  the 
sec'tion  whercl)\  corp<jrations  are  required  to  pa>  taxes  in  bi-monthly 
instalments. 


S3 


8.  Subsection  1  of  section  58  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act^^-^^-^^^f'- 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "subsection  17  of  section  5"  in  subs,  i, 
the  second  and  third  lines  and  by  striking  out  "8  of  section  6" 
in  the  third  and   fourth   lines  and   inserting  in  lieu   thereof 
"17  of  section  5",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  Where  a  corporation  to  which  the  exemptions  pro- of''^'<,'t ^o°" 
vided  by  subsection  37  of  section  4  and  the  specially  '^^''}Vi1.„^'"^' 
reduced  tax  provided  by  subsection  17  of  section  5 
would  otherwise  apply  is  prescribed  by  regulation, 
such  exemptions  and  specialh'  reduced  tax  do  not 
apply. 

0. — (1)  Section  74  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  as  amended  ^fs^s^Y^"' 
li>y  section  9  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act,  /PtJZamended 
knd  section  36  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1968, 
is   further   amended    by   adding   thereto    the   following   sub- 
section : 

(2a)   Notwithstanding  subsection  2,  every  corporation  on  J^^^*^g°J 
which  a  tax  is  imposed  by  this  Act,  the  fiscal  year 
of  which  commenced  after  the  15th  day  of  March, 
1969,  shall  pa\'  to  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario, 

(a)  on  or  before  the  fifteenth  day  of  each  of  the 
third,  fifth,  seventh,  ninth  and  eleventh 
months  of  the  fiscal  year  in  respect  of  which 
the  tax  is  payable  and  on  or  before  the 
fifteenth  day  of  the  first  month  of  the  fiscal 
year  following  that  in  respect  of  which  the 
tax  is  payable,  an  instalment  equal  to  one- 
sixth  of  the  tax  payable  as  estimated  by  it 
at  the  rates  for  the  taxation  year  on, 

(i)  its  estimated  taxable  income  and 
other  subject  of  tax  for  the  fiscal  \ear, 
or 

(ii)  its  taxable  income  and  other  subject 
of  tax  for  the  immediately  preceding 
fiscal  year:  and 

{b)  on  or  before  the  last  day  on  which  a  return 
is  required  to  be  delivered  under  subsection  1 
of  section  71,  the  balance,  if  any,  of  the  tax 
payable  as  estimated  by  it  on  the  return  for 
the  fiscal  year. 

(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  74  is  repealed  and  thee  73,  s. '74, ' 
following  substituted  therefor:  re-enaVted 

83 


|**35|i'"'  (3)  NotwithstandiiiK  subsections  2  and  2a  and  subject 

to  subsection  7  of  section  75,  where  for  the  purpoaet 
of  this  section  any  corporation  estimates  the  amount 
of  tax  payable  for  a  fiscal  year  to  be  less  than  $81, 
the  corporation  may,  instead  of  paying  the  instal- 
ments rec|uircd  b\  sulisection  2  or  2a,  pay  such  tax 
on  or  before  the  fifteenth  day  of  the  first  month  of 
the  fiscal  year  following  that  in  respect  of  which 
the  tax  is  payable. 

J^7;"g'74"'       (3)  The   siiid   section    74   is   further  amended   by  adding 
amended        thereto  the  following  subsections: 

'''*'"  (4)  Notwithstanding   subsection    2,   every   corjxjration, 

except  those  corporations  to  which  the  provisions 
of  section  7,  8,  9,  10  or  11  apply,  the  fiscal  year  of 
which  commenced  prior  to  the  15th  day  of  March, 
1969,  and  ends  on  or  after  the  15th  day  of  March, 
1969,  shall,  in  addition  to  any  instalment  of  tax 
otherwise  payable  on  or  before  the  fifteenth  day  of 
the  second  month  following  the  close  of  such  fiscal 
year,  pay  the  balance  or  whole  of  the  aipital  tax 
remaining  unpaid  as  imjxjsed  by  this  Act  based  on 
a  rate  of  one-tenth  of  1  per  cent  of  the  taxable 
paid-up  capital  as  it  stood  at  the  close  of  such  fiscal 
year. 

'''^"^  (5)  Notwithstanding  subsection  2,  every  corporation  to 

which  the  provisions  of  section  7,  8,  9,  10  or  11  apply, 
the  fiscal  year  of  which  commenced  prior  to  the 
15th  day  of  March,  1969,  and  ends  on  or  after  the 
15th  day  of  March,  1969,  shall,  in  addition  to  any 
instalment  of  tax  otherwise  payable  on  or  before 
the  fifteenth  day  of  the  second  month  following  the 
close  of  such  fiscal  year,  pay  the  balance  or  whole 
of  the  ta.xes  payable  under  those  sections  remaining 
unpaid,  determined  on  the  amount  of  mileage  or 
other  subject  referred  to  in  the  said  sections  in 
respect  of  which  the  amount  of  tax  is  to  be  as- 
certained as  such  mileage  or  other  subject  of  tax 
stood  at  the  close  of  such  fiscal  year. 

R.s  c)^i;^i;o,       lo. —  (1)  Subsection   1  of  section   75  of   The  Corporations 
Bube.  i.  Tax  Act,  as  amended  by  subsection   1   of  section  37  of  The 

Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  further  amended 
by  striking  out  "the  rate  of  9  per  cent  per  annum"  in  the 
tighth  line  and  in  the  amendment  of  1968  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the  regulations", 
so  tH.it   the  siihsertion  shall  read  as  follows: 


Section  10 — Subsection  1.  Subsection  1  of  section  75  is  amended 
by  substituting  "such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the  regulations"  for  "the 
rate  of  9  per  cent  per  annum",  to  permit  the  rate  of  interest  to  be  applied 
under  the  subsection  to  be  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 


83 


.Siil)se<li<iii  2.  .Siil>settioii  2  of  se<'tiun  75  is  re-tiiacted  1j\  including 
a  reference  to  subsections  2a,  4  and  5  of  section  74  by  virtue  of  tlie  addition 
of  those  subsections  to  section  74  and  by  substituting  "such  rate  as  is 
prescribed  by  the  regulations"  for  "9  per  cent  per  annum",  to  permit 
the  rate  of  interest  to  be  applied  under  subsections  2,  2a,  4  and  5  to  be 
prescril>ed  l)\-  the  regulations. 


Six  HON  II — Subsection  1.  Subsection  3  of  section  78  is  amended 
by  substituting  "such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the  regulations"  for  "the 
rate  of  4  per  cent  per  annum",  to  permit  the  rate  of  interest  allowed  under 
the  >.ul)s«ti(iii  to  be  prescril)ed  by  the  regulations. 


Siiliscclidii  2.  Sul)se<tion  4  of  section  78  is  amended  b\  substituting 
">uili  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the  ref;ulations"  for  "7  per  cent  instead  of 
at  4  [XT  cent",  to  perniil  the  rate  of  interest  allowed  under  the  suljsection 

ti>  lie  picM  rilie<l  li\  ihc  rei;ulatioiis. 


,S,i 


(1)  Where  the  amount  paid  on  account  of  tax  P^Y'ible  ^'J^'j^^^J'^J^ 
by  a  corporation  for  a  fiscal  year  before  the  expira- 
tion of  the  time  allowed  for  delivering  of  the  return 

of  the  corporation  under  section  71  is  less  than  the 
amount  of  tax  payable  for  the  fiscal  year,  the  cor- 
fxjration  liable  to  pay  the  tax  shall  pay  interest  on 
the  difference  between  those  two  amounts  from  the 
expiration  of  the  time  for  delivering  the  return  to 
the  date  of  payment  at  such  rate  as  is  prescribed 
b>-  the  regulations. 

(2)  Subsection   2  of  the  said  section   75,   as  amended   by  ^•^y'^^g^^l^' 
subsection  2  of  section  37  of  The  Corporations  'fax  Amend- T^*^-^/.^. 
ment  Art,    106^,   is   repealed    and    the   followmg   substituted 
therefor : 

(2)  Where  a  corporation   is  required   b\"   subsection    2,  ''*«"> 
2a,  4  or  5  of  section  74  to  pa\"  a  part  or  instalment  of 

tax  and  it  has  failed  to  pay  all  or  any  part  thereof  as 
required,  the  corporation,  in  addition  to  the  interest 
payable  under  subsection  1,  shall  pay  interest,  at 
such  rate  as  is  prescribed  b\'  the  regulations,  on  the 
amount  it  failed  to  pay  from  the  day  on  or  before 
which  it  was  reciuired  to  make  the  payment  to  the 
day  of  payment  or  the  beginning  of  the  ])eric)d  in 
respect  of  which  it  becomes  liable  to  pay  interest 
thereon  under  subsection   1,  whichever  is  earlier. 

11. — (1)  Subsection   3  of  section   78  of   The  Corporations^- j-^-^^^'^- 
Tax  Act,  as  amended  b\'  subsection  3  of  section  40  of  The^^^- ^- . 

/-•  ■  A  '  •      I-        1  amended 

Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act,  196S,  is  further  amended 
by  striking  out  "the  rate  of  4  per  cent  per  annum"  in  the 
third  line  and  in  the  amendment  of  1968  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the  regulations", 
so  that  the  first  five  lines  of  the  subsection  shall  read  as 
follows: 

(3)  Where  an  amount  in  respect  of  an  overpayment  is ^"g®";®®' °" 
refunded    or    applied    under   this    section    on    other  payments 
liability,   interest  at  such   rate  as  is  prescribed   by 

the  regulations  shall  be  paid  or  applied  thereon  for 
the  period  commencing  with  the  latest  of, 


(2)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section   78,  as  amended   by  ^-Ig^g^^l"' 
subsection  4  of  section  40  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Amend-^^^^- }■ 

A  ,,,^r,-r        ,  ...  ...  ..-  amended 

ment  Act,  1968,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  7  per 
cent  instead  of  at  4  per  cent"  in  the  amendment  of  1968  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the 
regulations",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

83 


'*'•'"  (4)  Where  by  a  decision  of  the  Minister  under  section  79 

or  by  a  decision  of  a  court  it  is  finally  determined 
that  the  tax  payable  under  this  Act  by  a  cor|X)ration 
for  a  fiscal  year  is  less  than  the  amount  assessed 
by  the  assessment  under  section  76  to  which  ob- 
jection was  made  or  from  which  the  apiKsal  was 
taken  and  the  decision  makes  it  appear  that  there 
has  been  an  overpaynjent  for  the  fiscal  year,  the 
interest  jjayable  under  subsection  3  on  that  over- 
payment shall  Ix;  computed  at  such  rate  as  is  pre- 
scribed by  the  regulations. 

"fa?;'?!"'       *2.  Section  99  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  as  amended 
amended        by  section  54  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1968, 
is  further  amended  b\  adding;  thereto  the  following  clause: 

(/)  prescribing   rates   of   interest    for    the   purposes  of 
F'art  \. 

"73°8.\oo!'       13*  Section  100  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act  is  repealed. 

repealed 

AjPPiioation  14.— (1)  Sections  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7  and  8  apply  with 
resi^ect  to  fiscal  years  ending  on  or  after  the  15th  day  of 
March,  1969. 


Ideii) 


(2)  Subsection  2  of  section  9  applies  with  res|)ect  to  fiscal 
\ears  commencing  after  the   15th  day  of   March,   1969. 


'''*"'  (3)  Subsection  2  of  section  10  with  respect  to  the  reference 

to  subsection  2a  applies  to  fiscal  years  commencing  after  the 
15th  da\  of  March,  1969,  and  with  respect  to  the  reference 
to  subsections  4  and  5  applies  to  fiscal  years  commencing 
before  the  15th  day  of  March,  1969,  and  ending  on  or  after 
the  15th  dav  of  March,  1969. 


ComineiK  c- 
nient 


15.     (1)    This  .Act,  except  .sections  10  and  11,  comes  into 
force  on  the  day  it  receives  Ro>al  .Assent. 


'''<'"'  (2)  Sections  10  and  11  come  into  force  on  the  15th  day  of 

.April,  1969. 


Short  litie 


IG.    Ihis  .Act  nui\  Ik"  cited  as  The  Corporations  Tax  Amend- 
ment Act.  106S-60. 


S.i 


Section  12.  Section  99  of  the  Act  is  amended  by  adding  clause/ 
thereto,  to  permit  the  rates  of  interest  imposed  or  credit  interest  allowed 
under  the  Act  to  be  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 


Section  13.  Section  100  was  a  transitional  provision  enacted  in  1967 
to  cover  all  corporations  whose  fiscal  years  did  not  coincide  with  the 
1957  calendar  year  and  is  no  longer  required. 


83 


I 


00 


Cm 

a. 


I.     3-   Si 


I.  1^1 


a 


BILL  83 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Corporations  Tax  Act 


Mr.  White 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  dy  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1 — Subsection  1.  This  amendment  increases  the  rate  of 
capital  tax  from  one-twentieth  of  1  per  cent  to  one-tenth  of  1  per  cent 
calculated  on  taxable  paid-up  capital. 


Subsection  2.  In  the  new  subsection  la,  except  as  otherwise  provided, 
every  corporation  having  a  permanent  establishment  in  Ontario  shall  pay 
a  minimum  paid-up  capital  tax  of  $50. 


Subsection  3.  This  amendment  is  consequent  upon  the  repeal  of 
section  12  and  provides  for  the  payment  of  the  special  taxes  in  addition 
to  income  tax. 


Subsection  4.  This  amendment  increases  the  rate  upon  which  deduc- 
tions from  tax  on  paid-up  capital  may  be  made  from  one-twentieth  of 
1  per  cent  to  one-tenth  of  1  per  cent  of  taxable  paid-up  capital  used  out- 
side Ontario  and  complements  the  general  rate  mcrease  in  capital  tax. 


83 


BILL     83  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Corporations  Tax  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1 — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  5  of  The  Corporations  Taxfj^g^%^°- 
Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "one- twentieth"  in  the  third  I'^^j^^J^^j 
and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "one-tenth", 
so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  Except  as  in  this  section  otherwise  provided,  every  R^*6^ of 
corporation  that  has  a  permanent  establishment  in  capital  tax 
Ontario  shall  for  every  fiscal  year  of  the  corporation 

pay  a  tax  of  one-tenth  of  1  per  cent  calculated  on 
its  taxable  paid-up  capital. 

(2)  The  said  section  5  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the^|^o^i|60. 

following  subsection:  amended  ■ 

(la)  Notwithstanding  subsection  3,  the  tax  payable  under  ^ai"""""" 
this  section  shall  in  no  case  be  less  than  $50  except 
as  provided  in  subsection  17. 

(3)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  5  is  repealed  and  the^-^3°^^|®°' 

following  substituted  therefor:  subs.  2 

°  re-enacted 

(2)  The  tax  imposed  by  this  section  is  not  payable  by  Exceptions 
any  corporation  that  is  liable  to  a  tax  under  section  7, 

8,  9,  10,  11  or  13. 

(4)  Subsection   3   of   the   said   section   5   is   amended    by^fs^g^l^"' 
striking  out  "one-twentieth"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting |'^|^^^j 

in  lieu  thereof  "one-tenth",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read 
as  follows: 

Deductions 
from  tax  on 

(3)  There    may    be   deducted    from    the    tax   otherwise  paid-up 
payable  by  a  corporation  under  this  section  for  a  allocation 

CI  ^  1^  ^i.uri  of  taxable 

fiscal  year  an  amount  equal  to  one-tenth  of  1  per  paid-up 

capital 

83 


cent  of  that  portion  of  the  taxable  paid-up  capital 
which  is  deemed  to  be  used  by  the  corporation  in 
the  fiscal  year  in  each  jurisdiction  outside  Ontario. 

?'73°8^5*'*'       (^^  Subsection  17  of  the  said  section  5  is  repealed  and  the 

»ub8.i7  ■      following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted  "  .  / . 

'«'"'"  (17)  Except  as  provided  in  section  58,  every  corporation 

referred  to  in  clauses  b,  c,  d,  e,  ea,f,  g,  h,j,  k,  o  and  p 
of  subsection  37  of  section  4  shall,  in  lieu  of  the 
taxes  payable  under  subsections  1  and  la,  pay  a 
tax  of  S5. 

Idem  (18)  Every  corporation  referred  to  in  clauses  t,  /  and  m 

of  subsection  37  of  section  4  and  subsection  1  of 
section  45  shall,  in  lieu  of  the  tax  payable  under 
subsection  1,  pay  a  tax  of  $50.  "^H 

R.s.o.  i9f.o        2.  Section  6  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  as  amended  by 
repealed  '      section  4  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1961-62 

and  section  5  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1968, 

is  repealed. 

?  T-Pa^'il"        ^'  Section  12  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act  is  repealed. 

repealed 

R.S.O.  1960,       4.  Subsection  1  of  section  42  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act 
subs.'  1.'  is  amended  by  striking  out  "or  5"  in  the  first  line,  so  that  the 

amended        subsection  sliall  read  as  follows: 

I'crsonai  ( 1 )   \o  tax  is  payable  under  section  4  by  a  corporation 

corporations  ',  .  ,.,.  , 

exempt  for  a   fiscal  year  dunng  which   it  was  a  personal 

corporation. 

R.s.o.  i!»r,o.       5.  Subsection  1  of  section  45  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act 
siibR.'  1,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "or  5"  in  the  first  line,  so  that  the 


amended 


subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


resident  (1 )   No  tax  is  jiavable  under  section  4  by  a  corporation 

invesfment  for  ^  fiscal  year  during  which  it  was  a  non-resident- 

owned  investment  corporation. 


rorpora- 
tions.  tax 
exempt 


R.S.O.  iiM-.d        6.  Subsection  1  of  section  46  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act 
siibs.  1.'  is  repeaicti  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


re-enai  te(i 


ForeiRn^  (1 )  \o  tax  is  payable  under  section  4  by  a  corjioration 

corpora  for  a  fiscal  vear  during  which  it  was  a  foreign  busi- 

tlons.  tax  '^. 

exempt  ness  corjxjration. 

R.s.o.  1060.       7.  Subsection  4  of  section  48  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act 

c.  73,  8.  4S,      . 

subs.  4.  IS  rci:)ealecl. 

repealed 


Subsection  5.  The  new  subsection  17  incorporates  a  provision 
previously  contained  in  section  6,  which  is  now  being  repealed.  In  the 
new  subsection  18,  the  corporations  referred  to  previously  paid  a  place 
of  business  tax  of  between  $20  to  $50.  They  will  now  be  required  to  pay  a 
flat  rate  of  $50. 


Section  2.   Section  6  of  the  Act  is  repealed  so  that  the  tax  on  places 
of  business  formerly  levied  under  that  section  no  longer  applies. 


Section  3.  Section  12  is  repealed  thereby  removing  the  deductibility 
of  income  tax  from  capital  tax  and  the  special  taxes  payable  by  certain 
corporations. 

Section  4.  This  amendment  is  consequent  upon  the  repeal  of  section  6 
and  the  amendment  to  section  5  whereby  a  personal  corporation  becomes 
liable  to  a  tax  of  $50  under  that  section  and  is  removed  from  liability 
under  section  6  by  virtue  of  its  repeal. 


Sections  5,  6  and  7.   Complementary  to  section  4. 


83 


Secction  8.  This  amendment  iscunitequent  upon  the  repeal  of  section  6 
and  the  amendment  to  section  5  whereby  certain  corporations  became 
liable  to  a  tax  of  $5  or  $50,  as  the  case  may  be,  under  that  section  and  are 
removed  from  liability  under  section  6  by  virtue  of  its  repeal. 


StxTlON  9.  These  amendments  add  subsection  2a  to  section  74  to 
provide  that  a  corporation  whose  fiscal  year  commenced  after  the  15th 
day  of  March,  1969,  must,  with  respect  to  that  fiscal  year,  commence 
p;iyment  of  its  tax  in  six  equal  instalments,  the  first  of  which  is  due  in 
the  third  month  of  the  fiscal  ye;ir  in  respect  of  which  the  tax  is  payable 
and  the  remainin);  instalments  are  payable  at  regular  two-month  intervals 
thereafter.  The  amendment  also  adds  subsections  4  and  5  to  section  74 
the  purpose  of  which  is  to  require  a  corporation  to  pay  the  capital  tax  or 
other  special  taxes  that  became  payable  by  virtue  of  the  repeal  of  section  12 
in  full  on  or  before  the  day  on  which  its  fourth  quarterly  instalment  be- 
comes payable  for  the  fiscal  year  preceding  the  fiscal  year  for  which  it  is 
rec^uired  to  commence  bi-monthly  instalment  payments.  Subsection  3  of 
section  74  is  re-enacted  to  include  a  reference  to  the  provision  of  the 
section  whereby  corporations  are  required  to  pay  taxes  in  bi-monthly 
instalments. 


83 


8.  Subsection  1  of  section  58  of  J'he  Corporations  Tax  ^ci^-^gOg^H"- 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "subsection  17  of  section  5"  in  subs."  i 

.         .  .    .  f  .  .   amended 

the  second  and  third  lines  and  by  striking  out  "8  of  section  6  ' 
in  the  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"17  of  section  5",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  Where  a  corporation  to  which  the  exemptions  pro- ^/'^ct*"°° 
vided  by  subsection  37  of  section  4  and  the  specially  ^^^j.^j^^'j^j^^"""'" 
reduced  tax  provided  by  subsection  17  of  section  5 
would  otherwise  apply  is  prescribed  by  regulation, 
such  exemptions  and  specially  reduced  tax  do  not 
apply. 

9. — (1)  Section  74  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  as  amended  ^fa^g^Y^"' 
by  section  9  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act,  /9(57 amended 
and  section  36  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1968, 
is  further  amended    by  adding   thereto   the   following  sub- 
section: 

(2a)  Notwithstanding  subsection  2,  every  corporation  on  ^a^^^nt 
which  a  tax  is  imposed  by  this  Act,  the  fiscal  year 
of  which  commenced  after  the  15th  day  of  March, 
1969,  shall  pay  to  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario, 

(a)  on  or  before  the  fifteenth  day  of  each  of  the 
third,  fifth,  seventh,  ninth  and  eleventh 
months  of  the  fiscal  year  in  respect  of  which 
the  tax  is  payable  and  on  or  before  the 
fifteenth  day  of  the  first  month  of  the  fiscal 
year  following  that  in  respect  of  which  the 
tax  is  payable,  an  instalment  equal  to  one- 
sixth  of  the  tax  payable  as  estimated  by  it 
at  the  rates  for  the  taxation  year  on, 

(i)  its  estimated  taxable  income  and 
other  subject  of  tax  for  the  fiscal  year, 
or 

(ii)  its  taxable  income  and  other  subject 
of  tax  for  the  immediately  preceding 
fiscal  year;  and 

{b)  on  or  before  the  last  day  on  which  a  return 
is  required  to  be  delivered  under  subsection  1 
of  section  71,  the  balance,  if  any,  of  the  tax 
payable  as  estimated  by  it  on  the  return  for 
the  fiscal  year. 

(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  74  is  repealed  and  thecTS,  s.  74,' 
following  substituted  therefor:  ?e-enac'ted 

83 


oi^"'  (^)  Notwithstanding  subsections  2  and  2a  and  subject 

to  subsection  7  of  section  75,  where  for  the  purposes 
of  this  section  any  corporation  estimates  the  amount 
of  tax  payable  for  a  fiscal  year  to  be  less  than  |300, 
the  corfxiration  may,  instead  of  paying  the  instal- 
ments required  by  subsection  2  or  2a,  pay  such  tax 
on  or  before  the  fifteenth  day  of  the  first  month  of 
the  fiscal  year  following  that  in  resjiect  of  which 
the  tax  is  payable. 

?'73?8.^74?'       (^)  "^^   said   section    74   is   further  amended   by  adding 
amended        thereto  the  following  subsections: 

'•'•'"  (4)  Notwithstanding   subsection    2,   ever>'   corporation, 

except  those  corix)rations  to  which  the  provisions 
of  section  7,  8,  9,  10  or  11  apply,  the  fiscal  year  of 
which  commenced  prior  to  the  15th  day  of  March, 
1969,  and  ends  on  or  after  the  15th  day  of  March, 
1969,  shall,  in  addition  to  any  instalment  of  tax 
otherwise  payable  on  or  before  the  fifteenth  day  of 
the  second  month  following  the  close  of  such  fiscal 
year,  pay  the  balance  or  whole  of  the  capital  tax 
remaining  unpaid  as  imjiosed  by  this  Act  based  on 
a  rate  of  one-tenth  of  1  per  cent  of  the  taxable 
paid-u|)  capital  as  it  stood  at  the  close  of  such  fiscal 
year. 

^<**"»  (5)  Notwithstanding  subsection  2,  every  corporation  to 

which  the  provisions  of  section  7,  8,  9,  10  or  11  apply, 
the  fiscal  year  of  which  commenced  prior  to  the 
15th  day  of  March,  1969,  and  ends  on  or  after  the 
15th  day  of  March,  1969,  shall,  in  addition  to  any 
instalment  of  tax  otherwise  payable  on  or  before 
the  fifteenth  day  of  the  second  month  following  the 
close  of  such  fiscal  year,  pay  the  balance  or  whole 
of  the  taxes  payable  under  those  sections  remaining 
unpaid,  determined  on  the  amount  of  mileage  or 
other  subject  referred  to  in  the  said  sections  in 
respect  of  which  the  amount  of  tax  is  to  be  as- 
certained as  such  mileage  or  other  subject  of  tax 
stood  at  the  close  of  such  fiscal  year. 

R.s.o.  I960.       10. —  (1)  Subsection   1  of  section   75  of  The  Corporations 
subB.'i,'  Tax  Act,  as  amended  by  subsection   1  of  section  37  of  The 

amen  e  Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  further  amended 

by  striking  out  "the  rate  of  9  per  cent  per  annum"  in  the 
eighth  line  and  in  the  amendment  of  1968  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the  regulations", 
so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

83 


Section  10 — Subsection  1.  Subsection  1  of  section  75  is  amended 
by  substituting  "such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the  regulations"  for  "the 
rate  of  9  per  cent  per  annum",  to  permit  the  rate  of  interest  to  be  applied 
under  the  subsection  to  be  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 


83 


Subsection  2.  Subsection  2  of  section  75  is  re-enacted  by  including 
a  reference  to  subsections  2a,  4  and  5  of  section  74  by  virtue  of  the  addition 
of  those  subsections  to  section  74  and  by  substituting  "such  rate  as  is 
prescribed  by  the  regulations"  for  "9  per  cent  per  annum",  to  permit 
the  rate  of  interest  to  be  applied  under  subsections  2,  2a,  4  and  5  to  be 
prescribed  by  the  regulations. 


Section  11 — Subsection  1.  Subsection  3  of  section  78  is  amended 
by  substituting  "such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the  regulations"  for  "the 
rate  of  4  per  cent  per  annum",  to  permit  the  rate  of  interest  allowed  under 
the  subsection  to  be  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 


Subsection  2.  Subsection  4  of  section  78  is  amended  by  substituting 
"such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the  regulations"  for  "7  per  cent  instead  of 
at  4  per  cent",  to  permit  the  rate  of  interest  allowed  under  the  subsection 
to  be  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 


83 


(1)  Where  the  amount  paid  on  account  of  tax  payable '^'^^j^l'^"" 
by  a  corporation  for  a  fiscal  year  before  the  expira- 
tion of  the  time  allowed  for  delivering  of  the  return 

of  the  corporation  under  section  71  is  less  than  the 
amount  of  tax  payable  for  the  fiscal  year,  the  cor- 
poration liable  to  pay  the  tax  shall  pay  interest  on 
the  difference  between  those  two  amounts  from  the 
expiration  of  the  time  for  delivering  the  return  to 
the  date  of  payment  at  such  rate  as  is  prescribed 
by  the  regulations. 

(2)  Subsection   2  of  the  said   section   75,  as  amended   by ^fg^g^^l"' 
subsection  2  of  section  37  of  The  Corporations  Tax  ■4''*«'^<^- re-enacted 
ment  Act,   1968,   is  repealed   and   the   following  substituted 
therefor : 

(2)  Where  a  corporation  is  required  by  subsection   2,  '^*'" 
2a.  4  or  5  of  section  74  to  pay  a  part  or  instalment  of 

tax  and  it  has  failed  to  pay  all  or  any  part  thereof  as 
required,  the  corporation,  in  addition  to  the  interest 
payable  under  subsection  1,  shall  pay  interest,  at 
such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the  regulations,  on  the 
amount  it  failed  to  pay  from  the  day  on  or  before 
which  it  was  required  to  make  the  payment  to  the 
day  of  payment  or  the  beginning  of  the  period  in 
respect  of  which  it  becomes  liable  to  pay  interest 
thereon  under  subsection   1,  whichever  is  earlier. 

11. — (1)  Subsection  3  of  section  78  of  The  Corporations f'^^g^^g'^- 
Tax  Act,  as  amended  by  subsection  3  of  section  40  of  ^^^|"^ended 
Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  further  amended 
by  striking  out  "the  rate  of  4  per  cent  per  annum"  in  the 
third  line  and  in  the  amendment  of  1968  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the  regulations", 
so  that  the  first  five  lines  of  the  subsection  shall  read  as 
follows: 

(3)  Where  an  amount  in  respect  of  an  overpayment  is  over™^*  °" 
refunded    or    applied    under   this    section    on    other  payments 
liability,  interest  at  such  rate  as  is  prescribed   by 

the  regulations  shall  be  paid  or  applied  thereon  for 
the  period  commencing  with  the  latest  of. 


(2)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section   78,  as  amended   by^ 


S.O.  I960, 
73,  8.  78, 


subsection  4  of  section  40  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Amend-^^^^- ^-^ 

'  amended 

ment  Act,  1968,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "7  per 
cent  instead  of  at  4  per  cent"  in  the  amendment  of  1968  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the 
regulations",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

83 


''*•'"  (4)  Where  by  a  decision  of  the  Minister  under  section  7'' 

or  by  a  decision  of  a  court  it  is  finally  determined 
that  the  tax  payable  under  this  Act  by  a  corporation 
for  a  fiscal  year  is  less  than  the  amount  asaesaed 
by  the  assessment  under  section  76  to  which  ob- 
jection was  made  or  from  which  the  appeal  waa 
taken  and  the  decision  makes  it  appear  that  there 
has  been  an  overpayment  for  the  fiscal  year,  the 
interest  payable  under  subsection  3  on  that  over- 
payment shall  be  computed  at  such  rate  as  is  pre- 
scribed by  the  regulations. 

"  Ts'i.'ll"'       *2.  Section  99  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  as  amended 
amended        by  section  54  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1968, 
is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

(J)  prescribing   rates   of   interest    for   the   purposes  of 
Part  \'. 

^  73°8/ioo!'       13.  Section  100  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act  is  repealed. 

repealed 

Amplication  14.— (1)  Sections  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7  and  8  apply  with 
respect  to  fiscal  rears  ending  on  or  after  the  ISth  day  of 
March,  1969. 

'''*'"  (2)  Subsection  2  of  section  9  ajiplies  with  respect  to  fiscal 

years  commencing  after  the  15th  day  of  M.irch,  1969. 

!'!•'"  (3)  Subsection  2  of  section  10  with  respect  to  the  referem 

to  subsection  la  applies  to  fiscal  years  commencing  after  the 
15th  day  of  March,  1969,  and  with  respect  to  the  reference 
to  subsections  4  and  5  applies  to  fiscal  years  commencing 
before  the  15th  day  of  March.  1969,  and  ending  on  or  after 
the  15th  day  of  March,  1969. 

Commence-  15. -(1)  This  .Act,  except  sections  10  and  11,  comes  into 
force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

ide'ii  (2)  Sections  10  and  11  come  into  force  on  the  15th  day  of 

April,  1969. 

Short  title  j^j^    J  ijjg  .^^.j  i^j.j^  1^  j,j(^pj  j,g  if^g  Corporations  Tax  Amend- 

ment Act,  1968-69. 


•^i 


Section  12.  Section  99  of  the  Act  is  amended  by  adding  clause/ 
thereto,  to  permit  the  rates  of  interest  imposed  or  credit  interest  allowed 
under  the  Act  to  be  prescribed  by  the  regulations. 


Section  13.  Section  100  was  a  transitional  provision  enacted  in  1967 
to  cover  all  corporations  whose  fiscal  years  did  not  coincide  with  the 
1957  calendar  year  and  is  no  longer  required. 


83 


o 

00 


a- 
3  ^ 

^  o 
^^ 

s 


2 

2 

<*J 

t\J 

■1 

>>« 

:j 

o 

a 

n 

b) 

a. 

=• 

ft. 

3* 

•^ 

^ 

„. 

>3 

^^ 

>) 

2 

a. 

a' 

1 

yQ 

o 

0^ 

o 

o 

o> 

o 

vO 

H 

9- 


> 


BILL  83 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Corporations  Tax  Act 


Mr.  White 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL    83  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Corporations  Tax  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1 — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  5  of  The  Corporations  Tax^fg^g^l^"' 
Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "one-twentieth"  in  the  third  |"^^|j^J^^ij 
and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "one-tenth", 
so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  Except  as  in  this  section  otherwise  provided,  every  ^'J^'«^°i'' 
corporation  that  has  a  permanent  establishment  in  capital  tax 
Ontario  shall  for  every  fiscal  year  of  the  corporation 

pay  a  tax  of  one-tenth  of  1  per  cent  calculated  on 
its  taxable  paid-up  capital. 

(2)  The  said  section  5  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the^lgO- 1|6°' 

following  subsection  :  amended  ■ 

(la)  Notwithstanding  subsection  3,  the  tax  payable  under  ^^"'™"™ 
this  section  shall  in  no  case  be  less  than  $50  except 
as  provided  in  subsection  17. 

(3)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  5  is  repealed  and  the^-^g-^g^l®"- 
following  substituted  therefor:  subs.' 2     ' 

°  re-enacted 

(2)  The  tax  imposed  by  this  section  is  not  payable  by  Exceptions 
any  corporation  that  is  liable  to  a  tax  under  section  7, 

8,  9,  10,  11  or  13. 

(4)  Subsection   3   of   the   said   section   5    is  amended   by^fg^g-^lf*' 
striking  out  "one-twentieth"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting l^^l^^^^j 

in  lieu  thereof  "one-tenth",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read 
as  follows: 

Deductions 
from  tax  on 

(3)  There   may   be  deducted    from    the   tax   otherwise  paid-up 
payable  by  a  corporation  under  this  section  for  a  allocation 
fiscal  year  an  amount  equal  to  one-tenth  of  1  per  paid-up 

capital 

83 


cent  of  that  portion  of  the  taxable  paid-up  capital 
which  is  deemed  to  l)e  used  by  the  corporation  in 
the  fiscal  year  in  each  jurisdiction  outside  Ontario. 

o^'73°B^5^°'      ^^)  Subsection  17  of  the  said  section  5  is  rej^ealed  and  the 

subs.' 17.  ■      following  substituted  therefor: 
ro-enacted  ° 


Idem 


(17)  Except  as  provided  in  section  58,  every  corporation 
referred  to  in  clauses  b,  c,  d,  e,  ea,  f,  g,  h,  j,  k,  o  and  p 
of  subsection  37  of  section  4  shall,  in  lieu  of  the 
taxes  payable  under  subsections  1  and  la,  pay  a 
tax  of  $5. 


Idem 


(18)  Every  corporation  referred  to  in  clauses  i,  I  and  m 
of  subsection  37  of  section  4  and  subsection  1  of 
section  45  shall,  in  lieu  of  the  tax  payable  under 
subsection  1,  pay  a  tax  of  S50. 


R. so.  I960,       2.  Section  6  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  as  amended  by 

c    73    8    6  • 

repealed  '  section  4  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1961-62 
and  section  5  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1968, 
is  repealed. 


R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  73,  8.  12. 
repealed 

R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  73,  8.  42, 
subs.  1. 
amended 


3.  Section  12  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act  is  repealed. 

4.  Subsection  1  of  section  42  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "or  5"  in  the  first  line,  so  that  the 
subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


Personal 

corporations 

exempt 


(1)  No  tax  is  payable  under  section  4  by  a  corporation 
for  a  fiscal  year  during  which  it  was  a  personal 
corporation. 


i^  s.o  I960,       5.  Subsection  1  of  section  45  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act 
subs.  1,  IS  amended  by  stnkmg  out  "or  5"  m  the  first  Ime,  so  that  the 

amended  ,  .  ,     ,,  ,  /■   ,, 

subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


Non-  /4\x'                 •                  II              I                  -it 

resident-  (1)  .\o  tax  IS  payable  under  section  4  by  a  corporation 

iiuestment  for  a  fiscal  year  during  which  it  was  a  non-resident- 

ti'ons^Tax  owned  investment  corporation. 

exempt 

^  ?i°  ^^1°'  0»  Subsection  1  of  section  46  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act 

C.   7o,  8.  4d,  ,                                                                                        ,                              , 

subs.  1,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted 


Foreign 
business 
corpora- 
tions, tax 
exempt 


R.S.O.  1960. 

c.  73,  8.  48, 
subs.  4, 
repealed 


(1)  No  tax  is  payable  under  section  4  by  a  corporation 
for  a  fiscal  year  during  which  it  was  a  foreign  busi- 
ness corporation. 

7.  Subsection  4  of  section  48  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act 
is  repealed. 


83 


8.  Subsection  1  of  section  58  of  The  Corporations  Tax  ^ct^-^-^-^^^^' 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "subsection  17  of  section  5"  in^^s^j^^^ 
the  second  and  third  lines  and  by  striking  out  "8  of  section  6" 
in  the  third  and  fourth  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"17  of  section  5",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  Where  a  corporation  to  which  the  exemptions  pro- ^/'^ct*to°° 
vided  by  subsection  37  of  section  4  and  the  specially  por^^tj^ns^""^' 
reduced  tax  provided  by  subsection  17  of  section  5 
would  otherwise  apply  is  prescribed  by  regulation, 
such  exemptions  and  specially  reduced  tax  do  not 
apply. 

9. —  (1)  Section  74  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  as  amended  f"73°B^74°' 
by  section  9  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act,  iP(J7  amended 
and  section  36  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1968, 
is  further  amended   by  adding   thereto  the  following  sub- 
section : 

(2o)  Notwithstanding  subsection  2,  every  corporation  on  ^a^y^g°t 
which  a  tax  is  imposed  by  this  Act,  the  fiscal  year 
of  which  commenced  after  the  15th  day  of  March, 
1969,  shall  pay  to  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario, 

(a)  on  or  before  the  fifteenth  day  of  each  of  the 
third,  fifth,  seventh,  ninth  and  eleventh 
months  of  the  fiscal  year  in  respect  of  which 
the  tax  is  payable  and  on  or  before  the 
fifteenth  day  of  the  first  month  of  the  fiscal 
year  following  that  in  respect  of  which  the 
tax  is  payable,  an  instalment  equal  to  one- 
sixth  of  the  tax  payable  as  estimated  by  it 
at  the  rates  for  the  taxation  year  on, 

(i)  its  estimated  taxable  income  and 
other  subject  of  tax  for  the  fiscal  year, 
or 

(ii)  its  taxable  income  and  other  subject 
of  tax  for  the  immediately  preceding 
fiscal  year;  and 

{b)  on  or  before  the  last  day  on  which  a  return 
is  required  to  be  delivered  under  subsection  1 
of  section  71,  the  balance,  if  any,  of  the  tax 
payable  as  estimated  by  it  on  the  return  for 
the  fiscal  year. 

(2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  74  is  repealed  and  thee. '73.  a.  74." 
following  substituted  therefor:  re-enao'ted 

83 


(3)  Notwithstanding  subsections  2  and  2a  and  subject 
to  subsection  7  of  section  75,  where  for  the  purposes 
of  this  section  any  corporation  estimates  the  amount 
of  tax  payable  for  a  fiscal  year  to  be  less  than  $300, 
the  corporation  may,  instead  of  paying  the  instal- 
ments required  by  subsection  2  or  2a,  pay  such  tax 
on  or  before  the  fifteenth  day  of  the  first  month  of 
the  fiscal  year  following  that  in  respect  of  which 
the  tax  is  payable. 

c!^'73°8.^74°'      (^)  ^^^  ^'^  section   74  is  further  amended   by  adding 
amended        thereto  the  following  subsections: 

'•**■"  (4)  Notwithstanding  subsection   2,   every  corporation, 

except  those  corporations  to  which  the  provisions 
of  section  7,  8,  9,  10  or  11  apply,  the  fiscal  year  of 
which  commenced  prior  to  the  15th  day  of  March, 
1969,  and  ends  on  or  after  the  15th  day  of  March, 
1969,  shall,  in  addition  to  any  instalment  of  tax 
otherwise  payable  on  or  before  the  fifteenth  day  of 
the  second  month  following  the  close  of  such  fiscal 
year,  pay  the  balance  or  whole  of  the  capital  tax 
remaining  unpaid  as  imposed  by  this  Act  based  on 
a  rate  of  one-tenth  of  1  per  cent  of  the  taxable 
paid-up  capital  as  it  stood  at  the  close  of  such  fiscal 
year. 

Idem  (5)  Notwithstanding  subsection  2,  every  corporation  to 

which  the  provisions  of  section  7,  8,  9,  10  or  11  apply, 
the  fiscal  year  of  which  commenced  prior  to  the 
15th  day  of  March,  1969,  and  ends  on  or  after  the 
15th  day  of  March,  1969,  shall,  in  addition  to  any 
instalment  of  tax  otherwise  payable  on  or  before 
the  fifteenth  day  of  the  second  month  following  the 
close  of  such  fiscal  year,  pay  the  balance  or  whole 
of  the  taxes  payable  under  those  sections  remaining 
unpaid,  determined  on  the  amount  of  mileage  or 
other  subject  referred  to  in  the  said  sections  in 
respect  of  which  the  amount  of  tax  is  to  be  as- 
certained as  such  mileage  or  other  subject  of  tax 
stood  at  the  close  of  such  fiscal  year. 

R.S.O.1960.  lo. —  (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  75  of  The  Corporations 
siibs'i.'  '  '  lax  Act,  as  amended  by  subsection  1  of  section  37  of  The 
amended  Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  further  amended 
by  striking  out  "the  rate  of  9  per  cent  per  annum"  in  the 
eighth  line  and  in  the  amendment  of  1968  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the  regulations", 
so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

83 


(1)  Where  the  amount  paid  on  account  of  tax  payable  J^*^^?|*j.°J 
by  a  corporation  for  a  fiscal  year  before  the  expira- 
tion of  the  time  allowed  for  delivering  of  the  return 
of  the  corporation  under  section  71  is  less  than  the 
amount  of  tax  payable  for  the  fiscal  year,  the  cor- 
poration liable  to  pay  the  tax  shall  pay  interest  on 
the  difference  between  those  two  amounts  from  the 
expiration  of  the  time  for  delivering  the  return  to 
the  date  of  payment  at  such  rate  as  is  prescribed 
by  the  regulations. 

(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  75,  as  amended  byf'j^g^r^f^- 
subsection  2  of  section  37  of  The  Corporations  Tax  ■^'w^'^- re-enacted 
ment  Act,   1968,   is  repealed  and   the  following  substituted 
therefor: 


I 


(2)  Where  a  corporation  is  required  by  subsection  2,  ^^^"^ 
2a.  4  or  5  of  section  74  to  pay  a  part  or  instalment  of 
tax  and  it  has  failed  to  pay  all  or  any  part  thereof  as 
required,  the  corporation,  in  addition  to  the  interest 
payable  under  subsection  1,  shall  pay  interest,  at 
such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the  regulations,  on  the 
amount  it  failed  to  pay  from  the  day  on  or  before 
which  it  was  required  to  make  the  payment  to  the 
day  of  payment  or  the  beginning  of  the  period  in 
respect  of  which  it  becomes  liable  to  pay  interest 
thereon  under  subsection  1,  whichever  is  earlier. 

11. — (1)  Subsection  3  of  section  78  of  The  Corporations  ^■^^■^^r^f'- 
Tax  Act,  as  amended  by  subsection  3  of  section  40  of  The^"^^' ?•  ^ 
Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  further  amended 
by  striking  out  "the  rate  of  4  per  cent  per  annum"  in  the 
third  line  and  in  the  amendment  of  1968  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the  regulations", 
so  that  the  first  five  lines  of  the  subsection  shall  read  as 
follows : 

(3)  Where  an  amount  in  respect  of  an  overpayment  is^"*®^^^'"" 
refunded    or   applied    under   this    section    on    other  payments 
liability,  interest  at  such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by 

the  regulations  shall  be  paid  or  applied  thereon  for 
the  period  commencing  with  the  latest  of. 


(2)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  78,  as  amended  by^fg^g^ll"- 
subsection  4  of  section  40  of  The  Corporations  Tax  .4 wend- subs.' 4,' 
ment  Act,  1968,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "7  per 
cent  instead  of  at  4  per  cent"  in  the  amendment  of  1968  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "such  rate  as  is  prescribed  by  the 
regulations",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

83 


Idsm 


(4)  Where  by  a  decision  of  the  Minister  under  section  79 
or  by  a  decision  of  a  court  it  is  finally  determined 
that  the  tax  payable  under  this  Act  by  a  corporation 
for  a  fiscal  year  is  less  than  the  amount  assessed 
by  the  assessment  under  section  76  to  which  ob- 
jection was  made  or  from  which  the  appeal  was 
taken  and  the  decision  makes  it  appear  that  there 
has  been  an  overpayment  for  the  fiscal  year,  the 
interest  payable  under  subsection  3  on  that  over- 
payment shall  be  computed  at  such  rate  as  is  pre- 
scribed by  the  regulations. 


fia^'e^tV'      ^^'  Section  99  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act,  as  amended 
amended        by  section  54  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Amendment  Act,  1968, 
is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

(J)  prescribing   rates  of   interest   for   the  purposes  of 
Part  V. 


R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  73,  B.  100. 
repealed 

Application 
of  Act 


13.  Section  100  of  The  Corporations  Tax  Act\s  repealed. 

14. — (1)  Sections  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7  and  8  apply  with 
respect  to  fiscal  years  ending  on  or  after  the  15th  day  of 
March,  1969. 


Idem 


(2)  Subsection  2  of  section  9  applies  with  respect  to  fiscal 
years  commencing  after  the  15th  day  of  March,  1969. 


Idem 


Commence- 
ment 


Idem 


Short  title 


(3)  Subsection  2  of  section  10  with  respect  to  the  reference 
to  subsection  2a  applies  to  fiscal  years  commencing  after  the 
15th  day  of  March,  1969,  and  with  respect  to  the  reference 
to  subsections  4  and  5  applies  to  fiscal  years  commencing 
before  the  15th  day  of  March,  1969,  and  ending  on  or  after 
the  15th  day  of  March,  1969. 

15. — (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  10  and  11,  comes  into 
force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Sections  10  and  11  come  into  fwce  on  the  15th  day  of 
April,  1969. 

16.  This  .Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Corporations  Tax  Amende 
ment  Act,  1968-69. 


83 


00 


H 

n 


II  s  I 


BILL  84 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  repeal  The  Public  Finance  Companies' 
Investments  Act,  1966 


Mr.  Rowntree 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fcxjg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Act  to  be  repealed  requires  companies  raising  money  from  the 
public  for  investment  to  furnish  certain  information  to  the  Registrar 
under  The  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act.  The  necessary  information 
is  now  furnished  under  The  Securities  Act,  1966. 


84 


BILL  84  1968-69 


An  Act  to  repeal  The  Public  Finance 
Companies'  Investments  Act,  1966 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  Public  Finance  Companies'  Investments  Act,   /9(J(5  isee,  c  124, 

*  repealed 

is  repealed. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ^ent""*"*^*' 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Public  Finance  Companies  ^^°^^  ''"^ 
Investments  Repeal  Act,  1968-69. 


84 


o 

00 

s 


H 

JO 

p; 

?! 


a 
a. 

a' 

9« 


S 
a. 


2 

3-       ** 

a 
o 


gg     . 

3  J 
»  c 

>? 

o 


BILL  84 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  repeal  The  Public  Finance  Companies' 
Investments  Act,  1966 


Mr.  Rowntree 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  84  1968-69 


An  Act  to  repeal  The  Public  Finance 
Companies'  Investments  Act,  1966 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  Public  Finance  Companies'  Investments  Act,   /9(5(Ji9i56  <•  124, 
is  repealed. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  me!?t"^"''^" 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Public  Finance  Companies'  ^^°''*  ""^ 
Investments  Repeal  Act,  1968-69. 


84 


oo 


2 

50 

o 
l-J 

PS 

n 


S-    g 
a. 


a 


l\i 

*«. 

'-; 

a 

n 

Co 

3- 

6. 

3* 

•*». 

Isj 

>: 

»_^ 

>t 

«^ 

3- 

I 

CM 

1 

^^ 

a' 

_ 

a' 

fa 

O 

0^ 

o 

s 

s 

O: 

0  . 
3  . 

■5 ; 

» 

2.  < 
c  ! 
".  ( 

=1 

to    ' 


3 ; 


BILL  85 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Credit  Unions  Act 


Mr.  Rowntree 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.  The  amendment  prohibits  a  corporation  from  becoming 
a  member  of  a  credit  union  unless  a  majority  of  the  members  or  holden 
of  voting  shares  are  also  members  of  the  credit  union. 


4 


Section  2.  The  provision  for  designating  beneficiaries  is  deleted. 
The  provision  for  paying  money  on  deposit  directly  to  the  beneficiariet 
of  a  deceased  member  is  amended  to  increase  the  maximum  to  $1,250  and 
to  include  payment  for  shares. 


85 


BILL  85  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Credit  Unions  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1.  Section  23  of  The  Credit  Unions  Act  is  repealed  and  the^-^9°g^||°' 
following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

23. — (1)  A  corporation  may  become  a  member  of  a  credit  Corporate 
union  where, 

(a)  in  the  case  of  a  corporation  having  share 
capital,  the  persons  holding  equity  shares 
carrying  at  least  51  per  cent  of  the  voting 
rights  attached  to  all  equity  shares  of  the 
corporation  for  the  time  being  outstanding 
are  members  of  that  credit  union; 

(b)  in  the  case  of  a  corporation  without  share 
capital,  at  least  51  per  cent  of  the  members 
of  the  corporation  are  members  of  that  credit 
union. 

(2)  A  credit  union  shall  not  make  a  loan  to  a  member  Loans  to 

.         •  •  1  .       .  ■  II      corporate 

that  IS  a  corporation  unless  the  loan  is  approved  by  members 
a  joint  meeting  of  the  board  of  directors,  the  credit 
committee  and   the  supervisory  committee  of  the 
credit  union. 

2.— (1)  Sections  40  and  41  of  The  Credit  Unions  Act  aref-^g°s^ll°' 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted; 

repealed 

40. — (1)  Where  a  member  of  a  credit  union  dies,  the^f^y^™^^' 

directors  may  pay,  re  deceased 

■'    t^    ■> '  member 

(a)  an  amount  not  exceeding  $1,250  out  of  the 
amount  on  deposit  in  the  name  of  the  de- 
ceased or  for  the  shares  of  the  deceased;  and 

85 


(b)  an  amount  not  exceeding  $1,250  out  of  an\ 
money  that  is  received  by  the  credit  union 
under  any  policy  of  insurance  on  the  life  of 
the  deceased, 

to  any  person  who  the  directors  are  satisfied,  by 
statutory  declaration  attested  to  not  sooner  than 
thirty  days  after  the  death,  is  entitled. 

pa'y^ment  ^^^  ^  payment  made  under  subsection  1  discharges  any 

obligation  of  the  credit  union  or  its  directors  in 
respect  of  the  money  paid  but  does  not  affect  the 
right  of  any  other  person  claiming  to  be  entitled  to 
recover  such  money  from  the  person  to  whom  it  was 
paid. 

s^a?e8'fn  ""^  (^)  Where   a   member  of  a   credit   union   dies  holding 

*'^"*'  shares  or  money  on  deposit  in  his  name  in  trust  for 

a  named  beneficiary,  the  credit  union  may  pay  the 
amount  of  such  shares  or  dejxisit  to  the  executor  or 
administrator  of  the  estate  of  the  deceased  member, 
subject  to  the  trusts  or,  where  there  is  no  executor 
or  administrator,  to  the  beneficiary  or,  where  the 
beneficiary  is  an  infant,  to  his  parent  or  guardian. 

.Application        (2)  The  repeal  of  section  40  of  The  Credit  Unions  Act  by 
c,  Vg  ■  subsection  1  shall  not  be  construed  to  invalidate  any  nomina- 

tion made  under  that  section  before  this  section  comes  into 
force. 

^.fo^s."!"'       ^'  Subsection  6  of  section  53  of  The  Credit  Unions  Act  is 
subs.  G  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enaited  '^  " 

of'menTbp"rs  (^^  -^  Credit  union  that  is  a  member  of  a  league  may  by 

for  ifiiKiie  l)y-law  provide  for  a  yearly  assessment  of  each  of 

its  members  of  an  amount  fixed  by  the  by-law,  which 

amount  shall  be  paid  to  the  league  to  assist  in  its 

financing. 

"  Ts^s.^so"'       ■*•  Section   59  of    The  Credit   Unions  Act  is  amended  by 
amended        adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

mea'nmiai  (4'   Notwithstanding  subsections   2   and   3,   any  credit 

union  that  is  in  default  of  filing  the  annual  state- 
ment reciuired  by  section  49  is  liable  on  summary 
conviction  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  S5  for  each  day 
such  default  continues. 

85 


siatenienl 


Section  3.    The  amendment  removes  the  maximum  on  the  amount 
that  can  be  levied  by  a  credit  union  for  payment  to  a  credit  union  league. 


Section  4.    The  amendment  provides  a  maximum  fine  for  failure  to 
file  annual  statements  of  $5  for  each  day  the  statement  is  overdue. 


85 


5.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ment™*"*^*' 
Assent. 

6.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Credit  Unions  Amendment  ^^°^^  "t'e 
Act,  1968-69. 


85 


00 


2 

58 

o 
z 

H 
P) 

n 


I 


r\i 

■«• 

1 

n 

is. 

>3 

N^ 

^ 

1 

04 

a- 

1 

a 

i 

BILL  85 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Credit  Unions  Act 


Mr.  Rowntree 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  85  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Credit  Unions  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section  23  of  The  Credit  Unions  Act  is  repealed  and  the^f9°8^||°' 
following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

23. —  (1)  A  corporation  may  become  a  member  of  a  credit  ^°^°^^^« 
union  where, 

{a)  in  the  case  of  a  corporation  having  share 
capital,  the  persons  holding  equity  shares 
carrying  at  least  51  per  cent  of  the  voting 
rights  attached  to  all  equity  shares  of  the 
corporation  for  the  time  being  outstanding 
are  members  of  that  credit  union; 

(6)  in  the  case  of  a  corporation  without  share 
capital,  at  least  51  per  cent  of  the  members 
of  the  corporation  are  members  of  that  credit 
union. 

(2)  A  credit  union  shall  not  make  a  loan  to  a  member  L^o^a^nsto^ 
that  is  a  corporation  unless  the  loan  is  approved  by  members 
a  joint  meeting  of  the  board  of  directors,  the  credit 
committee  and   the  supervisory  committee  of  the 
credit  union. 

2.— (1)  Sections  40  and  41  of  The  Credit  Unions  Act  are ^fg^s.^^S"' 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor :  s^'li,^'^*^'^ ' 

repealed 

40. — (1)  Where  a  member  of  a  credit   union  dies,  the  ^^^^1^®^^,^ 

directors  may  pay,  re  deceased 

J   t-   J  ^  member 

(a)  an  amount  not  exceeding  $1,250  out  of  the 
amount  on  deposit  in  the  name  of  the  de- 
ceased or  for  the  shares  of  the  deceased;  and 

85 


(6)  an  amount  not  exceeding  $1,250  out  of  any 
money  that  is  received  by  the  credit  union 
under  any  policy  of  insurance  on  the  life  of 
the  deceased, 

to  any  person  who  the  directors  are  satisfied,  by 
statutory  declaration  attested  to  not  sooner  than 
thirty  days  after  the  death,  is  entitled. 


Effect  of 
payment 


(2)  A  payment  made  under  subsection  1  discharges  any 
obligation  of  the  credit  union  or  its  directors  in 
respect  of  the  money  paid  but  does  not  affect  the 
right  of  any  other  person  claiming  to  be  entitled  to 
recover  such  money  from  the  person  to  whom  it  was 
paid. 


Deposits  or 
shares  in 
trust 


(3)  Where  a  member  of  a  credit  union  dies  holding 
shares  or  money  on  deposit  in  his  name  in  trust  for 
a  named  beneficiary,  the  credit  union  may  pay  the 
amount  of  such  shares  or  deposit  to  the  executor  or 
administrator  of  the  estate  of  the  deceased  member, 
subject  to  the  trusts  or,  where  there  is  no  executor 
or  administrator,  to  the  beneficiary  or,  where  the 
beneficiary  is  an  infant,  to  his  parent  or  guardian. 


Application        (2)  The  repeal  of  section  40  of  The  Credit  Unions  Act  by 
c.  79  '^^^^'  subsection  1  shall  not  be  construed  to  invalidate  any  nomina- 
tion made  under  that  section  before  this  section  comes  into 
force. 


R.so^ineo,       3.  Subsection  6  of  section  53  of  The  Credit  Unions  Aa  is 
subs.  6.         repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-ena<ted  ° 


Assessment 

of  members 
for  league 


(6)  A  credit  union  that  is  a  member  of  a  league  may  by 
by-law  provide  for  a  yearly  assessment  of  each  of 
its  members  of  an  amount  fixed  by  the  by-law,  which 
amount  shall  be  paid  to  the  league  to  assist  in  its 
financing. 


" fi°B.*59?'       •*•  Section  59  of   Tlie  Credit   Unions  Act  is  amended  by 
amended       adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Failure  to 
file  annual 
statement 


(4)  Notwithstanding  subsections  2  and  3,  any  credit 
union  that  is  in  default  of  filing  the  annual  state- 
ment required  by  section  49  is  liable  on  summary 
conviction  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $5  for  each  day 
such  default  continues. 


85 


I 


5.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  dav  it  receives  Royal  commence- 
.  -J       ment 

Assent. 

6.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Credit  Unions  Amendment  ^^°^^  ""s 
Act,  1968-69. 


85 


00 


?0 

o 

H 

w 


f^ 

Ui 

s^ 

tvj 

•n 

»^ 

p 

^ 

s. 

n 

S- 

SI 

^4 

to 

to 

<o 

N* 

S^ 

pr 

i. 

ON 

1 

0^ 

ST 

1 

1— • 

**. 

a' 

<5; 

a 
»« 

3' 

>0 

o 

o 

s 

s 

BILL  86 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act 


Mr.  Rowntree 


TORONTO 

'UINTEI)  AND    I'UIU.ISHFD   HY   FRANK  FOGG,   QuEEN's   PkINIER 


Explanatory  Note 

The  amendment  deletes  the  requirement  that  90  per  cent  of  the  per- 
manent capital  stock  must  be  subscribed  and  paid  in  before  a  by-law  to 
increase  the  permanent  capital  stock  can  be  passed.  The  requirements 
for  approval  of  such  a  by-law  by  the  shareholders  and  the  Lieutenant 
Governor  in  Council  are  retained. 


,S6 


BILL  86  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  1  of  section  58  of  The  Loan  and  Trust  Cor-^f^z'a^ss' 
porations  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "at  anv  time  after s"bsi. 

■^  •      1  I    1         1       '         1         -1      1  amended 

90  per  cent  of  its  permanent  capital  stock  has  been  subscribed 
and  90  per  cent  thereof  paid  in,  but  not  sooner"  in  the  second, 
third  and  fourth  lines,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as 
follows : 

(1)  The  directors  of  any  provincial  corporation  may  byi"creaseof 

,,  .,,,.  .    .  permanent 

by-law   provide   for   the   increase  of   its   permanent  capital 
capital  stock  to  an  amount  that  the  directors  con- 
sider requisite. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ^en\'^*'"* 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Loan  and  Trust  Corpora-  ^'^°'^^  ''"® 
tions  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


86 


o 
o 

00 


O 

■z 

90 

PI 

a 


1. 

Si 

:^ 

t-* 

?0 

3 

CM 

3 

3- 
It 

3 
» 

c 

B 

r.i 


^ 


BILL  86 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act 


Mr.  Rowntree 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  86  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Loan  and  Trust  Corporations  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  1  of  section  58  of  The  Loan  and  Trust  Cor-^-^A^P^^' 

C.  ^£i£i,  o.  OS  I 

porations  Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "at  any  time  after subsi 

^_  ,  .  •      1  1    1         .  1         -1      .  amended 

90  per  cent  of  its  permanent  capital  stock  has  been  subscribed 
and  90  per  cent  thereof  paid  in,  but  not  sooner"  in  the  second, 
third  and  fourth  lines,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as 
follows : 

(1)  The  directors  of  any  provincial  corporation  may  by  increase  of 
by-law  provide  for  the  increase  of   its  permanent  capital 
capital  stock  to  an  amount  that  the  directors  con-^  "^ 
sider  requisite. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ^e^t'"^"'^* 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Loan  and  Trust  Corpora-  ^*^°'''  ""^ 
tions  Amendment  Act,  1968-69, 


86 


n 


70 

o 
z 

H 
» 
P) 
W 


>3 
§ 


2: 
o 
to 


5« 


2 

-       I 


p 
s 
a 


c 

r. 
0 


^ 


BILL  87 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ontario  Producers,  Processors, 
Distributors  and  Consumers  Food  Council  Act,  1962-63 


Mr.  Stewart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 
Self-explanatory. 


87 


BILL  87  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ontario  Producers, 

Processors,  Distributors  and  Consumers 

Food  Council  Act,  1962-63 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection   6  of  section   2  of   The  Ontario  Producers,  \^^^'^^'2_ 
Processors,   Distributors   and    Consumers    Food    Council   ^^'•I'^ended 
1962-63,  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "such"  in  the  first 

line  "remuneration  and",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read 
as  follows: 

(6)  The  members  of  the  Food  Council  shall  receive  such  H'o^and'^*' 
remuneration  and  expenses  as  the  Lieutenant  Gover-  expenses 
nor  in  Council  determines. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ment™*""* 
Assent. 

3.  This   Act    may    be    cited    as    The   Ontario   Producers,  ^^on  title 
Processors,  Distributors  and  Consumers  Food  Council  Amend- 
ment Act,  1968-69. 


87 


H 

M 

> 

pa 
H 


>3 


I    ?l 


a 
»« 


-O: 


'  o  ' 
§.-"  = 

g  ft; 

o  cr  ■ 
Zi  c  : 

fTj  ^ 

^       z 
*    p  - 

<o  a : 
o2  . 

3  ; 
(t  ^ 

S  0 


BILL  87 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ontario  Producers,  Processors, 
Distributors  and  Consumers  Food  Council  Act,  1962-63 


Mr.  Stewart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  87  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ontario  Producers, 

Processors,  Distributors  and  Consumers 

Food  Council  Act,  1962-63 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection   6   of   section    2   of    The   Ontario   Producers,  ^^'^^^^■^ 
Processors,    Distributors   and    Consumers    Food    Council   /Ic/,  ^ubs.e 
1962-63,  is  ainended   by  inserting  after  "such"   in   the  first 

line  "remuneration  and",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read 
as  follows: 

(6)  The  members  of  the  Food  Council  shall  receive  such  S®'"""?'"'^" 

^    '  ^  ^  tion  and 

remuneration  and  expenses  as  the  J^ieutenant  Gover- expenses 
nor  in  Council  determines. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  dav  it  receives  Roval  Commence- 

ment 

Assent. 

3.  This    Act    may    be    cited    as    The    Ontario    Producers,  «hort  title 
Processors,  Distributors  and  Consumers  Food  Council  Amend- 
ment Act,  1968-69. 


87 


in 


•^ 

> 

'-J 

TJ 

t\l 

u 

> 

n_ 

3 

< 

?L. 

— 

a. 

~J 

>: 

3c 

So 

p- 

a. 

3* 

1 

-^ 

a' 

-^ 

a' 

Ov 

»o 

^O 

»0 

o      5i 

3"       a. 


o 


a 


2  ft? 

=:  c  r 

>2  - 
o  3  ^ 

■    s;  " 
3§.5 

3  ^ 

2  n 

3  S' 


BILL  88 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Act 


Mr.  Young 


TORONTO 

Printkd  and  Plbi.isiiki)  hv  Frank  F(k;c;,  Qukkn's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

etion  of  the  ( 
arporation  to 
corporation. 


The  deletion  of  the  clause  would  permit  officers  and  employees  of  a 
municipal  corporation  to  be  elected  as  meml>ers  of  the  council  of  the 


88 


BILL  88  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Municipal  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Clause  e  of  subsection  1  of  section  35  of  The  Municipal  o.'2i9,' a.  35,' 

A    .  ■  I     t  subs.  1, 

Act  IS  repealed.  ci.  e, 

repealed 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  menV"*""* 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Municipal  .4  wentf wen/ short  title 
Act,  1968-69. 


o 

S 


o 

r; 

o 


^si 


s 


■n 
n 

3" 


9.      I 


a 


BILL  89 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Conservation  Authorities  Act,  1968 


Mr.  Simonett 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.    The  amendment  is  to  make  it  clear  that  the  Act  applies 
to  an  improvement  district. 


Section  2.   Self-explanatory. 


8<) 


BILL  89  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Conservation  Authorities  Act,  1968 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of   Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Clause  h  of  section    1   of   The  Conservation  Authorities  ^^^^' ?■  l^' 

8.  1.  cl.  h. 

Act,  1968  is  amended  by  striking  out  "or  township"  in  the  amended 
first  and  second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "township 
or  improvement  district",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read   as 
follows: 

(h)  "municipality"  means  a  city,  town,  village,  township 
or  improvement  district,  and  includes  a  band  under 
the  Indian  Act  (Canada)  that  is  permitted  to  control,  ^•f4§-  ^^^"^^ 
manage  and  expend  its  revenue  moneys  under  sec- 
tion 68  of  that  Act. 

2.  The  Conservation  Authorities  Act,   1968  is  amended  by^^^^^g^J^' 
adding  thereto  the  following  section : 

ia. — (1)  Where  a  regional  municipality  has  been  estab- ^®8'P'?a' 

1-111  -1  •    •       i-  1       r  1      munici- 

Iished,  the  regional  municipality,  on  and  after  the  paiity  to 

.    ,     ,  CI  r         ■     ■  11-11  act  in  place 

1st  asLV  ot  January  after  it  is  established,  of  local 

munici- 
palities 

(o)  shall  act  in  the  place  of  the  local  municipalities 
within  the  regional  municipality  for  the  pur- 
pose of  appointing  representatives  to  attend  a 
meeting  for  the  establishment  or  enlargement 
of  a  conservation  authority  or  the  amalgama- 
tion of  conservation  authorities  and  for  such 
j  purpose  may  appoint  representatives  in  the 

I  numbers    to    which    the    local    municipalities 

would  otherwise  have  been  entitled;  and 

(6)  shall  be  a  participating  municipality  in  the 
place  of  such  of  the  local  municipalities  within 
the  regional  municipality  as  are  wholly  or 
partly  within  the  area  under  the  jurisdiction 

89 


of  a  conservation  authority  and  shall  appoint 
to  each  such  authority  the  number  of  mem- 
bers to  which  the  local  municipalities  would 
otherwise  have  been  entitled  as  participating 
municipalities. 


Present 
members 
when 
regional 
munici- 
pality 
established 


(2)  When  a  regional  municipality  is  established,'  tfie 
members  of  an  authority  then  holding  office  who 
were  ap]X)inted  by  a  local  municipality  wholly  or 
partly  within  the  regional  municijjality  shall  con- 
tinue to  hold  office  until  their  re8|)ective  terms  of 
office  expire  and  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been 
appointed  by  the  regional  municipality. 


Ottawa- 
Carleton 


(3)  For  the  purposes  of  subsections  1  and  2,  The  Regional 
Municipality  of  Ottawa-Carleton  shall  be  deemed  to 
have  been  established  on  the  31st  day  of  December, 
1969. 


8.^26,' siibe.'  1.      ^'  Clause  b  of  subsection  1  of  section  26  of  The  Conservation 
amended        Authorities  Act,  1968  is  amended  by  striking  out  "restricting 
and"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "prohibiting 
or",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

{b)  prohibiting  or  regulating  the  straightening,  changing, 
diverting  or  interfering  in  any  way  with  the  existing 
channel  of  a  river,  creek,  stream  or  watercourse. 


Coniineiue- 
ment 


4.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 

Assent. 


Short  title 


5.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Conservation  Authorities 
Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


89 


Section  3.  The  amendment  substitutes  the  word  "prohibiting"  for 
"restricting"  in  relation  to  the  power  to  make  regulations  as  set  out  in 
clause  b. 


89 


S 


2 

(A 

i 
o 


I         I     ?  I 


^    ^ 


BILL  89 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Conservation  Authorities  Act,  1968 


Mr.  Simonett 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Qui;f,n's  Pkintkk 


BILL  89  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Conservation  Authorities  Act,  1968 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1.  Clause  h  of  section   1  of  The  Conservation  Authorities  ^^^^- 9- j^^- 
Act,  1968  is  amended  by  striking  out  "or  township"  in  the  amended' 
first  and  second  lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "township 

or  improvement  district",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as 
follows: 

{h)  "municipality"  means  a  city,  town,  village,  township 
or  improvement  district,  and  includes  a  band  under 
the  Indian  Act  (Canada)  that  is  permitted  to  control,  ^•f49-  ^^^^' 
manage  and  expiend  its  revenue  moneys  under  sec- 
tion 68  of  that  Act. 

2.  The  Conservation  Authorities  Act,  196S  is  amended  by^m^nded^' 
adding  thereto  the  following  section : 

ia. — (1)  Where  a  regional  municipality  has  been  estab- Regional 
lished,  the  regional  municipality,  on  and  after  thepaiityto 
1st  day  of  January  after  it  is  established,  of  local 

raunici- 
pallties 

(a)  shall  act  in  the  place  of  the  local  municipalities 
within  the  regional  municipality  for  the  pur- 
pose of  appointing  representatives  to  attend  a 
meeting  for  the  establishment  or  enlargement 
of  a  conservation  authority  or  the  amalgama- 
tion of  conservation  authorities  and  for  such 
purpose  may  appoint  representatives  in  the 
numbers  to  which  the  local  municipalities 
would  otherwise  have  been  entitled;  and 

{b)  shall  be  a  participating  municipality  in  the 
place  of  such  of  the  local  municipalities  within 
the  regional  municipality  as  are  wholly  or 
partly  within  the  area  under  the  jurisdiction 

89 


2 


of  a  conservation  authority  and  shall  ap|x>int 
to  each  such  authority  the  numl)er  of  mem- 
bers to  which  the  local  municipalities  would 
otherwise  have  been  entitled  as  participating 
municipalities. 


Present 
membere 
when 
regional 
munici- 
pality 
eetabllBbed 


Ottawa- 
Carleton 


(2)  When  a  regional  municipality  is  established,  the 
members  of  an  authority  then  holding  office  who 
were  apjwinted  by  a  local  municipality  wholly  cm- 
partly  within  the  regional  municipality  shall  con- 
tinue to  hold  office  until  their  resj^ective  terms  of 
office  expire  and  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been 
appointed  by  the  regional  municipalitv . 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  subsections  1  and  2,  The  Regional 
Municipality  of  Ottawa-Carleton  shall  be  deemed  to 
have  been  established  on  the  31st  day  of  December, 
1969. 


s.^ll.Bubs.'  1,      3.  Clause  b  of  subsection  1  of  section  26  of  The  Conservation 
amended        Authorities  Act,  1968  is  amended  by  striking  out  "restricting 
and"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "prohibiting 
or",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(b)  prohibiting  or  regulating  the  straightening,  changing, 
diverting  or  interfering  in  any  way  with  the  existing 
channel  of  a  river,  creek,  stream  or  watercourse. 


Commence- 
ment 


4.    This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
.Assent. 


Short  title 


5.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Conservation  Authorities 
Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


89 


S3 
00 


r, 
c 

B 


> 

S^* 

tSi 

•~ 

n_ 

3 

o 

a 

n 

«i 

R. 

=r 

a. 

or 

*«. 

H^ 

>: 

to 

>3 

«-k 

^ 

0) 

1 

1 

00 

s- 

1 

V*. 

«*. 

**. 

o 

s 

vO 

a 

« 

3 

o 

s 

0 

s 

> 

c 

I* 
3- 
0 


BILL  90 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature/Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Hospital  Labour  Disputes 
Arbitration  Act,  1965 


Mr.  Bales 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fo(;(;,  Queen's  Printer 


EXPLANATORV  NOTES 

Section  1 — Subsection  1.    These  amendments  expressly  extend  ths 
scope  of  the  Act  to  cover  nursing  homes  and  homes  for  the  aged. 


Subsection  2.  This  new  provision  is  designed  to  ensure  that  a  laundry, 
power  plant,  etc.,  that  services  more  than  one  hospital  and  nothing  else, 
is  covered  by  the  Act. 


.Skction  2.   The  provision  is  obsolete.    It  is  therefore  repealed. 


Sections  3  and  4.    These  amendments  are  designed  to  expedite  th« 
arbitration  procedures  under  the  Act. 


90 


BILL  90  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Hospital  Labour 
Disputes  Arbitration  Act,  1965 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  1  of  The  Hospital l^ff^^i^*^i 
Labour  Disputes  Arbitration  Act,  1965  is  amended  by  inserting ^'^^1^^^^ 
after  "sanatorium"   in   the  first  and   second   lines  "nursing 
home"  and  by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  "and  includes  a 
home  for  the  aged",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(a)  "hospital"  means  any  hospital,  sanitarium,  sana- 
torium, nursing  home  or  other  institution  operated 
for  the  observation,  care  or  treatment  of  persons 
afiflicted  with  or  suffering  from  any  physical  or 
mental  illness,  disease  or  injury  or  for  the  observa- 
tion, care  or  treatment  of  convalescent  or  chronically 
ill  persons,  whether  or  not  it  is  granted  aid  out  of 
moneys  appropriated  by  the  Legislature  and  whether 
or  not  it  is  operated  for  private  gain,  and  includes  a 
home  for  the  aged. 

(2)  The  said  section   1  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  1"^^' '^^  ■^s. 

following  subsection  :  amended 


(3)  A  central  laundry  or  a  central  heating  plant  or  a^'eaung'^' 
central  power  plant  that  is  operated  exclusively  for  ^^^l^  *"'* 
more  than  one  hospital  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  plants 
hospital  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

2.  Subsection  3  of  section  2  of  The  Hospital  Labour  i?w- g.^lfeubs* I'. 
putes  Arbitration  Act,  1965  is  repealed.  repealed 

3. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  4  of  The  Hospital  Labour  1^^^^^^*^ 
Disputes  Arbitration  Act,  1965  is  amended  by  striking  out  amended 
"thirty-five"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"seven",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

90 


Arbitration 


(1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  if  the  parties  have  not  made 
a  collective  agreement  within  seven  days  after  tlie 
day  on  which  the  Minister  informed  the  parties  or 
released  the  reijort  as  mentioned  in  section  3,  the 
matters  in  dispute  between  them  shall  be  decided  by 
arbitration  in  accordance  with  this  Act. 


1965,  c.  48. 
a.  4,  subs.  2, 
amended 


(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  4  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "thirty-five"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "seven"  and  by  striking  out  "ninety"  in  the 
fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "thirty",  so  that  the 
subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


Extension 
of  7-day 
period 


(2)  The  parties  by  agreement  in  writing  may  extend  the 
l^eriod  of  seven  days  mentioned  in  subsection  1  for 
one  or  more  further  jieriods  of  time,  not  exceeding  a 
total  of  thirty  da>  s,  and  thereafter  any  further  ex- 
tension may  be  made  onK'  with  the  consent  of  the 
Minister. 


s.^lfBubs**',        ■*•  Subsection  1  of  section  5  of  The  Hospital  Labour  Dis- 
amended        putes   Arbitration    Act,    1965    is    amended    by    striking   out 
"thirty-five"   in   the  first  line  and  inserting  in   lieu   thereof 
"seven",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


Board  of 
arbitration, 
appoint- 
ment of 
members 
representing 
parties 


(1)  Within  seven  days  after  the  period  of  seven  days 
mentioned  in  section  4  and  any  extension  thereof 
has  elapsed,  each  of  the  parties  shall  appoint  to  a 
board  of  arbitration  a  member  who  hais  indicated  his 
willingness  to  act. 


Commence- 
ment 


5.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 

Assent. 


Short  title 


6.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Hospital  Labour  Disputes 
Arbitration  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


90 


2 

9) 

00 

> 

r 


s 
»« 


III 

o 


3- 

n 


3-8  > 
?;'"o  - 

•^   0)  c 


>o  Dc. 


BILL  90 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Hospital  Labour  Disputes 
Arbitration  Act,  1965 


Mr.  Bales 


T  O  R  O  iN  T  O 

Pkintkd  and  Published  bv  Frank  Foog,  Quken's  Printer 


BILL  90  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Hospital  Labour 
Disputes  Arbitration  Act,  1965 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Clause  a  of  subsection  1  of  section  1  of  The  IIospilall^l^^^^^f{^ 
Labour  Disputes  Arbitration  Act,  1965  is  amended  by  inserting °|^^^^gj 
after   "sanatorium"   in   the   first  and   second    lines   "nursing 
home"  and   by  adding  at  the  end   thereof  "and  includes  a 
home  for  the  aged",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(a)  "hospital"  means  any  hospital,  sanitarium,  sana- 
torium, nursing  home  or  other  institution  operated 
for  the  observation,  care  or  treatment  of  persons 
afflicted  with  or  suffering  from  any  physical  or 
mental  illness,  disease  or  injury  or  for  the  observa- 
tion, care  or  treatment  of  convalescent  or  chronically 
ill  persons,  whether  or  not  it  is  granted  aid  out  of 
moneys  appropriated  by  the  Legislature  and  whether 
or  not  it  is  operated  lor  private  gain,  and  includes  a 
home  for  the  aged. 

(2)  The  said  section   1  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the^^J^' °- ■*^' 

following  subsection :  amended 

(3)  A  central  laundry  or  a  central  heating  plant  or  ''i-he&iinz^^' 
central  power  plant  that  is  operated  exclusively  for  plants  and 
more   than   one   liospital   shall   be  deemed   to   be   a  plants 
hospital  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act. 

2.  Subsection  3  of  section  2  of  The  Hospital  Labour  Dis-l^2°BuhB.^i. 
putes  Arbitration  Act,  1965  is  repealed.  repealed 

3. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  4  of  The  Hospital  Labour  l^2^^^^^\ 
Disputes  Arbitration  Act,   1965  is  amended   by  striking  out  amended 
"thirty-five"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"seven",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

90 


Arbitration 


(1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  if  the  parties  have  not  made 
a  collective  agreement  within  seven  days  after  the 
day  on  which  the  Minister  informed  the  parties  or 
released  the  rejwrt  as  mentioned  in  section  3,  the 
matters  in  dispute  between  them  shall  be  decided  by 
arbitration  in  accordance  with  this  Act. 


1965,  c.  48, 
s.  4,  subs.  2, 
amended 


(2)  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  4  is  amended  by 
striking  out  "thirty-five"  in  the  second  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "seven"  and  by  striking  out  "ninety"  in  the 
fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "thirty",  so  that  the 
subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


Extension 
of  7-day 
period 


(2)  The  parties  by  agreement  in  writing  may  extend  the 
period  of  seven  days  mentioned  in  subsection  1  for 
one  or  more  further  [)eriods  of  time,  not  exceeding  a 
total  of  thirty  days,  and  thereafter  any  further  ex- 
tension may  be  made  only  with  the  consent  of  the 
Minister. 


1965.  c.  48. 
8.  5.  subs.  1, 
amended 


Board  of 
arbitration, 
appoint- 
ment or 
members 
representing 
parties 


4.  Subsection  1  of  section  5  of  The  Hospital  Labour  Dis- 
putes Arbitration  Act,  1965  is  amended  by  striking  out 
"thirty-five"  in  the  first  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"seven",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


(1)  Within  seven  days  after  the  period  of  seven  days 
mentioned  in  section  4  and  any  extension  thereof 
has  elapsed,  each  of  the  parties  shall  appoint  to  a 
board  of  arbitration  a  member  who  has  indicated  his 
willingness  to  act. 


I 


SelTt"^^"*^^        5.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 


Sliort  title 


6.    This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Hospital  Labour  Disputes 
Arbitration  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


90 


00 


> 

r 
P) 


•:  I  -- 1  f  I 


■O 


BILL  91 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ontario  Heritage  Foundation  Act,  1967 


Mr.  Auld 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1 — Subsection  1.  The  objecU  of  the  Foundation  are  ex- 
tended to  include  property  of  recreational,  aesthetic  or  scenic  interest  as 
well  as  of  historical  or  architectural  interest. 


Subsection  2.  The  change  is  complementary  to  subsection  1  and 
permits  support  by  the  Foundation  of  projects  of  organizations  having 
other  principal  functions. 


91 


BILL  91  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Heritage  Foundation  Act,  1967 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Clause  a   of  section    7   of    The   Ontario   Heritage  ^^^''■^^■^^' 
Foundation   Act,    1967   is    amended    by    striking   out    "anda'nended' 
architectural"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"architectural,  recreational,  aesthetic  or  scenic",  so  that  the 
clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(o)  to  receive,  acquire  by  purchase,  donation  or  lease, 
hold,  preserve,  maintain,  reconstruct,  restore  and 
manage  property  of  historical,  architectural,  rec- 
reational, aesthetic  or  scenic  interest  for  the  use, 
enjoyment  and  benefit  of  the  people  of  Ontario. 

(2)  Clause   b  of  the  said   section    7   is  repealed   and   theis^T.c  65, 
following  substituted  therefor:  re-e'nacteii 

{b)  to  support  and  contribute  to  the  acquisition,  holding, 
preservation,  maintenance,  reconstruction,  restora- 
tion and  management  of  property  of  historical, 
architectural,  recreational,  aesthetic  or  scenic  interest 
by  municipalities  or  organizations  for  the  use,  en- 
joyment and  benefit  of  the  people  of  Ontario;  and 


2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Roval  commence- 

,  ■"  '       ment 

Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Ontario  Heritage  Founda-  ^''°'"'  ""^ 
tion  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


91 


s 


2 

> 

G 

5 


t\> 


>3 
I 


2 

sr  ** 

I  I 

*  a' 


i' 

9 

a 
pi 
f»  ■ 

5'. 

3  : 


BILL  91 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ontario  Heritage  Foundation  Act,  1967 


Mr.  Auld 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  91  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Heritage  Foundation  Act,  1967 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Clause   a   of   section    7   of    The   Ontario   Heritage  l^^'^ '^f -  ^^' 
Foundation   Act,    1967    is    amended    by    striking   out    "and  amended 
architectural"  in  the  third  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 
"architectural,  recreational,  aesthetic  or  scenic",  so  that  the 
clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(a)  to  receive,  acquire  by  purchase,  donation  or  lease, 
hold,  preserve,  maintain,  reconstruct,  restore  and 
manage  property  of  historical,  architectural,  rec- 
reational, aesthetic  or  scenic  interest  for  the  use, 
enjoyment  and  benefit  of  the  people  of  Ontario. 

(2)  Clause  b  of  the  said   section   7   is  repealed   and   the  i^st,  c.  65. 
following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

{b)  to  support  and  contribute  to  the  acquisition,  holding, 
preservation,  maintenance,  reconstruction,  restora- 
tion and  management  of  property  of  historical, 
architectural,  recreational,  aesthetic  or  scenic  interest 
by  municipalities  or  organizations  for  the  use,  en- 
joyment and  benefit  of  the  people  of  Ontario;  and 


2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 

»  ,  ■'  ■'      ment 

Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Ontario  Heritage  Founda-^^°^^  """ 
tion  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


^^ 

2 

S 

2 

90 

o 

3- 

3 

o 

zr 

a. 

2" 

>3 

C>a 

>: 

1-^ 

^5 

> 

3^ 

1 

1 

00 

1. 

g 

3 

i 

3 

i 
« 

3 

15  = 
O   i 

c  : 

a.: 

rf    - 

5"  - 

3   - 
>^ 


BILL  92 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Insurance  Act 


Mr.  Rowntree 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 
Section  1.   Complementary  to  section  16  of  the  Bill. 

Section  2.   The  amendment  corrects  a  typographical  error. 


Section  3.  The  amendment  permits  the  Superintendent  to  make  ex- 
ceptions to  the  prescribed  rate  of  interest  that  is  used  in  computing  the 
reserve  in  respect  of  life  insurance  policies. 


Section  4.  The  amendment  limits  the  insurer's  right  to  terminate 
the  contract  for  non-payment  of  premium  to  only  those  cases  where  the 
promise  to  pay  is  a  bill  of  exchange  or  promissory  note. 


92 


BILL  92  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Insurance  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Paragraph  8  of  section   1  of  The  Insurance  Act  is  re-R?-0- i9?o- 

.     .  ^"  190,  8.  1, 

pealed.  par.  8 

repealed 

2.  Clause  c  of  subsection  4  of  section  62  of  The  Insurance^f^- 1^^^- 
Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "matured"  in  the  second  line^^bs.  4  ci.  c, 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "unmatured",  so  that  the  clause 

shall  read  as  follows: 

(c)  the  full  amount  of  the  legal  reserve  in  respect  of 
each  unmatured  life  insurance  contract  as  set  out  in 
the  schedule  of  contract  legal  reserves. 


3.  Paragraph   1  of  subsection  2  of  section  80  of  The  .^«- '^fgo' g^lo' 
surance  Act,  as  re-enacted   by  section  4  of   The  Insurance  ^^^^?-^^\, 

c    64    6    4) 

Amendment  Act,  1962-63,  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub-Biibs.'2,' 

Stituted  therefor:  re-e'na'oted 

1.  The  rate  of  interest  assumed  shall  not  exceed  the 
rate  prescribed  in  Schedule  D,  except  that  where 
upon  the  application  of  a  company  the  Superin- 
tendent is  satisfied  that  a  higher  rate  is  appropriate 
for  a  particular  class  of  policy  issued  by  the  company, 
the  Superintendent  may  authorize  the  assumption 
of  such  higher  rate  of  interest  as  the  Superintendent 
specifies,  and  the  Superintendent  may  withdraw  his 
authorization  at  any  time. 

4.  Subsection   3  of  section   97   of    The  Insurance  Act   is^'fgo.'s.^g?; 
amended  by  striking  out  "or  any  promise  to  pay"  in  the  first|^|j^^^jj 
and  second  lines  and  by  striking  out  "or  other  promise  to  pay" 

in  the  fourth  line,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

92 


Where 
note  or 
cheque  for 
premium 
not 
honoured 


(3)  Where  a  cheque,  bill  of  exchange  or  promissory  note 
is  given,  whether  originally  or  by  way  of  renewal, 
for  the  whole  or  part  of  any  premium  and  the 
cheque,  bill  of  exchange  or  promissory  note  is  not 
honoured  according  to  its  tenor,  the  insurer  may 
terminate  the  contract  forthwith  by  giving  written 
notice  by  registered  mail. 


l^i9o'«^98'       **  Action  98  of  The  Insurance  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
amended        thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Furnishinc 
of  forms 
not  an 
admission 


(3)  The  furnishing  by  an  insurer  of  forms  to  make  proof 
of  loss  shall  not  be  taken  to  constitute  an  admission 
by  the  insurer  that  a  valid  contract  is  in  force  or 
that  the  loss  in  question  falls  within  the  insurance 
provided  by  the  contract. 


^.'iMB^iii      ^'  Statutory  condition  15  in  section  111  of  The  Insurance 
c*mi  16        ^^^  '^  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 
re-enacted 

Notice  15.  Any    written    notice    to    the    insurer    may    be 

delivered  at,  or  sent  by  registered  mail  to,  the  chief 
agency  or  head  office  of  the  insurer  in  the  Provinc-e.  Written  notice  may 
be  given  to  the  insured  named  in  the  contract  by  letter  personally  de- 
livered to  him  or  by  registered  mail  addressed  to  him  at  his  latest  post 
office  address  as  notified  to  the  insurer.  In  this  condition,  the  expression 
"registered"  means  registered  in  or  outside  Canada. 


R.S.O.  I960, 
o.  190,  8.  119. 

Bubs.  2  amended 

re-enacted 

1962-63,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


7.  Subsection   2  of  section    119  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as 
by   section    7   of    The  Insurance  Amendment  Act, 


Insurance 
on  premium 
note  plan 


R.S.O.  1960. 
0.  71 


(2)  No  licensed  insurer  shall  carry  on,  on  the  premium 
note  plan,  any  class  of  insurance  other  than  fire, 
livestock  and  weather  insurance  but  a  mutual  in- 
surance company,  without  guarantee  capital  stock 
incorporated  for  the  purpose  of  undertaking  con- 
tracts of  fire  insurance  on  the  premium  note  plan, 
may  also  insure  for  the  classes  of  insurance  as 
specified  in  subsection  13  of  section  151  of  The  Cor- 
porations Act. 


^.'iw'a^izi      ®'  Section  131  of  The  Insurance  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
amended        thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Mutual 

insurance 

corporations 


(4)  A  mutual  insurance  corporation  without  guarantee 
capital  stock  incorporated  under  subsection  3  of 
section  150  of  The  Corporations  Act  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  an  insurer  of  the  same  class  under  subsection  1 
and  under  subsection  4  of  section  132. 


?  fgo  8^'i*32      ®*  Section  132  of  The  Insurance  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
amended        thereto  the  following  subsections: 


92 


Section  5.    The  amendment  ensures  that  the  mere  supplying  of  proof 
of  loss  forms  does  not  constitute  an  admission. 


Section  6.   The  statutory  condition  is  reworded  to  make  the  language 
uniform  with  that  adopted  by  other  provinces. 


Sections  7,  8  and  9.  The  powers  of  fire  mutual  insurance  corpora- 
tions are  extended  to  undertake  liability  insurance  in  respect  of  the  persons 
and  property  insured  against  lire  and  provision  is  made  for  reinsurance. 


92 


Section  10.    The  amendment  is  for  the  purpose  of  uniform  language 
in  all  insurance  contracts  in  Canada. 


Section  11.  The  amendments  increase  the  minimum  automobile 
public  liability  coverage  from  $35,00()  to  $50,000  and  all  the  increase  is 
added  to  the  priority  given  claims  for  bodily  injury  or  death. 


92 


(4a)  No  mutual  insurance  corporation  without  guarantee  ^®^|^[^"°® 
capital  stock  incorporated  to  transact  fire  insurance '"s^rance 
on  the  premium  note  plan  shall  undertake  contracts 
of  weather  insurance  unless  all  liability  for  loss  in 
excess  of  $100  on  any  risk  covered  by  weather  in- 
surance is  reinsured  with  a  licensed  weather  company 
or  a  mutual  insurance  corporation  without  guarantee 
capital  stock  incorporated  pursuant  to  subsection  3 
of  section  150  of  The  Corporations  Act.  <^fi°'  ^^^°' 

(46)  The  reinsurance  requirement  under  subsection  ia  ''^""^ 
with  respect  to  weather  insurance  does  not  ap|)ly 
to  a  mutual  fire  insurance  corporation  without 
guarantee  capital  stock  that  is  restricted  by  its 
licence  to  insuring  the  plant  and  stock  of  millers  and 
grain  dealers  used  in  connection  with  the  grain 
trade,  and  the  dwellings,  outbuildings  and  contents 
thereof  owned  by  such  millers  and  grain  dealers  or 
their  employees,  against  fire  and  any  other  class  or 
classes  of   insurance   set   out   in   section    27. 


10.  Subcondition  8  of  statutory  condition  4  in  section  204  ^■fr.'i^-  ^^^P: 
of   ihe  Insurance  Act,  as  re-enacted   bv  section    11   of    '/"/je  fiaee,  o.  7i, 

.  '  .8     11) 

Insurance  Amendment  Act,  1066,  is  amended  b>'  striking  outstat. 
"independent"  in  the  seventh  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  subcond.  s. 
"independently",    so    that    the    subcondition    shall    read    as'*"'*"''®'* 
follows : 

In  Case  of  (8)  In  the  event  of  disagreement  as  to  the  nature 

Disagreement  and  extent  of  the  repairs  and  replacements  required, 
or  as  to  their  adequacy,  if  effected,  or  as  to  the  amount 
payable  in  respect  of  any  loss  or  damage,  those  questions  shall  be  deter- 
mined by  appraisal  as  provided  under  The  Insurance  Art  before  there  can 
be  recovery  under  this  contract,  whether  the  right  to  reco\cr  on  the 
contract  is  disputed  or  not,  and  independently  of  all  other  questions. 
There  shall  be  no  right  to  an  appraisal  until  a  specific  demand  therefor  is 
made  in  writing  and  until  after  proof  of  loss  has  been  delivered. 

11. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  216  of  The  Insurance  Act,^f^2'i°2iii 
as  re-enacted  by  section  11  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  (isee.'cl  ti.' 
1966,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "$35,000"  in  the  third  line  subs.  i. 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "$50,000",  so  that  the  subsection  *"'^"''^'* 
shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)   Every  contract  evidenced   by  a  motor  vehicle   lia-iJ^ij^j||'j^"'" 
biiity  policy  insures,  in  respect  of  any  one  accident,  under 


to  the  limit  of  at  least  $50,000,  exclusive  of  interest 
and  costs,  against  liability  resulting  from  bodily 
injury  to  or  the  death  of  one  or  more  persons  and 
loss  of  or  damage  to  property. 


policy 


92 


(2)  Clause  a  of  subsection   2  of  the  said  section   216  is 


R.S.O.  I960. 
I'.  1»0,  a.  216 

(1966.  0.  71.  amended  by  striking  out  "$30,000"  in  the  second  line  and 
Hube.  2.  ci.  u.  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "S45,000",  so  that  the  clause  shall 

amended  ,  .    ,, 

read  as  follows: 


(a)  claims  against  the  insured  arising  out  of  bodily 
injury  or  death  have  priority  to  the  extent  of  $45,000 
over  claims  arising  out  of  loss  of  or  damage  to 
[)roi)erty ;  and 


1^  fiJo  B^^'lie  ^^^  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  216  is  amended  by 
asjec.'c.  71,  striking  out  "$35,000"  in  the  third  line  and  in  the  fifth  line 
subs.  3.  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "$50,000",  so 

that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


Minimum 

limits 

where 

separate 

limits 

designated 


(3)  The  insurer  may.  instead  of  specifying  a  limit  in  the 
[wlicy  for  an  inclusive  amount,  sijecify  a  limit  of 
liability  of  at  least  $50,000,  exclusive  of  interest  and 
costs,  against  liability  resulting  from  bodily  injury 
to  or  the  death  of  one  or  more  persons  and  a  limit 
of  liability  of  at  least  $50,000,  exclusive  of  interest 
and  costs,  against  liability  for  loss  of  or  damage  to 
property. 


R.S.O.  1960 
1^.   190. 
8.  2266 
(1966.  r.  71, 
8.  11). 
subs.  2, 
amended 


12.  Subsection  2  of  section  2266  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as 
enacted  by  section  11  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  1966, 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "by"  in  the  seventh  line  and  by 
striking  out  "referred  to"  in  the  tenth  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "of  the  same  type  as  is  sjiecified",  so  that  the 
subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


Release  b.v 
claimant 


R.S.O.  1960, 
(•.  1.S8 


(2)  Where  an  insurer  makes  a  payment  under  a  contract 
of  insurance  referred  to  in  subsection  1,  the  payment 
constitutes,  to  the  extent  of  such  payment,  a  release 
by  the  insured  |)erson  or  his  personal  representatives 
of  any  claim  that  the  insured  person  or  his  personal 
representatives  or  any  person  claiming  through  or 
under  him  or  by  virtue  of  The  Fatal  Accidents  Act 
may  have  against  the  insurer  and  any  other  person 
who  may  be  liable  to  the  insured  person  or  his 
personal  representatives  if  that  other  person  is  in- 
sured under  a  contract  of  the  same  type  as  is  sjjecified 
in  subsection  1,  but  nothing  in  this  subsection  pre- 
cludes an  insurer  from  demanding,  as  a  condition 
precedent  to  payment,  a  release  to  the  extent  of  the 
|)ayment  from  the  [)erson  insured  or  his  personal 
representatives  or  any  other  person. 


92 


Sections  12  and  13.  The  amendments  are  for  the  purpose  of  making 
the  language  uniform  with  other  jurisdictions  and  make  no  change  in 
principle. 


92 


Section    14.    The  amendment  supplies  a  cross-reference  originally 
omitted  in  error. 


Section  15.  The  amendment  adopts  a  uniform  provision  recom- 
mended by  The  Association  of  Supenntendents  of  Insurance  of  the 
Provinces  of  Canada. 


92 


13.  Subsection  2  of  section  226c  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as^-^g^-  ^^^*'' 
enacted  by  section  11  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  •'^'^'^.  q|||'     ^^ 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "by"  in  the  seventh  line,  so  thats.  xi)', 

the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows:  amended 

(2)  Where  an  insurer  makes  a  payment  under  a  contract  ^almant''^ 
of  insurance  to  which  subsection  1  refers,  the  pay- 
ment constitutes,  to  the  extent  of  such  payment,  a 
release  by  the  insured  person  or  his  personal  repre- 
sentatives of  any  claim  that  the  insured  person  or  his 
personal  representatives  or  any  person  claiming 
through  or  under  him  or  by  virtue  of  The  Fatal^/f^' ^^^°' 
Accidents  Act  may  have  against  the  insurer  and  any 

other  person  who  may  be  liable  to  the  insured  per- 
son or  his  personal  representatives  if  that  other  per- 
son is  insured  under  a  contract  of  the  same  type  as 
is  specified  in  subsection  1,  but  nothing  in  this  sub- 
section precludes  an  insurer  from  demanding,  as  a 
condition  precedent  to  payment,  a  release  to  the 
extent  of  the  payment  from  the  person  insured  or 
his  personal  representatives  or  any  other  person. 

14.  Section  226e  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as  enacted  by  sec-^-^g^-  ^^^°' 
tion  11  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended  »■  226e 

.         .  .  ,  ,,  .       ,,    .  ,  ,    ,.  ,, ,,  (1966,0.71, 

by  insertmg  alter     section     in  the  second  line     226rt  ,  sos.  id, 
that  the  section  shall  read  as  follows:  "" 

226e.  Any  person  insured  by  but  not  named  in  a  contract  ^n^amg"/ 
to  which  section  226a,  2266  or  226c  applies  may  re-'"^"'"®'^ 
cover  under  the  contract  in  the  same  manner  and  to 
the  same  extent  as  if  named  therein  as  the  insured, 
and  for  that  purpose  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  party 
to  the  contract  and  to  have  given  consideration 
therefor. 

15.  Section    226^   of    The   Insurance  Act,   as  enacted    by  ^"fgo;  ^^^°' 
section  1 1  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended  \\qII\  j^ 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection:  s.  id! 

^  amended 

(3)  "Rateable  proportion"as  used  in  subsection  2  means,  ^ro'port'km 

deflned 

(o)  if  there  are  two  insurers  liable  and  each  has 
the  same  policy  limits,  each  of  the  insurers 
shall  share  equally  in  any  liability,  expense, 
loss  or  damage; 

(b)  if  there  are  two  insurers  liable  with  different 
policy  limits,  the  insurers  shall  share  equally 
up  to  the  limit  of  the  smaller  policy  limit; 

92 


(c)  if  there  are  more  than  two  insurers  liable, 
clauses  a  and  b  apply  mutatis  mutandis. 

ffw  "'°'       16.— (1)  Subject  to  subsection  3,  Part  VII  of  The  Insurance 
r*"^ 2^7' 281^  ■^^''  '^^  amended  by  section  7  of  The  Insurance  Amendment 
re-enacted    'Act,  1961-62  and  section  13  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act, 
1966,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


PART  vn 

Accident  and  Sickness  Insi'rance 
tatS?**"  227.  In  this  Part, 

(a)  "application"  means  a  written  application  for  in- 
surance or  for  the  reinstatement  of  insurance; 

(6)  "beneficiary"  means  a  person  designated  or  ap- 
pointed in  a  contract  or  by  a  declaration,  other  than 
the  insured  or  his  personal  representative,  to  whom 
or  for  whose  benefit  insurance  money  payable  in  the 
event  of  death  by  accident  is  to  be  paid; 

(c)  "blanket  insurance"  means  that  class  of  group  in- 
surance that  covers  loss  arising  from  specific  hcizards 
incident  to  or  defined  by  reference  to  a  particular 
activity  or  activities; 

{d)  "contract"  means  a  contract  of  insurance; 

(«)  "court"  means  the  Supreme  Court,  or  a  judge  thereof; 

(/)  "creditor's  group  insurance"  means  insurance  ef- 
fected by  a  creditor  whereby  the  lives  or  well-being, 
or  the  lives  and  well-being,  of  a  number  of  his 
debtors  are  insured  severally  under  a  single  contract; 

(f)  "declaration"  means  an  instrument  signed  by  the 
insured, 

(i)  with  respect  to  which  an  endorsement  is  made 
on  the  policy,  or 

(ii)  that  identifies  the  contract,  or 

(iii)  that    describes    the    insurance    or    insurance 
fund  or  a  jiart  thereof, 

92 


Section  16.  The  Accident  and  Sickness  Part  is  re-enacted  to  adopt 
the  uniform  provisions  recommended  by  The  Association  of  Superinten- 
dents of  Insurance  of  the  Provinces  of  Canada.  The  principle  changes 
include: 

1.  provision  for  group  insurance; 

2.  revision  of  provisions  respecting  the  capacity  of  minors  as  bene- 
ficiaries and  the  inclusion  of  trustee  provisions  similar  to  those 
in  Part  V  respecting  life  insurance; 

3.  provisions  respecting  beneficiaries  of  insurance  moneys  payable 
by  reason  of  death  or  accident; 

4.  provisions  respecting  designation  of  beneficiaries  are  expanded 
and  made  similar  to  those  in  Part  V  respecting  life  insurance. 


92 


in  which  he  designates  or  alters  or  revokes  the 
designation  of  his  personal  representative  or  a  bene- 
ficiary as  one  to  whom  or  for  whose  benefit  shall  be 
paid  the  insurance  money  which  is  payable  in  the 
event  of  death  by  accident; 

(h)  "family  insurance"  means  insurance  whereby  the 
lives  or  well-being,  or  the  lives  and  well-being,  of 
the  insured  and  one  or  more  persons  related  to  him 
by  blood,  marriage  or  adoption  are  insured  under  a 
single  contract  between  an  insurer  and  the  insured ; 

(i)  "group  insurance"  means  insurance  other  than 
creditor's  group  insurance  and  family  insurance, 
whereby  the  lives  or  well-being,  or  the  lives  and 
well-being,  of  a  number  of  persons  are  insured 
severally  under  a  single  contract  between  an  insurer 
and  an  employer  or  other  person ; 

if)  "group  person  insured"  means  a  person  who  is 
insured  under  a  contract  of  group  insurance  and 
upon  whom  a  right  is  conferred  by  the  contract,  but 
does  not  include  a  jjerson  who  is  insured  thereimder 
as  a  person  dependent  ujion  or  related  to  him: 

(k)  "instrument"  includes  a  will; 

(/)  "insurance"  means  accident  insurance,  sickness  in- 
surance, or  accident  insurance  and  sickness  insurance; 

(w)  "insured", 

(i)  in  the  case  of  group  insurance  means,  in  the 
provisions  of  this  Part  relating  to  the  designa- 
tion of  beneficiaries  or  of  personal  representa- 
tives as  recipients  of  insurance  money  and 
their  rights  and  status,  the  group  person 
insured,  and 

(ii)  in  all  other  cases  means  the  person  who  makes 
a  contract  with  an  insurer; 

(w)  "person  insured"  means  a  person  in  respect  of  an 
accident  to  whom,  or  in  respect  of  whose  sickness, 
insurance  money  is  payable  under  a  contract,  but 
does  not  include  a  group  person  insured; 

(o)  "will"  includes  a  codicil. 


92 


8 


Add 
Jf  Pi 


art 


Exceptions 


Qroup 
Insurance 


Issue  of 
policy 

Exceptions 


Contents 
of  policy 


228.  (1)  Notwithstanding  any  agreement,  condition  or 
stipulation  to  the  contrary',  this  Part  applies  to  contracts 
made  in  Ontario. 

(2)  This  Part  does  not  apply  to, 

(a)  accidental  death  insurance;  or 

(b)  creditor's  group  insurance;  or 

(c)  disability  insurance;  or 

(</)  insurance  provided  under  section  226a,  226i  or  226c. 

229.  In  the  case  of  a  contract  of  group  insurance  made  with 
an  insurer  authorized  to  transact  insurance  in  Ontario  at  the 
time  the  contract  was  made,  this  Part  applies  in  determining, 

(a)  the  rights  and  status  of  beneficiaries  and  personal 
representatives  as  recipients  of  insurance  money,  if 
the  group  person  insured  was  resident  in  Ontario  at 
the  time  he  became  insured;  and 

(b)  the  rights  and  obligations  of  the  group  person  in- 
sured if  he  was  resident  in  Ontario  at  the  time  he 
became  insured. 

230.  .\n  insurer  entering  into  a  contract  shall  issue  a  policy. 
231. —  (1)  This  section  does  not  apply  to, 

(a)  a  contract  of  group  insurance;  or 

(6)  a  contract  made  by  a  fraternal  society. 

(2)  An  insurer  shall  set  forth  the  following  particulars  in 
the  policy: 

1.  The  name  or  a  sufficient  description  of  the  insured 
and  of  the  person  insured. 

2.  The  amount  or  the  method  of  determining  the 
amount  of  the  insurance  money  payable  and  the 
conditions  under  which  it  becomes  payable. 

3.  The  amount  or  the  method  of  determining  the 
amount  of  the  premium  and  the  period  of  grace,  if 
any,  within  which  it  inay  be  paid. 

4.  The  conditions  ujxjn  which  the  contract  may  be 
reinstated  if  it  lapses. 

92 


5.  The  term  of  the  insurance  or  the  method  of  deter- 
mining the  day  upon  which  the  insurance  com- 
mences and  terminates. 

232.  In   the  case  of  a  contract  of  group   insurance,   an  contents 
insurer  shall  set  forth  the  following  particulars  in  the  policy :  policy 

1.  The  name  or  a  sufficient  description  of  the  insured. 

2.  The  method  of  determining  the  group  persons  insured 
and   persons  insured. 

3.  The  amount  or  the  method  of  determining  the 
amount  of  the  insurance  money  payable  and  the 
conditions  under  which  it  becomes  payable. 

4.  The  period  of  grace,  if  any,  within  which  the  premium 
may  be  paid. 

5.  The  term  of  the  insurance  or  the  method  of  deter- 
mining the  day  upon  which  the  insurance  com- 
mences and  terminates. 

233. — (1)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  2,  in  the  case  of  Jf°g*®"*' 
a  contract  of  group  insurance  an  insurer  shall  issue  for  delivery  certifloate 
by  the  insured  to  each  group  person  insured  a  certificate  or 
other  document  in  which  are  set  forth  the  following  par- 
ticulars : 

1.  The  name  of  the  insurer  and  a  sufficient  identification 
of  the  contract. 

2.  The  amount  or  the  method  of  determining  the 
amount  of  insurance  on  the  group  person  insured 
and  on  any  person  insured. 

3.  The  circumstances  under  which  the  insurance  ter- 
minates, and  the  rights,  if  any,  upon  such  termina- 
tion of  the  group  person  insured  and  of  any  person 
insured. 

(2)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  a  contract  of  blanket  ^*°^p*'°° 
insurance  or  to  a  contract  of  group  insurance  of  a  non-renew- 
able type  issued  for  a  term  of  six  months  or  less. 

234. — (1)  Subject  to  section  235  and  except  as  otherwise  ^r=^°|jj'°j^„ 
provided  in  this  section,  the  insurer  shall  set  forth  in  the 
policy  every  exception  or  reduction  affecting  the  amount 
payable  under  the  contract,  either  in  the  provision  affected 
by  the  exception  or  reduction,  or  under  a  heading  such  as 
"Exceptions"  or  "Reductions". 

92 


10 


Idem 


Idem 


(2)  Where  the  exception  or  reduction  aflfects  only  one  pro- 
vision in  the  policy  it  shall  be  set  forth  in  that  provision. 

(3)  Where  the  exception  or  reduction  is  contained  in  an 
endorsement,  insertion  or  rider,  the  endorsement,  insertion  or 
rider  shall,  unless  it  affects  all  amounts  payable  under  the 
contract,  make  reference  to  the  provisions  in  the  policy  affected 
by  the  exception  or  reduction. 


Idem 


(4)  The  exception  or  reduction  mentioned  in  section  247 
need  not  be  set  forth  in  the  policy. 


Idem 


(5)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  a  contract  made  by  a 
fraternal  society. 


statutory 
conditions 


235.  Subject  to  section  236,  the  conditions  set  forth  in  this 
section  shall  be  deemed  to  be  part  of  every  contract  other 
than  a  contract  of  group  insurance,  and  shall  be  printed  on  or 
attached  to  the  policy  forming  part  of  such  contract  with  the 
heading  "Statutory  Conditions". 


STATUTORY  CONDITIONS 

The  1. — (1)  The  application,  this  f)olicy,  any  document 

Contract  attached  to  this  policy  when  issued,  and  any  amend- 

ment to  the  contract  agreed  upon  in  writing  after  the 
policy  is  issued,  constitute  the  entire  contract,  and  no  agent  has  authority 
to  change  the  contract  or  waive  any  of  its  provisions. 

Waiver  (2)  The  insurer  shall  be  deemed  not  to  have  waived 

any  condition  of  this  contract,  either  in  whole  or  in 
part,  unless  the  waiver  is  clearly  expressed  in  writing  signed  by  the 
insurer. 

Copy  of  (3)  The  insurer  shall,  upon  request,  furnish  to  the 

Application  insured  or  to  a  claimant  under  the  contract  a  copy  of 

the  application. 

Material  2.  No  statement  made  by   the  insured  or  person 

Facts  insured  at  the  time  of  application  for  this  contract 

shall  be  used  in  defence  of  a  claim  under  or  to  avoid 
this  contract  unless  it  is  contained  in  the  application  or  any  other  written 
statements  or  answers  furnished  as  evidence  of  insurability. 


Changes  in 
Occupation 


3. — (1)  If  after  the  contract  is  issued  the  person 
insured  engages  for  compensation  in  an  occupation 
that  is  classified  by  the  insurer  as  more  hazardous  than 
that  stated  in  this  contract,  the  liability  under  this  contract  is  limited  to 
the  amount  that  the  premium  paid  would  have  purchased  for  the  more 
hazardous  occupation  according  to  the  limits,  classification  of  risks  and 
premium  rates  in  use  by  the  insurer  at  the  time  the  person  insured  engaged 
in  the  more  hazardous  occupation. 

(2)  If  the  person  insured  changes  his  occupation  from  that  stated  in 
this  contract  to  an  occupation  classified  by  the  insurer  as  less  hazardous 
and  the  insurer  is  so  advised  in  writing,  the  insurer  shall  either, 

(o)  reduce  the  premium  rate;  or 

(b)  issue  a  policy  for  the  unexpired  term  of  this  contract  at  the  lower 
rate  of  premium  applicable  to  the  less  hazardous  occupation. 


92 


11 

according  to  the  limits,  classification  of  risks,  and  premium  rates  used  by 
the  insurer  at  the  date  of  receipt  of  advice  of  the  change  in  occupation, 
and  shall  refund  to  the  insured  the  amount  by  which  the  unearned  premium 
on  this  contract  exceeds  the  premium  at  the  lower  rate  for  the  unexpired 
term. 

Relation  of  4.  Where  the  benefits  for  loss  of  time  payable  here- 

Earnings  to  under,  either  alone  or  together  with  benefits  for  loss  of 

Insurance  time  under  another  contract,  including  a  contract  of 

group  accident  insurance  or  group  sickness  insurance 
or  of  both  and  a  life  insurance  contract  providing  disability  insurance, 
exceed  the  money  value  of  the  time  of  the  person  insured,  the  insurer  is 
liable  only  for  that  proportion  of  the  benefits  for  loss  of  time  stated  in  this 
policy  that  the  money  value  of  the  time  of  the  person  insured  bears  to 
the  aggregate  of  the  benefits  for  loss  of  time  payable  under  all  such  con- 
tracts and  the  excess  premium,  if  any,  paid  by  the  insured  shall  be  returned 
to  him  by  the  insurer. 

Termination  5.  The  insured  may  terminate  this  contract  at  any 

by  Insured  time  by  giving  written  notice  of  termination  to  the 

insurer  by  registered  mail  to  its  head  office  or  chief 
agency  in  the  Province,  or  by  delivery  thereof  to  an  authorized  agent  of 
the  insurer  in  the  Province,  and  the  insurer  shall  upon  surrender  of  this 
policy  refund  the  amount  of  premium  paid  in  excess  of  the  short  rate 
premium  calculated  to  the  date  of  receipt  of  such  notice  according  to  the 
table  in  use  by  the  insurer  at  the  time  of  termination. 

Termination  6. — (1)  The  insurer  may  terminate  this  contract  at 

by  Insurer  any  time  by  giving  written  notice  of  termination  to 

the  insured  and  by  refunding  concurrently  with  the 
giving  of  notice  the  amount  of  premium  paid  in  excess  of  the  pro  rata 
premium  for  the  expired  time. 

(2)  The  notice  of  termination  may  be  delivered  to  the  insured,  or  it 
may  be  sent  by  registered  mail  to  the  latest  address  of  the  insured  on  the 
records  of  the  insurer. 

(3)  Where  the  notice  of  termination  is  delivered  to  the  insured,  five 
days  notice  of  termination  shall  be  given;  where  it  is  mailed  to  the  insured, 
ten  days  notice  of  termination  shall  be  given,  and  the  ten  days  shall  begin 
on  the  day  following  the  date  of  mailing  of  notice. 

Notice  and  7. — (1)  The  insured  or  a  person  insured,  or  a  bene- 

Proof  of  ficiary  entitled  to  make  a  claim,  or  the  agent  of  anv  of 

Claim  them,  shall 

(a)  give  written  notice  of  claim  to  the  insurer, 

(i)  by  delivery  thereof,  or  by  sending  it  by  registered  mail  to 
the  head  office  or  chief  agency  of  the  insurer  in  the  Prov- 
ince, or 

(ii)  by  delivery  thereof  to  an  authorized  agent  of  the  insurer 
in  the  Province, 

not  later  than  thirty  days  from  the  date  a  claim  arises  under  the 
contract  on  account  of  an  accident,  sickness  or  disability; 

(b)  within  ninety  days  from  the  date  a  claim  ari.ses  under  the  con- 
tract on  account  of  an  accident,  sickness  or  disability,  furnish 
to  the  insurer  such  proof  as  is  reasonably  possible  in  the  cir- 
cumstances of  the  happening  of  the  accident  or  the  commence- 
ment of  the  sickness  or  disability,  and  the  loss  occasioned  thereby, 
the  right  of  the  claimant  to  receive  payment,  his  age,  and  the  age 
of  the  beneficiary  if  relevant;  and 

92 


12 


(c)  if  !>o  required  by  the  insurer,  furnish  a  siitisfactory  certificate  at 
to  the  cause  or  nature  of  the  accident,  sickness  or  disability  for 
which  claim  may  be  made  under  the  contract  and  as  to  the  dura- 
tion of  such  disability. 

Failure  to  (2)  Failure  to  give  notice  of  claim  or  furnish  proof 

Give  Notice  of  claim  within  the  time  prescribed  by  this  statutory 

or  Proof  condition  does  not  invalidate  the  claim  if  the  notice 

or  pr(X)f  is  given  or  furnished  as  soon  as  reasonably 
possible,  and  in  no  event  later  than  one  year  from  the  date  of  the  accident 
or  the  date  a  claim  arises  under  the  contract  on  account  of  sickness  or 
disability  if  it  is  shown  that  it  was  not  reasonably  possible  to  give  notice 
or  furnish  prrxjf  within  the  time  so  prescribed. 

Insurer  to  8.  'i'he  insurer  shall  furnish  forms  for  proof  of  claim 

Fumisli  within   fifteen  days  after  receiving   notice  of  claim. 

Forms  for  but  where  the  claimant  has  not  received  the  forms 

Proof  of  within  that  time  he  may  submit  his  proof  of  claim 

Claim  in  the  form  of  a  written  statement  of  the  cause  or 

nature  of  the  accident,  sickness  or  disability  giving 
rise  to  the  claim  and  of  the  extent  of  the  loss. 

Rights  of  9.  As  a  condition  precedent  to  recovery  of  insurance 

Examination         moneys  under  this  contract, 

(a)  the  claimant  shall  afford  to  the  insurer  an  opportunity  to  examine 
the  person  of  the  person  insured  when  and  so  often  as  it  reason- 
ably requires  while  the  claim  hereunder  is  pending,  and 

(6)  in  the  ca.se  of  death  of  the  person  insured,  the  insurer  may  require 
an  autopsy  subject  to  any  law  of  the  applicable  jurisdiction 
relating  to  autopsies. 

When  Moneys  10.  All  moneys  payable  under  this  contract,  other 

Payable  Other  than  benefits  for  loss  of  time,  shall  be  paid  by  the 

Than  for  Loss  insurer  within  sixty  days  after  it  has  received  proof 

of  Time  of  claim. 

When  Loss  11.  The  initial  benefits  for  loss  of  time  shall  tie  paid 

of  Time  by  the  insurer  within  thirty  days  after  it  has  received 

Benefits  proof  of  claim,  and  payment  shall  be  made  thereafter 

Payable  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  contract  but  not 

less  frequently  than  once  in  each  succeeding  sixty 
days  while  the  Insurer  remains  liable  for  the  payments  if  the  person  insured 
when  required  to  do  so  furnishes  before  payment  proof  of  continuing 
disability. 

Limitation  12.  .\n  action  or  proceeding  against  the  insurer  for 

of  Actions  the  recovery  of  a  claim  under  this  contract  shall  not  be 

commenced  more  than  one  year  after  the  date  tiie 
insurance  money  became  payable  or  would  have  become  payable  if  it 
had  been  a  valid  claim. 


236.- 


-(1)  Where  a  statutory  condition  is  not  applicable 
)enefits  provided  by  the  contract  it  may  be  oi 
from  the  policy  or  varied  so  that  it  will  be  applicable. 


Omission  or 

conditions      to  the  benefits  provided  by  the  contract  it  may  be  omitted 


Idem  (2)  Statutory  conditions  3,  4  and  9  may  be  omitted  from 

the  policy  if  the  contract  does  not  contain  any  provisions 
resijecting  the  matters  dealt  with  therein. 


92 


13 

(3)  Statutory  conditions  5  and  6  shall  be  omitted  from  the  '''®'" 
policy  if  the  contract  does  not  provide  that  it  may  be  ter- 
minated by  the  insurer  prior  to  the  expiry  of  any  period  for 
which  a  premium  has  been  accepted. 

(4)  Statutory  conditions  3,  4,  5,  6  and  9,  and  subject  to^*^®"" 
the  restriction  in  subsection  5,  statutory  condition  7,  may  be 
varied  but,  if  by  reason  of  the  variation  the  contract  is  less 
favourable  to  the  insured,  a  person  insured  or  a  beneficiary 
than  it  would  be  if  the  condition  had  not  been  varied,  the 
condition  shall  be  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  policy  in  the 
form  in  which  it  appears  in  section  235. 

(5)  Clauses  a  and  b  of  paragraph  1  of  statutory  condition  7^''®™ 
may  not  be  varied  in  policies  providing  benefits  for  loss  of  time. 

(6)  Statutory  conditions  10  and  11  may  be  varied  by  short-  ^^^^ 
ening  the  periods  of  time  prescribed  therein,  and  statutory 
condition  12  may  be  varied  by  lengthening  the  period  of  time 
prescribed  therein. 

(7)  The  title  of  a  statutory  condition  shall  be  reproduced '''®'" 
in   the  policy  along  with   the  statutory   condition,   but   the 
number  of  a  statutory  condition  may  be  omitted. 

(8)  In  the  case  of  a  contract  made  by  a  fraternal  society,     fraternal  ^^ 

society 

(a)  the  following  provision  shall  be  printed  on  every 
policy  in  substitution  for  paragraph  1  of  statutory 
condition    1 : 

The  1. — (1)  This   policy,   the  Act  or  instrii- 

Contract  ment  of   incorporation   of   the  society,   its 

constitution,  by-laws  and  rules,  and  the 
amendments  made  from  time  to  time  to  any  of  them,  the 
application  for  the  contract  and  the  medical  statement  of  the 
applicant,  constitute  the  entire  contract,  and  no  agent  has 
authority  to  change  the  contract  or  waive  any  of  its  provisions. 

and 

{b)  statutory  condition  5  shall  not  be  printed  on  the 
policy. 

237.  In  the  case  of  a  policy  of  accident  insurance  of  a  non- ^°J^<'j®  "J^ 
renewable  type  issued  for  a  term  of  six  months  or  less  or  in  condition* 
relation  to  a  ticket  of  travel,  the  statutory  conditions  need  not 
be  printed  on  or  attached  to  the  policy  if  the  policy  contains 
the  following  notice  printed  in  conspicuous  tyfje: 

"Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  herein  con- 
tained, this  contract  is  subject  to  the  statutory  con- 
ditions in  The  Insurance  Act  respecting  contracts  of  R-S-O.  i960, 
accident   insurance. 

92 


14 


Termination 
for  non- 


renewal 
premium 


238. — (1)  Where  a  policy  evidencing  a  contract  or  a  certi- 

payment  of    ficate  evidencing  the  renewal  oi  a  contract  is  delivered  to  the 
initial  or  ,,...,  .  . 

insured  and  the  initial  premium  or  in  the  case  of  a  renewal 

certificate  the  renewal  premium  therefor  has  not  been  fully 

paid, 

(a)  the  contract  or  the  renewal  thereof  evidenced  by 
the  certificate  is  as  binding  on  the  insurer  as  if  such 
premium  had  been  paid  although  delivered  by  an 
officer  or  an  agent  of  the  insurer  who  did  not  have 
authority  to  deliver  it;  and 

(b)  the  contract  may  be  terminated  for  the  non-payment 
of  the  premium  by  the  insurer  upon  ten  days  notice 
of  termination  given  in  writing  to  the  insured  and 
mailed  postage  prepaid  and  registered  to  the  latest 
address  of  the  insured  on  the  records  of  the  insurer 
and  the  ten  days  shall  begin  on  the  day  following 
the  date  of  mailing  such  notice. 


Exception 


(2)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  a  contract  of  group 
insurance  or  to  a  contract  made  by  a  fraternal  society. 


Right 
where 
premium 
unpaid 


239. — (1)  An  insurer  may, 

(a)  deduct  unpaid  premiums  Irom  an  amount  that  it  is 
liable  to  pay  under  a  contract;  or 


(b)  sue  the  insured  for  unpaid  premiums. 


Where 
cheque  or 
note  for 
premium 
not  paid 


(2)  Where  a  cheque  or  other  bill  of  exchange  or  a  promissory 
note  or  other  written  promise  to  [jay  is  given  for  the  whole  or 
part  of  a  premium  and  payinent  is  not  made  according  to  its 
tenor  the  premium  or  jiart  thereof  shall  be  deemed  never  to 
have  been  paid. 


Exception 


(3)  Clause  a  of  subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  a  contract 
of  group  insurance. 


Idem 


(4)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  a  contract  made  by  a 
fraternal  society. 


Insurable 
interest 


240.  Without  restricting  the  meaning  of  the  expression 
"insurable  interest",  a  person  has  an  insurable  interest  in  his 
own  life  and  well-being  and  in  the  life  and  well-being  of. 


(a)  his  child  or  grandchild; 

(b)  his  spouse; 


92 


15 

(c)  any  person  upon  whom  he  is  wholly  or  in  part 
dependent  for,  or  from  whom  he  is  receiving,  support 
or  education; 

(d)  his  officer  or  employee ;  and 

(e)  any  person  in  whom  he  has  a  pecuniary  interest. 

241. —  (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  where  at  the  time  a  con- Lack  of 
tract  would  otherwise  take  effect,  the  insured  has  no  insurable  interest 
interest,  the  contract  is  void. 

(2)  A  contract  is  not  void  for  lack  of  insurable  interest,      Exceptions 

(a)  if  it  is  a  contract  of  group  insurance;  or 

(b)  if  the  person  insured  has  consented  in  writing  to  the 
insurance. 

(3)  Where  the  person  insured  is  under  the  age  of  sixteen  ^r'ni^nors 
years,  consent  to  the  insurance  may  be  given  by  one  of  his 
parents  or  by  a  person  standing  in  loco  parentis  to  him. 

POLICIES   ON   LIVES   OF   MINORS 

242. —  (1)  Except  in  respect  of  his  rights  as  beneficiary,  a  of*,'J,^°'^^ 
minor  who  has  attained  the  age  of  sixteen  years  has  the 
capacity  of  a  person  of  the  age  of  twenty-one  years, 

(c)  to  make  an  enforceable  contract;  and 

(b)  in  respect  of  a  contract. 

(2)  A  beneficiary  who  has  attained  the  age  of  eighteen  years  of^mlnor' 
has  the  capacity  of  a  person  of  the  age  of  twenty-one  years  beneficiary 
to  receive  insurance  money  payable  to  him  and   to  give  a 
valid  discharge  therefor. 

MISREPRESENTATION  .\NI)   NON-DISCLOSURE 

243. — (1)  An  applicant  for  insurance  on  his  own  behalf  °igg,^gg° 
and  on  behalf  of  each  person  to  be  insured,  and  each  jjerson 
to  be  insured,  shall  disclose  to  the  insurer  in  any  application, 
on  a  medical  examination,  if  any,  and  in  any  written  state- 
ments or  answers  furnished  as  evidence  of  insurability,  every 
fact  within  his  knowledge  that  is  material  to  the  insurance 
and  is  not  so  disclosed  by  the  other. 

(2)  Subject  to  sections  244  and  247,  a  failure  to  disclose,  or  J^j,\og® '° 
a  misrepresentation  of,  such  a  fact  renders  a  contract  voidable 
by  the  insurer. 

92 


16 


Uroup 
insurance 
failure  to 
disrioae 


(3)  In  the  case  of  a  contract  of  group  insurance,  a  failure 
to  disclose  or  a  misrepresentation  of  such  a  fact  with  respect 
to  a  group  person  insured  or  a  person  insured  under  the  con- 
tract does  not  render  the  contract  voidable,  but  if  evidence  of 
insurability  is  si)ecificaUy  requested  by  the  insurer,  the  insur- 
ance in  resi)ect  of  such  a  person  is,  subject  to  section  244, 
voidable  by  the  insurer. 


I'himy'"^'         244.— (1)  Subject  to  section  247  and  except  as  provided  in 
subsection   2, 

(a)  where  a  contract,  including  renewals  thereof,  except 
a  contract  of  group  insurance,  has  been  in  eflfect 
continuously  for  two  years  with  respect  to  a  person 
insured,  a  failure  to  disclose  or  a  misrepresentation  of 
a  fact  with  resjject  to  that  person  required  by  section 
243  to  be  disclosed  does  not,  except  in  the  case  of 
fraud,  render  the  contract  voidable; 

(b)  where  a  contract  of  group  insurance,  including 
renewals  thereof,  has  been  in  effect  continuously  for 
two  years  with  respect  to  a  group  person  insured  or  a 
person  insured,  a  failure  to  disclose  or  a  misrepre- 
sentation of  a  fact  with  respect  to  that  group  person 
insured  or  person  insured  required  by  section  243  to 
be  disclosed  does  not,  except  in  the  case  of  fraud, 
render  the  contract  voidable  with  respect  to  that 
group  person  insured  or  person  insured. 

Exception  (2)  Where  a  claim  arises  from  a  loss  incurred  or  a  dis- 

ability beginning  before  a  contract,  including  renewals  thereof, 
has  been  in  force  for  two  years  with  respect  to  the  person  in 
respect  of  whom  the  claim  is  made,  subsection  1  does  not 
apply  to  that  claim. 


Application 
ol^  incontest- 
ability to 
reinstate- 
ment 


245.  Sections  243  and  244  apply  mutatis  mutandis  to  a 
failure  at  the  time  of  reinstatement  of  a  contract  to  disclose 
or  a  misrepresentation  at  that  time,  and  the  period  of  two 
years  to  which  reference  is  made  in  section  244  commences 
to  run  in  respect  of  a  reinstatement  from  the  date  of  rein- 
statement. 


Pre-existing 
fonditions 


246.  Where  a  contract  contains  a  general  exception  or 
reduction  with  respect  to  pre-existing  disease  or  physical 
conditions  and  the  person  insured  or  group  person  insured 
sufTers  or  has  suffered  from  a  disease  or  physical  condition 
that  existed  Ijefore  the  date  the  contract  came  into  force  with 
respect  to  that  person  and  the  disease  or  physical  condition 
is  not  by  name  or  specific  description  excluded  from  the 
insurance  resjiecting  that  person. 


92 


17 

(a)  the  prior  existence  of  the  disease  or  physical  condition 
is  not,  except  in  the  case  of  fraud,  available  as  a 
defence  against  liability  in  whole  or  in  part  for  a 
loss  incurred  or  a  disability  beginning  after  the  con- 
tract, including  renewals  thereof,  has  been  in  force 
continuously  for  two  years  immediately  prior  to  the 
date  of  loss  incurred  or  commencement  of  disability 
with  respect  to  that  person;  and 

(b)  the  existence  of  the  disease  or  physical  condition  is 
not,  except  in  the  case  of  fraud,  available  as  a  defence 
against  liability  in  whole  or  in  part  if  the  disease  or 
physical  condition  was  disclosed  in  the  application 
for  the  contract. 

247. — (1)  Subject  to  subsections  2  and  3,  if  the  age  of  the  J^g^^jta'^^gg 
person  insured  has  been  misstated  to  the  insurer  then,  at  the 
option  of  the  insurer,  either, 

(a)  the  benefits  payable  under  the  contract  shall  be 
increased  or  decreased  to  the  amount  that  would  have 
been  provided  for  the  same  premium  at  the  correct 
age ;  or 

(b)  the  premium  may  be  adjusted  in  accordance  with 
the  correct  age  as  of  the  date  the  person  insured 
became  insured. 

(2)  In  the  case  of  a  contract  of  group  insurance,  if  there  •s^g'^***(?" 
a  misstatement  to  the  insurer  of  the  age  of  a  group  person '"  group 

.  r  .,  ,       ,      insurance 

msured  or  person  msured,  the  provisions,  if  any,  of  the 
contract  with  respect  to  age  or  misstatement  of  age  shall 
apply. 

(3)  Where  the  age  of  a  person  affects  the  commencement  or  Jovlrnf^ 
termination  of  the  insurance,  the  true  age  governs. 

BENEFICIARIES 

248. — (1)  Unless    otherwise    provided    in    the    policy,    an  Designation 
insured  may  in  a  contract  or  by  a  declaration  designate  his  beneficiary 
personal  representative  or  a  beneficiary  to  receive  insurance 
money  payable  in  the  event  of  death  by  accident,  and  may 
from  time  to  time  alter  or  revoke  the  designation  by  declara- 
tion. 

(2)  A  designation  in  an  instrument  purporting  to  be  a  will  j^^^^^,i^'°" 
is  not  ineffective  by  reason  only  of  the  fact  that  the  instrument "'" 

is  invalid  as  a  will  or  that  the  designation  is  invalid  as  a 
bequest  under  the  will. 

(3)  A  designation  in  a  will  is  of  no  effect  against  a  designa-  ^"orities 
tion  made  later  than  the  making  of  the  will. 

92 


18 


Revocation 


(4)  If  a  desi(;natioii  is  contained  in  a  will  and  subsequently 
the  will  is  revoked  by  o})eration  of  law  or  otherwise,  the 
designation  is  thereby  revoked. 


Meaning  of 
"heirs",  etc. 


Death  of 
benefleiary 


''*^'"  (5)  If  a  designation  is  contained   in  an  instrument  that 

purports  to  l)e  a  will  and  subsequently  the  instrument,  if  it 
had  been  valid  as  a  will  would  have  been  revoked  by  operation 
of  law  or  otherwise,  the  designation  is  thereby  revoked. 

249. — (1)  A  designation  in  favour  of  the  "heirs",  "next- 
of-kin"  or  "estate",  or  the  use  of  words  of  like  import  in  a 
designation  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  designation  of  the  per- 
sonal representative. 

(2)  Where  a  beneficiary  predeceases  the  person  insured  or 
group  person  insured,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  no  disposition 
of  the  share  of  the  deceased  beneficiary  in  the  insurance  money 
is  jjrovided  in  the  contract  or  by  declaration,  the  share  is 
]3ayable, 

(a)  to  the  surviving  beneficiary;  or 

(b)  if  there  is  more  than  one  surviving  beneficiary,  to 
the  surviving  beneficiaries  in  equal  shares;  or 

(c)  if  there  is  no  surviving  beneficiary,  to  the  insured 
or  group  person  insured,  as  the  case  may  be,  or  his 
personal  representative. 

(3)  A  beneficiary  designated  under  section  248  may  upon 
the  death  by  accident  of  the  person  insured  or  group  person 
insured  enforce  for  his  own  benefit,  and  a  trustee  appointed 
pursuant  to  section  250  may  enforce  as  trustee,  the  payment 
of  insurance  money  payable  to  him,  and  the  payment  to  the 
beneficiary  or  trustee  discharges  the  insurer  to  the  extent  of 
the  amount  paid,  but  the  insurer  may  set  up  any  defence  that 
it  could  have  set  up  against  the  insured  or  his  personal 
representative. 

benlnctary"^  250.  An  insured  may  in  a  contract  or  by  a  declaration 
apjKjint  a  trustee  for  a  beneficiary,  and  may  alter  or  revoke 
the  appointment  by  a  declaration. 


Right  to 
sue 


Doi  uments 

affecting 

title 


251. — (1)  Until  an  insurer  receives  at  its  head  or  principal 
office  in  Canada  an  instrument  or  an  order  of  any  court  of 
competent  jurisdiction  affecting  the  right  to  receive  insurance 
money,  or  a  notarial  copy  or  a  copy  verified  by  statutory 
declaration  of  any  such  instrument  or  order,  it  may  make 
payment  of  the  insurance  money  and  shall  be  as  fully  dis- 
charged to  the  extent  of  the  amount  paid  as  if  there  were  no 
such  instrument  or  order. 


92 


I 


19 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  affect  the  rights  or  interests  of^^'^''"^ 
any  person  other  than  the  insurer. 

(3)  Where  an  assignee  of  a  contract  gives  notice  in  writing  ^^2j"®|^  ^^ 
of  the  assignment  to  the  insurer  at  its  head  or  principal  office 

in  Canada  he  has  priority  of  interest  as  against, 

(a)  any  assignee  other  than  one  who  gave  notice  earlier 
in  like  manner;  and 

(6)  a  beneficiary. 

(4)  Where  a  contract  is  assigned  unconditionally  and  other-  ^||Jged*to 
wise  than  as  security,  the  assignee  has  all  the  rights  and  be  insured 
interests  given  by  the  contract  and  by  this  Part  to  the  insured, 

and  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  insured. 

(5)  A  provision  in  a  contract  to  the  effect  that  the  rights  or  Prohibition 

•  r     ,       ■  ,  •        I  r  r  against 

interests  of  the  msured,  or  m  the  case  of  a  contract  of  group  assignment 
insurance  the  group  person  insured,  are  not  assignable,  is  valid. 

251a. — (1)  Where  a  beneficiary  is  designated,  any  insurance  insurance 
money  payable  to  him  is  not,  from  the  time  of  the  happening  from 
of  the  event  upon  which  it  becomes  payable,  part  of  the  estate 
of  the  insured,  and  is  not  subject  to  the  claims  of  the  creditors 
of  the  insured. 

(2)  While  there  is  in  effect  a  designation  of  beneficiary  in  ^j^*^^^^^*^' 
favour  of  any  one  or  more  of  a  spouse,  child,  grandchild  orf™'"  seizure 
parent  of  the  person  insured  or  group  person  insured,   the 
rights  and  interests  of  the  insured  in  the  insurance  money  and 
in  the  contract  so  far  as  either  relate  to  accidental  death 
benefits  are  exempt  from  execution  or  seizure. 

2516.  A  group  person  insured  may,  in  his  own  name,  enforce  ^er*8on 
a  right  given  by  a  contract  to  him,  or  to  a  person  insured  ^"J^^f^™^!^ 
thereunder  as  a  person  dependent  upon  or  related  to  him,  rights 
subject  to  any  defence  available  to  the  insurer  against  him  or 
such  person  insured  or  against  the  insured. 

251c.  Unless  a  contract  or  a  declaration  otherwise  provides,  f^lifeous 
where  a  person  insured  or  group  person  insured  and  a  bene- deaths 
ficiary  die  at  the  same  time  or  in  circumstances  rendering  it 
uncertain  which  of  them  survived  the  other,  the  insurance 
money  is  payable  in  accordance  with  subsection  2  of  section 
249  as  if  the  beneficiary  had  predeceased  the  person  insured 
or  group  person  insured. 

25  Id. — (1)  Where  the  insurer  admits  liability  for  the  insur- ?^^™®JJJ^ 
ance  money  or  any  part  thereof,  and  it  appears  to  the  insurer 
that, 

(a)  there  are  adverse  claimants;  or 
92 


20 


(b)  the  whereabouts  of  the  person  entitled  is  unknown; 
or 

(c)  there  is  no  person  capable  of  giving  or  authorized  to 
give  a  valid  discharge  therefor  who  is  willing  to  do  so, 

the  insurer  may  apply  ex  parte  to  the  court  for  an  order  for 
payment  of  money  into  court,  and  the  court  may  upon  such 
notice,  if  any,  as  it  deems  necessary,  make  an  order  accord- 
ingly. 


Costs  of 
proceedings 


(2)  The  court  may  fix  without  taxation  the  costs  incurred 
upon  or  in  connection  with  any  application  or  order  made 
under  subsection  1,  and  may  order  the  costs  to  be  paid  out  of 
the  insurance  money  or  by  the  insurer  or  otherwise  as  it  deems 
just. 


^r'insurer  (^)  ^  payment  made  pursuant  to  an  order  under  subsection 

1  discharges  the  insurer  to  the  extent  of  the  payment. 


Where 
beneficiary 
a  minor 


251c. — (1)  Where  an  insurer  admits  liability  for  insurance 
mone>'  payable  to  a  minor  and  there  is  no  person  capable  of 
giving  and  authorized  to  give  a  valid  discharge  therefor  who  is 
willing  to  do  so,  the  insurer  may  at  any  time  after  thirty  days 
from  the  date  of  the  happening  of  the  event  upon  which  the 
insurance  money  becomes  payable,  pay  the  money  less  the 
applicable  costs  mentioned  in  subsection  2  into  court  to  the 
credit  of  the  minor. 


Costs 


(2)  The  insurer  may  retain  out  of  the  insurance  money  for 
costs  incurred  upon  payment  into  court  under  subsection  1, 
the  sum  of  SIO  where  the  amount  does  not  exceed  $1,000,  and 
the  sum  of  S15  in  other  cases,  and  payment  of  the  remainder 
of  the  money  into  court  discharges  the  insurer. 


Procedure 


(3)  No  order  is  necessary  for  payment  into  court  under 
subsection  1,  but  the  accountant  or  other  proper  officer  shall 
receive  the  money  upon  the  insurer  filing  with  him  an  affidavit 
showing  the  amount  payable  and  the  name,  date  of  birth  and 
residence  of  the  minor,  and  upon  such  payment  being  made  the 
insurer  shall  forthwith  notify  the  Official  Guardian  and 
deliver  to  him  a  copy  of  the  affidavit. 


Beneficiary 

under 

disability 


251/.  Where  it  appears  that  a  representative  of  a  bene- 
ficiary who  is  under  disability  may  under  the  law  of  the 
domicile  of  the  beneficiary  accept  payments  on  behalf  of  the 
beneficiary,  the  insurer  may  make  payment  to  the  represen- 
tative and  any  such  payment  discharges  the  insurer  to  the 
extent  of  the  amount  paid. 


92 


21 

25lg.  Notwithstanding  that  insurance  money  is  payable  to^^y'"®"'* 
a  person,  the  insurer  may  if  the  contract  so  provides,   but|xceeding 
subject  always  to  the  rights  of  an  assignee,  pay  an  amount 
not  exceeding  $2,000  to, 

(a)  a  relative  by  blood  or  connection  by  marriage  of  a 
person  insured  or  the  group  person  insured;  or 

(b)  any  person  appearing  to  the  insurer  to  be  equitably 
entitled  thereto  by  reason  of  having  incurred  expense 
for  the  maintenance,  medical  attendance  or  burial 
of  a  person  insured  or  the  group  person  insured,  or  to 
have  a  claim  against  the  estate  of  a  person  insured 
or  the  group  person  insured  in  relation  thereto, 

and  an>-  such  payment  discharges  the  insurer  to  the  extent  of 
the  amount  paid. 

25lh. — (1)  Subject    to   subsection    2,    insurance    money    is p^y'J^g"^'^^ 
payable  in  Ontario. 

(2)  In  the  case  of  a  contract  of  group  insurance,  insurance  ^^"^IPj^p" 
money  is  payable  in  the  province  or  territory  of  Canada  inins"™"** 
which  the  group  person  insured  was  resident  at  the  time  he 
became  insured. 

(3)  Unless    a    contract    otherwise    provides,    a    reference  '^o"a™ 
therein  to  dollars  means  Canadian  dollars  whether  the  con- 
tract b}'  its  terms  provides  for  payment  in   Canada  or  else- 
where. 

(4)  Where  a  person  entitled  to  receive  insurance  money  is  outside"' 
not  domiciled  in  Ontario  the  insurer  may  pay  the  insurance  On'af'o 
money  to  that  person  or  to  any  person  who  is  entitled  to 
receive  it  on  his  behalf  by  the  law  of  the  domicile  of  the 
payee  and  any  such  payment  discharges  the  insurer  to  the 
extent  of  the  amount  paid. 

(5)  Where  insurance  money  is  by  the  contract  payable  persoifai'  ^'' 
to  a  person  who  has  died  or  to  his  personal  representative  and  repreeenta- 
such  deceased  person  was  not  at  the  date  of  his  death  domiciled 

in  Ontario,  the  insurer  may  pay  the  insurance  money  to  the 
personal  representative  of  such  person  appointed  under  the 
law  of  his  domicile,  and  any  such  payment  discharges  the 
insurer  to  the  extent  of  the  amount  paid. 

25  h'.  Regardless  of  the  place  where  a  contract  was  made,  Ontario'" 
a  claimant  who  is  a  resident  of  Ontario  may  bring  an  action 
in  Ontario  if  the  insurer  was  authorized  to  transact  insurance 
in  Ontario  at  the  time  the  contract  was  made  or  at  the  time 
the  action  is  brought. 

92 


22 


Insurer 

f living 
nformation 


Undue 
prominence 


Relief 

from 

forfeiture 


Presump- 
tion against 
agency 


Application 


2Slj.  An  insurer  does  not  incur  any  liability  for  any  default, 
error  or  omission  in  giving  or  withholding  information  as  to 
any  notice  or  instrument  that  it  has  received  and  that  affect* 
the  insurance  money. 

25  lA.  The  insurer  shall  not  in  the  policy  give  undue  prom- 
inence to  any  provision  or  statutory  condition  as  compared  to 
other  provisions  or  statutor>'  conditions,  unless  the  effect  of 
that  provision  or  statutory  condition  is  to  increase  the  pre- 
mium or  decrease  the  benefits  otherwise  provided  for  in  the 
policy. 

251/.  Where  there  has  been  imperfect  compliance  with  a 
statutory  condition  as  to  any  matter  or  thing  to  be  done  or 
omitted  by  the  insured,  person  insured  or  claimant  with 
respect  to  the  loss  insured  against  and  a  consequent  forfeiture 
or  avoidance  of  the  insurance  in  whole  or  in  part,  and  any 
court  before  which  a  question  relating  thereto  is  tried  deems 
it  inequitable  that  the  insurance  should  be  forfeited  or  avoided 
on  that  ground,  the  court  may  relieve  against  the  forfeiture  or 
avoidance  on  such  terms  as  it  deems  just. 

251m.  No  officer,  agent,  employee  or  servant  of  the  insurer, 
and  no  person  soliciting  insurance,  whether  or  not  he  is  an 
agent  of  the  insurer  shall,  to  the  prejudice  of  the  insured, 
I>erson  insured  or  group  i)erson  insured,  be  deemed  to  be  the 
agent  of  the  insured  or  of  the  person  insured  or  group  j^erson 
insured  in  respect  of  any  question  arising  out  of  the  contract. 

(2 J  Part  \'II  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  sub- 
section 1,  applies  to  contracts  made  or  renewed  after  this 
section  conies  into  force. 


'•'*'"  (3)   In  the  case  of  contracts  made  before  this  section  comes 

into  force  and  in  effect  on  the  day  this  section  comes  into 
force, 

(a)  sections  227,  228,  229,  230,  237,  240,  241,  242,  246 
and  sections  248  to  251m  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as 
re-enacted  by  this  section,  apply;  and 

(6)  sections  230,  231,  232,  233,  235,  242  and  245  of  The 
Insurance  Act,  as  they  existed  immediately  before 
this  section  comes  into  force,  continue  to  apply. 

R.s.o.  I960.       17.— (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  315  of  The  Insurance  Act 

c.  190.6.  315,  .  .     ,  1     ■       f    ,.        •  I       •  J     1  / 

Bub8.  2.  IS  reijealed  and  the  followmg  substituted  thereior: 

re-enacted 

(2)  Licences  so  issued  shall  be  of  three  classes,  that  is, 

(o)  licences  for  life  insurance,  or  life  and  accident 
insurance,  or  life  and  accident  and  sickness 
insurance;  or 


Classes  of 
licences 


92 


Section  17 — Subsection  1.    The  classes  of  licences  are  renamed  to 
conform  better  to  present  practices. 

Subsection  2.    The  fixing  of  the  fee  for  revival  of  a  salesman's  licence 
I  is  left  to  the  Schedule  where  it  is  prescribed  as  $2. 


92 


Section  18.   The  fixing  of  the  fee  for  revival  of  a  salesman's  licence  is 
left  to  the  Schedule  where  it  is  fixed  at  $2. 


Section    19.     The  amendments  provide  separate  fees  for  agents, 
brokers  or  adjusters  who  are  corporations. 


'>2 


23 

(b)  licences  for  accident  and  sickness  insurance;  or 

(c)  licences  for  all  classes  of  insurance  other  than 
life  insurance. 

(2)  Subsection   6  of  the  said   section   315   is  amended  by  ^f9§;g';^3^i°5 
striking  out  "a  fee  of  $1"  in  the  seventh  line  and  inserting  in|"^g;|j^^ 
lieu  thereof  "the  prescribed  fee". 

18.  Subsection  6  of  section  316  of   The  Insurance  Act  is^-fg^'i^aie 
amended  by  striking  out  "a  fee  of  $1"  in  the  eighth  line  and|^|^6^^ 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "the  prescribed  fee". 

19.— (1)   Item  12  of  Schedule  A  to  The  Insurance  Act  is^fgO- i^eO' 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause:  sched.  a, 

amended 
(d)  where  the  applicant  is  a  corporation 25 

(2)  Clause  c  of  item   13  of  the  said  Schedule  A,  as  re-^fg'^- ^^^°' 
enacted  by  subsection  2  of  section  6  of  The  Insurance  y4mew<f-^ched.  a, 

4  ■  11.-.1-  1-  Item  13 

ment  Act,   1968,   is   repealed   and    the   following   substituted  (i968,  c.  58. 

,  r  s.  6.  subs.  2), 

therefor:  oi.  c, 

re-enacted 

(c)  where  the  applicant  is  a  corporation 25 

(d)  for  transfer  or  revival  of  a  licence 2 

(e)  all  other  applicants 25 

(3)  Item   14  of  the  said  Schedule  A  is  repealed  and  theRS^O- i^6o> 
following  substituted  therefor:  sched!  a, 

^  item  14, 

re-enacted 

14.  Licences    for    insurance    brokers    and    renewals    thereof 

whether  corporate  or  otherwise 25 

(4)  Item   17  of  the  said  Schedule  A  is  repealed  and  the^fgo; '^^"' 
following  substituted  therefor:  Hem'i'7'^i 

re-enacted 
17.  Licences  under  subsection  19  of  section  315  in  the  name  of  a 
transportation  company  authorizing   its  ticket   salesmen 
to  act  as  agent  for  travel  accident   insurance,  livestock 
insurance  or  baggage  insurance,  and  renewals  thereof.  ...  25 

20.— (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  1,  11  and  16,  comes  into^^^t'"^'"^" 
force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Sections  1  and  16  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  '''^"^ 
by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

(3)  Section  1 1  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  September,  ^''*'" 
1969. 

21.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Insurance  Amendment  ^^°^^  •'*'* 
Act,  1968-69. 

92 


s 


JO 

o 
m 

M 


1= 

ST 

u< 

tN» 

«       K. 

n 

s. 

§. 

-r     •> 

J" 

<0 

>3 

-     &) 

c 

Wo 

1 

3 
»0 

tading 
9th,  19(5 

3 

n 
n 

> 

>o 

BILL  92 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Insurance  Act 


Mr.  Rowntree 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Legal  and  Municipal  Committee) 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 
Section  1.   Complementary  to  section  16  of  the  Bill. 

Section  2.   The  amendment  corrects  a  typographical  error. 


Section  3.  The  amendment  permits  the  Superintendent  to  make  ex- 
ceptions to  the  prescribed  rate  of  interest  that  is  used  in  computing  the 
reserve  in  respect  of  life  insurance  policies. 


Section  4.  The  amendment  limits  the  insurer's  right  to  terminate 
the  contract  for  non-payment  of  premium  to  only  those  cases  where  the 
promise  to  pay  is  a  bill  of  exchange  or  promissory  note. 


92 


BILL  92  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Insurance  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Paragraph  8  of  section   1  of  The  Insurance  Act  is  re-f^-fiO- i^fO' 

pealed.  par.  s. 

'^  repealed 

2.  Clause  c  of  subsection  4  of  section  62  of  The  Insurance^f^-lJ^^- 


Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "matured"  in  the  second  line^ubs^^  ci.  c, 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "unmatured",  so  that  the  clause 
shall  read  as  follows: 

(c)  the  full  amount  of  the  legal  reserve  in  respect  of 
each  unmatured  life  insurance  contract  as  set  out  in 
the  schedule  of  contract  legal  reserves. 


3.  Paragraph   1  of  subsection  2  of  section  80  of  The  -^w-^fg^.'s.^lo' 
surance  Act,  as  re-enacted   by  section  4  of   The  Insurance  (}^^^-^^- 
Amendment  Act,  1962-63,  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub-subs.2.' 
StitUted  therefor:  re-e'na'oted 

1.  The  rate  of  interest  assumed  shall  not  exceed  the 
rate  prescribed  in  Schedule  D,  except  that  where 
upon  the  application  of  a  company  the  Superin- 
tendent is  satisfied  that  a  higher  rate  is  appropriate 
for  a  particular  class  of  policy  issued  by  the  company, 
the  Superintendent  may  authorize  the  assumption 
of  such  higher  rate  of  interest  as  the  Superintendent 
specifies,  and  the  Superintendent  may  withdraw  his 
authorization  at  any  time. 

4.  Subsection   3  of  section   97   of   The  Insurance  Act  is ^igo,' s.^l?,' 
amended  by  striking  out  "or  any  promise  to  pay"  in  the  first  |^|j^|^|j 
and  second  lines  and  by  striking  out  "or  other  promise  to  pay" 

in  the  fourth  line,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

92 


Where 
note  or 
cheque  for 
premium 
not 
honoured 


(3)  Where  a  cheque,  bill  of  exchange  or  promissory  note 
is  given,  whether  originally  or  by  way  of  renewal, 
for  the  whole  or  part  of  any  premium  and  the 
cheque,  bill  of  exchange  or  promissory  note  is  not 
honoured  according  to  its  tenor,  the  insurer  may 
terminate  the  contract  forthwith  by  giving  written 
notice  by  registered  mail. 


^loo^sa'      ®*  ^^t'°"  ^^  °f  ^*'  Insurance  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
ainended     '  thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Furnishing 
of  forms 
not  an 
admission 


(3)  The  furnishing  by  an  insurer  of  forms  to  make  proof 
of  loss  shall  not  be  taken  to  constitute  an  admission 
by  the  insurer  that  a  valid  contract  is  in  force  or 
that  the  loss  in  question  falls  within  the  insurance 
provided  by  the  contract. 


^isoB^^m      ®'  Statutory  condition  15  in  section  111  of  The  Insurance 
ccmd  15        "^^^  '®  reijealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


re-enacted 


Notice  15.  Any    written    notice    to    the    insurer    may    be 

delivered  at,  or  sent  by  registered  mail  to,  the  chief 
agency  or  head  office  of  the  insurer  in  the  Province.  Written  notice  may 
be  given  to  the  insured  named  in  the  contract  by  letter  personally  de- 
livered to  him  or  by  registered  mail  addressed  to  him  at  his  latest  post 
office  address  as  notified  to  the  insurer.  In  this  condition,  the  expression 
"registered"  means  registered  in  or  outside  Canada. 


o^fso  e^^m       '^'  Subsection  2  of  section   119  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as 
re  enacted    ^"1^"*^^    by   section    7   of    The   Insurance  Amendment  Act, 
1962-63,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Insurance 
on  premium 
note  plan 


R.S.O.  1960. 
c.  71 


(2)  No  licensed  insurer  shall  carry  on,  on  the  premium 
note  plan,  any  class  of  insurance  other  than  fire, 
livestock  and  weather  insurance  but  a  mutual  in- 
surance company,  without  guarantee  capital  stock 
incorporated  for  the  purpose  of  undertaking  con- 
tracts of  fire  insurance  on  the  premium  note  plan, 
may  also  insure  for  the  classes  of  insurance  as 
specified  in  subsection  13  of  section  151  of  The  Cor- 
porations Act. 


o"i^'e^i3i      ^'  Section  131  of  The  Insurance  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
amended        thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Mutual 

insurance 

corporations 


(4)  A  mutual  insurance  corporation  without  guarantee 
capital  stock  incorporated  under  subsection  3  of 
section  150  of  The  Corporations  Act  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  an  insurer  of  the  same  class  under  subsection  1 
and  under  subsection  4  of  section  132. 


^fgo /\^32      ®'  Section  132  of  The  Insurance  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
amended        thereto  the  following  subsections: 


92 


Section  5.   The  aniendnient  ensures  that  the  mere  supplying  of  proof 
of  loss  forms  does  not  constitute  an  admission. 


Section  6.   The  statutory  condition  is  reworded  to  make  the  language 
uniform  with  that  adopted  by  other  provinces. 


Sections  7,  8  and  9.  The  powers  of  fire  mutual  insurance  corpora- 
tions are  extended  to  undertake  liability  insurance  in  respect  of  the  persons 
and  property  insured  against  fire  and  provision  is  made  for  reinsurance. 


92 


Section  10.   The  amendment  is  for  the  purpose  of  uniform  language 
in  all  insurance  contracts  in  Canada. 


Sr.ciiuN  11.  The  amendments  increase  the  minimum  automobile 
public  liability  coverage  from  $35,000  to  $50,000  and  all  the  increase  is 
added  to  the  priority  given  claims  for  bodily  injury  or  death. 


92 


(4a)  No  mutual  insurance  corporation  without  guarantee  ^^i^la^her'^ 
capital  stock  incorporated  to  transact  fire  insurance  insurance 
on  the  premium  note  plan  shall  undertake  contracts 
of  weather  insurance  unless  all  liability  for  loss  in 
excess  of  $100  on  any  risk  covered  by  weather  in- 
surance is  reinsured  with  a  licensed  weather  company 
or  a  mutual  insurance  corporation  without  guarantee 
capital  stock  incorporated  pursuant  to  subsection  3 
of  section  150  of  The  Corporations  Act.  ff°- 19«°- 

(46)  The  reinsurance  requirement  under  subsection  4a  ids'" 
with  respect  to  weather  insurance  does  not  apply 
to  a  mutual  fire  insurance  corporation  without 
guarantee  capital  stock  that  is  restricted  by  its 
licence  to  insuring  the  plant  and  stock  of  millers  and 
grain  dealers  used  in  connection  with  the  grain 
trade,  and  the  dwellings,  outbuildings  and  contents 
thereof  owned  by  such  millers  and  grain  dealers  or 
their  employees,  against  fire  and  any  other  class  or 
classes  of   insurance  set  out   in   section    27. 


10.  Subcondition  8  of  statutory  condition  4  in  section  204RS.O.  i960, 
of  The  Insurance  Act,  as  re-enacted   by  section   11  of   7'Ae  (1966.' c.  7i, 

.  -      .  B     11) 

Insurance  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended  by  striking  outstat. 
"independent"  in  the  seventh  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  gSbcond.  8, 
"independently",    so    that    the    subcondition    shall    read    as*™®"'^®'' 
follows : 

In  Case  of  (8)  In  the  event  of  disagreement  as  to  the  nature 

Disagreement  and  extent  of  the  repairs  and  replacements  required, 
or  as  to  their  adequacy,  if  effected,  or  as  to  the  amount 
payable  in  respect  of  any  loss  or  damage,  those  questions  shall  be  deter- 
mined by  appraisal  as  provided  under  The  Insurance  Act  before  there  can 
be  recovery  under  this  contract,  whether  the  right  to  recover  on  the 
contract  is  disputed  or  not,  and  independently  of  all  other  questions. 
There  shall  be  no  right  to  an  appraisal  until  a  specific  deniard  therefor  is 
made  in  writing  and  until  after  proof  of  loss  has  been  deli\ercd. 


11. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  216  of  The  Insurance  ^c^  RS-0.^i9M^ 
as  re-enacted  by  section  11  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  (1966,' c'.  7i. 

•  •      •  S     1  1) 

1966,  IS  amended  by  striking  out  "$35,000"  in  the  third  lineaubs.  i, 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "$50,000",  so  that  the  subsection  *'"^"'^*'* 
shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  Every  contract  evidenced   by  a  motor  vehicle  lia- ,'^inimum 

..,.,..  .  ,  .  ,  liability 

buity  policy  insures,  m  respect  of  any  one  accident,  under 
to  the  limit  of  at  least  $50,000,  exclusive  of  interest  ^^  "'^ 
and    costs,    against    liability    resulting    from    bodily 
injury  to  or  the  death  of  one  or  more  persons  and 
loss  of  or  damage  to  property. 

92 


(2)  Clause  a  of  subsection   2  of  the  said  section   216  is 


R.S.O.  1960, 
••.  190,8.  216 

(1966,  c.  71,  amended  by  striking  out  "$30,000"  in  the  second  line  and 
Hubs.  2,ci.  o.  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "$45,000",  so  that  the  cbuse  shall 

amended  ,  ,    ,, 

read  as  follows: 


(a)  claims  against  the  insured  arising  out  of  bodily 
injury  or  death  have  priority  to  the  extent  of  $45,000 
over  claims  arising  out  of  loss  of  or  damage  to 
jjroperty ;  and 


(3;  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  216  is  amended  by 


R..S.O.  1960. 
o.  190,  8.  216 

(1966,  c.  71,  striking  out  "$35,000"  in  the  third  line  and  in  the  fifth  line 
siibs.  3,  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "$50,000",  so 

that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


amended 


Minimum 

limits 

where 

separate 

limits 

designated 


(3)  The  insurer  may,  instead  of  specifying  a  limit  in  the 
policy  for  an  inclusive  amount,  sp)ecify  a  limit  of 
liability  of  at  least  $50,000,  exclusive  of  interest  and 
costs,  against  liability  resulting  from  bodily  injury 
to  or  the  death  of  one  or  more  [jersons  and  a  limit 
of  liability  of  at  least  SS0,000,  exclusive  of  interest 
and  costs,  against  liability  for  loss  of  or  damage  to 
property. 


R..S.().  1960. 
c.  lUO, 
8.  2266 
(1966,  (  .  71, 
8.  11), 
subs.  2, 
amended 


12.  Subsection  2  of  section  2266  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as 
enacted  by  section  11  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  1966, 
is  amendecl  by  striking  out  "b\  "  in  the  seventh  line  and  by 
striking  out  "referred  to"  in  the  tenth  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "of  the  same  type  as  is  specified",  so  that  the 
subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


Release  by 
claimant 


n..S.O.  I960, 
.-.    1.38 


(2)  Where  an  insurer  makes  a  payment  under  a  contract 
of  insurance  referred  to  in  subsection  1,  the  jiayment 
constitutes,  to  the  extent  of  such  (jayment,  a  release 
by  the  insured  person  or  his  personal  representatives 
of  any  claim  that  the  insured  person  or  his  personal 
representatives  or  any  |)erson  claiming  through  or 
under  him  or  by  virtue  of  The  Fatal  Accidents  Act 
may  have  against  the  insurer  and  any  other  jjerson 
who  may  be  liable  to  the  insurcxl  jierson  or  his 
jiersonal  representatives  if  that  other  jjerson  is  in- 
sured under  a  contract  of  the  same  type  as  is  specified 
in  subsection  1,  but  nothing  in  this  subsection  pre- 
cludes an  insurer  from  demanding,  as  a  condition 
precedent  to  payment,  a  release  to  the  extent  of  the 
payment  from  the  person  insured  or  his  personal 
representatives  or  any  other  ix;rson. 


92 


Sections  12  and  13.  The  amendments  are  for  the  purpose  of  making 
the  language  uniform  with  other  jurisdictions  and  make  no  change  in 
principle. 


92 


Section  14.    The  amendment  supplies  a  cross-reference  originally 
omitted  in  error. 


Section  IS.  The  amendment  adopts  a  uniform  provision  recom- 
mended by  The  Association  of  Supermtendents  of  Insurance  of  the 
Provinces  of  Canada. 


92 


13.  Subsection  2  of  section  226c  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as^-^g^- ^^^°' 
enacted  by  section  11  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  ^^^^t^agf' 

is  amended  by  striking  out  "by"  in  the  seventh  line,  so  thats.  id! 
the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows:  amended 

(2)  Where  an  insurer  makes  a  payment  under  a  contract  ^IJ^nt''^ 
of  insurance  to  which  subsection  1  refers,  the  pay- 
ment constitutes,  to  the  extent  of  such  payment,  a 
release  by  the  insured  person  or  his  personal  repre- 
sentatives of  any  claim  that  the  insured  person  or  his 
personal  representatives  or  any  person  claiming 
through  or  under  him  or  by  virtue  of  The  Fatal^-f^- ^^^'^' 
Accidents  Act  may  have  against  the  insurer  and  any 

other  person  who  may  be  liable  to  the  insured  per- 
son or  his  personal  representatives  if  that  other  per- 
son is  insured  under  a  contract  of  the  same  type  as 
is  specified  in  subsection  1,  but  nothing  in  this  sub- 
section precludes  an  insurer  from  demanding,  as  a 
condition  precedent  to  payment,  a  release  to  the 
extent  of  the  payment  from  the  person  insured  or 
his  personal  representatives  or  any  other  person. 

14.  Section  226e  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as  enacted  by  sec-^-^g^- ^^^°- 
tion  11  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended  s.  226e 

by  inserting  after  "section"  in  the  second  line  "226a",  sos.  id! 
that  the  section  shall  read  as  follows: 

226e.  Any  person  insured  by  but  not  named  in  a  contract  ^^^a^g"^^ 
to  which  section  226a,  2266  or  226c  applies  may  re-'"^"™<^ 
cover  under  the  contract  in  the  same  manner  and  to 
the  same  extent  as  if  named  therein  as  the  insured, 
and  for  that  purpose  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  party 
to  the  contract  and  to  have  given  consideration 
therefor. 

15.  Section    226j  of    The   Insurance  Act,   as  enacted    by  ^-fgo;  ^^^°' 
section  11  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended  !;^^^-'     „, 

,  ,  ,  ( 19oD,  C.  71, 

by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection:  s.  ii), 

°  amended 

(3)  "Rateable  proportion"as  used  in  subsection  2  means,  ^ro'portUjn 

deflned 

(a)  if  there  are  two  insurers  liable  and  each  has 
the  same  policy  limits,  each  of  the  insurers 
shall  share  equally  in  any  liability,  expense, 
loss  or  damage; 

{b)  if  there  are  two  insurers  liable  with  different 
policy  limits,  the  insurers  shall  share  equally 
up  to  the  limit  of  the  smaller  policy  limit; 

92 


(c)  if  there  are  more  than   two   insurers  liable, 
clauses  a  and  b  apply  mutatis  mutandis. 

"loo."  "*"■       1®*— (1)  Subject  to  subsection  3.  Part  VII  of  The  Insurance 
P^rt^^"        Act,  as  amended  by  section  7  of  The  Insurance  Amendment 
re-enacted      Act,  1961-62  and  section  13  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act, 
1966,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


PART  VII 

Accident  and  Sickness  Insurance 
Jatio''n'^  227.  In  this  Part, 

(a)  "application"  means  a  written  application  for  in- 
surance or  for  the  reinstatement  of  insurance; 

(6)  "beneficiary"  means  a  person  designated  or  ap- 
pointed in  a  contract  or  by  a  declaration,  other  than 
the  insured  or  his  fjersonal  representative,  to  whom 
or  for  whose  benefit  insurance  money  payable  in  the 
event  of  death  by  accident  is  to  be  paid; 

(c)  "blanket  insurance"  means  that  class  of  group  in- 
surance that  covers  loss  arising  from  specific  hazards 
incident  to  or  defined  by  reference  to  a  particular 
activity  or  activities; 

(d)  "contract"  means  a  contract  of  insurance; 

(c)  "court"  means  the  Supreme  Court,  or  a  judge  thereof; 

(/)  "creditor's  group  insurance"  means  insurance  ef- 
fected by  a  creditor  whereby  the  lives  or  well-being, 
or  the  lives  and  well-being,  of  a  number  of  his 
debtors  are  insured  severally  under  a  single  contract; 

(g)  "declaration"  means  an  instrument  signed  by  the 
insured, 

(i)  with  respect  to  which  an  endorsement  is  made 
on  the  policy,  or 

(ii)  that  identifies  the  contract,  or 

(iii)  that    describes    the    insurance    or    insurance 
fund  or  a  part  thereof, 

92 


SiccTioN  16.  The  Accident  and  Sickness  Part  is  re-enacted  to  adopt 
the  uniform  provisions  recommended  by  The  Association  of  Superinten- 
dents of  Insurance  of  the  Provinces  of  Canada.  The  principal  changes 
include: 

1.  provision  for  group  insurance; 

2.  revision  of  provisions  respecting  the  capacity  of  minors  as  bene- 
ficiaries and  the  inclusion  of  trustee  provisions  similar  to  those 
in  Part  V  respecting  life  insurance; 

3.  provisions  respecting  beneficiaries  of  insurance  moneys  payable 
by  reason  of  death  or  accident; 

4.  provisions  respecting  designation  of  beneficiaries  are  expanded 
and  made  similar  to  those  in  Part  V  respecting  life  insurance. 


92 


in  which  he  designates  or  alters  or  revokes  the 
designation  of  his  personal  representative  or  a  bene- 
ficiary as  one  to  whom  or  for  whose  benefit  shall  be 
paid  the  insurance  money  which  is  payable  in  the 
event  of  death  by  accident; 

(h)  "family  insurance"  means  insurance  whereby  the 
lives  or  well-being,  or  the  lives  and  well-being,  of 
the  insured  and  one  or  more  persons  related  to  him 
by  blood,  marriage  or  adoption  are  insured  under  a 
single  contract  between  an  insurer  and  the  insured; 

(i)  "group  insurance"  means  insurance  other  than 
creditor's  group  insurance  and  family  insurance, 
whereby  the  lives  or  well-being,  or  the  lives  and 
well-being,  of  a  number  of  persons  are  insured 
severally  under  a  single  contract  between  an  insurer 
and  an  employer  or  other  person; 

ij)  "group  person  insured"  means  a  person  who  is 
insured  under  a  contract  of  group  insurance  and 
upon  whom  a  right  is  conferred  by  the  contract,  but 
does  not  include  a  person  who  is  insured  thereunder 
as  a  person  dependent  upon  or  related  to  him; 

(k)  "instrument"  includes  a  will; 

(/)  "insurance"  means  accident  insurance,  sickness  in- 
surance, or  accident  insurance  and  sickness  insurance; 

(w)   "insured", 

(i)  in  the  case  of  group  insurance  means,  in  the 
provisions  of  this  Part  relating  to  the  designa- 
tion of  beneficiaries  or  of  personal  representa- 
tives as  recipients  of  insurance  money  and 
their  rights  and  status,  the  groujj  person 
insured,  and 

(ii)  in  all  other  cases  means  the  person  who  makes 
a  contract  with  an  insurer; 

(w)  "person  insured"  means  a  person  in  respect  of  an 
accident  to  whom,  or  in  respect  of  whose  sickness, 
insurance  money  is  payable  under  a  contract,  but 
does  not  include  a  group  person  insured ; 

(o)   "will"  includes  a  codicil. 

92 


8 


Applici 
of  J'art 


art 


Exceptloiu 


Group 
insurance 


Issue  of 
policy 

Exceptions 


Contents 
of  policy 


228. — (1)  NotwithstandinR  any  agreement,  condition  or 
stipulation  to  the  contrary,  this  Part  applies  to  contracts 
made  in  Ontario. 

(2)  This  Part  does  not  apply  to, 

(a)  accidental  death  insurance;  or 

(b)  creditor's  group  insurance;  or 

(c)  disability  insurance;  or 

(d)  insurance  provided  under  section  226a,  226b  or  226c. 

229.  In  the  case  of  a  contract  of  group  insurance  made  with 
an  insurer  authorized  to  transact  insurance  in  Ontario  at  the 
time  the  contract  was  made,  this  Part  applies  in  determining, 

(a)  the  rights  and  status  of  beneficiaries  and  personal 
representatives  as  recipients  of  insurance  money,  if 
the  group  person  insured  was  resident  in  Ontario  at 
the  time  he  became  insured;  and 

(b)  the  rights  and  obligations  of  the  group  person  in- 
sured if  he  was  resident  in  Ontario  at  the  time  he 
became  insured. 

230.  .An  insurer  entering  into  a  contract  shall  issue  a  policy. 
231. — (1)  This  section  does  not  apply  to. 

(a)  a  contract  of  group  insurance;  or 

(b)  a  contract  made  by  a  fraternal  society. 

(2)  An  insurer  shall  set  forth  the  following  particulars  in 
the  ix)licy: 

1.  The  name  or  a  sufficient  description  of  the  insured 
and  of  the  person  insured. 

2.  The  amount  or  the  method  of  determining  the 
amount  of  the  insurance  money  payable  and  the 
conditions  under  which  it  becomes  payable. 

3.  The  amount  or  the  method  of  determining  the 
amount  of  the  premium  and  the  period  of  grace,  if 
any,  within  which  it  may  be  paid. 

4.  The  conditions  upon  which  the  contract  may  be 
reinstated  if  it  lapses. 

92 


5.  The  term  of  the  insurance  or  the  method  of  deter- 
mining the  day  upon  which  the  insurance  com- 
mences and  terminates. 

232.  In   the   case   of  a  contract  of  group   insurance,   an  Contents 
insurer  shall  set  forth  the  following  particulars  in  the  policy :  poiW 

1.  The  name  or  a  sufficient  description  of  the  insured. 

2.  The  method  of  determining  the  group  persons  insured 
and   persons  insured. 

3.  The  amount  or  the  method  of  determining  the 
amount  of  the  insurance  money  payable  and  the 
conditions  under  which  it  becomes  payable. 

4.  The  period  of  grace,  if  any,  within  which  the  premium 
may  be  paid. 

5.  The  term  of  the  insurance  or  the  method  of  deter- 
mining the  day  upon  which  the  insurance  com- 
mences and  terminates. 

233. — (1)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  2,  in  the  case  of  J/""*®"** 
a  contract  of  group  insurance  an  insurer  shall  issue  for  delivery  certiflcate 
by  the  insured  to  each  group  person  insured  a  certificate  or 
other  document  in  which  are  set  forth  the  following  par- 
ticulars: 

1.  The  name  of  the  insurer  and  a  sufficient  identification 
of  the  contract. 

2.  The  amount  or  the  method  of  determining  the 
amount  of  insurance  on  the  group  person  insured 
and  on  any  person  insured. 

3.  The  circumstances  under  which  the  insurance  ter- 
minates, and  the  rights,  if  any,  upon  such  termina- 
tion of  the  group  person  insured  and  of  any  person 
insured. 

(2)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  a  contract  of  blanket  ^''°®p"°" 
insurance  or  to  a  contract  of  group  insurance  of  a  non-renew- 
able type  issued  for  a  term  of  six  months  or  less. 

234. — (1)  Subject  to  section  235  and  except  as  otherwise  ^r*°|^J'°j^nB 
provided  in  this  section,  the  insurer  shall  set  forth  in  the 
policy  every  exception  or  reduction  affecting  the  amount 
payable  under  the  contract,  either  in  the  provision  affected 
by  the  exception  or  reduction,  or  under  a  heading  such  as 
"Exceptions"  or  "Reductions". 

92 


10 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 


(2)  Where  the  exception  or  reduction  affects  only  one  pro- 
vision in  the  policy  it  shall  be  set  forth  in  that  provision. 

(3)  Where  the  exception  or  reduction  is  contained  in  an 
endorsement,  insertion  or  rider,  the  endorsement,  insertion  or 
rider  shall,  unless  it  affects  all  amounts  payable  under  the 
contract,  make  reference  to  the  provisions  in  the  policy  affected 
by  the  exception  or  reduction. 

(4)  The  exception  or  reduction  mentioned  in  section  247 
need  not  be  set  forth  in  the  policy. 


Idem 


(5)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  a  contract  made  by  a 
fraternal  society. 


statutory 
oondltlona 


235.  Subject  to  section  236,  the  conditions  set  forth  in  this 
section  shall  be  deemed  to  be  part  of  every  contract  other 
than  a  contract  of  group  insurance,  and  shall  be  printed  on  or 
attached  to  the  policy  forming  part  of  such  contract  with  the 
heading  "Statutory  Conditions". 


STATUTORY  CONDITIONS 

The  1. — (1)  The  application,  this  policy,  any  document 

Contract  attached  to  this  policy  when  issued,  and  any  amend- 

ment to  the  contract  agreed  upon  in  writing  after  the 
policy  is  issued,  constitute  the  entire  contract,  and  no  agent  has  authority 
to  change  the  contract  or  waive  any  of  its  provisions. 

Waiver  (2)  The  insurer  shall  be  deemed  not  to  have  waived 

any  condition  of  this  contract,  either  in  whole  or  in 
part,  unless  the  waiver  is  clearly  expressed  in  writing  signed  by  the 
insurer. 

Copy  of  (3)  The  insurer  shall,  upon  request,  furnish  to  the 

Application  insured  or  to  a  claimant  under  the  contract  a  copy  of 

the  application. 

IViaterial  2.  No  statement   made  by  the  insured  or  person 

Facts  insured  at  the  time  of  application  for  this  contract 

shall  be  used  in  defence  of  a  claim  under  or  to  avoid 
this  contract  unless  it  is  contained  in  the  application  or  any  other  written 
statements  or  answers  furnished  as  evidence  of  insurability. 


Changes  in 
Occupation 


3. — (1)  If  after  the  contract  is  issued  the  person 
insured  engages  for  compensation  in  an  occupation 
that  is  classified  by  the  insurer  as  more  hazardous  than 
that  stated  in  this  contract,  the  liability  under  this  contract  is  limited  to 
the  amount  that  the  premium  paid  would  have  purchased  for  the  more 
hazardous  occupation  according  to  the  limits,  classification  of  risks  and 
premium  rates  in  use  by  the  insurer  at  the  time  the  person  insured  engaged 
in  the  more  hazardous  occupation. 

(2)  If  the  person  insured  changes  his  occupation  from  that  stated  in 
this  contract  to  an  occupation  classified  by  the  insurer  as  less  hazardous 
and  the  insurer  is  so  advised  in  writing,  the  insurer  shall  either, 

(o)  reduce  the  premium  rate;  or 

(b)  issue  a  policy  for  the  unexpired  term  of  this  contract  at  the  lower 
rate  of  premium  applicable  to  the  less  hazardous  occupation. 


92 


11 

according  to  the  limits,  classification  of  risks,  and  premium  rates  used  by 
the  insurer  at  the  date  of  receipt  of  advice  of  the  change  in  occupation, 
and  shall  refund  to  the  insured  the  amount  by  which  the  unearned  premium 
on  this  contract  exceeds  the  premium  at  the  lower  rate  for  the  unexpired 
term. 

Relation  of  4.  Where  the  benefits  for  loss  of  time  payable  here- 

Earnings  to  under,  either  alone  or  together  with  benefits  for  loss  of 

Insurance  time  under  another  contract,  including  a  contract  of 

group  accident  insurance  or  group  sickness  insurance 
or  of  both  and  a  life  insurance  contract  providing  disability  insurance, 
exceed  the  money  value  of  the  time  of  the  person  insured,  the  insurer  is 
liable  only  for  that  proportion  of  the  benefits  for  loss  of  time  stated  in  this 
policy  that  the  money  value  of  the  time  of  the  person  insured  bears  to 
the  aggregate  of  the  benefits  for  loss  of  time  payable  under  all  such  con- 
tracts and  the  excess  premium,  if  any,  paid  by  the  insured  shall  be  returned 
to  him  by  the  insurer. 

Termination  5.  The  insured  may  terminate  this  contract  at  any 

by  Insured  time  by  giving  written  notice  of  termination  to  the 

insurer  by  registered  mail  to  its  head  office  or  chief 
agency  in  the  Province,  or  by  delivery  thereof  to  an  authorized  agent  of 
the  insurer  in  the  Province,  and  the  insurer  shall  upon  surrender  of  this 
policy  refund  the  amount  of  premium  paid  in  excess  of  the  short  rate 
premium  calculated  to  the  date  of  receipt  of  such  notice  according  to  the 
table  in  use  by  the  insurer  at  the  time  of  termination. 

Termination  6. — (1)  The  insurer  may  terminate  this  contract  at 

by  insurer  any  time  by  giving  written  notice  of  termination  to 

the  insured  and  by  refunding  concurrently  with  the 
giving  of  notice  the  amount  of  premium  paid  in  excess  of  the  pro  rata 
premium  for  the  expired  time. 

(2)  The  notice  of  termination  may  be  delivered  to  the  insured,  or  it 
may  be  sent  by  registered  mail  to  the  latest  address  of  the  insured  on  the 
records  of  the  insurer. 

(3)  Where  the  notice  of  termination  is  delivered  to  the  insured,  five 
days  notice  of  termination  shall  be  given;  where  it  is  mailed  to  the  insured, 
ten  days  notice  of  termination  shall  be  given,  and  the  ten  days  shall  begin 
on  the  day  following  the  date  of  mailing  of  notice. 

Notice  and  7. — (1)  The  insured  or  a  person  insured,  or  a  bene- 

Proof  of  ficiary  entitled  to  make  a  claim,  or  the  agent  of  any  of 

Claim  them,  shall 

(a)  give  written  notice  of  claim  to  the  insurer, 

(i)  by  delivery  thereof,  or  by  sending  it  by  registered  mail  to 
the  head  office  or  chief  agency  of  the  insurer  in  the  Prov- 
ince, or 

(ii)  by  delivery  thereof  to  an  authorized  agent  of  the  insurer 
in  the  Province, 

not  later  than  thirty  days  from  the  date  a  claim  arises  under  the 
contract  on  account  of  an  accident,  sickness  or  disability; 

(6)  within  ninety  days  from  the  date  a  claim  arises  under  the  con- 
tract on  account  of  an  accident,  sickness  or  disability,  furnish 
to  the  insurer  such  proof  as  is  reasonably  possible  in  the  cir- 
cumstances of  the  happening  of  the  accident  or  the  commence- 
ment of  the  sickness  or  disability,  and  the  loss  occasioned  thereby, 
the  right  of  the  claimant  to  receive  payment,  his  age,  and  the  age 
of  the  beneficiary  if  relevant;  and 

92 


12 

(c)  if  so  required  by  the  insurer,  furnish  a  satisfactory  certificate  as 
to  the  cause  or  nature  of  the  accident,  sickness  or  disability  for 
which  claim  may  be  made  under  the  contract  and  as  to  the  dura- 
tion of  such  disability. 

Failure  to  (2)  Failure  to  give  notice  of  claim  or  furnish  proof 

Give  Notice  of  claim  within  the  time  prescribed  by  this  statutory 

or  Proof  condition  does  not  invalidate  the  claim  if  the  notice 

or  proof  is  given  or  furnished  as  soon  as  reasonably 
possible,  and  in  no  event  later  than  one  year  from  the  date  of  the  accident 
or  the  date  a  claim  arises  under  the  contract  on  account  of  sickness  or 
disability  if  it  is  shown  that  it  was  not  reasonably  possible  to  give  notice 
or  furnish  proof  within  the  time  so  prescribed. 

Insurer  to  8.  The  insurer  shall  furnish  forms  for  proof  of  claim 

Furnisll  within   fifteen  days  after  receiving   notice  of  claim, 

Forms  for  but  where  the  claimant  has  not  received  the  forms 

Proof  of  within  that  time  he  may  submit  his  proof  of  claim 

Ciaim  in  the  form  of  a  written  statement  of  the  cause  or 

nature  of  the  accident,  sickness  or  disability  giving 
rise  to  the  claim  and  of  the  extent  of  the  loss. 

Rigiits  of  9.  As  a  condition  precedent  to  recovery  of  insurance 

Examination  moneys  under  this  contract, 

(a)  the  claimant  shall  afford  to  the  insurer  an  opportunity  to  examine 
the  person  of  the  person  insured  when  and  so  often  as  it  reason- 
ably requires  while  the  claim  hereunder  is  pending,  and 

(b)  in  the  case  of  death  of  the  person  insured,  the  insurer  may  require 
an  autopsy  subject  to  any  law  of  the  applicable  jurisdiction 
relating  to  autopsies. 

Wiien  Moneys  10.  All  moneys  payable  under  this  contract,  other 

Payable  Otiier  than  benefits  for  loss  of  time,  shall  be  paid  by  the 

Tlian  for  Loss  insurer  within  sixty  days  after  it  has  received  proof 

of  Time  of  claim. 

Wiien  Loss  11.  The  initial  benefits  for  loss  of  time  shall  be  paid 

of  Time  by  the  insurer  within  thirty  days  after  it  has  received 

Benefits  proof  of  claim,  and  payment  shall  be  made  thereafter 

Payable  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  contract  but  not 

less  frequently  than  once  in  each  succeeding  sixty 
days  while  the  insurer  remains  liable  for  the  payments  if  the  person  insured 
when  required  to  do  so  furnishes  before  payment  proof  of  continuing 
disjibility. 

Limitation  12.  An  action  or  proceeding  against  the  insurer  for 

of  Actions  the  recovery  of  a  claim  under  this  contract  shall  not  bt 

commenced  more  than  one  year  after  the  date  the 
insurance  money  became  payable  or  would  have  become  payable  if  it 
had  been  a  valid  claim. 


Omission  or       236. — (1)  Where  a  statutory  condition  is  not  applicable 
conditions      to  the  benefits  provided  by  the  contract  it  may  be  omitted 
from  the  policy  or  varied  so  that  it  will  be  applicable. 


Idem  (2)  Statutory  conditions  3,  4  and  9  may  be  omitted  from 

the  policy  if  the  contract  does  not  contain  any  provisions 
respecting  the  matters  dealt  with  therein. 

92 


13 

(3)  Statutory  conditions  5  and  6  shall  be  omitted  from  the  ''<*«'» 
policy  if  the  contract  does  not  provide  that  it  may  be  ter- 
minated by  the  insurer  prior  to  the  expiry  of  any  period  for 
which  a  premium  has  been  accepted. 

(4)  Statutory  conditions  3,  4,  5,  6  and  9,  and  subject  to'"*^'" 
the  restriction  in  subsection  5,  statutory  condition  7,  may  be 
varied  but,  if  by  reason  of  the  variation  the  contract  is  less 
favourable  to  the  insured,  a  person  insured  or  a  beneficiary 
than  it  would  be  if  the  condition  had  not  been  varied,  the 
condition  shall  be  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  policy  in  the 
form  in  which  it  appears  in  section  235. 

(5)  Clauses  a  and  b  of  paragraph  1  of  statutory  condition  7  ''*®'° 
may  not  be  varied  in  policies  providing  benefits  for  loss  of  time. 

(6)  Statutory  conditions  10  and  11  may  be  varied  by  short-  ^'*®'" 
ening  the  periods  of  time  prescribed  therein,  and  statutory 
condition  12  may  be  varied  by  lengthening  the  period  of  time 
prescribed  therein. 

(7)  The  title  of  a  statutory  condition  shall  be  reproduced ''"'" 
in   the  policy  along  with   the  statutory  condition,   but   the 
number  of  a  statutory  condition  may  be  omitted. 

(8)  In  the  case  of  a  contract  made  by  a  fraternal  society,     fraternal  ^' 

society 

(a)  the  following  provision  shall  be  printed  on  every 
policy  in  substitution  for  paragraph  1  of  statutory 
condition    1 : 

The  1. — (1)  This  policy,   the  Act  or  instni- 

Contract  ment  of  incorporation   of   the  society,   its 

constitution,  by-laws  and  rules,  and  the 
amendments  made  from  time  to  time  to  any  of  them,  the 
application  for  the  contract  and  the  medical  statement  of  the 
applicant,  constitute  the  entire  contract,  and  no  agent  has 
authority  to  change  the  contract  or  waive  any  of  its  provisions. 

and 

(b)  statutory  condition  5  shall  not  be  printed  on  the 
policy. 

237.  In  the  case  of  a  policy  of  accident  insurance  of  a  non-|:J°^j,<^°'' 
renewable  type  issued  for  a  term  of  six  months  or  less  or  in  conditions 
relation  to  a  ticket  of  travel,  the  statutory  conditions  need  not 
be  printed  on  or  attached  to  the  policy  if  the  policy  contains 
the  following  notice  printed  in  conspicuous  type: 

"Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  herein  con- 
tained, this  contract  is  subject  to  the  statutory  con- 
ditions in  The  Insurance  Act  respecting  contracts  of  RS.o.  i960, 
accident   insurance. 

92 


14 


Termination 
for  non 


renewal 
premium 


238. — (1)  Where  a  policy  evidencing  a  contract  or  a  certi- 
payment  of    ficate  evidencing  the  renewal  ol  a  contract  is  delivered  to  the 

initial  or  .  j  i      i        •    •   •    i  •         i  ,  , 

insured  and  the  initial  premium  or  in  the  case  of  a  renewal 
certificate  the  renewal  premium  therefor  has  not  been  fully 
paid, 

(a)  the  contract  or  the  renewal  thereof  evidenced  by 
the  certificate  is  as  binding  on  the  insurer  as  if  such 
premium  had  been  paid  although  delivered  by  an 
officer  or  an  agent  of  the  insurer  who  did  not  have 
authority  to  deliver  it;  and 


(b)  the  contract  may  be  terminated  for  the  non-payment 
of  the  premium  by  the  insurer  upon  ten  days  notice 
of  termination  given  in  writing  to  the  insured  and 
mailed  ix)stage  prepaid  and  registered  to  the  latest 
address  of  the  insured  on  the  records  of  the  insurer 
and  the  ten  days  shall  begin  on  the  day  following 
the  date  of  mailing  such  notice. 

Exception  (2)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  a  contract  of  group 

insurance  or  to  a  contract  made  by  a  fraternal  society. 


Right 
where 
premium 
unpaid 


239. — (1)  An  insurer  may, 

(a)  deduct  unpaid  premiums  from  an  amount  that  it  is 
liable  to  pay  under  a  contract;  or 

(b)  sue  the  insured  for  unpaid  premiums. 


Where 
cheque  or 
note  for 
premium 
not  paid 


(2)  Where  a  cheque  or  other  bill  of  exchange  or  a  promissory 
note  or  other  written  promise  to  pay  is  given  for  the  whole  or 
part  of  a  premium  and  payment  is  not  made  according  to  its 
tenor  the  premium  or  part  thereof  shall  be  deemed  never  to 
have  been  paid. 


Exception 


(3)  Clause  a  of  subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  a  contract 
of  group  insurance. 


Idem 


(4)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  a  contract  made  b}-  a 
fraternal  society. 


Insurable 
interest 


240.  Without  restricting  the  meaning  of  the  expression 
"insurable  interest",  a  person  has  an  insurable  interest  in  his 
own  life  and  well-l)eing  and  in  the  life  and  well-being  of, 

(a)  his  child  or  grandchild; 

(b)  his  spouse; 


92 


15 

(c)  any  person  upon  whom  he  is  wholly  or  in  part 
dependent  for,  or  from  whom  he  is  receiving,  support 
or  education; 

(d)  his  officer  or  employee;  and 

(e)  any  person  in  whom  he  has  a  pecuniary  interest. 

241. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  where  at  the  time  a  con-i^ack  of^ 
tract  would  otherwise  take  effect,  the  insured  has  no  insurable  interest 
interest,  the  contract  is  void. 

(2)  A  contract  is  not  void  for  lack  of  insurable  interest,      Exceptions 

(a)  if  it  is  a  contract  of  group  insurance;  or 

(b)  if  the  person  insured  has  consented  in  writing  to  the 
insurance. 

(3)  Where  the  person  insured  is  under  the  age  of  sixteen  of°minor8 
years,  consent  to  the  insurance  may  be  given  by  one  of  his 
parents  or  by  a  person  standing  in  loco  parentis  to  him. 

POLICIES   ON  LIVES   OF  MINORS 

242.- — (1)  Except  in  respect  of  his  rights  as  beneficiary,  aof'mlnore 
minor  who  has  attained  the  age  of  sixteen  years  has  the 
capacity  of  a  person  of  the  age  of  twenty-one  years, 

(a)  to  make  an  enforceable  contract;  and 

(6)  in  respect  of  a  contract. 

(2)  A  beneficiary  who  has  attained  the  age  of  eighteen  years  Jf'mlnor 
has  the  capacity  of  a  person  of  the  age  of  twenty-one  years  beneficiary 
to  receive  insurance  money  payable  to  him  and  to  give  a 
valid  discharge  therefor. 

MISREPRESENTATION  AND   NON-DISCLOSURE 

243. — (1)  An  applicant  for  insurance  on  his  own  behalf  ^^g^'i^se" 
and  on  behalf  of  each  person  to  be  insured,  and  each  person 
to  be  insured,  shall  disclose  to  the  insurer  in  any  application, 
on  a  medical  examination,  if  any,  and  in  any  written  state- 
ments or  answers  furnished  as  evidence  of  insurability,  every 
fact  within  his  knowledge  that  is  material  to  the  insurance 
and  is  not  so  disclosed  by  the  other. 

(2)  Subject  to  sections  244  and  247,  a  failure  to  disclose,  or  J^jJi^/g^g  "^^ 
a  misrepresentation  of,  such  a  fact  renders  a  contract  voidable 
by  the  insurer. 

92 


16 


Oroup 
insurance 
rtillure  to 
diBclow 


(3)  In  the  case  of  a  contract  of  group  insurance,  a  failure 
to  disclose  or  a  misrepresentation  of  such  a  fact  with  respect 
to  a  group  i>erson  insured  or  a  j^erson  insured  under  the  con- 
tract does  not  render  the  contract  voidable,  but  if  evidence  of 
insurability  is  specifically  requested  by  the  insurer,  the  insur- 
ance in  res|>ect  of  such  a  jjerson  is,  subject  to  section  244, 
voidable  by  the  insurer. 


awur***'  ^^' — ^^^  Subject  to  section  247  and  except  as  provided  in 

subsection   2, 

(a)  where  a  contract,  including  renewals  thereof,  except 
a  contract  of  group  insurance,  has  been  in  effect 
continuously  for  two  years  with  respect  to  a  person 
insured,  a  failure  to  disclose  or  a  misrepresentation  of 
a  fact  with  respect  to  that  person  required  by  section 
243  to  be  disclosed  does  not,  except  in  the  case  of 
fraud,  render  the  contract  voidable; 

(b)  where  a  contract  of  group  insurance,  including 
renewals  thereof,  has  been  in  effect  continuously  for 
two  years  with  respect  to  a  group  person  insured  or  a 
person  insured,  a  failure  to  disclose  or  a  misrepre- 
sentation of  a  fact  with  respect  to  that  group  person 
insured  or  person  insured  required  by  section  243  to 
be  disclosed  does  not,  except  in  the  case  of  fraud, 
render  the  contract  voidable  with  respect  to  that 
group  person  insured  or  person  insured. 

Exception  (2)  Where  a  claim  arises  from  a  loss  incurred  or  a  dis- 

ability beginning  before  a  contract,  including  renewals  thereof, 
has  been  in  force  for  two  years  with  respect  to  the  person  in 
respect  of  whom  the  claim  is  made,  subsection  1  does  not 
apply  to  that  claim. 


Application 
of  incontest- 
ability to 
reinstate- 
ment 


245.  Sections  243  and  244  apply  mutatis  mutandis  to  a 
failure  at  the  time  of  reinstatement  of  a  contract  to  disclose 
or  a  misrepresentation  at  that  time,  and  the  period  of  two 
years  to  which  reference  is  made  in  section  244  commences 
to  run  in  respect  of  a  reinstatement  from  the  date  of  rein- 
statement. 


Pre-existing 
conditions 


246.  Where  a  contract  contains  a  general  exception  or 
reduction  with  respect  to  pre-existing  disease  or  physical 
conditions  and  the  person  insured  or  group  person  insured 
suffers  or  has  suffered  from  a  disease  or  physical  condition 
that  existed  before  the  date  the  contract  came  into  force  with 
respect  to  that  person  and  the  disease  or  physical  condition 
is  not  by  name  or  specific  description  excluded  from  the 
insurance  respecting  that  f>erson, 


92 


17 

(a)  the  prior  existence  of  the  disease  or  physical  condition 
is  not,  except  in  the  case  of  fraud,  available  as  a 
defence  against  liability  in  whole  or  in  part  for  a 
loss  incurred  or  a  disability  beginning  after  the  con- 
tract, including  renewals  thereof,  has  been  in  force 
continuously  for  two  years  immediately  prior  to  the 
date  of  loss  incurred  or  commencement  of  disability 
with  respect  to  that  person;  and 

(b)  the  existence  of  the  disease  or  physical  condition  is 
not,  except  in  the  case  of  fraud,  available  as  a  defence 
against  liability  in  whole  or  in  part  if  the  disease  or 
physical  condition  was  disclosed  in  the  application 
for  the  contract. 

247.— (1)  Subject  to  subsections  2  and  3,  if  the  age  of  the  MJsstate-^^ 
"person  insured  has  been  misstated  to  the  insurer  then,  at  the 
option  of  the  insurer,  either, 

(a)  the  benefits  payable  under  the  contract  shall  be 
increased  or  decreased  to  the  amount  that  would  have 
been  provided  for  the  same  premium  at  the  correct 
age;  or 

(b)  the  premium  may  be  adjusted  in  accordance  with 
the  correct  age  as  of  the  date  the  person  insured 
became  insured. 

(2)  In  the  case  of  a  contract  of  group  insurance,  if  there  's^^t'of®™ 
a  misstatement  to  the  insurer  of  the  age  of  a  group  person !"  group 

.  r  •/■  ..       1      insurance 

insured  or  person  msured,  the  provisions,  if  any,  of  the 
contract  with  respect  to  age  or  misstateinent  of  age  shall 
apply. 

(3)  Where  the  age  of  a  person  affects  the  commencement  or  governs* 
termination  of  the  insurance,  the  true  age  governs. 

BENEFICIARIES 

248. — (1)  Unless    otherwise    provided    in    the    policy,    an  ^f®^'*^"*"°" 
insured  may  in  a  contract  or  by  a  declaration  designate  his  heneflciary 
personal  representative  or  a  beneficiary  to  receive  insurance 
money  payable  in  the  event  of  death  by  accident,  and  may 
from  time  to  time  alter  or  revoke  the  designation  by  declara- 
tion. 

(2)  A  designation  in  an  instrument  purporting  to  be  a  will  in®fnvaUd°° 
is  not  ineffective  by  reason  only  of  the  fact  that  the  instrument  win 

is  invalid  as  a  will  or  that  the  designation  is  invalid  as  a 
bequest  under  the  will. 

(3)  A  designation  in  a  will  is  of  no  effect  against  a  designa-  Pfo^ties 
tion  made  later  than  the  making  of  the  will. 

92 


18 


Ravoostlon 


(4)  If  a  designation  is  contained  in  a  will  and  subsequently 
the  will  is  revoked  by  operation  of  law  or  otherwise,  the 
designation  is  thereby  revoked. 


Id«m 


(5)  If  a  designation  is  contained  in  an  instrument  that 
pur|X)rts  to  be  a  will  and  subsequently  the  instrument,  if  it 
had  been  valid  as  a  will  would  have  been  revoked  by  operation 
of  law  or  otherwise,  the  designation  is  thereby  revoked. 


Death  of 
boneflciary 


•"^X-'etr  249.— (1)  A  designation  in  favour  of  the  "heirs",  "next- 
of-kin"  or  "estate",  or  the  use  of  words  of  like  import  in  a 
designation  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  designation  of  the  per- 
sonal representative. 

(2)  Where  a  beneficiary  predeceases  the  person  insured  or 
group  person  insured,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  no  disposition 
of  the  share  of  the  deceased  beneficiary  in  the  insurance  money 
is  provided  in  the  contract  or  by  declaration,  the  share  is 
payable, 

(o)  to  the  surviving  beneficiary;  or 

(b)  if  there  is  more  than  one  surviving  beneficiary,  to 
the  surviving  beneficiaries  in  equal  shares;  or 

(c)  if  there  is  no  surviving  beneficiary,  to  the  insured 
or  group  person  insured,  as  the  case  may  be,  or  his 
personal  representative. 

(3j  A  beneficiary  designated  under  section  248  may  upon 
the  death  by  accident  of  the  person  insured  or  group  person 
insured  enforce  for  his  own  benefit,  and  a  trustee  appointed 
I)ursuant  to  section  250  may  enforce  as  trustee,  the  payment 
of  insurance  money  payable  to  him,  and  the  payment  to  the 
beneficiary  or  trustee  discharges  the  insurer  to  the  extent  of 
the  amount  paid,  but  the  insurer  may  set  up  any  defence  that 
it  could  have  set  up  against  the  insured  or  his  personal 
representative. 

lUnlmTary'^  250.  An  insured  may  in  a  contract  or  by  a  declaration 
appoint  a  trustee  for  a  beneficiary,  and  may  alter  or  revoke 
the  apjK)intment  by  a  declaiation. 


Right  to 
sue 


JJoL-uments 

affecting 

title 


251. — (1)  Until  an  insurer  receives  at  its  head  or  principal 
office  in  Canada  an  instrument  or  an  order  of  any  court  of 
coinijetent  jurisdiction  affecting  the  right  to  receive  insurance 
nione\",  or  a  notarial  copy  or  a  copy  verified  by  statutory 
declaration  of  any  such  instrument  or  order,  it  may  make 
pa\nient  of  the  insurance  money  and  shall  be  as  fully  dis- 
charged to  the  extent  of  the  amount  paid  as  if  there  were  no 
such  instrument  or  order. 


92 


19 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  affect  the  rights  or  interests  of^^^'"^ 
any  person  other  than  the  insurer. 

(3)  Where  an  assignee  of  a  contract  gives  notice  in  writing  ass^noe  **' 
of  the  assignment  to  the  insurer  at  its  head  or  principal  office 

in  Canada  he  has  priority  of  interest  as  against, 

(a)  any  assignee  other  than  one  who  gave  notice  earlier 
in  like  manner;  and 

(b)  a  beneficiary. 

(4)  Where  a  contract  is  assigned  unconditionally  and  other- ^llJgJ^®^^ 
wise  than  as  security,  the  assignee  has  all  the  rights  and  be  insured 
interests  given  by  the  contract  and  by  this  Part  to  the  insured, 

and  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  insured. 

(5)  A  provision  in  a  contract  to  the  effect  that  the  rights  or  Prohibition 

.  ^i.,.,  f.  f  against 

interests  oi  the  insured,  or  in  the  case  oi  a  contract  oi  group  assignment 
insurance  the  group  person  insured,  are  not  assignable,  is  valid. 

251a. — (1)  Where  a  beneficiary  is  designated,  any  insurance  insurance 
money  payable  to  him  is  not,  from  the  time  of  the  happening  from 
of  the  event  upon  which  it  becomes  payable,  part  of  the  estate 
of  the  insured,  and  is  not  subject  to  the  claims  of  the  creditors 
of  the  insured. 

(2)  While  there  is  in  effect  a  designation  of  beneficiary  in^j^"^^*"* 
favour  of  any  one  or  more  of  a  spouse,  child,  grandchild  or  from  seizure 
parent  of  the  person  insured  or  group  person  insured,  the 
rights  and  interests  of  the  insured  in  the  insurance  money  and 
in  the  contract  so  far  as  either  relate  to  accidental  death 
benefits  are  exempt  from  execution  or  seizure. 

2516.  A  group  person  insured  may,  in  his  own  name,  enforce  p/^oS 
a  right  given  by  a  contract  to  him,  or  to  a  person  insured  ^f^j;^^^ 
thereunder  as  a  person  dependent  upon  or  related  to  him,  rights 
subject  to  any  defence  available  to  the  insurer  against  him  or 
such  person  insured  or  against  the  insured. 

251c.  Unless  a  contract  or  a  declaration  otherwise  provides,  fa^e'ous 
where  a  person  insured  or  group  person  insured  and  a  bene- deaths 
ficiary  die  at  the  same  time  or  in  circumstances  rendering  it 
uncertain  which  of  them  survived  the  other,  the  insurance 
money  is  payable  in  accordance  with  subsection  2  of  section 
249  as  if  the  beneficiary  had  predeceased  the  person  insured 
or  group  person  insured. 

25  W. — (1)  Where  the  insurer  admits  liability  for  the  insur- [^^y'^^JJJj 
ance  money  or  any  part  thereof,  and  it  appears  to  the  insurer 
that, 

(a)  there  are  adverse  claimants;  or 
92 


20 


(b)  the  whereabouts  of  the  person  entitled  is  unknown; 
or 

(c)  there  is  no  person  capable  of  giving  or  authorized  to 
give  a  valid  discharge  therefor  who  is  willing  to  do  so, 

the  insurer  may  apply  ex  parte  to  the  court  for  an  order  for 
payment  of  money  into  court,  and  the  court  may  upon  such 
notice,  if  any,  as  it  deems  necessary,  make  an  order  accord- 
ingly. 


Costs  of 
proceed  IngB 


(2)  The  court  may  fix  without  taxation  the  costs  incurred 
upon  or  in  connection  with  any  application  or  order  made 
under  subsection  1,  and  may  order  the  costs  to  be  paid  out  of 
the  insurance  money  or  by  the  insurer  or  otherwise  as  it  deems 
just. 


oftnsurer  ^^^  ^  payment  made  pursuant  to  an  order  under  subsection 

1  discharges  the  insurer  to  the  extent  of  the  payment. 


Where 
beneficiary 
a  minor 


251tf. — (1)  Where  an  insurer  admits  liability  for  insurance 
mone>'  payable  to  a  minor  and  there  is  no  person  capable  of 
giving  and  authorized  to  give  a  valid  discharge  therefor  who  is 
willing  to  do  so,  the  insurer  may  at  any  time  after  thirty  days 
from  the  date  of  the  happening  of  the  event  upon  which  the 
insurance  money  becomes  payable,  pay  the  money  less  the 
applicable  costs  mentioned  in  subsection  2  into  court  to  the 
credit  of  the  minor. 


Costa 


(2)  The  insurer  may  retain  out  of  the  insurance  money  for 
costs  incurred  upon  payment  into  court  under  subsection  1, 
the  sum  of  SIO  where  the  amount  does  not  exceed  $1,000,  and 
the  sum  of  $15  in  other  cases,  and  payment  of  the  remainder 
of  the  money  into  court  discharges  the  insurer. 


Procedure 


(3)  Xo  order  is  necessary  for  payment  into  court  under 
subsection  1,  but  the  accountant  or  other  proper  officer  shall 
receive  the  money  upon  the  insurer  filing  with  him  an  affidavit 
showing  the  amount  payable  and  the  name,  date  of  birth  and 
residence  of  the  minor,  and  upon  such  payment  being  made  the 
insurer  shall  forthwith  notify  the  Official  Guardian  and 
deliver  to  him  a  copy  of  the  affidavit. 


Beneficiary 

under 

disability 


251/.  Where  it  appears  that  a  representative  of  a  bene- 
ficiar\'  who  is  under  disability  may  under  the  law  of  the 
domicile  of  the  beneficiary  accept  payments  on  behalf  of  the 
beneficiary,  the  insurer  may  make  payment  to  the  represen- 
tative and  an\  such  payment  discharges  the  insurer  to  the 
extent  of  the  amount  paid. 


92 


21 

251g.  Notwithstanding  that  insurance  money  is  payable  to^*^™*"*® 
a  person,  the  insurer  may  if  the  contract  so  provides,  t)Ut||ceeding 
subject  always  to  the  rights  of  an  assignee,  pay  an  amount 
not  exceeding  $2,000  to, 

(a)  a  relative  by  blood  or  connection  by  marriage  of  a 
person  insured  or  the  group  person  insured ;  or 

(b)  any  person  appearing  to  the  insurer  to  be  equitably 
entitled  thereto  by  reason  of  having  incurred  expense 
for  the  maintenance,  medical  attendance  or  burial 
of  a  person  insured  or  the  group  person  insured,  or  to 
have  a  claim  against  the  estate  of  a  person  insured 
or  the  group  person  insured  in  relation  thereto, 

and  any  such  payment  discharges  the  insurer  to  the  extent  of 
the  amount  paid. 

25lh. — (1)  Subject   to   subsection    2,    insurance   money   's payment 
payable  in  Ontario. 

(2)  In  the  case  of  a  contract  of  group  insurance,  insurance  ^r*group" 
money  is  payable  in  the  province  or  territory  of  Canada  in  insurance 
which  the  group  person  insured  was  resident  at  the  time  he 
became  insured. 

(3)  Unless    a    contract    otherwise    provides,    a    reference  i^o'iars 
therein  to  dollars  means  Canadian  dollars  whether  the  con- 
tract by  its  terms  provides  for  payment  in   Canada  or  else- 
where. 

(4)  Where  a  person  entitled  to  receive  insurance  money  iSpu^jlJI"' 
not  domiciled  in  Ontario  the  insurer  may  pay  the  insurance  Ontario 
money  to  that  person  or  to  any  person  who  is  entitled  to 
receive  it  on  his  behalf  by  the  law  of  the  domicile  of  the 
payee  and  any  such  payment  discharges  the  insurer  to  the 
extent  of  the  amount  paid. 

(5)  Where  insurance  money  is  by  the  contract  payable  pg^^Jnai' '" 
to  a  person  who  has  died  or  to  his  personal  representative  and  representa- 
such  deceased  person  was  not  at  the  date  of  his  death  domiciled 

in  Ontario,  the  insurer  may  pay  the  insurance  money  to  the 
personal  representative  of  such  person  appointed  under  the 
law  of  his  domicile,  and  any  such  payment  discharges  the 
insurer  to  the  extent  of  the  amount  paid. 

25  h'.  Regardless  of  the  place  where  a  contract  was  made,  ^"'j'^r'io'" 
a  claimant  who  is  a  resident  of  Ontario  may  bring  an  action 
in  Ontario  if  the  insurer  was  authorized  to  transact  insurance 
in  Ontario  at  the  time  the  contract  was  made  or  at  the  time 
the  action  is  brought. 

92 


22 


Insurer 

f;ivlng 
nrormation 


Undue 
prominence 


Relief 

from 

forfeiture 


Presump- 
tion against 
agency 


25  Ij.  An  insurer  does  not  incur  any  liability  for  any  default, 
error  or  omission  in  giving  or  withholding  information  as  to 
any  notice  or  instrument  that  it  has  received  and  that  afTects 
the  insurance  money. 

25 li.  The  insurer  shall  not  in  the  iK>licy  give  undue  prom- 
inence to  any  provision  or  statutory  condition  as  compared  to 
other  provisions  or  statutory  conditions,  unless  the  effect  of 
that  provision  or  statutory  condition  is  to  increase  the  pre- 
mium or  decrease  the  benefits  otherwise  provided  for  in  the 
policy. 

251/.  Where  there  has  been  imperfect  compliance  with  a 
statutory  condition  as  to  any  matter  or  thing  to  be  done  or 
omitted  by  the  insured,  person  insured  or  claimant  with 
respect  to  the  loss  insured  against  and  a  consequent  forfeiture 
or  avoidance  of  the  insurance  in  whole  or  in  part,  and  any 
court  before  which  a  question  relating  thereto  is  tried  deems 
it  inequitable  that  the  insurance  should  be  forfeited  or  avoided 
on  that  ground,  the  court  may  relieve  against  the  forfeiture  or 
avoidance  on  such  terms  as  it  deems  just. 

25 Iw.  No  officer,  agent,  employee  or  servant  of  the  insurer, 
and  no  person  soliciting  insurance,  whether  or  not  he  is  an 
agent  of  the  insurer  shall,  to  the  prejudice  of  the  insured, 
person  insured  or  group  person  insured,  be  deemed  to  be  the 
agent  of  the  insured  or  of  the  person  insured  or  group  person 
insured  in  respect  of  any  question  arising  out  of  the  contract. 


Application        (2)  Part  V'll  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  sub- 

I section  1,  applies  to  contracts  made  after  this  section  comes 
into  force. 


'<**"■  (3)   In  the  case  of  contracts  made  before  this  section  comes 

into  force  and  in  effect  on  the  day  this  section  comes  into 
force, 

(a)  sections  227,  228,  229,  230,  237,  240,  241,  242,  246 
and  sections  248  to  251w  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as 
re-enacted  by  this  section,  apply;  and 

(b)  sections  230,  231,  232,  233,  235,  242  and  245  of  The 
Insurance  Act,  as  they  existed  immediately  before 
this  section  comes  into  force,  continue  to  apply. 

^fgO-g'Hffs       17.— (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  315  of  The  Insurance  Act 
re-enacted      '^  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  Licences  so  issued  shall  be  of  three  classes,  that  is, 

(a)  licences  for  life  insurance,  or  life  and  accident 
insurance,  or  life  and  accident  and  sickness 
insurance;  or 


Classes  of 
iicencea 


92 


Section  17 — Subsection   1.    The  classes  of  licences  are  renamed  to 
conform  better  to  present  practices. 

Subsection  2.    The  fixing  of  the  fee  for  revival  of  a  salesman's  licence 
is  left  to  the  Schedule  where  it  is  prescribed  as  $2. 


92 


Section  18.  The  fixing  of  the  fee  for  revival  of  a  salesman's  licence  is 
left  to  the  Schedule  where  it  is  fixed  at  (2. 


Section    19.    The  amendments  provide  separate  fees  for  agents, 
brokers  or  adjusters  who  are  corporations. 


92 


23 

(b)  licences  for  accident  and  sickness  insurance;  or 

(c)  licences  for  all  classes  of  insurance  other  than 
life  insurance. 

(2)  Subsection   6  of  the  said   section   315   is  amended  by  ^•fgog-';^^^^ 
striking  out  "a  fee  of  $1"  in  the  seventh  line  and  inserting  iii|'^g^^^j 
lieu  thereof  "the  prescribed  fee". 

18.  Subsection  6  of  section  316  of  The  Insurance  Act  is^fgo.g'l^a^i'e, 
amended  by  striking  out  "a  fee  of  $1"  in  the  eighth  line  'ind|^|j^^^^ 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "the  prescribed  fee". 

19.— (1)   Item   12  of  Schedule  A  to  The  Insurance  Act  is^fgO;  i^"'"' 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause:  uem^i2^' 

amended 
(d)  where  the  applicant  is  a  corporation 25 

(2)  Clause  c  of  item   13  of  the  said  Schedule  A,  as  re- ^fgO;  ^seo. 
enacted  by  subsection  2  of  section  6  of  The  Insurance  ^'"^"'^■^gm^i's^' 
ment  Act,   1968,   is  repealed  and   the   following  substituted  (laes.  c.  58. 

,         ,  '  "  s.  6,  subs.  2), 

therefor:  ci.  c, 

re-enacted 

(c)  where  the  applicant  is  a  corporation 25 

(d)  for  transfer  or  revival  of  a  licence 2 

(e)  all  other  applicants 25 

(3)  Item   14  of  the  said  Schedule  A  is  repealed  and   the  ^•f99-  ^^^°' 
following  substituted  therefor:  sched!  a, 

"  item  14, 

re-enacted 

14.  Licences    for    insurance    brokers    and    renewals    thereof 

whether  corporate  or  otherwise 25 

.R.S.O.  1960, 


(4)  Item   17  of  the  said  Schedule  A  is  repealed  and  the^jgo' 

'        "  Sched! . 

item  17 
re-enacted 


following  substituted  therefor:  uem^i?'^ 


17.  Licences  under  subsection  19of  section  315  in  the  nameof  a 
transportation  company  authorizing  its  ticket  salesmen 
to  act  as  agent  for  travel  accident  insurance,  livestock 
insurance  or  baggage  insurance,  and  renewals  thereof.  .  .  25 

20.— (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  1,  11  and  16,  comes  into^,";^/"*""*'' 
force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Sections  1  and  16  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  '**®'" 
by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

(3)  Section  11  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  September, '''®"" 
1969. 

21.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Insurance  Amendment  ^^°^^  ^^^^^ 
Act,  1968-69. 

92 


00 

s 


a- 

IS. 
.•3 


•E 


3"^ 


2 
w 

O 

z 

H 

n 


I" 

•1 

Ei» 

o 

a 

=r 

&. 

KJ 

^ 

0^ 

1 

«*. 

,_^ 

a 

o 

»« 

Ov 

>o 

n 


BILL  92 


2nd  Session,  2Sth  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Insurance  Act 


Mr.  Rowntree 


(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  1o(;g.  Qli;i;n's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 
Section  1.   Complementary  to  section  16  of  the  Bill. 

Section  2.   The  amendment  corrects  a  typographical  error. 


Section  3.  The  amendment  permits  the  Superintendent  to  make  ex- 
ceptions to  the  prescribed  rate  of  interest  that  is  used  in  computing  the 
reserve  in  respect  of  life  insurance  policies. 


92 


BILL  92  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Insurance  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Paragraph  8  of  section   1  of  The  Insurance  Act  is  re- RS.o.  i960. 

,     ,  c.  190,  8.  1, 

pealed.  par.  8 

repealed 

2.  Clause  c  of  subsection  4  of  section  62  of  The  Insurance  b,.s^.  lam. 
Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "matured"  in  the  second  lineaiibs.  4,  ci.  c, 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "unmatured",  so  that  the  clause*'"*" 
shall  read  as  follows: 

(c)  the  full  amount  of  the  legal  reserve  in  respect  of 
each  unmatured  life  insurance  contract  as  set  out  in 
the  schedule  of  contract  legal  reserves, 


3.  Paragraph  1  of  subsection  2  of  section  80  of  The  In-ff^o-^^eo. 
surance  Act,  as  re-enacted   by  section  4  of   The  Insurance  ns62-63. 

.0    64    8    4) 

Amendment  Act,  1962-63,  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub- subs.' 2,' 
stituted  therefor:  re^'na'cted 

1.  The  rate  of  interest  assumed  shall  not  exceed  the 
rate  prescribed  in  Schedule  D,  except  that  where, 
upon  the  application  of  a  company  and  upon  the 
recommendation  of  the  Superintendent,  the  Lieu- 
tenant Governor  in  Council  is  satisfied  that  a  higher 
rate  is  appropriate  for  a  particular  class  of  policy 
issued  by  the  company,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  may  by  order  authorize  the  assumption  of 
such  higher  rate  of  interest  as  the  Lieutenant  Gov- 
ernor in  Council  specifies  in  the  order,  and  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  by  order  with- 
draw his  authorization  at  any  time  and  an  order  of 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  under  this 
paragraph  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  regulation  within 
the  meaning  of  The  Regulations  Act.  "'^i^'349"  ^^^°' 

92 


?' 190.' 8.^9?'      ■*•  Subsection   3  of  section   97  of   The  Insurance  Act  is 

amended        amended  by  striking  out  "or  any  promise  to  pay"  in  the  first 

and  second  lines  and  by  striking  out  "or  other  promise  to  pay" 

in  the  fourth  line,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

note'or  (^)  Where  a  cheque,  bill  of  exchange  or  promissory  note 

cheque  for  jg  given,  whether  originally  or  by  way  of  renewal, 

premium  r  ,  ,     i  /  •  ■■ 

not  for   the   whole   or   part  of  any   premium   and    the 

honoured  ,  i  -n      /•  i  ■ 

cheque,  bill  of  exchange  or  promissory  note  is  not 

honoured  according  to  its  tenor,  the  insurer  may 

terminate  the  contract  forthwith  by  giving  written 

notice  by  registered  mail. 

(^  foo' i.^gs]      5.  Section  98  of  The  Insurance  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
amended        thereto  the  following  subsection : 

Furnishing  (3)  Xhe  furnishing  by  an  insurer  of  forms  to  make  proof 

of  forms  ^    '  ,11.1  •  1      •     • 

not  an  of  loss  shall  Hot  be  taken  to  constitute  an  admission 

admission  ,  ,       •  ,  i-  >  •     ■      r 

by  the  insurer  that  a  valid  contract  is  in  force  or 

that  the  loss  in  question  falls  within  the  insurance 

provided  by  the  contract. 

f.'iioB^iii      ®'  Statutory  condition  IS  in  section  111  of  The  Insurance 
comi  15        ^''^  '^  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Notice  15.  Any    written    notice    to    the    insurer    may    be 

delivered  at,  or  sent  by  registered  mail  to,  the  chief 
agency  or  head  office  of  the  insurer  in  the  Province.  Written  notice  may 
be  given  to  the  insured  named  in  the  contract  by  letter  personally  de- 
livered to  him  or  by  registered  mail  addressed  to  him  at  his  latest  post 
office  address  as  notified  to  the  insurer.  In  this  condition,  the  expression 
"registered"  means  registered  in  or  outside  Canada. 

^fsos'Tig      '^'  Subsection  2  of  section   119  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as 
subs.  2         "amended   by   section    7   of    The  Insurance  Amendment  Act, 

re-6nact©c[  , 

1962-63,  IS  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

on^premium  (^^  ^°  licensed  insurer  shall  carry  on,  on  the  premium 

note  plan  note  plan,  any  class  of  insurance  other  than  fire, 

livestock  and  weather  insurance  but  a  mutual  in- 
surance company,  without  guarantee  capital  stock 
incorporated  for  the  purpose  of  undertaking  con- 
tracts of  fire  insurance  on  the  premium  note  plan, 
may  also  insure  for  the  classes  of  insurance  as 
R.s^o.  I960,  specified  in  subsection  13  of  section  151  of  The  Cor- 

porations A  ct. 

^.'h^'s^isi.     8.  Section  131  of  The  Insurance  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
amended        thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Mutual 
insurance 


(4)  A  mutual  insurance  corporation  without  guarantee 

(orporations  capital   stock   incorporated    under   subsection   3  of 

section  150  of  The  Corporations  Act  shall  be  deemed 

to  be  an  insurer  of  the  same  class  under  subsection  1 

and  under  subsection  4  of  section  132. 

92 


Section  4.  The  amendment  limits  the  insurer's  right  to  terminate 
the  contract  for  non-payment  of  premium  to  only  those  cases  where  the 
promise  to  pay  is  a  bill  of  exchange  or  promissory  note. 


Section  5.   The  amendment  ensures  that  the  mere  supplying  of  proof 
of  loss  forms  does  not  constitute  an  admission. 


Section  6.   The  statutory  condition  is  reworded  to  make  the  language 
uniform  with  that  adopted  by  other  provinces. 


Sections  7,  8  and  9.  The  powers  of  fire  mutual  insurance  corpora- 
tions are  extended  to  undertake  liability  insurance  in  respect  of  the  persons 
and  property  insured  against  fire  and  provision  is  made  for  reinsurance. 


92 


Section  10.   The  amendment  is  for  the  purpose  of  uniform  language 
in  all  insurance  contracts  in  Canada. 


Section  11.  The  amendments  increase  the  minimum  automobile 
public  liability  coverage  from  $35,000  to  $50,000  and  all  the  increase  is 
added  to  the  priority  given  cl.iims  for  bodily  injury  or  death. 


92 


9.  Section  132  of  The  Insurance  Act  is  amended  by  adding  ^-^^O-gi^^^^o^ 
thereto  the  following  subsections:  amended 

(4a)  No  mutual  insurance  corporation  without  guarantee  ^®jj|^[^^°« 
capital  stock  incorporated  to  transact  fire  insurance  insurance 
on  the  premium  note  plan  shall  undertake  contracts 
of  weather  insurance  unless  all  liability  for  loss  in 
excess  of  $100  on  any  risk  covered  by  weather  in- 
surance is  reinsured  with  a  licensed  weather  company 
or  a  mutual  insurance  corporation  without  guarantee 
capital  stock  incorporated  pursuant  to  subsection  3 
of  section  150  of  The  Corporations  Act.  n.'?!  '  ^^^°' 

(46)  The  reinsurance  requirement  under  subsection  Aa  idem 
with  respect  to  weather  insurance  does  not  ajiply 
to  a  mutual  fire  insurance  corporation  without 
guarantee  capital  stock  that  is  restricted  by  its 
licence  to  insuring  the  plant  and  stock  of  millers  and 
grain  dealers  used  in  connection  with  the  grain 
trade,  and  the  dwellings,  outbuildings  and  contents 
thereof  owned  by  such  millers  and  grain  dealers  or 
their  employees,  against  fire  and  any  other  class  or 
classes  of  insurance  set  out  in  section   27. 

10.  Subcondition  8  of  statutory  condition  4  in  section  2QA^-f^- ^^^^^ 
of  The  Insurance  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section    11  of   TAefisse.'c.  7i, 
Insurance  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended  by  striking  outstat. 
"independent"  in  the  seventh  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  subcond.  8, 
"independently",    so    that    the    subcondition    shall    read    as*"'®'"'®'* 
follows : 

In  Case  of  (8)  In  the  event  of  disagreement  as  to  the  nature 

Disagreement  and  extent  of  the  repairs  and  replacements  required, 
or  as  to  their  adequacy,  if  effected,  or  as  to  the  amount 
payable  in  respect  of  any  loss  or  damage,  those  questions  shall  be  deter- 
mined by  appraisal  as  provided  under  The  Insurance  Act  before  there  can 
be  recovery  under  this  contract,  whether  the  right  to  recover  on  the 
contract  is  disputed  or  not,  and  independently  of  all  other  questions. 
There  shall  be  no  right  to  an  appraisal  until  a  specific  demand  therefor  is 
made  in  writing  and  until  after  proof  of  loss  has  been  delivered. 

11. —  (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  216  of  The  Insurance  Act,^^-^-  ^^oie 
as  re-enacted  by  section  11  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  (1966.'  c.  7i, 

•  s    1  1) 

1966,  IS  amended  by  striking  out  "$35,000"  in  the  third  line  subs,  i, 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "$50,000",  so  that  the  subsection*"'®"''®'' 
shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  Every  contract  evidenced  by  a  motor  vehicle  lia- Ji^bii^y "^ 
bility  policy  insures,  in  respect  of  any  one  accident,  under 
to  the  limit  of  at  least  $50,000,  exclusive  of  interest 
and    costs,    against    liability    resulting    from    bodily 
injury  to  or  the  death  of  one  or  more  persons  and 
loss  of  or  damage  to  property. 

92 


R.S.O.  1960. 
c.  190,  a.  216 


(2)  Clause  a  of  subsection  2  of  the  said  section  216  is 
(1966.0:71:  amended  by  striking  out  "S30,000"  in  the  second  line  and 
...K.  o  ,.,   .  :„„„»:.,„  :„  i:„..  »u 1  "$45  qoo",  so  that  the  clause  shall 


■uba.  2,  ci.  «.  inserting  in  lieu  thereof 

amended  ,  ,    ,, 

read  as  follows 


(a)  claims  against  the  insured  arising  out  of  bodily 
injury  or  death  have  priority  to  the  extent  of  $45,000 
over  claims  arising  out  of  loss  of  or  damage  to 
property ;  and 


^fioa^iie  (^)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  216  is  amended  by 
usee:  o.  71.  striking  out  "$35,000"  in  the  third  line  and  in  the  fifth  line 
•iibs.  3.  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "$50,000",  so 

that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


Minimum 

limits 

where 

separate 

limits 

designated 


(3)  The  insurer  may,  instead  of  specifying  a  limit  in  the 
policy  for  an  inclusive  amount,  specify  a  limit  of 
liability  of  at  least  $50,000,  exclusive  of  interest  and 
costs,  against  liability  resulting  from  bodily  injury 
to  or  the  death  of  one  or  more  persons  and  a  limit 
of  liability  of  at  least  $50,000,  exclusive  of  interest 
and  costs,  against  liability  for  loss  of  or  damage  to 
property. 


R.S.O.  I960. 
o.  190, 
8.  226» 

(1966,  c.  71. 
a.  11). 
subs.  2. 
amended 


12.  Subsection  2  of  section  226b  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as 
enacted  by  section  11  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  1966, 
is  amended  b>'  striking  out  "by"  in  the  seventh  line  and  by 
striking  out  "referred  to"  in  the  tenth  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "of  the  same  type  as  is  specified",  so  that  the 
subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


Release  by- 
claimant 


R.S.O.  1960. 
.-.   138 


(2)  Where  an  insurer  makes  a  payment  under  a  contract 
of  insurance  referred  to  in  subsection  1,  the  payment 
constitutes,  to  the  extent  of  such  payment,  a  release 
by  the  insurcKi  i)erson  or  his  jiersonal  representatives 
of  any  claim  that  the  insured  person  or  his  personal 
representatives  or  any  ]x;rson  claiming  through  or 
under  him  or  by  virtue  of  The  Fatal  Accidents  Act 
may  have  against  the  insurer  and  any  other  person 
who  may  be  liable  to  the  insured  i:)erson  or  his 
personal  representatives  if  that  other  [person  is  in- 
sured under  a  contract  of  the  same  t\pe  as  is  sjjecified 
in  subsection  1,  but  nothing  in  this  subsection  pre- 
cludes an  insurer  from  demanding,  as  a  condition 
precedent  to  payment,  a  release  to  the  extent  of  the 
l)a\inent  from  the  person  insured  or  his  jxirsonal 
rejircscntativ-es  or  any  other  person. 


92 


Sections  12  and  13.  The  amendments  are  for  the  purpose  of  making 
the  language  uniform  with  other  jurisdictions  and  make  no  change  in 
principle. 


92 


Section   14.    The  amendment  supplies  a  cross-reference  originally 
omitted  in  error. 


Section  15.  The  amendment  adopts  a  uniform  provision  recom- 
mended by  The  .-Xssociation  of  Supermtendents  of  Insurance  of  the 
Provinces  of  Canada. 


92 


I 


13.  Subsection  2  of  section  226c  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as^-^g^-  ^^^'^^ 
enacted  by  section  11  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  ■'^'^'5.  q|||'    ^^ 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "by"  in  the  seventh  line,  so  thats.  ix)'.^ 

the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows:  amended 

(2)  Where  an  insurer  makes  a  payment  under  a  contract  ^Ij^lnt''-^ 
of  insurance  to  which  subsection  1  refers,  the  pay- 
ment constitutes,  to  the  extent  of  such  payment,  a 
release  by  the  insured  person  or  his  personal  repre- 
sentatives of  any  claim  that  the  insured  person  or  his 
personal  representatives  or  any  person  claiming 
through  or  under  him  or  by  virtue  of  The  Fatal  ^-\^-  ^^'^°' 
Accidents  Act  may  have  against  the  insurer  and  any 

other  person  who  may  be  liable  to  the  insured  per- 
son or  his  personal  representatives  if  that  other  per- 
son is  insured  under  a  contract  of  the  same  type  as 
is  specified  in  subsection  1,  but  nothing  in  this  sub- 
section precludes  an  insurer  from  demanding,  as  a 
condition  precedent  to  payment,  a  release  to  the 
extent  of  the  payment  from  the  person  insured  or 
his  personal  representatives  or  any  other  person. 

14.  Section  226e  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as  enacted  by  sec-^-^g^-  ^^^^' 
tion  11  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended S;226< 

1  •  •  r  ..  •        i>     •  1  ,1-  ii->^^     .1  (1966,0.71, 

by  inserting  after     section     in  the  second  line     226a  ,  sob.  id. 
that  the  section  shall  read  as  follows: 

226e.  Any  person  insured  by  but  not  named  in  a  contract  J'n^a^g"/ 
to  which  section  226a,  226b  or  226c  applies  may  re-'"^"™'' 
cover  under  the  contract  in  the  same  manner  and  to 
the  same  extent  as  if  named  therein  as  the  insured, 
and  for  that  purpose  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  party 
to  the  contract  and  to  have  given  consideration 
therefor. 

15.  Section    2267  of    The  Insurance  Act,   as  enacted   by ^fgo;  ^^^°' 
section  11  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended  ^;^|||^^  .-^ 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection:  s.  id! 

(3)  "Rateable  proportion"as  used  in  subsection  2  means,  pro'port'ix)n 

defined 

(a)  if  there  are  two  insurers  liable  and  each  has 
the  same  policy  limits,  each  of  the  insurers 
shall  share  equally  in  any  liability,  expense, 
loss  or  damage; 

(6)  if  there  are  two  insurers  liable  with  different 
policy  limits,  the  insurers  shall  share  equally 
up  to  the  limit  of  the  smaller  policy  limit; 

92 


(c)  if  there  are  more  than   two  insurers  liable, 
clauses  a  and  b  apply  mutatis  mutandis. 

«  fgO;  I860'       16.— (1)  Subject  to  subsection  3,  Part  VII  of  The  Insurance 
Part  VII        jict,  as  amended  by  section  7  of  The  Insurance  Amendment 
re-enacted    'Act,  1961-62  and  Section  13  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act, 
1966,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


PART  VII 

Accident  and  Sickness  Insurance 

mi^n^*  227.  In  this  Part, 

(a)  "application"  means  a  written  application  for  in- 
surance or  for  the  reinstatement  of  insurance; 

{b)  "beneficiary"  means  a  person  designated  or  ap- 
pointed in  a  contract  or  by  a  declaration,  other  than 
the  insured  or  his  personal  representative,  to  whom 
or  for  whose  benefit  insurance  money  payable  in  the 
event  of  death  by  accident  is  to  be  paid ; 

(c)  "blanket  insurance"  means  that  class  of  group  in- 
surance that  covers  loss  arising  from  specific  hazards 
incident  to  or  defined  by  reference  to  a  particular 
activity  or  activities; 

{d)  "contract"  means  a  contract  of  insurance; 

(e)  "court"  means  the  Supreme  Court,  or  a  judge  thereof; 

(/)  "creditor's  group  insurance"  means  insurance  ef- 
fected by  a  creditor  whereby  the  lives  or  well-being, 
or  the  lives  and  well-being,  of  a  number  of  his 
debtors  are  insured  severally  under  a  single  contract; 

{g)  "declaration"  means  an  instrument  signed  by  the  " 
insured, 

(i)  with  respect  to  which  an  endorsement  is  made 
on  the  policy,  or 

(ii)  that  identifies  the  contract,  or 

(iii)  that    describes    the    insurance    or    insurance 
fund  or  a  part  thereof, 

92 


Section  16.  The  Accident  and  Sickness  Part  is  re-enacted  to  adopt 
the  uniform  provisions  recommended  by  The  Association  of  Superinten- 
dents of  Insurance  of  the  Provinces  of  Canada.  The  principal  changes 
include: 

1.  provision  for  group  insurance; 

2.  revision  of  provisions  respecting  the  capacity  of  minors  as  bene- 
ficiaries and  the  inclusion  of  trustee  provisions  similar  to  those 
in  Part  V  respecting  life  insurance; 

3.  provisions  respecting  beneficiaries  of  insurance  moneys  payable 
by  reason  of  death  or  accident; 

4.  provisions  respecting  designation  of  beneficiaries  are  expanded 
and  made  similar  to  those  in  Part  V  respecting  life  insurance. 


92 


in  which  he  designates  or  alters  or  revokes  the 
designation  of  his  personal  representative  or  a  bene- 
ficiary as  one  to  whom  or  for  whose  benefit  shall  be 
paid  the  insurance  money  which  is  payable  in  the 
event  of  death  by  accident; 

(h)  "family  insurance"  means  insurance  whereby  the 
lives  or  well-being,  or  the  lives  and  well-being,  of 
the  insured  and  one  or  more  persons  related  to  him 
by  blood,  marriage  or  adoption  are  insured  under  a 
single  contract  between  an  insurer  and  the  insured; 

(i)  "group  insurance"  means  insurance  other  than 
creditor's  group  insurance  and  family  insurance, 
whereby  the  lives  or  well-being,  or  the  lives  and 
well-being,  of  a  number  of  persons  are  insured 
severally  under  a  single  contract  between  an  insurer 
and  an  employer  or  other  person; 

(i)  "group  person  insured"  means  a  person  who  is 
insured  under  a  contract  of  group  insurance  and 
upon  whom  a  right  is  conferred  by  the  contract,  but 
does  not  include  a  person  who  is  insured  thereunder 
as  a  person  dependent  upon  or  related  to  him; 

{k)  "instrument"  includes  a  will; 

(/)  "insurance"  means  accident  insurance,  sickness  in- 
surance, or  accident  insurance  and  sickness  insurance; 

(m)  "insured", 

(i)  in  the  case  of  group  insurance  means,  in  the 
provisions  of  this  Part  relating  to  the  designa- 
tion of  beneficiaries  or  of  personal  representa- 
tives as  recipients  of  insurance  money  and 
their  rights  and  status,  the  group  person 
insured,  and 

(ii)  in  all  other  cases  means  the  person  who  makes 
a  contract  with  an  insurer; 

(w)  "person  insured"  means  a  person  in  respect  of  an 
accident  to  whom,  or  in  respect  of  whose  sickness, 
insurance  money  is  payable  under  a  contract,  but 
does  not  include  a  group  person  insured; 

(o)  "will"  includes  a  codicil. 
92 


8 

o(''Pa«"°°  228.— (1)  Notwithstanding  any  agreement,  condition  or 
stipulation  to  the  contrary,  this  Part  apphcs  to  contracts 
made  in  Ontario. 

Exceptions        (2)  This  Part  does  not  apply  to, 

(o)  accidental  death  insurance;  or 

(b)  creditor's  group  insurance;  or 

(c)  disability  insurance;  or 

(d)  insurance  provided  under  section  226a,  2266  or  226c. 

insurance  229.  In  the  case  of  a  contract  of  group  insurance  made  with 

an  insurer  authorized  to  transact  insurance  in  Ontario  at  the 
time  the  contract  was  made,  this  Part  applies  in  determining, 

(a)  the  rights  and  status  of  beneficiaries  and  personal 
representatives  as  recipients  of  insurance  money,  if 
the  group  person  insured  was  resident  in  Ontario  at 
the  time  he  became  insured;  and 

(b)  the  rights  and  obligations  of  the  group  person  in- 
sured if  he  was  resident  in  Ontario  at  the  time  he 
became  insured. 

po'ikV'^  230.  An  insurer  entering  into  a  contract  shall  issue  a  policy. 

Exceptions        231.— (1)  This  section  does  not  apply  to. 

(a)  a  contract  of  group  insurance;  or 

(b)  a  contract  made  by  a  fraternal  society. 

of°poUcy  (2^  ^"  insurer  shall  set  forth  the  following  particulars  in 

the  policy: 

1.  The  name  or  a  sufficient  description  of  the  insured 
and  of  the  person  insured. 

2.  The  amount  or  the  method  of  determining  the 
amount  of  the  insurance  money  payable  and  the 
conditions  under  which  it  becomes  payable. 

3.  The  amount  or  the  method  of  determining  the 
amount  of  the  premium  and  the  jieriod  of  grace,  if 
any,  within  which  it  ma\'  be  paid. 

4.  The  conditions  upon  which  the  contract  may  be 
reinstated  if  it  lapses. 

92 


5.  The  term  of  the  insurance  or  the  method  of  deter- 
mining the  day  upon  which  the  insurance  com- 
mences and  terminates. 

232.  In   the   case   of  a  contract  of  group   insurance,   an ^"g^^^l^ 
insurer  shall  set  forth  the  following  particulars  in  the  policy :  po'icy 

1.  The  name  or  a  sufficient  description  of  the  insured. 

2.  The  method  of  determining  the  group  persons  insured 
and  persons  insured. 

3.  The  amount  or  the  method  of  determining  the 
amount  of  the  insurance  money  payable  and  the 
conditions  under  which  it  becomes  payable. 

4.  The  period  of  grace,  if  any,  within  which  the  premium 
may  be  paid. 

5.  The  term  of  the  insurance  or  the  method  of  deter- 
mining the  day  upon  which  the  insurance  com- 
mences and  terminates. 

233. — (1)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  2,  in  the  case  of  o/'group' 
a  contract  of  group  insurance  an  insurer  shall  issue  for  delivery  certificate 
by  the  insured  to  each  group  person  insured  a  certificate  or 
other  document  in  which  are  set  forth  the  following  par- 
ticulars : 

1.  The  name  of  the  insurer  and  a  sufficient  identification 
of  the  contract. 

2.  The  amount  or  the  method  of  determining  the 
amount  of  insurance  on  the  group  person  insured 
and  on  any  person  insured. 

3.  The  circumstances  under  which  the  insurance  ter- 
minates, and  the  rights,  if  any,  upon  such  termina- 
tion of  the  group  person  insured  and  of  any  person 
insured. 

(2)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  a  contract  of  blanket  ^^°®p*'°" 
insurance  or  to  a  contract  of  group  insurance  of  a  non-renew- 
able type  issued  for  a  term  of  six  months  or  less. 

234. — (1)  Subject  to  section  235  and  except  as  otherwise  ^r^^||J'°("^n 
provided  in  this  section,  the  insurer  shall  set  forth  in  the 
policy  every  exception  or  reduction  affecting  the  amount 
payable  under  the  contract,  either  in  the  provision  affected 
by  the  exception  or  reduction,  or  under  a  heading  such  as 
"Exceptions"  or  "Reductions". 

92 


10 


Idem 


(2)  Where  the  exception  or  reduction  affects  only  one  pro- 
vision in  the  policy  it  shall  be  set  forth  in  that  provision. 


Idem 


Idem 


(3)  Where  the  exception  or  reduction  is  contained  in  an 
endorsement,  insertion  or  rider,  the  endorsement,  insertion  or 
rider  shall,  unless  it  affects  all  amounts  payable  under  the 
contract,  make  reference  to  the  provisions  in  the  policy  affected 
by  the  exception  or  reduction. 

(4)  The  exception  or  reduction  mentioned  in  section  247 
need  not  be  set  forth  in  the  policy. 


Idem 


(5)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  a  contract  made  by  a 
fraternal  society. 


statutory 
conditions 


235.  Subject  to  section  236,  the  conditions  set  forth  in  this 
section  shall  be  deemed  to  be  part  of  every  contract  other 
than  a  contract  of  group  insurance,  and  shall  be  printed  on  or 
attached  to  the  policy  forming  part  of  such  contract  with  the 
heading  "Statutory  Conditions". 


STATUTORY  CONDITIONS 

The  1. — (1)  The  application,  this  policy,  any  document 

Contract  attached  to  this  policy  when  issued,  and  any  amend- 

ment to  the  contract  agreed  upon  in  writing  after  the 
policy  is  issued,  constitute  the  entire  contract,  and  no  agent  has  authority 
to  change  the  contract  or  waive  any  of  its  provisions. 

Waiver  (2)  The  Insurer  shall  be  deemed  not  to  have  waived 

any  condition  of  this  contract,  either  in  whole  or  in 

part,   unless  the  waiver  is  clearly  expressed  in  writing  signed  by  the 

insurer. 

Copy  of  (3)  The  insurer  shall,  upon  request,  furnish  to  the 

Application  insured  or  to  a  claimant  under  the  contract  a  copy  of 

the  application. 

Material  2.  .\o  statement   made  by  the  insured  or  person 

Facts  insured  at  the  time  of  application   for  this  contract 

shall  be  used  in  defence  of  a  claim  under  or  to  avoid 
this  contract  unless  it  is  contained  in  the  application  or  any  other  written 
statements  or  answers  furnished  as  evidence  of  insurability. 


CKianges  in 
Occupation 


3. — (1)  If  after  the  contract  is  issued  the  person 

insured  engages  for  compensation  in  an  occupation 
that  is  classilied  by  the  insurer  as  more  hazardous  than 
that  stated  in  this  contract,  the  liability  under  this  contract  is  limited  to 
the  amount  that  the  premium  paid  would  have  purchased  for  the  more 
hazardous  occuixation  according  to  the  limit,s,  classification  of  risks  and 
premium  rates  in  use  by  the  insurer  at  the  time  the  person  insured  engaged 
in  the  more  hazardous  occupation. 

(2)  If  the  person  insured  changes  his  occupation  from  that  stated  in 
this  contract  to  an  occupation  classified  by  the  insurer  as  less  hazardous 
and  the  insurer  is  so  advised  in  writing,  the  insurer  shall  either, 

(a)  reduce. the  premium  rate;  or 

(6)  issue  a  policy  for  the  unexpired  term  of  this  contract  at  the  lower 
rate  of  premium  applicable  to  the  less  hazardous  occupation. 


92 


n 

according  to  the  limits,  classification  of  risks,  and  premium  rates  used  by 
the  insurer  at  the  date  of  receipt  of  advice  of  the  change  in  occupation, 
and  shall  refund  to  the  insured  the  amount  by  which  the  unearned  premium 
on  this  contract  exceeds  the  premium  at  the  lower  rate  for  the  unexpired 
term. 

Relation  of  4.  Where  the  benefits  for  loss  of  time  payable  here- 

Earnings  to  under,  either  alone  or  together  with  benefits  for  loss  of 

Insurance  time  under  another  contract,  including  a  contract  of 

group  accident  insurance  or  group  sickness  insurance 
or  of  both  and  a  life  insurance  contract  providing  disability  insurance, 
exceed  the  money  value  of  the  time  of  the  person  insured,  the  insurer  is 
liable  only  for  that  proportion  of  the  benefits  for  loss  of  time  stated  in  this 
policy  that  the  money  value  of  the  time  of  the  person  insured  bears  to 
the  aggregate  of  the  benefits  for  loss  of  time  payable  under  all  such  con- 
tracts and  the  excess  premium,  if  any,  paid  by  the  insured  shall  be  returned 
to  him  by  the  insurer. 

Termination  5.  The  insured  may  terminate  this  contract  at  any 

by  Insured  time  by  giving  written  notice  of  termination  to  the 

insurer  by  registered  mail  to  its  head  office  or  chief 
agency  in  the  Province,  or  by  delivery  thereof  to  an  authorized  agent  of 
the  insurer  in  the  Province,  and  the  insurer  shall  upon  surrender  of  this 
policy  refund  the  amount  of  premium  paid  in  excess  of  the  short  rate 
premium  calculated  to  the  date  of  receipt  of  such  notice  according  to  the 
table  in  use  by  the  insurer  at  the  time  of  termination. 

Termination  6. — (1)  The  insurer  may  terminate  this  contract  at 

by  Insurer  any  time  by  giving  written  notice  of  termination  to 

the  insured  and  by  refunding  concurrently  with  the 
giving  of  notice  the  amount  of  premium  paid  in  excess  of  the  pro  rata 
premium  for  the  expired  time. 

(2)  The  notice  of  termination  may  be  delivered  to  the  insured,  or  it 
may  be  sent  by  registered  mail  to  the  latest  address  of  the  insured  on  the 
records  of  the  insurer. 

(3)  Where  the  notice  of  termination  is  delivered  to  the  insured,  five 
days  notice  of  termination  shall  be  given;  where  it  is  mailed  to  the  insured, 
ten  days  notice  of  termination  shall  be  given,  and  the  ten  days  shall  begin 
on  the  day  following  the  date  of  mailing  of  notice. 

Notice  and  7. — (1)  The  insured  or  a  person  insured,  or  a  bene- 

Proof  of  ficiary  entitled  to  make  a  claim,  or  the  agent  of  any  of 

Claim  them,  shall 

(a)  give  written  notice  of  claim  to  the  insurer, 

(i)  by  delivery  thereof,  or  by  sending  it  by  registered  mail  to 
the  head  office  or  chief  agency  of  the  insurer  in  the  Prov- 
ince, or 

(ii)  by  delivery  thereof  to  an  authorized  agent  of  the  insurer 
in  the  Province, 

not  later  than  thirty  days  from  the  date  a  claim  arises  under  the 
contract  on  account  of  an  accident,  sickness  or  disabilit)-; 

(6)  within  ninety  days  from  the  date  a  claim  arises  under  the  con- 
tract on  account  of  an  accident,  sickness  or  disability,  furnish 
to  the  insurer  such  proof  as  is  reasonably  possible  in  the  cir- 
cumstances of  the  happening  of  the  accident  or  the  commence- 
ment of  the  sickness  or  disability,  and  the  loss  occasioned  thereby, 
the  right  of  the  claimant  to  receive  payment,  his  age,  and  the  age 
of  the  beneficiary  if  relevant;  and 

92 


12 

(c)  if  so  required  by  the  insurer,  furnish  a  satisfactory  certificate  a» 
to  the  cause  or  nature  of  the  accident,  sickness  or  disability  for 
which  claim  may  be  made  under  the  contract  and  as  to  the  dura- 
tion of  such  disability. 

Failure  to  (2)  Failure  to  give  notice  of  claim  or  furnish  proof 

Give  Notice  of  claim  within  the  time  prescribed  by  this  statutory 

or  Proof  condition  does  not  invalidate  the  claim  if  the  notice 

or  proof  is  given  or  furnished  as  sooti  as  reasonably 
possible,  and  in  no  event  later  than  one  year  from  the  date  of  the  accident 
or  the  date  a  claim  arises  under  the  contract  on  account  of  sickness  or 
disability  if  it  Is  shown  that  it  was  not  reasonably  possible  to  give  notice 
or  furnish  proof  within  the  time  so  prescribed. 

Insurer  to  8.  The  insurer  shall  furnish  forms  for  proof  of  claim 

Furnish  within   fifteen  days  after  receiving   notice  of  claim, 

Forms  for  but  where  the  claimant  has  not  received  the  forms 

Proof  of  within  that  time  he  may  submit  his  prool  of  claim 

Claim  in  the  form  of  a  written  statement  of  the  cause  or 

nature  of  the  accident,  sickness  or  disability  giving 
rise  to  the  claim  and  of  the  extent  of  the  loss. 


Rights  of  9.  As  a  condition  precedent  to  recovery  of  insurance 

Examination  moneys  under  this  contract, 

(a)  the  claimant  shall  afford  to  the  insurer  an  opportunity  to  examine 
the  person  of  the  person  insured  when  and  so  often  as  it  reason- 
ably requires  while  the  claim  hereunder  is  pending,  and 

(b)  in  the  case  of  death  of  the  person  insured,  the  insurer  may  require 
an  autopsy  subject  to  any  law  of  the  applicable  jurisdiction 
relating  to  autopsies. 

When  Moneys  10.  All  moneys  payable  under  this  contract,  other 

Payable  Other  than  benefits  for  loss  of  time,  shall  be  paid  by  the 

Than  for  Loss  insurer  within  sixty  days  after  it  has  received  proof 

of  Time  of  claim. 

When  Loss  11.  The  initial  benefits  for  loss  of  time  shall  be  paid 

of  Time  by  the  insurer  within  thirty  days  after  it  has  received 

Benefits  proof  of  claim,  and  payment  shall  be  made  thereafter 

Payable  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  contract  but  not 

less  frequently  than  once  in  each  succeeding  sixty 
days  while  the  insurer  remains  liable  for  the  payments  if  the  person  insured 
when  required  to  do  so  furnishes  before  payment  proof  of  continuing 
flisiibilitx  . 

Limitation  12.  .\n  action  or  proceeding  against  the  insurer  for 

of  Actions  the  recovery  of  a  claim  under  this  contract  shall  not  be 

commenced  more  than  one  year  after  the  date  the 
insiir.inre  nioiie\'  became  payable  or  would  have  become  payable  if  it 
had  been  a  valid  claim. 


Omission  or        236. — (1)  Where  a  statutory  condition  is  not  applicable 
conditions      to  the  benefits  provided  by  the  contract  it  may  be  omitted 
from  the  policy  or  varied  so  that  it  will  be  applicable. 


Idem  (2)  Statutory  conditions  3,  4  and  9  may  be  omitted  from 

the  policy  if  the  contract  does  not  contain  any  provisions 
respecting  the  matters  dealt  with  therein. 

92 


13 

(3)  Statutory  conditions  5  and  6  shall  be  omitted  from  the  ^'i®™ 
policy  if  the  contract  does  not  provide  that  it  may  be  ter- 
minated by  the  insurer  prior  to  the  expiry  of  any  period  for 
which  a  premium  has  been  accepted. 

(4)  Statutory  conditions  3,  4,  5,  6  and  9,  and  subject  to^'^^™ 
the  restriction  in  subsection  5,  statutory  condition  7,  may  be 
varied  but,  if  by  reason  of  the  variation  the  contract  is  less 
favourable  to  the  insured,  a  person  insured  or  a  beneficiary 
than  it  would  be  if  the  condition  had  not  been  varied,  the 
condition  shall  be  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  policy  in  the 
form  in  which  it  appears  in  section  235. 

(5)  Clauses  a  and  b  of  paragraph  1  of  statutory  condition  7  ''**'" 
may  not  be  varied  in  policies  providing  benefits  for  loss  of  time. 

(6)  Statutory  conditions  10  and  11  may  be  varied  by  short-  ^'^^'^ 
ening  the  periods  of  time  prescribed  therein,  and  statutory 
condition  12  ma>'  be  varied  by  lengthening  the  period  of  time 
prescribed  therein. 

(7)  The  title  of  a  statutory  condition  shall  be  reproduced  ^^^"^ 
in   the   policy  along  with   the  statutory   condition,   but   the 
number  of  a  statutory'  condition  may  be  omitted. 

(8)  In  the  case  of  a  contract  made  by  a  fraternal  society,      fraternal  *^^ 

society 

(a)  the  following  provision  shall  be  printed  on  every 
policy  in  substitution  for  paragraph  1  of  statutory 
condition    1: 

The  1. — (1)  This  policy,   the  Act  or  iiistni- 

Contract  ment  of  incorporation  of   the  society,   its 

constitution,  by-laws  and  rules,  and  the 
amendments  made  from  time  to  time  to  an\-  of  them,  the 
application  for  the  contract  and  the  medical  statement  of  the 
applicant,  constitute  the  entire  contract,  and  no  agent  has 
authority  to  change  the  contract  or  waive  any  of  its  provisions. 

and 

(b)  statutory  condition  5  shall  not  be  printed  on  the 
policy. 

237.  In  the  case  of  a  policy  of  accident  insurance  of  a  non-^°^jj<^^^°f 
renewable  type  issued  for  a  term  of  six  months  or  less  or  in  conditions 
relation  to  a  ticket  of  travel,  the  statutory  conditions  need  not 
be  printed  on  or  attached  to  the  policy  if  the  policy  contains 
the  following  notice  printed  in  conspicuous  type: 

"Notwithstanding  any  other  provision   herein  con- 
tained, this  contract  is  subject  to  the  statutory  con- 
ditions in  The  Insurance  Act  respecting  contracts  ofRS-o.i96o 
accident   msurance. 

92 


14 


Termination 
for  non- 

f>ayment  of 
nitlal  or 
renewal 
premium 


238. — (1)  Where  a  policy  evidencing  a  contract  or  a  certi- 
ficate evidencing  the  renewal  of  a  contract  is  delivered  to  the 
insured  and  the  initial  premium  or  in  the  case  of  a  renewal 
certificate  the  renewal  premium  therefor  has  not  been  fully 
paid, 


(a)  the  contract  or  the  renewal  thereof  evidenced  by 
the  certificate  is  as  binding  on  the  insurer  as  if  such 
premium  had  l^een  paid  although  delivered  by  an 
officer  or  an  agent  of  the  insurer  who  did  not  have 
authority  to  deliver  it;  and 

(ft)  the  contract  may  be  terminated  for  the  non-payment 
of  the  premium  by  the  insurer  upon  ten  days  notice 
of  termination  given  in  writing  to  the  insured  and 
mailed  postage  prepaid  and  registered  to  the  latest 
address  of  the  insured  on  the  records  of  the  insurer 
and  the  ten  days  shall  begin  on  the  day  following 
the  date  of  mailing  such  notice. 

Exception  (2)  This  Section  does  not  apply  to  a  contract  of  grouj) 

insurance  or  to  a  contract  made  by  a  fraternal  society. 


Right 
where 
premium 
unpaid 


239.^(1)  An  insurer  may, 

(a)  deduct  unpaid  premiums  from  an  amount  that  it  is 
liable  to  pay  under  a  contract;  or 


(b)  sue  the  insured  for  unpaid  premiums. 


Where 
(heque  or 
note  for 
premium 
not  paid 


(2)  Where  a  cheque  or  other  bill  of  exchange  or  a  promissory 
note  or  other  written  promise  to  pay  is  given  for  the  whole  or 
part  of  a  premium  and  payment  is  not  made  according  to  its 
tenor  the  premium  or  part  thereof  shall  be  deemed  never  to 
have  been  paid. 


Ex.  eption 


(3)  Clause  a  of  subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  a  contract 
of  group  insurance. 


Idem 


(4)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  a  contract  made  by  a 

fraternal  society. 


Insurable 
interei-t 


240.  Without  restricting  the  meaning  of  the  expression 
"insurable  interest",  a  person  has  an  insurable  interest  in  his 
own  life  and  well-being  and  in  the  life  and  well-being  of. 


(a)  his.child  or  grandchild; 

(b)  his  spouse; 


92 


15 

(c)  any  person  upon  whom  he  is  wholly  or  in  part 
dependent  for,  or  from  whom  he  is  receiving,  support 
or  education; 

(d)  his  officer  or  employee ;  and 

(e)  any  person  in  whom  he  has  a  pecuniary  interest. 

241. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  where  at  the  time  a  con-  Lack-  of 

f.  ,.  .  insurable 

tract  would  otherwise  take  effect,  the  insured  has  no  insurable  interest 
interest,  the  contract  is  void. 

(2)  A  contract  is  not  void  for  lack  of  insurable  interest.      Exceptions 

(a)  if  it  is  a  contract  of  group  insurance;  or 

(b)  if  the  person  insured  has  consented  in  writing  to  the 
insurance. 

(3)  Where  the  person  insured  is  under  the  age  of  sixteen  of°^^inor8 
years,  consent  to  the  insurance  may  be  given  by  one  of  his 
parents  or  by  a  person  standing  in  loco  parentis  to  him. 

POLICIES   ON  LIVES  OF  MINORS 

242. — (1)   Except  in  respect  of  his  rights  as  beneficiary,  aof^PjInors 
minor  who  has  attained   the  age  of  sixteen  years  has  the 
capacity  of  a  person  of  the  age  of  twenty-one  years, 

(a)  to  make  an  enforceable  contract;  and 

(b)  in  respect  of  a  contract. 

(2)  A  beneficiary  who  has  attained  the  age  of  eighteen  years  of^mTnor 
has  the  capacity  of  a  person  of  the  age  of  twenty-one  years  beneficiary 
to  receive  insurance  money  payable  to  him  and   to  give  a 
valid  discharge  therefor. 

MISREPRESENTATION  AND   NON-DISCLOSURE 

243. — (1)  An  applicant  for  insurance  on  his  own  behalf  ^g%ge° 
and  on  behalf  of  each  person  to  be  insured,  and  each  person 
to  be  insured,  shall  disclose  to  the  insurer  in  any  application, 
on  a  medical  examination,  if  any,  and  in  any  written  state- 
ments or  answers  furnished  as  evidence  of  insurability,  every 
fact  within  his  knowledge  that  is  material  to  the  insurance 
and  is  not  so  disclosed  by  the  other. 

(2)  Subject  to  sections  244  and  247,  a  failure  to  disclose,  or  J^p|J,sg'° 
a  misrepresentation  of,  such  a  fact  renders  a  contract  voidable 
by  the  insurer. 

92 


16 

insurance  ^^^  '"  ^'^^  ^^^  °^  ^  Contract  of  group  insurance,  a  failure 

failure  to  to  disclosc  or  a  misrepresentation  of  such  a  fact  with  respect 
to  a  group  person  insured  or  a  person  insured  under  the  con- 
tract does  not  render  the  contract  voidable,  but  if  evidence  of 
insurability  is  specifically  requested  by  the  insurer,  the  insur- 
ance in  resjject  of  such  a  person  is,  subject  to  section  244, 
voidable  by  the  insurer. 

abm"***'  ^^' — ^'^  Subject  to  section  247  and  except  as  provided  in 

subsection   2, 

(a)  where  a  contract,  including  renewals  thereof,  except 
a  contract  of  group  insurance,  has  been  in  effect 
continuously  for  two  years  with  respect  to  a  person 
insured,  a  failure  to  disclose  or  a  misrepresentation  of 
a  fact  with  respect  to  that  person  required  by  section 
243  to  be  disclosed  does  not,  except  in  the  case  of 
fraud,  render  the  contract  voidable; 

(b)  where  a  contract  of  group  insurance,  including 
renewals  thereof,  has  been  in  effect  continuously  for 
two  years  with  respect  to  a  group  person  insured  or  a 
person  insured,  a  failure  to  disclose  or  a  misrepre- 
sentation of  a  fact  with  respect  to  that  group  person 
insured  or  jierson  insured  required  by  section  243  to 
be  disclosed  does  not,  except  in  the  case  of  fraud, 
render  the  contract  voidable  with  respect  to  that 
group  person  insured  or  person  insured. 

Eiception  (2)  Where  a  claim  arises  from  a  loss  incurred  or  a  dis- 

ability beginning  before  a  contract,  including  renewals  thereof, 
has  been  in  force  for  two  years  with  resjject  to  the  person  in 
respect  of  whom  the  claim  is  made,  subsection  1  does  not 
apply  to  that  claim. 

o/'mconVeJt-       245.  Sections   243  and   244  apply  mutatis  mutandis  to  a 
ability  to       failure  at  the  time  of  reinstatement  of  a  contract  to  disclose 

rci  riBi  St©- 

ir.ent  or  a  misrepresentation  at  that  time,  and  the  period  of  two 

years  to  which  reference  is  made  in  section  244  commences 
to  run  in  respect  of  a  reinstatement  from  the  date  of  rein- 
statement. 

Pre-existing        246.  Where   a   contract  contains  a  general   exception  or 

conditions  .  .      .       °    ,.  l       •      i 

reduction  with  resiDCCt  to  pre-existmg  disease  or  physical 
conditions  and  the  person  insured  or  group  person  insured 
suffers  or  has  suffered  from  a  disease  or  physical  condition 
that  existed  before  the  date  the  contract  came  into  force  with 
respect  to  that  person  and  the  disease  or  physical  condition 
is  not  by  name  or  specific  description  excluded  from  the 
insurance  respecting  that  person, 

92 


17 

(a)  the  prior  existence  of  the  disease  or  physical  condition 
is  not,  except  in  the  case  of  fraud,  available  as  a 
defence  against  liability  in  whole  or  in  part  for  a 
loss  incurred  or  a  disability  beginning  after  the  con- 
tract, including  renewals  thereof,  has  been  in  force 
continuously  for  two  years  immediately  prior  to  the 
date  of  loss  incurred  or  commencement  of  disability 
with  respect  to  that  person ;  and 

(b)  the  existence  of  the  disease  or  physical  condition  is 
not,  except  in  the  case  of  fraud,  available  as  a  defence 
against  liability  in  whole  or  in  part  if  the  disease  or 
physical  condition  was  disclosed  in  the  application 
for  the  contract. 

247. —  (1)  Subject  to  subsections  2  and  3,  if  the  age  of  the  ^'^'^^j'^^j.®- 
person  insured  has  been  misstated  to  the  insurer  then,  at  the 
option  of  the  insurer,  either, 

(a)  the  benefits  payable  under  the  contract  shall  be 
increased  or  decreased  to  the  amount  that  would  have 
been  provided  for  the  same  premium  at  the  correct 
age;  or 

{b)  the  premium  may  be  adjusted  in  accordance  with 
the  correct  age  as  of  the  date  the  person  insured 
became  insured. 

(2)  In  the  case  of  a  contract  of  group  insurance,  if  there  is  ^g'^^^'^'f*" 
a  misstatement  to  the  insurer  of  the  age  of  a  group  person  I"  group 

.   ,  .  r^    r  in8uranc6 

msured  or  person  insured,  the  provisions,  if  any,  of  the 
contract  with  respect  to  age  or  misstatement  of  age  shall 
apply. 

(3)  Where  the  age  of  a  person  affects  the  commencement  or  True  age 

.         .  r     ,    °.  "^  governs 

termination  of  the  msurance,  the  true  age  governs. 

BENEFICIARIES 

248.— (1)  Unless    otherwise    provided    in    the    policy,    an  ^f««'8°»"°° 
insured  may  in  a  contract  or  by  a  declaration  designate  his  beneficiary 
personal  representative  or  a  beneficiary  to  receive  insurance 
money  payable  in  the  event  of  death  by  accident,  and  may 
from  time  to  time  alter  or  revoke  the  designation  by  declara- 
tion. 

(2)  A  designation  in  an  instrument  purporting  to  be  a  will  i^^nvaiid"" 
is  not  ineffective  by  reason  only  of  the  fact  that  the  instrument  ^'W 

is  invalid  as  a  will  or  that  the  designation  is  invalid  as  a 
bequest  under  the  will. 

(3)  A  designation  in  a  will  is  of  no  effect  against  a  designa-  P"°"*'88 
tion  made  later  than  the  making  of  the  will. 

92 


18 


Idam 


Meaning  of 
"heirs",  etc. 


Death  of 
beneficiary 


Revocation  ^4^  jf  jj  designation  is  contained  in  a  will  and  subsequently 
the  will  is  revoked  by  oijeration  of  law  or  otherwise,  the 
designation  is  thereby  revoked. 

(5)  If  a  designation  is  contained  in  an  instrument  that 
purixjrts  to  be  a  will  and  subsequently  the  instrument,  if  it 
had  been  valid  as  a  will  would  have  been  revoked  by  operation 
of  law  or  otherwise,  the  designation  is  thereby  revoked. 

249. — (1)  A  designation  in  favour  of  the  "heirs",  "next- 
of-kin"  or  "estate",  or  the  use  of  words  of  like  import  in  a 
designation  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  designation  of  the  per- 
sonal representative. 

(2)  Where  a  beneficiary  predeceases  the  person  insured  or 
group  person  insured,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  no  disposition 
of  the  share  of  the  deceased  beneficiary  in  the  insurance  money 
is  provided  in  the  contract  or  by  declaration,  the  share  is 
payable, 

(a)  to  the  surviving  beneficiary;  or 

(b)  if  there  is  more  than  one  surviving  beneficiary,  to 
the  surviving  beneficiaries  in  equal  shares;  or 

(c)  if  there  is  no  surviving  beneficiary,  to  the  insured 
or  group  person  insured,  as  the  case  may  be,  or  his 
personal  representative. 

(3)  A  beneficiary  designated  under  section  248  may  upon 
the  death  by  accident  of  the  person  insured  or  group  person 
insured  enforce  for  his  own  benefit,  and  a  trustee  appointed 
pursuant  to  section  250  may  enforce  as  trustee,  the  payment 
of  insurance  money  payable  to  him,  and  the  payment  to  the 
beneficiary  or  trustee  discharges  the  insurer  to  the  extent  of 
the  amount  paid,  but  the  insurer  may  set  up  any  defence  that 
it  could  have  set  up  against  the  insured  or  his  personal 
representative. 

be'^nefldary'^  250.  An  insured  may  in  a  contract  or  by  a  declaration 
appoint  a  trustee  for  a  beneficiary,  and  may  alter  or  revoke 
the  appointment  by  a  declaration. 


Right  to 
sue 


DocumentB 

affecting 

title 


251. —  (1)  Until  an  insurer  receives  at  its  head  or  principal 
office  in  Canada  an  instrument  or  an  order  of  any  court  of 
conijjetent  jurisdiction  affecting  the  right  to  receive  insurance 
money,  or  a  notarial  copy  or  a  copy  verified  by  statutorj' 
declaration  of  any  such  instrument  or  order,  it  may  make 
payment  of  the  insurance  money  and  shall  be  as  fully  dis- 
charged to  the  extent  of  the  amount  paid  as  if  there  were  no 
such  instrument  or  order. 


92 


19 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  affect  the  rights  or  interests  of^*^'"* 
any  person  other  than  the  insurer. 

(3)  Where  an  assignee  of  a  contract  gives  notice  in  writing  ^^^'j^'"*!^  °^ 
of  the  assignment  to  the  insurer  at  its  head  or  principal  office 

in  Canada  he  has  priority  of  interest  as  against, 

(a)  any  assignee  other  than  one  who  gave  notice  earlier 
in  like  manner;  and 

(b)  a  beneficiary. 

(4)  Where  a  contract  is  assigned  unconditionally  and  other-  dUmed'to 
wise  than  as  security,  the  assignee  has  all  the  rights  and  be  insured 
interests  given  by  the  contract  and  by  this  Part  to  the  insured, 

and  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  insured. 

(5)  A  provision  in  a  contract  to  the  effect  that  the  rights  o^'f^jjig^t'""" 
interests  of  the  insured,  or  in  the  case  of  a  contract  of  group  assignment 
insurance  the  group  person  insured,  are  not  assignable,  is  valid. 

251a. — (1)  Where  a  beneficiary  is  designated,  any  insurance  insurance 
money  payable  to  him  is  not,  from  the  time  of  the  happening  from 
of  the  event  upon  which  it  becomes  payable,  part  of  the  estate 
of  the  insured,  and  is  not  subject  to  the  claims  of  the  creditors 
of  the  insured. 

(2)  While  there  is  in  effect  a  designation  of  beneficiary  in  ^jj°'J^^^t°' 
favour  of  any  one  or  more  of  a  spouse,  child,  grandchild  or  from  seizure 
parent  of  the  person  insured  or  group  person  insured,  the 
rights  and  interests  of  the  insured  in  the  insurance  money  and 
in  the  contract  so  far  as  either  relate  to  accidental  death 
benefits  are  exempt  from  execution  or  seizure. 

2516.  A  group  person  insured  may,  in  his  own  name,  enforce  j^e'rson 


red 
rcing 


a  right  given  by  a  contract  to  him,  or  to  a  person  insured  ^"J^^^^' 
thereunder  as  a  person  dependent  upon  or  related   to  him,  rights 
subject  to  any  defence  available  to  the  insurer  against  him  or 
such  person  insured  or  against  the  insured. 

251c.  Unless  a  contract  or  a  declaration  otherwise  provides,  f^Sjous 
where  a  person  insured  or  group  person  insured  and  a  bene- deaths 
ficiary  die  at  the  same  time  or  in  circumstances  rendering  it 
uncertain  which  of  them  survived  the  other,  the  insurance 
money  is  payable  in  accordance  with  subsection  2  of  section 
249  as  if  the  beneficiary  had  predeceased  the  person  insured 
or  group  person  insured. 

25ld. — (1)  Where  the  insurer  admits  liability  for  the  insur- J^^'^^ym^fJ^^ 
ance  money  or  any  part  thereof,  and  it  appears  to  the  insurer 
that, 

(a)  there  are  adverse  claimants;  or 
92 


20 


(b)  the  whereabouts  of  the  person  entitled  is  unknown; 
or 

(c)  there  is  no  person  capable  of  giving  or  authorized  to 
give  a  valid  discharge  therefor  who  is  willing  to  do  so, 

the  insurer  may  apply  ex  parte  to  the  court  for  an  order  for 
payment  of  money  into  court,  and  the  court  may  upon  such 
notice,  if  any,  as  it  deems  necessary,  make  an  order  accord- 
ingly. 


Costs  of 
proceedings 


(2)  The  court  may  fix  without  taxation  the  costs  incurred 
upon  or  in  connection  with  any  application  or  order  made 
under  subsection  1,  and  may  order  the  costs  to  be  paid  out  of 
the  insurance  money  or  by  the  insurer  or  otherwise  as  it  deems 

just. 


©(■'insurer  ^^^  ^  payment  made  pursuant  to  an  order  under  subsection 

1  discharges  the  insurer  to  the  extent  of  the  payment. 


Where 
beneficiary 
a  minor 


25 le. —  (1)  Where  an  insurer  admits  liability  for  insurance 
money  payable  to  a  minor  and  there  is  no  person  capable  of 
giving  and  authorized  to  give  a  valid  discharge  therefor  who  is 
willing  to  do  so,  the  insurer  may  at  any  time  after  thirty  days 
from  the  date  of  the  happening  of  the  event  upon  which  the 
insurance  money  becomes  payable,  pay  the  money  less  the 
applicable  costs  mentioned  in  subsection  2  into  court  to  the 
credit  of  the  minor. 


Costs 


(2)  The  insurer  may  retain  out  of  the  insurance  money  for 
costs  incurred  upon  payment  into  court  under  subsection  1, 
the  sum  of  SIO  where  the  amount  does  not  exceed  S1,000,  and 
the  sum  of  $15  in  other  cases,  and  payment  of  the  remainder 
of  the  money  into  court  discharges  the  insurer. 


Procedure 


(3)  No  order  is  necessary  for  payment  into  court  under 
subsection  1,  but  the  accountant  or  other  proper  officer  shall 
receive  the  money  upon  the  insurer  filing  with  him  an  affidavit 
showing  the  amount  payable  and  the  name,  date  of  birth  and 
residence  of  the  minor,  and  upon  such  payment  being  made  the 
insurer  shall  forthwith  notify  the  Official  Guardian  and 
deliver  to  him  a  copy  of  the  affidavit. 


Heneflciary 

under 

disability 


251/.  Where  it  appears  that  a  representative  of  a  bene- 
hciar\-  who  is  under  disability  may  under  the  law  of  the 
domicile  of  the  beneficiary  accept  payments  on  behalf  of  the 
beneficiary,  the  insurer  may  make  payment  to  the  represen- 
tative and  an\-  such  payment  discharges  the  insurer  to  the 
extent  of  the  amount  paid. 


92 


21 

251g.  Notwithstanding  that  insurance  money  is  payable  to  ^^j*'"^®"'^ 
a  person,  the  insurer  may  if  the  contract  so  provides,  but|xceeding 
subject  always  to  the  rights  of  an  assignee,  pay  an  amount 
not  exceeding  $2,000  to, 

(a)  a  relative  by  blood  or  connection  by  marriage  of  a 
person  insured  or  the  group  person  insured ;  or 

(b)  any  person  appearing  to  the  insurer  to  be  equitably 
entitled  thereto  by  reason  of  having  incurred  expense 
for  the  maintenance,  medical  attendance  or  burial 
of  a  person  insured  or  the  group  person  insured,  or  to 
have  a  claim  against  the  estate  of  a  person  insured 
or  the  group  person  insured  in  relation  thereto, 

and  any  such  payment  discharges  the  insurer  to  the  extent  of 
the  amount  paid. 

25lh. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection    2,   insurance   money   iSpav'j^e°/t 
payable  in  Ontario. 

(2)  In  the  case  of  a  contract  of  group  insurance,  insurance  ^r'^lroip" 
money  is  payable  in  the  province  or  territory  of  Canada  in'nsuranco 
which  the  group  person  insured  was  resident  at  the  time  he 
became  insured. 

(3)  Unless    a    contract    otherwise    provides,    a    reference  '^o'la'"^ 
therein  to  dollars  means  Canadian  dollars  whether  the  con- 
tract by  its  terms  provides  for  payment  in   Canada  or  else- 
where. 

(4)  Where  a  person  entitled  to  receive  insurance  money  is^^j^g^^g"' 
not  domiciled  in  Ontario  the  insurer  may  pay  the  insurance  Ontario 
money  to  that  person  or  to  any  person  who  is  entitled  to 
receive  it  on  his  behalf  by  the  law  of  the  domicile  of  the 
payee  and  any  such  payment  disciiarges  the  insurer  to  the 
extent  of  the  amount  paid. 

(5)  Where  insurance  money  is  by  the  contract  payable  pg^soif^i' '° 
to  a  person  who  has  died  or  to  his  personal  representative  and  representa- 
such  deceased  person  was  not  at  the  date  of  his  death  domiciled 

in  Ontario,  the  insurer  may  pay  the  insurance  money  to  the 
personal  representative  of  such  person  appointed  under  the 
law  of  his  domicile,  and  any  such  payment  discharges  the 
insurer  to  the  extent  of  the  amount  paid. 

25U.  Regardless  of  the  place  where  a  contract  was  made,  Ontario'" 
a  claimant  who  is  a  resident  of  Ontario  may  bring  an  action 
in  Ontario  if  the  insurer  was  authorized  to  transact  insurance 
in  Ontario  at  the  time  the  contract  was  made  or  at  the  time 
the  action  is  brought. 

92 


22 


Insurer 

fflvlnt 

In  formation 


Undue 
prominence 


Relief 
from 

forfeiture 


Preeump- 
tion  against 
agency 


25lj.  An  insurer  does  not  incur  any  liability  for  any  default, 
error  or  omission  in  giving  or  withholding  information  as  to 
any  notice  or  instrument  that  it  has  received  and  that  affects 
the  insurance  money. 

25 life.  The  insurer  shall  not  in  the  policy  give  undue  prom- 
inence to  any  provision  or  statutory  condition  as  compared  to 
other  provisions  or  statutory  conditions,  unless  the  effect  of 
that  provision  or  statutory  condition  is  to  increase  the  pre- 
mium or  decrease  the  benefits  otherwise  provided  for  in  the 
policv 

251/.  Where  there  has  been  imperfect  compliance  with  a 
statutory  condition  as  to  any  matter  or  thing  to  be  done  or 
omitted  by  the  insured,  person  insured  or  claimant  with 
respect  to  the  loss  insured  against  and  a  consequent  forfeiture 
or  avoidance  of  the  insurance  in  whole  or  in  part,  and  any 
court  before  which  a  question  relating  thereto  is  tried  deems 
it  inequitable  that  the  insurance  should  be  forfeited  or  avoided 
on  that  ground,  the  court  may  relieve  against  the  forfeiture  or 
avoidance  on  such  terms  as  it  deems  just. 

251m.  No  officer,  agent,  employee  or  servant  of  the  insurer, 
and  no  person  soliciting  insurance,  whether  or  not  he  is  an 
agent  of  the  insurer  shall,  to  the  prejudice  of  the  insured, 
person  insured  or  group  jierson  insured,  be  deemed  to  be  the 
agent  of  the  insured  or  of  the  person  insured  or  group  person 
insured  in  respect  of  any  question  arising  out  of  the  contract. 


Application  (2)  Part  \II  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  sub- 
section 1,  applies  to  contracts  made  after  this  section  comes 
into  force. 


'''*"'  (3)   In  the  case  of  contracts  made  before  this  section  comes 

into  force  and  in  effect  on  the  day  this  section  comes  into 
force, 

(a)  sections  227,  228,  229,  230,  237,  240,  241,  242,  246 
and  sections  248  to  251»z  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as 
re-enacted  by  this  section,  apply;  and 

(b)  sections  230,  231,  232.  233,  235,  242  and  245  of  The 
Insurance  Act,  as  they  e.xisted  immediately  before 
this  section  comes  into  force,  continue  to  apply. 

^.'tilo' iriii.      17.— (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  315  of  The  Insurance  Act 
re-eliacted      '^  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Classes  of 
licem  es 


(2)  Licences  so  issued  shall  be  of  three  classes,  that  is, 

{a)  licences  for  life  insurance,  or  life  and  accident 
insurance,  or  life  and  accident  and  sickness 
insurance;  or 


92 


Section  17 — Subsection  1.    The  classes  of  licences  are  renamed  to 
conform  better  to  present  practices. 

Subsection  2.   The  fixing  of  the  fee  for  revival  of  a  salesman's  licence 
is  left  to  the  Schedule  where  it  is  prescribed  as  $2. 


92 


Section  18.  The  fixing  of  the  fee  for  revival  of  a  saletman's  licence  i* 
left  to  the  Schedule  where  it  is  fixed  at  $2. 


Section   19.    The  amendmeiUs   provide  separate  fees  for  agents, 
brokers  or  adjusters  who  are  corporations. 


92 


23 

(b)  licences  for  accident  and  sickness  insurance;  or 

(c)  licences  for  all  classes  of  insurance  other  than 
life  insurance. 

(2)  Subsection   6  of  the  said   section   315   is  amended  by  ^f90g^''3^i''5_ 
striking  out  "a  fee  of  $1"  in  the  seventh  line  and  inserting  in|^|n|4(j 
lieu  thereof  "the  prescribed  fee". 

18.  Subsection  6  of  section  316  of   The  Insurance  Act  is^fgo.s^.^s^ie, 
amended  by  striking  out  "a  fee  of  $1"  in  the  eighth  line  and|^|^6^^ 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "the  prescribed  fee". 

19.— (1)   Item   12  of  Schedule  A  to  The  Insurance  Act  is l^f g'g;  i^*^"' 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause:  Uem'i'2^' 

amended 
(d)  where  the  applicant  is  a  corporation 25 

(2)  Clause   c  of  item    13   of  the  said   Schedule  A,   as  re-^fgO;  ^^so, 
enacted  by  subsection  2  ot  section  6  of  The  Insurance  Amend- f°J^^^^^' 
ment  Act,   1968,   is  repealed   and   the   following  substituted  (ibes.  o.  ss. 

,  ,  B.  6,  BUbs.  2), 

therefor:  oi.  c, 

re-enacted 

(c)  where  the  applicant  is  a  corporation 25 

(d)  for  transfer  or  revival  of  a  licence 2 

(e)  all  other  applicants 25 

(3)  Item   14  of  the  said  Schedule  A  is  repealed  and  the Rs^o- 1960, 
following  substituted  therefor:  sched!  a. 

*  item  14, 

re-enacted 

14.  Licences    for    insurance    brokers    and    renewals    thereof 

whether  corporate  or  otherwise 25 

(4)  Item   17  of  the  said  Schedule  A  is  repealed  and  the  ^f g^;  ^^'^°' 
following  substituted  therefor:  Uem'iV'^i' 

re-enacted 
17.  Licences  under  subsection  19  of  section  315  in  the  name  of  a 
transportation  company  authorizing   its  ticket  salesmen 
to  act  as  agent  for  travel  accident  insurance,  livestock 
insurance  or  baggage  insurance,  and  renewals  thereof.  ...  25 

20.— (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  1,  11  and  16,  comes  into  S°X*"''*" 
force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Sections  1  and  16  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named '''®™ 
by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

(3)  Section  11  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  September, '''®'" 
1969. 

21.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Insurance  Amendment  ^^°^^  "*'^ 
Act,  1968-69. 

92 


a- 

I  !^ 
*•  2. 


o 

S 


a. 


2 
7 

o 

'A 

H 

n 
PI 


2 

2 

Vi 

V 
•i 

Ji* 

^ 

h^ 

s. 

n 

ar 

g. 

o 

Si 

>i 

t-J 

5a 

H^ 

^ 

I. 

3- 

O 
O 

a 

1 

a 

3  '"■ 


ii 


BILL  92 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Insurance  Act 


Mr.  Rowntree 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  92  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Insurance  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Paragraph  8  of  section   1  of  The  Insurance  Act  is  re-RS.o.  i960, 

,    J  "      '^  o.  190,  8.  1, 

pealed.  par.  8. 

repealed 

2.  Clause  c  of  subsection  4  of  section  62  of  The  Insurance Rs.o.  i960. 
Act  is  amended  by  striking  out  "matured"  in  the  second  linesubs^i.  j;i.  c. 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "unmatured",  so  that  the  clause  "^ 
shall  read  as  follows: 


amended 


(c)  the  full  amount  of  the  legal  reserve  in  respect  of 
each  unmatured  life  insurance  contract  as  set  out  in 
the  schedule  of  contract  legal  reserves, 


3.  Paragraph   1  of  subsection  2  of  section  80  of  The  -'^M-f  fg^-^^fg' 
surance  Act,  as  re-enacted   by  section  4  of   The  Insurance  d9e2-63. 
Amendment  Act,  1962-63,  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub-siibs.'l,'     " 
stituted  therefor:  ?e%nacted 

1.  The  rate  of  interest  assumed  shall  not  exceed  the 
rate  prescribed  in  Schedule  D,  except  that  where, 
upon  the  application  of  a  company  and  upon  the 
recommendation  of  the  Superintendent,  the  Lieu- 
tenant Governor  in  Council  is  satisfied  that  a  higher 
rate  is  appropriate  for  a  particular  class  of  policy 
issued  by  the  company,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  may  by  order  authorize  the  assumption  of 
such  higher  rate  of  interest  as  the  Lieutenant  Gov- 
ernor in  Council  specifies  in  the  order,  and  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  by  order  with- 
draw his  authorization  at  any  time  and  an  order  of 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  under  this 
paragraph  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  regulation  within 
the  meaning  of  The  Regulations  Act.  ^-fi^-  ^^®°- 

92 


"■?6o;i.®9?:      *•  Subsection    3  of  section   97   of    The 
■mBiided        amended  by  striking  out  "or  any  promise  to  pay' 

and  second  lines  and  by  striking  out  "or  other  promise  to  pay" 
in  the  fourth  line,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


Insurance  Act   is 
in  the  first 


Where 
note  or 
cheque  for 
premium 
not 
honoured 


R.8.O.  1960, 
o.  190.  8.  98. 
amended 


(3)  Where  a  cheque,  bill  of  exchange  or  promissory  note 
is  given,  whether  originally  or  by  way  of  renewal, 
for  the  whole  or  part  of  any  premium  and  the 
cheque,  bill  of  exchange  or  promissory  note  is  not 
honoured  according  to  its  tenor,  the  insurer  may 
terminate  the  contract  forthwith  by  giving  written 
notice  by  registered  mail. 

5.  Section  98  of  The  Insurance  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  subsection : 


R.S.O.  1960. 
o.  190,  8.  Ill, 
Stat. 

cond.  15, 
re-enacted 


Kurnishins!  (3)  Xhe  furnishing  by  an  insurer  of  forms  to  make  proof 

of  forms  ^   '  ,11,1  •  1      ■     . 

not  an  of  loss  shall  not  be  taken  to  constitute  an  admission 

admission  i  ,       ■  i  i-  ,  ■      ■      r 

by  the  insurer  that  a  valid  contract  is  in  force  or 

that  the  loss  in  question  falls  within  the  insurance 

provided  by  the  contract. 

6.  Statutory  condition  15  in  section  111  of  The  Insurance 
Act  is  re[jealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Notice  15.  .'\ny    written    notice    to    the    insurer    may    be 

delivered  at,  or  sent  by  registered  mail  to,  the  chief 
agency  or  head  office  of  the  insurer  in  the  Province.  Written  notice  may 
be  given  to  the  insured  named  in  the  contract  by  letter  personally  de- 
livered to  him  or  by  registered  mail  addressed  to  him  at  his  latest  post 
office  address  as  notified  to  the  insurer.  In  this  condition,  the  expression 
"registered"  means  registered  in  or  outside  Canada. 

?^  190  s^^n'g       '^'  Subsection   2  of  section    119  of   The  Insurance  Act,  as 
subs.  i2  amended    by   section    7   of    The   Insurance  Amendment  Act, 

re-enacted         .-,-^,.  ■<  .i,-,i        •  ,•  ,,  r 

1962-63,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

on^premium  ^^^  ^'°  licensed  insurer  shall  carry  on,  on  the  premium 

note  plan  notc  plan,  any  class  of  insurance  other  than  fire, 

livestock  and  weather  insurance  but  a  mutual  in- 
surance company,  without  guarantee  capital  stock 
incor|X)rated  for  the  purpose  of  undertaking  con- 
tracts of  fire  insurance  on  the  premium  note  plan, 
may  also  insure  for  the  classes  of  insurance  as 
specified  in  subsection  13  of  section  151  of  The  Cor- 
porations Act. 

<^ Too,  s';^i3'i,      8*  Section  131  of  The  Insurance  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
amended        thereto  the  following  subsection: 


R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  71 


Mutual 

insurance 

corporations 


(4)  A  mutual  insurance  corporation  without  guarantee 
capital  stock  incor(X)rated  under  subsection  3  of 
section  150  of  The  Corporations  Act  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  an  insurer  of  the  same  class  under  subsection  1 
and  under  subsection  4  of  section  132. 


92 


0.  Section  132  of  The  Insurance  Act  is  amended  by  adding J^-^^^-gi^^^g"^ 
thereto  the  following  subsections:  amended 

(4c)  No  mutual  insurance  corporation  without  guarantee  J^«'^|^j'"g^°® 
capital  stock  incorporated  to  transact  fire  insurance '"durance 
on  the  premium  note  plan  shall  undertake  contracts  " 

of  weather  insurance  unless  all  liability  for  loss  in 
excess  of  $100  on  any  risk  covered  by  weather  in- 
surance is  reinsured  with  a  licensed  weather  company 
or  a  mutual  insurance  corporation  without  guarantee 
capital  stock  incorporated  pursuant  to  subsection  3 
of  section  150  of  The  Corporations  Act.  c.'ii 

(4&)  The  reinsurance  requirement  under  subsection  4a  idem 
with  respect  to  weather  insurance  does  not  apply 
to  a  mutual  fire  insurance  corporation  without 
guarantee  capital  stock  that  is  restricted  by  its 
licence  to  insuring  the  plant  and  stock  of  millers  and 
grain  dealers  used  in  connection  with  the  grain 
trade,  and  the  dwellings,  outbuildings  and  contents 
thereof  owned  by  such  millers  and  grain  dealers  or 
their  employees,  against  fire  and  any  other  class  or 
classes  of   insurance  set  out   in   section    27. 

10.  Subcondition  8  of  statutory  condition  4  in  section  ^^^f^ls?2oi 
of  The  Insurance  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  11  of  T/ie 'i966,  c.  7i, 
Insurance  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended  by  striking  outstat 

coriQ    4 

"independent"  in  the  seventh  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  subcond.  8. 
"independently",    so    that    the    subcondition    shall    read    as""" 
follows: 

In  Case  of  (8)  la  the  event  of  disagreement  as  to  the  nature 

Disagreement  and  extent  of  the  repairs  and  replacements  required, 
or  as  to  their  adequacy,  if  effected,  or  as  to  the  amount 
payable  in  respect  of  any  loss  or  damage,  those  questions  shall  be  deter- 
mined by  appraisal  as  provided  under  The  Insurance  Act  before  there  can 
be  recovery  under  this  contract,  whether  the  right  to  recover  on  the 
contract  is  disputed  or  not,  and  independently  of  all  other  questions. 
There  shall  be  no  right  to  an  appraisal  until  a  specific  demand  therefor  is 
made  in  writing  and  until  after  proof  of  loss  has  been  delivered. 

11. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  216  of  The  Insurance  Act,  ^-^^2' s^iid 
as  re-enacted  by  section  11  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  (iaee.'r.  7i, 
1966,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "$35,000"  in  the  third  linesiibs.  i, 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "$50,000",  so  that  the  subsection^""®" 
shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)   Every  contract  evidenced   by  a  motor  vehicle  lia-Ji^'biiJty"' 
bility  policy  insures,  in  respect  of  any  one  accident,  "^Jj^y 
to  the  limit  of  at  least  $50,000,  exclusive  of  interest 
and    costs,    against    liability    resulting    from    bodily 
injury  to  or  the  death  of  one  or  more  persons  and 
loss  of  or  damage  to  property. 

92 


^.'loo^a^iie       (2)  Clause  a  of  subsection   2  of  the  said  section   216  is 
<|988''°-7i.  amended  by  striking  out  "$30,000"  in  the  second  line  and 
•ub».  2  oi.  «,  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "$45,000",  so  that  the  clause  shall 
read  as  follows: 

(a)  claims  against  the  insured  arising  out  of  bodily 
injury  or  death  have  priority  to  the  extent  of  $45,000 
over  claims  arising  out  of  loss  of  or  damage  to 
property ;  and 


R.S.O. I960 
(1.  190.  s.  216 


(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  216  is  amended  by 

<19«6.  <'•■'>;  striking  out  "$35,000"  in  the  third  line  and  in  the  fifth  line 

and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  in  each  instance  "$50,000",  so 


subs.  3 
amended 


that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


Minimum 

limits 

where 

separate 

limits 

designated 


(3)  The  insurer  may,  instead  of  specifying  a  limit  in  the 
policy  for  an  inclusive  amount,  specify  a  limit  of 
liability  of  at  least  $50,000,  exclusive  of  interest  and 
costs,  against  liability  resulting  from  bodily  injury 
to  or  the  death  of  one  or  more  persons  and  a  limit 
of  liability  of  at  least  $50,000,  exclusive  of  interest 
and  costs,  against  liability  for  loss  of  or  damage  to 
property. 


R.S.O.  I960, 
c.  190. 
s.  226b 
(1966,  c.  71. 
s.  11). 
subs.  2. 
amended 


12.  Subsection  2  of  section  226i  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as 
enacted  by  section  11  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  1966, 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "by"  in  the  seventh  line  and  by 
striking  out  "referred  to"  in  the  tenth  line  and  inserting  in 
lieu  thereof  "of  the  same  type  as  is  specified",  so  that  the 
subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


Release  by 
claimant 


R.S.O.  1960. 

V.  i:<H 


(2)  Where  an  insurer  makes  a  payment  under  a  contract 
of  insurance  referred  to  in  subsection  1,  the  payment 
constitutes,  to  the  extent  of  such  payment,  a  release 
by  the  insured  person  or  his  personal  representatives 
of  any  claim  that  the  insured  person  or  his  personal 
representatives  or  any  person  claiming  through  or 
under  him  or  by  virtue  of  The  Fatal  Accidents  Act 
may  have  against  the  insurer  and  any  other  person 
who  may  be  liable  to  the  insured  person  or  his 
personal  representatives  if  that  other  person  is  in- 
sured under  a  contract  of  the  same  type  as  is  specified 
in  subsection  1,  but  nothing  in  this  subsection  pre- 
cludes an  insurer  from  demanding,  as  a  condition 
precedent  to  payment,  a  release  to  the  extent  of  the 
paj'ment  from  the  person  insured  or  his  personal 
representatives  or  any  other  person. 


92 


13.  Subsection  2  of  section  226c  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as^fg°-i8s°' 
enacted  by  section  11  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  ■'^<^<^.  qUI'o  71 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "by"  in  tiie  seventh  line,  so  thats.  id!    ' 
the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows:  amended 

(2)  Where  an  insurer  makes  a  payment  under  a  contract  ^I'^nt''' 
of  insurance  to  which  subsection  1  refers,  the  pay- 
ment constitutes,  to  the  extent  of  such  payment,  a 
release  by  the  insured  person  or  his  personal  repre- 
sentatives of  any  claim  that  the  insured  person  or  his 
personal  representatives  or  any  person  claiming 
through  or  under  him  or  by  virtue  of  The  Fatal^/f^- ^^^°- 
Accidents  Act  may  have  against  the  insurer  and  any 

other  person  who  may  be  liable  to  the  insured  per- 
son or  his  personal  representatives  if  that  other  per- 
son is  insured  under  a  contract  of  the  same  type  as 
is  specified  in  subsection  1,  but  nothing  in  this  sub- 
section precludes  an  insurer  from  demanding,  as  a 
condition  precedent  to  payment,  a  release  to  the 
extent  of  the  payment  from  the  person  insured  or 
his  personal  representatives  or  any  other  person. 

14.  Section  226e  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as  enacted  by  sec-^-^g^-  ^^^°' 
tion  11  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended 8;226i 

,  •  •  r  11  *  >»      •  t  If  tt'^'^y      tl  (1900,   C.  71, 

by  insertmg  after     section     m  the  second  hne     22oa  ,  sob.  id, 
that  the  section  shall  read  as  follows: 

226e.  Any  person  insured  by  but  not  named  in  a  contract  Jg^amecf 
to  which  section  226a,  226b  or  226c  applies  may  re-'"^""'^'* 
cover  under  the  contract  in  the  same  manner  and  to 
the  same  extent  as  if  named  therein  as  the  insured, 
and  for  that  purpose  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  party 
to  the  contract  and  to  have  given  consideration 
therefor. 

15.  Section    226i  of   The  Insurance  Act,   as  enacted    by ^fgo,"  ^^®°' 
section  11  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended  ^^|||-'j.  ^^ 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection:  s.  id! 

(3)  "Rateable  proportion"as  used  in  subsection  2  means,  ^ro'portion 

deSned 

(a)  if  there  are  two  insurers  liable  and  each  has 
the  same  policy  limits,  each  of  the  insurers 
shall  share  equally  in  any  liability,  expense, 
loss  or  damage; 

(6)  if  there  are  two  insurers  liable  with  different 
policy  limits,  the  insurers  shall  share  equally 
up  to  the  limit  of  the  smaller  policy  limit; 

92 


(c)  if  there  are  more  than  two  insurers  liable, 
clauses  a  and  b  apply  mutatis  mutandis. 

^m'  "®°'       1®-— (1)  Subject  to  subsection  3.  Part  VII  of  The  Insurance 
r''2^7'26i)  ^''^'  ^^  amended  by  section  7  of  The  Insurance  Amendment 
r»-inaoted    'Act,  1961-62  and  section  13  of  The  Insurance  Amendment  Act, 
1966,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


PART  VII 
Accident  and  Sickness  Insurance 

t'atufn^'-  227.  In  this  Part. 

(fl)  "application"  means  a  written  application  for  in- 
surance or  for  the  reinstatement  of  insurance; 

(b)  "beneficiary"  means  a  person  designated  or  ap- 
pointed in  a  contract  or  by  a  declaration,  other  than 
the  insured  or  his  personal  representative,  to  whom 
or  for  whose  benefit  insurance  money  payable  in  the 
event  of  death  by  accident  is  to  he  paid; 

(c)  "blanket  insurance"  means  that  class  of  group  in- 
surance that  covers  loss  arising  from  specific  hazards 
incident  to  or  defined  by  reference  to  a  particular 
activity  or  activities; 

{d)  "contract"  means  a  contract  of  insurance; 

(e)  "court"  means  the  Supreme  Court,  or  a  judge  thereof; 

(/)  "creditor's  group  insurance"  means  insurance  ef- 
fected by  a  creditor  whereby  the  lives  or  well-being, 
or  the  lives  and  well-being,  of  a  number  of  hit 
debtors  are  insured  severally  under  a  single  contract; 

(g)  "declaration"  means  an  instrument  signed  by  the 

insured, 

(i)  with  respect  to  which  an  endorsement  is  made 
on  the  policy,  or 

(ii)  that  identifies  the  contract,  or 

(iii)  that    describes    the    insurance    or    insurance 
fund  or  a  part  thereof, 

92 


in  which  he  designates  or  alters  or  revokes  the 
designation  of  his  personal  representative  or  a  bene- 
ficiary as  one  to  whom  or  for  whose  benefit  shall  be 
paid  the  insurance  money  which  is  payable  in  the 
event  of  death  by  accident; 

Qi)  "family  insurance"  means  insurance  whereby  the 
lives  or  well-being,  or  the  lives  and  well-being,  of 
the  insured  and  one  or  more  persons  related  to  him 
by  blood,  marriage  or  adoption  are  insured  under  a 
single  contract  between  an  insurer  and  the  insured ; 

(i)  "group  insurance"  means  insurance  other  than 
creditor's  group  insurance  and  family  insurance, 
whereby  the  lives  or  well-being,  or  the  lives  and 
well-being,  of  a  number  of  persons  are  insured 
severally  under  a  single  contract  between  an  insurer 
and  an  employer  or  other  person; 

(i)  "group  person  insured"  means  a  person  who  is 
insured  under  a  contract  of  group  insurance  and 
upon  whom  a  right  is  conferred  by  the  contract,  but 
does  not  include  a  person  who  is  insured  thereunder 
as  a  person  dependent  upon  or  related  to  him; 

(k)  "instrument"  includes  a  will; 

(/)  "insurance"  means  accident  insurance,  sickness  in- 
surance, or  accident  insurance  and  sickness  insurance; 

(w)  "insured", 

(i)  in  the  case  of  group  insurance  means,  in  the 
provisions  of  this  Part  relating  to  the  designa- 
tion of  beneficiaries  or  of  personal  representa- 
tives as  recipients  of  insurance  money  and 
their  rights  and  status,  the  group  person 
insured,  and 

(ii)  in  all  other  cases  means  the  person  who  makes 
a  contract  with  an  insurer; 

(n)  "person  insured"  means  a  person  in  respect  of  an 
accident  to  whom,  or  in  respect  of  whose  sickness, 
insurance  money  is  payable  under  a  contract,  but 
does  not  include  a  group  person  insured; 

(o)   "will"  includes  a  codicil. 
92 


8 


AppUoatlon 
of  Pa 


Part 


Exoeptlona 


Group 
insurance 


Issue  of 
policy 

Exceptions 


Contents 
of  policy 


228. — (1)  Notwithstanding  any  agreement,  condition  or 
stipulation  to  the  contrary,  this  Part  applies  to  contracts 
made  in  Ontario. 

(2)  This  Part  does  not  apply  to, 

(a)  accidental  death  insurance;  or 

(b)  creditor's  group  insurance;  or 

(c)  disability  insurance;  or 

(d)  insurance  provided  under  section  226a,  2266  or  226c. 

229.  In  the  case  of  a  contract  of  group  insurance  made  with 
an  insurer  authorized  to  transact  insurance  in  Ontario  at  the 
time  the  contract  was  made,  this  Part  applies  in  determining, 

(a)  the  rights  and  status  of  beneficiaries  and  jiersonal 
representatives  as  recipients  of  insurance  money,  if 
the  group  person  insured  was  resident  in  Ontario  at 
the  time  he  became  insured;  and 

(b)  the  rights  and  obligations  of  the  group  person  in- 
sured if  he  was  resident  in  Ontario  at  the  time  he 
became  insured. 

230.  .An  insurer  entering  into  a  contract  shall  issue  a  policy. 
231. — (1)  This  section  does  not  apply  to, 

(a)  a  contract  of  group  insurance;  or 

(b)  a  contract  made  by  a  fraternal  society. 

(2;  An  insurer  shall  set  forth  the  following  particulars  in 
the  policy: 

1.  The  name  or  a  sufficient  description  of  the  insured 
and  of  the  person  insured. 

2.  The  amount  or  the  method  of  determining  the 
amount  of  the  insurance  money  payable  and  the 
conditions  under  which  it  becomes  payable. 

3.  Tlie  amount  or  the  method  of  determining  the 
amount  of  the  premium  and  the  period  of  grace,  if 
any,  within  which  it  may  be  paid. 

4.  The  conditions  upon  which  the  contract  may  be 
reinstated  if  it  lapses. 

92 


5.  The  term  of  the  insurance  or  the  method  of  deter- 
mining the  day  upon  which  the  insurance  com- 
mences and  terminates. 

232.  In    the   case   of   a   contract   of   group   insurance,   an  Contents 
insurer  shall  set  forth  the  following  particulars  in  the  policy:  po"oy 

1.  The  name  or  a  sufficient  description  of  the  insured. 

2.  The  method  of  determining  the  group  persons  insured 
and   persons  insured. 

3.  The  amount  or  the  method  of  determining  the 
amount  of  the  insurance  money  payable  and  the 
conditions  under  which  it  becomes  payable. 

4.  The  period  of  grace,  if  any,  within  which  the  premium 
may  be  paid. 

5.  The  term  of  the  insurance  or  the  method  of  deter- 
mining the  day  upon  which  the  insurance  com- 
mences and  terminates. 


Contents 
group 


233. — (1)  Except  as  provided  in  subsection  2,  in  the  case  of  ^f 
a  contract  of  group  insurance  an  insurer  shall  issue  for  delivery  certiiicate 
by  the  insured  to  each  group  person  insured  a  certificate  or 
other  document  in  which  are  set  forth  the  following  par- 
ticulars: 

1.  The  name  of  the  insurer  and  a  sufficient  identification 
of  the  contract. 

2.  The  amount  or  the  method  of  determining  the 
amount  of  insurance  on  the  group  person  insured 
and  on  any  person  insured. 

3.  The  circumstances  under  which  the  insurance  ter- 
minates, and  the  rights,  if  any,  upon  such  termina- 
tion of  the  group  person  insured  and  of  any  person 
insured. 

(2)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  a  contract  of  blanket  ^'''^®"*'°" 
insurance  or  to  a  contract  of  group  insurance  of  a  non-renew- 
able type  issued  for  a  term  of  six  months  or  less. 

234.— (1)  Subject  to  section  235  and  except  as  otherwise  ^^''redSrtto.i 
provided  in  this  section,  the  insurer  shall  set  forth  in  the 
policy  every  exception  or  reduction  affecting  the  amount 
payable  under  the  contract,  either  in  the  provision  affected 
by  the  exception  or  reduction,  or  under  a  heading  such  as 
"Exceptions"  or  "Reductions". 

92 


10 


Idem 


Idem 


Idem 


(2)  Where  the  exception  or  reduction  affects  only  one  pro- 
vision in  the  policy  it  shall  be  set  forth  in  that  provision. 

(3)  Where  the  exception  or  reduction  is  contained  in  an 
endorsement,  insertion  or  rider,  the  endorsement,  insertion  or 
rider  shall,  unless  it  aflfects  all  amounts  payable  under  the 
contract,  make  reference  to  the  provisions  in  the  policy  affected 
by  the  exception  or  reduction. 

(4)  The  exception  or  reduction  mentioned  in  section  247 
need  not  be  set  forth  in  the  policy. 


Idem 


(5)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  a  contract  made  by  a 
fraternal  society. 


statutory 
condition* 


235.  Subject  to  section  236,  the  conditions  set  forth  in  this 
section  shall  be  deemed  to  be  part  of  every  contract  other 
than  a  contract  of  group  insurance,  and  shall  be  printed  on  or 
attached  to  the  fxjlicy  forming  part  of  such  contract  with  the 
heading  "Statutory  Conditions". 


STATUTORY  CONDITIONS 

The  1. — (1)    The  application,  this  policy,  any  document 

Contract  attached  to  this  policy  when  issued,  and  any  amend- 

ment to  the  contract  agreed  upon  in  writing  after  the 
policy  is  issued,  constitute  the  entire  contract,  and  no  agent  has  authority 
to  change  the  contract  or  waive  any  of  its  provisions. 

Waiver  (2)  The  insurer  shall  be  deemed  not  to  have  waived 

any  condition  of  this  contract,  either  in  whole  or  in 
part,   unless  the  waiver  is  clearly  expressed  in  writing  signed   by  the 

insurer. 

Copy  of  (3)  The  insurer  shall,  upon  request,  furnish  to  the 

Application  insured  or  to  a  claimant  under  the  contract  a  copy  of 

the  application. 

Material  2.  No  statement   made  by  the  insured  or  person 

Facts  insured  at  the  time  of  application  for  this  contract 

shall  be  used  in  defence  of  a  claim  under  or  to  avoid 
this  contract  unless  it  is  contained  in  the  application  or  any  other  written 
statements  or  answers  furnished  as  evidence  of  insurabilitv. 


Changes  in 
Occupation 


3. — (1)  If  after  the  contract  is  issued  the  person 
insured  engages  for  compensation  in  an  occupation 
that  is  classified  by  the  insurer  as  more  hazardous  than 
that  stated  in  this  contract,  the  liability  under  this  contract  is  limited  to 
the  amouTit  that  the  premium  paid  would  have  purchased  for  the  more 
haz:irdons  (xrcupation  according  to  the  limits,  classification  of  risks  and 
premium  rates  in  use  by  the  insurer  at  the  time  the  person  insured  engaged 
in  the  more  hazardous  occupation. 

(2)  If  the  person  insured  changes  his  occupation  from  that  stated  in 
this  contract  to  an  occupation  classified  by  the  insurer  as  less  hazardous 
and  the  insurer  is  so  advised  in  writing,  the  insurer  shall  either, 

(a)  reduce  the  premium  rate;  or 

(/) )  issue  a  p<;)lir\-  for  the  unexpired  term  of  this  contract  at  the  lower 
r.ite  of  premium  applicable  to  the  less  hazardous  occupation. 


92 


u 

according  to  the  limits,  classification  of  risks,  and  premium  rates  used  by 
the  insurer  at  the  date  of  receipt  of  advice  of  the  change  in  occupation, 
and  shall  refund  to  the  insured  the  amount  by  which  the  unearned  premium 
on  this  contract  exceeds  the  premium  at  the  lower  rate  for  the  unexpired 
term. 

Relation  of  4.  Where  the  benefits  for  loss  of  time  payable  here- 

Earnings  to  under,  either  alone  or  together  with  benefits  for  loss  of 

Insurance  time  under  another  contract,  including  a  contract  of 

group  accident  insurance  or  group  sickness  insurance 
or  of  both  and  a  life  insurance  contract  providing  disability  insurance, 
exceed  the  money  value  of  the  time  of  the  person  insured,  the  insurer  is 
liable  only  for  that  proportion  of  the  benefits  for  loss  of  time  stated  in  this 
policy  that  the  money  value  of  the  time  of  the  person  insured  bears  to 
the  aggregate  of  the  benefits  for  loss  of  time  payable  under  all  such  con- 
tracts and  the  excess  premium,  if  any,  paid  by  the  insured  shall  be  returned 
to  him  by  the  insurer. 

Termination  5.  The  insured  may  terminate  this  contract  at  any 

by  Insured  time  by  giving  written  notice  of  termination  to  the 

insurer  by  registered  mail  to  its  head  office  or  chief 
agency  in  the  Province,  or  by  delivery  thereof  to  an  authorized  agent  of 
the  insurer  in  the  Province,  and  the  insurer  shall  upon  surrender  of  this 
policy  refund  the  amount  of  premium  paid  in  excess  of  the  short  rate 
premium  calculated  to  the  date  of  receipt  of  such  notice  according  to  the 
table  in  use  by  the  insurer  at  the  time  of  termination. 

Termination  6. — (1)  The  insurer  may  terminate  this  contract  at 

by  insurer  any  time  by  giving  written  notice  of  termination  to 

the  insured  and  by  refunding  concurrently  with  the 
giving  of  notice  the  amount  of  premium  paid  in  excess  of  the  pro  rata 
premium  for  the  expired  time. 

(2)  The  notice  of  termination  may  be  delivered  to  the  insured,  or  it 
may  be  sent  by  registered  mail  to  the  latest  address  of  the  insured  on  the 
records  of  the  insurer. 

(3)  Where  the  notice  of  termination  is  delivered  to  the  insured,  five 
days  notice  of  termination  shall  be  given;  where  it  is  mailed  to  the  insured, 
ten  days  notice  of  termination  shall  be  given,  and  the  ten  days  shall  begin 
on  the  day  following  the  date  of  mailing  of  notice. 

Notice  and  7. — (1)  The  insured  or  a  person  insured,  or  a  bene- 

Proof  of  ficiary  entitled  to  make  a  claim,  or  the  agent  of  any  of 

Claim  them,  shall 

(a)  give  written  notice  of  claim  to  the  insurer, 

(i)  by  delivery  thereof,  or  by  sending  it  by  registered  mail  to 
the  head  office  or  chief  agency  of  the  insurer  in  the  Prov- 
ince, or 

(ii)  by  delivery  thereof  to  an  authorized  agent  of  the  insurer 
in  the  Province, 

not  later  than  thirty  days  from  the  date  a  claim  arises  under  the 
contract  on  account  of  an  accident,  sickness  or  disability; 

(i)  within  ninety  days  from  the  date  a  claim  arises  under  the  con- 
tract on  account  of  an  accident,  sickness  or  disability,  furnish 
to  the  insurer  such  proof  as  is  reasonably  possible  in  the  cir- 
cumstances of  the  happening  of  the  accident  or  the  commence- 
ment of  the  sickness  or  disability,  and  the  loss  occasioned  thereby, 
the  right  of  the  claimant  to  receive  payment,  his  age,  and  the  age 
of  the  beneficiary  if  relevant;  and 

92 


12 

(c)  if  so  required  by  the  insurer,  fiiriiish  a  satisfactory  certificate  aa 
to  the  cause  or  nature  of  the  accident,  sickness  or  disability  for 
which  claim  may  be  made  under  the  contract  and  as  to  the  dura- 
tion of  such  disability. 

Failure  to  (2)  Failure  to  give  notice  of  claim  or  furnish  proof 

Give  Notice  of  claim  within  the  time  prescribed  by  this  statutory 

or  Proof  condition  does  not  invalidate  the  claim  if  the  notice 

or  proof  is  given  or  furnished  as  soon  as  reasonably 
possible,  and  in  no  event  later  than  one  year  from  the  date  of  the  accident 
or  the  date  a  claim  arises  under  the  contract  on  account  of  siclcncM  or 
disability  if  it  is  shown  that  it  was  not  reasonably  possible  to  give  notice 
or  furnish  proof  within  the  time  so  prescribed. 

Insurer  to  8.  The  insurer  shall  furnish  forms  for  proof  of  claim 

Furnish  within    fifteen   days  after  receiving   notice  of  claim, 

Forms  for  but  where  the  claimant  has  not  received  the  forms 

Proof  of  within  that  time  he  may  submit  his  proof  of  claim 

Claim  in  the  form  of  a  written  statement  of  the  cause  or 

nature  of  the  accident,  sickness  or  disability  giving 
rise  to  the  claim  and  of  the  extent  of  the  loss. 


Riglits  of  9.  .As  a  condition  precedent  to  recovery  of  insurance 

Examination         moneys  under  this  contract, 

(a)  the  claimant  shall  afford  to  the  insurer  an  opportunity  to  examine 
the  person  of  the  person  insured  when  and  so  often  as  it  reason- 
ably requires  while  the  claim  hereunder  is  pending,  and 

(b)  in  the  case  of  death  of  the  person  insured,  the  insurer  may  require 
an  autopsy  subject  to  any  law  of  the  applicable  jurisdiction 
relating  to  autopsies. 

Wfien  Moneys  10.  .-Ml  moneys  payable  under  this  contract,  other 

Payable  Other  than  benefits  for  loss  of  time,  shall  be  paid  by  the 

Than  for  Loss  insurer  within  sixty  days  after  it  has  received  proof 

of  Time  of  claim. 

When  Loss  11.  The  initial  benefits  for  loss  of  time  shall  be  paid 

of  Time  by  the  insurer  within  thirty  days  after  it  has  received 

Benefits  proof  of  claim,  and  payment  shall  be  made  thereafter 

Payable  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  contract  but  not 

less  frequently  than  once  in  each  succeeding  sixty 
days  while  the  insurer  remains  liable  for  the  payments  if  the  person  insured 
when  required  to  do  so  furnishes  before  payment  proof  of  continuing 
disability. 

Limitation  12.  .\n  action  or  proceeding  against  the  insurer  for 

of  Actions  the  recovery  of  a  claim  under  this  contract  shall  not  be 

commenced  more  than  one  year  after  the  date  the 
insurance  money  became  payable  or  would  have  become  payable  if  it 
had  been  a  valid  claim. 


236. — (1)  Where  a  statutory  condition  is  not  applicable 
to  the  benefits  provided  by  the  contract  it  may  be  omitted 
from  the  policy  or  varied  so  that  it  will  be  applicable. 


Idem  (2)  Statutory  conditions  3,  4  and  9  may  be  omitted  from 

the  policy  if  the  contract  does  not  contain  any  provisions 
respecting  the  matters  dealt  with  therein. 


92 


13 

(3)  Statutory  conditions  5  and  6  siiall  be  omitted  from  the  ^"^®'" 
policy  if  the  contract  does  not  provide  that  it  may  be  ter- 
minated by  the  insurer  prior  to  the  expiry  of  any  period  for 
which  a  premium  has  been  accepted. 

(4)  Statutory  conditions  3,  4,  5,  6  and  9,  and  subject  to^**®™ 
the  restriction  in  subsection  5,  statutory  condition  7,  may  be 
varied  but,  if  by  reason  of  the  variation  the  contract  is  less 
favourable  to  the  insured,  a  person  insured  or  a  beneficiary 
than  it  would  be  if  the  condition  had  not  been  varied,  the 
condition  shall  be  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  policy  in  the 
form  in  which  it  appears  in  section  235. 

(5)  Clauses  a  and  h  of  paragraph  1  of  statutory  condition  7  ^*^®'" 
may  not  be  varied  in  policies  providing  benefits  for  loss  of  time. 

(6)  Statutory  conditions  10  and  11  may  be  varied  by  short-  ^*^®™ 
ening  the  periods  of  time  prescribed  therein,  and  statutory 
condition  12  may  be  varied  by  lengthening  the  period  of  time 
prescribed  therein. 

(7)  The  title  of  a  statutory  condition  shall  be  reproduced  ^^"" 
in  the  policy  along  with   the  statutory  condition,   but  the 
number  of  a  statutory  condition  may  be  omitted. 

(8)  In  the  case  of  a  contract  made  by  a  fraternal  society,     fj-aternai  ^^ 

society 
(a)  the  following  provision  shall  be  printed  on  every 
policy  in  substitution  for  paragraph  1  of  statutory 
condition   1 : 

The  1. — (1)  This  policy,   the  Act  or  instni- 

Contract  ment   of   incorporation  of  the  society,   its 

constitution,  by-laws  and  rules,  and  the 
amendments  made  from  time  to  time  to  any  of  them,  the 
application  for  the  contract  and  the  medical  statement  of  the 
applicant,  constitute  the  entire  contract,  and  no  agent  has 
authority  to  change  the  contract  or  waive  any  of  its  provisions. 

and 

(6)  statutory  condition  5  shall  not  be  printed  on  the 
policy. 

237.  In  the  case  of  a  policy  of  accident  insurance  of  a  non- Notice  of 
renewable  type  issued  for  a  term  of  six  months  or  less  or  in  conditions 
relation  to  a  ticket  of  travel,  the  statutory  conditions  need  not 
be  printed  on  or  attached  to  the  policy  if  the  policy  contains 
the  following  notice  printed  in  conspicuous  type: 

"Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  herein  con- 
tained, this  contract  is  subject  to  the  statutory  con- 
ditions in  The  Insurance  Act  respecting  contracts  of  R-S-O.  i960, 
accident   insurance. 

92 


14 


Termination 
for  non- 
payment of 
Initial  or 
renewal 
premium 


238.^ — (1)  Where  a  policy  evidencing  a  contract  or  a  certi- 
ficate evidencing  the  renewal  ot  a  contract  is  delivered  to  the 
insured  and  the  initial  premium  or  in  the  case  of  a  renewal 
certificate  the  renewal  premium  therefor  has  not  been  fully 
paid, 


(a)  the  contract  or  the  renewal  thereof  evidenced  by 
the  certificate  is  as  binding  on  the  insurer  as  if  such 
premium  had  been  paid  although  delivered  by  an 
officer  or  an  agent  of  the  insurer  who  did  not  have 
authority  to  deliver  it;  and 

(A)  the  contract  may  be  terminated  for  the  non-payment 
of  the  premium  by  the  insurer  upon  ten  days  notice 
of  termination  given  in  writing  to  the  insured  and 
mailed  postage  prepaid  and  registered  to  the  latest 
address  of  the  insured  on  the  records  of  the  insurer 
and  the  ten  days  shall  begin  on  the  day  following 
the  date  of  mailing  such  notice. 


Exception 


(2)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  a  contract  of  group 
insurance  or  to  a  contract  made  by  a  fraternal  society. 


Right 
where 
premium 
unpaid 


239. — (1)  An  insurer  may, 

(a)  deduct  unpaid  premiums  from  an  amount  that  it  is 
liable  to  pay  under  a  contract;  or 


(6)  sue  the  insured  for  unpaid  premiums. 


Where 
cheque  or 
note  for 
premium 
not  paid 


(2)  Where  a  cheque  or  other  bill  of  exchange  or  a  promissory 
note  or  other  written  promise  to  pay  is  given  for  the  whole  or 
part  of  a  premium  and  payment  is  not  made  according  to  its 
tenor  the  premium  or  part  thereof  shall  be  deemed  never  to 
have  been  paid. 


Exception 


(3)  Clause  a  of  subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  a  contract 
of  group  insurance. 


Idem 


(4)  This  section  does  not  apply  to  a  contract  made  by  a 
fraternal  society. 


Insurable 
interest 


240.  Without  restricting  the  meaning  of  the  expression 
"insurable  interest",  a  person  has  an  insurable  interest  in  his 
own  life  and  well-being  and  in  the  life  and  well-being  of, 


(a)  his  child  or  grandchild; 
(6)  his  spouse; 


92 


15 

(c)  any  person  upon  whom  he  is  wholly  or  in  part 
dependent  for,  or  from  whom  he  is  receiving,  support 
or  education; 

(d)  his  officer  or  employee;  and 

(e)  any  person  in  whom  he  has  a  pecuniary  interest. 

241. — (1)  Subject  to  subsection  2,  where  at  the  time  a  con-  Lack  of 
tract  would  otherwise  take  effect,  the  insured  has  no  insurable  interest 
interest,  the  contract  is  void. 

(2)  A  contract  is  not  void  for  lack  of  insurable  interest,      Exceptions 

(a)  if  it  is  a  contract  of  group  insurance;  or 

(b)  if  the  person  insured  has  consented  in  writing  to  the 
insurance. 

(3)  Where  the  person  insured  is  under  the  age  of  sixteen '^P"^.®"', 

^   ^  *^        .  ,  °  of  minors 

years,  consent  to  the  msurance  may  be  given  by  one  of  his 
parents  or  by  a  person  standing  in  loco  parentis  to  him. 

POLICIES   ON   LIVES   OF   MINORS 

242. — (1)  Except  in  respect  of  his  rights  as  beneficiary,  aof^j^nore 
minor  who  has  attained   the  age  of  sixteen  years  has  the 
capacity  of  a  person  of  the  age  of  twenty-one  years, 

(a)  to  make  an  enforceable  contract;  and 

(b)  in  respect  of  a  contract. 

(2)  A  beneficiary  who  has  attained  the  age  of  eighteen  years  ^f^^^no? 
has  the  capacity  of  a  person  of  the  age  of  twenty-one  years  beneficiary 
to  receive  insurance  money  payable  to  him  and   to  give  a 
valid  discharge  therefor. 

MISREPRESENTATION  AND   NON-DISCLOSURE 

243. — (1)  An  applicant  for  insurance  on  his  own  behalf  ^^"^'^4° 
and  on  behalf  of  each  person  to  be  insured,  and  each  person 
to  be  insured,  shall  disclose  to  the  insurer  in  any  application, 
on  a  medical  examination,  if  any,  and  in  any  written  state- 
ments or  answers  furnished  as  evidence  of  insurability,  every 
fact  within  his  knowledge  that  is  material  to  the  insurance 
and  is  not  so  disclosed  by  the  other. 

(2)  Subject  to  sections  244  and  247,  a  failure  to  disclose,  or  J^j},"J,7g •^° 
a  misrepresentation  of,  such  a  fact  renders  a  contract  voidable 
by  the  insurer. 

92 


16 


Group 
Inaurano* 
failure  to 
disclose 


(3)  In  the  case  of  a  contract  of  group  insurance,  a  failure 
to  disclose  or  a  misrepresentation  of  such  a  fact  with  respect 
to  a  group  person  insured  or  a  person  insured  under  the  con- 
tract does  not  render  the  contract  voidable,  but  if  evidence  of 
insurability  is  specifically  requested  by  the  insurer,  the  insur- 
ance in  respect  of  such  a  person  is,  subject  to  section  244, 
voidable  by  the  insurer. 


abfuty**'"  ^^' — ^^^  Subject  to  section  247  and  except  as  provided  in 

subsection  2, 

(a)  where  a  contract,  including  renewals  thereof,  except 
a  contract  of  group  insurance,  has  been  in  effect 
continuously  for  two  years  with  respect  to  a  person 
insured,  a  failure  to  disclose  or  a  misrepresentation  of 
a  fact  with  respect  to  that  person  required  by  section 
243  to  be  disclosed  does  not,  except  in  the  case  of 
fraud,  render  the  contract  voidable; 

(b)  where    a    contract    of    group    insurance,    including 
renewals  thereof,  has  been  in  effect  continuously  for 
two  years  with  resjject  to  a  group  person  insured  or  a.^ 
jjerson  insured,  a  failure  to  disclose  or  a  misrepre- 
sentation of  a  fact  with  respect  to  that  group  person | 
insured  or  person  insured  required  by  section  243  toj 
be  disclosed  does  not,  except  in  the  case  of  fraud,* 
render  the  contract  voidable  with  respect  to  that 
group  person  insured  or  person  insured. 

Exception  (2)  Where  a  claim  arises  from  a  loss  incurred  or  a  dis- i 

ability  beginning  before  a  contract,  including  renewals  thereof, 
has  been  in  force  for  two  years  with  respect  to  the  person  in 
respect  of  whom  the  claim  is  made,  subsection   1  does  not ; 
apply  to  that  claim. 


of  incontest- 
ability to 
reinstate- 
ment 


245.  Sections  243  and   244  apply  mutatis  mutandis  to  aj 
failure  at  the  time  of  reinstatement  of  a  contract  to  disclose 
or  a  misrepresentation  at  that  time,  and  the  period  of  two 
years  to  which  reference  is  made  in  section  244  commences  i 
to  run  in  respect  of  a  reinstatement  from  the  date  of  rein-| 
statement. 


^''®L*.Jl*''"'        246.  Where   a  contract  contains  a  general   exception  or 

conditions  .  .     .      °   ,.  ,        •      i 

reduction  with  respect  to  pre-existing  disease  or  physical 
conditions  and  the  person  insured  or  group  person  insured 
suffers  or  has  suffered  from  a  disease  or  physical  condition 
that  existed  before  the  date  the  contract  came  into  force  with 
respect  to  that  person  and  the  disease  or  physical  condition 
is  not  by  name  or  specific  description  excluded  from  the 
insurance  respecting  that  person, 


92 


17 

(a)  the  prior  existence  of  the  disease  or  physical  condition 
is  not,  except  in  the  case  of  fraud,  available  as  a 
defence  against  liability  in  whole  or  in  part  for  a 
loss  incurred  or  a  disability  beginning  after  the  con- 
tract, including  renewals  thereof,  has  been  in  force 
continuously  for  two  years  immediately  prior  to  the 
date  of  loss  incurred  or  commencement  of  disability 
with  respect  to  that  person;  and 

(b)  the  existence  of  the  disease  or  physical  condition  is 
not,  except  in  the  case  of  fraud,  available  as  a  defence 
against  liability  in  whole  or  in  part  if  the  disease  or 
physical  condition  was  disclosed  in  the  application 
for  the  contract. 

247.— (1)  Subject  to  subsections  2  and  3,  if  the  age  of  the  ^^'sst^te-^^ 
person  insured  has  been  misstated  to  the  insurer  then,  at  the 
option  of  the  insurer,  either, 

(a)  the  benefits  payable  under  the  contract  shall  be 
increased  or  decreased  to  the  amount  that  would  have 
been  provided  for  the  same  premium  at  the  correct 
age;  or 

(b)  the  premium  may  be  adjusted  in  accordance  with 
the  correct  age  as  of  the  date  the  person  insured 
became  insured. 

(2)  In  the  case  of  a  contract  of  group  insurance,  if  there  is  ment'of'age 
a  misstatement  to  the  insurer  of  the  age  of  a  group  person  I"  group 

.r  .^  f       ,      insurance 

insured  or  person  msured,  the  provisions,  if  any,  of  the 
contract  with  respect  to  age  or  misstatement  of  age  shall 
apply. 

(3)  Where  the  age  of  a  person  affects  the  commencement  or  True  age 
^         .        .  r     ,       ■  ,  governs 
termination  of  the  insurance,  the  true  age  governs. 

BENEFICIARIES 

248.— (1)   Unless    otherwise    provided    in    the    policy,    an  ^f«8'8°»"°° 
insured  may  in  a  contract  or  by  a  declaration  designate  his  benefloiary 
personal  representative  or  a  beneficiary  to  receive  insurance 
money  payable  in  the  event  of  death  by  accident,  and  may 
from  time  to  time  alter  or  revoke  the  designation  by  declara- 
tion. 

(2)  A  designation  in  an  instrument  purporting  to  be  a  will  inTnvaad°° 
is  not  ineffective  by  reason  only  of  the  fact  that  the  instrument ''"' 

is  invalid  as  a  will  or  that  the  designation  is  invalid  as  a 
bequest  under  the  will. 

(3)  A  designation  in  a  will  is  of  no  effect  against  a  designa-  P"°""®* 
tion  made  later  than  the  making  of  the  will. 

92 


IX 


Revocation 


(4)  If  a  designation  is  contained  in  a  will  and  subsequently 
the  will  is  revoked  by  o|)eration  of  law  or  otherwise,  the 
designation  is  thereby  revoked. 


Idam 


(5)  If  a  designation  is  contained  in  an  instrument  that 
purports  to  be  a  will  and  subsequently  the  instrument,  if  it 
had  been  valid  as  a  will  would  have  been  revoked  by  operation 
of  law  or  otherwise,  the  designation  is  thereby  revoked. 


Death  of 
beneficiary 


■TetA-.'etc.  249.— (1)  A  designation  in  favour  of  the  "heirs",  "next- 
of-kin"  or  "estate",  or  the  use  of  words  of  like  import  in  a 
designation  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  designation  of  the  per- 
sonal representative. 

(2)  Where  a  beneficiary  predeceases  the  person  insured  or 
group  person  insured,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  no  disposition 
of  the  share  of  the  deceased  h)eneficiary  in  the  insurance  money 
is  provided  in  the  contract  or  by  declaration,  the  share  is 
payable, 

(a)  to  the  surviving  beneficiary;  or 

(b)  if  there  is  more  than  one  surviving  beneficiary,  to 
the  surviving  beneficiaries  in  equal  shares;  or 

(c)  if  there  is  no  surviving  beneficiary,  to  the  insured 
or  group  person  insured,  as  the  case  may  be,  or  his 
personal  representative. 

(3)  A  beneficiary  designated  under  section  248  may  upon 
the  death  by  accident  of  the  i>erson  insured  or  group  person 
insured  enforce  for  his  own  benefit,  and  a  trustee  appointed 
pursuant  to  section  250  may  enforce  as  trustee,  the  payment 
of  insurance  money  payable  to  him,  and  the  payment  to  the 
beneficiary  or  trustee  discharges  the  insurer  to  the  extent  of 
the  amount  paid,  but  the  insurer  may  set  up  any  defence  that 
it  could  have  set  up  against  the  insured  or  his  personal 
representative. 

beneflctary'^  250.  An  insured  may  in  a  contract  or  by  a  declaration 
appoint  a  trustee  for  a  beneficiary,  and  may  alter  or  revoke 
the  appointment  by  a  declaration. 


Right  to 
sue 


Documents 

afTecting 

title 


251. — (1)  Until  an  insurer  receives  at  its  head  or  principal 
otitice  in  Canada  an  instrument  or  an  order  of  any  court  of 
com]>etent  jurisdiction  affecting  the  right  to  receive  insurance 
mone\,-,  or  a  notarial  copy  or  a  copy  verified  by  statutory 
declaration  of  any  such  instrument  or  order,  it  may  make 
pa\  inent  of  the  insurance  money  and  shall  be  as  fully  dis- 
charged to  the  extent  of  the  amount  paid  as  if  there  were  no 
such   instrument  or  order. 


92 


19 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  affect  the  rights  or  interests  of^*^'"^ 
any  person  other  than  the  insurer. 

(3)  Where  an  assignee  of  a  contract  gives  notice  in  writing  aseig'i^le  °^ 
of  the  assignment  to  the  insurer  at  its  head  or  principal  ofifice 

in  Canada  he  has  priority  of  interest  as  against, 

(a)  any  assignee  other  than  one  who  gave  notice  earlier 
in  like  manner;  and 

(6)  a  beneficiary. 

(4)  Where  a  contract  is  assigned  unconditionally  and  other-  ^^j^ed'to 
wise  than  as  security,  the  assignee  has  all  the  rights  and  be  insured 
interests  given  by  the  contract  and  by  this  Part  to  the  insured, 

and  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  insured. 

(5)  A  provision  in  a  contract  to  the  effect  that  the  rights  or  Prohibition 
interests  of  the  insured,  or  in  the  case  of  a  contract  of  group  assignment 
insurance  the  group  person  insured,  are  not  assignable,  is  valid. 

251a. — (1)  Where  a  beneficiary  is  designated,  any  insurance  insurance 
money  payable  to  him  is  not,  from  the  time  of  the  happening  from 
of  the  event  upon  which  it  becomes  payable,  part  of  the  estate 
of  the  insured,  and  is  not  subject  to  the  claims  of  the  creditors 
of  the  insured. 

(2)  While  there  is  in  effect  a  designation  of  beneficiary  in  ^jt'emcT' 
favour  of  any  one  or  more  of  a  spouse,  child,  grandchild  or  from  seizure 
parent  of  the  person  insured  or  group  person  insured,   the 
rights  and  interests  of  the  insured  in  the  insurance  money  and 
in  the  contract  so  far  as  either  relate  to  accidental  death 
benefits  are  exempt  from  execution  or  seizure. 

2516.  A  group  person  insured  may,  in  his  own  name,  enforce  pereon 
a  right  given  by  a  contract  to  him,  or  to  a  person  hisured  ^"Jj^f^J^^^i^ 
thereunder  as  a  person  dependent  upon  or  related   to  him,  rights 
subject  to  any  defence  available  to  the  insurer  against  him  or 
such  person  insured  or  against  the  insured. 

251c.  Unless  a  contract  or  a  declaration  otherwise  provides,  jtj'^g'Jjug 
where  a  person  insured  or  group  person  insured  and  a  bene- deaths 
ficiary  die  at  the  same  time  or  in  circumstances  rendering  it 
uncertain  which  of  them  survived  the  other,  the  insurance 
money  is  payable  in  accordance  with  subsection  2  of  section 
249  as  if  the  beneficiary  had  predeceased  the  person  insured 
or  group  person  insured. 

25ld. —  (1)  Where  the  insurer  admits  liability  for  the  insur- P^ynnent^ 
ance  money  or  any  part  thereof,  and  it  appears  to  the  insurer 
that, 

(o)  there  are  adverse  claimants;  or 
92 


20 


(b)  the  whereabouts  of  the  person  entitled  is  unknown ; 
or 

(c)  there  is  no  person  capable  of  giving  or  authorized  to 
give  a  valid  discharge  therefor  who  is  willing  to  do  so, 

the  insurer  may  apply  ex  parte  to  the  court  for  an  order  for 
payment  of  money  into  court,  and  the  court  may  upon  such 
notice,  if  any,  as  it  deems  necessary,  make  an  order  accord- 
ingly. 


Costsjof 
proceedings 


(2)  The  court  may  fix  without  taxation  the  costs  incurred 
upon  or  in  connection  with  any  application  or  order  made 
under  subsection  1,  and  may  order  the  costs  to  be  paid  out  of 
the  insurance  money  or  by  the  insurer  or  otherwise  as  it  deems 

just. 


of'tnaurer  ^^^  ^  payment  made  pursuant  to  an  order  under  subsection 

1  discharges  the  insurer  to  the  extent  of  the  payment. 


Where 
beneficiary 
a  minor 


251e. — (1)  Where  an  insurer  admits  liability  for  insurant 
money  payable  to  a  minor  and  there  is  no  person  capable 
giving  and  authorized  to  give  a  valid  discharge  therefor  who  i 
willing  to  do  so,  the  insurer  may  at  any  time  after  thirty  day 
from  the  date  of  the  happening  of  the  event  upon  which  th« 
insurance  money  becomes  payable,  pay  the  money  less  th 
applicable  costs  mentioned  in  subsection  2  into  court  to  thi 
credit  of  the  minor. 


Costs 


(2)  The  insurer  may  retain  out  of  the  insurance  money  fo 
costs  incurred  uix)n  payment  into  court  under  subsection  1,1 
the  sum  of  $10  where  the  amount  does  not  exceed  SI, 000,  and| 
the  sum  of  §15  in  other  cases,  and  payment  of  the  remainde 
of  the  money  into  court  discharges  the  insurer. 


I'rocedure 


(3)  No  order  is  necessary  for  payment  into  court  under 
subsection  1,  but  the  accountant  or  other  proper  officer  shall 
receive  the  money  upon  the  insurer  filing  with  him  an  affidavit 
showing  the  amount  payable  and  the  name,  date  of  birth  and 
residence  of  the  minor,  and  upon  such  payment  being  made  the 
insurer  shall  forthwith  notify  the  Official  Guardian  and 
deliver  to  him  a  copy  of  the  affidavit. 


Heneflclary 

under 

disability 


251/.  Where  it  appears  that  a  representative  of  a  bene- 
ficiary who  is  under  disability  may  under  the  law  of  the 
domicile  of  the  beneficiary  accept  payments  on  behalf  of  the 
beneficiary,  the  insurer  may  make  payment  to  the  represen- 
tative and  any  such  payment  discharges  the  insurer  to  the 
extent  of  the  amount  paid. 


92 


21 

25lg.  Notwithstanding  that  insurance  money  is  payable  to^^y""®"'* 
a  person,  the  insurer  may  if  the  contract  so  provides,  but||ceediiur 
subject  always  to  the  rights  of  an  assignee,  pay  an  amount 
not  exceeding  $2,000  to, 

(a)  a  relative  by  blood  or  connection  by  marriage  of  a 
person  insured  or  the  group  person  insured ;  or 

(b)  any  person  appearing  to  the  insurer  to  be  equitably 
entitled  thereto  by  reason  of  having  incurred  expense 
for  the  maintenance,  medical  attendance  or  burial 
of  a  person  insured  or  the  group  person  insured,  or  to 
have  a  claim  against  the  estate  of  a  person  insured 
or  the  group  person  insured  in  relation  thereto, 

and  any  such  payment  discharges  the  insurer  to  the  extent  of 
the  amount  paid. 

251^. — (1)  Subject   to   subsection    2,   insurance   money  iSp^yl^e"/! 
payable  in  Ontario. 

(2)  In  the  case  of  a  contract  of  group  insurance,  insurance  ^^''|P3'i°p" 
money  is  payable  in  the  province  or  territory  of  Canada  in  insurance 
which  the  group  person  insured  was  resident  at  the  time  he 
became  insured. 

(3)  Unless    a    contract    otherwise    provides,    a    reference  dollars 
therein  to  dollars  means  Canadian  dollars  whether  the  con- 
tract by  its  terms  provides  for  payment  in  Canada  or  else- 
where. 

(4)  Where  a  person  entitled  to  receive  insurance  money  'is^^^%^*' 
not  domiciled  in  Ontario  the  insurer  may  pay  the  insurance  0"t"'° 
money  to  that  person  or  to  any  person  who  is  entitled  to 
receive  it  on  his  behalf  by  the  law  of  the  domicile  of  the 
payee  and  any  such  payment  discharges  the  insurer  to  the 
extent  of  the  amount  paid. 

(5)  Where  insurance  money  is  by  the  contract  payable  pereSnai* '° 
to  a  person  who  has  died  or  to  his  personal  representative  and  If  Pq®^®"'*' 
such  deceased  person  was  not  at  the  date  of  his  death  domiciled 

in  Ontario,  the  insurer  may  pay  the  insurance  money  to  the 
personal  representative  of  such  person  appointed  under  the 
law  of  his  domicile,  and  any  such  payment  discharges  the 
insurer  to  the  extent  of  the  amount  paid. 

25  It.  Regardless  of  the  place  where  a  contract  was  made,  ^°'t  "r'lo " 
a  claimant  who  is  a  resident  of  Ontario  may  bring  an  action 
in  Ontario  if  the  insurer  was  authorized  to  transact  insurance 
in  Ontario  at  the  time  the  contract  was  made  or  at  the  time 
the  action  is  brought. 

92 


22 


Insurer 

f living 
nformatton 


Undue 
prominence 


Reiier 

from 

forfeiture 


('resump- 
tion against 
agency 


25\j.  An  insurer  does  not  incur  any  liability  for  any  default, 
error  or  omission  in  giving  or  withholding  information  as  to 
any  notice  or  instrument  that  it  has  received  and  that  affects 
the  insurance  money. 

251fe.  The  insurer  shall  not  in  the  policy  give  undue  prom- 
inence to  any  provision  or  statutory  condition  £is  compared  to 
other  provisions  or  statutory  conditions,  unless  the  effect  of 
that  provision  or  statutory  condition  is  to  increase  the  pre- 
mium or  decrease  the  benefits  otherwise  provided  for  in  the 
policv 

251/.  Where  there  has  been  imperfect  compliance  with  a 
statutory  condition  as  to  any  matter  or  thing  to  be  done  or 
omitted  by  the  insured,  person  insured  or  claimant  with 
respect  to  the  loss  insured  against  and  a  consequent  forfeiture 
or  avoidance  of  the  insurance  in  whole  or  in  part,  and  any 
court  before  which  a  question  relating  thereto  is  tried  deems 
it  inequitable  that  the  insurance  should  be  forfeited  or  avoided 
on  that  ground,  the  court  ma^-  relieve  against  the  forfeiture  or 
avoidance  on  such  terms  as  it  deems  just. 

251m.  No  officer,  agent,  employee  or  servant  of  the  insurer, 
and  no  person  soliciting  insurance,  whether  or  not  he  is  an 
agent  of  the  insurer  shall,  to  the  prejudice  of  the  insured, 
person  insured  or  group  person  insured,  be  deemed  to  be  the 
agent  of  the  insured  or  of  the  jjerson  insured  or  group  person 
insured  in  resjiect  of  any  question  arising  out  of  the  contract. 


Application  (2)  Part  \'1I  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  sub- 
section 1,  applies  to  contracts  made  after  this  section  comes 
into  force. 


•''*'"  (3)   In  the  case  of  contracts  made  before  this  section  comes 

into  force  and  in  effect  on  the  day  this  section  comes  into 
force, 

(«)  sections  227,  228,  229.  230,  237,  240,  241,  242,  246 
and  sections  248  to  251ot  of  The  Insurance  Act,  as 
re-enacted  by  this  section,  apply;  and 

(b)  sections  230,  231,  232,  233,  235,  242  and  245  of  The 
Insurance  Act,  as  they  existed  immediately  before 
this  section  comes  into  force,  continue  to  apply. 

"  iYo  B^.^sTs.      17.— (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  315  of  The  Insurance  Act 
Biihs.  2  jg  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted  '  ° 

(2)  Licences  so  issued  shall  be  of  three  classes,  that  is, 

(a)  licences  for  life  insurance,  or  life  and  accident 
insurance,  or  life  and  accident  and  sickness 
insurance;  or 


Classes  of 

licences 


<)' 


23 

(b)  licences  for  accident  and  sickness  insurance;  or 

(c)  licences  for  all  classes  of  insurance  other  than 
life  insurance. 

(2)  Subsection   6  of  the  said   section   315   is  amended  by  (^•i'9og';''3^"g 
striking  out  "a  fee  of  $1"  in  the  seventh  line  and  inserting  in|'^|^^^jj 
lieu  thereof  "the  prescribed  fee". 

18.  Subsection  6  of  section  316  of   The  Insurance  Act  is^fgos'Titi, 
amended  by  striking  out  "a  fee  of  $1"  in  the  eighth  line  and  |^|j-^^'^j 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "the  prescribed  fee". 

19.— (1)   Item   12  of  Schedule  A  to  The  Insurance  Act  is.^-^g^^; '''*^"- 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause:  item''i2^' 

amended 
{d}  where  the  applicant  is  a  corporation 25 

(2)  Clause  c  of  item    13  of   the  said   Schedule  A,   as  re- '^^gg- ^"'''^' 
enacted  by  subsection  2  of  section  6  of  The  Insurance  Amend- p^'-^'^-^- 
ment  Act,    1968,   is   repealed   and    the    following   substituted  (19B8.  c  ss. 

,  ,         '  '  "  8.  6.  subs.  2), 

therefor :  ci.  «, 

re-enacted 

(c)  where  the  applicant  is  a  corporation 25 

(d)  for  transfer  or  revival  of  a  licence 2 

(e)  all  other  applicants 25 

(3)  Item   14  of  the  said  Schedule  A  is  repealed  and  the^'.^ '^g"- 1"*^"' 
following  substituted  therefor:  sohed!  a, 

°  item  14, 

re-enacted 

14.  Licences    for    insurance    brokers    and    renewals    thereof 

whether  corporate  or  otherwise 25 

(4)  Item   17  of  the  said  Schedule  A  is  repealed  and  the ^  ig"; '•"^"' 
following  substituted  therefor:  Hem'1'7^' 

re-enacted 
17.  Licences  under  subsection  19  of  section  315  in  the  name  of  a 
transportation  comp.uiy  authorizing   its  ticket  salesmen 
to  act  as  agent   for   travel   accident   insurance,  livestock 
insurance  or  baggage  insurance,  and  renewals  thereof.  ...  25 

20.— (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  1,  11  and  16,  comes  into  fj^^'^V"^""'*" 
force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Sections  1  and  16  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  '''®'" 
by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

(3)  Section  11  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  September,  ''^®'" 
1969. 

21.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Insurance  Amendment  ^^^""'^  '^''^''' 
Ad,  1968-69. 

92 


00 

s 


7i 
o 

z 

PS 

w 
n 


2 

S 

s 

Vj 

"1 

t\» 

Si 

K,« 

p 

2 

rt 

a 

n 

b^ 

-«^ 

(^ 

=r 

A. 

sr 

«^ 

~J 

>B 

KJ 

>: 

_> 

«= 

3- 

1 

I 

vO 

1. 

**, 

•♦. 

O 

s 

0^ 

2 

(I 


c 

■n 
S 

o 


BILL  93 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Homes  for  Special  Care  Act,  1964 


Mr.  Dymond 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The   proposed  amendment  authorizes  regulations   to  be   made  re- 
specting the  location  of  homes  for  special  care. 


93 


BILL  93  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Homes  for  Special  Care  Act,  1964 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1.  Clause  a  of  section  7  of  The  Homes  for  Special  Care  Act,  i96*.  °-  39. 
1964  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "construction"  in  the  first  amended' 
line  "location",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(a)  their  construction,  location,  alteration,  equipment, 
safety,  maintenance  and  repair. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ment™*""^^' 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Homes  for  Special  Care  ^^""^  ""® 
Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


93 


?-«' 


2 

so 


o 

£ 


s: 


a        n      to 
ft.       3-     ~ 

I    I  I 


a 


a 


1 


n 

ft 
> 


BILL  93 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Homes  for  Special  Care  Act,  1964 


Mr.  Dymond 


TORONTO 

PrINIRD  AM)    FUBLISIIKD    UY   FkANK   PoCG,   QuEEn's   PkINTER 


BILL  93  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Homes  for  Special  Care  Act,  1964 

HP2R  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1.  Clause  a  of  section  7  of  The  Homes  for  Special  Care  Act,^^^'^-^-^- 
1964  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "construction"  in  the  first  amended 
line  "location",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(a)   their  construction,   location,  alteration,  equipment, 
safety,  maintenance  and  repair. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Jj^gjJt"®"''®" 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Homes  for  Special  Care^^'"'^  ""® 
Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


93 


o 

00 


7i 


o 
z 

o 


«    ^ 


■1 

<VJ 

Si 

^^ 

r; 

S 

0 

'-. 

3- 

=1. 

3- 

♦^ 

C^ 

?c 

t>j 

r 

W 

S 

0 

(-r 

a. 

=r 

a. 

^' 

■ 

s° 

0 

w 

>o 

»Q 

0 

Ov 

0 

0 

tfi' 


O; 
»  : 


^ 


BILL  94 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Pharmacy  Act 


Mr.  Dymond 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  clause  deleted  makes  the  Act  subject  to  any  Act  of  the  Parliament 
of  Canada.  The  clause  is  redundant  in  so  far  as  the  Parliament  of  Canada 
has  jurisdiction. 


94 


BILL  94  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Pharmacy  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

R.S.O.  I960. 

1.  Clause  a  of  section  2  of  The  Pharmacy  Act  is  repealed,  ci.^o^,^'  *'  ^' 

repealed 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Pharmacy  A  mendment  s*^ort  mie 
Act,  1968-69. 


94 


M^   .U 


n  i 


a 
•< 
s 
o 
z 
o 


a. 


I       i. 


2 

to      ^ 
I      I 


,2  -     <S 


1 

>3 


BILL  94 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Pharmacy  Act 


Mr.  Dymond 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  94  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Pharmacy  Act 

HF;R  majesty,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

R.S.O.  I960, 

1.  Clause  a  of  section  2  of  The  Pharmacy  Act  is  repealed,  ci.^i*,^' ^'  "' 

repealed 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Ro\  al  commeiue- 

-'  -        ment 

Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited   as   The  Pharmacy  Ame?tdmevt^^°''t  i'tie 
Act,  1068-69. 


94 


—  "t 

-  a 


zr     a. 


C>i 

>: 

^ 

X 

1 

_ 

a' 

o 

»« 

o 

5"    » 

a 


BILL  95 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Nursing  Homes  Act,  1966 


Mr.  Dymond 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


ExPLANATORV  Notes 

Section  1.    The  new  provision  provides  for  relocation  of  residents 
in  an  unlicensed  nursing  home. 


Section  2.    A  general  penalty  is  provided  for  contraventions  of  the 
Act. 


Section  3.    The  proposed  amendment  authorizes  regulations  to  be 
ni.ide  respecting  the  location  of  nursing  homes. 


95 


BILL  95  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Nursing  Homes  Act,  1966 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  Nursing  Homes  Act,  1966  is  amended  by  adding ^^^g^^^f^^^^' 
thereto  the  following  sections: 

10a.  Where  a  nursing  home  is  operating  without  a  licence,  unHcensId 
each   resident   therein   shall   arrange   to   vacate   the  home 
nursing  home  as  soon  as  it  is  practicable  and   the 
Minister  shall  assist  in  finding  appropriate  alterna- 
tive accommodation. 


11a.  Any  person  who  contravenes  any  provision  of  this  p^"^"-*' 
Act  or  the  regulations  for  which  no  penalty  is  other- 
wise provided,  except  section   10a,  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine 
of  not  more  than  $1,000. 

2.  Clause  c  of  subsection   1  of  section   12  of  The  Nursing^^^'°<^-^^- 
Homes  Act,  1966,  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "establish- ci.  c' 
ment"  in  the  first  line  "location",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read 

as  follows: 

(c)  respecting  the  construction,  establishment,  location, 
alteration,  safety,  equipment,  maintenance  and 
repair  of  nursing  homes. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ^"^j'"®"'^®' 
Assent. 

4.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Nursing  Homes  Amend-^^°^^  ""' 
ment  Act,  1968-69. 


95 


AAl< 


n 


2 

a 

3 
z 

o 


Cm 


a 

9« 


a 


2 

3- 
O 


W 


n 


3 


0  0 

ii 

1  a. 


BILL  95 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Nursing  Homes  Act,  1966 


Mr.  Dymond 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Fkank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


II  a 


2 

so 

D 

o 
z 

a 


^      ^ 


2*  **•  5* 


O- 


Z 

^> 

01    -■ 


«  a 


BILL  95 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Nursing  Homes  Act,  1966 


Mr.  Dvmond 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  95  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Nursing  Homes  Act,  1966 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.   The  Nursiyig  Homes  Act,   1966  is  amended   by  adding ^^^g^^J^-^^^' 
thereto  the  following  sections: 

10a.  Where  a  nursing  home  is  operating  without  a  licence,  uni'-^gn'^l^ 
each   resident   therein   shall   arrange   to   vacate   the  home 
nursing  home  as  soon  as  it  is  practicable  and   the 
Minister  shall  assist  in  finding  a])propriate  alterna- 
tive accommodation. 


11a.  Any  person  who  contravenes  an\-  provision  of  this  ^^"^"'y 
Act  or  the  regulations  for  which  no  penalty  is  other- 
wise provided,  e.xcejDt  section    10a,   is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine 
of  not  more  than  $1,000. 

2.  Clause  c  of  subsection   1   of  section   12  of  The  .VMry/wp  ^^^e,  c.  99, 
Homes  Act,  1966,  is  amended  bv  inserting  after  "establish- ci.  c, 

,,  •        ,       r         1-        m  '       ,,'  1  11  1     11  .amended 

nient    in  the  hrst  line    location   ,  so  that  the  clause  shall  read 
as  follows: 

(c)  respecting  the  construction,  establishment,  location, 
alteration,  safety,  equipment,  maintenance  and 
repair  of  nursing  homes. 

3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  ment"^"'^^' 
Assent. 

4.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Nursing  Homes  Amend-^^°'^^  '"'^ 
ment  Act,  1968-69.' 


95 


I 


o 

00 


D 
•< 

o 
z 

o 


a.       a-    ft.       =r    ♦- 

I  s  I  I  i. 


O  OS  Ov 


»9 


3    ' 
W    1 

x: 

O   I 

3  i 

S: 

>! 
5  < 


BILL  96 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Pesticides  Act,  1967 


Mr.  Dymond 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  K  The  definitions  of  "land  extermination"  and  "structural 
extermination"  are  amended  to  include  prevention  and  to  clarify  the 
intention  that  termite  extermination  is  the  function  of  a  structural  ex- 
terminator. 


Section  2.  Members  and  officers  of  the  Pesticides  Advisory  Board 
are  exempted  from  personal  liability  for  anything  done  in  good  faith  under 
the  Act  or  regulations. 


96 


BILL  96  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Pesticides  Act,  1967 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.— (1)  Clause  g  of  section  1  of  The  Pesticides  Act,  1967  isl^V/^uJ*' 
amended   by  inserting  after  "destruction"   in  the  first  Hne*""*"^^^ 
"prevention",  and  by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  "but  does  not 
include  the  destruction,  prevention  or  control  of  termites", 
so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows : 

(g)  "land  extermination"  means  the  destruction,  pre- 
vention or  control  on  or  over  land  of  insects,  vermin, 
birds,  rodents  or  other  pests,  fungi  or  vegetation  by 
the  use  of  any  toxic  or  noxious  substance  but  does 
not  include  the  destruction,  prevention  or  control 
of  termites. 

(2)  Clause  /  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  inserting ^^^'^■^J^-,''^' 
after  "destruction"   in  the  first  line  "prevention",  and   by  "tended 
adding  at  the  end  thereof  "and  includes  the  destruction,  pre- 
vention or  control  of  termites",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read 
as  follows: 

(/)  "structural  extermination"  means  the  destruction, 
prevention  or  control  in,  on  or  adjacent  to  a  building 
or  vehicle,  of  insects,  vermin,  birds,  rodents  or  other 
pests  or  fungi,  by  the  use  of  any  toxic  or  noxious 
substance  and  includes  the  destruction,  prevention 
or  control  of  termites. 

2.  Section  5  of  The  Pesticides  Act,  1967  is  amended  by^.^lj' <=• ''^• 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection:  amended 

(5)  No  member  of  the  Board  or  officer  of  the  Board  is^awnty' 
personally  liable  for  anything  done  by  him  in  good 
faith  under,  or  purporting  to  be  under,  the  authority 
of  this  Act  or  the  regulations. 

96 


Commence.       3.   fhis  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 

Short  title         4.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Pesticides  Amendment 
Act,  1968-69. 


96 


2 

P8 


3 

> 

n 

r* 

0 

» 

2 

"^    i 

Si» 

tsj 

^    ^ 

E. 

S. 

1. 

S-   '^ 

?0 

s. 

IsJ        ^ 

3- 

a 

tading 
0th,  19 

(t 

(?> 

n 

«o 

1 

BILL  96 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Pesticides  Act,  1967 


Mr.  Dymond 


TORONTO 

PrINTK.D  and   ruHLISHlI)   BY   I'KANK   Fo(:(i,   Qt;EKN's   PRINTER 


BILL  96  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Pesticides  Act,  1967 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.— (1)  Clause  g  of  section  1  of  The  Pesticides  Act,  1967  \sl^V/c\:  J^' 
amended   by  inserting  after  "destruction"  in   the  first  line '^"'®"**®"^ 
"prevention",  and  by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  "but  does  not 
include  the  destruction,  prevention  or  control  of  termites", 
so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(g)  "land  extermination"  means  the  destruction,  pre- 
vention or  control  on  or  over  land  of  insects,  vermin, 
birds,  rodents  or  other  pests,  fungi  or  vegetation  by 
the  use  of  any  toxic  or  noxious  substance  but  does 
not  include  the  destruction,  prevention  or  control 
of  termites. 

(2)  Clause  /  of  the  said  section  1  is  amended  by  inserting  i^^'^'^^f'-j''''*' 
after  "destruction"  in  the  first  line  "prevention",  and   by  amended' 
adding  at  the  end  thereof  "and  includes  the  destruction,  pre- 
vention or  control  of  termites",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read 
as  follows: 

(/)  "structural  extermination"  means  the  destruction, 
prevention  or  control  in,  on  or  adjacent  to  a  building 
or  vehicle,  of  insects,  vermin,  birds,  rodents  or  other 
pests  or  fungi,  by  the  use  of  any  toxic  or  noxious 
substance  and  includes  the  destruction,  prevention 
or  control  of  termites. 

2.  Section   5  of   The  Pesticides  Act,   1967  is  amended   hyl^f/ "■''*• 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsection :  amended 

(5)  No  member  of  the  Board  or  officer  of  the  Board  isj^l^ff;^^' 
personally  liable  for  anything  done  by  him  in  good 
faith  under,  or  purporting  to  be  under,  the  authority 
of  this  Act  or  the  regulations. 

96 


00 


c 

>< 

S 

O 

z 

o 


i> 

2 

>; 

b" 

■1 

Ji' 

;; 

o 

s 

o 

-^ 

R. 

3- 

(^ 

=r 

S= 

Ui 

>: 

SJ 

3- 

1 

o 

ST 

**. 

vO 

a 

^^ 

;i 

^A 

o 

»0 

sC 

»0 

-O 

o 

o 

o 

o 


BILL  97 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  respecting  The  Department  of  Health 


Mr.  Dymond 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

The  Bill  codifies  the  functions  of  the  Department  of  Health,  hereto- 
fore unwritten. 


97 


BILL  97  1968-69 


An  Act  respecting  The  Department  of  Health 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act,  l-lt^r- 

(a)  "Department"  means  the  Department  of  Health; 

(b)  "Deputy  Minister"  means  the  Deputy  Minister  of 
Health; 

(c)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Health. 

2. — (1)  The  department  of  the  public  service  known  as  ^n^fnued  "* 
the  Department  of  Health  is  continued. 

(2)  The  Minister  shall  preside  over  and  have  charge  of  theto  have"^ 
Department.  ''^"«« 

(3)  The  Deputy  Minister  shall  be  the  chief  medical  officer  ^i^iPj'/t^r 
for  Ontario  and  he  shall  perform  such  duties  as  are  assigned 

to   him    by    the    Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council    or    the 
Minister. 

(4)  Such  officers,  clerks  and  servants  may  be  appointed  staff 
under  The  Public  Service  Act,  1961-62  as  are  required  from  i96i-62, 
time  to  time  for  the  proper  conduct  of  the  business  of  the 
Department. 

3.  The  Minister  is  responsible  for  the  administration  of  tion'o? aoS" 
this  Act  and  any  other  Acts  that  are  assigned  to  him  by  the 
provisions  thereof  or  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

4.— (1)  The  Minister  shall,  ^"litVr 


Minister 


(a)  advise  the  Government  in  respect  of  the  health  of 
the  people  of  Ontario; 


97 


(b)  oversee  and  promote  the  health  and  the  physical 
and  mental  well-beinK  of  the  people  of  Ontario. 

'''•°'  (2)  The  Minister  in  exercising  his  |x)wers  and  carrying  out 

his  duties  and  functions  under  this  Act, 

(a)  shall  inquire  into  and  determine  the  health  facilities, 
services  and  jjersonnel  required  to  meet  the  health 
needs  of  the  people  of  Ontario; 

(6)  may  recommend  to  the  Government  the  methods 
and  programs  by  which  the  health  needs  of  the 
(Xiople  of  Ontario  can  be  met; 

(c)  shall  ijromote  and  assist  in  the  development  of 
adequate  health  resources,  both  human  and  material, 
in  Ontario; 

(d)  ma\  initiate  or  promote  research  and  planning 
studies  into  matters  relating  to  the  health  needs  of 
the  Province  of  Ontario. 

for'pr^fBion       5.    The    Minister,    with    the   approval   of   the   Lieutenant 

facntfies!        Governor  in  Council,  may  on  behalf  of  the  Government  of 

«*<'•  Ontario  make  agreements  with  municipalities  or  other  i^ersons 

or  cor[X)rations  respecting  the  provision  of  health  facilities, 

services  or  personnel  referred  to  in  clause  a  of  subsection  2  of 

section  4. 


Grants 


6.  The  Minister  may,  out  of  the  moneys  appropriated  by 
the  Legislature  therefor, 

(fl)  make  grants  to  universities  and  any  non-profit 
organizations  for  research  and  training  of  persons 
for  the  health  sciences  field  in  such  amounts  and 
u|K)n  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  regulations 
prescribe; 

{b)  provide  bursiiries  and  loans  for  educational  and 
training  puriKDses  in  resp)ect  of  health  to  such  persons, 
in  such  amounts  and  ujxjn  such  terms  and  conditions 
as  the  regulations  prescribe; 

(r)  make  grants  for  developing  health  resources  to  such 
(Xjrsons  and  organizations  and  upon  such  terms  and 
conditions  as  the  regulations  prescribe; 

(d)  convene  conferences  and  conduct  seminars  and  edu- 
cational programs  respecting  health  matters. 

97 


7. — (1)  There    shall    be    a    senior    advisory    body    to    the  gJJJ^'JJIJ 
Government  and  to  the  Minister  on  health  matters,  known  as  of  Health 
the  Ontario   Council  of  Health,   consisting  of  the   Deputy 
Minister    who    shall    be    chairman    and    such    other    persons 
numbering  not  fewer  than  sixteen,  as  are  appointed  members 
by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

(2)  It  is  the  duty  of  the  Council  to  advise  the  Government  Duties 
and  the  Minister  on  health  matters  and  needs  of  the  people  of 
Ontario  and  to  perform  such  other  duties  as  are  referred  to  it 

by  the  Minister  or  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  or  the  Minister  ^PP°i^^- 
may  appoint  committees  to  perform  such  advisory  functions  a^^'^ry^^ 
as  are  considered  necessary  or  desirable  in  order  to  assist  the 
Minister  in  the  discharge  of  his  duties. 

8.  The  Minister  may,  statutics 

information 

(a)  collect   such    information    and    statistics   respecting 

health  resources,  facilities  and  services  and  any  other 
matters  relating  to  the  health  needs  or  conditions 
affecting  the  public  as  are  deemed  necessary  or 
advisable ; 

(b)  publish  any  information  collected  under  clause  a. 

9.  The  Minister  after  the  close  of  each  year  shall  submit  Annual 

^,  .  .  report 

to  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  an  annual  report  upon 
the  affairs  of  the  Department  and  shall  then  lay  the  report 
before  the  Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next 
ensuing  session. 

10.  After  this  section  comes  into  force,  all  annual  reports  jjJcfude'*  '° 
required  to  be  submitted  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor,  theot'^e'" 
Lieutenant  Governor   in    Council  or   the   Assembly   by   the 
Minister  or  an  official  of  the  Department  under  any  other 

Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  report  submitted 
under  section  9  and  need  not  be  submitted  in  accordance  with 
such  other  Act. 

11.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- ^^8"'*"°"^ 
lations  providing  for  the  payment  of  grants,   bursaries  and 

loans  for  the  purposes  of  section  6. 

12. — (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  9  and   10,  comes  into  ^°^t'"«"°«- 
force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Sections  9  and  10  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  ''*®'" 
by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

13.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Department  of  Health  s^"""*  ""o 
Act,  1968-69. 

97 


a 
•< 
s. 
o 
z 
o 


a 


s 
a. 

>: 
2 

R. 

a' 


a 

IM3 


n   • 

rt    f 

o  ' 


BILL  97 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  respecting  The  Department  of  Health 


Mr.  Dymond 


TORONTO 

Pkintki)  and  Published  by  Frank  Kcx;g,  Qukkn's  I'rintf.r 


BILL  97  1968-69 


An  Act  respecting  The  Department  of  Health 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.    In  this  Act,  jnterpre- 

(a)  "Department"  means  the  Department  of  Health; 

(b)  "Deputy  Minister"  means  the  Deputy  Minister  of 
Health ; 

(c)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Health. 

2. — (1)  The  department  of  the  public  service  known  as  J^^^fnu?d  "* 
the  Department  of  Health  is  continued. 

(2)  The  Minister  shall  preside  over  and  have  charge  of  the  to  have*^ 
Department.  ''^"^^ 

(3)  The  Deputy  Minister  shall  be  the  chief  medical  officer  ^^gj^t^r 
for  Ontario  and  he  shall  perform  such  duties  as  are  assigned 

to   him    bj'    the    Lieutenant    Governor    in    Council    or    the 
Minister. 

(4)  Such  officers,  clerks  and  servants  may  be  appointed  staff 
under  The  Public  Service  Act,  J 96 J -62  as  are  required  from  i96i-62. 
time  to  time  for  the  proper  conduct  of  the  business  of  the 
Department. 

3.  The  Minister  is  responsible  for  the  administration  oi^^^^^^^^^ 
this  Act  and  any  other  Acts  that  are  assigned  to  him  by  the 
provisions  thereof  or  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

4.— (1)  The  Minister  shall,  5,VJ5i^?e?'' 


(a)  advise  the  Government  in  respect  of  the  health  of 
the  people  of  Ontario; 


97 


(b)  oversee  and  promote  the  health  and  the  physical 
and  mental  well-being  of  the  people  of  Ontario. 

''**'"  (2)  The  Minister  in  exercising  his  powers  and  carrying  out 

his  duties  and  functions  under  this  Act, 

(a)  shall  inquire  into  and  determine  the  health  facilities, 
services  and  personnel  required  to  meet  the  health 
needs  of  the  people  of  Ontario; 

(b)  may  recommend  to  the  Government  the  methods 
and  programs  by  which  the  health  needs  of  the 
people  of  Ontario  can  be  met; 

(c)  shall  promote  and  assist  in  the  development  of 
adequate  health  resources,  both  human  and  material, 
in  Ontario; 

(d)  may  initiate  or  promote  research  and  planning 
studies  into  matters  relating  to  the  health  needs  of 
the  Province  of  Ontario. 

for'pro^iiion      *•  The   Minister,   with    the   approval   of   the   Lieutenant 

faoulti'M!       Governor  in  Council,  may  on  behalf  of  the  Government  of 

"'°-  Ontario  make  agreements  with  municipalities  or  other  persons 

or  corporations  respecting  the  provision  of  health  facilities, 

services  or  personnel  referred  to  in  clause  a  of  subsection  2  of 

section  4. 


Qrants 


6.  The  Minister  may,  out  of  the  moneys  appropriated  by 
the  Legislature  therefor, 

(fl)  make  grants  to  universities  and  any  non-profit 
organizations  for  research  and  training  of  persons 
for  the  health  sciences  field  in  such  amounts  and 
upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  regulations 
prescribe ; 

(b)  provide  bursaries  and  loans  for  educational  and 
training  purposes  in  respect  of  health  to  such  persons, 
in  such  amounts  and  upon  such  terms  and  conditions 
as  the  regulations  prescribe; 

(c)  make  grants  for  developing  health  resources  to  such 
persons  and  organizations  and  upon  such  terms  and 
conditions  as  the  regulations  prescribe; 

(d)  convene  conferences  and  conduct  seminars  and  edu- 
cational programs  respecting  health  matters. 

97 


7. — (1)  There   shall    be   a   senior   advisory    body    to    the  g^J^'^jj'} 
Government  and  to  the  Minister  on  health  matters,  known  as  of  Health 
the  Ontario   Council  of   Health,   consisting  of  the   Deputy 
Minister   who   shall    be   chairman   and   such   other   persons 
numbering  not  fewer  than  sixteen,  as  are  appointed  members 
by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

(2)  It  is  the  duty  of  the  Council  to  advise  the  Government  °'^*'e* 
and  the  Minister  on  health  matters  and  needs  of  the  people  of 
Ontario  and  to  perform  such  other  duties  as  are  referred  to  it 

by  the  Minister  or  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  or  the  Minister  ^ppoint- 
may  appoint  committees  to  perform  such  advisory  functions  a^^'^ry^^^ 
as  are  considered  necessary  or  desirable  in  order  to  assist  the 
Minister  in  the  discharge  of  his  duties. 

8.  The  Minister  may,  1^^*""°" 

information 

(a)  collect  such  information  and  statistics  respecting 
health  resources,  facilities  and  services  and  any  other 
matters  relating  to  the  health  needs  or  conditions 
affecting  the  public  as  are  deemed  necessary  or 
advisable ; 

(b)  publish  any  information  collected  under  clause  a. 

9.  The  Minister  after  the  close  of  each  year  shall  submit  ^^"""f' 

x-^  •     /^  •!  1  report 

to  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  an  annual  report  upon 

the  affairs  of  the  Department  and  shall  then  lay  the  report 

before  the  Assembly  if  it  is  in  session  or,  if  not,  at  the  next 

ensuing  session. 

10.  After  this  section  comes  into  force,  all  annual  reports  ,°of^e'*  *° 
required  to  be  submitted  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor,  the  o^'^e^j.^ 
Lieutenant  Governor  in   Council  or   the  Assembly   by   the 
Minister  or  an  official  of  the  Department  under  any  other 

Act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  included  in  the  report  submitted 
under  section  9  and  need  not  be  submitted  in  accordance  with 
such  other  Act. 

11.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- ^**"'**'°"' 
lations  providing  for  the  payment  of  grants,  bursaries  and 

loans  for  the  purposes  of  section  6. 

12.— (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  9  and  10,  comes  into  S°™t'"«"<'*- 
force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Sections  9  and  10  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  '•*"" 
by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

13.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Department  of  Health  ^^°^  ""• 
Act,  1968-69. 

97 


2 

V 

«< 


> 

"2     ^» 

00       >) 


2 

S" 
to 

o 


o 
z 

o 


"^     a        _    ^ 


BILL  98 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Dog  Tax  and  Live  Stock  and  Poultry  Protection  Act 


Mr.  Stewart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Publishkd  by  Frank  Foiu;,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notk 
The  piirfK)se  of  the  Bill  is: 

1.  To  increase  from  $10  to  J25  the  annual  tax  payable  by  the  owner 
of  a  kennel  of  pure-bred  dogs. 

2.  To  clarify  the  intent  that  such  owner  is  not  required  to  pay  any 
further  tax  or  licence  fees  in  respect  of  such  dogs. 

3.  To  enlarge  the  authority  to  make  regulations. 


98 


BILL  98  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Dog  Tax  and  Live  Stock 
and  Poultry  Protection  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.— (1)  Clause  b  of  section   1  of  The  Dog  Tax  and  Liveffi°;^^^°' 
Stock  and  Poultry  Protection  Act  is  amended  by  inserting  after  ^i^^^^^^ 
"Agriculture"  in  the  first  line  "and  Food". 

(2)  The  said  section  1  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the^fj^.'s^i^' 

following  clauses:  amended' 

(d)  "pure-bred"  means, 

(i)  registered  or  eligible  for  registration  in  the 
register  of  The  Canadian  Kennel  Club,  In- 
corporated, or 

(ii)  of   a    class   designated    as    pure-bred    in    the 
regulations; 

(e)  "regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under  this 
Act. 

2.  Subsection  5  of  section  2  of  The  Dog  Tax  and  Live  Stock  ^-f^^.iseo, 

and  Poultry  Protection  Act  is  repealed.  subs,  b,' 

repealed 

3.  The  Dog  Tax  and  Live  Stock  and  Poultry  Protection  Actf^ffl-  ^^^°' 
is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  sections:  amended 

5a.  The  owner  of  a  kennel  of  dogs  that  are  pure-bred  t*"  °r  ^ 

°  r    1      kennel  of 

shall  pay  an  annual  ta.x  of  $25  to  the  treasurer  of  the  pure-bred 
municipality  as  a  tax  upon  the  kennel,  and  he  is  not 
liable  to  pay  in  respect  of  such  pure-bred  dogs  any 
tax  under  section  2  or  any  licence  fee  under  a  by-law 
passed  pursuant  to  section  5. 


98 


Re«uiHtion«  g^    'i^e    Lieutenant    Governor   in    Council    may   make 

regulations  designating  as   pure-bred   any  class  or 
classes  of  dogs. 

Commence.        4.    p^is  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1969. 

Short  title  5^    -pi^ig  ^j,j    ,^^.jy   jjg  ^.jj^   ^g    jf^^  p^^    .j,^^  ^^  j^.^^  ^^^^ 

and  Poultry  Protection  Amendment  Act,  196S-60. 


98 


s 


C/3 


I 


s 


ft. 


"1 
O 


O 


S'k  : 


BILL  98 


2xD  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Dog  Tax  and  Live  Stock  and  Poultry  Protection  Act 


Mr.  Stewart 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Fubhsiikd  by  Frank  Fogg,  Quken's  Frimicr 


BILL  98  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Dog  Tax  and  Live  Stock 
and  Poultry  Protection  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.— (1)  Clause  b  of  section   1  of  The  Dog  Tax  and  Live^_fi^;i^^°' 
Stock  and  Poultry  Protection  Act  is  amended  by  inserting  after  ^'^^Ij^jg^ 
"Agriculture"  in  the  first  line  "and  Food". 

(2)  The  said  section  1  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the^ff^g^'^^/^' 

following  clauses:  amended' 

(d)  "pure-bred"  means, 

(i)  registered  or  eligible  for  registration  in  the 
register  of  The  Canadian  Kennel  Club,  In- 
corporated, or 

(ii)  of   a   class  designated    as   pure-bred    in    the 
regulations; 

(e)  "regulations"  means  the  regulations  made  under  this 
Act. 

2.  Subsection  5  of  section  2  of  The  Dog  Tax  and  Live  Stock  ff^^-^^^'^' 
and  Poultry  Protection  Act  is  repealed.  subs.  5 

3.  The  Dog  Tax  and  Live  Stock  and  Poultry  Protection  Act^ff^-  ^^^°' 
is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  sections:  amended 

5a.  The  owner  of  a  kennel  of  dogs  that  are  pure-bred  i^^nne"of 
shall  pay  an  annual  tax  of  $25  to  the  treasurer  of  the  pure-bred 
municipality  as  a  tax  upon  the  kennel,  and  he  is  not 
liable  to  pay  in  respect  of  such  pure-bred  dogs  any 
tax  under  section  2  or  any  licence  fee  under  a  by-law 
passed  pursuant  to  section  5. 


98 


Regulations  g^    -j-f,^.    J  jeutpnant    Governor   in    Council    may   make 

regulations  designating  as   pure-bred   any  class  or 
classes  of  dogs. 

ment""""*"        *•  This  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on 
the  1st  day  of  January,  1969. 

.Short  title  x     tl-       \    ^  i  •       . 

5.   1  his  Act  may  be  cited  as  Jhe  Dog  Tax  and  Live  Slock 
and  Poultry  Protection  Amendment  Act,  196fi-6'K 


98 


21 

SB 

H 

PI 

X 
H 


R.  — 


> 

£^ 

•c 

Nj 

tf 

•n 

k^ 

"1 

s 

n. 

ii 

^ 

a. 

=r 

«^ 

j3- 

a 

o 

3- 

S 

3 

s 

a* 

O    O    I 
§95    I 


BILL  99 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  St.  Lawrence  Parks  Commission  Act 


Mr.  Auld 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogc,  Queen's  Printer 


EXPLANATOKY  NOTES 

Section  1.  The  amendment  permits  the  transfer  of  jurisdiction  to 
the  Commission  of  roads  now  untler  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Department 
of  Highways  and  provides  for  the  division  of  responsibility  where  a  road 
is  assumed  by  agreement  with  a  municipality  or  the  Department  of 
Highways. 


99 


BILL  99  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  St.  Lawrence  Parks  Commission  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assemblj'  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section  9  of  The  St.  Lawrence  Parks  Commission  Act^fjO.  i960, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

9. — (1)   Notwithstanding   any    general   or   special   Act, '^'*^'"'*^* 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  from  time 
to  time  vest  any  highway, 

(a)  under    the    jurisdiction    and    control    of    the 
Department  of  Highways;  or 

(b)  under  the  jurisdiction  of  a  municipality, 

in  the  Commission  and  thereafter  the  Commission 
has  exclusive  jurisdiction  over  the  highway. 

(2)  The  Commission  and  the  Minister  of  Highways  or  Ae'"®ement8 
the  Commission  and  any  municipality  may  enter 

into  agreement  as  to  the  acquisition  by  the  Com- 
mission or  by  the  municipality  of  any  highway  or 
any  land  therefor  or  as  to  the  establishing,  laying 
out,  opening,  grading,  paving,  altering,  constructing, 
reconstructing,  maintaining  or  repairing  of  any  high- 
way, including  the  cost  or  the  apportionment  of  the 
cost  of  the  same  and  the  payment  thereof. 

(3)  Where  by  an  agreement  made  under  subsection  2,      Liability 

(a)  the  Minister  of  Highways  undertakes  to  main- 
tain and  repair  a  highway,  section  33  of  7"/fe  R'-^-O- 1960, 
Highway  Improvement  Act  applies  in  respect 
of  the  highway;  and 

99 


R.s.o.  laeo, 

c.  249 


(b)  a  municipality  undertakes  to  maintain  and 
repair  a  highway,  section  443  of  J'he  Municipal 
Act  applies  in  resjject  of  the  highway, 

and  no  action  arising  out  of  the  dut>-  to  maintain 
and  repair  the  highway  lies  against  the  Commission. 


Indemnity  (4)  Where   the   Crown   or   a   municijjal   corporation    is 

liable  for  damages  sustained  b>  any  j)erson  by  reason 
of  failure  to  maintain  or  re|)air  a  highway  under  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  Commission,  the  Commission 
shall  indemnify  the  Crown  or  the  municipal  cor- 
jxjration,  as  the  case  may  be,  for  all  damages  and 
costs  incurred  in  respect  of  such  liability. 


Appli<  ation 

R.S.O.  1960. 
o.  172: 
1968,  f.  75 


(5)  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  and  The  Motorized  Snow 
Vehicles  Act,  1968  and  the  regulations  made  there- 
under, apply  to  any  highway  or  f)ortion  thereof  under 
the  jurisdiction  of  the  Commission  and  designated 
under  subsection  1  of  section  10  as  if  such  highway 
or  ])ortion  thereof  is  the  King's  Highway. 


f'2Ti's^io'      ^'  Subsection   2  of  section   10  of  The  St.  iMwrence  Parks 
siibs.  2,  Commission  Act   is  repealed   and   the   following  substituted 

re-enacted        ^,  r 

therefor: 


Application 

R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  171.8.  38 


(2)  Section  38  of  The  Highway  Improvement  Act  applies 
mutatis  mutandis  to  any  portion  of  any  of  the  high- 
ways, roads,  boulevards  or  parkways  designated 
under  subsection  1  and  for  such  purpose  any  refer- 
ence in  the  said  section  38  to  Minister  or  Department 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  Commission. 


R-^-o.  I960.       3.  The  St.  Lawrence  Parks  Commission  Act  is  amended  by 
amended        adding  thereto  the  following  section : 


Scenic- 
areaK 


lOo. —  (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  by 
regulation  designate  as  a  scenic  area  such  land  in  the 
vicinity  of  any  highway  designated  under  subsection 
1  of  section  10  as  is  specified  in  the  regulation. 


Restri<  ted 
areas 


R.S.O.  1960. 
c.  296 


(2)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council,  the  Commission  may,  in  respect  of  land 
within  a  scenic  area,  by  regulation,  exercise  any  of 
the  powers  conferred  upon  councils  of  municipalities 
by  section  30  of  The  Planning  Act  without  the 
approval  of  the  Ontario  .Municij^al  Board. 


Conflict  of 
regulations 
and  by-lawj; 


(3)  In  tiie  event  of  conflict  between  a  regulation  made 
under  subsection  2  by  the  Commission  and  a  by-law 
passed  under  section  30  of  The  Planning  Act,  or  a 


yy 


Section  2.  The  amendment  adopts  the  same  controls  over  a  con- 
trolled access  highway  of  the  Commission  as  apply  to  those  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Highways. 


Section  3.  The  new  provision  empowers  the  Commission  to  exercise 
similar  controls  over  land  adjoining  its  controlled  access  roads  as  a  county 
may  exercise  in  respect  of  county  roads  under  section  64  of  The  Highway 
Improvement  A  ct. 


99 


Section  4.  The  new  provision  permits  the  Commission  to  close  roads 
and  removes  its  liability  for  non-repair  of  roads  in  its  jurisdiction,  other 
than  controlled  access  ronds. 


SiXTiON  5-  Sulsection  1.   Complementary  to  aection  3  of  the  Bill. 


.Subsection  2.    The  amendment  would  permit  different  regulations  for 
different  parts  of  the  Parks. 


99 


predecessor  thereof,  by  the  municipality  in  which 
the  land  is  situate,  the  regulation  made  by  the  Com- 
mission prevails  to  the  extent  of  such  conflict,  but  in 
all  other  respects  the  by-law  passed  by  the  muni- 
cipality remains  in  full  force  and  effect. 

4.  The  St.  Lawrence  Parks  Commission  Act  is  amended  by  ^l^^- ^^®''- 
adding  thereto  the  following  section :  amended 

11a.  No  civil  action  shall  be  brought  against  the  Crown,  ^^er^han 
the  Commission  or  any  of  the  servants  or  agents  of ^""gg^'^g^^jg 
the  Crown  including  a  minister  of  the  Crown  or  any 
member,  officer  or  employee  of  the  Commission  in 
respect  of  misfeasance,  nonfeasance  or  negligence  in 
connection  with  the  construction,  maintenance, 
repair  or  closing  of  a  road  under  the  jurisdiction  of 
the  Commission  other  than  a  highway  designated 
under  subsection  1  of  section  10,  but  this  section 
does  not  apply  to  an  action  based  on  contract 
between  the  parties  to  the  action  for  the  construc- 
tion, maintenance  or  use  of  such  road. 

5.— (1)  Clause  /  of  subsection    1   of  section    17   of    Theffj^;^^^^- 
St.  Lawrence  Parks  Commission  Act  is  amended  by  striking |"^»^i^oi./, 
out  "or  within  one-quarter  mile  of  any  part  thereof",  in  the 
fourth  line,  so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(/)  prohibiting  or  regulating  and  governing  the  erection, 
posting  up  or  other  display  of  notices,  signs,  sign 
boards  and  other  advertising  devices  in  the  Parks. 

(2)  The  said  section  17  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the^|-0- is^o. 

following  subsection:  amended 

(la)  Any  regulation   made  under  subsection    1   may  be  ^'^®'" 
general  or  particular  in  its  application. 

6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 
Assent. 

7.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  St.  Lawrence  Parks  Com-  short  title 
mission  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


99 


o 


w 

> 

c 

r 
o 


2 

JJ' 

^ 

>~> 

1. 

o 

sr 

is. 

s- 

tsi 

J^ 

1 

1 

i 

a 

3 


? 


0 

3 

> 


BILL  99 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  St.  Lawrence  Parks  Commission  Act 


Mr.  Auld 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  P'rank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.  The  amendment  permits  the  transfer  of  jurisdiction  to 
the  Commission  of  roads  now  uncier  the  jurisdiction  of  the  Department 
of  Highways  and  provides  for  the  division  of  responsibility  where  a  road 
is  assumed  by  agreement  with  a  municipality  or  the  Department  of 
Highways. 


99 


BILL  99  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  St.  Lawrence  Parks  Commission  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section  9  of  The  St.  Lawrence  Parks  Commission  ■^ct^-^j^B^i^' 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

9. — (1)  Notwithstanding  any   general  or  special   Act,  Highways 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  from  time 
to  time  vest  any  highway, 

{a)  under    the   jurisdiction    and    control    of    the 
Department  of  Highways;  or 

(b)  under  the  jurisdiction  of  a  municipality, 

in  the  Commission  and  thereafter  the  Commission 
has  exclusive  jurisdiction  over  the  highway. 

(2)  The  Commission  and  the  Minister  of  Highways  or  •A-8™®'"*"^*^ 
the  Commission  and  any  municipality  may  enter 

into  agreement  as  to  the  acquisition  by  the  Com- 
mission or  by  the  municipality  of  any  highway  or 
any  land  therefor  or  as  to  the  establishing,  laying 
out,  opening,  grading,  paving,  altering,  constructing, 
reconstructing,  maintaining  or  repairing  of  any  high- 
way, including  the  cost  or  the  apportionment  of  the 
cost  of  the  same  and  the  payment  thereof. 

(3)  Where  by  an  agreement  made  under  subsection  2,      Liability 

(a)  the  Minister  of  Highways  undertakes  to  main- 
tain and  repair  a  highway,  section  33  of  The  ^■\^-  ^^^°- 
Highway  Improvement  Act  applies  in  respect 
of  the  highway;  and 

99 


R.S.O.  1960. 
c.  249 


(b)  a  municipality  undertakes  to  maintain  and 
repair  a  highway,  section  443  of  The  Municipal 
Act  applies  in  res[)ect  of  the  highway, 

and  no  action  arising  out  of  the  duty  to  maintain 
and  repair  the  highway  lies  against  the  Commission. 


Indemnity  (4)  Where   the   Crown   or   a   municipal   corjwration   is 

liable  for  damages  sustained  by  any  jjerson  by  reason 
of  failure  to  maintain  or  repair  a  highway  under  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  Commission,  the  Commission 
shall  indemnify  the  Crown  or  the  municijjal  cor- 
poration, as  the  case  may  be,  for  all  damages  and 
costs  incurred  in  respect  of  such  liability. 


Application 

R.S.O.  1960. 
c.  172; 
1968.  c.  75 


(5)  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  and  The  Motorized  Snow 
Vehicles  Act,  1968  and  the  regulations  made  there- 
under, apply  to  any  highway  or  portion  thereof  under 
the  jurisdiction  of  the  Commission  and  designated 
under  subsection  1  of  section  10  as  if  such  highway 
or  portion  thereof  is  the  King's  Highway. 


R.s.o.^1060,       2.  Subsection  2  of  section   10  of  The  St.  Lawrence  Parks 
subs.  2.'     '    Commisiion  Act  is  repealed   and    the   following  substituted 

re-enacted        .,         c 

therefor: 


Application 

R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  171,8.  38 


(2)  Section  38  of  The  Highway  Improvement  Act  applies 
mutatis  mutandis  to  any  portion  of  any  of  the  high- 
ways, roads,  boulevards  or  parkways  designated 
under  subsection  1  and  for  such  purpose  any  refer- 
ence in  the  said  section  38  to  Minister  or  Department 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  Commission. 


R.S.O.  I960,      3.  The  St.  Lawrence  Parks  Commission  Act  is  amended  by 

c    279  .  . 

amended        adding  thereto  the  following  Section :  .       .,. 


Scenic 
areas 


10a. —  (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  by 
regulation  designate  as  a  scenic  area  such  land  in  the 
vicinity  of  any  highway  designated  under  subsection 
1  of  section  10  as  is  specified  in  the  regulation. 


Restricted 
areas 


R.S.O.  I960, 
c.  296 


Conflict  of 
regulations 
and  by-laws 


(2)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council,  the  Commission  ma\',  in  respect  of  land 
within  a  scenic  area,  by  regulation,  exercise  any  of 
the  powers  conferred  upon  councils  of  municipalities 
by  section  30  of  The  Planning  Act  without  the 
approval  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board. 

(3)  In  the  event  of  conflict  between  a  regulation  made 
under  subsection  2  by  the  Commission  and  a  by-law 
passed  under  section  30  of  The  Planning  Act,  or  a 


9Q 


Section  2.  The  amendment  adopts  the  same  controls  over  a  con- 
trolled access  highway  of  the  Commission  as  apply  to  those  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Highways. 


Section  3.  The  new  provision  empowers  the  Commission  to  exercise 
similar  controls  over  land  adjoining  its  controlled  access  roads  as  a  county 
may  exercise  in  respect  of  county  roads  under  section  64  of  The  Highway 
Improvement  Act. 


99 


Section  4 — Subsection  1.   Complementary  to  section  3  of  the  Bill. 


Subsection  2.   The  amendment  would  permit  different  regulations  for 
different  parts  of  the  Parks. 


99 


predecessor  thereof,  by  the  municipaUty  in  which 
the  land  is  situate,  the  regulation  made  by  the  Com- 
mission prevails  to  the  extent  of  such  conflict,  but  in 
all  other  respects  the  by-law  passed  by  the  muni- 
cipality remains  in  full  force  and  effect. 

4. — (1)  Clause  /  of  subsection    1   of  section    17  of    T^^e^fj°-^^^°' 

St.  Lawrence  Parks  Commission  Act  is  amended  by  strikingsubs.  i,ci./. 

out    or  within  one-quarter  mile  oi  any  part  thereoi  ,  in  the 
fourth  line,  so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(/)  prohibiting  or  regulating  and  governing  the  erection, 
posting  up  or  other  display  of  notices,  signs,  sign 
boards  and  other  advertising  devices  in  the  Parks. 

(2)  The  said  section  17  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  Rs.o.  i960. 

,,,.,.  J  b  g    279.8.  17. 

following  subsection :  amended 

(la)  Any  regulation   made  under  subsection    1   may   be'''*'" 
general  or  particular  in  its  application. 

6.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 

■'  ■'       ment 

Assent. 

6.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  St.  Lawrence  Parks  Com-  short  title 
mission  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


99 


1^ 

*■  S 
o  a. 

s 


2 

w 

> 

c: 
r 
o 


5* 

2 

b* 

n 

t\J 

k^ 

2 

d 

s 

o 

C>9 

n. 

■3- 

a. 

3- 

•* 

1 

*4, 

0! 

1 

o 

3- 

?0 

1 

s 

a' 

a 

IK> 

\0 

»« 

»Q 

3  a 


o 

> 


BILL  99 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  St.  Lawrence  Parks  Commission  Act 


Mr.  Auld 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  99  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  St.  Lawrence  Parks  Commission  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section  9  of  The  St.  Lawrence  Parks  Commission  ^ct^fj^-^^^^' 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted' 

9. — (1)  Notwithstanding   any   general   or  special   Act,  "''^'•'^^y* 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  from  time 
to  time  vest  any  highway, 

(a)  under    the   jurisdiction    and    control    of    the 
Department  of  Highways;  or 

(b)  under  the  jurisdiction  of  a  municipality, 

in  the  Commission  and  thereafter  the  Commission 
has  exclusive  jurisdiction  over  the  highway. 

(2)  The  Commission  and  the  Minister  of  Highways  or  ■*^s'"*«'"*"*" 
the  Commission  and  any  municipality  may  enter 

into  agreement  as  to  the  acquisition  by  the  Com- 
mission or  by  the  municipality  of  any  highway  or 
any  land  therefor  or  as  to  the  establishing,  laying 
out,  opening,  grading,  paving,  altering,  constructing, 
reconstructing,  maintaining  or  repairing  of  any  high- 
way, including  the  cost  or  the  apportionment  of  the 
cost  of  the  same  and  the  payment  thereof. 

(3)  Where  by  an  agreement  made  under  subsection  2,      Liability 

(a)  the  Minister  of  Highways  undertakes  to  main- 
tain and  repair  a  highway,  section  33  of  jT^eR-s^o- isso. 
Highway  Improvement  Act  applies  in  respect 
of  the  highway;  and 

99 


R.S.O.  1960. 
0.  249 


(b)  a  municipality  undertakes  to  maintain  and 
repair  a  highway,  section  443  of  The  Municipal 
Act  applies  in  respect  of  the  highway, 

and  no  action  arising  out  of  the  duty  to  maintain 
and  repair  the  highway  lies  against  the  Commission. 


Indemnity  (4)  VVhcre   the   Crown   or  a   municipal   corjxjration   is 

liable  for  damages  sustained  by  any  person  by  reason 
of  failure  to  maintain  or  repair  a  highway  under  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  Commission,  the  Commission 
shall  indemnify  the  Crown  or  the  municipal  cor- 
poration, as  the  case  may  be,  for  all  damages  and 
costs  incurred  in  respect  of  such  liability. 


Applioation 

of 

R.S.O.  1960, 

c.  172; 

1968.  c.  75 


(5)  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  and  The  Motorized  Snow 
Vehicles  Act,  J 968  and  the  regulations  made  there- 
under, apply  to  any  highway  or  jxjrtion  thereof  under 
the  jurisdiction  of  the  Commission  and  designated 
under  subsection  1  of  section  10  as  if  such  highway 
or  portion  thereof  is  the  King's  Highway. 


Rs-o.  I960.       2.  Subsection  2  of  section  10  of  The  St.  Lawrence  Parks 

C.  279.  8.  10,        _,  .        .  .  1         1  r    It  •  1         • 

Buhs.  2,  Commisston  Act  is   repealed   and   the   following  substituted 

therefor: 


re-enacted 


Application 

of 

R.S.O.  1960, 

c.  171,8.38 


(2)  Section  38  of  The  Highway  Improvement  Act  applies 
mutatis  mutandis  to  any  portion  of  any  of  the  high- 
ways, roads,  boulevards  or  parkways  designated 
under  subsection  1  and  for  such  purpose  any  refer- 
ence in  the  said  section  38  to  Minister  or  Department 
shall  be  deemed  to  be  a  reference  to  the  Commission. 


R.S.O.  1960,       3.  The  St.  Laurence  Parks  Commission  Act  is  amended  by 

0^279  .  .  . 

amencied        adding  thereto  the  following  section: 


Scenic 
areas 


10a. 


—  (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  by 
regulation  designate  as  a  scenic  area  such  land  in  the 
vicinity  of  any  highway  designated  under  subsection 
1  of  section  10  as  is  specified  in  the  regulation. 


Restricted 
areas 


R.S.O. 
c.  296 


1960, 


Conflict  of 
regulations 
and  !>y-la\vs 


(2)  Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council,  the  Commission  may,  in  respect  of  land 
within  a  scenic  area,  by  regulation,  exercise  any  of 
the  powers  conferred  upon  councils  of  municipalities 
by  section  30  of  The  Planning  Act  without  the 
ai^i^roval  of  the  Ontario  Municipal  Board. 

(3)  In  the  event  of  conflict  between  a  regulation  made 
under  subsection  2  by  the  Commission  and  a  by-law 
passed  under  section  30  of  The  Planning  Act,  or  a 


99 


predecessor  thereof,  by  the  municipality  in  which 
the  land  is  situate,  the  regulation  made  by  the  Com- 
mission prevails  to  the  extent  of  such  conflict,  but  in 
all  other  respects  the  by-law  passed  by  the  muni- 
cipality remains  in  full  force  and  effect. 

4. — (1)   Clause   /  of   subsection    1    of   section    17    of    The^f^^'}^,^-?' 
St.  Lawrence  Parks  Commission  Act  is  amended  by  striking su bs.  i.ci./. 

,,  .   ,  .  -If  .  <■.,     •        , '^  amended 

out    or  withm  one-quarter  mile  of  any  part  thereof  ,  m  the 
fourth  line,  so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(/)  prohibiting  or  regulating  and  governing  the  erection, 
posting  up  or  other  display  of  notices,  signs,  sign 
boards  and  other  advertising  devices  in  the  Parks. 

(2)  The  said  section  17  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  Rso.  i960. 

.  .  -"  o  ^^  279  s.  17 

following  subsection :  amended 

(la)  Any  regulation  made  under  subsection    1   may  be^^em 
general  or  particular  in  its  application. 

5.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  commence- 

,  ment 

Assent. 

6.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  St.  Lawrence  Parks  Com-  short  title 
mission  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


99 


H 

3" 

n 


> 

C 

r 
o 


c 

<-^ 

^sl 

3 

;; 

o 

a 

o 

ft 

Ct. 

SP 

ft. 

3- 

? 

<c 

C*J 

>3 

tsj 

3- 

S 

(A 

s 

o 

1-^ 

■■ 

ft. 

l-f 

ft. 

ar 

**. 

o 

3' 

1    ■ 

s 

. 

c^ 

0^ 

vO 

»o 

>o 

o 

?0 


3 

n 

n 

"n 
7T 

U) 

o 

o 

a 


o 

3 
> 


BILL  100 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Coroners  Act 


Mr.  Shulman 


TORONTO 
F'rinted  and  Published  by  Frank  Foc.g,  Queen's  Printer 


KXPLANATORY  NOTE 

The  amendment  provides  that  the  jurisdiction  of  a  coroner  extends 
throughout  OnUirio  and  that  where  a  coroner's  appointment  is  revoked 
by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  he  is  entitled  to  a  hearing  before 
the  Public  Service  Grievance  Board. 


100 


BILL  100  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Coroners  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection   1  of  section   1  of  The  Coroners  Act,  as^lg^g^j*^" 
re-enacted  by  subsection  1  of  section  1  of  The  Coroners  Amend-  (i9t>6.  c.  27, 

S      1     SUDS      1) 

ment  Act,    1966,    is   repealed    and    the    following   substituted  siibs.  1. 

^,         .-  re-enacted 

tnerelor : 

(Ij  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint  ^pPj'"J" 
such  coroners  as  he  deems  necessar\-  who,  subject  to  coroners 
subsections    2,    3    and    4,    shall    hold    office    during 
pleasure. 

R.S.O.  I960. 

(2)  The  said  section   1  is  amended  b\   adding  thereto  the  (i|66*c^27. 

following  subsections:  amended'  ^*' 

(4)  Where  the  appointment  of  a  coroner  is  revoked  b\-  procedure 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  the  grievance 
procedure  established  bv  regulations  made  under 
The  Public  Service  Act,  1961-62  apjjlies  to  thei^ei-^ea. 
coroner  as  though  he  were  a  person  employed  in  the 
public  service,  and  the  revocation  of  his  appoint- 
ment does  not  become  final. 


(a)  until  the  time  limited  for  delivering  an  appli- 
cation for  a  hearing  to  the  Public  Service 
Grievance  Board  has  expired :  or 

{b)  where  an  application  to  the  Public  Service 
Grievance  Board  is  delivered,  until  the  report 
of  the  Board  has  been  considered  b>-  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

(5)   Every  coroner  has  jurisdiction  throughout  Ontario.  •^'"''^'^"^■''°" 

(3)  Subsection  5  of  section  1  of  The  Coroners  Act,  as  enacted  Application 
by  subsection  2,  applies  to  every  coroner  holding  office  on  the 
day  this  Act  comes  into  force. 

100 


?  to'^b's""       '^'  Subscftioii  1  of  section  3  of  J'he  Coroners  Art  is  amended 
sub*.  1  hy  striking  out  "for"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu 

amended  ,  .    .  , 

thereof  "residing  in",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as 
follows: 

^'*>iei'  (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  apiK)tnt  a 

uoronera.  ^    '  ,  ■    ,  /  • 

appoint  coroner,  to  Ix;  known  as  chief  coroner,  for  any  city 

having  a  population  of  more  than  100, (K)0,  who  shall 
have  control  over  the  coroners  residing  in  the  city 
and  who  shall  have  such  other  jwwers  and  |)erform 
such  other  duties  as  the  regulations  prescribe. 

menV"^'"*^         3.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal 
Assent. 

Short  talc  ^^    pi^jg  j^^^  1^^.^^.  ^^  j,jjp^  jjg  -j'jjg  (Coroners  Amendment  Act, 

J066-69. 


100 


I 


> 

3 

> 

n 

r» 

^* 

5-* 

N4 

Cm 

l\» 

0 

W 

2 

a 

n      ST 

^ 

A. 

ft. 

ar     ^ 

V) 

>3 

>: 

hj     53 

c. 

I 

1 

i  1 

a-' 

s 

a' 

n 

> 

»o 

9^ 

3   "* 

n 

2 

3 
ft 

3 

BILL  101 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Motor  Vehicle  Accident  Claims  Act,  1961-62 


Mr.  Haskett 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.  Subsection  5  authorizes  the  Minister  to  defend  an  action 
in  the  name  of  a  deceased  person  and  to  assert  a  counterclaim  on  behalf  of 
the  estate  of  a  deceased  person. 


Section  2.  The  amendments  will  permit  payments  out  of  the  Fund  up 
to  a  total  amount  of  $50,000  for  damages  occasioned  in  Ontario  by  any 
one  uninsured  motor  vehicle  arising  out  of  any  one  accident. 


101 


BILL  101  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Motor  Vehicle 
Accident  Claims  Act,  1961-62 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1.  Section  7  of   The  Motor   Vehicle  Accident  Claims  Act,],^^^^^^-^ 
1961-62,  as  amended  by  section  5  of  The  Motor  Vehicle  Acci-^^^'^'^"'^ ' 
dent  Claims  Amendment  Act,  1964  and  section  1  of  The  Motor 
Vehicle  Accident   Claims  Amendment  Act,    1968,   is   further 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(5)  Where  a  deceased  person,  if  living,  would  be  the  J/fend^fnt 
defendant  or  the  defendant  in  the  action  dies  and 
the  personal  representative,  if  any,  of  the  deceased 
person  does  not  defend  the  action  and  no  adminis- 
trator ad  litem  is  appointed,  the  Minister  may 
exercise  the  rights  and  take  the  action  referred  to 
in  subsection  2  in  the  name  of  the  deceased  and 
may  assert  a  counterclaim  on  behalf  of  the  estate 
of  the  deceased. 

2.— (1)  Subsection   1  of  section  22  of  The  Motor   Vehiclel^W^l' 22. 
Accident  Claims  Act,  1961-62  is  repealed  and  the  following ^^"^^j^-^i^'j^^ 
substituted  therefor: 

(1)  In  respect  of  any  application  under  section  5  or  6  payable 
for  payment  of  damages  arising  out  of  motor  vehicle ''''°'"  ^""'^ 
accidents  occurring  in  Ontario  on  or  after  the  1st 
day  of  September,  1969,  and  subject  to  subsection  4, 
the  Minister  shall  not  pay  out  of  the  Fund  more 
than  the  total  amount  of  $50,000  exclusive  of  costs, 
for  all  damages  on  account  of  injury  or  death  to  one 
or  more  persons,  or  loss  of  or  damage  to  property 
occasioned  in  Ontario  by  any  one  uninsured  motor 
vehicle  and  arising  out  of  any  one  accident,  pro- 
vided that  any  claims  arising  out  of  any  loss  of  or 
damage  to  property  shall  have  priority  over  any 

101 


claims  arising  out  of  any  bodily  injury  or  death  to 
the  extent  of  $5,000,  but  in  any  event  the  Minister 
shall  not  pay  out  of  the  Fund  more  than  a  total  of 
$5,000  in  respect  of  all  claims  arising  out  of  the  loss 
of  or  damage  to  property  occasioned  by  any  one 
uninsured  vehicle  and  arising  out  of  any  one  ac- 
cident. 

'''®'"  (Ic)   In  respect  of  applications  under  section  5  or  6  for 

payment  of  damages  arising  out  of  motor  vehicle 
accidents  occurring  in  Ontario  on  or  after  the  1st 
day  of  October,  1962,  and  before  the  1st  day  of 
September,  1969,  and  subject  to  subsection  4,  the 
Minister  shall  not  pay  out  of  the  Fund  more  than 
the  total  amount  of  $35,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  for 
all  damages  on  account  of  injury  to  one  or  more 
persons,  death  of  one  or  more  persons,  loss  of 
property  and  damage  to  property  arising  out  of 
any  one  accident,  and,  where  in  any  one  accident 
damages  result  from  bodily  injury  or  death  and  loss 
of  or  damage  to  property,  the  claims  arising  out  of 
such  loss  of  or  damage  to  property  have  priority 
over  claims  arising  out  of  such  bodily  injury  or 
death  to  the  extent  of  85,000,  and  in  any  event  the 
Minister  shall  not  pay  out  of  the  Fund  more  than  a 
total  amount  of  $5,000  in  respect  of  all  claims 
arising  out  of  loss  of  or  damage  to  property  in  any 
one  accident. 

l^t\,^8.'22.        (2)  Subsection   4  of   the  said   section   22   is  amended  by 
amended        Striking  out  clause  fl,  by  relettering  clause  b  as  clause  c,  by 

relettering  clause  c  as  clause  d  and  by  adding  thereto  the 

following  clauses: 

(a)  arising  out  of  motor  vehicle  accidents  occurring  in 
Ontario  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  September,  1969, 
more  than  850,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  for  all  damages 
on  account  of  injury  to  one  or  more  persons  and  the 
death  of  one  or  more  persons  occasioned  b>'  any  one 
uninsured  motor  vehicle  and  arising  out  of  any  one 
accident;  or 

(6)  arising  out  of  motor  vehicle  accidents  occurring  in 
Ontario  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  October,  1962,  and 
before  the  1st  day  of  September,  1969,  more  than 
the  total  amount  of  835,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  for 
all  damages  on  account  of  injury  to  one  or  more 
persons  and  the  death  of  one  or  more  persons  arising 
out  of  any  one  accident;  or 


101 


3. — (1)  This  Act,  except  section  2,  comes  into  force  on  the^°™™®"oe- 
day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Section  2  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  September,  ^''®'" 
1969. 

4.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Motor   Vehicle  ^ccwiew<  short  title 
Claims  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


101 


00 


2 

X 
> 


?0 

I 


tv 

P 

n 

fc^ 

3 

o 

to 

?4. 

sr 

♦^ 

1^ 

hj 

:^ 

1 

1 

3 

1-^ 

>: 

O    f 

n  t 

S£ 
Of 

3 
CO    . 

>' 

o   > 

r  : 

Si 


O  I 

to  : 


BILL  101 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Motor  Vehicle  Accident  Claims  Act,  1961-62 


Mr.  Haskktt 


r  O  R  O  N  T  o 

1'kinii:d  and  rum.isHi;!)  nv  Frank  Foci.,  QLi;t;N's  1'kimi;k 


BILL  101  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Motor  Vehicle 
Accident  Claims  Act,  1961-62 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section   7  of   The  Motor    Vehicle  Accident   Claims  ■A.cl,^^^'^^^'-;^ 
1961-62,  as  amended  by  section  5  of  The  Motor  Vehicle  Acci-^™^'^'^^^ 
dent  Claims  Amendment  Act,  1964  and  section  1  of  The  Motor 
Vehicle  Accident    Claims  Amendment  Act,    1968,   is   further 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

(5)  Where  a  deceased  person,  if  living,  would  be  the  d^el'end^ant 
defendant  or  the  defendant  in  the  action  dies  and 
the  personal  representative,  if  any,  of  the  deceased 
person  does  not  defend  the  action  and  no  adminis- 
trator ad  litem  is  appointed,  the  Minister  may 
exercise  the  rights  and  take  the  action  referred  to 
in  subsection  2  in  the  name  of  the  deceased  and 
may  assert  a  counterclaim  on  behalf  of  the  estate 
of  the  deceased. 

2. — (1)  Subsection   1  of  section   22  of   'The  Motor   Vehicle  l%\]^g' 22, 
Accident  Claims  Act,  1961-62  is  repealed  and  the  following ^^^^•^^■jgj 
substituted  therefor: 

(1)  In  respect  of  any  application  under  section  5  or  6  payable 
for  payment  of  damages  arising  out  of  motor  vehicle  '^'"°'"  i^"nd 
accidents  occurring  in  Ontario  on  or  after  the  1st 
day  of  September,  1969,  and  subject  to  subsection  4, 
the  Minister  shall  not  pay  out  of  the  Fund  more 
than  the  total  amount  of  $50,000  exclusive  of  costs, 
for  all  damages  on  account  of  injury  or  death  to  one 
or  more  persons,  or  loss  of  or  damage  to  property 
occasioned  in  Ontario  by  any  one  uninsured  motor 
vehicle  and  arising  out  of  any  one  accident,  pro- 
vided that  any  claims  arising  out  of  any  loss  of  or 
damage   to   property   shall   have   priority   over  any 

101 


claims  arising  out  of  any  bodily  injur\'  or  death  to 
the  extent  of  S5,00(),  but  in  any  event  the  Minister 
shall  not  [)a>-  out  of  the  Fund  more  than  a  total  of 
85,000  in  res|)ect  of  all  claims  arising  out  of  the  loss 
of  or  damage  to  proi)ert\'  cKxasioned  by  any  one 
uninsured  vehicle  and  arising  out  of  any  one  ac- 
cident. ''''     i 

'^^'"  (la)   In  respect  of  applications  under  section  5  or  6  for 

pa\nient  of  damages  arising  out  of  motor  vehicle 
accidents  occurring  in  Ontario  on  or  after  the  Ist 
da\-  of  Octol)cr,  1962,  and  before  the  1st  day  of 
Se|)tcmbcr,  1969,  and  subject  to  subsection  4,  the 
Minister  shall  not  pa\'  out  of  the  Fund  more  than 
the  total  amount  of  835,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  for 
all  damages  on  account  of  injury  to  one  or  more 
l^crsons,  doatli  of  one  or  more  jjersons,  loss  of 
|)roperty  and  damage  to  |)ropert\  arising  out  of 
any  one  accident,  and,  where  in  any  one  accident 
damages  result  from  bodily  injury  or  death  and  loss 
of  or  damage  to  pro|K'rly,  the  claims  arising  out  of 
such  loss  of  or  damage  to  profierty  have  priority 
over  claims  arising  out  of  such  bodily  injury  or 
death  to  the  extent  of  85,000,  and  in  any  event  the 
Minister  shall  not  pa>  out  of  the  I'und  more  than  a 
total  amount  of  85,000  in  res|)ect  of  all  claims 
arising  out  of  loss  of  or  damage  to  pro|)erty  in  any 
one  accident. 

c!'84^'8~.'i;2,         (^'  Subsection   4   of   the   siiid    section    22   is  amended    b\ 
amended        Striking  out  clausc  0,  by  relettering  clause  b  as  clause  c,  by 

relettering  clause  c  as  clause  cl  and  b\-  adding  thereto  the 

following  clauses: 

(a)  arising  out  of  motor  vehicle  accidents  occurring  in 
Ontario  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  September,  1969, 
more  than  850,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  for  all  damages 
on  account  of  injur\-  to  one  or  more  |)ersons  and  the 
death  of  one  or  more  i)ersons  occasioned  by  any  one 
uninsured  motor  vehicle  and  arising  out  of  any  one 
accident;  or 

(6 1  arising  out  of  motor  vehicle  accidents  occurring  in 
Ontario  on  or  after  the  1st  day  of  October,  1962,  and 
before  the  1st  da>-  of  September,  1969,  more  than 
the  total  amount  of  835,000,  exclusive  of  costs,  for 
all  damages  on  account  of  injur\  to  one  or  more 
])cr,sons  and  the  death  of  one  or  more  persons  arising 
out  of  aii\  one  accident;  or 


1(11 


3. — (1)  This  Act,  except  section  2,  comes  into  force  on  the  ^°5^j"^^"<^«- 
day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Section  2  comes  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  September,  ^''®'" 
1969. 

4.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Motor   Vehicle  Accident  ^^°''^  ^'^^^ 
Claims  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


101 


\0 
00 


t/i 
M 


■rr 


1\> 


I 


4^ 


\0 
O 

NO 


> 

3 


CD 
> 


BILL  102 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Registry  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


r  o  R  o  N  T  o 

'KIMID  and    PUBI.ISHKI)  BV   I'RANK   FOGC,   QuKEN's   I'kINIKK 


Explanatory  Notes 
Section  1.   Complementary  to  section  3  of  the  Bill. 


Section  2.   The  amendment  confirms  existing  practice. 


Section  3.    The  amendment  authorizes  names  for  registry  divisions 
to  be  fixed  by  regulation. 


Section  4.  The  duties  of  the  Inspector  of  Legal  Offices  relating  to 
the  registry  system  are  vested  in  a  new  office  called  the  Director  of  Land 
Registration. 


102 


BILL  102  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Registry  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 


960, 


1.  Section  1  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  1  ^l;?-  ^^/ 
of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended  by  adding  (1966,' o!  i36, 
thereto  the  following  clause:  amended 

(aa)  "Director"  means  the  Director  of  Land  Registration 
appointed  under  section  3. 

2.  The  Registry  Act  is  amended   by  adding   thereto  the ^I^O- 1^^"' 

following  section :  amended 

la.  The   Minister  of  Justice  and  Attorney  General  is f J'g'Jife''^  °^ 
responsible  for  the  administration  of  this  Act.  Attorney 

'  General 

3.  Subsection  2  of  section  4  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  re-Rso.  i960, 

c.  348   8   4 

enacted  by  section  3  of   The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1964sub8.2 
and  amended  by  section  1  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act, a.  3).'''' 
1965,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "or"  at  the  end  of'""®"''®'' 
clause  c,  by  adding  "or"  at  the  end  of  clause  d  in  the  amend- 
ment of  1965,  and  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

(e)  designate    the    names    by    which    registry    divisions 
shall  be  known. 

4.  The  Registry  Act   is  amended   by   adding   thereto   the  Rs.o.  i960, 

following  sections:  amended 

6a. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  ma>'  ap- ^j.'^j^J^^'" 
point  a  barrister  or  solicitor  to  be  the  Director  of  Registration 
Land  Registration. 

(2)  The    Director    of    Land    Registration    has    genera!  Duties 
supervision  and  control  over  registry  offices  and  the 
system  for  registration  therein. 

102 


'''•'"  (3;  Any  reference  in  this  Act  to  the  Inspector  or  to  the 

Insjiector  of  Legal  Offices  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
reference  to  the  Director  of  Land  Registration. 

^'''  (4)  The  Director  of  Land  Registration  shall  have  a  seal 

of  office  in  such  form  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  approves. 

DirMto"*of  ^^     '^*^  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint 

fet"fl.,  ..  „  <^n  Assistant  Director  of  I^ind  Registration,  and  the 

Registration  •  i      i     n  i  i  •   • 

person  so  appomted  shall  act  under  the  supervision 
of  the  Director  of  Land  Registration  or  shall  act  as 
Director  in  the  absence  of  the  Director,  and  when  so 
acting  the  Assistant  Director  of  Land  Registration 
has  the  [jowers  and  shall  perform  the  duties  of  the 
Director  of  Land  Registration  under  this  or  any 
other  Act. 

^fis'i^ii'  *•"(!)  Subsection  4  of  section  31  of  The  Registry  Act,  as 
(i966,'c.' 136,  re-enacted  by  section  8  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966, 
subs!  4,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "or"  at  the  end  of  clause  d,  by 

amen  e         adding  "or"  at  the  end  of  clause  e  and  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  clause: 

(J)  to  a  licence  of  occupation  for  the  purpose  of  a  pipe 
1964,  c.  74  line  as  defined  in  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964, 

if  the  licence  is  accompanied  by  an  affidavit  of  the 
licensee  or  his  solicitor  or,  where  the  licensee  is  a 
corporation,  an  officer  of  or  solicitor  for  the  cor- 
poration stating  that  the  land  affected  by  the  licence 
is  to  be  used  for  that  purpose,  or  to  any  instrument 
affecting  a  registered  licence  of  occupation. 

R.S.O.  1960, 

(igtle'c  i?)6  (2)  The  said  section  31  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
^■^''■^  J        following  subsections: 

amended  ^ 

lui^regrstyred  ^^)  "^   noticc  of  an   unregistered   instrument  or  of  an 

'  merest  interest  or  claim  dejiendent  upon  or  arising  out  of  an 

unregistered  instrument  shall  not  be  registered  under 

this  -Act. 

^"^"'^^^  (7)  Notwithstanding  subsections  2  and  6,  a  notice  of, 

(a)  a  lease; 

(b)  a  sublease; 

(c)  an  assignment  of  a  lease; 

(d)  a  mortgage  of  a  lease; 

(e)  an   assignment  of   the   lessor's  interest  in  a 
lease;  or 

102 


Section  5 — Subsection  1.  The  amendment  permits  the  registration 
of  licences  of  occupation  of  Crown  lands  in  registry  divisions  for  pipe 
line  purposes. 


Subsection  2.  The  amendments  permit  registration  of  notice  of  leases 
and  certain  dealings  with  leases  in  place  of  registration  of  the  original, 
but  ensure  that  other  notices  resembling  memorials  of  instruments  can  not 
be  registered. 


102 


SEcriON  6.  The  section  repealed  prescribes  the  maximum  dimensions 
of  instruments  for  registration,  provision  is  made  in  section  14  of  the  Bill 
to  prescribe  the  maximums  by  regulation  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
mininnnii  dimensions. 

Skctios  7.  The  amendments  add  instruments  executed  on  behalf  of 
the  Government  of  Canada  and  certificates  of  municipal  tax  credits  to 
those  exempted  from  the  requirement  to  have  aflfidavits  of  execution. 


Si-XTioN  8 — Subsection  1.     The   amendment   permits   the   age  of  a 
Ruaraiitor  on  a  mortgage  to  be  proved  in  the  same  manner  as  the  age  of 

a  mortgagor. 


Subsection  2.  The  amendment  requires  the  affidavit  of  marital 
^itatus  where  the  female  party  does  not  join  for  the  purpose  of  barring 
dower. 


102 


i 


(J)  a  determination  or  surrender  of  a  lease, 

may  be  registered  if  it  complies  with  the  regulations. 

6.  Section  32  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  ^^/i^'sl^i^' 
of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1964,  is  repealed.  s?^9)f'  ^'  ^°^' 

repealed 

7. — (1)  Clause  d  of  subsection  \a  of  section  34  of  The^f^^'s^ii' 
Registry  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  11  of  The  Registry  Amend-^}^^^-  -^".q, 
ment  Act,  1964,  is  amended  by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  s- ii)i  ci.  d, ' 
"or  of  Canada",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

{d)  an  instrument  that  purports  to  be  executed  by  an 
officer  of  the  Government  of  Ontario  or  of  Canada. 

(2)  Subsection    la  of  the  said  section   34  is  amended   by RS.o.  i960, 

,   ,.  ,  ,         r     ir  ■  ■  C.  .348,8.  34, 

addmg  thereto  the  toUowmg  clause:  subs,  la 

(1964,  c.  102, 
8.  11), 

ip)  a  notice  or  certificate  under  subsection  5  of  section  2  '""«"''®'' 
of  The  Municipal  and  School  Tax  Credit  Assistance^^^'''  "-'■  ^^ 
Act,  1967. 

8.— (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  52  of  The  Registry  Act,  asR|^o.^i9^6^o, 
re-enacted    by    subsection    1    of   section    18   of    The   Registry  (iseel  ciae, 
Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "stating subs' i). 
whether  he"  in  the  fifth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "orlmlnded 
by  any  other  person  executing  the  mortgage  stating  whether 
such  guarantor  or  surety",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read 
as  follows: 

(2)  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1967,  where  aOuarantor, 
person  executes  a  mortgage  as  a  guarantor  or  surety, 
the  mortgage  shall  not  be  registered  unless  there  is 
made  on  or  securely  attached  to  it  an  afifidavit  by 
such  person  or  by  any  other  person  executing  the 
mortgage  stating  whether  such  guarantor  or  surety 
was  of  the  full  age  of  twenty-one  years  at  the  time 
he  executed  the  mortgage.  r  s  o  i960 

c.'348,'s.  52  ' 

(2)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  52  is  repealed  and  thes.  18,'    ' 
following  substituted  therefor:  lubs!  5." 

re-enacted 

(5)  A  deed,  conveyance,  mortgage,  lease,  release  or  quit^J'J^*'^" 
claim  that  is  made  by  a  man  and  in  which  a  woman  marriage 
joins  as  his  wife  shall  not  be  registered  unless  there 
is  made  on  or  securely  attached  to  it  an  affidavit  by 
such  man  or  woman,  or,  if  the  document  is  executed 
by  an  attorney,  by  that  attorney,  deposing  that  they 
were  married  to  one  another  at  the  time  of  execution 
of  the  instrument. 

102 


o!'348  B*  M°'      ®'  Section  53  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  amended  by  section  4 
amended        of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1965  and  section  19  of  The 

Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  further  amended  by  adding 

thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Additional 
exemptions 


(6)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may,  by  regu- 
lation, designate  corjx)rations  to  which  this  section 
does  not  apply,  in  addition  to  those  set  out  in  sub- 
section 4. 


10.  Section  58a  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  enacted  by  section 


R.S.O.  1960. 
o.  348,  s.  58a 

(1966.  0.136.  24  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  repealed  and  the 
re-enacted      following  substituted  therefor: 


Consent 
under  1958. 
c.  29  (Can.) 


58a. — (1)  An  instrument  referred  to  in  subsection  6  of 
section  58  shall  not  be  registered  unless  the  consent 
under  the  Estate  Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  registered  in 
the  same  manner  as  the  consent  or  general  certificate 
of  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario. 


Idem 


(2)  Subsection  1  applies  only, 

(a)  where  the  death  of  the  deceased  person  occurred 
after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1958;  and 

{b)  where  the  instrument  referred  to  in  subsection  6  of 
section  58  is  tendered  for  registration  on  or  after 
the  day  on  which  this  section  comes  into  force. 


R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  348,8.  73, 
amended 


11.  Section  73  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  amended  by  section 
30  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1962-63,  section  32  of 
The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966  and  section  8  of  The 
Registry  Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Oas  and 
oil  leases 


(9)  Where  an  instrument  purporting  to  surrender  a 
registered  gas  or  oil  lease  has  been  registered  for  ten 
or  more  years,  the  registrar  shall,  wherever  the  gas 
or  oil  lease  and  any  instrument  dealing  exclusively 
with  the  gas  or  oil  lease  appear  on  any  abstract 
index  in  his  office,  draw  a  line  in  red  ink  through  all 
such  entries  and  shall  initial  the  same  and  the  lands 
described  in  the  lease  are  validly  discharged  there- 
from. 


^■348s^.^8*o°'       *2.  Section  80  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  amended  by  section 
amended        35  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  further  amended 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Registration 

deemed 

notice 


(4)  The  registration  of  a  notice  under  subsection  7  of 
section   31    or   under  section    136  or  a  declaration 


102 


Section  9.  The  amendment  authorizes  regulations  to  add  further 
corporations  to  those  exempted  from  the  requirement  to  have  affidavits 
as  to  powers  in  mortmain  upon  registration. 


SectionTIO.  The  provision  added  would  qualify  land  in  Ontario  to 
be  exempted  from  the  provision  of  the  Estate  Tax  Act  (Canada)  imposing 
a  lien  for  taxes. 


Section  11.    The  amendment  requires  ruling  ofl  of  surrendered  gas 
and  oil  leases  in  the  same  manner  as  discharged  mortgages. 


Section  12.  The  amendment  assures  that  registration  of, 

1.  notices  respecting  leases; 

2.  notices  reviving  claims  of  interests  for  the  purposes  of  Part  III; 
and 

3.  declarations  describing  lands  affected  by  an  instrument, 

constitutes  constructive  notice  in  the  same  manner  as  the  registration  of 
instruments. 

102 


Section  13.  The  provision  amended  provides  for  the  conditions  that 
may  he  attached  to  the  withdrawal  of  a  restraining  order.  Planning 
boards  have  been  superseded  by  committees  of  adjustment  with  respect 
to  by-laws  under  section  26  of  The  Planning  Act  and  the  reference  is 
amended  to  agree  with  the  change. 


Section  14.   Complementary  to  section  6  of  the  Bill. 


Section  15.   Self-explanatory. 


Section  16.  The  amendment  exempts  deposited  plans  from  the  re- 
quirement to  microfilm  in  the  same  manner  as  registered  plans  are 
exempted  under  section  55  of  the  Act. 


102 


I 


under  subsection  2  of  section  33  constitutes  regis- 
tration of  the  instrument  referred  to  in  the  notice 
or  declaration  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  1  of 
this  section. 

13.  Clause  a  of  subsection  4  of  section  96  of  The  Registry  ^f^2'i^9e' 
Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  37  of  The  Registry  Amendment '^^^^-^^^ 
Act,  1962-63,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "planning  board"  siibs.  i, ' 
in   the  first  and   second   lines  and   inserting  in   lieu   thereof  amended 
"committee  of  adjustment"  and  by  inserting  after  "be"  in 
the  third  line  "attached  to  or",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read 
as  follows: 

(a)  may  require  the  consent  of  the  committee  of  ad- 
justment or  the  Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs  to  be 
attached  to  or  endorsed  on  the  instrument  if  the 
land  is  affected  by  a  by-law  under  section  26  of  The^-^^o.  igeo, 

_,  .  .  c.  296 

Planntng  Act;  or 


14.  Clause  h  of  subsection  1  of  section  126  of  The  Registry  ^f^2'B^i24 
Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  48  of  The  Registry  Amendment  ^}^%^-^^- 
Act,  1962-63,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  there- k.  48),' 

c  subs.  1, 

for:  (1.  h. 

re-enaoted 

Qi)  prescribing  the  minimum  and  maximum  dimensions 
of  instruments  tendered  for  registration. 

15.  The  Registry  Act  is  amended   by  adding  thereto  the  ^I^O- ^s^*^- 

following  section:  amended 

126a.   Notwithstanding   any   provision   of   this  Act   or  of '" 'l^'jf ''°" 
The  Land   Titles  Act,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  fgifs^t^y '^ 
Council    may    make    regulations    for    standardizing  records  and 

,  i-ii"i  1-  n-  1  procedures 

the  procedures  m  land  titles  and  registry  oirices  and  r.s.o.  i960, 
for  integrating  the  records  in  combined  land  titles*'-  ^°* 
and  registry  offices,  and  may  limit  the  application 
of  any  provision  of  the  regulations  to  one  or  more 
registry  or  land  titles  divisions. 

16.  Subsection  4  of  section  130  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  re-^-f^g  ■g^'^^a'Jj 
enacted  by  subsection  3  of  section  51  of  The  Registry  Amend- ^^^^■^'^^  ^3g 
ment  Act,  1966,  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "document" »■  si. 

in  the  first  line  "other  than  a  plan  of  survey",  so  that  the  sub- amended 
section  shall  read  as  follows: 

(4)  The  registrar  shall  record  every  document  other  than  Recording 
a  plan  of  survey  deposited  under  this  Part  at  full 
length  by  means  of  photographic  film  reproduction. 

102 


^I^gg^ias  ^'^'  Subsection  2  of  section  135  of  The  Registry  Act,  as 
(i96«"<=- 188. enacted  by  section  52  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966, 
subs. '2.  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

amended  jo  o 

{ba)  a  claim  of  a  corporation  authorized  to  construct  or 
operate  a  railway,  including  a  street  railway  or 
incline  railway,  in  respect  of  lands  acquired  by  the 
corporation  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1930,  and, 

(i)  owned  or  used  for  the  purposes  of  a  right-of- 
way  for  railway  lines,  or 

(ii)  abutting  such  right-of-way. 


?i48.' s.^iss  !*•  Subsection  1  of  section  136  of  The  Registry  Act,  as 
(i3|6.  <=•  138.  enacted  by  section  52  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966, 
subs.'i,  is  amended  by  inserting  at  the  commencement  thereof  "Sub- 

ject to  subsection  6  of  section  31",  so  that  the  subsection  shall 
read  as  follows: 

of^noUce'  °"  (1)  Subject  to  subsection  6  of  section  31,  a  person  having 

°'^^'*""  a  claim  against  land  that  is  not  barred  under  section 

135  or  a  person  on  his  behalf  may  register  in  the 
proper  registry  office  a  notice,  wiiich  shall  set  forth 
the  claimant's  full  name  and  address,  a  local  descrip- 
tion of  the  land  and  a  detailed  statement  of  the  claim 
verified  by  the  affidavit  of  the  person  registering 
the  notice. 


(\  348,8;T37       1®'  Section  137  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  enacted  by  section 
8^52?'  ^'  ^^^'  ^^  °^  ^^^  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended  by  insert- 
amended        ing  after  "those"  in  the  second  line  "of  Part  I  or  Part  II  or", 
so  that  the  section  shall  read  as  follows: 

x>tI\&\\°  ^^^-  Where  there  is  any  conflict  between  the  provisions  of 

over  other  this  Part  and  those  of  Part  I  or  Part  II  or  of  any 

provisions,  i  a  i      •  ,        ,  i 

Other  Act  or  any  regulation  made  thereunder  or  any 
rule  of  law,  the  provisions  of  this  Part  prevail. 

Commence-        20.— (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  1,4,  10  and  17,  comes 
into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

''•»"'  (2)  Sections  1,4,  10  and  17  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  be 

named  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 


Short  title  21.  This  .^ct  may  be  cited  as  The  Registry  Amendment  Act, 

1968-69. 

102 


Section  17.  The  interest  of  a  railway  company  in  its  lands  for 
rights-of-way  is  exempted  from  the  40-year  limit  in  a  similar  manner 
to  highways. 


Section  18.    Complementary  to  section  5  of  the  Bill 


Section  19.     The  amendment  ensures  that  the  remainder  of    The 
Registry  Act  does  not  affect  the  validity  of  the  40- year  root  of  title. 


102 


u> 


s 
> 


3 


>3 


I     I 


F    8: 


BILL  102 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Registry  Act 


Mr.  WlSHART 


(Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Ko(.(;,  Quken's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 
Section  1.   Complementary  to  section  3  of  the  Bill. 


Section  2.   The  amendment  confirms  existing  practice. 


Section  3.    The  amendment  authorizes  names  for  registry  divisions 
to  be  fixed  by  regulation. 


Section  4.  The  duties  of  the  Inspector  of  Legal  Offices  relating  to 
the  registr\-  system  are  vested  in  a  new  office  called  the  Director  of  Land 
Kegistration. 


lOJ 


BILL  102  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Registry  Act 

HIiR  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section  1  of  The  Reeistrv  Act,  as  re-enacted  h\  section  1  h.s.o.  isieo, 

-  (■    348    8    1 

of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended  b\-  adding  (1966,' o.  ise, 
thereto  the  following  clause:  ii'mended 

{aa)  "Director"  means  the  Director  of  Land  Registration 
appointed  under  section  6a. 

2.  The   Registry  Act   is   amended    by   adding   tliereto   the^'.^-^^^- '^®°' 

following  section :  amended 

la.  The    Minister  of   Justice   and   Attorney   General   is  .^i'g'^jf4*'^^'J 
responsible  for  the  administration  of  this  Act.  Attorney 

■^  Cieneral 

3.  Subsection   2  of  section  4  of   The  Registry  Act,  as  re- R.^t>.  isRO, 
enacted  by  section  3  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1 064 1'uhs-  2 
and  amended  by  section   1  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,s. 
1965,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "or"  at  the  end  of' 
clause  c,  by  adding  "or"  at  the  end  of  clause  d  in  the  amend- 
ment of  1965,  and  h\  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 


r  amended 


(e)  designate    the    names    by    which    registr\-    divisions 
shall  be  known. 

4.   The  Registry  Act   is   amended    b>-   adding   thereto    the^^  .^-O- lot^o. 

following  sections:  amended 

6a. —  (1)   The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  ma\-  iip- ,',}'5®and'^ 
point  a  barrister  or  solicitor  to  be  the  Director  of  Keitistration 
Land  Registration. 

(2)  The    Director    of    Land    Registration    has    general  iJutics 
supervision  and  control  over  registry  offices  and  the 
system  for  registration  therein. 

102 


fdoin 


Seal 


Assistant 
Uirector  of 
Land 
Kegistration 


(3)  Any  reference  in  this  Act  to  the  Ins|)ector  or  to  the 
Insixictor  of  Legal  Offices  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
reference  to  the  Director  of  I^iid  Kegistration. 

(4)  The  Director  of  Land  Registration  shall  have  a  seal 
of  office  in  such  form  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  approves. 

66.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  ap|x>int 
an  Assistant  Director  of  Land  Registration,  and  the 
l>erson  so  appointed  shall  act  under  the  sui)ervision 
of  the  Director  of  Land  Registration  or  shall  act  as 
Director  in  the  absence  of  the  Director,  and  when  so 
acting  the  Assistant  Director  of  Land  Registration 
has  the  powers  and  shall  perform  the  duties  of  the 
Director  of  I^nd  Registration  tinder  this  or  any 
other  Act. 


1904. 


^'^AH  a^^i'  *• — (^^  Stibsection  4  of  section  31  of  The  Registry  Act,  as 
(1966,  <■.  186.  re-enacted  by  section  8  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966, 
sui.s'.  4.  is  amended  by  striking  out  "or"  at  the  end  of  clause  d,  by 

adding  "or"  at  the  end  of  clause  e  and  by  adding  thereto  the 

following  clause: 

(/)  to  a  licence  of  occupation  for  the  purjxjse  of  a  pipe 
line  as  defined  in  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964, 
if  the  licence  is  accompanied  by  an  affidavit  of  the 
licensee  or  his  solicitor  or,  where  the  licensee  is  a 
corporation,  an  officer  of  or  solicitor  for  the  cor- 
poration stating  that  the  land  affected  by  the  licence 
is  to  be  used  for  that  purpose,  or  to  any  instrument 
affecting  a  registered  licence  of  occupation. 

(2)  The  said  section  31  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsections: 


R.K.O.  I960. 
<•.  .■!4X,  8.  ,S1 
(1966.  f.  136. 
s.  8). 
amended 

Xotic-e  of 

unregistered 

interest 


(6)  .A  notice  of  an  unregistered  instrument  or  of  an 
interest  or  claim  dependent  U|X)n  or  arising  out  of  an 
unregistered  instrument  shall  not  be  registered  under 
this  .Act. 

(7 1   .Notwithstanding  subsections  2  and  6,  a  notice  of, 

(rt)  a  lease; 

{b)  a  sublease: 

(c)  an  assignment  of  a  lease; 

{d)  a  mortgage  of  a  lease; 

(e)  an   assignment   of   the   lessor's   interest   in   a 
lease;  or 


102 


Sections — Subsection  1.  The  amendment  permits  the  registration 
of  licences  of  occupation  of  Crown  lands  in  registry  divisions  for  pipe 
line  purposes. 


Subsection  2.  The  amendments  permit  registration  of  notice  of  leases 
and  certain  dealings  with  leases  in  place  of  registration  of  the  original, 
but  ensure  that  other  notices  resembling  memorials  of  instruments  can  not 
be  registered. 


102 


Section  6.  The  section  repealed  prescribes  the  maximum  dimensions 
of  instruments  for  registration.  Provision  is  made  in  section  14  of  the  Bill 
to  prescribe  the  maximums  by  regulation  in  the  s;ime  manner  as  the 
minimum  dimensions. 

Skction  7.  The  amendments  add  instruments  executed  on  behalf  of 
the  Government  of  Canada  and  certificates  of  municipal  tax  credits  to 
those  exempted  from  the  requirement  to  have  affidavits  of  execution. 


Section  8 — Subsection  1.  The  amendment  permits  the  age  of  a 
guarantor  on  a  mortgage  to  be  proved  in  the  same  manner  as  the  age  of 
;i  mortgagor. 


status 
dower 


Subsection    2.     The   amendment   requires   the   affidavit  of   marital 
lis  where  the  female  party  does  not  join  for  the  purpose  of  barring 


lOJ 


(/)  a  determination  or  surrender  of  a  lease, 

may  be  registered  if  it  complies  with  the  regulations. 

6.  Section  32  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  9  J^fig  ■8-';''3''2°' 
of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1964,  is  repealed.  s^9)'*'  °'  ^^^' 

repealed 

7. —  (1)  Clause  d  of  subsection  \a  of  section  34  of  Thef-'^^-^^.f^- 
Registry  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  11  of  The  Registry  Amend-^^^^-  ^".qo 
mevt  Act,  1964,  is  amended  by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  «■  id!  <i.  d"' 
"or  of  Canada",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

{d)  an  instrument  that  purports  to  be  executed  by  an 
officer  of  the  Government  of  Ontario  or  of  Canada. 

(2)  Subsection    \a  of  the  said   section   34  is  amended   by  RS.o.  i960, 

.  o   348   8   34 

adding  thereto  the  following  clause:  subs,  io 

a964,  c.  102, 
s.  11), 

{p)  a  notice  or  certificate  under  subsection  5  of  section  2^""®"''®'' 
of  The  Municipal  and  School  Tax  Credit  Assistance  ^^^'^-  "■  ^*' 
Act,  1967. 

8.— (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  52  of  The  Registry  Act,  asK|^o.^i9M, 
re-enacted    by   subsection    1    of   section    18   of    The   Registry  (wee'.  c'.vse. 
Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "statingsiibs.' i), 
whether  he"  in  the  fifth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "or  amended 
by  any  other  person  executing  the  mortgage  stating  whether 
such  guarantor  or  surety",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read 
as  follows: 

(2)  On  and  after  the  1st  dav  of  Januarv,  1967,  where  a  c;uarantor, 
person  executes  a  mortgage  as  a  guarantor  or  surety, 
the  mortgage  shall  not  be  registered  unless  there  is 
made  on  or  securely  attached  to  it  an  affidavit  by 
such  person  or  by  any  other  person  executing  the 
mortgage  stating  whether  such  guarantor  or  surety 
was  of  the  full  age  of  twenty-one  years  at  the  time 
he  executed  the  mortgage.  r  s  o  i960 

c.  348,  s.  52  ' 

(2)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  52  is  repealed  and  thes.  is,'    ' 
following  substituted  therefor:  subs!  5.' 

re-enacted 

(5)  A  deed,  conveyance,  mortgage,  lease,  release  or  quit^^™^*^''' 
claim  that  is  made  by  a  man  and  in  which  a  woman  mafiage 
joins  as  his  wife  shall  not  be  registered  unless  there 
is  made  on  or  securely  attached  to  it  an  affidavit  by 
such  man  or  woman,  or,  if  the  document  is  executed 
by  an  attorney,  by  that  attorney,  deposing  that  they 
were  married  to  one  another  at  the  time  of  execution 
of  the  instrument. 

102 


^.fia.a.^M'      ®*  Section  53  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  amended  by  section  4 
amended        of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1965  and  section  19  of  The 

Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  further  amended  by  adding 

thereto  the  following  subsection  : 


Additional 
exemptions 


(6)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may,  by  regu- 
lation, designate  corjxjrations  to  which  this  section 
does  not  apply,  in  addition  to  those  set  out  in  sub- 
section 4. 


J^l'^^  „^^(fjj''j  lO.  Section  58a  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  enacted  by  section 
'^24?'  ''^'^^  ^^  of  ^^*  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  rei^ealed  and  the 
re-eiia(te<i      following  substituted  therefor: 


Consent 
under  1958. 
<■.  29  (Can.) 


58a.— (1)  An  instrument  referred  to  in  subsection  6  of 
section  58  shall  not  be  registered  unless  the  consent 
under  the  Estate  Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  registered  in 
the  same  manner  as  the  consent  or  general  certificate 
of  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario. 


Idem 


(2)  Subsection  1  applies  only, 

(a)  where  the  death  of  the  deceased  person  occurred 
after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1958;  and 

(b)  where  the  instrument  referred  to  in  subsection  6  of 
section  58  is  tendered  for  registration  on  or  after 
the  da>'  on  which  this  section  comes  into  force. 


R.S.O.  1960. 
c.  348.  s.  73. 
amended 


11.  Section  73  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  amended  by  section 
30  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1962-63,  section  32  of 
The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966  and  section  8  of  The 
Registry  Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  further  amended  by  adding 
thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Oas  and 
oil  leases 


(9)  Where  an  instrument  purporting  to  surrender  a 
registered  gas  or  oil  lease  has  been  registered  for  ten 
or  more  years,  the  registrar  shall,  wherever  the  gas 
or  oil  lease  and  any  instrument  dealing  exclusively 
with  the  gas  or  oil  lease  appear  on  any  abstract 
index  in  his  oHice,  draw  a  line  in  red  ink  through  all 
such  entries  and  shall  initial  the  same  and  the  lands 
described  in  the  lease  are  validly  discharged  there- 
from. 


f^'348  s^'so'        ^^'  Section  80  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  amended  by  section 
amended        35  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  further  amended 
by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Registration 

deemed 

notice 


(4)   The  registration  of  a  notice  under  subsection  7  of 
section   31    or  under  section    136  or  a  declaration 


lOJ 


Section  9.  The  amendinent  authorizes  regulations  to  add  further 
corporations  to  those  exempted  from  the  requirement  to  have  affidavits 
as  to  powers  in  mortmain  upon  registration. 


Section  10.  The  provision  added  would  qualify  land  in  Ontario  to 
be  exempted  from  the  provision  of  the  Estate  Tax  Act  (Canada)  imposing 
a  lien  for  taxes. 


Section  11.    The  amendment  requires  ruling  ofT  of  surrendered  gas 
and  oil  leases  in  the  same  manner  as  discharged  mortgages. 


Section  12.   The  amendment  assures  that  registration  of, 

1.  notices  respecting  leases; 

2.  notices  reviving  claims  of  interests  for  the  purposes  of  Part  III; 
and 

3.  declarations  describing  lands  affected  by  an  instrument, 

constitutes  constructive  notice  in  the  same  manner  as  the  registration  of 
instruments. 

102 


Section  13.  The  provision  amended  provides  for  the  conditions  that 
may  be  attached  to  the  withdrawal  of  a  restraining  order.  I'lanning 
boards  have  been  superseded  by  committees  of  adjustment  with  respect 
to  by-laws  under  section  26  of^  The  Planning  Act  and  the  reference  is 
amended  to  agree  with  the  change. 


Section  14.   Complementary  to  section  6  of  the  Bill. 


Sechox  15.   Self-explanatory. 


Section  16.  The  amendment  exempts  deposited  plans  from  the  re- 
quirement to  microfilm  in  the  same  manner  as  registered  plans  are 
exempted  under  section  55  of  the  Act. 


A 


102 


under  subsection  2  of  section  33  constitutes  regis- 
tration of  the  instrument  referred  to  in  the  notice 
or  declaration  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  1  of 
this  section. 

13.  Clause  a  of  subsection  4  of  section  96  of  The  ^^egistryf^^-^^^'i^ae' 
Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  37  of  The  Registry  Amendment '^J-^^^^^^\ 
Act,  1962-63,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "planning  board"  subs.  4, 
in   the  first  and   second   lines  and   inserting  in   lieu   thereof  amended 
"committee  of  adjustment"  and  by  inserting  after  "be"   in 
the  third  line  "attached  to  or",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read 
as  follows: 

(a)  may  require  the  consent  of  the  committee  of  ad- 
justment or  the  Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs  to  be 
attached  to  or  endorsed  on  the  instrument  if  the 
land  is  affected  by  a  bv-law  under  section  26  of  The^-^:2-  ^^^°' 

•'  -  c,  29() 

Planning  A  ct;  or 


14.  Clause  h  of  subsection  1  of  section  126  of  The  Regi'<l>'y^/-ii^'i.^i26 
Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  48  of  The  Registry  ^wewrfmew/ (i'J|2-63, 
Act,  1962-63,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  there- a-  48),' 
for:  ci.  *, 

re-enaited 

{h)  prescribing  the  minimum  and  maximum  dimensions 
of  instruments  tendered  for  registration. 

15.  The  Registry  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  lhe^|4°- 1'*'^"' 

following  section :  amended 

126a.  Notwithstanding   any    provision   of   this   Act   or  of  o?*i^|'J"°° 
The  Land   Titles  Act,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  J^'^fg^j^j?** 
Council    may    make    regulations    for    standardizing  records  and 

•'  1  ■  /v-  J  procedures 

the  procedures  in  land  titles  and  registry  offices  and  r.s.o.  i960, 
for  integrating  the  records  in  combined  land  titles'^' "°^ 
and  registry  offices,  and  may  limit  the  application 
of  any  provision  of  the  regulations  to  one  or  more 
registry  or  land  titles  divisions. 

16.  Subsection  4  of  section  130  of  The  Registry  Ad,  as  rtt-f-^i^-^^^^o. 
enacted  by  subsection  3  of  section  51  of  The  Registry  A  mend- ^^'^l^*^  ^gg 
ment  Act,  1966,  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "document"  s-^|i.  .^^ 

in  the  first  line  "other  than  a  plan  of  survey",  so  that  the  sub- amended 
section  shall  read  as  follows: 


(4)  The  registrar  shall  record  every  document  other  than 
a  plan  of  survey  deposited  under  this  Part  at  full 
length  by  means  of  photographic  film  reproduction. 


Recording 


102 


?^348  ^"""'5  *''•  Subsection  2  of  section  135  of  The  Registry  Act,  as 
<i968'ci''«.  enacted  by  section  52  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966, 
8ui>8.  2.  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 


amended 


(ba)  a  claim  of  a  corporation  authorized  to  construct  or 
operate  a  railway,  including  a  street  railway  or 
incline  railway,  in  respect  of  lands  acquired  by  the 
corporation  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1930,  and, 

(i)  owned  or  used  for  the  purposes  of  a  right-of- 
way  for  railway  lines,  or 

(ii)  abutting  such  right-of-way. 


^'■ii"  s^'ist;  ^^'  Subsection  1  of  section  136  of  The  Registry  Act,  as 
<i96«.  c.  i3(i,  enacted  by  section  52  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966, 
siibs'i.  is  amended  by  inserting  at  the  commencement  thereof  "Sub- 

ject to  subsection  6  of  section  31",  so  that  the  subsection  shall 
read  as  follows: 

of^notke  '  "  (1)  Subject  to  subsection  6  of  section  31,  a  person  having 

"^'^'*""  a  claim  against  land  that  is  not  barred  under  section 

135  or  a  person  on  his  behalf  may  register  in  the 
proper  registry  office  a  notice,  which  shall  set  forth 
the  claimant's  full  name  and  address,  a  local  descrip- 
tion of  the  land  and  a  detailed  statement  of  the  claim 
verified  by  the  affidavit  of  the  person  registering 
the  notice. 


?'h48*, s'^Kfy       1®*  Section  137  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  enacted  by  section 
8^52?'  ^'  ^^^'  ^-  ^^  ^^^  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended  by  insert- 
amended        ing  after  "those"  in  the  second  line  "of  Part  I  or  Part  II  or' 
so  that  the  section  shall  read  as  follows: 

p^e'^vai'°  ^^^-  ^  'i^''^  there  is  any  conflict  between  the  provisions  of 

over  other  this  Part  and  those  of  Part  1  or  Part  11  or  of  any 

provisions,  i  .  .      .  ,        ,  ■ 

other  .'\ct  or  any  regulation  made  thereunder  or  any 
rule  of  law,  the  provisions  of  this  Part  prevail. 


I 


Comiiienc  e 
ment 


20. — (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  1,4,  10  and  17,  comes 
into  force  on  tiie  day  it  receives  Roval  Assent. 


'''^"'  (2)  Sections  1,  4,  10  and  17  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  be 

named  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

Short  title  21.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Registry  Amendment  Act, 

1968-69. 

102 


p 


I 


Section  17.  The  interest  of  a  railway  company  in  its  lands  for 
rights-of-way  is  exempted  from  the  40-year  limit  in  a  similar  manner 
to  highwa>s. 


Skction  18.    Complementary  to  .section  5  of  the  Bill 


Section  19.     The  amendment  ensures  that   the  remainder  of    The 
Registry  Act  does  not  affect  the  validity  of  the  40- year  root  of  title. 


102 


o 

OS 


a  "^ 

2.  2 

a 

Co 

a 


a- 


X 


> 


O      ?J 


2 


I.     ?   I     ?   I 


3 


BILL  102 


B' 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Registry  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORON  TO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogc;,  Queen's  Printer 


i 


BILL  102  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Registry  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Section  1  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  1  ^IjO-  i",^"- 
of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended  by  adding  (ioee,' c!  i36, 
thereto  the  following  clause:  amended 

{aa)  "Director"  means  the  Director  of  Land  Registration 
appointed  under  section  6a. 

2.  The  Registry  Act  is  amended   by  adding  thereto  the ^f^g- ^*'^^' 

following  section :  amended 

la.  The   Minister  of  Justice  and  Attorney  General   is  ^'g'j|^^*^„°J 
responsible  for  the  administration  of  this  Act.  Attorney 

^  General 

3.  Subsection  2  of  section  4  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  re- RS.o.  i960, 
enacted  by  section  3  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1964B\ihB.  2  ' 
and  amended  by  section  1  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,s.  3),''^'     "' 
1965,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "or"  at  the  end  of*"'*"''*'^ 
clause  c,  by  adding  "or"  at  the  end  of  clause  d  in  the  amend- 
ment of  1965,  and  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 

(e)  designate    the    names    by    which    registry    divisions 
shall  be  known. 

4.  The  Registry  Act   is   amended    by   adding   thereto   the  R|-0- 1960, 

following  sections:  amended 

6a. — (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  ap-^'^^^^"" 
point  a  barrister  or  solicitor  to  be  the  Director  of  Registration 
Land  Registration. 

(2)  The    Director    of    Land    Registration    has    general  Duties 
suf)ervision  and  control  over  registry  offices  and  the 
system  for  registration   therein. 

102 


Idem 


Seal 


(3)  Any  reference  in  this  Act  to  the  Inspector  or  to  the 
Inspector  of  Legal  Offices  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
reference  to  the  Director  of  Land  Registration. 

(4)  The  Director  of  Land  Registration  shall  have  a  seal 
of  office  in  such  form  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in 
Council  approves. 

Dlre*ct'o"'of  ^*-  ^^^  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint 

ReBfetration  ^"  Assistant  Director  of  Land  Registration,  and  the 

I^erson  so  apixjinted  shall  act  under  the  supervision 
of  the  Director  of  Land  Registration  or  shall  act  as 
Director  in  the  absence  of  the  Director,  and  when  so 
acting  the  Assistant  Director  of  Land  Registration 
has  the  powers  and  shall  perform  the  duties  of  the 
Director  of  Land  Registration  under  this  or  any 
other  Act. 

^'34?  8°3i*'  ^' — (^)  Subsection  4  of  section  31  of  The  Registry  Act,  as 
(1966,' c.  136,  re-enacted  by  section  8  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966, 
subs'.  4,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "or"  at  the  end  of  clause  d,  by 

adding  "or"  at  the  end  of  clause  e  and  by  adding  thereto  the 

following  clause: 

(/)  to  a  licence  of  occupation  for  the  purjxjse  of  a  pipe 
1964,  c.  74  line  as  defined  in  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964, 

if  the  licence  is  accompanied  by  an  affidavit  of  the 
licensee  or  his  solicitor  or,  where  the  licensee  is  a 
corporation,  an  officer  of  or  solicitor  for  the  cor- 
poration stating  that  the  land  affected  by  the  licence 
is  to  be  used  for  that  purpose,  or  to  any  instrument 
affecting  a  registered  licence  of  occupation. 

R.S.O.  1960, 

a966,'o'.  136,  (2)  The  said  section  31  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
arifended        following  subscctions: 

unregfstered  (6)  '^   notice  of  an   unregistered   instrument  or  of  an 

'"♦«'^«''*'  interest  or  claim  dependent  upon  or  arising  out  of  an 

unregistered  instrument  shall  not  be  registered  under 

this  Act. 

'"'^""''*  (7)   .\otwithstanding  subsections  2  and  6,  a  notice  of, 

(a)  a  lease; 

(6)  a  sublease; 

(c)  an  assignment  of  a  lease; 

(</)  a  mortgage  of  a  lease; 

(e)  an   assignment   of   the   lessor's   interest   in   a 
lease;  or 

102 


(/)  a  determination  or  surrender  of  a  lease, 

may  be  registered  if  it  complies  with  the  regulations. 

6.  Section  32  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  9  ^.fiila^zz' 
of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1964,  is  repealed.  i^9)f '  ""■  ^°^' 

repealed 

7. — (1)  Clause  d  of  subsection  la  of  section  34  of  The^;^^-^^^^' 
Registry  Act,  as  enacted  by  section  11  of  The  Registry  Amend-^^^^-^  c''io2 
ment  Act,  1964,  is  amended  by  adding  at  the  end  thereof  s.  id!  ci.  rf, ' 
"or  of  Canada",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

{d)  an  instrument  that  purports  to  be  executed  by  an 
officer  of  the  Government  of  Ontario  or  of  Canada. 

(2)  Subsection   la  of  the  said  section  34  is  amended  by  R-s.o.  i960, 

c   348  B   34 

adding  thereto  the  following  clause:  subs,  io 

(1964,0.102, 
8.  11), 

{p)  a  notice  or  certificate  under  subsection  5  of  section  2  ^'"^"ded 
of  The  Municipal  and  School  Tax  Credit  Assistances^'"''  '^-  ^^ 
Act,  1967. 

8.— (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  52  of  The  Registry  Act,  s^sff-O-i^eo, 
re-enacted    by   subsection    1    of   section    18   of    The  Registry  (issa'.  c .  ise , 
Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "stating subs' d, 
whether  he"  in  the  fifth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "or  amended 
by  any  other  person  executing  the  mortgage  stating  whether 
such  guarantor  or  surety",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read 
as  follows: 

(2)  On  and  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1967,  where  a^^uarantor, 
person  executes  a  mortgage  as  a  guarantor  or  surety, 
the  mortgage  shall  not  be  registered  unless  there  is 
made  on  or  securely  attached  to  it  an  affidavit  by 
such  person  or  by  any  other  person  executing  the 
mortgage  stating  whether  such  guarantor  or  surety 
was  of  the  full  age  of  twenty-one  years  at  the  time 
he  executed  the  mortgage.  r  s  o  i960 

c.'348,'s.  52  ' 

(2)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  52  is  repealed  and  thes.  is,'   ' 
following  substituted  therefor:  subs!  5,' 

re-enacted 

(5)  A  deed,  conveyance,  mortgage,  lease,  release  or  quit  ^g'^^''^'' 
claim  that  is  made  by  a  man  and  in  which  a  woman  marriage 
joins  as  his  wife  shall  not  be  registered  unless  there 
is  made  on  or  securely  attached  to  it  an  affidavit  by 
such  man  or  woman,  or,  if  the  document  is  executed 
by  an  attorney,  by  that  attorney,  deposing  that  they 
were  married  to  one  another  at  the  time  of  execution 
of  the  instrument. 

102 


^'iis'a^is'  ®*  Section  53  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  amended  by  section  4 
amended        of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1965  and  section  19  of  The 

Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  further  amended  by  adding 

thereto  the  following  subsection: 

^xempuons  (6)    The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may,  by  regu- 

lation, designate  corporations  to  which  this  section 
does  not  ajjply,  in  addition  to  those  set  out  in  sub- 
section 4. 

c*'34?'8'^58'a  ^^'  Section  58a  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  enacted  by  section 
(1966.' c.  136.  24  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  repealed  and  the 
re-enacted      following  substituted  therefor: 

i?nderi958.  S^'^- — (1)  An  instrument  referred  to  in  subsection  6  of 

c.  29  (Can.)  scctiou  58  shall  not  be  registered  unless  the  consent 

under  the  Estate  Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  registered  in 

the  same  manner  as  the  consent  or  general  certificate 

of  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario. 

^''*'"'  (2)  Subsection  1  applies  only, 

(a)  where  the  death  of  the  deceased  person  occurred 
after  the  31st  day  of  December,  1958;  and 

(b)  where  the  instrument  referred  to  in  subsection  6  of 
section  58  is  tendered  for  registration  on  or  after 
the  day  on  which  this  section  comes  into  force. 

riis's^'?;"'       1^'  Section  73  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  amended  by  section 

amended'"    30  of   The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1962-63,  section  32  of 

The  Registry  Amendment  Act,    1966  and   section   8  of    The 

Registry  Amendment  Act,  1968,  is  further  amended  by  adding 

thereto  the  following  subsection: 

oifteases  (^)  Where   an    instrument    purporting    to   surrender   a 

registered  gas  or  oil  lease  has  been  registered  for  ten 
or  more  years,  the  registrar  shall,  wherever  the  gas 
or  oil  lease  and  any  instrument  dealing  exclusively 
with  the  gas  or  oil  lease  appear  on  any  abstract 
index  in  his  office,  draw  a  line  in  red  ink  through  all 
such  entries  and  shall  initial  the  same  and  the  lands 
described  in  the  lease  are  validly  discharged  there- 
from. 

^:m8  s^'so'        ^^■^'  Section  80  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  amended  by  section 
amended        35  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  further  amended 
b>-  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 

Registration  (4)  Tile  registration  of  a  notice  under  subsection  7  of 

notire  section    31    or   under   section    136   or   a   declaration 

102 


under  subsection  2  of  section  33  constitutes  regis- 
tration of  tfie  instrument  referred  to  in  tVie  notice 
or  declaration  for  the  purposes  of  subsection  1  of 
this  section. 

13.  Clause  a  of  subsection  4  of  section  96  of  The  Registry  ^^f^^.'i.^de' 
Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  37  of  The  Registry  Amendment '~^^^^^^^'.^^, 
Act,  1962-63,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "planning  board"  subs,  i, 
in   the  first  and   second   lines  and   inserting  in   lieu   thereof  amended 
"committee  of  adjustment"  and  by  inserting  after  "be"   in 
the  third  line  "attached  to  or",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read 
as  follows: 

(a)  may  require  the  consent  of  the  committee  of  ad- 
justment or  the  Minister  of  Municipal  Affairs  to  be 
attached   to  or  endorsed  on   the  instrument  if  the 
land  is  affected  by  a  by-law  under  section  26  of  The'f-^^-^^^^- 
Planning  Act;  or 


14.  Clause  h  of  subsection  1  of  section  126  of  The  Registry  ff^"^-^^^^^ 
Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  48  of  The  Registry  Amendment '-J-^^^^-'"'^' 
Act,  1962-63,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  there- s.  48), 

for:  l\.  h, 

re-ena<ted 

{h)  prescribing  the  minimum  and  maximum  dimensions 
of  instruments  tendered  for  registration. 

15.  The  Registry  Act  is  amended   by  adding  thereto  the  J*f4'g;  ^'■'*^"' 

following  section :  amended 

126a.  Notwithstanding  any   provision  of   this  Act  or  of  o? 'ilnd^"°" 
The  Land   Titles  Act,  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in *^*^fg\*^''' 
Council    may    make    regulations    for    standardizing  ri^o^ds^ami 
the  procedures  in  land  titles  and  registry  offices  and  r.s.o.  i960, 
for  integrating  the  records  in  combined  land  titles"' 
and  registry  offices,  and  may  limit  the  application 
of  any  provision  of  the  regulations  to  one  or  more 
registry  or  land  titles  divisions. 

16.  Subsection  4  of  section  130  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  rQ-'^/ii^l^^^io, 
enacted  by  subsection  3  of  section  51  of  The  Registry  A  mend- ^f^^^-^*^  ^3g 
ment  Act,   1966,  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "document"  |^5i' 3^ 

in  the  first  line  "other  than  a  plan  of  survey",  so  that  the  sub- amended 
section  shall  read  as  follows: 

(4)  The  registrar  shall  record  every  document  other  than  R^^oi-dins 
a  plan  of  survey  deposited  under  this  Part  at  full 
length  by  means  of  photographic  film  reproduction. 

102 


I^348'8"i35  !''•  Subsection  2  of  section  135  of  The  Registry  Act,  aa 
(i966,'c.i36, enacted  by  section  52  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966, 
siibB.  2.  ia  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  clause: 


amended 

{ba)  a  claim  of  a  corporation  authorized  to  construct  or 
operate  a  railway,  including  a  street  railway  or 
incline  railway,  in  respect  of  lands  acquired  by  the 
corporation  after  the  1st  day  of  January,  1930,  and, 

(i)  owned  or  used  for  the  purposes  of  a  right-of- 
way  for  railway  lines,  or 

(ii)  abutting  such  right-of-way. 

J^348:  B!*i3i5  !*•  Subsection  1  of  section  136  of  The  Registry  Act,  as 
i^izf''  ■'^''enacted  by  section  52  of  The  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966, 
subs.'i,  is  amended  by  inserting  at  the  commencement  thereof  "Sub- 

ject to  subsection  6  of  section  31",  so  that  the  subsection  shall 
read  as  follows: 

of^notice '°"  (1)  Subject  to  subscction  6  of  Section  31,  a  person  having 

""^'''^'"^  a  claim  against  land  that  is  not  barred  under  section 

135  or  a  person  on  his  behalf  may  register  in  the 
proper  registry  office  a  notice,  which  shall  set  forth 
the  claimant's  full  name  and  address,  a  local  descrip- 
tion of  the  land  and  a  detailed  statement  of  the  claim 
verified  by  the  affidavit  of  the  person  registering 
the  notice. 


c'';«8,b';^i37'       1^*  Section  137  of  The  Registry  Act,  as  enacted  by  section 
s'52)'' '''  ^^^  ^^  °^  ^^'^  Registry  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended  by  insert- 
amended        ing  after  "those"  in  the  second  line  "of  Part  I  or  Part  II  or", 
so  that  the  section  shall  read  as  follows: 


prevail'"  ^^"^ ■  ^^  here  there  is  any  conflict  between  the  provisions  of 

over  other  this  Part  and  those  of  Part  I  or  Part  II  or  of  anv 

provisions,  ,  ,  i      •  .        i  , 

other  Act  or  any  regulation  made  thereunder  or  an> 
rule  of  law,  the  provisions  of  this  Part  prevail. 


C'oiiiiiieiue- 
ment 


Uieiii 


Sliort  title 


20. —  (1)    This  Act,  except  sections  1,4,  10  and  17,  comes 
into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  -Sections  1,  4,  10  and  17  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  be 
named  !)>•  the  Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

21.    Tliis  Ait  may  be  cited  as  The  Registry  Amendment  Act, 

1068-60. 


102 


S 
> 


■^ 


a.       — 


8 


50 

O 

>3 

to 

p- 

1 

IT 

1 

»*. 

VO 

3 

>— * 

S' 

. 

o 

»o 

o 

<K> 

o 

O        Jo 
3"      ** 


BILL  103 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Land  Titles  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 
Printkd  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Quern's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 
Section  1.    The  new  provision  confirms  existing  practice. 


Section  2.    The  land  titles  system  has  been  extended  by  proclama- 
tion to  the  areas  named  in  the  new  clauses. 


Section  3.  The  provision  repealed  has  no  further  application  as  the 
land  titles  office  for  the  County  of  Carleton  is  now  operated  in  conjunction 
with  the  registry  office  for  the  City  of  Ottawa. 


103 


I 


BILL  103 


1968-69 


•C.204, 
amended 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Land  Titles  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  Land  Titles  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the ,^-^°- ^^**°' 
following  section: 

la.  The   Minister  of  Justice  and  Attorney  General  is  jj'stlce^and 
responsible  for  the  administration  of  this  Act.  General'' 

2.  Subsection   1  of  section  2  of  The  Land  Titles  Act,  as  R  8.0.^19^60, 
re-enacted  by  section  2  of  The  Land  Titles  Amendment  Act,  (i96i-62 
1961-62  and  amended  by  section  2  of  The  Land  Titles  Amend- Buhs'.i, 
ment  Act,  1966,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  *'"®'"'®'^ 
following  clauses: 

(to)  that  part  of  the  County  of  Middlesex  comprising 
the  registry  division  of  the  west  riding  of  the  County 
of  Middlesex,  including  every  local  municipality  in 
that  registry  division; 

(«)  the  County  of  Hastings,  including  every  local  muni- 
cipality in  the  county  except  the  City  of  Belleville 
and  the  separated  Town  of  Trenton; 

(0)  the  County  of  Bruce,  including  every  local  muni- 
cipality in  the  county; 

{p)  that  part  of  the  County  of  Durham  comprising  the 
registry  division  of  the  west  riding  of  the  County  of 
Durham  including  every  local  municipality  in  that 
registry  division. 

3. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  5a  of  The  Land  Titles  Act, c.'ioi'.s. 6a' 
as  enacted  by  section  3  of  The  Land  Titles  Amendment  Act,i,z),  '"'  '' 
1966,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:         ?e-enaVted 

(1)  Subject  to  subsection  2  of  section  4  and  except  asofiami'°" 
provided  by  subsection  2,  every  land  titles  office  shall  o'mces 
be  combined  with  the  registry  office  for  the  registry 
division  to  which  this  Act  has  been  extended. 


103 


R.S.O.  1960. 

(iaee: ":  77.        (^)  Subsection  3  of  the  sjiid  section  5a  is  repealed. 

8.  :i).  subs,  s, 
repealed 

R.S.O.  laeo,  ^*  Section  6  of  The  Land  Titles  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
1. 204  B  6,     thereto  the  following  subsections: 

mrerfo"'  (2)  Any  reference  in  this  Act  to  the  Inspector  or  to  the 

RegfJJration  Inspector  of  Legal  Offices  shall  lie  deemed  to  be  a 

reference    to    the    Director    of    I^nd    Registration 
<^34?  "*""  appointed  under  The  Registry  Act. 

(3)  The  Director  of  Land  Registration  has  general  super- 
vision and  control  over  land  titles  offices  and  the 
system  for  registration  therein. 

?  f()?.  s'.'s!"  ^-  Subsection  1  of  section  8  ot  The  I^nd  Titles  Act  is 
re-ena\'ted      repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

ilreVtor*'^  (1)  Ti<-'  director  of  titles  shall  supervise  and  determine 

"•^ ''"*'''  all  matters  relating  to  titles  of  land  to  which  this 

Act  applies. 

c*  204,  s.'g*"'  ^'  Subsection  1  of  section  9  of  The  Land  Titles  Act,  as 
^*5^"gub8!'^'i,''^'^"^cted  by  section  5  of  The  Land  Titles  Amendment  Act, 
repealed         1966,  IS  repealed. 

U.S.O.  I960, 

siiiis.  2.  ■  7.  Subsections  2  and  3  of  section  1 1  of  The  Land  Titles 
sui?"1j,  *"       Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed 


-Assistant 
examiners 


(2)  The  Lieutenant  (Governor  in  Council  may  appoint 
of  surveys  One  or  more  persons  to  be  assistant  examiners  of 

surve>s  who  shall  assist  the  examiner  of  surveys  in 
the  performance  of  his  duties. 

ll'2M'J''it.'  ^*  Section  15  of  The  Land  Titles  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
re-enaVted  ■    following  substituted  therefor: 

J,^^'i',,p"'  15.  Every  officer  appointed  under  this  Act,  before  he 

enters  upon  the  duties  of  his  office,  shall  take  and 
subscribe  an  oath  in  the  prescribed  form,  which 
shall  be  transmitted  by  him  to  the  Director  of  Land 
Registration. 

r.264.s.29'  ©•  Section  29  of  The  Land  Titles  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
i^'it)' '  "^'  section  12  of  The  Land  Titles  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  repealed 
re  oiui  ted      -jj^^j  (.j^g  following  Substituted  therefor: 


Right  to 
appeal 


29. — (1)  E.xcept  as  provided  by  subsection  3  of  section 
162,  an  appeal  lies  from  any  act,  order  or  decision  of 
the  Director  of  Land  Registration,  the  director  of 
titles  or  a  master  of  titles  under  this  Act  to  a  judge  of 


103 


Sections  4  and  5.  The  office  of  Director  of  Land  Registration  is 
established  by  an  amendment  to  The  Registry  Act  at  this  session  to  replace 
the  Inspector  of  Legal  Offices  in  respect  of  his  function  in  land  registration 
matters. 


Section  6.    The  provision  repealed  requires  the  master  of  titles  at 
Toronto  to  be  a  barrister  or  solicitor. 


Section  7.  The  requirement  that  assistant  examiners  of  surveys  be 
Ontario  land  surveyors  of  at  least  three  years  standing  is  deleted  together 
with  special  function  for  the  senior  assistant  examiner  of  surveys. 


Section  8.    The  amendment  leaves  the  form  of  the  oath  of  office  to 
be  prescribed  by  regulation  and  provides  for  its  filing. 


Section  9.  At  present,  appeals  are  provided  to  the  local  judge  of  the 
Supreme  Court  and  then  to  the  Court  of  Appeal.  The  amendment  pro- 
vides for  appeals  to  a  judge  of  the  county  or  district  court  and  then  to 
the  Court  of  Appeal. 


103 


Section  10.  The  provisions  repealed  provide  for  payment  of  fen  U 
between  the  master  of  titles  and  registrar  of  deeds.  This  is  unnecessary 
with  the  assumption  of  the  costs  of  the  administration  of  justice  by  Ontario. 


Section  11.  The  new  provision  makes  it  possible  to  have  lands  in 
Ontario  exempted  from  liens  for  taxes  under  section  43  (1)  of  the  Estate 
Tax  Act  (Canada). 


Section  12.    The  transmission  of  fees  from  the  sheriff  to  the  master 
of  titles  is  unnecessary  as  both  now  come  under  the  same  administration. 


103 


the  county  or  district  court  of  the  county  or  district 
in  which  the  land  to  which  the  decision  relates  is 
situate  or  of  such  other  county  or  district  as  the 
parties  agree  to. 

(2)  An  appeal  lies  from  a  decision  of  a  judge  of  a  county '''®'" 
or  district  court  under  subsection  1  to  the  Court  of 
Appeal. 

10.— (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  50  of  The  Land  Titles  /Ic/^fo^.s^.M)!' 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "upon  payment  of  his  proper  fees"  l^l^l^j 
in  the  first  line,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(2)  The  registrar  shall  comply  with  the  request  and  shall  J^g'g'J  °a'r 
transmit  the  instruments  by  registered  mail  or  by 
express  and  shall  send  therewith  a  list  of  the  instru- 
ments transmitted  and  shall  retain  a  copy  of  the  list. 

R.S.O.  I960, 

(2)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  50  is  repealed.  31158^4^'  ^°' 

repealed 

11.  The  Land  Titles  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the ^Iq^- ^^®°' 

following  section  :  amended 

133a. — (1)  A  person  referred  to  in  subsection  1  of  section  ^f^^Jnse'nt*'" 
133  shall  not  be  entered  as  owner  unless  the  consent  ""i'f„^^58, 
under  the  Estate  Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  attached  to  the  subs.  1, 

.....  ^  '  ,     ,      (Can.) 

application  in  the  same  manner  as  the  consent  ot  the 
Treasurer  of  Ontario. 

(2)  Subsection  1  applies  only,  lAem 

(a)  where  the  death  of  the  registered  owner 
occurred  after  the  31st  day  of  December, 
1958;  and 

{b)  where  the  application  referred  to  in  subsec- 
tion 1  of  section  133  is  made  on  or  after  the 
day  on  which  this  section  comes  into  force. 

12.  Subsection  8  of  section   145  of  The  Land  Titles  Act,ff^^-^^^2b. 
as  re-enacted  by  section  37  of  The  Land  Titles  Amendment  Act,  (V^f  j^g, 
1961-62,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "and  of  that  amount  thee. 70, b.  37), 
sheriff  shall  pay  over  $1  to  the  proper  master  of  titles"  jn*""*" 

the  seventh  and  eighth  lines,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read 
as  follows: 

(8)  Where  a  copy  of  a  writ  of  execution  or  a  renewal  ^^° 
thereof  is  delivered  or  transmitted   to  the   proper 
master  of  titles  under  subsection  1,  the  sheriff  shall 
be  paid  by  the  person  upon  whose  request  the  copy 

103 


is  delivered  or  transmitted  a  fee  of  $3  in  addition 
to  any  other  fee  pa>'able  to  the  sheriff  on  the  filing 
of  the  writ. 

^■20? .  »;'i53,  13*  Subsection  8  of  section  153  of  The  iMtid  Titles  Act 
BUI.H  8  '         is  repealed. 

repealed  ' 

R.s.o.  19(10.  j4^  Section  1546  of  The  Uind  Titles  Act,  as  enacted  by 
'(i96i-''62  section  39  of  The  Land  'Titles  Amendment  Act,  1961-62,  is 
1-.  7(>b3'9),    repealed. 

repealed  "^ 

"2(J?.8.'u!2,  13'  -Subsection  3  of  section  162  of  The  Land  Titles  Act, 
(11)6(3^1  77  ^^  re-enacted  by  subsection  1  of  section  22  of  The  Land  Titles 
s  22  Amendment  Act,   1966,   is  repealed  and   the   followine  sub- 

sulm.  2).  .  ,      ,  ,  "^  ^ 

re-enaited      stituted  therefor: 

•^t''"'"'  (3)  An  appeal  lies  from  any  decision  made  under  this 

section  to  the  Court  of  Appeal. 

(^  M)?  ^''*"  '       ^®'  ^^^  Land  Titles  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 

amended        following;  section : 

irilnd'tuies  1726.  The  provisions  of  this  Act  respecting  the  procedures 
and  registry  and  records  in  land  titles  offices  are  subject  to  any 

records  and  .  .  ■"  ■' 

proiediires  regulation  made  under  section  126a  of  The  Registry 

R.s^o.  infio.  ^^, 

c^'2()4  s"?7«  ^^'  Subsection  4  of  section  176  of  The  Land  Titles  Act  is 
siibs.  4"'    '     repealed  and   the  following  substituted   therefor: 

re-enai  ted 

^d^dre"^  (4)  The  envelope  containing  a   notice   under   this  Act 

shall  have  printed  thereon  the  return  address  of  the 
office  of  land  titles. 


ll.S.O,  l!l(i(l. 
r.  20-1.  s.  177. 

subs.  2  as  re-enacted  bv  section  46  of  The  Land  Titles  Amendment 

(lit(il-tJ2 

7o.s.4(;).    Act,  l'>6l-62,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  there- 


re-enat-ted 


Idem 


18.  -Subsection  2  of  section   177  of  The  Land  Titles  Act, 
i  1 

ct 
for: 


lOtiO. 


{1}  The  proper  master  of  titles  may,  upon  the  request 
of  the  council  of  a  municipality,  furnish  photographic 
or  electrostatic  copies  of  instruments  or  parts  thereof 
instead  of  a  list,  in  which  case  the  master  is  entitled 
to  such  fee  as  is  agreed  upon  by  the  master  and  the 
council  and  approved  by  the  Director  of  Land 
Registration. 

10.  Section  27  of  The  Land  Titles  Amendment  Act,  1960 


repealed         jg  re[>ealed. 
103 


Section  13.  The  provision  deleted  requires  all  plans  to  be  approved 
by  the  examiner  of  surveys  or  other  person  designated  by  the  regulation 
before  their  registration. 

Section  14.  The  provision  repealed  is  obsolete  as  it  makes  applicable 
a  provision  already  repealed. 


Section  15.  An  appeal  from  a  decision  altering  a  registered  plan  lies 
from  the  director  of  titles  or  county  court  judge  directly  to  the  Court  of 
Appeal  and  the  intermediate  appeal  to  a  judge  of  the  High  Court  is 
eliminated. 


Section  16.  The  new  provision  is  complementary  to  section  15  of 
the  Bill  entitled  An  Act  to  amend  The  Registry  Act  and  allows  for  special 
provision  to  integrate  procedures  and  records  in  combirx'd  offices. 


.Section  17.    The  amendment  is  less  explicit  about  the  form  in  which 
the  return  address  is  to  be  worded. 


Section  18.  The  amendment  permits  the  furnishing  of  photographic 
or  electrostatic  copies  of  registered  transfers  to  the  muincipality.  The 
fee  of  20  cents  is  deleted  and  to  be  prescribed  b>'  regulation. 


.Section  19.  The  provision  repealed  provides  for  the  payment  to  the 
Assurance  Fund  of  amounts  in  connection  with  transfers  of  land  to  land 
titles  before  1Q56.    .Such  charges  were  dispensed  with  in  1966. 


103 


20.— (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  4,  8,  9  and  11,  comes  commence- 
into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Sections  4,  8,  9  and  11  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  i''®'" 
named  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

21.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Lattd  Titles  Amendmenl^^'^'^^^^^^^ 
Act,  1968-69. 


103 


00 

s 


en 

a 
> 

H 


H 

2 

?'2 

s. 

i: 

n 

3r 

SI 

1!     3 

F2 

^ 

>3 

to 

^ 

°-H 

«>k. 

1 

1 

^ 

^' 

o 

NO 

^ 

BILL  103 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Land  Titles  Act 


Mr.  Wishart 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  103  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Land  Titles  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  The  Land  Titles  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the^foJ;  ^^®°' 

following  section:  amended 

la.  The   Minister  of  Justice  and  Attorney  General  is  JJstife''and 
responsible  for  the  administration  of  this  Act.  a"ieraJ^ 

2.  Subsection   1  of  section  2  of  The  Land  Titles  Act,  asRso.  i960, 

c    204    S    2 

re-enacted  by  section  2  of  The  Land  Titles  Amendment  Act,  (ioei-ei. 
1961-62  and  amended  by  section  2  of  The  Land  Titles  Amend-lubs'.i',    ' 
ment  Act,  1966,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the'""®"''®'' 
following  clauses: 

{m)  that  part  of  the  County  of  Middlesex  comprising 
the  registry  division  of  the  west  riding  of  the  County 
of  Middlesex,  including  every  local  municipality  in 
that  registry  division; 

(n)  the  County  of  Hastings,  including  every  local  muni- 
cipality in  the  county  except  the  City  of  Belleville 
and  the  separated  Town  of  Trenton; 

(0)  the  County  of  Bruce,  including  every  local  muni- 
cipality in  the  county; 

{p)  that  part  of  the  County  of  Durham  comprising  the 
registry  division  of  the  west  riding  of  the  County  of 
Durham  including  every  local  municipality  in  that 
registry  division. 

3. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  5a  of  The  Land  Titles  Act, c.'20i',s.' ba ' 
as  enacted  by  section  3  of  The  Land  Titles  Amendment  Act,i^%')^''''^''' 
1966,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  ?e  ena'c'ted 

(1)  Subject  to  subsection  2  of  section  4  and  except  as  ^f'^l'lfi"'" 
provided  by  subsection  2,  every  land  titles  office  shall  o^^lg 

be  combined  with  the  registry  office  for  the  registry 
division  to  which  this  Act  has  been  extended. 

103 


R.S.O.  1960. 

(ilea' S;  77,        (2)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  5a  is  repealed. 

8.  3),  subs.  3, 
repealed 

R.S.O.  1960.  *•  Section  6  of  The  Land  Titles  Act  is  amended  by  adding 
C.264  B  6,     thereto  the  following  subsections: 

amended  " 

Dii-e'ctV/  (2)  Any  reference  in  this  Act  to  the  Inspector  or  to  the 

Regfs'tration  Inspector  of  I^gal  Offices  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 

reference    to    the    Director   of    Land    Registration 
^li? '  ^^^°'  appointed  under  The  Registry  Act. 

(3)  The  Director  of  Land  Registration  has  general  super- 
vision and  control  over  land  titles  offices  and  the 
system  for  registration  therein. 

^.iOA.e^i!^'  ^-  Subsection  1  of  section  8  of  The  Land  Titles  Act  is 
subs,  i      '     repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

director''^  (1)  The  director  of  titles  shall  supervise  and  determine 

°''*''^'®'  all  matters  relating  to  titles  of  land  to  which  this 

Act  applies. 

^204,/^9^°'  6.  Subsection  1  of  section  9  of  The  Land  Titles  Act,  as 
s^lt^subs^'i  re-enacted  by  section  5  of  The  Land  Titles  Amendment  Act, 
repealed       '  1966,  is  repealed. 

R.S.O.  1960, 

siibs.  2,'  7.  Subsections  2  and  3  of  section  11  of  The  Latid  Titles 

subsl^s^,'***'    Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed 

^x^aminers  ^2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  appoint 

ofsurveys  One  or  more  p)ersons  to  be  assistant  examiners  of 

surveys  who  shall  assist  the  examiner  of  surveys  in 

the  performance  of  his  duties. 

^foJ.s^.Ts!'  8.  Section  15  of  The  Land  Titles  Act  is  repealed  and  the 
re-enacted'    following  substituted  therefor: 

?fflce°^  ^^"  Every  officer  appointed  under  this  Act,  before  he 

enters  upon  the  duties  of  his  office,  shall  take  and 
subscribe  an  oath  in  the  prescribed  form,  which 
shall  be  transmitted  by  him  to  the  Director  of  Land 
Registration. 

^foJ.s^.^-l)''  »•  Section  29  of  The  Land  Titles  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
8^i2h  ^'  ^^'  section  12  of  The  Land  Titles  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  repealed 
re-enacted      ^nd  the  following  Substituted  therefor: 

appeal*"  29. — (1)  Except  as  provided  by  suh)section  3  of  section 

162,  an  apjDeal  lies  from  any  act,  order  or  decision  of 
the  Director  of  Land  Registration,  the  director  of 
titles  or  a  master  of  titles  under  this  Act  to  a  judge  of 

103 


the  county  or  district  court  of  the  county  or  district 
in  which  the  land  to  which  the  decision  relates  is 
situate  or  of  such  other  county  or  district  as  the 
parties  agree  to. 

(2)  An  appeal  lies  from  a  decision  of  a  judge  of  a  county^''®'" 
or  district  court  under  subsection  1  to  the  Court  of 
Appeal. 

10.— (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  50  of  The  Land  Titles  ActffQ^-^^^°' 
is  amended  by  striking  out  "upon  payment  of  his  proper  fees"  |"^|^2^^ 
in  the  first  line,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(2)  The  registrar  shall  comply  with  the  request  and  shall  J^g'^^j^Jj. 
transmit  the  instruments  by  registered  mail  or  by 
express  and  shall  send  therewith  a  list  of  the  instru- 
ments transmitted  and  shall  retain  a  copy  of  the  list. 

R.S.O.  I960, 

(2)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  50  is  repealed.  subs*4*'^°' 

repealed 

11.  The  Land  Titles  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the^lgj-  ^^^'^^ 

following  section :  amended 

133a. — (1)  A  person  referred  to  in  subsection  1  of  section  ff®c^ons?nt°" 
133  shall  not  be  entered  as  owner  unless  the  consent  ""i^f^^^^S- 
under  the  Estate  Tax  Act  (Canada)  is  attached  to  the  subs,  i, 

.....  ,  ,     ,      (Can.) 

application  m  the  same  manner  as  the  consent  oi  the 
Treasurer  of  Ontario. 

(2)  Subsection  1  applies  only,  i<i8m 

(a)  where  the  death  of  the  registered  owner 
occurred  after  the  31st  day  of  December, 
1958 ;  and 

(b)  where  the  application  referred  to  in  subsec- 
tion 1  of  section  133  is  made  on  or  after  the 
day  on  which  this  section  comes  into  force. 

12.  Subsection  8  of  section  145  of  The  Land  Titles  Act,'^f^^-l^^^^ 
as  re-enacted  by  section  37  of  The  Land  Titles  Amendment  Act,  Vl^l\\2 
1961-62,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "and  of  that  amount  thee.  7o,s.  sV). 
sheriff  shall  pay  over  $1  to  the  proper  master  of  titles"  in 

the  seventh  and  eighth  lines,  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read 
as  follows: 

(8)  Where  a  copy  of  a  writ  of  execution  or  a  renewal  ^®® 
thereof  is  delivered  or  transmitted   to  the   proper 
master  of  titles  under  subsection  1,  the  sheriff  shall 
be  paid  by  the  person  upon  whose  request  the  copy 

103 


is  delivered  or  transmitted  a  fee  of  S3  in  addition 
to  any  other  fee  payable  to  the  sheriff  on  the  filing 
of  the  writ. 

J^26?.B.T5°3,  13.  Subsection  8  of  section  153  of  The  Land  TiOes  Act 
«ub8  8,        '  is  repealed. 

repealed  '^ 

R.S.0. 1960,  14^  Section  154i  of  The  Land  Titles  Act,  as  enacted  by 
ao6i-''62  section  39  of  The  iMnd  Titles  Amendment  Act,  1961-62,  is 
c.  70  8  39),    repealed. 

repealed  "^ 

^lo?,' 8*^162,      13*  Subsection  3  of  section   162  of  The  Land  Titles  Act, 

(i966^c  77    ^^  re-enacted  by  subsection  2  of  section  22  of  The  Land  Titles 

*•^^•L^  Amendment  Act,   1966,   is  repealed  and   the  following  sub- 

subs.  2),  •         1     1        f 

re-ena<ted      stituted  therefor: 

Appea'  (3)  An  appeal  lies  from  any  decision  made  under  this 

section  to  the  Court  of  Appeal. 

?  204  ^^^"'  1®*  ^^^  Land  Titles  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
amended        following  section: 

ofiand^tiues  ^T2b.  The  provisions  of  this  Act  respecting  the  procedures 
and  registry  and  records  in  land  titles  offices  are  subject  to  any 

records  and  i      .  i  /• 

procedures  regulation  made  under  section  126a  of  The  Registry 

R..S.O.  I960,  A^t 

c.  348  ■^"• 

^lo?  s \*76  ^'^'  Subsection  4  of  section  176  of  The  Land  Titles  Act  is 
subs.  4,        '  reisealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted 

ad^dres"s  (4)  The  envelope  containing  a  notice  under  this  Act 

shall  have  printed  thereon  the  return  address  of  the 
office  of  land  titles. 


?f6?.s^."nT,      !*•  Subsection  2  of  section  177  of  The  Land  Titles  Act, 
for: 


subs  2  as  re-enacted  by  section  46  of  The  Land  Titles  Amendment 

Vo,s.4'6),    Act,  1961-62,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  there- 


re-enacted 


^^^'^  (2)  The  proper  master  of  titles  may,  upon  the  request 

of  the  council  of  a  municipality,  furnish  photographic 
or  electrostatic  copies  of  instruments  or  parts  thereof 
instead  of  a  list,  in  which  case  the  master  is  entitled 
to  such  fee  as  is  agreed  upon  by  the  master  and  the 
council  and  approved  by  the  Director  of  Land 
Registration. 

I960,  c.  56.  19^  Section  27  of  The  Land  Titles  Amendment  Act,  1960 

repealed         jg  repealed. 

103 


20.— (1)  This  Act,  except  sections  4,  8,  9  and  11,  comes  Commence, 
into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Sections  4,  8,  9  and  11  come  into  force  on  a  day  to  bei^em 
named  by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

21.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Land  Titles  Amendment  ^^°^^^^^^^ 
Act,  1968-69. 


103 


00 


a 
> 

H 


?,     !? 


CI. 
»0 


> 

•o 


CM 

o 


t\> 


^     §. 


=r 

8 

(^ 

♦*. 

H^ 

i* 

o 

9^ 

o 

o 

■-I 

o 

3" 


KJ 

>a 

1 

s 

1-^ 

VQ 

>o 

c^ 

o 

HO 

^0 


BILL  104 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Deserted  Wives'  and  Children's  Maintenance  Act 


Mr.  Worton 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 

At  present  the  age  for  support  is  under  16  years.  The  amendment 
increases  this  age  to  under  18  >'ears  or  over  18  if  the  child  is  attending 
school. 


104 


BILL  104 


1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Deserted  Wives'  and 
Children's  Maintenance  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  3  of  section  2  of  The  Deserted  Wives'  and  RS-O.  i960. 
Children's  Maintenance  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  sub-subs,  'z, 
stituted  therefor: 

(3)  A  child  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  deserted  by  when 

i-ri  -l-t  •  l-l-  •  1  t'hild 

his  father  withm  the  meanmg  oi  this  section  when  deemed 

,         ,  ..  ,  .  deserted 

the  child  IS, 

(a)  under  the  age  of  eighteen  years;  or 

{b)  of   the  age   of  eighteen   years  or  over   and 
attending  school, 

and  the  father  has  without  adequate  cause,  refused 
or  neglected  to  supply  the  child  with  food  or  other 
necessaries  when  able  to  do  so. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  I^oyal  J^eSt'"^"""" 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may   be  cited   as   The  Deserted    Wives'   and  ^'^°''^  ""^ 
Children's  Maintenance  Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


104 


o 

o 
2; 


Uj 


tvj 

^ 

k.^ 

1. 

n 

rr 

!2. 

1^ 

to 

>D 

00 

1 

3-^ 

Q. : 
3  C 

n  S 

g  ^ 
P  ' 

n  C 


BILL  105 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


Mr.  Haskett 


r  O  R  O  N  T  o 
Printed  and  Publishf.d  my  Frank  F(igg,  Quki-n's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1 — Subsection  1.    "Median  strip"  is  defined  for  the  purposes 
of  the  Act. 


Subsection  2.    "Self-propelled  implement  of  husbandry'^is  redefined 
for  the  purposes  of  clarification. 


Subsection  3.    Subsection  3  is  revised  to  confine  its  application  to 
Part  VII,  respecting  speed. 


SiXTiON  2.  The  penalty  provisions  are  removed  from  subsection  1 
and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 
The  new  subsection  la  is  complementary  to  "self-propelled  implement  of 
husbandry",  as  redefined  in  section  1,  and  provides  for  the  registration  of 
such  vehicles  except  as  provided  in  subsection  la. 


105 


BILL  105  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  1  of  The  Highway  Traffic  ^■^■2- ^^^°' 
Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  paragraph : subs,  i,' 

12a.  "median  strip"  means  the  portion  of  a  highway  so 
constructed  as  to  separate  traffic  travelling  in  one 
direction  from  traffic  travelling  in  the  opposite 
direction  by  a  strip  of  pavement  of  more  than  ten 
feet  in  width,  a  physical  barrier  or  an  unpaved  strip 
of  ground. 

(2)  Paragraph  24a  of  subsection  1  of  the  said  section   Ii  RS-O.  iseo, 
as  enacted  by  section  1  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment Bubs.  i,' 
Act,  1966,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  (igee,  c.  64, 

s.  1), 

24a.  "self-propelled  implement  of  husbandry"  means  a 
self-propelled  vehicle  manufactured,  designed,  re- 
designed, converted  or  reconstructed  for  a  specific 
use  in  farming. 

R.S.O.  I960, 

(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  1,  as  enacted  by  sub-^^J^^^s.  i, 
section  4  of  section  1  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  (isss,  c.  46, 
1965,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:         subs.  4), 

re-enacted 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  Part  VII  and  any  regulations  orO™'"P'^'*^ 
municipal  by-laws  made  thereunder,  every  overpass  underpass 
and  underpass  shall  be  deemed  to  form  part  of  the 
highway  that  it  connects. 

2. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  6  of  The  Highway  Traffic  "^f^o.  i960, 
Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  2  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amend- subs,  i 
ment  Act,  1962-63,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  c.'se,  s.  2), 

,1         r  re-enacted 

therefor : 

(1)  The  owner  of  every  motor  vehicle,  trailer  or  con- ^f®gjfto^r"°" 
version  unit  shall  register  it  with  the  Department  ^«'^'<='«® 
before  driving  or  operating  it  or  causing  it  to  be 

105 


driven  or  operated  upon  a  highway  and  shall  pay 
to  the  Department  a  fee  for  the  registration  of  such 
motor  vehicle,  trailer  or  conversion  unit  and  for  the 
number  plates  therefor. 

^■fj2B^i^'      (^)  ^'^^  ^^'^  section  6  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
amended  '     following  subscction: 

pripeiied  ^^^^  Subsection   1  applies  to  a  self-propelled  implement 

implement  of  husbandry  that  is  ojierated  on  a  highway  other 

husbandry  than  when  travelling  from  farm  to  farm  in  relation 

to  the  specific  use  for  which  it  was  manufactured, 
designed,  redesigned,  converted  or  reconstructed  or 
in  travelling  to  or  from  such  places  as  may  be  neces- 
sary for  the  maintenance  or  repair  of  the  vehicle. 

^fj2'B^7°'      3* — (^)  Subsection  1  of  section  7  of  The  Highway  Traffic 
subs.  1,    '     Ad  is  repealed  and   the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted 

Penalty  for  (1)  Every  person  who  knowingly  makes  any  false  state- 

statement  ment  in  any  application,   declaration,  affidavit  or 

paper  writing  required  by  this  Act  or  by  the  regu- 
lations or  by  the  Department,  is  guilty  of  an  offence 
and  on  summary  conviction,  in  addition  to  any 
other  penalty  or  punishment  to  which  he  may  be 
liable,  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $50  and  not 
more  than  $200  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of 
not  more  than  thirty  days,  or  to  both,  and  in  addi- 
tion his  licence  or  permit  may  be  susp^ended  for  a 
peiiod  of  not  more  than  six  months. 

^ij^'s^i'^'       ^-^  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  7  is  repealed  and  the 
subs.  2,  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted  ° 

Notice  of  (2)  Where  an  owner  changes  his  address  as  given  under 

change  of  ^    '  ■         ^      r  ■         ^  i-i 

address  subsection  2  of  section  6  or  under  this  subsection, 

he  shall  within  six  dajs  send  by  registered  mail  or 
cause  to  be  filed  in  the  Department  his  change  of 
address. 

?'r72's';^s^°'       *•  Subsections  2,  4  and   7  of  section  8  of   The  Highway 

Rubss'2  A.  7,  Traffic  Act  are  repealed. 

repealed  ■"  ^ 

c^'m's^'ir'"'       **'  Section  9  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  amended  by 
re-enacted'     section  2  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendmevt  Act,  1965  and 
section  3  of   The  Highway   Traffic  Amendment  Act,   1968,  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


9. — (1)  Every  person  who. 


Violations 
as  to 
number 

■''*'®®  (a)  defaces  or  alters  any  number  plate  furnished 

by  the  Department; 

105 


Section  3— Subsection  1.   A  fine  of  $50  to  $200  for  any  contravention 
of  subsection  1  is  substituted  for  the  fines  for  a  first  and  subsequent  offence. 


Subsection  2.    The  penalty  provisions  are  removed  and  the  general 
penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 


Section  4.     The   penalty   provisions   are   deleted   and   the  general 
penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 


Sf.ction  5.  Section  9  is  revised  to  provide  a  minimum  fine  of  $50 
in  relation  to  offences  under  subsection  1  and  to  delete  the  other  penalty 
provisions  and  apply  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in 
this  Bill. 


105 


.Suction  6 — Subsection  1.    The  penalty  provision  is  deleted  and  the 
general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 


Subsection  2.  Fines  for  subsequent  offences  are  removed  and  a  fine 
of  not  less  than  $5  and  not  more  than  $10  is  substituted  for  contravention 
of  subsection  3  respecting  obstruction  of  plates  by  dirt,  spare  tires,  etc. 


SiXTioN  7.  The  penalty  provisions  re  driving  without  an  operator's 
licence  arc  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in 
this  Bill,  will  apply. 

.SiXTiON  8.  The  penalty  respecting  production  of  licences  is  deleted 
and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 

The  provision  requiring  production  of  an  operator's  licence  for  en- 
dorstnicnl  upon  a  conviction  is  repealed  and  a  new  subsection  2  is  added 
to  require  a  per.son  who  fails  to  produce  his  licence  on  demand  to  identify 
himself  by  sonic  other  means  satisfactory  to  the  constable. 

105 


(b)  uses  or  permits  the  use  of  a  defaced  or  altered 
number  plate  or  a  number  plate  issued  by  the 
Department  for  another  motor  vehicle,  trailer 
or  conversion  unit; 

(c)  without  the  authority  of  the  owner,  removes 
a  number  plate  from  a  motor  vehicle,  trailer 
or  conversion  unit; 

(d)  uses  or  permits  the  use  of  any  number  plate 
upon  a  motor  vehicle,  trailer  or  conversion 
unit,  except  the  one  issued  by  the  Department 
for  the  motor  vehicle,  trailer  or  conversion 
unit, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction 
is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $50  and  not  more 
than  $500  or  to  imprisonment  for  not  more  than 
thirty  days,  or  to  both,  and  in  addition  his  licence 
or  permit  may  be  suspended  for  not  more  than  six 
months. 

(2)  Every  person  shall,  within  six  days,  forward  to  the  Not'fe  of 

T-v  •  I  ■,      ,    r  r     ,      purchase  of 

Department  a  notice  on  the  prescribed  form  of  the  motor 
sale  or  purchase  by  or  to  him  of  a  motor  vehicle,  ^     "^   ■    "• 
trailer  or  conversion  unit  for  which  a  permit  has  been 
issued. 

(3)  Every  number  plate  furnished  by  the  Department  ^late^®"^ 
under  this  Act  is  the  property  of  the  Crown  and  shall  property  of 

1  1  I         r-v  1  -11       Crown 

be  returned  to  the  Department  when  required  by 
the  Department. 

6. — (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  10  of  The  Highway  Traifi.c'^-^^O-^^^o. 
Act  is  repealed.  siibs.  '2.' 

repealed 

(2)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  10  is  repealed  and  the^-^^^gi^j'^°' 
following  substituted  therefor;  subs.  4, 

re-enacted 

(4)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Penalty 
of  subsection  3  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $5  and 

not  more  than  $10. 

R..S.O.  1960, 

7.  Subsection  2  of  section   13  of  The  Highway  Traffic  ylrfc.  i72,^s.  13, 

is   repealed.  repealed 

R.S.O.  1960. 

8.  Subsections  2,  3  and  4  of  section    14  of   The  Highway  subs. '2.' 
Traffic  Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor  :subss.  3.  4,' 

repealed 

105 


Idcnliflra- 
tioii  on 
failure  to 
produce 
Ikcnce 


(2)  Every  i)erson  who  is  unable  or  refuses  to  produce 
his  licence  in  accordance  with  subsection  1  shall, 
when  requested  by  a  constable,  identify  himself  by 
some  other  means  satisfactory  to  the  constable. 


R.S.O.  1!»60, 
c.  172,8.  15, 
(19GH,  c.  04, 
8.  4), 
amended 


0.  Section  15  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
section  4  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Antendmer.t  Act,  1966  and 
amended  by  section  5  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act, 
lV6fi,  is  further  amended  b\-  adding  thereto  the  following 
subsection : 


Exemption 
of  new 
residents 


(2)  Sections  13  and  16  and  any  regulation  made  there- 
under do  not  apply  to  a  person  for  thirty  days  after 
he  has  become  a  resident  of  (Ontario  if  during  such 
period  he  lioids  a  subsisting  driver's  licence  in  accord- 
ance with  the  laws  of  the  province,  country  or  state 
of  which  he  was  a  resident  immediately  before  be- 
coming a  resident  of  Ontario. 


'^  f^y 's^'iIj'        ^^*  Subsection  2  of  section  16  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
subs.  2.  is  repealed. 

repealed 

R.S.O.  19«0, 
c.  172,8.  17, 

subs.  2. 
re-enat  ted  : 
SUl)S.'^.  3,  4. 
repealed 

Identifica- 
tion on 
failure  to 
prodU(  e 
cence 


11.  Subsections  2,  3  and  4  of  section  17  of  The  Highway 
Traffic  Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


pre 
lice 


(2)  Every  person  who  is  unable  or  refuses  to  produce  his 
licence  in  accordance  with  subsection  1  shall,  when 
requested  b>-  a  constable,  identify  himself  by  some 
other  means  satisfactory  to  the  constable. 


H.S.O.  liSHO. 
c.  172,  s.  IS. 
subs.      4. 
repealed 


12.  Subsection  4  of  section  18  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
is  repealed. 


"•f72.s'.''i'!)*!'       13.  Subsection  4  of  section  19  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

?e,^aid     '    is  repealed. 


R.S.O.  i;iu(). 

c.  172,  s.  21ii 
(19G0-61, 
c.  :!4,  S.  4), 
amended 


14.  Section  21a  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  enacted 
b\-  section  4  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1960-61 
and  amended  by  section  5  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 
Act,  1061-62,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "Notwith- 
standing section  155"  in  the  first  line,  so  that  the  section  shall 
read  as  follows: 


Interpreta- 
tion of 
"subse- 
quent" for 
BS.  20,  21, 
21i> 


R.S.O.  1960. 
c.  172.  s.  2;!, 
repealed 


21a.  Where  a  penalty  is  provided  in  sections  20,  21  and 
216  for  a  subsequent  offence,  the  word  "subsequent" 
relates  only  to  offences  committed  in  any  five-year 
period. 

15.  Section  2?>  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed. 
105 


Section  9.  The  amendment  provides  lliat  a  new  resident  of  Ontario 
who  holds  a  valid  driver's  licence  from  another  province,  country  or  state 
has  thirty  days  within  which  to  obtain  an  Ontario  licence. 


Section  10.  The  penalty  respecting  the  operation  of  a  motor  vehicle 
without  a  chauffeur's  licence  is  deleted  and  the  general  penalt\  in 
section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 

Section  11.  The  penally  respecting  production  of  licences  is  deleted 
and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  tl.is  Bill,  will  apply. 

The  provision  requiring  production  of  a  chauffeur's  licence  for  en- 
dorsement upon  a  conviction  is  repealed  and  a  new  subsection  2  is  added 
to  require  a  person  who  fails  to  produce  his  licence  on  demand  to  identify 
himself  by  some  other  means  satisfactory  to  the  constable. 


Skctio.\  12.  The  penalty  respecting  driving  under  sixteen  years  of 
age  is  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this 
Bill,  will  apply. 

.Section  13.  The  penalty  respecting  the  renting  of  motor  vehicles  to 
unlicensed  drivers  is  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as 
amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 

Section  14.  The  reference  to  .section  155  is  deletid  as  section  155  is 
repealed  by  this  Bill. 


Section  15.    Section  2,^,  which  requires  a  convicting  provincial  judge 
to  endorse  the  conviction  on  a  driver's  licence,  is  repealed. 

105 


Section  16.  The  present  penalty  of  u  fine  for  a  first  offence  of  (25 
to  $1(X)  and  imprisonment  for  up  to  thirty  days  is  deleted  and  the  penalty 
for  a  sul>se(juent  offence  of  $1()0  to  $500  and  imprisonment  for  up  to  six 
months  will  apply  to  all  offences  under  this  section. 


Section  17 — Subsection  1.    The  present  tines  for  first,  second  and 
sul)se<|uent  offences  are  deleted  and  a  fine  of  SIO  to  $50  is  substituted. 


Subsection  2.  The  present  penalties  for  first,  second  and  subsequent 
offences  are  deleted  and  a  penalty  of  $50  to  $2(X)  and  imprisonment  of  up 
to  six  months  is  substituted. 


Section  18.  The  present  penalties  for  contravention  of  section  32  are 
deleted  and  a  fine  of  $10  to  $50  is  provided  for  failing  to  keep  proper 
records  and  failure  to  report  presence  of  vehicles  in  storage  for  more  than 
two  weeks,  and  a  penalty  of  $50  to  $200  and  impri,sonment  up  to  thirty 
days  is  provided  for  defacing  serial  numbers,  dealing  in  motor  vehicles 
with  serial  numbers  obliterated  and  failure  to  report  damaged  or  bullet- 
marked  vehicles. 


Section  19 — Snbsccti&n  1.  The  minimum  and  maximum  fines  re- 
specting the  .sale  of  new  motor  vehicles  without  certain  lamps  and  reflectors 
are  increased  from  S.SO  to  SlOO  and  S.iOO  to  $500. 

105 


16.  Section  26  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed  and^l^^^g^^g^g"' 
the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-ena'cted  ' 

26.  Every    person    who   o[)erates   a    motor    vehicle    the  oper*atkig°'^ 
permit  for  which   is  under  suspension  or  has  been  '^°-^°\ 
cancelled   is  guilty  of  an  ofTence  and  on  summary  when 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100  suspended  or 
and  not  more  than  S500  or  to  imprisonment  for  a'^''""^"  * 
term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both. 

17.— (1)  Subsection  3  of  section  31  of  The  Highway  Traffic  ff^o.  i960. 
Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  subs.  3, 

re-enacted 

(3)  Every  person  who  stores  or  deals  in  motor  vehicles  ^QU®J°[j„g 
or  conducts  a  garage  business,  parking  station,  park-  ^"t^"®^* 
ing  lot  or  used  car  lot  or  the  wrecking  or  dismantling  licence 
of  vehicles  without  a  licence  is  guilty  of  an  offence 
and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
less  than  $10  and  not  more  than  $50. 

(2)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  31  is  repealed  and  the^^s^O-^i^g^O' 
following  substituted   therefor:  subs.  h. 

re-enacted 

(5)  Every  person   who  obstructs,   molests  or   interferes  P^"^."^  ^'"" 
with  any  constable  or  officer  in  the  performance  of  fe^ence  with 

...  ...,,„  constable 

his  duties  under  subsection  4  is  guilty  of  an  offence 
and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $200  or  to  imprison- 
ment for  a  term  of  not  more  than  si.x  months,  or  to 
both. 

18.  Subsection  6  of  section  32  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act^fj^'s^H,' 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  ?e-enarted 

(6)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Penalty 
of, 

(a)  subsection  1  or  4  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and 
on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of 
not  less  than  $10  and  not  more  than  5550; 

(6)  subsection  2,  3  or  5  is  guilty  of  an  ofTence  and 
on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of 
not  less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $200 
or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more 
than  thirt>-  da\s,  or  to  both. 

^     R.S.O.  I960, 

19.— (1)  Subsection  8  of  section  33  of  The  Highway  Traffic  c.  112  b.  33, 
Act  is  repealed  and   the  following  substituted   therefor:  re-enacted 

105 


Penalty 


H.S.(i.  19(J0, 
c.  172,8.33, 
Hubs.  11, 
repealed 

R.S.O. 19C0, 
c.  172,  R.  33, 
subs,  15, 
re-enacted 


Penalty 


R.S.O.  1960, 
c,  172,8.  33, 
subs.  23, 
repealed 

H..S,0.  1960, 
<;.  172,  s.  33, 
subs,  27, 
repealed 

R.S.O.  1960, 
o.  172.  s.  33, 
amended 


(8)  Every  person  who  contravenes  subsection  2  or  7  is 
guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is 
liable  to  a  line  of  not  less  than  $100  and  not  more 
than  $500. 

(2)  Subsection  11  of  the  siiid  section  33  is  rej)ealed. 

(3)  Subsection  15  of  the  said  section  33  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted   therefor: 

(15)  Every  j>erson  who  contravenes  subsection  14  is 
guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is 
liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $5. 

(4)  Subsection  23  of  the  said  section  33  is  rejiealed. 

(5)  Subsection  27  of  the  said  section  33  is  repealed. 

(6)  The  said  section  33  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsection: 


Penalty 


(28a)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 
of  subsection  28  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  sum- 
mary conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than 
SlOO  and  not  more  than  $500. 


? f72  s^lil'''       '-^^  Subsection  6  of  section  35  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act, 
subs.  6,  as  amended   by  subsection   2  of  section  8  of   The  Hiehway 

Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1061-62,  is  repealed. 

^  r72  ■8^^3*6''       ^^*  Section  36  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  amended  by 

amended        section  5  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1960-61, 

is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Penalty 


(4)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 
of  this  section  or  any  regulation  made  under  this 
section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  con- 
viction is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  SlOO  and  not 
more  than  S500. 


?"f7?s^^3^7''  ^^'  Subsection  4  of  section  37  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
subs.  4,  is  rei)ealed. 

repealed  ' 

.'^f72,R';  yl'!  23.  Subsection  4  of  section  38  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
subs,  4,  is  repealed. 

repealed  ■ 

i^'rfi/.'s'.^fsi'  24.  Section  3M  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  re-enacted 
(1967,  c.  35.  by  section  4  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1967, 
amended        ig  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


105 


Subsection  2.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  improper  lights  are 
deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill, 
will  apply. 

Subsection  3.  The  reference  to  first,  second  and  subsequent  offences 
re  lights  on  bicycles  is  deleted  and  a  general  fine  of  up  to  $5  is  provided. 


I 


Subsection  4.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  lights  on  number 
plates,  parking  lights  and  spotlamps,  etc.,  are  deleted  and  the  general 
penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 

Subsection  5.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  lights  on  certain 
vehicles  other  than  motor  vehicles  are  deleted  and  the  general  penalty 
in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 

Subsection  6.  At  present,  the  general  penalty  provisions  apply  to 
contraventions  of  subsection  28  respecting  the  sale  of  certain  new  motor 
vehicles  without  proper  signalling  devices.  The  amendment  substitutes 
a  fine  from  $100  to  $500. 


Section  20.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  braking  systems  are 
deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill, 
will  apply. 


Section  21.  In  place  of  the  general  penalty  of  $5  to  $50  for  a  first 
offence  now  applicable,  a  fine  of  from  $100  to  $500  is  provided  for  a  con- 
travention respecting  the  sale  of  brake  fluid  that  does  not  comply  with  the 
standards  set  by  regulation. 


Section  22.  The  present  penalty  respecting  motor  vehicles  not 
equipped  with  windshield  wipers,  etc.,  is  deleted  and  the  general  penalty 
in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 

Section  23.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  tire  requirements  are 
deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill, 
will  apply. 

Section  24.  The  general  penalty  in  section  154  now  applies  for  non- 
compliance with  the  regulations  respecting  tire  specifications.  The  amend- 
ment increases  the  fine. 


105 


Section  25.  The  present  penalty  provisions  for  first,  second  and  sub- 
sequent offences  respecting  rebuilt  tires  arc  deleted  and  the  fine  increased 
to  a  minimum  of  SlUO  and  a  maximum  of  $5(X). 


Section  26.  The  provisions  respecting  the  use  of  safety  glass  are 
made  applicable  to  such  things  as  campers  that  are  attached  to  the  frame 
of  motor  vehicles,  and  the  penalty  for  a  contravention  of  these  provisions 
is  increased  from  the  general  penalty  of  $20  to  $10<),  which  would  other- 
wise apply,  to  a  penalty  of  from  $100  to  $500. 


Section  27.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  mufflers  and  un- 
necessary noise,  etc.,  are  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154, 
as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 


Section  28.  The  amendment  provides  that  a  slow  moving  sign  is  not 
required  on  the  rear  of  a  farm  tractor  or  implement  of  husbandry  when  it 
is  directly  crossing  a  highway. 


Section  29.    The  reference  to  first,  second  and  subsequent  offences  is 
deleted  and  a  fine  of  up  to  $5  is  provided  for  offences  respecting  horse- 


siciph 


Sec  HON  ML  The  ijenalty  provisions  respecting  attachments  for 
drawing  vehicles  on  a  high\va\  are  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in 
section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 

105 


(3)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  regulation  made  Penalty 
under  clause  a,  b  or  c  of  subsection  1  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on   summary  conviction   is  liable  to  a 

fine  of  not  less  than  SlOO  and  not  more  than  S500. 

25.  Subsection  4  of  section  39  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act^/fj^'l^i^- 
is  repealed  and   the  following  substituted   therefor:  re-enat'ted 

(4)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  ot  the  provisions  P^'^^'^y 
of  subsection  2  or  3  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on 
summary  conviction   is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less 

than  $100  and  not  more  than  S500. 

26.  Section  40  of  J'he  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by  ^f^^g^^^^Q^' 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsections:  amended 

(3)  In   this  section,    "motor  vehicle"   includes  any  ajj- Jj'J^',^'""''®'"" 
paratus  or  device  that  is  permanently  or  temporarily 
attached    to   a    motor    vehicle,    other    than    for    the 
purpose  of  towing  it,  and  in  which  a  person  can  ride. 

(4)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  '*e"a"5' 
of  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100 

and  not  more  than  $500. 

27.  Subsection  6  of  section  42  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Acl,^^  '^j2s^^2' 
as  re-enacted  by  section  5  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 'l"^^^^*^^   ^^ 
Act,  1964,  is  repealed.  s.  5),' 

repealed 

28.  Subsection  1  of  section  42a  of  The  Highway  Traffic  ffj^; l^^^^ 
Act,  as  enacted  by  section  9  of  The  Highway  Traffic  ^mencf- <^|^*^' '^^  ^*'- 
ment  Act,   1968,   is  amended   bv  adding  at   the  end   thereof  s"'«i' , 

I  •  •         '     1  •    1  >i  amended 

'  except  when  directly  crossing  a  highwa>'   ,  so  that  the  sub- 
section shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  Ever\-  farm  tractor  and  self-projielled  imijlement  of^J^'^^-ug 
husbandry    when    oi)erated    on    a    highway    or   an>- ^■"hicie 
vehicle  towed  by  either  ot  them,  shall  have  a  slow 
moving  vehicle  sign  attached  to  the  rear  thereof  in 
accordance  with  the  regulations,  except  when  directly 
crossing  a  highway. 

29.  Subsection  2  ot  section  43  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act'^fj^-^^^^- 
is  rejjealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor;  re-'eliac'ted 

(2)  Ever>'  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Penalty 
of  subsection  1  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  suinmar>- 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  S5. 

K.S.O.  1960. 

30.  Subsection  2  of  section  45  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Actv.  i72  s.-i5. 

,  SU  OS .   ^ , 

IS  rejiealcd.  repealed 

105 


^f/i'/s^'*/?!'       ^^'  Subsection  3  of  section  47  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act, 
(1964 ^c  38    '^^  enacted  by  section  6  of  The  Ifighway  Traffic  Amendment 

8-6).'  Act,  1964,  is  reijealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted 


Penalty 


(3)  Every  driver  of  a  motor  vehicle  who  refuses  or  fails 
to  submit  the  motor  vehicle,  together  with  its  equip- 
ment and  any  trailer  attached  thereto,  to  such 
examination  and  tests  as  may  be  required  by  a  con- 
stable or  officer  under  subsection  1  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine 
of  not  less  than  S50  and  not  more  than  $100. 


Notice 
requiring 
examination 
and  tests 


{3a)  Subsection  3  does  not  apply  unless  the  constable  or 
officer  under  subsection  1  has  given  to  the  driver  of 
the  motor  vehicle  a  written  notice  in  the  form  pre- 
scribed by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  re- 
quiring the  driver  to  submit  the  motor  vehicle, 
together  with  its  equipment  and  any  trailer  attached 
thereto,  to  examination  and  tests. 


?"m'  ^^^"       ^^*  ^^^  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
amended        the  following  scction : 


Regulations 
re  inspection 
of  certain 
motor 
vehicles 


47a.  The    Lieutenant   Governor   in    Council    may   make 
regulations, 

(a)  requiring  the  owners  of  commercial  motor 
vehicles,  or  any  type  or  class  thereof,  un- 
insured motor  vehicles,  and  motor  vehicles 
that  have  been  involved  in  accidents  that  are 
reportable  under  section  143  to  submit  them 
to  inspection; 

(b)  prescribing  the  inspection  procedures,  in- 
s|)cction  requirements  and  performance  stan- 
dards required  for  such  motor  vehicles; 

(c)  prohibiting  the  operation  on  a  highway  of 
motor  vehicles  that  do  not  comply  with  such 
requirements  and  standards,  and  providing 
for  the  seizure  of  the  registration  plates  of 
such  motor  vehicles  and  for  holding  them 
until  the  motor  vehicle  is  made  to  comply 
with  such  requirements  and  standards. 


"■i72,s*'M<i  33.  Section  50a  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  enacted  by 
(1966.  c.  64,  section  10  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1966  and 
amended        amended  b>'  section  11  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 

Act,  1968,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 

subsection : 


105 


Section  31.  The  mininuiiii  fine  of  $10  and  maximiim  fine  of  $50  for 
failure  to  submit  a  motor  vehicle  for  examination  as  required  by  a  con- 
stable is  increased  to  $50  and  $100  resi^ectively  and  provision  is  made 
requiring  the  constable  to  give  the  driver  a  written  notice. 


Si'XriON  32.   Self-explanatory. 


SectionJ33.  The  line  for  failure  to  use  the  saftt>  devices  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  regulations  is  increased  from  the  gei-.cral  penalty  of 
section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  ($20-$100)  to  a  fine  of  from  $100 
to  $500. 


105 


SECrioN  34.  The  reference  to  first,  second  and  subsequent  offences 
is  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill, 
will  apply  with  rcsiiect  to  the  names  of  owners  on  commercial  vehicles  and 
to  reflectors  while  a  different  fine  is  provided  respecting  the  sale  of  new 
commercial  motor  vehicles  not  equipped  with  certain  lamps  and  reflectors 
as  required  by  subsection  2a  of  section  51. 


Section  35.  A  sliding  scale  of  fines  is  provided  respecting  gross  weight 
of  vehicles  instead  of  the  present  penalties  provided  for  first,  second  and 
subsequent  offences. 


4 


105 


(3)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Penalty 
of  a  regulation  made  under  this  section  is  guilty  of 

an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to 
a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100  and  not  more  than  $500. 

34.  Subsection  4  of  section  51  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act^-^o-  iseo, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  siibs.  '*,' 

re-enacted 

(4)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Penalty 
of  subsection  2a  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  sum- 
mary conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than 

$100  and  not  more  than  $500. 

35.  Subsection  7  of  section  52  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act^fj^J^^2,' 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

(7)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Pe"^"y 
of  subsection  2,  la,  3  or  4  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and 
on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of, 

(a)  50  cents  per  hundredweight  or  part  thereof 
of  the  gross  weight  in  excess  of  that  [permitted 
where  the  overweight  is  less  than  5,000 
pounds; 

{b)  $1  per  hundredweight  or  part  thereof  of  the 
gross  weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  where 
the  overweight  is  5,000  pounds  or  more  but 
is  less  than  10,000  pounds; 

(c)  $2  per  hundredweight  or  part  thereof  of  the 
gross  weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  where 
the  overweight  is  10,000  pounds  or  more  but 
is  less  than   15,000  pounds; 

{d)  $3  per  hundredweight  or  part  thereof  of  the 
gross  weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  where 
the  overweight  is  15,000  pounds  or  more  but 
is  less  than  20,000  pounds; 

(e)  $4  per  hundredweight  or  part  thereof  of  the 
gross  weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  where 
the  overweight  is  20,000  pounds  or  more  but 
is  less  than  30,000  pounds; 

(/)  $5  per  hundredweight  or  part  thereof  of  the 
gross  weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  where 
the  overweight  is  30,000  pounds  or  more. 

105 


10 

"fiz/s' m"'       ''^'  Subsection  6  of  section  53  of  I'he  Highway  Traffic  Act 

Bubs.  6  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted  "^  " 

''®"^"*'  (6)  Every  person  to  whom  a  permit  has  been  issued  under 

this  section  who  operates  or  jiermits  the  operation 
of  a  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  contrary,  to 
any  of  the  conditions  of  such  permit  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a 
fine  of  not  less  than  SI 00  and  not  more  than  $500 
and  in  addition  a  fine  shall  be  imposed  as  if  he  had 
also  been  convicted  of  an  ofTence  under  subsection  7 
of  section  52  in  respect  of  any  gross  weight  in  excess 
of  the  gross  weight  permitted  under  that  section 
as  if  no  special  permit  had  been  issued. 

^  m'  ^^bi'      ^^"  Subsection  6  of  section  54  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
subs.  6,'     ■    is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted 

Penalty  (6)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 

of  subsection  1,  4  or  5  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on 
summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  as  if  he  had 
been  convicted  under  subsection  7  of  section  52  and 
in  addition,  if  the  conviction  is  for  a  contravention 
under  subsection  1,  the  Registrar  may  suspend  the 
registration  permit  of  the  vehicle  or  vehicles  involved 
and  such  suspension  shall  continue  until  the  vehicle 
has  been  reregistered  at  the  maximum  gross  weight 
allowable  and  the  additional  registration  fee  has 
been  paid. 

"  rza/s^.'ss!'       38.— (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  55  of  The  Highway  Traffic 
subs.  2.         Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted  '^  " 

on'driVer  (^)  Every  driver  who,  when  so  required  to  proceed  to  a 

weighing  machine,  refuses  or  fails  to  do  so  is  guilty 
of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to 
a  fine  of  not  less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $100. 

^172   ^^^^'       '■^^  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  55  is  repealed  and  the 
subs.  5,'     '    following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted 

I'enaitv  (5)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 

of  subsection  3  or  4  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on 
summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less 
than  $50  and  not  more  than  $100. 

?"f7?s^"5tj"       •^^*  Subsection  3  of  section  56  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
subs,  j,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted  ^  " 

''""''">  (3)   Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 

of  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $50  and 

105 


Section  36.  The  minimum  fine  respecting  permits  for  the  moving  of 
heavy  loads  is  increased  from  $50  to  $100  and  in  addition  a  fine  is  to  be 
imposed  for  any  overload  under  section  52. 


Section  37.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  the  carrying  of  loads 
in  excess  of  that  for  which  a  permit  is  issued  are  revised  to  apply  the  sliding 
scale  of  fines  under  section  52,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  and  the  Registrar 
may  suspend  registration  until  the  vehicle  is  reregistered  at  the  maximum 
gross  weight. 


Section  38.    The  reference  to  first,  second  and  subsequent  oflfences 
is  deleted  and  the  fine  will  be  from  $50  to  $100. 


Section  39.  The  reference  to  first,  second  and  subsequent  offences  is 
deleted  and  the  fine  respecting  overhanging  loads,  etc.,  is  set  at  from  $50 
to  $100  and  the  suspension  provision  is  retained. 


105 


Section  40.   The  minimum  and  maximum  fines  respecting  the  carry- 
ing of  dangerous  materials  are  increased. 


Section  41 — Subsection  1.   The  amendment  increases  the  permissible 
length  for  combinations  from  60  to  65  feet. 


Subsection  2.  The  reference  to  first,  second  and  subsequent  offences 
is  deleted  and  the  fine  respecting  maximum  dimensions  of  commercial 
motor  vehicles  is  set  at  from  $50  to  $100  and  the  power  to  suspend  a  permit 
is  retained. 


Section  42 — Subsection  1.  Theauthority  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council  to  make  regulations  designating  construction  zones  is  trans- 
ferred to  the  Minister. 


Subsection  2.    The  general  penalty  for  speeding  is  revised  to  provide 
a  sliding  scale  of  fines. 


105 


11 

not  more  than  $100  and  in  addition  his  licence  or 
permit  may  be  suspended  for  a  period  of  not  more 
than  sixty  days. 

40.  Subsection  2  of  section  57  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Actff^^-^^^^' 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted   therefor:  siibs.  2.' 

re-enacted 

(2)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Pe^^'ty 
of  a  regulation  made  under  this  section  is  guilty  of 
an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a 
fine  of  not  less  than  SlOO  and  not  more  than  §500 
or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  three 
months,  or  to  both. 

41.— (1)  Subsection    2a   of   section    58   of    The   Highway  ^-^j^-^^^^' 
Traffic  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  12  of  The  Highway  Traffic^^^^-  2a' 
Amendment  Act,  1962-63,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "60"  im.  56,  s.  i2), 
the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "65",  so  that  j^g ^"^*'"*®'' 
subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(2a)  No  vehicle,  other  than  a  public  vehicle  or  a  semi-  Length  of 

1    /-        I    •         I  vehicle  or 

trailer  as  defined  in  clause  b  of  subsection  6  of  sec-'0'"'''n'"'o'> 
tion  55,  including  load  or  contents,  shall  exceed  the 
length  of  35  feet,  and  no  combination  of  vehicles, 
including  load   or  contents,  coupled   together  shall 
exceed  the  total  length  of  65  feet. 

(2)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  58  is  repealed  and  the  ^^.^^gi^fg^- 
following  substituted  therefor:  subs.  5. 

re-enacted 

(5)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  ''enaity 
of  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $50  and 
not  more  than  $100  and  in  addition  his  permit  may 
be  suspended  for  not  more  than  six  months. 

42.— (1)  Subsection    11a   of   section    59   of    The  Highway [^-^j^.i.f a.' 
Traffic  Act,  as  enacted  by  subsection   2  of  section  9  of  The^"^^-^^^".:^. 
Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1967,  is  amended  by  strik-s-9. 
ing  out  "Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council"  in  the  first  line  amended 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister",  so  that  the  subsection 
shall  read  as  follows: 

(Ua)  The  Minister  may  designate  any  part  of  the  King's j^oJJ'^^'one;:, 
Highway  as  a  construction  zone,  and  every  construc- 
tion zone  shall  be  marked  h\  signs  in  accordance  with 
the  regulations. 

(2)  Subsection  12  of  the  said  section  59  is  repealed  and  theo.'i72,'8.  59,' 
following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

105 


12 

''*""">'  (12)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 

of  this  section  or  any  by-law  or  regulation  made 
under  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on 
summary  conviction  is  liable,  where  the  rate  of 
speed  at  which  the  motor  vehicle  was  driven, 

(a)  is  less  than  10  miles  per  hour  over  the  maxi- 
mum speed  limit,  to  a  fine  of  $2  for  each  mile 
per  hour  that  the  motor  vehicle  was  driven 
over  the  maximum  speed  limit; 

(b)  is  10  miles  per  hour  or  more  but  less  than  20 
miles  per  hour  over  the  maximum  speed  limit, 
to  a  fine  of  S3  for  each  mile  per  hour  that  the 
motor  vehicle  was  driven  over  the  maximum 
sp)eed  limit; 

(c)  is  20  miles  per  hour  or  more  but  less  than  30 
miles  per  hour  over  the  maximum  speed  limit, 
to  a  fine  of  S4  for  each  mile  per  hour  that  the 
motor  vehicle  was  driven  over  the  maximum 
speed  limit;  and 

(rf)  is  30  miles  per  hour  or  more  over  the  maximum 
speed  limit,  to  a  fine  of  S5  for  each  mile  per 
hour  that  the  motor  vehicle  was  driven  over 
the  maximum  sjjeed  limit. 

?"i72  si^ea'       '**^*  Section  60  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed  and 
re-enacted      ^hg  following  substituted  therefor: 

Careless  50    Every   person    is   guilty  of   the  offence   of  driving 

carelessly  who  drives  a  vehicle  on  a  highway  without 
due  care  and  attention  or  without  reasonable  con- 
sideration for  other  persons  using  the  highway  and 
on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less 
than  SlOO  and  not  more  than  S500  or  to  imprisonment 
for  a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both, 
and  in  addition  his  licence  or  permit  may  be  sus- 
pended for  a  period  of  not  more  than  two  years. 

44.  Subsection  2  of  section  61  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
is  repealed. 

45.  Subsection  2  of  section  62  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
is  repealed. 

46.  Subsection  6  of  section  67a  of  'The  Highway  Traffic  Act, 
as  enacted  by  section  8  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 
Act,  1964,  is  repealed. 

105 


R.S.O.  1 

:»60, 

0.  172.  S. 

61. 

sub.s.  2. 

repealed 

R.S.O.  1060 

c.  172.  s. 

62, 

subs.  2, 

repealed 

R..S.O.  1960 

c.  172,  8. 

67a 

(1964.  c. 

as, 

8.   8), 

subs.  6, 

repealed 

Section  43.  The  minimum  fine  is  increased  from  $10  to  $100  and  the 
term  of  imprisonment  of  up  to  three  months  is  increased  to  six  months  and 
can  be  imposed  in  addition  to  the  fine. 


Section  44.  The  penalty  for  interfering  with  a  speed  notice  on  a 
bridge  is  deleted  as  this  offence  is  covered  in  section  100. 

Section  45.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  unnecessary  slow 
driving  are  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in 
this  Bill,  will  apply. 

Section  46.  The  fine  of  $5  to  $50  respecting  pedestrian  crossovers  is 
deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill, 
($20-$100)  will  apply. 


105 


Section  47.  Clause  6  at  present  prohibits  drivinf;;  to  the  left  of  the 
centre  of  the  roadway  when  approaching  within  100  feet  of  or  traversing 
a  level  crossing  or  an  intersection  except  when  a  left  turn  is  to  be  made  at 
an  intersection.  The  clause,  as  re-enacted,  will  apply  only  to  approaching 
within  100  feet  of  a  level  cros.sing. 


Section  48.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  moving  from  roadway 
to  roadway  on  divided  highwavs  is  deleted  and  the  general  |>enalty  in 
section  154,  as  amended  in  this  bill,  will  apply. 


Section  49.   Self-explanatory. 


Sf.ction  50.  The  penalty  provisions,  which  apply  to  many  of  the 
rules  of  the  road,  such  as,  yield  right-of-way,  stop,  signalling  turn.=,  signal 
lights,  improper  passing,  etc.,  and  provide  for  different  lines  for  first, 
.second  and  subsequent  offences  are  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in 
section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  ($20-J100)  will  apply. 

-SlXTiON  51.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  approaching  and 
passing  street  cars  are  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as 
amended  in  this  Bill,  ($20-$100)  will  apply. 

.SixTiON  52.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  approaching  ridden 
or  driven  horses  are  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as 
amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 

Section  53.  The  penalty  provision  respecting  parking  rules  of  the 
road  is  revised  to  delete  the  reference  to  first  and  subsequent  offences 
and  to  provide  a  fine  of  from  $5  to  $50. 


SiXTioN  54.  The  section  repealed  creates  the  offence  of  drunken 
driving  of  a  vehicle  or  of  a  horse  or  other  .uiinial.  This  section  is  sufficiently 
cDMred  in  the  Criminal  Code  and  is  not  used. 

.SiXTlON  55.  .Subsection  2  is  revised  to  provide  a  general  penalty  for 
r.K  iiif;  on  a  highway  in  place  of  the  present  penalties  for  first  and  sub- 
-c(|ucMl  olTcnces  (,f  fines,  imprisonment  ai  d  suspension  of  licence. 


li!5 


13 

47.  Clause  b  of  section  72  of   The  Highway  Traffic  Act  isf  f^^g^^/g"' 
repealed  and   the  following  substituted   therefor:  fii-  ».  ' 

re-enacted 

(6)  when  approaching  within  100  feet  of  a  level  crossing, 


48.  Subsection  2  of  section  77  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act^-^o.  loeo, 

•  11  c.  172,8.  /<, 

IS  repealed.  subs.  2, 

repealed 

49.  Subsection  1  of  section  79  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act^f^^-^^:f^'. 
is  amended  by  adding  after  "sounding"  in  the  third  line  "or  a  subs,  i.' 
lamp  located  on  the  roof  of  the  vehicle  is  producing  inter- 
mittent flashes  of  red   light",   so   that   the  subsection   shall 

read  as  follows: 

(1)  The  driver  of  a  vehicle,   upon   the  approach  of  an  J^p^^^^j^^gu^ 
ambulance,    fire    or    police    department    vehicle    or^'^huie, 
public  utility  emergency  vehicle,  upon  which  a  bellappi-oaohint; 
or  siren  is  sounding  or  a  lamp  located  on  the  roof 
of  the  vehicle  is  producing  intermittent  flashes  of 
red  light,  shall  immediately  bring  such  vehicle  to  a 
standstill  as  near  as  is  practicable  to  the  right-hand 
curb  or  edge  of  the  roadway  and  parallel  therewith 
and  clear  of  any  intersection. 

50.  Section  85  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed.  . ,  i72,s.'85,' 

repealed 

51.  Subsection  3  of  section  86  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Actf-^j'^J^^^' 
is  repealed.  subs  3  ' 

'^  repealed 


52.  Subsection  2  of  section  87  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act^fj^-^''^^ 


I960. 

is  repealed.  subs "2,' 

repealed 


53.  Subsection  10  of  section  89  of  The  Highway  'Traffic  Act^fj'^J'^^^\' 
is  repealed  and   the   following  substituted  therefor:  ^"''s  i''.  , 

^  "  re-enacted 

(10)  Every  p)erson  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  '''^"''  '* 
of  this  section  is  guiltx,'  of  an  offence  and  on  suniniary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  .S5  and 
not  more  than  $50. 

54.  Section  90  of  The  Highway  'Traffic  Act  is  repealed.  (.172,8. '90.' 

repealed 

55.  Subsection  2  of  section  91  of  The  Highway  'Traffic  Act'^'^j'^J^^^- 
is  repealed  and   the  following  substituted   therefor:  subs.  2 

^  "  re-enacted 

(2)  Every  person  who  contravenes  an>-  of  the  provisions  Penalty 
of  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100 

105 


14 


and  not  more  than  S500  or  to  imprisonment  for  a 
term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both,  and  in 
addition  his  licence  may  be  suspended  for  a  period  of 
not  more  than  two  years. 


"  m.e'.^gz!'       ^'  Subsection  2  of  section  92  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

subs  2  is  repealed. 

repealed  ' 

fii^'aVa'      ^"f'  Subsection  2  of  section  93  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
l^X^'d     '   's  repealed. 


H.S.O.  1960, 
0.  172.8.94. 
8Ube.  2 
(1966.  c.  64, 
8.  17, 
subs.  2), 
amended 


58. — (1)  Clause  b  of  subsection  2  of  section  94  of  The 
Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  subsection  2  of  section 
17  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended 
by  striking  out  "separate  roadways"  in  the  second  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  median  strip",  so  that  the  clause 
shall  read  as  follows: 


(6)  when  meeting  on  such  a  highway,  other  than  a 
highway  with  a  median  strip,  a  school  bus  on  the 
front  of  which  two  red  signal-lights  are  illuminated 
with  intermittent  flashes, 


.'* fy^'s'^Q's!'       5®-  Subsection  2  of  section  95  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
subs.  2  is  repealed. 

repealed  ^ 


^'iii's^i^'      ®^'  Section  98  of  The  Highway  Traffic:  Act  is  repealed  and 
re-enacted  '    the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Littering 
highway 
jirohihited 


98.  Every  person  who  throws  or  deposits  or  causes  to 
be  deposited  any  glass,  nails,  tacks  or  scraps  of 
metal  or  any  rubbish,  refuse,  waste  or  litter  upon, 
along  or  adjacent  to  a  highway,  except  in  receptacles 
provided  for  the  purpose,  is  guilty  of  the  offence  of 
littering  the  highway. 


"  ^2,  s^.To^d,     ®1'  Section  100  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed  and 
reena'.ted      the  following  substituted  therefor : 


1  )efac-ing  or 
removing 
notices  or 
otistriiction.s 


R.S.O.  1960, 
e.  172, 
s.  100a, 
subs.  1 
(1966,  c.  64, 
s.  19), 
re-enacted 


100.  Every  person  who  wilfully  removes,  defaces  or  in  any 
manner  interferes  with  any  notice  or  obstruction 
lawfully  placed  on  a  highway  is  guilty  of  an  offence 
and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  line  of  not 
less  than  $100  and  not  more  than  $500  or  to  imprison- 
ment for  a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or 
to  both. 

62.  Subsection  1  of  section  100a  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act, 
as  re-enacted  by  section  19  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 
Act,  1966,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


105 


Section  56.  The  reference  to  first,  second  and  subsequent  offences 
for  horse  racing  on  a  highway  is  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section 
154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 

Section  57.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  the  stopping  of  buses, 
etc.,  at  railway  crossings  is  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154, 
as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 

Section  58.  The  amendment  is  for  the  purpose  of  clarification  by 
referring  to  a  median  strip  which  is  defined  in  section  1  rather  than  a 
highway  with  separate  roadways. 


Section  59.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  soliciting  rides,  etc., 
are  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill, 
will  apply. 

Section  60.  The  present  penalties  for  first,  second  and  subsequent 
offences  are  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in 
this  Bill,  ($20-5100)  will  apply. 


Section  61.  The  present  penalty  for  a  first  offence  is  deleted  and  the 
penalty  for  a  subsequent  offence  of  a  fine  of  $100  to  $500  and  imprison- 
ment of  up  to  six  months  is  retained  as  a  general  penalty  for  any  such 
offence.    It  is  provided  that  the  act  of  defacing,  etc.,  must  be  wilful. 


Section  62.  The  present  section  authorizes  the  making  of  regula- 
tions to  regulate  or  prohibit  the  use  of  a  controUed-access  highway  by 
pedestrians,  etc.    This  authority  is  extended  to  the  King's  Highway. 


105 


Section  63.  The  penalty  provision  respecting  riding  in  house  or  boat 
trailers  is  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in 
this  Bill,  will  apply.    No  change  in  penalty. 


Section  64.  Part  IX,  dealing  with  traction  engines  on  highways,  is 
now  redundant  and  is  repealed. 

Sections  65  and  66.  The  amendments  are  complementary  to  the 
amendment  to  The  Insurance  Act  increasing  the  minimum  automobile 
public  liability  coverage  from  $35,000  to  $50,000. 


105 


15 

(1)  The   Lieutenant   Governor    in    Council    may    maiie  or  pro- 
regulations  prohibiting  or  regulating  the  use  of  any  of  parti  of^ 
part  of  the  King's  Highway  by  pedestrians  or  animals  Highway  by 
or  any  class  or  classes  of  vehicles.  pedestrians, 

R.S.O.  I960. 

63.  Subsection  2  of  section  100c  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  e^i|2,  s.  looc 
as  enacted  by  section  24  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment b.  24)! 

Act,  1968,  is  repealed.  repealed 

R.S.O.  1960,^ 

64.  Part  IX  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed.  \d^i6\\o^, 

repealed 

65.  Section  117  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  re-enacted  R?'-0- 1960, 
by  section  14  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1961-62,  (i96i-62, 

is  amended  by  striking  out  "S35,000"  in  the  fourth  line  and  amended 
inserting    in    lieu    thereof    "S50,000"    and    by    striking    out 
"$30,000"  in  the  fourth  line  of  clause  a  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "$45,000",  so  that  the  section  shall  read  as  follows: 

117.  Subject  to  subsection  3  of  section  118,  every  driver  ^^°""^*,''^°5 
and  owner  to  whom  this  Part  applies  shall  give  proof  sponsibiiit.v 
of  financial  responsibility  in  an  amount  of  at  least 
$50,000,  exclusive  of  interest  and  costs,  against  loss 
or  damage  resulting  from  bodily  injury  to  or  the 
death  of  one  or  more  pjersons  and  loss  of  or  damage 
to  property  in  any  one  accident,  and,  where  in  any 
one  accident  damages  result  from  bodily  injury  or 
death  and  loss  of  or  damage  to  property, 

(a)  claims  arising  out  of  bodily  injury  or  death 
shall  have  priority  over  claims  arising  out  of 
loss  of  or  damage  to  property  to  the  amount 
of  $45,000;  and 

(ft)  claims  arising  out  of  loss  of  or  damage  to 
property  shall  have  priority  over  claims  aris- 
ing out  of  bodily  injur>-  or  death  to  the 
amount  of  $5,000, 

and,  in  the  case  of  an  owner,  such  proof  shall  be 
given  in  respect  of  each  motor  vehicle  registered  in 
his  name. 

66.  Clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  118  of  The  Highway  ^fj^' i^iii. 
Traffic  Act,  as  amended  by  section  15  of  The  Highway  I'raffic^^^B.  i, 
Amendment  Act,  1961-62,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  amended 
"$35,000"  in  the  amendment  of  1961-62  and  inserting  in  lieu 

thereof  "$50,000",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(c)   the    certificate    of    the    Treasurer    that    the    person  ™°j;e>jj°^r 
named   therein   has  deposited   with   him   a  sum  of 
1  money  or  securities  for  money  approved  by  him  in 

105 


16 

the  amount  or  value  of  SSO.OOO  for  each  motor 
vehicle  registered  in  the  name  of  such  person,  and  the 
Treasurer  shall  accept  any  such  deposits  and  issue 
a  certificate  therefor  if  such  deposit  is  accoinp;inied 
by  evidence  that  there  are  no  unsatisfied  executions 
against  the  depositor  registered  in  the  office  of  the 
sheriff  for  the  county  or  district  in  which  the  depositor 
resides. 

?f72,'8*A%,     ®7.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  143  of  The  Highway  Traffic 
subs.  1  ^^i  jg  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted  "^  *^ 

reoort*"  ^^^  Every  person  in  charge  of  a  motor  vehicle  who  is 

a<<ident  directly  or  indirectly  involved  in  an  accident  shall, 

if  the  accident  results  in  personal  injuries,  or  in 
damage  to  property  apparently  exceeding  S200 
report  the  accident  forthwith  to  the  nearest  pro- 
vincial or  municipal  police  officer,  and  furnish  him 
with  such  information  concerning  the  accident  as 
may  be  required  by  the  officer  under  subsection  3. 

R.S.O.  1960, 

siibs.  4.'  (2)  Subsections  4,   5   and   6  of  the  said   section    143  are 

subss'^V.^e,     repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed 

poiu'tf'  "^  (^)  ^^^  report  of  a   police  officer   under  subsection  3 

"f""^''  shall  be  in  such  form  as  is  approved  by  the  Minister. 

R.s^o.  I960.      68.  Subsection  2  of  section  143a  of  The  Highway  Traffic  A  ct, 
B.  i4.iii  as  enacted  by  section  15  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 

34,  B.  is),  Act,  1960-6 J,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  there- 
for: 


subs.  2 
re-enaited 


''^"■'"^'  (2)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 

of  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100  and 
not  more  than  S500  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of 
not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both,  and  in  addition 
his  licence  or  permit  may  be  suspended  for  a  period 
of  not  more  than  two  years. 

"^72  s^"i44      ^^'  Subsection  2  of  section  144  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
subs.  '2.  is  repealed. 

repealed  '^ 

?'?72.'  ^'"'"       '^^'  ^  ft^  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 

amended         fj^p  following  section  : 

im'omet'rKt  1456. — (1)   Every   optometrist    registered    under    The   Op- 

1961-62,  lometry  Act,   1961-62  shall   report  to  the   Registrar 

''  ^°^  tlie  name,  address  and  clinical  condition  of  every 

person  sixteen  years  of  age  or  over  attending  upon 

105 


Section  67 — Subsection  1.  The  amendment  increases  from  $100  to 
$200  the  amount  of  damage  in  respect  of  which  a  report  of  the  accident  is 
required  to  be  made  and  deletes  the  provision  authorizing  the  police 
officer  or  the  liegistrar  to  require  a  written  statement. 


Subsection  2.  Subsection  4,  authorizing  the  Registrar  to  require 
additional  information  from  any  person  involved  in  the  accident  and 
subsection  5,  making  written  reports  privileged,  are  repealed.  Subsection  6, 
providing  a  penalty  for  failure  to  report  an  accident  or  give  information 
is  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill, 
will  apply.  The  new  subsection  4  requires  the  report  of  the  police  officer 
to  be  in  such  form  as  is  approved  by  the  Minister  under  clause  a  of 
section  146. 

Section  68.  The  present  fine  for  failure  to  remain  at  the  scene  of  an 
accident  is  a  fine  of  up  to  $500.  The  amendment  provides  for  a  minimum 
fine  of  $100. 


Section  69.  The  reference  to  first,  second  and  subsequent  offences 
for  failure  to  report  property  damage  to  trees,  fences,  etc.,  is  deleted  and 
the  general  penalt\  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  ($20-$100) 
will  apply. 

Section  70.  This  section  is  similar  to  section  I4Sa  requiring  medical 
doctors  to  report  to  the  Registrar. 


105 


Section  71.  Section  151,  providing  for  the  distribution  of  fines,  is 
repealed  as  obsolete  as  all  fines  for  contravention  of  the  Act  are  now 
payable  to  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario. 

Section  72.  The  reference  to  first,  second  and  subsequent  offences 
is  deleted  and  a  general  penalty  of  from  $20  to  $100  is  provided  for  con- 
traventions of  the  Act  and  regulations  where  no  other  penalty  is  provided. 


Section  73.  The  second,  third  and  subsequent  approach  to  penalties 
has  been  deleted  by  the  amendments  to  the  various  penalty  provisions  in 
this  Bill.  Section  155  which  defines  second,  third  and  subsequent  offences 
is  therefor  repealed. 

Section  74.    Subsection  2  is  revised  to  delete  references  to, 

1 .  Subsections  1,  3  and  5  of  section  8  (failing  to  have  plates  properly 
attached  and  exposed); 

2.  Clause  e  of  subsection  1  of  section  9  (failing  to  notify  the  Depart- 
ment of  a  purchase  or  sale  of  a  vehicle  for  which  a  permit  has 
been  issued); 

and  to  add  the  following  references: 

1.  Subsection  2  of  sections  14  and  17  (driver  failing  to  identify 
himself); 

2.  Clause  d  of  .subsection  12  of  section  59  (speeding  30  miles  per 
hour  or  more  over  the  maximum  speed  limit); 

3.  Clause  a  of  section  14,3a  (failing  to  remain  at  the  scene  of  an 
accident). 


Section  75.  .As  the  second,  third  and  subsequent  offence  procedure 
has  been  dis<oiitinued,  clause  c  authorizing  a  judge  to  impound  a  motor 
vehicle  following  a  third  conviction  is  repealed. 


105 


17 

the  optometrist  for  optonietric  services  who,  in  the 
opinion  of  such  optometrist,  is  sufifering  from  an  eye 
condition  that  may  mai<e  it  dangerous  for  such 
person  to  operate  a  motor  vehicle. 

(2)  No    action    shall    be    brought    against    a    qualified  f^°  '^ 


ction 


I 


optometrist    for    complying    with    this    section.  compliance 

'^  r-  .<       o  with  8Ub8.  1 

(3)  The  report  referred  to  in  subsection   1  is  privileged  S-lvneMci 
for  the  information  of  the  Registrar  only  and  shall 
not  be  open  for  public  inspection,  and  such  report 
is  inadmissible  in  evidence  for  any  purpose  in  any 
trial  except  to  prove  compliance  with  subsection   1. 

71.  Section  151  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed.      c.'i72,'8.  isi. 

repealed 

72.  Section    154  of   The  Highway   Traffic  Act  is  repealed  ^f^^g^^fg"^ 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

154.  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  pe^na^y' 
of  this  Act  or  of  any  regulation  is  guilty  of  an  offence 
and  on  summary  conviction,  where  a  penalty  for  the 
contravention  is  not  otherwise  provided  for  herein, 
is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $20  and  not  more 
than  $100. 


__,        „  .  ,rrc     ',-,  TTl-     ,  ','        n-  M  ■  11  R.S.O.   1960. 

73.  Section  155  of  1  he  Highway  1  raffic  Act  is  rep)ealed.      c.  172,8.  155. 

repealed 


R.S.O.  1960. 
c.  172,  8. 
repealed 

74.  Subsection  2  of  section  156  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  f.tj'i.s^ibi. 
as  amended  by  section  16  of  The  Highway  Traffic  A  mendment  l^]'^^^^^:i^^^ 
Act,  1964,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

L2)  Every  constable,  who,  on  reasonable  and  probable  j^J^iistabie^ 
grounds,  believes  that  a  contravention  of  any  of  the^^^'J.""' 
;  provisions  of  subsection   1  of  section  7;  clause  a,  b, 

c  or  d  oi  subsection  1  of  section  9;  subsection  1  of 
section  10;  subsection  2  of  section  14;  subsection  2 
of  section  17;  subsection  2  or  3  of  section  25;  section 
26;  clause  d  of  subsection  12  of  section  59;  section  60, 
91  or  100  or  clause  a  of  section  143a  has  been  com- 
mitted, whether  it  has  been  committed  or  not,  and 
who,  on  reasonable  and  probable  grounds,  believes 
that  any  person  has  committed  such  contravention, 
may  arrest  such  person  without  warrant  whether 
such  person  is  guilt>-  or  not. 

75.  Subsection  1  of  section  157  of  The  Highway  'Traffic  Act,  ffj2;i'''i5i. 
as  amended   by  subsection    1  of  section    17  of  The  H i ghway  ""^^^^^i^^^^ 
Traffic  Ametulmeftt  Act,  1064,  is  further  amended  by  striking 
out  "or"  at  the  end  of  clause  b  and  b)-  striking  out  clause  c, 
so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

105 


18 

motor""""'  (^)  '"  the  event  of, 

vehlole 

(a)  a  conviction  under  section  25  or  26  of  this  Act 
or  section  222  or  subsection  3  of  section  225  of 

c^siCCaii )  ^^^  Criminal  Code  (Canada);  or 

(b)  a  second   conviction    under  subsection    2  of 
section  221  of  the  Criminal  Code  (Canada), 

the  magistrate  or  judge  may  order  that  the  motor 
vehicle  driven  by  or  under  the  care  or  control  of  the 
person  convicted  at  the  time  of  the  commission  of 
the  oflFence  or  last  offence,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall 
be  seized,  impounded  and  taken  into  custody  of  the 
law  for  a  period  of  three  months,  provided  the  motor 
vehicle  was  at  such  time  owned  by  or  registered  in 
the  name  of  such  person,  or  owned  by  or  registered 
in  the  name  of  the  husband ,  wife,  parent  or  dependent 
child  of  such  person. 

ment"'^'"^'  '^^' — ^^^  ^'^'^  ^^^'  ^xcept  subsection  1  of  section  2,  sec- 
tions 3  to  8,  sections  10  to  14,  sections  16  to  27,  sections  29  to 
40,  subsection  2  of  section  41,  subsection  2  of  section  42, 
sections  43  to  46,  sections  48  to  53,  sections  55  to  61,  section  63, 
sections  65  to  70  and  sections  72  to  75,  comes  into  force  on  the 
day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

''^®'"  (2)  Subsection  1  of  section  2,  sections  3  to  8,  sections  10 

to  14,  sections  16  to  27,  sections  29  to  31,  sections  33  to  40, 
subsection  2  of  section  41,  subsection  2  of  section  42,  sections 
43  to  46,  sections  48  to  53,  sections  55  to  61,  section  63, 
sections  65  and  66,  sections  68  to  70  and  sections  72  to  75 
come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  September,  1969. 

'''<""  (3)  Sections  32  and  67  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of 

January,    1970. 


Short  title 


77.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Highway  Traffic  Amend- 
ment Act,  1968-69. 


105 


n 


3-  - 


±3 

o  a 

> 


BILL  105 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


Mr.  Haskett 


{Reprinted  as  amended  hy  the  Committee  of  the  Whole  House) 


TORONTO 
Printkd  and  Pubi.ishid  by  Frank  Fogg.  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1 — Subsection  1.    "Median  strip"  is  defined  for  the  purposes 
of  the  Act. 


Subsection  2.    "Self-propelled  implement  of  husbandry"  is  redefined 
for  the  purposes  of  clarification. 


Subsection  3.    Subsection  3  is  revised  to  confine  its  application  to 
Part  VII,  respecting  speed. 


Section  2.  The  penalty  provisions  are  removed  from  subsection  1 
and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 
Tlie  new  subsection  \a  is  complementary  to  "self-propelled  implement  of 
husbandry",  as  redefined  in  section  1,  and  provides  for  the  registration  of 
such  vehicles  except  as  provided  in  subsection  la. 


105 


BILL  105  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  1  of  The  Highway  Traffic'^-^o.  i960. 
Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  paragraph :  subs,  i,' 

amended 

12a.  "median  strip"  means  the  portion  of  a  highway  so 
constructed  as  to  separate  traffic  travelling  in  one 
direction  from  traffic  travelling  in  the  opposite 
direction  by  a  strip  of  pavement  of  more  than  ten 
feet  in  width,  a  physical  barrier  or  an  unpaved  strip 
of  ground. 

(2)  Paragraph  24a  of  subsection   1  of  the  said  section   1,  R.S;0- is^o, 
as  enacted  by  section  1  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  subs.  \.' 
Act,  1966,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor :fi966,  c.  64, 

B.    1), 

24a.  "self-propelled  implement  of  husbandry"  means  a 
self-propelled  vehicle  manufactured,  designed,  re- 
designed, converted  or  reconstructed  for  a  specific 
use  in  farming. 

R.S.O.  I960, 

(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  1,  as  enacted  by  sub-^^J^^g^- ^' 
section  4  of  section  1  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  (i965,  c.  46, 
1965,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  siibs.  4), 

re-enacted 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  Part  \"II  and  anj'  regulations  orOj^^^'P^^^ 
municipal  by-laws  made  thereunder,  every  overpass  "ifierpass 
and  underpass  shall  be  deemed  to  form  part  of  the 
highway  that  it  connects. 

2. — (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  6  of  The  Highway  Traffic'^-^^^-^^^^- 
Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  2  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amend- suhs.  i 
ment  Act,  1962-63,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  c.  ss,  s.  2), 

therefor:  '  re-enacted 

(1)  The  owner  of  every  motor  vehicle,   trailer  or  con- Jf^gjf/^f/'"" 
version  unit  shall  register  it  with  the  Department  vehicles 
before  driving  or  operating  it  or  causing  it  to  be 

105 


driven  or  operated  upon  a  highway  and  shall  pay 
to  the  Department  a  fee  for  the  registration  of  such 
motor  vehicle,  trailer  or  conversion  unit  and  for  the 
number  plates  therefor. 


^fi2'&^6^'       (2)  ^^^  ^''^  section  6  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
amended        following  subsection : 


Seir- 

f (repelled 
mplement 
of 
husbandry 


(la)  Subsection  1  applies  to  a  self-propelled  implement 
of  husbandry  that  is  Oj^erated  on  a  highway  other 
than  when  travelling  from  farm  to  farm  in  relation 
to  the  specific  use  for  which  it  was  manufactured, 
designed,  redesigned,  converted  or  reconstructed  or 
in  travelling  to  or  from  such  places  as  may  be  neces- 
sary for  the  maintenance  or  repair  of  the  vehicle. 


^'li'i's^'^^'      ^' — (^)  Subsection  1  of  section  7  of  The  Highway  Traffic 
subs.  i.     '     Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted  '  ° 


Penalty  for 

false 

statement 


(1) 


Every  person  who  knowingly  makes  any  false  state- 
ment in  any  application,  declaration,  affidavit  or 
paper  writing  required  by  this  Act  or  by  the  regu- 
lations or  by  the  Department,  is  guilty  of  an  oflFence 
and  on  summary  conviction,  in  addition  to  any 
other  penalty  or  punishment  to  which  he  may  be 
liable,  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $50  and  not 
more  than  $200  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of 
not  more  than  thirty  days,  or  to  both,  and  in  addi- 
tion his  licence  or  permit  may  be  suspended  for  a 
I)eiiod  of  not  more  than  six  months. 

^'li^'a'f^'       ("^  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  7  is  repealed  and  the 
siibs.  2,  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enarted  ° 

(2)  Where  an  owner  changes  his  address  as  given  under 
subsection  2  of  section  6  or  under  this  subsection, 
he  shall  within  six  days  send  by  registered  mail  or 
cause  to  be  filed  in  the  Department  his  change  of 
address. 


Notice  of 
change  of 
address 


J^f72,s^."8^°'       •*•  Subsections  2,  4  and   7  of  section  8  of  The  Highway 

subss'2  4;  7,  Traffic  Act  are  repealed. 

repealed  ■"  ' 

^fi^s^^n''^        5.  Section  9  of  The  Highway  Traffi,c  Act,  as  amended  by 
re-cn"a'rted      section  2  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1965  and_ 
section  3  of   The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1968, 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


^'iolations 
as  to 
number 
plates 


9. — (1)  Every  person  who, 

(a)  defaces  or  alters  any  number  plate  furnished 
by  the  Department; 


105 


Section  3^-Subsection  1 .   A  fine  of  $50  to  $200  for  any  contravention 
of  subsection  1  is  substituted  for  the  fines  for  a  first  and  subsequent  offence. 


Subsection  2.    The  penalty  provisions  are  removed  and  the  general 
penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 


Section  4.     The   penalty    provisions   are   deleted   and   the  general 
penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 


Section  5.  Section  9  is  revised  to  provide  a  minimum  fine  of  $50 
in  relation  to  offences  under  subsection  1  and  to  delete  the  other  penalty 
provisions  and  apply  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in 
this  Bill. 


105 


Section  6 — Subsection  1.    The  penalty  provision  is  deleted  and  the 
general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 


Subsection  2.  Fines  for  subsequent  offences  are  removed  and  a  fine 
of  not  less  than  $5  and  not  more  than  $10  is  substituted  for  contravention 
of  subsection  3  respecting  obstruction  of  plates  by  dirt,  spare  tires,  etc. 


Section  7.  The  penalty  provisions  re  driving  without  an  operator's 
licence  are  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended'in 
this  Bill,  will  apply. 

Section  8.  The  penalty  respecting  production  of  licences  is  deleted 
and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 

The  provision  requiring  production  of  an  operator's  licence  for  en- 
dorsement upon  a  conviction  is  repealed  and  a  new  subsection  2  is  added 
to  require  a  person  who  fails  to  produce  his  licence  on  demand  to  identify 
himself  by  some  other  means  satisfactory  to  the  constable. 

105 


i 


(b)  uses  or  permits  the  use  of  a  defaced  or  altered 
number  plate  or  a  number  plate  issued  by  the 
Department  for  another  motor  vehicle,  trailer 
or  conversion  unit; 

(c)  without  the  authority  of  the  owner,  removes 
a  number  plate  from  a  motor  vehicle,  trailer 
or  conversion  unit; 

(d)  uses  or  permits  the  use  of  any  number  plate 
upon  a  motor  vehicle,  trailer  or  conversion 
unit,  except  the  one  issued  by  the  Department 
for  the  motor  vehicle,  trailer  or  conversion 
unit, 

is  guilty  of  an  ofTence  and  on  summary  conviction 
is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $50  and  not  more 
than  $500  or  to  imprisonment  for  not  more  than 
thirty  days,  or  to  both,  and  in  addition  his  licence 
or  permit  may  be  suspended  for  not  more  than  six 
months. 

(2)  Every  person  shall,  within  six  days,  forward  to  the  Notice  of 

^    '    r^        ■'    ^  .  ,  •,      1    f  f     ,      purchase  of 

Department  a  notice  on  the  prescribed  form  ot  the  motor 
sale  or  purchase  by  or  to  him  of  a  motor  vehicle, 
trailer  or  conversion  unit  for  which  a  permit  has  been 
issued. 

(3)  Every  number  plate  furnished  by  the  Department  piaj^^®"" 
under  this  Act  is  the  property  of  the  Crown  and  shall  property  of 

,        '        '  •       1    1       Crown 

be  returned  to  the  Department  when  required  by 
the  Department. 

6.— (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  10  of  The  Highway  Tra^cff-O-iaeo. 
Act  is  repealed.  subs.  '2  ' 

repealed 

(2)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  10  is  repealed  and  the  ^f72,'8^^io°' 
following  substituted  therefor:  re-eliat'ted 

(4)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Penalty 
of  subsection  3  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $5  and 

not  more  than  $10. 

R.S.O.  1960, 

7.  Subsection  2  of  section   13  of  The  Highway  Traffic  ^^^gubl^b^' ^^' 

is   repealed.  repealed 

R.S.O.  1960. 
rr-    7  0.  172,8.  14, 

8.  Subsections  2,  3  and  4  of  section   14  of  The  Highway  suba.  2 
Traffic  Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor rsubss.  3,  4,' 

repealed 

105 


IdentifloH- 
tion  on 
Tailure  to 
produce 
licence 


(2)  Hvery  |H;rson  who  is  unable  or  refuses  to  produce 
his  licence  in  accordance  with  subsection  1  shall, 
when  requested  b\  a  constable,  give  reasonable 
identification  of  himself  and,  for  the  purijoses  of 
this  subsection,  the  correct  name  and  address  of 
such  person  shall  be  deemed  to  be  reasonable 
identification.  '^■1 


K.S.O,  1960. 
<•.  172.8.  15, 
(1966,  c.  64. 
8.  4). 
amended 


Exemption 
of  new 
residentK 


R.S.C).  1960. 
0.  172,8.  16, 
subs.  2. 
repealed 

R.S.O.  1960, 
o.  172,8.  17, 
subs.  2, 
re-enacted  ; 
su  bss  .3,4. 
repealed 

Identifica- 
tion on 
failure  to 
prodiK'c 
licence 


R..S.O.  1960, 
c.  172,  s.  18, 
subs.     4. 
repealed 

R.S.O.  1900. 
c.  172.  s.  19, 
subs.  4, 
repealed 

R.S.O.  1960, 
o.  172,  s.  21a 
(1960-61, 
c.  34,  .s.  4). 
amended 


Interpreta- 
tion of 
"subse- 
quent" for 
ss.  20,  21, 
216 


9.  Section  15  of  The  Highway  irajffic  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
section  4  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1966  and 
amended  by  section  5  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act, 
1Q68,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 
subsection: 

(2)  Sections  13  and  16  and  an>-  regulation  made  there- 
under do  not  apijiy  to  a  person  for  thirty  days  after 
he  has  become  a  resident  of  Ontario  if  during  such 
jieriod  he  holds  a  subsisting  driver's  licence  in  accord- 
ance with  the  laws  of  the  province,  country  or  state 
of  which  he  was  a  resident  immediately  before  be- 
coming a  resident  of  Ontario. 

10.  Subsection  2  of  section  16  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
is  rei>ealed. 

11.  Subsections  2,  3  and  4  of  section  17  of  The  Highway 
Traffic  Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  lCver\'  person  who  is  unable  or  refuses  to  produce 
his  licence  in  accordance  with  subsection  1  shall, 
when  requested  by  a  constable,  give  reasonable 
identification  of  himself  and,  for  the  [)ur]x>ses  of 
this  subsection,  the  correct  name  and  address  of 
such  i^ersoii  shall  he  deemed  to  be  reasonable 
identification.  "TPl 

12.  Subsection  4  of  section  18  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

is  repealed. 

13.  Subsection  4  of  section  19  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
is  re|)ealed. 

1-1.  Section  21a  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  enacted 
by  section  4  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1960-61 
and  amended  by  section  5  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 
Act,  1961-62,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "Notwith- 
standin<;  section  155"  in  the  first  line,  so  that  the  section  shall 
read  as  follows: 

2\<i.  Where  a  penalt\"  is  provided  in  sections  20,  21  and 
216  for  a  subsequent  offence,  the  word  "subsequent" 
relates  onl>-  to  offences  committed  in  any  five-year 
period . 


105 


Section  9.  The  amendnicnt  provides  that  a  new  resident  of  Ontario 
who  holds  a  valid  driver's  licence  from  another  province,  country  or  state 
has  thirtv  days  within  which  to  obtain  an  Ontario  licence. 


Section  10.  The  penalty  respecting  the  operation  of  a  motor  vehicle 
without  a  chauffeur's  licence  is  deleted  and  the  jji^nfal  penalty  in 
section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 

.SiXTiON  11.  The  penalty  respecting  production  of  licences  is  deleted 
and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  appK  . 

The  provisioji  re<|niring  production  of  a  chaiilTeur's  licence  for  en- 
dorsement upon  a  conviction  is  repealed  and  a  new  subsection  2  is  added 
to  require  a  person  who  fails  to  produce  his  licence  on  demand  to  identify 
himself  bv  some  other  means  satisfactory  to  the  constable. 


Skction  12.  The  ixMialty  respecting  driving  under  sixteen  years  of 
age  is  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this 
Bill,  will  apply. 

Section  1.5.  The  penalty  respecting  the  renting  of  motor  vehicles  to 
unlicensed  drivers  is  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154.  as 
amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 

Skction  14.  The  reference  to  section  155  is  deleted  as  section  155  is 
repealed  by  this  Bill. 


105 


Section  15.  Section  2J,  which  requires  u  convicting  provincial  judge 
to  endorse  the  conviction  on  a  driver's  licence,  is  repealed. 

Section  16.  The  present  penalty  of  a  fine  for  a  first  offence  of  $25 
to  $100  and  imprisonment  for  up  to  thirty  days  is  deleted  and  the  penalty 
for  a  subsequent  offence  of  $100  to  $500  and  imprisonment  for  up  to  six 
months  will  apply  to  all  offences  under  this  section. 


Section  17 — Subsection  1.    The  present  fines  for  first,  second  and 
subsequent  offences  are  deleted  and  a  fine  of  $10  to  $50  is  substituted. 


Subsection  2.  The  present  penalties  for  first,  second  and  subsequent 
offences  are  deleted  and  a  penalty  of  $50  to  $200  and  imprisonment  of  up 
to  six  months  is  substituted. 


SixrioN  18.  riie  present  penalties  for  contravention  of  section  32  are 
deleted  and  a.  fine  of  $10  to  $50  is  provided  for  failing  to  keep  proper 
records  and  failure  to  report  presence  of  vehicles  in  storage  for  more  than 
two  weeks,  and  a  penalty  of  $50  to  $200  and  imprisonment  up  to  thirty 
days  is  provided  for  defacing  serial  numbers,  dealing  in  motor  vehicles 
with  serial  numbers  obliterated  and  failure  to  report  damaged  or  bullet- 
marked  vehicles. 


Skction  19 — Subsection  1.  The  minimum  and  ma.\imum  fines  re- 
specting the  sale  of  new  motor  vehicles  without  certain  lamps  and  reflectors 
arc  increased  from  S50  to  SKK)  and  S300  to  $500. 


105 


^ 


15.  Section  23  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed.      Rf.;?-  issp. 

repealed 

16.  Section  26  of  TAe  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed  and  RS.o.  i960, 
the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enac^ted^' 

26.  Every   person   who   operates   a   motor   vehicle   the  Penalty  for 
permit  for  which  is  under  suspension  or  has  been  motor 
cancelled  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  when  ^ 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100  suspended  or 
and  not  more  than  $500  or  to  imprisonment  for  a^**"*^®"®^ 
term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both. 

17.— (1)  Subsection  3  of  section  31  of  The  Highway  Trafficff^^i^ii' 

Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  subs,  'a,' 

re-enacted 

(3)  Every  person  who  stores  or  deals  in  motor  vehicles  F'ne  for 

,  ,        .  ,  .  .  ,      conducting    : 

or  conducts  a  garage  business,  parking  station,  park-  business 
ing  lot  or  used  car  lot  or  the  wrecking  or  dismantling  licence 
of  vehicles  without  a  licence  is  guilty  of  an  offence 
and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
less  than  $10  and  not  more  than  $50. 

(2)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  31  is  repealed  and  thsf^fj^'a^ii' 
following  substituted   therefor:  subs,  b 

°  re-enacted 

(5)  Every  person  who  obstructs,  molests  or  interferes  i^®er-"^ '^"'^ 
with  any  constable  or  officer  in  the  performance  of  ^^'"^g"^®^,™"'^ 
his  duties  under  subsection  4  is  guilty  of  an  offence 

and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $200  or  to  imprison- 
ment for  a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to 
both. 

18.  Subsection  6  of  section  32  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Adffj^.'s^'si, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted   therefor:  ''"^''- '^v^^ 

'  ^  re-enacted 

(6)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  p^"'*"^' 
of, 

(a)  subsection  1  or  4  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and 
on  summar\'  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of 
not  less  than  $10  and  not  more  than  $50; 

(b)  subsection  2,  3  or  5  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and 
on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of 
not  less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $200 
or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more 
than  thirty  days,  or  to  both. 

^    R.S.O.  196q, 

19.— (1)  Subsection  8  of  section  33  of  The  Highway  Traffic  o ^11^2. ^s.  33. 
Act  is  repealed  and   the  following  substituted   therefor:  re-enacted 

105 


Penalty 


R.S.O.  1960, 
v..  172,  n.  33. 
KUbs.  11, 
repealed 


(8)  Every  ijerson  who  contravenes  subsection  2  or  7  is 
guilty  of  an  oflfence  and  on  summary  conviction  is 
liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100  and  not  more 
than  $500. 

(2)  Subsection  11  of  the  said  section  33  is  repealed. 


^.172.3.^33.'       (^)  Subsection  15  of  the  said  section  33  is  rejjealed  and  the 
?e-miao^ed      following  substituted  therefor: 


I'emilty 


R.S.O.  1960. 
c.  172,8.  .33, 
subs.  23. 
repealed 

R.S.O.  1960. 
(J.  172,  8.  33, 
subs.  27, 
repealed 

R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  172.8.  33, 
amended 


(15)  Every  person  who  contravenes  subsection  14  is 
guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is 
liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $5. 

(4)  Subsection  23  of  the  said  section  33  is  repealed. 

(5)  Subsection  27  of  the  said  section  33  is  repealed. 

(6)  The  said  section  33  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsection : 


Penalty 


(28a)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 
of  subsection  28  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  sum- 
mary conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than 
$100  and  not  more  than  ^S500. 


^'i-j^'a^is'      ^^'  Subsection  6  of  section  35  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act, 
subs.  6,  as  amended   h\  subsection   2  of  section  8  of   The  Highway 

repealed  'r<      /r-       i  .  '  t  ,n^  ,   ^t    ■  o  -■ 

traffic  Amendment  Act,  1961-62,  is  repealed. 

^i^tV  i^Q*;"'       21.  Section  36  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  amended  by 

amended        section  5  of  The  Highway   Traffic  Amendment  Act,   1960-61, 

is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Penalty 


(4)  Every  ijerson  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 
of  this  section  or  any  regulation  made  under  this 
section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  con- 
viction is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100  and  not 
more  than  S500. 


'^•?t9"  ^''^o-'       22.  Subsection  4  of  section  37  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

subs.  4.  IS  repealed. 

repealed 

^ff^.s'i'ss"'       23.  Subsection  4  of  section  38  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

subs.  4.  is  repealed. 

repealed  ' 

e^'f72,'8^.'38*a       24.  Sectioii  3%a  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  re-enacted 

a967.c.35.  by  section  4  of  J'he  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1967, 

amended  js  amended  b\-  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


105 


Subsection  2.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  improper  lights  are 
deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill, 
will  apply. 

Subsection  3.  The  reference  to  first,  second  and  subsequent  offences 
re  lights  on  bicycles  is  deleted  and  a  general  fine  of  up  to  $5  is  provided. 


Subsection  4.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  lights  on  number 
plates,  parking  lights  and  spotlamps,  etc.,  are  deleted  and  the  general 
penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 

Subsection  5.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  lights  on  certain 
vehicles  other  than  motor  vehicles  are  deleted  and  the  general  penalty 
in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 

Subsection  6.  At  present,  the  general  penalty  provisions  apply  to 
contraventions  of  subsection  28  respecting  the  sale  of  certain  new  motor 
vehicles  without  proper  signalling  devices.  The  amendment  substitutes 
a  fine  from  $100  to  $500. 


Section  20.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  braking  systems  are 
deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill, 
will  apply. 


Section  21.  In  place  of  the  general  penalty  of  $5  to  $50  for  a  first 
offence  now  applicable,  a  fine  of  from  $100  to  $500  is  provided  for  a  con- 
travention respecting  the  sale  of  brake  fluid  that  does  not  comply  with  the 
standards  set  by  regulation. 


Section  22.  The  present  penalty  respecting  motor  vehicles  not 
equipped  with  windshield  wipers,  etc.,  is  deleted  and  the  general  penalty 
in  section  154,  as  amended  in  tliis  Bill,  will  apply. 

Section  23.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  tire  requirements  are 
deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill, 
will  apply. 

Section  24.  The  general  penalty  in  section  154  now  applies  for  non- 
compliance with  the  regulations  respecting  tire  specifications.  The  amend- 
ment increases  the  fine. 


105 


Section  25.  The  present  penalty  provisions  for  first,  second  and  sub- 
sequent offences  respecting  rebuilt  tires  are  deleted  and  the  fine  increased 
to  a  niininuini  of  $I(X)  and  a  maximum  of  $500. 


Sectio.n  26.  The  provisions  respecting  the  use  of  safety  glass  are 
made  applicable  to  such  things  as  campers  that  are  attached  to  the  frame 
of  motor  vehicles,  and  the  penalty  for  a  contravention  of  these  provisions 
is  increased  from  the  general  penalty  of  $20  to  $100,  which  would  other- 
wise apply,  to  a  penalty  of  from  $100  to  $500. 


Section  27.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  mufflers  and  un- 
necessary noise,  etc.,  are  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154, 
as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 


Section  28.  The  amendment  provides  that  a  slow  moving  sign  is  not 
required  on  the  rear  of  a  farm  tractor  or  implement  of  hnsbandr\'  when  it 
is  directh-  crossing  a  highway. 


Si-CTION  29.  rhe  reference'to  first,  second  and  subsequent  offences  is 
deleted  and  a  fine  of  up  to  $5Jis  provided  for  offences  respecting  horsc- 
ilrawn  sleighs. 


Seciion  M.  The  jwnalty  provisions  respecting  attachments  for 
drawing  vehicles  on  a  highway  are  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in 
section  1.S4,  as  amended  iji  this  Bill,  will  appl\ . 

105 


(3)  Mvery  person  who  contravenes  any  regulation  made  Penalty 
under  clause  a,  b  or  c  of  subsection  1  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and   on   sunnnary  conviction   is  liable   to  a 

fine  of  not  less  than  SI 00  and  not  more  than  S500. 

25.  Subsection  4  of  section  39  of  I'he  Highway  Traffic  Act^fj2^a^£?,' 
is  repealed  and   the  following  substituted   therefor:  ^"''*'-  *■,    . 

(4)  Every  jjerson  who  contravenes  any  ot  the  provisions  p^"^"''' 
of  subsection  2  or  3  is  guilt\'  of  an  offence  and  on 
sunmiary  conviction   is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not   less 

than  SlOO  and  not  more  than  S500. 


26.  Section  40  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by J^fy^g^^/o"' 
adding  thereto  the  following  subsections:  amended 


(3)   In   tiiis  section,    "motor  vehicle"    includes  an\ 

paratus  or  device  that  is  permanently  or  temporarily 
attached  to  a  motor  vehicle,  other  than  for  the 
purpose  of  towing  it,  and  in  which  a  jjerson  can  ride. 


,  ,^    Interpreta- 
M-"    tion 


(4)   ICvery  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  |)rovisions  I'e"'*"^ 
oi  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  SlOO 
and  not  more  than  $500. 


27.  Subsection  6  of  section  42  of  The  Highway  Traffic  ^rt,  "f72'8^«" 
as  re-enacted  by  section  5  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendnieiit^" 
Act,  1964,  is  rej^ealetl. 


bB.  0 
(1964,  c:.  38, 
s.  5). 
repealed 

28.  Subsection  1  of  section  42«  of  The  Highway  Traffic^ ■^j^-J^i2a 
Act,  as  enacted  by  section  9  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amend- ^^'i^^'"-^^' 
ment  Act,   1968,   is  amended   h\  adding  at   the  end   thereof  subs,  i 

'  '  '-till      amended 

"except  when  directly  crossmg  a  highway   ,  so  that  the  sul)- 
section  shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  Every  farm  tractor  and  self-propelled  implement  of^'°*j,j^, 
husbandry    when    operated    on    a    highway    or   'i"y  8||'J,g'''' 
vehicle  towed  by  either  ot  them,  shall  have  a  slow 
moving  vehicle  sign  attached  to  the  rear  thereof  in 
accordance  with  the  regulations,  except  when  directly 
crossing  a  highway. 

29.  Subsection  2  ot  section  43  of  The  Highway  'Traffic  ^rf  i^fO- i^eo 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  Every  person  who  contravenes  an\-  of  the  provisions  ''«i"ii'>' 
of  subsection  1  is  guilt\  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  line  of  not  more  than  $5. 

K.S.O.  1!)60. 

30.  Subsection  2  of  section  45  of  'The  Highway  'Traffic  yir/^^iT2^8.  45, 

is  repealed.  repealed 


2,  S.4.3, 
subs.  2, 
re-enacted 


105 


f:fi2;l^47':  31.  Subsection  3  of  section  47  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act, 
(1964^0  38  ^^  enacted  by  section  6  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 
8.6),'   ■     ■  Act,  1964,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enaoted  "* 

Penalty  (3^  jVyery  driver  of  a  motor  vehicle  who  refuses  or  fails 

to  submit  the  motor  vehicle,  together  with  its  equip- 
ment and  any  trailer  attached  thereto,  to  such 
examination  and  tests  as  may  be  required  by  a  con- 
stable or  officer  under  subsection  1  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine 
of  not  less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $100. 

requiring  (^''^  Subscction  3  does  not  apply  unless  the  constable  or 

exarnination  officer  under  subsection  1  has  given  to  the  driver  of 

the  motor  vehicle  a  written  notice  in  the  form  pre- 
scribed by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  re- 
quiring the  driver  to  submit  the  motor  vehicle, 
together  with  its  equipment  and  any  trailer  attached 
thereto,  to  examination  and  tests. 

^'i72'  ^^^^'  ^^'  ^^^  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
amended        the  following  scction : 

rl*fn8pei°Uon  ^"^C-  ^ '^^  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
mo'toV"'"  regulations, 

vehicles 

(a)  recjuiring  the  owners  of  commercial  motor 
vehicles,  or  any  tyiJe  or  class  thereof,  un- 
insured motor  vehicles,  and  motor  vehicles 
that  have  been  involved  in  accidents  that  are 
reportable  under  section  143  to  submit  them 
to  inspection; 

(b)  prescribing  the  inspection  procedures,  in- 
spection requirements  and  performance  stan- 
dards required  for  such  motor  vehicles; 

(c)  prohibiting  the  operation  on  a  highway  of 
motor  vehicles  that  do  not  comply  with  such 
requirements  and  standards,  and  providing 
for  the  seizure  of  the  registration  plates  of 
such  motor  vehicles  and  for  holding  them 
until  the  motor  vehicle  is  made  to  comply 
with  such  requirements  and  standards. 

?f72;8^,^5*i)°'  33.  Section  50a  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  enacted  by 
(1966,  0.  64,  section  10  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1966  and 
amended        amended  by  section   11  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 

Act,  1968,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 

subsection: 

105 


Section  31.  The  minimum  fine  of  $10  and  maximum  fine  of  $50  for 
failure  to  submit  a  motor  vehicle  for  examination  as  required  by  a  con- 
stable is  increased  to  $S0  and  $100  respectively  and  provision  is  made 
requiring  the  constable  to  give  the  driver  a  written  notice. 


Section  32.   Self-explanatory. 


I 


Section  33.  The  fine  for  failure  to  use  the  safety  devices  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  regulations  is  increased  from  the  general  penalty  of 
section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  ($20-$100)  to  a  line  of  from  $100 
to  $500. 


105 


Skctios  (-1.  The  reference  to  lirst,  seioiul  and  siibse(|iient  otTenccs 
is  deleted  and  the  Kcncral  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill, 
will  apply  with  res|)ect  tu  the  names  of  owners  on  coTiimereial  vehicles  and 
to  reHectors  while  a  different  line  is  provided  respecting  the  sale  of  new 
commercial  motor  vehicles  not  equipped  with  certain  lamps  and  reflectors 
as  re<|uired  In  subsection  2a  of  section  51. 


SiiCTiON  35.  A  sliding  scale  of  lines  is  provided  respecting  gross  weight 
of  \'ehicles  instead  of  the  present  penalties  provided  for  first,  second  and 
subsequent  offences. 


105 


(3)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions'^®"^"'*' 
of  a  regulation  made  under  this  section  is  guilty  of 

an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to 
a  fine  of  not  less  than  SlOO  and  not  more  than  S500. 

34.  Subsection  4  of  section  51  of  The  Highway  Traffic  y4f/n«-9-  i'J«o, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  subs.  4,' 

re-enacted 

(4)  Ever\'  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  ''enaity 
of  subsection  2a  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  sum- 
mary conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than 

Siod  and   not  more  than  $500. 

35.  Subsection  7  of  section  52  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act^-fj^-^^''^2,' 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  ?e-enac'ted 

(7)   Ever\'  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  [provisions''®"''"^ 
of  subsection  2,  2a,  3  or  4  is  guilt\'  of  an  offence  and 
on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of, 

ia)  50  cents  per  hundredweight  or  jjart  thereof 
of  the  gross  weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted 
where  the  overweight  is  less  than  5,000 
pounds: 

{b)  SI  per  hundredweight  or  part  thereof  of  the 
gross  weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  where 
the  overweight  is  5,000  pounds  or  more  but 
is  less  than  10,000  pounds; 

(r)  $2  per  hundredweight  or  part  thereof  of  the 
gross  weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  where 
the  overweight  is  10,000  pounds  or  more  but 
is  less  than   15,000  jiounds: 

{d)  S3  ])er  hundredweight  or  part  thereof  of  the 
gross  weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  where 
the  overweight  is  15,000  jjounds  or  more  but 
is  less  than  20,000  pounds: 

(e)  \S4  per  iumdredweight  or  jjart  thereof  of  the 
gross  weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  where 
the  overweight  is  20,000  pounds  or  more  but 
is  less  than  30,000  jwunds; 

(/)  vS5  per  hundredweight  or  jxirl  tiiereof  of  the 
gross  weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  where 
the  overweight  is  30,000  jrounds  or  more. 

105 


10 


f/fi'i.B.^^a:      30-  Subsection  6  of  section  53  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
re-e^ao'ted     '®  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

''®"*"*'  (6)  Every  person  to  whom  a  permit  has  been  issued  under 

this  section  who  operates  or  permits  the  operation 
of  a  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  contrary  to 
any  of  the  conditions  of  such  permit  is  guilty  of  an 
ofiFence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a 
fine  of  not  less  than  $100  and  not  more  than  $500 
and  in  addition  a  fine  shall  be  imposed  as  if  he  had 
also  been  convicted  of  an  offence  under  subsection  7 
of  section  52  in  respect  of  any  gross  weight  in  excess 
of  the  gross  weight  permitted  under  that  section 
as  if  no  special  permit  had  been  issued. 


^'172  6^5°'      ^"^^  Subsection  6  of  section  54  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
subs.  6,'     '    is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted 

Penalty  (6)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 

of  subsection  1,  4  or  5  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on 
summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  as  if  he  had 
been  convicted  under  subsection  7  of  section  52  and 
in  addition,  if  the  conviction  is  for  a  contravention 
under  subsection  1,  the  Registrar  may  susjDend  the 
registration  permit  of  the  vehicle  or  vehicles  involved 
and  such  suspension  shall  continue  until  the  vehicle 
has  been  reregistered  at  the  maximum  gross  weight 
allowable  and  the  additional  registration  fee  has 
been  paid. 

^■i^72,s^^55°'      38.— (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  55  of  The  Highway  Traffic 
subs.  2  Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted  '^  ° 


Penalty 
on  driver 


(2)  Every  driver  who,  when  so  required  to  proceed  to  a 
weighing  machine,  refuses  or  fails  to  do  so  is  guilty 
of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to 
a  fine  of  not  less  than  §50  and  not  more  than  $100. 


R.s.o.  moo, 

0.  172,  s.  55, 
subs.  5, 
re-enacted 

Penalty 


R.S.O.  i;(60, 
c.  172,  8.  56, 
subs.  3. 
re-enac-ted 


Penalty 


(2)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  55  is  repealed  and  the 
following  substituted  therefor: 

(5)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 
of  subsection  3  or  4  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on 
summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  line  of  not  less 
than  $50  and  not  more  than  $100. 

30.  Subsection  3  of  section  56  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(3)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 
of  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  S50  and 


105 


Section  36.  The  minimum  fine  respecting  permits  for  the  moving  of 
heavy  loads  is  increased  from  $50  to  $100  and  in  addition  a  fine  is  to  be 
imposed  for  any  overload  under  section  52. 


Section  37.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  the  carrying  of  loads 
in  excess  of  that  for  which  a  permit  is  issued  are  revised  to  apply  the  sliding 
scale  of  fines  under  section  52,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  and  the  Registrar 
may  suspend  registration  until  the  vehicle  is  reregistered  at  the  maximum 
gross  weight. 


Section  38.    The  reference  to  first,  second  and  subsequent  offences 
is  deleted  and  the  fine  will  be  from  $50  to  $100. 


Section  39.  The  reference  to  first,  second  and  subsequent  offences  is 
deleted  and  the  fine  respecting  overhanging  loads,  etc.,  is  set  at  from  $50 
to  $100  and  the  suspension  provision  is  retained. 


105 


isiccTioN  40.   The  iniiiiinuin  and  iiia\iiiuim  lines  respecting  the  carry- 
ing of  dangerous  ni.tterials  are  increased. 


Section  41 — Subsection  1.   The  amendineiit  increases  the  permissible 
length  for  combinations  from  60  to  65  feet. 


Subsection  2.  The  reference  to  first,  second  and  subsequent  offences 
is  deleted  and  the  fine  respecting  maximum  dimensions  of  commercial 
motor  vehicles  is  set  at  from  $50  to  $100  and  the  power  to  suspend  a  permit 
is  retained. 


Section  42 — Subsection  1.  The  authorits  of  the  Lieutenant  Governor 
in  Council  to  make  regulations  designating  construction  zones  is  trans- 
ferred to  the  Minister. 


Subsection  2,    The  general  penalty  for  speeding  is  revised  to  provide 
a  sliding  scale  of  fines. 


105 


11 

not  more  than  sSlOO  and  in  addition  his  licence  or 
permit  ma\  be  suspended  for  a  period  of  not  more 
than  sixty  days. 

-to.  Subsection  2  of  section  57  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act'^-^j'^-^^^^' 
is  repealed  and   the  following  substituted   tlierefor:  siibs,  2.' 

re-enacted 

(2)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  ''o"^">' 
of  a  regulation  made  under  this  section  is  guilty  of 
an  offence  and  on  sununar\  conviction  is  liable  to  a 
tine  of  not  less  than  SUM)  and  not  more  than  sSSOO 
or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  three 
months,  or  to  both. 

41.— (1)  Subsection    la    of    section    58    of    The   Highway  l^-^^o.iaeo. 
Traffic  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  12  of  The  Highway  Traffic^^'^^-  2.<; 
Amendment  Act,  1962-63,  is  amended  b>'  striking  out  "60"  in  c.  56,  s,  i?), 
the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "65",  so  that  the 
subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(2a)  Xo  vehicle,  other  than  a  public  veiiicle  or  a  semi- '-®".sih  of 

^       '  ,  ,  '  vehicle  or 

trailer  as  defined  in  clause  b  of  subsection  6  of  sec-'^'ombination 
tion  55,  including  load  or  contents,  shall  exceed  the 
length  of  35  feet,  and  no  combination  of  vehicles, 
including   load   or  contents,   coupled    together  shall 
exceed  the  total  length  of  65  feet. 

(2)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  58  is  refK'aled  and  the  ^-^^^gi-'j^'^"' 
following  substituted  therefor:  subs.  5 

°  re-enacted 

(5)   Iwery  person  who  contravenes  an\'  of  the  provisions'®"""^ 
of  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $50  and 
not  more  than  SlOO  and  in  addition  his  permit  ma\' 
be  suspended  for  not  more  than  six  months. 

4-2.— (1)  Subsection  11a  of  section  59  of  J'he  ///g/'way  J^f4%^.  m!' 
'Traffic  Act,  as  enacted  by  subsection  2  of  section  9  of  Thef^^^Y^'cr-is. 
Hiehwav  'Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1967,  is  amended  b\-  strik-s.  9. 

.,,,.,,',.        sill's-  -)■ 

mg  out   "Lieutenant  Ciovernor  m  Council      in   the  first  line  amended 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister",  so  that  the  subsection 
siiall  read  as  follows: 

{11«)  The  Minister  ma\-  designate  an\-  part  of  the  King's j^°j;^^j;^^g 
Highway  as  a  construction  zone,  and  every  construc- 
tion zone  shall  be  marked  b>  signs  in  accordance  with 
the  regulations. 

R.S.O.  I960, 

(2)  Subsection  12  of  the  said  section  59  is  repealed  and  thee.  172  s.  59, 

f    11         •  1        ■  1  -  subs.  12, 

following  substituted  theretor:  re-enacted 

105 


12 

^®"''"^''  (12)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 

of  this  section  or  any  by-law  or  regulation  made 
under  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on 
summary  conviction  is  liable,  where  the  rate  of 
speed  at  which  the  motor  vehicle  was  driven, 

(a)  is  less  than  10  miles  per  hour  over  the  maxi- 
mum speed  limit,  to  a  fine  of  S2  for  each  mile 
per  hour  that  the  motor  vehicle  was  driven 
over  the  maximum  speed  limit; 

(b)  is  10  miles  per  hour  or  more  but  less  than  20 
miles  per  hour  over  the  maximum  speed  limit, 
to  a  fine  of  $3  for  each  mile  per  hour  that  the 
motor  vehicle  was  driven  over  the  maximum 
speed  limit; 

(c)  is  20  miles  per  hour  or  more  but  less  than  30 
miles  per  hour  over  the  maximum  speed  limit, 
to  a  fine  of  $4  for  each  mile  per  hour  that  the 
motor  vehicle  was  driven  over  the  maximum 
speed  limit;  and 

(d)  is  30  miles  per  hour  or  more  over  the  maximum 
speed  limit,  to  a  fine  of  $5  for  each  mile  per 
hour  that  the  motor  vehicle  was  driven  over 
the  maximum  speed  limit. 

^f7°/^6o°'  43.  Section  60  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed  and 
re-enacted  '    the  following  substituted  therefor: 

driving'*  ^^'  Every   person   is   guilty   of   the   offence  of  driving 

carelessly  who  drives  a  vehicle  on  a  highway  without 
due  care  and  attention  or  without  reasonable  con- 
sideration for  other  persons  using  the  highway  and 
on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less 
than  SlOO  and  not  more  than  S500  or  to  imprisonment 
for  a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both, 
and  in  addition  his  licence  or  permit  may  be  sus- 
pended for  a  period  of  not  more  than  two  years. 

^ij'i'e^ei'  ■^■i'  Subsection  2  of  section  61  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
subs  2  is  repealed. 

repealed  '^ 

c.  172,5.  62,'  45.  Subsection  2  of  section  62  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
repealed         's  repealed. 

R.S.O.  1960, 

(1964'  ^'  -ss"  '^^'  Subsection  6  of  section  67a  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act, 
8.  8),'  '  'as  enacted  by  section  8  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 
repealed        Act,  1964,  is  repealed. 

105 


Section  43.  The  minimum  fine  is  increased  from  $10  to  $100  and  the 
term  of  imprisonment  of  up  to  three  months  is  increased  to  six  months  and 
can  be  imposed  in  addition  to  the  fine. 


Section  44.  The  penalty  for  interfering  with  a  speed  notice  on  a 
bridge  is  deleted  as  this  offence  is  covered  in  section  100. 

Sectio.n  45.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  unnecessary  slow 
driving  are  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in 
this  Bill,  will  apply. 

Section  46.  The  fine  of  $5  to  $50  respecting  pedestrian  crossovers  is 
deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill, 
($20-$100)  will  apply. 


105 


Skction  47.  Clause  b  at  present  prohibits  driving  lo  the  left  of  the 
centre  of  the  roiidway  when  approiiching  within  100  feet  of  or  traversing 
a  level  railway  crossing  or  an  intersec-tion  except  when  a  left  turn  is  to  be 
made  at  an  intersection.  The  clause,  a.s  re-enacted,  will  apply  only  to 
approaching  within  100  feet  of  a  level  railway  crossing. 


Sec  I  ION  48.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  moving  from  roiidway 
to  roadway  on  divided  highways  is  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in 
section  154.  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 


Six  HON  49.    .Self-e.\planator\-. 


SiXTloN  50.  The  penalty  provision.s,  which  apply  to  many  of  the 
rules  of  the  road,  such  as,  \  ield  right-of-way,  stop,  signalling  turns,  signal 
lights,  improper  passing,  etc.,  and  provide  for  different  fines  for  first, 
second  and  .subsequent  offences  are  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in 
section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  ($20-$100)  will  apply. 

Section  51.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  approaching  and 
passing  street  cars  are  deleted  and  the  general  penaltv  in  section  154,  as 
amended  in  this  Bill,  (S20-$100)  will  apply. 

Skctio.n  52.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  approaching  ridden 
or  driven  horses  are  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as 
amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 

Seciion  5,?.  The  penalty  provision  respecting  parking  rules  of  the 
road  is  revised  to  delete  the  reference  to  first  and  subsequent  offences 
and  lo  provide  a  fine  of  from  $5  to  $50. 


SixiiuN  54.  i'he  section  repealed  creates  the  offence  of  drunken 
driving  of  a  vehicle  or  of  a  horse  or  other  .miinal.  This  section  is  sufficientK 
covered  in  the  Criminal  Code  and  is  not  used. 

.Section  55.  .Subsection  2  is  revised  to  provide  a  general  penalty  for 
r.icing  on  a  highway  in  place  of  the  present  penalties  for  first  and  sub- 
scriucnt  ofleiiccs  of  fines,  imprisonment  and  suspension  of  licence. 


105 


13 

47.  Clause  b  of  section  72  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  'is^ij2a^72' 
repealed  and   the  following  substituted   therefor:  lI.  *. 

re-enacted 

(b)  when  approaching  within  100  feet  of  a  level  railway 
crossing, 


48.  Subsection  2  of  section  77  of  J'he  Highway  Traffic  ^c/ ii«o.  i960, 
IS  repealed.  subs.  2, 

repealed 

49.  Subsection  1  of  section  79  of  The  Highway  Traffic  ■Actf-f^^'eVa' 
is  amended  by  adding  after  "sounding"  in  the  third  line  "or  a  subs.  1. 
lamp  located  on  the  roof  of  the  vehicle  is  producing  inter- 
mittent  flashes  of  red    light",   so   that   the   subsection   shall 

read  as  follows: 

(1)  The  driver  of  a  vehicle,   upon   the  approach  of  an  Jgp''^^j,j,g,,j 
ambulance,    fire    or    police    department    vehicle    or  vehicle, 
public  utility  emergency  vehicle,  upon  which  a  bell  appi-oaihing 
or  siren  is  sounding  or  a  lamp  located  on  the  roof 

of  the  vehicle  is  producing  intermittent  flashes  of 
red  light,  shall  immediately  bring  such  vehicle  to  a 
standstill  as  near  as  is  practicable  to  the  right-hand 
curb  or  edge  of  the  roadway  and  parallel  therewith 
and  clear  of  any  intersection. 

50.  Section  85  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed.  r.i72,'s.'85.' 

repealed 

51.  Subsection  3  of  section  86  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act^-^j^J^^^' 
is  repealed.  ™;,«^,|^ 

52.  Subsection  2  of  section  87  of  The  Highway  Traffic  ^f' '^f/a' s^^st'' 
is  repealed.  subs.  '2 

*^  repealed 

53.  Subsection  10  of  section  89  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act^-^^^IJ;'^^; 
is  repealed  and   the  following  substituted  therefor:  re'enaoted 

(10)   Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  ''^"""^ 
of  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summar\ 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  S-'5  and 
not  more  than  $50. 

54.  Section  90  of  The  Highway  'Traffic  Act  is  repealed.  1. 172,6.  90, ' 

i"ei)ealed 

65.  Subsection  2  of  section  91  of  The  Highway  Traffic  ^f/^^r7§,s^.1n°' 
is  repealed  and   the  following  substituted   therefor:  re-enacted 

(2)  Every  person  who  contravenes  an>-  of  the  provisions  I'f'iUty 
of  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100 


105 


14 

and  not  more  than  $500  or  to  imprisonment  for  a 
term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both,  and  in 
addition  his  licence  may  be  suspended  for  a  period  of 
not  more  than  two  years. 


?  17 2  8^^9*2°'       ^^'  Subsection  2  of  section  92  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

8ub8. '2  is  repealed, 
repealed  "^ 

ffjzsVa'      *7.  Subsection  2  of  section  93  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

?^plaild     '  's  repealed. 


R.S.O.  1960, 
o.  172,8.94, 
subs.  2 
(1966,  c.  64, 

s.  17, 
subs.  2), 
amended 


58. — (1)  Clause  h  of  subsection  2  of  section  94  of  The 

Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  subsection  2  of  section 
17  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended 
by  striking  out  "separate  roadways"  in  the  second  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  median  strip",  so  that  the  clause 
shall  read  as  follows: 


ib)  when  meeting  on  such  a  highway,  other  than  a 
highway  with  a  median  strip,  a  school  bus  on  the 
front  of  which  two  red  signal-lights  are  illuminated 
with  intermittent  flashes, 


^•i72,s^.'95°'       3®'  Subsection  2  of  section  95  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
subs. '2  is  repealed. 

repealed  '^ 


R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  172,8.98, 
re-enacted 


Littering 
highway 
prohibited 


60.  Section  98  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed  and 
the  following  substituted  therefor: 

98.  Every  person  who  throws  or  deposits  or  causes  to 
be  deposited  any  glass,  nails,  tacks  or  scraps  of 
metal  or  any  rubbish,  refuse,  waste  or  litter  upon, 
along  or  adjacent  to  a  highway,  except  in  receptacles 
provided  for  the  purpose,  is  guilty  of  the  offence  of 
littering  the  highway. 


?f72  s'^'ioo      ^^'  Section  100  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed  and 
re  enncted      the  following  Substituted  therefor: 


Defacing  or 
removing 
nnti<-e.s  or 
ot).stru'-tions 


R.S.O.  1960, 
o.  172, 
s.   100a, 
KUbs.  1 
(1966.  c.  64. 
8.  19). 
re-enacted 


100.  Every  person  who  wilfully  removes,  defaces  or  in  any 
manner  interferes  with  any  notice  or  obstruction 
lawfully  placed  on  a  highway  is  guilty  of  an  offence 
and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
less  than  $100  and  not  more  than  S500  or  to  imprison- 
ment for  a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or 
to  both. 

62.  Subsection  1  of  section  100a  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act, 
as  re-enacted  by  section  19  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 
Act,  1966,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


105 


Section  56.  The  reference  to  first,  second  and  subsequent  offences 
for  horse  racing  on  a  highway  is  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section 
154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 

Section  57.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  the  stopping  of  buses, 
etc.,  at  railway  crossings  is  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154, 
as  amended  in  this  Bill,  will  apply. 

Section  58.  The  amendment  is  for  the  purpose  of  clarification  by 
referring  to  a  median  strip  which  is  defined  in  section  1  rather  than  a 
highway  with  separate  roadways. 


Section  59.  The  penalty  provisions  respecting  soliciting  rides,  etc., 
are  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill, 
will  apply. 

Section  60.  The  present  penalties  for  first,  second  and  subsequent 
offences  are  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in 
this  Bill,  ($20-$10())  will  apply. 


Section  61.  The  present  penalty  for  a  first  offence  is  deleted  and  the 
penalty  for  a  subsequent  offence  of  a  fine  of  $100  to  $500  and  imprison- 
ment of  up  to  six  months  is  retained  as  a  general  penalty  for  any  such 
offence.    It  is  provided  that  the  act  of  defacing,  etc.,  must  be  wilful. 


Section  62.  The  present  section  authorizes  the  making  of  regula- 
tions to  regulate  or  prohibit  the  use  of  a  controlled-access  highway  by 
pedestrians,  etc.    This  authority  is  extended  to  the  King's  Highway. 


105 


Section  63.  The  penalty  provision  respecting  riding  in  house  or  boat 
trailers  is  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in 
this  Bill,  will  apply.    No  change  in  penalty. 


Section  64.  Part  IX,  dealing  with  traction  engines  on  highways,  i* 
now  redundant  and  is  repealed. 

Sections  65  and  66.  The  amendments  are  complementary  to  the 
amendment  to  The  Insurance  Act  increasing  the  minimum  automobile 
public  liability  coverage  from  $35,000  to  $50,000. 


105 


15 

(1)  The    Lieutenant   Governor    in    Council    may    make  or  pro- 
regulations  prohibiting  or  regulating  the  use  of  any  of  parts  of* 
part  of  the  King's  Highway  by  pedestrians  or  animals  Highway  by 
or  any  class  or  classes  of  vehicles.  pedestrians, 

R.S.O.  I960, 

63.  Subsection  2  of  section  100c  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  °-  I'^s,  s.  looc 
as  enacted  by  section  24  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendments.  24)! 
Act,  1968,  is  repealed.  Repealed 

R.S.O.  I960, 

64.  Part  IX  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed.  I^^ioi-W^, 

repealed 

65.  Section  117  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  re-enacted  RS-O- 1960, 
by  section  14  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1961-62,  (1961-62, 

is  amended  by  striking  out  "$35,000"  in  the  fourth  line  and  amended    ' 
inserting    in    lieu    thereof    "$50,000"    and    by    striking   out 
"$30,000"  in  the  fourth  line  of  clause  a  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "$45,000",  so  that  the  section  shall  read  as  follows: 

117.  Subject  to  subsection  3  of  section  118,  every  driver  g^^°"j^'f^°5 
and  owner  to  whom  this  Part  applies  shall  give  proof  sponsibiuty 
of  financial  responsibility  in  an  amount  of  at  least 
$50,000,  exclusive  of  interest  and  costs,  against  loss 
or  damage  resulting  from  bodily  injury  to  or  the 
death  of  one  or  more  persons  and  loss  of  or  damage 
to  property  in  any  one  accident,  and,  where  in  any 
one  accident  damages  result  from  bodily  injury  or 
death  and  loss  of  or  damage  to  property, 

(a)  claims  arising  out  of  bodily  injury  or  death 
shall  have  priority  over  claims  arising  out  of 
loss  of  or  damage  to  property  to  the  amount 
of  $45,000;  and 

(6)  claims  arising  out  of  loss  of  or  damage  to 
property  shall  have  priority  over  claims  aris- 
ing out  of  bodily  injury  or  death  to  the 
amount  of  $5,000, 

and,  in  the  case  of  an  owner,  such  proof  shall  be 
given  in  respect  of  each  motor  vehicle  registered  in 
his  name. 

66.  Clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  118  of  The  High'^^o.y'^-fj^-^'^^^^^ 
Traffic  Act,  as  amended  by  section  15  of  The  Highway  'Trafficsuba.  i, 
Amendment  Act,  1961-62,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  amended 
"$35,000"  in  the  amendment  of  1961-62  and  inserting  in  lieu 

thereof  "$50,000",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(r)   the    certificate    of    the    Treasurer    that    the    person  ^°;jey. or 
named    therein    has  deposited   with    him   a   sum   of 
mone\'  or  securities  for  money  approved  by  him  in 


105 


16 

the  amount  or  value  of  $50,000  for  each  motor 
vehicle  registered  in  the  name  of  such  person,  and  the 
Treasurer  shall  accept  any  such  deposits  and  issue 
a  certificate  therefor  if  such  deposit  is  accompanied 
by  evidence  that  there  are  no  unsatisfied  executions 
against  the  depositor  registered  in  the  office  of  the 
sheriff  for  the  county  or  district  in  which  the  depositor 
resides. 

f.'ii^lB^iAi,     67.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  143  of  The  Highway  Traffic 
re-en'a<'ted      ^'^^  '®  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

report'"  ^'^  Every  person  in  charge  of  a  motor  vehicle  who  is 

accident  directly  or  indirectly  involved  in  an  accident  shall, 

if  the  accident  results  in  personal  injuries,  or  in 
damage  to  property  apparently  exceeding  S200 
report  the  accident  forthwith  to  the  nearest  pro- 
vincial or  municipal  police  officer,  and  furnish  him 
with  such  information  concerning  the  accident  as 
may  be  required  by  the  officer  under  subsection  3. 

R..S.C).  191)0. 

siibs.  4,'  (2)  Subsections  4,   5   and   6  of  the  said   section    143  are 

subss.'^s.  H.     repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed 

p^Q,P°J"'  °'  (4)  The   report  of  a   jxjlice  officer   under   subsection   3 

o«^<e^'  shall  be  in  such  form  as  is  approved  by  the  Minister. 


'^■\:9,-  ^'"'^       68.  Subsection  2  of  section  143a  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act, 
as  c  "  '  '        ---'"■--••  .„     ~      . 

Act 
for: 


172. ;      » -'  - —M-- . 

•  143a  as  enacted  by  section  15  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 

c.  34,  B.  15).  Act,  1960-61,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  there- 
subs.  2, 

re-enacted 


''''"■'"■^'  (2)   Every  person  who  contravenes  an)"  of  the  provisions 

of  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  ofTence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100  and 
not  more  than  S500  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of 
not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both,  and  in  addition 
his  licence  or  jaermit  may  be  suspended  for  a  period 
of  not  more  than  two  years. 

.^■f72  8°i44       69.  Subsection  2  of  section  144  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
subs.  2.  js  repealed. 

repealed  ^ 

H..s^o.  uMio.       jQ^   Yke  Highway  Traffic:  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
amended        ^|,g  following  Section: 

op*to'met"riKt  1456.      (1)   Every   optometrist    registered    under    The   Op- 

i96i_-62.  lometry  Act,   1961-62  shall  report  to  the   Registrar 

the  name,  address  and  clinical  condition  of  every 
person  sixteen  years  of  age  or  over  attending  ufxjn 

105 


101 


Section  67 — Subsection  1.  The  amendment  increases  from  $100  to 
$200  the  amount  of  damage  in  respect  of  which  a  report  of  the  accident  is 
required  to  be  made  and  deletes  the  provision  authorizing  the  police 
officer  or  the  Registrar  to  require  a  written  statement. 


Subsection  2.  Subsection  4,  authorizing  the  Registrar  to  require 
additional  information  from  any  person  involved  in  the  accident  and 
subsection  5,  making  w-ritten  reports  privileged,  are  repealed.  Subsection  6, 
providing  a  penalty  for  failure  to  report  an  accident  or  give  information 
is  deleted  and  the  general  penalty  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill, 
will  apply.  The  new  subsection  4  requires  the  report  of  the  police  officer 
to  be  in  such  form  as  is  approved  by  the  Minister  luider  clau.se  a  of 
section  146. 

Section  68.  The  present  line  for  failure  to  remain  at  the  scene  of  an 
accident  is  a  fnie  of  up  to  $500.  The  amendment  provides  for  a  minimum 
fine  of  $100. 


SECnoN  69.  The  reference  to  first,  second  and  subsequent  offences 
for  failure  to  report  property  damage  to  trees,  fences,  etc.,  is  deleted  and 
the  general  penaltj-  in  section  154,  as  amended  in  this  Bill,  (S20-S100) 
will  apply. 

Section  70.  This  section  is  similar  to  section  145o  requiring  medical 
doctors  to  report  to  the  Registrar. 


105 


Section  71.  Section  151,  providing  for  the  distribution  of  fines,  is 
repealed  as  obsolete  as  all  fines  for  contravention  of  the  Act  are  now 
payable  to  the  Treasurer  of  Ontario. 

Section  72.  The  reference  to  first,  second  and  subsequent  offences 
is  deleted  and  a  general  penalty  of  from  $20  to  $100  is  provided  for  con- 
traventions of  the  Act  and  regulations  where  no  other  penalty  is  provided. 


Section  73.  The  second,  third  and  subsequent  approach  to  penalties 
has  been  deleted  by  the  amendments  to  the  various  penalty  provisions  in 
this  Bill.  Section  155  which  defines  second,  third  and  subsequent  offences 
is  therefor  repealed. 

Section  74.    Subsection  2  is  revised  to  delete  references  to, 

1.  Subsection  2  of  section  7  (failing  to  notify  the  Depiartment  of 
change  of  address); 

2.  Subsections  1,  3  and  5  of  section  8  (failing  to  have  plates  properly 
attached  and  exposed); 

3.  Clause  e  of  subsection  1  of  section  9  (failing  to  notify  the  Depart- 
ment of  a  purchase  or  sale  of  a  vehicle  for  which  a  permit  has 
been  issued); 

and  to  add  the  following  references: 

1.  .Subsection  2  of  sections  14  and  17  (driver  failing  to  identify 
himself); 

2.  Clause  a  of  section  143o  (failing  to  remain  at  the  scene  of  an 
accident). 


Section  75.  .As  the  second,  third  and  subsequent  offence  procedure 
has  been  discontinued,  clause  c  authorizing  a  judge  to  impound  a  motor 
\ehicle  following  a  third  conviction  is  repealed. 


105 


17 

the  optometrist  for  optonietric  services  who,  in  the 
opinion  of  such  optometrist,  is  suffering  from  an  eye 
condition  that  may  malce  it  dangerous  for  such 
person  to  operate  a  motor  vehicle. 

(2)  No    action    shall    be    brought    against    a    qualified  f^°  action 

optometrist   for   complying  with    this   section.  compliance 

with  subs.  1 

(3)  The  report  referred  to  in  subsection   1  is  privileged  ^rl^ue'^ed 
for  the  information  of  the  Registrar  only  and  shall 

not  be  open  for  public  inspection,  and  such  report 
is  inadmissible  in  evidence  for  any  purpose  in  any 
trial  except  to  prove  compliance  with  subsection  1. 

71.  Section  151  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed,      ^m.s^.^fsi, 

repealed 

72.  Section    154  of  The  Highway   Traffic  Act  is  repealed  ^-^^Og^^j^gO^ 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

154.  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  pg^n^ajty' 
of  this  Act  or  of  any  regulation  is  guilty  of  an  offence 
and  on  summary  conviction,  where  a  penalty  for  the 
contravention  is  not  otherwise  provided  for  herein, 
is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $20  and  not  more 
than  $100. 

73.  Section  155  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed.      f:fj2:e^i55, 

repealed 

74.  Subsection  2  of  section  156  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  f  fyg  g^^fg'e 
as  amended  by  section  16  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  suba.  2,' 
Act,  1964,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

il)  Every  constable,  who,  on  reasonable  and  probable  ^'nsfabie^ 
grounds,  believes  that  a  contravention  of  any  of  the  without 

..  .        ,  .         ,       r  ,•         T1  I   warrant 

provisions  of  subsection  1  ot  section  7;  clause  a,  0, 
c  or  d  of  subsection  1  of  section  9;  subsection  1  of 
section  10;  subsection  2  of  section  14;  subsection  2 
of  section  17;  subsection  2  or  3  of  section  25;  section 
26;  section  60,  91  or  100  or  clause  a  of  section  143fl 
has  been  committed,  whether  it  has  been  committed 
or  not,  and  who,  on  reasonable  and  probable  grounds, 
believes  that  any  person  has  committed  such  con- 
travention, may  arrest  such  person  without  warrant 
whether  such  person  is  guilty  or  not. 

75.  Subsection  1  of  section  157  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  f-fj°;^^^^^^ 
as  amended  by  subsection   1  of  section   17  of  The  J^igh'^ay  1""^^^,}^^ 
Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1964,  is  further  amended  by  striking 

out  "or"  at  the  end  of  clause  b  and  by  striking  out  clause  c, 
so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

105 


18 


Impounding  (1)  !„  the  event  of, 

vehicle 


(a)  a  conviction  under  section  25  or  26  of  this  Act 
or  section  222  or  subsection  3  of  section  225  of 

0*51  (Can  ^^*  Criminal  Code  (Canada) ;  or 

(b)  a  second  conviction    under  subsection    2  of 
section  221  of  the  Criminal  Code  (Canada), 

the  magistrate  or  judge  may  order  that  the  motor 
vehicle  driven  by  or  under  the  care  or  control  of  the 
person  convicted  at  the  time  of  the  commission  of 
the  offence  or  last  offence,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall 
be  seized,  impounded  and  taken  into  custody  of  the 
law  for  a  period  of  three  months,  provided  the  motor 
vehicle  was  at  such  time  owned  by  or  registered  in 
the  name  of  such  person,  or  owned  by  or  registered 
in  the  name  of  the  husband,  wife,  parent  or  dependent 
child  of  such  person. 

comnieiue-        7g, — (1)  This  Act,  except  subsection   1  of  section  2,  sec- 

ment  ^  .  "^  .  , 

tions  3  to  8,  sections  10  to  14,  sections  16  to  27,  sections  29  to 
40,  subsection  2  of  section  41,  subsection  2  of  section  42, 
sections  43  to  46,  sections  48  to  53,  sections  55  to  61,  section  63, 
sections  65  to  70  and  sections  72  to  75,  comes  into  force  on  the 
day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

'<^®"'  (2)  Subsection  1  of  section  2,  sections  3  to  8,  sections  10 

to  14,  sections  16  to  27,  sections  29  to  31,  sections  33  to  40, 
subsection  2  of  section  41,  subsection  2  of  section  42,  sections 
43  to  46,  sections  48  to  53,  sections  55  to  61,  section  63, 
sections  65  and  66,  sections  68  to  70  and  sections  72  to  75 
come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  September,  1969. 

■''«■"  (3)  Sections  32  and  67  come  into  force  on  the  Ist  day  of 

January,    1970. 


short  title 


77.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Highway  Traffic  Amend- 
ment Act,  1968-69. 


105 


I 


a- 


1  >a 


« 


>        2; 

'^     is. 


-  £ 


?  I    K  I 


H 


<n 


■^  C 

3    § 

o  a 

> 
n 


BILL  105 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


Mr.  Haskett 


T  O  R  O  X  T  O 
Printed  and  Pcblishi'd  bv  Frank  Fogg.  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  105  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  1  of  The  Highway  Traffic '^f^o.iaeo. 
Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  paragraph : siibs.  i,' 

•^  *"  &   K        &      K      amended 

12a.  "median  strip"  means  the  portion  of  a  highway  so 
constructed  as  to  separate  trafific  travelling  in  one 
direction  from  trafific  travelling  in  the  opposite 
direction  by  a  strip  of  pavement  of  more  than  ten 
feet  in  width,  a  physical  barrier  or  an  unpaved  strip 
of  ground. 

(2)  Paragraph  24a  of  subsection   1  of  the  said  section   1,  rts^O- i^so, 
as  enacted  by  section  1  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment sube.  i.' 
Act,  1966,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  agce,  c.  64, 

s.  1). 

24fl.  "self-propelled  implement  of  husbandry"  means  a 
self-propelled  vehicle  manufactured,  designed,  re- 
designed, converted  or  reconstructed  for  a  specific 
use  in  farming. 

R.S.O.  I960, 

(3)  Subsection  3  of  the  said  section  1,  as  enacted  by  sub-^^J^^^^*- ^' 
section  4  of  section  1  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  (lass,  c.  46. 
1965,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:         subs.  4), 

re-enacted 

(3)  For  the  purposes  of  Part  VI I  and  any  regulations  or  ^^^^"^"^ 
municipal  by-laws  made  thereunder,  every  overpass  underpass 
and  underpass  shall  be  deemed  to  form  part  of  the 
highway  that  it  connects. 

2.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  6  of  The  Highway  Traffic^f^o.iaeo. 
Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  2  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amend- Buba.  i  ' 
ment  Act,  1962-63,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  c.  se.s.  2), 

therefor:  re-enacted 

(1)  The  owner  of  every  motor  vehicle,  trailer  or  con- ^f®^'*^^^*'°" 
version  unit  shall  register  it  with  the  Department  ^8*''''''®* 
before  driving  or  operating  it  or  causing  it  to  be 

105 


driven  or  operated  upon  a  highway  and  shall  pay 
to  the  Department  a  fee  for  the  registration  of  such 
motor  vehicle,  trailer  or  conversion  unit  and  for  the 
number  plates  therefor. 


^m's^^e"''       (^^  ^^^  ®^'^  section  6  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
amended  '     following  subsection : 


Self- 
propelled 
implement 
of 
husbandry 


(la)  Subsection  1  applies  to  a  self-propelled  implement 
of  husbandry  that  is  operated  on  a  highway  other 
than  when  travelling  from  farm  to  farm  in  relation 
to  the  specific  use  for  which  it  was  manufactured, 
designed,  redesigned,  converted  or  reconstructed  or 
in  travelling  to  or  from  such  places  as  may  be  neces- 
sary for  the  maintenance  or  repair  of  the  vehicle. 


R  s^o-^in/o.       3.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  7  of  The  Highway  Traffic 
Bwbs.  i,     ■     Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted 

ftilse"'^  ""o""  (1)  Every  person  who  knowingly  makes  any  false  state- 

statement  ment  in  any  application,   declaration,  affidavit  or 

paper  writing  required  by  this  Act  or  by  the  regu- 
lations or  by  the  Department,  is  guilty  of  an  offence 
and  on  summary  conviction,  in  addition  to  any 
other  penalty  or  punishment  to  which  he  may  be 
liable,  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $50  and  not 
more  than  S200  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of 
not  more  than  thirty  days,  or  to  both,  and  in  addi- 
tion his  licence  or  permit  may  be  suspended  for  a 
peiiod  of  not  more  than  six  months. 


^'ii'2'i^7°'       (-•'  Subsection  2  of  the  said  section  7  is  repealed  and  the 
subs.  2,  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enaoted 


N'otire  of 
change  of 
address 


(2)  Where  an  owner  changes  his  address  as  given  under 
subsection  2  of  section  6  or  under  this  subsection, 
he  shall  within  six  days  send  by  registered  mail  or 
cause  to  be  filed  in  the  Department  his  change  of 
address. 


4.  Subsections  2,  4  and   7  of  section  8  of  The  Highway 


R.S.O.  I960, 
c.  172.  s.S, 

subss  2  4,  7,  Traffic  Act  are  repealed. 

repealed  -^  ' 


f  rf?  s^<f°'       ^'  Section  9  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  amended  by 
re-enacted'     section  2  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1965  and 
section  3  of   The  Highway   Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1968,  is 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Violations 
as  to 
number 
plates 


9. —  (1)  Every  person  who, 

(a)  defaces  or  alters  any  number  plate  furnished 
by  the  Department; 


105 


(b)  uses  or  permits  the  use  of  a  defaced  or  altered 
number  plate  or  a  number  plate  issued  by  the 
Department  for  another  motor  vehicle,  trailer 
or  conversion  unit; 

(c)  without  the  authority  of  the  owner,  removes 
a  number  plate  from  a  motor  vehicle,  trailer 
or  conversion  unit; 

(d)  uses  or  permits  the  use  of  any  number  plate 
upon  a  motor  vehicle,  trailer  or  conversion 
unit,  except  the  one  issued  by  the  Department 
for  the  motor  vehicle,  trailer  or  conversion 
unit, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction 
is  liable  to  a  line  of  not  less  than  $50  and  not  more 
than  $500  or  to  imprisonment  for  not  more  than 
thirty  days,  or  to  both,  and  in  addition  his  licence 
or  permit  may  be  suspended  for  not  more  than  six 
months. 

(2)  Every  person  shall,  within  six  days,  forward  to  the  Notice  of 
Department  a  notice  on  the  prescribed  form  of  the  motor 
sale  or  purchase  by  or  to  him  of  a  motor  vehicle,  ^^  '"  *'  ®*°" 
trailer  or  conversion  unit  for  which  a  permit  has  been 

issued. 

(3)  Every  number  plate  furnished  by  the  Department  ^jUmber 
under  this  Act  is  the  property  of  the  Crown  and  shall  property  of 
be  returned  to  the  Department  when  required  by 

the  Department. 

6.— (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  10  of  The  Highway  Traficff^o.weo. 
Act  is  repealed.  subs.  2,' 

repealed 

(2)  Subsection  4  of  the  said  section  10  is  repealed  and  the^-^^^g^^j^^- 

following  substituted  therefor:  subs.  4       ' 

°  re-enacted 

(4)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Penalty 
of  subsection  3  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $5  and 

not  more  than  $10. 

R.S.O.  I960, 

7.  Subsection  2  of  section  13  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act^-yrz  b.  is. 

is     repealed.  repealed 

R.S.O.  1960, 
,    „,       -,.    ,  0.  172,8.  14, 

8.  Subsections  2,  3  and  4  of  section   14  of  The  Highway  auha.  2 
Traffic  Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor raubss.  3,  4,' 

repealed 

105 


Identifloa- 
tion  on 
failure  to 

f)roduce 
Icence 


(2)  Kvery  person  who  is  unable  or  refuses  to  produce 
his  licence  in  accordance  with  subsection  1  shall, 
when  requested  by  a  constable,  give  reasonable 
identification  of  himself  and,  for  the  purposes  of 
this  subsection,  the  correct  name  and  address  of 
such  person  shall  be  deemed  to  be  reasonable 
identification. 


R.s.o.  I960,  9.  Section  15  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  re-enacted  by 
(i966,'c!64,'  section  4  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1966  and 
amended        amended  by  section  5  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act, 

1968,   is  further  amended   by  adding  thereto  the  following 

subsection : 


Exemption 
of  new 
residents 


R.S.O.  1960, 
0.  172,  B.  16, 
subs.  2, 
repealed 

R.S.O.  1960, 
o.  172,8.  17, 
subs.  2, 
re-enacted ; 
•ubss.  3,  4, 
repealed 

Identifica- 
tion on 
failure  to 

f)roduce 
icence 


(2)  Sections  13  and  16  and  any  regulation  made  there- 
under do  not  apply  to  a  person  for  thirty  days  after 
he  has  become  a  resident  of  Ontario  if  during  such 
period  he  holds  a  subsisting  driver's  licence  in  accord- 
ance with  the  laws  of  the  province,  country  or  state 
of  which  he  was  a  resident  immediately  before  be- 
coming a  resident  of  Ontario. 

10.  Subsection  2  of  section  16  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
is  repealed. 

11.  Subsections  2,  3  and  4  of  section  17  of  The  Highway 
Traffic  Act  are  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

(2)  Every  person  who  is  unable  or  refuses  to  produce 
his  licence  in  accordance  with  subsection  1  shall, 
when  requested  by  a  constable,  give  reasonable 
identification  of  himself  and,  for  the  purposes  of 
this  subsection,  the  correct  name  and  address  of 
such  person  shall  be  deemed  to  be  reasonable 
identification. 


f:ii^:B^is:       12.  subsection  4  of  section  18  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
Bubs.    4,        is  repealed. 

repealed  ^ 

^f^o/seO'       13.  Subsection  4  of  section  19  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

subs.  4  is  repealed, 

repealed  '^ 

^'iii'e^iii       ■'*•  Section   21a  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  enacted 
(1960-61        by  section  4  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1960-61 
amended   '    and  amended  by  section  5  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 
Act,  1961-62,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  "Notwith- 
standing section  155"  in  the  first  line,  so  that  the  section  shall 
read  as  follows: 


Interpreta- 
tion of 
"subse- 
quent" for 
BS.  20,  21, 
216 


21a.  Where  a  penalty  is  provided  in  sections  20,  21  and 
2\b  for  a  subsequent  offence,  the  word  "subsequent" 
relates  onlj-  to  offences  committed  in  any  five-year 
period. 


105 


15.  Section  23  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed,      ^-.s^?- 1^®?- 

repealed 

16.  Section  26  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed  andR.s.o.  i960, 
tfie  following  substituted  therefor:  ?e-ena'c^ted^' 

26.  Every    person    who   operates    a    motor    vehicle    the  Penalty  for 
permit  for  which   is  under  suspension  or  has  been  motor '"^ 
cancelled  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  when  * 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  SlOOsusJJ^nded  or 
and  not  more  than  $500  or  to  imprisonment  for  a'^^""®"®'* 
term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both. 

17.— (1)  Subsection  3  of  section  31  of  The  Highway  Trafficf  f^^'a  ^31 ' 
Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  siibs.  3,' 

re-enacted 

(3)  Every  person  who  stores  or  deals  in  motor  vehicles  F'ne  for 

,  ,        .  ,  .  .  conducting 

or  conducts  a  garage  business,  parking  station,  park-  business 
ing  lot  or  used  car  lot  or  the  wrecking  or  dismantling  iToenoe 
of  vehicles  without  a  licence  is  guilty  of  an  offence 
and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
less  than  $10  and  not  more  than  $50. 

(2)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  31  is  repealed  and  i^^f'fj'i'i^si' 
following  substituted    therefor:  subs.  5 

"  re-enacted 

(5)  Every  person  who  obstructs,  molests  or  interferes  i^^ter-'*^  *^°'^ 
with  any  constable  or  officer  in  the  performance  of  ^o'nstalDie'*'' 
his  duties  under  subsection  4  is  guilty  of  an  offence 

and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $200  or  to  imprison- 
ment for  a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to 
both. 

18.  Subsection  6  of  section  32  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  f  f ^2,  b!^32: 
is  repealed  and   the  following  substituted   therefor:  re-ena1;ted 

(6)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  ^^"^'"y 
of, 

(o)  subsection  1  or  4  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and 
on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of 
not  less  than  $10  and  not  more  than  $50; 

(b)  subsection  2,  3  or  5  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and 
on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of 
not  less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $200 
or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more 
than  thirty  days,  or  to  both. 

^      ^    R.S.O.  I960, 

19.— (1)  Subsection  8  of  section  33  of  The  Highway  Traffic  c ^17^2. ^b.  33. 
Act  is  repealed  and   the  following  substituted  therefor:         re-enacted 

105 


Penalty 


R.S.O.  1960. 
o.  172,8.33, 
subB.  11. 
repealed 


(8)  Every  person  who  contravenes  subsection  2  or  7  is 
guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is 
liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100  and  not  more 
than  $500. 

(2)  Subsection  11  of  the  said  section  33  is  repealed. 


^r??,' 8^.^3*3!'       (^)  Subsection  15  of  the  said  section  33  is  repealed  and  the 
re-enacted      following  substituted  therefor: 


Penalty 


R.S.O.  1960, 
0.  172,8.  33, 
subs.  23. 
repealed 

R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  172.  8.  33. 
subs.  27, 
repealed 

R.S.O.  1960, 
0.  172.8.  33, 
amended 


(15)  Every  [person  who  contravenes  subsection  14  is 
guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is 
liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $5. 

(4)  Subsection  23  of  the  said  section  33  is  repealed. 

(5)  Subsection  27  of  the  said  section  33  is  repealed. 

(6)  The  said  section  33  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
following  subsection: 


Penalty 


(28a)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 
of  subsection  28  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  sum- 
mary conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than 
SlOO  and  not  more  than  S500. 


R.S.O.  1960, 
0.  172.  8.  35, 
subs.  6, 
repealed 


20.  Subsection  6  of  section  35  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act, 
as  amended  by  subsection  2  of  section  8  of  The  Highway 
'Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1961-62,  is  repealed. 


Rs.^o.^i9mj.       21.  Section  36  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  amended  by 

amended    '    section  5  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1960-61, 

is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection : 


Penalty 


(4)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 
of  this  section  or  any  regulation  made  under  this 
section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  con- 
viction is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  §100  and  not 
more  than  S500. 


R-s^o.^i9«).  22.  Subsection  4  of  section  37  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
subs.  4.  is  repealed. 

repealed 

ff?? 's^.  38°'  23.  Subsection  4  of  section  38  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
8ub6,  4.      '    js  repealed. 

repealed  ■ 

^f72,'8"3'8°'  24.  Section  38a  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  re-enacted 
(1967,' 0.35.  by  section  4  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1967, 
amended        Js  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


105 


(3)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  regulation  made  Penalty 
under  clause  a,  b  or  c  of  subsection  1  is  guilty  of  an 
ofTence  and  on  summary  conviction   is  liable  to  a 

fine  of  not  less  than  $100  and  not  more  than  $500. 

25.  Subsection  4  of  section  39  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Actf/^i^.s.^sg: 
is  repealed  and   the  following  substituted   therefor:  subs.  4       ' 

'  °  re-enacted 

(4)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Pe"^"y 
of  subsection  2  or  3  is  guilty  of  an  ofifence  and  on 
summary  conviction   is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less 

than  $100  and  not  more  than  $500. 

26.  Section  40  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by  ^;5?.  i960, 

...  ,  1  r     II  •  1  •  C.  172,  S.  40, 

addmg  thereto  the  followmg  subsections:  amended 

(3)  In   this  section,    "motor  vehicle"   includes  any  ap- J?J^'^'"P'"e*^' 
paratus  or  device  that  is  permanently  or  temporarily 
attached    to   a    motor   vehicle,    other    than    for    the 
purpose  of  towing  it,  and  in  which  a  person  can  ride. 

(4)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  |)rovisions  Penalty 
of  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100 

and  not  more  than  $500. 

27.  Subsection  6  of  section  42  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,^-fj2-^^^2' 
as  re-enacted  by  section  5  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendmenf  ^"}^^-^ 
Act,  1964,  is  repealed.  s.  >,).' 

repealed 

28.  Subsection  1  of  section  42a  of  The  Highway  'Trafficffj2,'8^42a 
Act,  as  enacted  by  section  9  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amend-  ^^^^'^J*'  '^-  ^°' 
tnent  Act,   1968,   is  amended   b\    adding  at  the  end   thereof  subs,  i 

>.  1  1-  1  •  1  •    1  -t  1  1  I      amended 

except  when  directly  crossmg  a  highway   ,  so  that  the  sub- 
section shall  read  as  follows: 

(1)  Every  farm  tractor  and  self-propelled  implement  of  ^^'°^;'-,^g 
husbandry    when    operated    on    a    highway    or   anyjehi^cie 
vehicle  towed  by  either  of  them,  shall  have  a  slow 
moving  vehicle  sign  attached  to  the  rear  thereof  in 
accordance  with  the  regulations,  except  when  directly 
crossing  a  highwa>'. 

29.  Subsection  2  of  section  43  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Actf-f^^-J^^l' 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-'eliac'ted 

(2)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Penalty 
of  subsection  1  is  guilt>-  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  S5. 

R.S.O.  1960, 

30.  Subsection  2  of  section  45  of  The  Highway  Traffic  ^c/c^i72^s.  45, 

is  repealed.  repealed 

105 


f.iit's^Ay^:  ^**  Subsection  3  of  section  47  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act, 
(1984 ^i  38  ^^  enacted  by  section  6  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 
8.  6), '   ■        Act,  J 964,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted 

''®"""*'  (3)  Every  driver  of  a  motor  vehicle  who  refuses  or  fails 

to  submit  the  motor  vehicle,  together  with  its  equip- 
ment and  any  trailer  attached  thereto,  to  such 
examination  and  tests  as  may  be  required  by  a  con- 
stable or  officer  under  subsection  1  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine 
of  not  less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $100. 

requiring  (•^'^)  Subsection  3  does  not  apply  unless  the  constable  or 

and"teats'°"  officer  Under  subsection  1  has  given  to  the  driver  of 

the  motor  vehicle  a  written  notice  in  the  form  pre- 
scribed by  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  re- 
quiring the  driver  to  submit  the  motor  vehicle, 
together  with  its  equipment  and  any  trailer  attached 
thereto,  to  examination  and  tests. 

^'172'  ^^^°'  ^^*  ^'^^  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
amended        the  following  section : 

re^fns'pec°uon  47a.  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make 
^^^'i^.r'"'"  regulations, 

motor  o  * 

vehicles 

(a)  requiring  the  owners  of  commercial  motor 
vehicles,  or  any  type  or  class  thereof,  un- 
insured motor  vehicles,  and  motor  vehicles 
that  have  been  involved  in  accidents  that  are 
re|X)rtable  under  section  143  to  submit  them 
to  inspection; 

(6)  prescribing  the  inspection  procedures,  in- 
spection requirements  and  performance  stan- 
dards required  for  such  motor  vehicles; 

(c)  prohibiting  the  operation  on  a  highway  of 
motor  vehicles  that  do  not  comply  with  such 
requirements  and  standards,  and  providing 
for  the  seizure  of  the  registration  plates  of 
such  motor  vehicles  and  for  holding  them 
until  the  motor  vehicle  is  made  to  comply 
with  such  requirements  and  standards. 

^fia/s!  wu  33.  Section  50a  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  enacted  by 
s^^iu^'  °'  ^*'  section  10  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1966  and 
amended        amended  by  section   11  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 

Act,  1968,  is  further  amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following 

subsp'^tion  ■ 

105 


(3)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Penalty 
of  a  regulation  made  under  this  section  is  guilty  of 

an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to 
a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100  and  not  more  than  $500. 

34.  Subsection  4  of  section  51  of  The  Highway  Traffic  ActT^-^o.  i^i&o, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  siibs.  4,' 

re-enacted 

(4)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Penary 
of  subsection  2a  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  sum- 
mary conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than 

$100  and  not  more  than  $500. 

35.  Subsection  7  of  section  52  of  The  Highway  Traffic  A.ct^fj2-^^^2.' 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  ?e-enaaed 

(7)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Pe"*"^ 
of  subsection  2,  2a,  3  or  4  is  guilty  of  an  ofTence  and 
on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of, 

(a)  50  cents  per  hundredweight  or  part  thereof 
of  the  gross  weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted 
where  the  overweight  is  less  than  5,000 
pounds; 

(6)  $1  per  hundredweight  or  part  thereof  of  the 
gross  weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  where 
the  overweight  is  5,000  pounds  or  more  but 
is  less  than  10,000  pounds; 

(c)  $2  per  hundredweight  or  part  thereof  of  the 
gross  weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  where 
the  overweight  is  10,000  pounds  or  more  but 
is  less  than  15,000  pounds; 

(d)  $3  per  hundredweight  or  part  thereof  of  the 
gross  weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  where 
the  overweight  is  15,000  pounds  or  more  but 
is  less  than  20,000  pounds; 

{e)  $4  per  hundredweight  or  part  thereof  of  the 
gross  weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  where 
the  overweight  is  20,000  pounds  or  more  but 
is  less  than  30,000  pounds; 

(/)  $5  per  hundredweight  or  part  thereof  of  the 
gross  weight  in  excess  of  that  permitted  where 
the  overweight  is  30,000  pounds  or  more. 

105 


10 

f.iiZ'B.^sa:      ^®*  Subsection  6  of  section  53  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
Bubs.  6  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

Penalty  (5)  Every  person  to  whom  a  permit  has  been  issued  under 

this  section  who  operates  or  permits  the  operation 
of  a  vehicle  or  combination  of  vehicles  contrary  to 
any  of  the  conditions  of  such  permit  is  guilty  of  an 
offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a 
fine  of  not  less  than  $100  and  not  more  than  $500 
and  in  addition  a  fine  shall  be  imposed  as  if  he  had 
also  been  convicted  of  an  offence  under  subsection  7 
of  section  52  in  respect  of  any  gross  weight  in  excess 
of  the  gross  weight  permitted  under  that  section 
as  if  no  special  permit  had  been  issued. 

Rs^o.^i9«),       37.  Subsection  6  of  section  54  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

Bubs.  6,'     '   is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted 

Penalty  (6)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 

of  subsection  1,  4  or  5  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on 
summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  as  if  he  had 
been  convicted  under  subsection  7  of  section  52  and 
in  addition,  if  the  conviction  is  for  a  contravention 
under  subsection  1,  the  Registrar  may  suspend  the 
registration  permit  of  the  vehicle  or  vehicles  involved 
and  such  suspension  shall  continue  until  the  vehicle 
has  been  reregistered  at  the  maximum  gross  weight 
allowable  and  the  additional  registration  fee  has 
been  paid. 

Rf^O-^s/gO'       38.— (1)  Subsection  2  of  section  55  of  The  Highway  Traffic 
Bubs.  '2.         Act  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted  '^  ° 

on'<fri'7er  (^^  Every  driver  who,  when  so  required  to  proceed  to  a 

weighing  machine,  refuses  or  fails  to  do  so  is  guilty 
of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to 
a  fine  of  not  less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $100. 

R-S-o.  I960,       (2)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  55  is  repealed  and  the 
siibs.  5.'     '    following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted 

Penalty  (5)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 

of  subsection  3  or  4  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on 
summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less 
than  $50  and  not  more  than  $100. 

J^-^-O- 13.60,       39,  Subsection  3  of  section  56  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
Bubs.  3,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enacted  ^  " 

Penalty  (3)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 

of  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $50  and 

105 


11 

not  more  than  $100  and  in  addition  his  licence  or 
permit  may  be  suspended  for  a  period  of  not  more 
t  han  sixty  days. 

40.  Subsection  2  of  section  57  of  The  Highway  Traffic  /Ic/^so.  i960, 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  subl^2^'^^' 

re-enacted 

(2)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Pe"'''"^ 
of  a  regulation  made  under  this  section  is  guilty  of 
an  ofTence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a 
fine  of  not  less  than  SlOO  and  not  more  than  $500 
or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of  not  more  than  three 
months,  or  to  both. 

41. — (1)  Subsection    2a    of   section    58    of    The   Highway'^-^-^-^^'^^- 
Traffic  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  section  12  of  The  Highway  Traffic Buhl^ 2'a  ^^' 
Amendment  Act,  1962-63,  is  amended  by  striking  out  "60"  in  c^ll^^'.^iz), 
the  sixth  line  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "65",  so  that  the '""^"''^'* 
subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

(2a)   No  vehicle,  other  than  a  public  vehicle  or  a  semi-  Length  of 
trailer  as  defined  in  clause  b  of  subsection  6  of  sec- combination 
tion  55,  including  load  or  contents,  shall  exceed  the 
length  of  35  feet,  and  no  combination  of  vehicles, 
including  load  or  contents,  coupled   together  shall 
exceed  the  total  length  of  65  feet. 

(2)  Subsection  5  of  the  said  section  58  is  repealed  and  the  f  ff"  s^^'ss"' 
following  substituted  therefor:  siibs. '5^'     ' 

re-enacted 

(5)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  ''^"a'ty 
of  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $50  and 
not  more  than  $100  and  in  addition  his  permit  may 
be  suspended  for  not  more  than  six  months. 

42.— (1)  Subsection    11a   of   section    59   of    The  Highway  ffj'ij;^^^- 
Traffic  Act,  as  enacted  by  subsection  2  of  section  9  of  The  ^^^'^l^.'^l"^^ 
Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1967,  is  amended  by  strik-s.  9, 

•  subs    2) 

mg  out  "Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council"  in  the  first  line  amended 
and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "Minister",  so  that  the  subsection 
shall  read  as  follows: 

(11a)  The  Minister  may  designate  any  part  of  the  Ki'ig's  ^^°JJ^^J55°- 
Highway  as  a  construction  zone,  and  every  construc- 
tion zone  shall  be  marked  by  signs  in  accordance  with 
the  regulations. 

/-n\    o     L  ■  4^       f     1  •  1  •  r„   •  1      <  11       R.S.O.  I960, 

\l)  bubsection  12  of  the  said  section  59  is  repealed  and  thee.  172, s. 59, 
following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

105 


12 

Penalty  (12)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 

of  this  section  or  any  by-law  or  regulation  made 
under  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on 
summary  conviction  is  liable,  where  the  rate  of 
speed  at  which  the  motor  vehicle  was  driven, 

(a)  is  less  than  10  miles  per  hour  over  the  maxi- 
mum speed  limit,  to  a  fine  of  $2  for  each  mile 
per  hour  that  the  motor  vehicle  was  driven 
over  the  maximum  speed  limit; 

(b)  is  10  miles  per  hour  or  more  but  less  than  20 
miles  per  hour  over  the  maximum  speed  limit, 
to  a  fine  of  $3  for  each  mile  per  hour  that  the 
motor  vehicle  was  driven  over  the  maximum 
speed  limit; 

(c)  is  20  miles  per  hour  or  more  but  less  than  30 
miles  per  hour  over  the  maximum  speed  limit, 
to  a  fine  of  $4  for  each  mile  per  hour  that  the 
motor  vehicle  was  driven  over  the  maximum 
speed  limit;  and 

(d)  is  30  miles  per  hour  or  more  over  the  maximum 
speed  limit,  to  a  fine  of  $5  for  each  mile  per 
hour  that  the  motor  vehicle  was  driven  over 
the  maximum  speed  limit. 

^m.B^.^e^o!'       43.  Section  60  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed  and 
re-enaoted      (-[jg  following  substituted  therefor: 

dHvIng*  ^^-  Every   person    is  guilty  of  the  offence   of  driving 

carelessly  who  drives  a  vehicle  on  a  highway  without 
due  care  and  attention  or  without  reasonable  con- 
sideration for  other  persons  using  the  highway  and 
on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less 
than  $100  and  not  more  than  $500  or  to  imprisonment 
for  a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both, 
and  in  addition  his  licence  or  permit  may  be  sus- 
pended for  a  period  of  not  more  than  two  years. 

^fj2'i^ei'      4-4.  Subsection  2  of  section  61  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 

subs.  2  is  repealed, 

repealed  '^ 

o.'i72,'8. 62,'       45.  Subsection  2  of  section  62  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
?eplaild         is  repealed. 


repealed 

R.S.O.  1 
c.  172.8. 
(1964.  c.  38. 


R.S.O.  1960, 

964'  *■  ^s"  '*®'  Subsection  6  of  section  67a  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act, 
8.^8),'  '  '  as  enacted  by  section  8  of  The  Highway  Traffic:  Amendment 
repealed        Act,  1964,  is  repealed. 

105 


13 

47.  Clause  b  of  section  72  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  isRSO.  i960, 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  li.b,'^'     ' 

re-enacted 

(6)  when  approaching  within  100  feet  of  a  level  railway 
crossing, 


48.  Subsection  2  of  section  77  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act^s.o.wQo. 
is  repealed.  subl.^2!'-  "^^^ 

repealed 

40.  Subsection  1  of  section  79  of  l^he  Highway  Traffic  ^c/Rs.o.  i960, 
is  amended  by  adding  after  "sounding"  in  the  third  line  "or  a  subs,  i^'     ' 
lamp  located  on  the  roof  of  the  vehicle  is  producing  inter- ^'"*"''^'* 
mittent  flashes  of  red   light",  so  that  the  subsection  shall 
read  as  follows: 

(1)  The  driver  of  a  vehicle,   upon   the  approach  of  anj^^^tment 
ambulance,    fire    or    police    department   vehicle    or '^^'^'o'e' 
public  utility  emergency  vehicle,  upon  which  a  bell  approaching 
or  siren  is  sounding  or  a  lamp  located  on  the  roof 
of  the  vehicle  is  producing  intermittent  flashes  of 
red  light,  shall  immediately  bring  such  vehicle  to  a 
standstill  as  near  as  is  practicable  to  the  right-hand 
curb  or  edge  of  the  roadway  and  parallel  therewith 
and  clear  of  any  intersection. 

50.  Section  85  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed.  J^fT^s'lg^s'!' 

repealed 

51.  Subsection  3  of  section  86  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Actf-^^J^^^- 
is  repealed.  subs,  s, 

repealed 

52.  Subsection  2  of  section  87  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Actff-O-^^^O- 
is  repealed.  siibs.  2.' 

repealed 

53.  Subsection  10  of  section  89  of  'The  Highway  Traffic  Actffj^J-^^^' 
is  repealed  and   the  following  substituted  therefor:  subs.  10.     ' 

(10)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  ''®"'^"^' 
of  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $5  and 
not  more  than  $50. 

54.  Section  90  of  The  Highway  'Traffic  Act  is  repealed.  c.'i72,'s.90.' 

repealed 

55.  Subsection  2  of  section  91  of  The  Highway  'Traffic  Actffj^.B^si,' 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re^'nac'ted 

(2)   Every  jjerson  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Penalty 
of  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100 

105 


14 


and  not  more  than  $500  or  to  imprisonment  for  a 
term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both,  and  in 
addition  his  licence  may  be  suspended  for  a  period  of 
not  more  than  two  years. 


R.S.O.  1960 
0.  172.8.  92, 

Bubs.  2  IS  repealed 

repealed  "^ 


56.  Subsection  2  of  section  92  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 


f.'ii^.B^ii:      57.  Subsection  2  of  section  93  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
?^plaied     '   is  repealed. 


R.S.O.  1960, 
0.  172,8.94, 
subs.  2 
(1966,  c.  64, 
8.  17, 
subs.  2), 
amended 


58. — (1)  Clause  b  of  subsection  2  of  section  94  of  The 
Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  re-enacted  by  subsection  2  of  section 
17  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1966,  is  amended 
by  striking  out  "separate  roadways"  in  the  second  line  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "a  median  strip",  so  that  the  clause 
shall  read  as  follows: 


{b)  when  meeting  on  such  a  highway,  other  than  a 
highway  with  a  median  strip,  a  school  bus  on  the 
front  of  which  two  red  signal-lights  are  illuminated 
with  intermittent  flashes. 


^f72.B^."9'5!'       S9.  Subsection  2  of  section  95  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
subs.  2  is  repealed. 

repealed  '^ 


?r72B^^9*8°'      *^'  Section  98  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed  and 
re-enacted  '    the  following  Substituted  therefor: 


Littering 
highway 
prohibited 


98.  Every  person  who  throws  or  deposits  or  causes  to 
be  dejxjsited  any  glass,  nails,  tacks  or  scraps  of 
metal  or  any  rubbish,  refuse,  waste  or  litter  upon, 
along  or  adjacent  to  a  highway,  except  in  receptacles 
provided  for  the  purpose,  is  guilty  of  the  offence  of 
littering  the  highway. 


^r??  s^^fo°d      ^^'  Section  100  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed  and 
re-enacted      the  following  substituted  therefor: 


Defacing  or 
removing 
notices  or 
obstructions 


R.S.O.  1960, 
0.  172, 
6.  100a, 
subs.  1 
(1966.  c.  64, 
8.  19), 
re-enacted 


100.  Every  person  who  wilfully  removes,  defaces  or  in  any 
manner  interferes  with  any  notice  or  obstruction 
lawfully  placed  on  a  highway  is  guilty  of  an  offence 
and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
less  than  $100  and  not  more  than  $500  or  to  imprison- 
ment for  a  term  of  not  more  than  six  months,  or 
to  both. 

62.  Subsection  1  of  section  100a  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act, 
as  re-enacted  by  section  19  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 
Act,  1966,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 


105 


15 

(1)  The    Lieutenant   Governor    in    Council    may    make  or  pro- 
regulations  prohibiting  or  regulating  the  use  of  any  of  parts  of* 
part  of  the  King's  Highway  by  pedestrians  or  animals  Highway  by 
or  any  class  or  classes  of  vehicles.  pedestrians, 

R.S.O.  I960, 

63.  Subsection  2  of  section  100c  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  o^i7|,  s.  loo.: 
as  enacted  by  section  24  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendments.  24)', 
Act,  1968,  IS  repealed.  repealed 

R.S.O.  I960, 

64.  Part  IX  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed.  (ss^.^i^di^i'ol)^ 

repealed 

65.  Section  117  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  as  re-enacted  ^-^-O- 1960, 
by  section  14  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1961-62,  (i96i-62, 

is  amended  by  striking  out  "$35,000"  in  the  fourth  line  and  amended 
inserting    in    lieu    thereof    "$50,000""  and    by    striking    out 
"$30,000"  in  the  fourth  line  of  clause  a  and  inserting  in  lieu 
thereof  "$45,000",  so  that  the  section  shall  read  as  follows; 

117.  Subject  to  subsection  3  of  section  118,  every  driver  ^^"""^[^^"f 
and  owner  to  whom  this  Part  applies  shall  give  proof  sponsibiuty 
of  financial  responsibility  in  an  amount  of  at  least 
$50,000,  exclusive  of  interest  and  costs,  against  loss 
or  damage  resulting  from  bodily  injury  to  or  the 
death  of  one  or  more  persons  and  loss  of  or  damage 
to  property  in  any  one  accident,  and,  where  in  any 
one  accident  damages  result  from  bodily  injury  or 
death  and  loss  of  or  damage  to  property, 

(a)  claims  arising  out  of  bodily  injury  or  death 
shall  have  priority  over  claims  arising  out  of 
loss  of  or  damage  to  property  to  the  amount 
of  $45,000;  and 

{b)  claims  arising  out  of  loss  of  or  damage  to 
property  shall  have  priority  over  claims  aris- 
ing out  of  bodily  injury  or  death  to  the 
amount  of  $5,000, 

and,  in  the  case  of  an  owner,  such  proof  shall  be 
given  in  respect  of  each  motor  vehicle  registered  in 
his  name. 

66.  Clause  c  of  subsection  1  of  section  118  of  The  Highway  ff-O-^^^0^_ 
Traffic  Act,  as  amended  by  section  15  of  The  Highway  Traffic  subs,  i. 
Amendment  Act,  1961-62,  is  further  amended  by  striking  out  amended 
"$35,000"  in  the  amendment  ot  1961-62  and  inserting  in  lieu 

thereof  "$50,000",  so  that  the  clause  shall  read  as  follows: 

(c)  the   certificate   of   the   Treasurer    that    the    Person  f^^^y^^H 
named   therein   has  deposited  with   him  a  sum  of 
money  or  securities  for  money  approved  by  him  in 

105 


16 

the  amount  or  value  of  $50,000  for  each  motor 
vehicle  registered  in  the  name  of  such  person,  and  the 
Treasurer  shall  accept  any  such  deposits  and  issue 
a  certificate  therefor  if  such  deposit  is  accompanied 
by  evidence  that  there  are  no  unsatisfied  executions 
against  the  depositor  registered  in  the  office  of  the 
sheriff  for  the  county  or  district  in  which  the  depositor 
resides. 

^f??; 8^.^*43,     67.— (1)  Subsection  1  of  section  143  of  The  Highway  Traffic 
re-enacted     -^^^  '®  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

report*"  ^^^  Every  person  in  charge  of  a  motor  vehicle  who  is 

accident  directly  or  indirectly  involved  in  an  accident  shall, 

if  the  accident  results  in  personal  injuries,  or  in 
damage  to  property  apparently  exceeding  $200 
report  the  accident  forthwith  to  the  nearest  pro- 
vincial or  municipal  police  officer,  and  furnish  him 
with  such  information  concerning  the  accident  as 
may  be  required  by  the  officer  under  subsection  3. 

R.S.O.  1960, 
c.  172   B.  143 

siibs.  4,"       '      (2)  Subsections  4,   5   and   6  of  the  said  section    143  are 
8ubss.  5.  6,'    repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

repealed 

pojP?/'  °^  (4)  The  report  of  a  police  officer   under  subsection  3 

o^^^^  shall  be  in  such  form  as  is  approved  by  the  Minister. 

?  m'  ^^^^'      ^^'  Subsection  2  of  section  143a  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act, 
B.  14:^0  as  enacted  by  section  15  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment 

c.'-M.  B.  15).  Act,  1960-61,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  there- 


subs.  2. 
re-enacted 


for: 


'^®''""^"  (2)  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions 

of  this  section  is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary 
conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $100  and 
not  more  than  $500  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term  of 
not  more  than  six  months,  or  to  both,  and  in  addition 
his  licence  or  permit  may  be  suspended  for  a  period 
of  not  more  than  two  vears. 


c!  r??  s^.'i^.     6®-  Subsection  2  of  section  144  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act 
subB.  2  is  repealed. 

repealed  ' 

R.s^o.  i!)Go.       ^Q    Yhe  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  amended  by  adding  thereto 
amended        jj^g  following  section : 

oift^met'rist  1456. — (1)   Everv   optometrist   registered    under    The   Op- 

1961  62,  tomelry  Act,  1961-62  shall  report  to  the   Registrar 

the  name,  address  and  clinical  condition  of  every 

person  sixteen  years  of  age  or  over  attending  upxjn 


105 


17 

the  optometrist  for  optonietric  services  who,  in  the 
opinion  of  such  optometrist,  is  suffering  from  an  eye 
condition  that  may  make  it  dangerous  for  such 
person  to  operate  a  motor  vehicle. 

(2)  No    action    shall    be    brought    against    a    qualified  go  action 
optometrist    for    complying   with    this    section.  compliance 

with  subs.  1 

(3)  The  report  referred  to  in  subsection   1  is  privileged  Reports 
for  the  information  of  the  Registrar  only  and  shall ''"'^' ^^^"^ 
not  be  open  for  public  inspection,  and  such  report 

is  inadmissible  in  evidence  for  any  purpose  in  any 
trial  except  to  prove  compliance  with  subsection  1. 

71.  Section  151  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed,      ^.fi^ls^ih. 

repealed 

72.  Section    154  of   The  Highway   Traffic  Act  is  repealed  ^f.^Ogi 96 o^ 
and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-ena!ct'ed 

154.  Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  "/n"^,^*' 
of  this  Act  or  of  any  regulation  is  guilty  of  an  ofTence 
and  on  summary  conviction,  where  a  penalty  for  the 
contravention  is  not  otherwise  provided  for  herein, 
is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not  less  than  $20  and  not  more 
than  $100. 

73.  Section  155  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act  is  repealed.      f:u°:^^i°i, 

repealed 

74.  Subsection  2  of  section  156  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Act,  R-so.  i960, 
as  amended  by  section  16  of  The  Highway  Traffic  Amendment aubs.  2,' 
Act,  1964,  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor : '^^'*"''°  * 

(2)  Every  constable,  who,  on  reasonable  and  probable  Arrests  by 

,,,.  ,  .  I-  r     ,      constable 

grounds,  believes  that  a  contravention  of  any  of  the  without 
provisions  of  subsection  1  of  section  7;  clause  a,  b, 
c  or  rf  of  subsection  1  of  section  9;  subsection  1  of 
section  10;  subsection  2  of  section  14;  subsection  2 
of  section  17;  subsection  2  or  3  of  section  25;  section 
26;  section  60,  91  or  100  or  clause  a  of  section  143a 
has  been  committed,  whether  it  has  been  committed 
or  not,  and  who,  on  reasonable  and  probable  grounds, 
believes  that  any  person  has  committed  such  con- 
travention, may  arrest  such  person  without  warrant 
whether  such  person  is  guilt\'  or  not. 

75.  Subsection  1  of  section  157  of  The  Highway  'traffic  Act.ffj.^.'O'ibi, 
as  amended  by  subsection   1  of  section   17  of  The  ^^^shway  ^^^^j^^ 
Traffic  Amendment  Act,  1964,  is  further  amended  by  striking 

out  "or"  at  the  end  of  clause  b  and  by  striking  out  clause  c, 
so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

105 


18 


Impounding 

motor 

vehicle 


(1)  In  the  event  of, 


1963-54, 
o.  61  (Can.) 


Commence- 
ment 


Idem 


Idem 


(a)  a  conviction  under  section  25  or  26  of  this  Act 
or  section  222  or  subsection  3  of  section  225  of 
the  Criminal  Code  (Canada);  or 

(b)  a  second  conviction  under  subsection  2  of 
section  221  of  the  Criminal  Code  (Canada), 

the  magistrate  or  judge  may  order  that  the  motor 
vehicle  driven  by  or  under  the  care  or  control  of  the 
person  convicted  at  the  time  of  the  commission  of 
the  offence  or  last  offence,  as  the  case  may  be,  shall 
be  seized,  impounded  and  taken  into  custody  of  the 
law  for  a  period  of  three  months,  provided  the  motor 
vehicle  was  at  such  time  owned  by  or  registered  in 
the  name  of  such  person,  or  owned  by  or  registered 
in  the  name  of  the  husband,  wife,  parent  or  dependent 
child  of  such  person. 

76. — (1)  This  Act,  except  subsection  1  of  section  2,  sec- 
tions 3  to  8,  sections  10  to  14,  sections  16  to  27,  sections  29  to 
40,  subsection  2  of  section  41,  subsection  2  of  section  42, 
sections  43  to  46,  sections  48  to  53,  sections  55  to  61,  section  63, 
sections  65  to  70  and  sections  72  to  75,  comes  into  force  on  the 
day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Subsection  1  of  section  2,  sections  3  to  8,  sections  10 
to  14,  sections  16  to  27,  sections  29  to  31,  sections  33  to  40, 
subsection  2  of  section  41,  subsection  2  of  section  42,  sections 
43  to  46,  sections  48  to  53,  sections  55  to  61,  section  63, 
sections  65  and  66,  sections  68  to  70  and  sections  72  to  75 
come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of  September,  1969. 

(3)  Sections  32  and  67  come  into  force  on  the  1st  day  of 
January,    1970. 


Short  title         77^  -phis  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Highway  Traffic  Amend- 
tnent  Act,  1968-69. 


105 


l— 1 

> 

2 

c 

rt 

ei. 

^~ 

54, 

0\ 

::^! 

>3 

CM 

1—^ 

1 

=r 

I 

o 

1—^ 

a 

0^5 

O 

o 

On 

H 

■<  3 

^  2 

3^  3 

O    Q 


BILL  106 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Vehicles  Act 


-Mr.  Haskett 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Publishf.d  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Note 
This  amendment  increases  the  minimum  fine  from  $20  to  $50. 


106 


BILL  106  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Vehicles  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1.  Subsection  1  ot  section  23  of  The  Public  Vehicles  Act  is  RS.o.  1960, 

c   337   s    23 

amended  by  striking  out  "$20"  in  the  fourth  line  and  inserting  subs,  i.' 
in  lieu   thereof  "$50",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as 
follows: 

(1)   Ever>'  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions  Offences 
of  this  Act  or  the  regulations  is  guilty  of  an  offence 
and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  $200. 

2.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  Commence- 
Assent. 

3.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Public  Vehicles  Ainendment^^'"'^  '■''''' 
Act,  1968-69. 


106 


X 

>3 

> 

^ 

Ul 

^ 

K 

**. 

w 

3 

H 

iKt 

H 

> 

3 

> 

0 

f* 

r* 

0 

» 

2: 

n 

t 

3- 

3 
a 

>: 

OJ 

So 

s- 

» 

s^ 

n 

o 

Ol 

ft- 

f^ 

«*. 

T 

a' 

0 

3 

c 
2 

s 

<r 

3" 
(0 

BILL  106 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Vehicles  Act 


Mr.  Haskett 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Publishhd  by  Frank  Fikk,,  Qui-i:n's  Printrr 


BILL  106  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Public  Vehicles  Act 

HER  MAJESTY,  b>-  and  wllh  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the    Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  Subsection  1  of  section  23  of  The  Public  Vehicles  Act  is ';^;^-9' ^^^i"' 
amended  by  striking  out  "S20"  in  the  fourth  line  and  insertingsubs.  i, 

,.  ,  ,    ii«>r/Mt  1  1  1  •  1     11  1  amended 

in  lieu   thereoi      s5()  ,   so  that   the  subsection   shall  read  as 
follows: 

(1)   Every  person  who  contravenes  any  of  the  provisions '^'^^"'"'^ 
of  this  Act  or  the  regulations  is  guilty  of  an  offence 
and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to  a  fine  of  not 
less  than  $50  and  not  more  than  S200. 

2.  This  Act  conies  into  force  on  the  da\'  it  receives  Royal  J^°Jjy'''«'>'''^- 
Assent. 

3.  'I'his  Act  ma\-  be  cited  as  The  Public  Vehicles  Amendment  "^'""'^  ''"® 
Act,  196H-6'>. 


106 


^ 


2 

» 

X 
> 

t/l 


o 


> 

-3 


4>- 


n 


>3 


3 

3 

a 


< 

n 


> 
n 


BILL  107 


2nd  Session,  2Xth  Lecjislaturk,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


The  Energy  Act,  1968-69 


Mr.  Simonett 


TORONTO 

Printki)  and  Pubi.ishi:j>  by  Fkank  Fogg,  Qui:i-n's  Pkintkk 


EXPLANATOKY  NOTES 

Genekal — The  purpose  of  this  revision  is  to  make  the  administra- 
tion of  the  Act  more  effective  in  tlie  light  of  the  experience  gained  under 
the  present  Act,  thus  improving  the  safety  aspects  of  the  production  and 
storage  of  gas  and  oil  and  the  transmission,  distribution  and  use  of  gas, 
fuel  oil  and  propane  as  defined  in  the  Act. 

Section  1.  The  terms  "appliance",  "contractor",  "fuel  oil",  "gas", 
"inspector",  "install",  "manufactured  gas",  "pipe  line",  and  "propane" 
are  redefined;  a  number  of  terms,  "hydrocarbon",  "land",  "person", 
"producer",  "storage  company"  and  "utility  line"  are  deleted  as  being 
unnecessary  for  the  purposes  of  the  Act,  and  a  number  of  new  terms, 
"accessory",  "operator",  "pool"  and  "spacing  unit"  are  added. 


107 


BILL  107  1968.69 


The  Energy  Act,  1968-69 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act  and  in  the  regulations.  interpre 


tation 


1.  "accessory"  means  a  part  capable  of  performing  one 
or  more  independent  functions  and  contributing  to 
the  operation  of  the  appliance  that  it  serves; 

2.  "appliance"  means  a  device  using  gas,  fuel  oil  or 
propane  as  fuel,  and  includes  all  valves,  fittings, 
controls  and  components  attached  or  to  be  attached 
thereto; 

3.  "Board"  means  the  Ontario  Energy  Board; 

4.  "contractor"  means  a  person, 

(i)  who  carries  on  the  business  of  installing, 
removing,  repairing  or  servicing  appliances, 
or 

(ii)  who    sells    or    leases    and    agrees    to    install 
appliances ; 

5.  "Department"  means  the  Department  of  Energy 
and  Resources  Management; 

6.  "distributor"  means  a  person  who  sui)plies  gas,  fuel 
oil  or  propane  to  a  consumer,  and  "distribute"  and 
"distribution"  have  corresjjonding  meanings; 

7.  "fuel  oil"  means  an>'  liquid  hydrocarbon  within  the 
meaning  from  time  to  time  of  the  Canadian  Govern- 
ment Specifications  Board  specification  3-GP-2 
entitled  FUEL  OIL,  3-GI*-3  entitled  KEROSINE, 


107 


3-GP-6  entitled  DIESEL  KUEL.  or,  when  used  for 
heating,  cooking  or  lighting,  within  the  meaning 
from  time  to  time  of  3-GI'-27  entitled  LIGHTING 
NAPHTHA; 

8.  "gas"  means  natural  gas,  manufactured  gas,  propane- 
air  gas  or  any  mixture  of  any  of  them; 

9.  "inspector"  means  an  inspector  ap|X)inted  for  the 
purposes  ot  this  Act  and  the  regulations,  and  in- 
cludes a  chief  inspector; 

10.  "install"  means  to  place  in  position  for  permanent  or 
temporary  use; 

n.  "licence"  means  a  licence  issued  under  this  Act; 

12.  "manufactured  gas"  means  any  artificially  produced 
fuel  gas,  except  acetylene  and  any  other  gas  used 
principally  in  welding  or  cutting  metals; 

13.  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Flnergj-  and 
Resources  Management; 

14.  "oil"  means  crude  oil,  and  includes  any  hydrocarbon 
that  can  be  recovered  in  liquid  form  from  a  pool 
through  a  well; 

15.  "operator", 

(i)  when  used  in  resj^ect  of  any  operations  carried 
on  for  the  purpose  of  drilling  or  plugging  a 
well,  means  a  person  who  has  the  right  as 
lessee,  sub-lessee,  assignee  or  owner  to  carry 
on  the  drilling  or  plugging  operations,  and 
the  person  who  has  the  control  or  manage- 
ment of  such  operations,  and 

(ii)  when  used  in  respect  of  a  well,  means  a  person 
who  has  the  right  as  lessee,  sub-lessee,  assignee 
or  owner  to  the  production  from  the  well,  and 
the  person  who  has  the  control  and  manage- 
ment thereof,  provided  that  such  person  either 
drilled  or  produced  the  well; 

16.  "permit"  means  a  permit  issued  under  this  Act; 

17.  "pipe  line"  means  a  pipe  that  is  used  for  the  trans- 
mission or  distribution  of  gas,  oil,  fuel  oil  or  propane, 
and  includes  every  part  thereof  and  adjunct  thereto; 


107 


Section  2,      The   scope   is   narrowed    to  restrict   the   powers  of  the 

inspectors. 


107 


18.  "pool"  means  an  underground  accumulation  of  oii 
or  natural  gas  or  both,  separated  or  appearing  to  be 
separated  from  any  other  such  underground  accumu- 
lation ; 

19.  "prescribed"  means  prescribed  by  a  regulation; 

20.  "propane"  means  a  hydrocarbon  consisting  of  95 
per  cent  or  more  of  propane,  propylene,  butane  or 
butylene  or  any  blend  thereof; 

21.  "registered"  means  registered  under  this  Act,  and 
"registration"  has  a  corresponding  meaning; 

22.  "regulation"  means  a  regulation  made  under  the 
authorit\-  of  this  Act; 

23.  "spacing  unit"  means  a  surface  area  established  b\' 
a  regulation  for  the  purpose  of  drilling  for,  or  the 
production  of,  oil  or  gas,  and  includes  the  subsurface 
specified  by  the  regulation; 

24.  "transmission  line"  means  a  pipe  line,  other  than  a 
production  line,  a  distribution  line,  a  pipe  line  within 
an  oil  refinery,  oil  or  petroleum  storage  depot, 
chemical  processing  plant  or  pipe  line  terminal  or 
station ; 

25.  "transmit"  means  to  carry  a  hydrocarbon  by  trans- 
mission line,  and  "transmission"  has  a  corresponding 
meaning; 

26.  "well"  means  a  hole  drilled  into  a  geological  forma- 
tion of  Cambrian  or  more  recent  age,  except  a  hole 
where  no  gas  or  oil  is  encountered  that  is  drilled  for 
the  production  of  fresh  water  or  salt; 

27.  "work"  means  a  pipe  line  or  a  well  and  every  |)art 
thereof  and  adjunct  thereto  that  is  used  in  the  drilling 
for  or  production  of  gas  or  oil  or  the  storage  or  dis- 
tribution of  gas  or  fuel  oil  or  the  transmission  of  gas, 
oil,  fuel  oil  or  propane.  1964,  c.  27,  s.  1:  1965, 
c.  37,  s.  1;  1967,  c.  25,  s.  1,  amended. 

2.—  (1)   One  or  more  chief  inspectors  and  inspectors  may  be^PP^'"f'" 
appointed    under    The   Public   Service  Act,    1961-62    for    the '^n^J'^e^^to'-'' 
purposes  of  this  Act  and  the  regulations.      1964,  c.  27,  s.  2  (l),o.  121 
amended. 

107 


Assistance 


(2)  Every  inspector  may,  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and 
the  regulations, 

(a)  enter  any  premises  where  he  has  reason  to  believe 
there  has  been,  are  or  may  be  hazardous  conditions 
relative  to  gas,  oil,  fuel  oil  or  propane; 

(b)  make  such  inspections,  tests  and  inquiries  as  are 
necessary  to  ascertain  whether  this  Act  and  the 
regulations  have  been  or  are  being  complied  with; 

(c)  take  samples  of  any  substance  that  he  has  reason  to 
believe  may  relate  to  a  contravention  of  this  Act  or 
a  regulation;  and 

(d)  require  the  production  of  any  licence  or  other  docu- 
ment prescribed  by  a  regulation,  and  examine  and 
copy  it.     1964,  c.  27,  s.  2  (2),  amended. 

(3)  The  occupant  of  any  premises  and  his  servants,  agents 
and  employees  shall  give  all  reasonable  assistance  to  an 
inspector  in  the  exercise  of  his  powers  under  this  Act.     1964, 

c.  27,  s.  2  (3),  amended. 

required  ('^)  ^°  inspector  shall  be  required  to  give  testimony  in 

to  testify       any  civil  suit  with  regard  to  information  obtained  by  him  in 

the  exercise  of  his  powers  under  this  Act,  except  with  the 

written  permission  of  the  Minister. 

pereonai  (5)  ^^  inspector  is  personally  liable  for  anything  done  by 

liaiiiiity         him   in   the  exercise  of  his  powers  under  this  Act.     1964, 

c.  27,  s.  2  (6,  7),  amended. 

in'ift'ru'c't'?ons  ^' — (l*  -^^  iiispcctor  may  give  instructions  orally  or  in 
writing  to  any  [person  with  respect  to  any  matter  in  order  to 
bring  about  comijliance  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations 
and  nia\  require  his  instructions  to  be  carried  out  within  such 

time  as  he  specifies. 

iYist'ructions  (2)  Where  a  jjerson  to  whom  an  inspector  gives  oral  in- 
structions under  subsection  1  requests  that  the  inspector  put 
the  instructions  in  writing,  he  shall  do  so.  1964,  c.  27, 
s.  2  (4,  5),  amended. 

mavTag™  '^' — (^)  ^"^^  inspector  nia>-  tag  an  appliance,  container  or 

works  work  in  relation  to  which  he  has  reason  to  believe  that  a  con- 

travention of  this  Act  or  a  regulation  has  been,  is  being,  or  is 
about  to  be  committed  by  attaching  a  prescribed  tag  to  some 

part  of  the  ap[)liance,  container  or  work. 

107 


SixriuN  6.    This  section  is  new 


107 


(2)  An  inspector  who  has  tagged  an  appliance,  container  ^^""^6 
or  work  shall  forthwith  so  notify,  in  writing,  the  person  who 
appears  to  be  in  charge  of  the  appliance,  container  or  work. 

(3)  No  person  shall  alter,  deface  or  destroy  such  an  attached  T^e,  "?'  *» , 

.  -^  be  destroyed 

tag. 

(4)  No  person,  other  than  an  inspector,  shall  remove  such 'J,>?,"°' i<l 
an  attached  tag.     1964,  c.  27,  s.  3  (1-3),  amended. 

(5)  Except  when   authorized   by  an   inspector,   no  person  work  not  to 
shall  operate  or  remove  gas,  oil,  fuel  oil  or  propane  from  or 
knowingly  supply  gas,  oil,  fuel  oil  or  propane  to  or   use  in 

any  manner  an  appliance,  container  or  work  that  bears  a 
prescribed  tag.     1964,  c.  27,  s.  3  (5),  amended. 

6. — (1)  A  person  aggrieved  by  an  instruction  given  under  ^h'ief'''  '° 
section  3  or  a  tag  attached  under  section  4  may  appeal  to  a'"^'''"^'"'' 
chief  inspector. 

(2)  Such  appeal  may  be  by  telephone,  and  if  requested  by^''®'" 
the  chief  inspector,  shall  be  confirmed  in  writing. 

(3)  Upon  such  an  appeal  the  chief  inspector  may  issue  such  ^^'^'^ 
instructions  as  he  deems  to  be  appropriate  in  the  circum- 
stances.    1964,  c.  27,  s.  4  (2-4),  amended. 

6.  No  person  shall  without  lawful  authority  tamper  in  any  ^^^fj'^^^^'''"^ 
way  with  or  remove  any  appliance,  container  or  work  which  removal  of 

'  ,  .       '  ,  .  .      .  equipment 

appears  to  have  been   mvolved   ni   an   as[)hyxiation,   fire  or 
explosion  without  the  jiermission  of  an  inspector.     New. 

7. — (1)   No  person  shall,  Imploring. 

leasing  or 
producing 

(a)  conduct  geoph\sical  or  geochemical  exploration  forj^^'^np"* 
gas  or  oil;  or 

{b)  lease  gas  or  oil  rights  except  from  the  Crown;  or 

(c)   produce  gas  or  oil, 

unless  he  is  the  holder  ol  a  licence  for  such  purjwse. 

(2)   F'ailiire  to  comply  with  subsection    1  does  not  affect  ^"t^^^^^J^lfed 
the  validity  of  any  contract.     1964,  c.  27,  s.  5  (1). 

No  well- 
drilling 

8.  No  person  shall  operate  a  machine  for  boring,  drilling,  machine  to 
deepening  or  jjlugging  wells  unless  the  machine  is  licensed.      °>?^^^^®j'^ 

1965,  C.  37,  S.  2.  "cence 

107 


to  be  9.  No  person  shall  bore,  drill  or  deepen  a  well  unless  he  is 

without    "    the  holder  of  a  [)ermit  for  such  purpose.     1964,  c.  27,  s.  5  (3). 

a  permit 

i^j*e?ted,° '^^  1^* — W  ^o  person  shall  repressure,  maintain  pressure  in 
wi'tiiout  ^^  flood  any  gas,  oil  or  water  horizon  by  the  injection  of  gas, 
permit  oil.  Water  or  other  substance  unless  he  is  the  holder  of  a  permit 

foi  such  purpose. 

Ex(eption  (2)  Subsection   1  does  not  apply  to  a  j^erson  who  injects 

gas  for  storage  in  a  designated  gas  storage  area. 


Reference 
to  Board 


(3)  If,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Minister,  the  circumstances  of 
a  case  so  require,  he  may  refer  an  application  for  a  permit  to 
repressure,  maintain  pressure  in  or  flood  a  gas,  oil  or  water 
horizon  to  the  Board,  and  the  Board  shall  report  to  the 
Minister  thereon,  but  where,  in  the  opinion  of  the  Board,  the 
circumstances  of  the  case  so  require,  the  Board  shall  hold  a 
hearing  before  reporting  to  the  Minister.  1964,  c.  27,  s.  6, 
amended. 


No  trans- 
mission or 
Uistril)Ution 
without 
licence 


Contracts 

not 

affected 


11. — (1)  No  person  shall, 

(a)  transmit  or  distribute  gas,  fuel  oil  or  propane; 

(b)  transfer  propane  from  one  pressure  vessel  to  another 
pressure  vessel ;  or 

(c)  transjjort  gas  or  propane  by  vehicle, 

unless  he  is  the  holder  of  a  licence  for  such  purpose. 

(2)   Failure  to  comply  with  subsection    1  does  not  affect 
the  validity  of  any  contract.     1964,  c.  27,  s.  7  (Ij,  amended. 


12.  The  Minister  may  establish  or  approve  specifications 


Specifica- 
tions for 

appliances,     or  test  reports  for, 

etc.  ' 


No  sale. 

etc.,  of  . 

unapproved     mstall, 

appliances 


(a)  any  appliance; 

(b)  any  accessory;  or 

(c)  any  equipment,  apparatus  or  other  thing  employed 
or  to  be  employed  in  the  distribution,  storage  or  use 
of  fuel  oil  or  propane.     New. 

13.  No  person  shall  offer  for  sale,  sell,  lease,  rent,  buy  or 


(a)  any  appliance; 

(b)  any  accessory;  or 


107 


Section  10.  The  effect  of  subsection  3  is  to  transfer  from  tfie  Board 
to  the  Minister  the  final  responsibiUty  with  reference  to  the  granting  of 
permits  to  repressure,  maintain  pressure  in  or  flood  any  gas  or  oil  horizon. 


Section  U.  Subsection  1  is  expanded  to  include  all  fuels  within  the 
scope  of  the  Act;  subsection  2  is  expanded  to  include  accessories,  equip- 
ment, etc. 


107 


Skction  16.     Tiiis  provision  is  new. 


107 


(c)  any  equipment,  apparatus  or  other  thing  employed 
or  to  be  employed  in  the  distribution,  storage  or  use 
of  gas,  fuel  oil  or  i)ropane, 

unless  it  is  approved  pursuant  to  a  regulation.      1964,  c.  27, 
s.  7  (2),  amended. 

14.  No  person  shall  carry  on  the  business  of  installing,  J'/^s^^^^'f^. 
repairing,  servicing  or  removing  appliances  unless  he  is  to'^nstair,'^'' 
registered  for  the  purpose.      1964,  c.  27,  s.  7  (3),  amended.  Appliances 

15.  Every  installation,  repair,  service  or  removal  of  Manner  of 

'  installing 

appliances, 

(a)  any  appliance;  *'*'• 

(6)   any  accessory;  or 

(c)  any  equipment,  apparatus  or  other  thing  employed 
or  to  be  emplo>'ed  in  the  distribution,  storage  or  use 
of  fuel  oil  or  propane, 

shall   be  done  in  accordance  with   the  regulations.     New. 

16.— (1)  Subject  to  subsection   2.  no  person  shall  install, ^J'^^'^''^"'^' 
repair,  service  or  remove,  must  have 

certificate 

(a)  any  api)liance: 

(6)  any  accessory;  or 

(c)  any  ec]ui])ment,  apparatus  or  other  thing  employed 
or  to  be  employed  in  the  distribution,  storage  or  use 
of  fuel  oil  or  jiroixme, 

unless  he  is  the  holder  of  a  certificate  for  the  puri)ose. 

(2)   No  person  shall  install,  repair,  service  or  remove,  Exception 

(a)  any  appliance; 

(6)  any  accessory ;  or 

(c)  any  equii)ment,  api)aratus  or  other  thing  employed 
or  to  be  emjjloyed  in  the  distribution,  storage  or  use 
of  fuel  oil  or  propane, 

unless  the  installation,  repair,  service  or  removal  is  done  in 
the  presence  of  the  holder  of  a  certificate  referred  to  in  sub- 
section  1.     New. 

107 


8 


Notice  to 
distributor 


17. — (1)  No  person  shall  initially  activate  an  appliance 
supplied  by  pipe  line  with  gas,  fuel  oil  or  propane  without 
first  giving  notice  to  the  distributor  of  the  fuel  of  the  address 
of  the  ])remises  at  which  the  installation  was  made  or  is  to  be 
made  and  the  type  of  appliance  to  be  supplied. 


Inspeition 

by 

distributor 


(2)  Where  premises  are  initially  connected  to  a  supply  of 
fuel  by  pipe  line,  no  person  shall  initially  activate  an  appliance 
connected  thereto  until  the  distributor  of  the  fuel  has  inspected 
the  appliance.     1964,  c.  27,  s.  7  (5,  6),  amended. 


I'owers  of 
distributors 


18.  A  distributor  shall  have  free  access,  at  all  reasonable 
times  and  upon  reasonable  notice,  to  all  parts  of  every  premises 
to  which  fuel  is  supplied  for  the  purpose  of. 


(a)  inspecting,  repairing,  altering  or  disconnecting  any 
appliance  in  or  on  the  premises;  or 

(b)  placing,  protecting  or  setting  any  meters  upon  any 
pipe  or  connection   in  or  on   the  premises.     1964, 

c.  27,  s.  7  (7),  amended. 

not\o  be^  19. — (1)  No  person  shall  activate  a  pipe  line  until  it  has 

unVi"'*^'*       been  inspected  in  accordance  with  the  regulations. 

inspec-ted 

Pipe  line  (2)  The  inspection  referred  to  in  subsection  1  shall  be  made 

inspectors  ^    ■'  ^  .  .... 

by  a  person  who  holds  a  certificate  as  a  pipe  line  inspector. 

iSiew. 


Responsi- 
bility for 
connpliant-e 
with  Act 


20.  Every  distributor,  contractor  or  operator  shall  take 
every  precaution  reasonable  in  the  circumstances  to  ensure 
that  his  employees  and  agents  comply  with  this  Act  and  the 

regulations.     New. 


(Jrant  of 
licence,  etc. 
1964,  c,  74 


21. — (1)  Subject  to  section  23  of  The  Ontario  Energy 
Board  Act,  1964,  the  .Minister  may,  in  his  discretion,  with  or 
without  an  examination  of  the  applicant,  grant  a  licence, 
]jerniit,  certificate  or  registration,  and  he  may,  in  so  doing, 
imi^ose  such  terms  and  conditions,  whether  of  a  pecuniary 
nature  or  otherwise,  and  such  duties  and  liabilities  as  he  in 
his  discretion  deems  proper,  but  before  granting  a  licence, 
permit,  certificate  or  registration,  he  may  refer  the  matter  to 
the  Board,  in  which  case  the  Board  shall  hold  a  hearing  and 
report  to  him  thereon. 


Renewal  of 
licence,  etc. 


(2)  The  Minister  may  grant  a  renewal  of  a  licence,  permit, 
certificate  or  registration  in  whole  or  in  part,  and  he  may,  in 
granting  a  renewal  of  a  licence,  iiermit,  certificate  or  regis- 
tration, impose  such  terms  and  conditions,  whether  of  a 
pecuniar}-  nature  or  otherwise,  and  such  duties  and  liabilities 


107 


Section  17    This  provision  allows  a  contractor  to  install  and  connect 
an  appliance  before  notifying  the  distributor. 


Sections  19  and  20.   These  provisions  are  new. 


Section  21.  This  section  and  subsections  2,  3  and  4  of  section  22 
transfer  from  the  Board  to  the  Minister  responsibility  with  respect  to 
imposing  conditions,  granting,  renewing  and  suspending  licences  and 
permits  and  effecting  or  renewing  registrations. 


107 


as  he  in  his  discretion  deems  proper,  but  if,  in  refusing  to 
grant  or  in  granting  such  a  renewal,  he  imposes  any  term  or 
condition  that  was  not  previously  imposed,  he  shall,  if  re- 
quested by  the  applicant,  refer  the  matter  to  the  Board,  in 
which  case  the  Board  shall  hold  a  hearing  and  report  to  him 
thereon.     1964,  c.  27,  s.  10,  amended. 

22. (1)    No   person    shall.  Prohibitions 

(a)  contravene  or  fail  to  comply  with  any  provision  of 
this  Act  or  any  regulation ; 

{b)  waste  or  cause  to  be  wasted  or  permit  loss  or  dispose 
of  any  gas,  oil,  fuel  oil  or  propane  in  any  manner 
which  may  give  rise  to,  or  cause,  a  hazard  to  public 
health  or  safety,  or  may  contribute  to  air,  land  or 
water  pollution; 

(c)  dig,  trench  or  excavate  with  mechanical  equipment 
without  first  ascertaining  the  location  of  any  pipe 
line  which  may  be  interfered  with  in  the  course  of 
such  digging,  trenching  or  excavating  and,  except 
in  an  emergency,  without  giving  the  owner  of  the 
pipe  line  at  least  twenty-four  hours  notice  before 
commencing  such  digging,  trenching  or  excavating; 

{d)  knowingly  make  a  false  statement  in  any  document 
prescribed  by  a  regulation; 

(c)  fail  to  carry  out  the  instructions  of  an  inspector;  or 

(J)  wilfully  delay  or  obstruct  an  inspector  in  the  execu- 
tion of  his  duties  under  this  Act.  1964,  c.  27,  s.  9  (1) ; 
1967,  c.  25,  s.  3,  amended. 

(2)  Where  a  person  contravenes  any  provision  of  sub- Re»e\va^^^ 
section  1,  the  Minister  may,  on  such  terms  and  conditions  as  of  licence, 
he  deems  proper,  refuse  to  grant  a  licence,  permit,  certificate 

or  registration  or  the  renewal  of  any  of  them,  or  suspend  or 
revoke  a  licence,  permit,  certificate  or  registration  but,  before 
so  doing,  he  may  refer  the  matter  to  the  Board,  in  which 
case  the  Boaid  shall  report  to  him  thereon.  1964,  c.  27, 
s.  10  (3),  amended. 

(3)  Where  the  Minister  does  not  refer  the  matter  to  theR«g™;!^« 
Board,  any  person  aggrieved  thereby  may  apply  to  the  Board 

for  a  hearing,  in  which  case  the  Board  shall  hold  a  hearing 
and  report  thereon  to  the  Minister.     New. 

23.— (1)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  ("ouncil  ma\-  make^f^'""*: 

r<^r>-lllT(-i'r.ilc;  production 

regulations,  regulations 

(a)   for  the  conservation  of  gas  or  oil; 
107 


10 

(b)  presciibing  areas  where  drilling  for  gas  or  oil  is 
prohibited; 

(c)  prescribing  the  terms  and  conditions  of  gas  and  oil 
production  leases  and  gas  storage  leases  or  any  part 
thereof,  and  providing  for  the  making  of  statements 
or  reports  thereon; 

(d)  regulating  the  location  and  spacing  of  wells; 

(e)  providing  for  the  establishment  and  designation  of 
spacing  units  and  regulating  the  location  of  wells  in 
spacing  units  and  requiring  the  joining  of  the  various 
interests  within  a  spacing  unit  or  pool; 

(/)  prescribing  the  methods,  equipment  and  materials 
to  be  used  in  boring,  drilling,  completing,  plugging 
or  operating  wells; 

(f)  requiring  operators  to  preserve  and  furnish  to  the 
Department  drilling  and  production  samples  and 
cores ; 

(h)  requiring  operators  to  furnish  to  the  Department 
reports,  returns,  geological  and  other  information; 

(i)  requiring  dry  or  abandoned  wells  to  be  plugged  or 
replugged,  and  prescribing  the  methods,  equipment 
and  materials  to  be  used  in  plugging  or  replugging 
wells; 

(;■)  regulating  the  use  of  wells  for  the  subsurface  dis- 
posal of  waste  substances.  1964,  c.  27,  s.  11  (1); 
1965,  c.  37,  s.  3;  1967,  c.  25,  s.  4  (1),  amended. 

Regulations        (2)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may,  with  respect 

respecting  ^    '  .  .  j         l 

appliances,  to  appliances,  accessories,  equipment,  apparatus  and  other 
things  employed  or  to  be  employed  in  the  transmission,  dis- 
tribution, storage  or  use  of  gas,  oil,  fuel  oil  or  propane,  make 
regulations, 

(a)  classifying  them  or  any  of  them  for  the  purpose  of 
any  regulation ; 

(b)  regulating  their  type,  design,  construction,  instal- 
lation, filling,  maintenance,  repair,  removal,  replace- 
ment, inspection  and  use; 

(c)  i)rohibitin^  the  sale,  installation  or  use  of  them  or 
any  class  of  them; 

107 


11 

{d)  designating  organizations  to  test  them  or  any  class 
of  them; 

(e)  defining  "approved"; 

(,/)  providing  for  the  certification  or  registration  of  per- 
sons who  may  inspect,  install,  repair,  service  or 
remove  them  or  any  class  of  them ; 

(g)  exempting  them,  or  an\-  class  of  them,  from  this 
Act  and  the  regulations  or  any  of  the  provisions 
thereof.      1964,  c.   27,  s.   11   (2j,  amended. 

(3)  The  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  ma\-  make  regu- "^""f™.' 

,      .  .  ^fc"    regulations 

lations, 

(a)  regulating  the  conditions  of  agreements  between 
distributors  and  consumers; 

{b)  prescribing  classes  of  contractors  and  requiring  and 
providing  for  the  registration  of  them  or  an\  class  of 
them ; 

(c)  prescribing  methods  of  locating  pipe  lines  jjrior  to 
the  commencement  of  excavation  activities; 

{d)  jjrescribing  classes  of  meters  and  recjuiring  and 
providing  for  the  registration  of  meters  or  any  class 
of  them ; 

(e)  prescribing  the  fees  to  be  paid  for  the  inspection  of 
pipe  lines  and  ajjpliances  and  prescribing  b\-  whom 
the  fees  shall  be  i)aid; 

(/)  providing  for  the  issue  of  licences,  permits,  certi- 
ficates and  labels; 

ig)  prescribing  classes  of  licences,  permits,  certificates 
and  labels,  and  prescribing  standard  terms  and 
conditions  upon  which  licences,  permits,  certificates 
or  labels  ma\'  be  issued  or  registrations  made; 

(A)  prescribing  the  fee  pa>able  for  any  application, 
examination,  certificate,  licence,  permit,  label  or 
registration ; 

(i)   prescribing  forms  and  tags,  and  providing  for  their 


(j)  requiring  and  providing  for  the  bonding  or  insuring 
of  holders  of  licences,  permits  or  certificates  of  regis- 
tration : 


107 


12 

(k)  requiring  and  providing  for  guarantees  or  other 
security  b>'  bond  or  other  means  that  works  com- 
menced under  permit  will  be  completed  in  accordance 
with  this  Act  and  the  regulations; 

(/)  respecting  the  completion,  correction  or  removal  of 
works  by  an  operator,  or  by  the  Minister  upon  the 
operator's  default,  and  respecting  the  recovery  of 
costs  thereby  incurred ; 

(m)  providing  for  the  Minister  to  take  possession  of  a 
work  not  complying  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations 
and  to  take  such  measures  as  are  necessary  to  make 
the  work  comply  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations 
and  to  recover  any  resulting  expenses  by  the  sale  of 
all  or  part  of  the  work ; 

(n)  requiring  and  providing  for  the  keeping  of  records 
and  the  making  of  returns,  statements  or  reports  on 
the  exploration,  leasing,  drilling  for  or  production  of 
gas  or  oil  or  the  storage,  transix)rtation,  distribution, 
transmission  or  utilization  of  gas,  oil,  fuel  oil  or 
propane ; 

(o)  regulating  safety  standards  and  requiring  and  provid- 
ing for  the  keeping  of  safety  records  and  the  making 
of  safety  returns,  statements  or  reports  in  the  drilling 
for,  production,  storage,  transmission,  distribution, 
measurement,  transportation  and  utilization  of  gas, 
oil,  fuel  oil  or  propane; 

(p)  exempting  any  ]>erson  or  any  class  of  persons  from 
compliance  with  this  Act  or  the  regulations  or  of 
any  of  the  provisions  thereof; 

(q)  respecting  any  matter  necessary  or  advisable  to 
carry  out  effectively  the  intent  and  purpose  of  this 
Act.     1964,  c.  27,  s.  11  (3,  4),  amended. 

Codes  (4)  Any  regulation  may  adopt  by  reference,  in  whole  or  in 

part,  with  such  changes  as  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council 
considers  necessary,  anj'  code,  and  may  require  comjiliance 
with  any  code  that  is  so  adopted.      1964,  c.  27,  s.  11  (5). 

Scope  of  (5)  An\-  regulation   mav   be  general  or  particular   in    its 

regulations  .        .  '  '  ,_ 

application.     1964,  c.  27,  s.   11   (7). 
Conflict  24. — (1)   In  the  event  of  conflict  between  this  Act  and  any 

with  other  ^    '  .    ,     ,  ■  •       «  i  •  i  r,,/ 

Acts  Other  general  or  special  Act,  this  Act,  subject  onlv  to  I  he 

1964,  0.  74     Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964  prevails.      1964,  c.  27,' s.  12  (1). 


13 

(2)  This  Act  and  the  regulations  prevail  over  any  municipal  ^'^■?l^- 
by-law.      1964,  c.  27,  s.  12  (2),  amended.  by-laws 

25.— (1)   Every  person  who,  Jfd""^^ 

penalties 

(a)  contravenes  or  fails  to  comply  with  any  provision  of 
this  Act  or  a  regulation ; 

(b)  knowingly  makes  a  false  statement  in  any  document 
prescribed  b\'  a  regulation;  or 

(c)  fails  to  carry  out  the  instructions  of  anj-  in&i^ector, 

is  guilty  oi  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable  to 
a  fine  of  not  more  tlian  $10,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a  term 
of  not  more  than  one  year,  or  to  both.  1964,  c.  27,  s.  9  (1), 
amended. 

(2)  No  information  may  be  laid  under  this  section  without ^J?™jj^?J°g'{. 
the  written  permission  of  the  .Minister  in  the  prescribed  form. 
1964,  c.  27,  s.  9  (2),  amended. 

26.  Every   licence,   permit,   certificate,   label,   registration  ExjsUn^g 
or  ajjproval  issued,  made  or  given  under  the  predecessor  of 

this  Act  and  in  force  on  the  da\-  this  Act  comes  into  force  shall 
be  deemed  to  have  been  issued,  made  or  given  under  tliis 
Act. 

27.  The  Energy  Act,   1964,    The  Energy  Amendment  Act,Xilt'XV!\ 
1965  and   The  Energy  Amendment  Act,  1967,  are  repealed,      repeaie/^' 

28.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  da>'  to  be  named  by  ^V^^^""^' 
the  Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

29.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Energy  Act,  196S-69.      ^''°''  ""^ 


107 


o 

H 


I 

»9 


1 

n 

3- 

fe; 

>3 

Ul 

So 

01 

1 

«4. 

3 

Os 

o 

a 

»0 

H 

m 

3 
"I 


BILL  108 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


The  Gasoline  Handling  Act,  1968-69 


Mr.  Simonett 


r  o  K  o  X  r  o 

Printed  and  Prm.ism  d  hv  Fkank  Fogi,,  Qvi-en's  Pkinter 


Explanatory  Notes 

General — The  purpose  of  this  revision  is  to  make  the  administra- 
tion of  the  Act  more  effective  in  the  Hght  of  the  experience  gained  under 
the  present  Act,  thus  improving  the  safety  aspects  of  the  handling  of 
gasoHne  and  associated  products. 

Section  1.  The  definitions  of  "consumer  outlet",  "equipment", 
"handling",  "marina",  "portable  container",  "service  station",  and 
"transport"  are  new. 


108 


BILL  108  1968-69 


The  Gasoline  Handling  Act,  1968-69 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows : 

1.  In  this  Act  and  in  the  regulations,  interpre- 

°  tation 

(a)  "associated  product"  means  any  product  of  ijetro- 
leum,  other  than  gasoline,  wax  and  asphalt; 

(b)  "bulk  plant"  means  one  or  more  storage  tanks,  in- 
cluding the  appurtenances  thereof,  where  gasoline 
or  an  associated  product  is  received  by  pipe  line, 
tank  vessel,  tank  car  or  tank  vehicle  and  is  stored 
in  bulk  for  subsequent  transmission  by  pipe  line  or 
transportation  or  distribution  by  tank  vessel,  tank 
car  or  tank  vehicle; 

(c)  "consumer  outlet"  means  any  premises  at  which 
gasoline  or  an  associated  product  of  the  operator  of 
the  outlet  is  put  into  the  fuel  tanks  of  motor  vehicles 
used  by  the  operator  of  the  outlet  or  into  portable 
containers  used  by  the  operator  of  the  outlet; 

(d)  "equipment"  means  equipment  used  or  to  be  used 
in  the  handling  of  gasoline  or  an  associated  product; 

(e)  "flash  point"  means  the  lowest  temperature,  deter- 
mined by  using  a  Tagliabue  closed-cup  tester,  at 
which  the  vapour  of  a  product  of  petroleum  forms 
a  flammable  mixture  in  air; 

(/■)  "gasoline"  means  a  product  of  petroleum  that  has  a 
flash  point  below  73°F.  and  that  is  designed  for  use 
in  an  internal  combustion  engine; 

(g)  "handling"  means  the  storing,  transmitting,  trans- 
porting or  distributing  of  gasoline  or  an  associated 
product,  and  includes  putting  gasoline  or  an  asso- 
ciated product  into  the  fuel  tank  of  a  motor  vehicle, 
motor  boat  or  other  water  craft  or  into  a  container; 

108 


(h)  "inspector"  means  an  inspector  authorized  to  enforce 
this  Act; 

(t)  "marina"  means  any  premises  at  which  gasoline  or 
an  associated  product  is  sold  and  is  put  into  the  fuel 
tanks  of  motor  boats  and  other  water  craft  or  into 
portable  containers; 

(j)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Energy  and  Re- 
sources Management; 

(k)  "portable  container"  means  a  container  that  has  a 
capacity  of  ten  gallons  or  less,  that  is  designed, 
manufactured  and  used  or  to  be  used  for  the  storage 
or  conveyance  of  gasoline  or  an  associated  product; 

(/)  "regulation"  means  a  regulation  made  under  the 
authority  of  this  Act; 

(w)  "service  station"  means  any  premises  at  which 
gasoline  or  an  associated  product  is  sold  and  is  put 
into  the  fuel  tanks  of  motor  vehicles  or  into  {Xjrtable 
containers; 

(n)  "transport"  means  to  convey  in  or  on  a  vehicle 
gasoline  or  an  associated  product,  exclusive  of  the 
fuel  carried  for  use  in  the  vehicle,  and  "transporting" 
and  "transportation"  have  corresponding  meanings. 
1966,  c.  61,  s.  1,  amended. 

gfndilSI  2.  No  person  shall, 

equipment 

Tp'ifrovld  (a)  offer  for  sale  or  sell; 

(b)  install ;  or 

(c)  use  in  a  service  station,  consumer  outlet,  marina  or 
bulk  plant, 

any  equipment  that  is  not  approved  by  the  Minister  pursuant 
to  the  regulations.    1966,  c.  61,  s.  3,  amended. 

must^e^"^^         3.  Ill  a  service  station,  consumer  outlet,  marina  or  bulk 
approved       plant,  no  person  shall  put  gasoline  or  an  associated  product 
having  a  flash  point  below  73°F.  into  any  container  of  a  type 
that  is  not  approved  by  the  Minister  pursuant  to  the  regula- 
tions.   New. 


sp^mflca-  "^       *•  The  Minister  may  establish  or  approve  specifications  or 

^^°St  ment     ^^^'  reports  for  equipment  and  designate  organizations  to 

test  equipment  in  accordance  with  such  requirements.    New. 

108 


Section  2.  The  provision  is  broadened  to  include  the  principle  that 
only  gasoline  handling  equipment  that  has  been  approved  by  the  Minister 
pursuant  to  the  regulations  may  be  sold,  used,  etc. 


Sections  3,  4,  5  and  7.    These  are  new. 


108 


5.  All   equipment   shall    be   installed,    tested,   operated   or  must"'"''" 
used  in  accordance  with  the  res>;ulations.    New.  with"^'^ 

regulations 

6.— (1)  No  person  shall,  r^equ"red 

to  operate 
.  ,  .  service 

(a)  operate  a  service  station ;  station, etc. 

{b)  o[)erate  a  marina; 

(c)  operate  a  bulk  j^lant:  or 

(d)  transport  gasoline  or  an  associated  product, 

unless  licensed  to  do  so  by  the  Minister.  1966,  c.  61,  s.  2  (1), 
amended. 

(2)  The  Minister  may  refuse  to  issue  a  licence  under  this  ^^^'=®"''" 
Act  to  anv  person  and   may  cancel  or  suspend  anv  licence  suspension 

1  r         1  •      A  11  1-  1-  '  1      of  licence 

issued  under  this  Act  where  the  applicant  or  hcencee,  as  the 
case  may  be,  has  contravened  or  failed  to  comply  with  any 
provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regulations.    1966,  c.  61,  s.  2  (2). 

7.  Every  person  who  employs  another  person  in  the  hand- j^™g^'°|^^^^ 
ling  of  gasoline  or  an  associated  product  or  in  the  installing  reasonable 

,  .  ...  ,  ,     precautions 

of  equipment  shall  take  every  precaution  that  is  reasonable 
in  the  circumstances  to  ensure  that  his  employees  comply 
with  this  Act  and  the  regulations.    New. 

8.— (1)   Every  inspector  appointed  for  the  purposes  of  'i'>ie\lll%l°''^ 
Energy  Act,  196fi-69  is  authorized  to  enforce  this  Act.   1966,  c. 
c.  61,  s.  4  (1),  amended. 

(2)   Every  inspector  ma\-,  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and  p°'^«'"s 
the  regulations, 

(a)  enter  any  premises  where  he  has  reason  to  believe 
there  has  been,  are  or  may  be  hazardous  conditions 
relative  to  gasoline  or  an  associated  product; 

(6)  make  such  inspections,  tests  and  inquiries  as  are 
necessary  to  ascertain  whether  this  Act  and  the 
regulations  are  being  complied  with; 

(c)  take  samples  ol  any  liquid  that  he  has  reason  to 
believe  is  or  ma\-  contain  gasoline  or  an  associated 
product;  and 

{d)  require  the  production  of  an>-  licence  or  other  docu- 
ment prescribed  b\  a  regulation,  and  examine  and 
copy  it. 

108 


Instructions  (3j  ^p  inspector  may  give  instructions  orally  or  in  writing 
to  any  person  with  respect  to  any  matter  in  order  to  bring 
about  compliance  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations  and  may 
require  that  his  instructions  l)e  carried  out  within  such  time 
as  he  specifies. 

^***'"  (4)  Where  a  person  to  whom  an  inspector  gives  oral  instruc- 

tions requests  the  inspector  to  put  his  instructions  in  writing, 
he  shall  do  so. 

iSsist '°  (^)  ^^*^  occupant  of  any  ])remises  and  his  servants,  agents 

inspector       and  employees  shall  give  reasonable  assistance  to  an  inspector 

in  the  exercise  of  his  powers  under  this  Act.     1966,  c.  61, 

s.  4  (2-5),  amended. 

Mabi^uy""'"'  (6)  ^o  inspector  is  personalh'  liable  for  anything  done  by 
him  in  the  exercise  of  his  powers  under  this  Act.    New. 

Regulations  9.  fj^g  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations, 

(a)  appointing  such  persons  or  classes  of  persons  as  may 
be  necessary  to  assist  in  the  enforcement  of  this  Act 
and  the  regulations; 

(b)  exempting  anj'  j^erson  or  class  of  persons  from  this 
Act  or  the  regulations  or  any  of  the  provisions 
thereof; 

(c)  exempting  any  equipment  or  any  class  of  equipment 
from  this  Act  or  the  regulations  or  any  of  the  pro- 
visions thereof; 

(d)  respecting  the  term,  issue,  renewal  and  posting  of 
licences  and  prescribing  the  fees  therefor; 

(e)  designating  organizations  to  test  equipment  to 
specifications  established  or  approved  by  the  Minis- 
ter and,  where  the  equipment  conforms  to  the 
si)ecifications,  to'  place  their  label  thereon ; 

(/)  prescribing  procedures  for  installing,  testing,  opera- 
ting and  using  equipment; 

(g)  respecting  the  approval  of  equipment  or  any  type 
thereof  by  the  Minister; 

(h)  prescribing  grades  of  gasoline  and  associated  prod- 
ucts, and  providing  for  the  identification  thereof: 

(/)   prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 
108 


(j)  respecting  any  matter  necessary  or  advisable  to 
carry  out  effectively  the  intent  and  purpose  of  this 
Act.    1966,  c.  61,  s.  5  (1),  amended. 

10.  This  Act  and  the  regulations  prevail  over  any  niuni- -'^jf^'^,^j,g 
cipal  by-law.    1966,  c.  61,  s.  5,  amended.  over 

by-laws 

11.  Ever3'  person  who,  an?"''^^ 

penalties 

(a)  contravenes  or  fails  to  comply  with  any  provision 
of  this  Act  or  the  regulations; 

(b)  knowingly  makes  a  false  statement  in  any  document 
prescribed   by  the  regulations;  or 

(c)  fails  to  carry  out  the  instructions  of  an  insjiector, 

is  guilty  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable 
to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  S10,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a 
term  of  not  more  than  one  year,  or  to  both.  1966,  c.  61, 
s.  6  (1). 

12.  Every  licence  issued  under  tlie  predecessor  of  this  Act  if^^g'^'J^g*' 
and  in  force  on  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force  shall  be 
deemed  to  have  been  issued  under  this  Act. 

13.  The  Gasoline  Handling  Act,  1066  is  repealed.  repliie/^' 

14.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  t)\-  the  C;«'^\'"«"'^«- 
Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  jjroclamation. 

15.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Gasoline  Handling  Act,  ^^"'^  ^'^^^ 
1V68-69. 


108 


o 


00 


in 
2 


m 

H 


a. 


a 


»«         o 


■c 

V. 


BILL  108 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


The  Gasoline  Handling  Act,  1968-69 


Mr.  Kerr 


TORONTO 

Printed  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  108  1968-69 


The  Gasoline  Handling  Act,  1968-69 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1.  In  this  Act  and  in  the  regulations,  interpre 


(a)  "associated  product"  means  any  product  of  petro- 
leum, other  than  gasoline,  wax  and  asphalt; 

(b)  "bulk  plant"  means  one  or  more  storage  tanks,  in- 
cluding the  appurtenances  thereof,  where  gasoline 
or  an  associated  product  is  received  by  pipe  line, 
tank  vessel,  tank  car  or  tank  vehicle  and  is  stored 
in  bulk  for  subsequent  transmission  by  pipe  line  or 

.    transportation  or  distribution  by  tank  vessel,  tank 
car  or  tank  vehicle; 

(c)  "consumer  outlet"  means  any  premises  at  which 
gasoline  or  an  associated  product  of  the  operator  of 
the  outlet  is  put  into  the  fuel  tanks  of  motor  vehicles 
used  by  the  operator  of  the  outlet  or  into  portable 
containers  used  by  the  operator  of  the  outlet; 

(d)  "equipment"  means  equipment  used  or  to  be  used 
in  the  handling  of  gasoline  or  an  associated  product; 

(e)  "flash  point"  means  the  lowest  temperature,  deter- 
mined b\'  using  a  Tagliabue  closed-cup  tester,  at 
which  the  vapour  of  a  product  of  petroleum  forms 
a  flammable  mixture  in  air; 

if)  "gasoline"  means  a  ]5roduct  of  petroleum  that  has  a 
flash  point  below  73°F.  and  that  is  designed  for  use 
in  an  internal  combustion  engine: 

(g)  "handling"  means  the  storing,  transmitting,  trans- 
porting or  distributing  of  gasoline  or  an  associated 
product,  and  includes  jjutting  gasoline  or  an  asso- 
ciated product  into  tiie  fuel  tank  of  a  motor  veiiicle, 
motor  boat  or  other  water  craft  or  into  a  container; 


tation 


108 


(A)  "insijector"  means  an  inspector  authorized  to  enforce 
this  Act ; 

(t)  "marina"  means  any  premises  at  which  gasoline  or 
an  associated  product  is  sold  and  is  put  into  the  fuel 
tanks  of  motor  boats  and  other  water  craft  or  into 
portable  containers; 

(j)  "Minister"  means  the  Minister  of  Energy  and  Re- 
sources Management; 

(k)  "[xjrtable  container"  means  a  container  that  has  a 
capacity  of  ten  gallons  or  less,  that  is  designed, 
manufactured  and  used  or  to  be  used  for  the  storage 
or  conveyance  of  gasoline  or  an  associated  product; 

(/)  "regulation"  means  a  regulation  made  under  the 
authority  of  this  Act; 

(m)  "service  station"  means  any  premises  at  which 
gasoline  or  an  associated  product  is  sold  and  is  put 
into  the  fuel  tanks  of  motor  vehicles  or  into  portable 
containers; 

(m)  "transport"  means  to  convey  in  or  on  a  vehicle 
gasoline  or  an  associated  product,  exclusive  of  the 
fuel  carried  for  use  in  the  vehicle,  and  "transporting" 
and  "transportation"  have  corresponding  meanings. 
1966,  c.  61,  s.  1,  amended. 

h^.'Sun|  2.  No  person  shall, 

equipment 

apifroved  (<j)  offer  for  sale  or  sell; 

(6)  install ;  or 

(c)  use  in  a  service  station,  consumer  outlet,  marina  or 
bulk  plant, 

any  equipment  that  is  not  approved  by  the  Minister  pursuant 
to  the  regulations.    1966,  c.  61,  s.  3,  amended. 

mu'st"be*'^         3.  In  a  service  station,  consumer  outlet,  marina  or  bulk 
approved       plant,  no  person  shall  put  gasoline  or  an  associated  product 
having  a  flash  point  below  73°F.  into  any  container  of  a  type 
that  is  not  approved  by  the  Minister  pursuant  to  the  regula- 
tions.   New. 


spe'iifica-'  ""^       ^'  ^^^  Minister  may  establish  or  approve  sjjecifications  or 

e(°uf  ment     ^^®'  reports  for  equipment  and  designate  organizations  to 

test  equipment  in  accordance  with  such  requirements.    New. 

108 


6.  All  equipment  shall   be  installed,   tested,  operated  or  must"'"*"' 
used  in  accordance  with  the  regulations.    New.  with"'*^ 

regulations 

6. —  (1)    No  person  shall,  Licence 

^    '  ^  *  required 

to  operate 
,    .  .  .  service 

(c)  operate  a  service  station ;  station,  etr. 

(6)  operate  a  marina; 

(c)  operate  a  bulk  plant ;  or 

{d)  transport  gasoline  or  an  associated  product, 

unless  licensed  to  do  so  by  the  Minister.  1966,  c.  61,  s.  2  (1), 
amended. 

(2)  The  Minister  may  refuse  to  issue  a  licence  under  this^JJJ'^®"*" 
Act  to  any  person  and  may  cancel  or  suspend  any  licence  suspension 
issued  under  this  Act  where  the  applicant  or  licencee,  as  the 
case  may  be,  has  contravened  or  failed  to  comply  with  any 
provision  of  this  Act  or  the  regulations.    1966,  c.  61,  s.  2  (2). 

7.  Every  person  who  employs  another  person  in  the  hand- ^^'^''^^^^^ 
line  ol  gasoline  or  an  associated  product  or  in  the  installing  ""easonabie 

=>        .  ^  '  ...  /'precautions 

ot  equipment  shall  take  every  precaution  that  is  reasonable 
in  the  circumstances  to  ensure  that  his  employees  comply 
with  this  Act  and  the  regulations.    New. 

8. — (1)  Every  inspector  appointed  for  the  purposes  of  The^^^^^f°''^ 
Energy  Act,  1968-69  is  authorized  to  enforce  this  Act.  1966,  c. 
c.  61,  s.  4  (1),  amended. 

(2)  Every  inspector  may,  for  the  purposes  of  this  Act  and  P""®''* 
the  regulations, 

(a)  enter  any  premises  where  he  has  reason  to  believe 
there  has  been,  are  or  may  be  hazardous  conditions 
relative  to  gasoline  or  an  associated  product; 

{b)  make  such  inspections,  tests  and  inquiries  as  are 
necessary  to  ascertain  whether  this  Act  and  the 
regulations  are  being  complied  with; 

(c)  take  samples  of  any  liquid  that  he  has  reason  to 
believe  is  or  may  contain  gasoline  or  an  associated 
product;  and 

(d)  require  the  production  of  any  licence  or  other  docu- 
ment prescribed  by  a  regulation,  and  examine  and 
copy  it. 

108 


ii.etni.HonB  (3)  J\^^^  ins]iector  may  give  instructions  orally  or  in  writing 
to  any  person  with  respect  to  any  matter  in  order  to  bring 
about  coni])liance  with  this  Act  and  the  regulations  and  may 
require  that  his  instructions  be  carried  out  within  such  time 
as  he  si)ccifies. 

^*^®'"  (4)  Where  a  person  to  whom  an  inspector  gives  oral  instruc- 

tions requests  the  inspector  to  put  his  instructions  in  writing, 
he  shall  do  so. 

assmt  *°  (^^  ^^^  occupant  of  any  premises  and  his  servants,  agents 

inspector       and  employees  shall  give  reasonable  assistance  to  an  inspector 

in  the  exercise  of  his  powers  under  this  Act.     1966,  c.  61, 

s.  4  (2-5),  amended. 

na'hmty"""'  (6)  No  inspector  is  personally  liable  for  anything  done  by 
him  in  the  exercise  of  his  powers  under  this  Act.    New. 

Hegiiiatioiis  9^  ^he  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council  may  make  regu- 
lations, 

(a)  appointing  such  persons  or  classes  of  persons  as  may 
be  necessary  to  assist  in  the  enforcement  of  this  Act 
and  the  regulations; 

(b)  exempting  any  person  or  class  of  persons  from  this 
Act  or  the  regulations  or  any  of  the  provisions 
thereof; 

(c)  exempting  any  equipment  or  any  class  of  equipment 
from  this  Act  or  the  regulations  or  any  of  the  pro- 
visions thereof; 

(d)  respecting  the  term,  issue,  renewal  and  posting  of 
licences  and  prescribing  the  fees  therefor; 

(e)  designating  organizations  to  test  equipment  to 
specifications  established  or  approved  by  the  Minis- 
ter and,  where  the  equipment  conforms  to  the 
specifications,  to  place  their  label  thereon; 

(/)  prescribing  procedures  for  installing,  testing,  opera- 
ting and  using  equipment; 

ig)  respecting  the  approval  of  equipment  or  any  type 
thereof  b>'  the  Minister; 

(h)  prescribing  grades  of  gasoline  and  associated  prod- 
ucts, and  providing  for  the  identification  thereof; 

(i)  prescribing  forms  and  providing  for  their  use; 

108 


(J)  respecting  any  matter  necessary  or  advisable  to 
carry  out  effectively  the  intent  and  purpose  of  this 
Act.    1966,  c.  61,  s.  5  (1),  amended. 

10.  This  Act  and  the  regulations  prevail  over  any  niuni-^jpg'^^jjg 
cipal  by-law.    1966,  c.  61,  s.  5,  amended.  over 

by-laws 

11.  Every  person  who,  ?ifd"°** 

penalties 

(a)  contravenes  or  fails  to  comply  with  any  provision 
of  this  Act  or  the  regulations; 

{b)  knowingly  makes  a  false  statement  in  any  document 
prescribed   by  the  regulations;  or 

(c)  fails  to  carry  out  the  instructions  of  an  inspector, 

is  guilt\  of  an  offence  and  on  summary  conviction  is  liable 
to  a  fine  of  not  more  than  $10,000  or  to  imprisonment  for  a 
term  of  not  more  than  one  year,  or  to  both.  1966,  c.  61, 
s.  6  (1). 

12.  Every  licence  issued  under  the  predecessor  of  this  Act  .^'i'^''"/ 
and  in  force  on  the  day  this  Act  comes  into  force  shall  be 
deemed  to  have  been  issued  under  this  Act. 

13.  The  Gasoline  Handling  Act,  1966  is  repealed.  repeaie/^' 

14.  This  Act  comes  into  force  on  a  day  to  be  named  by  the  ^ent"'^"'^^ 
Lieutenant  Governor  by  his  proclamation. 

15.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Gasoline  Handling  Act,^'^"''^  ^'^^^ 
1968-69. 


108 


2: 


9 

9 

2 

o 

Uj 

z 

Ji^ 

£? 

fr«« 

? 

S. 

^ 

fe. 

1 

en 

1 

Q. 

1 

CO 

S- 

»-* 

a 

^ 

1X5 

s 
»« 

VO 

o 

0\ 

VO 

n 
O 


3 
<T 

lU 
3 
D. 

5' 

> 

n 


o 

00 
I 


BILL  109 


2nd  Session,  28th  LECiisLATiRi;,  Ontario 
18  Elizaukth  11,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964 


Mr.  Simon ett 


TORONTO 
Printki)  and  PinLisiiin  by  Frank  Fogc,  Qi=i:r.N's  Pkinti-k 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.    The  definitions  are  brought  into  Hne  with  the  correspon- 
iWng  definitions  in  The  Energy  Act,  J96S-69  {BiW  107). 


109 


BILL  109  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the   Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Paragraph  3  of  section  1  of  The  Ontario  Energy ^^f'^''^^"^. 
Board  Act,  1964  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  re-enacted' 
therefor : 

v^.  "distributor"  means  a  person  who  supplies  gas,  fuel 
oil  or  propane  to  a  consumer,  and  "distributing" 
and  "distribution"  have  corresponding  meanings. 

(2)  Paragraph   4  of   the   said   section    1,   as  re-enacted  by ^^f"*p^r"|' 
subsection  2  of  section  1  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Amend-  dse?.  V-,64, 
tnent  Act,    1967,    is   repealed    and    the   following   substituted  re-enacted 
therefor  : 

4.  "fuel  oil"  means  an>-  licjuid  hydrocarbon  within  the 
meaning  from  time  to  time  of  the  Canadian  Govern- 
ment Specifications  Board  specification  3-GP-2  en- 
titled FUEL  OIL,  3-GP-3  entitled  KEROSINE, 
3-GP-6  entitled  DIESEL  FUEL,  or,  when  used  for 
heating,  cooking  or  lighting,  within  the  meaning 
from  time  to  time  of  3-GP-27  entitled  LIGHTING 
NAPHTHA. 

(3)  Paragraph    5    of    the    said    section    1    is   amended    byi964,c.74, 

>i  •        1       /-  J  J  8.  1,  par.  5, 

striking  out  "or  liquefied  petroleum  gas    m  the  first  and  second  amended 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "propane-air  gas",  so  that 
the  paragraph  shall  read  as  follows: 

5.  "gas"  means  natural  gas,  manufactured  gas,  pro- 
pane-air gas  or  an\-  mi.xture  of  any  of  them. 

1964,0.74, 

(4)  Paragraph  6  of  the  said  section  I  is  repealed.  ra^eai%^' 

(5)  Paragraph  8  of  the  said  section  1  is  repealed  and  the^^'^f*^^- '^|; 
following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

109 


8.  "manufactured  gas"  means  any  artificially  produced 
fuel  gas,  except  acetylene  and  any  other  gas  used 
principally  in  welding  or  cutting  metals. 

1964,1.  71,         (5)  Yhe  said  section  1  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
amended        following  paragraphs: 

13a.  "jxx)l"  means  an  underground  accumulation  of  oil 
or  natural  gas  or  both,  separated  or  appearing  to  be 
separated  from  any  other  such  accumulation ; 


14a.  "propane"  means  a  hydrocarbon  consisting  of  95  per 
cent  or  more  of  propane,  propylene,  butane  or 
butylene,  or  any  blend  thereof; 


15a.  "spacing  unit"  means  a  surface  area  established  by 

c®^*'^^'  a  regulation  made  under  The  Energy  Act,  1968-69 

or  a  predecessor  thereof  for  the  purpose  of  drilling 

for,  or  the  production  of,  oil  or  gas,  and  includes 

the  subsurface  specified  by  the  regulation. 

i^is'subs's       ^*  Subsection  3  of  section  15  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board 
amended        Act,  1964  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "section  23"  in  the 
second  line  "section  25a". 

i9G4.(.  74,         g^ — ^j^  Subsection  la  of  section  19  of  The  Ontario  Energy 
(is'es.^^sa,    Board  Act,   1964,   as  enacted   by   section    1   of   The  Ontario 
re-e'riacted      Energy  Board  Amendment  Act,  1965,  is  repealed  and  the  follow- 
ing substituted  therefor: 

de'termine  ^^'^^   In  approving  or  fixing  rates  and  Other  charges  Under 

rate  base  subsection  1,  the  Board  shall  determine  a  rate  base 

for  the  transmitter,  distributor  or  storage  company, 
and  shall  determine  whether  the  return  on  the  rate 
base  produced  or  to  be  produced  by  such  rates  and 
other  charges  is  reasonable. 

1964,0.74,  ^2)  Subsection  lb  of  the  said  section  19,  as  enacted  by 
(1965 \^  83  section  1  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Amendment  Act,  1965, 
si).    ^   ,      is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor: 

re-enarted  '  ^ 

deTeTmi^ing  (1*)    I'he  rate  base  to  be  determined  by  the  Board  under 

■■"te  ''ase  subsection   la  shall  be  the  total  of, 

(a)  a  reasonable  allowance  for  the  cost  of  the 
property  that  is  used  or  useful  in  serving  the 
public,  less  an  amount  deemed  adequate  by 
the  Board  for  depreciation,  amortization  and 
deiiletion ; 

109 


Section  2.  Sec-  section  7  of  this  Bill.  This  amendment  is  complemen- 
tary and  will  bring  the  new  section  25a  into  line  with  the  exceptions 
mentioned  in  section  15  (3)  of  the  Act. 


SicCTioN  3.   The  amendment  is  designed  to  enable  the  Board  to  control 
unreasonable  inflation  of  the  rate  base. 


109 


Sections  4,  9  and  10.    These  sections  are  designed  to  complement 
The  Expropriations  Act,  1968-69. 


Section  5.  This  new  provision  implements  a  recommendation  of  the 
McRucr  Report.  It  requires  the  Board  to  send  a  copy  of  its  report  to  each 
of  the  parties  on  a  reference  to  it  of  an  apphcation  for  a  licence  to  drill 
a  gas  well  in  a  designated  gas  storage  area.  The  new  provision  also  gives 
a  right  of  appeal  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

109 


(b)  a  reasonable  allowance  for  working  capital; 
and 

(c)  such  other  amounts  as,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
Board,  ought  to  he  included. 

(Ic)   In  determining  the  reasonable  allowance  for  the  costi<ie™v 

r  ^11  ,-         1  .  cost  of 

ot  proi^erty  under  clause  a  of  subsection  lb,  the  property 
Board  shall  ascertain  or  estimate  the  actual  cost 
thereof  to  the  present  owner  and,  where  in  the 
opinion  of  the  Board  the  actual  cost  exceeds  a  reason- 
able allowance  for  inclusion  in  the  rate  base,  shall 
make  such  deductions  in  respect  of  the  excess  as  in 
the  opinion  of  the  Board  are  appropriate. 

(Id)  In  considering  whether  the  actual  cost  mentioned  in  idem 
subsection  \c  exceeds  a  reasonable  allowance  for  in- 
clusion in  the  rate  base  and  in  determining  the 
appropriate  deductions  to  be  made  in  respect  of  any 
such  excess,  the  Board  may  consider  all  matters  it 
deems  relevant,  including  the  public  benefit  resulting 
from  the  acquisition  of  the  property,  whether  the 
acquisition  at  the  price  ])aid  was  prudent  in  the  cir- 
cumstances existing  at  the  time  and,  where  the 
property  was  acquired  as  an  operating  system  or 
part  thereof,  the  allowance  made  for  its  cost  in  the 
rate  base  of  the  former  owner  or,  if  no  such  rate  base 
had  been  determined  that  included  an  allowance  for 
the  cost  thereof,  the  allowance  that  would  have  been 
made  therefor  in  a  rate  base  for  the  former  owner 
determined  in  accordance  with  this  section. 

4.  Subsections  3,  4,  5,  6,  7  and  8  of  section  21  of  7"Ae  i9|^. ".  74, 
Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964  are  repealed  and  the  following subss^j^,^4, 
substituted  therefor:  subss  5-8,' 

repealed 


(3)   No    action   or   other    proceeding   lies    in    respect   of ^^'^JJP'"^ 
compensation  ixiyable  under  this  section  and,  failing anvount  of 
agreement,  the  amount  thereof  shall  be  deternimed  tion 
by  the  Board. 


(4)  An  appeal  within  the  meaning  of  section  il  of  The^^^^^^^ 
Expropriations  Act,  1968-69  lies  from  a  determina-c. 
tion  of  the  Board  under  subsection  3  to  the  Court  of 
Appeal,    in    which    case    that    section    applies    and 
section  32  of  this  Act  does  not  apply. 

5.  Section   23  of   The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,   1964  isl^H;"-'^*' 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection:  amended 

109 


report  "to  be  ("'    '^'^  Board  shall  send  to  each  of  the  parlies  a  copy  of 

sent  to  its  re|X)rt  to  the  Minister  made  pursuant  to  subsec- 

tion  1  within  ten  days  after  submitting  it  to  the 
Minister  and  such  rejxjrt  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
decision  of  the  Board  within  the  meaning  of  section 
33. 


19G4, c.  74 
s.  24 


6.  Section   24  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,   1964  is 
aniendeci        amended  b\   adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


'^<^"'  (2)  In  making  an  order  under  clause  6  or  c  of  subsection  1, 

the  Board  may  prescrilje  the  respective  rights  and 
obligations  of  persons  having  interests  in  the  spacing 
unit,  field  or  pool  that  in  the  opinion  of  the  Board 
are  just  and  reasonable  and,  in  particular,  may 
require  the  sharing  of  production  among  persons 
having  interests,  or  the  payment  of  royalties,  rentals 
or  other  compensation  by  or  to  persons  having 
interests,  at  rates  or  in  amounts  deemed  by  the 
Board  to  be  just  and  reasonable,  and  the  Board  is 
not  bound  by  the  terms  of  any  lease  or  agreement 
and  such  terms,  in  case  of  conflict,  are  superseded  by 
the  order  of  the  Board. 

am^iideJ^'         "^ '   ^^^^  Ontario  Energy   Board  Act,   1964  is  amended   by 
adding  thereto  the  following  section: 

Disposition  25«.     (1)  No  gas  transmitter,  distributor  or  storage  com- 

systeiii  pany,  without   the  leave  of  the   Board   first  being 

obtained,  shall 

(a)  sell,  lease,  convey  or  otherwise  dispose  of  its 
gas  transmission,  distribution  or  storage  sys- 
tem, or  any  part  thereof  that  is  used  or  useful 
in  serving  the  public,  as  an  entirety  or  sub- 
stantialK-  as  an  entirety;  or 

(6)  enter  into  an  agreement  for  amalgamation 
with  any  other  company. 

Mortgages  (^2)  Subscction  1  does  not  apply  to  a  mortgage  or  charge 

to  secure  any  loan  or  indebtedness  or  to  secure  any 
bond,  debenture  or  other  evidence  of  indebtedness. 

Hearing  (3)  ()ji   an   application    under  subsection    1,   the    Board 

ina\    i^roceed  with  or  without  a  hearing. 

irt(>4,c.74,         s.  Subsection  2  of  section  39  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board 

s    39    su  1>S    2 

amended     "Act,  1964  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "Agriculture"  in  the 
third  line  "and  Food". 


Section  6.  This  new  provision  will  give  the  Board  additional  His 
cretionary  powers  when  dealing  with  an  application  for  the  joinine  o 
interests  in  a  spacing  unit,  field  or  pool.  joining  ot 


Section  7.    This  provision  is  new.    It  is  self-explaiuitor\ . 


Section  8.    The  name  of  the  department  mentioned  is  brought  up 
to  date. 


109 


0.  Subsection  4  of  section  40  of  The  Ontario  Enervy  Board^^^i-'^l*- , 

°-^  8.  40,  subs.  4, 

Act,  1964  IS  repealed.  repealed 

10.  Section   41  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964  iSgl'fi' "' ^^' 
repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

41.  Where  compensation  for  damages  is  provided  for  in  jf^^'^of''"*' 
this  Part,  it  shall  be  determined  by  the  Land  Com-j^pmpensa- 
pensation  Board  established  under  section  28  of  The  iges-eo. 
Expropriations  Act,  1968-69.  °- 

11.  This  Act  conies  into  force  on  the  day  it  receives  Royal  J^°',j\'^®"'^' 
Assent. 

12.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Ontario  Energy  Board^^°'''-  '''"^ 
Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


109 


8 

P 

3 

Co 

(X. 

=r 

**. 

^ 

c*> 

s 

01 

1 

»0 

o 

3 

n> 

ju  n> 

■1    D 

a.  c. 

> 
o 


BILL  109 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964 


Mr.  Kerr 


{Reprinted  as  amended  by  the  Legal  and  Municipal  Committee) 


TORONTO 
Printed  and  Publishkd  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


Explanatory  Notes 

Section  1.    The  definitions  are  brought  into  line  with  the  correspon- 
ding definitions  in  The  Energy  Act,  1968-69  (Bill  107). 


109 


BILL  109  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the   Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Paragrajjh  3  of  section  1  of  The  Ontario  Energy^^^'''-^'^^- 
Board  Act,  1964  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  re-enacted' 
therefor: 

3.  "distributor"  means  a  person  who  supplies  gas,  fuel 
oil  or  propane  to  a  consumer,  and  "distributing" 
and  "distribution"  have  corresponding  meanings. 

(2)  Paragraph   4  of  the  said   section    1,   as  re-enacted  ^Yl^i%aT^t' 
subsection  2  of  section  1  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Amend- ^^^"^^^^^^^ 
ment  Act,   1967,   is  repealed   and   the  following  substituted  re-enacted 
therefor : 

4.  "fuel  oil"  means  any  liquid  hydrocarbon  within  the 
meaning  from  time  to  time  of  the  Canadian  Govern- 
ment Specifications  Board  specification  3-GP-2  en- 
titled FUEL  OIL,  3-GP-3  entitled  KEROSINE, 
3-GP-6  entitled  DIESEL  FUEL,  or,  when  used  for 
heating,  cooking  or  lighting,  within  the  meaning 
from  time  to  time  of  3-GP-27  entitled  LIGHTING 
NAPHTHA. 

(3)  Paragraph    5    of    the    said    section    1    is    amended    by  i964,  c^74, 
striking  out  "or  liquefied  petroleum  gas"  in  the  first  and  second  amended 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "propane-air  gas",  so  that 

the  paragraph  shall  read  as  follows: 

5.  "gas"  means  natural  gas,  manufactured  gas,  pro- 
pane-air gas  or  any  mixture  of  any  of  them. 

1964,  c.  74, 

(4)  Paragraph  6  of  the  said  section  1  is  repealed.  repealed  ^' 

(5)  Paragra])li  8  of  the  said  section   1  is  rejiealed  and  the^^^^;*^"- ''|; 
following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

109 


8.  "manufactured  gas"  means  any  artificially  produced 
fuel  gas,  except  acetylene  and  any  other  gas  used 
principally  in  welding  or  cutting  metals. 

B.  1, '  "■     ■         (6)  The  said  section  1  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
amended        following  paragraphs: 

13a.  "pool"  means  an  underground  accumulation  of  oil 
or  natural  gas  or  both,  separated  or  appearing  to  be 
separated  from  any  other  such  underground  accumu- 
lation ; 


14a.  "propane"  means  a  hydrocarbon  consisting  of  95  per 
cent  or  more  of  propane,  propylene,  butane  or 
butylene,  or  any  blend  thereof; 


1968-69,  ]5q    "spacing  unit"  means  a  surface  area  established  by 

a  regulation  made  under  The  Energy  Act,  1968-69 
or  a  predecessor  thereof  for  the  purpose  of  drilling 
for,  or  the  production  of,  oil  or  gas,  and  includes 
the  subsurface  specified  by  the  regulation. 


1964.  c.  74,         2.  Subsection  2  of  section  13  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board 

a    13   subs   2 

amended  '    'Ad,  1964  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "to"  in  the  first  line 
"section  25a  and",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 


Ai>piication.«  (2)  Subject  to  section  25a  and  subsection  2  of  section 

35,  where  a  proceeding  before  the  Board  is  com- 
menced by  the  filing  of  an  application,  the  Board 
shall  proceed  by  order. 


1964 

If 


^  ^.^       ^         3.  -Subsection  3  of  section  15  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board 
aubs. ;-!.  yjf/  79(5^  is  amended  by  striking  out  "subsection  2  of  section  6 

amended  '  j  a  r  ,     ,•  j 

of  The  Energy  Act,  1964  '  m  the  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "The  Energy  Act,  1968-69  and  any 
predecessor  tiiereof",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as 
follows : 

Hearing  (3)  Subjcct  to  subsections  1  and  2  of  this  section,  sub- 

upon  notice  \    >  j  r  •  ii 

section  5  of  section   19,  subsection  2  ot  section  22, 
section  H  and  subsection  2  of  section  37  of  this  Act 
^,^'***"*^'*  and  to  The  Energy  Act,  1968-69  and  any  predecessor 

thereof,  the  Board  shall  not  make  any  order  or 
proceed  in  accordance  with  any  reference  or  order 
in  council  under  this  or  any  other  Act  until  it  has 
held  a  hearing  upon  notice  in  such  manner  and  to 
sucli  i^Kjrsons  as  the  Board  directs.  "^^ 

109 


Section  2.     See    section    7   of   this    Bill;    this   amendment    is   com- 
plementary. 


Section  3.      This  amendment  will  bring  the  reference  into  line  with 
The  Energy  Act,  1968-69  (Bill  107). 


109 


Section  4.  The  amendment  is  designed  to  enable  the  Board  to  control 
unreasonable  inflation  of  the  rate  base. 


109 


4.— (1)  Subsection  la  of  section  19  of  The  Ontario  Energy  ^^^*'<'-t*. 
Board  Act,   1964,  as  enacted   by  section    1   of   The  Ontario^^y^^'- 1" 
Energy  Board  Amendment  Act,  1965,  is  repealed  and  the  follow-  i' i)^'  "•  ^^' 
ing  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

(la)   In  approving  or  fixing  rates  and  other  charges  under  ^oard  to 
subsection  1,  the  Board  shall  determine  a  rate  base  rate  ™8e* 
for  the  transmitter,  distributor  or  storage  company, 
and  shall  determine  whether  the  return  on  the  rate 
base  produced  or  to  be  produced  by  such  rates  and 
other  charges  is  reasonable. 

(2)  Subsection    lb  of  the  said   section    19,  as  enacted   hy^^f^'"''*' 
section  1  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Ameiidment  Act,  1965, ^'"^^'-  i* 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  '  uses,  c.  as, 

re-enacted 

(16)  The  rate  base  to  be  determined  by  the  Board  under  Jo^muia  for 
subsection  \a  shall  be  the  total  of,  rate'^base'"^ 

(a)  a  reasonable  allowance  for  the  cost  of  the 
property  that  is  used  or  useful  in  serving  the 
public,  less  an  amount  deemed  adequate  by 
the  Board  for  depreciation,  amortization  and 
depletion ; 

(b)  a  reasonable  allowance  for  working  capital; 
and 

(c)  such  other  amounts  as,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
Board,  ought  to  be  included. 

(Ic)   In    determining    the    reasonable    allowance    for    thej.^|j"^jf 
cost  of  the  property  under  clause  a  of  subsection  lb,  property 
the    Board    shall   ascertain    the   actual    cost   of   the 
property   to  the  present  owner,   but 

(a)  where  the  actual  cost  to  the  present  owner 
of  any  of  the  property  cannot  be  ascertained, 
the  Board  shall  determine  a  reasonable 
allowance  to  be  included  in  the  rate  base  for 
the  cost  of  that  profjerty;  and 

(b)  where  in  the  opinion  of  the  Board  the  actual 
cost  to  the  present  owner  of  any  of  the  prop- 
erty is  more  than  a  reasonable  allowance  for 
inclusion  in  the  rate  base  for  the  cost  of  that 
property,  the  Board  shall  determine  a  reason- 
able allowance  to  be  included  in  the  rate  base 
for  the  cost  of  that  propjerty. 

(Id)   in  considering  whether  the  actual  cost  mentioned  in '"^^"^ 
subsection  Ic  exceeds  a  reasonable  allowance  for  in- 
clusion   in    the   rate    base   and    in    determining   the 

109 


appropriate  deductions  to  be  made  in  respect  of  any 
such  excess,  the  Board  may  consider  all  matters  it 
deems  relevant,  including  the  public  benefit  resulting 
from  the  acquisition  of  the  property,  whether  the 
acquisition  at  the  price  paid  was  prudent  in  the  cir- 
cumstances existing  at  the  time  and,  where  the 
property  was  acquired  as  an  operating  system  or 
part  thereof,  the  allowance  made  for  its  cost  in  the 
rate  base  of  the  former  owner  or,  if  no  such  rate  base 
had  been  determined  that  included  an  allowance  for 
the  cost  thereof,  the  allowance  that  would  have  been 
made  therefor  in  a  rate  base  for  the  former  owner 
determined  in  accordance  with  this  section. 


Findings 
of  fact 


(le)  Findings  of  fact  on  which  determinations  are  made 
by  the  Board  under  subsections  la,  lb,  Ic  and  Id  shall 
be  based  on  the  evidence  adduced  at  the  hearing. 


5.  Subsections  3,   4,  5,  6,   7  and  8  of  section  21  of  The 
Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964  are  repealed  and  the  following 


1964,  0.  74 

8.   21, 

Bubss.  3,  4 

re-enacted .  .  ,     ,         r 

subBs.  5-8,      substituted  therefor 

repealed 


Determina- 
tion of 
amount  of 
compensa- 
tion 


(3)  No  action  or  other  proceeding  lies  in  respect  of 
compensation  payable  under  this  section  and,  failing 
agreement,  the  amount  thereof  shall  be  determined 
by  the  Board. 


Appeal 

1968-69, 

c. 


(4)  An  appeal  within  the  meaning  of  section  32  of  The 
Expropriations  Act,  1968-69  lies  from  a  determina- 
tion of  the  Board  under  subsection  3  to  the  Court  of 
Appeal,  in  which  case  that  section  applies  and 
section  32  of  this  Act  does  not  apply. 


1964,  c.  74, 
B.  23, 
amended 


6.  Section   23  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964  is 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Copy  of 
report  to  be 
sent  to 
parties 


(2)  The  Board  shall  send  to  each  of  the  parties  a  copy  of 
its  report  to  the  Minister  made  pursuant  to  subsec- 
tion 1  within  ten  days  after  submitting  it  to  the 
Minister  and  such  report  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
decision  of  the  Board  within  the  meaning  of  section 


1964,  0.  74, 
amended 


7.  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,    1964  is  amended   by 
adding  thereto  the  following  section : 


Disposition 

of  gas 

systems 

and 

acquisition 

of  share 

control 


25a. — (1)  No  gas  transmitter,  gas  distributor  or  storage 
company,  without  first  obtaining  the  leave  of  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  shall. 


109 


TU    I^^T?  ,^' '''!?**  ^9;,.  Jl?^^   sections   are  designed  to  complement 
The  Exproprtattons  Act,  1968-69. 


Section  6.  This  new  provision  implements  a  recommendation  of  the 
McRuer  Report.  It  requires  the  Board  to  send  a  copy  of  its  report  to  each 
of  the  parties  on  a  reference  to  it  of  an  application  for  a  licence  to  drill 
a  gas  well  in  a  designated  gas  storage  area.  The  new  provision  also  gives 
a  right  of  appeal  to  the  Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 


Section  7.    This  provision  is  new.    It  is  self-explanatory. 


109 


Section  8.    The  name  of  the  department  mentioned  is  brought  up 
to  date. 


Section  9.     The    provision    repealed    has   been   superseded  by   The 
Expropriations  Act,  J 068-69. 


Section  10.  These  amendments  are  designed  to  clarify  the  situation 
during  the  transitional  period  from  The  Expropriation  Procedures  Act, 
196Z-63  to  The  Expropriations  Act,  1968-69  as  to  what  procedures  apply 
to  the  determination  of  compensation  for  lands  expropriated  for  pipe-line 
purposes  and  the  like  and  as  to  what  tribunal  will  determine  the  compensa- 
tion. 

These  amendments  also  provide  that  damages  occurring  during  con- 
struction or  maintenance  of  a  pipe-line  will  be  determined  by  the  Land 
Compensation  Board. 


109 


(a)  sell,  lease,  convey  or  otherwise  dispose  of  its 
gas  transmission,  gas  distribution  or  gas  stor- 
age system,  or  any  part  thereof  that  is  used 
or  useful  in  serving  the  public,  as  an  entirety 
or  substantially  as  an  entirety; 

(b)  amalgamate  with  any  other  company;  or 

(c)  acquire  such  number  of  any  class  of  shares 
that,  together  with  shares  already  held  by  the 
gas  transmitter,  gas  distributor  or  storage 
company  and  its  associates  will  in  the  aggre- 
gate exceed  20  per  cent  of  the  shares  out- 
standing of  that  class  of  a  gas  transmitter, 
gas  distributor  or  storage  compan>-. 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  a  mortgage  or  charge  Mortgages 
to  secure  any  loan  or  indebtedness  or  to  secure  any 

bond,  debenture  or  other  evidence  of  indebtedness. 

(3)  An   application   for   leave   under  subsection    1   shall  P"^'j^ 
be  made  to  the   Board,  which   shall   hold  a  public 
hearing  and  submit  its  report  and  opinion   to  the 
Lieutenant  ("lovernor  in   Council.  "^PB 

8.  Subsection  2  of  section  39  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Boards^^Qsult'.  2. 
Act,  1964  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "Agriculture"  in  the'^""'"'^*'^ 
third  line  "and  Food". 

O.  Subsection  4  of  section  40  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board^^^o'  aiibt'  4 
Act,  1964  is  reiiealed.  repealed 

10.— (1)  Section  41  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964l^l\\''-'^*' 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

41.  Where  comix^nsation    for  damages   is   provided    forminatiou  of 
in  this  Part  and  is  not  agreed  upon,  tiie  procedures  tfJJJ''*"^*' 
set  out  in  clauses  a  and  h  of  section  26  of  The  Expro-i^^s-af). 
firialions  Act,  196S-60  apply  to  the  determination  of 
such  compensation,  and  such  comj^ensation  shall  be 
determined  under  section  27  of  that  Act  or  by  the 
Land  Comixinsation  Board  established  under  section 
28  of  that  Act. 

,    ^    ,,„  .  ,  ,        .  r  •         »i^      c  'fj      /^    ,  TranBitional 

(2)  Where,  under  the  authority  of  section  40  ot  /  lie  Ontario  provision 
Energy  Board  Act,  1964,  a  ix-rson  has  expropriated  land  under 
The  Expropriation  Procedures  Act,  1962-63  and  at  the  time  i9<52-63,  c.43 
this  section  comes  into  force  the  compensation  has  not  been 
finally  determined  or  agreed  upon, 

109 


c. 


(o)  if  the  compensation  is  in  appeal  under  section  41  of 
The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964  as  it  existed 
before  this  section  comes  into  force,  the  said  section 
41  continues  to  apply  thereto;  or 

{b)  if  the  compensation  remains  to  be  determined  other- 
wise than  under  clause  a,  it  shall  be  determined  under 
l^'^^;^^'  The  Expropriations  Act,  1968-69  as  if  the  plan  were 

registered  under  that  Act,  but  where  a  hearing  has 
already  been  held  by  the  board  of  negotiation,  sec- 
tions 26  and  27  of  The  Expropriations  Act,  1968-69 
do  not  apply,  except  that  if  the  negotiation  proceed- 
ings did  not  result  in  settlement  of  the  compensation, 
then  the  procedures  of  subsection  6  of  section  27 
of  that  Act  apply  to  that  determination  of  such 
compensation. 

ment"*"'*'        H- — (1)  ^his  Act,  except  section  7,  comes  into  force  on 
the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

^^«™  (2)  Section  7  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on 

the  22nd  day  of  October,  1969.  "W^ 

Short  title  j2.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Ontario  Energy  Board 

Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


109 


>3 


11 


!0 


9 

2 

U) 

r-t- 

o 

Ji» 

^ 

k« 

^ 

^ 

a 

n 

ss. 

s^ 

"1 

>o 

C*) 

1 

1 

CM 

•-t 

1 

01 

^ 

^ 

Ov 

NO 

3 

? 


3 
OP 

o 


3 


BILL  109 


2nd  Session,  28th  Legislature,  Ontario 
18  Elizabeth  II,  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964 


Mr.  Kerr 


TORONTO 
Hkinted  and  Published  by  Frank  Fogg,  Queen's  Printer 


BILL  109  1968-69 


An  Act  to  amend 
The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964 

HER  MAJESTY,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Province  of  Ontario, 
enacts  as  follows: 

1. — (1)  Paragraph  3  of  section  1  of  The  Ontario  Energy  ^^^^^  °^^^- 
Board  Act,  1964  is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted re-e'naoted' 
therefor : 

3.  "distributor"  means  a  person  who  supplies  gas,  fuel 
oil  or  propane  to  a  consumer,  and  "distributing" 
and  "distribution"  have  corresponding  meanings. 

(2)  Paragraph  4  of  the  said  section   1,  as  re-enacted  by^^^^^^^JI' 
subsection  2  of  section  1  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  ^'"ew^-^^i^giibs^a') 
ment  Act,   1967,   is  repealed  and   the  following  substituted  re-enacted 
therefor: 

4.  "fuel  oil"  means  any  liquid  hydrocarbon  within  the 
meaning  from  time  to  time  of  the  Canadian  Govern- 
ment Specifications  Board  specification  3-GP-2  en- 
titled FUEL  OIL,  3-GP-3  entitled  KEROSINE, 
3-GP-6  entitled  DIESEL  FUEL,  or,  when  used  for 
heating,  cooking  or  lighting,  within  the  meaning 
from  time  to  time  of  3-GP-27  entitled  LIGHTING 
NAPHTHA. 

(3)  Paragraph    5   of   the   said   section    1    is   amended    by  1964,0^^74, 
striking  out  "or  liquefied  petroleum  gas"  in  the  first  and  second  amended 
lines  and  inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "propane-air  gas",  so  that 

the  paragraph  shall  read  as  follows: 

5.  "gas"  means  natural  gas,  manufactured  gas,  pro- 
pane-air gas  or  any  mixture  of  any  of  them. 

1964,  0.  74, 

(4)  Paragraph  6  of  the  said  section  1  is  repealed.  s^i^pa^e, 

(5)  Paragraph  8  of  the  said  section  1  is  repealed  and  the  g^^f ■^^^r.^l.' 

following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

109 


a 


8.  "manufactured  gas"  means  any  artificially  produced 
fuel  gas,  except  acetylene  and  any  other  gas  used 
principally  in  welding  or  cutting  metals. 

1964,  c.  74.         ^jj^  Yhe  said  section  1  is  amended  by  adding  thereto  the 
amended        following  paragraphs: 

13o.  "pool"  means  an  underground  accumulation  of  oil 
or  natural  gas  or  both,  separated  or  appearing  to  be 
separated  from  any  other  such  underground  accumu- 
lation; 


14a.  "propane"  means  a  hydrocarbon  consisting  of  95  per 
cent  or  more  of  propane,  propylene,  butane  or 
butylene,  or  any  blend  thereof; 


1968-69,  15fl    "spacing  unit"  means  a  surface  area  established  by 

a  regulation  made  under  The  Energy  Act,  1968-69 
or  a  predecessor  thereof  for  the  purpose  of  drilling 
for,  or  the  production  of,  oil  or  gas,  and  includes 
the  subsurface  specified  by  the  regulation. 

1964,  c.  74,         2.  Subsection  2  of  section  13  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board 

amended        Act,  1964  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "to"  in  the  first  line 

"section  25a  and",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as  follows: 

Appucationa  (2)  Subject  to  section  25a  and  subsection  2  of  section 

35,  where  a  proceeding  before  the  Board  is  com- 
menced by  the  filing  of  an  application,  the  Board 
shall  proceed  by  order. 

1964,  c.  74,  3^  Subsection  3  of  section  15  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board 
amended  ^^^'  ^^^'^  '®  amended  by  striking  out  "subsection  2  of  section  6 
of  The  Energy  Act,  1964"  in  the  third  and  fourth  lines  and 
inserting  in  lieu  thereof  "The  Energy  Act,  1968-69  and  any 
predecessor  thereof",  so  that  the  subsection  shall  read  as 
follows : 

,",f'^'''"«n  (3)  Subject  to  subsections  1  and  2  of  this  section,  sub- 

upon  notice  \    /  j  ^  » 

section  5  of  section  19,  subsection  2  of  section  22, 
section  23  and  subsection  2  of  section  37  of  this  Act 
^'"^**'^^'  and  to  The  Energy  Act,  1968-69  and  any  predecessor 

thereof,  the  Board  shall  not  make  any  order  or 
proceed  in  accordance  with  any  reference  or  order 
in  council  under  this  or  any  other  Act  until  it  has 
held  a  hearing  upon  notice  in  such  manner  and  to 
such  persons  as  the  Board  directs. 

109 


4. — (1)  Subsection  la  of  section  19  of  The  Ontario  Energy  ^^^*' '>■''* ■ 
Board  Act,   1964,   as  enacted   by  section   1   of   The  0«torio  s'ubl:  la 
Energy  Board  Amendment  Act,  1965,  is  repealed  and  the  follow-s^if ' "'  ^^• 
ing  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

(la)  In  approving  or  fixing  rates  and  other  charges  under  Board  to 
subsection  1,  the  Board  shall  determine  a  rate  base  rate 'ibase^ 
for  the  transmitter,  distributor  or  storage  company, 
and  shall  determine  whether  the  return  on  the  rate 
base  produced  or  to  be  produced  by  such  rates  and 
other  charges  is  reasonable. 

(2)  Subsection   \b  of  the  said  section   19,  as  enacted  byg^^f|'°'^'*- 

section  1  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Amendment  Act,  /P(?5,8^||^i*  gg 

is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  s- 1).'  '     '; 

re-enacted 

(16)  The  rate  base  to  be  determined  by  the  Board  under  Jo^mui^a  for 
subsection  la  shall  be  the  total  of,  rate  base 

(a)  a  reasonable  allowance  for  the  cost  of  the  '. 

property  that  is  used  or  useful  in  serving  the 
public,  less  an  amount  deemed  adequate  by 
the  Board  for  depreciation,  amortization  and 
depletion;  ' 

(Jb)  a  reasonable  allowance  for  working  capital;  •■■■-;■: 

and 

(c)  such  other  amounts  as,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
Board,  ought  to  be  included. 

(Ic)   In   determining   the   reasonable   allowance   for   thej^^^^jj. 
cost  of  the  property  under  clause  a  of  subsection  Ifr,  property 
the   Board   shall   ascertain   the  actual   cost  of   the 
property  to   the  present  owner,  but 

(a)  where  the  actual  cost  to  the  present  owner 
of  any  of  the  property  cannot  be  ascertained, 
the  Board  shall  determine  a  reasonable 
allowance  to  be  included  in  the  rate  base  for 
the  cost  of  that  property;  and 

{h)  where  in  the  opinion  of  the  Board  the  actual 
cost  to  the  present  owner  of  any  of  the  prop- 
erty is  more  than  a  reasonable  allowance  for 
inclusion  in  the  rate  base  for  the  cost  of  that 
property,  the  Board  shall  determine  a  reason- 
able allowance  to  be  included  in  the  rate  base 
for  the  cost  of  that  property. 

(Irf)   In  considering  whether  the  actual  cost  mentioned  in  i^em 
subsection  If  exceeds  a  reasonable  allowance  for  in- 
clusion   in    the   rate    base   and    in    determining   the 

109 


appropriate  deductions  to  be  made  in  respect  of  any 
such  excess,  the  Board  may  consider  all  matters  it 
deems  relevant,  including  the  public  benefit  resulting 
from  the  acquisition  of  the  property,  whether  the 
acquisition  at  the  price  paid  was  prudent  in  the  cir- 
cumstances existing  at  the  time  and,  where  the 
property  was  acquired  as  an  operating  system  or 
part  thereof,  the  allowance  made  for  its  cost  in  the 
rate  base  of  the  former  owner  or,  if  no  such  rate  base 
had  been  determined  that  included  an  allowance  for 
the  cost  thereof,  the  allowance  that  would  have  been 
made  therefor  in  a  rate  base  for  the  former  owner 
determined  in  accordance  with  this  section. 


FindingB 
of  fact 


(Ic)  Findings  of  fact  on  which  determinations  are  made 
by  the  Board  under  subsections  la,  16,  Ic  and  Id  shall 
be  based  on  the  evidence  adduced  at  the  hearing. 


1964,  c.  74, 
a.  21, 

eubB8.  a,  4, 
re-enacted ; 
subss.  6-8, 
repealed 

Determina- 
tion of 
amount  of 
compensa- 
tion 


6.  Subsections  3,  4,  5,  6,  7  and  8  of  section  21  of  The 
Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964  are  repealed  and  the  following 
substituted  therefor: 

(3)  No  action  or  other  proceeding  lies  in  respect  of 
compensation  payable  under  this  section  and,  failing 
agreement,  the  amount  thereof  shall  be  determined 
by  the  Board. 


Appeal 

1968-69. 

c. 


(4)  An  appeal  within  the  meaning  of  section  32  of  The 
Expropriations  Act,  1968-69  lies  from  a  determina- 
tion of  the  Board  under  subsection  3  to  the  Court  of 
Appeal,  in  which  case  that  section  applies  and 
section  32  of  this  Act  does  not  apply. 


1964,  c.  74, 
8.  23, 
amended 


6.  Section  23  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964  is 
amended  by  adding  thereto  the  following  subsection: 


Copy  of 
report  to  be 
Bent  to 
parties 


(2)  The  Board  shall  send  to  each  of  the  parties  a  copy  of 
its  report  to  the  Minister  made  pursuant  to  subsec- 
tion 1  within  ten  days  after  submitting  it  to  the 
Minister  and  such  rep>ort  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
decision  of  the  Board  within  the  meaning  of  section 
32,. 


1964,  c.  74, 
amended 


7.  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,   1964  is  amended   by 
adding  thereto  the  following  section: 


DiBposltion 

of  gas 

systems 

and 

acquisition 

of  share 

control 


25a. — (1)  \o  gas  transmitter,  gas  distributor  or  storage 
company,  without  first  obtaining  the  leave  of  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council,  shall. 


109 


(a)  sell,  lease,  convey  or  otherwise  dispose  of  its 
gas  transmission,  gas  distribution  or  gas  stor- 
age system,  or  any  part  thereof  that  is  used 
or  useful  in  serving  the  public,  as  an  entirety 
or  substantially  as  an  entirety; 

(b)  amalgamate  with  any  other  company;  or 

(c)  acquire  such  number  of  any  class  of  shares 
that,  together  with  shares  already  held  by  the 
gas  transmitter,  gas  distributor  or  storage 
company  and  its  associates  will  in  the  aggre- 
gate exceed  20  per  cent  of  the  shares  out- 
standing of  that  class  of  a  gas  transmitter, 
gas  distributor  or  storage  company. 

(2)  Subsection  1  does  not  apply  to  a  mortgage  or  charge  Mortgagee 
to  secure  any  loan  or  indebtedness  or  to  secure  any 

bond,  debenture  or  other  evidence  of  indebtedness. 

(3)  An  application  for  leave  under  subsection   1  shall  p^J^"c 
be  made  to  the  Board,  which  shall  hold  a  public 
hearing  and  submit  its  report  and  opinion   to  the 
Lieutenant  Governor  in  Council. 

8.  Subsection  2  of  section  39  of  The  Ontario  Energy  BoardB^39iB\ibB'.2. 
Act,  1964  is  amended  by  inserting  after  "Agriculture"  in  the*™*"''®'^ 
third  line  "and  Food". 

9.  Subsection  4  of  section  40  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  l^^^' °;^J^- ^ 
Act,  1964  is  repealed.  repealed 

10.— (1)  Section  41  of  The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964l^lt[°-''*- 
is  repealed  and  the  following  substituted  therefor:  re-enacted 

41.  Where  compensation   for  damages   is   provided   for  minatlon  of 
in  this  Part  and  is  not  agreed  upon,  the  procedures  ti'o'n''*"^* 
set  out  in  clauses  a  and  b  of  section  26  of  The  Expro- 1968-69, 
priations  Act,  1968-69  apply  to  the  determination  of 
such  compensation,  and  such  compensation  shall  be 
determined  under  section  27  of  that  Act  or  by  the 
Land  Compensation  Board  established  under  section 
28  of  that  Act. 

(2)  Where,  under  the  authority  of  section  40  of  The  Ontario  proviaion 
Energy  Board  Act,  1964,  a  person  has  expropriated  land  under 
The  Expropriation  Procedures  Act,  1962-63  and  at  the  time"62-63.c.43 
this  section  comes  into  force  the  compensation  has  not  been 
finally  determined  or  agreed  upon, 

109 


1964,  c.  74, 
8.  41. 


1968-69, 


Commence- 
ment 


Idem 


(fl)  if  the  compensation  is  in  appeal  under  section  41  of 
The  Ontario  Energy  Board  Act,  1964  as  it  existed 
before  this  section  comes  into  force,  the  said  section 
41  continues  to  apply  thereto;  or 

{b)  if  the  compensation  remains  to  be  determined  other- 
wise than  under  clause  a,  it  shall  be  determined  under 
The  Expropriations  Act,  1968-69  as  if  the  plan  were 
registered  under  that  Act,  but  where  a  hearing  has 
already  been  held  by  the  board  of  negotiation,  sec- 
tions 26  and  27  of  The  Expropriations  Act,  1968-69 
do  not  apply,  except  that  if  the  negotiation  proceed- 
ings did  not  result  in  settlement  of  the  compensation, 
then  the  procedures  of  subsection  6  of  section  27 
of  that  Act  apply  to  that  determination  of  such 
compensation. 

11. — (1)  This  Act,  except  section  7,  comes  into  force  on 
the  day  it  receives  Royal  Assent. 

(2)  Section  7  shall  be  deemed  to  have  come  into  force  on 
the  22nd  day  of  October,  1969. 


Short  title         12.  This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Ontario  Energy  Board 
Amendment  Act,  1968-69. 


109 


O 

O 

o 

o 

f^ 

r* 

(8 

o 

u. 

o 

t\> 

ST 

S- 

^ 

n 

1 

7^ 

>3 

to 

a. 

1 

SO 

S 

" 

s 

I— k 

»« 

t~* 

(^Q 

vO 

vO 

"?: 

Ov 

vO 

o 

o 


VO 


ar 


3.  *> 

M> 
S  ft 

><    O 

o  3 

fi  3 
> 


NO 


y/